You are on page 1of 1582

AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000

AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550I/450I
Service Manual Ver.2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550I G/DC 550I G


Service Manual Ver.2.1
Issued: October 2007
Revision and Modification Information:
This service manual covers the following
models:
AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G,
AP 550I G/DC 550I G
Related:
No related manuals other than AP-II
5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550I G/DC 550I
G Service Manual
Confidentiality:
This service manual is issued intending
use by maintenance service personnel
authorized by Fuji Xerox. Copying,
transferring or leasing this manual
without prior consent by Fuji Xerox is
prohibited.

When design changes or revisions relating


to this service manual occur, overseas
technical information or overseas service
bulletins may be provided to cover them
until such changes are accommodated in
an appropriate updated version of this
service manual.

CAUTION

Important changes including revisions


of spare part numbers and adjustment
specifications must immediately be
reflected on appropriate pages of this
service manual upon reception of such
information.

Whenever a page is eliminated


because of issuance of a replacement
page containing changes or
modifications, burn it or take the
necessary action including cutting by a
shredder.
Be careful of handling to avoid losing or
damaging the manual.
Edited by:

Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. CSS TSC SDEG


KSP/R&D Business Park Bldg 6A7
Sakado 3-2-1, Takatsu-ku, Kawasaki-shi, Kanagawa-ken, 213-8501
TEL: 044-812-7637

Company
Name
Department
Tel No.
Name

[XEROX] and [The Document Company] are registered trademarks

Employee

No.

Introduction
Chapter 1 Servicing Call Procedure
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Chapter 5 Parts List
Chapter 6 General
Chapter 7 Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)
Chapter 8 Accessories
Chapter 9

Installation

0 Introduction
1. Getting to know the Service Manual...........................................................................
2. How to use the Service Manual..................................................................................
3. Description for Terminology and Symbols..................................................................

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

3
3
4

2007/10/01
0-1

Introduction

Introduction

2007/10/01
0-2

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

1. Getting to know the Service Manual

2. How to use the Service Manual

This manual is used as the standard service manual for the following products.

This manual describes the standard procedures for the servicing of this product group. Refer
to Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure for efficient and effective servicing during maintenance
calls.

ApeosPort -II 5010/4000/3000


DocuCentre-II 5010/4000
ApeosPort 550I/450I/350I
DocuCentre 550I/450I
Publication Comment Sheet
Enter any comments and/or corrections regarding this service manual into the
Publication Comment Sheet, and send it to the following.
Japan: CS Department TSC/SDEG
IBG: CS Department IBS via OpCo Technical Service Department

2.1 Contents of Manual


This manual is divided into nine chapters as described below.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
0-3

Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure


This chapter describes the general work and servicing procedures for maintenance.
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
This chapter describes the troubleshooting procedures other than image quality
troubleshooting.
Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
This chapter describes the image quality troubleshooting procedures.
Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
This chapter describes the disassembly, assembly, adjustment and replacement
procedures for components.
Chapter 5 Parts List
This chapter contains the spare parts list.
Chapter 6 General
This chapter describes the following information and how to use Diag./NVM.
6.1 How to use the Service Mode
6.2 How to use the UI Diag
6.3 NVM List
6.4 Other Service Information
6.5 Specifications
6.6 Tools and Service Consumables
6.7 Consumables
Chapter 7 Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)
This chapter contains the wiring diagrams and the following BSD (Block Schematic
Diagram) information.

Chain 1 Standby Power

Chain 2 User Interface

Chain 3 Machine Run Control

Chain 4 Start Power

Chain 5 DADF

Chain 6 Imaging

Chain 7 Paper Supplying

1. Getting to know the Service Manual

Introduction

Introduction
3. Description for Terminology and Symbols

Chain 8 Paper Transportation

Chain 9 Xerographics

Chain 10 Fusing and Copy Transportation

Chain 12 C-Finisher and B-Finisher

Chain 16 ESS

Chain 34 FAX
Chapter 8 Accessories
This chapter contains information on options and accessories.
Chapter 9 Installation
This chapter contains procedures for installation and removal of the machine.

2.2 Information on Updating


This manual will be sent to each Service Center as specified below. Revisions must be
incorporated correctly to keep the manual up-to-date.
Updating Procedure:

When the manual is revised, the "Ver.1" on the front cover will be renewed to Ver.1,
Ver.2, Ver.3 and so on.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
0-4

Version 2.1

3. Description for Terminology and Symbols


The terminology and symbols used throughout this service manual are
described as follows:
WARNING
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if
operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
WARNING
Indicates a potential hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators
do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
CAUTION
Indicates a potential hazardous situation, such as injury if operators do not handle the
machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
NOTE: Used to emphasize procedures, servicing, and regulations.
NOTE: Used to describe the technical terms and supplementary explanations.

Purpose
Used to describe the purposes of Adjustment and Troubleshooting.
REP: Indicates the disassembly/assembly procedure for reference.
ADJ: Indicates the adjustment procedure for reference.
PL: Indicates the parts list for reference.
ASSY: Means Assembly.
Safety Critical Components (SCC):
Control of the safety of components that are designated Safety Critical Components shall
conform to Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd.-stipulated rules and regulations on Safety Critical
Components.

Important Information Stored Component (ISC):


Impotant Information Stored Components store customers important information they
have entered after machine installation. When replacing Important Information Stored
Components, you must replace and discard them, following the procedure described in
Chapter 4 Adjustments. Take care never to let customer information leak out.

Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure

1 Service Call Procedure


1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5

Service Call Procedure.............................................................................................


Servicing Call Procedure..........................................................................................
Detailed contents of the Servicing Call.....................................................................
TRIM Check List.......................................................................................................
Periodical Replaced Parts/Consumables List ..........................................................

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

3
5
6
7
8

2007/10/01
1-1

Service Call Procedure

Service Call Procedure

2007/10/01
1-2

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

As the toner can be explosive, sweep or brush the spilled toner into a container for collecting the
sweepings. To clean away the remaining toner using a vacuum cleaner, always use a FX standard
vacuum cleaner that is toner-tolerant. Never use the customers vacuum cleaner. Take note of this
when cleaning the Developer also because it contains some toner as well.

1.1 Service Call Procedure


1.1.1 Safety
To prevent any accident that may occur during maintenance servicing, any warning or any caution
regarding the servicing must be strictly observed. Do not perform any hazardous operation.
1.

2.

9.

If the customer requests for earthquake proofing, the earthquake preparedness kit is available.

Power Supply

Check up the Technical Information for more information on the earthquake preparedness kit.

To prevent electrical shocks, burns, or injury, etc., be sure to switch OFF the machine and disconnect the plug before starting the maintenance servicing. If the machine has to be switched ON, such
as when measuring the voltage, take extra care not to get an electrical shock.

10. Modifications to the Machine

Drive Area

11. Lithium battery

Before altering the machine, submit the irregular use license application.
CAUTION

Never inspect, clear or lubricate the drive area such as chain belts, chain wheel or gears during the
machine operation.
3.

Earthquake Preparedness Measures

The battery may burst if it is not replaced properly.

Heavy Parts

Replace the battery with only the spare part battery (same model or equivalent). After the replacement, follow the handling instruction by the manufacturer to dispose the used battery.

Position you hip lower when removing or installing heavy parts as shown below.

12. Other Safety Precautions

Document Feeder(DADF):9Kg

For safety, precautions other than the above 1 through 11 must be observed. Take safety into full
consideration in working, following SAFE WORKING PRACTICES FOR ENGINEERS issued by
FXAP EH and S (Environmental Health and Safety).

B Finisher: 30Kg
C Finisher: 50Kg
C Finisher with Booklet Maker: 81Kg
High Capacity Feeder(HCF): 29Kg
Basically, have two people perform servicing.
Even when removing or installing heavy parts other than the above mentioned, take extra care of
your working posture to prevent a possible backache.
4.

Safety Device
See that safety devices for preventing mechanical accidents, such as fuses, circuit breakers, interlock switches, etc., and those for protecting customers from injury, such as panels and covers, function properly. Modifications that hinder the function of any safety devices are strictly prohibited.
Modifications that hinder the function of any safety devices are strictly prohibited.

5.

Installing and removing the parts


Edges of the parts and covers may be sharp. Be careful not to touch those parts, and wipe oil before
servicing when it is adhered on your fingers or hands. Pull out the part cable, etc. gently not forcedly.

6.

Specified Tools
Follow the instruction when a tool is specified.

7.

Organic Solvents
When using an organic solvent such as the Drum Cleaner or Machine Cleaner, pay attention to the
following:

8.

Pay attention to ventilation in the room to prevent too much suction of the solvent.

Do not use the heated solvent.

Keep distance from fire.

Strictly wash your hands after use.

Cleaning the Toner and Developer

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
1-3

1.1 Service Call Procedure

Service Call Procedure

Service Call Procedure

Pay attention to the following when performing maintenance service so that you may not perform wrong
or useless servicing:

(1)

At the time of replacement, be sure to transfer customer information onto the new PWB/HDD
and clear the information from the old one before discarding it, in order never to let the information leak out. (Detailed in the prefaces to chapters 4 and 5.)

(2)

If the replacement of PWB/HDD proves that it is not the cause of a specific problem, be sure to
reinstall it in the machine. (If having installed/removed PWB/HDD temporarily for diagnostics,
clear information in Diag.)

(3)

If/When it is impossible to clear information electrically from HDD, shred the HDD (at a charge)
as requested by the customer.

Reference Materials
When performing maintenance servicing, read all relevant materials such as Technical Information
to make a systematic approach.

2.

Version 2.1
Take great care in handling PWB/HDD. Fax speed dial numbers and URLs the customer has
entered in the machine are important customer information, which is stored in PWB/HDD in the
machine.

1.1.2 Other Precautions

1.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
1-4

1.1 Service Call Procedure

Disassembling
Make sure to check the assembled condition before removing parts or disassembling the machine.

3.

Installation and Adjustment


After the installation or adjustment is complete, check that no parts or tools are left inside or on the
assemblies before using the machine.

4.

3.

Handling of parts and consumables replaced


Make sure that the replaced parts or consumables as well as the packaging materials are collected
back to the Service Center.

4.

If/When maintenance work requires that our device be connected to the customers network, be
sure to obtain permission of the customers information system administrator through the person in
charge (or of the person in charge), in order to do so.

5.

Other notes on the handling of customer information

NOTE: For the separation and processing methods for the collected items, refer to the Common
Technical Information No. 2-138 for all machines.

Always dispose of the Drum Cleaner after it is completely used up.

WARNING
Never discard the Drum Cleaner into a fire. Always keep it from open flames to prevent it
from catching and causing a fire.

If you have replaced the following consumables, affix the U sticker for the recyclable parts to
be handled appropriately.
a. Xero/Deve Cartridge
b. Toner Cartridge

5.

For recyclable parts, fill the necessary items in the U-TAG and perform collection.

General precautions

Take care not to disturb the customers daily work.

Place the drip cloth or paper on the customers floor during work in the machine because color
toners may conterminate the floor and are difficult to clean.

Throw any trash generated during the maintenance service into the trash bag and bring them
to the servicing office.

Record clearly the service details and the consumables and parts replaced at visit in the Service Log.

1.1.3 Notes on the Handling of Customer Information


1.

Handling electronic customer information such as copy/print/received Fax samples (paper information) and log files ( activity report, etc.)
When taking samples back to your base for the purpose of investigation/analysis, obtain consent
from the customer without fail. Besides, be sure to tell him/her the samples will be used only for the
primary purpose.
If asked by the customer to submit an application for taking samples out, use FX Security Code:
separate document 15 Administration Table for Giving and Receiving Confidential/Personal Information (IS-019), or obtain consent in writing as directed by the customer.

2.

Handling PWB and HDD storing custoemr information

Rewritten-in-maintenance NVMs involving security concerns


If having conducted a test by rewriting an NVM, such as polling, which involves security concerns,
be sure to return the NVM to the former value after the work. (e.g.: For the details of polling, see
FTO 2-202 common to all the models.)

You need to take many other precautions besides the above items 1 to 4 in handling customer information. Do the work, following the CS-issued Do it now! Do it together so as to assure protection of
customer information assets and taking great care to prevent any information leak.

Enter the CE mode and print out the following reports.

1.2 Servicing Call Procedure


1.2.1 Inital Actions
1.

Ask the operator(s) about the machine condition.

2.

Record the billing meter readings.

3.

Inspect any error copies, then check the machine.

4.

Check the Service Log.

Reports
HFSI Report (Note)
Jam Report
Shutdown Report
Failure Report

1.2.2 When UM is requested, perform the following:


NOTE: (Reference)

Check Items
Replace the parts whose expiration date is near/has expired its
life.
Check the items where paper jam occurs frequently.
Use with the Fail History together, check the recent failures, and
repair the trouble if necessary.
Check the items where failures occur frequently.

NOTE: For the customer who is required to pay for replacing parts, comfirm with the customer
before replacement.

How to enter CE mode: In the customer display, press the [Start] key while the [0] key is pressed for
five seconds. Enter the password 6 7 8 9 and press [Confirm]. (The CE Tool screen is displayed in
the inverted screen of the customer screen.)

3.

1.

Perform the service flow in Chapter 2 Troubleshooting.

1.

2.

Perform the appropriate RAP in Chapter 2 Troubleshooting.

2.

Check the machine exterior and consumables.

If there are no applicable items, troubleshoot by referring to Chapter 7 Wiring Data.

3.

Train the operator as required.

Check the copy quality.

4.

Complete the Service Log and Service Report.

Make several sheets of copies using the Test Chart (499T247), then check the quality.

5.

Keep the Copy samples with the Service Log.

3.
4.

Perform TRIM servicing.

1.2.4 Final Actions


Check overall operation/features.

Print the following reports in order to understand the machine status.


Enter the CE mode and print out the following reports.

Reports
HFSI Report (Note)
Jam Report
Shutdown Report
Failure Report

Check Items
Replace the parts whose expiration date is near/has expired its
life.
Check the items where paper jam occurs frequently.
Use with the Fail History together, check the recent failures,
and repair the trouble if necessary.
Check the items where failures occur frequently.

NOTE: For the customer who is required to pay for replacing parts, comfirm with the customer
before replacement.
5.

Repair all the secondary problems.

6.

Perform TRIM servicing.

1.2.3 When SM is requested, perform the following:


NOTE: (Reference)

1.

How to enter CE mode: In the customer display, press the [Start] key while the [0] key is pressed for
five seconds. Enter the password 6 7 8 9 and press [Confirm]. (The CE Tool screen is displayed in
the inverted screen of the customer screen.)
Check the copy quality.
Make several sheets of copies using the Test Chart (499T247), then check the quality.

2.

Print the following reports in order to understand the machine status.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
1-5

1.2 Servicing Call Procedure

Service Call Procedure

Service Call Procedure


1.3 Detailed contents of the Servicing Call

2007/10/01
1-6

1.3 Detailed contents of the Servicing Call


1.3.1 Initial Actions
1.

Ask the operator(s) about the machine condition.

Frequency and location of recent paper jams

Copy Quality

2.

Record the copy meter readings.

3.

Inspect the error copy then check the machine.

4.

Check the copy sample at Last Call and the Service Log.

1.3.2 Checking reproducibility of the problem


1.

Check the trouble status by performing the service flow in "Chapter 2 Troubleshooting".

2.

Perform the appropriate RAP in "Chapter 2 Troubleshooting".

3.

If there are no applicable items, troubleshoot by referring to "Chapter 7 Wiring Data".

1.3.3 Checking copy quality


1.

Make several sheets of copies using the Test Chart (499T247), then check the quality.

2.

If there is a problem in copy quality, carry out the applicable item in "Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting".

1.3.4 TRIM Servicing


Perform TRIM servicing when visiting for the purpose of maintenance of the machine performance.
1.

Perform the necessary TRIM items following the TRIM Check List.

2.

Check the parts that require periodical cleaning/replacement by referring to the records in the Periodical Cleaning/Replacement List and the Report/List (HFSI Counter). Clean them if necessary. If
replaced, always clear the counter of the appropriate item in the HFSI screen.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

1.4 TRIM Check List


a : Perform checking. Clean, replace, or replenish if necessary.
b : Always perform cleaning and checking.

No.
6.3

c : Always perform replacement service at the specified interval.

No.
1.1

Servicing Items
Check Items before
Servicing

Every
time
a

Every
Servicing Items
time
Check Items after Ser- a
vicing

Service Details

Create the Service Log and Service Report.

(Check the meter)


Service Details

Activate the machine and check that abnormal


sound is not heard.

CAUTION
Do not touch the drum of the Xero/Deve Cartridge.
NOTE: (Reference)

1.2

(Check the machine


operation)
Check Items before
Servicing

(Copy and print the


Test Chart)
Clean the interior of the a
machine
(Clean the paper delivery system)
Cleaning the IIT
a

Clean the DADF

Make several sheets of copies using the Test


Chart (499T247), then check the quality.

Clean the paper dust and toner residue in the


paper path and on the jam sensor.

Clean especially the operation section of the


operator.

Clean the Platen Glass surface and the Platen


Cushion with the optical cleaning cloth.

Clean the Reflector, back of the Platen Glass,


mirrors and lens with the optical cleaning cloth.
Clean the Nudger Roll, Feed Roll and Retard Roll
with a cloth that has been wrung dry.

6.1

6.2

Safety Precautions

Check Items after Ser- a


vicing
(Copy Quality Check)
Check Items after Ser- a
vicing

How to enter CE mode: In the customer display, press the [Start] key while the [0] key is pressed for
five seconds. Enter the password 6 7 8 9 and press [Confirm]. (The CE Tool screen is displayed in
the inverted screen of the customer screen.)

Clean the DADF Platen Glass with the optical


cleaning cloth.
Make sure that the power plug is plugged in properly.

Check the power cord for cracks and the cord


line for exposure.

Make sure that no extension cord with insufficient


capacity or power cord outside the specification
for off-the-shelf power strips is used.

Make sure that no multiple power plugs are


added to a single socket.
Make several sheets of copies using the Test
Chart (499T247), then check if the quality satisfies the specification.

Check the paper feed and abnormal sound.

(Check the machine


operation)
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
1-7

1.4 TRIM Check List

Service Call Procedure

Service Call Procedure


1.5 Periodical Replaced Parts/Consumables List

2007/10/01
1-8

1.5 Periodical Replaced Parts/Consumables List


Check the consumables and the parts that require periodical cleaning/replacement for the number of
copies, and number of field sheets at servicing. Clean or replace them if necessary. The history can be
checked in the HFSI of Diag. mode (refer to the section on Diag. mode in Chapter 6 General). For the
items that cannot be checked in HFSI, clean or replace them according to the replacement intervals
(standard PV).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

CAUTION
Do not place the drawing materials such as toner and and drum in the car for a long time.
No
9
No
1

Parts/Consumables Name/ Replacement


PL No.
Interval
Tray 1 Feed No.
300,000

Chain-Link
No
Description
954-800 Count Condition

Feed Roll/Nudger Roll/


Retard Roll (PL 2.3)
2

Tray 2 Feed No.

300,000

954-801

Count up every 1 Feed.


Replace all three at the same
time.
Count Condition

954-802

Count up every 1 Feed.


Replace all three at the same
time.
Count Condition

954-803

Count up every 1 Feed.


Replace all three at the same
time.
Count Condition

954-804

Count up every 1 Feed.


Replace all three at the same
time.
Count Condition

954-805

Count up every 1 Feed.


Replace all three at the same
time.
Count Condition

954-807

Count up every 1 Feed.


Replace both at the same
time.
Count Condition

Feed Roll/Nudger Roll/


Retard Roll (PL 2.3)
3

Tray 3 Feed No.

300,000

Feed Roll/Nudger Roll/


Retard Roll (PL 12.3) (PL
13.6)
Tray 4 Feed No.

Feed Roll/Nudger Roll/


Retard Roll (PL 12.3) (PL
13.6)
HCF Feed No.

Feed Roll/Nudger Roll/


Retard Roll (PL 17.5 ) (PL
17.6 )
MSI Feed No.
300,000

300,000

300,000

Feed Roll/Retard Pad (PL


7.2)
7

Fuser Unit (PL 5.1)

175,000

Parts/Consumables Name/ Replacement


PL No.
Interval
Document Feed No.
200,000

Chain-Link
No
Description
955-806 Count Condition

Feed Roll (PL 15.6)

Count up every 1 Feed.


Replace the Feed Roll,
Nudger Roll and Retard Roll at
the same time.

Nudger Roll (PL 15.6)


Retard Roll (PL 15.4)

10

Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1)

30K*2

NOTE: Clean the Platen Glass


with a Platen Wax Cleaner
(194D) every 10K Feeds.
Declared yield value in accordance with ISO/IEC 19752.
Machine initially comes with
one Toner Cartridge.

11

Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL


4.1)

240kcycle*1

(Ref 60KCV, Continuous run)


B(5)

*1 : Drum cartridge has a function to detect hardware life according to the number of rotations of the
drum. The machine gives alarm signal "Replacement to be made shortly" when the number of rotation of the drum reaches around 220Kcycle (Ref 55kcv) as default (adjustable by NVM), and stops
copy operation at the end of life (Hard stop: 240Kcycle (Ref60kcv)).

*2 : The life of toner cartridge consumption shall differ according to print paper size, image type, as
well as density.

Count up the following values:

BTR Unit (PL 2.6)

300,000

954-808

1 Sided: +1

2 Sided: +2
Count Up Condition
Count up the following values:

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

1 Sided: +1

2 Sided: +2

2007/10/01
1-9

1.5 Periodical Replaced Parts/Consumables List

Service Call Procedure

Service Call Procedure


1.5 Periodical Replaced Parts/Consumables List

2007/10/01
1-10

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Chapter 2 Troubleshooting

2 Troubleshooting
2.1 Preface
2.1.1 How to troubleshoot
2.1.1 How to troubleshoot ..............................................................................................

21

2.1.2 Glossary
2.1.2 Glossary ................................................................................................................

23
25

2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition


2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition ......................................................................

27

2.2 Product FIP


2.2.1 IIT, IOT & Option FIP
005-xxx DADF
005-121
005-122
005-123
005-125
005-131
005-132
005-134
005-135
005-136
005-139
005-145
005-146
005-147
005-194
005-196
005-197
005-198
005-199
005-275
005-280
005-283
005-284
005-285
005-286
005-304
005-305
005-906
005-907
005-908

CVT-DADF Feed Sensor ON JAM...................................................................


CVT-DADF Simplex/Side 1 Pre-Regi. ON JAM ...............................................
CVT-DADF Simplex/Side 1 Regi. Sensor ON JAM..........................................
CVT-DADF Registration Sensor OFF JAM ......................................................
CVT-DADF Invert Sensor ON JAM (Inverting).................................................
CVT-DADF Invert Sensor ON JAM 2 ...............................................................
CVT-DADF Invert Sensor OFF JAM (Inv) ........................................................
CVT-DADF Side 2 Pre Regi. Sensor ON JAM.................................................
CVT-DADF Side 2 Regi. Sensor ON JAM .......................................................
CVT-DADF Invert Sensor OFF JAM ................................................................
CVT-DADF Registration Sensor OFF JAM On Inverting .................................
CVT-DADF Pre Registration Sensor OFF JAM ...............................................
CVT-DADF Pre Registration Sensor OFF JAM/JAM On Inverting...................
Size Mismatch JAM On SS Mix-Size ...............................................................
Size Mismatch JAM On No Mix-Size ...............................................................
Prohibit Combine Size JAM .............................................................................
Too Short Size JAM .........................................................................................
Too Long Size JAM..........................................................................................
DADF RAM Test Fail........................................................................................
DADF EEPROM Fail ........................................................................................
DADF Level Sensor Logic Fail .........................................................................
DADF APS Sensor Logic Fail ..........................................................................
DADF Nudger Lift Up Fail ................................................................................
DADF Feed Out Sensor Fail ............................................................................
CVT Platen I/L Open ........................................................................................
CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Open On Running ..............................................
CVT-DADF Feed Sensor Static JAM ...............................................................
CVT Pre Regi. Sensor Static JAM ...................................................................
CVT-DADF Registration Sensor Static JAM ....................................................

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

CVT-DADF Invert Sensor Static JAM ..............................................................


CVT-DADF #1APS Static JAM.........................................................................
CVT-DADF #2APS Static JAM.........................................................................
CVT-DADF #3APS Static JAM.........................................................................
DADF No Original Fail......................................................................................
DADF Not Enough Document ..........................................................................

45
45
46
46
47
47

010-xxx Fuser

2.1.3 How to use Controller FIP


2.1.3 How to use Controller FIP .....................................................................................

005-913
005-915
005-916
005-917
005-940
005-941

29
29
30
30
31
31
32
32
33
33
34
35
36
37
38
38
39
39
40
40
40
41
42
42
43
43
43
44
44

010-310
010-313
010-314
010-315
010-317
010-320
010-325
010-327
010-398

Zero Cross Fail.................................................................................................


Control Thermistor Fail.....................................................................................
Side Thermistor Fail .........................................................................................
PR Thermistor Defect.......................................................................................
Fuser Cold-Sagging Error ................................................................................
Heat Roll Over Temperature Fail .....................................................................
MCU-FLK Comm. Error....................................................................................
Fuser ON Time Fail..........................................................................................
Fuser Lock Fail.................................................................................................

49
49
49
50
50
51
51
52
53

012-xxx FIP
012-111
012-112
012-112
012-113
012-114
012-115
012-121
012-125
012-126
012-127
012-132
012-134
012-142
012-143
012-151
012-151
012-152
012-152
012-154
012-161
012-161
012-162
012-162
012-169
012-171
012-172
012-173
2007/10/01
2-1

(Finisher-B) H-Transport Entrance Sensor OFF JAM A...................................


(Finisher-C) H-Transport Entrance Sensor ON JAM........................................
(Finisher-B) H-Transport Entrance Sensor ON JAM........................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet In Sensor ON JAM ..........................................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet In Sensor OFF JAM A .....................................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor ON JAM.....................................
(Finisher-B) H-Transport Exit Sensor OFF JAM ..............................................
(Finisher-C) Transport Gate Sensor ON JAM ..................................................
(Finisher-B) H-Transport Entrance Sensor OFF JAM B...................................
(Finisher-C) H-Transport Exit Sensor ON JAM B/C .........................................
(Finisher-C) Finisher Entrance Sensor ON JAM ..............................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet In Sensor OFF JAM B .....................................................
(Finisher-C) Buffer Path Sensor ON JAM B.....................................................
(Finisher-C) Buffer Path Sensor ON JAM B.....................................................
(Finisher-C) Compiler Exit Sensor OFF JAM ...................................................
(Finisher-B) Compile Entrance Sensor OFF JAM ............................................
(Finisher-C) Compiler Exit Sensor ON JAM A/B ..............................................
(Finisher-B) Compile Entrance Sensor ON JAM..............................................
(Finisher-C) Compiler Exit Sensor ON JAM C .................................................
(Finisher-C) Set Eject JAM...............................................................................
(Finisher-B) Set Eject JAM...............................................................................
(Finisher-C) H-Transport Exit Sensor ON JAM A.............................................
(Finisher-B) H-Transport Exit Sensor ON JAM ................................................
(Finisher-C) Top Tray Exit Sensor ON JAM C .................................................
(Finisher-C) Top Tray Exit Sensor ON JAM A/B ..............................................
(Finisher-C) Top Tray Exit Sensor OFF JAM A/B ............................................
(Finisher-C) Top Tray Exit Sensor OFF JAM B................................................

55
56
56
57
58
58
59
60
60
61
62
63
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
71
72
73
74
75
76
76
77

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-174
012-180
012-210
012-211
012-211
012-212
012-212
012-213
012-221
012-221
012-223
012-223
012-224
012-224
012-225
012-226
012-227
012-228
012-229
012-230
012-231
012-232
012-233
012-234
012-243
012-246
012-247
012-260
012-260
012-261
012-263
012-263
012-264
012-265
012-266
012-269
012-282
012-282
012-283
012-283
012-284
012-284
012-291
012-291
012-293
012-294
012-295
012-295
012-296
012-296
012-300

(Finisher-C) Top Tray Exit Sensor OFF JAM C................................................


(Finisher-C) Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor OFF JAM ...................................
(Finisher-C) NVM R/W Error ............................................................................
(Finisher-C) Stacker Tray Fail ..........................................................................
(Finisher-B) Stacker Tray Fail ..........................................................................
(Finisher-C) Stacker Upper Limit Fail ...............................................................
(Finisher-B) Stacker Upper Limit Fail ...............................................................
(Finisher-C) Stacker Lower Limit Fail ...............................................................
(Finisher-C) Front Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail ...........................................
(Finisher-B) Front Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail............................................
(Finisher-C) Front Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail..........................................
(Finisher-B) Front Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail..........................................
(Finisher-C) Rear Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail ..........................................
(Finisher-B) Rear Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail ..........................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Tamper F Home Sensor ON Fail.....................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Tamper F Home Sensor OFF Fail...................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet End Guide Home Sensor OFF Fail .................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet End Guide Home Sensor ON Fail ...................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Rear Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail ...............................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Rear Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail .............................
(Finisher-C) Puncher Home Sensor ON Fail....................................................
(Finisher-C) Puncher Home Sensor OFF Fail ..................................................
(Finisher-C) Puncher Move Home Sensor ON Fail ..........................................
(Finisher-C) Puncher Move Home Sensor OFF Fail ........................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Knife Home Sensor ON Fail ............................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Staple Fail .......................................................................
(Finisher-C) Side Regi Sensor OFF Fail ..........................................................
(Finisher-C) Eject Clamp Home Sensor ON Fail..............................................
(Finisher-B) Eject Clamp Home Sensor ON Fail ..............................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Knife Folding Sensor Fail ................................................
(Finisher-C) Rear Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail ............................................
(Finisher-B) Rear Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail ............................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Drawer Broken Fail..........................................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Knife Home Sensor OFF Fail ..........................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Compiler No Paper Sensor Fail.......................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Sub CPU Comm Fail .......................................................
(Finisher-C) Eject Clamp Home Sensor OFF Fail ............................................
(Finisher-B) Eject Clamp Home Sensor OFF Fail ............................................
(Finisher-C) Set Clamp Home Sensor ON Fail ................................................
(Finisher-B) Set Clamp Home Sensor ON Fail.................................................
(Finisher-C) Set Clamp Home Sensor OFF Fail...............................................
(Finisher-B) Set Clamp Home Sensor OFF Fail...............................................
(Finisher-C) Stapler Fail ...................................................................................
(Finisher-B) Stapler Fail ...................................................................................
(Finisher-B) Staple Front Corner Sensor ON Fail ............................................
(Finisher-B) Staple Front Corner Sensor OFF Fail...........................................
(Finisher-C) Staple Move Sensor ON Fail........................................................
(Finisher-B) Staple Move Sensor ON Fail ........................................................
(Finisher-C) Stapler Move Home Position Sensor OFF Fail ............................
(Finisher-B) Stapler Move Sensor OFF Fail .....................................................
(Finisher-C) Eject Cover Open .........................................................................

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-2
79
80
81
81
82
83
84
85
85
86
87
87
88
89
90
90
91
91
92
92
93
93
94
94
95
95
96
96
97
98
98
99
100
100
101
101
102
102
103
104
105
105
106
107
108
109
110
110
111
112
113

012-301
012-302
012-302
012-303
012-303
012-307
012-900
012-901
012-901
012-902
012-902
012-903
012-903
012-905
012-905
012-920
012-923
012-923
012-926
012-927
012-929
012-931
012-932
012-934
012-935
012-936
012-937

Version 2.1
(Finisher-B) Top Cover Open...........................................................................
(Finisher-C) Front Door Interlock Open ...........................................................
(Finisher-B) Front Cover Open ........................................................................
(Finisher-C) H-Transport Cover Open .............................................................
(Finisher-B) H-Transport Cover Open..............................................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Drawer Open...................................................................
(Finisher-C) Buffer Path Sensor Static JAM A .................................................
(Finisher-C) H-Transport Entrance Sensor Static JAM A ................................
(Finisher-B) H-Transport Entrance Sensor Static JAM A.................................
(Finisher-C) H-Transport Exit Sensor Static JAM ............................................
(Finisher-B) H-Transport Exit Sensor Static JAM ............................................
(Finisher-C) Compiler Exit Sensor Static JAM .................................................
(Finisher-B) Compile Entrance Sensor Static JAM ..........................................
(Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Compiler Tray No Paper Sensor ......................
(Finisher-B) Compile Paper Sensor Static JAM ...............................................
(Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Transport Gate Sensor (Top Path JOB) A/B....
(Finisher-C) H-Transport Entrance Sensor Static JAM B ................................
(Finisher-B) H-Transport Entrance Sensor Static JAM ....................................
(Finisher-C) Buffer Path Sensor Static JAM B .................................................
(Finisher-C) Buffer Path Sensor Static JAM C .................................................
(Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Top Tray Exit Sensor C....................................
(Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Transport Gate Sensor (Top Path Job) C ........
(Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Transport Gate Sensor (Compile Path JOB) A/B
(Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Transport Gate Sensor (Compile Path Job) A/B
(Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Finisher Entrance Sensor ................................
(Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Booklet In Sensor A .........................................
(Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Booklet In Sensor B .........................................

113
114
114
115
116
116
117
117
118
118
119
119
120
120
121
121
122
123
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
129
129

013-xxx FIP
013-902 (Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Booklet Compile No Paper Sensor ..................
013-903 (Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor .......................

131
131

024-xxx IOT
024-910
024-911
024-912
024-913
024-914
024-916
024-917
024-919
024-942
024-943
024-946
024-947
024-948
024-948
024-949
024-949
024-950
024-951
024-952

Tray 1 Size Mismatch ......................................................................................


Tray 2 Size Mismatch ......................................................................................
Tray 3 Size Mismatch ......................................................................................
Tray 4 Size Mismatch ......................................................................................
Tray6 Size Mismatch .......................................................................................
(Finisher-C) Mix Full Stack...............................................................................
(Finisher-C) Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count............................................
Face UP Tray Close.........................................................................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet App450s Counts Over.....................................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Low Staple ......................................................................
Tray1 Out Of Place ..........................................................................................
Tray2 Out Of Place ..........................................................................................
(2TM) Tray3 Out Of Place................................................................................
(TTM) Tray 3 Out Of Place ..............................................................................
(2TM) Tray4 Out Of Place................................................................................
(TTM) Tray 4 Out Of Place ..............................................................................
Tray1 Empty.....................................................................................................
Tray2 Empty.....................................................................................................
Tray3 Empty.....................................................................................................

133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
140
140
141
141
141
141
142
142
142
143
143

024-953
024-954
024-955
024-958
024-959
024-960
024-961
024-961
024-962
024-962
024-965
024-966
024-967
024-969
024-970
024-972
024-975
024-976
024-977
024-978
024-979
024-981
024-982
024-983
024-984
024-989

Tray4 Empty.....................................................................................................
MSI Empty........................................................................................................
Tray6 Empty.....................................................................................................
MSI Size Fail ....................................................................................................
Tray1 Size Mismatch........................................................................................
Tray2 Size Mismatch........................................................................................
(2TM) Tray3 Size Mismatch .............................................................................
(TTM) Tray 3 size mismatch ............................................................................
(2TM) Tray4 Size Mismatch .............................................................................
(TTM) Tray 4 size mismatch ............................................................................
ATS/APS No Paper (IOT Detect) .....................................................................
ATS/APS No Destination Error ........................................................................
(Finisher-C) Different Width Mix Paper detect (Stapler Job)............................
(Finisher-C) Different Width Mix Punch............................................................
Tray6 Out Of Place ..........................................................................................
(Finisher-C) Tray6 Size Mismatch....................................................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet App450s Counts Over (Not Field Attachment)................
(Finisher-C) Finisher Staple Status NG............................................................
(Finisher-C) Stapler Feed Ready Fail ..............................................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Staple NG........................................................................
(Finisher-C) Stapler Near Empty......................................................................
(Finisher-C) Finisher TopTray Full ...................................................................
(Finisher-C) Stacker Lower Safety Warning.....................................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Tray Full ..........................................................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Front Staple Pin Low.......................................................
(Finisher-C) Booklet Rear Staple Pin Low .......................................................

144
144
145
145
146
146
146
146
147
147
147
148
148
149
149
150
150
150
151
151
151
152
152
153
153
154

041-xxx NVM
041-210
041-211
041-340
041-362
041-363
041-364
041-366

MCU NVM Is Out Of Order Tray Module .........................................................


NVM Read/Write Fail Tray Module ..................................................................
MCU RAM Read/Write Fail ..............................................................................
IOT NVM R/W Fail ...........................................................................................
MCU NVM Broken Fail.....................................................................................
MCU CPU Power To Access NVM Is Not Enough...........................................
MCU Asic Circuit To Control Crum Is Defect ...................................................

155
155
156
156
156
156
157

042-xxx Drives
042-323 Drum Motor Rotation Error...............................................................................
042-325 Main Motor Rotation Error................................................................................
042-398 LVPS Fan Fail ..................................................................................................

159
159
160

047-xxx Communication
047-211
047-212
047-213
047-214
047-215
047-216
047-217
047-218

OCT1 Fail.........................................................................................................
OCT2 Fail.........................................................................................................
Different Type Of Finisher ................................................................................
MCU-DM Communication Error .......................................................................
MCU-EXIT Communication Error.....................................................................
MCU-Finisher Communication Error ................................................................
MCU-HCF Communication Error .....................................................................
MCU-TM Communication Error........................................................................

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

161
162
163
163
164
164
165
165

061-xxx ROS
061-315 SOS Long K Fail ..............................................................................................
061-321 ROS Motor Fail ................................................................................................

167
167

062-xxx IIT
062-210
062-211
062-277
062-300
062-310
062-311
062-345
062-360
062-362
062-371
062-380
062-386
062-389
062-392
062-393
062-790

IISS Hot Line Fail .............................................................................................


IISS EEPROM Local Fail .................................................................................
IISS-DADF Communication Fail.......................................................................
Platen Interlock Open.......................................................................................
IISS-Controller Communication Fail.................................................................
IISS Software Logic Fail...................................................................................
IISS EEPROM Sub System Fail.......................................................................
Carriage Position Fail.......................................................................................
X Hard Fail .......................................................................................................
Lamp Illumination Fail ......................................................................................
Platen AGC CH1 Fail .......................................................................................
Platen AOC CH1 Fail .......................................................................................
Carriage Over Run Fail ....................................................................................
IISS PWBA Memory Fail-1..............................................................................
IISS PWBA Fail-2.............................................................................................
X Detect Fail.....................................................................................................

169
169
169
170
170
170
171
171
172
173
173
174
174
174
174
175

063-xxx IISS Extension


063-210 IISS Extension EEPROM Fail (Local Fail) .......................................................

177

071-xxx Tray 1
071-100
071-105
071-210
071-211

Tray1 Prefeed Sensor ON JAM .......................................................................


Tray1 Registration Sensor ON JAM.................................................................
Tray1 Lift Up Fail..............................................................................................
Tray1 Broken....................................................................................................

179
180
180
181

072-xxx Tray 2
072-100
072-101
072-105
072-210
072-211

Tray2 Prefeed Sensor ON JAM .......................................................................


Tray2 Miss Feed JAM ......................................................................................
Tray2 Registration Sensor ON JAM.................................................................
Tray 2 Lift Up Fail.............................................................................................
Tray2 Broken....................................................................................................

183
184
185
185
186

073-xxx Tray 3
073-100
073-101
073-102
073-105
073-210
073-211
073-211

Tray3 Prefeed Sensor ON JAM .......................................................................


Tray3 Miss Feed JAM ......................................................................................
Tray2 Feed Out Sensor ON JAM (Tray3 Feed) ...............................................
Tray3 Registration Sensor ON JAM.................................................................
Tray3 Lift Up Fail..............................................................................................
(2TM) Tray3 Broken .........................................................................................
(TTM) Tray 3 Broken........................................................................................

187
188
189
190
191
192
192

074-xxx Tray 4
074-100
074-101
074-102
074-103
2007/10/01
2-3

Tray4 Prefeed Sensor ON JAM .......................................................................


Tray4 Miss Feed JAM ......................................................................................
Tray2 Feed Out Sensor ON JAM (Tray4 Feed) ...............................................
Tray3 Feed Out Sensor ON JAM (Tray4 Feed) ...............................................

193
194
195
196

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
074-105
074-210
074-211
074-211

Tray4 Registration Sensor ON JAM .................................................................


Tray4 Lift Up Fail ..............................................................................................
(2TM) Tray4 Broken .........................................................................................
(TTM) Tray 4 Broken ........................................................................................

197
198
199
199

075-xxx MSI
075-135 MSI Registration Sensor ON JAM....................................................................

201

077-xxx JAM Cover Open


077-101
077-103
077-104
077-106
077-109
077-113
077-114
077-129
077-130
077-131
077-211
077-213
077-300
077-301
077-305
077-307
077-308
077-309
077-310
077-329
077-900
077-901
077-902
077-904
077-905
077-906
077-907
077-967
077-968

Registration Sensor OFF JAM .........................................................................


Fuser Exit Sensor OFF JAM ............................................................................
Fuser Exit Sensor OFF (Too Short) JAM .........................................................
Fuser Exit Sensor ON JAM ..............................................................................
Exit2 Sensor ON JAM Straight .........................................................................
IOT Exit2 Sensor OFF JAM Straight ................................................................
Exit2 Sensor Static JAM...................................................................................
Registration Sensor ON JAM (Stop at Duplex Wait Position) ..........................
Registration Sensor ON JAM (Non Stop at Duplex Wait Position)...................
Duplex Sensor ON JAM ...................................................................................
Detected Different Type Tray Module ..............................................................
Duplex Type Miss Match ..................................................................................
IOT Front Cover Open......................................................................................
Left Hand Interlock Open .................................................................................
Tray Module Left Hand Cover Interlock Open..................................................
Duplex Cover Open..........................................................................................
Left Hand High Cover Open .............................................................................
Left Hand Low Interlock Open..........................................................................
Controller Failed to Send Image.......................................................................
Main Motor Stop Error ......................................................................................
Registration Sensor Static JAM........................................................................
Fuser Exit Sensor Static JAM...........................................................................
Exit2 Sensor ON JAM Standby ........................................................................
Tray2 Feed Out Sensor Static JAM..................................................................
Tray3 Feed Out Sensor Static JAM..................................................................
Tray4 Feed Out Sensor Static JAM..................................................................
Duplex Sensor Static JAM................................................................................
Paper Kind Mis Match (APS Job).....................................................................
Paper Kind Mismatch, Job Continue ................................................................

203
204
204
205
206
207
208
208
209
210
211
212
212
213
214
214
215
215
216
216
216
217
217
218
218
219
219
219
220

078-xxx HCF
078-101
078-102
078-104
078-210
078-212
078-300
078-301
078-900

Feed Out Sensor2 ON JAM (HCF)...................................................................


Registration Sensor ON JAM (HCF) ................................................................
HCF Feed Out Sensor ON JAM .......................................................................
HCF Tray Lift Up Fail........................................................................................
HCF NVM R/W Error ........................................................................................
HCF Transport Cover Interlock Open...............................................................
HCF Home Position Switch Open ....................................................................
HCF Feed Out Sensor Static JAM ...................................................................

221
222
223
224
224
224
225
225

081-xxx No Destination
081-799 No Registered Destination ...............................................................................

091-xxx Drum

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-4

227

091-314
091-401
091-912
091-913
091-914
091-915
091-916

Version 2.1
CRU Fan Defect...............................................................................................
Drum Life Near To End ....................................................................................
Xero/Developer Cartridge Set Fail ...................................................................
Xero/Developer Cartridge End of Life ..............................................................
Xero/Developer Cartridge CRUM Transmission Fail .......................................
Xero/Developer Cartridge CRUM Data Write Fail............................................
Xero/Developer Cartridge CRUM Data Mismatch ...........................................

229
229
230
231
231
232
232

092-xxx Process Control


092-660
092-661
092-662
092-910

ATC Sensor Fail...............................................................................................


Temperature Sensor Fail .................................................................................
Humidity Sensor Fail........................................................................................
ATC Sensor Fail...............................................................................................

233
234
234
234

093-xxx Toner Supply


093-312
093-406
093-912
093-924
093-925
093-926

Dispense Motor Fail .........................................................................................


Toner Black Pre Near Empty ...........................................................................
Toner Black Empty...........................................................................................
Toner Cartridge CRUM Transmission Fail .......................................................
Toner Cartridge CRUM Data Broken Fail ........................................................
Toner Cartridge CRUM Data Mismatch Fail ....................................................

237
237
238
239
240
240

2.2.2 Other FIP


OF1 Paper Size Mismatch In Width FIP .........................................................................
OF2 Size Switch ASSY FIP ............................................................................................
OF3 Main Drive ASSY FIP..............................................................................................
GP-029 Exit Nip Release Solenoid Check Out FIP........................................................
GP-049 DADF Pre Registration Sensor Check Out FIP ................................................
GP-050 DADF Registration Sensor Check Out FIP .......................................................
GP-054 DADF Feed Motor Check Out FIP ....................................................................
GP-056 DADF Feed Out Sensor Check Out FIP ...........................................................
GP-059 DADF Registration Motor Check Out FIP .........................................................
GP-065 DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor1 Check Out FIP................................................
GP-066 DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor2 Check Out FIP................................................
GP-067 DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor3 Check Out FIP................................................
GP-073 DADF Invert Sensor Check Out FIP .................................................................
GP-083 DADF APS1 Sensor Check Out FIP.................................................................
GP-084 DADF APS2 Sensor Check Out FIP.................................................................
GP-085 DADF APS3 Sensor Check Out FIP.................................................................
GP-086 DADF Nudger Motor Check Out FIP ................................................................
GP-091 DADF Interlock Switch Check Out FIP .............................................................
GP-093 Platen Open Switch Check Out FIP..................................................................
GP-094 DADF Nudger Sensor Check Out FIP ..............................................................
GP-099 HCF Paper Size Sensor (Letter) Check Out FIP ..............................................
GP-100 HCF Paper Size Sensor (A4) Check Out FIP ...................................................
GP-101 HCF No Paper Sensor Check Out FIP .............................................................
GP-102 HCF Feed Out Sensor Check Out FIP .............................................................
GP-103 HCF Feed/Lift Motor Check Out FIP.................................................................
GP-104 Stacker No Paper Sensor Check Out FIP ........................................................
GP-105 Low Staple Sensor Check Out FIP ...................................................................
GP-134 Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor Check Out FIP ...............................................
GP-135 Booklet Paper Path Motor Check Out FIP ........................................................

241
241
242
243
243
243
243
244
244
244
244
245
245
245
245
246
246
246
246
247
247
247
247
248
248
249
249
249
250

GP-138
GP-139
GP-140
GP-141
GP-142
GP-143
GP-144
GP-145
GP-146
GP-147
GP-148
GP-149
GP-150
GP-151
GP-152
GP-153
GP-154
GP-155
GP-156
GP-157
GP-158
GP-159
GP-160
GP-161
GP-162
GP-163
GP-164
GP-165
GP-166
GP-167
GP-168
GP-169
GP-172
GP-173
GP-174
GP-175
GP-176
GP-177
GP-178
GP-179
GP-182
GP-183
GP-184
GP-185
GP-189
GP-195
GP-196
GP-197
GP-198
GP-199

Compile Exit Sensor Check Out FIP.................................................................


Eject Clamp Motor Check Out FIP....................................................................
Booklet Drawer Set Sensor Check Out FIP ......................................................
Eject Motor Check Out FIP ...............................................................................
Buffer Path Sensor Check Out FIP ...................................................................
Buffer Gate Solenoid Check Out FIP ................................................................
Transport Gate Solenoid Check Out FIP ..........................................................
Eject Clamp Home Sensor Check Out FIP .......................................................
Top Tray Exit Sensor Check Out FIP................................................................
Stacker Height Sensor 1 Check Out FIP ..........................................................
Stacker Height Sensor 2 Check Out FIP ..........................................................
Elevator Motor Check Out FIP ..........................................................................
Upper Limit Sensor Check Out FIP...................................................................
Stacker Encoder Sensor Check Out FIP ..........................................................
Front Tamper Home Sensor Check Out FIP.....................................................
Front Tamper Motor Check Out FIP .................................................................
Rear Tamper Home Sensor Check Out FIP .....................................................
Rear Tamper Motor Check Out FIP ..................................................................
Home Sensor Check Out FIP ...........................................................................
Booklet Front Tamper Motor Check Out FIP ....................................................
Booklet End Guide Home Sensor Check Out FIP ............................................
Booklet End Guide Motor Check Out FIP .........................................................
Booklet Rear Tamper Home Sensor Check Out FIP ........................................
Booklet Rear Tamper Motor Check Out FIP .....................................................
Knife Home Sensor Check Out FIP ..................................................................
Knife Solenoid Check Out FIP ..........................................................................
Booklet Fold Motor Check Out FIP ...................................................................
Side Regi. Sensor1 Check Out FIP ..................................................................
Side Regi. Sensor2 Check Out FIP ..................................................................
H-Transport Entrance Sensor Check Out FIP ..................................................
H-Transport Exit Sensor Check Out FIP...........................................................
Booklet Compiler No Paper Sensor Check Out FIP .........................................
Set Clamp Home Sensor Check Out FIP..........................................................
Set Clamp Clutch Check Out FIP .....................................................................
Stapler Move Motor Check Out FIP ..................................................................
Stapler Move Home Position Sensor Check Out FIP .......................................
Eject Cover Switch Check Out FIP ...................................................................
Finisher Front Door Switch Check Out FIP.......................................................
Puncher Move Home Sensor Check Out FIP ...................................................
Puncher Move Motor Check Out FIP ................................................................
Finisher Entrance Sensor Check Out FIP.........................................................
Compile Tray No Paper Sensor Check Out FIP ...............................................
Transport Gate Sensor Check Out FIP.............................................................
Booklet In Sensor Check Out FIP .....................................................................
Top Tray Full Sensor Check Out FIP................................................................
HCF Nudger Solenoid Check Out FIP ..............................................................
HCF Level Sensor Check Out FIP ....................................................................
HCF Transport Cover Interlock Switch Check Out FIP.....................................
HCF Home Position Switch Check Out FIP ......................................................
Finisher Regi. Motor Check Out FIP .................................................................

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

250
251
251
252
252
253
253
253
254
254
255
255
256
256
257
257
257
258
259
259
260
260
261
261
262
262
263
263
264
264
265
265
266
266
266
267
267
268
268
268
269
269
270
270
271
271
272
272
272
273

gp-200 finisher exit motor check out fip..........................................................................


gp-201 finisher transport motor check out fip .................................................................
GP-202 Puncher Home Sensor Check Out FIP .............................................................
GP-203 Puncher Motor Sensor Check Out FIP .............................................................

273
274
274
275

2.3 All Controller FIP


2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP
OF-01
OF-02
OF-03
OF-04
OF-05
OF-06
OF-07
OF-08
OF-09
OF-10
OF-11
OF-12
OF-13
OF-14
OF-15
OF-30
OF-31
OF-32
OF-33

Common System Fail..........................................................................................


277
HDD System Fail.................................................................................................
278
NET/USB System Fail.........................................................................................
279
Panel System Fail ...............................................................................................
280
IIT System Fail ....................................................................................................
280
IOT System Fail ..................................................................................................
280
FAX System Fail .................................................................................................
280
116-324 Fail ........................................................................................................
281
Common Job Fail ................................................................................................
281
HDD Job Fail.......................................................................................................
281
FAX Job Fail........................................................................................................
282
033-363 Fail ........................................................................................................
282
016-782 / 016-784 Fail ........................................................................................
283
FAX Card Fail......................................................................................................
283
NET Job Fail .......................................................................................................
283
[No Error Code] (No problems during service call) .............................................
283
[No Error Code] (Problem: "Does not start up at power ON" error can be reproduced.)284
[No Error Code] (Problem: "Does not return from Power Save" error can be reproduced.)284
[No Error Code] (Problem: "Remained in 'Copying...' or 'Printing...'" error can be reproduced.)285

2.3.2 Controller FIP


002-xxx FIP
002-770 JT Processing - HD Full ...................................................................................

287

003-xxx FIP
003-310
003-318
003-319
003-320
003-321
003-322
003-323
003-324
003-325
003-326
003-327
003-328
003-329
003-330
003-331
003-332
003-333
2007/10/01
2-5

IIT extension memory capacity is insufficient...................................................


IITsc Soft Fail ...................................................................................................
IITsc Video Driver Detection Fail......................................................................
IISS-ESS Communication Fail 1 ......................................................................
IISS-ESS Communication Fail 2 ......................................................................
IISS-ESS Communication Fail 3 ......................................................................
IISS-ESS Communication Fail 4 ......................................................................
IISS-ESS Communication Fail 5 ......................................................................
IISS-ESS Communication Fail 6 ......................................................................
IISS-ESS Communication Fail 7 ......................................................................
IISS-ESS Communication Fail 8 ......................................................................
IISS-ESS Communication Fail 9 ......................................................................
IISS-ESS Communication Fail 10 ....................................................................
IISS-ESS Communication Fail 11 ....................................................................
IISS-ESS Communication Fail 12 ....................................................................
IISS-ESS Communication Fail 13 ....................................................................
IISS-ESS Communication Fail 14 ....................................................................

289
289
289
289
289
290
290
290
290
290
290
291
291
291
291
291
291

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
003-334 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 15 ....................................................................
003-335 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 16 ....................................................................
003-336 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 17 ....................................................................
003-337 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 18 ....................................................................
003-338 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 19 ....................................................................
003-339 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 20 ....................................................................
003-340 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 21 ....................................................................
003-341 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 22 ....................................................................
003-342 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 23 ....................................................................
003-343 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 24 ....................................................................
003-344 IISS_ESS X Hotline Fail PowerOn ...................................................................
003-345 X PIO Unmatch Fail 1.......................................................................................
003-346 X PIO Unmatch Fail 2.......................................................................................
003-702 Different magnification, for surface and back of a document ..........................
003-750 Book Duplex-Insufficient Docs .........................................................................
003-751 Under PANTHER Capacity (Scan)...................................................................
003-752 Cannot scan 600DPI ........................................................................................
003-753 Cannot scan over 300DPI ................................................................................
003-754 S2X recoverable error ......................................................................................
003-755 S2X command error .........................................................................................
003-756 S2X command error .........................................................................................
003-757 Cannot scan over 400DPI ................................................................................
003-760 Scan Settings Error ..........................................................................................
003-761 Incorrect Paper Tray Size.................................................................................
003-763 Adjustment Chart Not Found............................................................................
003-764 Document insufficient (image overlay) .............................................................
003-780 Scan Image Compression Error .......................................................................
003-795 AMS Limit Error ................................................................................................
003-930 Cannot scan over 300DPI ................................................................................
003-931 Cannot scan over 400DPI .................................................................................
003-932 Cannot scan 600DPI ........................................................................................
003-933 Next Documents Cannot scan over 300DPI.....................................................
003-934 Next Documents Cannot scan over 400DPI.....................................................
003-935 Next Documents Cannot scan over 600DPI.....................................................
003-940 DAM memory insufficient .................................................................................
003-942 Document size Auto Detect error .....................................................................
003-944 Image repeat count fail.....................................................................................
003-946 Every direction difference (Copy APS).............................................................
003-947 Return Documents counts error .......................................................................
003-948 Return Documents mismatch ...........................................................................
003-951 1job max page over..........................................................................................
003-952 Return Documents Color mismatch .................................................................
003-955 Documents size exchange error.......................................................................
003-956 Documents size unknown error........................................................................
003-963 No APS object Tray..........................................................................................
003-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IITsc Detect) ...................................................................
003-966 ATS/APS No Destination (IITsc) ......................................................................
003-967 DADF APS No Destination...............................................................................
003-968 Punch position error .........................................................................................
003-969 Punch size error ...............................................................................................
003-972 Maximum Stored Page Over Flow ...................................................................

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-6
292
292
292
292
292
292
293
293
293
293
293
293
294
294
294
294
294
294
295
295
295
295
295
295
296
296
296
296
296
296
297
297
297
297
298
298
298
298
298
299
299
299
299
300
300
300
300
301
301
301
301

003-973
003-974
003-976
003-977
003-978
003-980
003-981

Version 2.1
Every direction difference ................................................................................
Next Original Specification...............................................................................
FAX Line Memory Overflow (N up) ..................................................................
Document Miss Match (Multi Scan) .................................................................
Color Document Miss Mutch (Multi Scan)........................................................
Staple position error.........................................................................................
Staple size error...............................................................................................

301
301
302
302
302
302
302

005-xxx FIP
005-500
005-940
005-941
005-942

Write to DADF-ROM error detection (During DLD method) .............................


DADF No Original ............................................................................................
Doc number of sheets is insufficient ................................................................
Doc fault loading on DADF ..............................................................................

303
303
303
303

011-xxx FIP
011-941
011-942
011-943
011-944
011-945
011-946
011-947
011-948
011-949
011-950

MBX #01 Bin Full Stack ...................................................................................


MBX #02 Bin Full Stack ...................................................................................
MBX #03 Bin Full Stack ...................................................................................
MBX #04 Bin Full Stack ...................................................................................
MBX #05 Bin Full Stack ...................................................................................
MBX #06 Bin Full Stack ...................................................................................
MBX #07 Bin Full Stack ...................................................................................
MBX #08 Bin Full Stack ...................................................................................
MBX #09 Bin Full Stack ...................................................................................
MBX #10 Bin Full Stack ...................................................................................

305
305
305
305
305
305
306
306
306
306

012-xxx FIP
012-500 Write to Finisher/MACS-ROM error detection (During DLD method)...............

307

016-xxx FIP
016-210
016-211
016-212
016-213
016-214
016-215
016-216
016-217
016-218
016-219
016-220
016-221
016-222
016-223
016-224
016-225
016-226
016-227
016-228
016-229
016-231
016-240

SW Option Fail (HDD Not Exist) ......................................................................


SW Option Fail (SysMemory Low) ...................................................................
SW Option Fail (Page Memory Low) ...............................................................
SW Option Fail (Printer CARD Not Exist) ........................................................
SW Option Fail (Fax CARD Not Exist) .............................................................
SW Option Fail (JPEG boad Not Exist)............................................................
SW Option Fail (ExtMemory Not Exist) ............................................................
SW Option Fail (Controller ROM not Printer kit) ..............................................
PS KIT Not Exist for XDOD..............................................................................
License is required (Printer Kit)........................................................................
S2X unrecoverable error ..................................................................................
S2X communication error ................................................................................
S2X self-diag error ...........................................................................................
S2X SDRAM Error ...........................................................................................
S2X PCI Reg Error...........................................................................................
S2X ROM CheckSum Error .............................................................................
S2X IIT Connection Error .................................................................................
S2X DDR Error ................................................................................................
S2X Image Processing Error ...........................................................................
SW Option Fail (FCW-UI Not Exist) .................................................................
SW Option Fail (Image Ext PWBNot Exist)......................................................
S2X NVM CheckSum Fail ................................................................................

309
309
309
309
310
310
310
310
310
311
311
311
311
311
311
312
312
312
312
312
312
313

016-310
016-311
016-313
016-314
016-315
016-316
016-317
016-318
016-320
016-321
016-323
016-322
016-330
016-331
016-332
016-335
016-336
016-337
016-338
016-339
016-340
016-341
016-342
016-345
016-347
016-348
016-350
016-351
016-360
016-362
016-363
016-364
016-365
016-366
016-367
016-368
016-369
016-370
016-371
016-450
016-454
016-455
016-456
016-461
016-500
016-501
016-502
016-503
016-504
016-505

ssmm Job Log Full ...........................................................................................


313
No Scanner that Should Be..............................................................................
313
HighbridWaterMark setting mismatch ..............................................................
313
SW Option Fail (HybridWaterMark Not Exist) ..................................................
313
IIT Interface Fail ...............................................................................................
314
Page Memory Not Detected.............................................................................
314
Page Memory Broken- Standard......................................................................
314
Page Memory Broken- Option..........................................................................
314
Document Formatter Fatal Error ......................................................................
314
Fax Module Error .............................................................................................
314
B-Formatter Fatal Error ....................................................................................
315
JBA Account Full..............................................................................................
315
Cont SystemMemory Fail-1..............................................................................
315
Cont SystemMemory Fail-2..............................................................................
315
Cont SystemMemory Fail-3..............................................................................
315
Cont ProgramROM Fail-1 ................................................................................
315
Cont ProgramROM Fail-2 ................................................................................
316
Cont ProgramROM Fail-3 ................................................................................
316
Cont FontROM Fail-1 .......................................................................................
316
Cont FontROM Fail-2 .......................................................................................
316
Cont FontROM Fail-3 .......................................................................................
316
Cont FontROM Fail-4 .......................................................................................
316
Cont RTC Fail ..................................................................................................
317
Cont NV-Memory Fail.......................................................................................
317
Cont PageMemory Fail ....................................................................................
317
Cont PageMemory Fail-2 .................................................................................
317
Cont SEEP-ROM Fail-1 ...................................................................................
317
Cont SEEP-ROM Fail-2 ...................................................................................
317
Cont UI Fail-1 ...................................................................................................
318
Cont UI Fail-2 ...................................................................................................
318
Cont LyraCard Fail ...........................................................................................
318
Cont USB2.0 Host Fail .....................................................................................
318
Cont USB2.0 Device Fail .................................................................................
319
Cont HDD Fail-1...............................................................................................
319
Cont HDD Fail-2...............................................................................................
319
Cont Torino Fail................................................................................................
319
Cont S2X PWB Fail..........................................................................................
320
Cont Fail...........................................................................................................
320
Cont USB1.1 Host Fail .....................................................................................
320
SMB Host name duplicated..............................................................................
320
DNS renewal failure of dynamic.......................................................................
320
SNTP server time out.......................................................................................
321
SNTP time asynchronous ................................................................................
321
New Job Creation under Restriction ................................................................
321
Write to Cont-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ...............................
321
Write to S2X-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ................................
321
Write to Cont/S2X/IISS/DADF/IOT/Fin/FaxCard error detection (During PJL method)322
SMTP Server Fail for Redirector ......................................................................
322
POP Server Fail for Redirector ........................................................................
322
POP Authentication Fail for Redirector ............................................................
322

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

016-506
016-507
016-508
016-509
016-510
016-511
016-512
016-513
016-514
016-515
016-516
016-517
016-522
016-523
016-524
016-525
016-526
016-527
016-533
016-534
016-539
016-543
016-545
016-546
016-548
016-553
016-554
016-555
016-556
016-557
016-558
016-560
016-562
016-569
016-574
016-575
016-576
016-577
016-578
016-579
016-580
016-581
016-582
016-583
016-584
016-585
016-586
016-587
016-588
016-589
2007/10/01
2-7

Image Log HDD Full.........................................................................................


ImageLog Send Fail01 .....................................................................................
ImageLog Send Fail02 .....................................................................................
ImageLog No Send Rule01..............................................................................
ImageLog No Send Rule02..............................................................................
ImageLog Invalid Send Rule01 ........................................................................
ImageLog Invalid Send Rule02 ........................................................................
SMTP server reception error............................................................................
XPS Error .........................................................................................................
XPS Short of Memory ......................................................................................
XPS PrintTicket description error .....................................................................
PS Booklet Illegal Color Mode Change............................................................
LDAP SSL error 112 ........................................................................................
LDAP SSL error 113 ........................................................................................
LDAP SSL error 114 ........................................................................................
LDAP SSL error 115 ........................................................................................
LDAP SSL error 116 ........................................................................................
LDAP SSL error 117 ........................................................................................
Kerberos Attestation protocol error 37 .............................................................
Kerberos Attestation protocol error 41,42 ........................................................
Kerberos Attestation protocol error other .........................................................
Attestation Agent error 543 ..............................................................................
Attestation Agent error 545 ..............................................................................
Attestation Agent error 546 ..............................................................................
Attestation Agent error 548 ..............................................................................
Attestation Agent error 553 ..............................................................................
Attestation Agent error 554 ..............................................................................
Attestation Agent error 555 ..............................................................................
Attestation Agent error 556 ..............................................................................
Attestation Agent error 557 ..............................................................................
Attestation Agent error 558 ..............................................................................
Attestation Agent error 560 ..............................................................................
ADetected user duplication, in a cert agent .....................................................
Attestation Agent error 569 ..............................................................................
Host name solution error in FTP ......................................................................
DNS server un-sets up in FTP .........................................................................
Server connection error in FTP ........................................................................
Problem in FTP service....................................................................................
Login name or a password error in FTP...........................................................
Scanning picture preservation place error in FTP............................................
File name acquisition failure from FTP server..................................................
File name suffix limit over in FTP .....................................................................
File creation failure in FTP ...............................................................................
Lock folder creation failure in FTP ...................................................................
Folder creation failure in FTP...........................................................................
File delete failure in FTP ..................................................................................
Lock folder delete failure in FTP ......................................................................
Folder delete failure in FTP..............................................................................
Data write-in failure to FTP server ...................................................................
Data read failure from FTP server....................................................................

322
323
323
323
323
323
323
324
324
324
324
325
325
325
325
325
326
326
326
326
326
326
327
327
327
327
328
328
328
328
329
329
329
329
329
330
330
330
330
330
331
331
331
331
331
332
332
332
332
332

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-590
016-591
016-592
016-593
016-594
016-595
016-596
016-597
016-600
016-601
016-700
016-701
016-702
016-703
016-704
016-705
016-706
016-707
016-708
016-709
016-710
016-711
016-712
016-713
016-714
016-715
016-716
016-717
016-718
016-719
016-720
016-721
016-722
016-723
016-724
016-725
016-726
016-727
016-728
016-729
016-730
016-731
016-732
016-733
016-734
016-735
016-736
016-737
016-738
016-739
016-740

Data reading failure from FTP server ...............................................................


FTP scan filing policy injustice .........................................................................
NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in FTP .......................................................
Internal error in FTP Scan ................................................................................
TYPE command failure in FTP.........................................................................
PORT command failure in FTP ........................................................................
CDUP command failure in FTP ........................................................................
Same name file exists in FTP servcer..............................................................
KO Authentication Locked................................................................................
Illegal Access Detection ...................................................................................
Password is under minimum ............................................................................
Out of ART EX Memory....................................................................................
Out of Page Buffer............................................................................................
Email To Invalid Box.........................................................................................
Mailbox is Full...................................................................................................
Secure Print Fail...............................................................................................
Max. User Number Exceeded ..........................................................................
Sample Print Fail ..............................................................................................
HD Full by Annotation/Watermark image .........................................................
ART EX Command Error..................................................................................
Delayed Print Fail .............................................................................................
Email transmission size limit over ....................................................................
Under PANTHER Capacity (I-Formtter) ...........................................................
Security Box Password Error ...........................................................................
Security Box is not Enable ...............................................................................
ESCP Form Invalid Password ..........................................................................
TIFF Data Overflow ..........................................................................................
Fax/iFax Send Result Not Found .....................................................................
Out of PCL6 Memory........................................................................................
Out of PCL Memory..........................................................................................
PCL Command Error........................................................................................
Other Error .......................................................................................................
Job cancel by staple position NG .....................................................................
Job cancel by punch position NG.....................................................................
Complex Position Error of Staple and Punch ...................................................
B-Formatter Library Image Conversion Error ...................................................
PDL Auto Switch Fail........................................................................................
0-page document unstorable to MailBox..........................................................
Unsupported TIFF Data....................................................................................
TIFF Data Size too Big .....................................................................................
Unsupported ART Command ...........................................................................
Invalid TIFF Data..............................................................................................
Form not registerd ............................................................................................
Destination address resolution error ................................................................
Simple transmittion report invocation error.......................................................
Updating Job Templete ....................................................................................
Remote directory lock error ..............................................................................
Remote lock directory remove error .................................................................
PS Booklet Illegal OutPut Size .........................................................................
PS Booklet Document Output Missmatch ........................................................
PS Booklet OutPut Tray Missmatch .................................................................

2007/10/01
2-8
332
333
333
333
333
333
333
334
334
334
334
334
335
335
335
336
336
336
337
337
337
337
338
338
338
338
338
339
339
339
339
340
340
340
340
341
341
341
341
341
342
342
342
342
342
343
343
343
343
343
343

016-741
016-742
016-743
016-744
016-745
016-746
016-747
016-748
016-749
016-750
016-751
016-752
016-753
016-754
016-755
016-756
016-757
016-758
016-759
016-760
016-761
016-762
016-763
016-764
016-765
016-766
016-767
016-768
016-769
016-770
016-771
016-772
016-773
016-774
016-775
016-776
016-777
016-778
016-779
016-780
016-781
016-782
016-783
016-784
016-785
016-786
016-787
016-788
016-789
016-791
016-792

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1
Download Mode NGJob Fail ............................................................................
Download Data Product ID Mismatch ..............................................................
Device Model/Panel Type Error .......................................................................
Download Data CheckSum Error.....................................................................
Download Data XPJL Fatal Error.....................................................................
Unsupported PDF File .....................................................................................
No memory for drawing annotation..................................................................
HD Full .............................................................................................................
JCL Syntax Error..............................................................................................
Print job ticket description error .......................................................................
PDF Error.........................................................................................................
PDF Short of Memory ......................................................................................
PDF Password Mismatched.............................................................................
PDF LZW Not Installed ....................................................................................
PDF Print Prohibited ........................................................................................
Auditron - Prohibit Service ...............................................................................
Auditron - Invalid User .....................................................................................
Auditron - Disabled Function............................................................................
Auditron - Reached Limit .................................................................................
PS Decompose failure .....................................................................................
FIFO EMPTY ...................................................................................................
Print LANG Not Installed..................................................................................
POP server is not found...................................................................................
SMTP Server Connect Error ............................................................................
SMTP Server HD Full ......................................................................................
SMTP Server File System Error.......................................................................
Invalid E-mail Address .....................................................................................
Invalid Sender Address....................................................................................
SMTP Server Unsupported DSN .....................................................................
The direct fax function is canceled by NVM.....................................................
Scan Data Repository ERR (DNS address).....................................................
Scan Data Repository ERR (DNS Library) ......................................................
Invalid IP Address ............................................................................................
HD Full - Compression Convert .......................................................................
HD Full - Image Convert ..................................................................................
Image Convert ERR.........................................................................................
HD Access ERR-Image Convert......................................................................
HD Full - Scan Image Convert .........................................................................
Scan Image Conversion Error..........................................................................
HD Access ERR-Image Convert......................................................................
Scan Server Connect ERR ..............................................................................
Scan Server Login ERR ...................................................................................
Invalid Server Path...........................................................................................
Server Write ERR ............................................................................................
Server HD Full .................................................................................................
HD Full-Scan Write ERR..................................................................................
Invalid Server IP ADD ......................................................................................
Retrieve to Browser Failed...............................................................................
HD Full - Job Memory ......................................................................................
File Retrieve Fail ..............................................................................................
Specified Job Not Found..................................................................................

344
344
344
344
344
345
345
345
345
346
346
346
346
347
347
347
347
347
347
348
348
348
348
348
349
349
349
349
349
349
350
350
350
350
350
351
351
351
351
351
352
352
353
353
353
353
354
354
354
354
355

016-793
016-794
016-795
016-796
016-797
016-798
016-799
016-940
016-941
016-942
016-943
016-944
016-945
016-946
016-947
016-948
016-949
016-981
016-982
016-983
016-985

MF I/O HD Full .................................................................................................


355
MediaReader:Media No Insert .........................................................................
355
MediaReader:Format Error ..............................................................................
355
Document insert operation error ......................................................................
355
MediaReader:Image File Read Error ...............................................................
355
No TrustMarking Option ...................................................................................
356
PLW Print Instruction Fail.................................................................................
356
Duplex Mix Size NG .........................................................................................
356
Booklet Duplex Mix Size NG ............................................................................
356
Page Delete Duplex Mix Size NG ....................................................................
356
Insert doc Duplex Mix Size NG ........................................................................
356
Document merge NG .......................................................................................
357
Insert doc Duplex print NG...............................................................................
357
Insert doc NG ...................................................................................................
357
APS No Destination Error ................................................................................
357
Small Book action NG ......................................................................................
357
Insert Mix doc NG ............................................................................................
357
HDD access error.............................................................................................
358
HDD access error 2..........................................................................................
358
Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full, with Level of Ensuring Creation Set to "High"358
Data size over flow (Scan to Email) .................................................................
358

018-xxx FIP
018-502
018-505
018-510
018-511
018-512
018-513
018-514
018-515
018-516
018-517
018-518
018-519
018-520
018-521
018-522
018-523
018-543
018-547
018-595
018-596
018-701
018-702
018-703
018-704
018-705
018-706
018-707

Login failure in SMB .........................................................................................


SMB-DOS protocol error 1-005........................................................................
Host name solution error in BMLinkS...............................................................
DNS server un-sets up in BMLinkS..................................................................
Service Connect error in BMLinkS ...................................................................
BMLinkS Service Not Found ..........................................................................
bmlinks access-right-violation ..........................................................................
bmlinks storage-access-error...........................................................................
bmlinks unsupported-attribute..........................................................................
bmlinks storage-full ..........................................................................................
bmlinks operation-not-available .......................................................................
bmlinks unknown-error.....................................................................................
Internal error in BMLinkS Scan ........................................................................
request send failure in BMLinkS ......................................................................
response receive failure in BMLinkS................................................................
image send failure in BMLinkS.........................................................................
Shared name error in SMB server ...................................................................
The number restriction over of SMB scan users ..............................................
LDAP protocol error 595 ..................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 596 ..................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 01 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 02 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 03 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 04 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 05 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 06 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 07 ....................................................................................

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

359
359
360
360
360
360
361
361
361
361
362
362
362
362
362
362
363
363
363
363
364
364
364
364
365
365
365

018-708
018-710
018-711
018-712
018-713
018-714
018-716
018-717
018-718
018-719
018-720
018-721
018-732
018-733
018-734
018-735
018-736
018-748
018-749
018-750
018-751
018-752
018-753
018-754
018-764
018-765
018-766
018-767
018-768
018-769
018-770
018-771
018-780
018-781
018-782
018-783
018-784
018-785
018-786
018-787
018-788
018-789
018-790
018-791
018-792
018-793
018-794
018-795
018-796
018-797
2007/10/01
2-9

LDAP protocol error 08 ....................................................................................


LDAP protocol error 10 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 11 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 12 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 13 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 14 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 16 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 17 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error18 .....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 19 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 20 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 21 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 32 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 33 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 34 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 35 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 36 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 48 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 49 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 50 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 51 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 52 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 53 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 54 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 64 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 65 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 66 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 67 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 68 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 69 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 70 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 71 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 80 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 81 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 82 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 83 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 84 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 85 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 86 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 87 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 88 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 89 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 90 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 91 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 92 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 93 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 94 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 95 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 96 ....................................................................................
LDAP protocol error 97 ....................................................................................

365
365
366
366
366
366
366
366
367
367
367
367
367
367
368
368
368
368
368
369
369
369
369
369
369
370
370
370
370
370
370
371
371
371
371
372
372
372
372
372
372
373
373
373
373
373
373
374
374
374

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

2007/10/01
2-10

021-xxx FIP
021-360
021-361
021-731
021-732
021-733
021-750
021-751
021-770
021-771
021-772
021-941
021-942
021-943
021-944
021-945
021-946
021-947
021-948
021-949

EP Accessory Fail ............................................................................................


EP Accessory Kind Config Error ......................................................................
EP Accessory - Function Disabled ...................................................................
EP Accessory Error732 ....................................................................................
EP Accessory Error733 ....................................................................................
U Parts Request Fail (EP-SV) ..........................................................................
Maintenance Request Fail (EP-SV) .................................................................
U Parts Request Fail (EP-DX)..........................................................................
Maintenance Request Fail (EP-DX) .................................................................
EPDX Install, Remove Error.............................................................................
EP - Scan Service Paused By Disable.............................................................
EP - Scan Service Paused By Color Mode ......................................................
EP - Print Service Paused By Disable..............................................................
EP - Print Service Paused By Color Mode .......................................................
EP - Service Paused By Disable ......................................................................
EP - Service Paused By Color Mode ...............................................................
Subtractive Accessory Disable (Scan) .............................................................
Subtractive Accessory Disable (Print) ..............................................................
Subtractive Accessory Disable.........................................................................

375
375
375
375
375
376
376
376
376
376
376
377
377
377
377
377
377
378
378

024-xxx FIP
024-340
024-341
024-342
024-343
024-345
024-346
024-347
024-348
024-349
024-350
024-351
024-352
024-353
024-354
024-355
024-356
024-357
024-358
024-359
024-360
024-361
024-362
024-363
024-364
024-365
024-366
024-367
024-368
024-370

IOT-ESS Communication Fail 1 .......................................................................


IOT-ESS Communication Fail 2 .......................................................................
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 3 .......................................................................
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 4 .......................................................................
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 5 .......................................................................
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 6 .......................................................................
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 7 .......................................................................
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 8 .......................................................................
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 9 .......................................................................
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 10 .....................................................................
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 11 .....................................................................
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 12 .....................................................................
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 13 .....................................................................
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 14 .....................................................................
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 15 .....................................................................
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 16 .....................................................................
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 17 .....................................................................
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 18 .....................................................................
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 19 .....................................................................
IOT-ESS Initialization Fail ................................................................................
Invalid IOT PaperSizeGroup Info .....................................................................
Page Sync Illegal Start .....................................................................................
Page Sync Illegal Stop .....................................................................................
DMA Transfer Fail ............................................................................................
Overflow on Loop Back Write...........................................................................
JBIG Library Other Fail.....................................................................................
Decompress Other Fail ....................................................................................
PCI Error ..........................................................................................................
Marker Code Detection Fail..............................................................................

379
379
379
379
380
380
380
380
380
381
381
381
381
381
382
382
382
382
382
382
383
383
383
383
383
384
384
384
384

024-371
024-372
024-373
024-374
024-375
024-600
024-601
024-602
024-603
024-604
024-605
024-606
024-700
024-742
024-746
024-747
024-748
024-775
024-910
024-911
024-912
024-913
024-914
024-915
024-916
024-917
024-919
024-920
024-922
024-923
024-924
024-925
024-926
024-927
024-928
024-930
024-931
024-932
024-934
024-936
024-937
024-938
024-939
024-940
024-941
024-942
024-943
024-945
024-946
024-947
024-948

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1
IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 21......................................................................
IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 22......................................................................
IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 23......................................................................
Regi Con PLL Parameter Fail ..........................................................................
IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 24......................................................................
Billing Master Counter repair ...........................................................................
Billing Backup Counter 1 repair .......................................................................
Billing Backup Counter 2 repair .......................................................................
SWKey Master Counter repair .........................................................................
SWKey Backup Counter 1 repair .....................................................................
SWKey Backup Counter 2 repair .....................................................................
ProductNo / SerialNo Fail ................................................................................
Shortage memory capacity, or no Hard Disk ...................................................
Print Booklet sheets counts over .....................................................................
Print Request Failure-Paper ............................................................................
Print Instruction Fail .........................................................................................
Bates Numbering Digit Over ............................................................................
Print Booklet sheets counts over(Not field attachment) ...................................
Tray1 size mismatch ........................................................................................
Tray2 size mismatch ........................................................................................
Tray3 size mismatch ........................................................................................
Tray4 size mismatch ........................................................................................
Tray6 size mismatch ........................................................................................
Tray7 size mismatch ........................................................................................
Mix Full Stack...................................................................................................
Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count................................................................
FaceUP Tray Close..........................................................................................
Face Down Tray1 Paper FULL ........................................................................
Face Down Tray2 Paper FULL ........................................................................
Operation Y Toner Empty ................................................................................
Operation M Toner Empty................................................................................
Operation C Toner Empty ................................................................................
Punch DustBox Miss Set .................................................................................
OCT Full Stack.................................................................................................
Scratch Sheet Compile (A-Fin) ........................................................................
Stacker Tray Full (LargeSize Full) ...................................................................
Staple Dust Full................................................................................................
Staple Box Set Fail ..........................................................................................
Paper kind mismatch .......................................................................................
Tray 2 paper mismatch ....................................................................................
Tray 3 paper mismatch ....................................................................................
OHP kind mismatch at Tray4 (Not white frame OHP)......................................
OHP kind mismatch (Not white frame OHP) ....................................................
Folder Tray Out Of Place .................................................................................
Folder Tray Full Stack......................................................................................
Booklet sheets counts over..............................................................................
Booklet Low Staple ..........................................................................................
Booklet Full Stack ............................................................................................
Tray 1 Out Of Place .........................................................................................
Tray 2 Out Of Place .........................................................................................
Tray 3 Out Of Place .........................................................................................

384
385
385
385
385
385
385
385
386
386
386
386
386
386
387
387
387
387
387
388
388
388
388
389
389
389
389
389
390
390
390
390
390
391
391
391
391
391
391
392
392
392
392
393
393
393
393
394
394
394
394

024-949
024-950
024-951
024-952
024-953
024-954
024-955
024-956
024-957
024-958
024-959
024-960
024-961
024-962
024-965
024-966
024-967
024-968
024-969
024-970
024-971
024-972
024-973
024-974
024-975
024-976
024-977
024-978
024-979
024-980
024-981
024-982
024-983
024-984
024-985
024-987
024-988
024-989
024-990

Tray 4 Out Of Place .........................................................................................


Tray 1 Empty....................................................................................................
Tray 2 Empty....................................................................................................
Tray 3 Empty....................................................................................................
Tray 4 Empty....................................................................................................
Tray SMH Empty..............................................................................................
Tray 6 Empty....................................................................................................
Tray 7 Empty....................................................................................................
Interposer Empty..............................................................................................
SMH size mismatch .........................................................................................
Tray1 size mismatch ........................................................................................
Tray2 size mismatch ........................................................................................
Tray3 size mismatch ........................................................................................
Tray4 size mismatch ........................................................................................
ATS/APS No Paper (IOTsc detect) ..................................................................
ATS/APS No Destination Error ........................................................................
Different width Mix Paper detect (Stapler job)..................................................
Stapler/Punch Batting ......................................................................................
Different width Mix Punch ................................................................................
Tray 6 Out Of Place .........................................................................................
Tray 7 Out Of Place .........................................................................................
Tray6 size mismatch ........................................................................................
Tray7 size mismatch ........................................................................................
Interposer Tray Size Mismatch ........................................................................
Booklet sheets counts over(Not field attachment)............................................
Finisher Staple Status NG................................................................................
Stapler Feed Ready Fail ..................................................................................
Booklet Stapler NG ..........................................................................................
Stapler Near Empty..........................................................................................
Finisher Stacker Tray Full ................................................................................
Finisher TopTray Full .......................................................................................
Stacker Lower Safety warning .........................................................................
Booklet Tray Full ..............................................................................................
Booklet Low Staple F .......................................................................................
SMH Stop check ..............................................................................................
Envelop Folder Tray Full ..................................................................................
Envelop Folder Tray Set Fail............................................................................
Booklet Low Staple R.......................................................................................
Punch Dust Full................................................................................................

394
394
395
395
395
395
395
395
396
396
396
396
396
396
397
397
397
397
397
397
398
398
398
398
398
399
399
399
399
399
400
400
400
400
400
401
401
401
401

025-xxx FIP
025-596 Diag HDD Mentenance Fail .............................................................................
025-597 Diag HDD Initialize Fail ....................................................................................

403
403

027-xxx FIP
027-452
027-500
027-501
027-502
027-503

Duplicat IP address ..........................................................................................


SMTP Server Fail for Mail IO ...........................................................................
POP Server Fail for Mail IO..............................................................................
POP Authentication Fail for Mail IO .................................................................
POP server communication timeout.................................................................

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

405
405
405
405
406

027-504
027-513
027-514
027-515
027-516
027-518
027-519
027-520
027-521
027-522
027-523
027-524
027-525
027-526
027-527
027-528
027-529
027-530
027-531
027-532
027-533
027-543
027-547
027-548
027-549
027-564
027-565
027-566
027-569
027-572
027-573
027-574
027-576
027-578
027-584
027-585
027-586
027-587
027-588
027-589
027-590
027-591
027-599
027-600
027-700
027-701
027-702
027-703
027-704
027-705
2007/10/01
2-11

Response reception which is not expected from SMTP server........................


SMB Scan client has no right to access...........................................................
Host name solution error in SMB .....................................................................
DNS server un-sets up in SMB ........................................................................
Server connection error in SMB .......................................................................
Login name or a password error in SMB..........................................................
Scanning picture preservation place error in SMB...........................................
File name acquisition failure from SMB server.................................................
File name suffix limit over in SMB ....................................................................
File creation failure in SMB ..............................................................................
Lock folder creation failure in SMB ..................................................................
Folder creation failure in SMB..........................................................................
File delete failure in SMB .................................................................................
Lock folder delete failure in SMB .....................................................................
Folder delete failure in SMB.............................................................................
Data write-in failure to SMB server ..................................................................
Data read failure from SMB server...................................................................
Data reading failure from SMB server..............................................................
SMB scan filing policy injustice ........................................................................
NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in SMB ......................................................
Internal error in SMB Scan...............................................................................
SMB server name specification error ...............................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-007 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-008 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-009 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-024 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-025 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-026 ................................................................................
SMB (TCP/IP)is not started..............................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-032 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-033 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-034 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-036 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-038 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-044 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-045 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-046 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-047 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-048 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-049 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-050 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-051 ................................................................................
SMB Protocol error 4-other ..............................................................................
ExtPrint Check Mode Error ..............................................................................
Media Fail.........................................................................................................
Media Not Found..............................................................................................
Certificate for addresses, was not found.........................................................
Certificate for addresses, was expired .............................................................
Certificate for addresses, was untrusted..........................................................
Certificate for addresses, was revoked ............................................................

406
406
406
406
407
407
408
408
408
408
409
409
409
409
410
410
410
410
410
411
411
411
411
412
412
412
413
413
414
414
414
414
414
414
415
415
415
415
416
416
416
416
417
417
417
417
417
417
418
418

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
027-706
027-707
027-708
027-709
027-710
027-711
027-712
027-713
027-714
027-715
027-716
027-720
027-721
027-722
027-723
027-724
027-725
027-726
027-727
027-728
027-730
027-737
027-739
027-740
027-741
027-742
027-743
027-744
027-745
027-746
027-750
027-751
027-752
027-753
027-760
027-761
027-762
027-770
027-771
027-772
027-773
027-774
027-775
027-776
027-777
027-778
027-779
027-796
027-797
027-910
027-911

Device certificate not found ..............................................................................


Device certificate expired .................................................................................
Device certificate untrusted ..............................................................................
Device certificate revoked ................................................................................
S/MIME mail was disabled ...............................................................................
S/MIME mail sender certificate not found.........................................................
S/MIME mail sender certificate not valid ..........................................................
S/MIME mail was altered..................................................................................
S/MIME mail sender impersonation .................................................................
S/MIME mail certficate not support ..................................................................
No-Signed mail receipt was rejected................................................................
Ext Srv. Host Not Found...................................................................................
Ext Srv. Not Found ...........................................................................................
Ext Srv. Timeout Fail ........................................................................................
Ext Srv. Authentication Fail ..............................................................................
Ext Srv. Access Fail .........................................................................................
Ext Srv. Operation Fail .....................................................................................
Ext Srv. Unknown State ...................................................................................
Ext Srv. Req Invalid Params ............................................................................
Ext Srv. Req File Exceed .................................................................................
SMTP mail division error ..................................................................................
Template Server Read ERR.............................................................................
Invalid Template Server Path ...........................................................................
Template Server Login ERR ............................................................................
Template Server Connect Fail..........................................................................
HD File System Full..........................................................................................
Template Server Install ERR............................................................................
Template Server ADD ERR (DNS Library).......................................................
Template Server ADD ERR (DNS address).....................................................
JobTemplate Pool Server Not Ready...............................................................
Fax document incongruent...............................................................................
Job Template analysis error .............................................................................
Must user un inputting ......................................................................................
Job flow service request disabled ....................................................................
XJT Command Fail...........................................................................................
Web Print time out............................................................................................
Illegal Web Print job ticket ................................................................................
PDL Error .........................................................................................................
DFE Disk Full ...................................................................................................
SMTP server error (HELO Command refusal) .................................................
SMTP server communication timeout ..............................................................
SMTP address address inaccurate character ..................................................
Too many SMTP address................................................................................
SMTP server error (EHLO Command refusal) .................................................
SMTP server un-supports SMTP-AUTH. .........................................................
There is no mode specified by SMTP-AUTH. ..................................................
It attestation-fails by SMTP-AUTH ...................................................................
Email Not Printed .............................................................................................
Invalid Output Destination ................................................................................
Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray7).............................................................
Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray6).............................................................

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-12
418
418
418
418
419
419
419
419
420
420
420
420
421
421
421
421
421
422
422
422
422
422
422
423
423
423
423
423
424
424
424
424
424
424
425
425
425
425
426
426
426
426
426
426
426
427
427
427
427
427
427

027-912
027-913
027-914
027-915
027-916
027-917
027-918

Version 2.1
Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray5) ............................................................
Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print) ...................................................
Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print) ...................................................
Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print) ...................................................
Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print) ...................................................
Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print) ...................................................
Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print) ...................................................

428
428
428
428
428
428
429

033-xxx FIP
033-363
033-710
033-711
033-712
033-713
033-714
033-715
033-716
033-717
033-718
033-719
033-720
033-721
033-722
033-724
033-725
033-726
033-727
033-728
033-730
033-731
033-732
033-733
033-734
033-735
033-736
033-737
033-738
033-740
033-741
033-742
033-743
033-744
033-745
033-746
033-747
033-748
033-749
033-750
033-751
033-755
033-790

Fax Card Reset (Reboot) .................................................................................


Document does not exist .................................................................................
Illegal Page inside Document ..........................................................................
System Memory exceeded ..............................................................................
No specified Chain Link ...................................................................................
Scan Error (No specified doc) ..........................................................................
Cannot start job................................................................................................
No specified Mailbox........................................................................................
Incorrect Password ..........................................................................................
No Document in Mailbox ..................................................................................
Fax job Canceld not recovery job ....................................................................
Document Creation Failed ...............................................................................
Fax Page Creation Failed ................................................................................
Fax immediate send store job canceled ..........................................................
Fax receive memory over flow .........................................................................
Insufficient HDD Space....................................................................................
Cannot print 2-Sided ........................................................................................
Cannot rotate image ........................................................................................
Auto print canceled ..........................................................................................
Fax Service recovery error...............................................................................
Inconsistent Instructions ..................................................................................
Print job canceled by forced polling .................................................................
Fax document number get error ......................................................................
Fax Print Suspension.......................................................................................
Fax Memory Allocate Timeout .........................................................................
IFAX Off Ramp fail ...........................................................................................
Fax card job canceled......................................................................................
JBIG Information fail ........................................................................................
Fax immediate receive print canceled .............................................................
Fax page read open timeout ............................................................................
Fax page read close timeout............................................................................
Fax page write open timeout............................................................................
Fax page write close timeout ...........................................................................
Fax data write timeout......................................................................................
Fax data read timeout ......................................................................................
Fax Service don't start by cross ope ................................................................
Fax Service illigal sequence ............................................................................
Fax card Memory Error ....................................................................................
Fax format error ...............................................................................................
Activity Report suspended by Printing Inhibition..............................................
Fax printing is canceled by the defect of Fax card...........................................
EP-DX Call Wait (Not Redial count).................................................................

431
431
431
431
431
431
432
432
432
432
432
432
433
433
433
433
433
433
434
434
434
434
434
434
435
435
435
435
435
435
436
436
436
436
436
437
437
437
437
437
438
438

033-791 EP-DX Call Wait (Redial count) .......................................................................


033-792 EP-DX Call Stop...............................................................................................

438
438

034-xxx FIP
034-211
034-212
034-500
034-501
034-502
034-503
034-504
034-505
034-506
034-507
034-508
034-509
034-510
034-511
034-512
034-513
034-514
034-515
034-519
034-520
034-521
034-522
034-523
034-524
034-525
034-526
034-527
034-528
034-529
034-530
034-550
034-700
034-701
034-702
034-703
034-704
034-705
034-706
034-707
034-708
034-709
034-710
034-711
034-712
034-713
034-714

Slot1 Board failure............................................................................................


Slot2 Board failure............................................................................................
Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.)........................................................................
Selected Channel Dial Error.............................................................................
Fax Internal Must Parameter Error...................................................................
Fax Internal High Layer Service Error..............................................................
Fax Stored Memory Exceeded.........................................................................
Fax Work Memory Exceeded...........................................................................
Unsupported Function at Remote ....................................................................
Password Check Error .....................................................................................
Transmission Canceled via DTMF ...................................................................
DTMF Illegal Procedure Error ..........................................................................
DTMF Procedure Error.....................................................................................
Unable to Send File at Remote ........................................................................
Detect Endless Loop ........................................................................................
Receive Command Error..................................................................................
Requested Function Unsupported ...................................................................
Illegal Command Received ..............................................................................
No. of Desinations Exceeded...........................................................................
No. of Sevices Exceeded .................................................................................
Internal I/F Error ...............................................................................................
No manual send Line .......................................................................................
Fax service disabled ........................................................................................
Unable to cancel operation ..............................................................................
Specified Chainlink not exist ............................................................................
Chainlink No. out of scope ...............................................................................
Dial Control Error .............................................................................................
Cannot perform manual send...........................................................................
No printable paper size ....................................................................................
DTMF I/F Timeout ............................................................................................
Write to FaxCard-ROM error detection (During DLD method) .........................
GCPLock-G3DicepBusy-CodecHang ..............................................................
Software Reset.................................................................................................
No destination specified ...................................................................................
D Channellink cut from network .......................................................................
ISDN D Channel Data Link Error .....................................................................
ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power on.....................................................................
ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power off.....................................................................
FRMR Received...............................................................................................
Illegal Frame Received N(R)............................................................................
Illegal Frame Received ....................................................................................
DL Link Establishment Received .....................................................................
Waiting for link Timeout....................................................................................
Internal Error (Interrupt) ...................................................................................
Timeout-Transmission canceled ......................................................................
Line Disconnected-Timeout T305 ....................................................................

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

439
439
439
439
439
439
440
440
440
440
440
440
441
441
441
441
441
441
442
442
442
442
442
442
443
443
443
443
443
443
444
444
444
444
444
444
445
445
445
445
445
445
446
446
446
446

034-715
034-716
034-717
034-718
034-719
034-720
034-721
034-722
034-723
034-724
034-725
034-726
034-727
034-728
034-729
034-730
034-731
034-732
034-733
034-734
034-735
034-736
034-737
034-738
034-739
034-740
034-741
034-742
034-743
034-744
034-745
034-746
034-747
034-748
034-749
034-750
034-751
034-752
034-753
034-754
034-755
034-756
034-757
034-758
034-759
034-760
034-761
034-762
034-763
034-764
2007/10/01
2-13

Line Disconnected-Timeout 3082 ....................................................................


Connection Timeout (T313) .............................................................................
Resume Timeout..............................................................................................
Normal Disconnection ......................................................................................
No free and available lines...............................................................................
Timeout (60s,T330,309,301,310).....................................................................
Error (Format, Contents) ..................................................................................
Suspension Timeout ........................................................................................
No Timer Assigned...........................................................................................
Illegal Sequence...............................................................................................
L3 Task Internal Error ......................................................................................
HD81501 I/F Buffer Busy .................................................................................
No Reply for 3 sec. for 1300Hz ........................................................................
Invalid Destination............................................................................................
Line cut, In-Channel PB Send..........................................................................
In and out call conflict.......................................................................................
Fax Network Cut (Setup Error).........................................................................
Fax Network Cut due to Timeout .....................................................................
Incorrect Sequence,Call Status........................................................................
HI Task Internal Error.......................................................................................
Connect only to ISDN D Channel.....................................................................
Wrong notice from fax network ........................................................................
Incoming call response error............................................................................
Layer 1 Start Up Error ......................................................................................
Layer 1 not synchronized .................................................................................
Transmission of Frame Error ...........................................................................
Unable to Send Frame .....................................................................................
Frame Send Underrun Detected ......................................................................
Abnormal frame-sending DMA.........................................................................
Unacceptable Channel.....................................................................................
Outgoing call to channel set.............................................................................
No usable lines.................................................................................................
Switching equipment congestion......................................................................
Specified line cannot be used ..........................................................................
Network Conjestion Error .................................................................................
Network Error ...................................................................................................
Temporary Network Error.................................................................................
Destination terminal busy.................................................................................
Destination not responding ..............................................................................
No response from Destination..........................................................................
Destination rejecting call ..................................................................................
Destination Faulty ............................................................................................
Others (Normal, Semi-normal) .........................................................................
Incorrect Destination Fax Dial No ....................................................................
No Relay Network Route..................................................................................
No Line To Destination.....................................................................................
Incorrect Format Destination Fax No. ..............................................................
Facility rejected ................................................................................................
Com. Capability disallowed ..............................................................................
Com. Capability not configured ........................................................................

446
446
447
447
447
447
447
448
448
448
448
448
448
449
449
449
449
449
449
450
450
450
450
450
450
451
451
451
451
451
451
452
452
452
452
452
452
453
453
453
453
453
453
454
454
454
454
454
454
455

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
034-765
034-766
034-767
034-768
034-769
034-770
034-771
034-772
034-773
034-774
034-775
034-776
034-777
034-778
034-779
034-780
034-781
034-782
034-783
034-784
034-785
034-786
034-787
034-788
034-789
034-790
034-791
034-792
034-793
034-794
034-795
034-796
034-797
034-798
034-799

Error by service,feature limit.............................................................................


Selected com. not implemented .......................................................................
Selected mode not implemented......................................................................
Restricted Digital Info. Only..............................................................................
Error by service, feature ...................................................................................
Reply to status query........................................................................................
Access information discarded ..........................................................................
Inter-working connection error..........................................................................
Invalid Dial No. Specified .................................................................................
Invalid Line Specified .......................................................................................
Others (Invalid Message Class) .......................................................................
Insufficient Required Info..................................................................................
Undefined Message Type ................................................................................
Incorrect Message or Type...............................................................................
No information, or not defined ..........................................................................
Invalid Information ............................................................................................
Call Status, Message Mismatch .......................................................................
Error cleared due to timeout.............................................................................
Other Errors (Operation, etc)............................................................................
Destination No. Changed .................................................................................
Incompatible destination...................................................................................
Call identity not in use ......................................................................................
Call identity in use ............................................................................................
Show other causes...........................................................................................
G4 Presentation Illegal Event...........................................................................
Line 0 (Ext) not connected ...............................................................................
Line 1 not connected ........................................................................................
Line 2 not connected ........................................................................................
Line 3 not connected ........................................................................................
Line 4 not connected ........................................................................................
Line 5 not connected ........................................................................................
Dial Error (Incorrect Fax No. 2) ........................................................................
Communication Parameter Error......................................................................
Data Parameter Error .......................................................................................
Auto Dial without dial data................................................................................

2007/10/01
2-14
455
455
455
455
455
456
456
456
456
456
456
456
457
457
457
457
457
457
458
458
458
458
458
458
459
459
459
459
459
459
460
460
460
460
460

035-xxx FIP
035-550
035-700
035-701
035-702
035-703
035-704
035-705
035-706
035-707
035-708
035-709
035-710
035-711
035-712

Write to FaxG3-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ............................


Modem faulty....................................................................................................
T1 Transmission Timeout.................................................................................
Destination Receive Rejected ..........................................................................
DCN Receive at Phase B Send........................................................................
Destination Polling Error...................................................................................
DCS/NSS Resend Exceeded ...........................................................................
Fallback Error ...................................................................................................
Wrong Password/Receive Banned...................................................................
Post-message resend exceeded......................................................................
RTN Receive ....................................................................................................
PIN Receive .....................................................................................................
DCN Receive at Phase D.................................................................................
No response after 3 NSC .................................................................................

461
461
461
461
462
462
462
462
463
463
463
463
464
464

035-713
035-714
035-715
035-716
035-717
035-718
035-719
035-720
035-721
035-722
035-723
035-724
035-725
035-726
035-727
035-728
035-729
035-730
035-731
035-732
035-733
035-734
035-735
035-736
035-737
035-738
035-739
035-740
035-741
035-742
035-743
035-744
035-745
035-746
035-747
035-748
035-749
035-750
035-751
035-752
035-753
035-754
035-755
035-756
035-757
035-758
035-759
035-760
035-761
035-762

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1
T2 timeout after sending FTT...........................................................................
DCN Received after NSC/DTC ........................................................................
Wrong Password-Polling Error.........................................................................
No past message-T2 Timeout..........................................................................
RTN Send ........................................................................................................
Receive T1 Timeout.........................................................................................
Busy tone detected at Phase-B .......................................................................
Unable to receive by remote ............................................................................
DCN Received at Phase B...............................................................................
Wrong frame length of 300bps.........................................................................
No CD after receiving flag................................................................................
DCN Receive after sending FTT ......................................................................
Remote has no Mailbox/Relay .........................................................................
PhaseC cannot receive-10 secs ......................................................................
50% Error during G3 Receive ..........................................................................
C EOL cannot receive in 10 sec ......................................................................
Carrier Down Detected ....................................................................................
No CS with Phase-C High Speed ....................................................................
Fax V.8 Error....................................................................................................
Fax V.34 PCH CD Off ......................................................................................
Fax V.34 C/PCH CS None...............................................................................
Polling ERR at Remote Step V8 ......................................................................
No Doc. in Polling Box Step V8 .......................................................................
No reply DCN after sending CTC.....................................................................
No reply DCN after sending EOR ....................................................................
No reply DCN after sending RR.......................................................................
Fax T5 Timeout................................................................................................
Sending stopped after EOR Send....................................................................
ECM Phase C Flag Timeout ............................................................................
EOR Send or Receive......................................................................................
Remote cannot receive SUB............................................................................
Remote cannot receive password....................................................................
PTX has no SEP capability ..............................................................................
Busy-Cannot detect dial tone...........................................................................
Abort while dialing............................................................................................
Abort during transmission ................................................................................
No reply from remote station............................................................................
Power Off during transmission.........................................................................
Doc. send operation canceled .........................................................................
No. of Job Restriction Error..............................................................................
Fax Memory Full ..............................................................................................
File management memory full..........................................................................
File Add Page Error .........................................................................................
Cannot add page .............................................................................................
No Receive Page .............................................................................................
No specified file or page ..................................................................................
No specified job ...............................................................................................
File common processing error .........................................................................
File other processing error ...............................................................................
Line cut during ISDN........................................................................................

464
464
465
465
465
465
465
465
466
466
466
466
466
467
467
467
467
468
468
468
468
468
469
469
469
469
470
470
470
470
470
470
471
471
472
472
472
473
473
473
473
473
473
474
474
474
474
474
474
475

036-xxx FIP
036-500
036-501
036-502
036-503
036-504
036-505
036-506
036-507
036-508
036-509
036-510
036-511
036-512
036-513
036-514
036-515
036-516
036-517
036-518
036-519
036-520
036-521
036-522
036-523
036-524
036-525
036-526
036-527
036-528
036-529
036-530
036-531
036-532
036-533
036-534
036-535
036-536
036-537
036-538
036-539
036-540
036-541
036-542
036-550
036-700
036-701
036-702
036-703
036-704

Illegal PDRP Parameter ...................................................................................


Illegal RDPBP Parameter.................................................................................
Illegal RDPBN Parameter ................................................................................
Illegal RDCLP Parameter.................................................................................
Illegal RDGR Parameter ..................................................................................
Undefined response .........................................................................................
Not negotiable ..................................................................................................
RDPBP Receive at full capacity .......................................................................
RDPBN Receive Terminal Error.......................................................................
RDPBN Receive Others...................................................................................
RDGR Receive.................................................................................................
Illegal procedure 1551......................................................................................
Illegal CDS Parameter .....................................................................................
Illegal CDC Parameter .....................................................................................
Illegal CDE Parameter .....................................................................................
Illegal CDD Parameter .....................................................................................
Illegal CDR Parameter .....................................................................................
Illegal CDPB Parameter ...................................................................................
Illegal CDCL Parameter ...................................................................................
Undefined Command .......................................................................................
Not Negotiable CDS Receive...........................................................................
Not Negotiable CDC Receive...........................................................................
CDD Receive Terminal Error ...........................................................................
Other than above CDD receive ........................................................................
CDR Receive Terminal Error ...........................................................................
Other than above CDR receive ........................................................................
Illegal CDUI (Normal Doc.)...............................................................................
Illegal CDUI (Operator Doc.) ............................................................................
Illegal CDUI (Control Doc.)...............................................................................
Illegal CDUI (Monitor Doc.) ..............................................................................
CDSReceive-Illegal Document.........................................................................
DMA channel 1 illegal closing ..........................................................................
DMA channel 2 illegal closing ..........................................................................
Cannot convert resources ................................................................................
Decode Error in Data Convert..........................................................................
White Line Transfer Error (Compress) .............................................................
White Line Transfer Error (Decomp) ................................................................
No RTC during data convert ............................................................................
Doc. descriptor analysis error ..........................................................................
Page Descriptor Analysis Error ........................................................................
Text Unit Analysis Error ...................................................................................
Page boundary without TU...............................................................................
Relay Broadcast error in G4.............................................................................
Write to FaxG4-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ............................
G4 Communication Error .................................................................................
Receiving variable N(R) error...........................................................................
Info frame size exceeded (NI) ..........................................................................
Monitor/Unnumbered frame error.....................................................................
Undefined Command/Response 1104 .............................................................

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

477
477
477
477
477
477
478
478
478
478
478
478
479
479
479
479
479
479
480
480
480
480
480
480
481
481
481
481
481
481
482
482
482
482
482
482
483
483
483
483
483
483
484
484
484
484
484
484
485

036-705
036-706
036-707
036-708
036-709
036-710
036-711
036-712
036-713
036-714
036-715
036-716
036-717
036-718
036-719
036-720
036-721
036-722
036-723
036-724
036-725
036-726
036-727
036-728
036-729
036-730
036-731
036-732
036-733
036-734
036-735
036-736
036-737
036-738
036-739
036-740
036-741
036-742
036-743
036-744
036-745
036-746
036-747
036-748
036-749
036-750
036-751
036-752
036-753
036-754
2007/10/01
2-15

N2 timeout of Receive Timer............................................................................


SABM Wait Timeout in G4 ...............................................................................
UA wait Timeout in G4 .....................................................................................
Cannot establish link in G4 ..............................................................................
DISC receive before link close .........................................................................
FRMR Receive (Z=1) .......................................................................................
FRMR Receive (Y=1).......................................................................................
FRMR received (Z=1) W=1 ..............................................................................
FRMR Receive (W=1)......................................................................................
Global Address Receive...................................................................................
Line Open Timeout in G4 .................................................................................
Wrong LSI Send (Busy Timeout) .....................................................................
Abnormal LSI operation ...................................................................................
Disconnection Notice Timeout .........................................................................
C Line On but I Line Off ...................................................................................
C Line Off but I Line On ...................................................................................
I Line Off during Transmission .........................................................................
Call cut during flag detect.................................................................................
Call cut while awaiting UA................................................................................
Call cut while awaiting SABM...........................................................................
Disc received before session ...........................................................................
Illegal header received .....................................................................................
Illegal parameter of CC packet.........................................................................
Illegal parameter of CN packet.........................................................................
Illegal parameter of DT packet .........................................................................
Illegal parameter of RI packet ..........................................................................
Illegal parameter of IT packet...........................................................................
Illegal parameter of CI packet ..........................................................................
Illegal parameter of CF packet .........................................................................
Undefined Packet Received.............................................................................
CC Wait Timeout..............................................................................................
CF Wait Timeout ..............................................................................................
CI received before G4 session.........................................................................
DT Packet P(S ), P(R ) Error............................................................................
RR, RNR Packet P(S) Error .............................................................................
Busy Timeout ...................................................................................................
SI received in transmission ..............................................................................
SF received in transmission .............................................................................
DT Packet D Bit Error.......................................................................................
G4 Wait for Reply Timeout...............................................................................
G4 CN Wait Timeout ........................................................................................
G4 Data Link Disconnect Notice Timeout ........................................................
Fast select response received .........................................................................
Receive remote charge request .......................................................................
Abnormal LCGN...............................................................................................
Illegal procedure 1301......................................................................................
Illegal TCA Parameter......................................................................................
Illegal TCR Parameter......................................................................................
Illegal TCC Parameter......................................................................................
Illegal TBR Parameter......................................................................................

485
485
485
485
485
486
486
486
486
486
486
487
487
487
487
487
487
488
488
488
488
488
488
489
489
489
489
489
490
490
490
490
490
490
491
491
491
491
491
491
492
492
492
492
492
492
493
493
493
493

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
036-755
036-756
036-757
036-758
036-759
036-760
036-761
036-762
036-763
036-764
036-765
036-766
036-767
036-768
036-769
036-770
036-771
036-772
036-773
036-774
036-775
036-776
036-777
036-778
036-779
036-780
036-781
036-782
036-783
036-784
036-785
036-786
036-787
036-788
036-789
036-790
036-791
036-792
036-793
036-794
036-795
036-796
036-797
036-798
036-799

Illegal TDT Parameter ......................................................................................


Undefined transport block ................................................................................
TCA Wait Timeout ............................................................................................
TCR Wait Timeout............................................................................................
TCC Wait Timeout............................................................................................
TBR Wait Timeout ............................................................................................
TDT block size error .........................................................................................
G4 NetWork Disconnect Notice Timeout..........................................................
Illegal procedure 1401......................................................................................
Illegal CSS Parameter......................................................................................
Illegal CSE Parameter......................................................................................
Illegal CSA Parameter......................................................................................
Illegal CSUI Parameter.....................................................................................
Illegal CSCC Parameter ...................................................................................
Illegal RSSP Parameter ...................................................................................
Illegal RSSN Parameter ...................................................................................
Illegal RSEP Parameter ...................................................................................
Illegal RSAP Parameter ...................................................................................
Illegal RSUI Parameter.....................................................................................
Illegal RSCCP Parameter.................................................................................
Undefined command/response 1413 ...............................................................
RSSN Receive .................................................................................................
G4 Line Disconnect Notice Timeout.................................................................
CSA received (wrong terminal) ........................................................................
CSA Receive (Others)......................................................................................
CSS Wait Timeout............................................................................................
RSSP Wait Timeout .........................................................................................
RSAP Wait Timeout .........................................................................................
RSEP Wait Timeout .........................................................................................
RSCCP Wait Timeout.......................................................................................
CSUI/RSUI Wait Timeout .................................................................................
Incorrect Password (RSSN) .............................................................................
Wrong Password-Polling Error for Remote ......................................................
Poll Send Error at Remote ...............................................................................
No Password for RSSP Receive ......................................................................
Polling rejected by remote................................................................................
Set Password-RSSP Received ........................................................................
CSE Received after RSSP Send......................................................................
Select communication error..............................................................................
Line cut during ISDN mode ..............................................................................
Canceled by remote station..............................................................................
Sent without multiple sets.................................................................................
Illegal procedure 1501......................................................................................
Illegal RDEP Parameter ...................................................................................
Illegal RDDP Parameter ...................................................................................

493
493
494
494
494
494
494
494
495
495
495
495
495
495
496
496
496
496
496
496
497
497
497
497
497
497
498
498
498
498
498
498
499
499
499
499
499
499
500
500
500
500
500
500
501

041-xxx FIP
041-500 Write to IOT-ROM error detection (During DLD method) .................................
041-501 Write to IOT-NVM-ROM error detection (During DLD method)........................

503
503

062-xxx FIP
062-500 Write to IISS-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ................................

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-16

505

Version 2.1

062-790 Possible Prohibited Originals ...........................................................................

505

063-xxx FIP
063-500 Write to IISS-Extension-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ...............

507

071-xxx FIP
071-940 Tray#1 LiftUp NG .............................................................................................

509

072-xxx FIP
072-940 Tray#2/TTM#2 LiftUp NG.................................................................................

511

073-xxx FIP
073-940 Tray#3/TTM#3 LiftUp NG.................................................................................

513

077-xxx FIP
077-967 Paper kind mismatch (APS job) .......................................................................
077-968 Paper kind mismatch, job contniue ..................................................................

515
515

078-xxx FIP
078-500 Write to HCF-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ...............................
078-940 2000A3-HCF paper misset ..............................................................................
078-941 2000A3-HCF size mismatch ............................................................................

517
517
517

093-xxx FIP
093-940
093-941
093-942
093-943
093-950
093-951
093-952
093-960
093-961
093-962
093-970
093-971
093-972

Toner Y CRUM Comm Fail ..............................................................................


Toner M CRUM Comm Fail .............................................................................
Toner C CRUM Comm Fail ..............................................................................
Toner Y CRUM Comm Fail ..............................................................................
Toner Y CRUM Data Broken ...........................................................................
Toner M CRUM Data Broken...........................................................................
Toner C CRUM Data Broken ...........................................................................
Toner Y CRUM Data Mismatch .......................................................................
Toner M CRUM Data Mismatch .......................................................................
Toner C CRUM Data Mismatch .......................................................................
Toner Y CRUM Not In Position ........................................................................
Toner M CRUM Not In Position .......................................................................
Toner C CRUM Not In Position........................................................................

519
519
519
519
519
519
519
519
520
520
520
520
520

102-xxx FIP
102-356
102-380
102-381
102-382

EWS Soft Fail...................................................................................................


MF UI cont Soft Fatal error ..............................................................................
Data Link Layer Error (UI-Panel) .....................................................................
Application Layer Command Error (UI-Panel) .................................................

521
521
521
521

112-xxx FIP
112-700 Punch Dust Near Full.......................................................................................

523

116-xxx FIP
116-210
116-211
116-212
116-220
116-310
116-311

MediaReader Faital Error.................................................................................


MediaReader Cable No Joint...........................................................................
MediaLib SW Logic Fail ...................................................................................
Transition to Download Mode Download Initialization Failure .........................
ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 Check Fail...............................................................
ESS Font ROM DIMM #3 Check Fail...............................................................

525
525
525
525
525
525

116-312
116-313
116-314
116-315
116-316
116-317
116-318
116-319
116-321
116-322
116-323
116-324
116-325
116-328
116-329
116-330
116-331
116-332
116-333
116-334
116-336
116-337
116-338
116-340
116-341
116-342
116-343
116-346
116-348
116-349
116-350
116-351
116-352
116-353
116-354
116-355
116-356
116-357
116-358
116-359
116-360
116-361
116-362
116-363
116-364
116-365
116-366
116-367
116-368
116-370

HDD Encrypt Key Fail ......................................................................................


HDD Encrypt Set Up Fail .................................................................................
Ethernet Address Fail.......................................................................................
ESS RAM DIMM #1 W/R Check Fail ...............................................................
ESS RAM DIMM #2 W/R Check Fail ...............................................................
Standard ROM DIMM Check Fail.....................................................................
Op. ROM DIMM Check Fail .............................................................................
Mismatch Cont ROM and Panel config ............................................................
System Soft Fatal error ....................................................................................
WebDAV S/W Fail............................................................................................
ESS NVRAM W/R Check Fail ..........................................................................
Exception Fail...................................................................................................
ESS Fan Fail ....................................................................................................
L2 Cache Fail ...................................................................................................
Serial IF Soft Fail..............................................................................................
HDD File System Fail.......................................................................................
Invalid Log Info.................................................................................................
ESS Standard ROM Error ................................................................................
LocalTalk Soft Fail............................................................................................
ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail.....................................................................
Redirector HD Fail............................................................................................
SNTP S/W Fail .................................................................................................
JBA fatal error ..................................................................................................
Memory Not Enough ........................................................................................
ROM VER Incorrect .........................................................................................
SESAMi Manager Fail......................................................................................
Main PWBA IC Fail ..........................................................................................
Formatter Fail...................................................................................................
Redirecter Fail..................................................................................................
SIF Fail to Call Pflite.........................................................................................
AppleTalk Soft Fail ...........................................................................................
EtherTalk Soft Fail............................................................................................
NetWare Soft Fail.............................................................................................
HDD Phisycal Fail ............................................................................................
HDD Product Fail .............................................................................................
Agent Soft Fail..................................................................................................
HDD Format Fail ..............................................................................................
PostScript Error................................................................................................
Salutation Soft Fail ...........................................................................................
PLW Soft Fail ...................................................................................................
SMB Soft Fail ...................................................................................................
Spool Fatal HDD ..............................................................................................
SSDP Soft Fail .................................................................................................
BMLinkS/Print Service Soft Fail .......................................................................
Timer Fail .........................................................................................................
Spool Fatal .......................................................................................................
Report Gen. Soft Fail .......................................................................................
Parallel IF Soft Fail...........................................................................................
Dump Print Fail ................................................................................................
XJCL Fail..........................................................................................................

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

526
526
526
526
526
526
527
527
527
527
527
528
528
528
528
528
528
529
529
529
529
530
530
530
530
530
531
531
531
531
531
532
532
532
532
532
533
533
533
533
533
533
534
534
534
534
534
534
535
535

116-371
116-372
116-373
116-374
116-375
116-376
116-377
116-378
116-379
116-380
116-381
116-382
116-383
116-385
116-388
116-389
116-390
116-391
116-395
116-701
116-702
116-703
116-704
116-705
116-706
116-707
116-708
116-709
116-710
116-711
116-712
116-713
116-714
116-715
116-716
116-717
116-718
116-720
116-725
116-737
116-738
116-739
116-740
116-741
116-742
116-743
116-745
116-746
116-747
116-748
2007/10/01
2-17

PCL Decomp S/W Fail .....................................................................................


P-Formatter Fail ...............................................................................................
Dynamic DNS Soft Fail ....................................................................................
Auto Switch Fail ...............................................................................................
I-Formatter Fail.................................................................................................
Port 9100 Software Fail....................................................................................
Video DMA Fail ................................................................................................
MCR Soft Fail...................................................................................................
MCC Soft Fail...................................................................................................
ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 Check Fail...............................................................
ABL Initialize Fail..............................................................................................
ABL Phisycal Initialize Fail ...............................................................................
PIT Lib Failure..................................................................................................
IDC Software Fail .............................................................................................
No HD that Should Be......................................................................................
No Add-On RAM that Should Be......................................................................
Standard ROM and NVM Version Mismatch....................................................
Illegal code (country/territory/size group) .........................................................
USB Soft Fail....................................................................................................
Out of Memory-Duplex Fail ..............................................................................
Print with Substitute Font .................................................................................
PostScript LANG Interprete ERR .....................................................................
MediaReaderMedia No Insert(No Job) ............................................................
MediaReader Format Error(No Job) ................................................................
MediaReader:File Attribute Read Error(No Job) ..............................................
MediaReader:Image File Read Error(No Job) .................................................
MediaReader:File Attribute Read Error(In Job)................................................
MediaReader:Image File Read Error(In Job) ...................................................
HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow ..............................................................................
PLW Size/orientation mismatch .......................................................................
Out of Area-Form REGI ERR...........................................................................
Job divided by HDD Full...................................................................................
HP-GL/2 Command ERR .................................................................................
Max Form to PLW Registered..........................................................................
MediaReader File Not Exist .............................................................................
MediaLib:Not Excecute of New Request..........................................................
Selected PLW Form Not Registered ................................................................
PCL Memory Low,Page Simplified...................................................................
Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full ..............................................................
Out of Area-Data REGI ERR............................................................................
Size/orientation mismatch ................................................................................
Out of Disk Area-Form/Logo REGI ERR..........................................................
Arithmetic Error ................................................................................................
Max Form to Not PLW Registered ...................................................................
Max Logo Registered .......................................................................................
Out of Buffer Area-Form/Logo REGI ERR .......................................................
ART Command ERR........................................................................................
Selected Form Not Registered.........................................................................
Invalid Page Margin .........................................................................................
Page without Image Draw Data .......................................................................

535
535
536
536
536
536
536
537
537
537
537
537
538
538
538
538
539
539
539
539
539
540
540
540
540
540
540
541
541
541
541
541
541
542
542
542
542
542
542
543
543
543
543
543
543
544
544
544
544
544

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
116-749
116-771
116-772
116-773
116-774
116-775
116-776
116-777
116-778
116-780
116-790

PostScript Font error ........................................................................................


Invalid JBIG Param DL Fixed ...........................................................................
Invalid JBIG Param D Fixed .............................................................................
Invalid JBIG Param P Fixed .............................................................................
Invalid JBIG Param YD Fixed...........................................................................
Invalid JBIG Param L0 Fixed............................................................................
Invalid JBIG Param MX Fixed ..........................................................................
Invalid JBIG Param MY Fixed ..........................................................................
Invalid JBIG Par VLENGTH Fixed....................................................................
Attached Document Error.................................................................................
Stapling Canceled ............................................................................................

544
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
546
546

121-xxx FIP
121-310
121-311
121-312
121-313
121-314
121-333
121-334
121-335
121-336
121-337
121-338
121-339
121-340
121-350
121-370

EPSV-Accessory Communication Fail .............................................................


IC Card Auditron Config Fail 01 .......................................................................
IC Card Auditron Config Fail 02 .......................................................................
IC Card Auditron Config Fail 03 .......................................................................
Customize User Prompts Fail...........................................................................
EPSV-EP M/C Communication Fail .................................................................
EPSV Login Fail ...............................................................................................
EPSV Wake Up Answer Fail ............................................................................
Unknown EP Accessory ...................................................................................
EP Accessory Self Diag Fail.............................................................................
EPSV Answer Time Out ...................................................................................
Changed Price Table Error...............................................................................
EP Accessory Miss Match................................................................................
EPSV Logic Fail ...............................................................................................
EP-DX - unexpected error ................................................................................

547
547
547
547
548
548
549
549
550
550
550
550
551
551
551

123-xxx FIP
123-207
123-209
123-310
123-311
123-317
123-318
123-320
123-322
123-323
123-325
123-326
123-327
123-328
123-329
123-333
123-337
123-341
123-342
123-343
123-344
123-345
123-346

Comm Manager Target Fail (UI-Panel) ............................................................


EVM Returns Wrong Value (UI-Panel).............................................................
Send Queue Full (UI-Panel) .............................................................................
Receive Queue Full (UI-Panel) ........................................................................
Receive Message Queue Full (UI-Panel).........................................................
Receive Finish Queue Full (UI-Panel)..............................................................
NVM initialized for FCW composition. ..............................................................
Target Fail (UI-Panel).......................................................................................
Address Fail (UI-Panel) ....................................................................................
Object Creation Fail (UI-Panel) ........................................................................
Memory Overflow (UI-Panel)............................................................................
Button Overflow (UI-Panel) ..............................................................................
UI Internal Fail with Out of Area .......................................................................
UI Internal Fail with Invalid Coordinates...........................................................
I/F Fail (Impossible Communication)................................................................
Frame Data Error with Invalid Data Type .........................................................
Event Queue Full (UI-Panel) ............................................................................
Event Queue Empty (UI-Panel)........................................................................
Invalid Class (UI-Panel)....................................................................................
Invalid Type (UI-Panel).....................................................................................
Timer Queue Full (UI-Panel) ............................................................................
Invalid Timer Number (UI-Panel)......................................................................

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-18

553
553
553
553
553
553
554
554
554
554
554
554
555
555
555
555
555
555
556
556
556
556

123-362
123-368
123-369
123-370
123-371
123-372
123-373
123-374
123-375
123-376
123-377
123-378
123-379
123-380
123-381
123-382
123-383
123-384
123-385
123-386
123-387
123-388
123-389
123-390
123-391
123-392
123-393
123-394
123-395
123-396
123-397
123-398
123-399
123-400

Version 2.1
No Object (UI-Panel)........................................................................................
Short of UI Memory (UI-Panel) ........................................................................
Invalid Interface Value (UI-Panel) ....................................................................
Interface Length Fail (UI-Panel).......................................................................
Interface Parameter Fail (UI-Panel) .................................................................
Interface Sequence Fail (UI-Panel)..................................................................
Channel Fail (UI-Panel) ...................................................................................
Invalid User Job ID (UI-Panel) .........................................................................
Internal Resource Fail (UI-Panel) ....................................................................
Internal Memory Fail (UI-Panel) .......................................................................
UI Timer Fail (UI-Panel) ...................................................................................
Interface Format Fail (UI-Panel) ......................................................................
Dispatch Fail (UI-Panel) ...................................................................................
Copy Interface Fail (UI-Panel) .........................................................................
Fax Interface Fail (UI-Panel) ............................................................................
Scanner Interface Fail (UI-Panel) ....................................................................
Report Interface Fail (UI-Panel) .......................................................................
Server Access Fail (UI-Panel)..........................................................................
Service Object Overflow (UI-Panel) .................................................................
Invalid Service Object (UI-Panel).....................................................................
Invalid Service Object Attribute (UI-Panel) ......................................................
Attribute Fail (UI-Panel) ...................................................................................
Argument Fail (UI-Panel) .................................................................................
Job Parameter Fail (UI-Panel) .........................................................................
Job Actual Parameter Fail (UI-Panel) ..............................................................
Auditron Fail (UI-Panel) ...................................................................................
EP Fail (UI-Panel) ............................................................................................
File Access Fail (UI-Panel) ..............................................................................
NVM Fail (UI-Panel).........................................................................................
FF Fail (UI-Panel) ............................................................................................
MGR Fail (UI-Panel) ........................................................................................
Delay Release Queue Full (UI-Panel)..............................................................
Internal Fail (UI-Panel).....................................................................................
JRM I/F Internal Fail (UI-Panel) .......................................................................

556
556
557
557
557
557
557
557
558
558
558
558
558
558
559
559
559
559
559
559
560
560
560
560
560
560
561
561
561
561
561
561
562
562

124-xxx FIP
124-310
124-311
124-312
124-313
124-314
124-315
124-316
124-317
124-318
124-319
124-320
124-321
124-322
124-323
124-324

DC132 11.........................................................................................................
DC132 09.........................................................................................................
DC132 12.........................................................................................................
DC132 10.........................................................................................................
DC132 01.........................................................................................................
DC132 02.........................................................................................................
DC132 03.........................................................................................................
DC132 04.........................................................................................................
DC132 07.........................................................................................................
DC132 08.........................................................................................................
SEEPROM Fail ................................................................................................
Backup SRAM Fail...........................................................................................
DC132 05.........................................................................................................
DC132 06.........................................................................................................
All Billings Mismatch ........................................................................................

563
563
563
563
563
564
564
564
564
565
565
565
565
566
566

124-325
124-326
124-327
124-333
124-334
124-335
124-337
124-338
124-339
124-340
124-341
124-342
124-343
124-350
124-351
124-352
124-353
124-360
124-361
124-362
124-363
124-372
124-373
124-374
124-380
124-381
124-382
124-383
124-390
124-391
124-392
124-393
124-701
124-702
124-703
124-704
124-705
124-706
124-708
124-709
124-710

Billing Restoration Fail .....................................................................................


IOT Speed Not Registered...............................................................................
IOT Speed Change SW Fail.............................................................................
ASIC Fail (Panther) ..........................................................................................
Standard Font ROM Error ................................................................................
Font ROM Not Found.......................................................................................
ESS Standard RAM Error ................................................................................
Same Font ROMs Found .................................................................................
ROM DIMM of Another Product Found ............................................................
CRUM Market fail ALL .....................................................................................
CRUM Market fail MCU....................................................................................
CRUM Market fail SYS 1..................................................................................
CRUM Market fail SYS 2..................................................................................
CRUM OEM fail ALL ........................................................................................
CRUM OEM fail MCU ......................................................................................
CRUM OEM fail SYS 1 ....................................................................................
CRUM OEM fail SYS 2 ....................................................................................
CRUM validation fail ALL .................................................................................
CRUM validation fail MCU ...............................................................................
CRUM validation fail SYS 1 .............................................................................
CRUM validation fail SYS 2 .............................................................................
IOT sc Soft Fail ................................................................................................
IOT Manager SW Fail ......................................................................................
IOT IM DeviceDriver SW Fail ...........................................................................
CRUM Market fail ALL (2) ................................................................................
CRUM Market fail MCU (2) ..............................................................................
CRUM Market fail SYS 1 (2) ............................................................................
CRUM Market fail SYS 2 (2) ............................................................................
CRUM OEM fail ALL (2)...................................................................................
CRUM OEM fail MCU (2) .................................................................................
CRUM OEM fail SYS 1 (2) ...............................................................................
CRUM OEM fail SYS 2 (2) ...............................................................................
Side Tray to Center Tray..................................................................................
Finisher Tray to Center Tray ............................................................................
Booklet Tray to Center Tray .............................................................................
Envelop Folder Tray to Center Tra...................................................................
Punching Canceled ..........................................................................................
Folding Canceled .............................................................................................
Changed To Sub Tray......................................................................................
Stapler sheets counts over warning .................................................................
Output Tray changed from MailBoxSorter........................................................

566
566
566
567
567
567
567
567
567
568
568
568
568
568
568
569
569
569
569
569
570
570
570
570
570
570
571
571
571
571
571
572
572
572
572
572
572
573
573
573
573

125-xxx FIP
125-311 PSWcont Unexpected Fail ...............................................................................

575

DFE Communication Fail .................................................................................


DFE Parameter Error .......................................................................................
ExtPrint Check Mode Error ..............................................................................
ExtPrint I/F Mismatch .......................................................................................

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

DEF Communicaiton Error (video) ...................................................................


DEF Communicaiton Error (Command) ...........................................................
ESR Task Fatal error .......................................................................................
ExtPRTc Fatal Error .........................................................................................
DFE Video Link Fail .........................................................................................
ESS Video Link Fail .........................................................................................
WSD Print S/W Fail..........................................................................................
DFE Critical Fail ...............................................................................................
JobTemplate HDD Write Error .........................................................................
JobTemplate Monitor Fail.................................................................................
LPD Soft Fatal error .........................................................................................
FTP Server Software Fail.................................................................................
MailIO Soft Fatal error......................................................................................
IPP Soft Fatal error ..........................................................................................
JME Soft Fatal error .........................................................................................

577
577
578
578
578
578
578
578
579
579
579
579
579
579
580

133-xxx FIP
133-210
133-211
133-212
133-213
133-214
133-215
133-216
133-217
133-218
133-219
133-220
133-221
133-222
133-223
133-224
133-225
133-226
133-280
133-281
133-282
133-283
133-700
133-710

Fax Parameter incorrect...................................................................................


Fax Parameter Value Invalid............................................................................
Fax Read Erro No Data....................................................................................
Fax Read Error-Invalid Data ............................................................................
Fax USB Open Fail in Initializing......................................................................
Fax USB Device Fatal Error.............................................................................
Fax USB Host Fatal Error ................................................................................
Fax Manager Short of Memory ........................................................................
Fax Card Message Library Short of Memory ...................................................
Fax Short of Work Memory ..............................................................................
Fax Control task detects error..........................................................................
Fax Card not respond when system is Booting................................................
Fax Card does not respond intervally ..............................................................
Fax Card Reset ................................................................................................
Controller ROM Fax Card ROM mismatch.......................................................
Fax address book illegal setting.......................................................................
Illegal country code for Fax ..............................................................................
Fax Option Slot1 Board Fail .............................................................................
Received unknown message ...........................................................................
Fax Card download fail ....................................................................................
Fax report mail box not open ...........................................................................
Staple/Punch Canceled....................................................................................
Tray select fail. Used SMH instead. .................................................................

581
581
581
581
581
581
582
582
582
582
582
582
583
583
583
583
583
583
584
584
584
584
585

134-xxx FIP
134-210 Fax Cont Parameter Invalid .............................................................................
134-211 Fax Card Main Board Failure ...........................................................................

587
587

202-xxx FIP

127-xxx FIP
127-210
127-211
127-212
127-213

127-220
127-221
127-310
127-311
127-312
127-313
127-314
127-320
127-337
127-342
127-353
127-354
127-396
127-398
127-399

577
577
577
577

202-399 JME Soft Fatal error .........................................................................................

589

500-xxx FIP
500-030 DC612 Print NG By IOT Wait State .................................................................
500-990 DC612 Print NG By Any Reason .....................................................................
2007/10/01
2-19

591
591

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

2007/10/01
2-20

2.4 NET System Fault Check


2.4.1
2.4.2
2.4.3
2.4.4
2.4.5

Interface (Physical/Logical) ...................................................................................


"Cannot connect to the network" or "Print is not found from the PC" ....................
No output is available, no data is printed...............................................................
Printing can be performed but abnormally.............................................................
Network-Related Details Check Flow ....................................................................

593
593
594
594
595

2.5 Log
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions ..................................................
2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions ................................................

603
603

2.6 Software Download


2.6.1 Software Download ...............................................................................................

605

2.7 List of Collected Reports by Job


2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job............................................................................

607

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

2.1.1 How to troubleshoot


Procedure
Troubleshooting procedures are roughly divided into two categories.
Level 1 Troubleshooting:
Level 1 Troubleshooting (Level 1 FIP) is the first step to diagnose a problem. Level 1 FIP asks you
whether any Fault Code and other problematic symptoms exist, guiding you to Level 2 Troubleshooting or BSD to resolve the problem.
Level 2 Troubleshooting:
Level 2 Troubleshooting is a diagnostic procedure of separating a problem by Fault Code, document/paper jam and other problematic symptoms. Performing a FIP or an appropriate procedure in
the check out list enables you to discover causes of a problem in a short period of time.

Fault Code: When a Fault Code alerts you to a machine failure, perform appropriate troubleshooting items, by referring to Level 2 Troubleshooting.

Other troubleshooting:

Generic FIP: This is the generic check procedure for troubleshooting general electric parts such as
Motor, Relay, Solenoid, Switch and Sensor etc.
Service Mode/UI Diagnostic Mode:
This shows the purposes and usage of the diagnostic program for the machine, and how to read
diag data.
How to proceed troubleshooting and Cautions:

First, perform Level 1 FIP to categorize a problem. Second, proceed to an appropriate Level 2 FIP
or BSD to resolve the problem. To find the causes of the problem using FIP or check chart etc., thoroughly read the instructions and follow the procedure properly. Sometimes, when two or more
causes exist, they cannot be identified at once, so the same FIP should be repeated. In this case,
pay attention to a different judgement made in the process of the same FIP.

The generic check procedure for the general electric parts (Motor, Relay, Solenoid, Switch and Sensor etc.) is not shown in each troubleshooting for some cases. In such a case, only the causes of
the troubles are shown using the expressions below. Therefore, if you do not know how to check,
proceed to troubleshooting by referring to Generic FIP.

E.g. Enter DC330[xxx-xxx]. Insert paper from the tray side. Does the indication show "Low"?
Y
N
Repair xxxxxx SENSOR using Sensor Failure FIP.
~

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-21

2.1 Preface

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.1.1 How to troubleshoot

2007/10/01
2-22

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

2.1.2 Glossary
Procedure

Voltage
+13.3VDC

Level
(H)

Range
+12.64 ~ +13.97VDC

The following terminology are used throughout the troubleshooting section. The meaning of these terminology must be fully understood when performing problem analysis.
Common terms:

Fault Code

+24VDC

(L)
(H)

0.0 ~ +1.5VDC
+23.28 ~ +25.73VDC

(L)

0.0 ~ +3.0VDC

This 6-digit code appears when the machine found problems. The first 3 digits show the Chain No.
that correspond with the Chain No. of BSD.

Actuate (Deactuate)

Mechanical problems: This phrase is used when moving to machine adjustment and parts replacement. Read all the items (describing the main causes) and find out the causes of a problem by comparing them with the symptoms shown by the machine.

To mechanically push (release) the actuator of the switch or the connected mechanical linkage.

Block
To place a sheet of document or paper on the photo sensor surface for detection.

Check
To visually check for operation failure of parts such as relay or mechanical linkage, and the failure
status of the parts.

Enter the Service mode.

PL4.2: Refer to PL4.2 in Chapter 5 Parts List.

CH 6.2 Zone J4: Refer to 6.2 Zone J4 in Chapter 9 BSD.

REP4.1.3: Refer to REP4.1.3 in Chapter 4.

ADJ4.1.3: Refer to ADJ4.1.3 in Chapter 4.

Replace the parts in sequence: When it is impossible to analyze causes of a problem further,
replace the parts in sequence. The part with a higher replacement frequency or higher possibility of
causing a problem is listed first for replacement.

To enter the Service mode by following the procedure described in Chapter 2 How to use the Service Mode.

Exit the problem analysis procedure.

Enter the UI Diag. mode.


To enter the UI Diag. mode by following the procedure described in Chapter 2 How to use the UI
Diag. mode (UI Diagnostics mode).

Check the wire for a short circuit.


Turn the power OFF then ON. Measure the resistance between the wire and the frame using the
ohm range of a tester.

Check the wire for an open circuit.


Turn the power OFF then ON. Measure the resistance between both ends of the wire using the ohm
range of a tester.

Select DC330[xxx-xxx].
Enter DC330 Component Control by following the procedure described in the Service Mode section
in Chapter 2. (Hereinafter for PC-Diag only) Then, either select the applicable parts from the desired
module or enter Chain Link No. [xxx-xxx] by selecting [Direct Code Input].

Check the voltage level.

Voltage
+3.5VDC

Level
(H)

Range
+3.33 ~ +3.68VDC

+5VDC

(L)
(H)

0.0 ~ +1.0VDC
+4.85 ~ +5.36VDC

+12VDC

(L)
(H)

0.0 ~ +1.0VDC
+11.4 ~ +12.6VDC

(L)

0.0 ~ +1.5VDC

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-23

2.1.2 Glossary

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.1.2 Glossary

2007/10/01
2-24

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

2.1.3 How to use Controller FIP


Due to standardization of Controllers, some machines with different names have the common Controller
installed. They also display the same Fault Code.
2.3 Controller FIP in this manual describes all the Faults FIPs for the machine-independent Controllers.
Therefore, some Fault FIPs are not displayed in some machines. In that case, they must be ignored.
Refer to the corrective actions for the displayed Fault to repair the trouble. The following shows the flow
of actual use.
1.

Refer to the FIP corresponding to the displayed 6-digit Fault Code.

2.

Follow the instructions in the FIP and proceed with the corrective procedures.

3.

When the following items are stated in the corrective procedures, perform the appropriate corrective
action to repair the trouble. If the problem persists, obtain the logs and request Support G for support to repair the trouble.

Refer to "OF-xx".

Perform "NET System Failure Check".

Obtain "LOG".

Perform "Software Download".

Though the repair procedures for those are not stated in FIP, they are stated in a referenced section. Refer to the referenced section to proceed with the procedures.
NOTE: Some codes in IOT Fault Code (024-xxx) are repeated in 2.2 IIT, IOT & Option FIP. In that
case, refer to the procedures in both sections.
NOTE: In OF-xxx, the replacing parts "IISS PWB", "IOT PWB", and "ESS PWB" are used. However,
they are also referred to as IIT/IPS PWB, MCU PWB, and Mother PWB respectively in some
machines. The function names need to be replaced with machine-specific PWB to perform replacement.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-25

2.1.3 How to use Controller FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.1.3 How to use Controller FIP

2007/10/01
2-26

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition


1.

Chain No. Definition


Chain No. is used to identify the Controller module in which an error has occurred.

ChainNo
x02
x03
x16
x26
x21
x23

EP
Panel (including
Web)
IOTsc
PSW-IF
External I/F
FAX
FaxCard
FaxCard(G3)
FaxCard(G4)

x24
x25
x27
x33
x34
x35
x36
2.

Module
UI-EWS
IITsc
ESS/Net Connect

Description
Detected by the Controller EWS function module
Detected by the Controller IIT-related function module
Detected by the Controller Core module
Detected by the NetConnect module
Detected by the Controller EP function module
Detected by the Controller Panel function module
Detected by the Controller IOT-related function module
Detected by the Controller PC-Diag function module
Detected by the Controller external I/F module
Detected by the Controller Fax module
An error was detected by the FaxCard Mother
An error was detected by the FaxCard G3 function part
An error was detected by the FaxCard G4 function part

Link No. Definition and Error Classification


Classifications of the occurred errors are identified by Link No.

Link No Error Classification


210~299 Local Fail

Link No Error Classification Description


310~399 System Fail/Sub Sys- This is an error that must not occur, or "Fatal Failure".
tem Fail
Users can only perform recovery by turning the power OFF
then ON. The machine cannot perform system or subsystem
operations and it needs maintenance.
The Diag. functions can be operated for CE purpose but the
system fail at Cont initialization (startup) guarantees only the
DC131 NVM Read/Write and DC132 operations. Other Diag.
may be operated but not guaranteed.
400~498 Time Bomb (Informa- This fail occurs in normal operation, so it is not referred
tion)
to as "Failure" but needs "Any Actions".
Notify the machine state in which user operation is temporarily
limited and "why the machine cannot be operated immediately".
Notify the expected life (ERU life expectation) of consumable
replacement parts.
600~699 Hidden Fail or History This is not defined as "Failure".

Description
This is an error that must not occur, or "Failure".
700~799 Job Fail
Some parts of the service or service function that uses an
accessory or connected device cannot operate because the
accessory or connected device cannot operate.

210~299 Service Fail

This failure occurs when the system detects that job operation
cannot be continued. At the time when error is detected, the
process is aborted.

CE Diag functions are available. However, a user can clear


user installed options by replacing them.
This is an error that must not occur, or [Fatal Failure].
Fax services and Media services cannot be provided because
the USB-IF connected FaxCard/MediaDrive machine, etc. has
a failure/abnormal operation in an externally connected part or
even in the same machine package.

700~799 Warning

However, the services that do not affect the faulty part, such
as Copy Service and Scan Service, can be executed.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

This is a fault that does not affect job operations and does not
need to notify users. This may be repaired automatically by
the machine.
This also occurs in normal operation and is not defined
as "Failure".

This is a fault that can be recovered by repeating the operation. If the fault persists after repeating the operation, it
becomes a "Trouble". In this case, a software failure may
cause the trouble.
This also occurs in normal operation and is not defined
as "Failure".
Warning is issued only during job execution. If a user operation instruction cannot be performed as desired due to "any
conditions", the job is continued by changing the settings in
the device and the message "Job is continued by changing
settings" is displayed in the panel.

2007/10/01
2-27

2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition
Link No Error Classification
910~990 Operation Error/
Notice Error

Description
This also occurs in normal operation and is not defined
as "Failure".
At the time when error is detected, the job is paused and the
user interruption screen is displayed in the panel.
This is a fault with which the job can be continued by clearing
the cause.

2007/10/01
2-28

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

005-121 CVT-DADF Feed Sensor ON JAM

005-122 CVT-DADF Simplex/Side 1 Pre-Regi. ON JAM

BSD-ON:CH5.4

BSD-ON:CH5.4

After Pre-Feed started, the DADF Feed Out Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

After Pre-Feed started for the first sheet (DADF Feed Motor On (CW) in Simplex and Duplex, the DADF
Pre Registration Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

After the first-out feed operation started (Feed Motor On (CCW) in Duplex mode, the DADF Feed Out
Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

After Pre-Feed started for the second sheet onwards (DADF Feed Motor On (CW) in Duplex, the DADF
Pre Registration Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

Initial Actions
Initial Actions

Check the status of the documents.

Check the status of the documents.


Turn the power OFF then ON.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Procedure

Check the state of the document. Is the document in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that
may cause a paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.

Check the state of the document. Is the document in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that
may cause a paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.

Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.

Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Execute DC330[005-090 Nudger Lift Motor Initialize]. Can the operation noise of the DADF Nudger
Motor (PL 15.6) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-086 DADF Nudger Motor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-001 CVT-DADF Feed Motor (Speed 1)]. Can the operation noise of the DADF
Feed Motor (PL 15.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-054 DADF Feed Motor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[005-206 CVT Pre Regi. Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Pre Registration
Sensor (PL 15.7) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-049 DADF Pre Registration Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-001 CVT-DADF Feed Motor (Speed 1)]. Can the operation noise of the DADF
Feed Motor (PL 15.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-054 DADF Feed Motor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[005-205 CVT Feed Out Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Feed Out Sensor
(PL 15.9) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-056 DADF Feed Out Sensor Check Out FIP.

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-29

2.2 Product FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
005-xxx DADF

2007/10/01
2-30

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

005-123 CVT-DADF Simplex/Side 1 Regi. Sensor ON JAM

005-125 CVT-DADF Registration Sensor OFF JAM

BSD-ON:CH5.4

BSD-ON:CH5.4

After Pre Registration operation started (Feed Motor On (CCW), the DADF Registration Sensor did not
turn ON within the specified time.

After the DADF Pre Registration Sensor turned OFF in the Scan operation, the DADF Registration
Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the status of the documents.

Check the status of the documents.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the state of the document. Is the document in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that
may cause a paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.

Check the state of the document. Is the document in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that
may cause a paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.

Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.

Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Execute DC330[005-110 DADF Regi. Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Registration Sensor (PL
15.7) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-050 DADF Registration Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[005-110 DADF Regi. Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the DADF Registration
Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-050 DADF Registration Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[005-001 CVT-DADF Feed Motor (Speed 1)]. Can the operation noise of the DADF
Feed Motor (PL 15.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-054 DADF Feed Motor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[005-026 CVT-DADF Registration Motor (Speed1)]. Can the operation noise of the
DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-059 DADF Registration Motor Check Out FIP.

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

005-131 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor ON JAM (Inverting)

005-132 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor ON JAM 2

BSD-ON:CH5.4

BSD-ON:CH5.4

After the DADF Registration Sensor turned ON in Invert operation, the DADF Invert Sensor did not turn
ON within the specified time.

After the Read Speed Control operation started (DADF Regi Motor On (CCW), the DADF Invert Sensor
did not turn ON within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the status of the documents.

Check the status of the documents.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the state of the document. Is the document in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that
may cause a paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.

Check the state of the document. Is the document in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that
may cause a paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.

Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.

Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Execute DC330[005-211 CVT Invert Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7)
using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-073 DADF Invert Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[005-211 CVT Invert Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7)
using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-073 DADF Invert Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[005-026 CVT-DADF Registration Motor (Speed1)]. Can the operation noise of the
DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-059 DADF Registration Motor Check Out FIP.

Check the status of the Invert Gate. Does the Invert Gate move smoothly?
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with the Invert Gate operations.

Execute DC330[005-110 Regi. Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the DADF Registration Sensor
(PL 15.7) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-050 DADF Registration Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[005-036 CVT-DADF Regi. Motor (Reverse)]. Can the operation noise of the DADF
Registration Motor (PL 15.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-059 DADF Registration Motor Check Out FIP.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-31

005-xxx DADF

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
005-xxx DADF

2007/10/01
2-32

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

005-134 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor OFF JAM (Inv)

005-135 CVT-DADF Side 2 Pre Regi. Sensor ON JAM

BSD-ON:CH5.4

BSD-ON:CH5.4

After the DADF Registration Sensor turned OFF during Invert operation of the last document, the DADF
Invert Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.

After the Invert operation started (Regi. Motor On (CW) at Invert operation, the DADF Pre Registration
Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

If there is a next document, after the Regi Motor turned ON (CCW) during Invert operation of that
document, the DADF Invert Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the status of the documents.

Check the status of the documents.


Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the state of the document. Is the document in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that
may cause a paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[005-211 CVT Invert Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7)
using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-073 DADF Invert Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-110 Regi. Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the DADF Registration Sensor
(PL 15.7) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-050 DADF Registration Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-026 CVT-DADF Regi. Motor (Speed1)]. Can the operation noise of the DADF
Registration Motor (PL 15.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-059 DADF Regi. Motor Check Out FIP.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Procedure
Check the state of the document. Is the document in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that
may cause a paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Check the status of the Invert Gate. Does the Invert Gate move smoothly without deformation or
breakage?
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with the Invert Gate operations.
Execute DC330[005-206 CVT Pre Regi. Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Pre Registration
Sensor (PL 15.7) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-049 DADF Pre Registration Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-026 CVT-DADF Registration Motor (Speed1)]. Can the operation noise of the
DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-059 DADF Registration Motor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-072 CVT Nip Release Sol]. Can the operation noise of the Exit Nip Release
Solenoid (PL 15.7) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-029 Exit Nip Release Solenoid Check Out FIP.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

005-136 CVT-DADF Side 2 Regi. Sensor ON JAM

005-139 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor OFF JAM

BSD-ON:CH5.4

BSD-ON:CH5.4

After the DADF Pre Registration Sensor turned ON at Invert operation, the DADF Registration Sensor did
not turn ON within the specified time.

After the Regi Sensor turned OFF for the last document and 300mm/s during the Simplex Scan
operation, the Invert Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.

Initial Actions

If there is a next document, after the Regi Motor turned ON (CCW) for that document (excluding 300mm/s)
during the Simplex Scan operation, the Invert Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.

Check the status of the documents.


Turn the power OFF then ON.

After the Regi Sensor turned OFF in the Duplex Scan operation, the Invert Sensor did not turn OFF within
the specified time.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Check the state of the document. Is the document in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that
may cause a paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.

Check the status of the documents.


Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.

Check the state of the document. Is the document in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that
may cause a paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.

Execute DC330[005-110 Regi. Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the DADF Registration Sensor
(PL 15.7) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-050 DADF Registration Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-001 CVT-DADF Feed Motor (Speed 1)]. Can the operation noise of the DADF
Feed Motor (PL 15.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-054 DADF Feed Motor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-072 CVT Nip Release Sol]. Can the operation noise of the Exit Nip Release
Solenoid (PL 15.7) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-029 Exit Nip Release Solenoid Check Out FIP.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[005-211 CVT Invert Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7)
using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-073 DADF Invert Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-110 Regi. Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the DADF Registration Sensor
(PL 15.7) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-050 DADF Registration Sensor Check Out FIP.

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


Check the status of the Invert Gate. Does the Invert Gate move smoothly without deformation or
breakage?
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with the Invert Gate operations.
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

A
2007/10/01
2-33

005-xxx DADF

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
005-xxx DADF
A
Execute DC330[005-026 CVT-DADF Regi. Motor (Speed1)]. Can the operation noise of the DADF
Registration Motor (PL 15.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-059 DADF Registration Motor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-070 CVT Nip Release Sol]. Can the operation noise of the Exit Nip Release
Solenoid (PL 15.7) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-029 Exit Nip Release Solenoid Check Out FIP.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

2007/10/01
2-34

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

005-145 CVT-DADF Registration Sensor OFF JAM On Inverting


BSD-ON:CH5.4
After the DADF Pre Registration Sensor turned OFF at Invert operation, the DADF Registration Sensor
did not turn OFF within the specified time.

Initial Actions
Check the status of the documents.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the state of the document. Is the document in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that
may cause a paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[005-110 Regi. Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the DADF Registration Sensor
(PL 15.7) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-050 DADF Registration Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-206 CVT Pre Regi. Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Pre Registration
Sensor (PL 15.7) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-049 DADF Pre Registration Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-001 CVT-DADF Feed Motor (Speed 1)]. Can the operation noise of the DADF
Feed Motor (PL 15.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-054 DADF Feed Motor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-072 CVT Nip Release Sol]. Can the operation noise of the Exit Nip Release
Solenoid (PL 15.7) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-029 Exit Nip Release Solenoid Check Out FIP.

A
Execute DC330[005-026 CVT-DADF Regi. Motor (Speed1)]. Can the operation noise of the DADF
Registration Motor (PL 15.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-059 DADF Registration Motor Check Out FIP.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

005-146 CVT-DADF Pre Registration Sensor OFF JAM


BSD-ON:CH5.4
After the DADF Feed Out Sensor turned OFF in Simplex mode, the DADF Pre Registration Sensor did
not turn OFF within the specified time.
After the DADF Registration Motor turned ON in Duplex mode, the DADF Pre Regi Sensor did not turn
OFF within the specified time.

Initial Actions
Check the status of the documents.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the state of the document. Is the document in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that
may cause a paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[005-205 Feed Out Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9)
using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-056 DADF Feed Out Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-206 CVT Pre Regi. Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Pre Registration
Sensor (PL 15.7) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-049 DADF Pre Registration Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-001 CVT-DADF Feed Motor (Speed 1)]. Can the operation noise of the DADF
Feed Motor (PL 15.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-054 DADF Feed Motor Check Out FIP.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

A
2007/10/01
2-35

005-xxx DADF

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
005-xxx DADF
A

2007/10/01
2-36

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Execute DC330[005-026 CVT-DADF Regi. Motor (Speed1)]. Can the operation noise of the DADF
Registration Motor (PL 15.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-059 DADF Registration Motor Check Out FIP.

005-147 CVT-DADF Pre Registration Sensor OFF JAM/JAM On


Inverting

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

After the DADF Registration Motor turned ON in Invert operation, the DADF Pre Registration Sensor did
not turn OFF within the specified time.

BSD-ON:CH5.4

Initial Actions
Check the status of the documents.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the state of the document. Is the document in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that
may cause a paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[005-205 Feed Out Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9)
using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-056 DADF Feed Out Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-206 CVT Pre Regi. Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Pre Registration
Sensor (PL 15.7) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-049 DADF Pre Registration Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-001 CVT-DADF Feed Motor (Speed 1)]. Can the operation noise of the DADF
Feed Motor (PL 15.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-054 DADF Feed Motor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-070 CVT Nip Release Sol]. Can the operation noise of the Exit Nip Release
Solenoid (PL 15.7) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-029 Exit Nip Release Solenoid Check Out FIP.
A

A
Execute DC330[005-026 CVT-DADF Regi. Motor (Speed1)]. Can the operation noise of the DADF
Registration Motor (PL 15.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-059 DADF Registration Motor Check Out FIP.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

005-194 Size Mismatch JAM On SS Mix-Size


BSD-ON:CH5.1
When "Slow Scan MIX" is specified, it was detected that the size in the Fast Scan direction was different
from that of the Tray Guide.

Initial Actions
Check the Tray Guide position and redo the same operation.
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Check the operation of the Tray Side Guide.

Procedure
Execute DC330[005-215 CVT DADF #1 Tray APS Sensor]. Move the Tray Guide manually.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-065 DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 1 Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-216 CVT DADF #2 Tray APS Sensor]. Move the Tray Guide manually.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-066 DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 2 Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-217 CVT DADF #3 Tray APS Sensor]. Move the Tray Guide manually.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-067 DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 3 Check Out FIP.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-37

005-xxx DADF

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
005-xxx DADF

2007/10/01
2-38

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

005-196 Size Mismatch JAM On No Mix-Size

005-197 Prohibit Combine Size JAM

BSD-ON:CH5.1

BSD-ON:CH5.1

The system detected that the second and subsequent documents are of different size compared to the
first document.

A prohibited size combination was detected.

Initial Actions
Initial Actions

Check the document size in the Tray.

Check the document size in the Tray.


Adjust the Tray Guide to the document.
Adjust the Tray Guide to the document.
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Check the size and alignment of the loaded paper.
Check the size and alignment of the loaded paper.
Check the Guide and loaded position.
Check the Guide and loaded position.

Procedure
Procedure
Follow the instructions on UI. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Check the connection of each DADF PWB (PL 15.3) connector.
Again, turn the power OFF then ON. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed

Follow the instructions on UI. Does the same problem reoccur?


Y
N
Completed
Check the connection of each DADF PWB (PL 15.3) connector.
Again, turn the power OFF then ON. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Version 2.1

005-198 Too Short Size JAM

005-199 Too Long Size JAM

BSD-ON:CH5.4

BSD-ON:CH5.4

The system detected a document with a length shorter than 115mm in the Slow Scan direction.

This occurs when the detected length in Slow Scan direction meets the following condition:

Initial Actions

Simplex mode: 672.4mm or longer

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the document size. Is the length of the document size supported in DADF transport?
Y
N
Use a document size that can be transported.
Execute DC330[005-205 CVT-DADF Feed Out Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Feed Out
Sensor (PL 15.9) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-056 DADF Feed Out Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-206 CVT Pre Regi. Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Pre Registration
Sensor (PL 15.7) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-049 DADF Pre Registration Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Duplex mode: 480.1mm or longer

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the document size. Is the length of the document size supported in DADF transport?
Y
N
Use a document size that can be transported.
Execute DC330[005-205 CVT-DADF Feed Out Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Feed Out
Sensor (PL 15.9) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-056 DADF Feed Out Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-206 CVT Pre Regi. Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Pre Registration
Sensor (PL 15.7) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-049 DADF Pre Registration Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-39

005-xxx DADF

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
005-xxx DADF

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-40

Version 2.1

005-275 DADF RAM Test Fail

005-283 DADF Level Sensor Logic Fail

BSD-ON:CH3.6

BSD-ON:CH5.2

DADF PWB RAM failure was detected (checked at power ON).

After the DADF Nudger Motor turns ON, the DADF Nudger Sensor does not turn ON.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Turn the power OFF then ON. Has the self-test finished successfully?
Y
N
Check the connection of the DADF PWB and IIP/IPS PWB. Is the connector between the DADF
PWB and IIP/IPS PWB connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connector between the DADF PWB and IIP/IPS PWB securely.

Manually operate the Feed Head mechanism. Does the Feed Head mechanism move smoothly?
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


Completed

005-280 DADF EEPROM Fail

Execute DC330[005-225 Nudger Position Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the DADF Nudger
Sensor with paper.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J788 and P/J786. Are P/J788 and P/J786 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J788 and P/J786 securely.

BSD-ON:CH3.6

Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH5.2).
Is the wire between J788 and J786 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Write failure to DADF-EEPROM or communication failure with EEPROM was detected.

Initial Actions

Measure the voltage (CH5.2) between the DADF PWB P786-7 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the connection of each DADF PWB connector.. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Measure the voltage (CH5.2) between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and the GND (-).
Shield the light receptor part of the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the DADF Nudger Sensor (PL 15.5).

Turn the power ON again. . Does [005-280] reoccur?


Y
N
Completed
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


Execute DC330[005-090 Nudger Lift Motor Initialize]. Can the operation noise of the DADF Nudger
Motor (PL 15.6) be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J787 and P/J786. Are P/J787 and P/J786 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J787 and P/J786 securely.
Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH5.2).
Is the wire between J787 and J786 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A

B
Measure the voltage (CH5.2) between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P786-1 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6) followed by the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

005-284 DADF APS Sensor Logic Fail


BSD-ON:CH5.4
Logically nonexistent outputs from DADF APS 1 to 3 Sensors were detected (output combination error).

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Turn the power OFF then ON. Is the same Fail displayed again?
Y
N
Completed
Execute DC330[005-218 CVT #1 APS Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF APS 1 Sensor
(PL 15.7) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-083 DADF APS 1 Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-219 CVT #2 APS Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF APS 2 Sensor
(PL 15.7) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-084 DADF APS 2 Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-220 CVT #3 APS Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF APS 3 Sensor
(PL 15.7) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-085 DADF APS 3 Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-41

005-xxx DADF

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
005-xxx DADF

2007/10/01
2-42

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

005-285 DADF Nudger Lift Up Fail

005-286 DADF Feed Out Sensor Fail

BSD-ON:CH5.2

BSD-ON:CH5.4

After the DADF Nudger Motor started reverse rotation, the DADF Nudger Sensor did not turn ON within
350ms.

When the DADF Feed Out Sensor turned OFF while a document was transported, the DADF Pre
Registration Sensor turned OFF.

Or, after the DADF Nudger Motor started forward rotation, the DADF Nudger Sensor did not turn OFF
within 250ms.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Manually operate the Feed Head mechanism. Does the Feed Head mechanism move smoothly?
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Execute DC330[005-225 Nudger Position Snr]. Expose/shield the light receptor part of the DADF Nudger
Sensor (PL 15.5) by moving the Nudger Roll manually. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-094 DADF Nudger Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-090 Nudger Lift Motor Initialize]. Can the operation noise of the DADF Nudger
Motor (PL 15.6) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-086 DADF Nudger Motor Check Out FIP.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Execute DC330[005-205 CVT Feed Out Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Feed Out
Sensor (PL 15.9) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-056 DADF Feed Out Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[005-206 CVT Pre Regi. Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Pre Registration
Sensor (PL 15.7) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-049 DADF Pre Registration Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

005-304 CVT Platen I/L Open

005-906 CVT-DADF Feed Sensor Static JAM

BSD-ON:CH6.1

BSD-ON:CH5.4

The system detected that the Platen Interlock was opened during the DADF (RUN/SUSPEND) operation.

It was detected that the DADF Feed Out Sensor turned ON at the following timings.

Initial Actions

At Power ON

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the opening/closing of the DADF. Is the DADF mechanism in proper condition, has no
failures and can be opened/closed properly?
Y
N
Adjust the installation of the DADF.
Check the installation of the Platen Open Switch. Is the Platen Open Switch (PL 11.4) installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Platen Open Switch correctly.
Execute DC330[005-300 Platen I/L Switch]. Open/close the DADF. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-093 Platen Interlock Switch Check Out FIP.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

005-305 CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Open On Running


BSD-ON:CH1.3

DADF Interlock Switch Close

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Remove the remaining paper.

Procedure
Check the status of the DADF Feed Out Sensor. Is the the DADF Feed Out Sensor in proper
condition without any paper or foreign substances?
Y
N
Remove paper or foreign substances on the DADF Feed Out Sensor.
Execute DC330[005-205 CVT Feed Out Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Feed Out Sensor
(PL 15.9) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-056 DADF Feed Out Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

The system detected that the DADF Interlock Switch was opened during DADF (RUN/SUSPEND)
operation.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check latch of the Feeder Cover. . Can the Feeder Cover be latched properly?
Y
N
Reinstall the Feeder Cover correctly.
Execute DC330[005-212 CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Switch]. Open/close the Feeder Cover. .
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-091 DADF Interlock Switch Check Out FIP.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-43

005-xxx DADF

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
005-xxx DADF

2007/10/01
2-44

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

005-907 CVT Pre Regi. Sensor Static JAM

005-908 CVT-DADF Registration Sensor Static JAM

BSD-ON:CH5.4

BSD-ON:CH5.4

It was detected that the DADF Pre Regi. Sensor turned ON at the following timings.

It was detected that the DADF Pre Registration Sensor turned ON at the following timings.

At Power ON

At Power ON

DADF Interlock Switch Close

DADF Interlock Switch Close

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Remove the remaining paper.

Remove the remaining paper.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the status of the DADF Pre Registration Sensor. Is the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
in proper condition without any paper or foreign substances?
Y
N
Remove paper or foreign substances on the DADF Pre Registration Sensor.

Check the status of the DADF Registration Sensor. Is the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) in
proper condition without any paper or foreign substances?
Y
N
Remove paper or foreign substances on the DADF Registration Sensor.

Execute DC330[005-206 CVT Pre Regi. Sensor]. Shield the Actuator of the DADF Pre Regi. Sensor (PL
15.7) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-049 DADF Pre Registration Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[005-110 DADF Regi. Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the DADF Registration
Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-050 DADF Registration Sensor Check Out FIP.

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

005-913 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor Static JAM

005-915 CVT-DADF #1APS Static JAM

BSD-ON:CH5.4

BSD-ON:CH5.4

It was detected that the DADF Invert Sensor turned ON at the following timings.

It was detected that the DADF APS 1 Sensor turned ON at the following timings.

At Power ON

At Power ON

DADF Interlock Switch

Feeder Cover Interlock Close

Initial Actions

Platen Interlock Close

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Initial Actions

Remove the remaining paper.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Remove the remaining paper.

Check the status of the DADF Invert Sensor. Is the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) in proper
condition without any paper or foreign substances?
Y
N
Remove paper or foreign substances on the DADF Invert Sensor.

Procedure

Execute DC330[005-211 CVT Invert Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7)
using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-073 DADF Invert Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Check the status of the DADF APS 1 Sensor. Is the DADF APS 1 Sensor in proper condition without
any paper or foreign substances?
Y
N
Remove the paper or foreign substances that is interfering with the DADF APS 1 Sensor (PL 15.7).
Execute DC330[005-218 CVT #1 APS Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the DADF APS 1 Sensor
(PL 15.7) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-083 DADF APS 1 Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-45

005-xxx DADF

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
005-xxx DADF

2007/10/01
2-46

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

005-916 CVT-DADF #2APS Static JAM

005-917 CVT-DADF #3APS Static JAM

BSD-ON:CH5.4

BSD-ON:CH5.4

It was detected that the DADF APS 2 Sensor turned ON at the following timings.

It was detected that the DADF APS 3 Sensor turned ON at the following timings.

At Power ON

At Power ON

Feeder Cover Interlock Close

Feeder Cover Interlock Close

Platen Interlock Close

Platen Interlock Close

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Remove the remaining paper.

Remove the remaining paper.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the status of the DADF APS 2 Sensor. Is the DADF APS 2 Sensor in proper condition without
any paper or foreign substances?
Y
N
Remove the paper or foreign substances that is interfering with the DADF APS 2 Sensor (PL 15.7).

Check the status of the DADF APS 3 Sensor. Is the DADF APS 3 Sensor in proper condition without
any paper or foreign substances?
Y
N
Remove the paper or foreign substances that is interfering with the DADF APS 3 Sensor (PL 15.7).

Execute DC330[005-219 CVT #2 APS Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the DADF APS 2 Sensor
(PL 15.7) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-084 DADF APS 2 Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[005-220 CVT #3 APS Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the DADF APS 3 Sensor
(PL 15.7) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-085 DADF APS 3 Sensor Check Out FIP.

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

005-940 DADF No Original Fail

005-941 DADF Not Enough Document

BSD-ON:CH3.2

BSD-ON:CH3.2

The system detected a pulled out document.

The system detected that some documents were missing after all documents were returned.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Remove the loaded documents and check the display.

Remove the loaded documents and check the display.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Follow the instructions on UI. Turn the power ON again. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed

Follow the instructions on UI. Turn the power ON again. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed

Check the connection of each DADF PWB (PL 15.3) connector. Are the connectors connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the connection of each DADF PWB (PL 15.3) connector. Are the connectors connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Turn the power ON again. Does the same problem reoccur?


Y
N
Completed

Turn the power ON again. Does the same problem reoccur?


Y
N
Completed

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-47

005-xxx DADF

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
005-xxx DADF

2007/10/01
2-48

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

010-310 Zero Cross Fail

010-314 Side Thermistor Fail

BSD-ON:CH10.1

BSD-ON:CH10.1

Zero Cross Fail

The Rear Thermistor (FS2) has an open circuit.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

010-313 Control Thermistor Fail

Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. Is the Fuser Unit installed securely?
Y
N
Install the Fuser Unit securely.

BSD-ON:CH10.1

Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between P600-8 and P600-9. Is there no open circuit in
the Rear Thermistor and its resistance is 3KOhm and above?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

The Control Thermistor (FS1) has an open circuit.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.


Check the wire between J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between J410
and J600 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Procedure
. Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. Is the Fuser Unit installed securely?
Y
N
Install the Fuser Unit securely.

Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the resistance of the Center Thermistor between P600-2 and P600-3. . Is there no open circuit
in the Center Thermistor and its resistance is 3KOhm and above?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the wire between J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit. . Is the wire between J410
and J600 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-49

010-xxx Fuser

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
010-xxx Fuser

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-50

Version 2.1

010-315 PR Thermistor Defect

010-317 Fuser Cold-Sagging Error

BSD-ON:CH10.1

BSD-ON:CH10.1

The Pressure Roll Thermistor (PR) has an open circuit.

The Center Thermistor detected that the system had not recovered from Cold-Sagging within the
specified time.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. Is the Fuser Unit installed securely?
Y
N
Install the Fuser Unit securely.
Check the resistance of the Pressure Roll Thermistor between P600-5 and P600-6. Is there no open
circuit in the Pressure Roll Thermistor and its resistance is 3KOhm and above?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the wire between J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between J410
and J600 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Procedure
NOTE: When [010-320] occurs, DC131[744-220 FuserOverTemp] becomes 3. Set DC131[744-220
FuserOverTemp] to 0 after recovery.
Check the Fuser for paper. Is the Fuser in proper condition, with no paper wrapped around it?
Y
N
Remove the paper.
Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. Is the Fuser Unit installed securely?
Y
N
Install the Fuser Unit securely.
Close the LH Cover and the Front Cover.
Execute DC330[071-036 Main Motor ON]. Can the rotation noise of the Main Motor be heard?
Y
N
Go to OF3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
Execute DC140[010-200 Center Thermistor]. Does the number change every time the Fuser Unit is
installed or removed?
Y
N
Check the resistance (CH10.1) of the Center Thermistor between P600-2 and P600-3.
Is there no open circuit in the Center Thermistor and its resistance is 3KOhm and above?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the wire between J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH10.1).
Is the wire between J410 and J600 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Execute DC140[010-202 Pressure Roll Thermistor]. Does the number change every time the Fuser
Unit is installed or removed?
Y
N
Check the resistance (CH10.1) of the Pressure Roll Thermistor between P600-5 and P600-6.
Is there no open circuit in the Pressure Roll Thermistor and its resistance is 3KOhm and
above?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
A

B
Check the wire between J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH10.1).
Is the wire between J410 and J600 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

010-320 Heat Roll Over Temperature Fail


BSD-ON:CH10.1

The Control Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specified value.

The Rear Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specified value.

Initial Actions
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) followed by the AC Drive PWB (PL 9.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Procedure
NOTE: When [010-320] occurs, DC131[744-220 FuserOverTemp] becomes 1 or 2. Set DC131[744-220
FuserOverTemp] to 0 after recovery.
Check the resistance of the Center Thermistor between P600-2 and P600-3. Is there no open circuit
in the Center Thermistor and its resistance is 3KOhm and above?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between P600-8 and P600-9. Is there no open circuit in
the Rear Thermistor and its resistance is 3KOhm and above?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the wire between J410 and J600 for a short circuit. Is the wire between J410 and J600
conducting without a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J401 and J526 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between J401
and J526 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) followed by the AC Drive PWB (PL 9.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

010-325 MCU-FLK Comm. Error


BSD-ON:CH10.1
A communication error was detected between the MCU PWB and Flicker winding.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-51

010-xxx Fuser

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
010-xxx Fuser

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-52

010-327 Fuser ON Time Fail


BSD-ON:CH10.1

The Control Thermistor does not detect paper READY temperature within the specified time after
the Main Heater Rod was turned ON during warm up.

After the Main Heater Rod turned ON during standby, the Control Thermistor did not detect the
specified temperature within the specified time.

After the Sub Heater Rod turned ON during standby, the Control Thermistor did not detect the
specified temperature within the specified time.

After the empty rotation started, the Control Thermistor did not detect the empty rotation finishing
temperature within the specified time.

After the Main Heater Rod turned ON during printing, the Control Thermistor did not detect the
specified temperature within the specified time.

After the Sub Heater Rod turned ON during printing, the Control Thermistor did not detect the
specified temperature within the specified time.

Version 2.1
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Check the resistance of the Center Thermistor between P600-2 and P600-3. Is there no open circuit
in the Center Thermistor and its resistance is 3KOhm and above?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between P600-8 and P600-9. Is there no open circuit in
the Rear Thermistor and its resistance is 3KOhm and above?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the resistance of the Pressure Roll Thermistor between P600-5 and P600-6. Is there no open
circuit in the Pressure Roll Thermistor and its resistance is 3KOhm and above?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Initial Actions

Voltage Supply.

Indoor Temperature.

Procedure
NOTE: When [010-327] occurs, DC131[744-220 FuserOverTemp] becomes 3. Set DC131[744-220
FuserOverTemp] to 0 after recovery.
Check for paper on the Fuser. Is the Fuser in proper condition, with no paper wrapped around it?
Y
N
Remove the paper.
Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. Is the Fuser Unit installed securely?
Y
N
Install the Fuser Unit securely.

Check the wire between J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between J410
and J600 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J6 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between J6 and
J600 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J401 and J526 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between J401
and J526 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) followed by the AC Drive PWB (PL 9.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Remove the Fuser Unit. Check the conductivity of the contact points of the Thermostat.
Are the contact points conducting?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the resistance of the Main Heater Rod between P600-1 and P600-12. Is the resistance of the
Main Heater Rod 100Ohm and below?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the resistance of the Sub Heater Rod 1 between P600-4 and P600-12. Is the resistance of the
Sub Heater Rod 1 100Ohm and below?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the resistance of the Sub Heater Rod 2 between P600-7 and P600-12. Is the resistance of the
Sub Heater Rod 2 100Ohm and below?

010-398 Fuser Lock Fail


BSD-ON:CH10.2
The Fuser Fan failed.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Remove foreign substances and dust accumulated at the exhaust.

Procedure
Turn the power ON.
Visually check the rotation of the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2). Is the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2) rotating?
Y
N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J408-2 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J214-13 and J408-2 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
Is the wire between J214-13 and J408-2 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage of the wire between the Main Drive Unit CN102-3 (+) and CN102-2 (-)
Is the voltage +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Main Drive Unit (PL 1.1).
Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J408-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
0VDC?
Y
N
Measure the voltage of the wire between the Main Drive Unit CN102-1 (+) and GND (-)
Is the voltage approx. 0VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2).

approx.

Check the wire between J214-14 and J408-1 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
Is the wire between J214-14 and J408-1 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Main Drive Unit (PL 1.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-53

010-xxx Fuser

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
010-xxx Fuser

2007/10/01
2-54

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

012-111 (Finisher-B) H-Transport Entrance Sensor OFF JAM A

BSD-ON:CH12.32
After the H-Transport Entrance Sensor turned ON, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not turn OFF
within the specified time. And check that the Fuser Exit Sensor is ON.

N
Check the connection of P/J8379A and P/J8390. Are P/J8379A and P/J8390 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8379A and P/J8390 securely.
Check the wire between J8379 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.32).
Is the wire between J8379 and J8390 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Measure the resistance (CH12.32) of the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3) between J8379-2/5 (COM)
and each of the J8379-1/3/4/6 pin. Is the resistance 20Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3).

Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.

Measure the voltages (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between P8390-9 (+) and GND (), as well as between P8390-10 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Place paper in front of the H-Transport Entrance
Sensor (PL 16.3). Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8380 and P/J8390. Are P/J8380 and P/J8390 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8380 and P/J8390 securely.

Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Check the wire between J8380 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.32).
Is the wire between J8380 and J8390 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-12 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-13 (+) and GND (-).
Place paper in front of the H-Transport Entrance Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 16.3).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Turn the power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Door to cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor and turn
the power ON. Is the H-Transport Belt rotating?

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-55

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-56

Version 2.1

012-112 (Finisher-C) H-Transport Entrance Sensor ON JAM

012-112 (Finisher-B) H-Transport Entrance Sensor ON JAM

BSD-ON:CH12.6

BSD-ON:CH12.32

After the Engine Fuser Exit Sensor turned ON, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not turn ON within
the specified time.

After the Engine Fuser Exit Sensor turned ON, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not turn ON within
the specified time.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the paper specification. Does paper match the specification?


Y
N
Replace with paper that matches the specification.

Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.

Check the paper condition. Is the paper in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that may cause a
paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the HTransport Entrance Sensor (PL 18.3) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-167 H-Transport Entrance Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Place paper in front of the H-Transport Entrance
Sensor (PL 16.3). Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8380 and P/J8390. Are P/J8380 and P/J8390 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8380 and P/J8390 securely.
Check the wire between J8380 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.32).
Is the wire between J8380 and J8390 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-12 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-13 (+) and GND (-).
Place paper in front of the H-Transport Entrance Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 16.3).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Turn the power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Door to cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor and turn
the power ON. Is the H-Transport Belt rotating?

N
Check the connection of P/J8379A and P/J8390. Are P/J8379A and P/J8390 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8379A and P/J8390 securely.

012-113 (Finisher-C) Booklet In Sensor ON JAM

Check the wire between J8379 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.32).
Is the wire between J8379 and J8390 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Initial Actions

Measure the resistance (CH12.32) of the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3) between J8379-2/5 (COM)
and each of the J8379-1/3/4/6 pin. Is the resistance 20Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3).

Procedure

BSD-ON:CH12.23
The Booklet In Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

Measure the voltages (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between P8390-9 (+) and GND (), as well as between P8390-10 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Check the installation of the Sensor.


Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the paper specification. Does paper match the specification?


Y
N
Replace with paper that matches the specification.
Check the paper condition. Is the paper in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that may cause a
paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[013-135 Booklet In Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Booklet In Sensor
(PL 18.23) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-185 Booklet In Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) and the MCU PWB
(PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-57

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-58

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

012-114 (Finisher-C) Booklet In Sensor OFF JAM A

012-115 (Finisher-C) Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor ON JAM

BSD-ON:CH12.23

BSD-ON:CH12.29

The Booklet In Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.

The Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the paper specification. Does paper match the specification?


Y
N
Replace with paper that matches the specification.

Check the paper specification. Does paper match the specification?


Y
N
Replace with paper that matches the specification.

Check the paper condition. Is the paper in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that may cause a
paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.

Check the paper condition. Is the paper in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that may cause a
paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the causes for document bending or stuck.

Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.

Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Execute DC330[013-135 Booklet In Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Booklet In Sensor
(PL 18.23) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-185 Booklet In Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[013-103 Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Booklet
Folder Roll Exit Sensor (PL 18.23) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-134 Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[013-164 Booklet Paper Path Mot1 ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the Booklet
Paper Path Motor (PL 18.24) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-135 Booklet Paper Path Motor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[013-164 Booklet Paper Path Mot1 ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the Booklet
Paper Path Motor (PL 18.24) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-135 Booklet Paper Path Motor Check Out FIP.

Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) and the MCU PWB
(PL 9.1).

Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) and the MCU PWB
(PL 9.1).

012-121 (Finisher-B) H-Transport Exit Sensor OFF JAM

BSD-ON:CH12.32
After the H-Transport Exit Sensor turned ON, the H-Transport Exit Sensor did not turn OFF within the
specified time.

N
Check the connection of P/J8379A and P/J8390. Are P/J8379A and P/J8390 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8379A and P/J8390 securely.
Check the wire between J8379 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.32).
Is the wire between J8379 and J8390 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Measure the resistance (CH12.32) of the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3) between J8379-2/5 (COM)
and each of the J8379-1/3/4/6 pin. Is the resistance 20Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3).

Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.

Measure the voltages (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between P8390-9 (+) and GND (), as well as between P8390-10 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[012-191 H-Transport Exit Sensor]. Place paper in front of the H-Transport Exit Sensor
(PL 18.3). Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8381 and P/J8390. Are P/J8381 and P/J8390 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8381 and P/J8390 securely.

Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Check the wire between J8381 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.32).
Is the wire between J8381 and J8390 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-6 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-14 (+) and GND (-).
Place paper in front of the H-Transport Exit Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Exit Sensor (PL 16.3).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Turn the power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Door to cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor and turn
the power ON. Is the H-Transport Belt rotating?

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-59

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-60

Version 2.1

012-125 (Finisher-C) Transport Gate Sensor ON JAM

012-126 (Finisher-B) H-Transport Entrance Sensor OFF JAM B

BSD-ON:CH12.12

BSD-ON:CH12.32

After the H-Transport Exit Sensor turned ON, the Transport Gate Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time.

After the H-Transport Entrance Sensor turned ON, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not turn OFF
within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure
Check the paper specification. Does paper match the specification?
Y
N
Replace with paper that matches the specification.
Check the paper condition. Is the paper in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that may cause a
paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.

Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Place paper in front of the H-Transport Entrance
Sensor (PL 16.3). Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8380 and P/J8390. Are P/J8380 and P/J8390 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8380 and P/J8390 securely.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Check the wire between J8380 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.32).
Is the wire between J8380 and J8390 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Execute DC330[012-102 Transport Gate Sensor]. Shield the Transport Gate Sensor (PL 18.14) with
paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-184 Transport Gate Sensor Check Out FIP.

Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-12 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Execute DC330[012-001 Fin Transport Motor 1Speed ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the
Finisher Transport Motor (PL 18.12) be heard?
Y
N
Go to gp-201 Finisher Transport Motor Check Out FIP.

Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-13 (+) and GND (-).
Place paper in front of the H-Transport Entrance Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 16.3).

Replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).


Turn the power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Door to cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor and turn
the power ON. Is the H-Transport Belt rotating?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8379A and P/J8390. Are P/J8379A and P/J8390 connected
securely?
A

A
Y

012-127 (Finisher-C) H-Transport Exit Sensor ON JAM B/C

N
Connect P/J8379A and P/J8390 securely.

BSD-ON:CH12.6 CH12.5

Check the wire between J8379 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.32).
Is the wire between J8379 and J8390 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

After the H-Transport Entrance Sensor turned ON, the H-Transport Exit Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time.

Measure the resistance (CH12.32) of the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3) between J8379-2/5 (COM)
and each of the J8379-1/3/4/6 pin. Is the resistance 20Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3).

Initial Actions

Measure the voltages (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between P8390-9 (+) and GND (), as well as between P8390-10 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

At this time, check that the H-Transport Entrance Sensor is ON. Also check that the Fuser Exit Sensor is
OFF.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Roll.
Execute DC330[012-191 H-Transport Exit Sensor] and operate the H-Transport Exit Sensor Actuator.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection between the H-Transport Exit Sensor and the connector that is connected to
the H-Transport PWB. Are the H-Transport Exit Sensor and the connector that is connected
to the H-Transport PWB connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Disconnect the J8381 of the H-Transport Exit Sensor and the P/J8372 that is connected to the HTransport PWB to check the conductivity of the wires between P8372-4 and J8381-3, P8372-5 and
J8381-2, as well as P8372-6 and J8381-1. Are the wires between P8372-4 and J8381-3, P83725 and J8381-2, as well as P8372-6 and J8381-1 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Measure the voltage (CH12.6) between the H-Transport PWB J8372-6 (+) and the J8372-4.
Is the voltage between J8372-6 and J8372-4 +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport PWB (PL 18.15).
Operate the H-Transport Exit Sensor Actuator to check for the change in voltage of the wire
between the H-Transport PWB J8372-5 and J8372-4. When the Sensor Actuator is operated,
does the voltage of the wire between J8372-5 and J8372-4 change?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Exit Sensor (PL 18.13).
Replace the H-Transport PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

A
2007/10/01
2-61

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP
A

2007/10/01
2-62

Execute DC330[012-090 H-Transport Motor] to check that the H-Transport Motor is rotating.
Is the H-Transport Motor rotating?
Y
N
Check the connection between the H-Transport Motor and the connector that is connected to the HTransport PWB. Are the H-Transport Motor and the connector that is connected to the HTransport PWB connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Disconnect the P/J8379A/ P/J8379B of the H-Transport Motor and the P8372 that is connected to
the H-Transport PWB to check the conductivity of the wires between P8372-13 and J8379-6,
P8372-12 and J8379-4, P8372-11 and J8379-1, P8372-10 and J8379-3, P8372-15 and J8379-2 as
well as P8372-14 and J8379-5. Are the wires between P8372-13 and J8379-6, P8372-12 and
J8379-4, P8372-11 and J8379-1, P8372-10 and J8379-3, P8372-15 and J8379-2 as well as
P8372-14 and J8379-5 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 18.3).
Measure the resistance between the H-Transport Motor connectors P8379-2/5 and each of the
8379-1/3/4/6 pin. Do the H-Transport Motor connectors P8379-2/5 and each of the 8379-1/3/4/
6 pin have no open circuit and have resistance between them?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 18.3).
Measure the voltages (CH12.5) between the H-Transport PWB J8372-15 (+) and GND (-) as well as
between J8372-14 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage between J8372-15 (+) and GND (-) as well as
between J8372-14 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 18.3).
Replace the H-Transport PWB (PL 18.15).
Turn the power ON after the H-Transport PWB has been replaced. Does the error reoccur?
Y
N
Procedure is completed.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

012-132 (Finisher-C) Finisher Entrance Sensor ON JAM


BSD-ON:CH12.8
Paper did not reach the Finisher Entrance Sensor within the specified time.

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the paper specification. Does paper match the specification?
Y
N
Replace with paper that matches the specification.
Check the paper condition. Is the paper in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that may cause a
paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[012-001 Fin Transport Motor 1Speed ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the
Finisher Transport Motor (PL 18.12) be heard?
Y
N
Go to gp-201 Finisher Transport Motor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-100 Finisher Entrance Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Finisher
Entrance Sensor (PL 18.12) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-182 Finisher Entrance Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

012-134 (Finisher-C) Booklet In Sensor OFF JAM B

012-142 (Finisher-C) Buffer Path Sensor ON JAM B

BSD-ON:CH12.23

BSD-ON:CH12.14

The Booklet In Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time. At this time, check that the H-Transport
Exit Sensor is OFF.

After the Finisher Entrance Sensor turned ON, the Buffer Path Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time. At this time, check that the Transport Gate Sensor is OFF.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the paper specification. Does paper match the specification?


Y
N
Replace with paper that matches the specification.

Check the paper specification. Does paper match the specification?


Y
N
Replace with paper that matches the specification.

Check the paper condition. Is the paper in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that may cause a
paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.

Check the paper transport path. Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign
substances?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances.

Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.

Execute DC330[012-101 Buffer Path Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Buffer Path Sensor (PL 18.12)
using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-142 Buffer Path Sensor Check Out FIP.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Execute DC330[012-015 Buffer Gate Solenoid Stacker] and DC330[012-016 Buffer Gate Solenoid
Buffer] alternately. Can the operation noise of the Buffer Gate Solenoid be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-143 Buffer Gate Solenoid Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[013-135 Booklet In Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Booklet In Sensor
(PL 18.23) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-185 Booklet In Sensor Check Out FIP.

Check that the Front Cover and Eject Cover are closed.
Execute DC330[012-001 Fin Transport Motor 1Speed ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the
Finisher Transport Motor (PL 18.12) be heard?
Y
N
Go to gp-201 Finisher Transport Motor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[013-164 Booklet Paper Path Mot1 ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the Booklet
Paper Path Motor (PL 18.24) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-135 Booklet Paper Path Motor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[012-003 Regi. Motor 285F ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the Finisher Regi.
Motor (PL 18.14) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-199 Finisher Regi. Motor Check Out FIP.

Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) and the MCU PWB
(PL 9.1).

Execute DC330[012-007 Exit Motor 285F ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the Finisher Exit
Motor (PL 18.14) be heard?
Y
N
Go to gp-200 Finisher Exit Motor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-63

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-64

012-143 (Finisher-C) Buffer Path Sensor ON JAM B

BSD-ON:CH12.14 CH12.7 CH12.12


After the Finisher Entrance Sensor turned ON, the Buffer Path Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time. At this time, check that the Transport Gate Sensor is ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Check the voltage (CH12.14) between the Finisher Main PWB J8304-34 and J8304-36.
Is the voltage between P8304-34 and P8304-36 +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.

Execute DC330[012-102 Transport Gate Sensor] and place paper at the front of the Transport Gate
Sensor. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check that the J8376, J8434A/B, and J8432 connectors are securely connected. Are the J8376,
J8434A/B, and J8432 connectors securely connected?
Y
N
Connect the J8376, J8434A/B, and J8432 connectors securely.

N
Check the connection of P/J8394 and P/J8304. Are P/J8394 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8394 and P/J8304 securely.
Disconnect the P/J8394 and P/J8304 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8394-1
and J8304-35, J8394-2 and J8304-34 as well as J8394-3 and J8304-36. Are the wires between
J8394-1 and J8304-35, J8394-2 and J8304-34 as well as J8394-3 and J8304-36 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Initial Actions

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Version 2.1

Replace the Buffer Gate Solenoid.


Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi Motor] to check that the Finisher Regi Motor is rotating.
Is the Finisher Regi Motor rotating properly?
Y
N
Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi Motor] to check that the rotation of the Finisher Regi Motor is
transferred via the Belt to the Roll Assy-Buffer. Is the rotation of the Finisher Regi Motor
transferred via the Belt to the Roll Assy-Buffer?
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher Regi Motor and Belt.
Check the connection of P/J8335 and P/J8304. Are P/J8335 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8335 and P/J8304 securely.

Disconnect P/J8432 and P/J8376 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8432-3 and
J8376-1, J8432-2 and J8376-2, as well as J8432-1 and J8376-3. Are the wires between J8432-3
and J8376-1, J8432-2 and J8376-2, as well as J8432-1 and J8376-3 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Disconnect the P/J8335 and P/J8304 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8335-1 and
J8304-7, J8335-2 and J8304-8, J8335-3 and J8304-9, J8335-4 and J8304-11, J8335-5 and J830410 as well as J8335-6 and J8304-13. Are the wires between J8335-1 and J8304-7, J8335-2 and
J8304-8, J8335-3 and J8304-9, J8335-4 and J8304-11, J8335-5 and J8304-10 as well as J83356 and J8304-13 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Check the voltage (CH12.12) between the Finisher MAIN PWB P8376-3 and P8376-1.
Is the voltage between P8376-3 and P8376-1 +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Measure the resistance between the Finisher Regi Motor connectors P8335-2/5 and each of the
P8335-1/3/4/6 pin. Do the P8335-2/5 connectors and each of the P8335-1/3/4/6 pin have no
open circuit and have resistance between them?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Regi Motor (PL 18.14).

Check that the voltage of the Finisher Main PWB P8376-2 and P8376-1 changes every time paper
is placed in front of the Transport Gate Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Gate Sensor (PL 18.14).

Check the voltage (CH12.7) between the Finisher Main PWB J8304-8 and the Frame Chassis as
well as between J8304-10 and the Frame Chassis. Is the voltage between J8304-8 and the
Frame Chassis as well as between J8304-10 and the Frame Chassis +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).


Execute DC330[012-015 Buffer Gate Solenoid] to check that the Buffer Gate is opened up.
Is the Buffer Gate opened upwards?
A

B
Replace the Finisher Regi Motor (PL 18.14).

012-151 (Finisher-C) Compiler Exit Sensor OFF JAM

Execute DC330[012-101 Buffer Path Sensor]. Operate the Buffer Path Sensor Actuator.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8392 and P/J8318. Are P/J8392 and P/J8318 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8392 and P/J8318 securely.
Check the connection of P/J8318 and P/J8302. Are P/J8318 and P/J8302 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8318 and P/J8302 securely.
Disconnect the P/J8392 and P/J8318 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8392-3
and J8318B-1, J8392-2 and J8318B-2, as well as J8392-1 and J8318B-3. Are the wires between
J8392-3 and J8318B-1, J8392-2 and J8318B-2, as well as J8392-1 and J8318B-3 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Disconnect the P/J8318 and P/J8302 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8318A-3
and J8302-13, J8318A-2 and J8302-14 as well as J8318A-1 and J8302-15. Are the wires
between J8318A-3 and J8302-13, J8318A-2 and J8302-14 as well as J8318A-1 and J8302-15
conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Measure the voltage (CH12.14) between the Finisher Main PWB J8302-15 and J8302-13.
Is the voltage between P8302-15 and P8302-13 +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Check that the voltage of the wire between P8302-14 and P8302-13 changes every time the Buffer
Path Sensor Actuator is operated. Does the voltage of the wire between P8302-14 and P830213 change every time the Buffer Path Sensor Actuator is operated?
Y
N
Replace the Buffer Path Sensor (PL 18.12).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

BSD-ON:CH12.14
Paper did not pass through the Compiler Exit Sensor within the specified time.

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the paper specification. Does paper match the specification?
Y
N
Replace with paper that matches the specification.
Check the paper condition. Is the paper in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that may cause a
paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Check the Nip and Chute mechanisms for deformation, breakage, and disengagement of springs etc.
Is it in proper condition without deformation, breakage, and disengagement of springs etc?
Y
N
Repair the mechanisms.
Execute DC330[012-150 Compiler Exit Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Compiler Exit Sensor
(PL 18.11) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-138 Compiler Exit Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi. Motor ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the Finisher
Regi. Motor (PL 18.14) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-199 Finisher Regi. Motor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-007 Finisher Exit Motor ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the Finisher Exit
Motor (PL 18.14) be heard?

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-65

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP
Y

N
Go to gp-200 Finisher Exit Motor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[012-052 Eject Clamp Motor UP ON/OFF] and DC330[012-053 Eject Clamp Motor Down
ON/OFF] alternately. Can the operation noise of the Eject Clamp Motor (PL 18.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-139 Eject Clamp Motor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-054 Eject Motor Low FORWARD ON/OFF] and DC330[012-056 Eject Motor Low
REVERSE ON/OFF] alternately. Can the operation noise of the Eject Motor (PL 18.10) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-141 Eject Motor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-66

Version 2.1

012-151 (Finisher-B) Compile Entrance Sensor OFF JAM


BSD-ON:CH12.33
After the Compile Entrance Sensor turned ON, the Compile Entrance Sensor did not turn OFF within the
specified time.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[012-150 Compile Entrance Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Compile Entrance
Sensor (PL 16.11). Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8814, P/J8825 and P/J8850. Are P/J8814, P/J8825 and P/J8850
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8814, P/J8825 and P/J8850 securely.
Check the wire between J8814 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.33).
Is the wire between J8814 and J8850 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.33) of the Finisher PWB between P8850-B9 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.33) of the Finisher PWB between P8850-B8 (+) and GND (-).
Place paper in front of the Compile Entrance Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Compiler Entrance Sensor (PL 16.11).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-080 Finisher Drive Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Finisher Drive
Motor (PL 16.6) be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8846 and P/J8800. Are P/J8846 and P/J8800 connected securely?
A

A
Y

012-152 (Finisher-C) Compiler Exit Sensor ON JAM A/B

N
Connect P/J8846 and P/J8800 securely.

BSD-ON:CH12.14

Check the wire between J8846 and J8800 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.33).
Is the wire between J8846 and J8800 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance (CH12.33) of the Finisher Drive Motor (PL 16.6) between J8800-1/6 (COM)
and each of the J8800-2/3/4/5 pin. Is the resistance 20Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Drive Motor (PL 16.6).
Measure the voltage (CH12.33) of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between each of the P8846-5/7/9/
11 (+) pin and GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher Drive Motor (PL 16.6) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

The Compile Exit Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time. At this time, check that the Transport
Gate Sensor and Finisher Entrance Sensor are ON.

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the paper specification. Does paper match the specification?
Y
N
Replace with paper that matches the specification.
Check the paper condition. Is the paper in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that may cause a
paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Check the Nip and Chute mechanisms for deformation, breakage, and disengagement of springs etc.
Is it in proper condition without deformation, breakage, and disengagement of springs etc?
Y
N
Repair the mechanisms.
Execute DC330[012-150 Compiler Exit Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Compiler Exit Sensor
(PL 18.11) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-138 Compiler Exit Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi. Motor ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the Finisher
Regi. Motor (PL 18.14) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-199 Finisher Regi. Motor Check Out FIP.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

A
2007/10/01
2-67

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP
A

Execute DC330[012-011 Transport Gate Solenoid TOP] and DC330[012-012 Transport Gate Solenoid
STACKER] alternately. Can the operation noise of the Transport Gate Solenoid be heard no matter
which one is executed?
Y
N
Go to GP-144 Transport Gate Solenoid Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-015 Buffer Gate Solenoid Stacker] and DC330[012-016 Buffer Gate Solenoid
Buffer] alternately. Can the operation noise of the Buffer Gate Solenoid be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-143 Buffer Gate Solenoid Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-68

Version 2.1

012-152 (Finisher-B) Compile Entrance Sensor ON JAM


BSD-ON:CH12.33
After the H-Transport Exit Sensor turned ON, the Compile Entrance Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[012-150 Compile Entrance Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Compile Entrance
Sensor (PL 16.11). Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8814, P/J8825 and P/J8850. Are P/J8814, P/J8825 and P/J8850
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8814, P/J8825 and P/J8850 securely.
Check the wire between J8814 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.33).
Is the wire between J8814 and J8850 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.33) of the Finisher PWB between P8850-B9 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.33) of the Finisher PWB between P8850-B8 (+) and GND (-).
Place paper in front of the Compile Entrance Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Compiler Entrance Sensor (PL 16.11).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-080 Finisher Drive Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Finisher Drive
Motor (PL 16.6) be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8846 and P/J8800. Are P/J8846 and P/J8800 connected securely?
A

A
Y

012-154 (Finisher-C) Compiler Exit Sensor ON JAM C

N
Connect P/J8846 and P/J8800 securely.

BSD-ON:CH12.14

Check the wire between J8846 and J8800 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.33).
Is the wire between J8846 and J8800 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance (CH12.33) of the Finisher Drive Motor (PL 16.6) between J8800-1/6 (COM)
and each of the J8800-2/3/4/5 pin. Is the resistance 20Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Drive Motor (PL 16.6).
Measure the voltage (CH12.33) of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between each of the P8846-5/7/9/
11 (+) pin and GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher Drive Motor (PL 16.6) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

After the Finisher Buffer Path Sensor turned ON, the Finisher Compile Exit Sensor did not turn ON within
the specified time. At this time, check that the Transport Entrance Sensor is OFF.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[012-101 Buffer Path Sensor]. Operate the Buffer Path Sensor Actuator.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8392 and P/J8318. Are P/J8392 and P/J8318 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8392 and P/J8318 securely.
Check the connection of P/J8318 and P/J8302. Are P/J8318 and P/J8302 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8318 and P/J8302 securely.
Disconnect the P/J8392 and P/J8318 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8392-3 and
J8318B-1, J8392-2 and J8318B-2, as well as J8392-1 and J8318B-3. Are the wires between
J8392-3 and J8318B-1, J8392-2 and J8318B-2, as well as J8392-1 and J8318B-3 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Disconnect the P/J8318 and P/J8302 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8318A-3
and J8302-13, J8318A-2 and J8302-14 as well as J8318A-1 and J8302-15. Are the wires
between J8318A-3 and J8302-13, J8318A-2 and J8302-14 as well as J8318A-1 and J8302-15
conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Measure the voltage (CH12.14) between the Finisher Main PWB J8302-15 and J8302-13.
Is the voltage between P8302-15 and P8302-13 +5VDC?

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

A
2007/10/01
2-69

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP
A
Y

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-70 B

Version 2.1
Y

N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

N
Connect the J8376, J8434A/B, and J8432 connectors securely.

Check that the voltage of the wire between P8302-14 and P8302-13 changes every time the Buffer
Path Sensor Actuator is operated. Does the voltage of the wire between P8302-14 and P830213 change every time the Buffer Path Sensor Actuator is operated?
Y
N
Replace the Buffer Path Sensor (PL 18.12).

Disconnect the P/J8432 and P/J8376 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8432-3 and
J8376-1, J8432-2 and J8376-2, as well as J8432-1 and J8376-3. Are the wires between J8432-3
and J8376-1, J8432-2 and J8376-2, as well as J8432-1 and J8376-3 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Check the voltage (CH12.12) between the Finisher MAIN PWB P8376-3 and P8376-1.
Is the voltage between P8376-3 and P8376-1 +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi Motor] to check that the Finisher Regi Motor is rotating.
Is the Finisher Regi Motor rotating properly?
Y
N
Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi Motor] to check that the rotation of the Finisher Regi Motor is
transferred via the Belt to the Roll Assy-Buffer. Is the rotation of the Finisher Regi Motor
transferred via the Belt to the Roll Assy-Buffer?
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher Regi Motor and Belt.

Check that the voltage of the Finisher Main PWB P8376-2 and P8376-1 changes every time paper
is placed in front of the Transport Gate Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Gate Sensor (PL 18.14).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Check the connection of P/J8335 and P/J8304. Are P/J8335 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8335 and P/J8304 securely.
Disconnect the P/J8335 and P/J8304 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8335-1 and
J8304-7, J8335-2 and J8304-8, J8335-3 and J8304-9, J8335-4 and J8304-11, J8335-5 and J830410 as well as J8335-6 and J8304-13. Are the wires between J8335-1 and J8304-7, J8335-2 and
J8304-8, J8335-3 and J8304-9, J8335-4 and J8304-11, J8335-5 and J8304-10 as well as J83356 and J8304-13 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Execute DC330[012-150 Compiler Exit Sensor] and operate the Compiler Exit Sensor Actuator.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8320 and P/J8391. Are P/J8320 and P/J8391 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8320 and P/J8391 securely.
Check the connection of P/J8391 and P/J8302. Are P/J8391 and P/J8302 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8391 and P/J8302 securely.

Measure the resistance between the Finisher Regi Motor connectors P8335-2/5 and each of the
P8335-1/3/4/6 pin. Do the P8335-2/5 connectors and each of the P8335-1/3/4/6 pin have no
open circuit and have resistance between them?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Regi Motor (PL 18.14).

Disconnect the P/J8320 and P/J8391 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8320-3
and J8391B-1, J8320-2 and J8391B-2 as well as J8320-1 and J8391B-3. Are the wires between
J8320-3 and J8391B-1, J8320-2 and J8391B-2 as well as J8320-1 and J8391B-3 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Check the voltage (CH12.7) between the Finisher Main PWB J8304-8 and the Frame Chassis as
well as between J8304-10 and the Frame Chassis. Is the voltage between J8304-8 and the
Frame Chassis as well as between J8304-10 and the Frame Chassis +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Disconnect P/J8391 and the Finisher Main PWB P/J8302 to check the conductivity of the wires
between J8391A-3 and J8302-4, J8391A-2 and J8302-5, as well as J8391A-1 and J8302-6.
Are the wires between JJ8391A-3 and J8302-4, J8391A-2 and J8302-5, as well as J8391A-1
and J8302-6 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Replace the Finisher Regi Motor (PL 18.14).


Measure the voltage (CH12.14) between the Finisher Main PWB J8302-6 and J8302-4.
Is the voltage between P8302-6 and P8302-4 +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Execute DC330[012-102 Transport Gate Sensor] and place paper at the front of the Transport Gate
Sensor. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check that the J8376, J8434A/B, and J8432 connectors are securely connected. Are the J8376,
J8434A/B, and J8432 connectors securely connected?
B

D
Check that the voltage of the wire between P8302-5 and P8302-4 changes every time the Compiler
Exit Sensor Actuator is operated. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Compiler Exit Sensor (PL 18.11).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

012-161 (Finisher-C) Set Eject JAM


BSD-ON:CH12.16
Paper was not output to the Stacker Tray within the specified time.
After the Eject Motor turned ON, the Compile Paper Sensor (PL 16.9) did not turn OFF within the
specified time.

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the paper specification. Does paper match the specification?
Y
N
Replace with paper that matches the specification.
Check the paper condition. Is the paper in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that may cause a
paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Check the Eject mechanism for deformation and breakage. Is it in proper condition without
deformation or breakage?
Y
N
Repair the mechanisms.
Execute DC330[012-151 Compile Tray No Paper Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Compile Tray No
Paper Sensor (PL 18.10) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-183 Compile Tray No Paper Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-052 Eject Clamp Motor UP ON/OFF] and DC330[012-053 Eject Clamp Motor Down
ON/OFF] alternately. Can the operation noise of the Eject Clamp Motor (PL 18.9) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-139 Eject Clamp Motor Check Out FIP.
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

A
2007/10/01
2-71

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP
A
Execute DC330[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Rotate the Gear of the Eject Clamp Motor
(PL 18.9) to check the changing of display. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-145 Eject Clamp Home Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-72

Version 2.1

012-161 (Finisher-B) Set Eject JAM


BSD-ON:CH12.34 CH12.37
Paper was not output to the Stacker Tray within the specified time.
After the Eject Motor turned ON, the Compile Paper Sensor (PL 16.9) did not turn OFF within the specified
time.

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Execute DC330[012-151 Compile Paper Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Compile Paper Sensor
(PL 16.9). Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8806 and P/J8848. Are P/J8806 and P/J8848 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8806 and P/J8848 securely.
Check the wire between J8806 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.34).
Is the wire between J8806 and J8848 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.34) of the Finisher PWB between P8848-A6 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.34) of the Finisher PWB between P8848-A5 (+) and GND (-).
Place paper in front of the Compile Paper Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Compile Paper Sensor (PL 16.9).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-081 Eject Motor FORWARD ON] and DC330[012-082 Eject Motor REVERSE ON]
alternately. Does the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) start up?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8801 and P/J8846. Are P/J8801 and P/J8846 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8801 and P/J8846 securely.
Check the wire between J8801 and J8846 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.37).
Is the wire between J8801 and J8846 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A

B
Measure the resistance (CH12.37) of the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) between J8801-2/5 (COM) and each
of the J8801-1/3/4/6 pin. Is the resistance approx. 2Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7).
Measure the voltages (CH12.37) of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between P8846-6 (+) and GND (), as well as between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

012-162 (Finisher-C) H-Transport Exit Sensor ON JAM A


BSD-ON:CH12.6
Paper did not reach the H-Transport Exit Sensor within the specified time. At this time, check that the
Fuser Exit Sensor is ON.

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the paper specification. Does paper match the specification?
Y
N
Replace with paper that matches the specification.
Check the paper condition. Is the paper in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that may cause a
paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[012-191 H-Transport Exit Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the H-Transport Exit Sensor
(PL 18.3) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-168 H-Transport Exit Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-001 Fin Transport Motor 1Speed ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the
Finisher Transport Motor (PL 18.12) be heard?
Y
N
Go to gp-201 Finisher Transport Motor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-73

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

012-162 (Finisher-B) H-Transport Exit Sensor ON JAM


BSD-ON:CH12.32
After the H-Transport Entrance Sensor turned ON, the H-Transport Exit Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[012-191 H-Transport Exit Sensor]. Place paper in front of the H-Transport Exit Sensor
(PL 16.3). Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8381 and P/J8390. Are P/J8381 and P/J8390 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8381 and P/J8390 securely.
Check the wire between J8381 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.32).
Is the wire between J8381 and J8390 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-6 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-14 (+) and GND (-).
Place paper in front of the H-Transport Exit Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Exit Sensor (PL 16.3).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Turn the power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Door to cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor and turn
the power ON. Is the H-Transport Belt rotating?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8379A and P/J8390. Are P/J8379A and P/J8390 connected
securely?
A

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-74 A

Version 2.1
Y

N
Connect P/J8379A and P/J8390 securely.

Check the wire between J8379 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.32).
Is the wire between J8379 and J8390 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance (CH12.32) of the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3) between J8379-2/5 (COM)
and each of the J8379-1/3/4/6 pin. Is the resistance 20Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3).
Measure the voltages (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between P8390-9 (+) and GND (-),
as well as between P8390-10 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

012-169 (Finisher-C) Top Tray Exit Sensor ON JAM C


BSD-ON:CH12.13 CH12.7
After the Finisher Entrance Sensor turned ON, the Top Tray Exit Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time. At this time, check that the Transport Entrance Sensor is OFF.

B
Check the voltage between the Finisher Main PWB J8304-8 and the Frame Chassis as well as
between J8304-10 and the Frame Chassis (CH12.7). Is the voltage between J8304-8 and the
Frame Chassis as well as between J8304-10 and the Frame Chassis +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Finisher Regi Motor (PL 18.14).

Initial Actions

Execute DC330[012-115 Top Tray Exit Sensor] and operate the Top Tray Exit Sensor Actuator.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8321 and P/J8312 as well as P/J8312 and P/J8302. Are P/J8321 and
P/J8312 as well as P/J8312 and P/J8302 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8321 and P/J8312 as well as P/J8312 and P/J8302 securely.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.

Disconnect the P/J8321 and P/J8312 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8321-3
and J8312B-1, J8321-2 and J8312B-2 as well as J8321-1 and J8312B-3. Are the wires between
J8321-3 and J8312B-1, J8321-2 and J8312B-2 as well as J8321-1 and J8312B-3 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Disconnect the P/J8312 and P/J8302 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8312A-3
and J8302-7, J8312A-2 and J8302-8 as well as J8312A-1 and J8302-9. Are the wires between
J8312A-3 and J8302-7, J8312A-2 and J8302-8 as well as J8312A-1 and J8302-9 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi Motor] to check that the Finisher Regi Motor is rotating.
Is the Finisher Regi Motor rotating properly?
Y
N
Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi Motor] to check that the rotation of the Finisher Regi Motor is
transferred via the Belt to the Roll Assy-Buffer. Is the rotation of the Finisher Regi Motor
transferred via the Belt to the Roll Assy-Buffer?
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher Regi Motor and Belt.

Measure the voltage (CH12.13) between the Finisher Main PWB J8302-9 and J8302-7.
Is the voltage between J8302-9 and J8302-7 +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Check the connection of P/J8335 and P/J8304. Are P/J8335 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8335 and P/J8304 securely.
Disconnect the P/J8335 and P/J8304 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8335-1 and
J8304-7, J8335-2 and J8304-8, J8335-3 and J8304-9, J8335-4 and J8304-11, J8335-5 and J830410 as well as J8335-6 and J8304-13. Are the wires between J8335-1 and J8304-7, J8335-2 and
J8304-8, J8335-3 and J8304-9, J8335-4 and J8304-11, J8335-5 and J8304-10 as well as J83356 and J8304-13 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Check that the voltage of the wire between the Finisher Main PWB P8302-8 and P8302-7 changes
every time paper is placed in front of the Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Top Tray Exit Sensor (PL 18.14).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Measure the resistance between the Finisher Regi Motor connectors P8335-2/5 and each of the
P8335-1/3/4/6 pin. Do the P8335-2/5 connectors and each of the P8335-1/3/4/6 pin have no
open circuit and have resistance between them?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Regi Motor (PL 18.14).

A
B 2.1
Version

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-75

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-76

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

012-171 (Finisher-C) Top Tray Exit Sensor ON JAM A/B

012-172 (Finisher-C) Top Tray Exit Sensor OFF JAM A/B

BSD-ON:CH12.13

BSD-ON:CH12.13

Paper did not pass through the Top Tray Exit Sensor within the specified time. At this time, check that the
Transport Gate Sensor and Transport Entrance Sensor are ON.

The Top Tray Exit Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time. At this time, check that the Transport
Gate Sensor and Transport Entrance Sensor are ON.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the paper specification. Does paper match the specification?


Y
N
Replace with paper that matches the specification.

Check the paper specification. Does paper match the specification?


Y
N
Replace with paper that matches the specification.

Check the paper condition. Is the paper in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that may cause a
paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Check the Nip mechanism for deformation, breakage, and disengagement of springs etc. Is it in proper
condition without deformation, breakage, and disengagement of springs etc?
Y
N
Repair the mechanisms.
Execute DC330[012-115 Top Tray Exit Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Top Tray Exit Sensor
(PL 18.14) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-146 Top Tray Exit Sensor Check Out FIP.

Check the paper condition. Is the paper in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that may cause a
paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Check the Nip mechanism for deformation, breakage, and disengagement of springs etc. Is it in proper
condition without deformation, breakage, and disengagement of springs etc?
Y
N
Repair the mechanisms.
Execute DC330[012-115 Top Tray Exit Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Top Tray Exit Sensor
(PL 18.14) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-146 Top Tray Exit Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[012-003 Regi. Motor 285F ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the Finisher Regi.
Motor (PL 18.14) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-199 Finisher Regi. Motor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi. Motor ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the Finisher
Regi. Motor (PL 18.14) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-199 Finisher Regi. Motor Check Out FIP.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Execute DC330[012-007 Finisher Exit Motor ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the Finisher Exit
Motor (PL 18.14) be heard?

N
Go to gp-200 Finisher Exit Motor Check Out FIP.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

012-173 (Finisher-C) Top Tray Exit Sensor OFF JAM B


BSD-ON:CH12.13 CH12.7
After the Finisher Top Tray Exit Sensor turned ON, the Finisher Top Tray Exit Sensor did not turn OFF
within the specified time. At this time, check that the Finisher Entrance Sensor and Transport Gate
Sensor are turned ON.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi Motor] to check that the Finisher Regi Motor is rotating.
Is the Finisher Regi Motor rotating properly?
Y
N
Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi Motor] to check that the rotation of the Finisher Regi Motor is
transferred via the Belt to the Roll Assy-Buffer. Is the rotation of the Finisher Regi Motor
transferred via the Belt to the Roll Assy-Buffer?
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher Regi Motor and Belt.
Check the connection of P/J8335 and P/J8304. Are P/J8335 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8335 and P/J8304 securely.
Disconnect the P/J8335 and P/J8304 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8335-1 and
J8304-7, J8335-2 and J8304-8, J8335-3 and J8304-9, J8335-4 and J8304-11, J8335-5 and J830410 as well as J8335-6 and J8304-13. Are the wires between J8335-1 and J8304-7, J8335-2 and
J8304-8, J8335-3 and J8304-9, J8335-4 and J8304-11, J8335-5 and J8304-10 as well as J83356 and J8304-13 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Measure the resistance between the Finisher Regi Motor connectors P8335-2/5 and each of the
P8335-1/3/4/6 pin. Do the P8335-2/5 connectors and each of the P8335-1/3/4/6 pin have no
open circuit and have resistance between them?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Regi Motor (PL 18.14).
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

A
B
2007/10/01
2-77

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


2007/10/01
Version 2.1
2-78 C
D
Disconnect the P/J8321 and P/J8312 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8321-3
Check the voltage (CH12.7) between the Finisher Main PWB J8304-8 and the Frame Chassis as
and J8312B-1, J8321-2 and J8312B-2 as well as J8321-1 and J8312B-3. Are the wires between
well as between J8304-10 and the Frame Chassis. Is the voltage between J8304-8 and the
J8321-3 and J8312B-1, J8321-2 and J8312B-2 as well as J8321-1 and J8312B-3 conducting?
Frame Chassis as well as between J8304-10 and the Frame Chassis +24VDC?
Y
N
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

012-xxx
FIP
A
B

Replace the Finisher Regi Motor (PL 18.14).


Execute DC330[012-007 Finisher Exit Motor] to check that the Finisher Exit Motor is rotating.
Is the Finisher Exit Motor rotating properly?
Y
N
Execute DC330[012-007 Finisher Exit Motor] to check that the rotation of the Finisher Exit Motor is
transferred via the Belt to the Top Tray Exit Roll. Is the rotation of the Finisher Exit Motor
transferred via the Belt to the Top Tray Exit Roll?
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher Exit Motor and Belt.
Check the connection of P/J8334 and P/J8304. Are P/J8334 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8334 and P/J8304 securely.
Disconnect the P/J8334 and P/J8304 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8334-1 and
J8304-2, J8334-2 and J8304-4, J8334-3 and J8304-1, J8334-4 and J8304-3, J8334-5 and J8304-6
as well as J8334-6 and J8304-5. Are the wires between J8334-1 and J8304-2, J8334-2 and
J8304-4, J8334-3 and J8304-1, J8334-4 and J8304-3, J8334-5 and J8304-6 as well as J8334-6
and J8304-5 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Measure the resistance between the Finisher Exit Motor connectors P8334-2/5 and each of the
P8334-1/3/4/6 pin. Do the P8334-2/5 connectors and each of the P8334-1/3/4/6 pin have no
open circuit and have resistance between them?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Exit Motor (PL 18.14).
Check the voltage (CH12.7) between the Finisher Main PWB J8304-4 and the Frame Chassis as
well as between J8304-6 and the Frame Chassis. Is the voltage between J8304-4 and the
Frame Chassis as well as between J8304-6 and the Frame Chassis +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Finisher Exit Motor (PL 18.14).
Execute DC330[012-115 Top Tray Exit Sensor] and operate the Top Tray Exit Sensor Actuator.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8321 and P/J8312 as well as P/J8312 and P/J8302. Are P/J8321 and
P/J8312 as well as P/J8312 and P/J8302 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8321 and P/J8312 as well as P/J8312 and P/J8302 securely.
C

Disconnect the P/J8312 and P/J8302 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8312A-3
and J8302-7, J8312A-2 and J8302-8 as well as J8312A-1 and J8302-9. Are the wires between
J8312A-3 and J8302-7, J8312A-2 and J8302-8 as well as J8312A-1 and J8302-9 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher Main PWB J8302-9 and J8302-7 (CH12.13).
Is the voltage between P8302-9 and P8302-7 +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Check that the voltage of the wire between the Finisher Main PWB P8302-8 and P8302-7 changes
every time paper is placed in front of the Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Top Tray Exit Sensor (PL 18.14).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

012-174 (Finisher-C) Top Tray Exit Sensor OFF JAM C


BSD-ON:CH12.13 CH12.7
After the Top Tray Exit Sensor turned ON, the Top Tray Exit Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified
time. At this time, check that the Finisher Entrance Sensor is OFF.

Replace the Finisher Regi Motor (PL 18.14).

Initial Actions

Execute DC330[012-007 Finisher Exit Motor] to check that the Finisher Exit Motor is rotating.
Is the Finisher Exit Motor rotating properly?
Y
N
Execute DC330[012-007 Finisher Exit Motor] to check that the rotation of the Finisher Exit Motor is
transferred via the Belt to the Top Tray Exit Roll. Is the rotation of the Finisher Exit Motor
transferred via the Belt to the Top Tray Exit Roll?
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher Exit Motor and Belt.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Check the connection of P/J8334 and P/J8304. Are P/J8334 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8334 and P/J8304 securely.

Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi Motor] to check that the Finisher Regi Motor is rotating.
Is the Finisher Regi Motor rotating properly?
Y
N
Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi Motor] to check that the rotation of the Finisher Regi Motor is
transferred via the Belt to the Roll Assy-Buffer. Is the rotation of the Finisher Regi Motor
transferred via the Belt to the Roll Assy-Buffer?
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher Regi Motor and Belt.
Check the connection of P/J8335 and P/J8304. Are P/J8335 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8335 and P/J8304 securely.
Disconnect the P/J8335 and P/J8304 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8335-1 and
J8304-7, J8335-2 and J8304-8, J8335-3 and J8304-9, J8335-4 and J8304-11, J8335-5 and J830410 as well as J8335-6 and J8304-13. Are the wires between J8335-1 and J8304-7, J8335-2 and
J8304-8, J8335-3 and J8304-9, J8335-4 and J8304-11, J8335-5 and J8304-10 as well as J83356 and J8304-13 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Measure the resistance between the Finisher Regi Motor connectors P8335-2/5 and each of the
P8335-1/3/4/6 pin. Do the P8335-2/5 connectors and each of the P8335-1/3/4/6 pin have no
open circuit and have resistance between them?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Regi Motor (PL 18.14).

A
B 2.1
Version

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

B
Check the voltage (CH12.7) between the Finisher Main PWB J8304-8 and the Frame Chassis as
well as between J8304-10 and the Frame Chassis. Is the voltage between J8304-8 and the
Frame Chassis as well as between J8304-10 and the Frame Chassis +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Disconnect the P/J8334 and P/J8304 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8334-1 and
J8304-2, J8334-2 and J8304-4, J8334-3 and J8304-1, J8334-4 and J8304-3, J8334-5 and J8304-6
as well as J8334-6 and J8304-5. Are the wires between J8334-1 and J8304-2, J8334-2 and
J8304-4, J8334-3 and J8304-1, J8334-4 and J8304-3, J8334-5 and J8304-6 as well as J8334-6
and J8304-5 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Measure the resistance between the Finisher Exit Motor connectors P8334-2/5 and each of the
P8334-1/3/4/6 pin. Do the P8334-2/5 connectors and each of the P8334-1/3/4/6 pin have no
open circuit and have resistance between them?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Exit Motor (PL 18.14).
Check the voltage (CH12.7) between the Finisher Main PWB J8304-4 and the Frame Chassis as
well as between J8304-6 and the Frame Chassis. Is the voltage between J8304-4 and the
Frame Chassis as well as between J8304-6 and the Frame Chassis +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Finisher Exit Motor (PL 18.14).
Execute DC330[012-115 Top Tray Exit Sensor] and operate the Top Tray Exit Sensor Actuator.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8321 and P/J8312 as well as P/J8312 and P/J8302. Are P/J8321 and
P/J8312 as well as P/J8312 and P/J8302 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8321 and P/J8312 as well as P/J8312 and P/J8302 securely.

C
D
2007/10/01
2-79

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx
FIP
C
D

2007/10/01
2-80

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Disconnect the P/J8321 and P/J8312 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8321-3
and J8312B-1, J8321-2 and J8312B-2 as well as J8321-1 and J8312B-3. Are the wires between
J8321-3 and J8312B-1, J8321-2 and J8312B-2 as well as J8321-1 and J8312B-3 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

012-180 (Finisher-C) Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor OFF JAM

Disconnect the P/J8312 and P/J8302 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8312A-3
and J8302-7, J8312A-2 and J8302-8 as well as J8312A-1 and J8302-9. Are the wires between
J8312A-3 and J8302-7, J8312A-2 and J8302-8 as well as J8312A-1 and J8302-9 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Initial Actions

Measure the voltage between the Finisher Main PWB J8302-9 and J8302-7 (CH12.13).
Is the voltage between P8302-9 and P8302-7 +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Check that the voltage of the wire between the Finisher Main PWB P8302-8 and P8302-7 changes
every time paper is placed in front of the Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Top Tray Exit Sensor (PL 18.14).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

BSD-ON:CH12.29
The Booklet Folder Exit Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.

Check the installation of the Sensor.


Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the paper specification. Does paper match the specification?
Y
N
Replace with paper that matches the specification.
Check the paper condition. Is the paper in proper condition with no dog ears etc. that may cause a
paper jam?
Y
N
Remove the dog ears etc. that may cause a paper jam.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[013-103 Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Booklet
Folder Roll Exit Sensor (PL 18.23) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-134 Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[013-164 Booklet Paper Path Mot1 ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the Booklet
Paper Path Motor (PL 18.24) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-135 Booklet Paper Path Motor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) and the MCU PWB
(PL 9.1).

012-210 (Finisher-C) NVM R/W Error

012-211 (Finisher-C) Stacker Tray Fail

BSD-ON:CH3.4

BSD-ON:CH12.21

An NVM Read/Write error has occurred in the Finisher Main PWB.

After Stacker Tray had started rising, the Stack Height Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

Initial Actions

After Stacker Tray had started descending, the Stack Height Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified
time.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Initial Actions

Procedure
Turn the power ON then OFF a few times. When the power is turned ON, does the error reoccur?
Y
N
Procedure is completed.
Execute DC131[763-005 Finisher Version] to check that nonvolatile memory data can be read.
Can the nonvolatile memory data be read?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8300 and P416. Are P/J8300 and P416 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8300 and P416 securely.
Check the conductivity of P/J8300 and P416. Are P/J8300 and P416 conducting?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Turn the power OFF then ON.


Check for any obstruction under the Tray.
Check the installation of the Sensor and the operation of the Actuator.

Procedure
Check the Driver Gear for wear, rotation failure, and breakage. Is the Driver Gear in proper condition
without any wear, rotation failure, or breakage?
Y
N
Replace the Driver Gear that is worn out, has rotation failure, or broken.
Check the Belt for slack and disengagement. Is the Belt in proper condition without slack or
disengagement?
Y
N
Repair the slack and disengagement of the Belt.

Change the NVM data to the correct setting and perform writing before turning the power ON again.
Does an error occur?
Y
N
Procedure is completed.

Execute DC330[012-060 Stacker Up ON/OFF] and DC330[012-061 Stacker Down ON/OFF] alternately.
Does the Elevator Motor operate?
Y
N
Go to GP-149 Elevator Motor Check Out FIP.

Check the connection of P/J8300 and P416. Are P/J8300 and P416 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8300 and P416 securely.

Check the surfaces of the Stacker Height Sensor 1 (PL 18.6) and Stacker Height Sensor 2 (PL 18.6) for
contamination and any foreign substances that is interfering with the Sensor. Are the surfaces of the
Stacker Height Sensor 1 (PL 18.6) and Stacker Height Sensor 2 (PL 18.6) clean without any
contamination or foreign substances that is interfering with the Sensor?
Y
N
Remove the contamination and foreign substances.

Check the conductivity of P/J8300 and P416. Are P/J8300 and P416 conducting?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute DC330[012-264 Stacker Height Sensor 1]. Shield the light receptor part of the Stacker Height
Sensor 1 (PL 18.6) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-147 Stacker Height Sensor 1 Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-265 Stacker Height Sensor 2]. Shield the light receptor part of the Stacker Height
Sensor 2 (PL 18.6) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-148 Stacker Height Sensor 2 Check Out FIP.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

A
2007/10/01
2-81

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP
A
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-82

Version 2.1

012-211 (Finisher-B) Stacker Tray Fail


BSD-ON:CH12.38
After Stacker Tray had started rising, the Stack Height Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.
After Stacker Tray had started descending, the Stack Height Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified
time.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Check for any obstruction under the Tray.
Check the installation of the Sensor and the operation of the Actuator.

Procedure
Execute DC330[012-267 Stack Height Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Stack Height Sensor
with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8850, P/J8825 and P/J8815. Are P/J8850, P/J8825 and P/J8815
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8850, P/J8825 and P/J8815 securely.
Check the wire between J8850 and J8815 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.38).
Is the wire between J8850 and J8815 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.38) of the Finisher PWB between P8850-B6 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.38) of the Finisher PWB between P8850-B5 (+) and GND (-).
Shield the light receptor part of the Stack Height Sensor with paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 16.5).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and DC330[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]
alternately. Does the Stacker Motor (PL 16.10) start up?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8847 and P/J8827. Are P/J8847 and P/J8827 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827 securely.

B
Check the wire between J8847 and J8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.38).
Is the wire between J8847 and J8827 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 16.10) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

012-212 (Finisher-C) Stacker Upper Limit Fail


BSD-ON:CH12.22
The Stacker had risen abnormally above the specified upper limit level (Stack Height).

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Driver Gear for wear, rotation failure, and breakage. Is the Driver Gear in proper condition
without any wear, rotation failure, or breakage?
Y
N
Replace the Driver Gear that is worn out, has rotation failure, or broken.
Check the Belt for slack and disengagement. Is the Belt in proper condition without slack or
disengagement?
Y
N
Repair the slack and disengagement of the Belt.
Execute DC330[012-060 Up ON/OFF] and DC330[012-061 Stacker Down ON/OFF] alternately.
Does the Stacker Tray rise/descend properly?
Y
N
Go to GP-149 Elevator Motor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-260 Upper Limit Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Upper Limit Sensor
(PL 18.6) by inserting a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-150 Upper Limit Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-83

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

012-212 (Finisher-B) Stacker Upper Limit Fail

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550


2007/10/01
2-84 A
B
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 16.10) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

BSD-ON:CH12.39 CH12.38
After the Stacker Tray started descending, the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor remained ON.
The Stacker had risen abnormally above the specified upper limit level (Stack Height).

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Remove obstructions under the Tray.

Procedure
Execute DC330[012-260 Stacker Upper Limit Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Stacker Upper
Limit Sensor with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8850 and P/J8810. Are P/J8850 and P/J8810 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8850 and P/J8810 securely.
Check the wire between J8850 and J8810 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.39).
Is the wire between J8850 and J8810 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.39) of the Finisher PWB between P8850-A12 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.39) of the Finisher PWB between P8850-A11 (+) and GND (-).
Shield the light receptor part of the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor with paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor (PL 16.10).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and DC330[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]
alternately. Does the Stacker Motor (PL 16.10) start up?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8847 and P/J8827. Are P/J8847 and P/J8827 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827 securely.
Check the wire between J8847 and J8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.38).
Is the wire between J8847 and J8827 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

IG/DC 550 IG
Version 2.1

012-213 (Finisher-C) Stacker Lower Limit Fail

012-221 (Finisher-C) Front Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail

BSD-ON:CH12.22

BSD-ON:CH12.16

The Stacker Tray had descended abnormally below the specified lower limit level (Full Stack).

The Front Tamper Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the Driver Gear for wear, rotation failure, and breakage. Is the Driver Gear in proper condition
without any wear, rotation failure, or breakage?
Y
N
Replace the Driver Gear that is worn out, has rotation failure, or broken.

Check the operation of the Tamper Tray Assembly. Slide the Tamper Tray manually. Does the Tamper
Tray move smoothly?
Y
N
Repair or replace the parts that are interfering with the Tamper Tray operations.

Check the Belt for slack and disengagement. Is the Belt in proper condition without slack or
disengagement?
Y
N
Repair the slack and disengagement of the Belt.

Execute DC330[012-220 Front Tamper Home Sensor]. Move the Tamper Tray manually. Does the
display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-152 Front Tamper Home Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[012-060 Stacker Up ON/OFF] and DC330[012-061 Stacker Down ON/OFF] alternately.
Does the Stacker Tray rise/descend properly?
Y
N
Go to GP-149 Elevator Motor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[012-020 Front Tamper Mot Low FRONT ON/OFF]. Does the Front Tamper Motor (PL
18.10) operate?
Y
N
Go to GP-153 Front Tamper Motor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[012-263 Stacker Encoder Sensor]. Raise/lower the Stacker Tray. Does this change
the display?
Y
N
Go to GP-151 Stacker Encoder Sensor Check Out FIP.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-85

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-86 A

012-221 (Finisher-B) Front Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail


BSD-ON:CH12.34
The Front Tamper Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Version 2.1
Y

N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance (CH12.34) of the Front Tamper Motor (PL 16.9) between J8823-2/5 (COM)
and each of the J8823-1/3/4/6 pin. Is the resistance approx. 750Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 16.9).

Turn the power OFF then ON.


Remove foreign substances in the Compiler Tray.

Procedure
Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. Does the Tamper mechanism move smoothly?
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Execute DC330[012-220 Front Tamper Home Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Front Tamper
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8807 and P/J8848. Are P/J8807 and P/J8848 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8807 and P/J8848 securely.
Check the wire between J8807 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.34).
Is the wire between J8807 and J8848 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.34) of the Finisher PWB between P8848-A3 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.34) of the Finisher PWB between P8848-A2 (+) and GND (-).
Shield the light receptor part of the Front Tamper Home Sensor with paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 16.9).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-020 Front Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and DC330[012-023 Front Tamper Motor
REAR ON] alternately. Does the Front Tamper Motor (PL 16.9) operate?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8823 and P/J8848. Are P/J8823 and P/J8848 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8823 and P/J8848 securely.
Check the wire between J8823 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.34).
Is the wire between J8823 and J8848 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
A

Measure the voltage (CH12.34) between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8848-B8(+) and the GND () as well as between P8848-B11(+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 16.9) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

012-223 (Finisher-C) Front Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail

012-223 (Finisher-B) Front Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail

BSD-ON:CH12.16

BSD-ON:CH12.34

The Front Tamper Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.

The Front Tamper Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.

After the Front Tamper stopped, the Front Tamper Home Sensor is not OFF (The Front Tamper Home
Sensor turned OFF, then turned ON again after the Front Tamper had stopped).

After the Front Tamper stopped, the Front Tamper Home Sensor is not OFF (The Front Tamper Home
Sensor turned OFF, then turned ON again after the Front Tamper had stopped).

After the Front Tamper started moving away from the home position, the Front Tamper Home Sensor did
not turn OFF within the specified time.

After the Front Tamper started moving away from the home position, the Front Tamper Home Sensor did
not turn OFF within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check for any foreign substances in the Compile Tray.

Check for any foreign substances in the Compile Tray.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the operation of the Tamper Tray Assembly. Slide the Tamper Tray manually. Does the Tamper
Tray move smoothly?
Y
N
Repair or replace the parts that are interfering with the Tamper Tray operations.

Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. Does the Tamper mechanism move smoothly?
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Execute DC330[012-220 Front Tamper Home Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Front Tamper
Home Sensor with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8807 and P/J8848. Are P/J8807 and P/J8848 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8807 and P/J8848 securely.

Execute DC330[012-220 Front Tamper Home Sensor]. Move the Tamper Tray manually. Does the
display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-152 Front Tamper Home Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-020 Front Tamper Mot Low FRONT ON/OFF]. Does the Front Tamper Motor (PL
18.10) operate?
Y
N
Go to GP-153 Front Tamper Motor Check Out FIP.

Check the wire between J8807 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.34).
Is the wire between J8807 and J8848 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).


Measure the voltage (CH12.34) of the Finisher PWB between P8848-A3 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.34) of the Finisher PWB between P8848-A2 (+) and GND (-).
Shield the light receptor part of the Front Tamper Home Sensor with paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 16.9).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

A
2007/10/01
2-87

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP
A

2007/10/01
2-88

Execute DC330[012-020 Front Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and DC330[012-023 Front Tamper Motor
REAR ON] alternately. Does the Front Tamper Motor (PL 16.9) operate?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8823 and P/J8848. Are P/J8823 and P/J8848 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8823 and P/J8848 securely.
Check the wire between J8823 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.34).
Is the wire between J8823 and J8848 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

012-224 (Finisher-C) Rear Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail


BSD-ON:CH12.16
The Rear Tamper Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.
After the Rear Tamper stopped, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor is not OFF (The Rear Tamper Home
Sensor turned OFF, then turned ON again after the Rear Tamper had stopped).
After the Rear Tamper started moving away from the home position, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor did
not turn OFF within the specified time.

Measure the resistance (CH12.34) of the Front Tamper Motor (PL 16.9) between J8823-2/5 (COM)
and each of the J8823-1/3/4/6 pin. Is the resistance approx. 750Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 16.9).

Initial Actions

Measure the voltage (CH12.34) between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8848-B8(+) and the GND () as well as between P8848-B11(+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Check for any foreign substances in the Compile Tray.

Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 16.9) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Version 2.1

Check the installation of the Sensor.


Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the operation of the Tamper Tray Assembly. Slide the Compile Tray manually. Does the Tamper
Tray move smoothly?
Y
N
Repair or replace the parts that are interfering with the Tamper Tray operations.
Execute DC330[012-221 Rear Tamper Home Sensor]. Move the Compile Tray manually.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-154 Rear Tamper Home Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-026 Rear Tamper Mot Low Front ON/OFF]. Does the Rear Tamper Motor
(PL 18.10) operate?
Y
N
Go to GP-155 Rear Tamper Motor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

A
Execute DC330[012-026 Rear Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and DC330[012-029 Rear Tamper Motor
REAR ON] alternately. Does the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 16.9) operate?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8824 and P/J8848. Are P/J8824 and P/J8848 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8824 and P/J8848 securely.

012-224 (Finisher-B) Rear Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail


BSD-ON:CH12.34
The Rear Tamper Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.
After the Rear Tamper stopped, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor is not OFF (The Rear Tamper Home
Sensor turned OFF, then turned ON again after the Rear Tamper had stopped).

Check the wire between J8824 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.34).
Is the wire between J8824 and J8848 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

After the Rear Tamper started moving away from the home position, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor did
not turn OFF within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Measure the resistance (CH12.34) of the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 16.9) between J8824-2/5 (COM)
and each of the J8824-1/3/4/6 pin. Is the resistance approx. 750Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 16.9).

Check the installation of the Sensor.


Turn the power OFF then ON.

Measure the voltage (CH12.34) between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8848-B2(+) and the GND () as well as between P8848-B5(+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Check for any foreign substances in the Compile Tray.

Procedure
Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. Does the Tamper mechanism move smoothly?
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.

Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 16.9) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Execute DC330[012-221 Rear Tamper Home Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Rear Tamper
Home Sensor with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8805 and P/J8848. Are P/J8805 and P/J8848 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8805 and P/J8848 securely.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Check the wire between J8805 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.34).
Is the wire between J8805 and J8848 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.34) of the Finisher PWB between P8848-A9 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.34) of the Finisher PWB between P8848-A8 (+) and GND (-).
Shield the light receptor part of the Rear Tamper Home Sensor with paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 16.9).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

A
Version
2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-89

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-90

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

012-225 (Finisher-C) Booklet Tamper F Home Sensor ON Fail

012-226 (Finisher-C) Booklet Tamper F Home Sensor OFF Fail

BSD-ON:CH12.25

BSD-ON:CH12.25

When the Front Tamper Guide returned to Home, the Booklet Front Tamper Home Sensor did not turn
ON within the specified time after the Motor turned ON.

After the Booklet Front Tamper Motor turned ON, the Tamper F Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the
specified time.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the installation of the Booklet Front Tamper Home Sensor and Booklet Front Tamper Motor. Are
the Booklet Front Tamper Home Sensor and Booklet Front Tamper Motor installed correctly?
Y
N
Correct the installation.

Check the installation of the Front Tamper Home Sensor and Front Tamper Motor. Are the Front
Tamper Home Sensor and Front Tamper Motor installed correctly?
Y
N
Correct the installation.

Check the Front Tamper Guide for deformation. Is the Front Tamper Guide in proper condition
without deformation?
Y
N
Repair the deformation.

Check the Front Tamper for deformation. Is the Front Tamper in proper condition without
deformation?
Y
N
Repair the deformation.

Execute DC330[013-134 Booklet Front Tamper Home Sensor]. Slide the Front Tamper Guide manually.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-156 Booklet Front Tamper Home Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[013-134 Booklet Front Tamper Home Sensor]. Slide the Front Tamper Guide manually.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-156 Booklet Front Tamper Home Sensor Check Out FIP.

Check the Gear that drives the Booklet Front Tamper Motor (PL 18.21) for deformation and breakage.
Is the Gear in proper condition without deformation or breakage?
Y
N
Repair the deformed or broken Gear.

Check the Gear that drives the Booklet Front Tamper Motor (PL 18.21) for deformation and breakage.
Is the Gear in proper condition without deformation or breakage?
Y
N
Repair the deformed or broken Gear.

Execute DC330[013-051 Booklet Front Tamper Motor to Rear 4] and DC330[013-055 Booklet Front
Tamper Motor to Front 4] alternately. Does the Front Tamper Motor operate in each execution?
Y
N
Go to GP-157 Booklet Front Tamper Motor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[013-051 Booklet Front Tamper Motor to Rear 4] and DC330[013-055 Booklet Front
Tamper Motor to Front 4] alternately. Does the Front Tamper Motor operate in each execution?
Y
N
Go to GP-157 Booklet Front Tamper Motor Check Out FIP.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

012-227 (Finisher-C) Booklet End Guide Home Sensor OFF Fail

012-228 (Finisher-C) Booklet End Guide Home Sensor ON Fail

BSD-ON:CH12.26

BSD-ON:CH12.26

After the Booklet End Guide Motor turned ON, the Booklet End Guide Home Sensor did not turn OFF
within the specified time.

When the Booklet End Guide returned to Home, the Booklet End Guide Home Sensor did not turn ON
within 2000ms after the Motor turned ON.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the installation of the Booklet End Guide Home Sensor and Booklet End Guide Motor.
Are the Booklet End Guide Home Sensor and Booklet End Guide Motor installed correctly?
Y
N
Correct the installation.

Check the Booklet Guide for deformation and foreign substances. Is the Booklet Guide in proper
condition without deformation or foreign substances?
Y
N
Correct the deformation and remove the foreign substances.

Execute DC330[013-137 Booklet End Guide Home Sensor]. Raise/Lower the Booklet End Guide
manually. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-158 Booklet End Guide Home Sensor Check Out FIP.

Check the installation of the Booklet End Guide Home Sensor and Booklet End Guide Motor.
Are the Booklet End Guide Home Sensor and Booklet End Guide Motor installed correctly?
Y
N
Correct the installation.

Operate the Booklet End Guide Motor (PL 18.19) to check the Belt (PL 18.19) for improper tension.
Does the Belt (PL 18.19) of the Booklet End Guide Motor have a normal tension?
Y
N
Replace the Belt (PL 18.19).

Execute DC330[013-137 Booklet End Guide Home Sensor]. Raise/Lower the Booklet End Guide
manually. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-158 Booklet End Guide Home Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[013-011 Booklet End Guide Motor LOW DOWN] and DC330[013-014 Booklet End
Guide Motor LOW UP] alternately. Does the Booklet End Guide Motor operate in each execution?
Y
N
Go to GP-159 Booklet End Guide Motor Check Out FIP.

Operate the Booklet End Guide Motor (PL 18.19) to check the Belt (PL 18.19) for improper tension.
Does the Belt (PL 18.19) of the Booklet End Guide Motor have a normal tension?
Y
N
Replace the Belt (PL 18.19).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Execute DC330[013-011 Booklet End Guide Motor LOW DOWN] and DC330[013-014 Booklet End
Guide Motor LOW UP] alternately. Does the Booklet End Guide Motor operate in each execution?
Y
N
Go to GP-159 Booklet End Guide Motor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-91

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-92

012-229 (Finisher-C) Booklet Rear Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail


BSD-ON:CH12.25
When the Rear Tamper Guide returned to Home, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor did not turn ON within
the specified time.

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

012-230 (Finisher-C) Booklet Rear Tamper Home Sensor OFF


Fail
BSD-ON:CH12.25
After the Booklet Rear Tamper Motor turned ON, the Booklet Rear Tamper Home Sensor did not turn
OFF within the specified time.

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the installation of the Booklet Rear Tamper Home Sensor and Booklet Rear Tamper Motor.
Are the Booklet Rear Tamper Home Sensor and Booklet Rear Tamper Motor installed correctly?
Y
N
Correct the installation.
Check the Rear Tamper Guide for deformation. Is the Rear Tamper Guide in proper condition
without deformation?
Y
N
Repair the deformation.
Esecute DC330[013-136 Booklet Rear Tamper Home Sensor ]. Slide the Rear Tamper Guide manually.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-160 Booklet Rear Tamper Home Sensor Check Out FIP.
Check the Gear that drives the Booklet Rear Tamper Motor (PL 18.21) for deformation and breakage.
Is the Gear in proper condition without deformation or breakage?
Y
N
Repair the deformed or broken Gear.
Execute DC330[013-059 Booklet Rear Tamper Motor to Front] and DC330[013-063 Booklet Rear
Tamper Motor to Rear] alternately. Does the Rear Tamper Motor operate in each execution?
Y
N
Go to GP-161 Booklet Rear Tamper Motor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Procedure
Check the installation of the Booklet Rear Tamper Home Sensor and Booklet Rear Tamper Motor.
Are the Booklet Rear Tamper Home Sensor and Booklet Rear Tamper Motor installed correctly?
Y
N
Correct the installation.
Check the Rear Tamper Guide for deformation. Is the Rear Tamper Guide in proper condition
without deformation?
Y
N
Repair the deformation.
Esecute DC330[013-136 Booklet Rear Tamper Home Sensor ]. Slide the Rear Tamper Guide manually.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-160 Booklet Rear Tamper Home Sensor Check Out FIP.
Check the Gear that drives the Booklet Rear Tamper Motor (PL 18.21) for deformation and breakage.
Is the Gear in proper condition without deformation or breakage?
Y
N
Repair the deformed or broken Gear.
Execute DC330[013-059 Booklet Rear Tamper Motor to Front] and DC330[013-063 Booklet Rear
Tamper Motor to Rear] alternately. Does the Rear Tamper Motor operate in each execution?
Y
N
Go to GP-161 Booklet Rear Tamper Motor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

012-231 (Finisher-C) Puncher Home Sensor ON Fail

012-232 (Finisher-C) Puncher Home Sensor OFF Fail

BSD-ON:CH12.10

BSD-ON:CH12.10

The Puncher Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the operation had begun.

The Puncher Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time after the operation had begun.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the Gear in the Punch driving mechanism for wear, rotation failure, breakage, and remaining
paper or foreign substances. Is the Punch Drive mechanism in proper condition?
Y
N
Repair or replace any faulty parts and remove any foreign substances.

Check the Gear in the Punch driving mechanism for wear, rotation failure, breakage, and remaining
paper or foreign substances. Is the Punch Drive mechanism in proper condition?
Y
N
Repair or replace any faulty parts and remove any foreign substances.

Execute DC330[012-271 Puncher Home Sensor]. Move the Puncher manually. Does the display
change?
Y
N
Go to GP-202 Puncher Home Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[012-271 Puncher Home Sensor]. Move the Puncher manually. Does the display
change?
Y
N
Go to GP-202 Puncher Home Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[012-074 Puncher Motor 2Hole] and DC330[012-075 Puncher Motor 3Hole] alternately.
Does the Puncher Motor (PL 18.7) start up?
Y
N
Go to GP-203 Puncher Motor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[012-074 Puncher Motor 2Hole] and DC330[012-075 Puncher Motor 3Hole] alternately.
Does the Puncher Motor (PL 18.7) start up?
Y
N
Go to GP-203 Puncher Motor Check Out FIP.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-93

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-94

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

012-233 (Finisher-C) Puncher Move Home Sensor ON Fail

012-234 (Finisher-C) Puncher Move Home Sensor OFF Fail

BSD-ON:CH12.9

BSD-ON:CH12.9

The Puncher Move Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the operation had begun.

The Puncher Move Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time after the operation had begun.

The Puncher Move Home Sensor does not turn ON after the Puncher Move Motor had stopped after
Puncher Move Home Sensor OFF.

The Puncher Move Home Sensor does not turn OFF after the Puncher Move Motor had stopped after
Puncher Move Home Sensor ON.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the Punch Drive mechanism for creaks during driving, the Driving Gear for wear, rotation failure,
breakage, bending of the Actuator, and presence of remaining paper or foreign substances.
Is the Punch Drive mechanism in proper condition?
Y
N
Repair or replace any faulty parts and remove any foreign substances.

Check the Punch Drive mechanism for creaks during driving, the Driving Gear for wear, rotation failure,
breakage, bending of the Actuator, and presence of remaining paper or foreign substances.
Is the Punch Drive mechanism in proper condition?
Y
N
Repair or replace any faulty parts and remove any foreign substances.

Execute DC330[012-270 Puncher Move Home Sensor]. Move the Puncher manually. Does the display
change?
Y
N
Go to GP-178 Puncher Move Home Sensor Check Out.

Execute DC330[012-270 Puncher Move Home Sensor]. Move the Puncher manually. Does the display
change?
Y
N
Go to GP-178 Puncher Move Home Sensor Check Out.

Execute DC330[012-070 Puncher Move Motor Low FRONT ON/OFF] and DC330[012-072 Puncher
Move Motor Low REAR ON/OFF] alternately. Does the Puncher Move Motor operate?
Y
N
Go to GP-179 Puncher Move Motor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[012-070 Puncher Move Motor Low FRONT ON/OFF] and DC330[012-072 Puncher
Move Motor Low REAR ON/OFF] alternately. Does the Puncher Move Motor operate?
Y
N
Go to GP-179 Puncher Move Motor Check Out FIP.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

012-243 (Finisher-C) Booklet Knife Home Sensor ON Fail

012-246 (Finisher-C) Booklet Staple Fail

BSD-ON:CH12.28

BSD-ON:CH12.27

When the Booklet Knife returned to Home, the Knife Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified
time after the Knife Solenoid turned ON.

The Stapler Ready signal does not turn to "Not Ready" within the specified time after Booklet Stapler
Start signal turned ON (=Staple is not executed).

The Knife Home Sensor had been turned OFF when the Knife folding operation has begun during
Booklet Job.

After Stapler NG was detected, the Ready signal was still Not Ready within the specified time. Or the
Error signal was turned ON.

Initial Actions

The Error signal was turned ON right before the Staple operation started.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Error signal ON or Ready signal OFF output was detected from the Stapler during Power ON or during
Stapler Power ON checking at Interlock Close.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Initial Actions

Procedure
Check the installation of the Knife Home Sensor (PL 18.20), the Booklet Fold Motor (PL 18.24), and the
Knife Solenoid (PL 18.24). Are the Knife Home Sensor (PL 18.20), Booklet Fold Motor (PL 18.24),
and Knife Solenoid (PL 18.24) installed correctly?
Y
N
Correct the installation.
Check the Knife operation mechanism for improper installation and foreign substances. Is the Knife
operation mechanism in proper condition without improper installation or foreign substances?
Y
N
Correct the installation or remove the foreign substances.

Check the installation of the Sensor.


Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the connection of P8201/ J8201, P/J8189, P8203/ J8203, P/J8407 and P/J8406. Are P8201/
J8201, P/J8189, P8203/ J8203, P/J8407 and P/J8406 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P8201/ J8201, P/J8189, P8203/ J8203, P/J8407 and P/J8406 securely.

Execute DC330[013-101 Knife Home Sensor]. Rotate the gear and slide the knife manually.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-162 Knife Home Sensor Check Out FIP.

Check the wires between J8201 and J8407 as well as between J8201 and J8406 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (CH12.27). Are the wires between J8201 and J8407 as well as between J8201 and
J8406 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Execute DC330[013-010 Knife Solenoid]. Can the operation noise of the Knife Solenoid (PL 18.24)
be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-163 Knife Solenoid Check Out FIP.

Check conductivity of the Fuse BOOK F4 and BOOK F7 of the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17). Are F4 and F7
conducting?
Y
N
Replace the Fuse.

Execute DC330[013-008 Booklet Folder Roll Motor FORWARD ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of
the Booklet Fold Motor (PL 18.24) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-164 Booklet Fold Motor Check Out FIP.

Check the connection of P/J8377, P/J8316, P/J8378 and P/J8317. Are P/J8377, P/J8316, P/J8378 and
P/J8317 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8377, P/J8316, P/J8378 and P/J8317 securely.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Check the wires between J8377 and J8316 as well as between J8378 and J8317 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (CH12.2). Are the wires between J8377 and J8316 as well as between J8378 and J8317
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-95

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-96

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

012-247 (Finisher-C) Side Regi Sensor OFF Fail

012-260 (Finisher-C) Eject Clamp Home Sensor ON Fail

BSD-ON:CH12.11

BSD-ON:CH12.19

The Side Regi Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time after the operation had begun.

The Eject Clamp Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

Or, the Side Regi Sensor did not turn OFF after the operation stopped after Side Regi Sensor OFF.

Initial Actions

Or, the Side Regi Sensor 1 or Side Regi Sensor 2, which will be the target when the operation starts, did
not turn OFF.

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check for remaining paper in the Puncher. Is it in proper condition without remaining paper?
Y
N
Remove the remaining paper.
Check the installation of Side Regi. Sensor 1 (PL 18.7) and Side Regi. Sensor 2 (PL 18.7).
Is each Sensor installed properly?
Y
N
Repair it to a normal status.
Execute DC330[012-200 Side Regi Sensor 1]. Place a piece of paper in front of the light receptor part of
the Side Regi. Sensor 1 (PL 18.7). Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-165 Side Regi.Sensor 1 Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-201 Side Regi Sensor 2]. Place a piece of paper in front of the light receptor part of
the Side Regi. Sensor 2 (PL 18.7). Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-166 Side Regi.Sensor 2 Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

Check the installation of the Sensor.


Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Execute DC330[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Manually rotate the Cam Actuator driven by the
Eject Clamp Motor (PL 18.9) for one round. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-145 Eject Clamp Home Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-052 Eject Clamp Motor Up ON/OFF] and DC330[012-053 Eject Clamp Motor Down
ON/OFF]. Does the Eject Clamp Motor (PL 18.9) start up?
Y
N
Go to GP-139 Eject Clamp Motor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

012-260 (Finisher-B) Eject Clamp Home Sensor ON Fail

BSD-ON:CH12.37

N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance (CH12.37) of the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) between J8801-2/5 (COM) and each
of the J8801-1/3/4/6 pin. Is the resistance approx. 2Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7).

The Eject Clamp Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Measure the voltages (CH12.37) of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between P8846-6 (+) and GND (), as well as between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Remove foreign substances in the Eject Clamp mechanism.

Procedure
Manually operate the Eject Clamp mechanism. Does the Eject Clamp mechanism move smoothly?
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.

Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Execute DC330[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Eject
Clamp Home Sensor with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8803 and P/J8849. Are P/J8803 and P/J8849 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8803 and P/J8849 securely.
Check the wire between J8803 and J8849 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.37).
Is the wire between J8803 and J8849 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.37) of the Finisher PWB between P8849-6 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.37) of the Finisher PWB between P8849-5 (+) and GND (-). Shield the
light receptor part of the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 16.7).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-081 Eject Motor FORWARD ON] and DC330[012-082 Eject Motor REVERSE ON]
alternately. Does the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) start up?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8801 and P/J8846. Are P/J8801 and P/J8846 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8801 and P/J8846 securely.
Check the wire between J8801 and J8846 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.37).
Is the wire between J8801 and J8846 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
A
Version
2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-97

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-98

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

012-261 (Finisher-C) Booklet Knife Folding Sensor Fail

012-263 (Finisher-C) Rear Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail

BSD-ON:CH12.28

BSD-ON:CH12.16

During the Booklet Knife folding operation, the Booklet Folding Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time after the Knife Solenoid turned ON.

After the Rear Tamper started moving to the home position, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor did not turn
ON within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the Knife operation mechanism for improper installation and foreign substances. Is the Knife
operation mechanism in proper condition without improper installation or foreign substances?
Y
N
Correct the installation or remove the foreign substances.

Check the operation of the Tamper Tray Assembly. Slide the Tamper Tray manually. Does the Tamper
Tray move smoothly?
Y
N
Repair or replace the parts that are interfering with the Tamper Tray operations.

Execute DC330[013-101 Knife Home Sensor]. Rotate the gear and slide the knife manually.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-162 Knife Home Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[012-221 Rear Tamper Home Sensor]. Move the Tamper Tray manually.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-154 Rear Tamper Home Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[013-010 Knife Solenoid]. Can the operation noise of the Knife Solenoid (PL 18.24)
be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-163 Knife Solenoid Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[012-026 Rear Tamper Mot Low Front ON/OFF]. Does the Rear Tamper Motor
(PL 18.10) operate?
Y
N
Go to GP-155 Rear Tamper Motor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[013-008 Booklet Folder Roll Motor FORWARD ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of
the Booklet Fold Motor (PL 18.24) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-164 Booklet Fold Motor Check Out FIP.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

012-263 (Finisher-B) Rear Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail


BSD-ON:CH12.34
After the Rear Tamper started moving to the home position, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor did not turn
ON within the specified time.

B
Check the wire between J8824 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.34).
Is the wire between J8824 and J8848 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance (CH12.34) of the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 16.9) between J8824-2/5 (COM)
and each of the J8824-1/3/4/6 pin. Is the resistance approx. 750Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 16.9).

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Measure the voltage (CH12.34) between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8848-B2 (+) and the GND
(-), as well as between P8848-B5 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Remove foreign substances in the Compiler Tray.

Procedure
Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. Does the Tamper mechanism move smoothly?
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.

Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 16.9) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Execute DC330[012-221 Rear Tamper Home Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Rear Tamper
Home Sensor with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8805 and P/J8848. Are P/J8805 and P/J8848 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8805 and P/J8848 securely.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Check the wire between J8805 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.34).
Is the wire between J8805 and J8848 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.34) of the Finisher PWB between P8848-A9 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.34) of the Finisher PWB between P8848-A8 (+) and GND (-). Shield the
light receptor part of the Rear Tamper Home Sensor with paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 16.9).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-026 Rear Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and DC330[012-029 Rear Tamper Motor
REAR ON] alternately. Does the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 16.9) operate?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8824 and P/J8848. Are P/J8824 and P/J8848 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8824 and P/J8848 securely.

A
B 2.1
Version

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-99

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-100

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

012-264 (Finisher-C) Booklet Drawer Broken Fail

012-265 (Finisher-C) Booklet Knife Home Sensor OFF Fail

BSD-ON:CH12.3

BSD-ON:CH12.28

Booklet Drawer Sensor OPEN was detected when the Finisher Front Door Interlock was closed (this
does not occur during print).

When the Booklet Knife moves from Home position, the Knife Home Sensor does not turn OFF within
150ms after Knife Solenoid ON.

Booklet Drawer Sensor OPEN was detected when the Front Door Interlock was closed at Power ON.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure
Execute DC330[013-104 Booklet Drawer Set Sensor]. Pull the Booklet out then push it in again.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the Booklet Drawer Actuator for deformation and foreign substances. Is it in proper
condition without deformation or foreign substances?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and correct the deformation.

Check the Knife operation mechanism for improper installation and foreign substances. Is the Knife
operation mechanism in proper condition without improper installation or foreign substances?
Y
N
Correct the installation or remove the foreign substances.
Execute DC330[013-101 Knife Home Sensor]. Rotate the gear and slide the knife manually.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-162 Knife Home Sensor Check Out FIP.

Check the Drawer mechanism for deformation and skew. Is it in proper condition without
deformation or skew?
Y
N
Correct the deformation and skew.

Execute DC330[013-010 Knife Solenoid]. Can the operation noise of the Knife Solenoid (PL 18.24)
be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-163 Knife Solenoid Check Out FIP.

Go to GP-140 Booklet Drawer Set Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[013-008 Booklet Folder Roll Motor FORWARD ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of
the Booklet Fold Motor (PL 18.24) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-164 Booklet Fold Motor Check Out FIP.

Turn the power OFF then ON. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).


Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

012-266 (Finisher-C) Booklet Compiler No Paper Sensor Fail

012-269 (Finisher-C) Booklet Sub CPU Comm Fail

BSD-ON:CH12.25

BSD-ON:CH12.4

During Booklet Staple Job, the Booklet Compile No Paper Sensor was turned OFF when the Staple
operation started.

Communication failure between the Main CPU and Booklet Sub CPU was detected.

Initial Actions
Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Procedure

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the connection of P/J8377 and P/J8316. Are P/J8377 and P/J8316 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8377 and P/J8316 securely.

Procedure
Execute DC330[013-102 BOOKLET COMPILE NO PAPER Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the
Booklet Compiler No Paper Sensor (PL 18.20) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-169 Booklet Compiler No Paper Sensor Check Out FIP.

Check the wire between J8377 and J8316 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.4). Is the wire
between J8377 and J8316 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).


Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17). Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-101

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-102

Version 2.1

012-282 (Finisher-C) Eject Clamp Home Sensor OFF Fail

012-282 (Finisher-B) Eject Clamp Home Sensor OFF Fail

BSD-ON:CH12.19

BSD-ON:CH12.37

After the Eject Clamp started descending, the Eject Clamp Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the
specified time.

After the Eject Clamp started descending, the Eject Clamp Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the
specified time.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the Eject Clamp mechanism.

Check the Eject Clamp mechanism.

Procedure

Procedure

Execute DC330[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Manually rotate the Cam Actuator driven by the
Eject Clamp Motor (PL 18.9) for one round. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-145 Eject Clamp Home Sensor Check Out FIP.

Manually operate the Eject Clamp mechanism. Does the Eject Clamp mechanism move smoothly?
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.

Execute DC330[012-052 Eject Clamp Motor Up ON/OFF] and DC330[012-053 Eject Clamp Motor Down
ON/OFF]. Does the Eject Clamp Motor (PL 18.9) start up?
Y
N
Go to GP-139 Eject Clamp Motor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Eject Clamp
Home Sensor with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8803 and P/J8849. Are P/J8803 and P/J8849 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8803 and P/J8849 securely.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).


Check the wire between J8803 and J8849 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.37).
Is the wire between J8803 and J8849 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.37) of the Finisher PWB between P8849-6 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.37) of the Finisher PWB between P8849-5 (+) and GND (-).
Shield the light receptor part of the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 16.7).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-081 Eject Motor FORWARD ON] and DC330[012-082 Eject Motor REVERSE ON]
alternately. Does the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) start up?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8801 and P/J8846. Are P/J8801 and P/J8846 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8801 and P/J8846 securely.
A

B
Check the wire between J8801 and J8846 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.37).
Is the wire between J8801 and J8846 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance (CH12.37) of the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) between J8801-2/5 (COM) and each
of the J8801-1/3/4/6 pin. Is the resistance approx. 2Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7).
Measure the voltages (CH12.37) of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between P8846-6 (+) and GND (), as well as between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

012-283 (Finisher-C) Set Clamp Home Sensor ON Fail


BSD-ON:CH12.20
After the Set Clamp operation started, the Set Clamp Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified
time.

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Belt in the Eject mechanism for slack and disengagement, the Actuator Gear for breakage,
and deformation of the board spring. Is the Eject mechanism in proper condition?
Y
N
Repair any faulty parts such as breakage or disengagement.
Execute DC330[012-251 Set Clamp Home Sensor]. Rotate the Actuator manually. Does the display
change?
Y
N
Go to GP-172 Set Clamp Home Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-054 Eject Motor Low FORWARD ON/OFF] and DC330[012-056 Eject Motor Low
REVERSE ON/OFF]. Does the Eject Motor start up?
Y
N
Go to GP-141 Eject Motor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-050 Set Clamp Clutch ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the Set Clamp
Clutch (PL 18.10) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-173 Set Clamp Clutch Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-103

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


2007/10/01
Version 2.1
2-104A
B
Check the wire between J8801 and J8846 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.37).
012-283 (Finisher-B) Set Clamp Home Sensor ON Fail
Is the wire between J8801 and J8846 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
BSD-ON:CH12.37
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
After the Set Clamp operation started, the Set Clamp Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified
time.
Measure the resistance (CH12.37) of the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) between J8801-2/5 (COM) and each
of the J8801-1/3/4/6 pin. Is the resistance approx. 2Ohm?
Initial Actions
Y
N
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7).
Turn the power OFF then ON.
012-xxx FIP

Check the Eject Lamp mechanism for foreign substances.

Procedure
Manually operate the Eject Clamp mechanism. Does the Eject Clamp mechanism move smoothly?
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Execute DC330[012-251 Set Clamp Home Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Set Clamp
Home Sensor with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8802 and P/J8849. Are P/J8802 and P/J8849 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8802 and P/J8849 securely.
Check the wire between J8802 and J8849 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.37).
Is the wire between J8802 and J8849 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.37) of the Finisher PWB between P8849-9 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.37) of the Finisher PWB between P8849-8 (+) and GND (-).
Shield the light receptor part of the Set Clamp Home Sensor with paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Set Clamp Home Sensor (PL 16.7).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-081 Eject Motor FORWARD ON] and DC330[012-082 Eject Motor REVERSE ON]
alternately. Does the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) start up?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8801 and P/J8846. Are P/J8801 and P/J8846 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8801 and P/J8846 securely.

Measure the voltages (CH12.37) of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between P8846-6 (+) and GND (-),
as well as between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-086 Set Clamp Clutch ON]. Does the Set Clamp Clutch (PL 16.5) operate?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8822 and P/J8848. Are P/J8822 and P/J8848 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8822 and P/J8848 securely.
Check the wire between J8822 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.37).
Is the wire between J8822 and J8848 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between P8848-A10 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Set Clamp Clutch (PL 16.5) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

012-284 (Finisher-C) Set Clamp Home Sensor OFF Fail

012-284 (Finisher-B) Set Clamp Home Sensor OFF Fail

BSD-ON:CH12.20

BSD-ON:CH12.37

After the Set Clamp operation completed, the Set Clamp Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the
specified time.

After the Set Clamp operation completed, the Set Clamp Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the
specified time.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the Eject Clamp mechanism for foreign substances.

Check the Eject Clamp mechanism for foreign substances.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the Belt in the Eject mechanism for slack and disengagement, the Actuator Gear for breakage,
and deformation of the board spring. Is the Eject mechanism in proper condition?
Y
N
Repair any faulty parts such as breakage or disengagement.

Manually operate the Eject Clamp mechanism. Does the Eject Clamp mechanism move smoothly?
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Execute DC330[012-251 Set Clamp Home Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Set Clamp
Home Sensor with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8802 and P/J8849. Are P/J8802 and P/J8849 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8802 and P/J8849 securely.

Execute DC330[012-251 Set Clamp Home Sensor]. Rotate the Actuator manually. Does the display
change?
Y
N
Go to GP-172 Set Clamp Home Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-054 Eject Motor Low FORWARD ON/OFF] and DC330[012-056 Eject Motor Low
REVERSE ON/OFF]. Does the Eject Motor start up?
Y
N
Go to GP-141 Eject Motor Check Out FIP.

Check the wire between J8802 and J8849 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.37).
Is the wire between J8802 and J8849 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Execute DC330[012-050 Set Clamp Clutch ON/OFF]. Can the operation noise of the Set Clamp
Clutch (PL 18.10) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-173 Set Clamp Clutch Check Out FIP.

Measure the voltage (CH12.37) of the Finisher PWB between P8849-9 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).


Measure the voltage (CH12.37) of the Finisher PWB between P8849-8 (+) and GND (-).
Shield the light receptor part of the Set Clamp Home Sensor with paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Set Clamp Home Sensor (PL 16.7).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-081 Eject Motor FORWARD ON] and DC330[012-082 Eject Motor REVERSE ON]
alternately. Does the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) start up?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8801 and P/J8846. Are P/J8801 and P/J8846 connected securely?

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

A
2007/10/01
2-105

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP
A
Y

2007/10/01
2-106

N
Connect P/J8801 and P/J8846 securely.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

012-291 (Finisher-C) Stapler Fail


BSD-ON:CH12.18

Check the wire between J8801 and J8846 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.37).
Is the wire between J8801 and J8846 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

After the Stapler Motor turned ON (Forward rotation), the system did not detect that the Staple Head
Home Sensor switched from OFF to ON within the specified time.

Measure the resistance (CH12.37) of the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) between J8801-2/5 (COM) and each
of the J8801-1/3/4/6 pin. Is the resistance approx. 2Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7).

Initial Actions

Measure the voltages (CH12.37) of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between P8846-6 (+) and GND (-),
as well as between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-086 Set Clamp Clutch ON]. Does the Set Clamp Clutch (PL 16.5) operate?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8822 and P/J8848. Are P/J8822 and P/J8848 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8822 and P/J8848 securely.
Check the wire between J8822 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.37).
Is the wire between J8822 and J8848 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between P8848-A10 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Set Clamp Clutch (PL 16.5) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

After the Stapler Motor turned ON (Reverse rotation), the Staple Head Home Sensor did not turn ON
within the specified time.

Check the installation of the Sensor.


Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Stapler Assembly for remaining paper. Is the Stapler Assembly in proper condition
without remaining paper?
Y
N
Remove the remaining paper.
Check the Stapler Assembly for deformation. Is the Stapler Assembly in proper condition without
deformation?
Y
N
Replace the Stapler Assembly (PL 18.8).
Execute DC330[012-041 Stapler Move Mot Middle FRONT ON/OFF] and DC330[012-044 Stapler Move
Mot Middle REAR ON/OFF] alternately. Does the Stapler Assembly move smoothly?
Y
N
Go to GP-174 Stapler Move Motor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

012-291 (Finisher-B) Stapler Fail


BSD-ON:CH12.36
After the Stapler Motor turned ON (Forward rotation), the system did not detect that the Staple Head
Home Sensor switched from OFF to ON within the specified time.
After the Stapler Motor turned ON (Reverse rotation), the Staple Head Home Sensor did not turn ON
within the specified time.

B
Measure the voltages (CH12.36) of the Finisher PWB between P8852-1 (+) and the GND (-), and
P8852-5 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 16.8) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Execute DC330[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and DC330[012-047 Staple Motor REVERSE
ON] alternately. Can the operation noise of the the Stapler Motor be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8819 and P/J8847. Are P/J8819 and P/J8847 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8819 and P/J8847 securely.
Check the wire between J8819 and J8847 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.36).
Is the wire between J8819 and J8847 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 16.8) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-244 Staple Head Home Sensor].
Execute DC330[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and DC330[012-047 Staple Motor REVERSE
ON] alternately. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8818 and P/J8852. Are P/J8818 and P/J8852 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852 securely.
Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.36).
Is the wire between J8818 and J8852 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J8818 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.36).
Is the wire between J8818 and J8848 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

A
B 2.1
Version

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-107

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-108A

012-293 (Finisher-B) Staple Front Corner Sensor ON Fail


BSD-ON:CH12.35
After the Stapler started moving towards the Front Corner, the Staple Front Corner Sensor did not turn
ON within 2 sec.
After the Stapler started moving away from the Front Corner, the Staple Front Corner Sensor remained
ON.

Version 2.1
Y

N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance (CH12.35) of the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8) between J8820-2 (COM) and
J8820-1/3 as well as between J8820-5 (COM) and J8820-4/6. Is the resistance approx. 10Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8).

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Measure the voltages (CH12.35) of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between P8847-3 (+) and GND (-),
as well as between P8847-4 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Check the movement mechanism of the Staple Unit.

Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Initial Actions

Procedure
Execute DC330[012-240 Staple Front Corner Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Staple Front
Corner Sensor with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8813 and P/J8850. Are P/J8813 and P/J8850 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8813 and P/J8850 securely.
Check the wire between J8813 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.35).
Is the wire between J8813 and J8850 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.35) of the Finisher PWB between P8850-A3 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.35) of the Finisher PWB between P8850-A2 (+) and GND (-).
Shield the light receptor part of the Staple Front Corner Sensor with paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Staple Front Corner Sensor (PL 16.8).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-040 Staple Move Motor FRONT ON] and DC330[012-043 Staple Move Motor REAR
ON] alternately. Does the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8) start up?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8820 and P/J8847. Are P/J8820 and P/J8847 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8820 and P/J8847 securely.
Check the wire between J8820 and J8847 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.35).
Is the wire between J8820 and J8847 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
A

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

012-294 (Finisher-B) Staple Front Corner Sensor OFF Fail


BSD-ON:CH12.35
After the Stapler completed moving away from the Front Corner, the Staple Front Corner Sensor did not
turn OFF.

B
Check the wire between J8820 and J8847 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.35).
Is the wire between J8820 and J8847 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance (CH12.35) of the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8) between J8820-2 (COM)
and J8820-1/3 as well as between J8820-5 (COM) and J8820-4/6. Is the resistance approx.
10Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8).

After the Stapler started moving away from the front corner, the Staple Front Corner Sensor did not turn
OFF within 200ms.

Initial Actions

Measure the voltages (CH12.35) of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between P8847-3 (+) and GND (), as well as between P8847-4 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8).

Turn the power OFF then ON.


Check the movement mechanism of the Staple Unit.

Procedure
Execute DC330[012-240 Staple Front Corner Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Staple Front
Corner Sensor with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8813 and P/J8850. Are P/J8813 and P/J8850 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8813 and P/J8850 securely.

Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Check the wire between J8813 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.35).
Is the wire between J8813 and J8850 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.35) of the Finisher PWB between P8850-A3 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.35) of the Finisher PWB between P8850-A2 (+) and GND (-).
Shield the light receptor part of the Staple Front Corner Sensor with paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Staple Front Corner Sensor (PL 16.8).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-040 Staple Move Motor FRONT ON] and DC330[012-043 Staple Move Motor REAR
ON] alternately. Does the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8) start up?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8820 and P/J8847. Are P/J8820 and P/J8847 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8820 and P/J8847 securely.

A
B 2.1
Version

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-109

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-110

Version 2.1

012-295 (Finisher-C) Staple Move Sensor ON Fail

012-295 (Finisher-B) Staple Move Sensor ON Fail

BSD-ON:CH12.17

BSD-ON:CH12.35

After the Home operation had begun, the Stapler Move Home Position Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time.

After the Home operation had begun, the Stapler Move Home Position Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time.

When the Home operation had finished, the Stapler Move Home Position Sensor did not turn ON.

When the Home operation had finished, the Stapler Move Home Position Sensor did not turn ON.

When the operation stopped after the Stapler Move Home Position Sensor ON, the Stapler Move Home
Position Sensor did not turn ON.

When the operation stopped after the Stapler Move Home Position Sensor ON, the Stapler Move Home
Position Sensor did not turn ON.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the movement mechanism of the Staple Unit.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the Staple Move Unit slide for operation load. Move the Stapler Assembly (PL 18.8) manually.
Does the Stapler Assembly (PL 18.8) slide smoothly?
Y
N
Repair the parts that are interfering with the Stapler Move Unit sliding operation.

Execute DC330[012-241 Staple Move Position Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Staple Move
Position Sensor with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8817 and P/J8852. Are P/J8817 and P/J8852 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8817 and P/J8852 securely.

Execute DC330[012-041 Stapler Move Mot Middle FRONT ON/OFF] and DC330[012-044 Stapler Move
Mot Middle REAR ON/OFF] alternately. Does the Stapler Assembly move smoothly?
Y
N
Go to GP-174 Stapler Move Motor Check Out FIP.

Check the wire between J8817 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.35).
Is the wire between J8817 and J8852 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Execute DC330[012-241 Stapler Move Position Sensor]. Slide the Stapler Assembly (PL 18.8) manually.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-175 Stapler Move Home Position Sensor Check Out FIP.

Measure the voltage (CH12.35) of the Finisher PWB between P8852-8 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Measure the voltage (CH12.35) of the Finisher PWB between P8852-7 (+) and GND (-).
Shield the light receptor part of the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Staple Move Position Sensor (PL 16.8).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-040 Staple Move Motor FRONT ON] and DC330[012-043 Staple Move Motor REAR
ON] alternately. Does the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8) start up?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8820 and P/J8847. Are P/J8820 and P/J8847 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8820 and P/J8847 securely.

B
Check the wire between J8820 and J8847 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.35).
Is the wire between J8820 and J8847 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance (CH12.35) of the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8) between J8820-2 (COM)
and J8820-1/3 as well as between J8820-5 (COM) and J8820-4/6. Is the resistance approx.
10Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

BSD-ON:CH12.17
The Stapler Move Home Position Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.
The Stapler Move Home Position Sensor did not turn OFF when the Home operation had finished.
The Stapler Move Home Position Sensor did not turn OFF when the operation stopped after the Stapler
Move Home Position Sensor OFF.

Measure the voltages (CH12.35) of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between P8847-3 (+) and GND (), as well as between P8847-4 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

012-296 (Finisher-C) Stapler Move Home Position Sensor OFF


Fail

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Staple Move Unit slide for operation load. Move the Stapler Assembly manually.
Does the Stapler Assembly (PL 18.8) slide smoothly?
Y
N
Repair the parts that are interfering with the Stapler Move Unit sliding operation.
Execute DC330[012-041 Stapler Move Mot Middle FRONT ON/OFF] and DC330[012-044 Stapler Move
Mot Middle REAR ON/OFF] alternately. Does the Stapler Assembly (PL 18.8) move smoothly?
Y
N
Go to GP-174 Stapler Move Motor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[012-241 Stapler Move Position Sensor. Slide the Stapler Assembly (PL 18.8) manually.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-175 Stapler Move Home Position Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-111

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


2007/10/01
Version 2.1
2-112A
B
Check the wire between J8820 and J8847 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.35).
012-296 (Finisher-B) Stapler Move Sensor OFF Fail
Is the wire between J8820 and J8847 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
BSD-ON:CH12.35
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
After the Stapler started moving to the Staple Position, the Staple Move Sensor did not turn OFF within
500ms of Staple Move Sensor OFF.
Measure the resistance (CH12.35) of the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8) between J8820-2 (COM) and
J8820-1/3 as well as between J8820-5 (COM) and J8820-4/6. Is the resistance approx. 10Ohm?
After the Staple Position had been fixed, the Staple Move Sensor turned OFF.
Y
N
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8).
After the paper passed through the Dual Staple 1 Position while moving to the Rear Staple Position, the
Staple Move Sensor did not turn OFF within 500ms of Staple Move Sensor ON.
Measure the voltages (CH12.35) of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) between P8847-3 (+) and GND (-),
as well as between P8847-4 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Initial Actions
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Turn the power OFF then ON.
012-xxx FIP

Check the STAPLE UNIT transfer mechanism.

Procedure
Execute DC330[012-241 Staple Move Position Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Staple Move
Position Sensor with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8817 and P/J8852. Are P/J8817 and P/J8852 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8817 and P/J8852 securely.
Check the wire between J8817 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.35).
Is the wire between J8817 and J8852 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.35) of the Finisher PWB between P8852-8 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.35) of the Finisher PWB between P8852-7 (+) and GND (-). Shield the
light receptor part of the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Staple Move Position Sensor (PL 16.8).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute DC330[012-040 Staple Move Motor FRONT ON] and DC330[012-043 Staple Move Motor REAR
ON] alternately. Does the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8) start up?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8820 and P/J8847. Are P/J8820 and P/J8847 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8820 and P/J8847 securely.

Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

012-300 (Finisher-C) Eject Cover Open

012-301 (Finisher-B) Top Cover Open

BSD-ON:CH12.3

BSD-ON:CH12.31

Finisher Eject Cover Switch OPEN was detected.

The Finisher Top Cover is open.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Opening/closing of the Finisher Top Cover.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the Eject Cover for improper installation, the Hinge for breakage, the detection Bracket for
breakage, and the Eject Cover Switch detection lever for breakage and bending. Are these parts in
proper condition?
Y
N
Repair or replace the faulty parts.

Check opening/closing of the Finisher Top Cover. Can the The Finisher Top Cover be opened/closed
properly?
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher Top Cover correctly.

Execute DC330[012-300 Eject Cover Switch]. Turn the Eject Cover Switch detection lever (PL 18.9) ON
then OFF. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-176 Eject Cover Switch Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Check the installation of the Top Cover Interlock Switch. Is the Top Cover Interlock Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Top Cover Interlock Switch correctly.
Execute DC330[012-301 Top Cover Interlock Switch]. Open/close the Finisher Top Cover. Does the
display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8808 and P/J8851. Are P/J8808 and P/J8851 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8808 and P/J8851 securely.
Check the wire between J8808 and J8851 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.31).
Is the wire between J8808 and J8851 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity (CH12.31) of the Top Cover Interlock Switch (PL 16.12) between J8808-3
and J8808-4. Does the wire between J8808-3 and J8808-4 conduct when the Top Cover
Interlock Switch contact is pressed, and insulate when the contact is released?
Y
N
Replace the Top Cover Interlock Switch (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-113

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-114

Version 2.1

012-302 (Finisher-C) Front Door Interlock Open

012-302 (Finisher-B) Front Cover Open

BSD-ON:CH12.3

BSD-ON:CH12.31

Finisher Front Door Switch was detected to be OPEN.

The Finisher Front Cover is open.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Opening/closing of the Finisher Front Cover.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the Finisher Front Door for improper installation, the Hinge for breakage and the Finisher Front
Door Switch (PL 18.5) detection bracket for breakage. Are these parts in proper condition?
Y
N
Repair or replace the faulty parts.

Check opening/closing of the Finisher Front Cover. Can the Finisher Front Cover be opened/closed
properly?
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher Front Cover correctly.

Execute DC330[012-302 Finisher Front Door Switch]. Open/close the Finisher Front Door.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-177 Finisher Front Door Switch Check Out FIP.

Check the installation of the Front Door Interlock Switch. Is the Front Door Interlock Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Front Door Interlock Switch correctly.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Execute DC330[012-302 Front Door Interlock Switch]. Open/close the Finisher Front Cover. Does
the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8809 and P/J8851. Are P/J8809 and P/J8851 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8809 and P/J8851 securely.
Check the wire between J8809 and J8851 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.31).
Is the wire between J8809 and J8851 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity (CH12.31) of the Front Door Interlock Switch (PL 16.12) between J8809-3
and J8809-4. Does the wire between J8809-3 and J8809-4 conduct when the Front Door
Interlock Switch contact is pressed, and insulate when the contact is released?
Y
N
Replace the Front Door Interlock Switch (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

012-303 (Finisher-C) H-Transport Cover Open


BSD-ON:CH12.3
The Finisher H-Transport Cover is open.

B
Replace the H-Transport PWB (PL 18.15). After the replacement, turn the power ON.
Does the error reoccur?
Y
N
Procedure is completed
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Initial Actions

Replace the Top Cover.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Open and close the Top Cover to check that the Top Cover can be opened and closed smoothly and
properly. Can the Top Cover be opened and closed smoothly and properly?
Y
N
Check the installation of the Top Cover and repair any deformation or replace the Top Cover.
Check the Actuator installed in the H-Transport Interlock Sensor of the Top Cover. Is the Actuator
installed in the H-Transport Interlock Sensor of the Top Cover broken?
Y
N
Check the installation of the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Is the H-Transport Interlock Sensor
installed correctly?
Y
N
Check the installation of the H-Transport Interlock Sensor or replace it.
Execute DC330[012-303 H-Transport Interlock Sensor] and shield the Sensor from light by inserting
paper in the detection area of the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8382 and P/J8372. Are P/J8382 and P/J8372 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8382 and P/J8372 securely.
Disconnect P/J8382 and P8372 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8382-3
and J8372-1, J8382-2 and J8372-2, as well as J8382-1 and J8372-3. Are the wires between
J8382-3 and J8372-1, J8382-2 and J8372-2, as well as J8382-1 and J8372-3 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Measure the voltage between the H-Transport PWB J8372-3 (+) and J8372-1.
Is the voltage between J8372-3 and J8372-1 +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport PWB (PL 18.15).
Check that the voltage between the H-Transport PWB J8372-2 and J8372-1 changes in the
display every time the H-Transport Interlock Sensor is shielded from light.
Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Interlock Sensor (PL 18.3).
Replace the H-Transport PWB (PL 18.15).
A
B 2.1
Version

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-115

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-116

Version 2.1

012-303 (Finisher-B) H-Transport Cover Open

012-307 (Finisher-C) Booklet Drawer Open

BSD-ON:CH12.32

BSD-ON:CH12.3

The Finisher H-Transport Cover is open.

Booklet Drawer Sensor OPEN was detected.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Opening/closing of the Finisher H-Transport Cover.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check opening/closing of the Finisher H-Transport Cover. Can the Finisher H-Transport Cover be
opened/closed properly?
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher H-Transport Cover correctly.

Execute DC330[013-104 Booklet Drawer Set Sensor]. Pull the Booklet out then push it in again.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the installation of the Booklet Drawer Set Sensor (PL 18.17). Is it installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the Booklet Drawer Set Sensor (PL 18.17) correctly.

Check the installation of the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Is the H-Transport Interlock Sensor
installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the H-Transport Interlock Sensor correctly.
Execute DC330[012-303 H-Transport Interlock Sensor]. Open and close the Finisher H-Transport
Cover. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8382 and P/J8390. Are P/J8382 and P/J8390 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8382 and P/J8390 securely.
Check the wire between J8382 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.32).
Is the wire between J8382 and J8390 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-7 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Interlock Sensor (PL 16.3).
Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-8 (+) and GND (-). Open and
close the Finisher H-Transport Cover. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Interlock Sensor (PL 16.3).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the Booklet Drawer Actuator for deformation and foreign substances. Is it in proper
condition without deformation or foreign substances?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and correct the deformation.
Check the Drawer mechanism for deformation and skew. Is it in proper condition without
deformation or skew?
Y
N
Correct the deformation and skew.
Go to GP-140 Booklet Drawer Set Sensor Check Out FIP.
Turn the power OFF then ON. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

012-900 (Finisher-C) Buffer Path Sensor Static JAM A

012-901 (Finisher-C) H-Transport Entrance Sensor Static JAM A

BSD-ON:CH12.14

BSD-ON:CH12.6

Paper remains on the Buffer Path Sensor.

Paper remains on the H-Transport Entrance Sensor.

At this time, check that the Transport Gate Sensor and Finisher Entrance Sensor are ON.

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure
Check the Buffer Path Sensor for remaining paper, Actuator operation, and improper installation of the
Sensor. Is it installed correctly without remaining paper and is the Actuator in proper condition?
Y
N
Remove the remaining paper and install the Actuator and Sensor correctly.
Execute DC330[012-101 Buffer Path Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Buffer Path Sensor (PL 18.12)
using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-142 Buffer Path Sensor Check Out FIP.

Check the H-Transport Entrance Sensor for remaining paper and improper installation. Is it installed
correctly without remaining paper?
Y
N
Remove the remaining paper and install the Sensor correctly.
Execute DC330[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the H-Transport Entrance
Sensor (PL 18.3) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-167 H-Transport Entrance Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the H-Transport PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-117

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-118

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

012-901 (Finisher-B) H-Transport Entrance Sensor Static JAM A

012-902 (Finisher-C) H-Transport Exit Sensor Static JAM

BSD-ON:CH12.32

BSD-ON:CH12.6

Paper remains on the H-Transport Entrance Sensor.

The H-Transport Exit Sensor detected paper.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Remove foreign substances on the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Execute DC330[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Place paper in front of the H-Transport Entrance
Sensor (PL 16.3). Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8380 and P/J8390. Are P/J8380 and P/J8390 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8380 and P/J8390 securely.

Check the H-Transport Exit Sensor for remaining paper and improper installation. Is it installed
correctly without remaining paper?
Y
N
Remove the remaining paper and install the Sensor correctly.

Check the wire between J8380 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.32).
Is the wire between J8380 and J8390 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-12 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-13 (+) and GND (-).
Place paper in front of the H-Transport Entrance Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 16.3).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Execute DC330[012-191 H-Transport Exit Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the H-Transport Exit Sensor (PL
18.3) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-168 H-Transport Exit Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the H-Transport PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

012-902 (Finisher-B) H-Transport Exit Sensor Static JAM

012-903 (Finisher-C) Compiler Exit Sensor Static JAM

BSD-ON:CH12.32

BSD-ON:CH12.14

Paper remains on the H-Transport Exit Sensor.

The Compiler Exit Sensor detected paper.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Remove foreign substances on the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Execute DC330[012-191 H-Transport Exit Sensor]. Place paper in front of the H-Transport Exit Sensor
(PL 16.3). Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8381 and P/J8390. Are P/J8381 and P/J8390 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8381 and P/J8390 securely.

Check the Compiler Exit Sensor for remaining paper, Actuator operation, and improper installation of the
Sensor. Is it installed correctly without remaining paper and is the Actuator in proper condition?
Y
N
Remove the remaining paper and install the Actuator and Sensor correctly.

Check the wire between J8381 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.32).
Is the wire between J8381 and J8390 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Execute DC330[012-150 Compiler Exit Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Compiler Exit Sensor
(PL 18.11) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-138 Compiler Exit Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-6 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-14 (+) and GND (-).
Place paper in front of the H-Transport Exit Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Exit Sensor (PL 16.3).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-119

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-120

012-903 (Finisher-B) Compile Entrance Sensor Static JAM


BSD-ON:CH12.33
Paper remains on the Compiler Entrance Sensor.

Initial Actions
Remove foreign substances on the Sensor.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

012-905 (Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Compiler Tray No Paper


Sensor
BSD-ON:CH12.16
The Compile Tray No Paper Sensor detected paper.

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Execute DC330[012-150 Compile Entrance Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Compile Entrance
Sensor (PL 16.11). Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8814, P/J8825 and P/J8850. Are P/J8814, P/J8825 and P/J8850
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8814, P/J8825 and P/J8850 securely.
Check the wire between J8814 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.33).
Is the wire between J8814 and J8850 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.33) of the Finisher PWB between P8850-B9 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage (CH12.33) of the Finisher PWB between P8850-B8 (+) and GND (-).
Place paper in front of the Compile Entrance Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Compiler Entrance Sensor (PL 16.11).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Procedure
Check the Compile Tray No Paper Sensor for remaining paper, Actuator operation, and improper
installation of the Sensor. Is it installed correctly without remaining paper and is the Actuator in
proper condition?
Y
N
Remove the remaining paper and install the Actuator and Sensor correctly.
Execute DC330[012-151 Compile Tray No Paper Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Compile Tray No
Paper Sensor (PL 18.10) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-183 Compile Tray No Paper Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

012-905 (Finisher-B) Compile Paper Sensor Static JAM

012-920 (Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Transport Gate Sensor


(Top Path JOB) A/B

BSD-ON:CH12.34

BSD-ON:CH12.12

Paper remains on the Compile Paper Sensor.

The Transport Gate Sensor detected paper.

Initial Actions
Remove foreign substances on the Sensor.

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Execute DC330[012-151 Compile Paper Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Compile Paper Sensor
(PL 16.9). Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8806 and P/J8848. Are P/J8806 and P/J8848 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8806 and P/J8848 securely.
Check the wire between J8806 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.34).
Is the wire between J8806 and J8848 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.34) of the Finisher PWB between P8848-A6 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Procedure
Check the Transport Gate Sensor for remaining paper and improper installation. Is it installed
correctly without remaining paper?
Y
N
Remove the remaining paper and install the Sensor correctly.
Execute DC330[012-102 Transport Gate Sensor]. Shield the front light receptor surface of the Transport
Gate Sensor (PL 18.14) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-184 Transport Gate Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Measure the voltage (CH12.34) of the Finisher PWB between P8848-A5 (+) and GND (-).
Place paper in front of the Compile Paper Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Compile Paper Sensor (PL 16.9).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-121

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

012-923 (Finisher-C) H-Transport Entrance Sensor Static JAM B


BSD-ON:CH12.6 CH12.5
Paper remains on the H-Transport Entrance Sensor.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Execute DC330[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor] and operate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor
Actuator. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the H-Transport Entrance Sensor and the connector that is connected to the H-Transport
PWB. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Disconnect the H-Transport Entrance Sensor J8380 and the P8372 that is connected to the
H-Transport PWB to check the conductivity of the wires between P8372-7 and J8380-3, P8372-8
and J8380-2, as well as P8372-9 and J8380-1. Are the wires between J8372-7 and J8380-3,
J8372-8 and J8380-2, as well as J8372-9 and J8380-1 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Measure the voltage (CH12.6) between the H-Transport PWB J8372-9 (+) and J8372-7.
Is the voltage between P8372-9 and P8372-7 +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport PWB (PL 18.15).
Check that the voltage of the wire between the H-Transport PWB J8372-8 and J8372-7 changes
when the H-Transport Entrance Sensor Actuator is operated. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 18.3).
Replace the H-Transport PWB (PL 18.15).
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[012-090 H-Transport Motor] to check that the H-Transport Motor is rotating.
Is the H-Transport Motor rotating?

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-122
Y

Version 2.1
N
Check the H-Transport Motor and the connector that is connected to the H-Transport PWB.
Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the H-Transport Motor and the connector that is connected to the H-Transport PWB
securely.
Disconnect the P/J8379 of the H-Transport Motor and the P8372 that is connected to the
H-Transport PWB to check the conductivity of the wires between P8372-13 and J8379-6, P8372-12
and J8379-4, P8372-11 and J8379-1, P8372-10 and J8379-3, P8372-15 and J8379-2, as well as
P8372-14 and J8379-5. Are the wires between P8372-13 and J8379-6, P8372-12 and J8379-4,
P8372-11 and J8379-1, P8372-10 and J8379-3, P8372-15 and J8379-2, as well as P8372-14 and
J8379-5 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Measure the resistance between the H-Transport Motor connectors P8379-2/5 and each of the
P8379-1/3/4/6 pin. Do the connectors P8379-2/5 and each of the P8379-1/3/4/6 pin have no
open circuit and have resistance between them?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 18.3).
Check the voltages (CH12.5) between the H-Transport PWB J8372-15 (+) and GND (-) as well as
between J8372-14 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage between J8372-15 (+) and GND (-) as well as
between J8372-14 (+) and GND(-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the H-Transport Motor.

Replace the H-Transport PWB (PL 18.15). After the replacement, turn the power ON.
Does the error reoccur?
Y
N
Procedure is completed
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

012-923 (Finisher-B) H-Transport Entrance Sensor Static JAM

012-926 (Finisher-C) Buffer Path Sensor Static JAM B

BSD-ON:CH12.32

BSD-ON:CH12.14 CH12.7

During standby, paper was detected by the H-Transport Entrance Sensor.

Paper remains on the Buffer Path Sensor. At this time, check that the Transport Gate Sensor is ON and
the Finisher Entrance Sensor is OFF.

Initial Actions
Initial Actions

Remove foreign substances on the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.


Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Procedure
Execute DC330[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Place paper in front of the H-Transport Entrance
Sensor (PL 16.3). Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8380 and P/J8390. Are P/J8380 and P/J8390 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8380 and P/J8390 securely.
Check the wire between J8380 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.32).
Is the wire between J8380 and J8390 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-12 (+) and GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[012-101 Buffer Path Sensor]. Operate the Buffer Path Sensor Actuator.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8392 and P/J8318. Are P/J8392 and P/J8318 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8392 and P/J8318 securely.
Check the connection of P/J8318 and P/J8302. Are P/J8318 and P/J8302 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8318 and P/J8302 securely.

Measure the voltage (CH12.32) of the Finisher PWB between P8390-13 (+) and GND (-).
Place paper in front of the H-Transport Entrance Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 16.3).

Disconnect the P/J8392 and P/J8318 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8392-3
and J8318B-1, J8392-2 and J8318B-2, as well as J8392-1 and J8318B-3. Are the wires between
J8392-3 and J8318B-1, J8392-2 and J8318B-2, as well as J8392-1 and J8318B-3 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).


Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).

Disconnect the P/J8318 and P/J8302 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8318A-3
and J8302-13, J8318A-2 and J8302-14 as well as J8318A-1 and J8302-15. Are the wires
between J8318A-3 and J8302-13, J8318A-2 and J8302-14 as well as J8318A-1 and J8302-15
conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher Main PWB J8302-15 and J8302-13 (CH12.14).
Is the voltage between P8302-15 and P8302-13 +5VDC?

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

A
2007/10/01
2-123

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP
A
Y

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-124

N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Check that the voltage of the wire between P8302-14 and P8302-13 changes every time the Buffer
Path Sensor Actuator is operated. Does the voltage of the wire between P8302-14 and P830213 change every time the Buffer Path Sensor Actuator is operated?
Y
N
Replace the Buffer Path Sensor (PL 18.12).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi Motor] to check that the Finisher Regi Motor is rotating.
Is the Finisher Regi Motor rotating properly?
Y
N
Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi Motor] to check that the rotation of the Finisher Regi Motor is
transferred via the Belt to the Roll Assy-Buffer. Is the rotation of the Finisher Regi Motor
transferred via the Belt to the Roll Assy-Buffer?
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher Regi Motor and Belt.
Check the connection of P/J8335 and P/J8304. Are P/J8335 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8335 and P/J8304 securely.
Disconnect the P/J8335 and P/J8304 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8335-1
and J8304-7, J8335-2 and J8304-8, J8335-3 and J8304-9, J8335-4 and J8304-11, J8335-5 and
J8304-10 as well as J8335-6 and J8304-13. Are the wires between J8335-1 and J8304-7,
J8335-2 and J8304-8, J8335-3 and J8304-9, J8335-4 and J8304-11, J8335-5 and J8304-10 as
well as J8335-6 and J8304-13 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Version 2.1

012-927 (Finisher-C) Buffer Path Sensor Static JAM C


BSD-ON:CH12.14 CH12.7
Paper remains on the Buffer Path Sensor. At this time, check that the Transport Gate Sensor is OFF.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[012-101 Buffer Path Sensor]. Operate the Buffer Path Sensor Actuator.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8392 and P/J8318. Are P/J8392 and P/J8318 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8392 and P/J8318 securely.
Check the connection of P/J8318 and P/J8302. Are P/J8318 and P/J8302 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8318 and P/J8302 securely.

Measure the resistance between the Finisher Regi Motor connectors P8335-2/5 and each of the
P8335-1/3/4/6 pin. Do the P8335-2/5 connectors and each of the P8335-1/3/4/6 pin have no
open circuit and have resistance between them?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Regi Motor (PL 18.14).

Disconnect the P/J8392 and P/J8318 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8392-3
and J8318B-1, J8392-2 and J8318B-2, as well as J8392-1 and J8318B-3. Are the wires between
J8392-3 and J8318B-1, J8392-2 and J8318B-2, as well as J8392-1 and J8318B-3 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Check the voltage (CH12.7) between the Finisher Main PWB J8304-8 and the Frame Chassis as
well as between J8304-10 and the Frame Chassis. Is the voltage between J8304-8 and the
Frame Chassis as well as between J8304-10 and the Frame Chassis +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Disconnect the P/J8318 and P/J8302 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8318A-3
and J8302-13, J8318A-2 and J8302-14 as well as J8318A-1 and J8302-15. Are the wires
between J8318A-3 and J8302-13, J8318A-2 and J8302-14 as well as J8318A-1 and J8302-15
conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Replace the Finisher Regi Motor (PL 18.14).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher Main PWB J8302-15 and J8302-13 (CH12.14).
Is the voltage between P8302-15 and P8302-13 +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

B
Check that the voltage of the wire between P8302-14 and P8302-13 changes every time the Buffer
Path Sensor Actuator is operated. Does the voltage of the wire between P8302-14 and P830213 change every time the Buffer Path Sensor Actuator is operated?
Y
N
Replace the Buffer Path Sensor (PL 18.12).

012-929 (Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Top Tray Exit Sensor C


BSD-ON:CH12.13 CH12.7
Paper remains on the Top Tray Exit Sensor. At this time, check that the Finisher Entrance Sensor is OFF.

Initial Actions

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Turn the power OFF then ON.


Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi Motor] to check that the Finisher Regi Motor is rotating.
Is the Finisher Regi Motor rotating properly?
Y
N
Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi Motor] to check that the rotation of the Finisher Regi Motor is
transferred via the Belt to the Roll Assy-Buffer. Is the rotation of the Finisher Regi Motor
transferred via the Belt to the Roll Assy-Buffer?
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher Regi Motor and Belt.
Check the connection of P/J8335 and P/J8304. Are P/J8335 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8335 and P/J8304 securely.
Disconnect the P/J8335 and P/J8304 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8335-1 and
J8304-7, J8335-2 and J8304-8, J8335-3 and J8304-9, J8335-4 and J8304-11, J8335-5 and J830410 as well as J8335-6 and J8304-13. Are the wires between J8335-1 and J8304-7, J8335-2 and
J8304-8, J8335-3 and J8304-9, J8335-4 and J8304-11, J8335-5 and J8304-10 as well as J83356 and J8304-13 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[012-115 Top Tray Exit Sensor] and operate the Top Tray Exit Sensor Actuator.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J8321 and P/J8312 as well as P/J8312 and P/J8302. Are P/J8321 and
P/J8312 as well as P/J8312 and P/J8302 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8321 and P/J8312 as well as P/J8321 and P/J8302 securely.

Measure the resistance between the Finisher Regi Motor connectors P8335-2/5 and each of the
P8335-1/3/4/6 pin. Do the P8335-2/5 connectors and each of the P8335-1/3/4/6 pin have no
open circuit and have resistance between them?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Regi Motor (PL 18.14).
Check the voltage (CH12.7) between the Finisher Main PWB J8304-8 and the Frame Chassis as
well as between J8304-10 and the Frame Chassis. Is the voltage between J8304-8 and the
Frame Chassis as well as between J8304-10 and the Frame Chassis +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Finisher Regi Motor (PL 18.14).

Disconnect the P/J8321 and P/J8312 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8321-3
and J8312B-1, J8321-2 and J8312B-2 as well as J8321-1 and J8312B-3. Are the wires between
J8321-3 and J8312B-1, J8321-2 and J8312B-2 as well as J8321-1 and J8312B-3 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Disconnect the P/J8312 and P/J8302 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8312A-3
and J8302-7, J8312A-2 and J8302-8 as well as J8312A-1 and J8302-9. Are the wires between
J8312A-3 and J8302-7, J8312A-2 and J8302-8 as well as J8312A-1 and J8302-9 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher Main PWB J8302-9 and J8302-7 (CH12.13).
Is the voltage between P8302-9 and P8302-7 +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Check that the voltage of the wire between the Finisher Main PWB P8302-8 and P8302-7 changes
every time paper is placed in front of the Sensor. Does the voltage change?

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

A
2007/10/01
2-125

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP
A
Y

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-126

N
Replace the Top Tray Exit Sensor (PL 18.14).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).


Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi Motor] to check that the Finisher Regi Motor is rotating.
Is the Finisher Regi Motor rotating properly?
Y
N
Execute DC330[012-003 Finisher Regi Motor] to check that the rotation of the Finisher Regi Motor is
transferred via the Belt to the Roll Assy-Buffer. Is the rotation of the Finisher Regi Motor
transferred via the Belt to the Roll Assy-Buffer?
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher Regi Motor and Belt.
Check the connection of P/J8335 and P/J8304. Are P/J8335 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8335 and P/J8304 securely.
Disconnect the P/J8335 and P/J8304 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8335-1 and
J8304-7, J8335-2 and J8304-8, J8335-3 and J8304-9, J8335-4 and J8304-11, J8335-5 and J830410 as well as J8335-6 and J8304-13. Are the wires between J8335-1 and J8304-7, J8335-2 and
J8304-8, J8335-3 and J8304-9, J8335-4 and J8304-11, J8335-5 and J8304-10 as well as J83356 and J8304-13 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Version 2.1

012-931 (Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Transport Gate Sensor


(Top Path Job) C
BSD-ON:CH12.12 CH12.7
Paper remains on the Transport Gate Sensor in the Top Tray Paper Output mode. At this time, check that
the Finisher Entrance Sensor is OFF.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Execute DC330[012-001 Finisher Transport Motor] to check that the Finisher Transport Motor is rotating.
Is the Finisher Transport Motor rotating?
Y
N
Check that P/J8342 and P/J8304 are connected securely. Are P/J8342 and P/J8304 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8342 and P/J8304 securely.
Disconnect the P/J8342 and P/J8304 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8342-1 and
J8304-23, J8342-2 and J8304-16, J8342-3 and J8304-25, J8342-4 and J8304-27, J8342-5 and
J8304-18 as well as J8342-6 and J8304-29. Are the wires between J8342-1 and J8304-23,
J8342-2 and J8304-16, J8342-3 and J8304-25, J8342-4 and J8304-27, J8342-5 and J8304-18 as
well as J8342-6 and J8304-29 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Measure the resistance between the Finisher Regi Motor connectors P8335-2/5 and each of the
P8335-1/3/4/6 pin. Do the P8335-2/5 connectors and each of the P8335-1/3/4/6 pin have no
open circuit and have resistance between them?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Regi Motor (PL 18.14).

Check the resistance (CH12.7) between the Finisher Transport Motor connectors P8342-2/5 and
each of the P8342-1/3/4/6 pin. Do the connectors P8342-2/5 and each of the P8342-1/3/4/6 pin
have no open circuit and have resistance between them?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Transport Motor (PL 18.12).

Check the voltage (CH12.7) between the Finisher Main PWB J8304-8 and the Frame Chassis as
well as between J8304-10 and the Frame Chassis. Is the voltage between J8304-8 and the
Frame Chassis as well as between J8304-10 and the Frame Chassis +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Check the voltage (CH12.7) between the Finisher Main PWB J8304-16 and the Frame Chassis as
well as between J8304-18 and the Frame Chassis. Is the voltage between J8304-16 and the
Frame Chassis as well as between J8304-18 and the Frame Chassis +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher Regi Motor (PL 18.14).


Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher Transport Motor (PL 18.12).


Execute DC330[012-001 Finisher Transport Motor] to check that the rotation of the Finisher Transport
Motor is transferred via the Belt to the Entrance Roll and two Top Tray Transport Rolls. Is the rotation
of the Finisher Transport Motor transferred via the Belt to the Entrance Roll and two Top Tray
Transport Rolls?
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher Transport Motor and Belt.

A
Execute DC330[012-102 Transport Gate Sensor] and place paper at the front of the Transport Gate
Sensor. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check that the J8376, J8434A/B, and J8432 connectors are securely connected. Are the J8376,
J8434A/B, and J8432 connectors securely connected?
Y
N
Connect the J8376, J8434A/B, and J8432 connectors securely.

012-932 (Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Transport Gate Sensor


(Compile Path JOB) A/B
BSD-ON:CH12.12
Paper remains on the Transport Gate Sensor. At this time, check that the Finisher Entrance Sensor is
ON.

Disconnect P/J8432 and P/J8376 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8432-3
and J8376-1, J8432-2 and J8376-2, as well as J8432-1 and J8376-3. Are the wires between
J8432-3 and J8376-1, J8432-2 and J8376-2, as well as J8432-1 and J8376-3 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.

Initial Actions

Check the voltage (CH12.12) between the Finisher MAIN PWB P8376-3 and P8376-1.
Is the voltage between P8376-3 and P8376-1 +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Procedure

Check the installation of the Sensor.


Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the Transport Gate Sensor for remaining paper and improper installation. Is it installed
correctly without remaining paper?
Y
N
Remove the remaining paper and install the Sensor correctly.

Check that the voltage of the Finisher Main PWB P8376-2 and P8376-1 changes every time paper
is placed in front of the Transport Gate Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Gate Sensor (PL 18.14).

Execute DC330[014-102 Transport Gate Sensor]. Shield the front light receptor surface of the Transport
Gate Sensor (PL 18.14) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-184 Transport Gate Sensor Check Out FIP.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).


Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-127

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

012-934 (Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Transport Gate Sensor


(Compile Path Job) A/B
BSD-ON:CH12.12 CH12.7
Paper remains on the Transport Gate Sensor in the Stacker Tary Paper Output mode. At this time, check
that the Finisher Entrance Sensor is OFF.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Execute DC330[012-001 Finisher Transport Motor] to check that the Finisher Transport Motor is rotating.
Is the Finisher Transport Motor rotating?
Y
N
Check that P/J8342 and P/J8304 are connected securely. Are P/J8342 and P/J8304 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8342 and P/J8304 securely.
Disconnect the P/J8342 and P/J8304 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8342-1 and
J8304-23, J8342-2 and J8304-16, J8342-3 and J8304-25, J8342-4 and J8304-27, J8342-5 and
J8304-18 as well as J8342-6 and J8304-29. Are the wires between J8342-1 and J8304-23,
J8342-2 and J8304-16, J8342-3 and J8304-25, J8342-4 and J8304-27, J8342-5 and J8304-18 as
well as J8342-6 and J8304-29 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Check the resistance (CH12.7) between the Finisher Transport Motor connectors P8342-2/5 and
each of the P8342-1/3/4/6 pin. Do the connectors P8342-2/5 and each of the P8342-1/3/4/6 pin
have no open circuit and have resistance between them?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Transport Motor (PL 18.12).
Check the voltage (CH12.7) between the Finisher Main PWB J8304-16 and the Frame Chassis as
well as between J8304-18 and the Frame Chassis. Is the voltage between J8304-16 and the
Frame Chassis as well as between J8304-18 and the Frame Chassis +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Finisher Transport Motor (PL 18.12).
Execute DC330[012-001 Finisher Transport Motor] to check that the rotation of the Finisher Transport
Motor is transferred via the Belt to the Entrance Roll and two Top Tray Transport Rolls.
Is the rotation of the Finisher Transport Motor transferred via the Belt to the Entrance Roll and two
Top Tray Transport Rolls?
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher Transport Motor and Belt.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-128A

Version 2.1

Execute DC330[012-102 Transport Gate Sensor] and place paper at the front of the Transport Gate
Sensor. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check that the J8376, J8434A/B, and J8432 connectors are securely connected. Are the J8376,
J8434A/B, and J8432 connectors securely connected?
Y
N
Connect the J8376, J8434A/B, and J8432 connectors securely.
Disconnect P/J8432 and P/J8376 to check the conductivity of the wires between J8432-3
and J8376-1, J8432-2 and J8376-2, as well as J8432-1 and J8376-3. Are the wires between
J8432-3 and J8376-1, J8432-2 and J8376-2, as well as J8432-1 and J8376-3 conducting?
Y
N
Replace the harness.
Check the voltage (CH12.12) between the Finisher MAIN PWB P8376-3 and P8376-1.
Is the voltage between P8376-3 and P8376-1 +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Check that the voltage of the Finisher Main PWB P8376-2 and P8376-1 changes every time paper
is placed in front of the Transport Gate Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Gate Sensor (PL 18.14).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

012-935 (Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Finisher Entrance Sensor

012-937 (Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Booklet In Sensor B

BSD-ON:CH12.8

BSD-ON:CH12.23

The Finisher Entrance Sensor detected paper.

The Booklet In Sensor detected paper. (The Booklet In Sensor detected paper when the Interlock was
closed or opened at Power ON). At this time, check that the Transport Exit Sensor is OFF.

Initial Actions
Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.


Turn the power OFF then ON.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Procedure

Check the Finisher Entrance Sensor for remaining paper and improper installation. Is it installed
correctly without remaining paper?
Y
N
Remove the remaining paper and install the Sensor correctly.

Check the Booklet In Sensor for remaining paper and improper installation. Is it installed correctly
without remaining paper?
Y
N
Remove the remaining paper and install the Sensor correctly.

Execute DC330[012-100 Finisher Entrance Sensor]. Shield the front light receptor surface of the Finisher
Entrance Sensor (PL 18.12) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-182 Finisher Entrance Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[013-135 Booklet In Sensor]. Shield the front light receptor surface of the Booklet In
Sensor (PL 18.23) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-185 Booklet In Sensor Check Out FIP.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).


Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

012-936 (Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Booklet In Sensor A


BSD-ON:CH12.23
The Booklet In Sensor detected paper. (The Booklet In Sensor detected paper when the Interlock was
closed at Power ON). At this time, check that the H-Transport Exit Sensor is ON.

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Booklet In Sensor for remaining paper and improper installation. . Is it installed correctly
without remaining paper?
Y
N
Remove the remaining paper and install the Sensor correctly.
Execute DC330[013-135 Booklet In Sensor]. Shield the front light receptor surface of the Booklet In
Sensor (PL 18.23) with paper. . Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-185 Booklet In Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-129

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-130

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

013-902 (Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Booklet Compile No Paper


Sensor

013-903 (Finisher-C) Paper Remain at Booklet Folder Roll Exit


Sensor

BSD-ON:CH12.25

BSD-ON:CH12.29

The Booklet Compiler No Paper Sensor detected paper (Static JAM).

The Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor detected paper (Static JAM).

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Check the installation of the Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check for remaining paper. Is the Paper Path in proper condition without remaining paper?
Y
N
Remove the remaining paper.

Check for remaining paper. Is the Paper Path in proper condition without remaining paper?
Y
N
Remove the remaining paper.

Check the power supply voltage. Is the power supply voltage at the specified voltage without
decreasing?
Y
N
Use the specified power supply voltage.

Check the power supply voltage. Is the power supply voltage at the specified voltage without
decreasing?
Y
N
Use the specified power supply voltage.

Execute DC330[013-102 Booklet Compile No Paper Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Booklet
Compiler No Paper Sensor (PL 18.20) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-169 Booklet Compiler No Paper Sensor Check Out FIP.

Execute DC330[013-103 Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Booklet
Folder Roll Exit Sensor (PL 18.23) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-134 Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor Check Out FIP.

Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-131

013-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
013-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-132

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

024-910 Tray 1 Size Mismatch

BSD-ON:CH7.1 CH8.12

Measure the voltage (CH8.12) between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and the GND (-).
Operate the Registration Sensor Actuator using your hand or a piece paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).

After feeding from Tray 1, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 1 Size Switch did
not match.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Reload the tray.

N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Feed paper from another tray. Does the problem occur when paper is fed from another tray?
Y
N
Check the guide. Is the guide set correctly?
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. Is the Guide Actuator operating properly?
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. Is the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1) correctly.
Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).
Execute DC330[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Operate the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4) Actuator using
your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. Is P/J104 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J104 securely.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.12). Is the wire
between J104 and J403 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH8.12) between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
A
Version
2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-133

024-xxx IOT

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


2007/10/01
Version 2.1
2-134A
B
Measure the voltage (CH8.12) between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and the GND (-).
024-911 Tray 2 Size Mismatch
Operate the Registration Sensor Actuator using your hand or a piece paper. Does the voltage
BSD-ON:CH7.2 CH8.12
change?
Y
N
After feeding from Tray 2, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 2 Size Switch did
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
not match.
024-xxx IOT

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Reload the tray.

Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Feed paper from another tray. Does the problem occur when paper is fed from another tray?
Y
N
Check the guide. Is the guide set correctly?
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. Is the Guide Actuator operating properly?
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. Is the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1) correctly.
Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).
Execute DC330[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Operate the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4) Actuator using
your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. Is P/J104 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J104 securely.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.12). Is the wire
between J104 and J403 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH8.12) between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
A

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

024-912 Tray 3 Size Mismatch

BSD-ON:CH7.3 CH8.12

Measure the voltage (CH8.12) between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and the GND (-).
Operate the Registration Sensor Actuator using your hand or a piece paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).

After feeding from Tray 3, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 3 Size Switch did
not match.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Reload the tray.

N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Feed paper from another tray. Does the problem occur when paper is fed from another tray?
Y
N
Check the guide. Is the guide set correctly?
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. Is the Guide Actuator operating properly?
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. Is the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.4) correctly.
Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).
Execute DC330[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Operate the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4) Actuator using
your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. Is P/J104 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J104 securely.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.12). Is the wire
between J104 and J403 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH8.12) between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
A
Version
2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-135

024-xxx IOT

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


2007/10/01
Version 2.1
2-136A
B
Measure the voltage (CH8.12) between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and the GND (-).
024-913 Tray 4 Size Mismatch
Operate the Registration Sensor Actuator using your hand or a piece paper. Does the voltage
BSD-ON:CH7.4 CH8.12
change?
Y
N
After feeding from Tray 4, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 4 Size Switch did
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
not match.
024-xxx IOT

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Reload the tray.

Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Feed paper from another tray. Does the problem occur when paper is fed from another tray?
Y
N
Check the guide. Is the guide set correctly?
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. Is the Guide Actuator operating properly?
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. Is the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.4) correctly.
Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).
Execute DC330[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Operate the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4) Actuator using
your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. Is P/J104 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J104 securely.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.12). Is the wire
between J104 and J403 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH8.12) between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
A

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

024-914 Tray6 Size Mismatch


BSD-ON:CH7.7 CH8.12
When the paper length in Slow Scan direction is measured on the paper feed path, the detected size is
different from the size detected by the HCF tray.

B
Measure the voltage (CH8.12) between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and the GND (-).
Operate the Registration Sensor Actuator using your hand or a piece paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Initial Actions

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the paper status in the tray.


Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the paper size and installation status in the tray. Are the paper size and the installation
position of the Paper Guide appropriate?
Y
N
Load an appropriate paper size and align the installation position of the Paper Guide to the paper
size.
Turn the power OFF then ON. and execute the job again. Is the job executed properly?
Y
N
Execute DC330[078-202 HCF1 Size Sensor Letter], Shield the HCF Paper Size Sensor (Letter) with
paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-099 HCF Paper Size Sensor (Letter) Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[078-203 HCF1 Size Sensor A4]. Shield the HCF Paper Size Sensor (A4) with
paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-100 HCF Paper Size Sensor (A4) Check Out FIP.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute DC330[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Operate the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4) Actuator using
your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. Is P/J104 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J104 securely.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.12). Is the wire
between J104 and J403 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH8.12) between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
A
B 2.1
Version

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-137

024-xxx IOT

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx IOT

024-916 (Finisher-C) Mix Full Stack


BSD-ON:CH12.22
One of the following conditions was met when Mix Full was detected in the Finisher Stacker Tray.

Compared to the maximum paper size that was loaded at the previous JOB, the paper size (in either
feed direction or width direction) of the next JOB is bigger.

Staple mode has been changed while the width of the maximum paper size that was loaded at the
previous JOB is less than 279.4mm.

Since some paper remained in the Stacker Tray at Power ON, the maximum paper size that was
loaded at the previous JOB is "unknown".

Initial Actions
Check the paper on the Stacker Tray.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the paper size in the Stacker Tray. Is the paper size (in either feed direction or width
direction) of the next job is the same as or smaller than the maximum paper size that was loaded
at the previous job?
Y
N
Load an appropriate paper size in the tray.
Check the current Staple mode settings. Is it the same as the Staple mode settings as the previous
job?
Y
N
Return the Staple mode settings back to the previous.
Check the remaining paper on the Stacker Tray before turning the power ON. Is the Stacker Tray in
proper condition with no paper remaining from the previous job and it is in the No Paper status?
Y
N
Remove the paper from the previous job.
Start the job. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Check the Stacker Tray No Paper Sensor. Is the light receptor surface of the Sensor in proper
condition, with no contamination and installed correctly?
Y
N
Remove the contamination and install it correctly.
Execute DC330[014-262 Stacker No Paper Sensor]. Shield the front light receptor surface of the Stacker
No Paper Sensor (PL 18.6) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-104 Stacker No Paper Sensor Check Out FIP.
Check the connection of the connectors between the machine and Finisher. Are the connectors
connected securely?

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-138
Y

Version 2.1
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

A
Check the connection of the connectors between the machine and Finisher. Are the connectors
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

024-917 (Finisher-C) Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count


BSD-ON:CH12.22
One of the following conditions was met when Mix Full position was detected.

Compared to the maximum paper size that was loaded at the previous JOB, the paper size (in either
feed direction or width direction) of the next JOB is bigger.

Staple mode has been changed while the width of the maximum paper size that was loaded at the
previous JOB is less than 279.4mm.

The maximum paper size that was loaded at the previous JOB is "unknown".

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Initial Actions
Check the paper on the Stacker Tray.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the paper size in the Stacker Tray. Is the paper size (in either feed direction or width
direction) of the next job is the same as or smaller than the maximum paper size that was loaded
at the previous job?
Y
N
Load an appropriate paper size in the tray.
Check the current Staple mode settings. Is it the same as the Staple mode settings as the previous
job?
Y
N
Return the Staple mode settings back to the previous.
Check the remaining paper on the Stacker Tray before turning the power ON. Is the Stacker Tray in
proper condition with no paper from the previous job remaining and it is in the No Paper status?
Y
N
Remove the paper from the previous job.
Start the job. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Check the Stacker No Paper Sensor (PL 18.6). Is the light receptor surface of the Sensor in proper
condition, with no contamination and installed correctly?
Y
N
Remove the contamination and install it correctly.
Execute DC330[014-262 Stacker No Paper Sensor]. Turn the Belt manually and raise the Stacker Tray
until the Actuator blocks the light receptor surface of the Stacker No Paper Sensor (PL 18.6).
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-104 Stacker No Paper Sensor Check Out FIP.

A
Version
2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-139

024-xxx IOT

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx IOT

2007/10/01
2-140

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

024-919 Face UP Tray Close

024-942 (Finisher-C) Booklet App450s Counts Over

BSD-ON:CH1.4

BSD-ON:--

When output was sent to the Face Up Tray, the Face Up Tray Detect Switch detected that the Face Up
Tray was closed.

The system detected that the number of sheets loaded when printing was started exceeded the
specifiable number of sheets for Booklet.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Open the Face Up Tray.

Maximum number of sheets for Booklet.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check that the installation and opening/closing of the Face Up Tray are correct.

Procedure

Procedure
Check the installation of the Exit 2 Module. Is the Exit 2 Module installed securely?
Y
N
Install the Exit 2 Module securely.

Load paper according to the maximum number of sheets for Booklet. Turn the power OFF then ON.
Cancel Booklet. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Bind sheets by the maximum number of sheets for Booklet.
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Check the connection of the Exit PWB P/J434. Is P/J434 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J434 securely.
Check the connection of the Face Up Tray Detect Switch P/J115. Is P/J115 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J115 securely.

024-943 (Finisher-C) Booklet Low Staple


BSD-ON:CH12.27
Staple needles are near empty. Or, the Cartridge is removed.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the wire between J115 and J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between J115
and J434 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity between the Face Up Tray Detect Switch contact points. Does the resistance
change when the contact points are operated?
Y
N
Replace the Face Up Tray Detect Switch (PL 6.4).
Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P434-11 (+) and the GND (-). Does the voltage change
when the Face Up Tray is closed/opened?
Y
N
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Reinstall the Cartridge.

Procedure
Check the installation of the Staple Cartridge (PL 18.8). . Is the Staple Cartridge installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the Staple Cartridge securely.
Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Execute DC330[014-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Remove and set the Staple Cartridge. . Does the display
change?
Y
N
Go to GP-105 Low Staple Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Staple Cartridge with a new one. . Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

024-946 Tray1 Out Of Place

024-948 (2TM) Tray3 Out Of Place

BSD-ON:CH7.1

BSD-ON:CH7.3

The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch detected no tray.

The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch detected no tray.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Reload the tray correctly.

Check the operation of the Actuator that turns the Paper Size Switch ON and OFF.

Check the operation of the Actuator that turns the Paper Size Switch ON and OFF.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Reload the tray correctly.

Procedure

Procedure

Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. Does [024-946] occur?
Y
N
Replace the faulty parts in the Actuator that turns the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch ON and OFF.

Remove Trays 3 and 1. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 1. Does [024-948] occur?
Y
N
Replace the faulty parts in the Actuator that turns the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch ON and OFF.

Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. Is the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. Is the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).

Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).

024-947 Tray2 Out Of Place

024-948 (TTM) Tray 3 Out Of Place

BSD-ON:CH7.2

BSD-ON:CH7.5

The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch detected no tray.

The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch detected no tray.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Reload the tray correctly.

Check the operation of the Actuator that turns the Paper Size Switch ON and OFF.

Check the operation of the tray actuator.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Power OFF/ON

Reload the tray correctly.

Procedure

Procedure

Remove Trays 2 and 1. Replace Tray 2 with Tray 1. . Does [024-947] occur?
Y
N
Replace the faulty parts in the Actuator that turns the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch ON and OFF.

Check the Tray 3 Actuator.. The Tray 3 Actuator is not distorted.


Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator.

Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. . Is the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. . Is the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch
installed correctly.?
Y
N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).

Go to the OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-141

024-xxx IOT

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx IOT

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-142

Version 2.1

024-949 (2TM) Tray4 Out Of Place

024-950 Tray1 Empty

BSD-ON:CH7.4

BSD-ON:CH7.8

The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch detected no tray.

Tray 1 has run out of paper.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Reload the tray correctly.

Check the operation of the Actuator that turns the Paper Size Switch ON and OFF.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Remove Trays 4 and 1. Replace Tray 4 with Tray 1. Does [024-949] occur?
Y
N
Replace the faulty parts in the Actuator that turns the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch ON and OFF.
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. Is the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).

024-949 (TTM) Tray 4 Out Of Place


BSD-ON:CH7.6
The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch detected no tray.

Initial Actions

Reload the tray correctly.

Check the operation of the tray actuator.

Power OFF/ON

Procedure
Check the Tray 4 Actuator.. The Tray 4 Actuator is not distorted.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. . Is the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch
installed correctly.?
Y
N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the installation of the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the Actuator.
Is the Sensor installed correctly and the Actuator operating properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation and abnormal operation.
Execute DC330[071-201 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL
2.3) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J101, P/J601 and P/J409. Are P/J101, P/J601 and P/J409 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J101, P/J601 and P/J409 securely.
Check the wire between J101 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J101 and J409 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409-A10 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409-B12 (+) and GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3) using your hand or a piece of paper.
Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

024-951 Tray2 Empty

024-952 Tray3 Empty

BSD-ON:CH7.9

BSD-ON:CH7.10 CH7.12

Tray 2 has run out of paper.

Tray 3 has run out of paper.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the installation of the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the Actuator.
Is the Sensor installed correctly and the Actuator operating properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation and abnormal operation.

Check the installation of the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the
Actuator.
Is the Sensor installed correctly and the Actuator operating properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation and abnormal operation.

Execute DC330[071-202 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor
(PL 2.3) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409. Are P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409 securely.

Execute DC330[071-203 Tray 3 No Paper Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor
(PL 12.3/PL 13.6) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J102B, P/J661B and P/J549. Are P/J102B, P/J661B and P/J549
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J102B, P/J661B and P/J549 securely.

Check the wire between J103 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J103 and J409 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J102B and J549B for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire
between J102B and J549B conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409-B10 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B10 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409-B12 (+) and GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3) using your hand or a piece of paper.
Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3).

Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B12 (+) and GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) using your hand or a piece of
paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-143

024-xxx IOT

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx IOT

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-144

Version 2.1

024-953 Tray4 Empty

024-954 MSI Empty

BSD-ON:CH7.11 CH7.13

BSD-ON:CH7.14

Tray 4 has run out of paper.

The MSI has run out of paper.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the installation of the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the
Actuator.
Is the Sensor installed correctly and the Actuator operating properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation and abnormal operation.

Check the installation of the MSI No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1) and the operation of the Actuator.
Is the Sensor installed correctly and the Actuator operating properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation and abnormal operation.

Execute DC330[071-204 Tray 4 No Paper Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL
12.3/PL 13.6) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J102A, P/J661A and P/J549. Are P/J102A, P/J661A and P/J549
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J102A, P/J661A and P/J549 securely.
Check the wire between J102A and J549A for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire
between J102A and J549A conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A10 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A12 (+) and GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) using your hand or a piece of
paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).

Execute DC330[071-205 MSI No Paper Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the MSI No Paper Sensor
(PL 7.1) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411. Are P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411 securely.
Check the wire between J108 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J108 and J411 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-6 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-8 (+) and GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the MSI No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1) using your hand or a piece of paper.
Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the MSI No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).


Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

024-955 Tray6 Empty

024-958 MSI Size Fail

BSD-ON:CH7.15

BSD-ON:CH7.14

HCF No Paper was detected.

The MSI is unable to detect the paper size.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the Tray for paper.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the operation of the MSI Guide.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the installation and operation of the MSI Guide. Is the Guide installed correctly and operating
properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation and abnormal operation.

Check the HCF for paper. Is paper loaded?


Y
N
Load paper.
Execute DC330[078-200 HCF No Paper Sensor]. Operate the Actuator of the HCF No Paper Sensor (PL
17.5). Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-101 HCF No Paper Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute DC140[071-234 MSI Paper Size Sensor]. Manually operate the MSI Guide. Does the display
change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411. Are P/J107, P/J609, P/J605
and P/J411 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411 securely.
Check the wire between J107 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J107 and J411 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-1 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-3 (+) and GND (-).
Manually operate the MSI Guide. Does the voltage change accordingly as the MSI Guide
moves?
Y
N
Replace the MSI Paper Size Sensor (PL 7.3).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-145

024-xxx IOT

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx IOT

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-146

Version 2.1

024-959 Tray1 Size Mismatch

024-961 (2TM) Tray3 Size Mismatch

BSD-ON:CH7.1

BSD-ON:CH7.3

Paper is loaded in Tray 1 but the tray is unable to detect the paper size.

Paper is loaded in Tray 3 but the tray is unable to detect the paper size.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the operation of the guide.

Check the operation of the guide.

Procedure

Procedure

Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. Does [024-959] occur?
Y
N
Replace the faulty parts in the Actuator that turns the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch ON and OFF.

Remove Trays 3 and 1. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 1. Does [024-961] occur?
Y
N
Replace the faulty parts in the Actuator that turns the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch ON and OFF.

Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. Is the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. Is the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).

Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).

024-960 Tray2 Size Mismatch

024-961 (TTM) Tray 3 size mismatch

BSD-ON:CH7.2

BSD-ON:CH7.5

Paper is loaded in Tray 2 but the tray is unable to detect the paper size.

Paper is loaded in Tray 3 but the tray is unable to detect the paper size.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Power OFF/ON

Check the operation of the guide.

Check the operation of the guide.

Procedure

Procedure

Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 2 with Tray 1. . Does [024-960] occur?
Y
N
Replace the faulty parts in the Actuator that turns the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch ON and OFF.

Check the Tray 3 Actuator.. The Tray 3 Actuator is not distorted.


Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator.

Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. . Is the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. . Is the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch
installed correctly.?
Y
N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).

Go to the OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).

024-962 (2TM) Tray4 Size Mismatch

024-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IOT Detect)

BSD-ON:CH7.4

BSD-ON:CH7.8 CH7.9 CH7.10 CH7.11 CH7.12 CH7.13

Paper is loaded in Tray 4 but the tray is unable to detect the paper size.

No paper is loaded in the tray.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the operation of the guide.

Reload the relevant tray.

Procedure

Procedure

Remove Trays 4 and 1. Replace Tray 4 with Tray 1. Does [024-962] occur?
Y
N
Replace the faulty parts in the Actuator that turns the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch ON and OFF.

Check the Actuator of the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Is the Actuator not
distorted and without damage?
Y
N
Replace the Actuator.

Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. Is the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).

024-962 (TTM) Tray 4 size mismatch


BSD-ON:CH7.6
Paper is loaded in Tray 4 but the tray is unable to detect the paper size.

Initial Actions

Power OFF/ON

Check the operation of the guide.

Procedure

Execute the following Diags: Operate the Actuator of the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL
13.6).
Tray 1: DC330[071-201 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor]
Tray 2: DC330[071-202 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor]
Tray 3: DC330[071-203 Tray 3 No Paper Sensor]
Tray 4: DC330[071-204 Tray 4 No Paper Sensor]
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connections of the following connectors:
Tray 1: P/J101, P/J601 and P/J409
Tray 2: P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409
Tray 3: P/J102B, P/J661B and P/J549
Tray 4: P/J102A, P/J661A and P/J549
Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the relevant connectors correctly.

Check the Tray 4 Actuator.. The Tray 4 Actuator is not distorted.


Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.

Check the following harnesses for an open circuit or a short circuit.


Tray 1: between J101 and J409 (CH7.8)
Tray 2: between J103 and J409 (CH7.9)
Tray 3: between J102B and J549B (CH7.10/CH7.12)
Tray 4: between J102A and J549A (CH7.11/CH7.13 )
Are the relevant harnesses conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. . Is the Tray 4Paper Size Switch
installed correctly.?
Y
N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Measure the voltage between the following pins (+) and GND (-).
Tray 1: MCU PWB P409-A10 (CH7.8)
Tray 2: MCU PWB P409-B10 (CH7.9)
Tray 3: Tray Module PWB P549-B10 (CH7.10/CH7.12)
Tray 4: Tray Module PWB P549-A10 (CH7.11/CH7.13 )
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
A
2007/10/01
2-147

024-xxx IOT

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx IOT
A
Y

N
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409-A12 (+) and GND (-).
Tray 1: MCU PWB P409-A12 (CH7.8)
Tray 2: MCU PWB P409-B12 (CH7.9)
Tray 3: Tray Module PWB P549-B12 (CH7.10/CH7.12)
Tray 4: Tray Module PWB P549-A12 (CH7.11/CH7.13 )
Operate the Actuator of the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
For Tray 1 or Tray 2, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
For Tray 3 or Tray 4, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-148

Version 2.1

024-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error


BSD-ON:CH7.1 CH7.2 CH7.3 CH7.4 CH7.5 CH7.6
APS/ATS is unable to detect the paper size.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Reload the paper.

Reload the tray.

Procedure
Check the installation of the relevant Size Sensor. Is the relevant Size Sensor installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the relevant Size Sensor correctly.
Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).

024-967 (Finisher-C) Different Width Mix Paper detect (Stapler


Job)
BSD-ON:CH3.4
Mixed Width was detected for settings that is capable of only Same Width stapling.

Initial Actions
Check the paper size in the Tray.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Cancel Staple mode. . Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Reload the correct paper and resume the job.
Check the connection of each Finisher Main PWB connector. . Are the connectors connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Check the connection of the cable between the machine and Finisher. . Is the cable connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect the cable securely.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

024-969 (Finisher-C) Different Width Mix Punch

024-970 Tray6 Out Of Place

BSD-ON:CH3.4

BSD-ON:CH7.7

Paper with different widths was detected during printing in Punch mode.

The HCF is not set in place.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Cancel the Punch mode. Does the same problem reoccur?


Y
N
Align the paper widths.

Set the HCF correctly. Does the same problem reoccur?


Y
N
Completed

Check the connection of the cable between the machine and Finisher. Is the cable connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect the cable securely.

Check the connection of the cable between the HCF and machine. Is the cable connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the cable securely.

Check the connection of each Finisher Main PWB connector. Are the connectors connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Execute DC330[078-204 HCF In Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the HCF In Sensor with paper.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/JF53 and P/JF01. Are P/JF53 and P/JF01 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/JF53 and P/JF01 securely.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15). Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed

Check the wire between PF53 and JF01 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
PF53 and JF01 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the HCF PWB JF01-6 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).
Measure the voltage between the HCF PWB JF01-5 (+) and GND (-). Shield the light receptor part
of the HCF In Sensor with paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the HCF In Sensor (PL 17.1).
Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-149

024-xxx IOT

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx IOT

2007/10/01
2-150

024-972 (Finisher-C) Tray6 Size Mismatch


BSD-ON:CH7.7
The paper size in HCF and the paper size specified for printing are different.

Initial Actions

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

024-975 (Finisher-C) Booklet App450s Counts Over (Not Field


Attachment)
BSD-ON:CH3.4
Booklet Paper Sheets Exceeded was detected when printing started.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

The specified number of sheets exceeded the maximum sheets for Booklet.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Load the correct paper in the tray. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed

Maximum number of sheets for Booklet.

Turn the power OFF then ON. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Execute DC330[078-202 HCF1 Size Sensor A]. Shield the HCF Paper Size Sensor (Letter) with
paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-099 HCF Paper Size Sensor (Letter) Check Out FIP.

Procedure

Execute DC330[078-203 HCF1 Size Sensor B]. Shield the HCF Paper Size Sensor (A4) with paper.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-100 HCF Paper Size Sensor (A4) Check Out FIP.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Load paper according to the maximum number of sheets for Booklet. Turn the power OFF then ON.
Cancel Booklet. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Bind sheets by the maximum number of sheets for Booklet.
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

024-976 (Finisher-C) Finisher Staple Status NG


BSD-ON:CH12.18
Stapler Move Home Position Sensor OFF -> ON was not detected within 450ms after the forward rotation
had begun.
Or, the Staple Head Home Sensor turned ON within 200ms after the Stapler Move Motor started the
reverse rotation.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Execute DC330[014-244 Staple Home Sensor]. Move the Stapler Unit manually and block the light
receptor surface of the Staple Move Home Position Sensor with the Actuator. . Does the display
change?
Y
N
Go to GP-175 Stapler Move Home Position Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[014-041 Stapler Move Mot Middle FRONT ON/OFF] and DC330[014-044 Stapler Move
Mot Middle REAR ON/OFF] alternately. . Does the Stapler Assembly move smoothly?
Y
N
Go to GP-174 Stapler Move Motor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

024-977 (Finisher-C) Stapler Feed Ready Fail

024-978 (Finisher-C) Booklet Staple NG

BSD-ON:CH12.18

BSD-ON:CH12.27

The Staple Ready Sensor turned OFF when the stapling operation had begun.

The Ready signal remained "Not Ready" after the specified time since Booklet Staple operation had
begun.

Or, there was empty stapling within 13 times.

Initial Actions
Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Procedure

Check the connection of P8201/ J8201, P/J8189, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406. Are P8201/ J8201,
P/J8189, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P8201/ J8201, P/J8189, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406 securely.

Remove the Staple Cartridge. Check the connection of P/J8356 and P/J8308. Are P/J8356
and P/J8308 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8356 and P/J8308 securely.

Check the wire between J8201 and J8406 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.27). Is the wire
between J8201 and J8406 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J8356 and J8308 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.18). Is the wire
between J8356 and J8308 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.18) between the Stapler Assembly (PL 18.8) J8356-5 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Stapler Assembly (PL 18.8).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15), then the Booklet
Stapler Assembly (PL 18.18), and finally the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

024-979 (Finisher-C) Stapler Near Empty


BSD-ON:CH12.18
The Staple needles are nearly empty.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Load the Staple needles.

Procedure
Turn the power OFF then ON. . Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Check each connector of the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15). . Are the connectors connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-151

024-xxx IOT

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx IOT

2007/10/01
2-152

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

024-981 (Finisher-C) Finisher TopTray Full

024-982 (Finisher-C) Stacker Lower Safety Warning

BSD-ON:CH12.13

BSD-ON:CH12.21

The paper output on the Finisher Top Tray has reached the upper limit.

Stacker Tray Lower Safety SW ON was detected.

Initial Actions

The Stacker Height Sensor 1 did not turn OFF within 500ms after it had started descending.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Remove paper from Top Tray. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Execute DC330[014-215 Top Tray Full Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Top Tray Full
Sensor (PL 18.14) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-189 Top Tray Full Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

In the Staple mode, paper is output and stopped until it reaches the end of the set. In the Unstaple mode,
paper is output and stopped until the scheduled paper is output.

Initial Actions
Check the installation of the Sensor.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Remove paper from the Stacker. Check the lower part of the Stacker for obstruction. Is the raising/
descending mechanism in proper condition without obstruction?
Y
N
Remove the obstruction.
Check the Driver Gear for wear, rotation failure, and breakage. Is the Driver Gear in proper condition
without any wear, rotation failure, or breakage?
Y
N
Replace the Driver Gear that is worn out, has rotation failure, or broken.
Check the Belt for slack and disengagement. Is the Belt in proper condition without slack or
disengagement?
Y
N
Repair the slack and disengagement of the Belt.
Execute DC330[014-060 Stacker Up ON/OFF] and DC330[014-061 Stacker Down ON/OFF] alternately.
Does the Stacker Tray rise/descend properly?
Y
N
Go to GP-149 Elevator Motor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[014-263 Stacker Encoder Sensor]. Raise/lower the Stacker Tray. Does this change
the display?
Y
N
Go to GP-151 Stacker Encoder Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

024-983 (Finisher-C) Booklet Tray Full

024-984 (Finisher-C) Booklet Front Staple Pin Low

BSD-ON:CH12.30

BSD-ON:CH12.27

Booklet Tray Full was detected.

Booklet Stapler Low Staple F signal ON was detected just before Stapling operation.

Initial Actions

Booklet Stapler Low Staple F signal ON was detected at Power ON or at initialization of Interlock Close.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the setting values in DC330[763-137] and DC330[763-138]. Is the setting appropriate for the
paper size?
Y
N
Change the settings or return it to the default value "20".
Check each connector of the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) and Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Turn the power OFF then ON. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed

Procedure
Check the Booklet Stapler Front for remaining Staple. Is the remaining Staple sufficient?
Y
N
Replace the Staple Cartridge.
Replace the Staple Cartridge and turn the power OFF then ON. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Check the connection of P8201/ J8201, P/J8189, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406. Are P8201/ J8201,
P/J8189, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P8201/ J8201, P/J8189, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406 securely.

Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Check the wire between J8201 and J8406 for a short circuit (CH12.27). Is the wire between J8201 and
J8406 conducting without a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the short circuit.
Check the contact point of the Booklet Low Stapler Front Switch on the Staple (PL 18.18).
Check conductivity of the wire between P8201-6 and P8201-2 on the Booklet Stapler Assembly
(PL 18.18) when the Staple is Full. Is it insulated?
Y
N
Replace the Booklet Stapler Assembly (PL 18.18).
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-153

024-xxx IOT

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx IOT

2007/10/01
2-154

024-989 (Finisher-C) Booklet Rear Staple Pin Low


BSD-ON:CH12.27
Booklet Stapler Low Staple R signal ON was detected just before Stapling operation.
Booklet Stapler Low Staple R signal ON was detected at Power ON or at initialization of Interlock Close.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Booklet Stapler Rear for remaining Staple. Is the remaining Staple sufficient?
Y
N
Replace the Staple Cartridge.
Replace the Staple Cartridge and turn the power OFF then ON. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Check the connection of P8201/ J8201, P/J8189, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406. Are P8201/ J8201,
P/J8189, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P8201/ J8201, P/J8189, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406 securely.
Check the wire between J8201 and J8406 for a short circuit (CH12.27). Is the wire between J8201 and
J8406 conducting without a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the short circuit.
Check the contact point of the Booklet Low Stapler Rear Switch on the Staple (PL 18.18). Check
conductivity of the wire between P8201-7 and P8201-3 on the Booklet Stapler Assembly (PL 18.18) when
the Staple is Full. Is it insulated?
Y
N
Replace the Booklet Stapler Assembly (PL 18.18).
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

041-210 MCU NVM Is Out Of Order Tray Module

041-211 NVM Read/Write Fail Tray Module

BSD-ON:CH3.3 CH1.2

BSD-ON:CH3.3 CH1.2

NVM data error occurred in the Tray Module PWB.

The Tray Module PWB NVM failed during the Read/Write operation.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Reconnect the Tray Module Connection Cable.

Reconnect the Tray Module Connection Cable.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the connection of each Tray Module PWB connector. Are


securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the connection of each Tray Module PWB connector. Are


securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

the

connectors

connected

the

connectors

connected

Turn the power ON again. Does [041-210] reoccur?


Y
N
Completed

Turn the power ON again. Does [041-211] reoccur?


Y
N
Completed

Check the wire between J541 and J413 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH1.2, CH3.3).
Is the wire between J541 and J413 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J541 and J413 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH1.2, CH3.3).
Is the wire between J541 and J413 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and the GND (-). Is
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

the

voltage

Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and the GND (-). Is
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

the

voltage

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

2007/10/01
2-155

041-xxx NVM

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
041-xxx NVM

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-156

Version 2.1

041-340 MCU RAM Read/Write Fail

041-363 MCU NVM Broken Fail

BSD-ON:CH3.1

BSD-ON:CH3.1

The MCU PWB RAM failed during the Read/Write operation.

NVM data error occurred in the MCU PWB.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Turn the power ON again. Does [041-340] reoccur?


Y
N
Completed

Turn the power ON again. Does [041-363] reoccur?


Y
N
Completed

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

041-362 IOT NVM R/W Fail

041-364 MCU CPU Power To Access NVM Is Not Enough

BSD-ON:CH3.1

BSD-ON:CH3.1

The MCU PWB NVM failed during the Read/Write operation.

The MCU PWB NVM suffered an internal failure during the data write operation.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. . Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Execute DC131[740-007 MCU Version] to check the MCU PWB ROM version. . Is the ROM of the
latest version?
Y
N
Upgrade the MCU PWB ROM to the latest version.

Turn the power ON again. . Does [041-362] reoccur?


Y
N
Completed
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

041-366 MCU Asic Circuit To Control Crum Is Defect


BSD-ON:CH3.1
The CRUM Control ASIC failed.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Turn the power ON again. Does [041-366] reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-157

041-xxx NVM

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
041-xxx NVM

2007/10/01
2-158

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

042-323 Drum Motor Rotation Error

042-325 Main Motor Rotation Error

BSD-ON:CH4.1

BSD-ON:CH4.1

The Drum Motor is not rotating at the specified speed.

The Main Motor is not rotating at the specified speed.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Reinstall the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (PL 4.1) and the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Reinstall the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (PL 4.1) and the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Procedure

Procedure

Close the LH Cover and the Front Cover.


Execute DC330[071-037 Drum Motor ON]. Can the rotation noise of the Drum Motor be heard?
Y
N
Go to OF3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).

Close the LH Cover and the Front Cover.


Execute DC330[071-036 Main Motor ON]. Can the rotation noise of the Main Motor be heard?
Y
N
Go to OF3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).

Check the installation of the Main Drive Unit (PL 1.1). Is the Main Drive Unit (PL 1.1) installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Main Drive Unit (PL 1.1) correctly.

Check the installation of the Main Drive Unit (PL 1.1). Is the Main Drive Unit (PL 1.1) installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Main Drive Unit (PL 1.1) correctly.

Check the wire between J408-7 and J214-8 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J408-7 and J214-8 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J408-9 and J214-6 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J408-9 and J214-6 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Manually rotate the Main Motor rotor. Does it rotate smoothly without any load?
Y
N
Check for foreign substances that are interfering with operation or installation failure.
Are there any foreign substances or installation failure?
Y
N
Replace the Main Drive Unit (PL 1.1).

Manually rotate the Main Motor rotor. Does it rotate smoothly without any load?
Y
N
Check for foreign substances that are interfering with operation or installation failure.
Are there any foreign substances or installation failure?
Y
N
Replace the Main Drive Unit (PL 1.1).

Remove the foreign substances that are interfering with operation and correct the installation failure.
Replace the Main Drive Unit (PL 1.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Remove the foreign substances that are interfering with operation and correct the installation failure.
Replace the Main Drive Unit (PL 1.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

2007/10/01
2-159

042-xxx Drives

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
042-xxx Drives

2007/10/01
2-160

042-398 LVPS Fan Fail


BSD-ON:CH1.5 CH1.2
An abnormality was detected in the LVPS Fan.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Execute DC330[042-005 LVPS Fan ON]. Is the LVPS Fan rotating?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J418 and P/J221. Are P/J418 and P/J221 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J418 and P/J221 securely.
Check the wire between J418 and P221 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J418 and P221 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Execute DC330[042-005 LVPS Fan ON]. Measure the voltage (CH1.5) between the MCU PWB
J418-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and the GND (-) as well as
between P400-2 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +24VDC?
Y
N
Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the LVPS P523-5 (+) and the GND (-) as well as
between P523-4 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the LVPS (PL 9.1).
Repair the open circuit between J523 and J400.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the LVPS Fan (PL 3.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

047-211 OCT1 Fail

BSD-ON:CH10.6

Measure the resistance between the Offset Motor 1 (PL 6.2) J206-1 and each of the J206-2/3/4/5
pin. Is the resistance approx. 100Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Offset Motor 1 (PL 6.2).

After the Offset Motor 1 turned ON, the OCT Home Sensor 1 did not turn ON within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Remove foreign substances in the offset mechanism.

N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB (PL 9.1) P432-7 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).

Procedure
Manually operate the offset mechanism. Does the Offset mechanism move smoothly?
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.

Replace the Offset Motor 1 (PL 6.2) followed by the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute DC330[047-205 OCT Home Sensor 1]. Shield the light receptor part of the OCT Home Sensor 1
with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J432, P/J613 and P/J117. Are P/J432, P/J613 and P/J117 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J432, P/J613 and P/J117 securely.
Check the wire between J432 and J117 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J432 and J117 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P432-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P432-3 (+) and the GND (-). Shield the light receptor
part of the OCT Home Sensor 1 with paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the OCT Home Sensor 1 (PL 6.2).
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute DC330[047-001 Offset Motor 1 FORWARD ON] and DC330[047-005 Offset Motor 1 REVERSE
ON] alternately. Does the Offset Motor 1 (PL 6.2) start up?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J432 and P/J206. Are P/J432 and P/J206 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J432 and P/J206 securely.
Check the wire between J432 and J206 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J432 and J206 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
A
Version
2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-161

047-xxx Communication

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
047-xxx Communication

047-212 OCT2 Fail


BSD-ON:CH10.7
After the Offset Motor 2 turned ON, the OCT Home Sensor 2 did not turn ON within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Remove foreign substances in the offset mechanism.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-162A

Procedure
Manually operate the offset mechanism. Does the Offset mechanism move smoothly?
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.

Version 2.1
Y

N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance between the Offset Motor 2 (PL 6.4) J207-1 and each of the J207-2/3/4/5
pin. Is the resistance approx. 100Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Offset Motor 2 (PL 6.4).
Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB (PL 9.1) P433-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Offset Motor 2 (PL 6.4) followed by the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute DC330[047-206 OCT Home Sensor 2]. Shield the light receptor part of the OCT Home Sensor 2
with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J434, J606A, P/J111 and SJ1. Are P/J434, J606A, P/J111 and SJ1
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J434, J606A, P/J111 and SJ1 securely.
Check the wire between J111 and J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J111 and J434 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P434-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P432-2 (+) and the GND (-).
Shield the light receptor part of the OCT Home Sensor 2 with paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the OCT Home Sensor 2 (PL 6.4).
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute DC330[047-003 Offset Motor 2 FORWARD ON] and DC330[047-004 Offset Motor 2 REVERSE
ON] alternately. Does the Offset Motor 2 (PL 6.4) start up?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J433, J606A and P/J207. Are P/J433, J606A and P/J207 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J433, J606A and P/J207 securely.
Check the wire between J433 and P207 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J433 and P207 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
A

047-213 Different Type Of Finisher

047-214 MCU-DM Communication Error

BSD-ON:CH3.4

BSD-ON:CH3.3 CH1.2

An invalid Finisher was installed.

A communication error has occurred between the MCU PWB and the Duplex Module.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of the inlet. Is the inlet connected correctly?


Y
N
Connect the inlet correctly.

Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the connection of each Duplex PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the wire between J417 and J540 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH1.2, CH3.3).
Is the wire between J417 and J540 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J416 and J8300 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J416 and J8300 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the MCU PWB P417-A1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-163

047-xxx Communication

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
047-xxx Communication

2007/10/01
2-164

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

047-215 MCU-EXIT Communication Error

047-216 MCU-Finisher Communication Error

BSD-ON:CH3.4 CH1.2

BSD-ON:CH3.4

A communication error has occurred between the MCU PWB and the Exit PWB.

A communication error has occurred between the MCU PWB and the Finisher.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Version 2.1

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the connection of the inlet. Is the inlet connected correctly?


Y
N
Connect the inlet correctly.

Check the connection of each Exit PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the wire between J421 and J431 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH3.4). Is the wire
between J421 and J431 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the connection of LVPS P/J522. Is P/J522 connected securely?


Y
N
Connect P/J522 securely.
Check the wire between J430 and J522 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH1.2). Is the wire
between J430 and J422 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the Exit PWB P430-3 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the LVPS (PL 9.1).
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the wire between J416 and J8300 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J416 and J8300 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

047-217 MCU-HCF Communication Error

047-218 MCU-TM Communication Error

BSD-ON:CH3.5 CH1.2

BSD-ON:CH3.3 CH1.2

A communication error has occurred between the MCU PWB and the HCF PWB.

A communication error has occurred between the MCU PWB and the Tray Module PWB.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Reconnect the Tray Module Connection Cable.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the installation of the HCF. Is the HCF installed properly?
Y
N
Install the HCF properly.
Turn the power OFF then ON. When the power is turned ON, does the error reoccur?
Y
N
Procedure is completed.
Check the connection of the HCF. Are P/J800A, P/J800B, P/J800, P/J414 and P/J415 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J800A, P/J800B, P/J800, P/J414 and P/J415 securely.

Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Check the connection of each Tray Module PWB connector. Are
securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

the

connectors

connected

Turn the power ON again. Does [047-218] reoccur?


Y
N
Completed

Check the conductivity (CH3.5, CH1.2) between the HCF PWB and the MCU PWB. Is the wire
between P/J800A and P/J415, P/J800B and P/J415, as well as P/J800 and P/J414 conducting
without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J541 and J413 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH1.2, CH3.3).
Is the wire between J541 and J413 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the power supply to the HCF PWB (CH1.2). Is the voltage between P800-1 (+) and GND (-)
+24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB.

Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the HCF PWB.

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-165

047-xxx Communication

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
047-xxx Communication

2007/10/01
2-166

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

061-315 SOS Long K Fail

061-321 ROS Motor Fail

BSD-ON:CH6.4

BSD-ON:CH6.5 CH6.4 CH1.2

The light intensity of the LD2 does not reach the specified value.

After the ROS Motor started rotating, the ROS Motor rotation speed did not reach the specified
value within the specified time.

Initial Actions

The light intensity of the LD1 does not reach the specified value.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the connection of P/J406 and P/J140. Are P/J406 and P/J140 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J406 and P/J140 securely.

Procedure

Check the wire between J406 and J140 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between J406
and J140 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Install the XERO/DEVE Cartridge securely.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P406-2 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the connection of P/J406 and P/J140. Are P/J406 and P/J140 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J406 and P/J140 securely.
Check the connection of P/J130 and P/J620. Are P/J130 and P/J620 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J130 and P/J620 securely.
Check the wire between J406 and J140 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH6.4). Is the wire
between J406 and J140 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J406 and J130 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH6.5). Is the wire
between J406 and J130 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Execute DC330[061-001 ROS MOTOR ON]. Can the rotation noise of the ROS Motor be heard?
Y
N
Measure the voltage (CH6.5) between the MCU PWB P406-10 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage +24VDC?
Y
N
Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and the GND (-) as well as
between P400-2 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +24VDC?
Y
N
Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the LVPS P523-5 (+) and the GND (-) as well as
between P523-4 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the LVPS (PL 9.1).
Repair the open circuit between J523 and J400.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Install the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (PL 4.1) securely.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-167

061-xxx ROS

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
061-xxx ROS
Measure the voltage (CH6.4) between the MCU PWB P406-2 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

2007/10/01
2-168

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

062-210 IISS Hot Line Fail

062-277 IISS-DADF Communication Fail

BSD-ON:CH3.2

BSD-ON:CH3.6

There is an open circuit in the cable between the IIT/IPS PWB and the ESS PWB.

A communication error has occurred between the IIT/IPS PWB and the DADF PWB.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the connection of each DADF PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the wire between P719 and P336 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between J719
and P336 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J751 and P750, as well as between J752 and P750 for an open circuit or a short
circuit. Is the wire between J751 and P750, as well as between J752 and P750 conducting without
an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2a,PL 9.2b ).

062-211 IISS EEPROM Local Fail

Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) followed by the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

BSD-ON:CH3.2
The IPS EEPROM failed during the Read/Write operation. (Local)

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. . Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Turn the power ON again. . Does [062-211] reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-169

062-xxx IIT

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
062-xxx IIT

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-170

Version 2.1

062-300 Platen Interlock Open

062-310 IISS-Controller Communication Fail

BSD-ON:CH6.1

BSD-ON:CH3.2

The Platen Interlock is open.

A communication error has occurred between the IIT/IPS PWB and the ESS PWB.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check opening/closing of the Platen Cover. Can The Platen Cover be opened/closed properly?
Y
N
Reinstall the Platen Cover correctly.

Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Check the installation of the Platen Angle Sensor. Is the Platen Angle Sensor installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the Platen Angle Sensor correctly.

Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Execute DC330[062-301 Platen Angle Sensor]. Open and close the Platen Cover. Does the display
change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J725 and P/J722. Are P/J725 and P/J722 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J725 and P/J722 securely.

Check the wire between P719 and P336 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between P719
and P336 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J725 and J722 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J725 and J722 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2a,PL 9.2b).

062-311 IISS Software Logic Fail


BSD-ON:CH3.2
A software error was detected at the IIT/IPS PWB.

Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P722-A12 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Initial Actions

Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P722-A14 (+) and the GND (-).
Place paper in front of the Platen Angle Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Platen Angle Sensor (PL 11.4).

Procedure

Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).


Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Turn the power OFF then ON.


Check the IIT/IPS PWB software version.

If the problem persists after the power is turned OFF then ON. and software upgrade is performed,
replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

062-345 IISS EEPROM Sub System Fail

062-360 Carriage Position Fail

BSD-ON:CH3.2

BSD-ON:CH6.3

The IPS EEPROM failed during the Read/Write operation.

An error occurred while counting the pulses of the Carriage Motor.

After the Carriage Motor turned ON, the IIT Regi. Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Turn the power ON again. Does [062-345] reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) and then initialize NVM.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Carriage Rail for foreign substances and distortion. Is the Carriage Rail in proper condition
without foreign substances and distortion?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[062-212 IIT Regi. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the IIT Regi. Sensor (PL 11.4).
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J728 and P/J722. Are P/J728 and P/J722 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J728 and P/J722 securely.
Check the wire between J728 and J722 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J728 and J722 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P722-A1 (+) and the GND (-). Is
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

the

voltage

Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P722-A3 (+) and the GND (-).
Place paper in front of the IIT Regi. Sensor (PL 11.4). Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the IIT Regi. Sensor (PL 11.4).
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Execute DC330[062-005 Carriage Motor Scan] and DC330[062-006 Carriage Motor Return] alternately.
Does the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5) start up?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J721. Is P/J721 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J721 securely.
Measure the resistance of the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5). Is the resistance between J721-1/2 and
J721-3/4/5/6 approx. 1Ohm?

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

A
2007/10/01
2-171

062-xxx IIT

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
062-xxx IIT
A
Y

2007/10/01
2-172

N
Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5).

Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) P721-2 (+) and the GND (-), as well as
between P721-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

062-362 X Hard Fail


BSD-ON:CH3.2
An error occurred in the image processing system.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5) followed by the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the software version.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) connector. Are
securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

the

connectors

Download the software. Turn the power ON. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

connected

062-371 Lamp Illumination Fail

062-380 Platen AGC CH1 Fail

BSD-ON:CH6.2 CH6.3

BSD-ON:CH6.2 CH6.3

When Scan operation started, the light amount from the Exposure Lamp which the CCD will be exposed
to during IIT initialization after power had been turned ON was not sufficient.

The outputs from the CCD that is exposed to the specified light amount were abnormal when the outputs
were adjusted after power is turned ON.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the lamp, lens, mirror and the white correcting plate for abnormalities such as contamination and
deterioration. Is the unit in proper condition, with no contamination or deterioration of the lamp,
lens, mirror or the white correcting plate?
Y
N
Replace the lamp, lens, mirror or the white correcting plate.

Check the lamp, lens, mirror and the white correcting plate for abnormalities such as contamination and
deterioration. Is the unit in proper condition, with no contamination or deterioration of the lamp,
lens, mirror or the white correcting plate?
Y
N
Replace the lamp, lens, mirror or the white correcting plate.

Execute DC330[062-002 Exposure Lamp ON]. Does the Exposure Lamp (PL 11.6) light up?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7232. Are P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7232
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7232 securely.

Execute DC330[062-002 Exposure Lamp ON]. Does the Exposure Lamp (PL 11.6) light up?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7232. Are P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7232
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7232 securely.

Check the wire between J702 and J7232 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J702 and J7232 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Replace the Lamp Wire Harness (PL 11.6).

Check the wire between J702 and J7232 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH6.3). Is the wire
between J702 and J7232 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Replace the Lamp Wire Harness (PL 11.6).

Measure the voltage (CH6.2) between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) P7232-1 (+) and the GND (-), as
well as between P7232-2 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Measure the voltage (CH6.3) between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) P7232-1 (+) and the GND (-), as
well as between P7232-2 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Replace the Exposure Lamp (PL 11.6) followed by the Lamp Ballast PWB (PL 11.6) and the IIT/IPS
PWB (PL 11.3).

Replace the Exposure Lamp (PL 11.6) followed by the Lamp Ballast PWB (PL 11.6) and the IIT/IPS
PWB (PL 11.3).

Check the connection of P/J700 and P/J7102. Are P/J700 and P/J7102 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J700 and P/J7102 securely.

Check the connection of P/J700 and P/J7102. Are P/J700 and P/J7102 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J700 and P/J7102 securely.

Replace the CCD PWB (PL 11.4) followed by the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Replace the CCD PWB (PL 11.4) followed by the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-173

062-xxx IIT

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
062-xxx IIT

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-174

Version 2.1

062-386 Platen AOC CH1 Fail

062-392 IISS PWBA Memory Fail-1

BSD-ON:CH6.2

BSD-ON:CH3.2

The outputs from the CCD that is not exposed to the light were abnormal when the outputs were adjusted
after power had been turned ON.

The IIT/IPS PWB RAM failed during the Read/Write operation.

The Shading Memory failed during the Read/Write operation.

The Gap Memory failed during the Read/Write operation.

The ASIC does not operate normally.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Turn the power ON again. Does [062-386] reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Replace the CCD PWB (PL 11.4) followed by the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

062-389 Carriage Over Run Fail

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Turn the power ON again. Does [062-392] reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

BSD-ON:CH3.2

062-393 IISS PWBA Fail-2

The carriage over run.

BSD-ON:CH3.2

Initial Actions

An internal processing error occurred in the IIT/IPS PWB.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. . Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Turn the power ON again. . Does [062-389] reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) connector. . Are the connectors connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Turn the power ON again. . Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) followed by the CCD PWB (PL 11.4).

062-790 X Detect Fail


BSD-ON:CH3.2
The scanned document is a copy-prohibited document.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Check the software version.
Refer to the User Guide [Legal Notes].

Procedure
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-175

062-xxx IIT

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
062-xxx IIT

2007/10/01
2-176

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

063-210 IISS Extension EEPROM Fail (Local Fail)


BSD-ON:CH3.2
Write error to the EEPROM on the IIT/IPS PWB or communication error with EEPROM was detected.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Check the software version.

Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) connector. Are the connectors connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Remove the EEPROM from the old IIT/IPS PWB, and use it to replace the EEPROM of the new IIT/IPS
PWB.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-177

063-xxx IISS Extension

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
063-xxx IISS Extension

2007/10/01
2-178

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

071-100 Tray1 Prefeed Sensor ON JAM

BSD-ON:CH8.1 CH7.8
After the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor turned ON, the Tray 1 Prefeed Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time.

Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor.
Execute DC330[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Tray 2
Feed/Lift Motor be heard?
Y
N
Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wire between J201 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH7.8).
Is the wire between J201and J409 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the status of paper.

N
Check the connection of P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. Are P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409 securely.

Procedure
Check the paper size setting. Does the paper size used match the paper size set in Tray 1?
Y
N
Replace paper or change the paper size setting.
Check the Transport Roll of Tray 1 for wear and paper dust. Are the Feed Roll (PL 2.3), Retard Roll
(PL 2.3), and Nudger Roll (PL 2.3) in proper condition, with no wear or contamination by paper
dust?
Y
N
Remove the contamination or replace the appropriate Transport Roll.

Check the power supply to the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (CH7.8). Is the voltage between J2014 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).

Check the paper position. Is the paper not contacting the Tray 1 Prefeed Sensor?
Y
N
Remove the paper.

Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) to its original position.
Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).

Execute DC330[071-108 Tray 1 Prefeed Sensor]. Contact paper to the Tray 1 Prefeed Sensor.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of the Tray 1 Prefeed Sensor. Are P/J133, P/J601 and P/J409 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J133, P/J601 and P/J409 securely.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check conductivity between the Tray 1 Prefeed Sensor and MCU PWB (CH8.1). Is the wire
between P/J133 and P/J409 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the power supply (CH8.1) to the Tray 1 Prefeed Sensor. Is the voltage between J133-1 (+)
and GND (-) +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray 1 Prefeed Sensor (PL 2.3).
Execute DC330[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Tray 1 Feed/Lift
Motor (PL 2.3) be heard?

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-179

071-xxx Tray 1

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
071-xxx Tray 1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-180

Version 2.1

071-105 Tray1 Registration Sensor ON JAM

071-210 Tray1 Lift Up Fail

BSD-ON:CH8.12

BSD-ON:CH7.8

The Registration Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray1 Prefeed Sensor turned
ON.

After the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor turned ON, the Tray 1 Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified
time.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Reload the tray correctly.

Remove foreign substances in the tray.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Operate the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4) Actuator using
your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. Is P/J104 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J104 securely.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J104 and J403 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and GND (-). Operate the Registration
Sensor Actuator using your hand or a piece paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Procedure
Remove the tray and reload it. Can the operation noise of the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor be heard?
Y
N
Execute DC330[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Tray 1
Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. Are P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409 securely.
Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor.
Execute DC330[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Tray 2
Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) be heard?
Y
N
Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wire between J201 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
Is the wire between J201and J409 conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor.(PL 2.3)
Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Check the installation of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the Actuator.
Is the Sensor installed correctly and the Actuator operating properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation and abnormal operation.
Execute DC330[071-206 Tray 1 Level Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3)
using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?

N
Check the connection of P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409. Are P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409 securely.

071-211 Tray1 Broken

Check the wire between J100 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J100 and J409 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Initial Actions

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409-A7 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

BSD-ON:CH7.1
The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch failed.

Reload the tray correctly.

Check the operation of the Actuator of the tray.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. Does [071-211] occur?
Y
N
Replace the faulty parts in the Actuator that turns the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch ON and OFF.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409-A9 (+) and GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) using your hand or a piece of paper.
Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3).

Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. Is the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-181

071-xxx Tray 1

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
071-xxx Tray 1

2007/10/01
2-182

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

072-100 Tray2 Prefeed Sensor ON JAM

BSD-ON:CH8.1 CH7.9
After the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor turned ON, the Tray 2 Prefeed Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time.

Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor.
Execute DC330[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Tray 1
Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) be heard?
Y
N
Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wire between J202 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire
between J202 and J409 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the status of paper.

N
Check the connection of P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409. Are P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409 securely.

Procedure
Check the paper size setting. Does the paper size used match the paper size set in Tray 2?
Y
N
Replace paper or change the paper size setting.
Check the Transport Roll of Tray 2 for wear and paper dust. Are the Feed Roll (PL 2.3), Retard Roll
(PL 2.3), and Nudger Roll (PL 2.3) in proper condition, with no wear or contamination by paper
dust?
Y
N
Remove the contamination or replace the appropriate Transport Roll.

Check the power supply to the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (CH7.9). Is the voltage between J2024 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).

Check the paper position. Is the paper not contacting the Tray 2 Prefeed Sensor?
Y
N
Remove the paper.

Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) to its original position.
Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).

Execute DC330[071-109 Tray 2 Prefeed Sensor]. Contact paper to the Tray 2 Prefeed Sensor.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of the Tray 2 Prefeed Sensor. Are P/J134, P/J602 and P/J409 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J134, P/J602 and P/J409 securely.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check conductivity between the Tray 2 Prefeed Sensor and MCU PWB (CH8.1). Is the wire
between P/J134 and P/J409 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the power supply (CH8.1) to the Tray 2 Prefeed Sensor. Is the voltage between J134-1 (+)
and GND (-) +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray 2 Prefeed Sensor (PL 2.3).
Execute DC330[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Tray 2 Feed/Lift
Motor (PL 2.3) be heard?

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-183

072-xxx Tray 2

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
072-xxx Tray 2

072-101 Tray2 Miss Feed JAM


BSD-ON:CH8.5 CH8.6 CH1.2
The Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray 2 Prefeed Sensor
turned ON.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Tray 2 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. Are P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 securely.
Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.5). Is the wire
between J105 and J410 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH8.5) between the MCU PWB P410-15 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage (CH8.5) between the MCU PWB P410-14 (+) and the GND (-). Place paper in
front of the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5). Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute DC330[071-015 Take Away Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Take Away Motor
(PL 1.1) be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J422. Is P/J422 connected securely?
A

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-184A

Version 2.1
Y

N
Connect P/J422 securely.

Measure the voltage (CH8.6) between the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) P422-2 (+) and the GND (-) as well
as between P422-5 (+) and the GND (-). At this time, check that the Interlock is closed.
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and the GND (-) as well as
between P400-2 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +24VDC?
Y
N
Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the LVPS P523-5 (+) and the GND (-) as well as
between P523-4 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the LVPS (PL 9.1).
Repair the open circuit between J523 and J400.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Take Away Motor (PL 1.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

072-105 Tray2 Registration Sensor ON JAM

072-210 Tray 2 Lift Up Fail

BSD-ON:CH8.12

BSD-ON:CH7.9

The Registration Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor
turned ON.

After the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor turned ON, the Tray 2 Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified
time.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Operate the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4) Actuator using
your hand. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. Is P/J104 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J104 securely.

Remove foreign substances in the tray.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Remove the tray and reload it. Can the operation noise of the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor be heard?
Y
N
Execute DC330[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Tray 2
Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409. Are P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409 securely.
Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor.
Execute DC330[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Tray 1
Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) be heard?
Y
N
Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wire between J202 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
Is the wire between J202 and J409 conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J104 and J403 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the
Registration Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Reload paper in the tray correctly.

Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).


Check the installation of the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the Actuator.
Is the Sensor installed correctly and the Actuator operating properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation and abnormal operation.
Execute DC330[071-207 Tray 2 Level Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3)
using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-185

072-xxx Tray 2

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
072-xxx Tray 2
Y

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-186

Version 2.1

N
Check the connection of P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409. Are P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409 securely.

072-211 Tray2 Broken

Check the wire between J102 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J102 and J409 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Initial Actions

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409-B7 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

BSD-ON:CH7.2
The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch failed.

Reload the tray correctly.

Check the operation of the Actuator of the tray.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 2 with Tray 1. Does [072-211] occur?
Y
N
Replace the faulty parts in the Actuator that turns the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch ON and OFF.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409-B9 (+) and GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) using your hand or a piece of paper.
Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3).

Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. Is the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

073-100 Tray3 Prefeed Sensor ON JAM


BSD-ON:CH8.2 CH8.3 CH1.2 CH7.10 CH7.12
After the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor turned ON, the Tray 3 Prefeed Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time.

Replace the Tray 3 Prefeed Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).

Turn the power OFF then ON.


Check the status of paper.

Execute DC330[073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Tray 3 Feed/Lift
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413. Are P/J220B, P/J661B,
P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 securely.

Procedure
Check the paper size setting. Does the paper size used match the paper size set in Tray 3?
Y
N
Replace paper or change the paper size setting.
Check the Transport Roll of Tray 3 for wear and paper dust. Are the Feed Roll (PL 12.3/PL 13.6),
Retard Roll (PL 12.3/PL 13.6), and Nudger Roll (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) in proper condition, with no wear
or contamination by paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the contamination or replace the appropriate Transport Roll.
Check the paper position. Is the paper not contacting the Tray 3 Prefeed Sensor?
Y
N
Remove the paper.
Execute DC330[071-103 Tray 3 Prefeed Sensor]. Contact paper to the Tray 3 Prefeed Sensor.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of the Tray 3 Prefeed Sensor. Are P/J103B, P/J661B, and P/J549B
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J103B, P/J661B and P/J549 securely.

Check conductivity between the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB. Is the wire between
P/J541 and P/J413 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the power supply (CH8.2/CH8.3) to the Tray 3 Prefeed Sensor Is the voltage between
J103B-1 (+) and GND (-) +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the connections of the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB connectors.
Are P/J541 and P/J413 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J541 and P/J413 securely.

Check the power supply (CH1.2) to the Tray Module PWB. Is the voltage between
J541-8 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Check conductivity between the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB (CH1.2). Is the wire
between P/J541 and P/J413 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor.
Execute DC330[073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Tray 1
Feed/Lift Motor be heard?
Y
N
Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) to its original position.
Check the wire between J220B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire
between J220B and J549 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the power supply (CH7.10/CH7.12) to the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) Is
the voltage between P/J220B-3 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the connections of the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB connectors.
Are P/J541 and P/J413 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J541 and P/J413 securely.

Check conductivity between the Tray 3 Prefeed Sensor and Tray Module PWB. Is the wire
between P/J103B and P/J549B conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

A
B 2.1C
Version

C
Check the power supply (CH1.2) to the Tray Module PWB. Is the voltage between J541-8 (+)
and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Initial Actions

Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).


Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) to its original position.
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
D
2007/10/01
2-187

073-xxx Tray 3

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
073-xxx Tray 3
D
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-188

Version 2.1

073-101 Tray3 Miss Feed JAM


BSD-ON:CH8.7 CH3.3 CH8.8 CH8.9 CH8.10
The Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray 3 Prefeed Sensor
turned ON.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[071-101 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL
12.5/PL 13.5) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. Are P/J821, P/J841, P/
J548, P/J541 and P/J413 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413 securely.
Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.7/CH8.9). Is the
wire between J821 and J548 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH8.7/CH8.9) between the Tray Module PWB P548-8 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage (CH8.7/CH8.9) between the Tray Module PWB P548-10 (+) and the GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) using your hand or a piece of
paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5).
Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH3.3).
Is the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A

B
Measure the voltage (CH3.3) between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and the GND (-). Move the
Actuator of the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) using your hand or a piece of paper.
Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

073-102 Tray2 Feed Out Sensor ON JAM (Tray3 Feed)


BSD-ON:CH8.5 CH8.6 CH1.2
After the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor turned ON the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time.

Initial Actions

Execute DC330[073-006 TM Take Away Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the TM Take Away
Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J826 and P/J552. Are P/J826 and P/J552 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J826 and P/J552 securely.
Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.8/CH8.10). Is
the wire between J826 and J552 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Check the power supply (CH8.8/CH8.10) to the TM Take Away Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Is the
voltage between P/J552-7 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the connections of the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB connectors.
Are P/J541 and P/J413 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J541 and P/J413 securely.
Check conductivity between the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB. Is the wire between P/
J541 and P/J413 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Execute DC330[071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Tray 2 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. Are P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 securely.
Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.5). Is the wire
between J105 and J410 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the power supply (CH1.2) to the Tray Module PWB. Is the voltage between J541-8
(+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage (CH8.5) between the MCU PWB P410-15 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Measure the voltage (CH8.5) between the MCU PWB P410-14 (+) and the GND (-).
Place paper in front of the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5). Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5).

Replace the TM Take Away Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).


Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


Execute DC330[071-015 Take Away Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Take Away Motor
(PL 1.1) be heard?

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-189

073-xxx Tray 3

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
073-xxx Tray 3
Y

N
Check the connection of P/J422. Is P/J422 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J422 securely.
Measure the voltage (CH8.6) between the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) P422-2 (+) and the GND (-) as well
as between P422-5 (+) and the GND (-). At this time, check that the Interlock is closed.
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and the GND (-) as well as
between P400-2 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +24VDC?
Y
N
Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the LVPS P523-5 (+) and the GND (-) as well as
between P523-4 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the LVPS (PL 9.1).
Repair the open circuit between J523 and J400.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Take Away Motor (PL 1.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-190

Version 2.1

073-105 Tray3 Registration Sensor ON JAM


BSD-ON:CH8.12
The Registration Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor
turned ON.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper
transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Operate the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4) Actuator using
your hand. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. Is P/J104 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J104 securely.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J104 and J403 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and the GND (-).
Place paper in front of the Registration Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

073-210 Tray3 Lift Up Fail


BSD-ON:CH7.10 CH7.12
After the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor turned ON, the Tray 3 Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified
time.

E
Check the power supply (CH1.2) to the Tray Module PWB. Is the voltage between
J541-8 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Initial Actions

Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).

Reload paper in the tray correctly.

Remove foreign substances in the tray.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) to its original position.
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).

Procedure

Check the installation of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the Actuator.
Is the Sensor installed correctly and the Actuator operating properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation and abnormal operation.

Remove the tray and reload it. Can the operation noise of the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor be heard?
Y
N
Execute DC330[073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Tray 3
Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413.
Are P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 securely.
Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor.
Execute DC330[073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Tray 1
Feed/Lift Motor be heard?
Y
N
Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3/PL 13.6) to its original position.
Check the wire between J220B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
Is the wire between J220B and J549 conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Execute DC330[071-208 Tray 3 Level Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/
PL 13.6) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. Are P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549 securely.
Check the wire between J101B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J101B and J549 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B7 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Check the power supply (CH7.10/CH7.12) to the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL
12.6).
Is the voltage between P/J220B-3 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the connections of the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB connectors. Are
P/J541 and P/J413 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J541 and P/J413 securely.
Check conductivity between the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB. Is the wire
between P/J541 and P/J413 conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A
B 2.1C
Version

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B9 (+) and GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) using your hand or a piece of
paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

2007/10/01
2-191

073-xxx Tray 3

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
073-xxx Tray 3

073-211 (2TM) Tray3 Broken


BSD-ON:CH7.3
The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch failed.

Initial Actions

Reload the tray correctly.

Check the operation of the Actuator of the tray.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Remove Trays 3 and 1. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 1. Does [073-211] occur?
Y
N
Replace the faulty parts in the Actuator that turns the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch ON and OFF.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. Is the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).

073-211 (TTM) Tray 3 Broken


BSD-ON:CH7.5
The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch failed.

Initial Actions

Reload the tray correctly.

Check the operation of the tray actuator.

Power OFF/ON

Procedure
Check the Tray 3 Actuator.. The Tray 3 Actuator is not distorted.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. . Is the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch
installed correctly.?
Y
N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).

2007/10/01
2-192

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

074-100 Tray4 Prefeed Sensor ON JAM

BSD-ON:CH8.2 CH8.3 CH1.2 CH7.11 CH7.13

Check the power supply (CH1.2) to the Tray Module PWB Is the voltage between J541-8 (+)
and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

After the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor turned ON, the Tray 4 Prefeed Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the status of paper.

N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).


Replace the Tray 4 Prefeed Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).

Procedure
Check the paper size setting Does the paper size used match the paper size set in Tray 4?
Y
N
Replace paper or change the paper size setting.
Check the Transport Roll of Tray 4 for wear and paper dust Are the Feed Roll (PL 12.3/PL 13.6),
Retard Roll (PL 12.3/PL 13.6), and Nudger Roll (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) in proper condition with no wear
or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the contamination or replace the appropriate Transport Roll.
Check the paper position Is the paper not contacting the Tray 4 Prefeed Sensor?
Y
N
Remove the paper.
Execute DC330[071-104 Tray 4 Prefeed Sensor]. Contact paper to the Tray 4 Prefeed Sensor
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of the Tray 4 Prefeed Sensor Are P/J103A, P/J661A, and P/J549A
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J103A, P/J661A and P/J549A securely.
Check conductivity between the Tray 3 Prefeed Sensor and Tray Module PWB Is
the
between P/J103A and P/J549A conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the power supply (CH8.2/CH8.3) to the Tray 3 Prefeed Sensor Is the voltage
J103A-1 (+) and GND (-) +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the connections of the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB connectors
Are P/J541 and P/J413 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J541 and P/J413 securely.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Remove the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor.
Execute DC330[073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON] Can the operation noise of the Tray 1 Feed/
Lift Motor be heard?
Y
N
Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) to its original position.
Check the wire between J220A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH7.11/CH7.13
)
Is the wire between J220A and J549 conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

wire

Check the power supply to the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) Is
the
between P/J220A-3 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the connections of the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB connectors
Are P/J541 and P/J413 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J541 and P/J413 securely.

voltage

between

Check conductivity between the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB Is the wire between
J541 and P/J413 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
A
B 2.1
Version

Execute DC330[073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON] Can the operation noise of the Tray 4 Feed/Lift
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J220A, P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 Are P/J220A, P/J661A,
P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J220A, P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 securely.

Check conductivity between the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB (CH1.2)
Is the wire between P/J541 and P/J413 conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the power supply (CH1.2) to the Tray Module PWB Is the voltage between J5418 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?

P/
C
D
2007/10/01
2-193

074-xxx Tray 4

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
074-xxx
Tray 4
C
D
E
Y

N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).


Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-194

Version 2.1

074-101 Tray4 Miss Feed JAM


BSD-ON:CH8.7 CH3.3 CH8.8 CH8.9 CH8.10
The Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray 4 Prefeed Sensor
turned ON.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute D330[071-102 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor
(PL 12.5/PL 13.4). Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J825, P/J842, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. Are the connectors
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Check the wire between J825 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.7/CH8.9). Is the
wire between J825 and J548 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH8.7/CH8.9) between the Tray Module PWB P548-1 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage (CH8.7/CH8.9) between the Tray Module PWB P548-3 (+) and the GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) using your hand or a piece of
paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4).
Check the wire between J541-11 and413-B5 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH3.3).
Is the wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A

B
Measure the voltage (CH3.3) between the MCU PWB P413-B5 (+) and the GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) using your hand or a piece of
paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

074-102 Tray2 Feed Out Sensor ON JAM (Tray4 Feed)


BSD-ON:CH8.5 CH8.6 CH1.2
After the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor turned ON the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time.

Initial Actions

Execute DC330[073-006 TM Take Away Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the TM Take Away
Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J826 and P/J552. Are P/J826 and P/J552 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J826 and P/J552 securely.
Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.8/CH8.10). Is
the wire between J826 and J552 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Check the power supply (CH8.8/CH8.10) to the TM Take Away Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Is the
voltage between P/J552-7 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the connections of the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB connectors.
Are P/J541 and P/J413 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J541 and P/J413 securely.
Check conductivity between the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB. Is the wire between P/
J541 and P/J413 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Execute DC330[071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Tray 2 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. Are P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 securely.
Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.5). Is the wire
between J105 and J410 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the power supply (CH1.2) to the Tray Module PWB. Is the voltage between J541-8
(+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage (CH8.5) between the MCU PWB P410-15 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Measure the voltage (CH8.5) between the MCU PWB P410-14 (+) and the GND (-).
Place paper in front of the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5). Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5).

Replace the TM Take Away Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).


Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


Execute DC330[071-015 Take Away Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Take Away Motor
(PL 1.1) be heard?

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-195

074-xxx Tray 4

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
074-xxx Tray 4
Y

N
Check the connection of P/J422. Is P/J422 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J422 securely.
Measure the voltage (CH8.6) between the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) P422-2 (+) and the GND (-) as well
as between P422-5 (+) and the GND (-). At this time, check that the Interlock is closed.
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and the GND (-) as well as
between P400-2 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +24VDC?
Y
N
Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the LVPS P523-5 (+) and the GND (-) as well as
between P523-4 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the LVPS (PL 9.1).
Repair the open circuit between J523 and J400.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Take Away Motor (PL 1.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-196

Version 2.1

074-103 Tray3 Feed Out Sensor ON JAM (Tray4 Feed)


BSD-ON:CH8.7 CH3.3 CH8.8 CH8.9 CH8.10
After the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor turned ON the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[071-101 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor
(PL 12.5/PL 13.5). Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. Are P/J821, P/J841, P/J548,
P/J541 and P/J413 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413 securely.
Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.7/CH8.9). Is the
wire between J821 and J548 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH8.7/CH8.9) between the Tray Module PWB P548-8 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage (CH8.7/CH8.9) between the Tray Module PWB P548-10 (+) and the GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) using your hand or a piece of
paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5).
Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH3.3).
Is the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A

B
Measure the voltage (CH3.3) between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and the GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) using your hand or a piece of
paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

074-105 Tray4 Registration Sensor ON JAM


BSD-ON:CH8.12
The Registration Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor
turned ON.

Initial Actions

Execute DC330[073-006 TM Take Away Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the TM Take Away
Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J826 and P/J552. Are P/J826 and P/J552 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J826 and P/J552 securely.
Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.8/CH8.10). Is
the wire between J826 and J552 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Check the power supply (CH8.8/CH8.10) to the TM Take Away Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Is the
voltage between P/J552-7 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the connections of the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB connectors.
Are P/J541 and P/J413 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J541 and P/J413 securely.

Execute DC330[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Operate the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4) Actuator using
your hand. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. Is P/J104 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J104 securely.

Check conductivity between the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB. Is the wire between P/
J541 and P/J413 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J104 and J403 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the power supply (CH1.2) to the Tray Module PWB. Is the voltage between J541-8
(+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and the GND (-).
Place paper in front of the Registration Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).

Replace the TM Take Away Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).


Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-197

074-xxx Tray 4

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
074-xxx Tray 4

2007/10/01
2-198A
B

074-210 Tray4 Lift Up Fail


BSD-ON:CH7.11 CH7.13
After the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor turned ON, the Tray 4 Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified
time.

Initial Actions

Reload paper in the tray correctly.

Remove foreign substances in the tray.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Remove the tray and reload it. Can the operation noise of the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor be heard?
Y
N
Execute DC330[073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Tray 4
Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J220A, P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413.
Are P/J220A, P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J220A, P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 securely.
Remove the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor.
Execute DC330[073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Tray 1
Feed/Lift Motor be heard?
Y
N
Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) to its original position.
Check the wire between J220A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH7.11/
CH7.13 ). Is the wire between J220A and J549 conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the power supply to the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Is the voltage
between P/J220A-3 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the connections of the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB connectors. Are
P/J541 and P/J413 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J541 and P/J413 securely.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


C

Version 2.1
E
Check the power supply (CH1.2) to the Tray Module PWB. Is the voltage between
J541-8 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.


Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the Actuator.
Is the Sensor installed correctly and the Actuator operating properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation and abnormal operation.
Execute DC330[071-209 Tray 4 Level Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/
PL 13.6) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J101A, P/J661A and P/J549. Are P/J101A, P/J661A and P/J549
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J101A, P/J661A and P/J549 securely.
Check the wire between J101A and J549A for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire
between J101A and J549A conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A7 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A9 (+) and GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) using your hand or a piece of
paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Check conductivity between the Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB (CH1.2).
Is the wire between P/J541 and P/J413 conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

074-211 (2TM) Tray4 Broken


BSD-ON:CH7.4
The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch failed.

Initial Actions

Reload the tray correctly.

Check the operation of the Actuator of the tray.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Remove Trays 4 and 1. Replace Tray 4 with Tray 1. Does [074-211] occur?
Y
N
Replace the faulty parts in the Actuator that turns the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch ON and OFF.
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. Is the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch installed
correctly?
Y
N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).

074-211 (TTM) Tray 4 Broken


BSD-ON:CH7.6
The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch failed.

Initial Actions

Reload the tray correctly.

Check the operation of the tray actuator.

Power OFF/ON

Procedure
Check the Tray 4 Actuator.. The Tray 4 Actuator is not distorted.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. . Is the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch
installed correctly.?
Y
N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-199

074-xxx Tray 4

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
074-xxx Tray 4

2007/10/01
2-200

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

075-135 MSI Registration Sensor ON JAM


BSD-ON:CH8.12 CH8.4
After the MSI Feed Solenoid turned ON, the Registration Sensor did not turn ON within the specified
time.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

A
Execute DC330[071-036 Main Motor ON]. Does the Main Motor in the Main Drive Assembly start
rotating and the Fuser start up?
Y
N
Go to OF3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
Execute DC330[071-012 MSI Feed Solenoid ON]. Can the operating noise of the MSI Feed Solenoid
(PL 7.2) be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J205 and P/J411. Are P/J205 and P/J411 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J205 and P/J411 securely.

Check the guide. Is the guide set correctly?


Y
N
Set the guide correctly.

Measure the resistance (CH8.4) of the MSI Feed Solenoid (PL 7.2). (Between P205-1 and P205-2)
Is the resistance approx. 90Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the MSI Feed Solenoid (PL 7.2).

Check the installation of the MSI. Is the MSI installed correctly?


Y
N
Install the MSI correctly.

Check the wire between P205 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.4). Is the wire
between P205 and J411 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute DC330[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Operate the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4) Actuator using
your hand. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. Is P/J104 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J104 securely.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.12). Is the wire
between J104 and J403 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH8.12) between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage (CH8.12) between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and the GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Registration Sensor using your hand or a piece of paper.
Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

A
Version
2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-201

075-xxx MSI

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
075-xxx MSI

2007/10/01
2-202

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

077-101 Registration Sensor OFF JAM

BSD-ON:CH8.12

Measure the resistance of the Registration Clutch (PL 2.4) between P215-1 and P215-2.
Is the resistance approx. 240Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Registration Clutch (PL 2.4).

After the Regi Clutch turned ON, the Registration Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.

Initial Actions

N
Connect P/J215 securely.

Turn the power OFF then ON.


Check the wire between J215 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J215 and J403 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Operate the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4) Actuator using
your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. Is P/J104 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J104 securely.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J104 and J403 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and the GND (-). Operate the
Registration Sensor Actuator using your hand or a piece paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute DC330[089-002 Registration Clutch ON]. Can the operation noise of the Registration
Clutch (PL 2.4) be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J215. Is P/J215 connected securely?

A
Version
2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-203

077-xxx JAM Cover Open

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
077-xxx JAM Cover Open

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-204

Version 2.1

077-103 Fuser Exit Sensor OFF JAM

077-104 Fuser Exit Sensor OFF (Too Short) JAM

BSD-ON:CH10.2

BSD-ON:CH10.2

After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned ON, the Fuser Exit Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.

After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned ON, the Fuser Exit Sensor turned OFF within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the installation of the Fuser. Is the Fuser installed correctly?


Y
N
Install the Fuser correctly.

Check the installation of the Fuser. Is the Fuser installed correctly?


Y
N
Install the Fuser correctly.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Execute DC330[010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1) using
your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J125 and P/J410. Are P/J125 and P/J410 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J125 and P/J410 securely.

Execute DC330[010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1) using
your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J125 and P/J410. Are P/J125 and P/J410 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J125 and P/J410 securely.

Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J125 and J410 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J125 and J410 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-7 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-7 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-9 (+) and the GND (-). Move the Actuator of the
Fuser Exit Sensor using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-9 (+) and the GND (-). Move the Actuator of the
Fuser Exit Sensor using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute DC330[071-036 Main Motor ON]. Does the Main Motor in the Main Drive Assembly start
rotating and the Fuser start up?
Y
N
Go to OF3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).

Execute DC330[071-036 Main Motor ON]. Does the Main Motor in the Main Drive Assembly start
rotating and the Fuser start up?
Y
N
Go to OF3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

A
Execute DC330[091-004 DTS ON]. Measure the voltage (CH9.4) between the MCU PWB ( P403)-A5 (+)
and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

077-106 Fuser Exit Sensor ON JAM


BSD-ON:CH10.2 CH9.4
After the Regi Clutch turned ON, the Fuser Exit Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

Check the wire between J403-A5 and J500-11 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH9.4). Is the wire
between J403 and J500 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Replace the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (PL 4.1) followed by the HVPS (PL 9.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the installation of the Fuser. Is the Fuser installed correctly?


Y
N
Install the Fuser correctly.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1) using
your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J125 and P/J410. Are P/J125 and P/J410 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J125 and P/J410 securely.
Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH10.2). Is the wire
between J125 and J410 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH10.2) between the MCU PWB P410-7 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage (CH10.2) between the MCU PWB P410-9 (+) and the GND (-). Move the
Actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute DC330[071-036 Main Motor ON]. Does the Main Motor in the Main Drive Assembly start
rotating and the Fuser start up?
Y
N
Go to OF3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).

A
Version
2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-205

077-xxx JAM Cover Open

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
077-xxx JAM Cover Open

077-109 Exit2 Sensor ON JAM Straight


BSD-ON:CH10.3 CH10.4
After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned ON, the Exit 2 Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Version 2.1

Execute DC330[047-024 Exit Gate Solenoid ON]. Does the Exit Gate Solenoid (PL 6.4) start up and
the gates start switching?
Y
N
Check the wire between J209 and J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH10.4).
Is the wire between J209 and J433 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the installation of the Exit 2 Module. Is the Exit 2 Module installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the Exit 2 Module correctly.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) using your hand
or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the wire between J112 and J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH10.3).
Is the wire between J112 and J434 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) followed by the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute DC330[047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. Can the rotation noise of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) be
heard?
Y
N
Check the wire between J208 and J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH10.4).
Is the wire between J208 and J433 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance (CH10.4) of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) between J208-1 and each of the J2082/3/4/5 pin. Is the resistance approx. 10Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4).
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) followed by the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-206A

Measure the resistance (CH10.4) of the Exit Gate Solenoid (PL 6.4) between J209-1 and J209-2.
Is the resistance approx. 160Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Exit Gate Solenoid (PL 6.4).
Replace the Exit Gate Solenoid (PL 6.4) followed by the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).

A
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).

077-113 IOT Exit2 Sensor OFF JAM Straight


BSD-ON:CH10.3 CH10.4
After the Exit 2 Sensor turned ON, the Exit 2 Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the installation of the Exit 2 Module. Is the Exit 2 Module installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the Exit 2 Module correctly.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) using your hand
or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the wire between J112 and J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH10.3).
Is the wire between J112 and J434 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) followed by the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute DC330[047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. Can the rotation noise of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) be
heard?
Y
N
Check the wire between J208 and J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH10.4).
Is the wire between J208 and J433 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance (CH10.4) of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) between J208-1 and each of the J2082/3/4/5 pin. Is the resistance approx. 10Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4).
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) followed by the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).

A
Version
2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-207

077-xxx JAM Cover Open

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
077-xxx JAM Cover Open

077-114 Exit2 Sensor Static JAM


BSD-ON:CH10.3
Paper remains on the Exit 2 Sensor.

Initial Actions

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-208

Version 2.1

077-129 Registration Sensor ON JAM (Stop at Duplex Wait


Position)
BSD-ON:CH8.12 CH10.5
In the case where Duplex feeding stops, the Registration Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time
after the Duplex Motor turned ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Initial Actions
Procedure
Execute DC330[071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) using your hand
or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the wire between J112 and J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J112 and J434 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) followed by the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the installation of the Duplex Module. Is the Duplex Module installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the Duplex Module correctly.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Operate the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4) Actuator using
your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. Is P/J104 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J104 securely.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.12). Is the wire
between J104 and J403 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH8.12) between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage (CH8.12) between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and the GND (-).
Operate the Registration Sensor Actuator using your hand or a piece paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
A

A
Execute DC330[073-016 Duplex Motor ON]. Can the rotation noise of the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) be
heard?
Y
N
Check the wire between J212 and J542 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH10.5).
Is the wire between J212 and J542 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) followed by the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).

077-130 Registration Sensor ON JAM (Non Stop at Duplex Wait


Position)
BSD-ON:CH8.12 CH10.5
In the case where Duplex feeding is non-stop, the Registration Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time after the Duplex Sensor turned ON.

Initial Actions

Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).

Procedure
Check the installation of the Duplex Module. Is the Duplex Module installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the Duplex Module correctly.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Operate the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4) Actuator using
your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. Is P/J104 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J104 securely.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.12). Is the wire
between J104 and J403 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH8.12) between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage (CH8.12) between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and the GND (-).
Operate the Registration Sensor Actuator using your hand or a piece paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

A
B
2007/10/01
2-209

077-xxx JAM Cover Open

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
077-xxx
JAM Cover Open
A
B
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute DC330[071-105 Duplex Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1).
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the wire between J123 and J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH10.5).
Is the wire between J123 and J541 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1) followed by the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).

Execute DC330[073-016 Duplex Motor ON]. Can the rotation noise of the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) be
heard?
Y
N
Check the wire between J212 and J542 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH10.5).
Is the wire between J212 and J542 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) followed by the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).
Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-210

Version 2.1

077-131 Duplex Sensor ON JAM


BSD-ON:CH10.4 CH10.5
After the Exit 2 Motor turned ON, the Duplex Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the installation of the Duplex Module. Is the Duplex Module installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the Duplex Module correctly.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with
no wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[071-105 Duplex Sensor]. Operate the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1) Actuator with your
hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the wire between J123 and J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J123 and J541 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1) followed by the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).
Execute DC330[073-016 Duplex Motor ON]. Can the rotation noise of the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) be
heard?
Y
N
Check the wire between J212 and J542 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J212 and J542 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) followed by the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).
Execute DC330[047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. Can the rotation noise of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) be
heard?
Y
N
Check the wire between J208 and J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH10.4).
Is the wire between J208 and J433 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?

A
Y

077-211 Detected Different Type Tray Module

N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

BSD-ON:CH1.2 CH3.3

Measure the resistance (CH10.4) of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) between J208-1 and each of the J2082/3/4/5 pin. Is the resistance approx. 10Ohm?
Y
N
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4).
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) followed by the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).

An invalid Tray Module is connected.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Reconnect the connection cable of the TM.

Procedure
Check the settings (CH3.3) for the DIP Switch on the Tray Module PWB. Are the specifications set
correctly?
Y
N
Set the correct specifications.
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Check the connection of each Tray Module PWB connector. Are
securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

the

connectors

connected

Turn the power ON again. Does [077-211] reoccur?


Y
N
Completed
Check the wire between J541 and J413 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH1.2, CH3.3).
Is the wire between J541 and J413 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-211

077-xxx JAM Cover Open

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
077-xxx JAM Cover Open

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-212

Version 2.1

077-213 Duplex Type Miss Match

077-300 IOT Front Cover Open

BSD-ON:CH1.2

BSD-ON:CH1.3

An invalid Duplex Module was installed.

The IOT Front Cover is open.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check installation of the Duplex Module.

Opening/closing of the IOT Front Cover.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the power supply to the Duplex PWB. Is the voltage between P540-2 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Reconnect the connectors on the Duplex PWB.

Check the opening/closing of the IOT Front Cover. Can the Front Cover be opened/closed properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation or distortion of the Front Cover.

Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).

Check the installation of the Front Cover Interlock Switch (PL 10.1). Is the Front Cover Interlock
Switch installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the Front Cover Interlock Switch (PL 10.1) correctly.
Execute DC330[071-303 Front Cover Interlock Switch]. Open/close the Front Cover. Does the
display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J121 and P/J405. Are P/J121 and P/J405 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J121 and P/J405 securely.
Check the wire between J405 and J121 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J405 and J121 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the Front Cover Interlock Switch (PL 10.1) between J405-3 and J405-4.
Does the wire between J405-3 and J405-4 conduct when the Front Cover is closed, and
insulate when it is opened?
Y
N
Replace the Front Cover Interlock Switch (PL 10.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

077-301 Left Hand Interlock Open


BSD-ON:CH1.2 CH1.3 CH1.1
The L/H Cover Assembly is open.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Opening/closing of the L/H Cover Assembly.

D
Check the wire between J523 and J400 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH1.2). Is
the wire between J523 and J400 conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the connection of P/J525 and P/J303. Are P/J525 and P/J303 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J525 and P/J303 securely.

Procedure

Check the wire between J525 and J303 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH1.1). Is
the wire between J525 and J303 conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the opening/closing of the L/H Cover Assembly. Can the L/H Cover Assembly be opened/
closed properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation or distortion of the L/H Cover Assembly (PL 2.6).
Check the installation of the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.6). Is the L/H Cover Interlock Switch
installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.6) correctly.

Check the conductivity (CH1.1) of the BP PWB (PL 9.1) between P303-1 and P335-19.
Is the wire between P303-1 and P335-19 conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit?
Y
N
Replace the BP PWB. (PL 9.1).

Execute DC330[071-300 L/H Cover Interlock Switch]. Open and close the L/H Cover Assembly. Does
the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J120 and P/J405. Are P/J120 and P/J405 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J120 and P/J405 securely.

Measure the voltage between the ESS PWB P335-19 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +3.3VDC?
Y
N
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2a,PL 9.2b).
Replace the LVPS (PL 9.1).

Check the wire between J405 and J120 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH1.3). Is the wire
between J405 and J120 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity (CH1.3) of the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.6) between J405-1 and
J405-2. Does the wire between J405-1 and J405-2 conduct when the L/H Cover Assembly is
closed, and insulate when it is opened?
Y
N
Replace the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.6).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage (CH1.3) between the MCU PWB P405-2 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. 24VDC?
Y
N
Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. 24VDC?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J523 and P/J400. P/J523 and P/J400 are connected
securely. Are P/J523 and P/J400 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J523 and P/J400 securely.
A
B 2.1C
Version

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-213

077-xxx JAM Cover Open

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
077-xxx JAM Cover Open

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-214

Version 2.1

077-305 Tray Module Left Hand Cover Interlock Open

077-307 Duplex Cover Open

BSD-ON:CH1.4

BSD-ON:CH1.4

The Tray Module Cover is open.

The Duplex Cover is open.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Opening/closing of the Tray Module Left Cover.

Opening/closing of the Duplex Cover.

Procedure

Procedure

Check opening/closing of the Tray Module Left Cover. Can the Tray Module Left Cover be opened/
closed properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation or distortion of the Tray Module Left Cover (PL 12.4/PL 13.7).

Check the opening/closing of the Duplex Cover. Can the Duplex Cover be opened/closed properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation or distortion of the Duplex Cover.

Check the installation of the Tray Module Interlock Switch. Is the Tray Module Interlock Switch
installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the Tray Module Interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7) correctly.
Execute DC330[071-301 Tray Module Interlock Switch]. Open/close the Tray Module Left Cover. Does
the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J554, FS812 and FS813. Are P/J554, FS812 and FS813 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J554, FS812 and FS813 securely.
Check the wire between J554-2 and FS812, as well as between J554-1 and FS813 for an open
circuit or a short circuit. Are the wires between J554-2 and FS812, as well as between J554-1
and FS813 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the Tray Module Interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7) between FS813 and
FS812. In between FS813 and FS812, does it conduct when the Tray Module Left Cover is
closed and insulate when the Cover is opened?
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module Interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7).

Check the installation of the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1). Is the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1)
installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1) correctly.
Execute DC330[071-305 Duplex Open Switch]. Open/close the Duplex Cover. Does the display
change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J124 and P/J541. Are P/J124 and P/J541 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J124 and P/J541 securely.
Check the wire between J124 and J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J124 and J541 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1) between J541-4 and J541-5.
Does the wire between J541-4 and J541-5 conduct when the Duplex Cover is closed, and
insulate when it is opened?
Y
N
Replace the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).


Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

077-308 Left Hand High Cover Open

077-309 Left Hand Low Interlock Open

BSD-ON:CH1.4

BSD-ON:CH1.4

The L/H High Cover is open.

The L/H Lower Cover is open.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Opening/closing of the IOT L/H High Cover.

Opening/closing the L/H Lower Cover.

Procedure

Procedure

Check opening/closing of the IOT L/H High Cover. Can the IOT L/H High Cover be opened/closed
properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation or the distortion of the IOT L/H High Cover (PL 6.4).

Check the opening/closing of the L/H Lower Cover. Can the L/H Lower Cover be opened/closed
properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation or distortion of the L/H Lower Cover (PL 2.5).

Check the installation of the Exit 2 Interlock Switch. Is the Exit 2 Interlock Switch installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the Exit 2 Interlock Switch correctly.

Check the installation of the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch. Is the L/H Lower Cover Interlock
Switch installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5) correctly.

Execute DC330[071-304 Exit 2 Interlock Switch]. Open/close the IOT L/H High Cover.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J434, P/J116, J606A and SJ1. Are P/J434, P/J116, J606A and SJ1
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J434, P/J116, J606A and SJ1 securely.

Execute DC330[071-302 L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch]. Open/close the L/H Lower Cover.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J106 and P/J410. Are P/J106 and P/J410 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J106 and P/J410 securely.

Check the wire between J434 and J116 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J434 and J116 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J106 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH1.4). Is the wire
between J106 and J410 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the conductivity of the Exit 2 Interlock Switch (PL 6.4) between J434-8 and J434-13.
Does the wire between J434-8 and J434-13 conduct when the IOT L/H-H Cover is closed, and
insulate when it is opened?
Y
N
Replace the Exit 2 Interlock Switch (PL 6.4).

Check the conductivity (CH1.4) of the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5) between J410-10
and J410-11. Does the wire between J410-10 and J410-11 conduct when the L/H Lower Cover
is closed, and insulate when it is opened?
Y
N
Replace the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

2007/10/01
2-215

077-xxx JAM Cover Open

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
077-xxx JAM Cover Open

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-216

Version 2.1

077-310 Controller Failed to Send Image

077-900 Registration Sensor Static JAM

BSD-ON:CH3.1

BSD-ON:CH8.12

The MCU PWB did not receive the ESS PWB image-ready signal within the specified time.

Paper remains on the Registration Sensor.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Execute DC131[740-007 MCU Version] to check the MCU PWB ROM version. Is the ROM of the latest
version?
Y
N
Upgrade the MCU PWB ROM to the latest version.

Execute DC330[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Operate the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4) Actuator using
your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. Is P/J104 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J104 securely.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2a,PL 9.2b).

077-329 Main Motor Stop Error


BSD-ON:CH3.1
Due to MCU PWB control failure, the Main Motor did not stop when no paper was being fed.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Execute DC131[740-007 MCU Version] to check the MCU PWB ROM version. Is the ROM of the latest
version?
Y
N
Upgrade the MCU PWB ROM to the latest version.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2a,PL 9.2b).

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J104 and J403 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and the GND (-).
Operate the Registration Sensor Actuator using your hand or a piece paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

077-901 Fuser Exit Sensor Static JAM

077-902 Exit2 Sensor ON JAM Standby

BSD-ON:CH10.2

BSD-ON:CH10.3

Paper remains on the Fuser Exit Sensor.

Paper remains on the Exit 2 Sensor.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Execute DC330[010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1) using
your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J125 and P/J410. Are P/J125 and P/J410 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J125 and P/J410 securely.

Execute DC330[071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) using your hand
or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the wire between J112 and J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J112 and J434 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J125 and J410 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) followed by the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-7 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-9 (+) and the GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor using your hand or a piece of paper.
Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-217

077-xxx JAM Cover Open

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
077-xxx JAM Cover Open

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-218

Version 2.1

077-904 Tray2 Feed Out Sensor Static JAM

077-905 Tray3 Feed Out Sensor Static JAM

BSD-ON:CH8.5

BSD-ON:CH8.7 CH3.3 CH8.9

Paper remains on the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor.

Paper remains on the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Execute DC330[071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Tray 2 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. Are P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 securely.

Execute DC330[071-101 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL
12.5/PL 13.5) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. Are P/J821, P/J841,
P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413 securely.

Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J105 and J410 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.7/CH8.9). Is the
wire between J821 and J548 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-14 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage (CH8.7/CH8.9) between the Tray Module PWB P548-8 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-13 (+) and the GND (-).
Shield the light receptor part of the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper.
Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5).

Measure the voltage (CH8.7/CH8.9) between the Tray Module PWB P548-10 (+) and the GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) using your hand or a piece of
paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH3.3).
Is the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage (CH3.3) between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and the GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) using your hand or a piece of
paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

077-906 Tray4 Feed Out Sensor Static JAM

077-907 Duplex Sensor Static JAM

BSD-ON:CH8.7 CH3.3 CH8.9

BSD-ON:CH10.5

Paper remains on the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor.

Paper remains on the Duplex Sensor.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Execute D330[071-102 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor
(PL 12.5/PL 13.4) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J825, P/J842, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. Are the connectors
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.

Execute DC330[071-105 Duplex Sensor]. Operate the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1) Actuator with your hand
or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the wire between J123 and J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH10.5).
Is the wire between J123 and J541 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J825 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.7/CH8.9). Is the
wire between J825 and J548 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1) followed by the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).
Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).

077-967 Paper Kind Mis Match (APS Job)

Measure the voltage (CH8.7/CH8.9) between the Tray Module PWB P548-1 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

BSD-ON:--

Measure the voltage (CH8.7/CH8.9) between the Tray Module PWB P548-3 (+) and the GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) using your hand or a piece of
paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4).

Initial Actions

Paper that is different from the paper type specified by the controller was fed. (A message is displayed
and then a confirmation window appears)

Check the paper type.


Check the paper type settings.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH3.3).
Is the wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH3.3) between the MCU PWB P413-B5 (+) and the GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) using your hand or a piece of
paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Procedure
Check the connection of each connector on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). . Are the connectors connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Turn the power OFF then ON. . Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-219

077-xxx JAM Cover Open

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
077-xxx JAM Cover Open

2007/10/01
2-220

077-968 Paper Kind Mismatch, Job Continue


BSD-ON:-Paper that is different from the paper type specified by the controller was fed. (Change the paper type for
the Tray and continue printing)

Initial Actions
Check the paper type.
Check the paper type settings.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the connection of each connector on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Are the connectors connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Turn the power OFF then ON. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

A
Execute DC330[071-015 Take Away Motor ON]. Can the operation noise of the Take Away Motor
(PL 1.1) be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J422. Is P/J422 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J422 securely.

078-101 Feed Out Sensor2 ON JAM (HCF)


BSD-ON:CH8.5 CH8.6 CH1.2
After the HCF Feed/Lift Motor turned ON during paper transfer from the HCF, the Tray 2 Feed Out
Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

Initial Actions

Measure the voltage (CH8.6) between the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) P422-2 (+) and the GND (-) as well
as between P422-5 (+) and the GND (-). At this time, check that the Interlock is closed.
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and the GND (-) as well as
between P400-2 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +24VDC?
Y
N
Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the LVPS P523-5 (+) and the GND (-) as well as
between P523-4 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the LVPS (PL 9.1).

Check the paper size in the Tray.


Turn the power OFF then ON.
Remove the foreign substances on the paper transport path.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.

Repair the open circuit between J523 and J400.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


Replace the Take Away Motor (PL 1.1).

Execute DC330[071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Shield the light receptor part of the Tray 2 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. Are P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 securely.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.5). Is the wire
between J105 and J410 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH8.5) between the MCU PWB P410-15 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage (CH8.5) between the MCU PWB P410-14 (+) and the GND (-).
Place paper in front of the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5). Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
A
Version
2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-221

078-xxx HCF

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
078-xxx HCF

2007/10/01
2-222A

078-102 Registration Sensor ON JAM (HCF)


BSD-ON:CH8.12
After the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor turned ON during paper transfer Feed from the HCF, the Registration
Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

Initial Actions
Check the paper size in the Tray.
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Remove the foreign substances on the paper transport path.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper condition with no
wear?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper
transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Execute DC330[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Operate the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4) Actuator using
your hand. Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. Is P/J104 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J104 securely.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J104 and J403 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and GND (-).
Place paper in front of the Registration Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

078-104 HCF Feed Out Sensor ON JAM


BSD-ON:CH8.11 CH7.15 CH1.3
After the HCF Feed/Lift Motor turned ON during paper transportation from the HCF, the HCF Feed Out
Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

B
Check the wire between PF57 and JF06 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
JF57 and JF06 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH7.15) of the HCF PWB between PF06-9 (+) and the GND (-) as well as
between PF06-10 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH1.3) of the HCF PWB Fuse F3. Is F3 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F3.

Initial Actions
Check the paper size in the Tray.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the conductivity (CH1.3) of the HCF Transport Cover Interlock Switch between FS001
and FS002. Is it insulated when the HCF Transport Cover is opened, and conducting
when the Cover is closed?
Y
N
Replace the HCF Transport Cover Interlock Switch (PL 17.7).

Remove the foreign substances on the paper transport path.

Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. Is the Transport Roll in proper
condition with no wear, deterioration, or paper dust?
Y
N
Replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.

Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).


Replace the HCF Take Away Motor (PL 17.8).

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path.
Is the paper transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or
paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute DC330[078-101 HCF Feed Out Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the HCF Feed Out Sensor
(PL 17.7) using your hand or a piece of paper (CH8.11). Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-102 HCF Feed Out Sensor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[078-003 HCF Feed Motor; Feed] (CH7.15). Can the operation noise of the HCF
Feed/Lift Motor (PL 17.4) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-103 HCF Feed/Lift Motor Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[078-001 HCF Nudger Solenoid Low Power] (CH7.15). Can the operation noise of the
HCF Nudger Solenoid (PL 17.4) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-195 HCF Nudger Solenoid Check Out FIP.
Execute DC330[078-005 HCF Take Away Motor]. Can the operation noise of the HCF Take Away
Motor (PL 17.8) be heard?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/JF57 and P/JF06. Are P/JF57 and P/JF06 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/JF57 and P/JF06 securely.

A
B 2.1
Version

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-223

078-xxx HCF

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
078-xxx HCF

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-224

Version 2.1

078-210 HCF Tray Lift Up Fail

078-212 HCF NVM R/W Error

BSD-ON:CH7.15

BSD-ON:CH3.5

HCF Tray Lifter failure. After the Trays have been inserted, the HCF Level Sensor does not turn ON
within the specified time.

An NVM Read/Write error has occurred in the HCF PWB.

Initial Actions
Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the paper size in the Tray.


Remove foreign substances in the tray.
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Remove the tray and reload it. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Execute DC330[078-004 HCF1 Feed Motor: Lift Up]. Can the operation noise of the HCF Feed/Lift
Motor (PL 17.4) be heard?
Y
N
Go to GP-103 HCF Feed/Lift Motor Check Out FIP.

Procedure
Check the connection of the HCF PWB connectors. Are the HCF PWB connectors connected
securely?
Y
N
Reconnect the connectors.
Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).

078-300 HCF Transport Cover Interlock Open


BSD-ON:CH1.3
Transport Cover Interlock Switch Open was detected.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the installation of the HCF Level Sensor (PL 17.5) and the operation of the Actuator.
Is the Sensor installed correctly and the Actuator operating properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation and abnormal operation.
Execute DC330[078-205 HCF Level Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the HCF Level Sensor (PL 17.5)
using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-196 HCF Level Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Opening/closing of the Top Cover

Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Top Cover. . Can the Top Cover (PL 17.7) be opened/closed properly?
Y
N
Correct the installation or distortion of the Top Cover.
Check the installation of the Transport Cover Interlock Switch. . Is the Transport Cover Interlock
Switch (PL 17.7) installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the Transport Cover Interlock Switch (PL 17.7) correctly.
Execute DC330[078-300 HCF Transport Interlock]. Open/close the Transport Cover. . Does the display
change?
Y
N
Go to GP-197 Transport Cover Interlock Switch Check Out FIP.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

078-301 HCF Home Position Switch Open


BSD-ON:CH1.4
The docking of the HCF and IOT was released.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the docking status of the HCF and IOT. Is the docking in proper condition?
Y
N
Dock them correctly.
Execute DC330[078-301 HCF Home Position Switch]. Does the display change when the HCF Home
Position Switch (PL 17.8) Lever is pressed?
Y
N
Go to GP-198 Home Position Switch Check Out FIP.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

078-900 HCF Feed Out Sensor Static JAM


BSD-ON:CH8.11
Paper remains in the Transport Unit when the HCF is not operating.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the light receptor part of the HCF Feed Out Sensor for contamination. . Is the Sensor clean
without contamination such as paper dust?
Y
N
Clean the contamination.
Execute DC330[078-101 HCF Feed Out Sensor]. Move the Actuator of the HCF Feed Out Sensor using
your hand or a piece of paper. . Does the display change?
Y
N
Go to GP-102 HCF Feed Out Sensor Check Out FIP.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-225

078-xxx HCF

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
078-xxx HCF

2007/10/01
2-226

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

081-799 No Registered Destination


BSD-ON:CH34.1
The Fax Send destination telephone no. is not registered in the Address Book.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the entries in the Address Book.

Check the Send destination telephone no. and repeat the operation.

Procedure
Pull out and reinsert the FCB PWB (PL 9.3). Turn the power ON again. Does the same problem
reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Check the connection of each FCB PWB (PL 9.3) connector. Are the connectors connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect the connectors securely.
Turn the power ON again. Does the same problem reoccur?
Y
N
Completed
Replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-227

081-xxx No Destination

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
081-xxx No Destination

2007/10/01
2-228

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

091-314 CRU Fan Defect

091-401 Drum Life Near To End

BSD-ON:CH9.2

BSD-ON:CH9.1

An error was detected in the CRU Fan.

The XERO/DEVE Cartridge needs to be replaced soon.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Remove any obstructions that block the CRU Fan rotation.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Reload the XERO/DEVE Cartridge.

Procedure

Procedure

Execute DC330[042-004 CRU Fan ON]. Does the CRU Fan operate?
Y
N
Check the connection of the CRU Fan. Is the CRU Fan Harness connector connected to the
Relay connector P/J219 securely?
Y
N
Connect the CRU Fan Harness connector securely.

Check the installation part of the XERO/DEVE Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Is the
installation part in proper condition with no failure or foreign substances?
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the installation of the XERO CRUM PWB. Is it installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.

Check the connection of the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Is P407 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P407 securely.
Check the conductivity between the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the Relay connector P/J219.
Is the wire between P407 and P/J219 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Execute DC330[042-004 CRU Fan ON], and check for the power supply to the CRU Fan.
Is the voltage between P407-1 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J419. Is P/J419 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J419 securely.
Check the connection of the XERO CRUM PWB P/J126. Is P/J126 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J126 securely.
Check the wire between P126 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between P126
and J419 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the CRU Fan (PL 4.2).


Reconnect the connectors on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (PL 4.1) followed by the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) and the MCU
PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-229

091-xxx Drum

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
091-xxx Drum

091-912 Xero/Developer Cartridge Set Fail


BSD-ON:CH1.3 CH1.2 CH9.3
The XERO/DEVE Cartridge is not installed.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


2007/10/01
Version 2.1
2-230A
B
Measure the voltage (CH1.2) between the LVPS P523-6 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the LVPS (PL 9.1).

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Reload the XERO/DEVE Cartridge.

Procedure
Check the installation part of the XERO/DEVE Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Is the
installation part in proper condition with no failure or foreign substances?
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Execute DC330[091-200 XERO/DEVE Cartridge DETECT]. Install the XERO/DEVE Cartridge.
Does the display change?
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J404, P/J403 and P/J400. Are P/J404, P/J403 and P/J400 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J404, P/J403 and P/J400 securely.
Check the conductivity (CH1.3) of the XERO Interlock Switch (PL 4.2) between J404-1 and J404-3.
Does the wire between J404-1 and J404-3 conduct when the XERO/DEVE Cartridge is installed,
and insulate when the cartridge is removed?
Y
N
Replace the XERO Interlock Switch (PL 4.2).
Check the conductivity of the loop circuit in the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (PL 4.1) between J610-3 and
J610-7 (CH9.3). Is the wire between J610-3 and J610-7 conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit?
Y
N
Replace the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (PL 4.1).
Measure the voltage (CH9.3) between the MCU PWB P403B-11 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage (CH1.3) between the MCU PWB P404-1 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J400 and J523 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH1.2). Is the wire
between J400 and J523 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

091-913 Xero/Developer Cartridge End of Life

091-914 Xero/Developer Cartridge CRUM Transmission Fail

BSD-ON:CH9.1

BSD-ON:CH9.1

It is time to replace the XERO/DEVE Cartridge.

A communication error has between the XERO CRUM Tag in the XERO/DEVE Cartridge and the CRUM
ASIC in the MCU PWB.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Initial Actions

Reload the XERO/DEVE Cartridge.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Reload the XERO/DEVE Cartridge.

Procedure
Procedure

Check the installation part of the XERO/DEVE Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Is the
installation part in proper condition with no failure or foreign substances?
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check the installation part of the XERO/DEVE Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Is the
installation part in proper condition with no failure or foreign substances?
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check the installation of the XERO CRUM PWB. Is it installed correctly?


Y
N
Install the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.

Check the installation of the XERO CRUM PWB. Is it installed correctly?


Y
N
Install the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.

Check the connection of the MCU PWB ( P/J419). Is P/J419 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J419 securely.

Check the connection of the MCU PWB ( P/J419). Is P/J419 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J419 securely.

Check the connection of the XERO CRUM PWB ( P/J126). Is P/J126 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J126 securely.

Check the connection of the XERO CRUM PWB ( P/J126). Is P/J126 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J126 securely.

Check the wire between P126 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between P126
and J419 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (PL 4.1) followed by the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) and the MCU
PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Check the wire between P126 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between P126
and J419 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (PL 4.1) followed by the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) and the MCU
PWB (PL 9.1).

2007/10/01
2-231

091-xxx Drum

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
091-xxx Drum

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-232

Version 2.1

091-915 Xero/Developer Cartridge CRUM Data Write Fail

091-916 Xero/Developer Cartridge CRUM Data Mismatch

BSD-ON:CH9.1

BSD-ON:CH9.1

Data write error occurred in the XERO CRUM Tag in the XERO/DEVE Cartridge.

An invalid XERO/DEVE Cartridge was installed.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Reload the XERO/DEVE Cartridge.

Reload the XERO/DEVE Cartridge.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the installation part of the XERO/DEVE Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Is the
installation part in proper condition without any failure or foreign substances?
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check the installation part of the XERO/DEVE Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Is the
installation part in proper condition with no failure or foreign substances?
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check the installation of the XERO CRUM PWB. Is it installed correctly?


Y
N
Install the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.

Check the installation of the XERO CRUM PWB. Is it installed correctly?


Y
N
Install the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.

Check the connection of the MCU PWB ( P/J419). Is P/J419 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J419 securely.

Check the connection of the MCU PWB ( P/J419). Is P/J419 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J419 securely. Check the connection of the XERO CRUM PWB ( P/J126).
Is P/J126 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J126 securely.

Check the connection of the XERO CRUM PWB ( P/J126). Is P/J126 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J126 securely.
Check the wire between P126 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between P126
and J419 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (PL 4.1) followed by the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) and the MCU
PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the wire between P126 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between P126
and J419 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (PL 4.1) followed by the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) and the MCU
PWB (PL 9.1).

092-660 ATC Sensor Fail

BSD-ON:CH9.3 CH9.1

N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (PL 4.1) followed by the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) and the MCU
PWB (PL 9.1).

The detection value of the ATC Sensor is abnormal.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the installation part of the XERO/DEVE Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Is the
installation part in proper condition with no failure or foreign substances?
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the installation of the XERO CRUM PWB. Is it installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.
Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J403 and the XERO/DEVE Cartridge P/J610.
Are P/J403 and P/J610 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J403 and P/J610 securely.
Check the wire between J403 and P610 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between J403
and P610 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH9.3) between the MCU PWB P403-B12 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the connection of the MCU PWB ( P/J419). Is P/J419 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J419 securely.
Check the connection of the XERO CRUM PWB ( P/J126). Is P/J126 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J126 securely.
Check the wire between P126 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH9.1). Is the wire
between P126 and J419 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH9.1) between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-233

092-xxx Process Control

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
092-xxx Process Control

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-234

Version 2.1

092-661 Temperature Sensor Fail

092-910 ATC Sensor Fail

BSD-ON:CH9.4

BSD-ON:CH9.3 CH9.1

The detected environment temperature was abnormal.

The ATC Sensor failed.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check that the XERO/DEVE Cartridge Seals have been removed

Procedure

Reload the XERO/DEVE Cartridge.

Check the connection of P/J403 and P/J150. Are P/J403 and P/J150 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J403 and P/J150 securely.

Procedure

Check the wire between J403 and J150 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between J403
and J150 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Hum And Temp Sensor (PL 4.2) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

092-662 Humidity Sensor Fail


BSD-ON:CH9.4
The detected environment humidity was abnormal.

Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Procedure
Check the connection of P/J403 and P/J150. . Are P/J403 and P/J150 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J403 and P/J150 securely.
Check the wire between J403 and J150 for an open circuit or a short circuit. . Is the wire between J403
and J150 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the installation part of the XERO/DEVE Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Is the
installation part in proper condition with no failure or foreign substances?
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the installation of the XERO CRUM PWB. Is it installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.
Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J403 and the XERO/DEVE Cartridge P/J610.
Are P/J403 and P/J610 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J403 and P/J610 securely.
Check the wire between J403 and P610 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between J403
and P610 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH9.3) between the MCU PWB P403-B12 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the connection of the MCU PWB ( P/J419). Is P/J419 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J419 securely.

Replace the Hum And Temp Sensor (PL 4.2) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the connection of the XERO CRUM PWB ( P/J126). Is P/J126 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J126 securely.
Check the wire between P126 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH9.1). Is the wire
between P126 and J419 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

A
Measure the voltage (CH9.1) between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (PL 4.1) followed by the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) and the MCU
PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-235

092-xxx Process Control

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
092-xxx Process Control

2007/10/01
2-236

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

093-312 Dispense Motor Fail

093-406 Toner Black Pre Near Empty

BSD-ON:CH9.3

BSD-ON:CH9.3

The toner density in the XERO/DEVE Cartridge has not risen even after the Dispense Motor has been
turned ON for the specified time.

Toner in the Toner Cartridge is running low. However, it can be still used.

Initial Actions
Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check that the XERO/DEVE Cartridge Seals have been removed.

Reload the Toner Cartridge.

Reload the XERO/DEVE Cartridge.

Reload the Toner Cartridge.

Procedure
Check the XERO/DEVE Cartridge Seals. Are the Seals removed?
Y
N
Remove the XERO/DEVE Cartridge Seals.

Procedure

Execute DC330[093-001 Dispense Motor ON]. Can the rotation noise of the Dispense Motor be
heard?
Y
N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J420-2 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute DC330[093-001 Dispense Motor ON]. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J4201 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx. 0VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J420 and J216 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J420 and J216 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Dispense Motor (PL 4.2).
Check the Transport Pipe. Is the inner part of the Transport Pipe in proper condition without any
blockage?
Y
N
Clear the blockage.

Check the installation part of the Toner Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Is the installation
part in proper condition with no failure or foreign substances?
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the connection of P/J403. Is P/J403 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J403 securely.
Check the wire between J403 and P610 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between J403
and P610 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B12 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute DC330[093-001 Dispense Motor ON]. Can the rotation noise of the Dispense Motor be
heard?
Y
N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J420-2 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute DC330[093-001 Dispense Motor ON].
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J420-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
0VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (PL 4.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the wire between J420 and J216 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J420 and J216 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

A
2007/10/01
2-237

093-xxx Toner Supply

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
093-xxx Toner Supply
A
Y

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-238

N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Dispense Motor (PL 4.2).


Check the Transport Pipe. Is the inner part of the Transport Pipe in proper condition without any
blockage?
Y
N
Clear the blockage.
Replace the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (PL 4.1) followed by the Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1), the Toner CRUM
PWB (PL 4.2) and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

093-912 Toner Black Empty


BSD-ON:CH9.3
The Toner Cartridge is empty.

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check that the XERO/DEVE Cartridge Seals have been removed.

Reload the XERO/DEVE Cartridge.

Reload the Toner Cartridge.

Procedure
Check the installation part of the Toner Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Is the installation
part in proper condition with no failure or foreign substances?
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the connection of P/J403. Is P/J403 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J403 securely.
Check the wire between J403 and P610 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between J403
and P610 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B12 (+) and GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute DC330[093-001 Dispense Motor ON]. Can the rotation noise of the Dispense Motor be
heard?
Y
N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J420-2 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute DC330[093-001 Dispense Motor ON].
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J420-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
0VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J420 and J216 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between
J420 and J216 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A

B
Replace the Dispense Motor (PL 4.2).

093-924 Toner Cartridge CRUM Transmission Fail

Check the Transport Pipe. Is the inner part of the Transport Pipe in proper condition without any
blockage?
Y
N
Clear the blockage.

BSD-ON:CH9.1

Replace the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (PL 4.1) followed by the Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1), the Toner CRUM
PWB (PL 4.2) and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Initial Actions

A communication error has occurred between the Toner CRUM Tag in the Toner Cartridge and the
CRUM ASIC in the MCU PWB.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Reload the Toner Cartridge.

Procedure
Check the installation part of the Toner Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Is the installation
part in proper condition with no failure or foreign substances?
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the installation of the Toner CRUM PWB. Is it installed correctly?
Y
N
Install the Toner CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.
Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J419. Is P/J419 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J419 securely.
Check the connection of the Toner CRUM PWB P/J127. Is P/J127 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J127 securely.
Check the wire between P127 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between P127
and J419 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-6 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1) followed by the Toner CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) and the MCU PWB (PL
9.1).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-239

093-xxx Toner Supply

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
093-xxx Toner Supply

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-240

Version 2.1

093-925 Toner Cartridge CRUM Data Broken Fail

093-926 Toner Cartridge CRUM Data Mismatch Fail

BSD-ON:CH9.1

BSD-ON:CH9.1

Data write error occurred in the XERO CRUM Tag in the Toner Cartridge.

An invalid Toner Cartridge was installed.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Reload the Toner Cartridge.

Reload the Toner Cartridge.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the installation part of the Toner Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Is the installation
part in proper condition with no failure or foreign substances?
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check the installation part of the Toner Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Is the installation
part in proper condition with no failure or foreign substances?
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check the installation of the Toner CRUM PWB. Is it installed correctly?


Y
N
Install the Toner CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.

Check the installation of the Toner CRUM PWB. Is it installed correctly?


Y
N
Install the Toner CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.

Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J419. Is P/J419 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J419 securely.

Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J419. Is P/J419 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J419 securely.

Check the connection of the Toner CRUM PWB P/J127. B Is P/J127 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J127 securely.

Check the connection of the Toner CRUM PWB P/J127. Is P/J127 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J127 securely.

Check the wire between P127 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between P127
and J419 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between P127 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit. Is the wire between P127
and J419 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-6 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-6 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1) followed by the Toner CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) and the MCU PWB (PL
9.1).

Replace the Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1) followed by the Toner CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) and the MCU PWB (PL
9.1).

OF1 Paper Size Mismatch In Width FIP

OF2 Size Switch ASSY FIP

Width of Paper Size is incorrect.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Manually operate the switches of the relevant Size Sensor. Each switch operates smoothly.
Y
N
Replace the relevant Size Sensor.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Reload the tray.

Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper dust in the paper transport path. Is the paper
transport path in proper condition without any foreign substances, distortion or paper dust?
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and paper dust. Correct the distortion.
Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs even when paper is fed from another tray.
Y
N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator operates normally.
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the installation of the relevant Paper Size Switch. The relevant Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the relevant Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1/PL 12.1/PL 13.4) correctly.
Go to OF2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute the following Diags: Operate SW5 of the relevant Size Sensor.
Tray 1: DC330[071-210 Tray 1 Size Switch-SW5]
Tray 2: DC330[071-211 Tray 2 Size Switch-SW5]
Tray 3: DC330[071-212 Tray 3 Size Switch-SW5]
Tray 4: DC330[071-200 Tray 4 Size Switch-SW5]
The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of the following connectors:
Tray 1: P/J109 and P/J412
Tray 2: P/J110 and P/J412
Tray 3: P/J820 and P/J548
Tray 4: P/J824 and P/J548
The relevant connectors are connected securely.
Y
N
Connect the relevant connectors securely.
Check the following harnesses for an open circuit or a short circuit.
Tray 1: Between J109 and J412
Tray 2: Between J110 and J412
Tray 3: Between J820 and J548
Tray 4: Between J824 and J548
The relevant harnesses is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the following pins (+) and GND (-).
Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-4
Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-9
Tray 3: Tray Module PWB P548-14
Tray 4: Tray Module PWB P548-7
The voltage is of the specified value (MCU PWB: approx. +5VDC, Tray Module PWB: approx.
+3.3VDC).
Y
N
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the following pins (+) and GND (-).
Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-1
Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-6
Tray 3: Tray Module PWB P548-11
Tray 4: Tray Module PWB P548-4
Operate SW5 of the relevant Size Sensor. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

A
B
2007/10/01
2-241

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2BOther FIP
A
Replace the relevant Size Sensor.
Execute the following Diags: Operate SW1 to SW4 of the relevant Size Sensor in sequence.
Tray 1: DC140[071-230 Tray 1 Size Switch-SW1 to 4]
Tray 2: DC140[071-231 Tray 2 Size Switch-SW1 to 4]
Tray 3: DC140[071-232 Tray 3 Size Switch-SW1 to 4]
Tray 4: DC140[071-233 Tray 4 Size Switch-SW1 to 4]
The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of the following connectors:
Tray 1: P/J109 and P/J412
Tray 2: P/J110 and P/J412
Tray 3: P/J820 and P/J548
Tray 4: P/J824 and P/J548
The relevant connectors are connected securely.
Y
N
Connect the relevant connectors securely.

Measure the voltage between the following pins (+) and GND (-).
Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-4
Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-9
Tray 3: Tray Module PWB P548-14
Tray 4: Tray Module PWB P548-7
The voltage is of the specified value (MCU PWB: approx. +5VDC, Tray Module PWB: approx.
+3.3VDC).
Y
N
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
For Tray 1 or Tray 2, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
For Tray 3 or Tray 4, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Version 2.1

OF3 Main Drive ASSY FIP


Procedure
Execute DC330[071-037 Drum Motor ON]. The rotation noise of the Drum Motor can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J408 and P/J214. P/J408 and P/J214 are connected securely.
Y
N
Connect P/J408 and P/J214 securely.
Check the wire between J408 and J214 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH4.1).
The wire between J408 and J214 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH4.1) between the MCU PWB P408-13 (+) and the GND (-), and between
P408-14 (+) and the GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the following harnesses for an open circuit or a short circuit.


Tray 1: Between J109 and J412
Tray 2: Between J110 and J412
Tray 3: Between J820 and J548
Tray 4: Between J824 and J548
The relevant harnesses is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the following pins (+) and GND (-).
Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-3
Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-8
Tray 3: Tray Module PWB P548-13
Tray 4: Tray Module PWB P548-6
Operate SW1 to SW4 of the relevant Size Sensor in sequence. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the relevant Size Sensor.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-242

Measure the voltage (CH4.1) between the MCU PWB P408-10 (+) and the GND (-).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Main Drive Unit (PL 1.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wires between the following points for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire between
these points is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.

Between J408-3 and J214-12 (CH4.1)

Between J408-8 and J214-7 (CH4.1)

Between J408-9 and J214-6 (CH4.1)

N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Main Drive Unit (PL 1.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

GP-029 Exit Nip Release Solenoid Check Out FIP

GP-050 DADF Registration Sensor Check Out FIP

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J766 and P/J756. Are P/J766 and P/J756 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J766 and P/J756 securely.

Check the connection of P/J782 and P/J761. Are P/J782 and P/J761 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J782 and P/J761 securely.

Check the wire between J766 and J756 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH5.6). Is the wire
between J766 and J756 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH5.4). Is the wire
between J782 and J761 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH5.6) between the DADF PWB P756-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) followed by the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Measure the voltage (CH5.4) between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7).

Measure the voltage (CH5.4) between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and the GND (-). Shield the light
receptor part of the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).

GP-049 DADF Pre Registration Sensor Check Out FIP


Procedure
Check the connection of P/J781 and P/J761. . Are P/J781 and P/J761 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761 securely.

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

GP-054 DADF Feed Motor Check Out FIP

Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH5.4). . Is the wire
between J781 and J761 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Procedure

Measure the voltage (CH5.4) between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and the GND (-). . Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH5.5). . Is the wire
between J764 and J754 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH5.4) between the DADF PWB P761-11 (+) and the GND (-). Move the Actuator
of the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) using a piece of paper. . Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).

Measure the voltage (CH5.5) between the DADF PWB P754-7 (+) and the GND (-) as well as between
P754-1 (+) and the GND (-). . Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Check the connection of P/J764 and P/J754. . Are P/J764 and P/J754 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754 securely.

2007/10/01
2-243

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2 Other FIP

2007/10/01
2-244

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

GP-056 DADF Feed Out Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-065 DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor1 Check Out FIP

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J769 and P/J758. Are P/J769 and P/J758 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J769 and P/J758 securely.

Check the connection of P/J774 and P/J760. Are P/J774 and P/J760 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J774 and P/J760 securely.

Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH5.4). Is the wire
between J769 and J758 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J774 and J760 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH5.1). Is the wire
between J774 and J760 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH5.4) between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P760-3 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage (CH5.4) between the DADF PWB P758-2 (+) and the GND (-). Move the Actuator of
the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P760-2 (+) and the GND (-). Move the Tray Guide
manually. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 1 (PL 15.10).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

GP-059 DADF Registration Motor Check Out FIP

GP-066 DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor2 Check Out FIP

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J765 and P/J755. . Are P/J765 and P/J755 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755 securely.

Check the connection of P/J775 and P/J760. . Are P/J775 and P/J760 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J775 and P/J760 securely.

Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH5.5). . Is the wire
between J765 and J755 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J775 and J760 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH5.1). . Is the wire
between J775 and J760 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH5.5) between the DADF PWB P755-1 (+) and the GND (-) as well as between
P755-6 (+) and the GND (-). . Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage (CH5.1) between the DADF PWB P760-9 (+) and the GND (-). . Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9).

Measure the voltage (CH5.1) between the DADF PWB P760-8 (+) and the GND (-). Move the Tray Guide
manually. . Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 2 (PL 15.10).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

GP-067 DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor3 Check Out FIP

GP-083 DADF APS1 Sensor Check Out FIP

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J776 and P/J760. Are P/J776 and P/J760 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J776 and P/J760 securely.

Check the connection of P/J777 and P/J761. Are P/J777 and P/J761 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J777 and P/J761 securely.

Check the wire between J776 and J760 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH5.1). Is the wire
between J776 and J760 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J777 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH5.4). Is the wire
between J777 and J761 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH5.1) between the DADF PWB P760-12 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage (CH5.4) between the DADF PWB P761-6 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage (CH5.1) between the DADF PWB P760-11 (+) and the GND (-). Move the Tray
Guide manually. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 3 (PL 15.10).

Measure the voltage (CH5.4) between the DADF PWB P761-5 (+) and the GND (-). Move the Actuator of
the DADF APS 1 Sensor using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the DADF APS 1 Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

GP-073 DADF Invert Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-084 DADF APS2 Sensor Check Out FIP

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J780 and P/J761. . Are P/J780 and P/J761 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J780 and P/J761 securely.

Check the connection of P/J778 and P/J761. . Are P/J778 and P/J761 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J778 and P/J761 securely.

Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH5.4). . Is the wire
between J780 and J761 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J778 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH5.4). . Is the wire
between J778 and J761 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and the GND (-).. Is the voltage approx.
+5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage (CH5.4) between the DADF PWB P761-3 (+) and the GND (-). . Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage (CH5.4) between the DADF PWB P761-8 (+) and the GND (-). Move the Actuator of
the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) using your hand or a piece of paper. . Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7).

Measure the voltage (CH5.4) between the DADF PWB P761-2 (+) and the GND (-). Move the Actuator of
the DADF APS 2 Sensor using your hand or a piece of paper. . Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the DADF APS 2 Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-245

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2 Other FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-246

Version 2.1

GP-085 DADF APS3 Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-091 DADF Interlock Switch Check Out FIP

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J779 and P/J785. Are P/J779 and P/J785 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J779 and P/J785 securely.

Check the connection of F1, F2 and P/J753. Are F1, F2 and P/J753 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect F1, F2 and P/J753 securely.
Check the wires between F1 and J753, as well as between F2 and J753 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (CH1.3). Are the wires between F1 and J753, as well as between F2 and J753
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J779 and J785 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH5.4). Is the wire
between J779 and J785 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH5.4) between the DADF PWB P785-3 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Check the conductivity (CH1.3) of the DADF Interlock Switch between J753-2 and P753-1. Does
the wire between J753-2 and P753-1 conduct when the contact is closed, and insulate when
the contact is opened?
Y
N
Replace the DADF Interlock Switch (PL 15.7).

Measure the voltage (CH5.4) between the DADF PWB P785-2 (+) and the GND (-). Move the Actuator of
the DADF APS 3 Sensor using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the DADF APS 3 Sensor (PL 15.7).

GP-093 Platen Open Switch Check Out FIP

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Procedure

GP-086 DADF Nudger Motor Check Out FIP

Check the connection of P/J727 and P/J722. . Are P/J727 and P/J722 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J727 and P/J722 securely.

Procedure
Check the connection of P/J787 and P/J786. . Are P/J787 and P/J786 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J787 and P/J786 securely.
Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH5.2). . Is the wire
between J787 and J786 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH5.2) between the DADF PWB P786-1 (+) and the GND (-). . Is the voltage
approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Check the wire between J727 and J722 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH6.1). . Is the wire
between J727 and J722 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity (CH6.1) of the Platen Open Switch between J722-A4 and J722-A5. .
Does the wire between J722-A4 and P722-A5 conduct when the switch contact is closed, and
insulate when the contact is opened?
Y
N
Replace the Platen Open Switch (PL 11.4).
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

GP-094 DADF Nudger Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-100 HCF Paper Size Sensor (A4) Check Out FIP

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J788 and P/J786. Are P/J788 and P/J786 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J788 and P/J786 securely.

Check the connection of PF/JF52 and PF/JF01. Are PF/JF52 and PF/JF01 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect PF/JF52 and PF/JF01 securely.

Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH5.2). Is the wire
between J788 and J786 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between JF52 and JF01 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH7.7). Is the wire
between JF52 and JF01 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH5.2) between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage (CH7.7) between the HCF PWB PF/JF01-9 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).

Measure the voltage (CH5.2) between the DADF PWB P786-8 (+) and the GND (-). Shield the light
receptor part of the DADF Nudger Sensor (PL 15.5) with the Actuator of the Nudger Roll.
Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the DADF Nudger Sensor (PL 15.5).

Measure the voltage (CH7.7) between the HCF PWB PF/JF01-8 (+) and the GND (-). Shield the light
receptor part of the HCF Paper Size Sensor (A4) with paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the HCF Paper Size Sensor (A4) (PL 17.8).
Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

GP-101 HCF No Paper Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-099 HCF Paper Size Sensor (Letter) Check Out FIP

Procedure

Procedure
Check the connection of PF/JF51 and PF/JF01. . Are PF/JF51 and PF/JF01 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect PF/JF51 and PF/JF01 securely.

Check the connection of PF/JF60, PF/JF56 and PF/JF02. . Are PF/JF60, PF/JF56 and PF/JF02
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect PF/JF60, PF/JF56 and PF/JF02 securely.

Check the wire between JF51 and JF01 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH7.7). . Is the wire
between JF51 and JF01 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between PF60 and PF02 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH7.15). . Is the wire
between PF60 and PF02 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH7.7) between the HCF PWB PF/JF01-12 (+) and the GND (-). . Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).

Measure the voltage (CH7.15) between the HCF PWB PF02-9 (+) and the GND (-). . Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).

Measure the voltage (CH7.7) between the HCF PWB PF/JF01-11 (+) and the GND (-). Shield the light
receptor part of the HCF Paper Size Sensor (Letter) with paper. . Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the HCF Paper Size Sensor (Letter) (PL 17.8).

Measure the voltage (CH7.15) between the HCF PWB PF02-8 (+) and the GND (-). Shield the light
receptor part of the HCF NO Paper Sensor (PL 17.5) with paper. . Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the HCF NO Paper Sensor (PL 17.5).

Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).

Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-247

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2 Other FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-248

Version 2.1

GP-102 HCF Feed Out Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-103 HCF Feed/Lift Motor Check Out FIP

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of PF/JF67, PF/JF54 and PF/JF01. Are PF/JF67, PF/JF54 and PF/JF01
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect PF/JF67, PF/JF54 and PF/JF01 securely.

Check the connection of PF/JF58, PF/JF56 and PF/JF06. Are PF/JF58, PF/JF56 and PF/JF06
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect PF/JF58, PF/JF56 and PF/JF06 securely.

Check the wire between PF67 and JF01 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH8.11). Is the wire
between PF67 and JF01 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between JF58 and JF06 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH7.15). Is the wire
between JF58 and JF06 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH8.11) between the HCF PWB PF01-3 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH1.2) of the HCF PWB Fuse F1. Is F1 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F1.

Measure the voltage (CH7.15) of the HCF PWB between PF06-3 (+) and the GND (-) as well as between
PF06-4 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH1.3) of the HCF PWB Fuse F2. Is F2 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F2.

Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).


Measure the voltage (CH8.11) between the HCF PWB PF01-2 (+) and the GND (-). Move the Actuator
using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the HCF Feed Out Sensor (PL 17.7).

Check the conductivity (CH1.3) of the HCF Transport Cover Interlock Switch between FS001 and
FS002. Is it insulated when the HCF Transport Cover is opened, and conducting when the
Cover is closed?
Y
N
Replace the HCF Transport Cover Interlock Switch (PL 17.7).
Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).

Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).


Replace the HCF Feed/Lift Motor (PL 17.4).

GP-104 Stacker No Paper Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-134 Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor Check Out FIP

Procedure

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Check the connection of P/J8326, P/J8441A, P/J8441B and P/J8302. Are P/J8326, P/J8441A,
P/J8441B and P/J8302 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8326, P/J8441A, P/J8441B and P/J8302 securely.

Procedure

Check the wire between J8326 and J8302 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.22). Is the wire
between J8326 and J8302 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.22) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-37 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.22) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-36 (+) and the GND (-).
Turn the belt manually and lift up the Stacker Tray until the Actuator shields the light receptor surface of
the Sensor. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Stacker No Paper Sensor (PL 18.6).

Check the connection of P/J8183, P/J8197A, P/J8197B, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405.
Are P/J8183, P/J8197A, P/J8197B, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8183, P/J8197A, P/J8197B, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405 securely.
Check the wire between J8183 and J8405 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.29). Is the wire
between J8183 and J8405 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.29) between the Booklet PWB P8405-22 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Booklet PWB Fuse BOOK F7. Is the BOOK F7
conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the BOOK F7.
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Replace F7.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

GP-105 Low Staple Sensor Check Out FIP


Procedure

Replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Check the connection of P/J8308, P/J8356 and P/J8357. . Are P/J8308, P/J8356 and P/J8357
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8308, P/J8356 and P/J8357 securely.
Check the wire between J8356 and J8308 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.18). . Is the wire
between J8356 and J8308 conducting without an open circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH12.29) between the Booklet PWB P8405-21 (+) and the GND (-). Shield the light
receptor part of the Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor (PL 18.23) with paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor (PL 18.23).
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17).

Measure the voltage of the Finisher Main PWB between P8308-11 (+) and the GND (-). . Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Stapler Assembly (PL 18.8).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-249

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2 Other FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-250

Version 2.1

GP-135 Booklet Paper Path Motor Check Out FIP

GP-138 Compile Exit Sensor Check Out FIP

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J8188, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406. Are P/J8188, P8203/ J8203 and
P/J8406 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8188, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406 securely.

Check the connection of P/J8320, P/J8391 and P/J8302. Are P/J8320, P/J8391 and P/J8302
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8320, P/J8391 and P/J8302 securely.

Check the wire between J8188 and J8406 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.23). Is the wire
between J8188 and J8406 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J8320 and J8302 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.14). Is the wire
between J8320 and J8302 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the opening/closing of the Eject Cover and Front Cover. Are both are closed and latched
securely?
Y
N
Close the Eject Cover and Front Cover and latch them securely.

Measure the voltage (CH12.14) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-6 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Replace F7.

Measure the voltage (CH12.23) between the Booklet PWB P8406-9 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Booklet PWB Fuse BOOK F4. Is the BOOK F4
conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the BOOK F4.
Measure the voltage (CH12.2) between the Booklet PWB J8378-1 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the interlock circuit. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15)
followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17).
Replace the Booklet Paper Path Motor (PL 18.24).

Replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.14) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-5 (+) and the GND (-). Move
the Actuator of the Compile Exit Sensor using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Compile Exit Sensor (PL 18.11).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

GP-139 Eject Clamp Motor Check Out FIP

GP-140 Booklet Drawer Set Sensor Check Out FIP

Procedure

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Check the connection of P/J8339 and P/J8304. Are P/J8339 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8339 and P/J8304 securely.

Procedure

Check the wire between J8339 and J8304 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.19). Is the wire
between J8339 and J8304 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltages (CH12.19) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8304-33 (+) and the GND (-), as
well as between P8304-31 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher PWB Fuse F6. Is F6 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F6.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Eject Clamp Motor (PL 18.9) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Check the connection of P/J8429 and P/J8405. Are P/J8429 and P/J8405 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8429 and P/J8405 securely.
Check the wire between J8429 and J8405 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.3). Is the wire
between J8429 and J8405 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.3) between the Booklet PWB P8405-25 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Booklet PWB Fuse BOOK F7. Is the BOOK F7
conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the BOOK F7.
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Replace F7.
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) and the Finisher
Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.3) between the Booklet PWB P8405-24 (+) and the GND (-). Pull out and
then push in the Booklet Drawer. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Booklet Drawer Set Sensor (PL 18.17).
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-251

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2 Other FIP

GP-141 Eject Motor Check Out FIP


Procedure
Check the connection of P/J8336 and P/J8304. Are P/J8336 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8336 and P/J8304 securely.
Check the wire between J8336 and J8304 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.20). Is the wire
between J8336 and J8304 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltages (CH12.20) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8304-12 (+) and the GND (-), as
well as between P8304-14 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher PWB Fuse F6. Is F6 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F6.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 18.10).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-252

Version 2.1

GP-142 Buffer Path Sensor Check Out FIP


NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure
Check the connection of P/J8392, P/J8318 and P/J8302. Are P/J8392, P/J8318 and P/J8302
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8392, P/J8318 and P/J8302 securely.
Check the wire between J8392 and J8302 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.14). Is the wire
between J8392 and J8302 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.14) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-15 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Replace F7.
Replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.14) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-14 (+) and the GND (-). Move
the Actuator of the Buffer Path Sensor (PL 18.12) using your hand or a piece of paper.
Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Buffer Path Sensor (PL 18.12).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

GP-143 Buffer Gate Solenoid Check Out FIP

GP-145 Eject Clamp Home Sensor Check Out FIP

Procedure

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Check the connection of P/J8394 and P/J8304. Are P/J8394 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8394 and P/J8304 securely.

Procedure

Check the wire between J8394 and J8304 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.14). Is the wire
between J8394 and J8304 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.14) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8304-34 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher PWB Fuse F6. Is F6 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F6.

Check the connection of P/J8324 and P/J8302. Are P/J8324 and P/J8302 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8324 and P/J8302 securely.
Check the wire between J8324 and J8302 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.19). Is the wire
between J8324 and J8302 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.19) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-28 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Replace F7.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).


Remove the Buffer Gate Solenoid (PL 18.12).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15).

GP-144 Transport Gate Solenoid Check Out FIP


Procedure

Measure the voltage (CH12.19) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-27 (+) and the GND (-). Move
the Actuator of the Elect Clamp Motor (PL 18.9) using your hand. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 18.9).

Check the connection of P/J8341 and P/J8304. . Are P/J8341 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8341 and P/J8304 securely.
Check the wire between J8341 and J8304 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.12). . Is the wire
between J8341 and J8304 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Measure the voltage (CH12.12) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8304-28 (+) and the GND (-). .
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher PWB Fuse F6. . Is F6 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F6.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Remove the Transport Gate Solenoid (PL 18.12).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-253

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2 Other FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-254

Version 2.1

GP-146 Top Tray Exit Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-147 Stacker Height Sensor 1 Check Out FIP

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J8321, P/J8312 and P/J8302. Are P/J8321, P/J8312 and P/J8302
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8321, P/J8312 and P/J8302 securely.

Check the connection of P/J8331 and P/J8302. Are P/J8331 and P/J8302 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8331 and P/J8302 securely.

Check the wire between J8321 and J8302 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.13). Is the wire
between J8321 and J8302 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.13) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-9 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Replace F7.

Check the wire between J8331 and J8302 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.21). Is the wire
between J8331 and J8302 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.21) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-23 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Replace F7.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.13) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-8 (+) and the GND (-).
Move the Actuator of the Top Tray Exit Sensor (PL 18.14) using your hand. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Top Tray Exit Sensor (PL 18.14).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

When there are no obstacles in between the Stacker Height Sensor 2, measure the voltage (CH12.21) of
the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-22 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +0VDC?
Y
N
Go to GP-148 Stacker Height Sensor 2 Check Out FIP.
Measure the voltage (CH12.21) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-22 (+) and the GND (-). Shield
the light receptor part of the Stacker Height Sensor 1 (PL 18.6) with paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Stacker Height Sensor 1 (PL 18.6) followed by the Stacker Height Sensor 2 (PL 18.6).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

GP-148 Stacker Height Sensor 2 Check Out FIP

GP-149 Elevator Motor Check Out FIP

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J8330, P/J8302 and P/J8440. Are P/J8330, P/J8302 and P/J8440
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8330, P/J8302 and P/J8440 securely.

Check the connection of P/J8305. Is P/J8305 connected securely?


Y
N
Connect P/J8305 securely.

Check the wires between J8330 and J8302, as well as between J8330 and J8302 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (CH12.21). Is the wire between J8330 and J8302, as well as between J8330 and J8302
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.21) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-18 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the Fuse.

Measure the voltages (CH12.22) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8305-2 (+) and the GND (-) as well
as between P8305-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F6 and F5. Are F6 and F5
conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F6 and F5.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Elevator Motor (PL 18.6).

Replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
When there are no obstacles in between the Stacker Height Sensor 1, measure the voltage (CH12.21) of
the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-19 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +0VDC?
Y
N
Go to GP-147 Stacker Height Sensor 1 Check Out FIP.
Measure the voltage (CH12.21) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-19 (+) and the GND (-). Shield
the light receptor part of the Stacker Height Sensor 2 (PL 18.6) with paper. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Stacker Height Sensor 2 (PL 18.6) followed by the Stacker Height Sensor 1 (PL 18.6).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-255

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2 Other FIP

GP-150 Upper Limit Sensor Check Out FIP


NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure
Check the connection of P/J8327, P/J8441 and P/J8302. Are P/J8327, P/J8441 and P/J8302
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8327, P/J8441 and P/J8302 securely.
Check the wire between J8327 and J8302 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.22). Is the wire
between J8327 and J8302 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.22) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-40 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.1) of the Finisher LVPS Fuse. Is the Fuse conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the Fuse.
Replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.22) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-39 (+) and the GND (-). Shield
the light receptor part of the Upper Limit Sensor (PL 18.6) by inserting a piece of paper.
Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Upper Limit Sensor (PL 18.6).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-256

Version 2.1

GP-151 Stacker Encoder Sensor Check Out FIP


Procedure
Check the connection of P/J8328 and P/J8302. Are P/J8328 and P/J8302 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8328 and P/J8302 securely.
Check the wire between J8328 and J8302 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.22). Is the wire
between J8328 and J8302 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.22) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-34 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.1) of the Finisher LVPS Fuse F801. Is F801 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the Fuse.
Replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.22) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-33 (+) and the GND (-).
Manually rotate the Encoder installed to the Shft-Elev. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Stacker Encode Sensor (PL 18.6).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

GP-152 Front Tamper Home Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-153 Front Tamper Motor Check Out FIP

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J8360, P/J8361 and P/J8309. Are P/J8360, P/J8361 and P/J8309
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8360, P/J8361 and P/J8309 securely.

Check the connection of P/J8363, P/J8461 and P/J8309. Are P/J8363, P/J8461 and P/J8309
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8363, P/J8461 and P/J8309 securely.

Check the wire between J8360 and J8309 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.16). Is the wire
between J8360 and J8309 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J8363 and J8309 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.15). Is the wire
between J8363 and J8309 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH12.16) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8309-6 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.1) of the Finisher LVPS Fuse. Is the Fuse conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the Fuse.

Measure the voltage (CH12.15) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8309-11 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher PWB Fuse F6. Is F6 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F6.

Replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.16) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8309-5 (+) and the GND (-).
Move the Tamper Tray manually. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 18.10).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).


Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 18.10).

GP-154 Rear Tamper Home Sensor Check Out FIP


Procedure
Check the connection of P/J8361, P/J8461 and P/J8309. . Are P/J8361, P/J8461 and P/J8309
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8361, P/J8461 and P/J8309 securely.
Check the wire between J8361 and J8309 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.16). . Is the wire
between J8361 and J8309 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.16) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8309-9 (+) and the GND (-). .
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.1) of the Finisher LVPS Fuse. . Is the Fuse conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the Fuse.
Replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.16) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8309-8 (+) and the GND (-).
Slide the Tamper Tray manually. . Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 18.10).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

A
2007/10/01
2-257

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2 Other FIP
A
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-258

Version 2.1

GP-155 Rear Tamper Motor Check Out FIP


Procedure
Check the connection of P/J8362, P/J8461 and P/J8309. Are P/J8362, P/J8461 and P/J8309
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8362, P/J8461 and P/J8309 securely.
Check the wire between J8362 and J8309 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.15). Is the wire
between J8362 and J8309 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.15) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8309-16 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher PWB Fuse F6. Is F6 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F6.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 18.10).

GP-156 Home Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-157 Booklet Front Tamper Motor Check Out FIP

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J8176, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405. Are P/J8176, P8202/ J8202
and P/J8405 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8176, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405 securely.

Check the connection of P/J8190A, P/J8190B, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406. Are P/J8190A, P/J8190B,
P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8190A, P/J8190B, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406 securely.

Check the wire between J8176 and J8405 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.25). Is the wire
between J8176 and J8405 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J8190 and J8406 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.24). Is the wire
between J8190 and J8406 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH12.25) between the Booklet PWB P8405-3 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Booklet PWB Fuse BOOK F7. Is the BOOK F7
conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the BOOK F7.

Measure the voltage (CH12.24) between the Booklet PWB P8406-21 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Booklet PWB BOOK F4. Is the BOOK F4 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the BOOK F4.
Measure the voltage (CH12.2) between the Booklet PWB J8378-1 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the interlock circuit. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15)
followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Replace F7.
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) and the Finisher
Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17).

Measure the voltage (CH12.25) between the Booklet PWB P8405-2 (+) and the GND (-). Slide the Front
Tamper Guide manually. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Booklet Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 18.21).

Replace the Booklet Front Tamper Motor (PL 18.21).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-259

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2 Other FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-260

Version 2.1

GP-158 Booklet End Guide Home Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-159 Booklet End Guide Motor Check Out FIP

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J8185, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405. Are P/J8185, P8202/ J8202
and P/J8405 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8185, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405 securely.

Check the connection of P/J8187, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406. Are P/J8187, P8203/ J8203
and P/J8406 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8187, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406 securely.

Check the wire between J8185 and J8405 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.26). Is the wire
between J8185 and J8405 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J8187 and J8406 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.26). Is the wire
between J8187 and J8406 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH12.26) between the Booklet PWB P8405-28 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Booklet PWB Fuse BOOK F7. Is the BOOK F7
conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the BOOK F7.

Measure the voltage (CH12.26) between the Booklet PWB P8406-5 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Booklet PWB BOOK F4. Is the BOOK F4 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the BOOK F4.

Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Replace F7.
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) and the Finisher
Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.26) between the Booklet PWB P8405-27 (+) and the GND (-). Raise/lower
the Booklet End Guide manually. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Booklet End Guide Home Sensor (PL 18.19).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Measure the voltage (CH12.2) between the Booklet PWB J8378-1 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the interlock circuit. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15)
followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17).
Replace the Booklet End Guide Motor (PL 18.19).

GP-160 Booklet Rear Tamper Home Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-161 Booklet Rear Tamper Motor Check Out FIP

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J8177, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405. Are P/J8177, P8202/ J8202
and P/J8405 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8177, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405 securely.

Check the connection of P/J8191A, P/J8191B, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406. Are P/J8191A, P/J8191B,
P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8191A, P/J8191B, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8406 securely.

Check the wire between J8177 and J8405 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.25). Is the wire
between J8177 and J8405 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J8191 and J8406 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.24). Is the wire
between J8191 and J8406 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH12.25) between the Booklet PWB P8405-6 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Booklet PWB Fuse BOOK F7. Is the BOOK F7
conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the BOOK F7.

Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB P8406-23 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage approx.
+24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Booklet PWB BOOK F4. Is the BOOK F4 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the BOOK F4.
Measure the voltage (CH12.2) between the Booklet PWB J8378-1 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the interlock circuit. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15)
followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Replace F7.
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) and the Finisher
Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17).

Measure the voltage (CH12.25) between the Booklet PWB P8405-5 (+) and the GND (-). Slide the Rear
Tamper Guide manually. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Booklet Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 18.21).

Replace the Booklet Rear Tamper Motor (PL 18.21).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-261

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2 Other FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-262

Version 2.1

GP-162 Knife Home Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-163 Knife Solenoid Check Out FIP

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J8180, P/J8196A, P/J8196B, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405.
Are P/J8180, P/J8196A, P/J8196B, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8180, P/J8196A, P/J8196B, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405 securely.

Check the connection of P/J8181A, P/J8181B, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405. Are P/J8181A, P/J8181B,
P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8181A, P/J8181B, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405 securely.

Check the wire between J8180 and J8405 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.28). Is the wire
between J8180 and J8405 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J8181 and J8405 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.28). Is the wire
between J8181 and J8405 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH12.28) between the Booklet PWB P8405-11 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Booklet PWB Fuse BOOK F7. Is the BOOK F7
conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the BOOK F7.

Measure the voltage (CH12.28) between the Booklet PWB P8405-15 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Booklet PWB BOOK F4. Is the BOOK F4 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the BOOK F4.

Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Replace F7.
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) and the Finisher
Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.28) between the Booklet PWB P8405-13 (+) and the GND (-). Rotate the
gear and slide the knife manually. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Knife Home Sensor (PL 18.20).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Measure the voltage (CH12.2) between the Booklet PWB J8378-1 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the interlock circuit. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15)
followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17).
Replace the Knife Solenoid (PL 18.24).

GP-164 Booklet Fold Motor Check Out FIP

GP-165 Side Regi. Sensor1 Check Out FIP

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J8175, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8407. Are P/J8175, P8203/ J8203
and P/J8407 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8175, P8203/ J8203 and P/J8407 securely.

Check the connection of P/J8350, P/J8333 and P/J8307. Are P/J8350, P/J8333 and P/J8307
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8350, P/J8333 and P/J8307 securely.

Check the wire between J8175 and J8407 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.29). Is the wire
between J8175 and J8407 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J8350 and J8307 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.11). Is the wire
between J8350 and J8307 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH12.29) between the Booklet PWB P8407-3 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Booklet PWB Fuse BOOK F8. Is the BOOK F8
conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the BOOK F8.

Measure the voltage (CH12.11) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8307-10 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Replace F7.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15).

Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Booklet PWB Fuse BOOK F7. Is the BOOK F7
conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the BOOK F7.

Measure the voltage (CH12.11) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8307-11 (+) and the GND (-). Place
paper in the front of the Side Regi. Sensor 1. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Side Regi. Sensor 1 (PL 18.7).

Measure the voltage (CH12.2) between the Booklet PWB J8378-1 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the interlock circuit. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15)
followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17).


Replace the Booklet Fold Motor (PL 18.24).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-263

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2 Other FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-264

Version 2.1

GP-166 Side Regi. Sensor2 Check Out FIP

GP-167 H-Transport Entrance Sensor Check Out FIP

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J8351, P/J8333 and P/J8307. Are P/J8351, P/J8333 and P/J8307
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8351, P/J8333 and P/J8307 securely.

Check the connection of P/J8380, P/J8390, P/J8372, P/J8371 and P/J8310. Are P/J8380, P/J8390,
P/J8372, P/J8371 and P/J8310 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8380, P/J8390, P/J8372, P/J8371 and P/J8310 securely.

Check the wire between J8351 and J8307 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.11). Is the wire
between J8351 and J8307 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wires between J8380 and J8372, as well as between J8371 and J8310 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (CH12.6). Are the wires between J8380 and J8372, as well as between J8371 and
J8310 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH12.11) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8307-7 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Replace F7.

Measure the voltage (CH12.6) between the H-Transport PWB P8372-9 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Replace F7.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.11) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8307-8 (+) and the GND (-).
Place paper in the front of the Side Regi. Sensor 2. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Side Regi. Sensor 2 (PL 18.7).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Measure the voltage (CH12.6) between the H-Transport PWB P8372-8 (+) and the GND (-). Move the
Actuator of the H-Transport Entrance Sensor using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 18.3).
Replace the H-Transport PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

GP-168 H-Transport Exit Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-169 Booklet Compiler No Paper Sensor Check Out FIP

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J8381, P/J8390, P/J8372, P/J8371 and P/J8310. Are P/J8381, P/J8390,
P/J8372, P/J8371 and P/J8310 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8381, P/J8390, P/J8372, P/J8371 and P/J8310 securely.

Check the connection of P/J8178, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405. Are P/J8178, P8202/ J8202
and P/J8405 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8178, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405 securely.

Check the wires between J8381 and J8372, as well as between J8371 and J8310 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (CH12.6). Are the wires between J8381 and J8372, as well as between J8371 and
J8310 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J8178 and J8405 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.25). Is the wire
between J8178 and J8405 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.25) between the Booklet PWB P8405-9 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Booklet PWB Fuse BOOK F7. Is the BOOK F7
conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the BOOK F7.

Measure the voltage (CH12.6) between the H-Transport PWB P8372-6 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Replace F7.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15).

Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Replace F7.

Measure the voltage (CH12.6) between the H-Transport PWB P8372-5 (+) and the GND (-). Move the
Actuator of the H-Transport Exit Sensor using your hand or a piece of paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Exit Sensor (PL 18.3).
Replace the H-Transport PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) and the Finisher
Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.25) between the Booklet PWB P8405-8 (+) and the GND (-). Place paper in
the front of the Booklet Compiler No Paper Sensor (PL 18.20). Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Booklet Compiler No Paper Sensor (PL 18.20).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-265

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2 Other FIP

GP-172 Set Clamp Home Sensor Check Out FIP


NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure
Check the connection of P/J8325 and P/J8302. Are P/J8325 and P/J8302 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8325 and P/J8302 securely.
Check the wire between J8325 and J8302 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.20). Is the wire
between J8325 and J8302 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.20) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-31 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F7.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-266

Version 2.1

GP-173 Set Clamp Clutch Check Out FIP


Procedure
Check the connection of P/J8338 and P/J8304. Are P/J8338 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8338 and P/J8304 securely.
Check the wire between J8338 and J8304 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.20). Is the wire
between J8338 and J8304 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.20) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8304-22 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher PWB Fuse F6. Is F6 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F6.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Set Clamp Clutch (PL 18.10).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.20) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-30 (+) and the GND (-).
Manually rotate the Actuator and open/close the light receptor part of the Sensor. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Set Clamp Home Sensor (PL 18.10).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

GP-174 Stapler Move Motor Check Out FIP


Procedure
Check the connection of P/J8358 and P/J8308. . Are P/J8358 and P/J8308 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8358 and P/J8308 securely.
Check the wire between J8358 and J8308 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.17). . Is the wire
between J8358 and J8308 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.17) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8308-6 (+) and the GND (-). .
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher PWB Fuse F6. . Is F6 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F6.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 18.8) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 18.15).

GP-175 Stapler Move Home Position Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-176 Eject Cover Switch Check Out FIP

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure
Check the connection of P/J8354 and P/J8308. Are P/J8354 and P/J8308 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8354 and P/J8308 securely.
Check the wire between J8354 and J8308 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.17). Is the wire
between J8354 and J8308 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.17) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8308-18 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F7.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.17) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8308-17 (+) and the GND (-).
Manually slide the Stapler Assembly and open/close the light receptor part of the Sensor. Does the
voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Staple Move Home Position Sensor (PL 18.8).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Procedure
Check the connection of P/J8364, P/J8313, P/J8365 and P/J8314. Are P/J8364, P/J8313, P/J8365 and
P/J8314 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8364, P/J8313, P/J8365 and P/J8314 securely.
Check the wires between J8364 and J8313, J8364 and J8365, J8365 and J8313, as well as J8314 and
J8365 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.3). Are the wires between J8364 and J8313, J8364
and J8365, J8365 and J8313, as well as J8314 and J8365 conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Close the Finisher Front Door.
Check the conductivity (CH12.3) of the Eject Cover Switch between P8364-1 and J8364-2. Turn the
Switch Lever ON then OFF. Is it conducting when ON and insulated when OFF?
Y
N
Replace the Eject Cover Switch (PL 18.9).
Check the conductivity (CH12.3) of the Finisher Front Door Switch between P8365-1B and P8365-1A, as
well as between P8365-2A and P8365-2B. Is it conducting when the Finisher Front Door is closed
and insulated when the door is opened?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Front Door Switch (PL 18.5).
Measure the voltage (CH12.3) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8313-2 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.1) of the Finisher LVPS Fuse. Is the Fuse conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the Fuse.
Replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-267

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2 Other FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-268

Version 2.1

GP-177 Finisher Front Door Switch Check Out FIP

GP-178 Puncher Move Home Sensor Check Out FIP

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J8364, P/J8313, P/J8365 and P/J8314. Are P/J8364, P/J8313, P/J8365 and
P/J8314 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8364, P/J8313, P/J8365 and P/J8314 securely.

Check the connection of P/J8352 and P/J8307. Are P/J8352 and P/J8307 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8352 and P/J8307 securely.

Check the wires between J8364 and J8313, J8364 and J8365, J8365 and J8313, as well as J8314 and
J8365 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.3). Are the wires between J8364 and J8313, J8364
and J8365, J8365 and J8313, as well as J8314 and J8365 conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check that the Eject Cover is closed.
Check the conductivity (CH12.3) of the Finisher Front Door Switch between P8365-1B and P8365-1A, as
well as between P8365-2A and P8365-2B. Is it conducting when the Finisher Front Door is closed
and insulated when the door is opened?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Front Door Switch (PL 18.5).
Measure the voltage (CH12.3) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8313-2 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.1) of the Finisher LVPS Fuse. Is the Fuse conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the Fuse.
Replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Check the wire between J8352 and J8307 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.9). Is the wire
between J8352 and J8307 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.9) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8307-4 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.1) of the Finisher LVPS Fuse. Is the Fuse conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the Fuse.
Replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.9) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8307-5 (+) and the GND (-).
Move the Puncher manually. Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Punch Move Home Sensor (PL 18.7).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

GP-179 Puncher Move Motor Check Out FIP


Procedure
Check the connection of P/J8344 and P/J8306. . Are P/J8344 and P/J8306 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8344 and P/J8306 securely.
Check the wire between J8344 and J8306 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.9). . Is the wire
between J8344 and J8306 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.9) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8306-3 (+) and the GND (-). .
Is the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher PWB Fuse F6. . Is F6 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F6.
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Replace the Puncher Move Motor (PL 18.7).

GP-182 Finisher Entrance Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-183 Compile Tray No Paper Sensor Check Out FIP

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J8319, P/J8303 and P/J8302. Are P/J8319, P/J8303 and P/J8302
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8319, P/J8303 and P/J8302 securely.

Check the connection of P/J8359, P/J8461 and P/J8309. Are P/J8359, P/J8461 and P/J8309
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8359, P/J8461 and P/J8309 securely.

Check the wire between J8319 and J8302 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.8). Is the wire
between J8319 and J8302 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J8359 and J8309 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.16). Is the wire
between J8359 and J8309 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH12.8) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-3 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F7.

Measure the voltage (CH12.16) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8309-3 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F7.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15).

Measure the voltage (CH12.8) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-2 (+) and the GND (-).
Shield the front light receptor surface of the Finisher Entrance Sensor (PL 18.12) with paper. Does the
voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Entrance Sensor (PL 18.12).

Measure the voltage (CH12.16) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8309-2 (+) and the GND (-). Shield
the front light receptor surface of the Compile Tray No Paper Sensor (PL 18.10) with paper. Does the
voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Compile Tray No Paper Sensor (PL 18.10).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-269

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2 Other FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-270

Version 2.1

GP-184 Transport Gate Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-185 Booklet In Sensor Check Out FIP

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of P/J8432, P/J8434 and P/J8376. Are P/J8432, P/J8434 and P/J8376
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8432, P/J8434 and P/J8376 securely.

Check the connection of P/J8182, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405. Are P/J8182, P8202/ J8202
and P/J8405 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8182, P8202/ J8202 and P/J8405 securely.

Check the wire between J8432 and J8376 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.12). Is the wire
between J8432 and J8376 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J8182 and J8405 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.23). Is the wire
between J8182 and J8405 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH12.12) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8376-3 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F7.

Measure the voltage (CH12.23) between the Booklet PWB P8405-19 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Booklet PWB Fuse BOOK F7. Is the BOOK F7
conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the BOOK F7.

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.12) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8376-2 (+) and the GND (-). Shield
the front light receptor surface of the Transport Gate Sensor (PL 18.14) with paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Transport Gate Sensor (PL 18.14).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Replace F7.
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 18.17) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15) and the Finisher
Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.23) between the Booklet PWB P8405-18 (+) and the GND (-). Place paper in
the front of the Booklet In Sensor (PL 18.23). Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Replace the Booklet In Sensor (PL 18.23).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

GP-189 Top Tray Full Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-195 HCF Nudger Solenoid Check Out FIP

NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure
Check the connection of P/J8322, P/J8393A, P/J8393B and P/J8302. Are P/J8322, P/J8393A,
P/J8393B and P/J8302 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8322, P/J8393A, P/J8393B and P/J8302 securely.
Check the wire between J8322 and J8302 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.13). Is the wire
between J8322 and J8302 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.13) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8302-12 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F7.

Procedure
Check the connection of PF/JF59, PF/JF56A and PF/JF06. Are PF/JF59, PF/JF56A and PF/JF06
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect PF/JF59, PF/JF56A and PF/JF06 securely.
Check the wire between JF59 and JF06 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH7.15). Is the wire
between JF59 and JF06 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH7.15) between the HCF PWB PF06-13 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH1.3) of the HCF PWB Fuse F4. Is F4 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F4.
Replace the HCF Nudger Solenoid (PL 17.4).
Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).

Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15) followed by the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.13) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8322-11 (+) and the GND (-). Shield
the front light receptor surface of the Top Tray Full Sensor (PL 18.14) with paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Top Tray Full Sensor (PL 18.14).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-271

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2 Other FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-272

Version 2.1

GP-196 HCF Level Sensor Check Out FIP

GP-197 HCF Transport Cover Interlock Switch Check Out FIP

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of PF/JF62, PF/JF56B and PF/JF02. Are PF/JF62, PF/JF56B and PF/JF02
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect PF/JF62, PF/JF56B and PF/JF02 securely.

Check the connection of FS001, FS002 and PF/JF05. Are FS001, FS002 and PF/JF05 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect FS001, FS002 and PF/JF05 securely.

Check the wire between PF62 and PF02 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH7.15). Is the wire
between PF62 and PF02 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between FS001 and JF05, as well as between FS002 and JF05 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (CH1.3). Is the wire between FS001 and JF05, as well as between FS002 and JF05
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage (CH7.15) between the HCF PWB PF02-3 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).
Measure the voltage (CH7.15) between the HCF PWB PF02-2 (+) and the GND (-). Operate the Actuator
of the HCF Level Sensor (PL 17.5). Does the voltage change?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH1.2) of the HCF PWB Fuse F1. Is F1 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F1.
Replace the HCF Level Sensor (PL 17.5).
Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).

Check the conductivity of the HCF Transport Cover Interlock Switch between FS001 and FS002
(CH1.3). Is it insulated when the HCF Transport Cover is opened, and conducting when the Cover
is closed?
Y
N
Replace the HCF Transport Cover Interlock Switch (PL 17.7).
Measure the voltage (CH1.3) between the HCF PWB PF05-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage
approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH1.2) of the HCF PWB Fuse F1. Is F1 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace F1.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).

GP-198 HCF Home Position Switch Check Out FIP


Procedure
Check the connection of FS003, PF/JF08 and FS004. . Are FS003, PF/JF08 and FS004 connected
securely?
Y
N
Connect FS003, PF/JF08 and FS004 securely.
Check the wire between FS003 and JF08, as well as between FS004 and JF08 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (CH1.4). . Is the wire between FS003 and JF08, as well as between FS004 and JF08
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the HCF Home Position Switch between FS003 and FS004 (CH1.4). .
Is it conducting when the Lever is pressed and insulated when the Lever is released?
Y
N
Replace the HCF Home Position Switch (PL 17.8).
Replace the HCF PWB (PL 17.8).

GP-199 Finisher Regi. Motor Check Out FIP

gp-200 finisher exit motor check out fip


Procedure
check the connection of P/J8334 and P/J8304. are P/J8334 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
connect P/J8334 and P/J8304 securely.

Procedure
Check the connection of P/J8335 and P/J8304. Are P/J8335 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8335 and P/J8304 securely.

check the wire between j8334 and j8304 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.7). is the wire
between j8334 and j8304 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J8335 and J8304 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.7). Is the wire
between J8335 and J8304 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltages (CH12.7) of the Finisher PWB between P8304-8 (+) and the GND (-), as well as
between P8304-10 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +24VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of Fuser F6 on the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15). Is the Fuse
F6 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the Fuse F6.

measure the voltages (CH12.7) of the finisher pwb between p8304-4 (+) and the gnd (-), as well as
between p8304-6 (+) and the gnd (-). is the voltage +24vdc?
Y
N
check the conductivity (CH12.2) of fuser f6 on the finisher main pwb (PL 18.15). is the fuse f6
conducting?
Y
N
remove the cause at the load and replace the fuse f6.
measure the voltage (CH12.1) of the finisher main pwb between p8315-1 (+) and the gnd (-). is
the voltage approx. +24vdc?
Y
N
replace the finisher lvps (PL 18.15).

Measure the voltage (CH12.1) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8315-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is
the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15).

replace the finisher main pwb (PL 18.15).


Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
replace the finisher exit motor (PL 18.14).
Replace the Finisher Regi. Motor (PL 18.14).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-273

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2 Other FIP

gp-201 finisher transport motor check out fip


Procedure
check the connection of P/J8342 and P/J8304. are P/J8342 and P/J8304 connected securely?
Y
N
connect P/J8342 and P/J8304 securely.
check the wire between j8342 and j8304 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.7). is the wire
between j8342 and j8304 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
repair the open circuit or short circuit.
measure the voltages (CH12.7) of the finisher pwb between p8304-16 (+) and the gnd (-), as well as
between p8304-18 (+) and the gnd (-). is the voltage +24vdc?
Y
N
check the conductivity (CH12.2) of fuser f6 on the finisher main pwb (PL 18.15). is the fuse f6
conducting?
Y
N
remove the cause at the load and replace the fuse f6.
measure the voltage (CH12.1) of the finisher main pwb between p8315-1 (+) and the gnd (-). is
the voltage approx. +24vdc?
Y
N
replace the finisher lvps (PL 18.15).
replace the finisher main pwb (PL 18.15).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-274

Version 2.1

GP-202 Puncher Home Sensor Check Out FIP


NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure
Check the connection of P/J8348, P/J8333 and P/J8307. Are P/J8348, P/J8333 and P/J8307
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8348, P/J8333 and P/J8307 securely.
Check the wire between J8348 and J8307 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.10). Is the wire
between J8348 and J8307 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.10) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8307-18 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.1) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8315-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is
the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15).

replace the finisher transport motor (PL 18.14).


Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.10) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8307-16 (+) and the GND (-).
Shield the light receptor part of the Puncher Home Sensor (PL 18.7) with paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Punch Home Sensor (PL 18.7).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

GP-203 Puncher Motor Sensor Check Out FIP


NOTE: Replacement of any Fuse alone shown in any FIP is not allowed. When instructed to replace a
certain Fuse, replace the PWB on which the Fuse is installed.

Procedure
Check the connection of P/J8349, P/J8333 and P/J8307. Are P/J8349, P/J8333 and P/J8307
connected securely?
Y
N
Connect P/J8349, P/J8333 and P/J8307 securely.
Check the wire between J8349 and J8307 for an open circuit or a short circuit (CH12.10). Is the wire
between J8349 and J8307 conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit?
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage (CH12.10) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8307-13 (+) and the GND (-).
Is the voltage approx. +5VDC?
Y
N
Check the conductivity (CH12.2) of the Finisher Main PWB Fuse F7. Is F7 conducting?
Y
N
Remove the cause at the load and replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.1) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8315-1 (+) and the GND (-). Is
the voltage approx. +24VDC?
Y
N
Replace the Finisher LVPS (PL 18.15).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).
Measure the voltage (CH12.10) of the Finisher Main PWB between P8307-14 (+) and the GND (-).
Shield the light receptor part of the Puncher Motor Sensor (PL 18.7) with paper. Does the voltage
change?
Y
N
Replace the Puncher Motor Sensor (PL 18.7).
Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 18.15).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-275

2.2.2 Other FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.2.2 Other FIP

2007/10/01
2-276

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

OF-01 Common System Fail

9.

The following describes the common procedures at System Fail or Sub System Fail, regardless of
whether the power is turned ON or during job processing.

10. Return NVM(700-530) to 1.

Initial Actions

If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and
contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to
Support G.

Collect the detailed procedures below from the customer when a trouble occurred.
1.

In which mode the problem occurred? (Copy/Scan/Print/Fax)

2.

What job was performed when the problem occurred?

3.

Check the job settings from the UI.

4.

Check whether HDD spool is enabled/disabled.

5.

Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error.

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB and perform the same operation where the error
occurred.

Procedure
1.

If error was displayed during a service call, obtain the "Info9" and "Redir" files using the log tool. If
no error was displayed, obtain the "Redir" file using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)

2.

[For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic.
(See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)

3.

Check the version of the Controller ROM. Download the latest version of the software if it is not.
(See 2.6.1 Software Download) The download is not required if the Controller ROM version is
already the latest. Proceed to step 4.

4.

Turn the power OFF then ON.


If the problem persists after the power is turned OFF then ON, obtain the "Info9" file using the log
tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
At this point, if the system starts by turning the power ON, obtain reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of
Collected Reports by Job according to the job type "Copy/Scan/Print/Others" in which the error
occurs.

5.

Turn the power OFF then ON by the Breaker (or by disconnecting then reconnecting the power
plug).
If the problem persists after the power is turned OFF then ON, obtain the "Info9" file using the log
tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)
At this point, if the system starts by turning the power ON, obtain reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of
Collected Reports by Job according to the job type "Copy/Scan/Print/Others" in which the error
occurs.

6.

If the problem persists, check the installation status of the ESS PWB and (IISS PWB, IOT PWB,
Monza PWB) connector cables to install them securely, then perform the same operation where the
error occurred.

7.

Turn the power OFF, remove and insert the ESS RAM DIMM, then turn the power ON again to perform the same operation where the error occurred.
If the problem persists, obtain the "Info9" file log immediately after the error occurred without turning
the power OFF/ON. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

8.

If the problem persists after turning the power ON, turn the power OFF and replace the RAM DIMM.
After turning the power ON, perform the same operation where the error occurred.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-277

2.3 All Controller FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-278

2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP

Version 2.1

OF-02 HDD System Fail

Table 2 HDD Initialization Method


Data Clear Method

Always read the following three basic notes regarding the HDD in this machine model before servicing.
1.

HDD Data

Partition No. Diag.

KO Tools

Special Booting

M/C power OFF/ON

2.

HDD Initialization

3.

HDD Formatting

After reading the basic notes, proceed with the service operations.

1. HDD Data
3. HDD Formatting

Description by HDD partition

Forcedly re-formatting the HDD by special booting will forcedly return the partition status to the factory
setting.

Table 1
Partition
Purpose of
No.
Volume Use/Type
1

ide0a

2
3
4
5
6

Formatting will delete all the data in the HDD.

Stored Data

Resource

Font, Form/Logo, SMB Folder (Config. txt, driver), Job


Template

HDD failures might be recovered by re-formatting.

ide0b

Print

EPC Print Temporary Data

Procedure

ide0c

Mailbox

Extended Mailbox, Scan, iFAX, FAX, Report, Secure


Print, Sample Print, Delay Print

1.

ide0d

PDL

PDL, MailIO Temporary, Spool Area

ide0e

Copy

EPC Copy Temporary Data

ide0f

Scan

Scan To FTP, Scan To SMB, Send iFAX, Send Mail,


JFS Temporary Data

Pull out the HDD harness and insert it again to check the installation of the HDD and install it
securely.
Perform Steps (1) to (7) in OF-01 Common System Fail.
If the problem persists, go to the next step.

2.

If the problem persists, perform the forced initialization by special booting.

Startup by Forced Spool Area (HDD) Initialization

ide0g

DOMS(/XDOD) DOMS Scan Data


XDOD FTP Data

It is the operation to forcedly clear the HDD when the machine is started up.

ide0h

Management
Information

(1)

For printers, turning the power ON while pressing the [Power Saver] and " keys at the
same time initializes the data stored in the HDD Partition No. 4.

(2)

For MF machines, this is done by turning the power ON while pressing the [Power Saver]
key, [Stop] key and [6] key.

(3)

Initialization by special booting in 2. targets only on the previously specified area in the
HDD partition and does not affect the other areas.

[Operation or Details]

Management Information (PFlite User Document


Store)
Job Recovery Data, Job Flow, Job Log,
Failure Log, Audit Log, Device Certificate

2. HDD Initialization
The HDD can be initialized in the Diag. mode and KO Tools, by special booting, and by turning the M/C
OFF then ON.

Here, perform the same operation where the error occurred.


3.

If the problem persists, perform the forced formatting by special booting.

Initialization means the logical formatting for changing a partition size. Initializing the HDD will delete all
data in the HDD. Even if only one partition size is changed, the data in all partitions will be deleted.

Starting the forced HDD formatting (this procedure should be hidden from users)
This operation forcedly restores the HDD to the partition status at factory settings.
(1)

For printer machines, HDD formatting is performed by turning the power ON while pressing the [Power Saver] key, " key and " key at the same time.

(2)

For MF machines, HDD formatting is performed by turning the power ON while pressing
the [Power Saver] key, [Stop] key and [4] key.

Table 2 HDD Initialization Method


Data Clear Method
Partition No. Diag.

KO Tools

Special Booting

M/C power OFF/ON

Here, perform the same operation where the error occurred.


4.

If the problem persists, replace the HDD and perform the same operation where the error occurred.

5.

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB and perform the same operation where the error
occurred.

6.

Return NVM(700-530) that has been set in Step (1) to 1.

If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and
contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to
Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

OF-03 NET/USB System Fail


Perform the following steps.

Procedure
1.

Check if the Controller ROM is the latest version.


If it is not the latest, ensure to upgrade the software. (See 2.6.1 Software Download.)

2.

Obtain logs using the log tool "Redir". (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

3.

Change the system data 700-530 to "0" and disable the automatic startup boot operation at SystemFail.
If the problem persists after the same operation where the error has occurred is performed, obtain
reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job according to the Printer job type to be
reproduced and then perform Step (4) onwards.

4.

Check the connection between the ESS PWB and the Net to install them securely, then turn the
power ON.
Specially check for faulty ports or Net connection. Check which of the following ports is faulty.

SNTP

NetWare

Salutation IO

SMB

Port 9100

USB

lpd

FTP Serv

MailIO

IPP

After checking, perform the same operation where the error occurred. If the problem persists, obtain
the "Info9" log using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
5.

If the problem persists, reinstall or replace the RAM DIMM and then turn the power ON.
Perform the same operation where the error occurred.

6.

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB since it may be faulty.
Perform the same operation where the error occurred.

7.

If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB
and contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See
2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

8.

Return the set NVM(700-530) to 1.


Also, proceed with the following to collect the data recorded in each item.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-279

2.4.2 "Cannot connect to the network" or "Printer is not found on PC"

2.4.3 "No output is available, no data is printed"

2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-280

Version 2.1

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-07 FAX System Fail

Procedure

Initial Actions

Check the installation status of the ESS PWB and Panel connector cables and install the Monza PWB (if
installed) securely, and then perform the same operation where the error occurred.
If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-01 Common System Fail". (Do not replace the
ESS PWB at this step.)
If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the Monza PWB.
If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the ESS PWB.
If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB and Monza PWB have been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and Monza PWB and contact Support G for instructions.
Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

[Items to be asked to customer during visits]

OF-05 IIT System Fail

Collect other procedures as much as possible to reproduce the error.

Procedure
[For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic/IIT Diagnostic only]

Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic. (See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)

Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Procedure)

Check the installation status of the ESS PWB and IISS PWB connector cables to install them securely.
Check the installation status of the parts in the ESS PWB to install them securely.
After that, perform the same operation where the error occurred.
1. If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-01 Common System Fail". (Do not replace
the ESS PWB at this step.)
2.

If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the IISS PWB.

3.

If problem persists after the actions, replace the ESS PWB.

If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB and IISS PWB have been replaced, reinstall the original
ESS PWB and IISS PWB and contact Support G for instructions.
Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

1.

Get the procedures for reproducing an error, according to the operations performed where the error
occurred.

2.

Check the job type: Send Mail, Receive Mail, Broadcast Send, Polling, or Mailbox Receipt.

3.

Check the job settings from the Panel.

4.

Check whether it is Speed Dial or Keypad Dial.

5.

Check which function was used: G3 or G4.

Procedure
After checking, perform the following in sequence.

Mechanical Check
Check that the internal parts (Fax Mother PWB/G3 Option PWB/G4 Option PWB/G3 Main PWB) of
the Fax Card are properly installed.

Check the communication related parts.


Check the communication related parts by following the procedures below:
1.

Depending on the situation, such as in the cases of Broadcast Send or Mailbox Receipt, obtain
the Speed Dial list or Stored Document list.
2.

[For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic/IIT Diagnostic only]

Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic. (See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)

Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Procedure)

Check the installation status of the ESS PWB and IOT PWB connector cables to install them securely,
then check that the installation status of the parts in the IOT PWB and ensure that they are securely
installed.
After that, perform the same operation where the error occurred.
1. If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-01 Common System Fail". (Do not replace
the ESS PWB at this step.)
2.

If the problem persists and it is related to the Net such as Scanner/Printer, proceed to collect data.

2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally

3.

If the problem persists, replace the IOT PWB.

4.

If the above action does not resolve the problem, replace the ESS PWB. (Replace the IOT PWB first
and then the ESS PWB.)

If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB and IOT PWB have been replaced, reinstall the original
ESS PWB and IOT PWB and contact Support G for instructions.
Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

Check whether or not the Controller ROM and FaxCard ROM are the latest versions.
If they are not the latest, upgrade them to the latest by referring to "2.6.1 Software Download".

OF-06 IOT System Fail


Procedure

Seeing "2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job" obtain Fax-related reports (Protocol Monitor,
Activity Report, User Options List, Expanded Functions List and Job History Report).

If the Controller ROM and FaxCard ROM are the latest versions, there is no need to download
them.
3.

After that, perform the same operation where the error occurred. If the problem persists,
replace the USB cable.

4.

Obtain the "Info9" and "Redir" files using the log tool immediately after the error has occurred.
(See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)

5.

Replace the FaxCard and perform the same operation where the error occurred.

If the problem persists, reinstall the FaxCard to the original position and contact Support G for instructions.
Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

OF-08 116-324 Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

Procedure

Procedure

Perform the following steps.


1. Corrective actions when the problem occurred at power ON

1.

Obtain reports by referring to "2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job" according to the job type
"Copy/Scan/Print/Others" in which the error occurs.

2.

Change any possible mechanical settings for corrective actions or detection conditions and repeat
the operation.

(1)

Check whether the error persists after returning from power saver mode and take a note on the
result, and then perform Steps (1) to (7) in "OF-01 Common System Fail". (No reports can be
obtained during this failure.)

(2)

If the problem persists, prepare for the recovery operation since the system may be recovered
by the procedures in "OF-02 HDD System Fail".

(3)
(4)

Get the procedures for reproducing an error, according to the operations performed where the error
occurred.

If no important data is stored in the HDD, perform the procedures in "OF-02 HDD System Fail".

If the problem persists, reinstall the HDD that has been removed.

Check the job settings from the Panel.

If important data is stored in the HDD, replace it with the HDD you brought and turn the power
OFF then ON. (If you have brought a HDD.)

Is HDD spool enabled/disabled?

Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error.

Since the ESS PWB failure rarely occurs in 116-234, contact Support G for instructions.

Corrective actions when the error occurred at other than power ON


(1)

4.

5.

Prepare the logs ([Redir] & [Info9]) as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
2.

Check if the Controller ROM is the latest version.


If it is not the latest, ensure to upgrade the software. (See 2.6.1 Software Download.)

Check with the customer whether important data is stored in the HDD.

If the problem persists, reinstall the HDD and replace the ESS PWB.
(5)

3.

Check the exact occurrence timing during job execution.

Obtain logs immediately after the error has occurred without turning the power OFF/ON. (See 2.5.2
Logging Procedure.)
Since the ESS PWB failure rarely occurs, contact Support G for instructions.

OF-10 HDD Job Fail

Get the procedures for reproducing an error as follows, according to the operations performed
where the error occurred.

Procedure
1.

Perform the procedures in OF-09 Common Job Fail.

2.

If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-02 HDD System Fail".

Obtain the job type: Copy, Scan, or Print.

Check the job settings from the Panel.

Check whether HDD spool enabled/disabled.

Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error.

If the system is not recovered, contact Support G for instructions.


Prepare the logs ([Redir] & [Info9]) as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

(2)

Obtain the Function Setting List, Error History Report, Job History Report, and Shutdown History Report.

(3)

Perform Steps (1) to (6) in OF-01 Common System Fail.


(Obtain both the reports and logs since both can be obtained.)
Check if any log has been obtained at this point. If no logs have been obtained, obtain the logs
when reproducing the error.

(4)

(5)

If the problem persists and it is related to the Net such as Scanner/Printer, proceed to the following for checking.

2.4.2 "Cannot connect to the network" or "Printer is not found on PC"

2.4.3 "No output is available, no data is printed"

Since the ESS PWB failure rarely occurs in 116-234, contact Support G for instructions.

Prepare the logs ([Redir] & [Info9]) as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-281

2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-282

Version 2.1

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

OF-12 033-363 Fail

Initial Actions

Procedure

[Items to be asked to customer during visits]

This is a failure due to the FaxCard or Controller software error.


1. Collect the logs in "Redir" even when no error is being displayed when visiting. (See 2.5.2 Logging
Procedure.)

1.

Get the procedures for reproducing an error, according to the operations performed where the error
occurred.

2.

Check the job type: Send Mail, Receive Mail, Broadcast Send, Polling, or Mailbox Receipt.

3.

Check the job settings from the Panel.

4.

Check whether it is Speed Dial or Keypad Dial.

5.

Check which function was used: G3 or G4.

6.

[FX Only] Check which setting is being made if the EP-TRESS is in the remote maintenance.

Collect other procedures as much as possible to reproduce the error.

Procedure
After checking, perform the following in sequence.

Mechanical Check
Check that the internal parts (Fax Mother PWB/G3 Option PWB/G4 Option PWB/G3 Main PWB) of
the Fax Card are properly installed.

Check the communication related parts.


Check the communication related parts by following the procedures below:
1.

Obtain reports by referring to "2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job" according to the job type
"Send Mail, Receive Mail, Broadcast Send, Polling, or Mailbox Receipt" in which the error
occurs.
Protocol Monitor, Activity Report, User Options List, Expanded Functions List and Job History
Report are required

2.

The Fax JobFail occurs due to the remote machines and line status.
Check the remote machine and line status and then repeat the operation.

3.

If the error occurs frequently, take notes on the exact occurrence timings during job execution.
Obtain logs immediately after the error has occurred without turning the power OFF/ON. (See
2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

Replace the FaxCard. If the problem persists after replacement, reinstall the FaxCard to the original
position and contact Support G for instructions.

2.

Perform Steps (1) to (3) in OF-07 FAX System Fail (it is not required to replace the FaxCard).

3.

If the problem persists, set NVM700-530 to "0" and disable the automatic startup boot operation,
then obtain the [Info9] log immediately after the error has occurred without turning the power OFF.
(See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

4.

Turn the power OFF then ON and collect logs using the Log "Info9" command in the log tool after
the Fax icon is displayed. Power OFF and ON is required because the log cannot be obtained as the
FaxCard does not respond when in 033-363 state.

5.

Contact Support G for instructions (send the obtained logs as required.)

Turn the power OFF then ON, and then collect logs using the FaxDCardLog command after the Fax icon
is displayed.
It is necessary to turn the power OFF then ON because the FaxCard does not respond when 033-363
has occurred and no logs can be collected.
If 033-363 occurred multiple times in the past (you can use Shut Down History Report to check it) and the
HDD is installed, logs are stored on the HDD. Obtain a log in the event of 033-363, following the procedure below.
From Debug Serial Tool, enter "PfShowInfoRedirFile". The following appears.
-----------from here----------------size
date
time
name
------------- ------ -------512 APR-08-2004 09:01:42 .
<DIR>
512 APR-08-2004 09:01:42 ..
<DIR>
63903 APR-08-2004 20:48:04 1.txt
63903 APR-17-2004 20:48:04 2.txt
value = 0 = 0x0
-----------to here----------------Obtain a file of the same date as the date and time 33-363 occurred.
E.g.: If the shut down history shows that 33-363 occurred April 17 20:48, the 2.txt file is appropriate.
To display the 2.txt file,
Enter > PfShowInfoRedirFile 2.
The 2.txt log starts appearing. Obtain this.

OF-13 016-782 / 016-784 Fail

OF-30 [No Error Code] (No problems during service call)

Procedure

Initial Actions

Perform the following procedures:


1. Since EUC codes (Japanese) are not available in the current specifications, replace it to English.

Collect the detailed procedures below from the customer when a trouble occurred.

2.

Register a job flow from EasyAdmin.

1.

In which mode the problem occurred? (Copy/Scan/Print/Fax)

This enables the host names with EUC codes (Japanese) to be transferred.

2.

What job was performed when the problem occurred?

3.

4.

Check [Server Name/IP Address] with the Address List.

3.

Check the job settings from the UI.

WinNT 4.0: If IP address is specified, SMB transfer to WinNT 4.0 becomes unavailable.

4.

Check whether HDD spool is enabled/disabled.

Change [Server Name/IP Address] to a host name.

5.

Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error.

WinXP: Even if IP address is specified, SMB transfer is available.

Perform the following procedures to check for the failure where SMB transfer is unavailable via the
Address List.
(1)

Ask (a PDC server manager) to add this product machine to a domain.

(2)

Ask him to set a local user and password in the PC storage server (or a domain client higher
than WIN workstation).
This local user and password = the user and password in the Address List.

(3)

Ask him to grant the permission for the user that has been created in the scan data storage
folder of the PC storage server (or the domain client higher than WIN2000) in Step (2) (for
NTFS, FAT32 is not used).
After that, share the folder and set the permission for sharing.

(4)

The workgroup name in the SMB properties shown from the appropriate device internet service = the same as the domain (a) to be used as a domain name.
If the procedure in (a) is inappropriate, the error 16-782 occurs. If the procedures in (b) and (c)
are inappropriate, the error 16-784 occurs.

No problem was encountered during the service call.

Procedure
1.

Obtain the "Info9" and "Redir" files using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)

2.

At this point, if the system starts by turning the power ON, obtain reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of
Collected Reports by Job according to the job type "Copy/Scan/Print/Others" in which the error
occurs.

3.

[For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic.
(See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)

4.

[For machines installed with IOT (AST: Analysis Support Tool) Diagnostic only] Perform IOT Diagnostic. (See IOT Diagnostic Procedure)

5.

[For machines installed with IIT Diagnostic only] Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Procedure)

If the problem persists after performing this procedure, perform the procedures in OF-09 Common
Job Fail.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


Procedure
Perform the procedures in OF-07 Fax System Fail.

OF-15 NET Job Fail


Procedure
1.

Check the version of the Controller ROM.


Download the latest version of the software if it is not. See 2.6.1Software Download.)

2.

Ask the customer what operation he/she did when the error occurred. Using the same operational
procedure, try to reproduce the error.

3.

When the error occurs, obtain the " PfShowInfo9" file log without turning OFF the power. (See 2.5.2
Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions.)

The problem can be errors in server settings or customer operation. Instead of replacing the ESS PWB,
ask the Support division for instructions.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-283

2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-284

Version 2.1

OF-31 [No Error Code] (Problem: "Does not start up at power


ON" error can be reproduced.)

OF-32 [No Error Code] (Problem: "Does not return from Power
Save" error can be reproduced.)

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Collect the detailed procedures below from the customer when a trouble occurred.

Collect the detailed procedures below from the customer when a trouble occurred.

1.

In which mode the problem occurred? (Copy/Scan/Print/Fax)

1.

In which mode the problem occurred? (Copy/Scan/Print/Fax)

2.

What job was performed when the problem occurred?

2.

What job was performed when the problem occurred?

3.

Check the job settings from the UI.

3.

Check the job settings from the UI.

4.

Check whether HDD spool is enabled/disabled.

4.

Check whether HDD spool is enabled/disabled.

5.

Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error. "Does not start up at power
ON" during service call

5.

Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error.

The problem is ongoing and can be reproduced.

The "Does not return from Power Save" problem is ongoing during the service call and can be reproduced. (Excluding cases where the machine still do not start up normally after a power OFF and ON)

Procedure

Procedure

1.

If the problem is ongoing and can be reproduced, leave it alone for 10 minutes to wait for 116-399 to
occur. After the error occurs, or even if the error does not occur after 10 minutes, obtain the "Info9"
and "Redir" files using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)

1.

If the problem is ongoing and can be reproduced, obtain the "Info9" and "Redir" files using the log
tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)

2.

2.

[For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic.
(See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)

[For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic.
(See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)

3.

3.

Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1 Software Download)

[For machines installed with IOT (AST: Analysis Support Tool) Diagnostic only] Start up normally
and perform IOT Diagnostic. (See IOT Diagnostic Procedure)

4.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures. Check the connection of the ESS PWB
and (IISS PWB, IOT PWB, Monza PWB) connector cables, make sure that they are connected
properly and then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.

4.

[For machines installed with IIT Diagnostic only] Perform IIT Diagnostic.

5.

If the log could not be obtained in step 1, obtain the "Info9" and "Redir" files using the log tool. (See
2.5.2 Logging Procedure)

Pull out and reinsert the ESS RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to
occur.

6.

Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1 Software Download)

7.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures. Check the connection of the ESS PWB
and (IISS PWB, IOT PWB, Monza PWB) connector cables, make sure that they are connected
properly and then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.

5.
6.

Disconnect and reconnect the HDD connectors, then perform the same operation that caused the
error to occur.

7.

Remove the HDD and try to start up the machine. If the machine starts up despite any error displays, perform the following procedures.

8.

Pull out and reinsert the ESS RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to
occur.

If the log could not be obtained in step 1, obtain the "Info9" and "Redir" files using the log tool. (See
2.5.2 Logging Procedure)

9.

Disconnect and reconnect the HDD connectors, then perform the same operation that caused the
error to occur.

[For machines installed with IOT (AST: Analysis Support Tool) Diagnostic only] Perform IOT Diagnostic. (See IOT Diagnostic Procedure)
[For machines installed with IIT Diagnostic only] Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Procedure)
8.

Replace the RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.

9.

Replace the HDD, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.

10. Replace the ESS PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and
contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to
Support G.

10. Replace the RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
11. Replace the HDD, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
12. Replace the ESS PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and
contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to
Support G.

OF-33 [No Error Code] (Problem: "Remained in 'Copying...' or


'Printing...'" error can be reproduced.)
Initial Actions
Collect the detailed procedures below from the customer when a trouble occurred.
1.

In which mode the problem occurred? (Copy/Scan/Print/Fax)

2.

What job was performed when the problem occurred?

3.

Check the job settings from the UI.

4.

Check whether HDD spool is enabled/disabled.

5.

Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error.

The "Remained in 'Copying...' or 'Printing...'" problem is ongoing during the service call and can be reproduced.

Procedure
1.

If the problem is ongoing during a service call, obtain the "Info9" and "Redir" files using the log tool.
(See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)

2.

Check for a change in UI message by opening and closing the IOT Front Panel, etc.

3.

[For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic.
(See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)

4.

[For machines installed with IOT (AST: Analysis Support Tool) Diagnostic only] Perform IOT Diagnostic. (See IOT Diagnostic Procedure)

5.

[For machines installed with IIT Diagnostic only] Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Procedure)

6.

Check the software version. Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1 Software Download) The download is not required if the Controller ROM version is already the latest.
Proceed to step 7.

7.

Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1 Software Download)

8.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures. Check the connection of the ESS PWB
and (IISS PWB, IOT PWB, Monza PWB) connector cables, make sure that they are connected
properly and then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.

9.

Pull out and reinsert the ESS RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to
occur.

10. Disconnect and reconnect the HDD connectors, then perform the same operation that caused the
error to occur.
11. Replace the RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
12. Replace the HDD, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
13. Replace the ESS PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
14. Replace the MCU PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
If the system is not restored after the MCU PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original MCU PWB and
contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to
Support G.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-285

2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-286

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

002-770 JT Processing - HD Full


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The HD capacity was insufficient during job template processing in the job.

[Detection Conditions]
The system aborted a job due to insufficient HD capacity during Job Template processing.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-02 HDD System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-287

2.3.2 Controller FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
002-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-288

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

003-310 IIT extension memory capacity is insufficient.

003-319 IITsc Video Driver Detection Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The Fax Card is installed but the IISS extension memory capacity is insufficient (less than 256 MB)

[Detection Conditions]

Video Driver Detection Fail

[Detection Conditions]

This is a Fault Code detected by the IITsc after bypassing the 116-389 detection conditions when
turning the power ON. It was detected that the Fax Card is installed but the extension memory
capacity in the document scan section is less than 256 MB.

When the following error was detected from the Driver

Restrictions when this error occurs:


<DADF-75>
The DADF is unavailable when this fail occurs. Fax can still be sent using the platen.

1.

Compression Threshold Exceeded

2.

DMA Transfer Error

3.

Other Compression Type Errors

4.

I/F failure between the controller and the IIT

[Corrective Actions]

<DADF-250>

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

The DADF can still be used even when this fail occurs. However, as a restriction, duplex scan can
only be performed by mechanical reversing operation.

OF-05 IIT System Fail

003-320 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 1

[Corrective Actions]

[Error Type]

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Sub System Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


Install the IISS Extension Memory (the memory on the extension PWB at the side of the IIT-IPS).

[Fault Content]

003-318 IITsc Soft Fail

IISS sending error detected by Controller.


(Incorrect parameter instructed)

[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions]

Sub System Fail

An abnormal parameter is set as the argument for the Send function.

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions]

System Soft Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Detection Conditions]

OF-05 IIT System Fail

An IITsc software failure is determined.

003-321 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 2

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Error Type]
Sub System Fail

OF-05 IIT System Fail

[Fault Content]
IISS sending error detected by Controller.
(Incorrect Sequence No.)

[Detection Conditions]
After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
(the Sequence No. of the sent Message Packet is not correct).

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-05 IIT System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-289

003-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
003-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-290

Version 2.1

003-322 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 3

003-325 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 6

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

IISS sending error detected by Controller.

IISS sending error detected by Controller.

(Incorrect Packet No.)

(Parity error)

[Detection Conditions]
After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
(the Packet No. of the sent Message Packet is not correct).

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]
After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
(parity error was detected at the IISS Hardware).

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-05 IIT System Fail

OF-05 IIT System Fail

003-323 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 4

003-326 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 7

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
IISS sending error detected by Controller.
(Incorrect message length)

[Detection Conditions]
After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
(the message length of the sent Message Packet is not correct).

[Corrective Actions]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
IISS sending error detected by Controller.
(Framing error)

[Detection Conditions]
After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
(framing error was detected at the IISS Hardware).

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-05 IIT System Fail

OF-05 IIT System Fail

003-324 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 5

003-327 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 8

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

IISS sending error detected by Controller.

IISS sending error detected by Controller.

(Check code error)

(Overrun error)

[Detection Conditions]
After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
(the check code of the sent Message Packet is not correct).

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]
After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
(overrun error was detected at the IISS Hardware).

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-05 IIT System Fail

OF-05 IIT System Fail

003-328 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 9

003-331 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 12

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

IISS sending error detected by Controller.

IISS receiving error detected by Controller

(Sending abortion error)

(Incorrect message length)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

After a command was sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
(the receiving abortion error was detected after the header has been recognized at the IISS).

[Corrective Actions]

The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The message length
of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-05 IIT System Fail

OF-05 IIT System Fail

003-329 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 10

003-332 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 13

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

IISS receiving error detected by Controller

IISS receiving error detected by Controller

(Sequence No. error)

(Check code error)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Sequence No. of
the received Message Packet is incorrect.)

[Corrective Actions]

The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The check code of the
received Message Packet is incorrect.)

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-05 IIT System Fail

OF-05 IIT System Fail

003-330 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 11

003-333 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 14

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

IISS receiving error detected by Controller

IISS receiving error detected by Controller

(Incorrect Packet No.)

(Parity error)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Packet No. of the
received Message Packet is incorrect.)

[Corrective Actions]

The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A parity error was
detected by hardware of the UART.)

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-05 IIT System Fail

OF-05 IIT System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-291

003-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
003-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-292

Version 2.1

003-334 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 15

003-337 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 18

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
IISS receiving error detected by Controller
(Framing error)

[Detection Conditions]
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A framing error was
detected by hardware of the UART.)

[Corrective Actions]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
There was no response to the Power ON command sent to the IISS after restoring from Power
Saver mode.

[Detection Conditions]
After recovering from Power Saver mode, there was no response for a specified time after the
Power ON command was sent to the IISS.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-05 IIT System Fail

OF-05 IIT System Fail

003-335 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 16

003-338 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 19

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
IISS receiving error detected by Controller
(Overrun error)

[Detection Conditions]
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (An overrun error was
detected by hardware of the UART.)

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-05 IIT System Fail

003-336 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 17


[Error Type]
Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
IISS receiving error detected by Controller
(Receiving abortion error)

[Detection Conditions]
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (Abortion of receiving
was detected after the header has been recognized.)

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-05 IIT System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
Incorrect argument error for sending (IITsc Detection)

[Detection Conditions]
The driver detected an incorrect Send parameter argument from the application.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-05 IIT System Fail

003-339 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 20


[Error Type]
Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
Transmission establishing error for sending (IITsc Detection)

[Detection Conditions]
The establishment of PAR transmission failed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-05 IIT System Fail

003-340 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 21

003-343 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 24

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Synchronous send error (IITsc Detection)

Synchronous receive error (IITsc Detection)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

A PAR synchronization error during sending occurred.

A PAR synchronization error during receiving occurred.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-05 IIT System Fail

OF-05 IIT System Fail

003-341 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 22

003-344 IISS_ESS X Hotline Fail PowerOn

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Transmission error for sending (IITsc Detection)

X Hotline Failure during Power ON

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

A PAR transmission error during sending occurred.

X Hotline signal error was detected during Power ON sequence.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-05 IIT System Fail

OF-05 IIT System Fail

003-342 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 23

003-345 X PIO Unmatch Fail 1

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Incorrect argument error for receiving (IITsc Detection)

X PIO Unmatch Fail 1

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The driver detected an incorrect Receive parameter argument from the application.

When X Job Fail was received from the IISS, an error of the X Hot Line was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-05 IIT System Fail

OF-05 IIT System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-293

003-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
003-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-294

Version 2.1

003-346 X PIO Unmatch Fail 2

003-751 Under PANTHER Capacity (Scan)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
X PIO Unmatch Fail 2

[Detection Conditions]
When IIT Image Delivered was received from the IISS, an error of the X Hot Line was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-05 IIT System Fail

003-702 Different magnification, for surface and back of a


document
[Error Type]
Job

[Fault Content]
Different magnification, for surface and back of a document

[Detection Conditions]
In copying the two sides of the document simultaneously, the machine detected such settings as
apply different magnification ratios to the face (side 1) and the back (side 2) of the document.

[Corrective Actions]
Change the settings so that the same magnification ratio can be applied to the face (side 1) and the
back (side 2) of the document.
If the problem persists, perform the following.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-750 Book Duplex-Insufficient Docs


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The number of documents is insufficient in book duplex print

[Detection Conditions]
No sheets are stored in the setting conditions.

[Corrective Actions]
Change the parameters and repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Capability of Panther for image data size in Scan Service deteriorated (IITsc).

[Detection Conditions]
According to the document area settings and the scan area (Width mm x Lengh mm), a processing
image data with the size smaller than the one that can be processed in the M/C hardware was
detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Increase the resolution or enlarge the scan area (Width mm x Length mm).
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-752 Cannot scan 600DPI


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
600 dpi unavailable for DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan.

[Detection Conditions]
The 600 dpi resolution which cannot be scanned in the DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan was
detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Perform scanning below 400 dpi resolution.
Or perform scanning in other than mixed mode.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-753 Cannot scan over 300DPI


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
300/400/600 dpi unavailable for DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan.

[Detection Conditions]
The 300 dpi or larger resolution which cannot be scanned in the DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan
was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Perform scanning below 200 dpi resolution.
Or perform scanning in other than mixed mode.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-754 S2X recoverable error

003-757 Cannot scan over 400DPI

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) has a recoverable error

[Detection Conditions]

400/600 dpi unavailable for DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan

[Detection Conditions]

A recoverable error was detected at the S2X PWB

The 400 dpi or larger resolution which cannot be scanned in the DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan
was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Execute the same job again.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Perform scanning at 300 dpi or lower resolution.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

Or perform scanning in other than mixed mode.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

003-755 S2X command error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-760 Scan Settings Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) has a command error

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]
Job parameter mismatch

Command error returned from the S2X PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]
The job properties are incorrect.

Execute the same job again.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]
Abort the job. Change the parameters and repeat the operation.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

003-756 S2X command error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-761 Incorrect Paper Tray Size


[Error Type]
Job Fail

All documents detected as blank paper at FAX Blank Detection.

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]
Tray selection error.

All scanned documents were detected as blank paper at Blank Detection.

(The paper size in the tray that is selected is different from the paper size in the tray that will be
selected by the APS.)

[Corrective Actions]
Check whether the documents are blank or inside out and execute the same job again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Detection Conditions]
When the Cover Content Tray or Separator + N set Tray is selected in APS, the paper size is different from that in the Cover Tray or the Transparency Tray.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Corrective Actions]
Change the job activation parameters such as Tray No., Paper Size, and repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-295

003-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
003-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-296

Version 2.1

003-763 Adjustment Chart Not Found

003-795 AMS Limit Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Original patch does not exist.

[Detection Conditions]
The chart patch could not be detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Place the Auto Gradation Correction Chart correctly.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
AMS (Auto R/E) limit error.
(The R/E ratio became out of range after the document auto detection when AMS is specified.)

[Detection Conditions]
25%-400% was not selected by AMS/AMS Auto-Fill.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Abort the job. Change the parameters and repeat the operation.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

003-764 Document insufficient (image overlay)


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Insufficient documents for Image Overlay

[Detection Conditions]
During Image Overlay, only 1 page can be stored (single sheet document).
This occurs in B/W machines and does not occur in Color machines.

[Corrective Actions]
Abort the job.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-930 Cannot scan over 300DPI


[Error Type]
Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 300dpi, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available.

[Detection Conditions]
Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Operate for scanning at below 300dpi.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, increase DAM memory.

003-780 Scan Image Compression Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Fax Scan Compression Error

[Detection Conditions]
The compressed data size is larger than 8 times the size of the uncompressed data.

[Corrective Actions]
Abort the job. Change the scan resolution parameter and repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-931 Cannot scan over 400DPI


[Error Type]
Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available.

[Detection Conditions]
Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.

[Corrective Actions]
Operate for scanning at below 400dpi.
If the problem persists, increase DAM memory.
If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-932 Cannot scan 600DPI

003-934 Next Documents Cannot scan over 400DPI

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Fail

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 600dpi is not available.

For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available (when the next
document exists).

[Detection Conditions]
Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.

[Detection Conditions]
Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Operate for scanning at below 600dpi.


If the problem persists, increase DAM memory.

Operate for scanning at below 400dpi.

If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.

If the problem persists, increase DAM memory.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-933 Next Documents Cannot scan over 300DPI

003-935 Next Documents Cannot scan over 600DPI

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Fail

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 300dpi, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available (when the
next document exists).

[Fault Content]
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 600dpi is not available (when the next document
exists).

[Detection Conditions]
Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.

[Detection Conditions]
Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.

[Corrective Actions]
Operate for scanning at below 300dpi.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, increase DAM memory.

Operate for scanning at below 600dpi.

If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.

If the problem persists, increase DAM memory.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-297

003-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
003-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-298

Version 2.1

003-940 DAM memory insufficient

003-946 Every direction difference (Copy APS)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Insufficient DAM memory detected.

[Detection Conditions]
When IITsc is activated for the jobs that meet the following AND conditions:

Different in every direction of Copy (APS)

[Detection Conditions]
Part of the image will be lost if the image is not rotated. However, a paper size that does not support
rotation was selected.

DAM memory < 384MB

Side 2 cover image is selected

Color mode is not set to Black/White

Select an appropriate paper tray manually.

High Quality mode

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

OF-09 Common Job Fail

Cancel the job

003-947 Return Documents counts error

[Error Type]

Clear the B/W setting for Color mode or the Side 2 cover image setting, and execute the job
again.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-942 Document size Auto Detect error


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]
Document size error

[Detection Conditions]
The document size cannot be automatically detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Input an appropriate value for the document size.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-944 Image repeat count fail


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]
Incorrect image repeat count (even one image cannot be pasted).

[Detection Conditions]
Even one image cannot be pasted when "Set Repeated Count-Auto" is specified for image repeat.

[Corrective Actions]
Change the image repeat count parameter and repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Operation Error

[Fault Content]
Return documents error

[Detection Conditions]
If a user has returned an insufficient number of documents using Return Document, the message
indicating that additional N number of documents are required is displayed and job cancelation is
prompted.

[Corrective Actions]
Since the number of documents is insufficient, reload the correct number of documents.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-948 Return Documents mismatch

003-952 Return Documents Color mismatch

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Returned document size mismatch (Different size settings before/after return)

Returned document color mismatch (Different color detected before/after return).

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

A different document was returned by a user using Return Document.

A different color of document was returned by a user using Return Document.

This error occurs only when the page information for the returned document has been already
sent to the post-process software module.

This error occurs only when the page information for the returned document has been already
sent to the post-process.

However, because distributed page information will be discarded when the machine recovers
from an interruption, the above fault is not considered an error.

However, the error always occurs when recovered from interruption since the sent page information has been discarded.

The check items to determine different documents are document size/orientation and Color
mode in ACS only.

The check items to determine different documents are document size/orientation and Color
mode in ACS only.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Return a document with the correct size again.

Return a document with the correct color again.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-951 1job max page over

003-955 Documents size exchange error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Stored pages limit for a job exceeded

[Detection Conditions]

Document size change error (MixMode)

[Detection Conditions]

The number of pages that can be scanned for a job is exceeded.

When loading a document with Mixed Size Originals prohibited, a document of different size/orientation from the initial document was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Only Image Overlay has the function that inhibits different sizes during document added.

[Corrective Actions]
Reload the document.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-299

003-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
003-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-300

Version 2.1

003-956 Documents size unknown error

003-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IITsc Detect)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Document size undefined error (Only APS is selected for the function requiring document size setting).

[Detection Conditions]
Undefined document size was detected when Platen is selected and only APS requires document
size selection.

[Corrective Actions]

ATS/APS No Paper
APS/ATS NG (No Paper) (IIT)

[Detection Conditions]
There was no paper in the tray that can be selected for APS.

[Corrective Actions]
Add paper.

Enter a document size from the Panel or select a tray.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the tray module.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-963 No APS object Tray

003-966 ATS/APS No Destination (IITsc)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

[Fault Content]
No APS compatible tray to set the relevant size.

[Detection Conditions]
There was no APS compatible tray that could supply paper for printing without image loss.

Image larger than A3/17"

Non-TTM tray does not support APS and the image is larger than A4/Letter.

All the APS supporting trays have failure.

APS supporting trays are all set to unavailable.

Non-standard size setting for all trays.

Black/White Copy for color attributes of all trays

Color Copy for B/W attributes of all trays

[Corrective Actions]
Select a tray.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Operation Error

[Fault Content]
ATS/APS No Destination Error
ATS/APS NG (Other than No Paper) (IIT)

[Detection Conditions]
There is no APS tray that is set to a specific size selected.

[Corrective Actions]
Load a tray with an appropriate size of paper or select an approprite tray.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the tray module.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-967 DADF APS No Destination

003-972 Maximum Stored Page Over Flow

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Fail

Notice Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Tray cannot be selected at DADF Letter Document APS

Maximum No. of stored pages exceeded

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The detected paper size is not in the Tray.

The no. of pages stored exceeded the maximum no. set in the system data.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

1.

Either load the paper size that is displayed on the Panel into the Tray or select a Tray that contains
the desired paper size.

Set the no. of pages of the document to be within the maximum no. of pages that can be stored.

2.

In the case where an A4SEF document was misdetected to be a Letter document, first cancel the
job, set the DADF Document Guide properly to both sides of the scanned document and then operate again.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-973 Every direction difference

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Error Type]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Notice Error

OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-968 Punch position error

[Fault Content]
The document and the image are different in orientation.

[Error Type]

(except when Poster is specified)

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]
When rotation is not available even though the orientation of the document and the image are different and part of the image will be lost if it is not rotated.

Punch position error

[Detection Conditions]
Unable to punch at the selected position. (Common among APS/Tray Selections)

[Corrective Actions]
Start the job without any changes or cancel the job.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Specify an appropriate punch position or cancel Punch, and execute the job again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-969 Punch size error


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]
Punch size error (APS)

[Detection Conditions]
Punch could not be done for the selected paper size.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-974 Next Original Specification


[Error Type]
Notice Error

[Fault Content]
Next document specified

[Detection Conditions]
Scanning has been completed for all loaded documents.

[Corrective Actions]
Decide whether there is another document.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Cancel Punch and execute the same job again.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-301

003-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
003-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-302

Version 2.1

003-976 FAX Line Memory Overflow (N up)

003-978 Color Document Miss Mutch (Multi Scan)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Notice Error

[Fault Content]

Notice Error

[Fault Content]

No. of lines in the Slow Scan direction exceeded during Fax N-up.

[Detection Conditions]
The no. of lines in the Slow Scan direction exceeds the upper limit (65535) during processes such
as Fax parallel overlay or enlargement of long documents.
Or Page Memory is full.

[Corrective Actions]

Document color mismatch (Document replacement during Multi Scan)

[Detection Conditions]
1.

Document replacement was detected during Bound Originals/Booklet/Poster scanning.

2.

When any operation that requires Return Document occurs in the job with Multi Scan (Bound Originals/Booklet/Poster) on Platen, a user returned a document of a different color at ACS.

[Corrective Actions]

Press the Cancel button to stop the job. Decrease a resolution or magnification ratio and rerun the
job.

Reload a correct size paper and resume operation.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, check the installation of the page memory. If
the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-977 Document Miss Match (Multi Scan)


[Error Type]
Notice Error

[Fault Content]
Document size mismatch (Document exchange during Multi Scan)

[Detection Conditions]
1.

Document replacement was detected during Bound Originals/Booklet/Poster scanning.

2.

When any operation that requires Return Document occurs in the job with Multi Scan (Bound Originals/Booklet/Poster) on Platen, a user returned a document of a different size from the original.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

003-980 Staple position error


[Error Type]
Notice Error

[Fault Content]
Staple Position Error

[Detection Conditions]
Staple is not available at the specified position.

[Corrective Actions]
Specify a Staple position again or cancel Staple, and execute the same job again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Reload a correct size document and resume operation.

003-981 Staple size error

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Error Type]

OF-09 Common Job Fail

Notice Error

[Fault Content]
Staple size error (Copy APS)

[Detection Conditions]
Staple could not be done for the selected paper size.

[Corrective Actions]
Specify a Staple position again or cancel Staple, and execute the same job again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

005-500 Write to DADF-ROM error detection (During DLD


method)

005-942 Doc fault loading on DADF


[Error Type]
Operation Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

DADF-loaded documents Fail (DADF-250)

[Fault Content]
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the DADF-ROM (During DLD method)

[Detection Conditions]
When the Nudger Solenoid is turned ON to return at the start of a job, it is detected that the Level
Sensor does not turn OFF.

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected when writing data to the DADF-ROM.

[Corrective Actions]

Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

Reduce documents in number and reload a smaller number of them.

[Corrective Actions]
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the DADF-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method
again.

If the problem persists, go the the following procedure to resolve it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

005-940 DADF No Original


[Error Type]
Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
Final document correction notification due to DADF document being pulled out

[Detection Conditions]
The system detected a pulled out document.

[Corrective Actions]
Reload the document.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

005-941 Doc number of sheets is insufficient


[Error Type]
Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
Though all documents/N documents reloaded, the machine detected one or more documents were
missimg.

[Detection Conditions]
Whether all documents or N documents are reloaded, the machine detects one or more documents
are missimg while skipping scanned documents (i.e. feeding them without scanning them).
If a failure occurs before the machine finishes scanning documents and outputs them, the machine
skips scanned documents even if it instructs the user to reload N documents.

[Corrective Actions]
As the number of documents is insufficient, reload a proper number of documents.
If the problem persists, go the the following procedure to resolve it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-303

005-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
005-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-304

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

011-941 MBX #01 Bin Full Stack

011-944 MBX #04 Bin Full Stack

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin.

[Detection Conditions]

Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin.

[Detection Conditions]

The maximum Stack size is detected by the Full Stack Sensor.

[Corrective Actions]

The maximum Stack size is detected by the Full Stack Sensor.

[Corrective Actions]

Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.

Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

011-942 MBX #02 Bin Full Stack

011-945 MBX #05 Bin Full Stack

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin.

[Detection Conditions]

Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin.

[Detection Conditions]

The maximum Stack size is detected by the Full Stack Sensor.

[Corrective Actions]

The maximum Stack size is detected by the Full Stack Sensor.

[Corrective Actions]

Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.

Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

011-943 MBX #03 Bin Full Stack

011-946 MBX #06 Bin Full Stack

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin.

[Detection Conditions]

Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin.

[Detection Conditions]

The maximum Stack size is detected by the Full Stack Sensor.

[Corrective Actions]

The maximum Stack size is detected by the Full Stack Sensor.

[Corrective Actions]

Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.

Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-305

011-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
011-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-306

Version 2.1

011-947 MBX #07 Bin Full Stack

011-950 MBX #10 Bin Full Stack

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin.

[Detection Conditions]
The maximum Stack size is detected by the Full Stack Sensor.

[Corrective Actions]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin.

[Detection Conditions]
The maximum Stack size is detected by the Full Stack Sensor.

[Corrective Actions]

Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.

Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

011-948 MBX #08 Bin Full Stack


[Error Type]
Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin.

[Detection Conditions]
The maximum Stack size is detected by the Full Stack Sensor.

[Corrective Actions]
Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

011-949 MBX #09 Bin Full Stack


[Error Type]
Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin.

[Detection Conditions]
The maximum Stack size is detected by the Full Stack Sensor.

[Corrective Actions]
Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

012-500 Write to Finisher/MACS-ROM error detection (During


DLD method)
[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the Finisher/MACS-ROM (During DLD
method)

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected when writing data to the Finisher/MACS-ROM.
Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

[Corrective Actions]
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the Finisher/MACS-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD
method again.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-307

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
012-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-308

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

016-210 SW Option Fail (HDD Not Exist)

016-212 SW Option Fail (Page Memory Low)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Local Fail

Local Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

[SW optional function not achieved]

[SW optional function not achieved]

One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to a HDD error or HDD not installed.

Insufficient Page Memory was detected.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The Controller Board HDD was not installed or an error was detected when SW optional function
was enabled.

One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to insufficient Page Memory capacity.

[Corrective Actions]

[Option name to be detected]

Turn the power OFF then ON.

iFAX Kit

Expand the Memory (Page) of the Controller Board.

Address Book Expansion Kit

Water Marking Kit

Data Security Kit

016-213 SW Option Fail (Printer CARD Not Exist)


[Error Type]

Annotation

Local Fail

Scanner Kit

[Fault Content]
[SW optional function not achieved]

[Corrective Actions]

One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to a PRT_CARD error or PRT_CARD not
installed.

Turn the power OFF then ON.


Check the HDD connector.

[Detection Conditions]

Install or replace the HDD to the Controller Board.

016-211 SW Option Fail (SysMemory Low)

The PRT_CARD was not installed or an error was detected when SW optional function was
enabled.

[Error Type]

[Option name to be detected]

Local Fail

[Fault Content]

iFAX kit

[Corrective Actions]

[SW optional function not achieved]

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Insufficient System Memory was detected.

Install the PRT_CARD if it is not installed.

[Detection Conditions]

Replace it if it is installed.

With optional SW functions set to Available, the System Memory of the Controller Board is insufficient.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Expand the Memory (Option) of the Controller Board.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-309

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-310

Version 2.1

016-214 SW Option Fail (Fax CARD Not Exist)

016-216 SW Option Fail (ExtMemory Not Exist)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Local Fail

Local Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

[SW optional function not achieved]

[SW optional function not achieved]

One of the SW optional functions cannot be executed due to a FAX_CARD error or FAX_CARD not
installed.

The system detected that the Extension Memory was not installed.

[Detection Conditions]
The FAX_CARD was not installed or an error was detected when SW optional function was
enabled.
[Option name to be detected]

iFAX Kit

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Install the FAX_CARD if it is not installed.
Replace it if it is installed.

016-215 SW Option Fail (JPEG boad Not Exist)


[Error Type]
Local Fail

[Fault Content]
[SW optional function not achieved]
An JPEG Board error or JPEG Board not installed was detected.

[Detection Conditions]
The scanner functions cannot be executed due to a JPEG Board error or JPEG Board not installed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.

[Detection Conditions]
Color Scanner or SACAN_ACS functions cannot be executed because the Extension Memory is not
installed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Pull out and then insert the IISS Extension Memory (memory on the extension PWB at the side of
the IIT-IPS).
If the problem persists, replace the ExtPWB.

016-217 SW Option Fail (Controller ROM not Printer kit)


[Error Type]
Local Fail

[Fault Content]
[SW optional function not achieved]
Controller ROM does not support Printer Kit.

[Detection Conditions]
The Controller ROM does not support the appropriate options when SW optional function was
enabled.
[Option name to be detected]

Printer Kit

[Corrective Actions]

Install the JPEG Board if it is not installed.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Replace it if it is installed.

Upgrade the firmware in the Controller ROM that supports Printer Kit.

016-218 PS KIT Not Exist for XDOD


[Error Type]
Local Fail

[Fault Content]
[SW optional function not achieved]
The PS Kit required for XDOD function was not installed.

[Detection Conditions]
The XDOD functions cannot be executed as the PS Kit not installed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Install the PS Kit.

016-219 License is required (Printer Kit).

016-222 S2X self-diag error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Local Fail

Local Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

[SW optional function not achieved]


The ROM was replaced without license (Printer Kit SW Key not set).

An error has occurred in the self-diagnostics of the High Compression PDF Board (S2X)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
Only the Controller ROM was replaced and activated with the SW optional function disabled.

An error has occurred in the S2X PWB self-diagnostics.

[Corrective Actions]

[Option name to be detected]

Printer Kit

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Set the Printer Kit SW key to "Enabled".

016-220 S2X unrecoverable error


[Error Type]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the S2X PWB.

016-223 S2X SDRAM Error


[Error Type]
Local Fail

[Fault Content]
The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the SDRAM Write/Read Test

[Detection Conditions]

Local Fail

[Fault Content]
The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) has a fatal error

[Detection Conditions]
A unrecoverable error was detected at the S2X PWB.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the S2X PWB.

016-221 S2X communication error

The S2X PWB has failed the Write/Read test of the internal SDRAM.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Pull out and insert the SDRAM memory to check the installation.

2.

Replace the S2X PWB.

016-224 S2X PCI Reg Error


[Error Type]
Local Fail

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]
Local Fail

The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the PCI Register Write/Read Test

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]
The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) Communication failure

[Detection Conditions]
Communication with the S2X PWB has failed.

The S2X PWB has failed to access to the internal PCI space.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Pull out and insert the SDRAM memory to check the installation.

2.

Replace the S2X PWB.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the S2X PWB.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-311

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-312

Version 2.1

016-225 S2X ROM CheckSum Error

016-228 S2X Image Processing Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Local Fail

Local Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the ROM CheckSum

[Detection Conditions]

The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the Image Processing Test

[Detection Conditions]

S2X PWB failed the ROM Check Sum Test.

The S2X PWB failed the desired value comparison of the high-compression process results using
the internal test patterns.

[Corrective Actions]
Replace the S2X PWBA.

016-226 S2X IIT Connection Error


[Error Type]
Local Fail

[Fault Content]
IISS-S2X Communication Failure

[Detection Conditions]
The S2X PWB failed to detect the video clocks sent from the IIT.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check the cabling between the IISS-S2X.

2.

If NG, replace the cable.

3.

If NG after replacing the cable, replace the S2X PWB.

4.

If NG after replacing the S2X PWB, replace the Ext PWB.

5.

If NG after replacing the Ext Board, replace the S2X PWB.

016-227 S2X DDR Error


[Error Type]
Local Fail

[Fault Content]
The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the DDR Write/Read Test

[Detection Conditions]
The S2X PWB failed the Write/Read test of the internal DDR memory.

[Corrective Actions]
Replace the S2X PWBA.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Pull out and insert the SDRAM memory to check the installation.

2.

Replace the S2X PWBA.

016-229 SW Option Fail (FCW-UI Not Exist)


[Error Type]
Local Fail

[Fault Content]
[SW optional function not achieved]
FCW Panel not connected

[Detection Conditions]
The HB-UI is connected when the FCW Panel option is set.

[Corrective Actions]
Disconnect the HB-UI and connect the FCW-UI.

016-231 SW Option Fail (Image Ext PWBNot Exist)


[Error Type]
Local Fail

[Fault Content]
"SW Option function not attained"
Any one of the SW Options cannot be realized due to failures/non-installation of the Image Ext
PWB.

[Detection Conditions]
When the SW Option function is set to "Enabled", the Controller Board either detected that the
Image Ext PWB is not installed, or the Image Ext PWB has failed.
"Option Name targeted for detection"
Thumbnail SW Option
Preview SW Option
Image Lock SW Option

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure:
The Image Extension Kit (Ama + toto board) has a failure or is not installed. Replace or install it.

016-240 S2X NVM CheckSum Fail

016-313 HighbridWaterMark setting mismatch

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Local Fail

System fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the NVM CheckSum

The SW option (Paper Security Kit) did not become enabled

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

S2X failed the NVM CheckSum Test.

The HighbridWaterMark detection hardware was detected but the SW option (Paper Security Kit)
did not become enabled. The detection timing is only during power ON/reboot, and is performed
after 016-312.

[Corrective Actions]
Replace the S2X PWB Board (NVM memory is attached to the base).

[Corrective Actions]

016-310 ssmm Job Log Full

Turn the power OFF then ON.

[Error Type]
If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure:

system fail

[Fault Content]

Enable the SW option (Paper Security Kit).

SSMM job log full


If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Detection Conditions]
A job log file was not gotten from the external application (AWAS) and the number of files stored
exceeded the specified value (280).

[Corrective Actions]
Get a job log file from the external application (AWAS) via SSMI. After that turn the power OFF then
ON.

OF-01 Common System Fail

016-314 SW Option Fail (HybridWaterMark Not Exist)


[Error Type]
system fail

If the problem persists, perform the following:


Get a job log file from the external application (AWAS) via SSMI. After that turn the power OFF then
ON.

[Fault Content]
<The optional SW function unavailable>

016-311 No Scanner that Should Be


[Error Type]
Sub System Fail

The board for detecting the back (side 2) of a document is not installed. Therefore [Paper Security]
is unavailable.

[Detection Conditions]
When the optional SW function is set to Available and DADF: PF1.5 and IIT:PF1-BW are combined, the machine with two HWM boards (for the face and the back) is supposed to detect Protection Code for both sides in scanning them simultaneously. However, when only either of the boards
is installed, the Paper Security function is available for the detected side.

[Fault Content]
Scanner is not installed although scanner is a standard equipment.

[Detection Conditions]
The system detected that the scanner was not installed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

Install the board for detecting the back (side 2) of a document if it is not installed.

1.

Install or replace the I/F between the scanner and the Main Processor.

If the problem persists, perform the following:

2.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-01 Common System Fail

OF-01 Common System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-313

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-314

Version 2.1

016-315 IIT Interface Fail

016-318 Page Memory Broken- Option

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
IF between IIT and Controller broken

[Detection Conditions]
An error in the I/F between the scanner and the Main Processor was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
Page Memory (Option) broken.

[Detection Conditions]
The system detected an error in the Page Memory (option) of the scanner.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

1.

Reinstall or replace the IF between the scanner and the Main Processor.

1.

Remove and insert the Page Memory (option).

2.

Replace the Controller board or the IISS.

2.

Replace the Page Memory (option).

If the problem persists, perform the following.

If the problem persists, perform the following.

OF-01 Common System Fail

OF-01 Common System Fail

016-316 Page Memory Not Detected

016-320 Document Formatter Fatal Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
Page Memory (Standard) cannot be detected.

[Detection Conditions]
The system detected that the Page Memory (standard) of the scanner was not installed.

[Corrective Actions]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
The Document Formatter S/W of the CopyServer function has a fatal error

[Detection Conditions]
A software error was detected when documents were converted.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

1.

Remove and insert the Page Memory (standard).

OF-01 Common System Fail

2.

Replace the Page Memory (standard).

If the problem persists, perform the following.


OF-01 Common System Fail

016-317 Page Memory Broken- Standard


[Error Type]
Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
Page Memory (Standard) broken.

[Detection Conditions]
The system detected an error in the Page Memory (standard) of the scanner.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
1.

Remove and insert the Page Memory (standard).

2.

Replace the Page Memory (standard).

If the problem persists, perform the following.


OF-01 Common System Fail

016-321 Fax Module Error


[Error Type]
Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
Fax related error at booting

[Detection Conditions]
SysCheckFax() returned error. When PFNOTEXIST is returned, the system is determined to have a
configuration without Fax.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-07 FAX System Fail

016-323 B-Formatter Fatal Error

016-331 Cont SystemMemory Fail-2

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Fatal Error has occurred in the B-Formatter task

Cont SystemMemory Diagnostic Fail-2

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

An unrecoverable error was detected in the image conversion processing section of the B-Formatter
task used for sending Fax from the extended Mailbox for "Multi-Send using Instruction Manual" or "
Multi-Send UI"

The memory size that is installed in Slot 2 is detected to be outside the specification value.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

[Corrective Actions]

1.

Remove and insert ESS RAM DIMM #2.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

2.

Replace ESS RAM DIMM #2.

If the problem persists, refer to the following to repair it.

3.

Replace the Controller board.

There is no need to change the ESS-PWB.


OF-01 Common System Fail

016-322 JBA Account Full


[Error Type]
Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
JBA Accounting Data Full

016-332 Cont SystemMemory Fail-3


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Cont SystemMemory Diagnostic Fail-3

[Detection Conditions]
The total memory size that is installed in Slot 1 and 2 is detected to be outside the specification
value.

[Detection Conditions]
The cumulated accounting data reached the specified value (15,000).

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

1.

After an external Accounting Server has read the accounting data, turn the power OFF then ON.

1.

2.

If the problem persists, refer to the following to repair the problem.

2.

Replace ESS RAM DIMM #1 and ESS RAM DIMM #2.

OF-01 Common System Fail

3.

Replace the Controller board.

Remove and insert ESS RAM DIMM #1 and ESS RAM DIMM #2.

016-330 Cont SystemMemory Fail-1

016-335 Cont ProgramROM Fail-1

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

Cont SystemMemory Diagnostic Fail-1

[Detection Conditions]

Cont ProgramROM Diagnostic Fail-1

[Detection Conditions]

The memory size that is installed in Slot 1 is detected to be outside the specification value.

[Corrective Actions]

The Checksum of Program ROM2 does not match.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

1.

Remove and insert ESS RAM DIMM #1.

1.

Replace ESS ROm DIMM #2.

2.

Replace ESS RAM DIMM #1.

2.

Replace the Controller board.

3.

Replace the Controller board.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-315

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-316

Version 2.1

016-336 Cont ProgramROM Fail-2

016-339 Cont FontROM Fail-2

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Cont ProgramROM Diagnostic Fail-2

[Detection Conditions]
Program ROM1 write command has failed.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Cont FontROM Diagnostic Fail-2

[Detection Conditions]
The Font ROM ID that is installed in Slot 1 is detected to be outside the specification value.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

1.

Remove and insert ESS ROM DIMM #1.

1.

Remove and insert ESS Font ROM DIMM #1.

2.

Replace ESS ROM DIMM #1.

2.

Replace ESS Font ROM DIMM #1.

3.

Remove and insert the Printer Kit.

3.

Remove and insert the Printer Kit.

4.

Replace the Printer Kit.

4.

Replace the Printer Kit.

5.

Replace the Controller board.

5.

Replace the Controller board.

016-337 Cont ProgramROM Fail-3

016-340 Cont FontROM Fail-3

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Cont ProgramROM Diagnostic Fail-3

[Detection Conditions]
Program ROM2 write command has failed.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Cont FontROM Diagnostic Fail-3

[Detection Conditions]
The Font ROM ID that is installed in Slot 2 is detected to be outside the specification value.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

1.

Remove and insert ESS ROM DIMM #2.

1.

Remove and insert ESS Font ROM DIMM #2.

2.

Replace ESS ROM DIMM #2.

2.

Replace ESS Font ROM DIMM #2.

3.

Replace the Controller board.

3.

Replace the Controller board.

016-338 Cont FontROM Fail-1

016-341 Cont FontROM Fail-4

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Cont FontROM Diagnostic Fail-1

[Detection Conditions]
The Font ROM ID that is installed OnBoard is detected to be outside the specification value.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Cont FontROM Diagnostic Fail-4

[Detection Conditions]
The Checksum of Font ROM that is installed in Slot 2 does not match.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

1.

Replace the Printer Kit.

1.

Remove and insert ESS Font ROM DIMM #2.

2.

Replace the Controller board.

2.

Replace ESS Font ROM DIMM #2.

3.

Replace the Controller board.

016-342 Cont RTC Fail

016-348 Cont PageMemory Fail-2

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

system fail

[Fault Content]

Cont RTC Diagnostic Fail

Cont PageMemory Fail-2

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The range of RTC time is out of the specification value (E.g. Day 36 Month 13)
The time is not moving forward

An error occurred in the W/R/V test on the Page Memory.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

Turn the power OFF then ON.

1.

Check the Page Memory for contact.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence.

2.

Replace the Page Memory.

1.

Replace the failed component.

3.

Replace the Controller board.

2.

Replace the Controller Board.

016-345 Cont NV-Memory Fail

016-350 Cont SEEP-ROM Fail-1


[Error Type]

[Error Type]
System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]
Cont NV-Memory Diagnostic Fail

Cont SEEP-ROM Diagnostic Fail-1

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
The data of the header address is detected to be 0x00.

The Product ID cannot be obtained.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

1.

Check SEEPROM for contact (a bent pin, etc.).

1.

Replace the NV-RAM board.

2.

Check the Controller board and the BP board for contact (disconnected cable, etc.).

2.

Replace the Controller board.

3.

Replace the Controller board.

016-347 Cont PageMemory Fail

016-351 Cont SEEP-ROM Fail-2

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

Cont PageMemory Diagnostic Fail

[Detection Conditions]

Cont SEEP-ROM Diagnostic Fail-2

[Detection Conditions]

The memory size that is installed in Slot 2 is detected to be outside the specification value.

[Corrective Actions]

An error occurred during W/R/V test.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

1.

Remove and insert the Page Memory (option).

1.

Check SEEPROM for contact (a bent pin, etc.).

2.

Replace the Page Memory (option).

2.

Check the Controller board and the BP board for contact (disconnected cable, etc.).

3.

Replace the Controller board.

3.

Replace the Controller board.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-317

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-318

Version 2.1

016-360 Cont UI Fail-1

016-363 Cont LyraCard Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Cont UI Diagnostic Fail-1

[Detection Conditions]
An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Cont JPEG Card diagnosed as having a failure

[Detection Conditions]
An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval or W/R/V test of internal register.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

1.

Remove and insert the UI card.

1.

2.

Replace the UI card.

2.

Remove and insert the JPEG board.

3.

Replace the Controller board.

3.

Replace the Lyzer card.

016-362 Cont UI Fail-2


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Cont UI Diagnostic Fail-2

[Detection Conditions]
UI Communication error has occurred.
An error occurred during W/R/V test of VRAM. The Command/Status line is normal if entering the
Long Boot Mode.

[Corrective Actions]

Remove and insert the Lyzer card.

4.

Replace the JPEG board.

5.

Replace the Controller board.

016-364 Cont USB2.0 Host Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Cont USB2.0 Host Diagnostic Fail

[Detection Conditions]
An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval or W/R/V test of internal register.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

1.

Disconnect and connect the UI cable.

1.

2.

Remove and insert the UI card.

2.

Remove and insert the USB 2.0 Host card.

3.

Replace the UI cable.

3.

Replace the Lyzer card.

4.

Replace the UI card.

4.

Replace the USB2.0Host card.

5.

Replace the UI.

5.

Replace the Controller board.

6.

Replace the Controller board.

Remove and insert the Lyzer card.

016-365 Cont USB2.0 Device Fail

016-367 Cont HDD Fail-2

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

Cont USB2.0 Device Diagnostic Fail

[Detection Conditions]

Cont HDD Diagnostic Fail-2

[Detection Conditions]

An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval or W/R/V test of internal register.

[Corrective Actions]

An error occurred during W/R/V test of HDD.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

1.

Remove and install the Lyzer card.

1.

Disconnect and connect the HDD cable.

2.

Remove and install the USB 2.0 Device card.

2.

Remove and insert the HDD.

3.

Replace the Lyzer card.

3.

Replace the HDD and the HDD cable.

4.

Replace the USB 2.0 Device card.

4.

Replace the Controller board.

5.

Replace the Controller board.

016-366 Cont HDD Fail-1

016-368 Cont Torino Fail


[Error Type]

[Error Type]
System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]
Cont HDD Diagnostic Fail-1

Cont Torino Diagnostic Fail

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
An error has occurred during IDE Controller check (ideDrv equivalent)

An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval or W/R/V test of internal register.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

1.

Remove and insert the Lyzer card.

1.

Disconnect and connect the HDD cable.

2.

Remove and insert the Torino board.

2.

Remove and insert the HDD.

3.

Replace the Lyzer card.

3.

Replace the HDD and the HDD cable.

4.

Replace the Torino board.

4.

Replace the Controller board.

5.

Replace the Controller board.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-319

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-320

Version 2.1

016-369 Cont S2X PWB Fail

016-450 SMB Host name duplicated

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

Time Bomb (Information)

[Fault Content]

Cont S2X Board Diagnostic Fail

[Detection Conditions]

SMB Host Name Duplicated

[Detection Conditions]

An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

A PC of the same host name exists on the network.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check whether the setting of the same host name as the device is made to another unit. If the setting is duplicate, change the host name of the device or duplicate device.

Remove and insert the S2X board.

2.

If duplicate setting is not confirmed, change the device host name.

Replace the Lyzer card.

3.

1.

Remove and insert the Lyzer card.

2.
3.
4.

Replace the S2X board.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

5.

Replace the Controller board.

2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions

Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs.

016-370 Cont Fail

016-454 DNS renewal failure of dynamic

[Error Type]

[Error Type]
Time Bomb (Information)

system fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]
Dynamic DNS - Dynamic Update Failed

Cont Rendering Engine diagnosed as having a failure

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
Dynamic DNS - Dynamic update failed.

A defect was detected during a diagnostic check of the Rendering Engine.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following.

1.

Check that DNS server address is set properly in the device.

1.

2.

Check with a customer System Administrator that the DNS server settings that allow Dynamic DNS
have been made.

Replace the Controller board.

016-371 Cont USB1.1 Host Fail


[Error Type]
system fail

[Fault Content]
Cont USB1.1 Host diagnosed as having a failure.

[Detection Conditions]
A defect was detected during a diagnostic check of USB1.1Host (No communication with the Fax
Card could be established).

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
1.

Check the cable for connection.

2.

Replace the cable.

3.

Replace the Fax Card.

4.

Replace the Controller board.

3.

Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs.


2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions

016-455 SNTP server time out

016-461 New Job Creation under Restriction

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Time Bomb (Information)

information Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

SNTP timeout.

Creation of a new job is being restricted because image logs yet to be transferred are piled up and
delayed.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

There is no response from the SNTP server within the specified time (60sec).

When system data "Level of Ensuring Image Log Transfer" is set to "High" creation of a new job
becomes restricted because image logs yet to be transferred are piled up and delayed.

[Corrective Actions]
If the time on the machine is incorrect, manually set the time.
1.

Check that SNTP server address is set properly in the device.

2.

Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the state of Image Log Control Server and that of the network and clear any factor preventing
image logs from being transferred to the Image Log Server.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

Check settings for transfer and transfer all the remaining logs.

2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions

Or change the level of ensuring transfer to Low. However, if the level is set to Low, image logs yet to
be transferred may be deleted one after another without being transferred.

016-456 SNTP time asynchronous

016-500 Write to Cont-ROM error detection (During DLD method)

[Error Type]
Time Bomb (Information)

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

SNTP Time Asynchronous

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the Cont-ROM. (During DLD method)

A standard time synchronized source message and an asynchronous message was received from
the SNTP server.

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected when writing data to the Cont-ROM.

[Corrective Actions]
If the time on the machine is incorrect, manually set the time.
1.

Check a customer System Administrator that the NTP server is operating properly.

2.

Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs.


2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions

Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

[Corrective Actions]
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the Controller-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD
method again.

016-501 Write to S2X-ROM error detection (During DLD method)


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the S2X-ROM. (During DLD method)

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected when writing data to the S2X-ROM
Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

[Corrective Actions]
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the S2X-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method
again.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-321

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-322

016-502 Write to Cont/S2X/IISS/DADF/IOT/Fin/FaxCard error


detection (During PJL method)
[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
An error has occurred during the writing of data to any of Cont/S2X/IISS/DADF/IOT/Fin/FaxCard
(During PJL method)

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected when writing data to one of the ROMs in the machine
Not able to carry out normal operation because content of one of the ROMs is missing.

[Corrective Actions]

Version 2.1

016-504 POP Server Fail for Redirector


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The problem with the POP Server name could not be resolved (though the machine tried to connect
to the server)

[Detection Conditions]
DNS Library Call Error

[Corrective Actions]
Specify the correct POP Server name or specify the IP address.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Perform download in DLD Mode, and follow the Error Code displayed by the machine to identify the
faulty ROM.

2.4 NET System Fault Check

Replace the faulty ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed

016-503 SMTP Server Fail for Redirector

016-505 POP Authentication Fail for Redirector

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The problem with the SMTP Server name could not be resolved (though the machine tried to connect to the server).

[Detection Conditions]
DNS Library Call Error

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
A failure in POP authentication (after the machine connected to the server).

[Detection Conditions]
Incorrect POP Server authentication information was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Specify the correct POP Server authentication information.

Specify the correct SMTP Server name or specify the IP address.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

2.4 NET System Fault Check

2.4 NET System Fault Check

2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed

2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

016-506 Image Log HDD Full


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Because the log image storage area on the disk is full, a job cannot be continued.

[Detection Conditions]
When the system data "Level of Ensuring Log image Creation" is set to "High" the log image storage
area on the disk becomes full (during processing any job other than copy/scan jobs).

[Corrective Actions]
Try to rerun the job.
If the situation is the same despite some re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in the
device or change the level of ensuring creation (to Low). However, the level is set to Low, log image
creation cannot be ensured.

016-507 ImageLog Send Fail01

016-510 ImageLog No Send Rule02

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

A log image transfer fails, making it impossible to continue a target job which will consist of created
images.

Rules for log image transfer are not registered.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Because transfer rules are not registered, a transfer fails.

With the system data "Auto Transfer Setting" set to "Transfer by the job" a log image transfer fails,
making it impossible to continue a target job.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the state of the destination image log control server and that of the network, and clear any
factor preventing image logs from being transferred to the image log control server.

[Corrective Actions]
Register rules for transfer from the destination image log control server to the device.

016-511 ImageLog Invalid Send Rule01


[Error Type]
Job Fail

016-508 ImageLog Send Fail02

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Rules for log image transfer are illegal, causing a job to be discontinued.

Job Fail

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]

With the system data "Auto Transfer Setting" set to "Transfer by the job," illegal transfer rules cause
a job to be discontinued.

A log image transfer fails, making it impossible to continue an image transfer job.

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Corrections]

An image log transfer fails.

Overwrite rules for transfer from the destination image log control server to the device.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the state of the destination image log control server and that of the network, and clear any
factor preventing image logs from being transferred to the image log control server.

016-512 ImageLog Invalid Send Rule02


[Error Type]
Job Fail

016-509 ImageLog No Send Rule01

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Rules for log image transfer are illegal.

Job Fail

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]

Illegal transfer rules cause a transfer failure.

Because rules for log image transfer are not registered, a job cannot be continued.

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]
With the system data "Auto Transfer Setting" set to "Transfer by the job," transfer rules are not registered, causing a job to be discontinued.

Overwrite rules for transfer from the destination image log control server to the device.

[Corrective Actions]
Register rules for transfer from the destination image log control server to the device.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-323

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-324

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

016-513 SMTP server reception error

016-515 XPS Short of Memory

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

jobS

[Fault Content]
An error occurred when the machine was receiving a response from MTP Server (after the machine
connected to the server)

[Detection Conditions]
Time-out occurred.
The server or the network is thought to have a heavy load.
Wait for a while and then rerun the job.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Time-out occurred.

Version 2.1

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
XPS Short of Memory

[Detection Conditions]
During XPS Bridge processing, a lack of memory was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
If print mode is set to [high resolution], change it to [standard]. If print mode is set to [standard], change it
to [high speed].

The server or the network is thought to have a heavy load.


If memory is still insufficient, expand memory.
Wait for a while and then rerun the job.
If the situation does not improve, contact the network administrator for advice.

If memory is expanded to the maximum but the problem still occurs, print from XPS Viewer, using a driver
(ART-EX, PCL, etc.).

016-514 XPS Error

If the problem persists, go to the following and resolve it.

[Error Type]

OF-09 Common Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

016-516 XPS PrintTicket description error

XPS Error

[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions]

Job Fail

During XPS Bridge processing, Invalid Schema, Parameter Error, damage to XPS File, or an error internal to XPS Decomposer occurred.

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]

Print from XPS Viewer, using a pinter driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.).

PrintTicket included in a XPS document is based on [grammar not supported by this machine] or has
[print instuructions not supported by this machine].

If the problem persists, go to the following to resolve it.

XPS PrintTicket description error

OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Corrective Actions]

2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed

Check whether the users way of using the application that sends a print job and the print instructions
have problems.

2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally


2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

If they have no problems, ask not Fuji Xerox but a vendor that produces the application that sends a print
job about the operation of the application. If this does not resolve the problem, get a list of printer settings,
a job history report, and the print data with PrintTicket to send, and go to the following to resolve the problem.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
If the problem persists, contact the support division for instructions.

016-517 PS Booklet Illegal Color Mode Change

016-524 LDAP SSL error 114

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP-SSL authentication error 114 has occurred (the server certificate is close to expiring)

PS documents to be printed into a booklet have black, white and color areas

[Detection Conditions]
SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server.

[Detection Conditions]
While PS Decomp was interpreting a booklet job, a change to Process Color Model or the resolution/
binary/multi-valued parameter was detected.

The Server certificate is close to expiring

[Corrective Actions]
Change the LADP Server SSL certificate to one that is valid.

[Corrective Actions]

Although this error can also be avoided by setting "SSL Communication During Authentication" of
"LDAP Server/Directory Service Settings" to "Disabled" at the device, keep in mind that it would also
no longer guarantee the legitimacy of the connected LDAP Server.

Rewrite the PostScript file in the way that does not allow the page device, Process Color Model, to be
changed in the process.
If the problem persists, go to the following and resolve it.

016-525 LDAP SSL error 115


[Error Type]

OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-522 LDAP SSL error 112


[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP-SSL authentication error 115 has occurred (the server certificate has expired)

[Detection Conditions]

Job Fail

SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server.

[Fault Content]
LDAP-SSL authentication error 112 has occurred (the client certificate cannot be obtained)

The Server certificate has expired

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]

Change the LADP Server SSL certificate to one that is valid.

SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server.

Although this error can also be avoided by setting "SSL Server Authentication" to "OFF" at the
device, keep in mind that it would also no longer guarantee the legitimacy of the connected LDAP
Server.

The SSL client certificate cannot be obtained.

[Corrective Actions]
Install the SSL client certificate into the device as the LDAP Server will request for it.

016-523 LDAP SSL error 113


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP-SSL authentication error 113 has occurred (the server certificate data is incorrect)

[Detection Conditions]
SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server.
The Server certificate data is incorrect

[Corrective Actions]
The device cannot trust the SSL certificate of the LDAP Server.
Register the root certificate of the LDAP Server SSL certificate in the device.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-325

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-326

Version 2.1

016-526 LDAP SSL error 116

016-534 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 41,42

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP-SSL authentication error 116 has occurred (the Server Name and the certificate does not
match)

[Detection Conditions]
SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server.
The Server Name and the certificate do not match.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Kerberos Attestation protocol error (41, 42)

[Detection Conditions]
A Kerberos Server Attestation protocol error has occurred. (41, 42)

[Corrective Actions]
Although the Kerberos Server exists in a realm that is set in the device, the address of the Kerberos
Server that was set cannot be connected to.

Ensure that the address of the LDAP Server set in the device matches the address of the LDAP
Server defined in the SSL certificate.

Check that the realm name and Server address in the Kerberos Settings of the device are set correctly.

Although this error can also be avoided by setting "SSL Server Authentication" to "OFF" at the
device, keep in mind that it would also no longer guarantee the legitimacy of the connected LDAP
Server.

When connected to a Microsoft Windows 2000/2003 Server, use all upper case for the realm name.

016-527 LDAP SSL error 117


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP-SSL authentication error 117 has occurred (SSL authentication internal error)

[Detection Conditions]
SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server.
SLL authentication internal error has occurred.

[Corrective Actions]
An internal error has occurred in the program.

016-533 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 37


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Kerberos Attestation protocol error (37)

[Detection Conditions]
A Kerberos Server Attestation protocol error has occurred. (37)

[Corrective Actions]
The clock difference between the device and the Kerberos server has exceeded the clock skew limit
of the Kerberos server. Check that the clocks of the device and Kerberos server are set correctly.

016-539 Kerberos Attestation protocol error other


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Kerberos Attestation protocol error (others)

[Detection Conditions]
A Kerberos Server Attestation protocol error has occurred. (Others)

[Corrective Actions]
An internal error has occurred in the program.

016-543 Attestation Agent error 543


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Attestation Agent error (REALM_UNKNOWN)

[Detection Conditions]
The specified realm/domain has disappeared from the ApeosWare Authentication Agent (the
domain was manually deleted at the ApeosWare Authentication Agent after obtaining the realm
name list from the device)

[Corrective Actions]
Update the realm list, using the Update Realm button on the device, or add the domain to the
ApeosWare Authentication Agent.

At the same time, check that the daylight saving time and time zone settings for the device and the
Kerberos server are the same.

To update the device realm information, perform the following: Press the [Authentication Agent] button on the Authentication window of the device. The Authentication Agent window appears. Press
the [Update] button on the window.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

2.5.2 LOG

016-545 Attestation Agent error 545

016-548 Attestation Agent error 548

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Attestation Agent error (CLOCKSKEW_ERR)

Attestation Agent error (UNREGISTERED_DEVICE)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

A Clock skew error has occurred in attestation.

The information of the machine that is performing the authentication operation is not in the database
(GetUserInformation method only).

The time of ApeosWare Authentication Agent and ActiveDirectory is out of sync with the upper limit
of the Kerberos ClockSkew set in the ActiveDirectory.

[Corrective Actions]

The device is not registered in the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.

[Corrective Actions]

Match the time of the PC where the ApeosWare Authentication agent is installed in with the time of
the PC where the ActiveDirectory is.

Register the device in the ApeosWare Authentication Agent. Refer to the "ApeosWare Authentication Agent User Guide" for solutions.

Furthermore, if the Windows Time Service in the PC where the ApeosWare Authentication Agent is
installed is stopped, start it up.

If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.

Refer to the ApeosWare Authentication agent User Guide for solutions.

2.5.2 LOG

If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
2.5.2 LOG

016-553 Attestation Agent error 553


[Error Type]
Job Fail

016-546 Attestation Agent error 546

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Attestation Agent error (VERSION_MISMATCH)

Job Fail

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]

The version information written in the SOAP Header cannot be understood. The ApeosWare
Authentication Agent does not support the version of the device interface.

Attestation Agent error (ACCESS_DENIED)

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

A general user has attempted to obtain other user's user information (GetUserInformation method
only).
The User Name included in the WWW-Authorization of the http header is different from the <UserID> included in the request message of the GetUserInformation method.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.

The version of the ApeosWare Authentication Agent needs to be upgraded.


Check that the machine is a product that is supported by the upgraded version of the ApeosWare
Authentication Agent.
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
2.5.2 LOG

If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
2.5.2 LOG

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-327

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-328

Version 2.1

016-554 Attestation Agent error 554

016-556 Attestation Agent error 556

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Attestation Agent error (CONFIGRATION_ERROR)

[Detection Conditions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Attestation Agent error (SERVICE_IS_PROCESSING)

[Detection Conditions]

The existence check for the specified user in the event of an authentication error has failed.

Timeout during database processing.

The domain user reference login name or the reference password of the ApeosWare Authentication
Agent domain is incorrect.

Error has occurred in the database that the ApeosWare Authentication Agent is connected to due to
overloading.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Set the domain user reference login name or the reference password of the ApeosWare Authentication Agent domain to the correct items.

Wait for a while before authenticating again as the service is overloaded.

If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.

Refer to the ApeosWare Authentication Agent User Guide for solutions.

2.5.2 LOG

016-555 Attestation Agent error 555


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Attestation Agent error (SERVICE_ISNOT_WORKING)

[Detection Conditions]
Timed out when connecting to the authentication server.
The ApeosWare Authentication Agent cannot connect to the database or the Active Directory.

[Corrective Actions]
Check that the ApeosWare Authentication Agent can connect to the database or the Active Directory.
Refer to the ApeosWare Authentication Agent User Guide for solutions.
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
2.5.2 LOG

If that did not solve the problem, check the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
2.5.2 LOG

016-557 Attestation Agent error 557


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Attestation Agent error (INTERNAL_ERROR)

[Detection Conditions]
Other error has occurred in attestation.
An internal error has occurred in the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.
Refer to the ApeosWare Authentication Agent User Guide for solutions.
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
2.5.2 LOG

016-558 Attestation Agent error 558

016-569 Attestation Agent error 569

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Attestation Agent error (MISC_ERR)

Attestation Agent errors other than listed previously

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The machine has received an unknown error from the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.

Errors related to the functions of the Authentication Agent other than listed previously.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.

If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.

2.5.2 LOG

2.5.2 LOG

016-560 Attestation Agent error 560

016-574 Host name solution error in FTP

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Attestation Agent communication error

Unable to resolve hostname during FTP scan

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

A communication error has occurred between the ApeosWare Authentication Agent and the
machine.

Failed to resolve the hostname (server name) during the DNS access before connecting to the FTP
Server. DNS library call error.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

1.

1.

2.

Check that the network cable is connected and check the settings of the Authentication Agent function.
If DNS address of the Server is set as the Server name/IP address of the ApeosWare Authentication Agent in the printer function settings list, check that DNS is enabled.

016-562 ADetected user duplication, in a cert agent

Check the connection to the DNS.


Or, check whether the destination server name has been registered in the DNS.
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Authentication Agent error * Duplicate IDs were detected at ICCG external authentication

[Detection Conditions]
Two or more entries with the same IC card information were found in the temporary user DB of
Active Directory or Authentication Agent.

[Corrective Actions]
Make corrections so that the temporary user entries of the Active Directory or Authentication Agent
do not have the same IC card information.
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-329

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-330

Version 2.1

016-575 DNS server un-sets up in FTP

016-577 Problem in FTP service

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

The DNS server was not set during FTP scan

[Detection Conditions]
Before connecting to the FTP server, the DNS server was detected to be not set. DNS library call
error.

Problem with the FTP service

[Detection Conditions]
Failed to connect to the FTP service of the destination server.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Take any one of the following actions:

1.

Set the DNS address.

Check that the FTP service of the Server is operating.

Or, set the destination server address using IP address.

Check that the FTP port number of the Server matches the FTP port number that is set on the
machine.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-576 Server connection error in FTP


[Error Type]
Job Fail

016-578 Login name or a password error in FTP


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Problem with connection to server during FTP scan

[Fault Content]
FTP scan login name or password error

[Detection Conditions]
Failed to connect to the FTP server.

[Detection Conditions]
The USER./PASS command in this machine has failed after connecting to the FTP Server. There
are problems with the login name or password.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check that network communication between the transfer destination FTP server and this machine is
available. For example, check the following:

[Corrective Actions]

Check that the Server IP address is correct.

1.

Check the connection of network cables.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Check that the login name (user name) and password are correct.
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-579 Scanning picture preservation place error in FTP


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Problem with scanned image storage destination of FTP Scan

[Detection Conditions]
When moving the image storage destination after connecting to the FTP server, failed to move to
the RepositoryPath. There are problems with the scanned image data storage destination.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check that the scanned image storage destination on the FTP scan server is correct.

016-580 File name acquisition failure from FTP server

016-583 Lock folder creation failure in FTP

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Unable to obtain file name/folder name on the FTP scan server

Failed to create an FTP scan lock folder

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The NLST command has failed when obtaining the file/folder name on the server after connecting to
the FTP server.

When creating a lock folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the lock folder creation
has failed.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

1.

Check the access right to the FTP scan server.

1.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

2.

Check that the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage destination.

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

3.

Check whether a folder with the same name as the specified name already exists.

4.

Check that the storage destination has enough free space.

016-581 File name suffix limit over in FTP

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

[Error Type]
Job Fail

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

[Fault Content]

016-584 Folder creation failure in FTP

The FTP scan file name/folder name suffix has exceeded the limit

[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions]
When determining the file/folder name in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the file
name/folder name suffix exceeded the limit.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Failed to create an FTP scan folder

[Corrective Actions]
1.

When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the
job.

[Detection Conditions]

Change the file name/destination folder. Else, move or delete the files in the destination folder.

When creating a folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the folder creation has
failed.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

[Corrective Actions]

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-582 File creation failure in FTP


[Error Type]
Job Fail

1.

Check that the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage destination.

2.

Check whether a folder with the same name as the specified name already exists.

3.

Check that the storage destination has enough free space.


If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

[Fault Content]
Failed to create an FTP scan file

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

[Detection Conditions]
When creating a file in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the file creation has failed.

[Corrective Actions]
1.
2.

Check that the specified name is a file name that can be created in the storage destination
Check that the storage destination has enough free space.
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-331

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-332

Version 2.1

016-585 File delete failure in FTP

016-588 Data write-in failure to FTP server

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Failed to delete an FTP scan file

[Detection Conditions]

Failed to write data into the FTP scan server

[Detection Conditions]

When deleting a file in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the deletion has failed.

Failed to write data into the server after connecting to the FTP server.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

1.

1.

Check the access right to the server.

Check that the storage destination has enough free space.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-586 Lock folder delete failure in FTP

016-589 Data read failure from FTP server

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Failed to delete an FTP scan lock folder

[Detection Conditions]
When deleting a lock folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the deletion has failed.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check the access right to the server.

2.

When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the
job.
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-587 Folder delete failure in FTP


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Failed to delete an FTP scan folder

[Detection Conditions]
When deleting a folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the deletion has failed.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Failed to read data from the FTP scan server

[Detection Conditions]
Failed to read data from the FTP server after connecting to the FTP server during scanner (Save to
PC) FTP transfer.

[Corrective Actions]
Check whether there is access right to the FTP server and grant the proper rights.
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-590 Data reading failure from FTP server


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
"Prohibit Overwrite" is selected for FTP scan "File Name Conflict"

[Detection Conditions]
Unable to save a file after connecting to the FTP server during scanner (Save to PC) FTP transfer
because "File Name Conflict" is set to "Cancel Job".

[Corrective Actions]

Check the access right to the server.

Set "File Name Conflict" to other than "Cancel Job".

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-591 FTP scan filing policy injustice

016-594 TYPE command failure in FTP

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Incorrect FTP scan filing policy (when additional items are selected)

The TYPE command has failed during FTP scan (Network error)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Incorrect filing policy (when additional items are selected) was detected after connecting with the
FTP server.

The TYPE command has failed after connecting to the FTP server. (Network error)

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Repeat the operation.

1.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the file format is not set to Multi-page.

016-592 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in FTP

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

[Error Type]

016-595 PORT command failure in FTP

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

NEXTNAME.DAT file access error during FTP scan

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]
An error has occurred when accessing the NEXTNAME.DAT file after connecting to the FTP server
during scanner (Save to PC) FTP transfer.

The PORT command has failed during FTP scan (Network error)

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]
1.

The PORT command has failed after connecting to the FTP server. (Network error)

When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

Repeat the operation.


If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-593 Internal error in FTP Scan

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-596 CDUP command failure in FTP

[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

An internal error has occurred during FTP scan

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

The CDUP command has failed during FTP scan (Network error)

A Redirector internal error has occurred after connecting to the FTP server.

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

The CDUP command has failed after connecting to the FTP server. (Network error)

Repeat the operation.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Repeat the operation.


If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-333

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-334

Version 2.1

016-597 Same name file exists in FTP servcer

016-700 Password is under minimum

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The process was cancelled since a file (folder) with the same name exists during FTP scan (CreditMutuel specifications)

[Detection Conditions]
The process was cancelled because a file/folder with the same name was detected after connecting
to the FTP server. (CreditMutuel specifications)

[Corrective Actions]
Perform the same operation again without multiple machines accessing the same folder in the same
server.

job

[Fault Content]
The number of digits used for the password for security and authentication prints is less than the
minimum.

[Detection Conditions]
The number of password digits for the job received is less than the minimum.
*Enable setting the minimum number of password digits for a security print and an authentication
print in order not to store any job for which a less-than-minimum number of password digits are
entered.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

Use a minimum or larger number of password digits for the job to print out.

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Seeing the following, collect a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log, and contact the support division
for instructions.

016-600 KO Authentication Locked


[Error Type]
History

[Fault Content]
Logged by incorrect KO authentication detection (Detects NG in continuous KO authentication).

[Detection Conditions]
The no. of continuous KO authentication errors reached the setting value of the System Data "KO
Authentication Continuous Error Maximum Count (NVM:700-563)".

[Corrective Actions]
Only record the data to the history.

If the problem persists, perform the following:

2.5.1

016-701 Out of ART EX Memory


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Insufficient PLW Decomposer Memory

[Detection Conditions]
An insufficient memory was detected while using the ART EX.

[Corrective Actions]

016-601 Illegal Access Detection

Perform the following procedures in sequence:

[Error Type]

1.

Increase the allocated memory of the ART EX. (In some cases, actual memory must be
increased)

2.

Change the print mode. (Example: High Quality mode > Normal mode)

3.

Lower the resolution.

History

[Fault Content]
Illegal trespassing detected (Identification/authentication error due to KO/CO User ID NG Or Password NG).

[Detection Conditions]
The no. of authentication errors (CO/KO inclusive) within the specified time reached the setting
value of the System Data "Authentication Error Maximum Count (NVM:700-564)".

[Corrective Actions]
Only record the data to the history.

4.

Set [Page Print mode] to [Enabled].

5.

Execute [Image Compression] in the [Graphics] tab of the printer driver.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-702 Out of Page Buffer

016-704 Mailbox is Full

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Not able to compress any page due to insufficient Print Page Buffer

The system detected that a mailbox was full (it exceeded the maximum no. of documents per box)
and aborted a job.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Not a single page could be compressed.

FULL status was detected at HD access and a job was aborted.

Insufficient Print Page Buffer was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Set [Print Mode] to [High Speed] and reduce the print resolution before retrying the operation.

Delete unnecessary documents and then repeat the operation.

2.

Increase the memory to increase the page buffer.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

3.

Retry the operation in [Print Page Mode]. (PLW Decomposer (=ART-EX) only)

OF-09 Common Job Fail

For [Print Page Mode], refer to the printer driver online help.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-703 Email To Invalid Box


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
In receiving E-Mail/Fax/I-Fax, an invalid (not setup) mailbox no. is selected.

[Detection Conditions]
Even if there are no options such as iFax and Scan To E-Mail, this fault occurs in normal Fax receiving and sending.
Here is detailed description.
1.

In Fax/I-Fax sending, a malibox is to be used in the machine for Fax communications, but the
mailbox could not be set up.

2.

In receiving Email/Fax/I-Fax no mailbox or an invalid mailbox is detected, and a job is over.

[Corrective Actions]
Perform the following:
1.
2.

Check whether a selected mailbox is set up. If not, set it up.


Ask the sender to send E-Mail/Fax/I-Fax to a valid mailbox.
If this does not resolve the problem, perform the following.

3.

Replace the FMO (the IF Board for Fax).


If this does not resolve the problem, it then indicates that the HDD can be defect. Perform the
following in order.
OF-02 HDD System Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-335

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-336

Version 2.1

016-705 Secure Print Fail

016-706 Max. User Number Exceeded

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Unable to perform Secure Print/Mailbox Print/Pay for Print Storing from the Printer Driver.
Unable to store scanned documents into a Mailbox.

[Detection Conditions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The system detected that a job exceeded the maximum no. of users for Secure and Sample Prints
and aborted the job.

[Detection Conditions]
FULL status was detected at HD access and a job was aborted.

1.

Although the machine was set to store scanned documents into a Mailbox, the Scanner Kit or E-mail
Kit option was not installed.

2.

The Printer Driver for this machine was not used.

Delete unnecessary documents/users and print again.

# Not for HDD standard machines but for machines with options #

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

A Secure Print, Mailbox Print, Auditron Print, or Private Print job was received without the Functional
Expansion Kit installed.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

3.

[Corrective Actions]
For 1, press the <All Services> button and check whether [Scanner (Scan to Mailbox)] is displayed.
If it is displayed, check whether scanned documents can be stored into a Mailbox. If documents cannot be stored into the Mailbox, install the Scanner Kit or E-mail Kit option.
For 2, use the Printer Driver for this machine.
# Not for HDD standard machines but for machines with options #
For 3, check whether the Functional Expansion Kit is installed in this machine.When the Functional
Expansion Kit is not installed:

If the function is not used, set [Hard Disk] in the [Options] tab to [Not Available] at the Printer
Driver.

To use the function, install the Functional Expansion Kit.

[Corrective Actions]

016-707 Sample Print Fail


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Sample Print Unavailable
(Does not satisfy the conditions for Sample Print due to HD not installed/HD error etc.)

[Detection Conditions]
Storage cannot be done without a HDD.
Registration for Sample Print failed.

[Corrective Actions]

When the Functional Expansion Kit is installed:

Remove the conditions that disable Sample Print.

Set [Hard Disk] in the [Options] tab to [Available] at the Printer Driver.

Check whether the HDD is installed.

1.

If the problem has occurred at installation, check whether the operations for Sample Print are correct. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Check whether the options required for mailbox storage are installed.
Required options: up to DMP5 - Scanner Kit; DMP6 or later - Scanner Kit or E-mail Kit.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-10 HDD Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail


OF-02 HDD System Fail

016-708 HD Full by Annotation/Watermark image

016-710 Delayed Print Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Full During Annotation/Analog Watermark Image Storage

Delayed Print Fail

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

When an Annotation/Watermark image was to be stored in the HDD, Full status was detected and
the job was aborted.

Process conditions for Delay Print were not met.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check whether the HDD is installed.

1.

Cancel Annotation/Watermark and repeat the operation.

1.

2.

Reduce the no. of document pages. In Mixed Size mode, only a single size is available.

2.

If Secure Print/Proof Print or Knowledge Storage Print is specified, disable them.

3.

For printing Stored Document, delete unnecessary documents from the HDD and repeat the operation.

3.

Reduce the Delay Print jobs waiting to 100 jobs or less.

4.

Expand the capacity of the HDD partition of the relevant service.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-02 HDD System Fail

OF-02 HDD System Fail

(If HDD is installed or HDD is full, free up the HDD capacity.)

If the problem has occurred at installation, check whether the operations are correct.

016-711 Email transmission size limit over

016-709 ART EX Command Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The size of data to send exceeds the system data value (before connection to the server).

PLW Command Error

[Detection Conditions]

Error Detected By PLW Decomposer

During iFax or sending mail designated for forwarding, the send module (Redirector) attempted to
send data exceeding the System Data [Upper Limit of Data Size for Scan to E-mail] to the internet.

[Detection Conditions]
An ART EX command error occurred during PLW processing.

NOTE:

Syntax error, undefined command

The same system data is also referenced in case of Scan to E-mail. It is detected during image storage in 016-985.

Parameter error
Decomposer internal error, etc.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

1.

Reduce the resolution level, which is a transmission parameter, and resend the job.

This error occurs when some parts of the created print file are missing or abnormal. In parallel connection, check it according to the procedures given below.

2.

Reduce the magnification ratio, which is a transmission parameter, and resend the job. (e.g. A3 to
A4)

1.

Set [Parallel Bi-Directional Communication] to [OFF] in the printer driver.

3.

2.

Set a longer time for [Auto Output Time] by selecting [Port Settings]>[Parallel] in CWIS.

Through the System Settings window on the UI panel, change [Data Size Upper Limit]. (Default
2MB recommended)

3.

Replace the parallel cable.

4.

If a long parallel cable is used, use a short cable (genuine) and try printing again.

5.

Change the BIOS settings in the PC. (Change the current parallel port settings to others.)

6.

Change the power supply outlet (socket).

In network connection, connect the PC with the printer for checking.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-337

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-338

Version 2.1

016-712 Under PANTHER Capacity (I-Formtter)

016-715 ESCP Form Invalid Password

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Capability of Panther Deteriorated

[Detection Conditions]
Capability of Panther in Scan service was deteriorated (I-Formatter).

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Unable to access ESCP Form because ESCP Form password did not match

[Detection Conditions]
Incorrect password was input when attempting to use ESCP form. Job is aborted.

[Corrective Actions]

Increase the resolution or enlarge the scan area.

Input the correct password to use ESCP Form.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-713 Security Box Password Error

016-716 TIFF Data Overflow

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Password check error was detected during data storage in a Mailbox.

[Detection Conditions]
Though the Mailbox specified for the job exists, the password set in the specified Mailbox and the
password specified for the job do not match.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The files to be spooled in the TIFF exceeded the disk capacity.

[Detection Conditions]
The system detected that the files to be spooled in TIFF exceeded the disk capacity.

[Corrective Actions]
Install the HDD or increase the capacity of the HDD.

Set a correct password and try again.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-02 HDD System Fail

016-714 Security Box is not Enable


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Box not opened error was detected during data storage in a Mailbox.

[Detection Conditions]
The mailbox specified for the job does not exist.

[Corrective Actions]
Open the appropriate mailbox and try again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-717 Fax/iFax Send Result Not Found

016-719 Out of PCL Memory

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The Fax/iFax Send Result Information is not saved in the Cont

Insufficient PLW Decomposer Memory

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Failed attempt to create "Unsent Report" or "Monitor Report" because the "Send Result Data" that is
required to create the report is not stored in the memory/HDD of the device.

HDD Full due to an iFAX document send with size exceeding the partition C size (2GB or
4GB), resulting in the "iFAX Send Result Data" being unable to be stored.

Over 200 jobs were executed since the last selected Output Report job, resulting in the "iFAX
Send Result Data" being overwritten.

An insufficient memory was detected while using the PCL.

[Corrective Actions]
Increase the PCL memory size. Increasing the memory for the whole system will increase the memory to be allocated to the Decomposer in some measure.
UI settings or other ways cannot explicitly increase the PCL memory.

[Corrective Actions]

Therefore, if a job is aborted due to insufficient memory when the memory has been increased to
the maximum capacity, change the printer driver settings to see if printing becomes available.

Split any iFAX documents that would exceed 2GB in document storage size into several jobs and
control the usage amount of memory, HDD, etc.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If there is a large amount of Scanner/iFAX documents being processed, please wait until the other
scanner/iFAX jobs are completed before performing your Scanner/iFAX job.

Do not perform over 200 jobs in between the end of the job that you want to output the report for
until the actual report output operation.

[Error Type]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Fault Content]

OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-720 PCL Command Error


Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

PCL Command Error

016-718 Out of PCL6 Memory

Error Detected By PCL Decomposer

[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions]

Job Fail

A PCL command error occurred during PCL processing.

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions]

Insufficient PCL6 Decomposer Memory

Cancel the job and execute the command again.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Detection Conditions]

OF-09 Common Job Fail

Insufficient memory was detected while using PCL6.

[Corrective Actions]
As the PLW memory is fixed, decreasing the resolution may reduce the PLW memory. (Only when
PLW is enabled)
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-339

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-340

Version 2.1

016-721 Other Error

016-723 Job cancel by punch position NG

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
An unexpected error occurred during printing at the PLW decomposer.

[Detection Conditions]
An unexpected error occurred during printing.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The job is canceled due to impossible Punch position, paper size, etc

[Detection Conditions]
Punch position that is not supported by this machine or the paper size that is not supported by the
Finisher was specified.

Paper types cannot be determined because all the settings for [Custom Paper Priority] are set
to [Disabled] in CWIS, etc.

This ia an error that is not related to ART system commands/forms.

ESCP command error.

Set the Punch reference point, paper size, etc. of the Print Data that is sent to the printing section to
be the ones that can be processed by the machine.

Incorrect control code from the input stream, etc.

Furthermore, check the system at the client side.

[Corrective Actions]
Make settings for [Custom Paper Priority] in CWIS, etc.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

016-724 Complex Position Error of Staple and Punch

OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Error Type]

016-722 Job cancel by staple position NG


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The job is cancelled because the staple position or paper size is not available.

[Detection Conditions]
Staple position that is not supported by this machine or a paper size that is not supported by the Finisher was specified.

[Corrective Actions]
Set the Staple reference point, paper size, etc. of the Print Data that is sent to the printing section to
be the ones that can be processed by the machine.
Furthermore, check the system at the client side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Job Canceled Due To Invalid Combination of Staple and Punch Positions

[Detection Conditions]
Invalid conditions that disable Staple and Punch have been set when both Staple and Punch were
specified using CWIS or Box Job Flow (instruction manual) for printing from Mailbox and invalid
binding positions such as Left Double Staple and Right Punch were set.

[Corrective Actions]
Change settings so that the same blinding position (same side of output paper) is specified.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-725 B-Formatter Library Image Conversion Error

016-727 0-page document unstorable to MailBox.

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

An error has occurred in the B-Formatter during the image conversion of scanned document to Fax
sending document

The 0 page condition is detected in the Print job Mailbox storage.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
An error has occurred where the Mailbox document cannot be converted to Facsimile Data when
Job Flow function of the machine is used to send the scanned documents stored in the Mailbox to
the Facsimile Device.

The P-Formatter attempted to store a 0 page document into the Mailbox, but the job is canceled
because 0 page documents cannot be stored.

[Corrective Actions]
Do not allow the Print Result that is to be stored in the Mailbox to be 0 page.

[Corrective Actions]
Do not use the Job Flow function.

If Paper Saving is "ON", turn it "OFF" and print again. Check that the printed document is not a
blank paper, and input some text if it is blank.

On the Facsimile selection screen of the machine, specify to directly scan the document and send it
to the Facsimile recipient.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-728 Unsupported TIFF Data

OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Error Type]

016-726 PDL Auto Switch Fail

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

Unsupported TIFF Data

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

[Auto Judge Error]

[Incorrect TIFF file]

Auto SW judgement has failed.

The data contains a Tag that is not set in the Image File Expansion Library.

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

Print language auto judgement has failed. This does not occur in PCL5/ESCP machines.

Explain to the customer that the TIFF file is not supported. If further checking is required, contact
Support G for checking.

[Corrective Actions]
In parallel connection, check it according to the procedures given below.
1.

Set a longer time for [Auto Output Time] by selecting [Port Settings]>[Parallel] in CWIS.

2.

Replace the parallel cable.

3.

If a long parallel cable is used, use a short cable (genuine) and try printing again.

4.

016-729 TIFF Data Size too Big


[Error Type]
Job Fail

Change the print language from [Auto] to [ARTEX] or [PS] fixed by selecting [Emulation Settings]>[Print Mode] in CWIS.

If not in parallel connection, check Step 4 above.

[Fault Content]
The files to be spooled in the TIFF exceeded the disk capacity.

[Detection Conditions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Incorrect TIFF file]

OF-09 Common Job Fail

The specified settings exceed the upper limit of the valid no. of colors and pixels.

[Corrective Actions]
Correct the valid range.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-341

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-342

Version 2.1

016-730 Unsupported ART Command

016-733 Destination address resolution error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

ART Command Error

[Detection Conditions]
[ART Command Error]

A failure to resolve a P2P address problem (before connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions]
1.

When E-mails are sent using Peer-to-peer communication, an IP address could not be obtained
from the text on the right side of @ in the destination E-mail address.

2.

When E-mails are sent using Peer-to-peer communication, DNS cannot be resolved with the text on
the right side of @ in the destination E-mail address as FQDN.

A command not supported by the ART was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-731 Invalid TIFF Data

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check if the destination address has been entered properly.

2.

Set a correct DNS server address.

[Error Type]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Fault Content]

2.4 NET System Fault Check

Invalid TIFF Data

[Detection Conditions]
[Incorrect TIFF file]

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

016-734 Simple transmittion report invocation error


[Error Type]

The TIFF data is broken or discontinued halfway.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Send data again.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-732 Form not registerd


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Simple Destination Result Report Output Error

[Detection Conditions]
1) Simple Destination Result report output has failed.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Set [Receive via SMTP] for E-mail receive setting on the sending device.

2.

Remove the restriction on receiving E-mails from a self-domain in the receivable domain list if any.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

[Form Overlay Error]

OF-09 Common Job Fail

Data itself is not printed when the form specified is not registered in emulation.

2.4 NET System Fault Check

[Detection Conditions]
The decomposer detected that the form specified is not registered.

[Corrective Actions]
Send the form data again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

016-735 Updating Job Templete

016-738 PS Booklet Illegal OutPut Size

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Error During Updating Job Template

Invalid Paper Size for PS Booklet Print

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

[Updating Job Template]

The specified paper size is invalid.

The system attempted to output the Job Template List while the Job Template was being updated.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Specify the paper size that allows booklet printing.

Perform the operation again after the Job Template update completes.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-739 PS Booklet Document Output Missmatch

016-736 Remote directory lock error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

PS Booklet Document/Output Paper Mismatch

Repository Lock Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The combination of the specified document/paper sizes is incorrect.

Creation of Lock directories has failed.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Specify the combination of the document/paper sizes that allows booklet printing.

1.

Delete any existing lock directories (*.LCK) in the transfer destination manually and then execute
the job again.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

2.

Make correct settings for the permissions to the transfer destination directories.

3.

Secure a disk capacity if the HDD for the transfer destination directory is full.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-740 PS Booklet OutPut Tray Missmatch


[Error Type]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Fault Content]

016-737 Remote lock directory remove error

Invalid Output Tray for PS Booklet Print

[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions]

Job Fail

The specified tray is invalid.

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions]

Lock Directory Deletion Error

Specify the tray that allows booklet printing.

[Detection Conditions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Failed to delete the Lock directory. Power was turned OFF in the middle of FTP transfer because
the CDI cable was disconnected or the Reset SW of DFE was pushed

OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Corrective Actions]
Delete any existing lock directories (*.LCK) in the transfer destination manually and then execute
the job again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-343

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-344

Version 2.1

016-741 Download Mode NGJob Fail

016-743 Device Model/Panel Type Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Not able to change into Download Mode

Device Model/Panel Type Error


The supported model in the Download Data does not match the Device Model.

[Detection Conditions]

Unable to transit to Download Mode because download prohibition was detected due to SysData:700-420 = 1, or because a job exists.

The machine did not transit to Download Mode because it detected "User Operation in Progress".
(The machine remains in the "User Operation in Progress" state for 1 minute after panel operation
was completed)

[Detection Conditions]

The ModelName obtained from the installed IISS/DADF/IOT/FaxCard/Finisher do not match the
ModelName found in the firmware, CDI header inclusive, in the Download File.
"ModelName obtained from the currently installed ROM header" and "ModelName stored in Download File" are compared in the Controller.

[Corrective Actions]

<Exception>

Cancel the Download Prohibited mode and check that the jobs have completed before retrying the
operation. Check that the "Communicating" LED is OFF.

The MACS of DCC450G IOT/Bizen does not check ModelName because their I/F specification is
old.

After completing a panel operation, wait for 1 minute or longer before starting the download operation.

If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure:

[Corrective Actions]

Cancel the Download Prohibited mode (set SysData:700-420 to 0) before retrying the operation.
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

The panel type (HBorFCW) connected to the device during Download is different from the panel
type (HBorFCW) stored in the Controller firmware, CDI header inclusive, in the Download File.
The Download File is illegal. Find a Download File that has the same model with the device VerUP
and retry job.
Or, find a Download File that supports the Panel (FCW-UI or HB-UI type) connected to the device
and retry job.

016-742 Download Data Product ID Mismatch

016-744 Download Data CheckSum Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
A mismatch in the Product ID of Download Data was detected

[Detection Conditions]
The Product ID sent by the Download Data does not match the Product ID (SysData: 700-421 ~
700-428) stored in the SEEP-ROM.

[Corrective Actions]
As the Download Data is considered to be illegal, retry job after retrieving the Download Data again.
If the problem persists after retrying job with the correct Download Data, obtain log and request an
investigation from the Support G.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
CheckSum error of Download Data

[Detection Conditions]
Download Data has illegal CheckSum

[Corrective Actions]
Make sure that the cable connected to the device is secured properly and retry job.

016-745 Download Data XPJL Fatal Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
XPJL fatal error during Download
(Occurs after XPJL has recognized the received data as a Download Data)

[Detection Conditions]
Conditions such as Pflite having Strm function error, Download open, ioctrl error, or unable to
secure memory.

[Corrective Actions]
Obtain log and request an investigation from the Support G

016-746 Unsupported PDF File

016-748 HD Full

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

PDF Error Due To Unsupported Function Sent

HDD FULL when Mailbox is accessed

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

There was transparency or JBIG2 in a PDF 1.3 file.

FULL state was detected when attempting to access the HD. Either cancel the job or proceed with
user intervention 016-981.

[Corrective Actions]
Print via the driver from Acrobat Reader.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

1.

Split the job into pages in order to prevent FULL state. Reduce the resolution if possible.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

2.

Delete documents that are no longer needed, such as: Mailbox documents, FAX Send Wait documents, Secure Print documents and Delayed Print documents. Make sure that there is space in the
HDD before re-scanning and re-printing.

2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally


2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

016-747 No memory for drawing annotation

OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Error Type]
Job Fail

OF-02 HDD System Fail

[Fault Content]

016-749 JCL Syntax Error

Insufficient memory when drawing an annotation image

[Detection Conditions]

[Error Type]

When drawing an annotation image with the copy repeat function specified, there would be insufficient memory in this machine's controller board.
--- Although the following applies to Varenne, it is not listed in the manual because it changes
depending on the memory conditions ---

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The PJL/XPJL detected a print language that cannot be printed

Occurs when the character size for annotation images is specified as 24 points or less.

[Detection Conditions]

If 25 to 64 points is specified, the MAX setting for the repeat function can be specified.

1.

The print language received from the printer driver is a print language that cannot be printed by the
machine.

2.

ContentsBridge was used to attempt to print a PDF file through a machine that cannot process PDF.

3.

When this happens with a received iFAX document, the iFAX document that was sent by the other
machine is in a print language that cannot be printed by this machine.

For 6 to 24 points, it is possible repeat 239 or less images in a page.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Increase the annotation image size.

2.

Reduce the number of repeat images for the repeat function.

[Corrective Actions]

Avoid insufficient memory by performing a combination of the above steps 1 and 2.


If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

In the case of 1, use the printer driver of the machine to print.


Explanation: Depending on PostScript, etc. options are necessary to print the desired print language.
For more details, please contact our sales representatives.
In the case of 2, do not use ContentsBridge to print a PDF file.
In case of 3, please request the other party to resend the iFAX document using a print language that
can be printed by this machine.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed
2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-345

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-346

Version 2.1

016-750 Print job ticket description error

016-752 PDF Short of Memory

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
PDF print job ticket description error has occurred

[Detection Conditions]
When the customer uses applications such as "ContentsBridge2005", etc. to send PDF directly, the
machine received the print job ticket that was sent together with the PDF. However, the print job
ticket data is either "Text that is not supported in this machine" or "Print instruction that is not supported in this machine".

[Corrective Actions]
Obtain the Printer Setup List, the job log report and the sent print data with attached print job ticket
when the problem occurred.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
PDF Short of Memory

[Detection Conditions]
Insufficient memory was detected during PDF Bridge processing.

[Corrective Actions]
[FX PDF]
When the Print mode is set to [High Quality], change the setting to [Normal]. When the Print mode is
set to [Standard], change the setting to [High Speed]. (Only for the machine with High Quality
mode.)
If the problem persists, expand the memory capacity.

016-751 PDF Error

If the problem persists after expanding to the maximum capacity, print using a driver from Acrobat
Reader.

[Error Type]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
PDF Error

[Detection Conditions]
1.

Syntax error, usage of undefined command, parameter error, damaged PDF file, internal error of the
PDF Decomposer has occurred during PDF Bridge process.

[Corrective Actions]
[FX PDF]
Use the driver from Acrobat Reader to print.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-753 PDF Password Mismatched


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
PDF Password Mismatched

[Detection Conditions]
When processing a PDF file that is protected by a password, the password in the UI panel settings
and the password specified using XPJL (set in the Contents Bridge Utility) do not match.

[Corrective Actions]

OF-09 Common Job Fail

Specify the correct password using the UI or the Contents Bridge.

2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally

OF-09 Common Job Fail

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

016-754 PDF LZW Not Installed

016-757 Auditron - Invalid User

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

PDF LZW Not Installed

Auditron-Invalid User

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The PDF Bridge tried to process the PDF file compressed in LZW without the [Contents Bridge
Expansion Kit] installed.

The account has not been registered.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Set a correct account and try again.

Install the "Contents Bridge Extension Kit". Or, print using a driver from Acrobat Reader.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-755 PDF Print Prohibited

016-758 Auditron - Disabled Function


[Error Type]

[Error Type]
Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]
PDF Print Prohibited

Auditron-Disabled Function

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
The system processed a PDF file prohibited for printing.

[Corrective Actions]
Use Acrobat to clear the print prohibition setting and print the PDF file.

An illegal account was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
1.
2.

Set the new function that is allowed for that account and try again.
Request the Account Administrator to add the rights.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-756 Auditron - Prohibit Service

016-759 Auditron - Reached Limit

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Auditron-Prohibit Service

[Detection Conditions]

Auditron-Reached Limit

[Detection Conditions]

Illegal User Detected

[Corrective Actions]

The no. of registered users reached the limit.

[Corrective Actions]

Request the Account Administrator for access to use the service.

Request the Account Administrator to set the number of copies, etc.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-347

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-348

Version 2.1

016-760 PS Decompose failure

016-762 Print LANG Not Installed

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[PS Decompose Error]

[Decomposer does not exist]

An error occurred in Decompose processing.

The system requested for functions (print language, print utility, etc.) that were not installed. (The
Decomposer specified with PJL or Auto SW is not installed.)

[Detection Conditions]
An error occurred in Decompose processing.

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]

Resend the job. (If the problem persists, check the execution environment and data.)

The print language is not installed.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

The system requested for functions (print language, print utility, etc.) that were not installed.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

(The Decomposer specified with PJL or Auto SW is not installed.)

016-761 FIFO EMPTY

[Corrective Actions]
Fix and select the decomposer from the Operation Panel or with a command.

[Error Type]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
[Image Output]
FIFO EMPTY error

[Detection Conditions]
Image enlargement error (FIFO EMPTY Error)

[Corrective Actions]
Print in the High Speed mode. If the problem persists, print in the Print Guaranteed mode. (Only for
the machine with this mode.)

OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-763 POP server is not found.


[Error Type]
job

[Fault Content]
The machine cannot find the POP server (when trying to connect to it).

[Detection Conditions]
(POPERR_SOCKET)

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]

OF-09 Common Job Fail

1.

Check the following to see if the POP server, which is a destination, and this machine can communicate with each other on the nework.

The server IP address is correct.

The network cable is connected.

016-764 SMTP Server Connect Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The machine failed to connect to the SMTP server (when trying to do so).

[Detection Conditions]
The connection error with the SMTP Server was detected.
SMTP Server Response Code: 421 or 451.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

The machine failed to connect to the SMTP server.

Wait for a while and repeat the operation.


If the situation does not improve, contact the network administrator for advice.

016-765 SMTP Server HD Full

016-768 Invalid Sender Address

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

The SMTP Server HDD is full. (after connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions]

The SMTP server refused to accept the sender address. (after connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions]

The system detected that the SMTP Server HDD is full.


SMTP Server Response Code: 452

[Corrective Actions]
Contact the SMTP Server Administrator.

An error was received from the SMTP Protocol "MAIL FROM:" command.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

The SMTP server refused to accept the sender address.

Check that the sender address is correct.

Retrieve E-mails in the SMTP Server HD. Check the server capacity.

016-766 SMTP Server File System Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

If the situation does not improve, contact the network administrator for advice.

016-769 SMTP Server Unsupported DSN


[Error Type]

[Fault Content]
The memory capacity alloted by the SMTP server is exceeded. (after connection to the server)

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]
Any error with the SMTP Server File System was detected.

The SMTP server does not support DSN. (after connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions]

SMTP Server Response Code: 552.

ESMTP Protocol "EHLO" Command Response Code: 502.

[Corrective Actions]
Contact the SMTP Server Administrator. Review the server capacity limit setting.

Or, "DSN" does not appear in the "Supported Command List" received from the Server.

[Corrective Actions]

016-767 Invalid E-mail Address

1.

[Error Type]

Or set Transmittal Confirmation to OFF and send the job.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

016-770 The direct fax function is canceled by NVM.


[Error Type]

The SMTP server refused to accept the destination address. (after connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

The system detected that the E-mail destination address is incorrect.


SMTP Server Response Code: 550 or 551 or 553

Direct FAX job prohibition by the System Data Settings.

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]
Check a specific mail address and set a proper one.

Contact the network administrator for advice and ensure that the SMTP server supports DSN.

Direct FAX job prohibition by the System Data Settings.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

To release the direct FAX job prohibition, set the target system to "0".

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

2.4 NET System Fault Check

Obtain the job logs (UI, Report, CWIS, SSMI applications).

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-349

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-350

Version 2.1

016-771 Scan Data Repository ERR (DNS address)

016-773 Invalid IP Address

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The Scanned Data Repository Address cannot be solved (Response to DNS Address).

[Detection Conditions]
An error occurred while recalling the DNS Resolution Library.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Local machine IP address failure (DHCP lease expired).

[Detection Conditions]
When connection fails, the valid flag of the resource IP address is "False".

[Corrective Actions]

Check the connection to the DNS. Or, check whether the Scan Data Repository domain name has
been registered in the DNS.

Check the DHCP environment. Or, set a fixed IP address in the machine.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

2.4 NET System Fault Check

2.4 NET System Fault Check

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

016-772 Scan Data Repository ERR (DNS Library)


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
In trying to run a job using SMTP, the device found that the device had not been registered on the
DNS server. (before connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions]
An error occurred while recalling the DNS Resolution Library.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

016-774 HD Full - Compression Convert


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
[HDD Full at Compression type conversion]
HDD Full occurred when the S-Formatter did the compression type conversion of the JBIG compressed images into the MH system (partition #1).

[Detection Conditions]
Disk Full was detected when opening/writing file for Compression type conversion.

[Corrective Actions]

Set the DNS address. Or, set the Scan Data Repository address using IP address.

Free up some HDD space and repeat the operation.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-02 HDD System Fail

2.4 NET System Fault Check


2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

016-775 HD Full - Image Convert


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
[Image Conversion Error]
Insufficient HDD capacity was detected during image conversion process by S-Formatter.

[Detection Conditions]
Disk Full was detected when opening/writing file for image processing operation.

[Corrective Actions]
Free up some HDD space and repeat the operation.
Retrieve each page from the EWS.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-02 HDD System Fail

016-776 Image Convert ERR

016-778 HD Full - Scan Image Convert

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

<Image conversion error>

[Scanned Image Conversion Error]

An error that is not due to HDD access has occurred during image conversion process at the S-Formatter.

Insufficient HDD capacity was detected during scanned image conversion process in I-Formatter

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

HDD Full was detected when opening/writing file for operation

<Image conversion error>

[Corrective Actions]

An error that is not due to HDD access has occurred during image conversion process at the S-Formatter.

Free up some HDD space and scan again.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]

OF-02 HDD System Fail

1.

If the failure occurred during Salutation/Fax to Email, obtain the pages one by one from the Mailbox
through a Web Browser and try again.

016-779 Scan Image Conversion Error

2.

If the problem occurred when encrypting or specifying a signature using the "Default Certificate",

[Error Type]

Check the validity of the certificate.

Set the correct date and time on the machine.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Try fetching by using the FAX forced polling.

[Scanned Image Conversion Error]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

An error due to other causes than HDD Access has occurred during scanned image conversion process in I-Formatter

2.4.5 Network Related Details Check Flow


2.4.5.4 CenterWare Internet Service Failure Check Flow

[Detection Conditions]

016-777 HD Access ERR-Image Convert

An error was detected in the Image Conversion Library

[Corrective Actions]

[Error Type]

Repeat the operation.

Job Fail

[APC4300G] If an error occurs when scanning a relatively large-size document such as A3 with
[Scan Resolution 600dpi] specified, reduce the scan resolution to 400dpi or less and operate again.

[Fault Content]
[Image Conversion Error]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

The HDD Access Error has occurred during image conversion process by S-Formatter.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Detection Conditions]
An error other than Disk Full was detected when opening/reading/writing file for compression conversion/image processing operation.

016-780 HD Access ERR-Image Convert


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Corrective Actions]
Replace the HD and perform the operation again.

[Fault Content]
[Scanned Image Conversion Error]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

A HDD access error was detected during scanned image conversion processing in I-Formatter

OF-02 HDD System Fail

[Detection Conditions]
An error other than HDD Full was detected when opening/writing file for operation.

[Corrective Actions]
Change the HD and try scanning again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-02 HDD System Fail
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-351

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-352

Version 2.1

016-781 Scan Server Connect ERR

016-782 Scan Server Login ERR

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The machine cannot find the SMTP server (when trying to do so).

[Detection Conditions]
Failed to connect to the SMTP mail server.

<Server Login Error>


A failure in logging in to the server to transfer a file to it.

[Detection Conditions]

1.

The machine and server cannot communicate with each other at all.

<FTP>

2.

After establishing connection between this machine and the server, it was detected that the
hostname set in the machine is not of ASCII characters.

Failed to log into FTP server

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check the network cable for connection.

2.

If the host name set up on this machine has non-ASCII letters, set a new host name using ASCII letters.
Log In/Out =>System Settings =>Network Settings =>Machine Mail Address/Host Name =>Host
Name

3.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Check that the server IP address is correct.

<SMB>
Failed to log into SMB server.
Also occurs in SMB when the network cable is disconnected

[Corrective Actions]
Perform the following procedures:
1.

For SMB, first check the connection of the network cable. If that does not solve it, proceed as
follows.

2.

As EUC Code (Japanese) cannot be used in the hostname of the current specification, change
it to English.

3.

Register the job flow from EasyAdmin.


Now even if the hostname is in EUC Code (Japanese), transfer is possible.

4.

Check the "Server Name/IP Address" at the address display.


WinNT4.0: Because SMB transfer to WinNT4.0 is not possible with IP Address, change the
"Server Name/IP Address" to Hostname.
WinXP: Can SMB transfer normally even with IP Address.

5.

In the default settings of WinXP, empty password cannot be used for access though the network.
Change the WinXP settings to "Allow Empty Password Access" and operate again.

6.

Set a login name and a password at the Destination Server.

7.

Make correct settings for the attributes of the Job Template file.

8.

At the CW, set the same account as above as a resource in the client PC.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-13 016-782/016/784 Fail
2.4.5 Network Related Details Check Flow
2.4.5.4 CenterWare Internet Service
2.4.5.5 Scanner

016-783 Invalid Server Path

016-785 Server HD Full

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

<Server Path Error in network transfer>

<Server File Full in network transfer>

When transferring a file to the server, a selected path is not found.

When transferring a file to the server, the server file system becomes full.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

<FTP>

<FTP>

"CWD" command failure of output directory specified in DocumentPath attributes. Either the specified path does not exist, or no access right

FTP command "STOR" or write failure, when HDD Full was detected
<SMB>

<SMB>
Either the specified path does not exist, or no access right

Write error in the forwarding server, when HDD Full was detected

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Perform the following procedures:

1.

Make correct settings for the attributes of the Job Template file.

1.

Check that there is "Write Authorization" in the server directory.

2.

Check the server path name set in the job template and set up again.

2.

Free some space on the server disk.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

2.4.5.5 Scanner

2.4.5.5 Scanner

Refer to CenterWare Scan Service Installation Guide.

Refer to CenterWare Scan Service Installation Guide.

016-784 Server Write ERR

016-786 HD Full-Scan Write ERR

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

<Server Write Error in network transfer>

<Internal HDD write error during scan>

A failure in writing to the server to transfer a file to it.

Temporary file cannot be written to the Hard Disk during Scan to Server Hana/Oceans2/Imari: HD
Full

[Detection Conditions]
<FTP>

[Detection Conditions]
When performing the scan function, files cannot be written in the HDD.

FTP command "STOR" or write failure, outside of HDD Full


<SMB>

[Corrective Actions]

Write error in the forwarding server, outside of HDD Full

Take any one of the following actions:

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the machine OFF then ON.

Perform the following procedures:

If no paper remains in the tray of this machine, replenish the paper.

1.

Check that there is "Write Authorization" in the server directory.

If this occurs when sending e-mail, take any one of the following actions:

2.

Free some space on the server disk.

Reduce the resolution and re-send it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

Reduce the size and re-send it.

OF-13 016-782/016-784 Fail

Reduce the number of pages and separate the job into several batches when sending.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

Set [Output Color] to [Black] and re-send it.

2.4.5.5 Scanner

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Refer to CenterWare Scan Service Installation Guide.

OF-09 Common Job Fail


OF-10 HDD Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-353

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-354

Version 2.1

016-787 Invalid Server IP ADD

016-789 HD Full - Job Memory

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
[JT Syntax Error during Scanning]
This is a syntax error in the Job Template during Scan to FTP operation and limited to the following
cases (because of Redirector detection):
Incorrect Server IP Address (IP Syntax Error)

[Detection Conditions]
A text with incorrect format has been entered as the IP address for job template settings.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Redirector Task Operational HDD Limit Overflow

[Detection Conditions]
Redirector task operational HDD limit overflow was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
[For E-mail Send]
Use a lower resolution or reduce the size before sending.
Reduce the no. of pages to split the job into a few.

Specify the correct Job Template.

Send with B/W Binary etc.

1.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

Check the settings of Job Template.

016-788 Retrieve to Browser Failed

OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Error Type]

OF-02 HDD System Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Retrieval failed at Scan to SMB (via Web Browser)

[Detection Conditions]
The job was aborted, canceled or timed out by the device, or the job was canceled by the client.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow


2.4.5.5 Scanner

016-791 File Retrieve Fail


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions]
1.

Reload the browser page and perform retrieval operation again.

2.

Activate the browser again and perform retrieval operation again.

3.

Turn the device OFF then ON and perform retrieval operation again.
Note that no actions are required if the job was canceled by a user.

File Retrieve Fail

[Detection Conditions]
This error occurred during Scan to FTP/SMB, CWSS. Access to the transfer destination and job
template storage destination has failed.

[Corrective Actions]

4.

Improve the connection status to a network.

5.

Check whether there are problems such as duplicated IP addresses.

Check the Server directory structure and files (for their existence, etc.) and the access rights for
both. Also, check whether access to the specified transfer destination server is available.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

2.4.5.5 Scanner

2.4.5.5 Scanner

Refer to CenterWare Scan Service Installation Guide.

016-792 Specified Job Not Found

016-795 MediaReader:Format Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Job Log for Specified Job ID does not exist

[Media Reader] Format Error (occurs during job)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

When printing the report for the job, the Job Log for the job specified in the Control Panel could not
be retrieved.

[Corrective Actions]

The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.

[Corrective Actions]

Repeat the operation.

1.

Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check the file format/directory in the media and the
selected mode (Digital Camera Print/Document Print), then make settings again.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-793 MF I/O HD Full

016-796 Document insert operation error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[MFIO]
HD Full

[Media Reader] File Attribute Retrieval Error (occurs during job) - Job Abort for this Job only

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
The MF-IO Task detected HDD Full.

[Corrective Actions]

The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.

[Corrective Actions]

Delete the files in the HDD. Or, initialize the HD.

Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file attribute data is displayed
in the PC and make settings again.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-02 HDD System Fail

016-794 MediaReader:Media No Insert

1.

016-797 MediaReader:Image File Read Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
[Media Reader] Image File Retrieval Error (occurs during job) - Job Abort for this Job only

[Fault Content]
[Media Reader] Media Not Inserted (occurs during job)

[Detection Conditions]
The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.

[Detection Conditions]
The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check that the Media is inserted.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file images are displayed in
the PC and make settings again.

2007/10/01
2-355

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-356

Version 2.1

016-798 No TrustMarking Option

016-941 Booklet Duplex Mix Size NG

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
No TrustMarking Option

[Detection Conditions]
A HDD unavailable error was returned when the Decomposer called the S-Image Library.

[Corrective Actions]
Install the necessary options (HD).

Operation Error

[Fault Content]
Booklet Specified Mix Size NG

[Detection Conditions]
Mixed size/direction set for the page with images was detected after the job had started with Booklet
specified.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-02 HDD System Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-799 PLW Print Instruction Fail

016-942 Page Delete Duplex Mix Size NG

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Print Instruction Fail Detected In PLW RAP

[Detection Conditions]
The specified print parameter is abnormal.

[Corrective Actions]
Perform the job again.

Operation Error

[Fault Content]
Page Delete 2-Sided Mix Size NG

[Detection Conditions]
Different size settings for side 1 and side 2 were detected after the pages with 2-Sided Print specified had been deleted.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally

OF-09 Common Job Fail

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

016-940 Duplex Mix Size NG


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]
2-Sided Specified Mix Size NG

[Detection Conditions]
Different size settings for side 1 and side 2 were detected after the job had started with 2-Sided Print
specified.

[Corrective Actions]

016-943 Insert doc Duplex Mix Size NG


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]
Insert Document 2-Sided Mix Size NG

[Detection Conditions]
Different size settings for side 1 and side 2 were detected after the document and separators had
been inserted for the pages with 2-Sided Print specified.

[Corrective Actions]
Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.

Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-944 Document merge NG

016-947 APS No Destination Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Document Collate & Cover/Separator Document Attachment NG

APS No Destination Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The document collate setting for the pages including the cover with images or the document with
separators with Document Attachment specified was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

The system detected that no tray is loaded with paper for Auto Paper Selection after the job for
which the paper for APS (Auto Paper Selection) was selected or APS was set has started.

[Corrective Actions]

Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.

Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-945 Insert doc Duplex print NG

016-948 Small Book action NG

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Insert Document 2-Sided Print NG

Booklet Selected Cover/Separator/Blank Paper NG

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The documents that do not support 2-Sided Print has been inserted for the pages for 2-Sided Print.

The covers with images, separators, or blank pages were detected after the job had started with
Booklet specified.

[Corrective Actions]
Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

016-946 Insert doc NG


[Error Type]
Operation Error

OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-949 Insert Mix doc NG


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]
Document Inserted into Cover/Separator NG

[Fault Content]
Insert Document Different Size Attachment NG

[Detection Conditions]
A document or separator has been inserted between Cover pages or Separator pages.

[Detection Conditions]
The document with a different size/orientation from the operated page was tried to be inserted for
the job with Attachment specified.

[Corrective Actions]
Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]
Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-357

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
016-xxx FIP

016-981 HDD access error


[Error Type]
Notice

[Fault Content]
When accessing it, the HD is detected being full

[Detection Conditions]
HDD Full was detected because Mailbox Scan, Fax Scan, Secure Print, Delay Print, Sample Print,
or Scheduled Print was specified when the HDD partition/ide0c capacity is small.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-358

Print Job only prints the jobs stored in the HD, so this Fault does not occur for "Job Fail 16748".

[Corrective Actions]

Version 2.1

016-983 Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full, with Level of


Ensuring Creation Set to "High"
[Type Error]
Notice

[Fault Content]
This is prepared for the user to interfere and cancel a copy/scan job when the log image storage
area on the disk becomes full with the level of ensuring creation set to "High."

[Detection Conditions]
With the system data "Level of Ensuring Log Image Creation" set to "High" the log image storage
area on the disk becomes full (during processing a copy/scan job).

[Corrective Actions]

1.

Split the job into pages in order to prevent FULL state. Reduce the resolution if possible.

Press the Cancel Job button to cancel the job.

2.

Delete documents that are no longer needed, such as: Mailbox documents, FAX Send Wait documents, Secure Print documents and Delayed Print documents. Make sure that there is space in the
HDD before re-scanning and re-printing.

Rerun the job.

When the procedures above did not work, expand the HDD partition size for the corresponding service
that needs it.
If the problems persist, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-10 HDD Job Fail

016-982 HDD access error 2


[Error Type]
Notice Error

[Fault Content]
When accessing it, the HD is detected being full.

[Detection Conditions]
HDD was determined to be full due to collate, stored or interrupted jobs.

[Corrective Actions]
Process or delete the jobs (documents) stored in the same HDD partition, and repeat the operation.
If the above procedures do not resolve the problem, expand the HDD partition size of the relevant
service.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-02 HDD System Fail

If the situation is the same despite some re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in the
device or change the level of ensuring creation (to Low). However, if the level is set to Low, log
image creation cannot be ensured.

016-985 Data size over flow (Scan to Email)


[Error Type]
Notice Error

[Fault Content]
Scan to E-mail Data Size Exceeded

[Detection Conditions]
The size set in [E-mail Size Upper Limit] that is set from the Main Processor was exceeded.

[Corrective Actions]
Request to reduce the no. of documents, reduce the resolution, or increase the compression ratio if
the job is Multi-value scan.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

018-502 Login failure in SMB

018-505 SMB-DOS protocol error 1-005

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The workstations that can log in during SMB Scan are limited

SMB User Authentication Failed/Unable to log into SMB Scanner

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

When logging in to the SMB server, it was detected that the workstations that can log in during SMB
Scan are limited.

In SMB Authentication:

[Corrective Actions]
Check the properties information of the specified user and check whether the workstations that can
log in to the server are limited.

The user could not be identified because of his/her wrong user name or password.

The time SMB Server tells differs from the time the machine tells. (This occurs under Windows
Server 2003)

In Scanner to SMB:

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

When trying to send a scanned image, the user could not log in to the SMB server because of
his/her wrong user name or password.

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

The time SMB Server tells differs from the time the machine tells. (This occurs under Windows
Server 2003)

[The following applies to DMP6-2 and later products only.]

The specified user name is not registered as a user that can use Share Windows. (MacOS X
v10.4)

[Corrective Actions]
Take either of the following actions to resolve the problem.

Contact the network administrator for the correct user name or password.

In the case of Windows Server 2003, synchronize the time SMB Server tells with the time this
machine tells.

NOTE: There is no way to confirm Password. If the user forgets his/her password, he/she needs to
set up a new password.
This is how to reset Password:
1.

On the domain controller for the active directory that has user info, select [Start] menu>[All Programs]>[Management Tool]>[Active Directory Users and Computers].

2.

From the left frame of the [Active Directory Users and Computers] window, select [Active
Directory Users and Computers [Server]]>[Domain]>[Users], and list user information.

3.

Right-click the target user on the right frame of the [Active Directory Users and Computers]
window and select [Reset Password].

[The following applies to DMP6-2 and later products only.]

Confirm users that are allowed to use Share Windows. (MacOS X v10.4)

This is how to confirm users.


1.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-359

From [Dock], start the [System Environment Settings] icon.

2.

On the [System Environment Settings] window, click the [Share] icon.

3.

From the Select Service window, select Share Windows and click the [Account] button.

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
018-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-360

Version 2.1

018-510 Host name solution error in BMLinkS

018-512 Service Connect error in BMLinkS

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

job

job

[Fault Content]
A failure to resolve a DNS host name problem in BMLinkS scan.

[Detection Conditions]
Before connecting to BMLinkS Services, the machine failed to resolve a BMLinkS Services server
name problem in trying to access DNS.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the state to see if DNS can obtain the domain name or IP address. For example, check the
following:

[Fault Content]
A failure to connect to BMLinkS scan service

[Detection Conditions]
The BMLinkS Server cannot be found.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the state to see if the BMLinkS Services server, which is a destination, and this machine can
communicate with each other via the network. For example, check the following:

Search for the latest information and get it.

Search for the latest information and get it.

Check that the network cable is connected.

Check that the machine is connected to the DNS server.

Check that BMLinkS Services, which is a destination, is active.

Check that the BMLinkS Storage Service server name or host name is registered on DNS.

Check that the DNS Server address is set up.

If the problem persists, see the following to collect a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.

If the problem persists, see the following to collect a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

018-511 DNS server un-sets up in BMLinkS


[Error Type]
jobB

[Fault Content]
In MLinkS scan, it was found that the DNS server was not registered.

[Detection Conditions]
Before connecting to BMLinkS Services, the machine detected that the DNS server had not been
registered.

[Corrective Actions]
Set the DNS server address. Or using the IP address, set the address of BMLinkS Storage Services, which is a transmission destination.
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

018-513 BMLinkS Service Not Found


[Error Type]
job

[Fault Content]
BMLinkS scan service cannot be found.

[Detection Conditions]
http status 404 has been detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Use either of the following to resolve the problem.

Search for the latest information and get it.

Check that BMLinkS Services, which is a destination, has started storage service for this user.

If the problem persists, see the following to collect a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

018-514 bmlinks access-right-violation

018-516 bmlinks unsupported-attribute

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

job

job

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

A wrong right to access BMLinkS scan service

An attribute of data to be saved in BMLinkS scan service is incorrect.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.

For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services .

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check that the login name (user name) and the password are correct.

Use one of the following to resolve the problem.

If the problem persists, see the following to collect a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.

2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

Check for the file or folder with the same name as the specified file name.

Set the way of handling a duplicated file to Overwrite and Save.

Shorten the name of the storage folder or file.

018-515 bmlinks storage-access-error


[Error Type]

If the problem persists, see the following to collect a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.

job

[Fault Content]

2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

Error in access to BMLinkS Scan Service Storage

018-517 bmlinks storage-full

[Detection Conditions]

[Error Type]

For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.

job

[Corrective Actions]

[Fault Content]

Use either of the following to resolve the problem.

Check that the specified file name can be created in the storage.

Check that the specified file name is not used by another user.

If any letters used for the file name are found unavailable for BMLinkS storage service, change
them.

The storage disk on BMLinkS scan service is full.

[Detection Conditions]

If the problem persists, see the following to collect a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.

For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the storage for space.

2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

If the problem persists, see the following to collect a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-361

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
018-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-362

Version 2.1

018-518 bmlinks operation-not-available

018-521 request send failure in BMLinkS

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

job

job

[Fault Content]
a temporary error with BMLinkS scan service

[Detection Conditions]
For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.

[Corrective Actions]

[Fault Content]
When the machine was trying to connect to BMLinkS scan service, a network error occurred.

[Detection Conditions]
When a command was being sent to BMLinkS Services, a network error was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

After a while repeat the operation.

Repeat the operation.

If the problem persists, see the following to collect a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.

If the problem persists, see the following to collect a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.

2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

018-519 bmlinks unknown-error

018-522 response receive failure in BMLinkS

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

job

job

[Fault Content]
an error with BMLinkS scan service

[Detection Conditions]
For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.

[Corrective Actions]
Use either of the following to resolve the problem.

Search for the latest information and get it.

Check the state to see if the file can be written on the BMLinkS Services server.

[Fault Content]
During a response was being made from BMLinkS scan service, a network error occurred.

[Detection Conditions]
When the machine was receiving a response to its request from BMLinkS Services, a network error
was detected.
Or the machine received an unexpected response to its request.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.

If the problem persists, see the following to collect a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.

If the problem persists, see the following to collect a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.

2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

018-520 Internal error in BMLinkS Scan

018-523 image send failure in BMLinkS

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

job

[Fault Content]
After the machine connected to BMLinkS scan service, an internal error occurred or the machine
received an unexpected response from the server.

[Detection Conditions]
An internal-processing error

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

job

[Fault Content]
When the machine was transferring an image to BMLinkS scan service, a network error occurred.

[Detection Conditions]
During transfer of an image to BMLinkS Services, a network error was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

018-543 Shared name error in SMB server

018-595 LDAP protocol error 595

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Problem with the shared name of the SMB scan server

Duplicate IDs were detected at ICCG external authentication (LDAP protocol)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

When the machine logged in to the SMB server in Scan to SMB, the shared name on the SMB
server was found having the following problems:
1.

The shared name specified did not exist on the server.

2.

Prohibited letters were found used for the shared name specified.

Two or more entries that have the same information as the currently used IC card were found in the
database of the LDAP server.

[Corrective Actions]
Make corrections so that the user entries in the database of the LDAP server do not have the same
IC card information.

[DMP6-2 and later products only]


1.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

The user had no right to access the shared name specified. (MacOS X v10.2)

[Corrective Actions]

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Check the shared name specified and set the correct name.
[DMP6-2 and later products only]

018-596 LDAP protocol error 596

Check that the user has the right to access the shared name specified. (MacOS X v10.2)

[Error Type]

This is how to check it:


1.

job

Log in as the specified user.

[Fault Content]

2.

From [Dock], start the [Finder] icon.

3.

On the [Finder] window click the [Home] icon.

4.

From the [File] menu, select [View info].

5.

Select [Proprietary Right and Access Right] and check that "Read/Write is selected in the
[Access] box for the owner.

An undefined protocol error, and other errors with LDAP Protocol

[Detection Conditions]
1.

An error except 18-595 occurred with the certified LDAP protocol (ProtocolCategory=7).

2.

The protocol category with which to fill in Coml_Fault_GetNETCeCode( ) is an unexpected one.


*FTP/HTTP was specified, or a category that is larger than LDAP_NETAUTH(=7) was specified.
(DMP6-2)

If the problem persists, see the following to collect a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.

[Corrective Actions]

2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

Repeat the operation.

018-547 The number restriction over of SMB scan users

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

[Error Type]
Job Fail

2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

[Fault Content]
The number of SMB Scan users has exceeded the limit

[Detection Conditions]
When logging in to the SMB server, it was detected that the number SMB Scan users has exceeded
the limit.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check the limit for the number of users that can connect to the shared folder.

2.

Check whether the number of users who are concurrently using the server has exceeded the maximum number.
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-363

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
018-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-364

Version 2.1

018-701 LDAP protocol error 01

018-703 LDAP protocol error 03

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 01 at Address Book operation (operation error)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "1" (operation error) in response to the
Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
Check that the "LDAP Server/Directory Service Settings" of the "External Authentication Server/
Directory Service Settings" of the machine is set correctly.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 03 at Address Book operation
(search timeout)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "3" (search time is timed out) in response
to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

Or, a problem has occurred at the Server side. Please check with the Network Administrator.

Correct the search conditions/search start position with regard to the Address Book internal data,
focus the search target and search again.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem reoccurs even after that, consult with the Network Administrator.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

018-702 LDAP protocol error 02


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 02 at Address Book operation (protocol error)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "2" (protocol error) in response to the
Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
Consult with the Network Administrator, correct the Server settings and operate again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-704 LDAP protocol error 04


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 04 at Address Book operation (too many search results to be processed)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "4" (too many search results to be processed) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
Correct the search conditions/search start position with regard to the Address Book internal data,
focus the search target and search again.
If the problem reoccurs even after that, consult with the Network Administrator.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-705 LDAP protocol error 05

018-707 LDAP protocol error 07

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 05 at Address Book operation (comparison request result is false)

LDAP protocol error 07 at Address Book operation (the specified authentication method is not supported)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "5" (comparison request result is false) in
response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "7" (the specified authentication method
is not supported) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
It is possible to output a result that is different from the specified content. Consult with the Network
Administrator to check the status of the LDAP Server.

[Corrective Actions]
The specified authentication method is not supported. Change the authentication method.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Consult with the Network Administrator to correct the authentication settings.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-706 LDAP protocol error 06

018-708 LDAP protocol error 08

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 06 at Address Book operation (comparison request result is true)

LDAP protocol error 08 at Address Book operation (strong authentication is required)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "6" (comparison request result is true) in
response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "8" (strong authentication is required) in
response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
This is not an error message as it just means that "the output result is as specified".

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Check that there are no mistakes in the authentication settings. Consult with the Network Administrator to strengthen the authentication settings and operate again.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-710 LDAP protocol error 10


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 10 at Address Book operation (not registered in search range)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "10" (referral (intro, ref)) in response to
the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
Nothing is registered in the specified search range. Consult with the Network Administrator to check
the status of the authentication settings.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-365

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
018-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-366

Version 2.1

018-711 LDAP protocol error 11

018-714 LDAP protocol error 14

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 11 at Address Book operation (admin limit is exceeded)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "11" (admin limit is exceeded) in
response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status of the Server operation.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 14 at Address Book operation (SASL bind in progress)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "14" (SASL bind in progress) in response
to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Please wait for a while and operate again. If the situation did not improve, consult with the Network
Administrator.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

018-712 LDAP protocol error 12


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 12 at Address Book operation (extended function cannot be used)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "12" (extended function cannot be used)
in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status of the Server operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-713 LDAP protocol error 13


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 13 at Address Book operation (secrecy is required)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "13" (secrecy is required) in response to
the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status of the Server operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-716 LDAP protocol error 16


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 16 at Address Book operation (the requested attribute does not exist)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "16" (the requested attribute does not
exist) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the
Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-717 LDAP protocol error 17


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 17 at Address Book operation (the specified attribute is not defined)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "17" (the specified attribute is not
defined) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the
Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-718 LDAP protocol error18

018-721 LDAP protocol error 21

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 18 at Address Book operation (unsuitable combination)

LDAP protocol error 21 at Address Book operation (syntax error of the specified attribute value)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "18" (unsuitable combination) in


response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "21" (syntax error of the specified
attribute value) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the
Server side.

An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the
Server side.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-719 LDAP protocol error 19

018-732 LDAP protocol error 32

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 19 at Address Book operation (limit violation)

LDAP protocol error 32 at Address Book operation (applicable object does not exist)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "19" (limit violation) in response to the
Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "32" (applicable object does not exist) in
response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the
Server side.

"32" the applicable e-mail address does not exist.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Either re-input the correct e-mail address or check the e-mail addresses that are registered in the
Server.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-720 LDAP protocol error 20

018-733 LDAP protocol error 33

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 20 at Address Book operation (the specified attribute already exists)

LDAP protocol error 33 at Address Book operation (wrong alias)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "20" (the specified attribute already
exists) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "33" (wrong alias) in response to the
Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the
Server side.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

A name related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at
the Server side.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-367

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
018-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-368

Version 2.1

018-734 LDAP protocol error 34

018-748 LDAP protocol error 48

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 34 at Address Book operation (wrong DN form, wrong password)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "34" (wrong DN form) in response to the
Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
A name related problem has occurred.
Check the User Name and the Password again and release the incorrect Password Name.
If it did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator to check the authentication settings at
the Server side. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-735 LDAP protocol error 35


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 35 at Address Book operation (object is terminated)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "35" (object is terminated) in response to
the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
A name related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at
the Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 48 at Address Book operation (authentication denied)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "48" (authentication denied) in response
to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
A security related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the
authentication settings at the Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-749 LDAP protocol error 49


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 49 at Address Book operation (the specified authentication certificate is invalid,
login name is invalid)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "49" (the specified authentication certificate is invalid) in response to the Address Book inquiry.
Address search was performed when incorrect User Name and Password was used for authentication.

[Corrective Actions]
A security related problem has occurred.
Check the User Name and the Password used for authentication again and release the incorrect
search login name.

018-736 LDAP protocol error 36

If it did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator to check the authentication settings at
the Server side.

[Error Type]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 36 at Address Book operation (cannot refer to alias)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "36" (cannot refer to alias) in response to
the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
A name related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at
the Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-750 LDAP protocol error 50

018-753 LDAP protocol error 53

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 49 at Address Book operation (the specified authentication certificate is invalid,
login name is invalid)

LDAP protocol error 53 at Address Book operation (execution denied)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "50" (user does not have access privileges) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "53" (execution denied) in response to
the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

A service related problem has occurred. Please wait for a while and operate again. If the situation
did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator.

A security related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the
access rights at the Server side.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-754 LDAP protocol error 54

018-751 LDAP protocol error 51

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 54 at Address Book operation (loop detected)

LDAP protocol error 51 at Address Book operation (busy)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "51" (busy) in response to the Address
Book inquiry.

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "54" (loop detected) in response to the
Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

A service related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status
of the service operation at the Server side.

A service related problem has occurred. Please wait for a while and operate again. If the situation
did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-764 LDAP protocol error 64

018-752 LDAP protocol error 52

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 64 at Address Book operation (naming violation)

LDAP protocol error 52 at Address Book operation (cannot be processed)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "52" (cannot be processed) in response
to the Address Book inquiry.

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "64" (naming violation) in response to
the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]
A service related problem has occurred. Please wait for a while and operate again. If the situation
did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status
at the Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-369

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
018-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-370

Version 2.1

018-765 LDAP protocol error 65

018-768 LDAP protocol error 68

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 65 at Address Book operation (object class specification error)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "65" (object class specification error) in
response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 68 at Address Book operation (the specified entry already exists)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "68" (the specified entry already exists)
in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status
at the Server side.

An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status
at the Server side.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-766 LDAP protocol error 66

018-769 LDAP protocol error 69

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 66 at Address Book operation (entries other than termination cannot be executed)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "66" (entries other than termination cannot be executed) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status
at the Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-767 LDAP protocol error 67


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 67 at Address Book operation (cannot be executed at RDN)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "67" (cannot be executed at RDN) in
response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status
at the Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 69 at Address Book operation (object class cannot be changed)

[Detection Conditions]
LDAP protocol error 69 at Address Book operation (object class cannot be changed)

[Corrective Actions]
An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status
at the Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-770 LDAP protocol error 70


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 70 at Address Book operation
(search target is too large)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "70" (search result is too large) in
response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
Correct the search conditions/search start position with regard to the Address Book internal data,
focus the search target and search again.
If the problem reoccurs even after that, consult with the Network Administrator.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-771 LDAP protocol error 71

018-781 LDAP protocol error 81

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 71 at Address Book operation (influence on multiple DSA)

LDAP protocol error 81 at Address Book operation


(cannot connect to Server)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "71" (influence on multiple DSA) in
response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]
Cannot connect to Server In response to the Address Book inquiry

[Corrective Actions]

Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.

1.

Check if the network cable is connected.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

2.

If it is connected, check the start up state of the target request server.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

3.

Check that the Server Name is correct at "System Settings" - "Network Settings" - "External Authentication Server/Directory Service Settings" - "LDAP Server/Directory Service Settings", and set it to
the correct name.

018-780 LDAP protocol error 80


[Error Type]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Job Fail
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 80 at Address Book operation (an unknown error has occurred)

018-782 LDAP protocol error 82

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "80" (an unknown error has occurred) in
response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Check the status of the server.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

LDAP protocol error 82 at Address Book operation (program error or SASL authentication error)

[Detection Conditions]

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "82" (program error or SASL authentication error) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-371

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
018-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-372

Version 2.1

018-783 LDAP protocol error 83

018-786 LDAP protocol error 86

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 83 at Address Book operation (outgoing message encoding error)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "83" (outgoing message encoding error)
in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 86 at Address Book operation (an unknown authentication method has been
specified)

[Detection Conditions]
LDAP protocol error 86 at Address Book operation (an unknown authentication method has been
specified)

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

018-784 LDAP protocol error 84


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 84 at Address Book operation (incoming message decoding error)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "84" (incoming message decoding error)
in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-787 LDAP protocol error 87


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 87 at Address Book operation (mistake in definition of search filter)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "87" (mistake in definition of search filter)
in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Check the search condition and consult with the Network Administrator if that did not work.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

018-785 LDAP protocol error 85


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 85 at Address Book operation
(search timeout)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "85" (search time is timed out) in
response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-788 LDAP protocol error 88


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 88 at Address Book operation (instruction canceled)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "88" (instruction canceled) in response to
the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

Correct the search conditions/search start position with regard to the Address Book internal data,
focus the search target and search again.

Check the status of the server.

If the problem reoccurs even after that, consult with the Network Administrator.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

018-789 LDAP protocol error 89

018-792 LDAP protocol error 92

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 89 at Address Book operation (an incorrect parameter was passed)

LDAP protocol error 92 at Address Book operation (unsupported function)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "89" (an incorrect parameter was
passed) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "92" (unsupported function) in response
to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.

Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-790 LDAP protocol error 90

018-793 LDAP protocol error 93

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 90 at Address Book operation (insufficient memory)

LDAP protocol error 93 at Address Book operation (result is not returned)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "90" (insufficient memory) in response to
the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "93" (result is not returned) in response
to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.

Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-791 LDAP protocol error 91

018-794 LDAP protocol error 94

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 91 at Address Book operation (Server connection prohibited)

LDAP protocol error 94 at Address Book operation (result no longer exist)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "91" (Server connection prohibited) in
response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "94" (result no longer exist) in response
to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]

Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.

Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-373

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
018-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-374

018-795 LDAP protocol error 95


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 95 at Address Book operation (result still exist)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "95" (result still exist) in response to the
Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-796 LDAP protocol error 96


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 96 at Address Book operation (client loop detected)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "96" (client loop detected) in response to
the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-797 LDAP protocol error 97


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 97 at Address Book operation (maximum hop number for reference is
exceeded)

[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "97" (maximum hop number for reference is exceeded) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions]
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

021-360 EP Accessory Fail

021-731 EP Accessory - Function Disabled

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

EP Accessory Fail

EP Accessory - Disabled Function

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

An error occurred in the connection to the EP accessory. The accessory that should be installed is
not found.

[Corrective Actions]

When MDSS is connected and color copying is prohibited using the Coin Kit, a color copy job was
requested.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Check the settings.

1.

Check the connection to the EP accessory, pull out and insert the EPSV Board and replace the
cable.

2.

Check that the Controller software is the latest version.

3.

If the problem persists, replace the EPSV-IF PWB.

4.

021-732 EP Accessory Error732


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

If the trouble persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

EP Accessory - Service Canceled By Disable

OF-01 Common System Fail

[Detection Conditions]

021-361 EP Accessory Kind Config Error

With an accessory installed, the card was missing, insufficient fee paid or a shortage of card value.

[Error Type]

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

Insert a Xerox card, copy card or cash into the accessory, and ensure that there are sufficient fees
or card value.

[Fault Content]
EP Accessory - Accessory Type Setting Error

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Detection Conditions]

OF-09 Common Job Fail

"The system data 850-007 has not been set properly (Detected in FX only. This should not be
treated as Fail.)"

021-733 EP Accessory Error733


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Corrective Actions]

[Fault Content]

Check that the System Data 850-007 is set correctly and make the setting again.

EP Accessory Service Canceled By Color Mode Restriction

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following.
1.

Check the connection to the EP accessory, pull out and insert the EPSV Board and replace the
cable.

[Detection Conditions]

Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.

[Corrective Actions]

With an accessory installed, there was Color Mode Restriction or the upper limit was reached.

If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
2.

Operate the Color Restriction Key SW to allow Color. Or, replace the card with another card that
does not reach its upper limit in Color mode.

If the problem persists, replace the EPSV-IF Board.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-375

021-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
021-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-376

Version 2.1

021-750 U Parts Request Fail (EP-SV)

021-771 Maintenance Request Fail (EP-DX)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
EP-SV - Used Parts Collection order failed.

[Detection Conditions]
When the Used Parts Collection Order was processed, an error was sent by the EP-SV.

[Corrective Actions]
Contact the telephone center.

021-751 Maintenance Request Fail (EP-SV)


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
EP-SV - Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic request failed.

[Detection Conditions]
When an Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic Request was processed, an error was sent by
the EP-SV.

[Corrective Actions]
Check that the telephone line is connected. Wait and send the request again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-11 Fax Job Fail

021-770 U Parts Request Fail (EP-DX)


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
EP-DX - Used Parts Collection order failed.

[Detection Conditions]
EP-DX - Used Parts Collection order failure was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Check that the telephone line is connected. Wait and send the request again.
If the problem persists, contact the Telephone Center directly.
Check the following too:
OF-11 FAX Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
EP-DX - Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic request failed.

[Detection Conditions]
Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic request failed.
Fax Card returned NG because the line was busy.

[Corrective Actions]
Check that the telephone line is connected. Wait and send the request again.
If the problem persists, contact the Telephone Center directly.
Check the following too:
OF-11 FAX Job Fail

021-772 EPDX Install, Remove Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
EP-DX - Installation/Removal failed.

[Detection Conditions]
The system detected that the EP-DX - installation/removal has failed because it was absent at
power ON.
Fax Card returned NG because the line was busy.

[Corrective Actions]
Check that the telephone line is connected. Wait and send the request again.
If the problem persists, contact the Telephone Center directly.
Check the following too:
OF-11 FAX Job Fail

021-941 EP - Scan Service Paused By Disable


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]
EP Accessory - Scan Service Paused By Disable

[Detection Conditions]
With an accessory installed, the card was missing, insufficient fee paid or a shortage of card value.

[Corrective Actions]
Insert a Xerox card, copy card or cash into the accessory, and ensure that there are sufficient fees
or card value.

021-942 EP - Scan Service Paused By Color Mode

021-945 EP - Service Paused By Disable

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

EP Accessory - Scan Service Paused By Color Mode Restriction

EP Accessory - Service Paused By Disable

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

With an accessory installed, there was Color Mode Restriction or the upper limit was reached.

With an accessory installed, the card was missing, insufficient fee paid or a shortage of card value.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Operate the Color Restriction Key SW to allow Color. Or, replace the card with another card that
does not reach its upper limit in Color mode.

Insert a Xerox card, copy card or cash into the accessory, and ensure that there are sufficient fees
or card value.

021-943 EP - Print Service Paused By Disable

021-946 EP - Service Paused By Color Mode

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

EP Accessory - Print Service Paused By Disable

EP Accessory - Service Paused By Color Mode Restriction

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

With an accessory installed, the card was missing, insufficient fee paid or a shortage of card value.

[Corrective Actions]

With an accessory installed, there was Color Mode Restriction or the upper limit was reached.

[Corrective Actions]

Insert a Xerox card, copy card or cash into the accessory, and ensure that there are sufficient fees
or card value.

Operate the Color Restriction Key SW to allow Color. Or, replace the card with another card that
does not reach its upper limit in Color mode.

021-944 EP - Print Service Paused By Color Mode

021-947 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Scan)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

EP Accessory - Print Service Paused By Color Mode Restriction

The remaining rate Subtractive Accessory has is insufficient. (Scan Service Paused By Subtractive
Accessory Disable)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

With an accessory installed, there was Color Mode Restriction or the upper limit was reached.

This occurs during document scanning or direct copy.

[Corrective Actions]

If with ICCG + Dispensor or Coin Kit connected, IITsc detects that the remaining rate the Dispensor
or Coin Kit has is insufficient, it causes a job to be temporarily stopped.

Operate the Color Restriction Key SW to allow Color. Or, replace the card with another card that
does not reach its upper limit in Color mode.

[Corrective Actions]
In the case of Dispensor, insert a card that has a remaining rate enough to continue the job. In the
case of Coin Kit, add a necessary amount of money to continue the job.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-377

021-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
021-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-378

021-948 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Print)


[Error Type]
Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
The remaining rate Subtractive Accessory has is insufficient. (Print Service Paused By Subtractive
Accessory Disable)

[Detection Conditions]
This occurs during printing on paper or direct copy.
If with ICCG + Dispensor or Coin Kit connected, IOTsc detects that the remaining rate the Dispensor
or Coin Kit has is insufficient, it causes a job to be temporarily stopped.

[Corrective Actions]
In the case of Dispensor, insert a card that has a remaining rate enough to continue the job. In the
case of Coin Kit, add a necessary amount of money to continue the job.

021-949 Subtractive Accessory Disable


[Error Type]
Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
The remaining rate Subtractive Accessory has is insufficient. (Service Paused By Subtractive
Accessory Disable)

[Detection Conditions]
This occurs only when a job is temporarily stopped, not while a job is in progress.
*This occurs if a job stops due to a non-accessory factor and the card is then extracted and then
starting the job is attempted.
If with ICCG + Dispensor or Coin Kit connected, EP-Cont detects that the remaining rate the Dispensor or Coin Kit has is insufficient, it causes a job to be temporarily stopped.

[Corrective Actions]
In the case of Dispensor, insert a card that has a remaining rate enough to continue the job. In the
case of Coin Kit, add a necessary amount of money to continue the job.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

024-340 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 1

024-342 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 3

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

(IOT):

(IOT):

MCU sending error detected by Controller

MCU sending error detected by Controller

(Invalid parameter was used)

(Packet No. error)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

An abnormal parameter is set as the argument for the Send function.

A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (The
Packet No. of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.)

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]

OF-06 IOT System Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

No need to replace the ESS PWB.

OF-06 IOT System Fail


No need to replace the ESS PWB.

024-341 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 2

024-343 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 4

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

(IOT):
MCU sending error detected by Controller

(IOT):

(Sequence No. error)

MCU sending error detected by Controller


(Message length error)

[Detection Conditions]
A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (The
Sequencing No. of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.)

[Detection Conditions]
A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (The
message length of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.)

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]

OF-06 IOT System Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

No need to replace the ESS PWB.

OF-06 IOT System Fail


No need to replace the ESS PWB.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-379

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-380

Version 2.1

024-345 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 5

024-348 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 8

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

(IOT):

(IOT):

MCU sending error detected by Controller

MCU sending error detected by Controller

(Check code error)

(Overrun error)

[Detection Conditions]
A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (The
check code of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.)

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]
A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (An overrun error was detected by hardware of the IOT.)

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-06 IOT System Fail

OF-06 IOT System Fail

No need to replace the ESS PWB.

No need to replace the ESS PWB.

024-346 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 6

024-349 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 9

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

(IOT):

(IOT):

MCU sending parity error detected by Controller

MCU sending error detected by Controller

[Detection Conditions]
A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (A parity
error was detected by hardware of the IOT.)

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

(Receiving abortion error)

[Detection Conditions]
A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (A
receive abort was detected by the IOT after the header had been recognized.)

[Corrective Actions]

OF-06 IOT System Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

The ESS-PWB should be also replaced.

OF-06 IOT System Fail

024-347 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 7


[Error Type]
Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
Imari (IOT):
MCU send framing error detected by Controller

[Detection Conditions]
A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (A framing error was detected by hardware of the IOT.)

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-06 IOT System Fail
No need to replace the ESS PWB.

No need to replace the ESS PWB.

024-350 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 10

024-352 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 12

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

(IOT):

MCU receiving error detected by Controller

MCU receiving error detected by Controller

(Message length error)

(Sequence No. error)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Sequence No. of
the received Message Packet is incorrect.)

The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The message length
of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-06 IOT System Fail

OF-06 IOT System Fail

(No need to replace the ESS PWB.)

No need to replace the ESS PWB.

024-353 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 13

024-351 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 11

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

MCU receiving error detected by Controller

(IOT):

(Check code error)

MCU receiving error detected by Controller

[Detection Conditions]

(Packet No. error)

The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The check code of the
received Message Packet is incorrect.)

[Detection Conditions]
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Packet No. of the
received Message Packet is incorrect.)

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]

OF-06 IOT System Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-06 IOT System Fail
The ESS-PWB should be also replaced.

(No need to replace the ESS PWB.)

024-354 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 14


[Error Type]
Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
MCU receiving error detected by Controller
(Parity error)

[Detection Conditions]
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A parity error was
detected by hardware of the UART.)

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-06 IOT System Fail
No need to replace the ESS PWB.
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-381

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-382

Version 2.1

024-355 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 15

024-358 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 18

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
MCU receiving error detected by Controller
(Framing error)

[Detection Conditions]
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A framing error was
detected by hardware of the UART.)

[Corrective Actions]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
Print sequence error detected by Controller. (The paper feed and paper output that are not applicable to the NBR are detected.)

[Detection Conditions]
The paper feed and paper output that are not applicable to the NBR are detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-06 IOT System Fail

OF-06 IOT System Fail

(No need to replace the ESS PWB.)

(No need to replace the ESS PWB.)

024-356 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 16


[Error Type]
Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
MCU receiving overrun error detected by Controller

[Detection Conditions]
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (An overrun error was
detected by hardware of the UART.)

[Corrective Actions]

024-359 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 19


[Error Type]
Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
MCU transmission receiving rrror detected by Controller
(Invalid parameter was used)

[Detection Conditions]
An abnormal parameter is set as the argument for the receiving function.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-06 IOT System Fail

OF-06 IOT System Fail

(No need to replace the ESS PWB.)

No need to replace the ESS PWB.

024-357 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 17


[Error Type]
Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
MCU receiving error detected by Controller
(Receiving abortion error)

[Detection Conditions]
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (Abortion of receiving
was detected after the header had been recognized.)

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-06 IOT System Fail
(No need to replace the ESS PWB.)

024-360 IOT-ESS Initialization Fail


[Error Type]
Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
Initialization error between IOT-ESS

[Detection Conditions]
The IOT Driver initialization failed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-06 IOT System Fail
(No need to replace the ESS PWB.)

024-361 Invalid IOT PaperSizeGroup Info

024-363 Page Sync Illegal Stop

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The paper size group data is different between the ESS and the IOT.

[Image Output]
PAGE-SYNC completion error during video output

[Detection Conditions]
The paper size group setting in the Controller does not match the paper size group data detected by
the IOT.

[Detection Conditions]
At IOT output, PageSync is negated before the specified paper size is output. Basically, this is not
affected by noises but may be affected by excessive noises.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

1.

Initialize the NVM (user area).

2.

Check the paper size group setting in the Controller and set a correct value.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

3.

Refer to Generic Sensor FIP to check the sensor.

OF-06 IOT System Fail


The ESS PWB should be also replaced.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-364 DMA Transfer Fail

024-362 Page Sync Illegal Start

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

[Image Output]

[Image Output]

DMA Transfer Error

PAGE-SYNC occurred before video output preparation completes.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
During IOT output, before the output data was written to FIFO Full, PageSync became active. Basically, this is not affected by noises but may be affected by excessive noises.

During Reduce/Enlarge, reduction/enlargement was not completed even though the specified data
was entered. This is probably caused by the SW failure or garbage data (RAM/HDD).

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

1.

OF-06 IOT System Fail

2.

Replace the RAM.

The ESS PWB should be also replaced.

3.

If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-02 HDD System Fail".

4.

If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-01 Common System Fail".

Pull out and insert the System Memory to check the installation.

024-365 Overflow on Loop Back Write


[Error Type]
Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
Loopback Write Overflow

[Detection Conditions]
The extended data exceeded the reserved buffer size.

[Corrective Actions]
This failure is currently not displayed.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-383

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-384

Version 2.1

024-366 JBIG Library Other Fail

024-370 Marker Code Detection Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
Other errors in JBIG Lib

[Detection Conditions]
Not in use now.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following.
1. Replace the ESS PWB.

024-367 Decompress Other Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
Marker Code Detection Error

[Detection Conditions]
During Enlarge, when the file was enlarged only by the specified size, the end code (FF02) cannot
be found in the compressed data.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following.

When it occurs only for certain documents (there is a high possibility that the S/W is faulty).
1.

[Error Type]

2.

Sub System Fail

B. Change the RAM size. (Change the port settings or the receive buffer size, etc.)

Other errors from Decompress (Extension)

If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it.

[Detection Conditions]

OF-01 Common System Fail

Incorrect LINE SYNC was detected.


Incorrect V-SYNC and H-SYNC signals were asserted during IOT output.

2.

Data overrun has occurred (caused by the parameter setting error for Panther4).

This may occur when the RAM size is changed.


A. Change the installed RAM size.

[Fault Content]

1.

Change the Print mode (Normal/High Quality/High Resolution).

OF-06 IOT System Faill


OF-02 HDD System Fail

When it occurs for random or most documents, there is a high possibility that the HW is faulty.

2. only occurs during debugging.

1.

1. is the main cause of error.

2.

Replace the RAM.

3.

Pull out and insert or replace the cable or back plane between the ESS and the MCU.

[Corrective Actions]

Pull out and insert the System Memory to check the installation.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence
to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

OF-02 After performing the operation in HDD System Fail

OF-06 IOT System Faill

OF-01 Common System Fail

OF-02 HDD System Fail

OF-01 Common System Fail

024-368 PCI Error

024-371 IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 21

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
BUTTON: [Image Output]
PCI Bus Error

[Detection Conditions]
PCI access error occurred due to a faulty PCI bus.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence
to repair it.
OF-02 After performing the operation in HDD System Fail
OF-01 Common System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
The communication between the ESS and IOT has not been established, which is detected by the
Controller.

[Detection Conditions]
When the Controller and IOT are turned ON (including recovery from Power Saver mode), a
response from the IOT to a request to establish communications from the Controller was not
detected within the specified time.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-06 IOT System Fail
The ESS PWB should be also replaced.

024-372 IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 22

024-375 IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 24

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Sending error detected by Controller (Incorrect parameter instruction)

DLL receiving error detected by Controller (Incorrect parameter instruction)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

An illegal instruction for IOT Port No., Timeout Time, Pointer, or Transfer Size was detected.

An illegal instruction for IOT Port No., Timeout Time, or Pointer was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-06 IOT System Fail

OF-06 IOT System Fail

The ESS PWB should be also replaced.

The ESS PWB should be also replaced.

024-373 IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 23

024-600 Billing Master Counter repair

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

History

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

DLL communication failure recovery error detected by Controller

Repair the Billing Master Counter.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

When a message packet is sent from the Controller, the ACK packet from the IOT cannot be
received within the specified time after the specified number of retries.

The Billing Master Counter is automatically repaired.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Only record the data to the history.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-06 IOT System Fail
The ESS PWB should be also replaced.

024-374 Regi Con PLL Parameter Fail


[Error Type]
Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]
RegiCon adjustment value setting error detected by Controller (Incorrect parameter instruction)

[Detection Conditions]
Incorrect color registration adjustment value is sent from the IOT.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following.
1.

024-601 Billing Backup Counter 1 repair


[Error Type]
History

[Fault Content]
Billing Backup Counter 1 Recovery

[Detection Conditions]
The Billing Backup Counter 1 is automatically repaired.

[Corrective Actions]
Only record the data to the history.

024-602 Billing Backup Counter 2 repair


[Error Type]
History

Replace the harness connecting the ESS and IOT.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Fault Content]
Billing Backup Counter 2 Recovery

OF-06 IOT System Fail

[Detection Conditions]
The Billing Backup Counter 2 is automatically repaired.

[Corrective Actions]
Only record the data to the history.
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-385

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-386

Version 2.1

024-603 SWKey Master Counter repair

024-700 Shortage memory capacity, or no Hard Disk

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

History

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

SWKey Master Counter Recovery

A job that could not be printed due to unfulfilled conditions such as [Insufficient System Memory] or
[HDD Not Installed] was received

[Detection Conditions]
The SWKey Master Counter is automatically repaired.

[Detection Conditions]
This machine, which satisfies conditions 1 and 2, was instructed to perform a job that has any of
these - AnalogWaterMark/HighbridWaterMark/UUID added to it.

[Corrective Actions]
Only record the data to the history.

# Condition 1 #

024-604 SWKey Backup Counter 1 repair

Any of the SW options "Paper Security Kit", "Annotation Kit", or "Sakura Paper Kit" is enabled. Note
that this includes cases where two or more options are enabled.

[Error Type]

# Condition 2 #

History

The HDD is not installed on the Controller board, or the system memory capacity is insufficient to
operate the SW options enabled in Condition 1.

[Fault Content]
SWKey Backup Counter1 Recovery

[Detection Conditions]
The SWKey Backup Counter 1 is automatically repaired.

[Corrective Actions]
Only record the data to the history.

024-605 SWKey Backup Counter 2 repair


[Error Type]
History

[Fault Content]
SWKey Backup Counter2 Recovery

[Detection Conditions]
The SWKey Backup Counter 2 is automatically repaired.

[Corrective Actions]
Only record the data to the history.

024-606 ProductNo / SerialNo Fail


[Error Type]
History

[Fault Content]
Write error of Product No/Serial No in IOT
The read result is different from the one in the Master (only at factory shipment)

[Detection Conditions]
A write error of the Product No/Serial No stored in the IOT.
The error where the read result is different from the one in the Master has occurred. (Only at factory
shipment)

[Corrective Actions]
Only record the data to the history.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Install the HDD on the Controller board.

2.

Install the memory capacity required by the SW options enabled in Condition 1 on the Controller
board (the required capacity depends on the machine model)

3.

After completing steps 1 and 2, turn ON the power and check that neither 16-210 nor 16-211 is displayed on the panel.
If it is displayed, refer to the corrective actions for 16-210 or 16-211.

024-742 Print Booklet sheets counts over


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
A printer job whose paper quantity exceeds Booklet Paper Quantity is canceled.

[Detection Conditions]
The number of sheets per set exceeds a specific allowable number for Booklet.
* This fault is detected at the start of print.

If the number of sheets is larger by one, automatically only saddle stitching is deselected and
the sheets become folded in half for output.

If folding is only selected, an allowable number of sheets per set are automatically folded for
output.

[Corrective Actions]
Choose creation of every Booklet using a maximum number of sheets, or deselect Booklet.
*When every Booklet is created using a maximum number of sheets, a specific signature is laid out
on top of each booklet consisting of the max number of sheets.
If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-746 Print Request Failure-Paper

024-775 Print Booklet sheets counts over(Not field attachment)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

There are parameters that are incompatible with the specified paper type.

A printer job whose paper quantity exceeds Booklet Paper Quantity is canceled. (This occurs with a
job without simplex/duplex setting.)

[Detection Conditions]
The paper type specified by the job is incompatible with options such as Paper Tray, Output Tray,
Automatic 2 Sided Print/Staple (E.g. Auto 2-Sided Print is specified for Transparencies).

[Detection Conditions]
This fault is detected at the start of print.
The number of sheets per set for printer print exceeds a specific allowable number for Booklet.

[Corrective Actions]
Do not specify parameters that are incompatible with the specified paper type.

024-747 Print Instruction Fail


[Error Type]
Job Fail

If the number of sheets is larger by one, automatically only saddle stitching is deselected and
the sheets become folded in three for output.

If folding is only selected, an allowable number of sheets per set are automatically folded for
output.

Because the Print Service operation of setting simplex/duplex is done by Driver, only the operation
without simplex/duplex setting is done by the machine.

[Fault Content]

As a detection of this Fail causes a job to be canceled, a message is only displayed indicating the
job is canceled.

Operation cannot be continued due to combination of unprintable parameters (stored file size, paper
size, paper tray, duplex command, output tray)

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]

Choose creation of every Booklet using a maximum number of sheets, or deselect Booklet.

The specified combination of parameters (stored file size, paper size, paper tray, duplex command,
output tray) cannot be executed or continued.

*When every Booklet is created using a maximum number of sheets, a specific signature is laid out
on top of each booklet consisting of the max number of sheets.

When a job cannot continue due to component failure when [Start] button is pressed after a temporary interruption due to a component failure during a print operation, this error is also displayed.

If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Corrective Actions]

024-910 Tray1 size mismatch

Change the print parameter and print again.

024-748 Bates Numbering Digit Over

[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

job

Size Mismatch Tray 1: Measured Length Mismatch

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

The number of Bates Numbering digits is exceeded.

When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different
from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray.

[Detection Conditions]
In the process of printing Bates Numbering, a maximum number of 9 or the user-specified number
of digits is exceeded.

[Corrective Actions]
Load the correct paper in the tray.

[Corrective Actions]
Reduce the number of documents to less than the user-specified number or reduce the number of
numbering digits in order to copy them again.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-06 IOT System Faill

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-387

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-388

Version 2.1

024-911 Tray2 size mismatch

024-913 Tray4 size mismatch

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Size Mismatch Tray 2: Measured Length Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]
When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different
from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray.

[Corrective Actions]

Size Mismatch Tray 4: Measured Length Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]
When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different
from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray.

[Corrective Actions]

Load the correct paper in the tray.

Load the correct paper in the tray.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-06 IOT System Faill

OF-06 IOT System Faill

024-912 Tray3 size mismatch

024-914 Tray6 size mismatch

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Size Mismatch Tray 3: Measured Length Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]
When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different
from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray.

[Corrective Actions]

Size Mismatch Tray 6: Measured Length Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]
When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different
from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray.

[Corrective Actions]

Load the correct paper in the tray.

Load the correct paper in the tray.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-06 IOT System Faill

OF-06 IOT System Faill

024-915 Tray7 size mismatch

024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Size Mismatch Tray 7: Measured Length Mismatch

Finisher Stacker Tray Set Set Over Count

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different
from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray.

The Staple Set Count exceeded 50 sets on the Stacker Tray during the Staple Set Eject operation.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Replace the Staple No Paper Sensor.

Load the correct paper in the tray.

024-919 FaceUP Tray Close

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

[Error Type]

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

Operation Error

OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Fault Content]

OF-06 IOT System Faill

Face Up Tray Close

024-916 Mix Full Stack

[Detection Conditions]

[Error Type]

When output was sent to the Face Up Tray, the Face Up Tray was detected as closed. (This is not
treated as an error in Jigen)

Operation

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions]

Stacker Mix Full Stack (*Includes Z-fold number of page exceeded)

If the problem persists after opening the Face Up Tray Cover, replace the Face Up Tray Sensor or
Face Up Cover.

[Detection Conditions]
One of the following conditions was met during Mix Full position detection

024-920 Face Down Tray1 Paper FULL

When paper size of the next job (either in feed direction or width direction) is larger than the
uppermost paper size loaded for the previous job

[Error Type]

When changed to staple mode when the uppermost paper size loaded for the previous job is
less than 279.4mm

[Fault Content]

Operation Error
Face Down Tray1 Paper FULL

When uppermost paper size loaded for the previous job is "unknown"

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]

Remove paper from the Stacker.

The paper output to the Face Down Tray 1 is full.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

Clear the paper.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

OF-06 IOT System Fail

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-06 IOT System Faill

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-389

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-390

Version 2.1

024-922 Face Down Tray2 Paper FULL

024-924 Operation M Toner Empty

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Face Down Tray2 Paper FULL

[Detection Conditions]
The paper output to the Face Down Tray 2 is full.

[Corrective Actions]
Clear the paper.

Operation M Toner Empty

[Detection Conditions]
Printing cannot be continued was detected during color printing because M toner has run out. Or,
color printing was specified when printing cannot be continued because M toner has run out.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

Replace the appropriate Toner Cartridge.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-06 IOT System Faill

OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-923 Operation Y Toner Empty


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]
Operation Y Toner Empty

[Detection Conditions]
Printing cannot be continued was detected during color printing because Y toner has run out. Or,
color printing was specified when printing cannot be continued because Y toner has run out.

[Corrective Actions]
Replace the appropriate Toner Cartridge.

OF-06 IOT System Faill

024-925 Operation C Toner Empty


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]
Operation C Toner Empty

[Detection Conditions]
Printing cannot be continued was detected during color printing because C toner has run out. Or,
color printing was specified when printing cannot be continued because C toner has run out.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

Replace the appropriate Toner Cartridge.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-06 IOT System Faill

OF-09 Common Job Fail


OF-06 IOT System Faill

024-926 Punch DustBox Miss Set


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]
Finisher Punch Dust Box Miss Set

[Detection Conditions]
The system detected that the Punch Dust Box was not installed.

[Corrective Actions]
Install the Punch Dust Box.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-927 OCT Full Stack

024-931 Staple Dust Full

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

OCT Full Stack

Staple Full was detected.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The OCT Full Stack Sensor ON was detected for 5sec consecutively.

1.

After Staple Dust near Full, Staple Count is performed and the effective count is detected to have
reached 5K.

2.

Detected when the New Full Sensor did not turn ON even after the effective count has reached 20K
after the Staple Dust Box removal is detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Remove paper from the OCT.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

NOTE: The effective count is the count of Staple frequency for paper with sheet number less than 70.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Corrective Actions]

024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile (A-Fin)

Replace the Staple Dust Box. Check the output of Staple Dust Near Full Sensor. If not detected,
check using NVM763-435~441.

[Error Type]

024-932 Staple Box Set Fail

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Scratch Sheet Compile (A-Fin)

Operation

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]

TBD

It was detected that the Staple Box is not installed properly.

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]

TBD

The Staple Box Set Sensor detected that Box does not exist.

024-930 Stacker Tray Full (LargeSize Full)

[Corrective Actions]
Check installation of the Staple Dust Box.

[Error Type]

Check the Staple Box Set Sensor ON output. If it is OK, replace the Sensor, harness.

Operation Error

024-934 Paper kind mismatch

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Finisher Stacker Tray Full Stack

Operation Error

(LargeSize Full)

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]

The Stack Encoder SNR has counted the specified number of sheets up to the Full Stack (Large
Size).

Paper Type Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

This error occurs when the paper fed is different from that specified in the Controller (Plain paper
and Heavyweight cannot be recognized).

Remove paper from the Stacker.


If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

Load the specified transparencies.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists after user actions, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-391

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-392

Version 2.1

024-936 Tray 2 paper mismatch

024-938 OHP kind mismatch at Tray4 (Not white frame OHP)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Tray 2 Paper Type Mismatch

BUTTON: Paper Type Mismatch


Transparencies With Borders Detected Tray 4

[Detection Conditions]
1.

Transparencies are loaded when a non-transparencies job is performed.

[Detection Conditions]

2.

Other paper is loaded when a Transparencies job is is performed

1.

3.

Transparencies with borders was detected.

2.

Other paper is loaded when a Transparencies job is is performed

Jam occurs when borders were detected by checking transparencies for borders (by the OHP Sensor) after feeding started.

3.

Transparencies with borders was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Use Xerox transparencies without borders.

Transparencies are loaded when a non-transparencies job is performed.

Jam occurs when borders were detected by checking transparencies for borders (by the OHP Sensor) after feeding started.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Use Xerox transparencies.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

024-937 Tray 3 paper mismatch


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]
Tray 3 Paper Type Mismatch

OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-939 OHP kind mismatch (Not white frame OHP)


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

Paper Type Mismatch

1.

Transparencies are loaded when a non-transparencies job is performed.

2.

Other paper is loaded when a Transparencies job is is performed

The system is shut down (stop) if Transparencies with borders are detected regardless of the paper
type setting in the Controller.

3.

Transparencies with borders was detected.


Jam occurs when borders were detected by checking transparencies for borders (by the OHP Sensor) after feeding started.

[Corrective Actions]
Use Xerox transparencies without borders.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Detection Conditions]
Transparencies are loaded when a non-transparencies job is performed.
Other paper is loaded when a Transparencies job is is performed
Transparencies with borders was detected.
Jam occurs when borders were detected by checking transparencies for borders (by the OHP Sensor) after feeding started.

[Corrective Actions]
Use Xerox transparencies without borders.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-940 Folder Tray Out Of Place

024-942 Booklet sheets counts over

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Folder Tray Out Of Place

Booklet sheets exceeded

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Folder Tray Out Of Place

The no. of loaded sheets exceeded the maximum sheets for Booklet.

[Corrective Actions]
Set the Folder Tray again.

Detected when printing starts

When only one sheet is loaded, the system automatically cancel Binding setting only and output Bi-Fold paper.

When only folding is specified, the system automatically fold paper by the number of available
folding.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-941 Folder Tray Full Stack

[Corrective Actions]

[Error Type]

Select "Enable Booklet per upper limit of Booklet sheets" or "Disable Booklet".

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

Folder Tray Full Stack

If Booklet is performed in the unit of the upper limit of sheets, Signature imaging is also performed for that unit.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

Full detection/release by Full Sensor. (No Paper Sensor is not installed.)

024-943 Booklet Low Staple

[Detection Conditions]
Full Sensor of Folder Tray

[Error Type]

[Corrective Actions]

Operation Error

Perform the following:

[Fault Content]

1.

Press the Eject button for Tri-Fold paper to remove paper.

2.

This failure is cleared and 024-988 occurs when the Tri-Fold paper output tray is pulled out.

3.

Remove paper and install the Tri-Fold paper output tray to clear 024-988 and automatically
continue the job.

Booklet Low Staple

[Detection Conditions]
Staple needles for both Front and Rear are running low. Or, the Staple Cartridge was detected to be
removed.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

Copying is performed until the set is finished and the instruction to replace the Staple Cartridge is
displayed.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Corrective Actions]
Replace the Staple Cartridge.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-393

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-394

Version 2.1

024-945 Booklet Full Stack

024-948 Tray 3 Out Of Place

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Booklet Tray Full Stack

[Detection Conditions]
The number of output copies to the Booklet Tray has reached the system data threshold.

[Corrective Actions]

Tray 3 Out Of Place

[Detection Conditions]
The system detected that Tray 3 was not installed.

[Corrective Actions]

Remove the paper.

Set the tray.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-946 Tray 1 Out Of Place

024-949 Tray 4 Out Of Place

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Tray 1 Out Of Place

Tray 4 Out Of Place

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The system detected that Tray 1 was not installed.

[Corrective Actions]

The system detected that Tray 4 was not installed.

[Corrective Actions]

Set the tray.

Set the tray.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-947 Tray 2 Out Of Place

024-950 Tray 1 Empty

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Tray 2 Out Of Place

[Detection Conditions]
The system detected that Tray 2 was not installed.

[Corrective Actions]

Tray 1 Empty

[Detection Conditions]
No paper in Tray 1 is detected.

[Corrective Actions]

Set the tray.

Add paper into the appropriate tray.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-951 Tray 2 Empty

024-954 Tray SMH Empty

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Tray 2 Empty

[Detection Conditions]

Tray SMH Empty

[Detection Conditions]

No paper in Tray 2 is detected.

[Corrective Actions]

No paper in the Bypass Tray is detected.

[Corrective Actions]

Add paper into the appropriate tray.

Add paper into the appropriate tray.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-952 Tray 3 Empty

024-955 Tray 6 Empty

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Tray 3 Empty

[Detection Conditions]

Tray 6 Empty

[Detection Conditions]

No paper in Tray 3 is detected.

[Corrective Actions]

No paper in Tray 6 is detected.

[Corrective Actions]

Add paper into the appropriate tray.

Add paper into the appropriate tray.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-953 Tray 4 Empty

024-956 Tray 7 Empty

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Tray 4 Empty

[Detection Conditions]

Tray 7 Empty

[Detection Conditions]

No paper in Tray 4 is detected.

[Corrective Actions]

No paper in Tray 7 is detected.

[Corrective Actions]

Add paper into the appropriate tray.

Add paper into the appropriate tray.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-395

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-396

Version 2.1

024-957 Interposer Empty

024-960 Tray2 size mismatch

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Interposer Empty

[Detection Conditions]
No paper in the Interposer Tray is detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Add paper into the appropriate tray.

(H4-2) Size Mismatch


Tray 2 Size Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]
The paper size in Tray 2 and the paper size specified for printing are different.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

Add paper into the appropriate tray.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

024-958 SMH size mismatch


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]
Size Mismatch 1

OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-961 Tray3 size mismatch


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]

SMH Size Mismatch

(H4-3) Size Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]

Tray 3 Size Mismatch

The paper size in the SMH tray and the paper size specified for printing are different.

[Corrective Actions]
Add paper into the appropriate tray.

[Detection Conditions]
The paper size in Tray 3 and the paper size specified for printing are different.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

Add paper into the appropriate tray.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

024-959 Tray1 size mismatch


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]
(H4-1) Size Mismatch
Tray 1 Size Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]
The paper size in Tray 1 and the paper size specified for printing are different.

[Corrective Actions]
Add paper into the appropriate tray.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-962 Tray4 size mismatch


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]
(H4-4) Size Mismatch
Tray 4 Size Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]
The paper size in Tray 4 and the paper size specified for printing are different.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

Add paper into the appropriate tray.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IOTsc detect)

024-968 Stapler/Punch Batting

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

ATS/APS No Paper
APS/ATS NG (No Paper)

Batting of Staple and Punch (Occurs in FCW-UI only)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
The paper specified for printing is not loaded in the tray.

The Staple and Punch positions were batting.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Cancel Staple, Punch, or both.

Add paper into the appropriate tray.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error

024-969 Different width Mix Punch


[Error Type]

[Error Type]
Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]
ATS/APS No Destination Error

Mixed Size Punch

[Detection Conditions]

ATS/APS NG (Other than No Paper)

[Detection Conditions]

Paper with different widths was detected during printing in the Punch mode.

[Corrective Actions]

The paper specified for printing cannot be detected.

Copy: Cancel Punch mode (user intervention)

[Corrective Actions]

Printer: Cancel Punch mode (auto cancelation)

Change the settings. Or, replace the tray.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-967 Different width Mix Paper detect (Stapler job)

024-970 Tray 6 Out Of Place


[Error Type]

[Error Type]
Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]
Mixed Width was detected with the settings only available for stapling the same widths.

Tray 6 Out Of Place

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
Mixed Width was detected with the settings only available for stapling the same widths.

The system detected that Tray 6 was not installed.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Set the tray.

Cancel User Staple.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-397

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-398

Version 2.1

024-971 Tray 7 Out Of Place

024-974 Interposer Tray Size Mismatch

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Tray 7 Out Of Place

[Detection Conditions]
The system detected that Tray 7 was not installed.

[Corrective Actions]

Interposer Tray Size Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]
The paper size specified for feeding from the Interposer and the tray size are different.

[Corrective Actions]

Set the tray.

Add paper into the appropriate tray.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-972 Tray6 size mismatch

024-975 Booklet sheets counts over(Not field attachment)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Comm: Size Mismatch (Tray 6 Size Mismatch)

[Detection Conditions]
The paper size in Tray 6 and the paper size specified for printing are different.

No. of Booklet sheets exceeded. (Occurs at the process with no images)

[Detection Conditions]
Detected when printing starts

Add paper into the appropriate tray.

No images for Signature, or the no. of loaded sheets for Printer printing exceeded the maximum
sheets for Booklet.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

When only one sheet is loaded, the system automatically cancel Binding setting only and output Tri-Fold paper.

When only folding is specified, the system automatically fold paper by the number of available
folding.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-973 Tray7 size mismatch


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]
Size Mismatch (Tray 7 Size Mismatch)

[Detection Conditions]
The paper size in Tray 7 and the paper size specified for printing are different.

[Corrective Actions]
Add paper into the appropriate tray.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Since the Driver performs the image processing for Print Service, the machine performs operations
without images.
Since the job is canceled when this failure is detected, only the message indicating that the job has
been canceled is displayed.

[Corrective Actions]
Copy: Cancel Booklet (user intervention)
Printer: Cancel Booklet mode (auto cancelation)
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-976 Finisher Staple Status NG

024-979 Stapler Near Empty

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Finisher Staple Status NG

Staple Needle Near Empty, or Staple Needle Feed Failure


(Treat as Empty)

[Detection Conditions]
After the Staple Mot started forward rotation, the Staple Home SNR did not turn ON within 450ms,
and after the Staple Mot started reverse rotation, the Stapler Head Home SNR turned ON within
200ms.

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]
Staple Needle Near Empty or Staple Needle Feed Failure was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly.

Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full

024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Finisher Stacker Tray Full Stack

Stapler Feed Ready Fail

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

(C-Fin/D-Fin) In one of the following cases:

1. Staple Ready SNR=OFF when Staple starts, 2. 13 times or less of stapling operation*

It is detected that Stacker Tray is full of small-sized sheets of paper when the tray is being
adjusted in height (going down).

It is detected that Stacker Tray has had a stack of paper up to its half limit when the tray is
being adjusted in height (going down) for paper to be ejected up to the half limit.

Large-sized paper has been ejected with Stacker Tray found full of large-sized paper (up to the
half position).

[Corrective Actions]
Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-978 Booklet Stapler NG

(A-Fin/B-Fin) In one of the following cases:

[Error Type]

Operation Error

It is detected that Stacker Tray is full of small-sized sheets of paper when the tray is being adjsuted in height (going down) for small-sized to be ejected.

[Fault Content]

It is detected that Stacker Tray has had a stack of paper up to its half position (a full stack of
large-sized paper) when the tray is being adjusted in height (going down) for large-sized paper
to be ejected.

Booklet Stapler NG

[Detection Conditions]
Ready signal remains Not Ready when the specified time has passed since Booklet Staple operation has begun.

[Corrective Actions]

At Power ON, Height and Full is detected by Stacker Height Snr.

Paper ejectable up to the half position (Large-sized paper) has been ejected with Stacker Tray
found full of large-sized paper (up to the half position).

[Corrective Actions]

Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly.

Remove paper from the Stacker.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-399

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-400

Version 2.1

024-981 Finisher TopTray Full

024-983 Booklet Tray Full

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Finisher Top Tray Paper Full

[Detection Conditions]

Booklet Tray Full was detected.

[Detection Conditions]

Finisher Top Tray Paper Full was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

Booklet Tray Full was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.

Remove paper from the Booklet Tray.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning

024-984 Booklet Low Staple F

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Finisher Stacker Tray Lower Safety

[Detection Conditions]

Booklet Low Staple F

[Detection Conditions]

Stacker Tray Lower Safety SW ON was detected.

1.

Booklet Stapler Low Staple F signal ON was detected just before Stapling operation.

Height adjustment did not end within 250msec during Stacker Tray height adjustment for paper output.

2.

Booklet Stapler Low Staple F signal was detected at Power ON, at initialization, or when the interlock was closed.

Stacker Height SNR1 OFF was not detected three times sequentially within 500ms after it had
started to descend.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Replace the staple cartridge for Booklet.


If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

Remove paper from the Stacker.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

Remove obstacles from the Stacker.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

1.

The Stacker obstacles is detected.

2.

The system stops after the last sheet of the set is output in the Staple mode. The system stops
after the scheduled paper is output in the Staple OFF mode.

After that, the system prohibits use of the Stacker.


If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-985 SMH Stop check


[Error Type]
Notice Error

[Fault Content]
SMH Pause Check

[Detection Conditions]
The SMH Tray stopped running due to an obstruction.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the paper size/paper orientation/paper type settings and press the Eject/Set key.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-987 Envelop Folder Tray Full

024-990 Punch Dust Full

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Envelope Folder Tray Full

Punch Dust Full

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The specified number of sheets was output after Envelope Tray Near Full had been detected.

Punch Dust Box Full is detected

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Remove paper from the Envelope Folder Tray.

Clear the Punch Dust scrap.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-988 Envelop Folder Tray Set Fail


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]
Envelop Folder Tray Set Fail

[Detection Conditions]
Monitor the Envelop Tray Set SNR in the interval of 100msec and detect OFF 10 times sequentially.

[Corrective Actions]
Set the Envelop Folder Tray properly.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-989 Booklet Low Staple R


[Error Type]
Operation Error

[Fault Content]
Booklet Low Staple R

[Detection Conditions]
1.

Booklet Stapler Low Staple R signal ON was detected just before Stapling operation.

2.

Booklet Stapler Low Staple R signal was detected at Power ON, at initialization, or when the interlock was closed.

[Corrective Actions]
Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-401

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
024-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-402

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

025-596 Diag HDD Mentenance Fail


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
An NG occurred when HDD Fail Forecast of Diagnostics was executed.

[Detection Conditions]
An NG occurred when HDD Fail Forecast of Diagnostics was executed.

[Corrective Actions]
Perform the following:
1.

Pull out and insert the HDD Harness.

2.

Replace the HDD.

025-597 Diag HDD Initialize Fail


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
An error occurred when HDD initialization of Diagnostics was executed.

[Detection Conditions]
An error occurred when HDD initialization of Diagnostics was executed.

[Corrective Actions]
Perform the following:
1.

Pull out and insert the HDD Harness.

2.

Replace the HDD.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-403

025-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
025-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-404

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

027-452 Duplicat IP address

027-501 POP Server Fail for Mail IO

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Time Bomb (Information)

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

IP Address Duplicated

POP Server Address Resolution Fail for Mail IO

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The PC of the same IP address exists on a network.

Incorrect POP Server name was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Change the IP address of a PC on the network.

Specify the correct POP Server name or specify the IP address.

Refer to "Network Administrator Guide (User Guide)".

1.

1.

2.

1-1. For manual address setting, check that the IP address set by the customer is not used for
others.

2.

2-1. When the POP Server address is specified using IP address, set a correct IP address.

Collect failure analysis log and packets.

2-2. When the POP Server address is specified using FQDN (name: aaa.co.jp), check that
FQDN name is correct. Also check that a correct DNS server address is set for the device, and
set a correct IP address.

2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed


3.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow


2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions

2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed


2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

[Error Type]

2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions

Job Fail

027-502 POP Authentication Fail for Mail IO

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

SMTP Server Address Resolution Fail for Mail IO

Job Fail

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]

Incorrect SMTP Server name was detected.

POP Authentication Fail for Mail IO

[Corrective Actions]

3.

If the problem persists, collect the failure analysis log and packets.

2.4 NET System Fault Check

027-500 SMTP Server Fail for Mail IO

2.

Check that a correct POP server address is reflected in the device setting list.

1-2. For each of RARP, BOOTP, and DHCP setting, check the server setting environment.
2.4 NET System Fault Check

1.

Check with a customer System Administrator that the Mail Server has been launched and the
environment is already used for other purposes (such as for PC).

Check with a customer System Administrator that the Mail Server has been launched and the environment is already used for other purposes (such as for PC).

[Detection Conditions]
Incorrect POP Server authentication information was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

Check that a correct SMTP server address is reflected in the device setting list.
2-1. When the SMTP Server address is specified using IP address, set a correct IP address.

Specify the correct POP Server authentication information.

2-2. When the SMTP Server address is specified using FQDN (name: aaa.co.jp), check that the
FQDN name is correct. Also check that a correct DNS server address is set for the device, and set a
correct IP address.

1.

Perform 027-501 check and then specify a correct POP User Name.

2.

If the problem persists, collect the failure analysis log and packets.

If the problem persists, collect the failure analysis log and packets.

2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed

2.4 NET System Fault Check


2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-405

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
027-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-406

Version 2.1

027-503 POP server communication timeout

027-514 Host name solution error in SMB

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

job

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Time to communicate with the POP server ran out. (after connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions]
(POPERR_TIMEOUT)

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Time-out occurred in communicating with the POP server.

[Fault Content]
Unable to resolve hostname during SMB scan

[Detection Conditions]
Failed to resolve the hostname or server name of the SMB server for DNS access during scanner
(Save to PC) SMB transfer.

[Corrective Actions]

Wait for a while and operate again.

Check the connection to the DNS. Or, check whether the SMB server name of the transfer destination has been registered in the DNS.

027-504 Response reception which is not expected from SMTP


server

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

[Error Type]
job

[Fault Content]
An internal error. Or an unexpected response was received from the server (at any timing).

[Detection Conditions]
any area

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Repeat the operation.

027-513 SMB Scan client has no right to access.


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The SMB scan client does not have access rights (Win9x systems)

[Detection Conditions]
In Scan to SMB, the user has no right to access the SMB server.
[The following applies to DMP6-2 and lalter only.]

The folder with the same name as the specified file name already exists. (MacOS X v10.2)

[Corrective Actions]
Set up the user so that he/she can read or write in a file or folder in the specified placle to save it in.
[The following applies to DMP6-2 and lalter only.]

Check if there is any folder with the same name as the specified file name. (MacOS X v10.2)

If the problem persists, see the following to obtain a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log, and contact
the support division for instructions.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

027-515 DNS server un-sets up in SMB


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The DNS server was not set during SMB scan

[Detection Conditions]
The DNS server was not set for DNS access during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.

[Corrective Actions]
Set the DNS server address. Or, set the SMB server address of the transfer destination using IP
address.
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

027-516 Server connection error in SMB

027-518 Login name or a password error in SMB

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Problem with connection to server during SMB scan

There are problems with the SMB scan login name or password

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Unable to find the SMB server during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.

Take any one of the following actions:

In Scan to SMB, the specified password was found wrong.

[The following applies to DMP6-2 and later products onley.]

[Corrective Actions]
Check that network communication between the transfer destination SMB server and this
machine is available, by the following:

Check the connection of network cables.

Check the TCP/IP settings

Check for communication through port 137 (UDP), port 138 (UDP), and port 139 (TCP).

The user could not be identified because the user name or password was wrong. (MacOSX v10.2)

The user name specified has not been registered as a user that is allowed to use Share Windows.
(MacOS X v10.2)

[Corrective Actions]

Check the password set for the shared folder.

[The following applies to DMP6-2 and later products onley.]

Check the following network settings to see if the computer operates as an SMB server.

Check that the file sharing service for Microsoft network is enabled.

Check that NetBIOS over TCP/IP is enabled in the TCP/IP settings.

Check the file sharing service (communications through port 137 (UDP), port 138 (UDP),
and port 139 (TCP)) is allowed in the firewall settings.

Contact the network administrator for the user name or password. (MacOS X v10.2)

Check for users that are allowed to use Share Windows. (MacOS X v10.2)

This is how to check for users:

For communication that goes beyond the subnet, check the WINS server settings and check
whether the server name address can be resolved correctly.

1.
2.

On the [System Environment Settings] window, click the [Account] icon.

Check whether the NetBIOS interface device at the transfer destination SMB server has
started (happens in Windows NT4.0 Server/Workstation).

3.

Click the [To change, click the key] icon and log in.

1.

Select the [Start] menu -> [Settings] to open [Control Panel].

2.

Open [Services] and select the [Messenger] service.

3.

Select the [Start Up], [Auto], [OK], and then [Close].

4.

Open [Devices] in [Control Panel] and select the [NetBIOS Interface] device.

5.

Select the [Start Up], [Auto] or [Manual], [OK], and then [Close].

6.

Reboot the computer.

From [Dock], start the [System Environment Settings] icon.

4.

Select the user and click the [Edit users] button.

5.

Enter the password. After that, put a checkmark on [Permit the user to log in from Windows] and
then click the [OK] button.

If the problem persists, see the following to obtain a pfshowinfo9 log and a network log, and contact the
support division for instructions.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-407

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
027-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-408

Version 2.1

027-519 Scanning picture preservation place error in SMB

027-521 File name suffix limit over in SMB

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Scan image storage destination or file name specification error during scanner (Save to PC) SMB
transfer

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The SMB scan file name/folder name suffix has exceeded the limit value

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
There is a problem with the storage destination or file name of the specified scan image during
scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.

The specified storage destination does not exist on the server.

A prohibited character was detected in the specified storage destination or file name.

The specified storage destination is linked to a different shared folder due to the distributed file
system (DFS).

[Corrective Actions]
Take any one of the following actions:

The file name/folder name suffix that can be specified for SMB Scan has exceeded the limit value.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Change the file name/destination folder on the SMB scan server. Else, move or delete the files in
the destination folder.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Check if the storage destination is correct.

027-522 File creation failure in SMB

Check that the specified file name can be created on the SMB server.

[Error Type]

Check for the settings of the distributed file system (DFS) with the system administrator.

The checking procedure is as follows:


1.

On the SMB server, select the [Start] menu > [All Programs] > [Administrative Tools] > [Distributed File System].

2.

Select the specified storage destination from the left pane of the [Distributed File System] and
check the [Target] information displayed in the right pane of the window.

3.

Based on the information, specify the SMB server, shared name, and storage destination
directly.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Failed to create an SMB scan file

[Detection Conditions]
Scan image file creation in the SMB server has failed during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.

The specified file name already exists on the server.

The specified file name is in use.

The specified file name already exists as a directory.

A prohibited character was detected in the specified file name.

[Corrective Actions]

027-520 File name acquisition failure from SMB server

Take any one of the following actions:

[Error Type]

Check that the specified file name can be created in the storage destination.

Check whether the specified file name is being used by another user.

Check if a file or folder with the same name as the specified file name exists.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Unable to obtain the file/folder name on the SMB scan server

[Detection Conditions]
Unable to obtain the file/folder name on the SMB scan server.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

027-523 Lock folder creation failure in SMB

027-525 File delete failure in SMB

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Failed to create an SMB scan lock folder

Failed to delete an SMB scan file

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Failed to create an SMB scan lock folder on the SMB scan server.

Failed to delete an SMB scan file on the SMB scan server.

1.

1.

SMBCL_NG_FILE_EXISTS
The specified lock folder name already exists.

2.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry.

2.

Check whether a folder with the same name as the specified name already exists.

SMBCL_NG_BAD_FILE
The file does not exist.
SMBCL_NG_DOS_BAD_SHARE
The file is open.

3.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

SMBCL_NG_FILE_IS_DIR (New)
The specified file name already exists as a directory.

Check whether the file in the specified storage destination is being used by another user.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

027-524 Folder creation failure in SMB

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

[Error Type]
Job Fail

027-526 Lock folder delete failure in SMB

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Failed to create an SMB scan folder

Job Fail

[Detection Conditions]
Folder creation in the SMB server has failed during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer. The specified folder already exists.

[Corrective Actions]

[Fault Content]
Failed to delete an SMB scan lock folder

[Detection Conditions]

Check if a file or folder with the same name as the specified name exists on the SMB server.

Failed to delete a lock folder on the SMB scan server.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

1.

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

2.

SMBCL_NG_BAD_FILE
The file does not exist.
SMBCL_NG_DIR_NOT_EMPTY (New)
The directory is not empty.

3.

SMBCL_NG_NOT_A_DIR (New)
The specified directory name is not a directory.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the
job.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-409

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
027-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-410

Version 2.1

027-527 Folder delete failure in SMB

027-529 Data read failure from SMB server

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Failed to delete an SMB scan folder

[Detection Conditions]

Unexpected error of the SMB scan data server

[Detection Conditions]

Failed to delete a folder on the SMB scan server.


1.

The file does not exist.


2.
3.

An unexpected error response was received from the SMB server or an unexpected error has
occurred in the machine during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.

SMBCL_NG_BAD_FILE

[Corrective Actions]

The directory is not empty.

Log in to the SMB server from another PC using the same user name and check whether you can
write a file into the same storage destination on that SMB server.

SMBCL_NG_NOT_A_DIR (New)

After that, perform the same operation again.

The specified directory name is not a directory.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

SMBCL_NG_DIR_NOT_EMPTY (New)

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check whether the file in the specified storage destination is being used by another user.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

027-530 Data reading failure from SMB server


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
"Cancel Job" is selected for SMB scan "File Name Conflict"

027-528 Data write-in failure to SMB server


[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions]
Unable to save a file during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer because "File Name Conflict" is set
to "Cancel Job".

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The storage destination on the SMB scan data server has no free space

[Corrective Actions]
Set "File Name Conflict" to other than "Cancel Job".

[Detection Conditions]

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

The storage destination on the SMB scan server has no free space.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check that the storage destination has enough free space.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

027-531 SMB scan filing policy injustice


[Error Type]
Job Fail

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

[Fault Content]
Incorrect SMB scan filing policy (when additional items are selected)

[Detection Conditions]
Incorrect filing policy (when additional items are selected)

[Corrective Actions]
1.

When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the file format is not set to Multi-page.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

027-532 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in SMB

027-547 SMB Protocol error 4-007

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

A file access error has occurred during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.

SMB protocol error (4-007): The scan domain name specification is incorrect

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

An error has occurred when accessing the NEXTNAME.DAT file during scanner (Save to PC) SMB
transfer.

<When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >


The specified domain name was detected to be incorrect by the controller software (SMB library) of
this machine.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct.
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

<When this error occurred during SMB Authentication >

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

How to check the domain name:

027-533 Internal error in SMB Scan


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

The system administrator is to check the domain name and set it correctly.
1.

On the Active Directory domain controller, select the [Start] menu >
[Administrative Tools] > [Active Directory Domains and Trusts].

2.

In the left pane of the "Active Directory Domains and Trusts" window, select [Active Directory
Domains and Trusts] > [Domain], then right-click and select [Properties].

3.

After selecting the [General] tab in the [Domain Properties] window, check the domain name
for [Domain Name (Windows 2000 or earlier)].

An internal error has occurred during SMB scan

< When this error occurred during SMB Scanner >

[Detection Conditions]

1.

An internal error has occurred.

The system administrator is to check the domain name and set it correctly.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

[All Programs] >

Repeat the operation.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

027-543 SMB server name specification error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The SMB server (NetBIOS) name specification is incorrect

[Detection Conditions]
The SMB server (NetBIOS) name specification is incorrect.
SMBCL_NG_INV_HOST
The hostname specification is incorrect.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check that the server name of the SMB server is correct.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-411

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
027-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-412

Version 2.1

027-548 SMB Protocol error 4-008

027-564 SMB Protocol error 4-024

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

SMB protocol error (4-008): The scan user name specification is incorrect

[Detection Conditions]

SMB protocol error (4-024)

[Detection Conditions]

<When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >


The specified user name was detected to be incorrect by the controller software (SMB library) of this
machine.

The host is missing.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

[Corrective Actions]

< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication>


The system administrator is to set the user name correctly.

2.

How to check the user name:


1.

2.

Common Operation 1. On the Active Directory domain controller in which the User Information
was set, select the [Start] menu > [All Programs] > [Administrative Tools] > [Active Directory Users and Computers].
Common Operation 2. In the left pane of the Active Directory Users and Computers window,
select [Active Directory Users and Computers [Server]] > [Domain] > [Users] to list the user
information.

3.

Common Operation 3. In the right pane of the Active Directory Users and Computers window,
right-click target user and select [Properties].

4.

After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, check the user name for
[User Logon Name (Windows 2000 or earlier)].

3.

Check that the authentication server and the device can communicate through the network. (Check
the network group, TCP/IP Settings, check the communication at Port No. 137 (UDP)/Port No. 138
(UDP)/Port No. 139 (TCP))
Check that the SMB (TCP/IP) at the device side has started up.
(1)

Specify the network address of the device through a Web browser, and display the remote UI
screen of the CenterWare Internet Services.

(2)

Select the "Properties" tab and select "Start Port" from the left frame of the properties list.

(3)

Put a check on the "Start" of "SMB", and check that "TCP/IP" is already checked for "Transport
Protocol".

If the authentication server and the device are connected to different subnets, check that the device
has settings that can resolve the address of the authentication server.
(1)

In case the "Domain Name and Server Name Specification" is already set and the server is
already specified by NetBIOS Name

< When this error occurred during SMB Scanner >


1.

Check if the authentication server and the device can resolve the addresses from the WINS
server.

The system administrator is to set the user name correctly.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

In case the "Domain Name and Server Name Specification" is already set and the server is
already specified by FQDN Name

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Check if the authentication server and the device can resolve the addresses from the DNS
server.

027-549 SMB Protocol error 4-009


[Error Type]

4.

Job Fail
SMB protocol error (4-009)

[Detection Conditions]
The specification of Password is incorrect.

[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
2.5.2 LOG

Check if the "NetBIOS over TCP/IP" has become enabled at the authentication server settings.
(1)

[Fault Content]

Operate again.

In the Tools Mode screen of the device, check the "System Settings" > "System Settings" >
"Network Settings" > "External Authentication Server/Directory Service Settings" > "SMB
Server Settings" > "SMB Server Specification Method".

5.

Right click the "My Network" icon and select "Properties".

(2)

Right click the "Local Area Connection" icon and select "Properties".

(3)

Select the "General" tab in the "Local Area Connection Properties" window, select "Internet
Protocol (TCP/IP)" and press the [Properties] button.

(4)

Click the [Advanced] button in the "Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties" window.

(5)

Select the "WINS" tab in the "Advanced TCP/IP Settings" window to check the "NetBIOS Settings".

Check at the Internet connection firewall if the communication through Ports 137, 138 and 139 are
not blocked. (If the authentication server is WinXP)
(1)

Right click the "My Network" icon and select "Properties".

(2)

Right click the "Local Area Connection" icon and select "Properties".

(3)

Select the "Advanced" tab in the "Local Area Connection Properties" window and click the [Settings...] button.

(4)

Select the "Service" tab in the "Advanced" window to check that communication through 137
(UDP), 138 (UDP) and 139 (TCP) are permitted.

If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.

027-565 SMB Protocol error 4-025


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
2.5.2 LOG

SMB protocol error (4-025)

[Detection Conditions]
Cannot connect.

[Corrective Actions]
Check that the authentication server and the device can communicate through the network. (Check
the network group, TCP/IP Settings, check the communication at Port No. 137 (UDP)/Port No. 138
(UDP)/Port No. 139 (TCP))
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
2.5.2 LOG

027-566 SMB Protocol error 4-026


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
SMB protocol error (4-026)

[Detection Conditions]
The library cannot be initialized.

[Corrective Actions]
In the "Start Port" screen of the "Properties" tab of CenterWare Internet Service, check that the SMB
(TCP/IP) has started up.
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
2.5.2 LOG

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-413

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
027-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-414

Version 2.1

027-569 SMB (TCP/IP)is not started.

027-574 SMB Protocol error 4-034

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The SMB (TCP/IP) is not started

[Detection Conditions]
SMBCL_NG_NOT_INIT that occurs during SMB Scanner
The library has not been initialized.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
SMB protocol error (4-034)

[Detection Conditions]
Incorrect data size.

[Corrective Actions]
Operate again.

In the [Port Status] screen under the [Properties] tab of CentreWare Internet Services, check that
SMB (TCP/IP) is enabled.

If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

2.5.2 LOG

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

027-572 SMB Protocol error 4-032


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
SMB protocol error (4-032)

[Detection Conditions]
Incorrect parameter.

[Corrective Actions]
Operate again.
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
2.5.2 LOG

027-573 SMB Protocol error 4-033


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
SMB protocol error (4-033)

[Detection Conditions]
Incorrect character code.

027-576 SMB Protocol error 4-036


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
SMB protocol error (4-036)

[Detection Conditions]
Incorrect domain data size.

[Corrective Actions]
Operate again.
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
2.5.2 LOG

027-578 SMB Protocol error 4-038


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
SMB protocol error (4-038)

[Detection Conditions]
Communication timeout has occurred.

[Corrective Actions]

Operate again.

Check that the authentication server and the device can communicate through the network. (Check
the network group, TCP/IP Settings, check the communication at Port No. 137 (UDP)/Port No. 138
(UDP)/Port No. 139 (TCP))

If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.

If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.

2.5.2 LOG

2.5.2 LOG

[Corrective Actions]

027-584 SMB Protocol error 4-044

027-586 SMB Protocol error 4-046

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

SMB protocol error (4-044)

SMB protocol error (4-046): The password has expired.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

SMBCL_NG_INV_SECMODE

<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>>

Authentication server common security mode is operating.

The password was detected to be expired by the controller software (SMB library) of this machine.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

There is a possibility that the authentication server is set as Win95/Win98/Me.

<When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >

Set the authentication server to Windows other than Win95/Win98/Me.

Obtain a valid password from the system administrator.

If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

2.5.2 LOG

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

027-585 SMB Protocol error 4-045

027-587 SMB Protocol error 4-047

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

SMB protocol error (4-045): Scan login not available time period

SMB protocol error (4-047): The password must be changed

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>>

<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication >>>

The login not available time period was detected by the controller software (SMB library) of this
machine.

The password was detected to require changing by the controller software (SMB library) of this
machine.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >

<When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >

Check with the system administrator for the time period when logging in is allowed.

Log in to Windows and change the password.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

Request the system administrator to disable the "change password at next login".

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, uncheck [User must change password at next logon] under [Account Options].

Perform the following.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-415

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
027-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-416

Version 2.1

027-588 SMB Protocol error 4-048

027-590 SMB Protocol error 4-050

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
SMB protocol error (4-048): The user account is disabled

[Detection Conditions]
<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>>
The user account is disabled.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
SMB protocol error (4-050): The user account has expired

[Detection Conditions]
<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>>
The user account has expired.

[Corrective Actions]

< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >

< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >

Request the system administrator to enable the user account.

Obtain a valid user account from the system administrator.

Perform the following.

Request the system administrator to extend the validity period of the account.

After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, uncheck [Account Disabled] under
[Account Options].

Perform the following.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

027-589 SMB Protocol error 4-049


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
SMB protocol error (4-049): Locked out

[Detection Conditions]
<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>>
The user account is locked out.

[Corrective Actions]
< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >
Request the system administrator to unlock the user account.
Perform the following.
After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, uncheck [Account locked out].
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, select [End of:] from [Account
expires] and extend the validity.
Request the system administrator to disable the account expiry.
Perform the following.
After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, select [Never] from [Account
expires].
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

027-591 SMB Protocol error 4-051


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
SMB protocol error (4-051): The user account is restricted. Blank password is not allowed

[Detection Conditions]
<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>>
The user account is restricted. Blank password is not allowed.

[Corrective Actions]
<When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >
Set a user password.
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

027-599 SMB Protocol error 4-other

027-701 Media Not Found

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

SMB/LDAP Protocol Error (code for others)

Media Not Found

[Detection Conditions]
1.

[Detection Conditions]

An error internal to SMB Library excluding 27-547 through 27-579 occurred.

The system detected that no Media was inserted.

2.

[Corrective Actions]
one.

Insert the Media.

* FTP/HTTP/an undefined category was specified. (DMP6-1)

027-702 Certificate for addresses, was not found

[Corrective Actions]

[Error Type]

Operate again.
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.2 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
pfshowinfo9 log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.

job

[Fault Content]
No certificate for the destination exists. (before connection to the server)

2.5.2 LOG

027-600 ExtPrint Check Mode Error

[Detection Conditions]
when sending SMIME mail (SMLNG_KEY_NOTHING)

[Error Type]

[Corrective Actions]

a hidden fail

1.

[Fault Content]

027-703 Certificate for addresses, was expired

External Print CheckMode Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Error Type]

In H/W Check Mode, the controller detected an error with the external CDI.

job

[Corrective Actions]

[Fault Content]

Just write this in History.

The certificate for the destination expired. (before connection to the server)

If the problem persists, perform the following:

[Detection Conditions]

Check the command between DFE and M/C, and disconnect then connect the Video Cable
between DFE and M/C.
Power Off/On

027-700 Media Fail

Store a certificate for the destination in this machine.

when sending SMIME mail (VKCMERR_CERT_EXPIRED)

[Corrective Actions]
1.

[Error Type]

Store the correct certificate for the destination in this machine. Check the following:

the term for which the certificate is valid

The time the device tells is correct.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Media Fail

[Detection Conditions]
The Media is malfunctioning.

[Corrective Actions]
Replace the malfunctioning Media with a working Media.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-417

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
027-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-418

Version 2.1

027-704 Certificate for addresses, was untrusted

027-707 Device certificate expired

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

job

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

The certificate for the destination is not reliable. (before connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions]

The device certificate expired. (before connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions]

when sending SMIME mail (SMLNG_KEY_UNTRUST)

When SMIME mail was sent, an invalid (expired) certificate was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

1.

1.

Check for the certification path for the destination certificate and import the necessary CA certificate.

027-705 Certificate for addresses, was revoked


[Error Type]
job

[Fault Content]
The certificate for the destination existed on a list of revoked certificates. (before connection to the
server)

[Detection Conditions]

(VKCMERR_CERT_SUPERSEDED)
(SMLNG_KEY_REVOKED)

[Corrective Actions]

the term for which the certificate is valid

The time the device tells is correct.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-708 Device certificate untrusted


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

(VKCMERR_KEY_COMPROMISED)
(VKCMERR_CERT_AFFILIATION_CHANGED)

If the problem persists, perform the following.

when sending SMIME mail


(VKCMERR_CERT_REVOKED)

Store the correct device certificate in this machine. Check the following:

The device certificate is not reliable. (before connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions]
When SMIME mail was sent, an unreliable certificate was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check that the mail address written on the device certificate is the same as that set up on the
device.

027-706 Device certificate not found

2.

Check for the certification path for the device certificate and import the necessary CA certificate.

[Error Type]

If the problem persists, perform the following.

1.

Store in this machine a destination certificate that is not on the list of revoked certificates.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
No device certificate exists. (before connection to the server)

OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-709 Device certificate revoked


[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions]
When SMIME mail was sent, No Certificate was detected.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions]
1.

The certificate for the destination existed on a list of revoked certificates. (before connection to the
server)

Store the device certificate in this machine.

If the problem persists, perform the following.

[Detection Conditions]
When SMIME mail was sent, a discarded certificate was detected (which is registered in CRL).

OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Store in this machine a destination certificate that is not on the list of revoked certificates.

If the problem persists, perform the following.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-710 S/MIME mail was disabled

027-712 S/MIME mail sender certificate not valid

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Invalid SMIME Mail Error

Invalid S/MIME Mail Certificate Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The Mail I/O received S/MIME mail even though S/MIME was disabled.

The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but as the sender certificate was invalid, a signature verification error was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Sender has the S/MIME certificate for the M/C but the S/MIME settings in M/C is invalid. Enable S/
MIME setting in the device.

[Corrective Actions]
To validate a signature, a valid sender certificate is required. As the sender certificate registered in
the device is unreliable or it has expired, the S/MIME signature mail is unreliable and the received
mail is discarded.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Check that the signature bearer of the CA certificate is registered in the device.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

027-711 S/MIME mail sender certificate not found

Explain to the customer that the sender "needs to send a mail that is signed with a valid certificate"
because the sender certificate has expired.

[Error Type]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail


2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

[Fault Content]

027-713 S/MIME mail was altered

SMIME Mail Certificate Retrieval Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Error Type]

The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but could not obtain the sender certificate. The S/
MIME signature mail sent from the device always includes the device certificate.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Receive S/MIME Mail Tampered Error

To validate the signature, a valid sender certificate is required. Register the sender certificate in M/C
or change your mailer options so that the S/MIME signature mails from the sender will be sent with
the certificate.

[Detection Conditions]
The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but tampered mail was detected and it was discarded.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Corrective Actions]
Attackers may tamper mails on the sending path. Explain to the customer that the device is blocking
the attacks from attackers.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-419

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
027-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-420

Version 2.1

027-714 S/MIME mail sender impersonation

027-716 No-Signed mail receipt was rejected

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
S/MIME Mail Sender Impersonation Error

[Detection Conditions]
The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but as the sender address and the signature mail
address were different. An impersonated sender was detected and the mail was discarded.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Unsigned Mail Prohibited

[Detection Conditions]
Prohibited unsigned mail was detected. All the S/MIME unsigned mails (including standard mails
and S/MIME encrypted mails) are discarded.

[Corrective Actions]

Mails may be sent from impersonated senders. Explain to the customer that the device is blocking
the attacks from attackers.

The flag that prohibits receiving of unreliable mail is enabled. If a problem is found, disable the flag
that prohibits receiving of unreliable mail.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

027-715 S/MIME mail certficate not support

027-720 Ext Srv. Host Not Found

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
SMIME Mail Certificate Not Supported

[Detection Conditions]
The secret key (certificate) supported by S/MIME encrypted mail is not registered in the device.
This problem occurs when an appropriate certificate is registered in the certificate repository but not
in S/MIME certificate, or when the S/MIME certificate itself is not registered yet.

[Corrective Actions]
Check that the appropriate certificate is registered and is set as the S/MIME certificate in the M/C.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Server for Application Interface cannot be found during Web Service Interface.

[Detection Conditions]
Either the specified server for the application interface cannot be found or the DNS could not be
resolved during Web service interface.
An error occurred during DNS resolution for FQDN (HTTP/HTTPS) because no DNS Server is set
up.

[Corrective Actions]
Check that the DNS server address is set properly. Check that the PC running the application interface (CWFS etc.) is registered in DNS.
If the problem persists, obtain instructions from DocuShare and then perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

027-721 Ext Srv. Not Found

027-723 Ext Srv. Authentication Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Application Interface Destination During Web Service Interface - Not Found

Application Interface During Web Service Interface - Authentication Failure

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Either the specified server for the application interface cannot be found or the DNS could not be
resolved during Web service interface.
An error occurred during DNS resolution for FQDN (HTTP/HTTPS) because no DNS Server is set
up, and so on.

A request for application interface is issued from the machine during Web service interface, but
authentication has failed because the one-time password that is set in the instructions sent from
DocuShare has expired.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the User Name and password to be entered for creating a job flow. (Currently, this failure
does not occur because CWFS does not support authentication.)

Check that the DNS server address is set properly. Check that the PC running the application interface (CWFS) is registered in DNS.

If the problem persists, obtain instructions from DocuShare and then perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, obtain instructions from DocuShare and then perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-724 Ext Srv. Access Fail

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

[Error Type]

027-722 Ext Srv. Timeout Fail

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

Application Interface During Web Service Interface - Access Failure

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

Application Interface During Web Service Interface - Timeout

The access to the application interface failed (for all causes other than service not found, timeout or
authentication failure) during Web service interface.

[Detection Conditions]
A request for application interface is issued from the machine during Web service interface, but it
does not receive a response within the specified time (default: 60[sec]).

[Corrective Actions]
Check that the application interface (CWFS) is working correctly. If ok, check the log.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

1.

If a number of documents is specified for scanning, scan one document and store it.

2.

When scanning and storing are successful, change the application interface timeout value. If scanning and storing are not successful, perform step (3).

3.

Check that the scan document can be uploaded from the PC browser. When uploading is successful, change the application interface timeout value.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-725 Ext Srv. Operation Fail


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Application Interface During Web Service Interface - Job Operation Failure

OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Detection Conditions]
Job operation has failed at the machine for application interface during Web service interface.
An error occurred when a job is "paused", "resumed", or "canceled" from the machine panel.

[Corrective Actions]
Check that the application interface (CWFS) is working correctly. If ok, check the log.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-421

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
027-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-422

Version 2.1

027-726 Ext Srv. Unknown State

027-730 SMTP mail division error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

job

[Fault Content]

Application Interface During Web Service Interface - Unknown Job Status

[Detection Conditions]

split-mail error (before connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions]

The status of the application interface destination is unknown during Web service interface.

[Corrective Actions]

A mail was split in linking to the system.

[Corrective Actions]

Check that the application interface (CWFS) is working correctly. If ok, check the log.

1.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Increase the preset pagination value, or reduce the number of original pages scanned.

The number of original pages scanned exceeds the preset pagination value.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-727 Ext Srv. Req Invalid Params

027-737 Template Server Read ERR

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Application Interface During Web Service - Invalid Parameter

[Detection Conditions]
The parameter for the application interface is incorrect during Web service interface.
The machine failed to send a application interface request due to job flow breakage etc.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
[Read Error in Obtaining JT]
Read error from the server

[Detection Conditions]
An error was received from the server to a FTP command "TYPE A", "LIST", or "RETR".

[Corrective Actions]

Check the parameters for creating a job flow.

Check the access right, etc.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

1.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-728 Ext Srv. Req File Exceed


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The number of files requested to be sent exceeded the maximum number of files that can be sent
during Web service interface (this occurs when a single-page document is being stored).

[Detection Conditions]
The number of files requested to be sent to an external service exceeded the maximum number of
files that can be sent during Web service interface.
This occurs if the instructions requesting DocuShare to scan and upload documents in the singlepage format is created.
It does not occur when only multi-page documents are the target.

[Corrective Actions]

Check that "Read Authorization" is established for the storage destination server directory set
as a resource.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-739 Invalid Template Server Path


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
[Path Error in Obtaining JT]
The specified path of the Job Template Pool Server cannot be found.

[Detection Conditions]
An error was received from the server to the FTP command "CWD".

[Corrective Actions]
Check the path information, etc.
1.

Set the resource of the storage destination path from the client PC using CentreWare.

Set a job so that the maximum number of files that can be sent will not be exceeded.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-740 Template Server Login ERR

027-742 HD File System Full

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

[Log-in Error in Obtaining JT]

[File Full in Obtaining JT]

Cannot log in to the Job Template Pool Server.

File system was full when the Job Template was stored into the local HD.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Login to the FTP Server failed.

The HDD was full when writing to a local HDD Job Template or when writing temporary work files.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the user information, etc.

Delete the files in the HDD. Or, initialize the HD.

1.

Set the log-in name and password in the Job Template file storage destination.

1.

2.

From some other PC connected to the network, check that you can log in with the above
account.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

3.

From a client PC, set a login name and password as a resource using CentreWare.

OF-02 HDD System Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-741 Template Server Connect Fail


[Error Type]

OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-743 Template Server Install ERR


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Template Pool Server Setting Failure

[Detection Conditions]

[Network Error in Obtaining JT]


Cannot connect to the Job Template Pool Server.

[Detection Conditions]

The address format of the Job Template Pool Server is incorrect.

[Corrective Actions]
Set the parameters related to the Job Template Pool Server.

The system failed in obtaining data connection or list data using the FTP command "LIST".

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the network environment and the server.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
1.

Connect the network cable from the M/C properly.

2.

From the destination server, use "PING" to check that the M/C can be "seen".

3.

Perform the "ping" test on the destination server from PSW.

4.

From a client PC, check that the ftp connection to the destination server is possible.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Scanned images may cause the HDD to be full. Wait for a while and try again.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-744 Template Server ADD ERR (DNS Library)


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The Job Template Pool Server address cannot be resolved. (Response to the DNS library error)

[Detection Conditions]
An error occurred while callng the DNS Resolution Library.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Corrective Actions]
Check the connection to the DNS. Or, check whether the Job Template Pool Server domain name
has been registered in the DNS.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-423

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
027-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-424

Version 2.1

027-745 Template Server ADD ERR (DNS address)

027-751 Job Template analysis error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The Job Template Pool Server address cannot be resolved. (The DNS address is not set)

[Detection Conditions]
During address resolution, the DNS Server address is not set.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Instruction Analysis Error

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected when analyzing the given instruction.

[Corrective Actions]

Set the DNS address. Or, set the Job Template Pool Server address using IP address.

Re-examine the contents of the instruction.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

027-746 JobTemplate Pool Server Not Ready


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Job Template Pool Server Protocol Startup Error

[Detection Conditions]
The port of the protocol specified in Job Template Pool Server settings is not started up.

[Corrective Actions]

027-752 Must user un inputting


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Mandatory User Not Entered

[Detection Conditions]
With the required user entry not entered, the instruction to start the job was given.

[Corrective Actions]
Perform the following:

Start up the port of the protocol (FTP client or SMB) specified in Job Template Pool Server settings.

1.

Do not link the box to the instruction that requires user entry.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

2.

Set preset values for the items in the instruction requiring user entry.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-750 Fax document incongruent

027-753 Job flow service request disabled

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Transfer Instruction when iFAX Transfer is prohibited, or Scan and Printer Document Print Instruction during Interruption

[Detection Conditions]

With iFAX Document E-mail and iFAX Transfer prohibited, iFAX Document E-mail and iFAX Transfer instructions were received.

Printing Scan and Printer documents was instructed during interruption.

[Corrective Actions]

For iFAX received document, enable the transfer setting.

Clear interruption and print when printing Scan and Printer documents during interruption.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Invalid Instruction Service

[Detection Conditions]
Job is executed by instruction when the service is disabled.

[Corrective Actions]
Enable the service.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-760 XJT Command Fail

027-762 Illegal Web Print job ticket

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

XJT Command Error (Parameter setting out of specifications)

Although a Web Print job was received, the attached job execution ticket is incorrect

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Incorrect Command from XDOD Client

Although on-demand job was instructed to this machine using the external access function, the
specified job ticket has the following innacuracies:

[Corrective Actions]
Check the following:
Check 1: Check if the parameter setting specified in XDOD client is out of system specifications.
Check 2: Check the XDOD client and Controller versions, and then save the XDOD job ticket and
contact Support G for checking.
(It would be the best if PRN file can be obtained, but it is not possible from the XDOD client.)

The job ticket is abnormally overwritten due to a software error in this machine.

The job ticket is abnormally overwritten due to a bug in the external server from which the job
was sent.

The job ticket is abnormally overwritten due to network problems.

The job ticket was intentionally tampered with.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Instruct to print again.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log immediately after the problem has occurred and
contact the Support G for instructions.

027-761 Web Print time out


[Error Type]

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Job Fail

027-770 PDL Error

[Fault Content]
Although a Web Print job was received, the machine did not start printing within the [On-Demand
Print Duration] time ([On-Demand Print Duration] is a KO system data)

[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]
Although On-demand Print due to print request from this machine restarted and instructed the
machine to print, the time "since the print was requested until the printing actually started" has
exceeded the system data [= On-Demand Print Duration]. One of the causes for this error is that ondemand print was instructed for multiple documents.

[Corrective Actions]

Cont Detection DFE PDL Error

[Detection Conditions]
The DFE detected a failure in PDL during job processing.

[Corrective Actions]
Change the job conditions and try again.

Take any one of the following actions:

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

1.

If on-demand print for multiple documents was instructed using the external access function,
reduce the number of documents before retrying it.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

2.

If the problem persists, enter the System Administrator mode and select [System Settings] >
[System Settings] > [Machine Clock/Timers] > [On-Demand Print Duration] > to either extend
the time or set it to 0.

[# Supplement #] When using the external access function to instruct printing of multiple documents
by on-demand print, the machine does not take the print processing time into consideration until the
last document is received. Therefore, for cases of large volume documents or complicated documents that require long data processing time, the machine may issue timeout even before receiving
the last document. Set the validity time according to the document format to be printed.
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log immediately after the problem has occurred and
contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-425

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
027-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-426

Version 2.1

027-771 DFE Disk Full

027-774 SMTP address address inaccurate character

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

job

[Fault Content]

DFE Disk Full

[Detection Conditions]

Unavailable letters were specified as a destination address. (after connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions]

The remaining HD capacity in the DFE became less than 500MB when printing from DFE.

[Corrective Actions]

(SMTPERR_INVALID_CHARACTER)

[Corrective Actions]

Change the job conditions and try again.

1.

Delete unnecessary files from the HD in the DFE.

027-775 Too many SMTP address

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-772 SMTP server error (HELO Command refusal)

[Error Type]
job

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]
job

Too many mail addresses caused a failure. (after connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]
The SMTP server refused the HELO command. (after connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions]
(SMTPERR_HELO_FAIL)

[Corrective Actions]
1.

If any non-ASCII letters are used for the machine host name, use ASCII letters to set it.

If the situation does not improve, contact the network administrator for advice and check that the SMTP
server supports the HELO command.

027-773 SMTP server communication timeout


[Error Type]
job

[Fault Content]
Time to communicate with the SMTP server ran out. (after connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions]
(SMTPERR_TIMEOUT)

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Time-out occurred in communicating with the SMTP server.

Wait a while and operate again.

Use only ASCII letters for a destination address letter-string.

(SMTPERR_TOO_MANY_RECIPIENTS)

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Reduce the number of mail addresses.

027-776 SMTP server error (EHLO Command refusal)


[Error Type]
job

[Fault Content]
The SMTP server refused the EHLO command. (after connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions]
(SMTPERR_EHLO_FAIL)

[Corrective Actions]
1.

If any non-ASCII letters are used for the machine host name, use ASCII letters to set it.

If the situation does not improve, contact the network administrator for advice and check that the SMTP
server supports the EHLO command.

027-777 SMTP server un-supports SMTP-AUTH.


[Error Type]
job

[Fault Content]
The SMTP server does not support SMTP-AUTH. (after connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions]
(SMTPERR_AUTH_NONSUPPORT)

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Send mail without setting SMTP-AUTH.

2.

If you want to use the SMTP-AUTH function, contact the system administrator for advice.

027-778 There is no mode specified by SMTP-AUTH.

027-797 Invalid Output Destination

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

job

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The mode specified by SMTP-AUTH was not found. (after connection to the server)

Incorrect Output Destination of Received Mail

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

(SMTPERR_AUTH_METHOD)

No jobs are generated.


E-mail to Box and E-mail to Fax were dropped. An E-mail was received with this setting.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

[Corrective Actions]

Contact the network administrator to see what SMTP authentication method the server uses.

The device supports PLAIN (plain text) Authentication, LOGIN (BASE64 type) Authentication, and
CRAM-MD5 (challenge-and-response type).

Specify the output destination that can be processed by the device and ask the customer to send
the job again.

027-779 It attestation-fails by SMTP-AUTH

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Error Type]

027-910 Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray7)

job

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

operation

A failure in authentication based on SMTP-AUTH (after connection to the server)

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray7)

(SMTPERR_AUTH_FAILED)

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Green Controller was notified by EFI Controller that one side finished being printed.

SMTP authentication failed.

[Corrective Actions]

Check that correct authentication information (user name and password) is set up.

Turn over the output whose one side finished being printed in manual duplex, and load it in Tray 7.

027-796 Email Not Printed

027-911 Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray6)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

operation

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

E-mail Print Control Through User Settings

Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray6)

[Detection Conditions]
For received E-mail, the settings were set to "Do not print header and content". As E-mails without
attachments were received, they were destroyed.

[Detection Conditions]

In the above case, the Mail IO leaves the error history report indicating that the mail has been discarded together with ChainLink.

[Corrective Actions]

Green Controller was notified by EFI Controller that one side finished being printed.

No jobs are generated due to the specification.

Turn over the output whose one side finished being printed in manual duplex, and load it in Tray 6.

[Corrective Actions]
Set to the correct settings again, such as [Print Header and Content].
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-427

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
027-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-428

Version 2.1

027-912 Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray5)

027-915 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

operation

operation

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray5)

[Detection Conditions]
Green Controller was notified by EFI Controller that one side finished being printed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn over the output whose one side finished being printed in manual duplex, and load it in Tray 5.

027-913 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print)


[Error Type]
operation

[Fault Content]
Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print)

[Detection Conditions]
Green Controller was notified of a jam by EFI Controller.

[Corrective Actions]
While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 7 in manual duplex, the print was jammed.
Remove all the sheets of paper from Input Tray 7/Output Tray. Then reprint side 1 of the print.

027-914 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print)


[Error Type]
operation

[Fault Content]
Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print)

[Detection Conditions]
Green Controller was notified of a jam by EFI Controller.

[Corrective Actions]
While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 6 in manual duplex, the print was jammed.
Remove all the sheets of paper from Input Tray 6/Output Tray. Then use Input Tray 6 to reprint side
1 of the print.

Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print)

[Detection Conditions]
Green Controller was notified of a jam by EFI Controller.

[Corrective Actions]
While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 5 (Bypass Tray) in manual duplex, the print was
jammed. Remove all the sheets of paper from Input Tray 5 (Bypass Tray)/Output Tray. Then use
Input Tray 5 (Bypass Tray) to reprint side 1 of the print.

027-916 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print)


[Error Type]
operation

[Fault Content]
Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print)

[Detection Conditions]
Green Controller was notified of a jam by EFI Controller.

[Corrective Actions]
While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 7 in manual duplex, the print was jammed.
Reprint side 1 of the print. After finishing it, use Input Tray 7 to reprint side 2 of each of the pages
from the jammed page to the final page.

027-917 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print)


[Error Type]
operation

[Fault Content]
Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print)

[Detection Conditions]
Green Controller was notified of a jam by EFI Controller.

[Corrective Actions]
While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 6 in manual duplex, the print was jammed.
Reprint side 1 of the print. After finishing it, use Input Tray 6 to reprint side 2 of each of the pages
from the jammed page to the final page.

027-918 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print)


[Error Type]
operation

[Fault Content]
Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print)

[Detection Conditions]
Green Controller was notified of a jam by EFI Controller.

[Corrective Actions]
While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 5 (Bypass Tray) in manual duplex, the print was
jammed. Reprint side 1 of the print. After finishing it, use Input Tray 5 (Bypass Tray) to reprint side 2
of each of the pages from the jammed page to the final page.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-429

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
027-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-430

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

033-363 Fax Card Reset (Reboot)

033-712 System Memory exceeded

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Fax Card Reset (Reboot Fail)

[Detection Conditions]

Invalid document - Host memory full

[Detection Conditions]

The Controller reset the Fax Card because the Fax Card did not respond.

[Corrective Actions]

Memory became full.

[Corrective Actions]

No action necessary since it will auto recover.

Repeat the operation.

Perform the following and repair the problem:

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-12 033-363 Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

033-710 Document does not exist

033-713 No specified Chain Link

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Invalid document - No document

[Detection Conditions]

Incorrect Chain-Link No.

[Detection Conditions]

The specified document cannot be found.

There is no such Chain-Link.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Repeat the operation.

Repeat the operation.

If NG, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

033-711 Illegal Page inside Document

033-714 Scan Error (No specified doc)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Invalid document - Invalid page

[Detection Conditions]

Data Read Error - Not registered

[Detection Conditions]

The specified page was not found or the specified page has invalid data.

The data has not been registered.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Repeat the operation.

Repeat the operation.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-431

033-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
033-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-432

Version 2.1

033-715 Cannot start job

033-718 No Document in Mailbox

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Job Fail During EP-TRESS Operation - Restriction by the host status

[Detection Conditions]
The status in which the job cannot be performed was detected during EP-TRESS operation.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Job Fail - No document

[Detection Conditions]
The document was not found in the Polling Sending box or the specified mailbox.

[Corrective Actions]

This error occurs during maintenance system operation of Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. No action necessary.

Repeat the operation.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If NG, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-716 No specified Mailbox

033-719 Fax job Canceld not recovery job

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Job Fail During EP-TRESS Operation - Restriction by the host status

[Detection Conditions]
The status in which the job cannot be performed was detected during EP-TRESS operation.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
FAX Job Cancel Unrecoverable By Power OFF/ON

[Detection Conditions]
The document was not found in the Polling Sending box or the specified mailbox.

[Corrective Actions]

This error occurs during maintenance system operation of Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. No action necessary.

Repeat the operation.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If NG, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-717 Incorrect Password

033-720 Document Creation Failed

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Job Fail - Incorrect password

[Detection Conditions]
The verification result of the specified password was NG.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Document Creation Failed

[Detection Conditions]
The specified document cannot be created.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Repeat the operation.

Repeat the operation.

If NG, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-721 Fax Page Creation Failed

033-725 Insufficient HDD Space

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Page Creation Failed

Insufficient HD was detected.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The specified page cannot be created.

The HD was full when Fax was received, or when the format or report was created.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Repeat the operation.

Clear HD Full.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

033-726 Cannot print 2-Sided

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

033-722 Fax immediate send store job canceled

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

2-Sided Printing Not Available When Receiving Fax

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

IIT Failure or Stop Detected While Sending FAX Immediately

2-Sided printing is not available when receiving Fax (mixed size).

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

IIT failure (document jam or stored sheet count exceeded) or stop request was detected while sending FAX immediately.
Cancelation is performed only for Read operation. The document that has been already read will
continue to be sent.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

033-727 Cannot rotate image


[Error Type]

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

Repeat the operation.

[Fault Content]

If NG, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Rotation Not Available When Receiving Fax

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-724 Fax receive memory over flow

[Detection Conditions]
Rotation is not available when receiving Fax (insufficient memory).

[Error Type]

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Fault Content]
Receive operation was aborted because the maximum limit of the image data amount that can be
received for one FAX communication was exceeded.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Detection Conditions]
The total data amount of received image data exceeded the upper limit of the image data amount
that can be received for one system data communication.

[Corrective Actions]
Install the HDD or install additional RAM when a user makes a claim.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-433

033-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
033-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-434

Version 2.1

033-728 Auto print canceled

033-732 Print job canceled by forced polling

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Fax Auto Print was canceled.

[Detection Conditions]
Formatting for Fax Auto Printing was aborted because the instruction for Fax Manual Printing was
sent during the operation.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Print job received was canceled at Forced Polling.

[Detection Conditions]
Print job received was canceled at Forced Polling.

[Corrective Actions]
No action necessary.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

(If there is a print job when deleting the stored documents in Forced Polling, cancel the job.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

No action necessary since the print job is canceled after retrieving the document with Forced Polling.)

033-730 Fax Service recovery error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Unable to recover in the Fax job.

[Detection Conditions]
Recovery was not possible using the Fax Cont or Fax Card.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.

033-731 Inconsistent Instructions


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Start Transmission from Fax Card and Stop Transmission from Controller

[Detection Conditions]
Transmission closed due to Start Transmission from Fax Card and Stop Transmission from Controller.

[Corrective Actions]
No action necessary.
When the system was waiting to receive a Fax job, the job was canceled when a simultaneous
request from the user to stop the job was received.
Stop request was issued by the user. No action necessary.

033-733 Fax document number get error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The number of FAX job documents was not detected.

[Detection Conditions]
The number of job documents related to the job could not be obtained.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

033-734 Fax Print Suspension


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Fax Print and Fax Auto Report were started at the same time.

[Detection Conditions]
Job was canceled because Fax Print and Fax Auto Report were started at the same time.

[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-735 Fax Memory Allocate Timeout

033-738 JBIG Information fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Fax Receive - Buffer Allocate Timeout

JBIG data error of JBIG image

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Fax Receive - Buffer Allocate Timeout

The Fax Cont detected an error in JBIG data during coding/decoding of the JBIG data.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Repeat the operation.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

033-740 Fax immediate receive print canceled

033-736 IFAX Off Ramp fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Immediate Print on Receive was canceled by user.

With the Fax Transfer Prohibition function based on the data capacity of the iFax Off Ramp, Fax
was not transferred as the upper limit on the data capacity was exceeded.

[Detection Conditions]

No action necessary.

033-737 Fax card job canceled


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

The user canceled immediate printing upon receiving.

[Corrective Actions]

The data amount for FAX transfer exceeded the threshold during FAX transfer of Internet FAX Off
Ramp.

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]

No action necessary.

033-741 Fax page read open timeout


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Page Read Open Instruction timed out.

[Detection Conditions]
When transferring image data to the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax
Card did not match.

Job in FaxCard was aborted due to Controller internal error.

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

The Fax Cont detected a failure and could not continue processing the job.

Repeat the operation.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-435

033-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
033-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-436

Version 2.1

033-742 Fax page read close timeout

033-744 Fax page write close timeout

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Timeout by page lead close specification (Out of memory during manual sending)

[Detection Conditions]
When transferring image data to the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax
Card did not match.
This often occurs when the HD free area is equal to or less than the HD capacity immediate threshold (820-053) during immediate send operation.

[Corrective Actions]
When the remaining memory is low at approx. 10%, delete the images stored in the HD to secure
the HD capacity and perform the same operation again.
Set the HD capacity immediate threshold (820-053) to a larger value if this occurred during immediate send operation.
When this problem occurs in situations other than immediate send operation, or if the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-743 Fax page write open timeout


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Page Write Open Instruction Timeout

[Detection Conditions]
When receiving image data from the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax
Card did not match.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Page Write Close Instruction Timeout

[Detection Conditions]
When receiving image data from the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax
Card did not match.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

033-745 Fax data write timeout


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Data Write Instruction Timeout

[Detection Conditions]
When receiving image data from the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax
Card did not match.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

033-746 Fax data read timeout


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Data Read Instruction Timeout

[Detection Conditions]
When transferring image data to the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax
Card did not match.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

033-747 Fax Service don't start by cross ope

033-750 Fax format error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Service could not be accepted due to combined operations that are prohibited.

Extension error occurred for normal image data.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

When requesting to start the service from the Fax Card, the job could not be created due to causes
such as job no. overflow.

[Corrective Actions]

During formatting, when image data was retrieved from the Fax Card, even though the image data
was determined to be free from error, extension failed.

[Corrective Actions]

No action necessary since it will be recovered automatically after the operation is allowed.

Repeat the operation.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

033-748 Fax Service illigal sequence

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

033-751 Activity Report suspended by Printing Inhibition

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

Sequence error message received.

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]
During Service Sequencing, a message indicating that the operation was not allowed in Sequencing
was received from the Fax Card.

When a communication management report occurred at a print prohibited time period, the machine just
goes into sleep mode and the report output is postponed.

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

A communication management report occurred at a print prohibited time period, and it is postponed as
the machine just goes into sleep mode.

Repeat the operation.

033-749 Fax card Memory Error

[Corrective Actions]

[Error Type]

No action is necessary as it will automatically restart after exiting the print prohibited time period.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Extended memory was temporarily insufficient during FAX formatting.

[Detection Conditions]
During Fax formatting, the extended image data is larger than the memory reserved.

[Corrective Actions]
No action necessary since the job failed due to insufficient extended memory and it can be recovered using the encoding method that can be stored in the extended memory.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-437

033-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
033-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-438

Version 2.1

033-755 Fax printing is canceled by the defect of Fax card.

033-791 EP-DX Call Wait (Redial count)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The Fax document print was cancelled because the Fax service is not working.

[Detection Conditions]
Although Fax Document Print was instructed to this machine, the print process was cancelled
because the Fax Document Print controller is not ready.If even a single Fax document exists when
printing multiple types of documents (Print/Scan/Fax) from a mailbox, all documents after the Fax
document will not be not printed.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The no. of redial attempts was calculated and the Fax Card Redial Wait Status was set.

[Detection Conditions]
An error occurred in communication LED control. The machine is in the status where EP-DX operation cannot be started.

It is necessary to enter Diag. mode during EP-DX periodic polling.


When a call is requested from the Fax Card, this is used as the response when Diag. mode
cannot be entered.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Turn the power OFF then ON

2.

Check the cables to see whether the Fax Card is connected to this machine.

This error occurs during maintenance system operation of Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. No action necessary.

3.

After that, use the panel display or the error history report to check for the Fax error code (133-xxx,
134-xxx) that has occurred in this machine and then troubleshoot using the appropriate error code.

1.

If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

033-790 EP-DX Call Wait (Not Redial count)


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The Fax Card Redial Wait Status was set without calculating the no. of redial attempts.

[Detection Conditions]
The machine is in the status where EP-DX operation cannot be started.

It is necessary to enter the Diag. mode during EP-DX periodic polling.


When a call is requested from the Fax Card, this is used as the response when Diag. mode
cannot be entered.

[Corrective Actions]
This error occurs during maintenance system operation of Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. No action necessary.
1.

Exit Diag. mode and then connect the TRESS.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-11 FAX Job Fail

[Corrective Actions]
Exit Diag. mode and then connect the TRESS.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-792 EP-DX Call Stop


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The RCC Service was immediately terminated.

[Detection Conditions]
During initialization sequencing, the system detected that an invalid job had been activated from the
Fax Card.

It is necessary to enter Diag. mode during EP-DX periodic polling.


When a call is requested from the Fax Card, this is notified as the response when Diag. mode
cannot be entered.

[Corrective Actions]
This error occurs during maintenance system operation of Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. No action necessary.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail

034-211 Slot1 Board failure

034-501 Selected Channel Dial Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Local Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Fax Option Slot 1 Board Failure

[Detection Conditions]

The specified channel was not found.

[Detection Conditions]

Option Slot 1 Board failure.

[Corrective Actions]

The process was requested for uninstalled channel.

[Corrective Actions]

Replace the optional Slot 1 Board.

Repeat the operation.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

034-212 Slot2 Board failure


[Error Type]
Local Fail

[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-502 Fax Internal Must Parameter Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

Fax Option Slot 2 Board Failure

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]
A required parameter (Dial No., High Layer Compatibility, or ICM Port) is not found in the outgoing
call request command.

Option Slot 2 Board failure.

[Corrective Actions]
Replace the optional Slot 2 Board.

[Detection Conditions]
A required parameter (Dial No., High Layer Compatibility, or ICM Port) is not found in the outgoing
call request command.

034-500 Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.)


[Error Type]

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

Check the software version and upgrade it to the latest version. If the problem persists, it must be a
software failure. Contact Support G or replace the Fax Card. It is not necessary to replace the ESS
PWB.

[Fault Content]
There was incorrect (illegal) data in the dial data.

[Detection Conditions]
There was incorrect (illegal) data in the dial data.

034-503 Fax Internal High Layer Service Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Corrective Actions]
Dial again and then repeat the operation.

[Fault Content]
The high-layer consistency of the calling request command is not supported. (Other than TEL, G2/
G3 and G4.)

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Detection Conditions]
The high-layer consistency of the calling request command is not supported. (Other than TEL, G2/
G3 and G4.)

[Corrective Actions]
Check the software version and upgrade it to the latest version. If the problem persists, it must be a
software failure. Contact Support G or replace the Fax Card. It is not necessary to replace the ESS
PWB.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-439

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
034-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-440

Version 2.1

034-504 Fax Stored Memory Exceeded

034-507 Password Check Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

The system detected Memory Full at the transmission job. (Storage memory is insufficient.)

[Detection Conditions]

Password check error. Mailbox number error. No documents for polling are found.

[Detection Conditions]

The system detected Memory Full at the transmission job. (Storage memory is insufficient.)

Password check error. Mailbox number error. No documents for polling are found.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Repeat the operation.

Repeat the operation.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

034-505 Fax Work Memory Exceeded


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-508 Transmission Canceled via DTMF


[Error Type]
Job Fail

Working Memory Overflow During Transmission

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]
The system sent a reject command signal and stopped the transmission.

Working Memory Overflow During Transmission

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]
The system sent a reject command signal and stopped the transmission.

Repeat the operation.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]
Check that extension line kit is installed properly. Wait for a while then check the FAX function settings and dial numbers and resend data if needed.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-506 Unsupported Function at Remote


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
No remote sort copy feature in the remote machine.

[Detection Conditions]
No remote sort copy function in the remote machine.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists,
proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-509 DTMF Illegal Procedure Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The system stopped transmission after receiving the invalid procedure signal.

[Detection Conditions]
The system stopped transmission after receiving the invalid procedure signal.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the self-terminal or the line status.

Wait for a while and try again.

Check your machine or line status.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-510 DTMF Procedure Error

034-513 Receive Command Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

The system stopped transmission after receiving the reject command signal.

[Detection Conditions]

The system received an illegal command from the remote machine in remote maintenance.

[Detection Conditions]

The system stopped transmission after receiving the reject command signal.

[Corrective Actions]

The system received an illegal command from the remote machine in remote maintenance.

[Corrective Actions]

Check the settings of the remote machine or line status.

Wait for a while and try again.

Check your machine or line status.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-511 Unable to Send File at Remote

Repeat the operation.

034-514 Requested Function Unsupported


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The system received remote maintenance request from the remote machine but does not support
the function.

[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]

The system received remote maintenance request from the remote machine but does not support
the function.

The remote machine does not support the file transfer function.

[Detection Conditions]
The remote machine does not support the file transfer function.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the settings of the remote machine or line status.

Wait for a while and try again.

Check your machine or line status.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]

Check the system data.

Check the remote machine (EP system).

034-515 Illegal Command Received


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

DIS received from calling station. DCS received although the system have no capability to receive.
Illegal command received.

034-512 Detect Endless Loop


[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions]
DIS received from calling station. DCS received although the system have no capability to receive.
Illegal command received.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
An infinite loop was detected in remote relay broadcast.

[Detection Conditions]
An infinite loop was detected in remote relay broadcast.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Repeat the operation.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-441

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
034-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-442

Version 2.1

034-519 No. of Desinations Exceeded

034-522 No manual send Line

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
No. of Recipients Exceeded

[Detection Conditions]
The total number of the requested recipients exceeded the number defined by the specifications.
(The number of full dial instructions exceeded 200 stations.)

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
No Closed Lines

[Detection Conditions]
There are no lines for manual transmission.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.

Reduce the no. of recipients and then repeat the operation.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-520 No. of Sevices Exceeded


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
No. of Services Exceeded

[Detection Conditions]
The total number of the requested services exceeded the number defined by the specifications.

[Corrective Actions]
Reduce the no. of services and then repeat the operation.

034-523 Fax service disabled


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Operation Prohibition Status

[Detection Conditions]
The system cannot accept the service because Fax operation was prohibited due to EP-TRESS or
Diag Services.

[Corrective Actions]
Wait for cancelation of prohibition.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-521 Internal I/F Error

034-524 Unable to cancel operation

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
No Applicable Service

[Detection Conditions]
The service specified by SI not found. (Due to Close Sequence, this error may not be able to be
returned.)

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Unable to prohibit the operation.

[Detection Conditions]
The service cannot be prohibited because it was in operation.

[Corrective Actions]
Wait for a while and try again.

034-525 Specified Chainlink not exist

034-528 Cannot perform manual send

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Incorrect Chain-Link No.

[Detection Conditions]

Manual transmission was requested during dialing.

[Detection Conditions]

There is no such Chain-Link.

[Corrective Actions]

Manual transmission was requested during dialing.

[Corrective Actions]

Enter the correct Chain-Link No.

Repeat the operation when dialing is not performed.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

034-526 Chainlink No. out of scope


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-529 No printable paper size


[Error Type]
Job Fail

Incorrect Chain-Link No.

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]
At output check printing/received data printing, a record paper not applicable for printing the document size was loaded.

The Chain-Link No. is out of range.

[Corrective Actions]
Enter the Chain-Link No. within the range.

[Detection Conditions]
At output check printing/received data printing, a record paper not applicable for printing the document size was loaded.

034-527 Dial Control Error


[Error Type]

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Dial Request Overflow

[Detection Conditions]
Dial request overflow.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.

Request for user actions.

Specify the recording paper size.

Check if the tray has been set properly.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-530 DTMF I/F Timeout


[Error Type]

If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail

Check the size of the paper loaded in the tray.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
DTMF I/F timed out. Correct operation was not performed within the specified time.

[Detection Conditions]
Correct operation was not performed within the specified time.

[Corrective Actions]
Perform correct operations.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-443

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
034-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-444

034-550 Write to FaxCard-ROM error detection (During DLD


method)

034-702 No destination specified


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Unable call the Fax line because the specified dial number is incorrect.

[Fault Content]
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the FaxCard-ROM. (During DLD method)

[Detection Conditions]
The Fax Card is not able to call because the dial data does not exist.

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected when writing data to the FaxCard-ROM

Version 2.1

After job registration, the corresponding speed dial may have been deleted.

Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

1.

Retry job. If retry failed, replace the FaxCard-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD
method again.

034-700 GCPLock-G3DicepBusy-CodecHang
[Error Type]
Job Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-14 Fax Card Fail

034-703 D Channellink cut from network


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

GCP Lock (Date task noRTC ACK).

Timeout occurred for G3 Dicep without becoming idle.

Codec hung up.

[Fault Content]
D Channel Link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received)/Network link cutoff

[Detection Conditions]
D Channel Link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received)/Network link cutoff

[Detection Conditions]

GCP Lock (Date task noRTC ACK). Hardware Failure, Software I/F Error.

Timeout occurred for G3 Dicep without becoming idle.

Codec hung up.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-704 ISDN D Channel Data Link Error


[Error Type]

If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail

034-701 Software Reset


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Check that the speed dial has been registered and then specify the appropriate address such as the
correct speed dial number.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - TEI Allocation Error

A DISC command was received with multi-frame set and timer recovered.

An UA response was received with TEI allocated, multi-frame set and timer recovered.

[Detection Conditions]

Reset the software.

D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - TEI Allocation Error

[Detection Conditions]

A DISC command was received with multi-frame set and timer recovered.

Reset the software.

An UA response was received with TEI allocated, multi-frame set and timer recovered.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.

If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 Fax Card Fail

034-705 ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power on

034-708 Illegal Frame Received N(R)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered

Illegal Frame Received N (R) error

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered

Illegal Frame Received N (R) error.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Repeat the operation.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-706 ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power off

034-709 Illegal Frame Received

[Error Type]

[Error Type]
Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]
D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered (socket plugged
out)

Illegal Frame Received

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Illegal Frame Received

D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered (socket plugged
out)

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

034-710 DL Link Establishment Received

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

034-707 FRMR Received

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
FRMR Received

DL-Link Establishment Display Received (network link resetting)

DM of F=1 was received when waiting for link setting and link resetting.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
FRMR received.

[Corrective Actions]

DL-Link Establishment Display Received (network link resetting)

DM of F=1 was received when waiting for link setting and link resetting.

[Corrective Actions]

Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

2007/10/01
2-445

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
034-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-446

Version 2.1

034-711 Waiting for link Timeout

034-714 Line Disconnected-Timeout T305

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Link Establishment Wait Timeout

Link setup failed. T.200 timeout has occurred N.200 times when waiting for link connection or reconnection.

[Detection Conditions]

Link Establishment Wait Timeout

Link setup failed. T.200 timeout has occurred N.200 times when waiting for link connection or reconnection.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-712 Internal Error (Interrupt)


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Primitive Send Error (Internal Interruption Error)

[Detection Conditions]
Primitive Send Error (Internal Interruption Error)

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-713 Timeout-Transmission canceled


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Outgoing Call Timeout (T303 2nd Time)

[Detection Conditions]
Outgoing Call Timeout (T303 2nd Time)

[Corrective Actions]
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Disconnected Timeout (T305)

[Detection Conditions]
Disconnected Timeout (T305)

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-715 Line Disconnected-Timeout 3082


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Disconnected Timeout (T308 2nd Time)

[Detection Conditions]
Disconnected Timeout (T308 2nd Time)

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-716 Connection Timeout (T313)


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Incoming Call Response Timeout (T313)

[Detection Conditions]
Incoming Call Response Timeout (T313)

[Corrective Actions]
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-717 Resume Timeout

034-720 Timeout (60s,T330,309,301,310)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Resume Timeout (T318)

[Detection Conditions]
Resume Timeout (T318)

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Connection Cut Off Or Resumed

Normal Disconnection

T.330 Timeout (Response Message Timeout)

T.309 Timeout (Link Resetting Error)

T.301 Timeout (Response Message Timeout)

T.310 Timeout (Call, Response Message Timeout)

[Detection Conditions]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-718 Normal Disconnection

Connection Cut Off Or Resumed

Normal Disconnection

T.330 Timeout (Response Message Timeout)

T.309 Timeout (Link Resetting Error)

T.301 Timeout (Response Message Timeout)

T.310 Timeout (Call, Response Message Timeout)

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-721 Error (Format, Contents)


[Error Type]

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Upper level primitive format error and content error.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Detection Conditions]

034-719 No free and available lines

Upper level primitive format error and content error.

[Error Type]

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON.

[Fault Content]

No Available Channel

The channel was not allowed.

If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail

[Detection Conditions]

No Available Channel

The channel was not allowed.

60sec Card Timer Timeout

[Detection Conditions]

60sec Card Timer Timeout

[Corrective Actions]
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-447

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
034-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-448

Version 2.1

034-722 Suspension Timeout

034-725 L3 Task Internal Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Suspension Timeout

Suspension Confirmation Message Timeout

[Detection Conditions]

Suspension Timeout

Suspension Confirmation Message Timeout

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-723 No Timer Assigned


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
No Timer Assigned

[Detection Conditions]
No Timer Assigned

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
L3 Task Internal Error

[Detection Conditions]
L3 Task Internal Error

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-726 HD81501 I/F Buffer Busy


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
HD81501 I/F Buffer Busy

[Detection Conditions]
HD81501 I/F Buffer Busy

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.

034-727 No Reply for 3 sec. for 1300Hz

If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Error Type]

OF-14 Fax Card Fail

034-724 Illegal Sequence


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Abnormal Sequence (Self-Terminal ID Setting Mismatch)

[Detection Conditions]
Abnormal Sequence (Self-Terminal ID Setting Mismatch)

[Corrective Actions]
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
To 1,300Hz incoming call, the task did not respond for 3sec or more.

[Detection Conditions]
To 1,300Hz incoming call, the task did not respond for 3sec or more.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail

034-728 Invalid Destination

034-731 Fax Network Cut (Setup Error)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Unable call the recipient because the specified dial number is incorrect.

Call setting cut off from network.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Unable to call because the dial data is incorrect.

Call setting cut off from network.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the dial number of the recipient again and retry the operation.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

034-732 Fax Network Cut due to Timeout

OF-14 Fax Card Fail

034-729 Line cut, In-Channel PB Send

[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

F Network Cutoff Timeout

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

The line was disconnected during In-Channel PB Send.

F Network Cutoff Timeout

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

The line was cut off during In-Channel PB Send.

Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,

[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists after installing the line, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

034-730 In and out call conflict

034-733 Incorrect Sequence,Call Status

[Error Type]

[Error Type]
Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]
Conflict between outgoing and incoming calls.

[Detection Conditions]

Incorrect Sequence

Call status mismatch was detected.

[Detection Conditions]

Conflict between outgoing and incoming calls.


This occurs when the external/extension line kit is not installed properly.

[Corrective Actions]

Incorrect Sequence

Call status mismatch was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

Same as 034-508. (Check that the external/extension line kit is installed properly.)
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

If the problem persists after installing the line, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-449

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
034-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-450

Version 2.1

034-734 HI Task Internal Error

034-737 Incoming call response error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
HI Task Internal Error

[Detection Conditions]
HI Task Internal Error

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Not selected for incoming call response.

[Detection Conditions]
Not selected for incoming call response.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 Fax Card Fail

034-735 Connect only to ISDN D Channel


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Connect only to D Channel and receive

[Detection Conditions]
Connect only to D Channel and receive.

[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists after installing the line, perform the following procedure to repair it.

034-738 Layer 1 Start Up Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Layer 1 Startup Error (Startup Timeout)

[Detection Conditions]
Layer 1 Startup Error (Startup Timeout)

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-736 Wrong notice from fax network

034-739 Layer 1 not synchronized

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Wrong message from network

[Detection Conditions]
Wrong message from network.

[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists after installing the line, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Layer 1 Not Synchronized (Asynchronized Timer Timeout)

[Detection Conditions]
Layer 1 Not Synchronized (Asynchronized Timer Timeout)

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-740 Transmission of Frame Error

034-743 Abnormal frame-sending DMA

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Frame Transmssion Error (Frame Transmission Completion Timeout)

Frame Send DMA was abnormally terminated.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Frame Transmssion Error (Frame Transmission Completion Timeout)

Frame Send DMA was abnormally terminated.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-741 Unable to Send Frame

034-744 Unacceptable Channel

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Unable to send frame. (Frame transmission retry exceeded the limit.)

The Channel was not allowed.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Unable to send frame. (Frame transmission retry exceeded the limit.)

The Channel was not allowed.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-742 Frame Send Underrun Detected

034-745 Outgoing call to channel set

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Frame Transmission Underrun Detected

Outgoing call to channel set

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Frame Transmission Underrun Detected

Outgoing call to channel set

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

2007/10/01
2-451

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
034-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-452

Version 2.1

034-746 No usable lines

034-749 Network Conjestion Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

No Available Line

[Detection Conditions]

Others (Network Congestion)

[Detection Conditions]

No Available Line

[Corrective Actions]

Others (Network Congestion)

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-747 Switching equipment congestion

034-750 Network Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Switching Equipment Congestion

[Detection Conditions]

Network Error

[Detection Conditions]

Switching Equipment Congestion

[Corrective Actions]

Network Error

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-748 Specified line cannot be used

034-751 Temporary Network Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Specified Channel Not Allowed

[Detection Conditions]
Specified Channel Not Allowed

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Temporary Network Error

Temporary Error

[Detection Conditions]

Temporary Network Error

Temporary Error

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-752 Destination terminal busy

034-755 Destination rejecting call

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Remote Terminal Busy

Remote Terminal Rejected Transmission

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Remote Terminal Busy

Remote Terminal Rejected Transmission

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-753 Destination not responding

034-756 Destination Faulty

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Remote User Not Responding

Remote Terminal Failure

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Remote User Not Responding

Remote Terminal Failure

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-754 No response from Destination

034-757 Others (Normal, Semi-normal)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

No response from remote user to call

Others (Normal, Semi-Normal Class)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

No response from remote user to call

Others (Normal, Semi-Normal Class)

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

2007/10/01
2-453

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
034-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-454

Version 2.1

034-758 Incorrect Destination Fax Dial No

034-761 Incorrect Format Destination Fax No.

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Missing Number Or Dial Error

[Detection Conditions]
Missing Number Or Dial Error

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Invalid Number Format (Incomplete Number)

[Detection Conditions]
Invalid Number Format (Incomplete Number)

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-759 No Relay Network Route

034-762 Facility rejected

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
No Relay Network Route

[Detection Conditions]
No Relay Network Route

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Facility Rejected

[Detection Conditions]
Facility Rejected

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-760 No Line To Destination

034-763 Com. Capability disallowed

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
No Route to Remote Terminal

[Detection Conditions]
No Route to Remote Terminal

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Communication Capability Not Allowed

[Detection Conditions]
Communication Capability Not Allowed

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-764 Com. Capability not configured

034-767 Selected mode not implemented

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Communication Capability Not Configured

Specified Channel Type Not Defined

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Communication Capability Not Configured

Specified Channel Type Not Defined

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-765 Error by service,feature limit

034-768 Restricted Digital Info. Only

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Others (Service provided not allowed)

Other resources cannot be used.

Facility requested not subscribed.

[Fault Content]
Restricted Digital Information Only

[Detection Conditions]
Restricted Digital Information Only

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

Others (Service provided not allowed)

Other resources cannot be used.

Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,

Facility requested not subscribed.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-769 Error by service, feature

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

034-766 Selected com. not implemented


[Error Type]
Job Fail

Others (Service not provided)

A facility not provided was requested.

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]
Specified Communication Capability Not Defined

[Detection Conditions]

Others (Service not provided)

A facility not provided was requested.

[Corrective Actions]

Specified Communication Capability Not Defined

Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-455

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
034-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-456

Version 2.1

034-770 Reply to status query

034-773 Invalid Dial No. Specified

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Reply to Status Query

[Detection Conditions]
Reply to Status Query

[Corrective Actions]
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-771 Access information discarded


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Fax Information Discarded

[Detection Conditions]
Fax Information Discarded

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Invalid Dial No. Specified

[Detection Conditions]
Invalid Dial No. Specified

[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-774 Invalid Line Specified


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Invalid Channel No. Specified

[Detection Conditions]
Invalid Channel No. Specified

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.

Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,

034-775 Others (Invalid Message Class)

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

034-772 Inter-working connection error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Others (Inter-related Connections)

[Detection Conditions]
Others (Inter-related Connections)

[Corrective Actions]
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Others (Invalid Messages)

[Detection Conditions]
Others (Invalid Messages)

[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-776 Insufficient Required Info.


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Insufficient Information

[Detection Conditions]
Insufficient Information

[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-777 Undefined Message Type

034-780 Invalid Information

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Message Type Undefined

[Detection Conditions]

Invalid Information

[Detection Conditions]

Message Type Undefined

[Corrective Actions]

Invalid Information

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-778 Incorrect Message or Type

034-781 Call Status, Message Mismatch

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Call status inconsistent with message, or message type undefined.

[Detection Conditions]

Call status inconsistent with message.

[Detection Conditions]

Call status inconsistent with message, or message type undefined.

[Corrective Actions]

Call status inconsistent with message.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-779 No information, or not defined

034-782 Error cleared due to timeout

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

No information or it is undefined.

[Detection Conditions]

Error cleared due to timeout.

[Detection Conditions]

No information or it is undefined.

[Corrective Actions]

Error cleared due to timeout.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

2007/10/01
2-457

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
034-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-458

Version 2.1

034-783 Other Errors (Operation, etc)

034-786 Call identity not in use

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Other Errors (Operational Errors etc.)

[Detection Conditions]
Other Errors (Operational Errors etc.)

[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-784 Destination No. Changed


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Remote Terminal Number Changed

[Detection Conditions]
Remote Terminal Number Changed

[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-785 Incompatible destination


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Terminal Attributes Incompatible

[Detection Conditions]
Terminal Attributes Incompatible

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Call ID Not In Use

[Detection Conditions]
Call ID set was not in use.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-787 Call identity in use


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Call ID In Use

[Detection Conditions]
Call ID set was in use.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-788 Show other causes


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Show Other Causes

[Detection Conditions]
Show Other Causes

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-789 G4 Presentation Illegal Event

034-792 Line 2 not connected

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

CG Conversion Timeout

(G4) Presentation received an illegal event.

[Fault Content]
Channel 2 Not Connected

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

CG Conversion Timeout

(G4) Presentation received an illegal event.

Channel 2 Not Connected

[Corrective Actions]
Check the channel 2 external line connection and install it correctly.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-790 Line 0 (Ext) not connected


[Error Type]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-793 Line 3 not connected


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Channel 3 Not Connected

[Detection Conditions]

Channel 0 Extension Not Connected

[Detection Conditions]

Channel 3 Not Connected

[Corrective Actions]

Channel 0 Extension Not Connected

Check the channel 3 external line connection and install it correctly.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Check the channel 0 extension line connection and install it correctly.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-791 Line 1 not connected


[Error Type]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-794 Line 4 not connected


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Channel 4 is Not Connected

[Detection Conditions]

Channel 1 External Line Not Connected

[Detection Conditions]

Channel 4 is Not Connected

[Corrective Actions]

Channel 1 External Line Not Connected

[Corrective Actions]
Check the channel 1 external line connection and install it correctly.

Check the channel 4 external line connection and install it correctly.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-459

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
034-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-460

Version 2.1

034-795 Line 5 not connected

034-798 Data Parameter Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Channel 5 Not Connected

[Detection Conditions]
Channel 5 Not Connected

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The Job Error Communication Data parameter has an error.

[Detection Conditions]
The Job Error Communication Data parameter has an error.

[Corrective Actions]

Check the channel 5 external line connection and install it correctly.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

034-796 Dial Error (Incorrect Fax No. 2)


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
There was incorrect (illegal) data in the dial data.

[Detection Conditions]
There was incorrect (illegal) data in the dial data.

[Corrective Actions]
Dial again and then repeat the operation.

OF-14 Fax Card Fail

034-799 Auto Dial without dial data


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Auto Dial was started but there was no dial data.

[Detection Conditions]
Auto Dial was started but there was no dial data.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.

034-797 Communication Parameter Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The Job Error Communication Option parameter has an error.

[Detection Conditions]
The Job Error Communication Option parameter has an error.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail

If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail

035-550 Write to FaxG3-ROM error detection (During DLD


method)

035-701 T1 Transmission Timeout


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the FaxG3-ROM. (During DLD method)

[Detection Conditions]

Sending T1 T.O.

T1 timed out in sending operation. (FX)

At sending, DIS was not sent after the conversation request from the remote machine has failed.

An error was detected when writing data to the FaxG3-ROM

[Detection Conditions]

Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

Sending T1 T.O.

T1 timed out in sending operation. (FX)

At sending, DIS was not sent after the conversation request from the remote machine has failed.

[Corrective Actions]
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the FaxG3-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method
again.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.

035-700 Modem faulty

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

CS is not turned OFF at modem control.

HDLC frame sending error.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-702 Destination Receive Rejected


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]

CS is not turned OFF at modem control. It is determined as SC Board (modem) failure.

DCN was received for NSS/DTC.

HDLC frame sending error.

DCN received.

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]

DCN was received for NSS/DTC. Transmission was rejected due to remote machine Selective
Reception function, etc.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

DCN received.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Corrective Actions]

Repeat the operation.


Replace the SC Board (modem).

Repeat the operation.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-461

035-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
035-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-462

Version 2.1

035-703 DCN Receive at Phase B Send

035-705 DCS/NSS Resend Exceeded

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

DCN detected at PHASE-B Sending.

DCN received.

DCS/NSS resending exceeded the limit.

[Detection Conditions]

DCN received.

DCN detected at PHASE-B Sending.

[Detection Conditions]

DCN received.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-704 Destination Polling Error

DCS/NSS resending exceeded the limit.

DCN received.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Job Fail

The sending terminal does not have the polling function.

No sending capability in the remote machine.

[Detection Conditions]

The sending terminal does not have the polling function. No polling documents are set in place.

No sending capability in the remote machine. The polling remote machine has no sending capability. No stored document.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.

No response after NSS was sent out three times, or DCN was detected. Receiving terminal failure.
SC Board (modem) failure. NCU Board failure. The remote machine disconnected the line while
receiving NSS (DCN).

[Error Type]
[Fault Content]

No response after NSS was sent out three times, or DCN was detected.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-706 Fallback Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Fallback is not available at NSS sending.

Fallback Error.

Fallback Error. Waiting for auto resend.

[Detection Conditions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Fallback is not available at NSS sending.


Fallback Error.

Fallback Error. Waiting for auto resend.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-707 Wrong Password/Receive Banned

035-709 RTN Receive

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Data received without a password/a mismatch of passwords, or a mismatch of the Selective Reception No.

[Detection Conditions]

RTN received.

RTN was received at G3 sending.

[Detection Conditions]

Data received without a password/a mismatch of passwords, or a mismatch of the Selective Reception No.

SC Board (modem) failure.

Password mismatch.

NCU Board failure.

Transmission from a sender other than Selective Transmission users.

[Corrective Actions]

RTN was received at G3 sending.

[Corrective Actions]

Repeat the operation.

Repeat the operation.

Password mismatch. Transmission from a sender other than Selective Transmission users.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-710 PIN Receive

035-708 Post-message resend exceeded

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

PIN received.

No response after the post command was sent out three times, or DCN was received as a response
to the post command.

Post message resending exceeded the limit.

DCN received.

[Detection Conditions]
PIN received. Poor line quality.
Operator was called from the recipient machine.
Receiving terminal failure. SC Board (modem) failure.

[Detection Conditions]

RTN received. Poor line quality. Receiving terminal failure.

No response after post command is sent out three times, or DCN received as a response of the post
command.

NCU Board failure.

[Corrective Actions]

Poor line quality.

Repeat the operation.

Receiving terminal failure.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

SC Board (modem) failure.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

NCU Board failure.

Post message resending exceeded the limit.

DCN received.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-463

035-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
035-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-464

Version 2.1

035-711 DCN Receive at Phase D

035-713 T2 timeout after sending FTT

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

At PHASE-D, DCN/invalid command was received.

DCN was received.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
No response to NSS/DCS was returned from the remote machine after FTT was sent.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

No response to NSS/DCS was returned from the remote machine after FTT was sent. Sending
machine failure. SC Board failure.

At PHASE-D, DCN/invalid command was received. Sending machine failure.

DCN was received.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-712 No response after 3 NSC

035-714 DCN Received after NSC/DTC


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
No commands after NSC is sent out three times (NSS or DCS).

[Detection Conditions]
No commands after NSC is sent out three times (NSS or DCS).

[Fault Content]

DCN was received after NSC/DTC was sent.

DCN was received.

[Detection Conditions]

DCN was received after NSC/DTC was sent. Password mismatch. No polling document at the destination side. Jam.

DCN was received.

Password mismatch. No polling document at the destination side. Jam.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-715 Wrong Password-Polling Error

035-718 Receive T1 Timeout

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Polling error due to password mismatch.

[Detection Conditions]

Receive PHASE-B T1 T.O.

T1 timed out in receiving operation.

[Detection Conditions]

Polling error due to mismatch of password.

[Corrective Actions]

Receive PHASE-B T1 T.O.

Repeat the operation.

T1 timed out in receiving operation.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

035-716 No past message-T2 Timeout

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

035-719 Busy tone detected at Phase-B

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

No post messages.

T2 timed out.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
At receive PHASE-B, busy tone was detected.

[Detection Conditions]

No post messages. Sending machine failure. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure. NCU
Board failure.

[Detection Conditions]

T2 timed out. Command timer timeout on the terminal receiving T.30.

[Corrective Actions]

At receive PHASE-B, busy tone was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

Repeat the operation.

Repeat the operation.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-717 RTN Send

035-720 Unable to receive by remote


[Error Type]

[Error Type]
Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The data of NSF/DIS and NSC/DTC was invalid.

RTN sent.

No receiving capability in the remote machine.

RTN was sent when G3 was received.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The data of NSF/DIS and NSC/DTC was invalid. No remote machine compatibility.

RTN sent. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure. NCU Board failure.

RTN was sent when G3 was received.

No receiving capability in the remote machine. No DIS, NSF, NSC, and DTC capabilities. Memory
full, etc.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Repeat the operation.

Repeat the operation.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-465

035-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
035-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-466

Version 2.1

035-721 DCN Received at Phase B

035-724 DCN Receive after sending FTT

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

At receive PHASE-B, DCN was detected.

DCN was received after FTT was sent.

DCN was received.

DCN was received.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

At receive PHASE-B, DCN was detected. No remote machine compatibility.

DCN was received after FTT had been sent. Sending machine failure. Poor line quality.

DCN was received.

DCN was received.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Repeat the operation.

Repeat the operation.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-722 Wrong frame length of 300bps

035-725 Remote has no Mailbox/Relay

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The frame length exceeded 3.45sec (300bps command/response).

[Detection Conditions]
The frame length exceeded 3.45sec (300bps command/response). Remote machine failure.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

The remote machine did not have the Mailbox or Relay communication function.

The remote machine did not support Relay Broadcast.

No mailbox function in the remote machine. (Mailbox type by FX)

[Detection Conditions]

For the Secure or Relay communication, the remote machine did not support the function. Remote
machine failure (no sending capability).

The remote machine did not support Relay Broadcast.

No mailbox function in the remote machine. (Mailbox type by FX)

Check the remote machine.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-723 No CD after receiving flag


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
After the flag was accepted, CD was not received within 3min.

[Detection Conditions]
CD has not come within 3min after a flag had been accepted. Remote machine failure.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
Check the remote machine.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-726 PhaseC cannot receive-10 secs

035-728 C EOL cannot receive in 10 sec

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

At PHASE-C, training cannot be received within 10sec.

[Detection Conditions]
At PHASE-C, training cannot be received within 10sec. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure.
NCU Board failure.

[Corrective Actions]

At PHASE-C, EOL cannot be received within 10sec.

The system did not detect a normal line within 1min after it started to receive G3 image information.

When receiving G3 image information, the system did not detect EOL within 13sec (Default).

[Detection Conditions]

At PHASE-C, EOL cannot be received within 10sec. Sending machine failure. Poor line quality. SC
Board (modem) failure. NCU Board failure.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

The system did not detect a normal line within 1min after it started to receive G3 image information.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

While receiving G3 image information, the system did not detect EOL within 13sec (Default).

Repeat the operation.

[Corrective Actions]

035-727 50% Error during G3 Receive

Repeat the operation.

[Error Type]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Job Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Fault Content]

035-729 Carrier Down Detected

PHASE-C error exceeded the limit.

While receiving G3 image information, 50% or more decode error occurred when 148mm was
received.

[Detection Conditions]

[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

PHASE-C error exceeded the limit. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure. NCU Board failure.

While receiving G3 image information, 50% or more decode error occurred when 148mm was
received.

Carrier broken.

[Detection Conditions]
Carrier broken. While receiving the image information, T2 timeout occurred after the carrier was broken. Dropout occurred.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Repeat the operation.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-467

035-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
035-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-468

Version 2.1

035-730 No CS with Phase-C High Speed

035-732 Fax V.34 PCH CD Off

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

At PHASE-C, CS has not come from a high-speed modem.

The CS of the modem did not turn ON as a response to the RS request at command sending operation.

The CS of the modem did not turn ON as a response to the RS request during training at high
speed.

HDLC frame sending error

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
V.34 P-CH CD OFF

[Detection Conditions]
V.34 P-CH CD OFF

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Detection Conditions]

At PHASE-C, CS has not come from a high-speed modem. SC Board (modem) failure.

The CS of the modem did not turn ON as a response to the RS request at command sending operation.

The CS of the modem did not turn ON as a response to the RS request during training at high
speed.

HDLC frame sending error

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-731 Fax V.8 Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

V.8 Parameter N.G

V.8 error.

[Detection Conditions]

V.8 Parameter N.G

V.8 error.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-733 Fax V.34 C/PCH CS None


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

V.34 C/P-CH CS None

HDLC frame sending error

[Detection Conditions]

V.34 C/P-CH CS None

HDLC frame sending error

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-734 Polling ERR at Remote Step V8


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
No document for polling at remote Step V.8.

[Detection Conditions]
There was no document for polling at the remote machine at Step V.8. Polling send operation error
in the remote machine.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-735 No Doc. in Polling Box Step V8

035-737 No reply DCN after sending EOR

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Polling was requested when there was no document for polling in Step V.8.

[Detection Conditions]
Polling was requested when there was no document for polling in V.8 procedure. Remote machine
operation error, self terminal polling send setting error.

[Corrective Actions]

No response to the EOR sent, or DCN was received.

CTC/EOR resending exceeded the limit.

DCN was received.

[Detection Conditions]

No response to the EOR sent, or DCN received. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure. NCU
Board failure.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

CTC/EOR resending exceeded the limit.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

DCN was received.

Repeat the operation.

[Corrective Actions]

035-736 No reply DCN after sending CTC

Repeat the operation.

[Error Type]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Job Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Fault Content]

No response to the CTC sent, or DCN was received.

DCN was received.

035-738 No reply DCN after sending RR


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Detection Conditions]

No response to the CTC sent, or DCS was received. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure.
NCU Board failure.

[Fault Content]

No response to the RR sent, or DCN was received at RR.

DCN was received.

DCN was received.

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]

Repeat the operation.

No response to the RR sent, or DCN received at RR. Remote machine failure.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

DCN was received.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-469

035-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
035-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-470

Version 2.1

035-739 Fax T5 Timeout

035-742 EOR Send or Receive

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

15sec passed without MCF.

Responded with ERR [ECM] after ECM EOR was sent.

T5 timeout.

EOR-Q was received when ECM was received.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

T5sec has passed without MCF. Remote machine failure.

Responded with ERR [ECM] after ECM EOR was sent. Poor line quality.

T5 timeout.

EOR-Q was received when ECM was received.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Repeat the operation.

Repeat the operation.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-740 Sending stopped after EOR Send

035-743 Remote cannot receive SUB.

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Sending was aborted after EOR was sent.

EOR-Q was sent at ECM sending.

[Detection Conditions]

Sending was aborted after EOR was sent. Poor line quality. SC (modem) Board. NCU Board failure.

EOR-Q was sent at ECM sending.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-741 ECM Phase C Flag Timeout


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

ECM PHASE-C Flag Timer Timeout [ECM]

Timeout between the frames in ECM.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The receiving terminal does not support the SUB function.

[Detection Conditions]
The receiving terminal does not support the SUB function.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-744 Remote cannot receive password


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The receiving terminal does not support the PWD function.

[Detection Conditions]
The receiving terminal does not support the PWD function.

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]

Repeat the operation.

ECM PHASE-C Flag Timer Timeout [ECM]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Timeout between the frames in ECM. Timeout between the data frames.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-745 PTX has no SEP capability

035-746 Busy-Cannot detect dial tone

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
The PTX machine does not support the SEP function.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Busy

The system could not detect dial tone before dialing. DT1 was not detected.

Busy tone was detected before dialing. BT1 was detected.

Busy tone was detected before dialing. BT2 was detected.

Congestion tone was detected before dialing. Switch Board was busy. CT1 was detected.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Congestion tone was detected before dialing. CT2 was detected.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

The system could not detect dial tone during dialing (=). DT1 was not detected.

Busy tone was detected during dialing (=). BT1 was detected.

Busy tone was detected during dialing (=). BT2 was detected.

Congestion tone was detected during dialing (=). CT1 was detected.

Congestion tone was detected during dialing (=). CT2 was detected.

[Detection Conditions]
The PTX machine does not support the SEP function.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.

This could happen when an external line was used with 0 signal sent from the PBX.

The system could not detect 2nd dial tone during dialing (==). DT2 was not detected.

Busy tone was detected during dialing (==). BT1 was detected.

Busy tone was detected during dialing (==). BT2 was detected.

Congestion tone was detected during dialing (==). CT1 was detected.

Congestion tone was detected during dialing (==). CT2 was detected.

The system could not detect 3rd dial tone during dialing (====). DT3 was not detected.

Busy tone was detected during dialing (===). BT1 was detected.

Busy tone was detected during dialing (===). BT2 was detected.

Congestion tone was detected during dialing (===). CT1 was detected.

Congestion tone was detected during dialing (===). CT2 was detected.

Busy tone was detected after dialing. BT1 was detected.

Busy tone was detected after dialing. BT2 was detected.

Congestion tone was detected after dialing. CT1 was detected.

Congestion tone was detected after dialing. CT2 was detected.

The system could not detect dial tone before dialing. (PBX) DT was not detected.

Busy tone was detected before dialing. (PBX) BT was not detected.

Congestion tone was detected before dialing. (PBX) CT was detected.

Busy tone was detected after dialing. (PBX) BT was not detected.

Congestion tone was detected after dialing. (PBX) CT was detected.

[Detection Conditions]

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Busy. Dial tone was not detected. Busy tone was detected. Time exceeded by 35sec.

The system could not detect dial tone before dialing. DT1 was not detected.

Busy tone was detected before dialing. BT1 was detected.

Busy tone was detected before dialing. BT2 was detected.

Congestion tone was detected before dialing. Switch Board was busy. CT1 was detected.

2007/10/01
2-471

035-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
035-xxx FIP

Congestion tone was detected before dialing. CT2 was detected.

The system could not detect dial tone during dialing ( = ). DT1 was not detected.
This could happen when an external line was used with 0 signal sent from the PBX.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-472

Version 2.1

035-747 Abort while dialing


[Error Type]
Job Fail

Busy tone was detected during dialing (=). BT1 was detected.

Busy tone was detected during dialing (=). BT2 was detected.

Congestion tone was detected during dialing (=). CT1 was detected.

Congestion tone was detected during dialing (=). CT2 was detected.

The system could not detect 2nd dial tone during dialing (==). DT2 was not detected.

Busy tone was detected during dialing (==). BT1 was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

Busy tone was detected during dialing (==). BT2 was detected.

Repeat the operation.

Congestion tone was detected during dialing (==). CT1 was detected.

Congestion tone was detected during dialing (==). CT2 was detected.

The system could not detect 3rd dial tone during dialing (====). DT3 was not detected.

Busy tone was detected during dialing (===). BT1 was detected.

Busy tone was detected during dialing (===). BT2 was detected.

Congestion tone was detected during dialing (===). CT1 was detected.

Congestion tone was detected during dialing (===). CT2 was detected.

Busy tone was detected after dialing. BT1 was detected.

Busy tone was detected after dialing. BT2 was detected.

Congestion tone was detected after dialing. CT1 was detected.

Congestion tone was detected after dialing. CT2 was detected.

The system could not detect dial tone before dialing. (PBX) DT was not detected.

Busy tone was detected before dialing. (PBX) BT was not detected.

Congestion tone was detected before dialing. (PBX) CT was detected.

Busy tone was detected after dialing. (PBX) BT was not detected.

Congestion tone was detected after dialing. (PBX) CT was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

Check the Switch Board.

Check the circuit condition.

Check the call conditions of the external line ("0" call).


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Fault Content]
Aborted during dialing (Operation was aborted with the Stop button.)

[Detection Conditions]
Aborted during dialing (Operation was aborted with the Stop button.)

035-748 Abort during transmission


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Aborted during transmission (Operation was aborted with the Stop button.)

[Detection Conditions]
Aborted during transmission (Operation was aborted with the Stop button.)

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.

035-749 No reply from remote station


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Busy with no response (Redial exceeded limit)

The remote machine did not respond after dialing.

[Detection Conditions]

Busy with no response (Redial exceeded limit)

The remote machine did not respond after dialing. CED and DIS were not detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-750 Power Off during transmission

035-753 Fax Memory Full

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

An error due to Power OFF during transmission.

Image information memory full (file full, append record error)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

An error due to Power OFF during transmission. The power has turned OFF. System reset has
occurred.

[Corrective Actions]

This occurs when receiving Fax of 999 sheets or more. Image information memory full (file full,
append record error)

[Corrective Actions]

Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-751 Doc. send operation canceled

This occurs when receiving 999 sheets or more. Ask the sender to separate the document into several batches for sending.

035-754 File management memory full


[Error Type]

[Error Type]
Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]
The Stop key was pressed when a document was being sent.

File Management Area Full

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
The Stop key was pressed when a document was being sent.

File Management Area Full

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Repeat the operation.

If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

035-752 No. of Job Restriction Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

OF-14 Fax Card Fail

035-755 File Add Page Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

No. of Jobs Restricted Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]
File Append Record Error

No. of Jobs Restricted Error

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]
File Append Record Error

Repeat the operation.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-473

035-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
035-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-474

Version 2.1

035-756 Cannot add page

035-759 No specified job

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

No additional file

[Detection Conditions]

No appropriate job when the transmission reservation was cleared.

[Detection Conditions]

No additional file

[Corrective Actions]

No appropriate job when the transmission reservation was cleared.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.

If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.

If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 Fax Card Fail

OF-14 Fax Card Fail

035-757 No Receive Page

035-760 File common processing error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
No received page

[Detection Conditions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Invalid File

File error - Timeout occurred during COMM file access.


Or, the File Handler did not send an error code when an error has occurred.

No received page

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Invalid File

If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.

File error - Timeout occurred during COMM file access.

If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail

035-758 No specified file or page


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
No specifed file or page.

[Detection Conditions]
No specifed file or page.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail

Or, the File Handler did not send an error code when an error has occurred.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail

035-761 File other processing error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Other File Errors

[Detection Conditions]
Other File Errors

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail

035-762 Line cut during ISDN


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Line was cut off when establishing link.

The line has been cut off during transmission. (Error only for ISDN)

[Detection Conditions]

Line was cut off when establishing link.

The line has been cut off during transmission. (Error only for ISDN)

[Corrective Actions]
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-475

035-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
035-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-476

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

036-500 Illegal PDRP Parameter

036-503 Illegal RDCLP Parameter

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

RDRP Parameter Error

RDCLP Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

RDRP Parameter Error

RDCLP Parameter Error

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-501 Illegal RDPBP Parameter

036-504 Illegal RDGR Parameter

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

RDPBP Parameter Error

RDGR Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

RDPBP Parameter Error

RDGR Parameter Error

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-502 Illegal RDPBN Parameter

036-505 Undefined response

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

RDPBN Parameter Error

Undefined Response

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

RDPBN Parameter Error

Undefined Response

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-477

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
036-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-478

Version 2.1

036-506 Not negotiable

036-509 RDPBN Receive Others

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Negotiation Not Allowed

[Detection Conditions]
Negotiation Not Allowed

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
RDPBN Receive (Others)

[Detection Conditions]
RDPBN Receive (Others)

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-507 RDPBP Receive at full capacity

036-510 RDGR Receive

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
RDPBP Receive (receive at full capacity), remote terminal runs out of paper etc.

[Detection Conditions]
RDPBP Receive (receive at full capacity), remote terminal runs out of paper etc.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
RDGR Receive

[Detection Conditions]
RDGR Receive

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-508 RDPBN Receive Terminal Error

036-511 Illegal procedure 1551

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
RDPBN Receive (Error at Terminal)

[Detection Conditions]
RDPBN Receive (Error at Terminal)

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Illegal procedure 1551

[Detection Conditions]
Illegal Procedure

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-512 Illegal CDS Parameter

036-515 Illegal CDD Parameter

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

CDS Parameter Error

CDD Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

CDS Parameter Error

CDD Parameter Error

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-513 Illegal CDC Parameter

036-516 Illegal CDR Parameter

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

CDC Parameter Error

CDR Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

CDC Parameter Error

CDR Parameter Error

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-514 Illegal CDE Parameter

036-517 Illegal CDPB Parameter

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

CDE Parameter Error

CDPB Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

CDE Parameter Error

CDPB Parameter Error

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-479

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
036-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-480

Version 2.1

036-518 Illegal CDCL Parameter

036-521 Not Negotiable CDC Receive

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

CDCL Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions]

Negotiation Not Allowed (CDC Receive when FAX functions are not compatible)

[Detection Conditions]

CDCL Parameter Error

[Corrective Actions]

Negotiation Not Allowed (CDC Receive when FAX functions are not compatible)

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-519 Undefined Command

036-522 CDD Receive Terminal Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Undefined Command

CDD Receive (Error at Terminal)

[Detection Conditions]

(G4) Received activity rejection from session. (CDD)

Undefined Command

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

[Detection Conditions]

CDD Receive (Error at Terminal)

(G4) Received activity rejection from session. (CDD)

[Corrective Actions]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

036-520 Not Negotiable CDS Receive


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-523 Other than above CDD receive


[Error Type]
Job Fail

Negotiation Not Allowed (CDS Receive when FAX functions are incompatible)

[Detection Conditions]
Negotiation Not Allowed (CDS Receive when FAX functions are incompatible)

[Corrective Actions]

[Fault Content]

CDD Receive (Other than the above)

(G4) Received activity rejection from session (CDD)

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

[Detection Conditions]

CDD Receive (Other than the above)

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

(G4) Received activity rejection from session. (CDD)

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-524 CDR Receive Terminal Error

036-527 Illegal CDUI (Operator Doc.)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

CDR Receive (Error at terminal)

(G4) Received activity interruption from session. (CDR)

[Fault Content]
CDUI Parameter Error (Operator Document)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

CDR Receive (Error at Terminal)

(G4) Received activity interruption from session. (CDR)

CDUI Parameter Error (Operator Document)

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-528 Illegal CDUI (Control Doc.)


[Error Type]

036-525 Other than above CDR receive

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

CDUI Parameter Error (Control Document)

[Fault Content]

CDR Receive (Other than the above)

(G4) Received activity interruption from session. (CDR)

[Detection Conditions]
CDUI Parameter Error (Control Document)

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]

CDR Receive (Other than the above)

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

(G4) Received activity interruption from session. (CDR)

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-529 Illegal CDUI (Monitor Doc.)

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

036-526 Illegal CDUI (Normal Doc.)

CDUI Parameter Error (Monitor Document)

[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions]

Job Fail

CDUI Parameter Error (Monitor Document)

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions]

CDUI Parameter Error (Normal Document)

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

[Detection Conditions]
CDUI Parameter Error (Normal Document)

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-481

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
036-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-482

Version 2.1

036-530 CDSReceive-Illegal Document

036-533 Cannot convert resources

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
CDS (control document) Receive occurred when the receiver and sender of an illegal document do
not match.

[Detection Conditions]
CDS (control document) Receive occurred when the receiver and sender of an illegal document do
not match.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Resources for converting data cannot be obtained.

(G4) Presentation received an illegal event.

[Detection Conditions]

Resources for converting data cannot be obtained.

(G4) Presentation received an illegal event.

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-531 DMA channel 1 illegal closing

036-534 Decode Error in Data Convert

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

DMA Channel 1 was abnormally terminated.

Decoding error occurred in data conversion.

(G4) Presentation received an illegal event.

(G4) Presentation received an illegal event.

[Detection Conditions]

DMA Channel 1 was abnormally terminated.

(G4) Presentation received an illegal event.

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]

Decoding error occurred in data conversion.

(G4) Presentation received an illegal event.

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-532 DMA channel 2 illegal closing

036-535 White Line Transfer Error (Compress)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

DMA Channel 2 was abnormally terminated.

White line transfer to encoded DICEP error occurred in data conversion.

(G4) Presentation received an illegal event.

(G4) Presentation received an illegal event.

[Detection Conditions]

DMA Channel 2 was abnormally terminated.

(G4) Presentation received an illegal event.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Detection Conditions]
White line transfer to encoded DICEP error occurred in data conversion.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-536 White Line Transfer Error (Decomp)

036-539 Page Descriptor Analysis Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

White line transfer to decoded DICEP error occurred in data conversion.

(G4) Presentation received an illegal event.

[Fault Content]
PD (Page Descriptor) Analysis Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

White line transfer to decoded DICEP error occurred in data conversion.

(G4) Presentation received an illegal event.

PD (Page Descriptor) Analysis Error

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-540 Text Unit Analysis Error


[Error Type]

036-537 No RTC during data convert

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

TU (Text Unit) Analysis Error

[Fault Content]

RTC was not detected in data conversion.

(G4) Presentation received an illegal event.

[Detection Conditions]
TU (Text Unit) Analysis Error

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]

RTC was not detected in data conversion.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

(G4) Presentation received an illegal event.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-541 Page boundary without TU

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

036-538 Doc. descriptor analysis error

Received page boundary without TU.

[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions]

Job Fail

Received page boundary without TU.

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions]

DD (Document Descriptor) Analysis Error

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

[Detection Conditions]
DD (Document Descriptor) Analysis Error

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-483

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
036-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-484

Version 2.1

036-542 Relay Broadcast error in G4

036-701 Receiving variable N(R) error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
(G4) Relay Broadcast instruction error occurred in session.

[Detection Conditions]
(G4) Relay Broadcast instruction error occurred in session.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Receive Status Variable N (R) Error

[Detection Conditions]
Receive Status Variable N (R) Error

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-550 Write to FaxG4-ROM error detection (During DLD


method)
[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the FaxG4-ROM. (During DLD method)

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected when writing data to the FaxG4-ROM
Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

[Corrective Actions]
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the FaxG4-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method
again.

036-700 G4 Communication Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
G4 Communication Error

[Detection Conditions]
G4 Communication Error

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-702 Info frame size exceeded (NI)


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Information frame size exceeded the limit (NI over).

[Detection Conditions]
Information frame size exceeded the limit (NI over).

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-703 Monitor/Unnumbered frame error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Monitor/Unnumbered Frame Error

[Detection Conditions]
Monitor/Unnumbered Frame Error

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-704 Undefined Command/Response 1104

036-707 UA wait Timeout in G4

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Undefined Command/Response

[Detection Conditions]

UA Wait Timeout

(G4) Data link cannot be connected.

[Detection Conditions]

Undefined Command/Response

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

UA Wait Timeout

(G4) Data link cannot be connected.

[Corrective Actions]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

036-705 N2 timeout of Receive Timer

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

036-708 Cannot establish link in G4

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

Receive Confirmation Timer - Consecutive Timeout (N2 times timeout)

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]
Receive Confirmation Timer - Consecutive Timeout (N2 times timeout)

[Corrective Actions]

Cannot Establish Link

(G4) Data link cannot be established.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

[Detection Conditions]

Cannot Establish Link

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

(G4) Data link cannot be established.

036-706 SABM Wait Timeout in G4

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

[Error Type]
Job Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Fault Content]

SABM Wait Timeout

(G4) Data link cannot be connected.

036-709 DISC receive before link close


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Detection Conditions]

SABM Wait Timeout

(G4) Data link cannot be connected.

[Fault Content]
Link was force-closed (when DISC was received before the session).

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Link was force-closed (when DISC was received before the session).

[Corrective Actions]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-485

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
036-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-486

Version 2.1

036-710 FRMR Receive (Z=1)

036-713 FRMR Receive (W=1)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

FRMR Receive (Z=1)

[Detection Conditions]

ERMR Receive (W=1)

[Detection Conditions]

FRMR Receive (Z=1)

ERMR Receive (W=1)

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-711 FRMR Receive (Y=1)

036-714 Global Address Receive

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

FRMR Receive (Y=1)

[Detection Conditions]

Global Address Receive

[Detection Conditions]

FRMR Receive (Y=1)

[Corrective Actions]

Global Address Receive

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-712 FRMR received (Z=1) W=1

036-715 Line Open Timeout in G4

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
FRMR Receive (X=1) W=1 Included

[Detection Conditions]
FRMR Receive (X=1) W=1 Included

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Line Open Timeout (Including No HDLC Flag)

(G4) Flag cannot be received for 4sec or more.

[Detection Conditions]

Line Open Timeout (Including No HDLC Flag)

(G4) Flag cannot be received for 4sec or more.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-716 Wrong LSI Send (Busy Timeout)

036-719 C Line On but I Line Off

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LSI Send Error (Sending Busy, Timeout)

Though Line C was turned ON, Line I was not turned ON.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

LSI Send Error (Sending Busy, Timeout)

Though Line C was turned ON, Line I was not turned ON.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-717 Abnormal LSI operation

036-720 C Line Off but I Line On

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LSI Operation Error

Though Line C was turned OFF, Line I was not turned OFF.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

LSI Operation Error

Though Line C was turned OFF, Line I was not turned OFF.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-718 Disconnection Notice Timeout

036-721 I Line Off during Transmission

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec)

Line I was turned OFF during transmission.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec)

Line I was turned OFF during transmission.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-487

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
036-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-488

Version 2.1

036-722 Call cut during flag detect

036-725 Disc received before session

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Call was cut off during remote flag detection.

[Detection Conditions]

DISC was received before session.

[Detection Conditions]

Call was cut off during remote flag detection.

[Corrective Actions]

DISC was received before session.

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-723 Call cut while awaiting UA

036-726 Illegal header received

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
After SABM was sent, call was cut off when waiting for UA.

[Detection Conditions]
After SABM was sent, call was cut off when waiting for UA.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Illegal Header Receive (Line Switching), Illegal Procedure (Packet Switching)

(G4) Other network errors.

[Detection Conditions]

Illegal Header Receive (Line Switching), Illegal Procedure (Packet Switching)

(G4) Other network errors.

[Corrective Actions]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

036-724 Call cut while awaiting SABM


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-727 Illegal parameter of CC packet


[Error Type]
Job Fail

Call was cut off when waiting for SABM.

[Detection Conditions]
Call was cut off when waiting for SABM.

[Corrective Actions]

[Fault Content]

CC Packet Parameter Error

(G4) Other network errors.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

[Detection Conditions]

CC Packet Parameter Error

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

(G4) Other network errors.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-728 Illegal parameter of CN packet

036-731 Illegal parameter of IT packet

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

CN Packet Parameter Error

IT Packet Parameter Error

(G4) Other network errors.

(G4) Other network errors.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

CN Packet Parameter Error

IT Packet Parameter Error

(G4) Other network errors.

(G4) Other network errors.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-729 Illegal parameter of DT packet

036-732 Illegal parameter of CI packet

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

DT Packet Parameter Error

CI Packet Parameter Error

(G4) Other network errors.

(G4) Other network errors.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

DT Packet Parameter Error

CI Packet Parameter Error

(G4) Other network errors.

(G4) Other network errors.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-730 Illegal parameter of RI packet


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

RI Packet Parameter Error

(G4) Other network errors.

[Detection Conditions]

RI Packet Parameter Error

(G4) Other network errors.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-489

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
036-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-490

Version 2.1

036-733 Illegal parameter of CF packet

036-736 CF Wait Timeout

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

CF Packet Parameter Error

(G4) Other network errors.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
CF Wait Timeout

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

CF Packet Parameter Error

(G4) Other network errors.

CF Wait Timeout

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-734 Undefined Packet Received


[Error Type]
Job Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-737 CI received before G4 session


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

CI Receive (Before the session ended)

[Fault Content]

(G4) A cut off request packet was received from the remote machine.

Undefined Packet Receive

[Detection Conditions]

(G4) Other network errors.

CI Receive (Before the session ended)

[Detection Conditions]

(G4) A cut off request packet was received from the remote machine.

Undefined Packet Receive

[Corrective Actions]

(G4) Other network errors.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-735 CC Wait Timeout


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
CC Wait Timeout

[Detection Conditions]
CC Wait Timeout

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-738 DT Packet P(S ), P(R ) Error


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
DT Packet P (S) and P (R) errors occurred.

[Detection Conditions]
DT Packet P (S) and P (R) errors occurred.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-739 RR, RNR Packet P(S) Error

036-742 SF received in transmission

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

RR and RNR packet P (S) errors occurred.

[Detection Conditions]

SF Receive (In transmission)

(G4) An unexpected restart packet was received.

[Detection Conditions]

RR and RNR packet P (S) errors occurred.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

SF Receive (In transmission)

(G4) An unexpected restart packet was received.

[Corrective Actions]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

036-740 Busy Timeout

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

036-743 DT Packet D Bit Error

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

Busy Timeout

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

D Bit error occurred in DT packet.

Busy Timeout

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

D Bit error occurred in DT packet.

[Corrective Actions]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

036-741 SI received in transmission

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

036-744 G4 Wait for Reply Timeout

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

SI Receive (In transmission)

(G4) An unexpected restart packet was received.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

Reply Timeout

SI Receive (In transmission)

(G4) Network timer timed out.

(G4) An unexpected restart packet was received.

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Reply Timeout

(G4) Network timer timed out.

[Corrective Actions]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-491

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
036-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-492

Version 2.1

036-745 G4 CN Wait Timeout

036-748 Receive remote charge request

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

CN Wait Timeout

(G4) Network timer timed out.

[Detection Conditions]

CN Wait Timeout

(G4) Network timer timed out.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-746 G4 Data Link Disconnect Notice Timeout


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec)

(G4) Data Link Failure

[Detection Conditions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Receive Remote Charge Request

[Detection Conditions]
Receive Remote Charge Request

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-749 Abnormal LCGN


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
LCGN Error

[Detection Conditions]
LCGN Error

[Corrective Actions]

Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec)

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

(G4) Data Link Failure

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-747 Fast select response received


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Fast Select that limits responses received.

[Detection Conditions]
Fast Select that limits responses received.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-750 Illegal procedure 1301


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Illegal Procedure 1301

[Detection Conditions]
Illegal Procedure

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-751 Illegal TCA Parameter

036-754 Illegal TBR Parameter

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Parameter error occurred in TCA.

Parameter error occurred in TBR.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Parameter error occurred in TCA.

Parameter error occurred in TBR.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-752 Illegal TCR Parameter

036-755 Illegal TDT Parameter

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Parameter error occurred in TCR.

Parameter error occurred in TDT.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Parameter error occurred in TCR.

Parameter error occurred in TDT.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-753 Illegal TCC Parameter

036-756 Undefined transport block

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Parameter error occurred in TCC.

Undefined Transport Block Receive

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Parameter error occurred in TCC.

Undefined Transport Block Receive

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-493

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
036-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-494

Version 2.1

036-757 TCA Wait Timeout

036-760 TBR Wait Timeout

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

TCA Wait Timeout

[Detection Conditions]

TBR Receive

[Detection Conditions]

TCA Wait Timeout

[Corrective Actions]

TBR Receive

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-758 TCR Wait Timeout

036-761 TDT block size error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

TCR Wait Timeout

[Detection Conditions]

TDT Block Size Error

[Detection Conditions]

TCR Wait Timeout

[Corrective Actions]

TDT Block Size Error

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-759 TCC Wait Timeout

036-762 G4 NetWork Disconnect Notice Timeout

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
TCC Receive

[Detection Conditions]
TCC Receive

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec)

(G4) Network Failure

[Detection Conditions]

Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec)

(G4) Network Failure

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-763 Illegal procedure 1401

036-766 Illegal CSA Parameter

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Illegal Procedure 1401

CSA Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Illegal Procedure

CSA Parameter Error

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-764 Illegal CSS Parameter

036-767 Illegal CSUI Parameter

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

CSS Parameter Error

CSUI Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

CSS Parameter Error

CSUI Parameter Error

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-765 Illegal CSE Parameter

036-768 Illegal CSCC Parameter

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

CSE Parameter Error

CSCC Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

CSE Parameter Error

CSCC Parameter Error

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-495

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
036-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-496

Version 2.1

036-769 Illegal RSSP Parameter

036-772 Illegal RSAP Parameter

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
RSSP Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions]
RSSP Parameter Error

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
RSAP Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions]
RSAP Parameter Error

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-770 Illegal RSSN Parameter

036-773 Illegal RSUI Parameter

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
RSSN Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions]
RSSN Parameter Error

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
RSUI Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions]
RSUI Parameter Error

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-771 Illegal RSEP Parameter

036-774 Illegal RSCCP Parameter

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
RSEP Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions]
RSEP Parameter Error

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
RSCCP Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions]
RSCCP Parameter Error

[Corrective Actions]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-775 Undefined command/response 1413

036-778 CSA received (wrong terminal)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Undefined Command/Response

[Detection Conditions]

CSA Receive (Error at terminal)

(G4) Session abortion was received.

[Detection Conditions]

Undefined Command/Response

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

CSA Receive (Error at terminal)

(G4) Session abortion was received.

[Corrective Actions]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

036-776 RSSN Receive

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

036-779 CSA Receive (Others)

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

RSSN Receive

[Fault Content]

(G4) Connection error was received from the session. (RSSN)

[Detection Conditions]

CSA Receive (Others)

RSSN Receive

(G4) Session abortion was received.

(G4) Connection error was received from the session. (RSSN)

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

CSA Receive (Others)

(G4) Session abortion was received.

[Corrective Actions]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

036-777 G4 Line Disconnect Notice Timeout

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

036-780 CSS Wait Timeout

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec)

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

CSS Wait Timeout

Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec)

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.

CSS Wait Timeout

[Corrective Actions]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Poor line quality.


Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method
is different depending on the remote machine and line status.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-497

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
036-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-498

Version 2.1

036-781 RSSP Wait Timeout

036-784 RSCCP Wait Timeout

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
RSSP Wait Timeout

[Detection Conditions]
RSSP Wait Timeout

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
RSCCP Wait Timeout

[Detection Conditions]
RSCCP Wait Timeout

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Poor line quality.

Poor line quality.

Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method
is different depending on the remote machine and line status.

Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method
is different depending on the remote machine and line status.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

036-782 RSAP Wait Timeout

036-785 CSUI/RSUI Wait Timeout

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
RSAP Wait Timeout

[Detection Conditions]
RSAP Wait Timeout

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
CSUI/RSUI Wait Timeout

[Detection Conditions]
CSUI/RSUI Wait Timeout

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Poor line quality.

Poor line quality.

Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method
is different depending on the remote machine and line status.

Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the corrective action
is different depending on the remote machine and line status.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

036-783 RSEP Wait Timeout

036-786 Incorrect Password (RSSN)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
RSEP Wait Timeout

[Detection Conditions]
RSEP Wait Timeout

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
"Incorrect Password" (RSSN) was returned from the remote machine.

[Detection Conditions]
"Incorrect Password" (RSSN) was returned from the remote machine.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Poor line quality.

Poor line quality.

Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method
is different depending on the remote machine and line status.

Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method
is different depending on the remote machine and line status.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

036-787 Wrong Password-Polling Error for Remote

036-790 Polling rejected by remote

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

"Incorrect Polling Password" (RSSP) was returned from the remote machine.

RSSP without send rights was received in Poll Receive.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

"Incorrect Polling Password" (RSSP) was returned from the remote machine.

RSSP without send rights was received in Poll Receive.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Poor line quality.

1.

Repeat the operation.

Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method
is different depending on the remote machine and line status.

2.

Check if the remote machine is ok.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

036-791 Set Password-RSSP Received


[Error Type]

036-788 Poll Send Error at Remote

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

RSSN was sent when setting password.

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

"No Poll Send Original" (RSSP) was returned from the remote machine.

RSSN was sent when setting password.

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

"No Poll Send Original" (RSSP) was returned from the remote machine.

[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

1.

Repeat the operation.

2.

Check if the remote machine is ok.

036-792 CSE Received after RSSP Send

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

[Error Type]

036-789 No Password for RSSP Receive

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

CSE was received after RSSP was sent.

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

No password for RSSP was received for the CSS PA password entered.

CSE was received after RSSP was sent.

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

No password for RSSP was received for the CSS PA password entered.

Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]
Poor line quality.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method
is different depending on the remote machine and line status.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-499

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
036-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-500

Version 2.1

036-793 Select communication error

036-796 Sent without multiple sets

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Selective Transmission Error

[Detection Conditions]
Selective Transmission Error

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Normal sending was performed because the remote machine does not support multi-copying.

[Detection Conditions]
Normal sending was performed because the remote machine does not support multi-copying.

[Corrective Actions]

Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-794 Line cut during ISDN mode

036-797 Illegal procedure 1501

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Calling cut off during ISDN communication

The ISDN session received an illegal event.

[Detection Conditions]

Calling cut off during ISDN communication

The ISDN session received an illegal event.

[Corrective Actions]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Illegal Procedure 1501

[Detection Conditions]
Illegal Procedure

[Corrective Actions]
Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Check that the telephone line is installed properly, and then wait for a while before sending again.

036-798 Illegal RDEP Parameter

If it did not improve, check that the recipient machine is not in memory full/HDD full/maintenance state. If
that is the case, send again when the recipient machine is in normal state and check.

[Error Type]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]
RDEP Parameter Error

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-795 Canceled by remote station


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Disconnected because the remote machine does not support multi-copying.

[Detection Conditions]
Disconnected because the remote machine does not support multi-copying.

[Corrective Actions]
Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Detection Conditions]
RDEP Parameter Error

[Corrective Actions]
Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-799 Illegal RDDP Parameter


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
RDDP Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions]
RDDP Parameter Error

[Corrective Actions]
Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-501

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
036-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-502

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

041-500 Write to IOT-ROM error detection (During DLD method)


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the IOT-ROM. (During DLD method)

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected when writing data to the IOT-ROM.
Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

[Corrective Actions]
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the IOT-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method
again.

041-501 Write to IOT-NVM-ROM error detection (During DLD


method)
[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
Write to IOT-NVM-ROM error detection (During DLD method)

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected when writing data to the IOT-NVM-ROM.
Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

[Corrective Actions]
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the IOT-NVM-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD
method again.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-503

041-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
041-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-504

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

062-500 Write to IISS-ROM error detection (During DLD method)


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Contents]
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the IISS-ROM. (During DLD method)

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected when writing data to the IISS-ROM.
Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

[Corrective Actions]
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the IISS-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method
again.

062-790 Possible Prohibited Originals


[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
PreIPS X Recognition Fail

[Detection Conditions]
PreIPS PWB has recognized X.

[Corrective Actions]
Do the same operation again.
If the problem occurs frequently, replace the IISS-PWBA.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-505

062-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
062-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-506

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

063-500 Write to IISS-Extension-ROM error detection (During


DLD method)
[Error Type]
Job Fail

[Fault Content]
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the IISS-Extension-ROM. (During DLD
method)

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected when writing data to the IISS-Extension-ROM.
Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

[Corrective Actions]
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the IISS-Extension-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD
method again.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-507

063-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
063-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-508

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

071-940 Tray#1 LiftUp NG


[Error Type]
Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
Tray#1 LiftUp NG

[Detection Conditions]
TBD

[Corrective Actions]
TBD

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-509

071-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
071-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-510

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

072-940 Tray#2/TTM#2 LiftUp NG


[Error Type]
Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
Tray#2/TTM#2 LiftUp NG

[Detection Conditions]
TBD

[Corrective Actions]
TBD

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-511

072-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
072-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-512

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

073-940 Tray#3/TTM#3 LiftUp NG


[Error Type]
Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
Tray#3/TTM#3 LiftUp NG

[Detection Conditions]
TBD

[Corrective Actions]
TBD

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-513

073-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
073-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-514

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

077-967 Paper kind mismatch (APS job)


[Error Type]
Operation

[Fault Content]
Paper type mismatch in the APS or printing from a tray with the wrong paper type (Message will
appear and then change into Confirm screen)

[Detection Conditions]
The selected paper type and the pre-set paper type are different.

[Corrective Actions]
Either set the selected paper type, or proceed with restarting print job (confirm operation) following
the user input state.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

077-968 Paper kind mismatch, job contniue


[Error Type]
Operation

[Fault Content]
Tray paper type mismatch, user input 2 (Change the paper type in tray and continue printing)

[Detection Conditions]
The selected paper type and the pre-set paper type are different

[Corrective Actions]
Proceed with restarting print job (confirm operation) following the user input state after setting the
selected paper type.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-515

077-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
077-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-516

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

078-500 Write to HCF-ROM error detection (During DLD method)

078-941 2000A3-HCF size mismatch

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the HCF-ROM. (During DLD method)

Due to a mismatch in 2000A3-HCF non-standard paper width in fast scan, the 2000A3-HCF tray
cannot be adjusted in position.

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected when writing data to the HCF-ROM

[Detection Conditions]

Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

Nothing is detected when the HCF tray is inserted.

This occurs when IOT starts feeding paper from the HCF. However, no jam occurs because no
paper is actually fed.

Details of operations causing this fault:

[Corrective Actions]
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the HCF-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method
again.

1.

078-940 2000A3-HCF paper misset

At the start of a copy/printer job with "2000A3-HCF Tray selected"


ATS does not work to shift from "Mismatch Status 2000A3-HCF" to "Another Tray"; thus an
Operation Error message always appears.

[Error Type]
Operation Fail

2.

Copy/Printer APS Job


After 2000A3-HCF is selected, there is no tray else for selection.

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions]

It is detected that paper is loaded by mistake in a space of 2000A3-HCF.

[Detection Conditions]

1.

Load proper paper in the HCF to continue the job. Load proper paper without canceling the job with
the error screen displayed, then insert the HCF tray. The error screen will be cleared.

2.

Cancel the job. Adjust "Non-standard Paper Size Set Value" to the size of the paper. Resume the
job.

Nothing is detected when the HCF tray is inserted.

This occurs when IOT starts feeding paper from the HCF. However, no jam occurs because no
paper is actually fed.

Details of operations causing this fault:

If the problem persists, refer to Generic Sensor FIP and check the sensor.

1.

At the start of a copy/printer job with "2000A3-HCF Tray selected"

If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.

ATS does not work to shift from "Mismatch Status 2000A3-HCF" to "Another Tray"; thus an
Operation Error message always appears.

OF-09 Common Job Fail

2.

Copy/Printer APS Job


After 2000A3-HCF is selected, there is no tray else for selection.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Load paper properly in the HCF to continue the job. Load paper properly without canceling the job
with the error screen displayed, then insert the HCF tray. The error screen will be cleared.

2.

Cancel the job. Adjust "Non-standard Paper Size Set Value" to the size of the paper. Resume the
job.
If the problem persists, refer to Generic Sensor FIP and check the sensor.
If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-517

078-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
078-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-518

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

093-940 Toner Y CRUM Comm Fail

093-950 Toner Y CRUM Data Broken

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

Toner Y CRUM Comm Fail

[Detection Conditions]

Toner Y CRUM Data Broken

[Detection Conditions]

TBD

[Corrective Actions]

TBD

[Corrective Actions]

TBD

TBD

093-941 Toner M CRUM Comm Fail

093-951 Toner M CRUM Data Broken

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

Toner M CRUM Comm Fail

[Detection Conditions]

Toner M CRUM Data Broken

[Detection Conditions]

TBD

[Corrective Actions]

TBD

[Corrective Actions]

TBD

TBD

093-942 Toner C CRUM Comm Fail

093-952 Toner C CRUM Data Broken

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

Toner C CRUM Comm Fail

[Detection Conditions]

Toner C CRUM Data Broken

[Detection Conditions]

TBD

[Corrective Actions]

TBD

[Corrective Actions]

TBD

TBD

093-943 Toner Y CRUM Comm Fail

093-960 Toner Y CRUM Data Mismatch

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]

Toner Y CRUM Comm Fail

[Detection Conditions]

Toner Y CRUM Data Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]

TBD

[Corrective Actions]

TBD

[Corrective Actions]

TBD

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

TBD

2007/10/01
2-519

093-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
093-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-520

Version 2.1

093-961 Toner M CRUM Data Mismatch

093-972 Toner C CRUM Not In Position

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
Toner M CRUM Data Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]
TBD

[Corrective Actions]
TBD

093-962 Toner C CRUM Data Mismatch


[Error Type]
Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
Toner C CRUM Data Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]
TBD

[Corrective Actions]
TBD

093-970 Toner Y CRUM Not In Position


[Error Type]
Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
Toner Y CRUM Not In Position

[Detection Conditions]
TBD

[Corrective Actions]
TBD

093-971 Toner M CRUM Not In Position


[Error Type]
Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
Toner M CRUM Not In Position

[Detection Conditions]
TBD

[Corrective Actions]
TBD

Operation Fail

[Fault Content]
Toner C CRUM Not In Position

[Detection Conditions]
TBD

[Corrective Actions]
TBD

102-356 EWS Soft Fail

102-382 Application Layer Command Error (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Fatal error related to EWS.

Controller - MF UI panel:
Application Level Command Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Fatal error related to EWS.

A necessary parameter was not sent from the Panel, an length error was detected in a variable
parameter, or the confirmation message was not returned for a specified time after the request message had been sent to the Panel.

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-01 Common System Fail

[Corrective Actions]

OF-02 HDD System Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-03 NET/USB System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

NOTE: Replace the ESS PWB last.

102-380 MF UI cont Soft Fatal error


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Fatal error of MF UI cont.

[Detection Conditions]
Fatal error of MF UI cont.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail

102-381 Data Link Layer Error (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Controller - MF UI panel:
Transmission Error at Data Link Layer occurred.

[Detection Conditions]
During transmission between the ESS and the Panel, the ESS detected an initialization error of the
Scope, a message send error or a retrieve error for receiving data.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-521

102-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
102-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-522

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

112-700 Punch Dust Near Full


[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
Punch Dust Near Full

[Detection Conditions]
Punch Dust Box is detected to be full.

[Corrective Actions]
Clear the Punch Dust scrap.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-523

112-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
112-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-524

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

116-210 MediaReader Faital Error

116-220 Transition to Download Mode Download Initialization


Failure

[Error Type]
Service Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Service Fail

[Media Reader] Fatal error of Reader.

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

Download failed to initialize when transitioning to Download Mode

This error was detected in the OSDD.

(During Normal Mode or Forced Download Mode)

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

2.

Replace the Media Reader, or USB Cable, or Extended Board for Media Reader connection.

[Detection Conditions]
The Downloader software that processes downloads within the ESS failed to initialize during transition into Download Mode.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

Check the system memory connection of the Controller Board.

OF-01 Common System Fail

If the problem occurs frequently, replace the Controller Board.

116-211 MediaReader Cable No Joint

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

[Error Type]

OF-01 Common System Fail

Service Fail

116-310 ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 Check Fail

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

[Media Reader] Connection Cable Disconnected

System Fail

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]

This error was detected in the OSDD.

ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 Check Failure

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check the USB Cable connection with the power OFF. If the problem persists, refer to the following
to repair it.

[Detection Conditions]

OF-01 Common System Fail

[Corrective Actions]

An error was detected when the ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 was checked.

116-212 MediaLib SW Logic Fail

Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following:

[Error Type]

1.

Service Fail

[Fault Content]

Replace the Controller board.

[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions]

System Fail

MediaLib internal logic error has occurred.

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions]
2.

Replace ESS Font ROM DIMM #2.

3.

116-311 ESS Font ROM DIMM #3 Check Fail

[Media Reader] MediaLib SW Logic Fail

1.

Remove and insert ESS Font ROM DIMM #2.

2.

ESS Font ROM DIMM #3 Check Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON.


Check if this is an existing failure (to TSC). If the problem persists, refer to the following to repair it.

[Detection Conditions]
A fail is detected during a check of ESS Font ROM DIMM #3.

OF-01 Common System Fail

[Corrective Actions]
Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem still persists, perform the following:
Disconnect and reconnect the ESS Printer-Kit/Fax Board/ROM DIMM. If the problem still persists,
replace the Printer-Kit or the ROM-DIMM.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-525

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
116-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-526

Version 2.1

116-312 HDD Encrypt Key Fail

116-315 ESS RAM DIMM #1 W/R Check Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
[HDD Encrypt Key Failure]
An error in the encryption key was detected on booting.

[Detection Conditions]
An error in the HDD encryption key was detected on booting.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
ESS RAM DIMM #1 W/R Check failure

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected during the Read/Write operation of the ESS RAM DIMM #1.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following:

Refer to OF-02 "HDD System Fail" to repair the trouble.

1.

When the system has been recovered, set a correct HDD encryption key.

2.

Replace ESS RAM DIMM #1.

3.

Replace the Controller board.

116-313 HDD Encrypt Set Up Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
[HDD Encrypt Set Up Failure]
An encryption setting error was detected on booting.

[Detection Conditions]
The encryption key was set up but the HDD itself was not encrypted.

[Corrective Actions]

Remove and insert ESS RAM DIMM #1.

116-316 ESS RAM DIMM #2 W/R Check Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
ESS RAM DIMM #2 W/R Check failure

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected during the Read/Write operation of the ESS RAM DIMM #2.

[Corrective Actions]

Refer to OF-02 "HDD System Fail" to repair the trouble.

Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following:

When the system has been recovered, set a correct HDD encryption key.

1.

116-314 Ethernet Address Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Eternet Address Failure

[Detection Conditions]
An Ethernet error was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.
Check the installation of SEEPROM on the ESS.

Remove and insert ESS RAM DIMM #2.

2.

Replace ESS RAM DIMM #2.

3.

Replace the Controller board.

116-317 Standard ROM DIMM Check Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
ESS ROM DIMM #1 Check Failure

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected when the standard ROM DIMM was checked.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following:

OF-03 NET/USB System Fail

1.

2.4 NET System Fault Check

2.

Replace ESS ROM DIMM #1.

3.

Replace the Controller board.

Remove and insert ESS ROM DIMM #1.

116-318 Op. ROM DIMM Check Fail

116-322 WebDAV S/W Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

ESS ROM DIMM #2 Check Failure

Fatal error related to WebDAV.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

An error was detected when the option ROM DIMM was checked.

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Pull out and insert the Prt-Kit or the ROM DIMM.

OF-01 Common System Fail

If the problem persists, replace the Prt-Kit or the ROM-DIMM.

116-323 ESS NVRAM W/R Check Fail

116-319 Mismatch Cont ROM and Panel config

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

ESS NVRAM W/R Check Fail (defective NV-RAM part(s))

A mismatch between the installed ROM and Panel configuration (FCW-UI or HB-UI).

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

During a Read/Write check at power on, OS/DD detects an HW error with the ESS-NVRAM Board.

Identify the installed program ROM type and Panel configuration using the hardware self-diagnostics immediately after power ON to check that they match.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Disconnect and reconnect the NV-RAM Board and turn ON the power.

If they do not match, display Chain-Link code on the Panel and abort system boot-up.

2.

If problem 116-323 still persists, replace the NV-RAM Board.

3.

After the replacement of the NV-RAM Board, 116-334 will occur. Take the corrective actions for
116-334 in order.

4.

If problem 116-323 still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.

[Corrective Actions]
To match the program ROM type (HB or FCW) and the installed Panel configuration (HB or FCW),
overwrite the program ROM or re-install the Panel.

116-321 System Soft Fatal error

OF-01 016-782/016-784 Fail

[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
SysCon Error

[Detection Conditions]
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-01 Common System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-527

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
116-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-528

Version 2.1

116-324 Exception Fail

116-329 Serial IF Soft Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
The system detected an exception error

[Detection Conditions]
A fatal software exception error has occurred in the Controller PWB CPU. The cause is most likely
the Controller software failure.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
[Fatal error related to Serial I/F]
System call error related to Serial I/F.

[Detection Conditions]
A system call error related to the Serial I/F was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

Power OFF/ON

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[APC4300]

OF-01 Common System Fail

Turn OFF the power, then turn it ON while pressing both the [Start] and the [Stop] buttons. By maintaining that state for 6 seconds, the machine will automatically delete the print data that had caused
the error and then restart itself.
If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure:
Pull out and insert or replace the RAM DIMM.
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-08 116-324 Fail

116-325 ESS Fan Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
ESS FAN FAIL

[Detection Conditions]
An error occurred in the rotation of the ESS Fan.

[Corrective Actions]

116-330 HDD File System Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
HDD File System Failure

[Detection Conditions]
HDD Check at power ON detected that an error has occurred or the HDD was not formatted.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-02 HDD System Fail

116-331 Invalid Log Info


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.

Log Management Information Incorrect

(1) Replace the ESS Fan.

Same as NVM failure, this failure was detected at the NVM Log management information area.

116-328 L2 Cache Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
CPU Built-in Level 2 Cache Failure

[Detection Conditions]
A failure was detected in the Level 2 Cache built in the CPU.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-01 Common System Fail

[Detection Conditions]
A log related error was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.
1.

After removing the HDD and turning the power ON then OFF, install the HDD again and turn
the power ON.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-02 HDD System Fail

116-332 ESS Standard ROM Error

116-334 ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

ESS On Board ROM Error

ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail (NV-RAM parts are good.)

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected in the ESS Built-In Standard ROM.

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

During a check of Read/Write at power on, System Cont detects [ESS-NVRAM with factory settings is
installed] or [Illegal ESS-NVRAM data is occurring].

Turn the power OFF then ON.


Pull out and insert the ESS built-in standard ROM.

Because data for initialization in ESS-ROM is written on ESS-NVRAM data when 116-334 is detected,
powering OFF then ON after that causes System Fails (124-3xx) that indicate mismatches in various
data between the three locations.

If the problem persists, replace the ESS built-in standard ROM.

116-333 LocalTalk Soft Fail


[Error Type]

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

1.

As powering OFF then ON after a detection of 116-334 will presumably cause errors 124-3xx that
indicate various data mismatches between the three locations, resolve one(s) in DC132, following
the corrective actions for the relevant Fault Code(s).

2.

If 116-334 reoccurs despite powering OFF/ON, disconnect and reconnect the NV-RAM Board, then
turn ON the power.

3.

If the problem persists, replace the NV-RAM Board.

4.

If the problem still persists, replace the mercury battery.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

5.

If the 116-334 problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.

OF-03 NET/USB System Fail

OF-01:Common System Fail

[Fault Content]
[Fatal error related to LocalTalk]
System call error related to LocalTalk.

[Detection Conditions]
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]

2.4 NET System Fault Check

116-336 Redirector HD Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
[Redirector Fail]
HD failure detected in the Redirector.

[Detection Conditions]
An error was detected when HD was accessed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-02 HDD System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-529

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
116-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-530

Version 2.1

116-337 SNTP S/W Fail

116-341 ROM VER Incorrect

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

Fatal error related to SNTP.

[ROM DIMM Version Mismatch]


Versions of the multiple ROM DIMMs installed are incorrect.

[Detection Conditions]
Overall SNTP fatal error.

An invalid combination of ROM DIMMs are installed.

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

When installing multiple ROM DIMMs, it is necessary to match both the major versions and the
minor versions.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Detection Conditions]
Versions of the multiple ROM DIMMs installed are incorrect.

OF-02 HDD System Fail

116-338 JBA fatal error


[Error Type]

An invalid combination of ROM DIMMs are installed.

[Corrective Actions]
Check the versions of the multiple ROM DIMMs installed and replace them with an appropriate combination of DIMMs.

System Fail

[Fault Content]

When installing multiple ROM DIMMs, it is necessary to match both the major versions and the
minor versions.

Fatal error related to JBA.

[Detection Conditions]
Overall JBA fatal error.

116-342 SESAMi Manager Fail


[Error Type]

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-01 Common System Fail

SESAMi Manager Fatal Error

[Detection Conditions]

116-340 Memory Not Enough

Fatal error related to the SNMP Agent.

[Error Type]

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions]
1.

If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.

The Page Memory, Entry Buffer and Work Area are insufficient. Malloc error, etc.
The tasks cannot start up.

[Detection Conditions]
Insufficient memory was detected during initialization. A PS option requiring an additional memory
was installed but memory was not added.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.
Remove the PostScript Option and perform the operation. For permanent recovery, add the Controller memory.

Check whether or not the Controller ROM is the latest version.


If it is not the latest, upgrade it to the latest by referring to "2.6 Software Download".

[Insufficient memory]
2.

If the problem persists, refer to "2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tool Operational Instructions" to collect
logs, and then contact Support G.

116-343 Main PWBA IC Fail

116-349 SIF Fail to Call Pflite

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Main PWBA IC Failure

An error occurred when calling the Pflite function using the SIF.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

An error was detected in the IC in the ESS PWB.

An error occurred when calling the Pflite function using the SIF.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-01 Common System Fail

Perform OF-01 Common System Fail. If NG, check the following procedures in sequence.

116-346 Formatter Fail

2.4 NET System Fault Check

[Error Type]

OF-03 NET/USB System Fail

System Fail

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

[Fault Content]

116-350 AppleTalk Soft Fail

[Formatter Failure]

[Error Type]

Various fatal errors are detected in the Formatter.

System Fail

Fatal error of S-Formatter.

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

Overall fatal error of AppleTalk.

A response such as system function recall error was detected.

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

Overall fatal error of AppleTalk.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

OF-01 Common System Fail

[Corrective Actions]

116-348 Redirecter Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

[Error Type]
System Fail

Perform OF-01 Common System Fail. If NG, check the following procedures in sequence.

[Fault Content]

2.4 NET System Fault Check

[Redirecter Failure]

OF-03 NET/USB System Fail

Various fatal errors detected in the Redirecter.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

[Detection Conditions]
A response such as system function recall error was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
Perform OF-01 Common System Fail. If NG, check the following procedures in sequence.
2.4 NET System Fault Check
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-531

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
116-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-532

Version 2.1

116-351 EtherTalk Soft Fail

116-353 HDD Phisycal Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Fatal error related to the EtherTalk.

[Detection Conditions]
Fatal error related to the EtherTalk.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
Perform OF-01 Common System Fail. If NG, check the following procedures in sequence.
2.4 NET System Fault Check
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

116-352 NetWare Soft Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Fatal error related to the NetWare.

[Detection Conditions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
[HDD Physical Fail]
The HDD was not booted due to a physical HDD failure detected on booting.

[Detection Conditions]
The HDD was not booted due to a physical HDD failure detected on booting.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-02 HDD System Fail

116-354 HDD Product Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
[HDD ProductCode Fail]
The M/C was not started up due to a Product Code error detected in the HDD on booting.

[Detection Conditions]
The HDD was not started up due to a Product Code error detected in the HDD on booting. It is possible that the HDD had been formatted by the M/C of a different product.

[Corrective Actions]

Fatal error related to the NetWare.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
Perform OF-01 Common System Fail. If NG, check the following procedures in sequence.
2.4 NET System Fault Check
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

To overwrite to the HDD of another product, refer to the following to perform the special boot
forced formatting.

OF-02 HDD System Fail

116-355 Agent Soft Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Fatal error related to the SNMP Agent.

[Detection Conditions]
Fatal error related to the SNMP Agent.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail

116-356 HDD Format Fail

116-359 PLW Soft Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

[HDD Format Fail]

Fatal error in PLW.

The M/C was not started up due to an insufficient HDD capacity error detected during HDD formatting.

[Detection Conditions]
Fatal error in PLW.

[Detection Conditions]

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

HDD was formatted but an incorrect HDD was connected or a HDD error occurred.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the Error History Report. If the
same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-01 Common System Fail

OF-02 HDD System Fail

116-357 PostScript Error

116-360 SMB Soft Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

PS Fatal System Error

Fatal error related to SMB.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

PS Fatal System Error

Fatal error related to SMB.

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the Error History Report. If the
same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

OF-01 Common System Fail

2.4 NET System Fault Check


OF-03 NET/USB System Fail

116-358 Salutation Soft Fail

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

[Error Type]

116-361 Spool Fatal HDD

System Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

System Fail

Fatal error related to Salutation.

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

Fatal error of SPL HDD.

Fatal error related to Salutation.

[Detection Conditions]

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

Fatal error of SPL HDD.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

The SpoolCont detected an error at HDD access.

[Corrective Actions]

2.4 NET System Fault Check


OF-03 NET/USB System Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

OF-02 HDD System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-533

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
116-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-534

Version 2.1

116-362 SSDP Soft Fail

116-365 Spool Fatal

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
SSDP Software Fail

[Detection Conditions]
SSDP Software Fail
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-02 HDD System Fail

116-363 BMLinkS/Print Service Soft Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
BMLinkS/Print Service Software Failure

[Detection Conditions]
BMLinkS/Print Service Software Failure
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation.

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Fatal error of the SPL.

[Detection Conditions]
Fatal error of the SPL.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
it.
OF-01 Common System Fail

116-366 Report Gen. Soft Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Print Utility Operational Failure, Report Generator Operational Failure

[Detection Conditions]
An operation failure of the Report Generator.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.

2.4 NET System Fault Check


OF-03 NET/USB System Fail

Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
it.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

OF-01 Common System Fail

116-364 Timer Fail

116-367 Parallel IF Soft Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Timer Failure

[Detection Conditions]
An error in the timer was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation.

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Overall fatal error of Parallel.

[Detection Conditions]
Overall fatal error of Parallel.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, replace the NVM PWB.

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation.

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

If the system is not recovered after the ESS PWB has been replaced, install back the original ESS
PWB and contact Support G.

2.4 NET System Fault Check


OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

116-368 Dump Print Fail

116-371 PCL Decomp S/W Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Fatal error of DumpPrint.

PCL Decomposer Software Failure

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Fatal error of DumpPrint.

Fatal error of PCL.

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.

Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
it.

Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
it.

OF-01 Common System Fail

OF-01 Common System Fail

116-370 XJCL Fail

116-372 P-Formatter Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

Fatal error of XJCL.

[Detection Conditions]

Fatal error of P-Formatter.

[Detection Conditions]

Fatal error of XJCL.

Fatal error of P-Formatter.

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation.

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
2.4 NET System Fault Check

Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
it.

OF-03 NET/USB System Fail

OF-01 Common System Fail

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-535

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
116-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-536

Version 2.1

116-373 Dynamic DNS Soft Fail

116-375 I-Formatter Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Fatal error related to Dynamic DNS.

[Detection Conditions]
Fatal error related to DDNS.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
it.
2.4 NET System Fault Check
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

116-374 Auto Switch Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Fatal error of I-Formatter.

[Detection Conditions]
A response such as system function recall error was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
it.
OF-01 Common System Fail

116-376 Port 9100 Software Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Port 9100 Software Fail

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]
Fatal error of Auto SW.

[Detection Conditions]
Fatal error of Auto SW.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
it.
2.4 NET System Fault Check

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.

OF-03 NET/USB System Fail

Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
it.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

OF-01 Common System Fail


2.4 NET System Fault Check
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

116-377 Video DMA Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Video DMA Fail

[Detection Conditions]
Video DMA failure was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
it.
OF-01 Common System Fail

116-378 MCR Soft Fail

116-380 ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 Check Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Fatal error of MCR (Mail Contents Requester).

ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 Check Failure

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Fatal error related to MCR.

An error was detected when the ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 was checked.

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
it.
2.4 NET System Fault Check

Pull out and insert the ESS Prt-Kit, the Fax Board or the ROM DIMM. If the problem persists,
replace the Prt-Kit or the ROM-DIMM.

116-381 ABL Initialize Fail


[Error Type]

OF-03 NET/USB System Fail

System Fail

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

[Fault Content]

116-379 MCC Soft Fail

AddressBookLibrary Initialization Failure

[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions]

System Fail

ABL did not match the ABL version information on the NVM, or corrupted data was detected.

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions]

Fatal error of MCC (Mail Contents Creator).

Perform Clear Controller NVM on the system.

[Detection Conditions]

As this will clear all address information, request permission from the user before performing this.

Fatal error related to MCC.

116-382 ABL Phisycal Initialize Fail

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Error Type]

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
it.
2.4 NET System Fault Check

[Fault Content]
AddressBookLibrary Initialization Not Available

[Detection Conditions]
ABL has failed to access the NVM or HDD.

OF-03 NET/USB System Fail


2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

[Corrective Actions]
Set ChainLink 790-664 to 0.
If the problem persists, replace the NVM component on the NVM Controller.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-02 HDD System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-537

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
116-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-538

Version 2.1

116-383 PIT Lib Failure

116-388 No HD that Should Be

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

Ama + toto Board Failure/Not Installed, or HDD access error

The necessary HD was not installed.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

1.

It was detected that the Image Extension Kit (Ama + toto board) was not installed on the controller
board during job execution.

1.

2.

An Ama + toto board failure was detected during job execution.

2.

3.

An HDD access error was detected during job execution.

* Note that although 016-231 is detected during power ON, this fail is a "job execution detection" and has
a different timing.

The system detected that the HDD was not installed, even though the system configuration (with
Fax and Finisher) requires a HDD.
The system detected that the HD was not installed when SW optional function was enabled.
[Option name to be detected]

Scanner Kit

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, install the HDD correctly.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

(1) (2) After turning the power OFF then ON, check the panel top right display to see whether 016231 has occurred, without this error (= 116-383) occurring.

OF-02 HDD System Fail

If 016-231 has occurred, perform the corrective actions for 016-231.

116-389 No Add-On RAM that Should Be

If the error does not occur, proceed to (3) for the HDD access errror.

[Error Type]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-02 HDD System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

116-385 IDC Software Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

The necessary additional RAM was not installed.

[Detection Conditions]
1.

[Fault Content]
IDC Software Fail

[Detection Conditions]
Fatal error related to IDC.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the Error History Report. If the
same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it.
OF-01 Common System Fail

2.

The system detected that additional RAM was not installed, even though the system configuration
(with HDD etc.) requires the installation of additional RAM.
Insufficient System Memory was detected when SW optional function was enabled.
[Option name to be detected]

Printer Kit

Scanner Kit

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.
1.

Reinstall or replace the RAM DIMM for J331.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-01 Common System Fail

116-390 Standard ROM and NVM Version Mismatch

116-395 USB Soft Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Versions of Standard ROM and NVM Mismatch

Fatal error related to USB.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Incompatible versions of the Standard ROM and NVM were detected.

Fatal error related to USB.


Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

1.

Initialize the NVM by following the instructions on the LCD display.

2.

If the NVM is not to be initialized, use a compatible version of the Controller ROM (Standard ROM).

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the CE log, etc. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it.

116-391 Illegal code (country/territory/size group)

2.4 NET System Fault Check

[Error Type]

OF-03 NET/USB System Fail

System Fail

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

[Fault Content]

116-701 Out of Memory-Duplex Fail

Country Code/Territory Code/Paper Size Group Setting Error Detected

[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions]
When the machine is turned on and started (or also rebooted), nation info, territory code and paper
size group kept in SEEP-ROM are checked. As a result, an undefined code is detected regarding
one(s) of those pieces of information.
However, when it is turned on and started (or also rebooted) in the following way, the machine starts successfully without checking for an error.

Warning

[Fault Content]
One-page data was printed on multiple pages during 2-Sided Print (The title with two or more lines
was printed on 2 pages).

[Detection Conditions]
The title with two or more lines was printed on 2 pages because 2-Sided Print is not available due to
insufficient memory.

Special Boot (Power Saver+Clear All+Power ON)

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following:
1.

Expand the memory or install the HDD if it is not installed.

Enter the correct nation code, territory code and paper size group in SEEP-ROM.

116-702 Print with Substitute Font

* CL No.

[Error Type]

700-165=nation code

Warning

700-338=territory code

[Fault Content]

700-402=paper size group

Printing performed with a substitute font.

For correct data, see System Data List.


2.

[Detection Conditions]

After entering the correct values in SEEP-ROM, be sure to initialize NVMs (Sys-System).

If NVMs (Sys-System) are not initialized, NVN values generated based on wrong data in SEEP-ROM will
not be updated to be the correct values.

Printing performed with a substitute font.

[Corrective Actions]
Install an appropriate Font ROM.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-539

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
116-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-540

Version 2.1

116-703 PostScript LANG Interprete ERR

116-706 MediaReader:File Attribute Read Error(No Job)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Warning

[Fault Content]

Warning

[Fault Content]

[PS Interpret Error]


An error has occurred in language analysis.

[Media Reader] File Attribute Retrieval Error (Occurs in other situations than during job)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
There is a problem in the PostScript data and an error occurred in PostScript grammar interpretation
or language interpretation.

The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

[Corrective Actions]
Perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
When another PostScript printer exists at the customer site, print data on that printer and check if
the same problem occurs.

116-704 MediaReaderMedia No Insert(No Job)


[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
[Media Reader] Media Not Inserted (Occurs in other situations than during job)

[Detection Conditions]
The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.

[Corrective Actions]
1. Check that the Media is inserted.

116-705 MediaReader Format Error(No Job)

116-707 MediaReader:Image File Read Error(No Job)


[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
[Media Reader] Image File Retrieval Error (Occurs in other situations than during job)

[Detection Conditions]
The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
[Media Reader] File Attribute Retrieval Error (Occurs during job)

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]
[Media Reader] Format Error (Occurs in other situations than during job)

[Detection Conditions]
The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check the file format/directory and selected mode
(Digital Camera Print/Document Print).

Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file images are displayed in
the PC.

116-708 MediaReader:File Attribute Read Error(In Job)

[Error Type]
Warning

Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the printed file attribute information is
displayed in the PC.

The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the printed file attribute information is
displayed in the PC.

116-709 MediaReader:Image File Read Error(In Job)

116-712 Out of Area-Form REGI ERR

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Warning

Warning

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

[Media Reader] Image File Retrieval Error (Occurs during job)

[Insufficient PLW Form Capacity]


The PLW form/logo data cannot be registered due to insufficient RAM or HD space.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.

The PLW form/logo data cannot be registered due to insufficient RAM or HD space.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file images are displayed in
the PC.

[Corrective Actions]
After checking the registered forms/logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary
forms/logos. Or, increase the allocated capacity of the RAM disk.

116-710 HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow

116-713 Job divided by HDD Full

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Warning

Warning

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

HP-GL Spool File Overflow

[HDD Full Warning]

[Detection Conditions]

The job output was split into batches due to HDD Full.

HP-GL/2 memory overflows.

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

Collate operation was split when HDD Full occurred in Print Service.

Increase the HP-GL spool size. Or, install the HDD.

[Corrective Actions]

116-711 PLW Size/orientation mismatch

Delete the stored documents and clear HDD Full.

[Error Type]

If the problem persists, split the job so that HDD Full does not occur.

Warning

If the problem persists (and the cause may be an HDD failure), perform the following procedure to
repair it.

[Fault Content]
[PLW Form Overlay Error]

OF-02 HDD System Fail

Form Overlay is impossible because the size/orientation of the PLW form's drawing is different from
that of the paper.

116-714 HP-GL/2 Command ERR


[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions]
Form Overlay is impossible because the size/orientation of the PLW form's drawing is different from
that of the paper.

Warning

[Fault Content]
A HP-GL command error was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Select paper that has the same size and orientation as the registered form.

[Detection Conditions]
HP-GL/2 command error occurred.

[Corrective Actions]
Correct or remove the data in the print data that causes the error.
If the problem persists (and the cause may be an HDD failure), perform the following procedure to
repair it.
2.4 NET System Fault Check
2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-541

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
116-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-542

Version 2.1

116-715 Max Form to PLW Registered

116-718 Selected PLW Form Not Registered

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Warning

[Fault Content]

Warning

[Fault Content]

[PLW Form Registration Error]

[PLW Form Overlay Error]

The PLW form data cannot be registered because of the restriction on the no. of forms.

The specified form is not registered.

[Detection Conditions]
The PLW form data cannot be registered because of the restriction on the no. of forms.

[Corrective Actions]
After checking the registered forms using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary forms/
logos. Or, delete the unnecessary forms with Print Command.

116-716 MediaReader File Not Exist


[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
[Media Reader] No Target File (Occurs in other situations than during job)

[Detection Conditions]
The specified form is not registered.

[Corrective Actions]
Use a registered form or register the required form.

116-720 PCL Memory Low,Page Simplified


[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
PCL Memory Low, Page Simplified

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check the file format/directory and selected mode
(Digital Camera Print/Document Print).

116-717 MediaLib:Not Excecute of New Request


[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
[Media Reader] MediaLib New Execution Request Cannot Be Received

[Detection Conditions]
The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.

[Corrective Actions]
Deactivate the unnecessary ports. Adjust various buffer memory sizes. Add an expanded memory.

116-725 Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full


[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
The log image storage area on the disk is full.

[Detection Conditions]
With the system data "Level of Ensuring Log Image Creation" set to "Low," the log image storage
area on the disk is full.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Rerun the job.

1.

If the situation is the same despite some re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in the
device.

Check the contents in the Media from the PC. It is not necessary to check the file format/directory in
the Media (as this error does not occur when the previous job is complete).

116-737 Out of Area-Data REGI ERR

116-740 Arithmetic Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Warning

Warning

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

[Insufficient ART User Defined Area]

[Value Calculation Error]

The user defined data (external characters, patterns, etc) cannot be registered due to insufficient
RAM capacity.

The value calculated in the Interpreter exceeded the limit.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The value calculated in the Interpreter exceeded the limit.

The user defined data (external characters, patterns, etc) cannot be registered due to insufficient
RAM capacity.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]
Upgrade the driver.

116-741 Max Form to Not PLW Registered

Delete the registered user-defined data. Or, increase the allocated capacity of RAM.

[Error Type]

116-738 Size/orientation mismatch

Warning

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Warning

[Form Registration Error]

[Fault Content]

The form data cannot be registered due to the restriction on the no. of forms.

[Form Overlay Error]


Form Overlay is impossible because the size/orientation of the form's drawing is different from that
of the paper.

[Detection Conditions]
The form data cannot be registered due to the restriction on the no. of forms.

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]

After checking the registered forms using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary forms/
logos. Or, delete the unnecessary forms with Print Command.

Form Overlay is impossible because the size/orientation of the form's drawing is different from that
of the paper.

116-742 Max Logo Registered

[Corrective Actions]

[Error Type]

Select paper that has the same size and orientation as the registered form.

Warning

116-739 Out of Disk Area-Form/Logo REGI ERR

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

[Logo Registration Error]

Warning

The logo data cannot be registered due to the restriction on the no. of logos.

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

[Insufficient Form/Logo Capacity]

The logo data cannot be registered due to the restriction on the no. of logos.

The form/logo data cannot be registered due to insufficient RAM or Hard Disk space.

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]

After checking the registered logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary logos.
Or, delete the unnecessary logos with Print Command.

The form/logo data cannot be registered due to insufficient RAM or Hard Disk space.

[Corrective Actions]
After checking the registered forms/logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary
forms/logos. Or, increase the allocated capacity of the RAM disk.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-543

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
116-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-544

Version 2.1

116-743 Out of Buffer Area-Form/Logo REGI ERR

116-747 Invalid Page Margin

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Warning

[Fault Content]

Warning

[Fault Content]

[Form/Logo Size Overflow]

[White page was detected]

The received data (form/logo) exceeded the registered buffer size.

After subtracting the paper margin from the valid coordinate area, the result of the calculation will be
negative.

[Detection Conditions]
Form/logo cannot be registered (insufficient area)
The received data (form/logo) exceeded the registered buffer size.

[Corrective Actions]
Increase the size of the Form Registration Area using the Operation Panel. Or, install the HD.

116-745 ART Command ERR


[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
[ART Command Error]
During Decompose, the Decomposer checks for syntax error and values that exceed their respective limit values.

[Detection Conditions]
During Decompose, the Decomposer checks for syntax error and values that exceed their respective limit values.

[Corrective Actions]
Upgrade the driver.
And upgrade the ESS software to the latest version.

116-746 Selected Form Not Registered


[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
[Form Overlay Error]
The specified form is not registered.

[Detection Conditions]
The specified form is not registered.

[Corrective Actions]
Use a registered form or register the required form.

[Detection Conditions]
After subtracting the paper margin from the valid coordinate area, the result of the calculation will be
negative.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.

116-748 Page without Image Draw Data


[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
[White page was detected]
Drawing data does not exist in the page data.

[Detection Conditions]
Drawing data does not exist in the page data.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.

116-749 PostScript Font error


[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
[PS Font Error]
Job was aborted because the specified font is not found.

[Detection Conditions]
The specified font is not found in the ROM or the HDD.

[Corrective Actions]
Add fonts. Or, specify a substitute using UI.

116-771 Invalid JBIG Param DL Fixed

116-775 Invalid JBIG Param L0 Fixed

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Warning

[Fault Content]

Warning

[Fault Content]

An incorrect JBIG parameter DL was automatically corrected.

[Detection Conditions]

An incorrect JBIG parameter L0 was automatically corrected.

[Detection Conditions]

An incorrect JBIG parameter DL was detected and automatically corrected.

[Corrective Actions]

An incorrect JBIG parameter L0 was detected and automatically corrected.

[Corrective Actions]

No action necessary.

No action necessary.

116-772 Invalid JBIG Param D Fixed

116-776 Invalid JBIG Param MX Fixed

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Warning

[Fault Content]

Warning

[Fault Content]

An incorrect JBIG parameter D was automatically corrected.

[Detection Conditions]

An incorrect JBIG parameter MX was automatically corrected.

[Detection Conditions]

An incorrect JBIG parameter D was detected and automatically corrected.

[Corrective Actions]

An incorrect JBIG parameter MX was detected and automatically corrected.

[Corrective Actions]

No action necessary.

No action necessary.

116-773 Invalid JBIG Param P Fixed

116-777 Invalid JBIG Param MY Fixed

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Warning

[Fault Content]

Warning

[Fault Content]

An incorrect JBIG parameter P was automatically corrected.

[Detection Conditions]

An incorrect JBIG parameter MY was automatically corrected.

[Detection Conditions]

An incorrect JBIG parameter P was detected and automatically corrected.

[Corrective Actions]

An incorrect JBIG parameter MY was detected and automatically corrected.

[Corrective Actions]

No action necessary.

No action necessary.

116-774 Invalid JBIG Param YD Fixed

116-778 Invalid JBIG Par VLENGTH Fixed

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Warning

[Fault Content]

Warning

[Fault Content]

An incorrect JBIG parameter YD was automatically corrected.

[Detection Conditions]

An incorrect JBIG parameter VLENGTH was automatically corrected.

[Detection Conditions]

An incorrect JBIG parameter YD was detected and automatically corrected.

[Corrective Actions]

An incorrect JBIG parameter VLENGTH was detected and automatically corrected.

[Corrective Actions]

No action necessary.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

No action necessary.

2007/10/01
2-545

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
116-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-546

116-780 Attached Document Error


[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
Attached document error of E-mail to XXX.

[Detection Conditions]
The system detected an error in the document attached to the E-mail to XXX.

[Corrective Actions]
No action necessary.

116-790 Stapling Canceled


[Error Type]
warning

[Fault Content]
Staple was canceled.

[Detection Conditions]
Either all or one of the lead Stapler is canceled during print

[Corrective Actions]
1.

If the operator stops a FAX/iFAX Mailbox received documents print, cancel one of the lead Stapler
and print.

2.

If 1. is not possible, cancel Stapler for all copy and print

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

121-310 EPSV-Accessory Communication Fail

121-312 IC Card Auditron Config Fail 02

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

EPSV-Accessory Communication Fail

IC Card Auditron Config Fail 02

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Transmission failed between the EP-SV and the accessories.

During power ON, an error has occurred due to the following setting combinations that are not
allowed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
1.

Check the connection to the EP Accessory, pull out and insert the EPSV Board and replace
the cable.
Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
If the problem persists, replace the EPSV-IF Board.

3.

If the problem persists, replace the EP-SV.

4.

If the problem persists, refer to EP Accessory manual to perform the corrective actions.

An EP-related product other than the IC Card Gate is connected (set). Or, the IC Card Gate
are installed (set) together with other EP-related products.

[Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] is set as [Remote
Access].

[Corrective Actions]

If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
2.

Take actions in the following order:

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.

1.

Without the EP-related products connected, start up the machine and set [Login Setup /
Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] to other than [Remote Access].

2.

Install the IC Card Remote Authentication Kit option and set the IC Card Gate of EP-related
product to single connection.

121-313 IC Card Auditron Config Fail 03

121-311 IC Card Auditron Config Fail 01

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

IC Card Auditron Config Fail 03

IC Card Auditron Config Fail 01

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

During power ON, an error has occurred due to the following setting combinations that are not
allowed.

During power ON, this machine performs auto correction and reboots because of incorrect combination between the external authentication settings of this machine and the connected machine.

When the IC Card Gate is connected:


If all the following settings have been made, [IC Card Link Mode] is changed to [Enter Password].

Set [Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] to [Remote
Access].

Set [Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] > [Remote Access]
> [IC Card Link Mode] to [No Password Required].

Select [System Settings] > [Network Settings] > [Remote Authentication Server/Directory Service] > [Authentication System] and set to Kerberos or SMB.

The IC Card Remote Authentication Kit option is not installed.

The IC Card Gate of EP-related product is connected singly (set).

[Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] is set as [Remote
Access].

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Take actions in the following order:


1.

Without the EP-related products connected, start up the machine and set [Login Setup /
Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] to other than [Remote Access].

2.

Install the IC Card Remote Authentication Kit option.

When the IC Card Gate is connected:


This system automatically sets [Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron
Mode] > [Remote Access] > [IC Card Link Mode] to [Enter Password]. If you do not want to use a
password, make the appropriate settings.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-547

121-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
121-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-548

Version 2.1

121-314 Customize User Prompts Fail

121-333 EPSV-EP M/C Communication Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

system fail

[Fault Content]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

Customize User Prompts Fail

[Detection Conditions]
When the machine was in Network Accounting Mode, ChainLink was Card Auditron Level 2 OR IC
Card Auditron Level 2 and the panel specified Customize User Prompts=""prompt 2 only"" OR
""none"".

EPSV-EP M/C Communication Fail

[Detection Conditions]
1.

If this condition does not apply to your case, check what value is set in [850-014: Accessory Connection Monitoring Timer Value] and go to one of the following.

[Corrective Actions]
Change the system data (Chain-Link) so that the detection condition will not occur.
(E.g. To enable Card Auditron Level 2/IC Card Auditron Level 2 when the machine is in Network
Accounting Mode, set Customize User Prompts to ""both"" or ""prompt 1 only"".)

The power was turned ON, with the Power Saver key, the Start key and the numeric key [0] pressed
down.

2.

850-014 = 0
For one of the reasons given under (4), this error is detected. See (4) Others.

3.

850-014 = 1-9
A certain time (1-9 min) preset in [850-014] after this machine was turned on and reported the Wake
Up command to the accessory, the machine did not receive any response from the accessory.
850-014 = 1-9: This error will occur a certain minute(s) [1-9 min] after the UI panel displays [Please
wait].

4.

Others
When turned on, this machine asked for a response to the [Does the accessory exist?] signal and
detected [The accessory does not exist].
Or
A lapse of 10 sec after the accessory reported ACK to this machine, the accessory did not report
Wake Up Answer to this machine.
Or
This machine received three consecutive NAKs.
When the problem occurs for one of these reasons under [Others], this error will occur [within 30
sec] after the UI panel displays [Please wait].

[Corrective Actions]
1.

Turn ON the power without pressing down the Power Saver key, the Start key, and the numeric key
[0].
If this condition does not apply to your case, check what value is set in [850-014: Accessory Connection Monitoring Timer Value] and go to one of the following.

2.

850-014 = 0 This error is thought to be detected for one of the reasons under (4) Others.

3.

Take the appropriate actions given under (4) Others.

850-014 = 1-9
Set 850-014 to a larger value than the current one and operate again.

4.

If 9 causes the problem to reoccur, set 850-014 to 0.

If 0 causes the problem to reoccur, take the appropriate actions given under (4) Others.

Others
Check that the accessory is ON.
Check if the cable is connected between EP-SV and ESS.
If the cable is properly connected, turn OFF then ON this machine. If the problem persists, perform
the following:

4-1. Check if Controller ROM is the latest version. If not, upgrade it to the latest version.

121-334 EPSV Login Fail


[Error Type]

4-2. Reinstall the EPSV-IF board.

System Fail

4-3. Replace the EPSV-IF board.

[Fault Content]

4-4. Replace EP-SV.

If you intentionally removed EP-SV or EP Accessory, set 850-001 to 0 in DC131. (Set it to


EP Accessory Connected. )

EPSV Login Fail

[Detection Conditions]
Verification of the login information in WAKE UP ANSWER resulted in an error.

4-5. If the problem persists, go to the following and resolve it.

If you intentionally removed EP-SV or EP Accessory, set 850-001 to 0 in DC131. (Set it to


EP Accessory Connected. )

OF-01 Common System Fail: Perform the step for collecting reports and subsequent
steps.

[Corrective Actions]
Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.
If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
1.

Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.

2.

Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.

3.

Replace the EP-SV.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.

121-335 EPSV Wake Up Answer Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
EPSV Wake Up Answer Fail

[Detection Conditions]
The WAKE UP ANSWER cannot be received.

[Corrective Actions]
Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.
If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
1.

Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.

2.

Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.

3.

Replace the EP-SV.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-549

121-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
121-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-550

Version 2.1

121-336 Unknown EP Accessory

121-338 EPSV Answer Time Out

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
EP-SV - Accessories type unknown.

[Detection Conditions]
The EP related accessory type was unknown in WAKE UP ANSWER.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
EPSV - Answer Timeout

[Detection Conditions]
Answers other than WAKE UP ANSWER from the EP-SV cannot be received.

[Corrective Actions]

Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.

Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.

If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

1.

1.

Check whether or not the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.

Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.

2.

Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.

2.

Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.

3.

Replace the EP-SV.

3.

Replace the EP-SV.

4.

If the problem persists, refer to EP Accessory manual to perform the corrective actions.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.

121-337 EP Accessory Self Diag Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
EP-SV - Accessories self-diagnostic result error.

[Detection Conditions]
Self-diagnostic of the EP related accessories in WAKE UP ANSWER resulted in an error.

[Corrective Actions]
Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.
If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
1.

Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.

2.

Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.

3.

Replace the EP-SV.

4.

If the problem persists, refer to EP Accessory manual to perform the corrective actions.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.

Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.

121-339 Changed Price Table Error


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
EP-SV - Unit price table change prohibition error.

[Detection Conditions]
With the M/C activated, unit price information was changed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.

121-340 EP Accessory Miss Match

121-370 EP-DX - unexpected error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

EP-SV - Accessories Form Mismatch

EP-DX - Unexpected Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The combination of accessories that are installed does not match the specifications.

Pflite Function Error


Library Function Error

[Corrective Actions]

Undefined Message/Undefined Parameter Received, etc.

Checks whether they are installed correctly against the specifications.


If they are installed correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
1.

[Corrective Actions]

Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
1.

If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
2.

Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.

Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.

2.

Check the connections of the FAX USB cable.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.

Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.

121-350 EPSV Logic Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
EP-SV - Unexpected Error

[Detection Conditions]
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
1.

Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.

2.

Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.

3.

Replace the EP-SV.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-551

121-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
121-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-552

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

123-207 Comm Manager Target Fail (UI-Panel)

123-311 Receive Queue Full (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

COMM. Manager Target Error

(UI-Panel) Receive Queue Full

Incorrect mailbox value on the cm_send_msg statement, or the target is not SYS when receiving
from SIO.

[Detection Conditions]
The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capability in the
Panel.

[Detection Conditions]
Serial Transmission Failure

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-317 Receive Message Queue Full (UI-Panel)

123-209 EVM Returns Wrong Value (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

(UI-Panel) Receive Message Queue Full

(UI-Panel) Return Value Error from EVM

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capability in the
Panel.

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-310 Send Queue Full (UI-Panel)

123-318 Receive Finish Queue Full (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]
System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

(UI-Panel) Receive Completion Queue Full

(UI-Panel) Send Queue Full

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capability in the
Panel.

The data sent from the Panel to the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capability.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-553

123-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
123-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-554

Version 2.1

123-320 NVM initialized for FCW composition.

123-325 Object Creation Fail (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Automatic recovery has occurred (FCW/HB) because incorrect value was detected in the system
data area that has no compatibility among the different type of UI panels

[Detection Conditions]
When the M/C was started or booted, it was detected that a value, which is out of the guaranteed
range for the currently installed panel, is set in the system data area that has no compatibility among
the different type of UI panels (HB/FCW/MCW).
This error does not occur during the usual physical UI panel type replacement.
If for some reason the incorrect data got stored, the machine performs reboot and automatic recovery using the same system as when the panel is physically replaced.

[Corrective Actions]
Even when this error code is displayed, the machine can still be used normally after pressing
[Close].
However, set necessary mechanical settings before using it because the Controller NVM has been
initialized into the FCW/MCW panel configuration.

123-322 Target Fail (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Target Error

[Detection Conditions]
Serial Transmission Failure

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-323 Address Fail (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Address Error

[Detection Conditions]
Serial Transmission Failure

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Object Cannot Be Created (HB/FCW)

[Detection Conditions]
The specified UI internal object could not be created due to any setting/specification error. UI-SW
failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-326 Memory Overflow (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Memory Overflow
The memory in the GUAM exceeded the upper limit.

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-327 Button Overflow (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Button Overflow
The memory for the (synchronous display) button in the GUAM exceeded the upper limit.

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-328 UI Internal Fail with Out of Area

123-337 Frame Data Error with Invalid Data Type

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

UI Internal I/F Failure

Invalid frame data was detected.

A coordinate value out of the range of the display screen was detected (WxH = 640x240).

The incorrect value of the Data Type detected by Frame ID was detected.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-329 UI Internal Fail with Invalid Coordinates

123-341 Event Queue Full (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

UI Internal I/F Failure

Event Queue Full (UI-Panel)

The coordination value that cannot be displayed was detected (X = 4 times numeric position).

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-342 Event Queue Empty (UI-Panel)

123-333 I/F Fail (Impossible Communication)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Event Queue Empty (UI-Panel)

Interface Failure

[Detection Conditions]

Impossible transmission with the Control Panel was detected.

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

The H/W connection in the Panel is faulty or the internal connection could not be correctly detected.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-555

123-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
123-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-556

Version 2.1

123-343 Invalid Class (UI-Panel)

123-346 Invalid Timer Number (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Incorrect Class (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Incorrect Timer Number (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-344 Invalid Type (UI-Panel)

123-362 No Object (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Incorrect Type (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
No Object (HB/FCW)

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-345 Timer Queue Full (UI-Panel)

123-368 Short of UI Memory (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Timer Queue Full (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Insufficient Memory (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]
There is insufficient memory or the connection failed.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-369 Invalid Interface Value (UI-Panel)

123-372 Interface Sequence Fail (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Incorrect Interface Value (UI-Panel)

Interface Sequence Failure (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

The initialization command from the Controller was not sent within the specified time.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-370 Interface Length Fail (UI-Panel)

123-373 Channel Fail (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Interface Length Failure (UI-Panel)

Channel Failure (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The parameter sent from the Controller was incorrect.

The channel sent from the Controller was incorrect.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-371 Interface Parameter Fail (UI-Panel)

123-374 Invalid User Job ID (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Interface Parameter Failure (UI-Panel)

Incorrect User Job ID (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The parameter sent from the Controller was incorrect.

The Job ID parameter sent from the Controller was incorrect.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-557

123-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
123-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-558

Version 2.1

123-375 Internal Resource Fail (UI-Panel)

123-378 Interface Format Fail (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Internal Resource Failure (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Interface Format Failure (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]
The data format sent from the Controller was incorrect.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-376 Internal Memory Fail (UI-Panel)

123-379 Dispatch Fail (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Internal Memory Failure (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Dispatch Failure (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-377 UI Timer Fail (UI-Panel)

123-380 Copy Interface Fail (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Timer Failure (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Copy Interface Failure (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-381 Fax Interface Fail (UI-Panel)

123-384 Server Access Fail (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Fax Interface Failure (UI-Panel)

Server Access Failure (HB/FCW)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-382 Scanner Interface Fail (UI-Panel)

123-385 Service Object Overflow (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Scanner Interface Failure (UI-Panel)

Service Object Overflow (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-383 Report Interface Fail (UI-Panel)

123-386 Invalid Service Object (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Report Interface Failure (UI-Panel)

Incorrect Service Object (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-559

123-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
123-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-560

Version 2.1

123-387 Invalid Service Object Attribute (UI-Panel)

123-390 Job Parameter Fail (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Incorrect Service Object Attribute (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Job Parameter Argument Error (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-388 Attribute Fail (UI-Panel)

123-391 Job Actual Parameter Fail (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Attribute Error (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Job Execution Argument Error (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-389 Argument Fail (UI-Panel)

123-392 Auditron Fail (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Argument Failure (HB/FCW)

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Incorrect Auditron (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-393 EP Fail (UI-Panel)

123-396 FF Fail (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

EP Failure (UI-Panel)

FF Error (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-394 File Access Fail (UI-Panel)

123-397 MGR Fail (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Incorrect File Access (UI-Panel)

MGR Error (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-395 NVM Fail (UI-Panel)

123-398 Delay Release Queue Full (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

NVM Failure (UI-Panel)

Delay Release Queue Full (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-04 Panel System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-561

123-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
123-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-562

123-399 Internal Fail (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Internal Error (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-400 JRM I/F Internal Fail (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Due to a fatal error in the JRM IF Converter, subsequent processing cannot be performed.

[Detection Conditions]
There was insufficient area, an internal error or invalid IF Sequencing (or parameter) entered into
the Converter.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

124-310 DC132 11

124-313 DC132 10

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Stored Data Mismatch

Stored Data Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Product No. not specified.

The serial numbers do not match.

[Corrective Actions]

Procedure

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

124-311 DC132 09
[Error Type]
System Fail

Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

[Fault Content]

124-314 DC132 01

Stored Data Mismatch

[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions]

System Fail

Serial No. not specified.

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

124-312 DC132 12
[Error Type]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting].
Compare the 3 Serial No. All 3 numbers are different.
Y
N
Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Make the 3 values match.

Stored Data Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]
Internal control error was detected.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

System Fail

Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

[Fault Content]
Stored Data Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]
The product No. did not match.

Procedure
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting].
Compare the 3 product No.
All 3 numbers are different.
Y

N
Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Make the 3 values match.

Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-563

124-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
124-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-564

Version 2.1

124-315 DC132 02

124-317 DC132 04

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

Stored Data Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]

Stored Data Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]

Internal control error was detected.

Internal control error was detected.

Procedure

Procedure

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Execute dC131[NVM Read/Write].
Compare the following values.

dC131[700-600]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Execute dC131[NVM Read/Write].
Compare the following values.

dC131[700-600]

dC131[700-601]

dC131[700-601]

dC131[700-602]

dC131[700-602]

Compare the 3 numbers. All 3 numbers are different.


Y
N
Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Make the 3 values match.

Compare the 3 numbers. All 3 numbers are different.


Y
N
Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Make the 3 values match.

Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

124-316 DC132 03

124-318 DC132 07

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Stored Data Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]
Internal control error was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Stored Data Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]
Internal control error was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

124-319 DC132 08

124-321 Backup SRAM Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Stored Data Mismatch

Backup SRAM Fail

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Internal control error was detected.

Write error occurred in the NVM on the ESS Board.

Procedure

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Execute dC131[NVM Read/Write].
Compare the following values.

dC131[700-606]

1.

If the Fax Card is installed, reinstall it.

2.

Pull out and insert NVM Board or replace it.

dC131[700-607]

dC131[700-608]

3.

Replace the ESS PWB.


If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, install back the original ESS
PWB and contact Support G.
Obtain the logs that have been recorded in 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tool Operational Instructions
and contact Support G.

Compare the 3 numbers. All 3 numbers are different.


Y
N
Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Make the 3 values match.

124-322 DC132 05
[Error Type]

Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

System Fail

124-320 SEEPROM Fail

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Stored Data Mismatch

System Fail

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]

Internal control error was detected.

SEEPROM Fail

[Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Write error occurred in the SEEPROM on the ESS Board.

Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

[Corrective Actions]
Pull out and insert SEEPROM, or replace the ESS PWB.
If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, install back the original ESS
PWB and contact Support G.
Obtain the logs that have been recorded in 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tool Operational Instructions
and contact Support G.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-565

124-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
124-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-566

Version 2.1

124-323 DC132 06

124-325 Billing Restoration Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Stored Data Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]
Internal control error was detected.

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Billing Counter Mismatch (1 position)

[Detection Conditions]
When one of the Billing counters mismatches with the others, the counter cannot be repaired.

Procedure

Procedure

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Execute dC131[NVM Read/Write].
Compare the following values.

dC131[700-603]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting].
Compare the 3 Serial No. All 3 numbers are different.
Y
N
Replace the PWB whose values do not match.

dC131[700-604]

dC131[700-605]

Compare the 3 numbers. All 3 numbers are different.


Y
N
Replace the PWB whose values do not match.
Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

124-324 All Billings Mismatch


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
All Billing Counter Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]
The billing counters in multiple locations are all different.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

124-326 IOT Speed Not Registered


[Error Type]
system fail

[Fault Content]
IOT Speed not registered.

[Detection Conditions]
It was detedted that at boot, IOT Speed registration procedure status was 1 or 2.

[Corrective Actions]
This Fail triggers the procedure for changing IOT Speed. Accordingly the user needs to follow the
dialog displayed on the UI in order to enter the SW Key for changing IOT Speed.

124-327 IOT Speed Change SW Fail


[Error Type]
system fail

[Fault Content]
A SW error was detected during the procedure for changing IOT Speed.

[Detection Conditions]
A SW error was detected during the procedure for changing IOT Speed.
1.

a failure to shift to Diag Mode

2.

a failure in DC132

3.

a failure to read from/write in SEEP ROM

4.

a failure to reboot

[Corrective Actions]
Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following:
1.

Replace IOT.

2.

Replace the Controller board.

124-333 ASIC Fail (Panther)

124-337 ESS Standard RAM Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Panther Error

ESS Standard RAM (Standard ROM) Error

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

An error was detected in the Panther.

An error was detected in the ESS Built-In Standard RAM.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.

1.

Reinstall or replace the RAM DIMM.

1.

Reinstall or replace all the RAM DIMM.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

2.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-01 Common System Fail

OF-01 Common System Fail

124-334 Standard Font ROM Error

124-338 Same Font ROMs Found

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Standard FontROM Error

Install the same Font ROM.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

An error was detected in the standard Built-In Font ROM.

The system detected that a duplicate Font ROM was installed.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

1.

OF-01 Common System Fail

124-339 ROM DIMM of Another Product Found

124-335 Font ROM Not Found

[Error Type]

[Error Type]
System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]
FONT ROM

Error due to installation of ROM DIMM for other models.

[Detection Conditions]

NOT FOUND

[Detection Conditions]

Pull out and insert the Prt-Kit or the ROM DIMM #3. Replace it.

The system detected that the ROM DIMM for another model was installed.

[Corrective Actions]

The installation of the Font ROM was not detected.

Check the ROM DIMM and install the appropriate ROM DIMM.

[Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, contact Support G.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.
1.

Pull out and insert or replace the Font ROM.

2.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

OF-01 Common System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-567

124-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
124-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-568

Version 2.1

124-340 CRUM Market fail ALL

124-343 CRUM Market fail SYS 2

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
All three CRUM destinations are not set (0 or different values are set).

[Detection Conditions]
The CRUM destinations stored in three positions match but their values are not set (0).

[Corrective Actions]
Replace the machine, or replace the MCU Board.

124-341 CRUM Market fail MCU


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (IOT).

[Detection Conditions]
One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the MCU
Board does not match).

[Corrective Actions]
(Software available for DC132)
Enter DC132. Master SYS1 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
(Software unavailable for DC 132)
Replace the MCU PWB.

124-342 CRUM Market fail SYS 1


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1).

[Detection Conditions]
One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Controller Board does not match).

[Corrective Actions]
(Software available for DC132)

System Fail

[Fault Content]
One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (SYS 2).

[Detection Conditions]
One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Controller Board does not match).

[Corrective Actions]
(Software available for DC132)
Enter DC132. Master SYS2 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont NVM
and the Cont PWB in order.
(Software unavailable for DC132)
Reinstall/replace the NVMPWB. If the problem still reoccurs, replace the Controller PWB.

124-350 CRUM OEM fail ALL


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
All three CRUM OEM destinations are not set (0 or different values are set).

[Detection Conditions]
The CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions match but their values are not set (0).

[Corrective Actions]
Replace the machine, or replace the MCU Board.

124-351 CRUM OEM fail MCU


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (IOT).

[Detection Conditions]
One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the
MCU Board does not match).

[Corrective Actions]

Enter DC132. Master the MCU to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont
PWB.

(Software available for DC132)

(Software unavailable for DC132)

(Software unavailable for DC132)

Extract the SEEPROM from and reinsert it into the Controller PWB. If the problem still persists,
replace the Controller PWB.

Replace the MCU PWB.

Enter DC132. Master SYS1 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.

124-352 CRUM OEM fail SYS 1

124-361 CRUM validation fail MCU

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1).

One of CRUM Enable/Disable settings is different from the others (IOT).

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the
Controller Board does not match).

[Corrective Actions]

One of the CRUM Enable/Disable settings stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in
the MCU Board does not match).

[Corrective Actions]

(Software available for DC132)

(Software available for DC132)

Enter DC132. Master the MCU to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont
PWB.

Enter DC132. Master SYS1 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
(Software unavailable for DC132)

(Software unavailable for DC132)

Replace the MCU PWB.

Extract the SEEPROM from and reinsert it into the Controller PWB. If the problem still persists,
replace the Controller PWB.

124-362 CRUM validation fail SYS 1


[Error Type]

124-353 CRUM OEM fail SYS 2

System Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

System Fail

One of CRUM Enable/Disable settings is different from the others (SYS 1).

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (SYS 2).

One of the CRUM Enable/Disable settings stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in
the Controller Board does not match).

[Detection Conditions]
One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the
Controller Board does not match).

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

(Software available for DC132)

(Software available for DC132)

Enter DC132. Master the MCU to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont
PWB.

Enter DC132. Mater SYS2 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont NVM
and the Cont PWB in order.

(Software unavailable for DC132)

(Software unavailable for DC132)

Extract the SEEPROM from and reinsert it into the Controller PWB. If the problem still persists,
replace the Controller PWB.

Reinstall/replace the NVM PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB.

124-360 CRUM validation fail ALL


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
All three CRUM Enable/Disable settings are not set (0 or different values are set).

[Detection Conditions]
The CRUM Enable/Disable settings stored in three positions match but their values are not set (0).

[Corrective Actions]
Replace the machine, or replace the MCU Board.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-569

124-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
124-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-570

Version 2.1

124-363 CRUM validation fail SYS 2

124-374 IOT IM DeviceDriver SW Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
One of CRUM Enable/Disable settings is different from the others (SYS 2).

[Detection Conditions]
One of the CRUM Enable/Disable settings stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in
the Controller Board does not match).

[Corrective Actions]
(Software available for DC132)
Enter DC132. Master SYS2 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont NVM
and the Cont PWB in order.

System Fail

[Fault Content]
IOT IM Device Driver Software Failure

[Detection Conditions]
The IOT controller software has detected a fatal error.
Also occurs when the system data obtained from within the Cont during start up has an incorrect
value.
Occurs if DiagExit is carried out when SysUser NV initialization or IOT NV Write resulted in "Exit
(Keep Log)", but does not occur when "Exit (Clear Log)" is used.

[Corrective Actions]

(Software unavailable for DC132)

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Reinstall/replace the NVM PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB.

OF-06 IOT System Fail

124-372 IOT sc Soft Fail

124-380 CRUM Market fail ALL (2)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
IOT Controller Software Failure

[Detection Conditions]
IOT Controller software failure.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-06 IOT System Fail

124-373 IOT Manager SW Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
IOT Manager Software Failure

[Detection Conditions]
An error in the IOT Manager software was detected.

[Corrective Actions]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
All three CRUM destinations are not set (0 or different values are set) #Case-(2).

[Detection Conditions]
The CRUM destinations stored in three positions match but their values are not set (0).

[Corrective Actions]
Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

124-381 CRUM Market fail MCU (2)


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (IOT). #Case-(2)

[Detection Conditions]
One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the MCU
Board does not match).

[Corrective Actions]
(Software available for DC132)

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Enter DC132. Master SYS1 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.

OF-06 IOT System Fail

(Software unavailable for DC132)


Replace the MCU PWB.

124-382 CRUM Market fail SYS 1 (2)

124-391 CRUM OEM fail MCU (2)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1). #Case-(2)

One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (IOT). #Case-(2)

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Controller Board does not match).

[Corrective Actions]

One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the
MCU Board does not match).

[Corrective Actions]

(Software available for DC132)

(Software available for DC132)

Enter DC132. Master the MCU to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont
PWB.

Enter DC132. Master SYS1 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
(Software unavailable for DC132)

(Software unavailable for DC132)

Replace the MCU PWB.

Extract the SEEPROM from and reinsert it into the Controller PWB. If the problem still persists,
replace the Controller PWB.

124-392 CRUM OEM fail SYS 1 (2)


[Error Type]

124-383 CRUM Market fail SYS 2 (2)

System Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

System Fail

One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1). #Case-(2)

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (SYS 2). #Case-(2)

One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the
Controller Board does not match).

[Detection Conditions]
One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Controller Board does not match).

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

(Software available for DC132)

(Software available for DC132)

Enter DC132. Master the MCU to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont
PWB.

Enter DC132. Master SYS2 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont NVM
and the Cont PWB in order.

(Software unavailable for DC132)

(Software unavailable for DC132)

Extract the SEEPROM from and reinsert it into the Controller PWB. If the problem still persists,
replace the Controller PWB.

Reinstall/replace the NVMPWB. If the problem still reoccurs, replace the Controller PWB.

124-390 CRUM OEM fail ALL (2)


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
All three CRUM OEM destinations are not set (0 or different values are set). #Case-(2)

[Detection Conditions]
The CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions match but their values are not set (0).

[Corrective Actions]
Replace the machine, or replace the MCU Board.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-571

124-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
124-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-572

Version 2.1

124-393 CRUM OEM fail SYS 2 (2)

124-703 Booklet Tray to Center Tray

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (SYS 2). #Case-(2)

[Detection Conditions]
One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the
Controller Board does not match).

[Corrective Actions]
(Software available for DC132)
Enter DC132. Master SYS2 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont NVM
and the Cont PWB in order.
(Software unavailable for DC132)
Reinstall/replace the NVMPWB. If the problem still reoccurs, replace the Controller PWB.

124-701 Side Tray to Center Tray


[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
The machine changed output tray from Side Tray to another and continued printing.

[Detection Conditions]
Paper that cannot be output to SideTray was detected. (paper size and paper type)

[Corrective Actions]
Replace the paper with paper that can be output to Side Tray and rerun the job.

124-702 Finisher Tray to Center Tray


[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
The machine changed output tray from Stacker to another and continued printing.

[Detection Conditions]
Paper that cannot be output to Stacker was detected. (paper size and paper type)

[Corrective Actions]
Replalce the paper with paper that can be output to Stacker and rerun the job.

Warning

[Fault Content]
The output tray was changed from the Booklet Tray to the Center Tray and printing continued.

[Detection Conditions]
The output tray has been changed to the Center Tray because a failure was detected in the Booklet
Tray.

[Corrective Actions]
Repair the Booklet Tray using another FIP detected at the same time.

124-704 Envelop Folder Tray to Center Tra


[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
The output tray was changed from the Folder Tray to the Center Tray and printing continued.

[Detection Conditions]
The output tray has been changed to the Center Tray because a failure was detected in the Folder
Tray.

[Corrective Actions]
Repair the Folder Tray using another FIP detected at the same time.

124-705 Punching Canceled


[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
Punching instruction was canceled and printing continued.

[Detection Conditions]
Punching function was canceled and printing was continued because a failure was detected in the
Puncher.

[Corrective Actions]
Repair Punch using another FIP detected at the same time.

124-706 Folding Canceled

124-709 Stapler sheets counts over warning

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Warning

Warning

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Folding instruction was canceled and printing continued.

The No. of Stapler Sheets exceeded and printing continued.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Folder function was canceled and printing was continued because a failure was detected in the
Folder failure.

The No. of Stapler Sheets exceeded was detected but printing was continued.

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions]

The No. of Stapler Sheets exceeded was detected but printing was continued.

Repair Folder using another FIP detected at the same time.

124-710 Output Tray changed from MailBoxSorter

124-708 Changed To Sub Tray

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

warning

Warning

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The machine changed output tray from Sorter to another and continued printing.

The machine changed output tray from the selected tray to Sub Tray and continued printing.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Paper that cannot be output to Mailbox Sorter was detected. (paper size and paper type)

The paper was output from the center tray instead of from the selected tray
1.

A different paper size other than the selected size was output for double-sided setting

2.

Puncher of Finisher C malfunctioned

[Corrective Actions]
Replace the paper with paper that can be output to Mailbox Sorter and rerun the job.

[(1) Sub Tray output when there is a size mismatch during double-sided setting]

When there is a size mismatch, Simplex setting outputs to the selected tray and Duplex setting
outputs to the Sub tray.

The aim in changing the output to the Sub Tray based on the SheetDelivered receive timing
from the IOT is displayed in the Control Panel which displays "Copying" message when the
[Start] button is pressed, until the IOT stops.

There is no special display in the driver.

[(2) Sub Tray output when the Finisher malfunctioned]

Decolor and Puncher failures are not SubSystemFail, they are LocalFail.

When Decolor fails, output goes to the selected Finisher.

When Puncher fails, output goes to the Sub Tray.

The aim in changing the output to the Sub Tray based on the SheetDelivered receive timing
from the IOT is displayed in the Control Panel which displays "Copying" message when the
[Start] button is pressed, until the IOT stops.

However, when booklet is selected, output goes to the Booklet.

[Corrective Actions]
For case (1), please check that the same selected paper size has been set on the paper tray.
For case (2), check that the error codes: 012-231, 012-232, 012-233 or 012-234 has been displayed, and refer to the corresponding FIP to repair the problem.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-573

124-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
124-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-574

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

125-311 PSWcont Unexpected Fail


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
PSWcont Unexpected Error

[Detection Conditions]
PSW Cont Software Failure
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-01 Common System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-575

125-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
125-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-576

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

127-210 DFE Communication Fail

127-213 ExtPrint I/F Mismatch

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Service Fail

[Fault Content]

Service Fail

[Fault Content]

Controller Detected DFE Comm Error

[Detection Conditions]

External Print IF Mismatch

[Detection Conditions]

The Green Controller detected communication failure with the DFE.

[Corrective Actions]
Pull out and insert the DFE connection cable.

The Controller detected the mismatch with the I/F version notified from the DFE.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON.

Match the software versions of DFE and ESS.


2.6.1 Software Download

127-211 DFE Parameter Error

127-220 DEF Communicaiton Error (video)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Service Fail

[Fault Content]

Service Fail

[Fault Content]

Controller Detected DFE Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions]

DEF Detected Communication Error (Video)

[Detection Conditions]

The Green Controller detected incorrect parameter for command communication with the DFE.

[Corrective Actions]

The DFE detected communication error in the Video system.

[Corrective Actions]

Pull out and insert the DFE connection cable.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

OF-01 Common System Fail

127-212 ExtPrint Check Mode Error

127-221 DEF Communicaiton Error (Command)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Service Fail

[Fault Content]

Service Fail

[Fault Content]

External Print Check Mode Error

[Detection Conditions]

DEF Detected Communication Error (Command)

[Detection Conditions]

The Controller detected an error in the External CDI H/W Check Mode.

[Corrective Actions]

The DFE detected communication error in the Command system.

[Corrective Actions]

Pull out and insert the command/video cables between the DFE and M/C.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON.

OF-01 Common System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-577

127-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
127-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-578

Version 2.1

127-310 ESR Task Fatal error

127-313 ESS Video Link Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Fatal error of ESR Task.

[Detection Conditions]
A fatal error occurred in ESR Task.

[Corrective Actions]

system fail

[Fault Content]
ESS-detected Video Link Fail

[Detection Conditions]
ESS detected a Video Link error.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Disconnect and connect the DFE connection cable.

OF-01 Common System Fail

Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following.

127-311 ExtPRTc Fatal Error


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Fatal error related to ExtPRTc.

[Detection Conditions]
Fatal error related to ExtPRTc.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]

OF-01 Common System Fail

127-314 WSD Print S/W Fail


[Error Type]
system fail

[Fault Content]
a fatal error related to WSD Print Service

[Detection Conditions]
ESS detected a Video Link error.

[Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following.

OF-01 Common System Fail

OF-01 Common System Fail

127-312 DFE Video Link Fail

127-320 DFE Critical Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

system fail

[Fault Content]
DFE-detected Video Link Fail

[Detection Conditions]
DFE detected a Video Link error.

[Corrective Actions]
Disconnect and connect the DFE connection cable.
Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following.
OF-01 Common System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]
Fatal error related to Bizen DFE.

[Detection Conditions]
An error occurred in the connection to the DFE. Or, the DFE needs to treat the device as SystemFail.

[Corrective Actions]
Take the corrective actions based on the Fault Code displayed in the DFE monitor, then reboot the
system.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures.
1.

Check the connection to the DFE.

2.

Check the device settings.

3.

Check the DFE HW.

4.

Check the device HW.

127-337 JobTemplate HDD Write Error

127-354 FTP Server Software Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

[Write error in obtaining JT]

Fatal error of FTP Server.

An error has occurred when the Job Template was stored in the local HD.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

A fatal error of FTP Server was detected.

There was a temporary file access failure during polling for internal use, or an error occurred when
writing to a local HDD of the Job Template (besides HDD Full).

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]

2.4 NET System Fault Check

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence
to repair it.
After performing the procedure in

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

127-396 MailIO Soft Fatal error


[Error Type]

OF-02 HDD System Fail,

System Fail

OF-01 Common System Fail

[Fault Content]

127-342 JobTemplate Monitor Fail

Fatal error related to Mail IO.

[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions]

System Fail

Fatal error related to Mail IO.

[Fault Content]

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[JT Monitor Failure]

[Corrective Actions]

Fatal errors to be detected by the JT monitor.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Detection Conditions]

2.4 NET System Fault Check

A response such as system function recall error was detected.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

127-398 IPP Soft Fatal error


[Error Type]

OF-01 Common System Fail

System Fail

127-353 LPD Soft Fatal error

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Fatal error related to IPP.

System Fail

[Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content]

Fatal error related to IPP.

Fatal error related to lpd.

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

Fatal error related to lpd.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

2.4 NET System Fault Check

[Corrective Actions]

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4 NET System Fault Check
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-579

127-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
127-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-580

127-399 JME Soft Fatal error


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Fatal error related to JME.

[Detection Conditions]
Fatal error related to JME.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4 NET System Fault Check
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

133-210 Fax Parameter incorrect

133-213 Fax Read Error-Invalid Data

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Service Fail

Service Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Incorrect Parameter

Data Read Error - Invalid Data

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The parameter value was inappropriate.

The specified data cannot be read due to reasons such as the specified data is broken.

(An error of the interface itself, such as a too long parameter) The necessary parameter is not notified.

The host may treat this failure as a System Fail.

[Corrective Actions]

NOTE: Depending on the host, this error may not be returned but the Fax card may be reset.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]

OF-07 FAX System Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-07 FAX System Fail

133-214 Fax USB Open Fail in Initializing


[Error Type]

133-211 Fax Parameter Value Invalid

Service Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Service Fail

USB Open failed at initialization.

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

Incorrect Parameter

Detected by FAPE (createInstance failed).

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

The PV exceeds the range.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]

OF-07 FAX System Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-07 FAX System Fail

133-215 Fax USB Device Fatal Error


[Error Type]

133-212 Fax Read Erro No Data

Service Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Service Fail

USB Device Fatal Error

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions]

Data Read Error - No Data

Sent to the FAPE as an asynchronized event.

[Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions]

The specified data was not found (incorrect no. or channel).

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]

OF-07 FAX System Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-07 FAX System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-581

133-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
133-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-582

Version 2.1

133-216 Fax USB Host Fatal Error

133-219 Fax Short of Work Memory

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Service Fail

[Fault Content]
USB Host Fatal Error

[Detection Conditions]
Sent to the FAPE as an asynchronized event.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-07 FAX System Fail

133-217 Fax Manager Short of Memory


[Error Type]
Service Fail

[Fault Content]
Insufficient Fax Manager Memory

[Detection Conditions]
Sent to the FAPE as an asynchronized event. (Currently undefined)

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-07 FAX System Fail

133-218 Fax Card Message Library Short of Memory


[Error Type]
Service Fail

[Fault Content]
Insufficient Fax Card Message Library Memory

[Detection Conditions]
Sent to the FAPE as an asynchronized event. (Currently undefined)

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Service Fail

[Fault Content]
Insufficient Working Memory

[Detection Conditions]
Due to insufficient memory, the system was unable to reserve the memory required for the processing.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-07 FAX System Fail

133-220 Fax Control task detects error


[Error Type]
Service Fail

[Fault Content]
Fatal error of Fax Cont.

[Detection Conditions]
Due to an error during Fax Cont software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail

133-221 Fax Card not respond when system is Booting


[Error Type]
Service Fail

[Fault Content]
No response at Fax Card booting.

[Detection Conditions]
The Fax Card did not respond within the specified time on booting.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-07 FAX System Fail

133-222 Fax Card does not respond intervally

133-225 Fax address book illegal setting

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Service Fail

Service Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The Fax Card did not respond within the specified time.

After rewritting the Address Book using EasyAdmin and before rebooting, a Service Fail occurred
due to dial error because a speed dial entry was rewritten from the Panel.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

The Fax Card did not respond within the specified time.

After rewriting the Address Book in EasyAdmin and before rebooting, a speed dial entry was rewritten from the Panel.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-07 FAX System Fail

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.

133-223 Fax Card Reset

133-226 Illegal country code for Fax

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Service Fail

Service Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Fax Card Reset

Illegal Country Code for FAX Detected

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]

Fax Card Reset

The code that does not provide FAX Service is set in the System Data Country Code.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions]
Set a correct Country code.

OF-07 FAX System Fail

133-224 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM mismatch

133-280 Fax Option Slot1 Board Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]
Service Fail

Service Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]
FAX Service Separated by Service Fail

Version mismatch between the Controller ROM and the Fax Card ROM.

[Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions]
Due to either a Fax Card failure or Fax Cont SW failure, subsequent processes could not be performed.

The Controller detected version mismatch.

[Corrective Actions]
Upgrade both the Controller and Fax Card ROM to the latest version.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-07 FAX System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-583

133-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
133-xxx FIP

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-584

Version 2.1

133-281 Received unknown message

133-700 Staple/Punch Canceled

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Service Fail

[Fault Content]
Unknown message received.

[Detection Conditions]
A message not specified in the I/F settings was received from the Fax Card.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-07 FAX System Fail

133-282 Fax Card download fail


[Error Type]
Service Fail

[Fault Content]
Software downloading failed and Fax Card separated.

[Detection Conditions]
As downloading of Fax Card could not be completed due to either a Fax Card failure or Fax Cont
SW failure, subsequent processes could not be performed.

[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the Fax Card Download. If this failure persists, replace the Fax PWB and the G3 PWB.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

133-283 Fax report mail box not open


[Error Type]
Service Fail

[Fault Content]
FAX Report Storage Mailbox Not Open

[Detection Conditions]
Mailbox Not Open was detected when FAX report is stored in a mailbox.

[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists after opening the Mailbox, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-07 FAX System Fail

Warning

[Fault Content]
Cancel Staple/Punch (printing continued by canceling Staple/Punch instructions).

[Detection Conditions]
When it was decided that Staple/Punch could not be carried out due to the paper used for printing,
during processing of the received FAX document into a printable DataFormat by the Controller.

[Corrective Actions]
Change the Staple/Punch position or select paper for the Staple/Punch position.

133-710 Tray select fail. Used SMH instead.


[Error Type]
Warning

[Fault Content]
When printing Fax-received documents, it was performed via the Bypass tray since the selected
tray cannot be used for Fax

[Detection Conditions]
The "Receiving Paper Size Tray Mode Function" is provided to determine "Which tray to print the
Fax-received data from". This error can occur when this function is "enabled."
Even if this function is "disabled," this error can also occur when printing Fax reports and documents
for polling.
* When set to automatically print Fax/iFax received documents, this machine automatically selects a
paper tray. During that selection, any of the following occurs.

Since the selected tray is set as "Unavailable for Fax document print", the machine selects the
Bypass tray to continue printing.

Since the paper size in the selected tray is set as a size that cannot be used for Fax, the
machine selects the Bypass tray to continue printing.

Since the paper type (= paper quality) in the selected tray is set as a quality that cannot be
used for Fax, the machine selects the Bypass tray to continue printing.

If none of the above applies, the selected tray might be malfunctioning.

* This error also occurs when any of the four conditions above is detected when "the customer
selects the Bypass tray and tries to print from a mailbox".

[Corrective Actions]

Load the paper size that can be used for Fax printing.
A3SEF, A4LEF, B4SEF, B5LEF, A4SEF, A5SEF, B5SEF, Letter SEF, Legal (14inch), Legal
(13inch), Ledger, Letter LEF, and Half Letter SEF can be used.

Load the paper type (= paper quality) that can be used for Fax printing.

When the machine is set to "Enable Receiving Paper Size Tray Mode Function", perform any one of
the following:

Plain Paper, Bond Paper, Recycled Paper, Backing Paper, and Custom Paper can be used.

1.

Select [Settings List] > [Fax Control] > [Tray Mode] to add the tray number that the customer wants to specify for printing.

2.

Select a tray number for the customer's printing use from the one of the trays that are set in
[Settings List] > [Fax Control] > [Tray Mode].

Instead of selecting [Settings List] > [Fax Control] > [Tray Mode], the same settings can be performed
through [SystemData: 820-002] > [Tray selection in tray mode].
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-585

133-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
133-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-586

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

134-210 Fax Cont Parameter Invalid


[Error Type]
Service Fail

[Fault Content]
Incorrect Parameter

[Detection Conditions]
Incorrect parameter (A value out of the PV range was specified, or the parameter is too long, or an
error of the interface itself), the necessary parameter is not notified.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-07 FAX System Fail

134-211 Fax Card Main Board Failure


[Error Type]
Service Fail

[Fault Content]
Fax Card Main Board Failure

[Detection Conditions]
TBD
Fax Card Main Board Failure

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-587

134-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
134-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-588

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

202-399 JME Soft Fatal error


[Error Type]
System Fail

[Fault Content]
Timer internal error detected by the UI Cont

[Detection Conditions]
The setting value of SystemData=700-124 (Auto Clear Timer (Auto Resume Timer, Auditoron Off
Timer, Tools Off Timer) is detected to be 1~29 in MF machines.
This Fail does not occur for values of 1~29 in Prt machine.

[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Check the value of SystemData=700-124 (Auto Clear Timer (Auto Resume Timer, Auditoron Off
Timer, Tools Off Timer).
If the value of 1~29 is set in an MF machine, a Fail will occur.

If this Fail occurs when timer related System Data Settings Value for other than 700-124 is
changed, check the normal values for the related System Data.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-01 Common System Fail

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-589

202-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
202-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-590

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

500-030 DC612 Print NG By IOT Wait State


[Error Type]
History

[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions]
The following occurs (However, this includes the cases that may not occur when DC612 starts):

DC900G:
Fuser: Shifted to Warming Up and Sagging occurred.
The CC Cleaner Position was moved from the Home Position.
Fuser Relay State: Shifted to Not Ready.
Drum Cycle State: Shifted to Cleaning Request.
CC Wire Warning: Occurred.
Reserve Tank State: Filling.
Drum Crum State: Unknown.

DCC5540G/DC540G:
Fuser: Shifted to Warming Up and Sagging occurred.
Reserve Tank State: Filling.

[Corrective Actions]
Return from the Wait state and try again.

500-990 DC612 Print NG By Any Reason


[Error Type]
History

[Fault Content]
Diag DC612 Test Pattern Print cannot be executed due to unknown reason.

[Detection Conditions]
Printing could not start due to unknown reason in Diag DC612 Test Pattern Print, or it was aborted.
(Only end response)

This occurs during Diag execution only, and Fault Code is displayed on the PC-Diag and
Panel.

[Corrective Actions]
Perform the same operation again.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-591

500-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
500-xxx FIP

2007/10/01
2-592

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

2.4.1 Interface (Physical/Logical)


1.

2.4.2 "Cannot connect to the network" or "Print is not found


from the PC"

Physical Interface Description


The following physical interfaces are supported.
(1)

IEEE1284*1

(2)

USB

(3)

Ethernet (10BaseT, 100BaseTX) *2

Get "NET Connection Diagram" and take actions by following the instructions in "2.4.5 Network-Related
Details Investigation Flow" in this document, and then collect the following information:

*1: Only the products under Mid range are supported.


*2: Has the features to automatically detect and switch the transmission speed (10Mbps, 100Mbps).
Also, the transmission speed can be fixed by settings.
2.

Logical Interface Description

System Settings List

Check the client settings (Output Port)

Physical interface check

Logical interface check

Other connection environment check


Printer switching machine

It is possible to set whether to activate the system for each of the following logical interfaces. Default
Activation: IEEE1284, SMB(DLC), SNMP(IPX)

Availability of printer buffer, etc.


HUB (Switch, Hub) used, etc.

Supported for receiving print jobs


(1)

IEEE1284 (when 1.1 IEEE1284 is supported) * Only the products under Mid range are supported.

(2)

USB

(3)

Lpd

(4)

NetWare

(5)

AppleTalk (EtherTalk)

(6)

SMB

(7)

IPP

(8)

Internet FAX Print

(9)

Port9100

Network Capture Log

(10) CWIS File Upload Print


Supported for receiving Scan jobs
(1)

Salutation Scan [[CP, CFP]]

(2)

FTP Client [[CP, CFP]]

(3)

Internet FAX Send [[CP, CFP]]

(4)

SMB Client [[CP, CFP]]

(5)

WebDAV Server [[CP, CFP]]

Supported for management interface


(1)

SNMP

(2)

CWIS

Supported for other services


FTP Server

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-593

2.4 NET System Fault Check

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.4 NET System Fault Check

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-594

Version 2.1

2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed

2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally

1.

1.

Check whether or not the Controller ROM and Printer Driver are the latest version.
If it is not the latest, always upgrade the software. (See 2.6.1 Software Download.)
After checking the above items, check whether the Indicator is blinking and take the corrective
actions accordingly.
(1)

2.

Ask a customer about the status of unavailable printing and collect information based on it.

System Settings List

When the Indicator (Panel Send/Receive Lamp) is blinking

Check PDL name.

It is highly possible that print data cannot be decomposed in the Printer main processor.

Check the Printer Driver name and version.

Perform the corrective actions according to "2.4.5Network-Related Details Check Flow" in this
document, and then collect the following information:

Check the Printer Driver settings in details.

Perform Printer setting printing in each mode.

System Settings List

Check the panel message (error message, etc).

Error History Report

Job History Report

Shutdown History Report

Check the Printer Driver name and version.

Check the Printer Driver settings in details.

Network Capture Log

Create Print files on the PC and collect them on CD-R.

[How to Create Print file]


Method 1)
i.

Select [Print] from File menu in the target document.

ii.

In [Print] screen, select the [Output to File] check box and click [OK].
If there is no [Output to File] check box displayed in the [Print] screen, create the file in
Method 2.

iii.

Enter a descriptive file name in "File Name" using a customer name and date, and click
[OK] to create a Print file in the specified destination.

Method 2)
i.

Open the Printer Driver Properties and select the [Ports] tab. The screen shown on the
right appears.

ii.

In [Ports], select [FILE:] in the list and click [OK] to close the Properties screen.
Take note of the port setting before it was changed in [FILE:] in order to restore the port to
original setting after creating a Print file.

(2)

Check whether the Controller ROM and Printer Driver are the latest version.
If it is not the latest, always upgrade the software. (See 2.6.1 Software Download.)

iii.

Select [Print] from File menu in the target document.

iv.

The [Output to File] screen appears. Specify a storage destination and file name, and
click [OK] to create a Print file in the specified destination.

v.

Restore the port to the original setting in the procedures 1 and 2 shown above.

When the Indicator (Panel Send/Receive Lamp) is not blinking


It is highly possible that connection is not established and hence print data has not reached the
Printer main processor.
Obtain the information relevant to the items described in 2.4.2"Cannot connect to the network".

Print sample that has been printed improperly.

Print sample that has been printed properly (including the samples from other machines).

Create Print files on the PC and collect them on CD-R.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

Table 2

2.4.5.1 Check Flow at SMB Failure

Cause

Check Method

Corrective Action

The following describes the possible causes, check procedures, and corrective actions when a failure
occurs when SMB is used.

The number of connections in the main processor exceeds the


maximum value.

The port connection is also being


hold when the printer is paused due
to no paper because it is hold "since
a job request has been issued to
Net until printing is complete".
Check the maximum number of sessions of SMB from the EWS "Protocol" menu to check that the jobs
more than "maximum number of
sessions" were requested at the
same time at site.

Wait for a while and issue


the same print request
again.
Or, check the number of
users that can use the
machine at the same time
and set the maximum number of sessions to an appropriate value from the EWS
"Protocol" menu.

1.

Check at [Printer Not Found]


Table 1

Cause

Check Method

Corrective Action

The operation protocols of Though the printer can be found


when search is performed using
the computer and main
[Search Other Computer] ([Start] >
processor are different.
[Search] > [Other Computers], it
cannot be found in [Network Computers].

Match the SMB transport


protocols (NetBEUI, TCP/
IP) of the main processor
and each computer.

Networks (subnets) are


different.

Though the printer can be found


when search is performed using
[Search Other Computer] ([Start] >
[Search] > [Other Computers], it
cannot be found in [Network Computers].

When the main processor


and the computer are in different networks, check with
the System Administrator.

Print the "System Settings List".


Check that "Host name duplicated"
is described in the SMB status
information.

Use CentreWare Internet


Services to change the host
name to an unduplicated
name or return the main
processor settings to
default.

The host name set in the


main processor already
exists.

2.

3.

Check at [Documents Cannot Be Deleted from [Printer] Window]


Table 3

Cause

Check Method

Corrective Action

Try to delete all the print


data displayed in [Printers] window. (This can
only be done by the
administrator of this
machine.)

From the "Printers" menu, check if


the print data is tried to be deleted.
([Clear Print Jobs] menu)

Select the print data to be


deleted and delete the print
data from [Documents]
menu in the [Printers] window. ([Cancel Job] menu)

There are different print


data owners.

Check that the name displayed


[Owner] of the selected print data
matches the login name who has
logged in to Windows.

Log in to Windows using


the name displayed in
[Owner] of the print data to
delete the data.

Service Pack 4.0 or later Check the version of Service Pack,


is not installed. (For Win- which is displayed at start up of
WindowsNT 4.0.
dowsNT 4.0)

Check at [Print Not Available]


Table 2

Cause

Check Method

Corrective Action

The main processor is


processing a print
request from another
computer.
(When [Do not spool] is
set for [Receiving Buffer])

Check that the main processor is


processing a print. (A write error dialog appears indicating that there are
no areas to stored the files in
queue.)

After print process has been


completed in the main processor, issue a print request
or switch the main processor setting to the spool
mode.

4.

5.

Check [Machine Settings]


(1)

IP addresses are managed in a whole system. Consult with the Network Administrator thoroughly before perform setting.

(2)

Depending on the network environment, set the subnet mask and gateway settings only if necessary. Consult with the Network Administrator to set necessary settings.

(3)

If a memory becomes insufficient when [Enabled] is set for the port status, the port status may
be automatically reset to [Disabled]. BIn this case, [Disabled] an unused port or change the
memory allocated capacity.

(4)

Depending on the usage environment, set the receiving buffer capacity [SMB (Spool)] size.
When the receiving buffer capacity [SMB (Spool)] size is smaller than the sent data, the data
may not be able to be received.

Check [Computer Settings]


(1)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-595

Install Service Pack version


4.0 or later.

IP addresses are managed in a whole system. Consult with the Network Administrator thoroughly before perform setting.

2.4 NET System Fault Check

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.4 NET System Fault Check
(2)
6.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-596

To perform network settings (such as IP address), etc. on the host used under NIS (Network
Information Service) management, consult with the NIS Administrator.

Version 2.1
(5)

Check at [Power OFF]


Before turning the machine OFF, take note of the following:
(1)

Deleting Jobs
For WindowNT 4.0, jobs can be deleted when Service Pack 4.0 or later is installed. When a job
is deleted while data is being received, write error appears. In this case, the [Retry] button on
the error dialog box is not available.

When [Memory] is set for [SMB (Spool)]

2.4.5.2 Check Flow at NetWare Failure

All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine memory will be deleted.

The following describes the possible causes, check procedures, and corrective actions when a failure
occurs when NetWare is used.

When turning the power ON again, no print data remains. However, if the power is turned OFF
immediately after print instruction, the print data may be stored on the computer.

1.

Check at [Printing Not Performed]

In this case, even if a new print instruction is issued after the power is turned ON, the stored
print data will be printed first.
(2)

When [Hard Disk] is set for [SMB (Spool)]

Cause

Check Method

All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine hard
disk will be saved.

The network configuration devices


(HUB etc.) do not
match the automatic
settings of the frame
type.

Set the frame type that has


Check that the data link lamp of the
network configuration device port that been set for the file server to be
is connected to the machine is lit on. connected from the machine.
Check that the same frame types are
used in the file servers that exist on a
network.

When the power is turned ON again and a new print instruction is issued, the stored print data
will be printed first.
(3)

When [Do not spool] is set for [SMB (Spool)]


All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine
receiving buffer will be deleted. When the power is turned ON again, no print data remains.
However, if the power is turned OFF immediately after print instruction, the print data may be
stored on the computer.
In this case, even if a new print instruction is issued, the stored print data will be printed first.

7.

Check [At Printing]


(1)

When [Hard Disk] or [Memory] is set for [SMB (Spool)]


When the machine starts receiving print data and the print data size is larger than the hard disk
or memory remaining capacity, the print data will not be recieved.
NOTE: If the print data exceeds the receiving capacity, some computers will resend data
immediately. In this case, the computer looks like stopped. As a corrective action for this, abort
sending the print data on the computer.

(2)

Table 4

Use NWADMIN from the workstation


A failure has
occurred on the net- to check that the target printer objects
work from a worksta- can be viewed.
tion to a printer.

When a computer IP address or name has been changed

NOTE: The print cancel/forced output processes of the print data stored in the machine receiving buffer can be operated from the machine Operation Panel. Refer to "11 Job Check" in "User
Guide" for more information on how to operate.
(4)

When the machine is in the offline state


When the machine is in offline state and a print instruction is issued from a computer, the data
will not be received in the machine, and an error dialog box appears on the computer indicating
that write error has occurred. However, for SMB, the print data can be received from the computer even when the machine is offline.

1. Resend print data to the print


queue in which the user name
of the job sender or the group
name to which the job sender
belongs has been registered in
[Users] of [Print Queue Information].
2. Use NWADMIN from the
workstation to register the user
name of the job sender or the
group name to which the job
sender belongs in the [Users]
of [Print Queue Information].

Use NWADMIN from the workstation


to view the target queue objects and
check that the user name of the job
sender or the group name to which the
job sender belongs is registered in the
[Users] information.

Sending jobs to the


print queue is prohibited.

Use PCONSOLE to check that [Yes] is Set it to [Yes] using PCONSOLE.


set for [User can register data to
queue] in the [Current Queue Status]
of [Print Queue Information].

Same as above

Use NWADMIN from the workstation


to check that the operator flag is
checked in [Identification] for the target print queue.

When [Do not spool] is set for [SMB (Spool)]

When a computer IP address or name has been changed, the inquiry and cancelation of processes from the main processor cannot be performed properly. Turn the machine OFF then
ON when no print data is stored in the machine receiving buffer.

Replace the non-communicating network cable that exists


between the workstation and
the printer.

The user name of a


job sender or the
group name to which
the job sender
belongs is not registered in the [Users]
for Print queue.

When a print request is received from a computer, the print requests from other computers
cannot be received.
(3)

Corrective Action

Use NWADMIN from the workstation to check that the each


item for the operator flag is
checked in [Identification] for
the target print queue.

Table 4

Table 4
Cause

Check Method

Corrective Action

Cause

Check Method

Corrective Action

The user name of a


job sender or the
group name to which
the job sender
belongs is not
defined for the print
server users of a
print server.

Use NWADMIN from the workstation


to check that the user name of the job
sender or the group name to which the
job sender belongs is registered in
[Users] of the target print server.

1. Resend print data to the print


queue in which the user name
of the job sender or the group
name to which the job sender
belongs has been registered in
[Users] of [Print Server Information].
2. Use NWADMIN from the
workstation to register the user
name of the job sender or the
group name to which the job
sender belongs in the [Users]
information of the target print
server.

The slave file server


settings are different (bindery service
mode).

Use PCONSOLE from the workstation


to check that [Defined by Other Settings] is displayed for the printer type
in [Print Server Information] > [Printers] > [Environment Settings for
Printer xxx].

If it is not set to [Defined by


Other Settings], change it to
[Defined by Other Settings] and
then reflect the setting parameters.

The sheet number of


the print data is different from the sheet
number that has
been set in the
printer.

Use NWADMIN from the workstation


to select a target printer and then
check that the start sheet number in
the environment settings is the same
as the number of the print data.

Use NWADMIN from the workstation to match the number for


[Start Sheet] with the number
of the print data in the environment settings for the target
printer.

The print queue that


has sent print data is
not allocated to the
printer.

Use NWADMIN from the workstation


to check that the target printer is allocated in the list of the printers in service in [Allocation] of the target print
queue.

The data type of the print data does not


match the print environment settings of
the workstation.
The number of print
queues that exceeds
the maximum number of supported
queues has been
set.

1. Resend print data to the print


queue that has been allocated
to the printer.
2. Use NWADMIN from the
workstation to add a target
queue using [Allocation] of the
target printer.

No slave file servers Use PCONSOLE from the workstation


have been set (bind- to check that a slave file server is regery service mode). istered in [Service NetWare Server] of
the appropriate print server in [Print
Server Information].

Use PCONSOLE from the


workstation to register a slave
file server and then reflect the
setting parameters.

Printer types are dif- Use PCONSOLE from the workstation


ferent.
to check that Port: LPT1 and Position:
Auto Mode (Local) are set in [Print
Server Information] > [Printers] >
[Environment Settings for Printer xxx].

Use PCONSOLE from the


workstation to set Port: LPT1
and Position: Auto Mode
(Local), and reflect the setting
parameters.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

NCP packet signature level settings


are different.

Use the set command in the file server Enter the following command in
the file sever console screen to
console screen to check the NCP
packet signature is not set to Level 3. set the NCP packet signature
to Level 0, 1, or 2 and then
restart the file server. Set NCP
Packet Signature Option=x (x:
0, 1, or 2)

The default device


name setting is
wrong.

Print "System Settings List" to check


the lower 6 digits (3 bytes) of the
Ethernet address.

1. Use a correct Ethernet


address to set the device
name.
2. Set the device name to other
than the default value.

No directory tree
name is set.

Print the "System Settings List" to


check if a tree name is set.

Set a tree name.

Context is not set in Print the "System Settings List" to


place.
check if a context is set.

Set the Context.

Use NWADMIN from the workstation


Another printer
object has been con- to check that a correct object has
been allocated in the Layout Informanected.
tion of the desired print server.

1. Use the CentreWare Utilities


CD-ROM from the workstation
to set the file server name/tree/
context/operation mode correctly.
2. Use the CentreWare Internet
Services from the workstation
to set the file server name/tree/
context/operation mode correctly.

The NetWare port is Print the "System Settings List" to


not enabled.
check if the NetWare port is enabled.

Enable the NetWare port.

When the workstation uses


Windows, make settings so
that it does not output Ctrl-D.

Use NWADMIN from the workstation Resend print data to the print
to check that the desired print queue queue that has been allocated
is allocated in the list of the printers in to the printer.
[Allocation] of the target printer.

Version 2.1

IPX check sum level Use the set command in the file server Enter the following command in
the file sever console screen to
console screen to check the IPX
settings are differset the IPX check sum to Level
check sum is not set to Level 2.
ent.
0 or Level 1. Set Enable IPX
Checksum=x (x: 0 or 1)

2007/10/01
2-597

2.4 NET System Fault Check

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-598

2.4 NET System Fault Check

Version 2.1
Table 7

Table 4
Corrective Action

Cause

Check Method

Corrective Action

The file server is


down.

Search for a target file server


from [Network Computers].

Execute NetWare CASTON on


the user workstation.

Turn OFF the machine and use


A printer with the
same device name NWADMIN from the workstation to
exists on a network. check that the appropriate printer
object status is set to job standby.

Use the CentreWare Utilities


CD-ROM from the workstation
to set a different device name.

NetWare CASTOFF
was executed on the
user workstation.

The NetWare port is Print the "System Settings List" to


not enabled.
check if the network number remains
[0000000] (NetWare server down)
when the IPX/SPX is being used.
Also check if the IP address remains
[0.0.0.0] (Fixed IP address not set, or
address providing server (DHCP) is
down) when TCP/IP is used.

For IPX/SPX, activate the NetWare server.


For TCP/IP, set a fixed IP
address or activate the address
providing server (DHCP).

Cause

2.

Check Method

2.4.5.3 Check Flow at TCP/IP (LPD) Failure


The following describes the possible causes and actions when a failure occurs when TCP/IP (LPD) is
used.
1.

For Windows95, Windows98 and WindowsMe


Table 8

Cause

Check at [Printing not performed as desired]

Status Display

Check Method

Corrective Action

The machine is con- Printing Not Availnected to a network able status (Netthat is different from work Error)
the computer.

Check with the


Network System
Administrator that
a router or gateway exists
between the network in which the
computer is connected and the
network in which
the machine is
connected.

Connect the machine


directly to the network in
which the computer is connected.

Connection cannot Printing Not Availbe established due able status (Netto the failure on the work Error)
network from a computer to the printer.

None.

Request the Network System Administrator to check


for any network failures.

Printing Not AvailThe machine was


able status (Netturned OFF after
print instruction had work Error)
been issued from a
computer. Or, a print
instruction was
issued from a computer when the
machine is turned
OFF.

Check that the


machine is turned
ON.

Turn ON the machine.

Print instructions are Printing Not Availissued from multiple able status (Network Error)
computers to the
machine at the same
time.

None.

None (printing will be automatically resumed).

Table 5
Cause

Check Method

Corrective Action

Different printer lan- Check the printer language in the


guages are set in the main processor.
print data and the
main processor.
3.

Match the printer languages set in


the print data and the main processor.

Check at [Printer failure not notified]


Table 6

Cause

Check Method

Corrective Action

The notifier is not


registered in the notifier list of the print
server.

Use PCONSOLE from the workstation


to check that the user name of a job
sender or the group name to which the
job sender belongs is registered in
[Print Server Information] > [Printers] >
[Environment Settings for Printer xxx] >
[Notification].

Register the user name of a


job sender or the group name
to which the job sender
belongs in [Notification].

4.

Check at [Job completion not notified]


Table 7

Cause

Check Method

Corrective Action

The NOTIFY option


was not set for sending print data from a
workstation.

Check that the NOTIFY option is


set for sending print data.

Set the NOTIFY option for sending print data from a workstation.

Table 9

Table 8
Cause

Status Display

Print files cannot be Printing Not Availspooled due to insuf- able status (Spool
ficient computer disk Error)
capacity.

2.

Check Method

Corrective Action

Cause

Open [My Computer] and rightclick the disk in


which the system
is installed (e.g.
Drive C). Select
[Properties] from
the displayed
menu to check the
free disk space.

Delete unnecessary files to


secure the disk free space.
Then, select [Pause] from
the [Documents] menu of
the [Printers] window to
clear the pause status
(resumes printing).

The specified printer Check the specified printer lan- Specify the printer language that
language is different guage and the printer language matches the printer language in the
print data.
from the printer lan- of the print data.
guage of the print
data.

Check Method

Check if the printer driver that


The printer driver
was provided with this machine
attached to the
machine is not used has been selected.
(a printer driver from
other manufacturers
is used).

Corrective Action

Select the printer driver that was


provided with this machine.
If it is not found in the selection
items, install and select the printer
driver that was provided with this
machine.

For WindowsNT 4.0, Windows2000, WindowsXP, and Windows Server 2003


When no printing is available or desired printing is not performed, follow the check procedures
described below to take the corrective actions.

Precautions and Limitations


The following describes the precautions and limitations for TCP/IP (LPD).

Table 9

Machine Settings

Cause

Check Method

Corrective Action

Incorrect IP address
is set.

Ask the Network Administrator Set a correct IP address in the


to check if the IP address set in machine.
this machine is correct.

When the LPD spool


is set for a memory
spool, the print data
size in a single print
instruction sent from
a computer exceeds
the upper limit of
receivable capacity.

Check the LPD spool memory


capacity and compare it with
the print data capacity that is
tried to send in a single print
instruction.

A failure that cannot


be repaired has
occurred during
printing.

Check if an error is displayed


Turn the power OFF then ON.
on the Operation Panel display. Wait for the display to light off and
turn ON the power again.

1. If the print data capacity exceeds


the memory capacity upper limit,
split the file into smaller sizes than
the memory capacity upper limit and
then send the print instruction.
2. If multiple print data capacities
exceed the memory capacity upper
limit, reduce the number of files to
be sent for printing at the same
time.

The transport proto- Check the selected transport


col that matches the protocol.
computer is not
selected.

Select the transport protocol that


matches the computer.

The data type of the print data the


machine tries to process is different from
the data type of the
print data sent from a
computer.

Make settings so that Ctrl-D will not


be output.

IP addresses are managed in a whole system. Consult with the Network Administrator thoroughly
before perform setting.

Depending on the network environment, perform the subnet mask and gateway settings if necessary. Consult with the Network Administrator to set necessary settings.

If a memory becomes insufficient when [Enabled] is set for the port status, the port status may be
automatically reset to [Disabled]. In this case, [Disabled] an unused port or change the memory allocated capacity.

Depending on the usage environement, set the receiving buffer capacity [lpd (Spool)] size.
When the receiving buffer capacity [lpd (Spool)] size is smaller than the sent data, the data may not
be able to be received.

Computer Settings

IP addresses are managed in a whole system. Consult with the Network Administrator thoroughly
before perform setting.

To perform network settings (such as IP address), etc. on the host used under NIS (Network Information Service) management, consult with the NIS Administrator.

At Power OFF
Before turning the machine OFF, take note of the following:

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

When [Memory] is set for [lpd (Spool)]


All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine memory
will be deleted. When the power is turned ON again, no print data remains.
However, if the power is turned OFF immediately after print instruction, the print data may be stored
on the computer. In this case, even if a new print instruction is issued after the power is turned ON,
the stored print data will be printed first.

2007/10/01
2-599

When [Hard Disk] is set for [lpd (Spool)]

2.4 NET System Fault Check

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine hard disk
will be saved. When the power is turned ON again and a new print instruction is issued, the stored
print data will be printed first.

When [Do not spool] is set for [lpd (Spool)]


All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine receiving
buffer will be deleted. When the power is turned ON again, no print data remains.
However, if the power is turned OFF immediately after print instruction, the print data may be stored
on the computer. In this case, even if a new print instruction is issued after the power is turned ON,
the stored print data will be printed first.

At Printing

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-600

2.4 NET System Fault Check

When [Hard Disk] or [Memory] is set for [lpd (Spool)]

Version 2.1
Table 10

Symptoms

Corrective Action

[Wait for a while] appears and


stays.

Wait for a while without any action. If the situation has not
been changed, select the [Refresh] button. If the situation
does not change after selecting the [Refresh] button, check
if the machine is operating properly.

The [Refresh] button is not


functioning. Or, even if a menu
in the left frame is selected, the
right frame cannot be
refreshed.

Check that the specified Web browser is used. Refer to


"Communication (Port/Protocol) Setting Items in CentreWare Internet Services" in User Guide to check the used
Web browser is supported.

The screen display collaspes.

Change the Web browser window size.

When the machine starts receiving print data and the print data size is larger than the HDD spool
area or memory remaining capacity, the print data will not be received.

The latest information is not


displayed.

Select the [Refresh] button.

NOTE: If the print data exceeds the receiving capacity, some computers will resend data immediately. In this case, the computer looks like stopped. As a corrective action for this, abort sending the
print data on the computer.

Selecting the [Apply new settings] button does not reflect


settings.

Check that the entered values are correct. If invalid values


have been entered, they are automatically changed to values within the limit range.

When [Do not spool] is set for [lpd (Spool)]

Same as above

Check that the machine is operating or has completed


operation using the machine Operation Panel. If Auto
Reset function is set, the settings in CentreWare Internet
Services will not be applied until the specified time has
passed. Wait for a while.

When a print request is received from a computer, the print requests from other computers cannot
be received.

When a computer IP address or name has been changed


When a computer IP address or name has been changed, the inquiry and cancelation of processes
from the main processor cannot be performed properly. Turn the machine OFF then ON when no
print data is stored in the machine receiving buffer.
NOTE: The print cancelation/forced output processes of the print data stored in the machine receiving buffer can be operated from the machine Operation Panel. Refer to "11 Job Check" in "User
Guide" for more information on how to operate.

Selecting [Apply new settings] 1. Check if the password is correct. The password confirmation entry does not match. Enter a correct password. 2.
button displays a message
such as [Invalid or unrecogniz- Restart the machine.
able response was returned
from the server] or [No data
found] on the Web browser.
Jobs cannot be deleted.

2.4.5.4 Check Flow at CenterWare Internet Services Failure


The following describes the situations and corrective actions when a failure occurs when "CentreWare
Internet Services" is used.

Wait for a while and then select the [Refresh] button.

Cannot enter Japanese charac- Use Shift-JIS code. And do not use single-byte Katakana
ters.
characters.
Cannot enter Kanji characters. Kanji characters cannot be entered for the items displayed
with "*".

Table 10
Symptoms

Corrective Action

2.4.5.5 Check Flow at Scanner Failure

Cannot be connected to "CentreWare Internet Services".

Check that the machine is operating properly. Check that


the machine is turned ON.

1.

Same as above

Check that "Internet Services" is activated. Print the "System Settings List" for checking.

Same as above

Check that the Internet address has been entered properly.


Check the Internet address again. If connection is not successful, enter the IP address and try connection.

Same as above

Check if a proxy server is used. Some proxy servers disable connection. When proxy server is not used, set the
Web browser to "Do not use proxy server" or set the used
address to "Do not use proxy server".

When a document is retrieved from a Mailbox

If [Save] is set for [Delete Document After Retrieval], multiple clients can access to the same
document.

If [Delete] is set for [Delete Document After Retrieval], only 1 client can access to the same
document. The document stored or read by a client cannot be viewed from the other clients.

The documents that have been retrieved using CentreWare Internet Services will not be
deleted regardless of the setting in [Delete Document After Retrieval].

In both cases, documents can be added to the accessed Mailbox.

2.

Screen Display
When the document with a lot of colors is scanned, they cannot be displayed properly in the display
mode that displays using fewer colors than the scanned colors. Use the display mode that allows
displaying using more colors than the colors used in the image.

3.

A network scanner driver and Mailbox Viewer 2 are used at the same time.

Table 11

When a computer uses a network scanner driver and Mailbox Viewer 2 at the same time, the computer cannot connect to the printer.
When multiple computers use the network scanner drivers or Mailbox Viewer 2 to retrieve documents from the same machine at the same time, up to 3 computers can be connected.
4.

Mails cannot be sent


(Mail Notice, Scanner (Send Email))

When the documents stored in Mailbox is printed


When stored documents are to be printed (the documents are to be retrieved) by selecting [Mailbox]
from the machine touch panel display, scanned documents cannot be printed.

5.

When a TIFF file is used


The TIFF files that have been created using CentreWare Scan Services or Mailbox Viewer 2 are
compressed using the MMR, MH, JBIG, or JPEG compression method. To open a TIFF file, use the
application software applicable for those compression methods.
NOTE: JBIG compressed TIFF files cannot be created in Mailbox Viewer 2.

6.

Restrictions on Scan Capacity and No. of Sheets

1. Check that the machine mail address has been set.


2. Check that [Mail Notice Service] is set to [Enabled].
(For mail notice)
3. Check that [Send E-mail] is set to [Enabled].
4. Check that the SMTP server IP address etc. is set
properly.
5. Check that the notification items to be sent have been
set correctly. (For Mail Notice) Check settings from the
CentreWare Internet Services Properties screen.
6. Check that the send destination mail address has
been entered properly.
7. Check that the SMTP server is operating properly.
Check with the Network Administrator.

The maximum read capacity for a page is 297x432mm. A3 or 11x17" for the standard size
The Mailbox method allows up to 999 sheets to be read in a single scan operation.

2.4.5.6 Check Flow at Mail Failure


Corrective Action
The following describes the corrective actions for troubles when Mail Notice Service, Print E-mail, or
Scanner (Send E-mail) is used.
Table 11

Symptoms

Corrective Action

Cannot receive mails


(Print E-mail)

1. Check that the machine mail address has been set.


2. Check that [Receive E-mail] is set to [Enabled].
3. Check that the SMTP server IP address and the
POP3 server IP address (when POP3 is selected for
receiving protocol), etc. are set properly.
4. Check that the POP user name and password are set
properly.
5. Check that [Domain List] has been set. Check that the
user's domain is included in the receive-allowed
domains using CentreWare Internet Services.
6. Check that the SMTP and POP servers are operating
properly. Check with the Network Administrator.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-601

2.4 NET System Fault Check

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.4 NET System Fault Check

2007/10/01
2-602

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions

This tool refers to the software "Logging/Extraction Tool.exe" run from a PC.

Tools required for collecting logs

1.

1.

PC running on WindowsNT 4.0, Windows2000, or WindowsXP

2.

A UTP cable is required to connect the printer and a PC.

Collect the log information of the target machine. (It is also possible to collect data periodically for
every xx minutes)

Use the functions 1) and 2) of this tool described above to collect logs at the site where a failure has
occurred.

When collecting the logs of the errors that have occurred in the past

UTP Cable Category 5 Cross Cable


(Reference: TOOLNo:499T7773, 1m is also available.)

The machine conditions for collecting logs


1.

HDD must be installed.

2.

IP Address must be allocated.

3.

CentreWare Internet Service must be activated.

Logging Procedure
When the machine is in processing status and does not accept any operations from the Panel UI, log
information is not saved in the HDD. Therefore, the following procedures must be performed without turning the machine power OFF then ON. However, in this case, it is necessary to output the System Settings
List and check the items in Step 1 in advance.
Also, depending on the failure condition, the CWIS itself may be stopped. In this case, logs cannot be
collected. You can check if the CWIS is active by checking if the CWIS screen (URL:http://Printer IP
Address/) can be displayed on the browser.
1.

2.
3.

Print the "Printer Settings List" and confirm the following:

The HDD is installed.

An IP Address was set.

The CWIS is activated.

Disconnect the Ethernet cable that is connected to the main processor.


Change the client IP address so that it can communicate with the printer via TCP/IP.
Change an IP address to the one with the same network number as the IP address of the main processor that collects logs.
(E.g.) When the main processor IP address is set to 192.168.1.100 and its subnet mask is set to
255.255.255.0, change the address to 192.168.1.xxx (such as 101, not 100).
And set the main processor IP address if the machine is set for DHCP. Change an IP address to the
one with the same network number as the IP address of the client that collects logs.

4.

Connect the PC and the main processor with the UTP cross-cable.

5.

After the PC has been started, click "MS-DOS Prompt" from the "Programs" menu in the "Start"
menu.
(For Windows(R)NT/2000, after the PC has been started, click "Command Prompt" from "Accessories" under "Programs" in the "Start" menu.)
Execute "PING IP Address" and check if the network connection is working properly.
(E.g.) C:\ ping 192.168.1.100 (IP address of the main processor)

6.

Activate the logging tool. (Figure 1)


The following window appears.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-603

2.5 Log

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

2007/10/01
2-604

2.5 Log

Figure 1 j0tz2099
7.

Enter the "IP address" of the main processor in the target IP address column and the M/C No. of the
main processor in the M/C column, then click "(1) Save Dir renew".

8.

The file storing column is updated and the directory in which logs will be stored is determined.

9.

Select [Redir] or [Info9] from the collection column and click "(2) Collecting Start/Stop".
Redir: Retrieves 20 files. This is the item that will be retrieved mainly at visit.
Info9: Retrieves 1 file. This is the item to be retrieved when the trouble occurs again.

10. The directory that has been determined in Step 9 is opened, in which the collected logs are stored.
11. After collecting the logs, click [Cancel/Exit] to exit the logging tool.
12. If the main processor/client IP address has been changed, restore it to the original value.
13. Connect the Ethernet cable that is connected to the main processor.
14. Print the collected logs and reports and send them to Support G.

Failure Conditions

Service Log

System Settings List

Job History Report

Error History Report

Log file that has been collected this time

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

2.6.1 Software Download


Follow "4.3 Adjustment: Upgrade Main Processor Firmware" in Service Manual to upgrade the Controller
software to the latest version.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-605

2.6 Software Download

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
2.6 Software Download

2007/10/01
2-606

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job


1.

2.

Table 2

At Copying

Report Name

System Settings List

Mailbox Registration List

Job History Report

Box Selector List

Error History Report

Secured Receive Report

Fail Counter Report (CE)

Job Flow Error Report

Shutdown History Report (CE)

Font List

Debug Report (CE)

ART EX Form Registration List

At Printing
NOTE: Depending on the printer, some lists cannot be retrieved. There is no need to retrieve the
lists that cannot be retrieved.
The meanings of the numbers shown in the following table are as follows:
Table 1
Name

10

Yes
Yes

PCL Settings List

Yes

PCL Form Registration List

Yes

PostScript Font List

Yes

PostScript Logical Printer Registration List

Yes

PDF Settings List

Yes

Yes

HP-GL/2 Settings List

Yes

Common

HP-GL/2 Logical Printer/Memory


Registration List

Yes

1
2

ART EX

HP-GL/2 Pallet List

Yes

PCL

TIFF Settings List

Yes

PostScript

Yes

HP-GL/2

TIFF Logical Printer Registration


List

TIFF

ART IV, ESC/P User Defined List

ART IV

ESC/P Settings List

Yes

ESC/P

Yes

PR201H

ESC/P Logical Printer/Memory Registration List

10

PDF Bridge

PC-PR201H Settings List

Yes

Media Print

PC-PR201H Logical Printer/Memory


Registration List

Yes

11

Media Print Settings List

Yes Yes Yes

Yes

NOTE: Obtain only at System Fail.

Table 2
2

11

Report Name

10

11

System Settings List

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

3.

At Scan/Fax/iFax

Extended Features Settings List


Job History Report

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Error History Report

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Fail Counter Report (CE) (Note)

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Shutdown History Report (CE)

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Debug Report (CE)

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Stored Document List

Yes

Receive Domain Restriction List

Yes

Registered Address Dial List


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
2-607

2.7 List of Collected Reports by Job

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

2007/10/01
2-608

2.7 List of Collected Reports by Job

NOTE: Depending on the printer, some lists cannot be retrieved. There is no need to retrieve the
lists that cannot be retrieved.
CAUTION
The lists below may contain important customer data of the customer. For such lists, ensure to
check with the customer before taking them back to the company.
Also, contact Support G for confirmation. Never decide what to do by yourself.
Table 3

Extended Features Settings List

Fax

Scan

iFax

Yes

Yes

Yes

Job History Report

Yes

Yes

Yes

Error History Report

Yes

Yes

Yes

Fail Counter Report (CE) (Note)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Shutdown History Report (CE)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Debug Report (CE)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Stored Document List

Yes

Yes

Receive Domain Restriction List

Yes

Registered Address Dial List

Yes

Yes

Yes

Mailbox Registration List

Yes

Yes

Yes

Box Selector List

Yes

Secured Receive Report

Yes

Job Flow Error Report

Yes

Activity Report

Yes

Unsend Report

Yes

Broadcast Report

Yes

Relay Broadcast Report

Yes

Protocol Monitor (CE)

Yes

Transmission Report

Yes

Job Template List

Yes
Yes

Yes

Yes

iFAX Monitor Kit

Yes

iFAX Unsend Report

Yes

NOTE: Obtain only at System Fail.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting

3 Image Quality Troubleshooting


IDS25 Deletions ..............................................................................................................

3.1 Image Quality RAPs


IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP...................................................................................
IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP ....................................................................................
IQ3 Low Image Density RAP...........................................................................................
IQ4 Wrinkled Image RAP ................................................................................................
IQ5 Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP ..............................................................................
IQ6 Background RAP ......................................................................................................
IQ7 Deletion RAP ............................................................................................................
IQ8 Skew/Misregistration RAP ........................................................................................
IQ9 Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears RAP ...............................................
IQ10 Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP ...........................................................................
IQ11 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears RAP..............................................
IQ12 Mottle RAP .............................................................................................................
IQ13 Spots RAP ..............................................................................................................
IQ14 Black Prints RAP ....................................................................................................
IQ15 Blank Image RAP ...................................................................................................

29

3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10

3.2 Copy Quality Specification


Copy Quality Specification ..............................................................................................

11

3.3 Defect Samples


Image Defect Samples ....................................................................................................
IDS1 Auger Mark............................................................................................................
IDS2 Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density) ..............................................................
IDS3 White Streaks (Process Direction) ........................................................................
IDS4 Black Bands ..........................................................................................................
IDS5 Toner Contamination.............................................................................................
IDS6 Toner Splattering...................................................................................................
IDS7 White Spots (Irregular) ..........................................................................................
IDS8 Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts) ...........................................................
IDS9 Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) .......................
IDS10 Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.)
IDS11 Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Side 2) ..............................
IDS12 Transparency Blocking........................................................................................
IDS13 Moire Due To Interference With Copy Original ...................................................
IDS14 Light Background Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of Originals With Frames .
IDS15 Fluctuation In Auto Exposure Values For Copies Of Originals Of Medium Density
IDS16 Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals ...................
IDS17 CVT (Constant Velocity Transport) Scan Streaks ...............................................
IDS18 Defects Related To Scan Print ............................................................................
IDS19 Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi Originals..........................
IDS20 Black Discoloration Around White Texts In Medium Density Background ..........
IDS21 G100 Background .................................................................................................
IDS22 Show-Through on 2-Sided Output .......................................................................
IDS23 Blurs due to Tracing Paper ..................................................................................
IDS24 Platen Background...............................................................................................
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
21
22
22
23
24
24
25
26
26
27
27
28
28
29
2007/10/01
3-1

Image Quality Troubleshooting

Image Quality Troubleshooting

2007/10/01
3-2

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP

IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Determine whether the problem occurs in Copy Mode or Printer Mode. If the problem occurs in Copy
Mode, go to IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP.

Clean the Platen Glass.


Clean the mirrors and lens with lint-free cloth.

Procedure
Procedure

Determine the problem and go to the relevant RAP.

Determine the problem and go to the relevant RAP.


Table 1
Problem
Low Image Density

Symptoms
Overall low density of images.

IQ3RAP

Problem

IQ4 RAP

Low Image Density

Overall low density of images.

Background

Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. IQ6 RAP
The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains.

Process Direction
Bands, Streaks and
Smears

Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direc- IQ9 RAP
tion of the paper orientation.

Repeating Bands,
Streaks, Spots and
Smears

Horizontal black lines or white streaks running in the


direction of the paper orientation.

Spots

Toner spots are spread irregularly over the whole page.

IQ13 RAP

Black Prints

Paper is printed completely black.

IQ14 RAP

Wrinkled Image

The printed paper is wrinkled, folded or torn.

Residual Image
(Ghosting)

Ghost images appear on the paper. Parts of the previous IQ5 RAP
page or current page appear as ghost images on the
paper.

Background

Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. IQ6 RAP
The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains.

Deletion

Part of the image is missing.

Skew/Misregistration

Printed images are not parallel to the edges of the paper. IQ8 RAP

Process Direction
Bands, Streaks and
Smears

Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direc- IQ9 RAP
tion of the paper orientation.

Unfused Copy/Toner
Offset

Printed images are not properly fused onto the paper.


The images come off easily when rubbed.

IQ10 RAP

Repeating Bands,
Streaks, Spots and
Smears

Horizontal black lines or white streaks running in the


direction of the paper orientation.

IQ11 RAP

Mottle

Uneven printed image density.

IQ12 RAP

Spots

Toner spots are spread irregularly over the whole page.

IQ13 RAP

Black Prints

Paper is printed completely black.

IQ14 RAP

Blank Image

Paper is printed completely white.

IQ15 RAP

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Table 1

RAP

IQ7 RAP

2007/10/01
3-3

Symptoms

RAP
IQ3 RAP

IQ11 RAP

3.1 Image Quality RAPs

Image Quality Troubleshooting

Image Quality Troubleshooting


3.1 Image Quality RAPs

2007/10/01
3-4

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

IQ3 Low Image Density RAP

IQ4 Wrinkled Image RAP

Overall low density of images.

The printed paper is wrinkled, folded or torn.

Procedure

Procedure

Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean.
Y
N
Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass.

Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications.


Y
N
Use paper within specifications.

Check the drum ground contact point for dirt and distortion. The drum ground contact point is clean
and there is no distortion.
Y
N
Clean the drum ground contact point and correct the distortion.

Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs.


Y
N
End

Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The
problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Set to print a black copy. During the print cycle, turn off the power after the feeding sound is heard (ie. terminate processing midway through copying). Check the surface of the drum. There is a considerable
amount of toner left on the surface of the drum.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2a,PL 9.2b).
Replace the BTR (PL 2.6) followed by the HVPS (PL 9.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Version 2.1

Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check for foreign substances and distortions in the paper delivery path. There are no foreign substances or distortions in the paper delivery path.
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and correct the distortion.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

IQ5 Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP

IQ6 Background RAP

Ghost images appear on the paper. Parts of the previous page or current page appear as ghost images
on the paper.

Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. The smudges appear as extremely bright gray
stains.

Procedure

Procedure

Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The
problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End

Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean.
Y
N
Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass (PL 11.3).

Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface of the Heat
Roll is clean.
Y
N
Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1)
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2a,PL 9.2b).

Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The
problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no
distortion.
Y
N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the HVPS (PL 9.1) and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2a,PL 9.2b).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-5

3.1 Image Quality RAPs

Image Quality Troubleshooting

Image Quality Troubleshooting


3.1 Image Quality RAPs

2007/10/01
3-6

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

IQ7 Deletion RAP

IQ8 Skew/Misregistration RAP

Part of the image is missing.

Printed images are not parallel to the edges of the paper.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications.


Y
N
Use paper within specifications.

Check the location where the machine is installed. The machine is installed on a stable horizontal
surface.
Y
N
Install the machine on a stable horizontal surface.

Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs.


Y
N
End
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The
problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the surface of the BTR for distortion. There is no distortion on the surface of the BTR.
Y
N
Replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2a,PL 9.2b).

Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The
problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the installation of the Paper Cassette. The Paper Cassette is correctly installed.
Y
N
Install the Paper Cassette correctly.
Check for distortion in the paper delivery path. There is no distortion in the paper delivery path.
Y
N
Correct the distortion or replace the distorted part.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2a,PL 9.2b).

IQ9 Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears RAP

IQ10 Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP

Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation.

Printed images are not properly fused onto the paper. The images come off easily when rubbed.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the IIT Carriage Mirrors for scratches and dirt. There are no scratches or dirt on the mirrors.
Y
N
Clean the mirrors. If there is a scratch or stubborn stain, replace the No.1/No.2/No.3 Mirror (PL
11.6).

Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications.


Y
N
Use paper within specifications.
Use paper stored under room conditions. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End

Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The
problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no
distortion.
Y
N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Check for dirt in the paper delivery path. The paper delivery path is clean.
Y
N
Clean the paper delivery path.

Check the power supply voltage. The voltage is within the specified range.
Y
N
Connect a power supply with voltage within the specified range.
Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) and reinstall. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the fusing temperature using the Diagnostics. A normal fusing temperature is set.
Y
N
Set a normal fusing temperature.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Check the IIT Carriage Mirror. The mirror is clean and there is no distortion.
Y
N
Clean the mirror. If there is distortion, replace the mirror.
Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface of the Heat
Roll is clean.
Y
N
Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the ROS Window for scratches and distortion. The ROS Window is clean and there are no
scratches.
Y
N
Clean the ROS Window. If there is a scratch, replace the ROS Window.
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2a,PL 9.2b).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-7

3.1 Image Quality RAPs

Image Quality Troubleshooting

Image Quality Troubleshooting


3.1 Image Quality RAPs

2007/10/01
3-8

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

IQ11 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears RAP

IQ12 Mottle RAP

Horizontal black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation.

Uneven printed image density.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the moving parts of the IIT Carriage for foreign substances and distortion. There are no foreign
substances or distortion of the parts.
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances. If there is distortion in the Capstan Pulley, Capstan Shaft or Carriage Cable (PL 11.6), replace the parts accordingly.

Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications.


Y
N
Use paper within specifications.

Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The
problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no
distortion.
Y
N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Check the pitch of the black streaks or blanks. The pitch of the black streaks or blanks are
approx.78mm (the circumference of the Heat Roll).
Y
N
Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Version 2.1

Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs.


Y
N
End
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The
problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no
distortion.
Y
N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End

Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2a,PL 9.2b).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2a,PL 9.2b).

IQ13 Spots RAP

IQ14 Black Prints RAP

Toner spots are spread irregularly over the whole page.

Paper is printed completely black.

Procedure

Procedure

Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean.
Y
N
Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass (PL 11.3).

Check the moving parts of the IIT Carriage for foreign substances and distortion. There are no foreign
substances or distortion of the parts.
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances. If there is distortion in the Capstan Pulley, Capstan Shaft or Carriage Cable (PL 11.6), replace the parts accordingly.

Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The
problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no
distortion.
Y
N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Check for dirt in the paper delivery path. The paper delivery path is clean.
Y
N
Clean the paper delivery path.

Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs.


Y
N
End
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2a,PL 9.2b).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the connections of P/J500 and P/J403. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.

Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface of the Heat
Roll is clean.
Y
N
Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications.
Y
N
Use paper within specifications.

Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The
problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End

Check the wire between J500-4 and J403-A12 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire between
J500-4 and J403-A12 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wires between J160 and J305 and between J170 and J305 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wires between J160 and J305 and between J170 and J305 are conducting without an
open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the HVPS (PL 9.1) followed by the ROS Unit (PL 3.1), the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the ESS
PWB (PL 9.2a,PL 9.2b).

2007/10/01
3-9

3.1 Image Quality RAPs

Image Quality Troubleshooting

Image Quality Troubleshooting

2007/10/01
3-10

3.1 Image Quality RAPs

IQ15 Blank Image RAP


Paper is printed completely white.

Procedure
Check the installation of the ROS Unit. The ROS Unit is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) correctly.
Check the drum ground contact point for dirt and distortion. The drum ground contact point is clean
and there is no distortion.
Y
N
Clean the drum ground contact point and correct the distortion.
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The
problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Set to print a black copy. During the print cycle, turn off the power after the feeding sound is heard (ie. terminate processing midway through copying). Check the surface of the drum. There is a considerable
amount of toner left on the surface of the drum.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J140 and P/J406. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the installation of the ROS Unit. The ROS Unit is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) correctly.
Measure the voltage of the MCU PWB P406-2. The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J140 and J406 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The
J140 and J406 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the BTR followed by the HVPS and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

wire

between

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Copy Quality Specification


1. Copy Alignment
How to measure
Make a copy of the Test Chart STP3600 (A3) and measure.
Table 1
Item

How to measure (Refer to Figure 1)

Lead Regi (mm)

(P1~P1) - Standard Value *1

Side Regi (mm)

(P7~P19) - Standard Value *1: A3S

Lead Skew (mm)

(P5~P6) - (P3~P4)

Vertical Ratio (%)

((P2~P14) - 400) / 400x100: A3S

Horizontal Ratio (%)

((P8~P13)-280) / 280x100

Perpendicularity (mm)

Difference between the perpendicular line of the intersection


point between the line that connects P4 and P6, and P14.

Perpendicularity (Vertical)
(mm) 400mm

Maximum difference between the [Intersection point of the horizontal line A and each vertical line] and the line that connects
P2 and P14.

Linearity (Horizontal) (mm)


280mm

Maximum difference between the [Intersection point of the horizontal line C and each horizontal line] and the line that connects P10 and P15.

Linearity (Skew) (mm)


280mm

Maximum difference between the [Intersection point of the


skew line D and each line] and the line that connects P17 and
P13.
Or
Maximum difference between the [Intersection point of the
skew line E and each line] and the line that connects P8 and
P18.

Parallelism (mm)

(P10 to P12) (P15 to P16)

*1: Measure the length of the position of FX STP#3600 and use it as the standard value in the table.

Figure 1 Position for Measuring Copy Alignment (j0st3231)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-11

3.2 Copy Quality Specification

Image Quality Troubleshooting

Image Quality Troubleshooting

2007/10/01
3-12

3.2 Copy Quality Specification


[System] IOT + IIT +DADF
Table 2
Specification
SYSTEM 1
Sided

Specification
SYSTEM 2
Sided
Application

Lead Edge Registration


(mm)

+/- 2.20

+/- 3.00

Side Edge Registration


(mm)

+/- 2.90

+/- 3.20

Lead Skew (mm)

+/- 2.30

+/- 2.70

For a length of 200 mm

Vertical Ratio (%)

+/- 1.20

For a length of 400 mm

Horizontal Ratio (%)

+/- 1.20

For a length of 280 mm

Perpendicularity (mm)

+/- 4.00

+/- 4.00

For a length of 400 mm

Perpendicularity (Vertical)
(mm)

2.00

For a length of 400 mm

Perpendicularity (Horizontal) (mm)

1.40

For a length of 280 mm

Linearity (Skew) (mm)

1.42

For a length of 283 mm

Parallelism

+/- 2.50

For a length of 400 mm

2. Image Quality
How to measure
Make a copy of the Test Chart 499T247 (A3) and measure.
Table 3
Item

How to measure (Refer to Figure 2)

Resolution (100%/
Normal mode only)

Measure the 0.7G line image (10) at 3 locations.


Determine the maximum and minimum mean value measured. (Within
the same copy)

Low Contrast (100% Normal mode: Check that the 0.2G line image 13 can be read.
only)
Darker mode: Measure the 0.2G line image 13 at 3 locations.
Determine the maximum and minimum mean value measured. (Within
the same copy)
Blue Reproducibility
(100% only)

Version 2.1
Table 3

Copy Alignment Specification

Item

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Normal mode: Check that the 0.2B line image 14 can be read.
Darker mode: Measure the 0.2B line image 14 at 3 locations.
Determine the maximum and minimum mean value measured. (Within
the same copy)

Solid Reproducibility Measure the 1.0G Solid 16 at 3 locations.


(100%/Normal mode Determine the maximum and minimum mean value measured. (Within
the same copy)
only)
Background

Measure the margin.

Resolution

70.7, 100%: Measure the resolution target 17 at 3 locations.


141.4%: Measure the resolution target 17 at 2 locations.

Item

How to measure (Refer to Figure 2)

Skip and Smear

100%: Check that the 2.51m/mm ladder 18 is resolving across the


entire page.
70.7~99%: Check that the 1.81p/mm ladder 19 is resolving across the
entire page.

Image Quality Specification


Total System
Table 4
Reduc
e/
Enlarg
e (%)
INPUT

OUTPUT
(Density
Settings
button)
Lighter 3

OUTPUT
(Density
Settings
button)
Normal

OUTPUT
(Density
Settings
button)
Darker 3

OUTPUT
(Density
Settings
button)
Auto

Text/Image Density

100

0.7 Gray

>=1.08

>=1.08

Text/Image Density
Eveness

100

0.7 Gray

=<0.2

=<0.2

Low Contrast Reproducibility

100

0.2 Gray

>=0.17*1

>=0.46

>=0.22

Item

Low Contrast Eveness

100

0.2 Gray

=<0.4

Low Contrast Reproducibility

100

0.1 Gray

Does not reproduce

Blue Reproducibility

100

0.2 Blue

>=0.17*1

>=0.57

>=0.22

Blue Eveness

100

0.2 Blue

0.4(Max)

Blue Reproducibility

100

0.1 Blue

Does not reproduce

Solid Reproducibility

100

1.0 Solid

>=1.0

>=1.0

Solid Eveness

100

1.0 Solid

=<0.3

Background (SIR#305)

100

=<3.0 (Ini- tial)


=<5.0 (at
used)

=<3.0 (Initial)
=<5.0 (at
used)

Resolution (Excluding
Skip/Smear)*2

100

NBS Tar- get

4.3 Lp/
mm(Min)

Resolution (Excluding
Skip/Smear)*2

70

NBS Tar- get

2.5 Lp/
mm(Min)

Resolution (Excluding
Skip/Smear)*2

141

NBS Tar- get

3.5 Lp/
mm(Min)

Resolution (Excluding
Skip/Smear)*2

200

NBS Tar- get

3.5 Lp/mm

Depth of Focus

100

NBS Tar- get

3.0 Lp/
mm(Min)*
1

Skip/Smear

100

Ladder
A3 Entire
Page

2.5 Lp/
mm(Min)*
1

Skip/Smear

70

Ladder
A3 Entire
Page

1.8 Lp/
mm(Min)

Figure 2 Position for Measuring Image Quality (j0st3232)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-13

=<0.3

3.2 Copy Quality Specification

Image Quality Troubleshooting

Image Quality Troubleshooting

2007/10/01
3-14

3.2 Copy Quality Specification


Table 4
OUTPUT
(Density
Settings
button)
Lighter 3

OUTPUT
(Density
Settings
button)
Normal

OUTPUT
(Density
Settings
button)
Darker 3

OUTPUT
(Density
Settings
button)
Auto

Item

Reduc
e/
Enlarg
e (%)
INPUT

Skip/Smear

141

Ladder
A3 Entire
Page

2.5 Lp/
mm(Min)

Skip/Smear

200

Ladder
A3 Entire
Page

2.5 Lp/
mm(Min)*
1

NOTE: *1: The reference value normally satisfies the specification. However, there is a possibility that
reproducibility is not ensured in some environments or if there are certain variations.
*2: Excludes Skip/Smear.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Image Defect Samples

IDS1 Auger Mark

IOT
The following figures contain examples of defects and their possible causes.

IDS1 Auger Mark

IDS2 Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density)

IDS3 White Streaks (Process Direction)

IDS4 Black Bands

IDS5 Toner Contamination

IDS6 Toner Splattering

IDS7 White Spots (Irregular)

IDS8 Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts)

IDS9 Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.)

IDS10 Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.)

IDS11 Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Side 2)

IDS12 Transparency Blocking

IIT
The following figures contain examples of defects and their possible causes.

IDS13 Moire Due To Interference With Copy Original

IDS14 Light Background Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of Originals With Frames

IDS15 Fluctuation In Auto Exposure Values For Copies Of Originals Of Medium Density

IDS16 Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals

IDS17 CVT (Constant Velocity Transport) Scan Streaks

IDS18 Defects Related To Scan Print

IDS19 Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi Originals

IDS20 Black Discoloration Around White Texts In Medium Density Background

IDS21 G100 Background

IDS22 Show-Through on 2-Sided Output

IDS23 Blurs due to Tracing Paper

IDS24 Platen Background

IDS25 Deletions

Figure 1 Auger Mark Defect Sample (j0st3217)

Cause
1.

The Developer Magnetic Roll magnetic field failed.

2.

There was a drop in the level of developer material.

Corrective Action
1.

Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.


NOTE: This may occur immediately after a new CRU is installed. -> Correct by feeding a few sheets
of paper.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-15

3.3 Defect Samples

Image Quality Troubleshooting

Image Quality Troubleshooting


3.3 Defect Samples

IDS2 Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-16

Version 2.1

IDS3 White Streaks (Process Direction)

Figure 1 Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density) Defect Sample (j0st3218)

Figure 1 White Streaks (Process Direction) Defect Sample (j0st3219)

Cause

Cause

1.

Developer Magnetic Roll bias.

1.

Foreign substances are blocking the ROS Laser.

Corrective Action

2.

Developer material clogging on the Developer Magnetic Roll due to foreign substances.

1.

Corrective Action

Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.

1.

Clean the light path between the ROS and the Xero/Developer Cartridge and the seal glass.

2.

Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.

IDS4 Black Bands

IDS5 Toner Contamination

Figure 1 Black Bands Defect Sample (j0st3220)

Figure 1 Toner Contamination Defect Sample (j0st3221)

Cause

Cause

1.

1.

The developer material is not well mixed.

Cloud toner dropped from the Xero/Developer Cartridge.

Corrective Action

Corrective Action

1.

1.

Mix the developer material by processing blank paper.

2.

Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.

Mix the developer material by processing blank paper.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-17

3.3 Defect Samples

Image Quality Troubleshooting

Image Quality Troubleshooting


3.3 Defect Samples

IDS6 Toner Splattering

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-18

Version 2.1

IDS7 White Spots (Irregular)

Figure 1 Toner Splattering Defect Sample (j0st3222)

Figure 1 White Spots (Irregular) Defect Sample (j0st3223)

Cause

Cause

1.

Paper size mismatch occurred (tray settings and paper size are different).

1.

The resistance of the paper increased under dry conditions.

2.

The resistance of the paper increased under dry conditions.

2.

Deletions due to particles of paper on the paper path

Corrective Action

Corrective Action

1.

Check the tray settings.

1.

Use paper from a freshly opened packet.

2.

Use paper from a freshly opened packet.

2.

Clean the paper path.

IDS8 Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts)

IDS9 Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks,


Bands etc.)

Figure 1 Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts) Defect Sample (j0st3224)


Figure 1 Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) Defect Sample
(j0st3225)

Cause
1.

Transparencies were processed in Plain Paper mode.

Corrective Action

Cause

1.

1.

94mm pitch -> Drum: Scratches or foreign substances

2.

28mm pitch -> Developer Roll: Developer material fixed on the Developer Roll

Select Transparency mode.

3.

44mm pitch -> Charger: Scratches or foreign substances

4.

80mm pitch -> Fuser H/R: Scratches or foreign substances

Corrective Action
1.
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-19

1, 4 : Clean or replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge or the Fuser Unit.

3.3 Defect Samples

Image Quality Troubleshooting

Image Quality Troubleshooting


3.3 Defect Samples
2.

2, 3 : Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-20

Version 2.1

IDS10 Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Spots,


Streaks, Bands etc.)

Figure 1 Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) Defect
Sample (j0st3226)

Cause
1.

94mm pitch -> Drum: Scratches or foreign substances

2.

28mm pitch -> Magnetic Roll: Developer material fixed on the Magnetic Roll

3.

44mm pitch -> BCR: Scratches or foreign substances

4.

80mm pitch -> Heat Roll: Scratches or foreign substances

5.

19mm pitch -> Fuser Roll-Exit: Dirt

6.

44mm pitch -> Registration: Dirt

Corrective Action
1.

1, 4, 5, 6 : Clean or replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge or the Fuser Unit.

2.

2, 3 : Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.

IDS11 Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Side


2)

Figure 1 Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Side 2) Defect Sample (j0st3227)

Cause
1.

94mm pitch -> Fuser Pressure Roll: Scratches or foreign substances

2.

59mm pitch -> BRT Roll: Dirt, scratches or paper size mismatch

3.

44mm pitch -> Pinch Roll: Dirt

Corrective Action

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

1.

1, 2, 3 : Clean or replace the relevant parts.

2.

2 : Change the tray settings.

2007/10/01
3-21

3.3 Defect Samples

Image Quality Troubleshooting

Image Quality Troubleshooting


3.3 Defect Samples

IDS12 Transparency Blocking

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-22

Version 2.1

IDS13 Moire Due To Interference With Copy Original


Cause
When copying, interference with the original may cause moire. Combinations of certain angles of screen
ruling near 150lpi and Reduce/Enlarge ratio may cause moire. Precautions should be taken during
enlargement.

Corrective Action

Reduce sharpness.

Make copies at a different Reduce/Enlarge ratio.

Change the orientation of the original.

Secondary defect: Text is blurred.

Figure 1 Transparency Blocking Sample Image (j0st3228)

Cause
1.

Transparencies were continuously printed in Plain Paper mode.

Corrective Action
1.

Select Transparency mode.

IDS14 Light Background Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of


Originals With Frames

Corrective Action

Disable Auto Exposure.

When Auto Exposure is turned [On] for originals with dark frames along the Lead Registration Edge, the
suppression value is set so large such that areas of medium density appear extremely light.

Figure 1 Light Background Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of Originals With Frames Defect
Sample (j0st3229)

Cause
Auto Exposure performs background detection of images at a distance of up to 10mm from the Lead
Registration Edge. As there were dark frames along the Lead Registration Edge, Auto Exposure could
not detect the original background density. Therefore, Auto Exposure was performed based on the density of the frames.
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-23

3.3 Defect Samples

Image Quality Troubleshooting

Image Quality Troubleshooting


3.3 Defect Samples

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-24

Version 2.1

IDS15 Fluctuation In Auto Exposure Values For Copies Of


Originals Of Medium Density

IDS16 Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo
Originals

When Auto Exposure is turned [On] for originals with background of medium density (0.5G), the effectiveness of Auto Exposure fluctuates for each job.

In Text mode, making copies of images of 100 lpi (halftone dot) gradation may result in a tone jump.

Cause
As medium density (0.5G) is near the upper limit value for background detection, the Auto Exposure
value fluctuates according to the result of background detection that varies according to the variations in
the density of the original and how the original is placed.

Corrective Action

Disable Auto Exposure.

Figure 1 Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals Defect Sample
(j0st3230)

Cause
As Text & Photo mode gives priority to 175 lpi halftone dots and text quality, Sharpen Edge is performed
for lower lpi.

Corrective Action

Make copies in Photo mode.


Secondary defect: Text is blurred.

Change the setting from [More Text] to [Text], and then to [Photo] and [More Photo].

IDS17 CVT (Constant Velocity Transport) Scan Streaks

Secondary defect: Image quality of photographs deteriorate in [More Text] and [Text] settings. Text
becomes blurred in [More Photo] and [Photo] settings.

Streaks may occur in the CVT, even if they do not occur in the Platen.

Cause
Even though CVT streak detection is performed for both color and B/W scans, there may be cases where
foreign substances on the CVT Glass could not be detected and removed.

Corrective Action

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-25

Clean the CVT Glass.

3.3 Defect Samples

Image Quality Troubleshooting

Image Quality Troubleshooting


3.3 Defect Samples

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-26

Version 2.1

Moire may occur when scanned images are printed.

IDS19 Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi
Originals

Cause

During Fax Scan and B/W Scan mode, moire occurs in Text mode halftone dot images. Or, moire is
especially obvious in Text mode (Fine) 133 lpi halftone dot images.

Interference with the printer screen and printer driver resolution conversion processing by the original
causes moire.

Cause

IDS18 Defects Related To Scan Print

Corrective Action

In Text mode, text is given priority, causing halftone dot moires.

Reduce sharpness.

Corrective Action

Secondary defect: Text is blurred.

Change from Text mode to Text & Photo mode or Photo mode.
However, as the amount of data increases in Text & Photo mode, the machine takes a longer time
for transmission.

IDS21 G100 Background

IDS20 Black Discoloration Around White Texts In Medium


Density Background

G100 Background may occur, with AE off in the text mode and the text/photo mode.

Black discoloration occurs around white texts with a certain background density, causing difficulties in
reading the text.

Cause
Because of the gray scale design allowing a better reproduction of low contrast, rough paper of high density like G100 may have its background density reproduced.

Cause
Discoloration occurs during resolution conversion in Fax Send.
Due to separation error in text graphic separation, parts determined as text are darkened and are output
as graphics that look like dark smears.

Corrective Action

Set AE to ON. (Default Setting)

Set Density to Lighter 1.

Occurrences and severity of the occurrences vary according to the combinations of Send/Receive type,
Send route and Receive settings.

Corrective Action

Set Sharpness to "Softer 1.


Secondary problem: Letters are blurred.

Perform sending and document storage according to the capabilities of the receiver.
It is possible to suppress resolution conversion during Send/Receive by preventing a mismatch in
Send image quality (resolution).

Secondary problem: The whole area becomes lighter, causing poor reproduction of the highlight
part.

Change the setting for resolution conversion processing to [More Photo].

Set Color Balance Adjustment Level (low density) to a lower level. (Change in the NVM.)
Secondary problem: The low density level becomes lower, causing poor reproduction of the highlight part.

Secondary defect: As this reduces the sensitivity for separation between text and photographs,
edges appear less smooth.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-27

3.3 Defect Samples

Image Quality Troubleshooting

Image Quality Troubleshooting


3.3 Defect Samples

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-28

Version 2.1

IDS22 Show-Through on 2-Sided Output

IDS23 Blurs due to Tracing Paper

An image on the 2-sided document is shown through and reproduced in the text mode.

The outlines of letters printed from the tracing paper document are blurred.

Cause

Cause

Because of the gray scale design allowing a better reproduction of low contrast, an image of high density
shown through and reproduced may not completely be erased through background suppression.

A tracing paper document shows a background through, so if there is a distance between the platen
background and the document, the outlines of printed letters are blurred.

Corrective Action

Corrective Action

Set Density to Lighter 1.

In the Tools settings, change to the tracing paper mode to enable it.

Secondary problem: The whole area becomes lighter, causing poor reproduction of the highlight
part.

Set Density to Lighter.

Change the AE Suppression Level setting. (Change in the NVM.)


Secondary problem: Poor reproduction of highlight areas

Secondary problem: Poor image quality of photos; poor reproduction of the highlight part
Secondary problem: The whole area becomes lighter, causing poor reproduction of the highlight
part.

IDS24 Platen Background

IDS25 Deletions

When A4-sized white paper like J paper/premium 80 is scanned with text mode and A3 selected and AE
on, the platen background is reproduced in density on the area beyond A4.

The upper seal in the drum cartridge comes off, blocking the ROS light path, thus resulting in deletions.

Cause
Cause
In the case of paper such as J paper and premium 80, the background level detection range is so small
that the platen background density may not completely be suppressed at a certain IIT S/N level.

After copy (print) output, the drum rotates in the reverse direction for the prevention of poor cleaning. This
reverse rotation causes the upper seal in the drum cartridge to come off.

Corrective Action
Corrective Action

Reduce a drum reverse rotation distance of 7mm to 4mm.

Change the AE Suppression Level setting. (Change in the NVM.)


Change the four NVMs below:

Secondary problem: Poor reproduction of the highlight part

Set Density to Lighter 1.

Table 1

The whole area becomes lighter, causing poor reproduction of the highlight part.

Chain

Link

Description

Default

Set Sharpness Adjustment to Softer 1

After
adjust.

Secondary problem: Letters are blurred.

740

534

Background Control parameter

86

20

Set Color Balance Adjustment Level (low density) to a lower level. (Change in the NVM.)

740

535

Background Control parameter

13

Secondary problem: The low density level becomes lower, causing poor reproduction of the highlight part.

740

536

Background Control parameter

26

740

541

Drum Reverse Rotation Quantity

44

34

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
3-29

3.3 Defect Samples

Image Quality Troubleshooting

Image Quality Troubleshooting


3.3 Defect Samples

2007/10/01
3-30

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustments

4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


4.1 Introduction
4.1 Introduction...............................................................................................................

11. IIT
3

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly
1. DRIVE
REP 1.1.1 Take Away Motor Assembly .........................................................................
REP 1.1.2 (SCC) Main Drive Assembly .........................................................................

5
6

2. PAPER TRANSPORT
REP 2.1.1
REP 2.1.2
REP 2.3.1
REP 2.4.1
REP 2.5.1
REP 2.6.1
REP 2.6.2

(SCC) Feeder1 Assembly .............................................................................


(SCC) Feeder2 Assembly .............................................................................
Tray Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll......................................................................
Registration Unit ...........................................................................................
Take Away Roll .............................................................................................
BTR Roll........................................................................................................
L/H Upper Cover Unit....................................................................................

7
8
9
10
11
12
13

43
44
45
46
48
50
53
54
54

12. TRAY MODULE - 2T


REP 12.1.1
REP 12.1.2
REP 12.3.1
REP 12.6.1

(SCC) Tray 3 Feeder ..................................................................................


(SCC) Tray 4 Feeder ..................................................................................
Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll ............................................................................
(SCC) 2TM PWB.........................................................................................

57
59
61
62

13. TRAY MODULE - TTM

3. ROS
REP 3.1.1 (SCC) ROS Unit............................................................................................

15

4. XEROGRAPHICS
REP 4.1.1 Xero/Developer Cartridge .............................................................................
REP 4.1.2 Toner Cartridge.............................................................................................
REP 4.2.1 (SCC) Dispense Motor..................................................................................

19
19
20

5. FUSER
REP 5.1.1 (SCC) Fuser Unit ..........................................................................................

23

6. EXIT
REP 6.1.1 Exit2+OCT2 ..................................................................................................

25

7. MSI
REP 7.1.1 MSI Assembly ...............................................................................................
REP 7.2.1 MSI Feed Roll/Retard Pad ............................................................................

27
28

9. ELECTRICAL
REP 9.1.1
REP 9.2.1
REP 9.2.2
REP 9.2.3
REP 9.2.4
REP 9.2.5

REP 11.1.1 Platen Cushion............................................................................................


REP 11.1.2 HB/MCW Control Panel Assembly..............................................................
REP 11.3.1 Platen Glass................................................................................................
REP 11.3.2 (SCC) IIT/IPS PWB.....................................................................................
REP 11.4.1 Lens Kit Assembly ......................................................................................
REP 11.5.1 Carriage Cable............................................................................................
REP 11.5.2 Carriage Motor Assembly ............................................................................
REP 11.6.1 Exposure Lamp...........................................................................................
REP 11.6.2 Lamp Wire Harness ....................................................................................

(SCC) MCU PWB..........................................................................................


ESS Chassis .................................................................................................
(SCC) ESS PWB...........................................................................................
(ISC) NVM MF PWB .....................................................................................
(SCC) BP PWB (AP-II 5010G)......................................................................
(SCC) MCW I/F PWB (AP-II 5010G) ............................................................

29
30
31
33
34
35

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Tray 3 Assembly .........................................................................................


Tray 4 Assembly .........................................................................................
Front/Rear Tray Cable ................................................................................
(SCC)Tray 4 Feeder ...................................................................................
(SCC)Tray 3 Feeder ...................................................................................
Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll ............................................................................
(SCC) TTM PWB ........................................................................................

63
64
65
67
70
72
74

DADF ..........................................................................................................
DADF Platen Cushion.................................................................................
(SCC) DADF Document Tray......................................................................
DADF Feeder Assembly .............................................................................
DADF Front Cover ......................................................................................
DADF Rear Cover.......................................................................................
(SCC) DADF PWB ......................................................................................
(SCC) Left Counter Balance .......................................................................
(SCC) Right Counter Balance.....................................................................
Retard Roll ..................................................................................................
Top Cover Assembly...................................................................................
Nudger Roll, Feed Roll (AP 550IG, DC550IG)............................................
Nudger Roll, Feed Roll (AP-II 5010G, DC-II 5010G) ..................................
Registration Roll..........................................................................................

75
76
77
78
79
80
80
81
82
83
84
88
90
92

15. DADF
REP 15.1.1
REP 15.1.2
REP 15.2.1
REP 15.2.2
REP 15.2.3
REP 15.2.4
REP 15.3.1
REP 15.3.2
REP 15.3.3
REP 15.4.1
REP 15.4.2
REP 15.6.1
REP 15.6.2
REP 15.8.1

16. B-FINISHER

10. COVER
REP 10.1.1 Top Cover Assembly...................................................................................
REP 10.2.1 Rear Upper Cover.......................................................................................
REP 10.2.2 Rear Lower Cover.......................................................................................

REP 13.1.1
REP 13.1.2
REP 13.3.1
REP 13.4.1
REP 13.5.1
REP 13.6.1
REP 13.8.1

37
38
39

REP 16.1.1
REP 16.1.2
REP 16.3.1
REP 16.4.1
2007/10/01
4-1

(SCC) H-Transport Assembly .....................................................................


B-Finisher Assembly ...................................................................................
H-Transport Belt..........................................................................................
Front Cover Assembly ................................................................................

95
95
97
99

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


REP 16.4.2 Rear Cover..................................................................................................
REP 16.5.1 (SCC) Stack Height Sensor Assembly........................................................
REP 16.5.2 Eject Roll Assembly ....................................................................................
REP 16.6.1 Decurler Roll Assembly...............................................................................
REP 16.6.2 (SCC) Finisher Drive Motor.........................................................................
REP 16.7.1 Belt ..............................................................................................................
REP 16.8.1 Rail ..............................................................................................................
REP 16.8.2 Staple Assembly .........................................................................................
REP 16.9.1 Compiler Tray Assembly .............................................................................
REP 16.10.1 (SCC) Stacker Motor Assembly ................................................................
REP 16.10.2 Elevator Belt Assembly .............................................................................
REP 16.11.1 Paddle Gear Shaft.....................................................................................
REP 16.12.1 (SCC) Finisher PWB .................................................................................

99
100
101
104
106
106
109
111
112
113
115
116
117

17. HCF
REP 17.1.1
REP 17.1.2
REP 17.1.3
REP 17.1.4
REP 17.1.5
REP 17.3.1
REP 17.3.2
REP 17.5.1
REP 17.7.1

Left Top Cover ............................................................................................


Right Cover .................................................................................................
Left Cover....................................................................................................
Rear Cover..................................................................................................
(SCC) HCF Feeder .....................................................................................
Tray Cable...................................................................................................
Gear Bracket Assembly ..............................................................................
Feed Roll, Nudger Roll, Retard Roll............................................................
Take Away Roll ...........................................................................................

119
119
120
120
121
121
123
124
125

18. C-FINISHER
REP 18.1.1 (SCC) H-Transport Assembly .....................................................................
REP 18.3.1 H-Transport Belt..........................................................................................
REP 18.5.1 Detach C-Finisher .......................................................................................
REP 18.6.1 Carriage Assembly (Front) and Carriage Assembly (Rear) ........................
REP 18.6.2 Elevator Motor Assembly ............................................................................
REP 18.7.1 Puncher Frame Assembly...........................................................................
REP 18.8.1 Staple Unit...................................................................................................
REP 18.9.1 Eject Chute Assembly .................................................................................
REP 18.9.2 Eject Clamp Motor Assembly ......................................................................
REP 18.10.1 Compiler Tray Assembly ...........................................................................
REP 18.10.2 Eject Roll Shaft Assembly .........................................................................
REP 18.10.3 Eject Motor ................................................................................................
REP 18.11.1 Lower Exit Chute Assembly ......................................................................
REP 18.11.2 Paddle Shaft Assembly .............................................................................
REP 18.12.1 Finisher Transport Motor Belt....................................................................
REP 18.14.1 Exit Motor Belt...........................................................................................
REP 18.14.2 Regi Motor Belt .........................................................................................
REP 18.15.1 Finisher Main PWB ...................................................................................
REP 18.17.1 Booklet Drawer Unit ..................................................................................
REP 18.19.1 Paddle Shaft Assembly .............................................................................

127
127
129
130
132
133
135
136
138
140
142
143
145
148
149
150
151
152
152
154

4.3 Adjustment
4. XEROGRAPHICS
ADJ 4.1.1 MAX Setup (Toner Density Adjustment)........................................................

7. MSI

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-2

155

Version 2.1

ADJ 7.1.1 Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment ...............................................................

157

9. ELECTRICAL
ADJ 9.1.1
ADJ 9.1.2
ADJ 9.2.1
ADJ 9.3.1
ADJ 9.3.2

IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration ........................................................


Directions for Replacing Important Information Stored Component ..............
Edge Erase Value Adjustment ......................................................................
Firmware Version Update..............................................................................
Operation Procedures of "SW Upgrade Restore Settings Tool" (FX)............

159
161
163
163
166

11. IIT
ADJ 11.1.1
ADJ 11.2.1
ADJ 11.3.1
ADJ 11.6.1

IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration ........................................................


Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment........................................................................
UI Alignment................................................................................................
Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment ...............................................

167
168
169
169

DADF Side Registration ..............................................................................


DADF Lead Edge Registration ....................................................................
DADF Height Adjustment ............................................................................
DADF Position Adjustment..........................................................................

173
174
175
176

15. DADF
ADJ 15.1.1
ADJ 15.1.4
ADJ 15.1.5
ADJ 15.1.6

18. Finisher-C
ADJ 18.1.1 Finisher-C Folding Position Adjustment ......................................................

179

4.1 Introduction

4.1.2 Glossary and Symbols

This section contains procedures required for parts disassembly, assembly, replacement and adjustment
in the field service. Special adjustment procedures, however, are described in Chapter 6, Special Mode
Setting, or Chapter 2, Diagnostic Mode/Program.

Terminology and symbols used throughout this manual are explained.

4.1.1 How to Use the Disassembly/Assembly/Adjustment


1.

For installation procedures, only NOTES are described here since installation procedures are
reverse of removal ones.

2.

(Fig. X) at the beginning of a procedure indicates that its detailed steps are shown in illustration.
Numbers in the illustration indicate the sequence of the steps.

3.

(REP X.X.X) at the end of a procedure indicates the replacement procedure to be referred to.

4.

Item numbers of disassembly/assembly and adjustment procedures (i.e. REP/ADJ No.) correlate to
PL No. in Chapter 5 Parts List. So, an appropriate replacement or adjustment procedure can easily
be referred to a PL No. or vice versa. E.g. The replacement or adjustment procedure of Component
PL1.1 is REP 1.1.X or ADJ 1.1.X.

5.

WARNING
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not
handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.

When replacement/adjustment procedures or title items vary by modification or model, the


modification number or the model are indicated at the beginning or the end of the respective titles or
procedures.
E.g. 1 REP X.X.X Main PWB [w/Tag 1V]

WARNING
Indicates a potential hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not
handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
CAUTION
Indicates a potential hazardous situation, such as injury if operators do not handle the machine correctly
by disregarding the statement.

Indicates that the copier or its components may be damaged if the instructed procedure is not
strictly observed.

REFERENCE: Used to describe the technical terminology and supplementary explanations.

Purpose: Used to describe the purposes of Adjustment.

Safety Critical Components (SCC)


For the safety control of the Safety Critical Components and the components specified, follow the
regulations regarding the Safety Critical Components set by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.

*Indicates that the entire procedure under this title applies to machines with Tag 1V.
E.g. 2

Important Information Stored Component (ISC)


This component stores all the important customer information that is input after the installation.
When performing replacement, follow the procedures in "Chapter 4 Adjustment" to replace/discard.
Make absolutely sure that no customer information gets leaked outside.

Table 1
Symbols

NOTE: Used to emphasize the procedure, servicing, and regulation.

Remarks
Illustration 1: Indicates a specific part has been modified by the tag
number within the circle.

Figure 1 Illustration 1
Illustration 2: Indicates that the configuration of the part shown is the
configuration before the part was modified by the number within the
circle.

Figure 2 Illustration 2
6.

Positions or directions of the machine and directions inside the machine used in the procedure are
defined as listed below.
(1)

Front: Front of the machine

(2)

Right: Right-hand side facing the machine.

(3)

Left: Left-hand side facing the machine.

(4)

Rear: Rear facing the machine.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-3

4.1 Introduction

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


4.1 Introduction

2007/10/01
4-4

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

REP 1.1.1 Take Away Motor Assembly

4.

Parts List on PL 1.1


Removal
WARNING

Remove the Take Away Motor Unit. (Figure 2)


(1)

Disconnect the connector.

(2)

Release the wire harness from the clamps (x2).

(3)

Remove the screws (x3).

(4)

Remove the Take Away Motor Unit.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (REP 10.2.1)

2.

Open the L/H Upper Cover.

3.

Remove the KL-Clip. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the KL-Clip.

Figure 2 Removal of Take Away Motor Unit (j0na40102)


5.

Remove the gear. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the gear.

Figure 1 Removal of KL-Clip (j0na40101)

Figure 3 Removal of gear (j0na40105)

Replacement
1.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-5

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

1. DRIVE

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


1. DRIVE

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-6

REP 1.1.2 (SCC) Main Drive Assembly

5.

Version 2.1
Remove the Main Drive Assembly. (Figure 2)
(1)

Parts List on PL 1.1


Removal
WARNING

Disconnect the connector.

(2)

Disconnect the connector.

(3)

Remove the screws (x4).

(4)

Remove the the Main Drive Assembly.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (REP 10.2.1)

2.

Remove the Take Away Motor Assembly. (REP 1.1.1)

3.

Remove the XERO/Developer Cartridge. (REP 4.1.1)

4.

Disconnect the belt and connector. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the flange.

(2)

Remove the belt.

(3)

Remove the pulley.

Figure 2 Removal of Main Drive Assembly (j0na40104)

Replacement
1.

Figure 1 Disconnection of belt and connector (j0na40103)

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 2.1.1 (SCC) Feeder1 Assembly

4.

Remove Tray 1.

Parts List on PL 2.1


Removal

5.

Remove the Feeder 1 Assembly. (Figure 2)


(1)

Disconnect P/J601.

(2)

Release the wire harness from the clamps (x2).

WARNING

(3)

Remove the screws (x2).

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

(4)

Remove the Feeder 1 Assembly.

CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the MSI Assembly. (REP 7.1.1)

2.

Remove the L/H Upper Cover Unit. (REP 2.6.2)

3.

Remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure 1)


(1)

Release the wire harness.

(2)

Disconnect the connector.

(3)

Remove the screws (x2).

(4)

Remove the Gear Assembly.


Figure 2 Removal of Feeder 1 Assembly (j0st40204)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

2.

After replacement, enter the CE Diag and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Adjustment/Others] and then
[Initialize HFSI Counter].

Chain Link 954-800

Figure 1 Removal of Gear Assembly (j0na40201)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-7

2. PAPER TRANSPORT

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


2. PAPER TRANSPORT

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-8

REP 2.1.2 (SCC) Feeder2 Assembly

5.

Parts List on PL 2.1


Removal
WARNING

Version 2.1
Remove the Feeder 2 Assembly. (Figure 2)
(1)

Disconnect P/J602.

(2)

Release the wire harness from the clamp.

(3)

Remove the screws (x2).

(4)

Remove the Feeder 2 Assembly.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the MSI Assembly. (REP 7.1.1)

2.

Open the L/H Lower Cover.

3.

Remove Tray 2.

4.

Remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure 1)


(1)

Release the wire harness.

(2)

Disconnect the connector.

(3)

Remove the screws (x2).

(4)

Remove the Gear Assembly.

Figure 2 Removal of Feeder 2 Assembly (j0st40208)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

2.

After replacement, enter the CE Diag and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Adjustment/Others] and then
[Initialize HFSI Counter].

Figure 1 Removal of Gear Assembly (j0na40201)

Chain Link 954-801

REP 2.3.1 Tray Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll

3.

Remove the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll. (Figure 2)


(1)

Parts List on PL 2.3


Removal

Remove the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll.

NOTE: Only the replacement procedure for the Tray 1 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll is described here. Tray 2
Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll replacement is the same as for Tray 1.
NOTE: To replace the Tray 1 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll, enter the CE Diag and execute [Maintenance/
Diagnostics], [Adjustment/Others] and then [Initialize HFSI Counter].

Chain Link 954-800: Tray 1

Chain Link 954-801: Tray 2

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

Figure 2 Removal of Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll (j0st40206)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

NOTE: The Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll must be replaced at the same time.


1.

Remove Tray 1.

2.

Slide the guide to the Front. (Figure 1)


(1)

Slide the guide.

Figure 1 Sliding the guide to the Front (j0st40205)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-9

2. PAPER TRANSPORT

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


2. PAPER TRANSPORT

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-10

REP 2.4.1 Registration Unit

3.

Parts List on PL 2.4


Removal

Version 2.1
Remove the Registration Assembly. (Figure 2)
(1)

Turn over the Registration Assembly.

(2)

Disconnect P/J215.

(3)

Disconnect P/J104.

WARNING

(4)

Release the wire harness from the clamp.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

(5)

Remove the Registration Assembly.

CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the L/H Upper Cover Unit. (REP 2.6.2)

2.

Turn the Registration Assembly into free status. (Figure 1)


NOTE: A connector is connected to the Rear of the Registration Assembly.
(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Shift the Registration Assembly to the Rear.

(3)

Lift up the Registration Assembly slightly and remove it.


Figure 2 Removal of Registration Assembly (j0st40213)

Replacement
1.

Figure 1 Turning the Registration Assembly into free status (j0st40212)

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 2.5.1 Take Away Roll

4.

Remove the chute. (Figure 2)


(1)

Parts List on PL 2.5


Removal
WARNING

Release the wire harness from the clamp.

(2)

Disconnect the connector.

(3)

Remove the screws (x2).

(4)

Remove the chute.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Stored Documents" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs
in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the MSI Assembly. (REP 7.1.1)

2.

Open the L/H Lower Cover.

3.

Remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure 1)


(1)

Release the wire harness.

(2)

Disconnect the connector.

(3)

Remove the screws (x2).

(4)

Remove the Gear Assembly.

Figure 2 Removal of chute (j0na40202)


5.

Remove the Take Away Roll. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(2)

Slide the Take Away Roll and remove it.

Figure 1 Removal of Gear Assembly (j0na40201)

Figure 3 Removal of Take Away Roll (j0na40203)

Replacement
1.
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-11

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

2. PAPER TRANSPORT

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


2. PAPER TRANSPORT

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-12

REP 2.6.1 BTR Roll

3.

Parts List on PL 2.6


Removal

Version 2.1
Remove the BTR Roll. (Figure 2)
NOTE: Do not remove the cover at the Front.

WARNING

(1)

Remove the cover at the Rear.

(2)

Remove the BTR Roll.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Open the L/H Upper Cover.

2.

Remove the BTR Roll Assembly. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the BTR Roll Assembly.

Figure 2 Removal of BTR Roll (j0st40210)

Replacement
1.

Figure 1 Removal of BTR Roll Assembly (j0st40216)

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 2.6.2 L/H Upper Cover Unit

3.

Parts List on PL 2.6


Removal

Remove the L/H Upper Cover Unit. (Figure 2)


(1)

Open it until it is in a horizontal position.

(2)

Lift it up and remove it.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
2.

Open the L/H Upper Cover.


Hold onto the L/H Upper Cover and remove the screw. (Figure 1)
(1)

Remove the screw.

Figure 2 Removal of L/H Upper Cover Unit (j0st40215)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Figure 1 Removal of screw (j0st40217)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-13

2. PAPER TRANSPORT

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


2. PAPER TRANSPORT

2007/10/01
4-14

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

REP 3.1.1 (SCC) ROS Unit

3.

Parts List on PL 3.1


Removal

Remove the Front Cover and the Inner Cover together. (Figure 2)
(1)

Remove the screws (x3).

(2)

Remove the Inner Cover.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

2.

Remove the following parts:

Xero/Developer Cartridge (REP 4.1.1)

Toner Cartridge (REP 4.1.2)

Top Cover Assembly (REP 10.1.1)

L/H Upper Cover Unit (REP 2.6.2)

Figure 2 Removal of Inner Cover (j0st40305)

Remove the Chute Assembly. (Figure 1)


4.

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3)

(1)

Loosen the Tapping Screw.

(2)

Remove the Tapping Screw.

(1)

Disconnect P/J127.

(3)

Remove the Chute Assembly.

(2)

Loosen the screws (x2).

Figure 3 Disconnecting the connector (j0na40302)

Figure 1 Removal of Chute Assembly (j0na40301)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-15

3. ROS

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


3. ROS
5.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-16

Version 2.1

Remove the Toner Box. (Figure 4)


(1)

Disconnect the connector.

(2)

Release the wire harness from the wire harness guide.

(3)

Remove the screw of the hose.

(4)

Remove the Toner Box.

Figure 5 Disconnecting the connectors (x4) (j0na40304)


CAUTION
When lifting up the ROS Unit, do not touch the window of ROS Unit.
7.

Remove the ROS Unit. (Figure 6)


(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Remove the ROS Unit.

Figure 4 Removal of Toner Box (j0na40303)


6.

Disconnect the ROS Unit connectors (x4). (Figure 5)


(1)

Disconnect P/J170.

(2)

Disconnect P/J160.

(3)

Disconnect P/J140.

(4)

Disconnect the connector.

Figure 6 Removal of ROS Unit (j0na40305)

Replacement
CAUTION
When connecting the P/J127 of the Toner CRUM PWB, be careful not to move the PWB position by pressing too
hard on it.
NOTE: When servicing an installed ROS Unit with the power turned ON, read the warning label pasted on the top
of the ROS Unit carefully before proceeding.
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-17

3. ROS

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


3. ROS

2007/10/01
4-18

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

REP 4.1.1 Xero/Developer Cartridge

REP 4.1.2 Toner Cartridge

Parts List on PL 4.1


Removal

Parts List on PL 4.1


Removal
WARNING

WARNING

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

CAUTION

CAUTION

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

[FAX Models]

[FAX Models]

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

[Printer Models]

[Printer Models]

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

1.

Open the L/H Upper Cover.

1.

2.

Open the Front Cover.

2.

3.

Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge. (Figure 1)


(1)

Open the Front Cover


Remove the Toner Cartridge. (Figure 1)
(1)

Remove the Toner Cartridge.

Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge.

Figure 1 Removal of Toner Cartridge (j0st40403)


Figure 1 Removal of Xero/Developer Cartridge (j0st40402)

Replacement
Replacement

1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

NOTE: Push the Xero/Developer Cartridge in until the Handle of the Xero/Developer Cartridge is latched
securely.
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-19

4. XEROGRAPHICS

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


4. XEROGRAPHICS

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-20

REP 4.2.1 (SCC) Dispense Motor

3.

Parts List on PL 4.2


Removal

Version 2.1
Remove the Front Cover and the Inner Cover together. (Figure 2)
(1)

Remove the screws (x3).

(2)

Remove the Inner Cover.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

2.

Remove the following parts:

Xero/Developer Cartridge (REP 4.1.1)

Toner Cartridge (REP 4.1.2)

Top Cover Assembly (REP 10.1.1)

L/H Upper Cover Unit (REP 2.6.2)

Figure 2 Removal of Inner Cover (j0st40305)

Remove the Chute Assembly. (Figure 1)


4.

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3)

(1)

Remove the Tapping Screw.

(2)

Remove the Tapping Screw.

(1)

Disconnect P/J127.

(3)

Remove the Chute Assembly.

(2)

Loosen the screws (x2).

Figure 1 Removal of Chute Assembly (j0na40301)

Figure 3 Disconnecting the connector (j0na40302)

5.

Remove the Toner Box. (Figure 4)

6.

Remove the Dispense Motor. (Figure 5)

(1)

Disconnect the connector.

(1)

Disconnect the connector.

(2)

Release the wire harness from the wire harness guide.

(2)

Remove the screws (x4).

(3)

Remove the screw of the hose.

(3)

Remove the Dispense Motor.

(4)

Remove the Toner Box.

Figure 5 Removal of Dispense Motor (j0na40401)

Replacement
CAUTION
When connecting the P/J127 of the Toner CRUM PWB, be careful not to move the PWB position by pressing too
hard on it.
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Figure 4 Removal of Toner Box (j0na40303)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-21

4. XEROGRAPHICS

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


4. XEROGRAPHICS

2007/10/01
4-22

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

REP 5.1.1 (SCC) Fuser Unit


Parts List on PL 5.1
Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Do not work on a hot fuser until it is cool enough.
1.

Open the L/H Upper Cover.

2.

Remove the Fuser Unit. (Figure 1)


(1)

Turn the knobs (x2) to free it.

(2)

Hold the fuser by its handles (x2 location).

Figure 1 Removal of Fuser Unit (j0na40501)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-23

5. FUSER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


5. FUSER

2007/10/01
4-24

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

REP 6.1.1 Exit2+OCT2


Parts List on PL 6.1
Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical
sthock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Open the L/H Upper Cover.

2.

Remove the Exit2+OCT2. (Figure 1)


(1)

While lifting up the lever (Front/Rear), remove the Exit2 + OCT2.

Figure 1 Removal of Exit2+OCT2 (j0na40601)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-25

6. EXIT

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


6. EXIT

2007/10/01
4-26

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

REP 7.1.1 MSI Assembly

2.

Parts List on PL 7.1


Removal

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2)


(1)

Release the wire harness from the clamps (x2).

(2)

Disconnect P/J605.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the MSI Rear Cover. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the MSI Rear Cover.

Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector (j0na40701)


3.

Remove the MSI Assembly. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the MSI Assembly.

Figure 1 Removal of MSI Rear Cover (j0st40706)

Figure 3 Removal of MSI Assembly (j0st40702)

Replacement
1.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-27

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

7. MSI

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


7. MSI

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-28

REP 7.2.1 MSI Feed Roll/Retard Pad

3.

Parts List on PL 7.2


Removal

Version 2.1
Remove the MSI Feed Roll. (Figure 2)
(1)

Remove the tips of the roll and slide it.

(2)

Remove the tips of the roll and slide it.

(3)

Slide the MSI Feed Roll to the Front and remove it.

NOTE: After replacing the MSI Feed Roll/Retard Pad, execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Adjustment/ Others]
and then [Initialize HFSI Counter].

Chain Link 954-805

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: The MSI Feed Roll and MSI Retard Pad must be replaced at the same time.
1.

Remove the MSI Assembly. (REP 7.1.1)

2.

Remove the plate. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the plate.

Figure 2 Removal of MSI Feed Roll (j0st40704)


4.

Remove the MSI Retard Pad. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the springs (x2).

(2)

Remove the MSI Retard Pad.

(3)

Pull out the shaft.

Figure 1 Removal of plate (j0na40702)


Figure 3 Removal of MSI Retard Pad (j0st40705)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 9.1.1 (SCC) MCU PWB

2.

Parts List on PL 9.1


Removal

Enter the CE Diag and perform the following procedures.


(1)

Select [System Settings] > [Common Settings] > [Maintenance/Diagnostics] > [Adjustment/
Others] > [Machine ID/Billing Data] button.

(2)

Select the [Sys1] or [Sys2] button.

WARNING

(3)

Enter the M/C Serial No. twice.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

(4)

Select the [Start] button.

CAUTION

(5)

Exit from CE Diag.

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts before
servicing to discharge the static electricity.
CAUTION
Do not replace the MCU PWB, the ESS PWB, and the NVM MF PWB of the ESS PWB at the same time because
they contain information such as Billing.(DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG, DC 550IG)
Do not replace the NVM MF PWB, the MCU PWB, and the BP PWB at the same time because they contain
information such as Billing.(AP-II 5010G)

Procedure
The following describes the procedures after PWB replacement.
1.

When replacing the MCU PWB, replace the EEP ROM on the new MCU PWB with the EEPROM of
the current MCU PWB. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 Replacement of EEP ROM (j0na40901)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-29

9. ELECTRICAL

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


9. ELECTRICAL

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-30

Version 2.1

REP 9.2.1 ESS Chassis


Parts List on PL 9.2a, PL 9.2b
Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Disconnect all cables that are connected to the ESS.

2.

Pull out the ESS PWB Chassis Assembly. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Pull out the ESS PWB Chassis Assembly.

Figure 2 Removal of ESS Fan Assembly (j0na40908)


5.

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3)


(1)

Disconnect the USB Cable. (Models with FAX Feature)

(2)

Disconnect P/J306. (HB Control Panel Model)

(3)

Disconnect P/J305.

(4)

Disconnect P/J304.

(5)

Disconnect P/J303.

(6)

Release the wire harness from the clamp.

(7)

Release the wire harness from the clamp.

Figure 1 Removal of ESS PWB Chassis Assembly (j0na40906)


3.
4.

Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 10.2.1)


[AP-II 5010G]
Remove the ESS Fan Assembly. (Figure 2)
(1)

Disconnect P/J302.

(2)

Remove the screw.

(3)

Remove the ESS Fan Assembly.

Figure 3 Disconnecting the connector (j0na40903)


6.

Remove the wire harness. (Figure 4)


(1)

Disconnect the USB Cable. (Models with FAX Feature)

(2)

Release the cable from the clamp. (HB Control Panel Model)

(3)

Disconnect the connector from the ESS Box.

REP 9.2.2 (SCC) ESS PWB


Parts List on PL 9.2a, PL 9.2b
Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.

Figure 4 Removal of wire harness (j0na40904)


7.

Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts before
servicing to discharge the static electricity.
CAUTION

Remove the ESS Chassis. (Figure 5)


(1)

Remove the screws (x6).

(2)

Remove the ESS Chassis.

Do not replace the MCU PWB, the ESS PWB, and the NVM MF PWB of the ESS PWB at the same time because
they contain information such as Billing.(DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG, DC 550IG)
Do not replace the NVM MF PWB, the MCU PWB, and the BP PWB at the same time because they contain
information such as Billing.(AP-II 5010G)

Procedure
The following describes the procedures after PWB replacement.
[DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG, DC 550IG]
1.

When replacing the ESS PWB, replace the NVM MF PWB and EEP ROM on the new ESS PWB with
the NVM MF PWB and EEPROM of the current ESS PWB. (Figure 1)

Figure 5 Removal of ESS Chassis (j0na40905)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-31

9. ELECTRICAL

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


9. ELECTRICAL

NOTE: If you have turned the power ON without making the switch by mistake, you must make the
correct switch for both NVM MF PWB and EP-ROM at the same time. (It may be possible to restore if
the mistake only happened once.)

Figure 1 Switching the EEP ROM (j0na40902)


[AP-II 5010G]
1.

When replacing the ESS PWB, replace the NVM2 MF PWB on the new ESS PWB with the NVM2 MF
PWB of the current ESS PWB. (Figure 2)

Figure 2 Switching the NVM2 MF PWB (j0na40909)


2.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-32

Enter the CE Diag and perform the following procedures.


(1)

Select [System Settings] > [Common Settings] > [Maintenance/Diagnostics] > [Adjustment/
Others] > [Machine ID/Billing Data] button.

(2)

Select the [IOT] button.

(3)

Enter the M/C Serial No. twice.

(4)

Select the [Start] button.

Version 2.1
(5)

Exit from CE Diag.

REP 9.2.3 (ISC) NVM MF PWB

1.

Replace the NVM MF PWB. (Figure 1)

Parts List on PL 9.2a, PL 9.2b


Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts before
servicing to discharge the static electricity.

Figure 1 Replacement of NVM MF PWB (j0na40907)

CAUTION

2.

Enter the CE Diag and perform the following procedures.


Select [System Settings] > [Common Settings] > [Maintenance/Diagnostics] > [Adjustment/Others]
> [Machine ID/Billing Data] button.

Do not replace the MCU PWB, the ESS PWB, and the NVM MF PWB of the ESS PWB at the same time because
they contain information such as Billing.(DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG, DC 550IG)

(1)

Do not replace the NVM MF PWB, the MCU PWB, and the BP PWB at the same time because they contain
information such as Billing.(AP-II 5010G)

(2)

Select the [IOT] button.

(3)

Enter the M/C Serial No. twice.

Procedure

(4)

Select the [Start] button.

NOTE: When replacing the NVM MF PWB, make sure to perform "Clear User Area" to output the address list and
check that it is cleared before proceeding.

(5)

Exit from CE Diag.

How to Clear User Area:


Enter the Diag and execute [System Settings] > [Common Settings] > [Maintenance /Diagnostics] > [Initialize
NVM] > [Sys-USER] > [Start].
NOTE: When installing the NVM MF PWB, perform "Clear User Area", output the all addresses in the address list,
and check that there is no user data.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-33

9. ELECTRICAL

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


9. ELECTRICAL

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-34

Version 2.1

REP 9.2.4 (SCC) BP PWB (AP-II 5010G)

(4)

Select the [Start] button.

Parts List on PL 9.2b


Removal

(5)

Exit from CE Diag.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts before
servicing to discharge the static electricity.
CAUTION
Do not replace the NVM MF PWB, the MCU PWB, and the BP PWB at the same time because they contain
information such as Billing.(AP-II 5010G)

Procedure
1.

When replacing the BP PWB, replace the EEP ROM on the new BP PWB with the EEP ROM of the current
BP PWB. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 Replacement of EEP ROM (j0na40910)


2.

Enter the CE Diag and perform the following procedures.


(1)

Select [System Settings] > [Common Settings] > [Maintenance/Diagnostics] > [Adjustment/Others]
> [Machine ID/Billing Data] button.

(2)

Select the [IOT] button.

(3)

Enter the M/C Serial No. twice.

REP 9.2.5 (SCC) MCW I/F PWB (AP-II 5010G)


Parts List on PL 9.2b
Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts before
servicing to discharge the static electricity.

Procedure
1.

When replacing the MCW I/F PWB, check that the below-illustrated Dip Switch is set as shown in the figure
below. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 Dip Switch (j0na40911)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-35

9. ELECTRICAL

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


9. ELECTRICAL

2007/10/01
4-36

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

REP 10.1.1 Top Cover Assembly

4.

Remove the Paper Weight Assembly. (Figure 2)


(1)

Parts List on PL 10.1


Removal

Remove the Paper Weight Assembly.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the Toner Cartridge. (REP 4.1.2)

2.

For machines installed with Exit2 Tray, remove the Exit2 Tray. (PL 6.1)

3.

Remove the Front Left Cover. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the Front Left Cover.

Figure 2 Removal of Paper Weight Assembly (j0st41003)


5.

Remove the Top Cover Assembly. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the Top Cover Assembly.

Figure 1 Removal of Front Left Cover (j0st41001)

Figure 3 Removal of Top Cover Assembly (j0st41004)

Replacement
1.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-37

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

10. COVER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


10. COVER

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-38

REP 10.2.1 Rear Upper Cover

2.

Parts List on PL 10.2


Removal

Version 2.1
Remove the ESS Cover Assembly. (Figure 2)
(1)

Loosen the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the ESS Cover Assembly.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Disconnect all cables connected to the Rear Upper Cover. (Figure 1)


(1)

Disconnect the IIT-I/F Cable.

(2)

Disconnect the IIT-DADF Cable. (Only for machine with DADF)

Figure 2 Removal of ESS Cover Assembly (j0na41001)


3.

Remove the ESS Side Cover. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the ESS Side Cover.

Figure 1 Disconnecting the cables (j0na41006)

Figure 3 Removal of ESS Side Cover (j0na41002)

4.

Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (Figure 4)

REP 10.2.2 Rear Lower Cover

(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Remove the Rear Upper Cover.

Parts List on PL 10.2


Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the ESS Cover Assembly. (Figure 1)


(1)

Loosen the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the ESS Cover Assembly.

Figure 4 Removal of Rear Upper Cover (j0na41007)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Figure 1 Removal of ESS Cover Assembly (j0na41001)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-39

10. COVER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


10. COVER
2.

Remove the ESS Side Cover. (Figure 2)


(1)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-40
4.

Remove the ESS Side Cover.

Version 2.1
Remove the Rear Middle Cover. (Figure 4)
(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the Rear Middle Cover.

Figure 2 Removal of ESS Side Cover (j0na41002)


Figure 4 Removal of Rear Middle Cover (j0na41004)
3.

Remove the ESS Lower Cover. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the ESS Lower Cover.

Figure 3 Removal of ESS Lower Cover (j0na41003)

5.

For a machine with Duplex and Finisher installed, remove the Cover. (Figure 5)
(1)

Remove the cover by sliding it down.

Figure 5 Removal of cover (j0st41007)

6.

Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (Figure 6)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the Rear Lower Cover.

Figure 6 Removal of Rear Lower Cover (j0na41005)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-41

10. COVER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


10. COVER

2007/10/01
4-42

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

REP 11.1.1 Platen Cushion

Replacement

Parts List on PL 11.1


Removal

NOTE: Remove all tapes remaining on the Platen Cover after the Platen Cushion has been peeled off.
1.

Install the Platen Cushion. (Figure 2)

WARNING

(1)

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

(2)

Press gently in the direction of the arrow.

CAUTION

(3)

Lower down the Platen Cover slowly and press it on the Platen Cushion.

Peel off the seal.

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Peel off the Platen Cushion. (Figure 1)


(1)

Peel off the Platen Cushion.

Figure 2 Installation of Platen Cushion (j0na41102)

Figure 1 Peeling off the Platen Cushion (j0na41101)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-43

11. IIT

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


11. IIT

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-44

Version 2.1

REP 11.1.2 HB/MCW Control Panel Assembly

(4)

Release the cable from the bracket tab.

Parts List on PL 11.1


Removal

(5)

Disconnect the connector.

(6)

Remove the MCW Control Panel Assembly.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Open the Platen Cover or the DADF.

2.

[DC-II5010G, AP 550IG, DC 550IG] : Perform step 3.

3.

Remove the HB Control Panel Assembly. (Figure 1)

[AP-II5010G] : Perform step 4.


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the screws (x2).

(3)

Shift the HB Control Panel Assembly slightly to the Front.

(4)

Disconnect the connector.

(5)

Release the wire harness from the folded part of the Frame.

(6)

Remove the HB Control Panel Assembly.


Figure 2 Removal of MCW Control Panel Assembly (j0na41143)

Replacement
1.

Figure 1 Removal of HB Control Panel Assembly (j0na41103)


4.

Remove the MCW Control Panel Assembly. (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the screws (x2) while supporting the MCW Control Panel Assembly by your hand.

(3)

Shift the MCW Control Assembly slightly to the front.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 11.3.1 Platen Glass


Parts List on PL 11.3
Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the Platen Glass. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the plate.

(3)

Remove the Platen Glass.

Figure 1 Removal of Platen Glass (j0na41104)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-45

11. IIT

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


11. IIT

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-46

Version 2.1

Replacement

REP 11.3.2 (SCC) IIT/IPS PWB

1.

Parts List on PL 11.3


Removal

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
NOTE: Push the Platen Glass in the direction of arrow A and the plate in the direction of arrow B to install
them. (Figure 2)

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

2.

Remove the following parts:

Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1)

Rear Upper Cover (REP 10.2.1)

Remove the IPS Cover. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screws (x7).

(2)

Remove the IPS Cover.

Figure 2 Installation of Platen Glass (j0na41105)

Figure 1 Removal of IPS Cover (j0na41106)

3.

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2)


(1)

Disconnect the connectors (x2).

Figure 2 Disconnecting the connectors (j0na41107)


4.

Remove the IIT/IPS PWB. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the screws (x9).

(2)

Disconnect the connectors (x3).

(3)

Remove the screws (x4).

(4)

Remove the IIT/IPS PWB.

Figure 3 Removal of IIT/IPS PWB (j0na41108)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

2.

When replacing the IIT/IPS PWB, install the EP ROM to the new IIT/IPS PWB. (Figure 4)

Figure 4 Replacement of EP ROM (j0na41109)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-47

11. IIT

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


11. IIT

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-48

REP 11.4.1 Lens Kit Assembly

4.

Parts List on PL 11.4


Removal

Version 2.1
Remove the PWB Cover. (Figure 2)
(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the PWB Cover.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Output the Controller built-in Test Pattern (Total chart: 052).


Check the Lead Skew/Side Skew and ensure that the Skew amount is within the Spec range.

2.

Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.3.1)

3.

Remove the APS Sensor. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the APS Sensor.

Figure 2 Removal of PWB Cover (j0na41111)


5.

Disconnect the CCD Flat Cable. (Figure 3)


(1)

Take down the hook.

(2)

Disconnect the CCD Flat Cable.

(3)

Disconnect the connector.

Figure 1 Removal of APS Sensor (j0na41110)

Figure 3 Disconnecting the CCD Flat Cable (j0na41112)

6.

Replace the Lens Kit Assembly. (Figure 4)


(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Replace the Lens Kit Assembly.

NOTE: As it is difficult to control the amount of turning, draw lines on a piece of paper, and make a mark at
the tip of the Box Driver using tape as shown in the following figure.

Figure 5 Making the mark (j0na41114)


Figure 4 Removal of Lens Kit Assembly (j0st41113)
16. Turn the power ON again and repeat steps 10 through 15 until the "judgment" becomes OK.
7.

Connect the CCD Flat Cable and the connector and install the Lens Cover.

17. Perform adjustment on IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge registrations. (ADJ 11.1.1)

8.

Install the Platen Glass. (No need to install the guide for holding the glass)

18. Reinstall all removed parts.

9.

Enter CE Diag [Maintenance/Diagnostics] > [MAX Setup].

10. Select the IIT calibration.


11.

Select "2 Light Axis Fluctuation Correction" in "Setup Item".

12. Pressing the [Start] button starts the Light Axis Fluctuation Correction.
13. Follow the instructions shown in the screen. Open the Platen and click [OK].
The Lamp Carriage moves and the lamp irradiates.
14. After correction ends, the results of the following items will be displayed.
Result
Nut Angle Front Adjustment value
Nut Angle Rear Adjustment value
15. Check the judgment. (Figure 5)
If it is OK, finish the process.
If it is NG, turn the appropriate nut according to the Nut Angle Front Adjustment value and Nut Angle Rear
Adjustment value.
(+ve: turn right, -ve: turn left)
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-49

11. IIT

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


11. IIT

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-50

REP 11.5.1 Carriage Cable

3.

Version 2.1
Remove the Left Side Platen. (Figure 2)
(1)

Parts List on PL 11.5


Removal

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the Support Glass on both sides.

(3)

Remove the Left Side Platen.

NOTE: Only the replacement procedures for the Rear Carriage Cable is described here.
The replacement procedures for the Front Carriage Cable is the same as for the Rear Carriage Cable.
NOTE: The Front and Rear Carriage Cables must be replaced separately.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

(Platen Machine) Remove the Platen Cover. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the Platen Cover.

Figure 2 Removal of Left Side Platen (j0na41116)


4.

Unfasten the Full Rate Carriage from the Carriage Cable. (Figure 3)
(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

Figure 1 Removal of Platen Cover (j0na41115)


2.

Remove the following parts:

Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1)

Control Panel (REP 11.3.2)

DADF Assembly (REP 15.1.1)

Top Cover (PL 11.1)

Left Cover (PL 11.1)

Figure 3 Unfastening the Full Rate Carriage (j0na41117)

5.

Remove the Carriage Cable. (Figure 4)


(1)

Remove the spring from the Frame.

(2)

Detach the cable from the spring.

Figure 6 Winding the Carriage Cable around the pulley. 2/3 (j0na41120)
Figure 4 Removal of spring (j0na41118)

Replacement
1.

Wind the Carriage Cable around the pulley. (Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 7)
(1)

Insert the ball of the Carriage Cable into the groove of the pulley.

(2)

Wind the cable at the spring end around the pulley for 1.5 rounds.

(3)

Fix the cable at the spring end on the Frame with tape.

(4)

Wind the cable at the ball end around the pulley for 2 rounds.

(5)

Fix the cable wound on the pulley with tape to prevent it from getting out of place.

Figure 7 Winding the Carriage Cable around the pulley. 3/3 (j0na41121)

Figure 5 Winding the Carriage Cable around the pulley. 1/3 (j0na41119)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-51

11. IIT

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


11. IIT

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-52

Version 2.1

NOTE: The figure below shows the number of rounds made by Carriage Cable at the Front and Rear. (Figure
8)

Figure 8 The number of rounds made by Carriage Cable at the Front and Rear (j0na41122)
2.

Install the ball end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 9)


(1)

Hang the cable on the pulley in front of the Carriage Cable.

(2)

Hang the ball on the notch of the Frame.

Figure 10 Installation of spring (j0na41124)


NOTE: The figure below shows the Front position of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 11)
(1)

Stop the Full Rate Carriage Cable on the cable.

Figure 9 Installation of Carriage Cable (j0na41123)


3.

Install the spring end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 10)


(1)

Hang the cable on the pulley.

(2)

Hang it on the pulley at the Rear of Half Rate Carriage.

(3)

Hang the spring on the Cable and attach it to the Frame.

4.

Remove the tape used for keeping the cable in place.

(4)

Stop the Full Rate Carriage on the cable.

5.

Adjust the position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages. (ADJ 11.6.1)

6.

Move the Full Rate Carriage manually to ensure that it moves smoothly.

Figure 11 Installation of Carriage Cable at the Front (j0na41125)

REP 11.5.2 Carriage Motor Assembly

3.

Parts List on PL 11.5


Removal

Remove the Carriage Motor Assembly. (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the screws (x3).

(2)

Remove the Carriage Motor Assembly.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

2.

Remove the following parts:

Rear Upper Cover (REP 10.2.1)

DADF Assembly (REP 15.1.1)

Top Cover (PL 11.1)

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the spring.

(2)

Disconnect the connector.

Figure 2 Removal of Carriage Motor Assembly (j0na41127)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Figure 1 Disconnecting the connector (j0na41126)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-53

11. IIT

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


11. IIT

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-54

Version 2.1

REP 11.6.1 Exposure Lamp

REP 11.6.2 Lamp Wire Harness

Parts List on PL 11.6


Removal

Parts List on PL 11.6


Removal
WARNING

WARNING

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

CAUTION

CAUTION

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

[FAX Models]

[FAX Models]

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

[Printer Models]

[Printer Models]

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

1.

Open the Platen Cover or DADF.

1.

Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1)

2.

Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.1.1)

2.

Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.1.1)

3.

Move the Full Rate Carriage to the notch on the Frame.

3.

Remove the IPS Cover. (Figure 1)

4.

Remove the Exposure Lamp. (Figure 1)

(1)

Remove the screws (x7).

NOTE: Do not touch the glass tube of the Exposure Lamp with your bare hands. If it got touched, wipe it well
with a dry cloth.

(2)

Remove the IPS Cover.

(1)

Disconnect the connector.

(2)

Remove the screw.

(3)

Remove the Exposure Lamp.

Figure 1 Removal of IPS Cover (j0na41106)

Figure 1 Removal of Exposure Lamp (j0na41128)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

4.

Disconnect the connector of the Lamp Wire Harness. (Figure 2)


(1)

Disconnect the connector.

(2)

Pull it out from the hole.

(3)

Release it from the hook.

Figure 3 Removal of Full Rate Carriage (j0na41131)


6.

Remove the Lamp Wire Harness from the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 4)
(1)

Turn over the Full Rate Carriage.

(2)

Remove the screw.

(3)

Remove the guide.

(4)

Disconnect the connector.

(5)

Remove the Lamp Wire Harness.

Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector (j0na41130)


5.

Remove the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the Full Rate Carriage.

Figure 4 Removal of Lamp Wire Harness (j0na41132)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.


NOTE: Adjust the position of the Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages after installation. (ADJ 11.6.1)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-55

11. IIT

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


11. IIT

2007/10/01
4-56

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

REP 12.1.1 (SCC) Tray 3 Feeder

3.

Parts List on PL 12.1


Removal

Remove the Left Lower Cover. (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the Left Lower Cover.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Pull out Tray 3.

2.

Remove the Foot Cover. (Figure 1)


(1)

Loosen the screw.

(2)

Remove the Foot Cover.


Figure 2 Removal of Left Lower Cover (j0na41202)
4.

Open the Left Cover Assembly.

5.

Remove the bracket. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the bracket.

Figure 1 Removal of Foot Cover (j0na41201)

Figure 3 Removal of bracket (j0na41203)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-57

12. TRAY MODULE - 2T

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


12. TRAY MODULE - 2T
6.

Remove the Feed Out Chute. (Figure 4)


(1)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-58
8.

Remove the Feed Out Chute.

Version 2.1
Remove the Tray 3 Feeder. (Figure 6)
(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the Tray 3 Feeder.

Figure 4 Removal of chute (j0na41204)


Figure 6 Removal of Tray 3 Feeder (j0st41204)
7.

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 5)


(1)

Disconnect the connector.

Replacement

(2)

Release the clamp to remove the wire.

1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

2.

After replacement, enter the CE Diag and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Adjustment/Others] and then
[Initialize HFSI Counter].

Figure 5 Disconnecting the connector (j0na41205)

Chain Link 954-802

REP 12.1.2 (SCC) Tray 4 Feeder

4.

Parts List on PL 12.1


Removal

Remove the Left Lower Cover. (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the Left Lower Cover.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Pull out Tray 3.

2.

Pull out Tray 4 if it is installed.

3.

Remove the Foot Cover. (Figure 1)


(1)

Loosen the screw.

(2)

Remove the Foot Cover.

Figure 2 Removal of Left Lower Cover (j0na41202)


5.
6.

Open the Left Cover Assembly.


Remove the screw. (Figure 3)
(1)

Remove the screw.

Figure 1 Removal of Foot Cover (j0na41201)

Figure 3 Removal of screw (j0na41206)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-59

12. TRAY MODULE - 2T

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


12. TRAY MODULE - 2T
7.

Remove the Feed Out Chute. (Figure 4)


(1)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-60
9.

Remove the Feed Out Chute.

Version 2.1
Remove the Tray 4 Feeder. (Figure 6)
(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the Tray 4 Feeder.

Figure 4 Removal of chute (j0na41207)


Figure 6 Removal of Tray 4 Feeder (j0st41208)
8.

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 5)


(1)

Disconnect the connector.

Replacement

(2)

Release the clamp to remove the wire.

1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

2.

After replacement, enter the CE Diag and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Adjustment/Others] and then
[Initialize HFSI Counter].

Figure 5 Disconnecting the connector (j0na41208)

Chain Link 954-803

REP 12.3.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll

3.

Remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll. (Figure 2)


(1)

Parts List on PL 12.3


Removal

Release the hooks (x3) to remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: When replacing any Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll, replace all three at the same time.
1.

[When removing the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll of Tray 3]

Remove Tray 3.
Figure 2 Removal of Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (j0na41210)

[When removing the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll of Tray 4]

2.

Remove Tray 3, Tray 4 and the Tray Cover (PL 12.7).

Move the Front Chute in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 1)


(1)

Move the Front Chute.

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

2.

After replacement, enter the CE Diag and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Adjustment/Others] and then
[Initialize HFSI Counter].

Chain Link 954-802 Tray 3

Chain Link 954-803 Tray 4

Figure 1 Moving the Front Chute (j0na41209)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-61

12. TRAY MODULE - 2T

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


12. TRAY MODULE - 2T

2007/10/01
4-62

REP 12.6.1 (SCC) 2TM PWB


Parts List on PL 12.6
Clean
MOT ASSY FSR.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

When the 2TM PWB has been replaced, set the Dip Switch of 2TM PWB to the following position. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 Setting the Dip Switch (j0na41211)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

REP 13.1.1 Tray 3 Assembly


Parts List on PL 13.1
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there
are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Pull out Tray 3.

2.

Remove the paper from Tray 3.

3.

Open the Left Cover Assembly.

4.

Remove the Tray 3 Assembly. (Figure 1)


1.

Remove the screw.

2.

Slide the stopper.

3.

Remove the Tray 3 Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the Tray 3 Assembly (j0st41301)

Replacement
1.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-63

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

13. TRAY MODULE - TTM

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


13. TRAY MODULE - TTM

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-64

Version 2.1

REP 13.1.2 Tray 4 Assembly


Parts List on PL 13.1
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there
are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Pull out Tray 4.

2.

Remove the paper from Tray 4.

3.

Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (Figure 1)


1.

Remove the screws (x2).

2.

Push in Tray 4 Transport Assembly.

3.

Remove the screws (x2).

4.

Remove the stopper.

5.

Remove the Tray 4 Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the Tray 4 Assembly (j0na41301)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 13.3.1 Front/Rear Tray Cable


Parts List on PL 13.3
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there
are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (REP 13.1.2)

2.

Remove the Tray 4 Cover together with the frame. (Figure 1)


1.

Remove the screws (x4).

2.

Remove the Tray 4 Cover together with the frame.

Figure 1 Removing the Tray 4 Cover (j0na41302)


3.

Remove the Tray Cable. (Figure 2)


NOTE: Only the replacement procedure for the Front Tray Cable is described here. The Rear Tray
Cable is removed in the same way.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-65

1.

Remove the E-Clip.

2.

Remove the Cable Guide.

3.

Remove the Tray Cable.

4.

Remove the E-Clip.

5.

Remove the Cable Guide.

6.

Remove the Tray Cable.

13. TRAY MODULE - TTM

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


13. TRAY MODULE - TTM

Figure 2 Removing the Tray Cable (j0st41304)


4.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-66

Version 2.1

Figure 3 Removing the Left Shaft Assembly to remove the Tray Cable (j0st41305)

Remove the Left Shaft Assembly to remove the Tray Cable. (Figure 3)

Replacement

1.

Remove the E-Clips (x2).

1.

2.

Slide the bearings (x2).

3.

Remove the Lift Shaft Assembly.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 13.4.1 (SCC)Tray 4 Feeder


Parts List on PL 13.4
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there
are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the Tray2.

2.

Remove the Tray 3 Assembly. (REP 13.1.2)

3.

Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (REP 13.1.2)

4.

Remove the Tray 4 Transport Assembly. (Figure 1)


1.

Remove the Tray 4 Transport Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the Tray 4 Transport Assembly (j0st41312)


5.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-67

Remove the Stud Bracket. (Figure 2)


1.

Remove the screw.

2.

Remove the Stud Bracket.

13. TRAY MODULE - TTM

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


13. TRAY MODULE - TTM

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-68

Version 2.1

Figure 2 Removing the Stud Bracket (j0st41306)


6.

Remove the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3)


1.

Disconnect the connectors (x2).

2.

Remove the screws (x2).

3.

Remove the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly.

Figure 3 Removing the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly (j0na41303)


7.

Remove the Tray 4 Feeder. (Figure 4)


1.

Remove the screws (x2).

2.

Remove the Upper Chute.

3.

Remove the screws (x2).

4.

Remove the Lower Chute.

Figure 5 Removing the Tray 4 Feeder (j0st41309)

Replacement
Figure 4 Removing the Lower Chute (j0st41308)

1.
2.

8.

Remove the Tray 4 Feeder. (Figure 5)

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.


After replacement, enter the CE diagnostic mode.

1.

Remove the screws (x2).

Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Adjustment/Others] and [Initialize HFSI Counter] in order. Press


start.

2.

Remove the bracket.

3.

Remove the screw.

4.

Remove the bracket.

5.

Remove the screw.

6.

Remove the bracket.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-69

Chain Link 954-803

13. TRAY MODULE - TTM

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


13. TRAY MODULE - TTM

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-70

Version 2.1

REP 13.5.1 (SCC)Tray 3 Feeder


Parts List on PL 13.5
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there
are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove Tray 3.

2.

Open the Left Cover.

3.

Remove the Upper/Lower Chute. (Figure 1)


1.

Remove the Upper Chute.

2.

Remove the Lower Chute.

Figure 1 Removing the Upper/Lower Chute (j0na41304)


4.

Remove the screw. (Figure 2)


1.

Remove the screw.

Figure 2 Removing the screw (j0na41305)


5.

Remove the Tray 3 Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3)

Figure 3 Removing the Tray 3 Assembly (j0na41306)


6.

Remove the Tray 3 Feeder. (Figure 4)

1. Remove the screws.

1.

Remove the screws (x2).

2.

Release the Wire Harness from the clamps (x2).

2.

Remove the bracket.

3.

Disconnect the connector.

4.

Remove the screws (x2).

5.

Remove the Tray 3 Assembly.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-71

13. TRAY MODULE - TTM

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


13. TRAY MODULE - TTM

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-72

Version 2.1

REP 13.6.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll


Parts List on PL 13.6
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there
are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: The Feed, Retard and Nudger Roll must be replaced at the same time.
1.

2.

Remove the Tray 3/4 Feeder.

Tray 3 Feeder (REP 13.1.1)

Tray 4 Feeder (REP 13.1.2)

Move the Front Chute in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 1)


1.Remove the Front Chute.

Figure 4 Removing the Tray 3 Feeder (j0na41307)

Replacement
1.
2.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.


After replacement, enter the CE diagnostic mode.
Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Adjustment/Others] and [Initialize HFSI Counter] in order. Press
start.

Chain Link 954-802

Figure 1 Moving the Front Chute (j0st41209)


3.

Figure 2 Removing the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (j0st41210)

Remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll. (Figure 2)

Replacement

1.

1.

Release the hooks (x3) to remove the Feed Roll/Retard/Nudger Roll.

2.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.


After replacement, enter the CE diagnostic mode.
Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Adjustment/Others] and [Initialize HFSI Counter] in order. Press
start.

Chain Link 954-802:Tray3


Chain Link 954-803:Tray4

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-73

13. TRAY MODULE - TTM

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


13. TRAY MODULE - TTM

2007/10/01
4-74

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

REP 13.8.1 (SCC) TTM PWB


Parts List on PL 13.8
Replacement
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there
are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

When replacing the TTM PWB, set the TTM PWB Dip Switch to the position as shown. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 Setting the Dip Switch (j0na41308)

REP 15.1.1 DADF

2.

Parts List on PL 15.1


Removal

Remove the DADF. (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the knob screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the DADF.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
The DADF is heavy. Take care of your posture when lifting the DADF.
1.

Disconnecting the IIT-DADF Cable. (Figure 1)


(1)

Loosen the screws (x2) and disconnect the IIT-DADF Cable.


Figure 2 Removal of DADF (j0st41502)

Replacement
1.

When installing the DADF, push it to the Front and secure it. (Figure 3)

Figure 1 Disconnecting the connector (j0na41501)

Figure 3 Installation of DADF (j0st41528)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-75

15. DADF

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


15. DADF

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-76

REP 15.1.2 DADF Platen Cushion

2.

Parts List on PL 15.1


Removal

Version 2.1
Install the DADF Platen Cushion. (Figure 2)
(1)

Place the DADF Platen Cushion on the Platen Glass.

(2)

Set up the gap between the Registration Guide and Platen Guide.

(3)

Slowly lower the DADF and press it onto the DADF Platen Cushion.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: The DADF Platen Cushion is pasted on with Velcro Fastening.
1.

Peel off the DADF Platen Cushion. (Figure 1)


(1)

Peel off the DADF Platen Cushion from 10 locations of Velcro Fastening.

Figure 2 Installation of DADF Platen Cushion (j0st41504)

Replacement
1.

Figure 1 Removal of DADF Platen Cushion (j0st41503)

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 15.2.1 (SCC) DADF Document Tray

4.

Parts List on PL 15.2


Removal
WARNING

Remove the DADF Document Tray. (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the Tapping Screw (3x8: Silver).

(2)

Remove the Tray Holder.

(3)

Remove the DADF Document Tray.

(4)

Pull out the wire harness from the hole.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the following parts:

DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3)

DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4)

2.

Open the Top Cover.

3.

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the clamp.

(2)

Disconnect P/J760.

(3)

Disconnect P/J759.

(4)

Disconnect the screws (M3x6: Silver).

(5)

Remove the Earth Wire.

(6)

Remove the wire harness from the hooks (x2).


Figure 2 Removal of DADF Document Tray (j0st41506)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Figure 1 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41505)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-77

15. DADF

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


15. DADF

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-78

REP 15.2.2 DADF Feeder Assembly


Parts List on PL 15.2
Removal

6.

Version 2.1
Remove the lever and the wire harness. (Figure 2)
(1)

Loosen the Setscrew and remove the disk.

(2)

Release the hook and remove the lever.

(3)

Remove the screw (Gold).

WARNING

(4)

Remove the Nylon Washer.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

(5)

Move the DADF Interlock Switch.

CAUTION

(6)

Disconnect the connector.

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

(7)

Disconnect the connector.

[FAX Models]

(8)

Remove the wire harness from the clamps (x3).

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1)

2.

Remove the following covers.

3.

DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3)

DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4)

Open the Top Cover Assembly.

4.

Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 15.2.1)

5.

Disconnect the DADF PWB connectors. (Figure 1)


(1)

Disconnect the connectors (x6).

Figure 2 Removal of lever and wire harness (j0st41508)

Figure 1 Disconnecting the DADF PWB connectors (j0na41502)

7.

Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3)

REP 15.2.3 DADF Front Cover

(1)

Remove the screw (M4x8).

(2)

Remove the Tapping Screws (4x8: 6)

(3)

Release the wire harness from the clamp.

Parts List on PL 15.2


Removal

(4)

Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly.

(5)

Remove the plunger.

(6)

When installing: Align the boss with the boss aperture.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Open the Top Cover Assembly.

2.

Remove the DADF Front Cover. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the Tapping Screw (3x8: Silver).

(2)

Remove the tabs (x2) from the Tab Slot and then remove the DADF Front Cover.

Figure 3 Removal of DADF Feeder Assembly (j0st41509)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

2.

After replacement, enter the CE Diag and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Adjustment/Others] and then
[Initialize HFSI Counter].

Chain Link 955-806

Figure 1 Removal of DADF Front Cover (j0st41529)

Replacement
1.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-79

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

15. DADF

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


15. DADF

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-80

Version 2.1

REP 15.2.4 DADF Rear Cover

REP 15.3.1 (SCC) DADF PWB

Parts List on PL 15.2


Removal

Parts List on PL 15.3


Removal
WARNING

WARNING

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

CAUTION

CAUTION

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

[FAX Models]

[FAX Models]

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

[Printer Models]

[Printer Models]

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

1.

Open the Top Cover Assembly.

1.

Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 15.2.4)

2.

Open the DADF Document Tray.

2.

Disconnect the DADF PWB connectors. (Figure 1)

3.

Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the Tapping Screw (3x8: Silver).

(2)

Remove the screws (M3x10: Silver: 2).

(3)

Release the hooks (x2).

(4)

Remove the tabs (x4) from the Tab Slot and then remove the DADF Rear Cover.

(1)

Disconnect the connectors (x13).

Figure 1 Disconnecting the DADF PWB connectors (j0st41510)

Figure 1 Removal of DADF Rear Cover (j0na41503)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

3.

Remove the DADF PWB. (Figure 2)

REP 15.3.2 (SCC) Left Counter Balance

(1)

Remove the screw (M3x6).

(2)

Remove the Tapping Screws (3x8: 4).

Parts List on PL 15.3


Removal

(3)

Remove the Earth Wire.

(4)

Remove the DADF PWB.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: Left/Right Counter Balance is identified by panel pressure.
Left Counter Balance: Panel pressure strong
Right Counter Balance: Panel pressure weak
1.

Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1)

2.

Remove the following covers.

Figure 2 Removal of DADF PWB (j0na41504)

DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3)

DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4)

3.

Open the Top Cover Assembly.

Replacement

4.

Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 15.2.1)

1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

5.

Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (REP 15.2.2)

2.

When replacing the DADF PWB, replace the EP-ROM (refer to the figure above) on the new DADF PWB
with the EP-ROM of the current DADF PWB.

6.

Remove the Left Counter Balance. (Figure 1)

3.

Check the software version. Update the version if old software is installed in the new PWB.

(1)

Remove the Tapping Screws (4x12: 4).

(2)

Remove the Left Counter Balance.

Figure 1 Removal of Left Counter Balance (j0st41512)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-81

15. DADF

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


15. DADF

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-82

Version 2.1

Replacement

REP 15.3.3 (SCC) Right Counter Balance

1.

Parts List on PL 15.3


Removal

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: Left/Right Counter Balance is identified by panel pressure.
Left Counter Balance: Panel pressure strong
Right Counter Balance: Panel pressure weak
1.

Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1)

2.

Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (PL 15.2)

3.

Remove the screws that secure the Right Counter Balance. (Figure 1)
(1)

Check the scale position.

(2)

Remove the screw (M4x8).

(3)

Remove the Earth Wire.

(4)

Remove the Tapping Screws (4x12: 4).

Figure 1 Unfastening the Right Counter Balance (j0st41513)

4.

Remove the Right Counter Balance. (Figure 2)

REP 15.4.1 Retard Roll

(1)

Slide the Right Counter Balance in the direction of the arrow and remove it.

(2)

Precautions during Installation:

Parts List on PL 15.4


Removal

A. Slot

WARNING

B. Boss

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

C. Cutout

CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: When replacing Retard Roll, replace Nudger Roll and Feed Roll (REP 15.6.1) at the same time.
1.

Open the Top Cover Assembly.

2.

Open the Retard Roll Chute.

3.

Remove the Retard Roll Holder. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the clip.

(2)

Bend the boss in the direction of the arrow and remove the Retard Roll Holder.

Figure 2 Removal of Right Counter Balance (j0st41514)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

2.

After installation, perform adjustment of the DADF position. (ADJ 15.1.6)

Figure 1 Removal of Retard Roll Holder (j0st41515)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-83

15. DADF

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


15. DADF
4.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-84

Version 2.1

Remove the Retard Roll. (Figure 2)

REP 15.4.2 Top Cover Assembly

(1)

Remove the shaft.

(2)

Remove the Retard Roll.

(3)

Remove the Torque Limiter.

Parts List on PL 15.4


Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Open the Top Cover Assembly.

2.

Remove the following covers.

3.
Figure 2 Removal of Retard Roll (j0st41516)

Replacement

DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3)

DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4)

Remove the Feed Upper Chute. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screw (M3x6).

(2)

Remove the Feed Upper Chute.

(3)

Precautions during Installation:

1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

A. Insert the boss into the "U"-cut groove.

2.

After replacement, enter the CE Diag and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Adjustment/Others] and then
[Initialize HFSI Counter].

B. Insert the tab to the Tab Slot.

Chain Link 955-806

Figure 1 Removal of Feed Upper Chute (j0st41517)


4.

Remove the Harness Guide. (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the Tapping Screw (3x8).

(2)

Remove the Harness Guide.

Figure 2 Removal of Harness Guide (j0na41505)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-85

15. DADF

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


15. DADF
5.

Remove the guide. (Figure 3)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-86
7.

Version 2.1
Remove the Top Cover Assembly with wire harness still connected. (Figure 5)

(1)

Remove the screw (M3x6).

(1)

(2)

Remove the guide.

(2)

Remove the Stud Bracket.

(3)

Remove the stud.

(4)

Remove the Top Cover.

Remove the screw (M3x8).

Figure 3 Removal of guide (j0na41506)


6.

Remove the Plate Spring. (Figure 4)


(1)

Remove the Tapping Screws (3x8: 2).

(2)

Remove the Plate Spring.

Figure 5 Removal of Top Cover Assembly (j0na41507)


8.

Unsecure the wire harness. (Figure 6)


(1)

Disconnect the connector.

(2)

Remove the Tapping Screw (3x8).

(3)

Remove the Earth Wire.

(4)

Remove the Tapping Screws (3x8: 2).

(5)

Unsecure the Harness Guide.

Figure 4 Removal of Plate Spring (j0st41534)

Figure 6 Unsecuring the wire harness (j0st41536)

9.

Remove the wire harness from the Top Cover. (Figure 7)

3.

Remove the wire harness from the new Top Cover. (Figure 9)

(1)

Disconnect the connector.

(1)

Disconnect the connectors (x2).

(2)

Remove the wire harness from the Harness Guide.

(2)

Remove the Tapping Screws (3x8: 3).

(3)

Remove the wire harnesses (x3) through the square hole and remove the Top Cover.

(3)

Remove the wire harnesses (x3) through the square hole.

Figure 7 Removal of wire harnesses (j0st41537)

Figure 9 Removal of wire harnesses (j0st41539)

Replacement

4.

1.

When replacing with a new Top Cover Assembly, remove the wire harness from the new Top Cover Harness.

2.

Remove Feed Upper Chute and Plate Spring from the new Top Cover Assembly. (Figure 8)
(1)

Hook the spring when securing the Harness Guide. (Figure 10)

Remove the screw (M3x6).

(2)

Remove the Feed Upper Chute.

(3)

Remove the Tapping Screws (3x8: 2).

(4)

Remove the Plate Spring.

Figure 10 Hooking the spring (j0na41508)

Figure 8 Removal of Feed Upper Chute and Plate Spring (j0st41538)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-87

15. DADF

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


15. DADF

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-88

REP 15.6.1 Nudger Roll, Feed Roll (AP 550IG, DC550IG)

3.

Version 2.1
Remove the Actuator that may get damaged during the removal procedure in advance. (Figure 2)
(1)

Parts List on PL 15.6


Removal

Remove the Actuator by slightly bending the support and Actuator.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: When replacing Nudger Roll and Feed Roll, replace Retard Roll (REP 15.4.1) at the same time.
1.

Open the Top Cover Assembly.

2.

Remove the Feed Upper Chute. (Figure 1)


Figure 2 Removal of Actuator (j0st41532)

(1)

Remove the screw (M3x6).

(2)

Remove the Feed Upper Chute.

(3)

Precautions during Installation:

(1)

A. Insert the boss into the "U"-cut groove.

(2)

Remove the E-Clip.

B. Insert the tab to the Tab Slot.

(3)

Remove the bearing.

4.

Remove the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly. (Figure 3)


Remove the KL-Clip.

(4)

Move the shaft in the direction of the arrow and remove the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly.

(5)

Remove the spring.


Precautions during Installation:
A. Location of the spring
B. Engagement of the gear teeth

Figure 1 Removal of Feed Upper Chute (j0st41517)

Figure 3 Removal of Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly (j0st41518)


5.

Figure 4 Removal of Nudger Roll and Feed Roll (j0st41519)

Remove the Nudger Roll/Feed Roll. (Figure 4)

Replacement

(1)

Remove the E-Clips (x2).

1.

(2)

Remove the Set Gate.

(3)

Remove the shaft.

(4)

Remove the Nudger Roll (large).

(2)

Check that the gear teeth are engaged.

(5)

Remove the gear (large).

(3)

Location of the spring.

When installing: Align the groove of the gear with the direction of the pin.

(4)

After installation, check that the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly moves up and down smoothly.

(6)

Remove the pin.

(7)

Remove the E-Clip

(8)

Remove the shaft.

(9)

Remove the spring.

When installing the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly, pay attention to the following. (Figure 5)
(1)

It is easier to temporarily remove the Set Gate, install the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly and then reinstall
the Set Gate.

When installing: gear is facing upwards


(10) Remove the Feed Roll (small).
(11) Remove the gear (small).
When installing: Align the groove of the gear with the direction of the pin.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-89

15. DADF

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


15. DADF

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-90

Version 2.1

REP 15.6.2 Nudger Roll, Feed Roll (AP-II 5010G, DC-II 5010G)
Parts List on PL 15.6
Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: When replacing Nudger Roll and Feed Roll, replace Retard Roll (REP 15.4.1) at the same time.
Figure 5 Installation of Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly (j0st41520)
2.

After replacement, enter the CE Diag and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Adjustment/Others] and then
[Initialize HFSI Counter].

Chain Link 955-806

1.

Open the Top Cover Assembly.

2.

Remove the Feed Upper Chute. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screw (M3x6).

(2)

Remove the Feed Upper Chute.

(3)

Precautions during Installation:


A. Insert the boss into the "U"-cut groove.
B. Insert the tab to the Tab Slot.

Figure 1 Removal of Feed Upper Chute (j0st41517)

3.

Remove the Actuator that may get damaged during the removal procedure in advance. (Figure 2)
(1)

Remove the Actuator by slightly bending the support and Actuator.

Figure 4 Removal of Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly (j0wa45103)


Figure 2 Removal of Actuator (j0st41532)
4.

6.

Turn the Gear shown in the figure clockwise until the Link Gear becomes disengaged. (Figure 3)
(1)

Turn the Gear.

(2)

Remove the E-Clip.

(3)

Shift the Bearing to the front.

Remove the Nudger Roll. (Figure 5)


(1)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(2)

Pull out the Nudger Shaft (Front) and remove the Nudger Roll.

Figure 5 Removal of Nudger Roll (j0wa45104)


7.

(1)

Figure 3 Disengagement of Link Gear (j0wa45102)


5.

Remove the Feed Roll. (Figure 6)


Pull out the Feed Shaft (Front) and remove the Feed Roll.

Remove the Nudger Roll/Feed Roll Assembly. (Figure 4)


(1)

Move the shaft in the direction of the arrow and remove the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly.

(2)

Remove the Bearing.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-91

15. DADF

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


15. DADF

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-92

Version 2.1

REP 15.8.1 Registration Roll


Parts List on PL 15.8
Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

Figure 6 Removal of Feed Roll (j0wa45105)

1.

Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1)

2.

Remove the following covers.

Replacement
1.

DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3)

DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4)

When installing the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly, pay attention to the following. (Figure 7)

3.

(1)

It is easier to temporarily remove the Set Gate, install the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly and then reinstall
the Set Gate.

4.

Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 15.2.1)

5.

Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (REP 15.2.2)

(2)

Check that the gear teeth are engaged.

6.

Loosen the Belt Tension of the DADF Registration Motor. (Figure 1)

(3)

Location of the spring.

(1)

Remove the spring.

(4)

After installation, check that the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly moves up and down smoothly.

(2)

Loosen the screws (x2).

Figure 7 Installation of Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly (j0st41520)


2.

After replacement, enter the CE Diag and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Adjustment/Others] and then
[Initialize HFSI Counter].

Chain Link 955-806

Open the Top Cover.

Figure 1 Loosening the Belt Tension (j0st41521)

7.

Move the Motor Unit. (Figure 2)

8.

Open the chute.

(1)

Disconnect the connector.

9.

Remove the Feed Guide. (Figure 3)

(2)

Remove the screws (M3x6: 2).

(1)

Remove the screws (M3x8: 2).

(3)

Remove the guide.

(2)

Remove the Feed Guide.

(4)

Remove the stud screw.

(5)

Move the Motor Unit.

(6)

Remove the belt.

Figure 3 Removal of Feed Guide (j0st41523)


10. Remove the Sensor Holder. (Figure 4)
(1)

Remove the Tapping Screws (3x8: 2).

(2)

Remove the Sensor Holder.

Figure 2 Moving the Motor Unit (j0st41522)

Figure 4 Removal of Sensor Holder (j0st41524)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-93

15. DADF

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


15. DADF
11.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-94

Version 2.1

Loosen the Belt Tension. (Figure 5)

Replacement

(1)

Remove the spring.

1.

(2)

Loosen the screw.

(3)

Loosen the Belt Tension.

(4)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(5)

Remove the gear.

When installing the Motor Unit, thread the wire harness as shown in the following figure. (Figure 7)

Figure 7 Threading the wire harness (j0st41509)

Figure 5 Loosening the Belt Tension (j0st41525)


12. Remove the Registration Roll. (Figure 6)
(1)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(2)

Remove the bearings (x2).

(3)

Remove the Registration Roll.

Figure 6 Removal of Registration Roll (j0st41526)

REP 16.1.1 (SCC) H-Transport Assembly

REP 16.1.2 B-Finisher Assembly

Parts List on PL 16.1


Removal

Parts List on PL 16.1


Removal
WARNING

WARNING

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

CAUTION

CAUTION

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

[FAX Models]

[FAX Models]

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

[Printer Models]

[Printer Models]

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

1.

Remove the following parts:

1.

Remove the Staple Assembly. (REP 16.8.2)

2.

Remove the Right Cover. (Figure 1)

2.

Finisher-B Assembly (REP 16.1.2)

Remove the H-Transport Assembly. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the H-Transport Assembly.

(1)

Remove the Right Cover.

Figure 1 Removal of Right Cover (j0st41654)


Figure 1 Removal of H-Transport Assembly (j0st41601)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-95

16. B-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


16. B-FINISHER
3.

Remove the cover. (Figure 2)


(1)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-96
5.

Remove the cover.

Version 2.1
Remove the Left Panel. (Figure 4)
(1)

Remove the Left Panel.

Figure 2 Removal of cover (j0st41655)


4.

Remove the cover. (Figure 3)


(1)

Figure 4 Removal of Left Panel (j0st41608)


6.

Remove the cover.

Disconnect the cable and connector. (Figure 5)


(1)

Disconnect the connectors (x2).

(2)

Disconnect the cable.

Figure 3 Removal of cover (j0st41607)


Figure 5 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41609)

7.

Remove the Knob Screw. (Figure 6)

REP 16.3.1 H-Transport Belt

(1)

Parts List on PL 16.3


Removal

Remove the Knob Screws (x2).

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the H-Transport Assembly. (REP 16.1.1)

2.

Remove the H-Transport Rear Cover. (Figure 1)

Figure 6 Removal of Knob Screws (j0st41610)


8.

(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the H-Transport Rear Cover.

Move the Finisher-B Assembly to the Left and lower it down from the Rack. (Figure 7)
(1)

Remove the Finisher Assembly.

Figure 1 Removal of H-Transport Rear Cover (j0st41602)

Figure 7 Removal of Finisher-B Assembly (j0st41611)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-97

16. B-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


16. B-FINISHER
3.

Remove the belt. (Figure 2)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-98
5.

Version 2.1
Remove the bracket. (Figure 4)

(1)

Remove the E-Clip.

(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the belt.

(2)

Remove the bracket.

(3)

Remove the pulley and bearing.

Figure 4 Removal of bracket (j0st41605)


Figure 2 Removal of belt (j0st41603)
6.
4.

Remove the H-Transport Belt. (Figure 5)

Remove the Transport Roll. (Figure 3)

(1)

Remove the rolls (x2).

(1)

Remove the E-Clip and the bearing.

(2)

Remove the H-Transport Belts (x2).

(2)

Remove the Transport Roll.

Figure 5 Removal of H-Transport Belt (j0st41606)


Figure 3 Removal of Tranport Roll (j0st41604)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 16.4.1 Front Cover Assembly

REP 16.4.2 Rear Cover

Parts List on PL 16.4


Removal

Parts List on PL 16.4


Removal
WARNING

WARNING

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

CAUTION

CAUTION

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

[FAX Models]

[FAX Models]

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

[Printer Models]

[Printer Models]

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

1.

1.

Remove the Front Cover Assembly. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Remove the Front Cover Assembly.

Remove the Left Panel. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the Left Panel.

Figure 1 Removal of Left Panel (j0st41608)


Figure 1 Removal of Front Cover Assembly (j0st41656)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-99

16. B-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


16. B-FINISHER
2.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-100

Version 2.1

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2)

REP 16.5.1 (SCC) Stack Height Sensor Assembly

(1)

Parts List on PL 16.5


Removal

Disconnect the connector.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41661)


3.

Remove the link from the Top Open Cover Assembly. (Figure 1)
(1)

Lift up the Top Open Cover Assembly.

(2)

Remove the screws on both sides.

(3)

Remove the links on both sides.

Remove the Rear Cover. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Remove the Rear Cover.

Figure 1 Removal of link (j0st41612)

Figure 3 Removal of Rear Cover (j0st41567)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

2.

Remove the Stack Height Sensor Assembly. (Figure 2)

REP 16.5.2 Eject Roll Assembly

(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Disconnect the connector.

(3)

Remove the Stack Height Sensor Assembly.

Parts List on PL 16.5


Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

2.

Figure 2 Removal of Stack Height Sensor Assembly (j0st41613)

Remove the following parts:

Rear Cover (REP 16.4.1)

Front Cover Assembly (REP 16.1.2)

Remove the Stacker Tray. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the Stacker Tray.

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Figure 1 Removal of Stacker Tray (j0st41658)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-101

16. B-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


16. B-FINISHER
3.

Remove the Right Cover. (Figure 2)


(1)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-102
5.

Remove the Right Cover.

Version 2.1
Disconnect the connector. (Figure 4)
(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the plate.

(3)

Disconnect the connector.

Figure 2 Removal of Right Cover (j0st41654)


4.

Remove the bracket. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Remove the bracket.

Figure 4 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41615)


6.

Remove the screw. (Figure 5)


(1)

Remove the Knob Screws (x2).

Figure 3 Removal of bracket (j0st41614)


Figure 5 Removal of screws (j0st41616)

7.

Remove the Tray Guide. (Figure 6)

8.

Remove the Set Clamp Clutch. (Figure 7)

(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(1)

Remove the clamp.

(2)

Remove the rivet to remove the clamp.

(2)

Remove the screw.

(3)

Remove the wire from the hole.

(3)

Remove the spring.

(4)

Remove the Tray Guide.

(4)

Release the hook to remove the Actuator.

(5)

Remove the Set Clamp Clutch.

Figure 7 Removal of Set Clamp Clutch (j0st41618)


9.

Remove the Eject Roll. (Figure 8)


(1)

Figure 6 Removal of Guide Tray (j0st41617)

Remove the KL-Clip and bearing on both sides.

(2)

Remove the hook from the Eject Shaft.

(3)

Remove the Eject Roll.

Figure 8 Removal of Eject Roll (j0st41619)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-103

16. B-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


16. B-FINISHER
10. Remove the Eject Shaft. (Figure 9)
(1)

Remove the KL-Clip and gear.

(2)

Remove the KL-Clip and bearing on both sides.

(3)

Remove the Eject Shaft.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-104

Version 2.1

REP 16.6.1 Decurler Roll Assembly


Parts List on PL 16.6
Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

2.

Figure 9 Removal of Eject Shaft (j0st41620)

Remove the following parts:

Front Cover Assembly (REP 16.1.2)

Rear Cover (REP 16.4.1)

Remove the Top Cover. (Figure 1)


(1)

Loosen the screws (x4).

(2)

Remove the Top Cover.

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
NOTE: Replace the Exit Roll and the Eject Roll at the same time.
NOTE: When installing the Actuator, ensure that the stopper is inserted into the ditch of the Actuator as
illustrated below. (Figure 10)

Figure 1 Removal of Top Cover (j0st41659)

Figure 10 Installation of Actuator (j0st41621)

3.

Remove the Arm. (Figure 2)

Replacement

(1)

Remove the spring.

1.

(2)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(3)

Remove the Arm.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Figure 2 Removal of Arm (j0st41622)


4.

Remove the Decurler Roll Assembly. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the spring.

(2)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(3)

Remove the Arm.

(4)

Remove the Decurler Roll Assembly.

Figure 3 Removal of Decurler Roll Assembly (j0st41623)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-105

16. B-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


16. B-FINISHER

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-106

Version 2.1

REP 16.6.2 (SCC) Finisher Drive Motor

REP 16.7.1 Belt

Parts List on PL 16.6


Removal

Parts List on PL 16.7


Removal
WARNING

WARNING

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

CAUTION

CAUTION

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

[FAX Models]

[FAX Models]

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

[Printer Models]

[Printer Models]

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

1.

Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 16.4.1)

1.

Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 16.4.1)

2.

Remove the Finisher Drive Motor. (Figure 1)

2.

Turn the Actuator. (Figure 1)

(1)

Disconnect the connector.

(2)

Remove the screws (x4).

(3)

Remove the Finisher Drive Motor.

(1)

Turn the Actuator.

Figure 1 Turning the Actuator (j0st41625)


Figure 1 Removal of Finisher Drive Motor (j0st41624)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

3.

Release the clamp to remove the wire. (Figure 2)


(1)

Disconnect the connectors (x4).

(2)

Release the Saddle Edge to remove the wire.

Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41626)


4.

Remove the Cam Bracket Assembly. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Remove the Cam Bracket Assembly.

Figure 3 Removal of Cam Bracket Assembly (j0st41627)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-107

16. B-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


16. B-FINISHER
5.

Remove the belt. (Figure 4)


(1)

Remove the E-Clip to remove the gear.

(2)

Remove the E-Clip to remove the pulley.

(3)

Remove the belt.

2007/10/01
4-108

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1
NOTE: When installing the Actuator, ensure that the stopper is inserted into the ditch of the Actuator as
illustrated below. (Figure 6)

Figure 6 Installation of Actuator (j0st41621)


Figure 4 Removal of belt (j0st41628)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
NOTE: Make sure to insert the stud of the Cam Bracket Assembly into the hole. (Figure 5)
(1)

Lift up the Upper Cover to lift up the roller.

(2)

Insert the stud into the hole.

Figure 5 Installation of Cam Bracket Assembly (j0st41629)

REP 16.8.1 Rail

3.

Parts List on PL 16.8


Removal

Remove the bracket. (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Loosen the screws (x2).

(3)

Remove the bracket.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the following parts:

2.

Staple Assembly (REP 16.8.2)

Front Cover Assembly (REP 16.1.2)

Rear Cover (REP 16.4.1)

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)


(1)

Disconnect the connectors (x5).

(2)

Release the Saddle Edges (x4) to remove the wire.

(3)

Remove the screw to remove the Earth Wire.

Figure 2 Disconnecting the bracket connectors (j0st41660)


4.

Move the PWB Bracket in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 3)


(1)

Loosen the screw.

(2)

Remove the screws (x2).

(3)

Remove the PWB Bracket while the connector is still connected.

Figure 1 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41630)

Figure 3 Moving the PWB Bracket (j0st41631)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-109

16. B-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


16. B-FINISHER
5.

Pull out the wire harness from the hole. (Figure 4)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Pull out the wire harness from the hole.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-110
7.

Version 2.1
Remove the Rail Assembly. (Figure 6)
(1)

Remove the Rail Assembly.

Figure 6 Removal of Rail Assembly (j0st41634)


Figure 4 Pulling out the wire harness (j0st41632)
8.
6.

Remove the screw. (Figure 5)

Move the Carriage Assembly in the direction of the arrow to remove it. (Figure 7)
(1)

(1)

Disconnect the connector.

(2)

Remove the screws (x2).

Remove the Carriage Assembly.

Figure 7 Removal of Carriage Assembly (j0st41635)


Figure 5 Removal of screws (j0st41633)

9.

Remove the rail. (Figure 8)

REP 16.8.2 Staple Assembly

(1)

Remove the screws (x5).

(2)

Remove the rail.

Parts List on PL 16.8


Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the Front Cover Assembly. (REP 16.1.2)

2.

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)


(1)

Disconnect the connectors (x2).

Figure 8 Removal of rail (j0st41636)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Figure 1 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41637)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-111

16. B-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


16. B-FINISHER
3.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-112

Version 2.1

Remove the Staple Assembly. (Figure 2)

REP 16.9.1 Compiler Tray Assembly

(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the screw to remove the Earth Wire.

(3)

Remove the Staple Assembly.

Parts List on PL 16.9


Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the Tray Guide. (Perform up to Step 5 of REP 16.5.2.)

2.

Release the clamp to remove the wire. (Figure 1)


(1)

Disconnect the connectors (x2).

(2)

Release the Saddle Edges (x2) to remove the wire.

Figure 2 Removal of Staple Assembly (j0st41638)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
NOTE: Make sure to insert the protruding part of the Staple Assembly into the hole on the bracket. (Figure 3)

Figure 1 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41640)

Figure 3 Installation of Staple Assembly (j0st41639)

3.

Remove the screw. (Figure 2)

REP 16.10.1 (SCC) Stacker Motor Assembly

(1)

Parts List on PL 16.10


Removal

Remove the screws (x2).

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 16.4.1)

2.

Slide the gear to lower the Stacker Tray. (Figure 1)


(1)

Slide the gear to disengage the teeth of Cam.

Figure 2 Removal of screws (j0st41641)


4.

Remove the Compiler Assembly. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the Compiler Assembly.

Figure 1 Moving the gear (j0st41643)

Figure 3 Removal of Compiler Assembly (j0st41642)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-113

16. B-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


16. B-FINISHER
3.

Remove the bracket. (Figure 2)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-114
5.

Version 2.1
Remove the Stacker Motor Assembly. (Figure 4)

(1)

Remove the screw.

(1)

(2)

Loosen the screws (x2).

(2)

Slide the gear.

(3)

Remove the bracket.

(3)

Remove the Stacker Motor Assembly.

Remove the screws (x3) while sliding the PWB Bracket upward.

Figure 2 Removal of bracket (j0st41660)


4.

Figure 4 Removal of Stacker Motor Assembly (j0st41645)

Remove the screw. (Figure 3)

Replacement

(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

1.

(2)

Loosen the screw.

Figure 3 Removal of screws (j0st41644)

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 16.10.2 Elevator Belt Assembly


Parts List on PL 16.10
Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the Tray Guide. (Perform up to Step 5 of REP 16.5.2.)

2.

Remove the bracket. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Loosen the screws (x2).

(3)

Remove the bracket.

Figure 2 Moving the PWB Bracket (j0st41646)


4.

Remove the Elevator Belt Assembly. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the screws (x3).

(2)

Remove the Elevator Belt Assembly.

Figure 1 Removal of bracket (j0st41660)


3.

Slide the PWB Bracket sideways. (Figure 2)


(1)

Disconnect the connectors (x2).

(2)

Release the clamps (x2) to remove the wire.

(3)

Remove the clamp.

(4)

Remove the screws (x2).

(5)

Loosen the screw.

(6)

Slide the PWB Bracket in the direction of the arrow.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Figure 3 Removal of Elevator Belt Assembly (j0st41647)

2007/10/01
4-115

16. B-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


16. B-FINISHER

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-116

Version 2.1

Replacement

REP 16.11.1 Paddle Gear Shaft

1.

Parts List on PL 16.11


Removal

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 16.4.1)

2.

Remove the Cam Bracket Assembly. (Perform up to Step 4 of REP 16.7.1.)

3.

Remove the bearing. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the E-Clip.

(2)

Remove the gear.

(3)

Remove the bearing.

Figure 1 Removal of bearing (j0st41648)

4.

Remove the screw securing the Paddle Gear Shaft. (Figure 2)

REP 16.12.1 (SCC) Finisher PWB

(1)

Parts List on PL 16.12


Removal

Remove the screw.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 16.4.1)

2.

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)

Figure 2 Removal of screw (j0st41649)


5.

(1)

Disconnect the connectors (x10).

(2)

Release the Saddle Edges (x4) to remove the wire.

Remove the Paddle Gear Shaft. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the Paddle Gear Shaft.

Figure 1 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41651)

Figure 3 Removal of Paddle Gear Shaft (j0st41650)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-117

16. B-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


16. B-FINISHER
3.

Remove the Finisher PWB. (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the screws (x5).

(2)

Remove the Finisher PWB.

Figure 2 Removal of Finisher PWB (j0st41652)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.


NOTE: When installing, keep the core shown in Figure 2 inside the box.

2007/10/01
4-118

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

REP 17.1.1 Left Top Cover

REP 17.1.2 Right Cover

Parts List on PL 17.1


Removal

Parts List on PL 17.1


Removal
WARNING

WARNING

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

CAUTION

CAUTION

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

[FAX Models]

[FAX Models]

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

[Printer Models]

[Printer Models]

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

1.

Detach the HCF from the machine.

1.

Detach the HCF from the machine.

2.

Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 17.1.4)

2.

Pull out the HCF Tray.

3.

Pull out the HCF Tray.

3.

Remove the Right Cover. (Figure 1)

4.

Remove the Left Top Cover. (Figure 1)

(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Remove the Right Cover.

(2)

Remove the Left Top Cover.

Figure 1 Removal of Right Cover (j0na41702)


Figure 1 Removal of Left Top Cover (j0na41701)

Replacement
Replacement
1.

1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-119

17. HCF

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


17. HCF

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-120

Version 2.1

REP 17.1.3 Left Cover

REP 17.1.4 Rear Cover

Parts List on PL 17.1


Removal

Parts List on PL 17.1


Removal
WARNING

WARNING

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

CAUTION

CAUTION

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

[FAX Models]

[FAX Models]

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

[Printer Models]

[Printer Models]

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

1.

Detach the HCF from the machine.

1.

Detach the HCF from the machine.

2.

Remove the Left Cover. (Figure 1)

2.

Remove the Rear Cover. (Figure 1)

(1)

Remove the screws (x5).

(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Remove the Left Cover.

(2)

Remove the Rear Cover.

Figure 1 Removal of Left Cover (j0na41703)

Figure 1 Removal of Rear Cover (j0na41704)

Replacement

Replacement

1.

1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 17.1.5 (SCC) HCF Feeder

REP 17.3.1 Tray Cable

Parts List on PL 17.1


Removal

Parts List on PL 17.3


Removal
WARNING

WARNING

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

CAUTION

CAUTION

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

[FAX Models]

[FAX Models]

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

[Printer Models]

[Printer Models]

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

1.

Detach the HCF from the machine.

2.

Remove the HCF Tray.

NOTE: When replacing the Tray Cables, replace the Front and Rear Tray Cables at the same time. Replacement
Kit: 604K 19980

3.

Remove the HCF Feeder. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the HCF Feeder.

1.

Detach the HCF from the machine.

2.

Remove the HCF Tray.

3.

Remove the Gear Bracket Assembly. (REP 17.3.2)

4.

Remove the Tray Cables from the pulley. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the E-Clip.

(2)

Shift the bearing.

(3)

Slide the Lift Shaft.

(4)

Shift the pulley.

(5)

Remove the Tray Cables (x2)

Figure 1 Removal of HCF Feeder (j0na41705)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

2.

After replacement, enter the CE Diag and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Adjustment/Others] and then
[Initialize HFSI Counter].
"Chain Link: 954-804"
Figure 1 Removal of Tray Cables (j0na41711)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-121

17. HCF

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


17. HCF
5.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-122

Version 2.1

Remove the Tray Cables. (Figure 2)

(4)

Shift the pulley.

(1)

Remove the E-Clips (x2) to remove the wire guides (S) (x2).

(5)

Remove the Tray Cables (x2)

(2)

Remove the E-Clip to remove the Wire Guide (L).

(3)

Remove the Tray Cables (x2) from the Bottom Plate.

Figure 4 Removal of Tray Cables (j0na41714)


Figure 2 Removal of Tray Cables (j0na41712)

8.

Remove the Tray Cables. (Figure 5)


(1)

6.

Remove the E-Clips (x2) to remove the wire guides (S) (x2).

Remove the Front Cover. (Figure 3)

(2)

Remove the E-Clip to remove the Wire Guide (L).

(1)

Remove the screws (x5).

(3)

Remove Tray Cables (x2) from the Bottom Plate.

(2)

Remove the Front Cover.

Figure 5 Removal of Tray Cables (j0na41715)


Figure 3 Removal of Front Cover (j0na41713)

Replacement
7.

Remove the Tray Cables from the pulley. (Figure 4)


(1)

Remove the E-Clip.

(2)

Shift the bearing.

(3)

Slide the Lift Shaft.

1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.


NOTE: Check that the indicator of the Front Cover is moving up and down smoothly when the Bottom Plate is
being moved up and down manually.

REP 17.3.2 Gear Bracket Assembly

4.

Parts List on PL 17.3


Removal

Remove the Gear Bracket Assembly. (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the screws (x3).

(2)

Remove the Gear Bracket Assembly.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Detach the HCF from the machine.

2.

Remove the HCF Tray.

3.

Remove the gears (x2). (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the E-Clips (x2).

(2)

Remove the plate.

(3)

Remove the Lift Gear.

(4)

Remove the gear.

Figure 2 Removal of Gear Bracket Assembly (j0na41710)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Figure 1 Removal of gear (j0na41709)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-123

17. HCF

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


17. HCF

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-124

REP 17.5.1 Feed Roll, Nudger Roll, Retard Roll

6.

Parts List on PL 17.5 PL 17.6


Removal

Version 2.1
Remove the Retard Roll. (Figure 2)
(1)

Push in the axis on both sides.

(2)

Remove the Retard Roll in the direction of the arrow.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: Replace Feed, Retard, and Nudger Roll at the same time because they have the same duration of life.
Replacement Kit: 604K 23660
NOTE: This section describes the installation and removal procedures for the Feed Roll.
1.

Detach the HCF from the machine.

2.

Remove the HCF Tray.

Figure 2 Removal of Retard Roll (j0na41707)


7.

Remove the Feed Roll. (Figure 3)

3.

Remove the HCF Feeder. (REP 17.1.5)

4.

Turn the HCF Feeder upside down.

(1)

Push in the axis on both sides.

5.

Remove the appropriate Roll. (Figure 1)

(2)

Remove the Feed Roll in the direction of the arrow.

A. Retard Roll
B. Feed Roll
C. Nudger Roll

Figure 3 Removal of Feed Roll (j0na41708)

Replacement
Figure 1 Roll position (j0na41706)

1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

2.

After replacement, enter the CE Diag and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Adjustment/Others] and then
[Initialize HFSI Counter].
"Chain Link: 954-804"

REP 17.7.1 Take Away Roll

6.

Parts List on PL 17.7


Removal

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2)


(1)

Disconnect the connector.

(2)

Remove the Cable band.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Detach the HCF from the machine.

2.

Pull out the HCF Tray.

3.

Open the Top Cover.

4.

Remove the Right Cover. (REP 17.1.2)

5.

Remove the Front Right Cover. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the Front Right Cover.

Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector (j0na41717)


7.

Move the Lower Chute. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the Lower Chute from the studs (x2).

Figure 1 Removal of Front Right Cover (j0na41716)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-125

17. HCF

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


17. HCF

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-126

Version 2.1

Figure 3 Moving the Lower Chute (j0na41718)


8.

Figure 4 Removal of Take Away Roll (j0na41719)

Remove the Take Away Roll. (Figure 4)

Replacement

NOTE: Be careful not to lose the bearing.

1.

(1)

Remove the E-Clip.

(2)

Shift the Take Away Roll to the Front and remove it from the Rear installation hole.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 18.1.1 (SCC) H-Transport Assembly

REP 18.3.1 H-Transport Belt

Parts List on PL 18.1


Removal

Parts List on PL 18.3


Removal
WARNING

WARNING

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

CAUTION

CAUTION

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

[FAX Models]

[FAX Models]

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

[Printer Models]

[Printer Models]

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

1.

Detach the Finisher-C. (REP 18.5.1)

1.

Detach the Finisher-C. (REP 18.5.1)

2.

Remove the H-Transport Assembly. (Figure 1)

2.

Remove the H-Transport Assembly. (REP 18.1.1)

(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

3.

Remove the H-Transport Rear Cover. (Figure 1)

(2)

Remove the H-Transport Assembly.

(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the H-Transport Rear Cover.

Figure 1 Removal of H-Transport Assembly (j0na41828)


Figure 1 Removal of H-Transport Rear Cover (j0na41857)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-127

18. C-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


18. C-FINISHER

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-128

Version 2.1

4.

Open the Top Door.

5.

Remove the belt. (Figure 2)

(1)

Remove the screw.

(1)

(2)

Remove the bracket.

7.

Remove the E-Clip.

(2)

Remove the belt.

(3)

Remove the pulley and bearing.

Remove the bracket. (Figure 4)

Figure 4 Removal of bracket (j0na41860)


Figure 2 Removal of belt (j0na41858)
6.

8.

Remove the Transport Roll. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the E-Clip and the bearing.

(2)

Remove the Transport Roll.

Remove the H-Transport Belt. (Figure 5)


(1)

Remove the rolls (x2).

(2)

Remove the H-Transport Belts (x2).

Figure 5 Removal of H-Transport Belt (j0na41861)


Figure 3 Removal of Tranport Roll (j0na41859)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 18.5.1 Detach C-Finisher

2.

Parts List on PL 18.5


Removal

Disconnect the connector for Finisher-C to IOT-I/F Cable. (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the cover.

(2)

Disconnect the connector.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Remove the AC Inlet Harness Assembly that is connected to the Rear of the IOT. (Figure 1)
(1)

Remove the AC Inlet Harness Assembly.

(2)

Release the clamp to remove the Finisher-C to IOT I/F Cable.

Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector (j0na41825)


3.

Disconnect the H-Transport Wire Harness connectors at the Rear of the Finisher-C. (Figure 3)
(1)

Remove the Connector Cover.

(2)

Disconnect the connector.

Figure 1 Disconnecting the connector (j0na41824)

Figure 3 Disconnecting the connector (j0na41826)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-129

18. C-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


18. C-FINISHER
4.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-130

Version 2.1

Detach the Finisher-C. (Figure 4)

REP 18.6.1 Carriage Assembly (Front) and Carriage Assembly (Rear)

(1)

Parts List on PL 18.6


Removal

Detach the Finisher-C by pulling the Docking Plate in the direction of the arrow.

NOTE: Do not remove the Front and Rear Carriage Assemblies at the same time. If both are removed at the same
time, the phase of the Stacker Tray Assembly (PL 18.4) will shift.
NOTE: As the removal procedure for both the Front and Rear Carriage Assemblies is the same, only the removal
procedure for the Front Carriage Assembly is described here.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Figure 4 Detaching Finisher-C (j0na41827)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.


1.

Detach the Finisher-C. (REP 18.5.1)

2.

Remove the following parts:

Rear Upper Cover (PL 18.4)

Rear Lower Cover (PL 18.4)

Front Door Assembly (PL 18.5)

3.

Move the Stacker Tray Assembly to the very bottom.

Replacement

NOTE: Never touch the Encoder when servicing.

1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.


NOTE: After installing the Carriage Assembly, check that the Stacker Tray Assembly moves smoothly.

(Figure 1)
(1)

Slide the gear manually in the direction of the arrow to disengage the teeth of Dog Clutch.

(2)

The Stacker Tray Assembly moves by itself to the very bottom.

Figure 1 Moving the Stacker Tray Assembly (j0na41801)


4.

Remove the Carriage Assembly (Front). (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the screws (Front: x2, Rear: x2) and remove the Carriage Tray.

(2)

Remove the spring.

(3)

Remove the screw and remove the clamp on top.

(4)

Remove the Carriage Assembly (Front).

Figure 2 Removal of Carriage Assembly (Front) (j0na41802)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-131

18. C-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


18. C-FINISHER

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-132

REP 18.6.2 Elevator Motor Assembly

4.

Parts List on PL 18.6


Removal

Version 2.1
Move the Stacker Tray Assembly to the very bottom.
NOTE: Never touch the Encoder when servicing.
(Figure 2)

WARNING

(1)

Slide the gear manually in the direction of the arrow to disengage the teeth of Dog Clutch.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

(2)

The Stacker Tray Assembly moves by itself to the very bottom.

CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Detach the Finisher-C. (REP 18.5.1)

2.

Remove the following parts:

3.

Rear Upper Cover (PL 18.4)

Rear Lower Cover (PL 18.4)

Remove the screws (x4) that secure the plate of the Finisher Main PWB and remove the plate. (Figure 1)

Figure 2 Moving the Stacker Tray Assembly (j0na41801)


5.

Move the Stacker Encode Sensor. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the screw and move the Stacker Encode Sensor.

Figure 1 Removal of plate (j0na41803)

Figure 3 Moving the Stacker Encode Sensor (j0na41804)

6.

Disconnect the connector P8305 on the Finisher Main PWB. (Figure 4)

REP 18.7.1 Puncher Frame Assembly

(1)

Disconnect the connector P8305.

(2)

Release the clamps (x2) and remove the wire harness.

Parts List on PL 18.7


Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Handle the Puncher Frame Assembly carefully so that it does not drop.
1.

Detach the Finisher-C. (REP 18.5.1)

2.

Remove the following parts:

Figure 4 Disconnecting the connector (j0na41805)


7.

Remove the Elevator Motor Assembly. (Figure 5)

SCT Tray Assembly (PL 18.4)

Top Cover (PL 18.4)

Rear Upper Cover (PL 18.4)

(1)

Release the hook and remove the Encoder.

3.

Open the Front Door.

(2)

Remove the screws (x3) and remove the Elevator Motor Assembly.

4.

Remove the screws (x2) that secure the Front side of the Puncher Frame Assembly. (Figure 1)

A. Be careful not to lose the bearing.

Figure 1 Removal of screws (j0na41807)


Figure 5 Removal of Elevator Motor Assembly (j0na41806)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-133

18. C-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


18. C-FINISHER
5.

Disconnect the connectors (x2) at the Upper Rear of the Puncher Frame Assembly. (Figure 2)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-134
7.

Version 2.1
Remove the Punch Frame Assembly.

(1)

Disconnect the Sensor connectors.

(2)

Remove the Cable band.

(3)

Disconnect the Motor connectors.

(Figure 4)

Release the clamps (x2) and remove the wire harness.

(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the Puncher Frame Assembly.

(4)

NOTE: Hold onto the Puncher Frame Assembly firmly when removing it so that it does not drop.

A. When removing the Puncher Frame Assembly, be careful not to get hooked to the belt.

Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector (j0na41808)


6.

Disconnect the connectors (x2) at the Lower Rear of the Puncher Frame Assembly. (Figure 3)
(1)

Figure 4 Removal of Puncher Frame Assembly (j0na41810)

Disconnect the connectors (x2).

(2)

Release the clamps (x2) and remove the wire harness.

Replacement

(3)

Remove the Cable band.

1.

(4)

Remove the screw of Shield Earth Wire.

Figure 3 Disconnecting the connector (j0na41809)

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.


NOTE: Hold the Puncher Frame Assembly firmly with your hands when installing so that it does not drop.

REP 18.8.1 Staple Unit

4.

Release the clamp and remove the wire harnesses (x2). (Figure 2)
(1)

Parts List on PL 18.8


Removal

Release the clamp and remove the wire harnesses (x2).

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Handle the Staple Unit carefully so that it does not drop.
1.

Detach the Finisher-C. (REP 18.5.1)

2.

Remove the following parts:

3.

Figure 2 Removal of wire harness (j0na41812)

Front Door Assembly (PL 18.5)

Rear Upper Cover (PL 18.4)

5.

Rear Lower Cover (PL 18.4)

6.

Staple Cartridge (PL 18.8)

(1)

Elevator Motor Assembly (REP 18.6.2)

(2)

Disconnect the connectors (upper: Yellow, lower: White).

(3)

Remove the screws (x2).

Disconnect the connector P8308 on the Finisher Main PWB. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screw to remove the Earth Wire.

(2)

Disconnect the connector P8308.

(3)

Release the clamp and remove the wire harness.

(4)

Remove the Cable band.

For the model with Booklet function, pull out the Booklet Drawer Unit by 10cm.
Disconnect the connectors (x2) at the Rear of Staple Unit and then remove the screws (x2). (Figure 3)
Remove the Cable band.

Figure 3 Disconnecting the connector (j0na41813)

Figure 1 Disconnecting the connector (j0na41811)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-135

18. C-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


18. C-FINISHER
7.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-136

Version 2.1

Remove the Staple Unit. (Figure 4)

REP 18.9.1 Eject Chute Assembly

(1)

Remove the screws (x2) at the Front.

(2)

Remove the Stapler Unit from the Front and Rear hooks on the Frame and remove the unit through the
Front.

Parts List on PL 18.9


Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Detach the Finisher-C. (REP 18.5.1)

2.

Remove the following parts:

Figure 4 Removal of Staple Unit (j0na41814)

Replacement
1.

3.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.


CAUTION

Front Door Assembly (PL 18.5)

Rear Upper Cover (PL 18.4)

SCT Tray Assembly (PL 18.4)

Top Cover (PL 18.4)

Eject Clamp Motor Assembly (REP 18.9.2)

Disconnect the Sub Paddle Solenoid connector. (Figure 1)


(1)

Disconnect the connector.

(2)

Release the clamps (x2) and remove the wire harness.

Handle the Staple Unit carefully so that it does not drop.

Figure 1 Disconnecting the connector (j0na41819)

4.

Remove the Lever Assembly at the Rear of the Eject Pinch Shaft Assembly. (Figure 2)
(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the Lever Assembly.

(3)

Remove the E-Clip and the bearing.

Figure 3 Removal of E-Clip and bearing (j0na41821)


6.

Remove the Eject Chute Assembly. (Figure 4)


(1)

Remove the Eject Chute Assembly towards the Right.

Figure 2 Removal of Lever Assembly (j0na41820)


5.

Remove the E-Clip and bearing at the Front of the Eject Pinch Shaft Assembly. (Figure 3)
(1)

Remove the E-Clip and the bearing.

Figure 4 Removal of Eject Chute Assembly (j0na41822)

Replacement
1.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-137

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

18. C-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


18. C-FINISHER
CAUTION
Install the Eject Chute Assembly such that the Actuator of the Eject Cover Switch is positioned in relation to the
bracket as shown in the figure. (Figure 5)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-138

Version 2.1

REP 18.9.2 Eject Clamp Motor Assembly


Parts List on PL 18.9
Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

Figure 5 Installation of Eject Chute Assembly (j0na41823)

1.

Detach the Finisher-C. (REP 18.5.1)

2.

Remove the following parts:

3.

Front Door Assembly (PL 18.5)

Rear Upper Cover (PL 18.4)

SCT Tray Assembly (PL 18.4)

Remove the Eject Cover. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the Tapping Screws (x2) and remove the Eject Cover.

Figure 1 Removal of Eject Cover (j0na41815)

4.

Remove the springs (x2) on the Eject Chute Assembly. (Figure 2)

Figure 2 Removal of spring (j0na41816)


5.

Disconnect the connectors (x2). (Figure 2)


(1)

Disconnect the connector.

(2)

Remove the wire harness from the clamp.

(3)

Disconnect the connector.

Figure 3 Disconnecting the connector (j0na41817)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-139

18. C-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


18. C-FINISHER
6.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-140

Version 2.1

Remove the Eject Clamp Motor Assembly. (Figure 4)

REP 18.10.1 Compiler Tray Assembly

(1)

Turn the gear and turn the Actuator of Cam Gear upwards.

(2)

Remove the screws (x3).

(3)

Remove the Eject Clamp Motor Assembly.

Parts List on PL 18.10


Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Stored Documents" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs
in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Detach the Finisher-C. (REP 18.5.1)

2.

Remove the following parts:

Front Door Assembly (PL 18.5)

Rear Upper Cover (PL 18.4)

Rear Lower Cover (PL 18.4)

SCT Tray Assembly (PL 18.4)

Top Cover (PL 18.4)

Replacement

Elevator Motor Assembly (REP 18.6.2)

1.

Staple Unit (REP 18.8.1)

Eject Clamp Motor Assembly (REP 18.9.2)

Eject Chute Assembly (REP 18.9.1)

Eject Motor (REP 18.10.3)

Figure 4 Removal of Eject Clamp Motor Assembly (j0na41818)

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.


NOTE: When installing Eject Clamp Motor Assembly, make sure that the Actuator of Cam Gear is facing up.
(Refer to Figure 4)

3.

Disconnect the connector of the Compiler Tray Assembly. (Figure 1)


(1)

Disconnect the connector.

(2)

Remove the Cable band.

(3)

Release the clamps (x2) and remove the wire harness.

5.

Remove the boss (x2) of the Compiler Tray Assembly. (Figure 3)


(1)

Press both the Front and Rear boss.

Figure 3 Pressing the boss (j0na41838)


Figure 1 Disconnecting the connector (j0na41836)

6.

Remove the Compiler Tray Assembly. (Figure 4)


(1)

4.

Move the Compiler Tray Assembly in the direction of the arrow and remove it.

Remove the Shoulder Screw that secures the Compiler Tray Assembly. (Figure 2)
(1)

Remove the Shoulder Screw.

Figure 4 Removal of Compiler Tray Assembly (j0na41839)


Figure 2 Removal of Shoulder Screw (j0na41837)

Replacement
1.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-141

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

18. C-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


18. C-FINISHER
NOTE: Do not allow the Earth Plate to deform when installing the Compiler Tray Assembly. (Figure 5)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-142

Version 2.1

REP 18.10.2 Eject Roll Shaft Assembly


Parts List on PL 18.10
Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Detach the Finisher-C. (REP 18.5.1)

2.

Remove the following parts:

Figure 5 Installation of Compiler Tray Assembly (j0na41840)

3.

Front Door Assembly (PL 18.5)

Rear Upper Cover (PL 18.4)

Rear Lower Cover (PL 18.4)

SCT Tray Assembly (PL 18.4)

Elevator Motor Assembly (REP 18.6.2)

Staple Unit (REP 18.8.1)

Eject Clamp Motor Assembly (REP 18.9.2)

Eject Chute Assembly (REP 18.9.1)

Eject Motor (REP 18.10.3)

Compiler Tray Assembly (REP 18.10.1)

Remove the following parts from the Rear of the Eject Roll Shaft Assembly. (Figure 1)
(1)

Release the hook to remove the gear and bearing (small).

(2)

Remove the E-Clip and the bearing (large).

Figure 1 Removal of bearing (j0na41841)

4.

Remove the following parts from the Front of the Eject Roll Shaft Assembly. (Figure 2)

REP 18.10.3 Eject Motor

(1)

Remove the E-Clip (large) and bearing (large).

(2)

Remove the E-Clip (small) and bearing (small).

Parts List on PL 18.10


Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Detach the Finisher-C. (REP 18.5.1)

2.

Remove the following parts:

3.

Remove the Actuator. (Figure 1)

(1)

Figure 2 Removal of bearing (j0na41842)


5.

Remove the Eject Roll Shaft Assembly. (Figure 3)


(1)

Rear Upper Cover (PL 18.4)


Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the Spring Plate.

(3)

Release the hook to remove the Actuator.

Slide the Eject Roll Shaft Assembly to the Rear and remove it by pulling out the shaft at the Front side
through the hole.

Figure 1 Removal of Actuator (j0na41829)


Figure 3 Removal of Eject Roll Shaft Assembly (j0na41843)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-143

18. C-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


18. C-FINISHER
4.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-144

Version 2.1

Remove the clutch. (Figure 2)

Replacement

(1)

Disconnect the connectors (x3).

1.

(2)

Release the clamps (x5) and remove the wire harnesses (x3).

(3)

Remove the clutch.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.


NOTE: When installing the clutch, install the tab of the clutch into the position illustrated in the figure.
(Figure 4)

Figure 2 Removal of clutch (j0na41830)


Figure 4 Installation of clutch (j0na41832)
5.

Remove the Eject Motor. (Figure 3)


(1)

Disconnect the connector.

(2)

Remove the screws (x3).

(3)

Remove the Eject Motor.

Figure 3 Removal of Eject Motor (j0na41831)

REP 18.11.1 Lower Exit Chute Assembly


Parts List on PL 18.11
Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Detach the Finisher-C. (REP 18.5.1)

2.

Remove the following parts:

3.

Figure 1 Removal of belt from the pulley (j0na41844)

Front Door Assembly (PL 18.5)

Rear Upper Cover (PL 18.4)

Rear Lower Cover (PL 18.4)

(1)

Release the hook to remove the pulley.

SCT Tray Assembly (PL 18.4)

(2)

Remove the bearing.

Staple Unit (REP 18.8.1)

Eject Clamp Motor Assembly (REP 18.9.2)

Eject Chute Assembly (REP 18.9.1)

Eject Motor (REP 18.10.3)

Compiler Tray Assembly (REP 18.10.1)

Eject Roll Shaft Assembly (REP 18.10.2)

4.

Remove the pulley and bearing from the Front of Paddle Drive Shaft. (Figure 2)

Remove the Finisher Transport Motor Belt from the pulley. (Figure 1)
(1)

Loosen the screws (x2) that secure the Tension Bracket.

(2)

Slide the Tension Bracket and remove the belt from the pulleys.

Figure 2 Removal of pulley (j0na41845)


5.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-145

Remove the Paddle Drive Shaft from the Rear. (Figure 3)


(1)

Release the hook to remove the pulley.

(2)

Remove the gear.

(3)

Remove the bearing.

(4)

Pull out the Paddle Drive Shaft.

18. C-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


18. C-FINISHER

Figure 3 Removal of Paddle Drive Shaft (j0na41846)

2007/10/01
4-146

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.

Remove the screws (x2) that secure the Lower Exit Chute Assembly. (Figure 4)
(1)

8.

Remove the screws (x2).

Remove the Lower Exit Chute Assembly. (Figure 6)


(1)

Push the Front side of the Lower Exit Chute Assembly to move its Rear side downwards, and then pull it
out.

Figure 4 Removal of screw (j0na41847)


Figure 6 Removal of Lower Exit Chute Assembly (j0na41849)
7.

Remove the screws (x2) that secure the Lower Exit Chute Assembly at the Front. (Figure 5)
(1)

Replacement

Remove the screws (x2).

1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.


NOTE: Before installing the Lower Exit Chute Assembly, install the Paddle Drive Shaft. (Figure 7)

Figure 5 Removal of screw (j0na41848)

Figure 7 Installation of Paddle Drive Shaft (j0na41850)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-147

18. C-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


18. C-FINISHER

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-148

NOTE: Do not allow the Mylar of Exit Chute to deform when installing the Lower Exit Chute Assembly.
(Figure 8)

Version 2.1

REP 18.11.2 Paddle Shaft Assembly


Parts List on PL 18.11
Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

Figure 8 Installation of Lower Exit Chute Assembly (j0na41851)

1.

Detach the Finisher-C. (REP 18.5.1)

2.

Remove the following parts:

Front Door Assembly (PL 18.5)

Rear Upper Cover (PL 18.4)

Rear Lower Cover (PL 18.4)

SCT Tray Assembly (PL 18.4)

Staple Unit (REP 18.8.1)

Eject Clamp Motor Assembly (REP 18.9.2)

Eject Chute Assembly (REP 18.9.1)

Eject Motor (REP 18.10.3)

Compiler Tray Assembly (REP 18.10.1)

Eject Roll Shaft Assembly (REP 18.10.2)

Lower Exit Chute Assembly (REP 18.11.1)

3.

Remove the Paddle Shaft Assembly. (Figure 1)

REP 18.12.1 Finisher Transport Motor Belt

(1)

Remove the E-Clip and the bearing.

(2)

Remove the E-Clip.

(3)

Remove the Paddle Shaft Assembly.

Parts List on PL 18.12


Removal
WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Detach the Finisher-C. (REP 18.5.1)

2.

Remove the following parts:

3.

Remove the gear. (Figure 1)

(1)

Rear Upper Cover (PL 18.4)


Release the hook to remove the gear.

Figure 1 Removal of Paddle Shaft Assembly (j0na41852)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Figure 1 Removal of gear (j0na41833)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-149

18. C-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


18. C-FINISHER
4.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-150

Version 2.1

Remove the Finisher Transport Motor Belt. (Figure 2)

REP 18.14.1 Exit Motor Belt

(1)

Loosen the screws (x2) that secure the Tension Bracket.

(2)

Disconnect the connector.

(3)

Remove the screws (x2).

Parts List on PL 18.14


Removal

(4)

Remove the Finisher Transport Motor Assembly.

(5)

Remove the Finisher Transport Motor Belt.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Detach the Finisher-C. (REP 18.5.1)

2.

Remove the following parts:

3.

Figure 2 Removal of Finisher Transport Motor Belt (j0na41834)

Rear Upper Cover (PL 18.4)

SCT Tray Assembly (PL 18.4)

Top Cover (PL 18.4)

Remove the Exit Motor Belt. (Figure 1)


(1)

Loosen the screws (x2) that secure the Tension Bracket.

(2)

Remove the Exit Motor Belt.

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.


NOTE: To install the gear, push the shaft in the direction of the arrow to fit the tabs (x2) of the pulley with the
groove of the gear. (Figure 3)

Figure 1 Removal of Exit Motor Belt (j0na41853)

Replacement
1.

Figure 3 Installation of gear (j0na41835)

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 18.14.2 Regi Motor Belt

4.

Parts List on PL 18.14


Removal

Remove the Regi Motor Belt. (Figure 2)


(1)

Loosen the screws (x2) that secure the Tension Bracket.

(2)

Disconnect J8335.

(3)

Remove the screws (x2).

WARNING

(4)

Remove the Regi Motor Assembly.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

(5)

Remove the Regi Motor Belt.

CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Detach the Finisher-C. (REP 18.5.1)

2.

Remove the following parts:

3.

Remove the screws (x2) that secure the bracket to loosen it. (Figure 1)

Rear Upper Cover (PL 18.4)

Figure 2 Removal of Regi Motor Belt (j0na41855)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.


NOTE: Thread the Regi Motor Belt as shown below. (Figure 3)

Figure 1 Removal of screw (j0na41854)

Figure 3 Installation of Regi Motor Belt (j0na41856)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-151

18. C-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


18. C-FINISHER

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-152

Version 2.1

REP 18.15.1 Finisher Main PWB

REP 18.17.1 Booklet Drawer Unit

Parts List on PL 18.15


Removal

Parts List on PL 18.17


Removal
WARNING

WARNING

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

CAUTION

CAUTION

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

[FAX Models]

[FAX Models]

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.

[Printer Models]

[Printer Models]

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.


CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts before
servicing to discharge the static electricity.
CAUTION
Do not replace ESS PWB and MCU PWB at the same time because they contain information such as Billing.

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.


1.

Open the Front Door Assembly.

2.

Remove the Staple Assembly. (Figure 1)


(1)

Pull out the Staple Assembly.

(2)

Remove the screws (x2) from the rail on the Left.

(3)

Remove the stopper from the rail on the Right.

(4)

Pull out the Staple Assembly.

CAUTION
When replacing the Finisher Main PWB, it is necessary to change the NVM data of the new PWB into the the
existing data before replacement.
1.

Turn the power ON.

2.

Enter CE Diag [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write].

3.

Write down NVM value in Finisher Shipping Check List.

4.

Turn the power OFF and replace the Finisher Main PWB.

5.

Turn the power ON.

6.

Enter CE Diag [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write].

7.

Enter the NVM value that was recorded in the Finisher Shipping Check List.

8.

Enter CE Diag [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write] to change the value for NVM 763015 to 1.

Figure 1 Removal of Staple Assembly (j0na41862)

3.

Pull out the Booklet Drawer Unit.

4.

Remove the stopper. (Figure 2)

(1)

Remove the stopper from the rail on the Right and pull out the rail.

(1)

Loosen the screw.

(2)

Remove the stopper from the rail on the Left.

(2)

Remove the stopper.

(3)

Remove the Booklet Drawer Unit.

5.

Remove the Booklet Drawer Unit. (Figure 3)

Figure 2 Pulling out the Booklet Drawer Unit (j0tz41955)

Figure 3 Removal of Booklet Drawer Unit (j0tz41956)

Replacement
1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.


NOTE: Insert the rail on the Left first when installing the Booklet Drawer Unit.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-153

18. C-FINISHER

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


18. C-FINISHER

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-154

Version 2.1

REP 18.19.1 Paddle Shaft Assembly

Replacement

Parts List on PL 18.19


Removal

1.

WARNING

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.


NOTE: Check that the paddles are attached at the positions as shown in the figure when replacing the Paddle
Assembly. (Figure 2)

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.

Open the Front Door Assembly.

2.

Pull out the Booklet Drawer Unit.

3.

Remove the Paddle Assembly. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(2)

Slide the bearings (x2) inwards.

(3)

Remove the Paddle Assembly.


Figure 2 Installation positions of paddles (j0tz41958)

Figure 1 Removal of Paddle Assembly (j0tz41957)

ADJ 4.1.1 MAX Setup (Toner Density Adjustment)


Purpose
To set a suitable toner density for printing by determining the toner density in the Developer Unit from the
difference between the Read value of the ATC Sensor and the reference value, and by adjusting the toner level
accordingly.

Check
1.

Enter CE Diag [Maintenance/Diagnostics].

2.

Select [MAX Setup].

3.

Select [Toner Density Adjustment].

4.

Select [Sensor State Measurement] and press [Start].

5.

After measurement ends, the measured value of the following items will be displayed.
ATC Target
ATC Output
ATC Result
TC State

6.

Check the TC state.


TC State is determined as follows:
Normal: When ATC Target -25 <(Incl.) ATC Sensor Output <(Incl.) ATC Target +40
High: When ATC Sensor Output < ATC Target -40
Low: When ATC Target +40 < ATC Sensor Output
<ADC Sensor Failure Judgment>
ATC Sensor normal: When 200 <(Incl.) ATC Sensor Output <(Incl.) 800
ATC Sensor failure: When ATC Sensor output is below 200 or above 800

Adjustment
1.

Carry out the following procedure according to the TC State.


Normal: Press the [Close] button to end the operation.
High or Low: Proceed with steps after step 2.

2.

Select [Toner Density Adjustment].

3.

When TC State is shown as High: Set the number of sheets using the plus - [Up] button.
When TC state is shown as Low: Set the number of sheets using the minus - [Down] button.

As Toner Density Adjustment is performed during paper output, output the no. of printouts that has been
set using the [Up] and [Down] buttons.

4.

Pressing the [Start] button starts the Toner Density Adjustment as paper is being output, and stops when the
specified number of sheets has been output.

5.

After the Toner Density Adjustment is completed, select [Sensor State Measurement] and press [Start].

6.

Repeat steps 2 to 6 until TC State becomes Normal.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-155

4. XEROGRAPHICS

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


4. XEROGRAPHICS

2007/10/01
4-156

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

ADJ 7.1.1 Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment


Purpose
To set the Bypass Tray Size Sensor detection value for the minimum and maximum positions of Tray 5 (Bypass)
paper guide in the NVM.

Check
None

Adjustment
1.

Enter CE Diag.

2.

Select [Adjustment/Others].

3.

Select [Tray 5 (Bypass) Paper Guide Adjustment].

4.

Set the paper guide of Tray 5 (Bypass) to its minimum position.

5.

Wait for 2 seconds or more, select [Minimum Size Position], and press the [Start] button.
The Bypass Tray Size Sensor detection value is set into the NVM and "OK" or "NG" will be displayed as a
result.

6.

Set the paper guide of Tray 5 (Bypass) to its maximum position.

7.

Wait for 2 seconds or more, select [Maximum Size Position], and press the [Start] button.
The Bypass Tray Size Sensor detection value is set into the NVM and "OK" or "NG" will be displayed as a
result.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-157

7. MSI

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


7. MSI

2007/10/01
4-158

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

ADJ 9.1.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration

If the measured value is longer than the above Spec value: Decrease the setup value.

Purpose

Table 2 NVM List

To align the image on the drum with the proper position (Lead/Side Edge) of the paper.

Check
1.

Enter the Diag Mode, then execute [Print Test Pattern].

2.

Select the following pattern and print it on A3 paper.


052-1 (Total Chart)

3.

Measure the Lead and Side Edges of the print pattern. (Figure 1)
Lead Edge: Part A in the figure
Side Edge: Part B in the figure

Figure 1 IOT Registration (j0st40950)


4.

Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the specifications of the
supporting mode.
Table 1 Specification

Item

Simplex

Duplex

MSI

Lead Edge (A)

151.3mm

151.7mm

152.0mm

Side Edge (B)

1481.8mm

148.52.2mm

148.52.5mm

Chain
Link

Name

Min

Initial Max

Increment

742-027

LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT - ALL TRAY

33

66

0.2175mm

749-001

ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1

50

99

0.254mm

749-002

TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

50

99

0.254mm

749-003

TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

50

99

0.254mm

749-004

TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

50

99

0.254mm

749-005

TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

50

99

0.254mm

749-007

MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

50

99

0.254mm

749-009

DUP ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI


ADJUSTMENT

50

99

0.254mm

749-010

DUP TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI


ADJUSTMENT

50

99

0.254mm

749-011

DUP TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI


ADJUSTMENT

50

99

0.254mm

749-012

DUP TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI


ADJUSTMENT

50

99

0.254mm

749-013

DUP TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI


ADJUSTMENT

50

99

0.254mm

749-015

DUP MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

50

99

0.254mm

760-001

TRAY1 for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI


ADJUSTMENT

33

66

0.2175mm

760-002

TRAY2-4 HCF for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI


ADJUSTMENT

33

66

0.2175mm

760-003

SMH for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI


ADJUSTMENT

33

66

0.2175mm

760-005

DUP ALL SIZE for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI 0


ADJUSTMENT

33

66

0.2175mm

760-013

DUP A3 Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

10

16

0.2175mm

760-014

DUP A4S Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0

10

16

0.2175mm

760-015

DUP A4L Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0

10

16

0.2175mm

760-016

TRAY1 for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI


ADJUSTMENT

33

66

0.2175mm

760-017

TRAY1 for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI


ADJUSTMENT

33

66

0.2175mm

Adjustment
1.

Enter the CE Diag and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write].

760-018

66

0.2175mm

Adjust the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) using the following NVM so that the
measured values fall within the specifications of the respective supporting modes.

TRAY2-4, HCF for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI 0


ADJUSTMENT

33

2.

760-019

TRAY2-4, HCF for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI 0


ADJUSTMENT

33

66

0.2175mm

760-020

SMH for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI


ADJUSTMENT

33

66

0.2175mm

If the measured value is shorter than the above Spec value: Increase the setup value.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-159

9. ELECTRICAL

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

2007/10/01
4-160

9. ELECTRICAL
Table 2 NVM List
Chain
Link

Name

Min

Initial Max

Increment

760-021

SMH for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI


ADJUSTMENT

33

66

0.2175mm

760-022

DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI 0


ADJUSTMENT

33

66

0.2175mm

760-023

DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI 0


ADJUSTMENT

33

66

0.2175mm

760-031

TRAY1 for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI


ADJUSTMENT

33

66

0.2175mm

760-032

TRAY2-4 for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI


ADJUSTMENT

33

66

0.2175mm

760-033

SMH for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI


ADJUSTMENT

33

66

0.2175mm

760-034

DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI 0


ADJUSTMENT

33

66

0.2175mm

3.

After adjustment, print the pattern in the same mode again.

4.

Repeat the procedure until the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the
specifications.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

ADJ 9.1.2 Directions for Replacing Important Information Stored


Component

Purpose
This product has the components below store important information. Perform the following procedure.

Purpose

NOTE:

To get a full understanding of how to handle Important Information Stored Components. Data that the customer has
entered after machine installation is so important that nobody can be forgiven for a loss or leak of the data. Besides,
from the perspective of earning the confidence of the customer, it is indispensable for the CE to be able to recognize
the components that store such data. The CE should also take care in replacing such components.

Japan: Collect/discard components, following FTO (2-027) common to all the models.

IBG: Collect/discard components, following the way specified separately.

Table 1
Component
Name
1

HDD

Stored Information

Work before replacement

Work after replacement

Remaining data (left as it is)

Electronic data recorded in mailbox (*)

Text data reserved for Fax polling (*)

Initial Action

Handling removed HDD


Take HDD back to your base. Be sure to obtain consent
from the customer before doing so. Then explain to him/
her that the removed HDD will be sent to the FX
recycling location and overwritten or shredded there
and that no security problem will arise. If the customer
wants to check visually that the HDD is shredded, shred
it (at a charge).

Back up data by printing reports and using tools, in


order to set the data again.

Scanned text data yet to be sent / text data yet to be faxed (*)

Text data yet to be copied/printed & Incoming Fax text data yet to be printed
(*)

Data stored in SMB folder

Fonts/Forms/Logos

Security print (*)

Restore the data, using tools.

Sample print (*)

Return settings to their original values, using reports.

Delayed print (*)

Job templates

Address Book

Instructions

Job logs (stored on HDD)

Debug logs

Data of addresses on extended address book

Image logs

Audit logs (stored on HDD)

User Info (with save user info on HDD in network authentication mode
enabled, and in XSA mode)

Account IDs (in network authentication mode and XSA mode)

JBA info manipulation log (stored on HDD)

Besides, check that the Job in Memory lamp on the


panel is off. If the lamp is on, tell the customer that text
data stored (with (*) at left) will be deleted and obtain
his/her consent.

Final Action

Deleted data (data deleted but physically remaining on HDD. It is normally difficult
to restore the data.)

Image data temporarily stored for copy/print/Fax output

Scanned image data temporarily stored to be taken out through client PC

Temporarily stored data input via network

Data spool-stored on HDD

Data taken out from mailbox then deleted

Image data deleted after completion of security print/sample print/delayed


print

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-161

9. ELECTRICAL

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

2007/10/01
4-162

9. ELECTRICAL

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Table 1
Component
Name
2

MF-NVM2
PWB on the
ESS PWB

Stored Information

Work before replacement

Work after replacement

User-settable parameters (IP address)

Mailbox data

Speed dials

Group dial data

Speed dial classification data

Comments (for FAX Service)

Job memory

JOB log

Error log (Fault History, Counters)

DV log/Auditron settings/PV total data/JBA operation log

Address Book (when the HDD not installed)

Info recorded in
FCB PWB

FMO PWB on
the ESS PWB

List of mailboxes for distribution

FAX info (local name, local ID, etc.)


Job info (if there remains a transmission job to start at a delayed time)

Remaining data (left as it is)

Electronic data recorded in mailbox (*)

Scanned text data yet to be sent / text data yet to be faxed (*)

Text data yet to be copied/printed & Incoming Fax text data yet to be printed
(*)

Data stored in SMB folder

Fonts/Forms/Logos

Security print (*)

Sample print (*)

Delayed print (*)

Job templates

Address Book

Procedures after servicing


Restore data using the tools.
Restore settings according to the reports.

Total deletion
Execute "Delete All Data" in the KO mode. This
also initializes the HDD/FAX PWB, etc. other than
the NVM.

Initial Action

Back up data by printing reports, in order to set the data


again.

Delete All
Start Clear all data in KO mode. Controller NVM and
HDD except FAX PWB will be initialized.

Final Action

Initial Action

Handling removed FAX PWB

Back up data by printing reports, in order to set the data


again.
Delete All
Start Clear all data in KO mode. Controller NVM and
HDD except FAX PWB will be initialized.

Check that the Job in Memory lamp on the panel is off.


If the lamp is on, tell the customer that text data stored
(with (*) at left) will be deleted and obtain his/her
consent.

Return settings to their original values, using reports.


Be sure to initialize FAX PWB then take it back t your
base. If it cannot be initialized at the customer site,
explain it will be done at the FX recycling location and
that no security problem will arise.

There is no way to clear only info in FAX PWB.

Handling removed FAX PWB


Be sure to initialize FAX PWB then take it back t your
base. If it cannot be initialized at the customer site,
explain it will be done at the FX recycling location and
that no security problem will arise.

There is no way to clear only info in FAX PWB.

Text data reserved for Fax polling (*)

Delete data
If the MF-NVM2 PWB hardware is operating
normally, perform a special boot (Initialize NVM:
Turn ON the power while holding down "3" +
"STOP" + "Power Save") to delete data.

Handling of replaced MF-NVM2 PWB.


Always initialize the PWB before bringing it back.
Inform the customer that even if it cannot be
initialized at the customer's machine, it will be done
in the FX Recycling Station, so there will be no
security problems.

To restore the settings later, print the reports and


back up the data by using tools.

System data

Activity Report Log Info

Procedures before servicing

Final Action
Return settings to their original values, using reports.

ADJ 9.2.1 Edge Erase Value Adjustment

ADJ 9.3.1 Firmware Version Update

Purpose

Purpose

To correct both (Rear/Front) sides, Lead Edge and Tail Edge erase values of the image.

This procedure is performed to update the machine firmware (ESS, IISS, DADF, FCB, G3B/G4B), or when
reinstallation of the machine firmware is required due to failure of some sort.

NOTE: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration must be adjusted.


NOTE: Use ADJ 9.3.2 "SW Upgrade Restore Settings Tool" before update to perform handover of settings.

Check
1.

Enter the CE Diag and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write].

NOTE: Update will be carried out by the CE.

2.

Set Chain-Link No. 749-516 (Image Area) to 0.

<Obtaining the Firmware>

3.

Specify a tray loaded with paper. Make a black copy without using any originals and leaving the Platen Cover
open.

Download the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (FXDLMgr.exe) and the machine Firmware from the following
when upgrading the machine Firmware.

Method using Copy mode

URL:http// download.tsc.ksp.fujixerox.co.jp

[Close] [Exit] [Yes (Do not clear)] [Close] [Close] [Exit] [Copy]

NOTE: Downloading of both the software from the web site may take some time (depending on the environment)
because of the file size. Hence, download the software into the PC (PSW) in advance before visiting the customer.

4.

Check that the white sections of the Lead, Tail and Side Edges are 2mm.

Adjustment

NOTE: Installation Environment

1.

Enter the CE Diag and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write].

OS: Windows95/98/2000/NT4.0 (SP3.0 or later)/XP <PJL method (Port9100: Network)>

2.

Adjust the measured values using the following NVM so that the measured values fall within the
specifications (2mm).

CPU: Pentium (100MHz) or higher

If the setting value is increased, the erase value increases.

Memory: 32MB or higher

Hard disk capacity available: 200MB or higher

OS: Windows2000 <DLD method (USB1.1)> DC models can only use USB1.1

Table 1 NVM List


Chain
Link

NOTE: Connection Cables


Name

Min

Initial

Max

Increment
0.254mm

499T7773: LAN Cable (Cross 1m)

499T7776: USB Cable (2m)

749-523

SIDE NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT

16

749-524

TOP NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT

11

0.217mm

NOTE: Precautions during installation

749-527

END NORMAL ERASE SIDE REGI


ADJUSTMENT

11

0.217mm

The downloaded data is a compressed file. Decompress the data before downloading them to the printer.

Purpose

3.

After adjustment, make another black copy without using any originals and leaving the Platen Cover open.

4.

Repeat the procedure until the white sections of the Lead, Tail and Side Edges fall within the specifications
(2mm).

There are two ways to download the machine Firmware - DLD method (USB1.1) and PJL method (Port9100:
Network).
In the case of DLD method (USB1.1) for downloading, it is necessary to change to the download mode.
In the case of PJL method (Port9100) for downloading, no setting at the machine is required.

<Firmware Download>

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

1.

Select a compressed file (download data) that is compatible with the printer specifications from the URL of
the TSC, and download it to the desired folder on the PC.

2.

Decompress the downloaded compressed file (download data).

2007/10/01
4-163

9. ELECTRICAL

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


9. ELECTRICAL

2007/10/01
4-164

<PJL method (Port 9100: Network)>


1.

Connect the PC to the printer with the LAN cable (Cross).

2.

Turn the power of the PC and the printer ON. Check that the IP Address/Subnet Mask are already input so that
they can communicate with each other.
NOTE: For IOT port settings, check that the SNMP and Port9100 is started and the UDP of the SMP is
running. (Start the CentreWare Internet Services. Select [Properties], [Securities] and [Enable Port] in this
order and insert check mark at the UDP of SNMP.)
NOTE: Check that the output destination of the default printer driver at the PC becomes LPT1.

3.

Click to run the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (FWDLMgr.exe).

4.

Select [Agree] on the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (License Agreement).

5.

Select the Machine Model from the pull down menu of the Machine Model column on the selection screen for
machine models and files.

6.

Click the downloaded file from the Firmware column on the selection screen for machine models and files,
and click [Next].

7.

Select the connection method between the printer and the PC on the Communication Interface selection
screen, and select [Next]. (Servicing time: Approx. 15min)

Select detailed version to display each ROM version in the downloaded file.

NOTE: Check that the output destination of the default printer driver at the PC becomes LPT1.
8.

Press the Search button on the selection screen on the Printer/MF machine, to search for devices connected to
this network.

9.

The devices that can be specifed on the selection screen for Printer/MF machines are displayed in the Printer/
MF machines column. Insert check marks into the checkboxes and select [Next].

The Scope of Search button is for searching in other networks.

10. The Firmware update status appears on the "Updating" screen.


After completion, the results screen appears.
11.

Select the [Close] button on the results screen. (Firmware Update complete.)
NOTE: After downloading ends, the IOT restarts automatically.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

<DLD method (USB1.1)>


1.

12. Select the [Close] button on the results screen. (Firmware Update complete.)
NOTE: After downloading ends, the IOT restarts automatically.

Remove the USB Port cover for servicing.


Connect the PC to the printer with the USB cable. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 j0na40950
2.

Turn machine and the PC ON.

3.

Set the printer to Download mode.

4.

(1)

Turn the power of the printer ON while pressing down on the [Power Save/Cancel] button.

(2)

The progress bar will be displayed on the UI screen for approx. 10 seconds.

(3)

The UI screen will turn completely black for 7 seconds.

(4)

[Download Mode] is displayed on the screen and the system enters the download mode.

In case of USB1.1 connection, cancel the opening of "Add/Remove Hardware Wizard".

5.

Click to run the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (FWDLMgr.exe).

6.

Select [Agree] on the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (License Agreement).

7.

Select the Machine Model from the pull down menu of the Machine Model column on the selection screen for
machine models and files.

8.

Click the downloaded file from the Firmware column on the selection screen for machine models and files,
and click [Next].

9.

Select the connection method between the printer and the PC on the Communication Interface selection
screen, and select [Next].

Select detailed version to display each ROM version in the downloaded file.

(Servicing time: Approx. 15min)


NOTE: Check that the output destination of the default printer driver at the PC becomes LPT1.
10. The devices that can be specifed on the selection screen for Printer/MF machines are displayed in the Printer/
MF machines column. Insert check marks into the checkboxes and select [Next].
11.

The Firmware update status appears on the "Updating" screen.


After completion, the results screen appears.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-165

9. ELECTRICAL

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


9. ELECTRICAL

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-166

Version 2.1

ADJ 9.3.2 Operation Procedures of "SW Upgrade Restore Settings


Tool" (FX)

9.3.2.5 Adding [Machine] Under a Group.


1.

In the Tree View, expand "Restore Settings at SW Upgrade Tool" followed by [Group Name].

Purpose

2.

Select [Group Name] and select [Add Machine] from the [Edit] menu.

3.

In the [Add Machine] dialog box, select a machine name.

To backup settings that are cleared when the device firmware is updated before version upgrade and restore them to
the device after version upgrade, which make it easy to perform handover of settings.

(It can also be selected from the menu displayed by selecting and right-clicking the [Group Name].)
4.

In the [Add Machine] dialog box, specify a device IP address.

9.3.2.1 Application Installation

5.

Click [OK].

1.

Install "SW Upgrade Restore Settings Tool" to the PSW.

9.3.2.6 Backing Up Chain-Link Data in the Device.

The software is stored in the following location.

1.

In the Tree View, expand "SW Upgrade Restore Settings Tool", followed by [Group Name], [Machine], and
then [Backup List].

Once the "SW Upgrade Restore Settings Tool" has been installed, the C>[fxmbr] folder is created. Save the
following two files into that folder.

2.

Select [Backup List] and select [Backup] from the [Edit] menu.

FX xxxxx.mbr (machine-unique information)

3.

In the [Backup List] dialog box, enter a backup name (mandatory) and a comment as needed.

UpGradeFileIndex.mbr (system object ID)

4.

Backup from the device is executed. During execution, the progress bar is displayed. (It cannot be aborted.)

NOTE: If the above two files are not found, an error will occur during restore.

9.3.2.7 Restoring the Backup Chain-Link Data into the Device.

http://download.tsc.ksp.fujixerox.co.jp/
2.

9.3.2.2 Settings at the Device


1.

Remove the device from the Network.

2.

Activate "SOAP" for communication setting.


[System Settings] [System Settings] [Network Settings] [Port Settings] SOAP: Activate

(It can also be selected from the menu displayed by selecting and right-clicking the [Backup List].)

1.

In the Tree View, expand "SW Upgrade Restore Settings Tool", followed by [Group Name], [Machine],
[Backup List] and then [Backup Name].

2.

Select a [Backup Name] and select [Restore] from the [Edit] menu.

3.

A confirmation message appears for you to check that the device is turned ON and that the network cable is
connected. Click [OK].

4.

The "Restore Start Message" appears. Click [OK].

5.

Restore to the device is executed. During execution, the progress bar is displayed. (It cannot be aborted.)

(It can also be selected from the menu displayed by selecting and right-clicking the [Backup Name].)

NOTE: Disable the SSL settings if is it enabled.


[System Settings] [System Settings] [Network Settings] [PKI (Public Key) Settings] [HTTP-SSL/
TLS Settings] [HTTP-SSL/TLS Communication]: Enabled Disabled
3.

When it is a DHCP device, turn it OFF and set a fixed IP address.

4.

Move to the CE Diag mode.


NOTE: Moving into CE Diag mode enables the interface for "SW Upgrade Restore Settings" to be used.

9.3.2.3 Settings at the PC


1.

Set the IP address of the PC to the same value as the device subnet. (There are no problems even if an IP
address that is used by another system is set because it is in a cross environment.)

2.

Connect the device and PC using the cross cable.


NOTE: The backup/restore process is available on LAN if the device name and IP address are correct.
However, never perform the process on LAN because access from other sources may cause it to fail and data
to be damaged.

9.3.2.4 Adding [Group] Under SW Upgrade Restore Settings Tool.


1.

In Tree View, select "SW Upgrade Restore Settings Tool".

2.

Click [Add Groups] from the [Edit] menu.


(It can also be selected from the menu displayed by selecting and right-clicking the "SW Upgrade Restore
Settings Tool".)

3.

In the [Add Groups] dialog box, enter a group name (mandatory) and a comment as needed.

4.

Click [OK].

ADJ 11.1.1 IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration

For Lead Edge

Purpose

If the measured value is short: Set a larger value.


If the measured value is long: Set a smaller value.

To set the home position for the IIT Lead Edge (Slow Scan) direction/IIT Side Edge (Fast Scan) direction.

NOTE: Once the IIT Side Edge Registration has been adjusted, also adjust DADF Side Edge Registration
(ADJ 15.1.1).

NOTE: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration must be adjusted.

Check

Table 2 NVM List

1.

With the Test Chart 499T247 (A3) set on the Platen so as to fit snugly to the Rear Regi Guide, make 5 copies
of A3SEF paper at 100%.

2.

Measure the Lead and Side Edges of the third copy. (Figure 1)
Lead Edge: Part A in the figure

Chain

Link Name

Min

Initial

Max

Increment

715

050

Platen SS Registration Adjustment

16

100

184

0.036mm

715

053

Platen FS Registration Adjustment

120

240

0.085mm

Side Edge: Part B in the figure


3.

After adjustment, again set the Test Chart 499T247 (A3) on the Platen so as to fit snugly to the Rear Regi
Guide, and make a copy of A3SEF paper at 100%.

4.

Repeat the procedure until the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the
specifications.

Figure 1 IIT Registration (j0na41133)


3.

Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the specifications of the
supporting mode.
Table 1 Specification

Item

Simplex

Duplex

Lead Edge (A)

101.6mm

102.0mm

MSI
102.2mm

Side Edge (B)

102.1mm

102.5mm

103.0mm

Adjustment
1.

Enter the CE Diag and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write].

2.

Adjust the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) using the following NVM so that the
measured values fall within the specifications.
For Side Edge
If the measured value is short: Set a smaller value.
If the measured value is long: Set a larger value.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-167

11. IIT

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

2007/10/01
4-168

11. IIT

ADJ 11.2.1 Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment

5.

Purpose
To obtain the proper Slow and Fast Scan Direction Reduce/Enlarge ratio for 100% copy.

Check
1.

With the Test Chart 499T247 (A3) set on the Platen so as to fit snugly to the Rear Regi Guide, make 5 copies
of A3SEF paper at 100%.

2.

Check that the distance between the reference points in the third copy is the same as the distance between the
same points in the Test Chart. (Figure 1)
Slow Scan Direction (Vertical) Reduce/Enlarge: Between 1-2, 2-3 and 1-3 in the figure.
Fast Scan Direction (Horizontal) Reduce/Enlarge: Between 4-2, 2-5 and 4-5 in the figure.

Figure 1 Magnification (j0na41134)

Adjustment
1.

Enter the CE Diag and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write].

2.

Adjust the distance between the reference points in the third copy using the following NVM so that it is the
same as the distance between the same points in the Test Chart.
If the measured value in the copy is shorter than the measured value in the Test Chart: Set a larger value.
If the measured value in the copy is longer than the measured value in the Test Chart: Set a smaller value.
Table 1 NVM List

Chain Link Name

Min

Initial Max

715

051

Platen SS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment

44

50

56

Increment
0.1%

715

702

Platen FS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment

50

100

0.1%

3.

After adjustment, again set the Test Chart 499T247 (A3) on the Platen so as to fit snugly to the Rear Regi
Guide, and make a copy of A3SEF paper at 100%.

4.

Repeat the procedure until the distance between the reference points in the copy is the same as the distance
between the same points in the Test Chart.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1
Adjust the IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration.

ADJ 11.3.1 UI Alignment

ADJ 11.6.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment

Purpose

Purpose

To align the position of the buttons on the display and the Touch Panel so that the user can select the contents on the
display using the Touch Panel. Perform this adjustment when UI PWB and the Control Panel are replaced.

Adjust the position of the Full/Half Rate Carriage.

Adjustment
NOTE: Adjust using a pointed object. Take care not to damage the surface of the UI.

WARNING

Adjustment
1.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and electrical shock.

Return the Control Panel to its original position. Hold down the [0], [1], [3] keys while turning the machine
ON.

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

The following will appear on the display. (Figure 1)

[FAX Models]

CAUTION

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in
progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: Adjust the position of Full/Half Rate Carriage at the Front and Rear separately.

Procedure
1.

Remove the DADF Assembly. (REP 15.1.1)

2.

(Platen Machine) Remove the Platen Cover. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the Platen Cover.

Figure 1 UI Alignment Adjustment Screen (j0na41136)


2.

Using the Pen, touch the intersections of the vertical and horizontal lines, P1 to P9, in sequence. (Keep the
Touch Pen on each point for approx. 1 sec, then proceed to the next point.)
After pressing all the buttons, the machine automatically calculates the difference between the coordinates and
the correction values.
This calculation takes approx. 0.1 sec.

3.

After a few seconds, turn the power OFF then ON. UI will be available because the data was adjusted after
booting.
NOTE: If power is turned OFF during adjustment, the data before adjustment will be restored. Complete the
whole procedure before turning the machine OFF.

Figure 1 Removal of Platen Cover (j0na41115)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-169

11. IIT

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


11. IIT
3.

Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.3.1)

4.

Prepare the jigs (x2) for determining the position. (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Take out the jigs (x2).

Figure 2 Removal of jigs (j0na41137)


5.

Align the jig hole in the Half Rate Carriage with the jig hole of the Rail (Front/Rear). (Figure 3)

Figure 3 Adjusting the position of Half Rate Carriage 1/3 (j0na41138)

2007/10/01
4-170

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.

7.

Fix the jig to the Half Rate Carriage. (Figure 4)


NOTE: Install the jigs facing outwards (towards Front direction at Front side, towards Rear direction at Rear
side).
(1)

Install the jig. (Front/Rear)

(2)

Secure with screws.

Fix the jig to the jig hole on the Frame and check the jig holes of the Frame and the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure
6)
NOTE: When the position of the Full Rate Carriage is adjusted from the Rear, perform it with the jigs on the
Rear of Half Rate Carriage remain installed.
(1)

Install the jig.

(2)

Secure with a screw.

Figure 4 Adjusting the position of Half Rate Carriage 2/3 (j0na41139)


Figure 6 Adjusting the position of Full Rate Carriage 1/2 (j0na41141)
NOTE: The fixed position of the pulley can be changed if the jig holes of the Half Rate Carriage and the rail
are not aligned and the jig is not fixed in place. (Figure 5)

NOTE: If the jig holes of the Frame and the Full Rate Carriage are not aligned, resulting in the jig cannot be
installed, loosen the screw that secures the Carriage cable and align the jig holes. (Figure 7)

(1)

Loosen the Setscrews (x2).

(2)

Turn the pulley to match the jig holes.

(1)

(3)

Fit the dented edge of the shaft to the End Face of the pulley and tighten the Setscrews (x2).

(2)

Move the Full Rate Carriage to align the jig holes.

(3)

Tighten the screws.

Loosen the screw.

Figure 5 Adjusting the position of Half Rate Carriage 3/3 (j0na41140)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-171

11. IIT

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


11. IIT

2007/10/01
4-172

Figure 7 Adjusting the position of Full Rate Carriage 2/2 (j0na41142)


8.

Move the Half Rate Carriage jigs to the Front side of the Full Rate Carriage to adjust the Front side position of
the Full Rate Carriage.
At that time, the jigs at the Rear side of Full Rate Carriage remain installed.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

7.

ADJ 15.1.1 DADF Side Registration


Parts List on PL 15.1
Purpose
To adjust the original to the proper position (Drum Shaft direction) on the Platen.

8.

NOTE: The following adjustments must be made before carrying out checking and adjustment.

Make a copy using the following settings in Copy mode.

2 to 1 Sided mode

Paper Tray: "A3"

Reduce/Enlarge: "100%"

No. of copies: "2"

Fold the 2 copies half. Check the fold line with the reference line on the Test Chart. (Figure 2)

IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registation (ADJ 9.1.1)

IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registation (ADJ 11.1.1)

DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.5)

DADF Position Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.6)

NOTE: DADF Side Registration is adjusted using the NVM for every paper width.

Check
1.
2.

Place the Test Chart (499T283) with no gap between the chart and the DADF Guide.
Make a copy using the following settings in Copy mode. Take this copy as the original.

1 to 1 Sided mode

Paper Tray: "A3"

Reduce/Enlarge: "100%"

No. of copies: "2"

3.

Mark the output copies 1 and 2 in the order of their output.

4.

Fold the 2nd copy half. Check the fold line with the reference line on the Test Chart. (Figure 1)

Figure 2 j0ku42048
9.

Check that the fold line is within 2.0mm from the reference line. If it is not within the specified range,
carry out the following procedure.

Adjustment
Side 1 Adjustment
1.

Enter DC131 to perform correction for all sizes.


Enter the value to perform correction for all sizes in "NVM: 711-272".
Table 1 Side 1 of 1 Sided or 2 Sided mode

Figure 1 j0ku42048
5.

Check that the fold line is within 2.0mm from the reference line. If it is not within the specified range,
carry out the following procedure.

6.

Place the Test Chart (499T283) on the DADF facing down with the Test Chart fed from the lead
edge.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

NVM

Document Width

711-272

For all sizes

For all sizes

715-056

139.7~148mm

A5SEF, 5.5x8.5"SEF

715-058

182~194mm

B5SEF, 16kSEF

715-060

203.2mm

8x10"SEF, 8x10.5"SEF

715-062

210mm

A4SEF, A5LEF

715-064

214.9~215.9mm

Letter SEF, Legal SEF, 5.5x8.5"LEF,


8.46x12.4"SEF, 8.5x13"SEF

715-066

254~257mm

B4SEF, B5LEF, 8x10"LEF

715-068

266.7~267mm

16kLEF, 8kLEF, 8x10.5"LEF

715-070

279.4mm

Letter LEF, 11x15"SEF, 11x17"SEF

10

715-072

297mm

A4LEF, A3SEF

2007/10/01
4-173

Document Size

15. DADF

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


15. DADF
2.

Enter the value to perform correction for each size in "NVM: 715-056 to 072".

3.

If it is not within the specified range in Check Step 5, change the NVM value.

Increment in the NVM value: The image moves to the right.

(an increment of 1 in NVM=0.1mm)


4.

Repeat Check Steps 1 to 5 and Adjustment Steps 1 to 3 until the measurement is within the
specified range.

Version 2.1

ADJ 15.1.4 DADF Lead Edge Registration


Purpose
To set the DADF Scan Position (original scan position) Lead Edge (Slow Scan Direction).
NOTE: The following adjustments must have been completed.

IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 9.1.1)

IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 11.1.1)

After adjusting for 1 Sided copies, place Side 1 of the Test Chart face down and make copies using
the following settings to check the Side Registration for 2 Sided copies.

DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.5)

DADF Position Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.6)

Paper Tray: "A3"

Check

Reduce/Enlarge: "100%"

1.

No. of copies: "2"

2 Sided: 2 to 1 Sided

Side 2 Adjustment
1.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-174

Side 1 (1 Sided or Side 1 of 2 Sided):


Place Test Chart 499T247 (A3) on the DADF with the scan side as Side 1. Make copies using the following
settings.

2.

Check the Side Regi of the 2 copies with the above-mentioned items in "Check".

A3 SEF

3.

If adjustment is required, enter DC131 to perform correction for all sizes, and then adjust each
document size width using the following NVM.

100%
1>1 Sided

Enter the value to perform correction for all sizes in "NVM: 711-274".

5 sheets
Side 2 (Side 2 of 2 Sided):

Table 2 Side 2 of 2 Sided mode


NVM

Document Width

Document Size

Place Test Chart 499T247 (A3) on the DADF with the scan side as Side 2 (set with the Side B as Side 1).
Make copies using the following settings.

711-274

For all sizes

For all sizes

A3 SEF

715-057

139.7~148mm

A5SEF, 5.5x8.5"SEF

100%

715-059

182~194mm

B5SEF, 16kSEF

2>2 Sided

715-061

203.2mm

8x10"SEF, 8x10.5"SEF

715-063

210mm

A4SEF, A5LEF

715-065

214.9~215.9mm

Letter SEF, Legal SEF, 5.5x8.5"LEF,


8.46x12.4"SEF, 8.5x13"SEF

715-067

254~257mm

B4SEF, B5LEF, 8x10"LEF

715-069

266.7~267mm

16kLEF, 8kLEF, 8x10.5"LEF

715-071

279.4mm

Letter LEF, 11x15"SEF, 11x17"SEF

10

715-073

297mm

A4LEF, A3SEF

4.

5 sheets
2.

Measure the Lead Edge (part A of the figure) of the third copy. (Figure 1)

Enter the value to perform correction for each size in "NVM: 715-057 to 073".

Figure 1 DADF Lead Edge Registration (j0st41564)

3.

ADJ 15.1.5 DADF Height Adjustment

Check that the Lead Edge (A) falls within the specifications of the supporting mode.

Purpose

Table 1 Specification
Item

Simplex

Duplex

Lead Edge

102.2mm

103.0mm

To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the height of the DADF.

Check

Adjustment

1.

Check the gap between the DADF Platen Guide protrusions (x3) and the Platen Glass or DADF Platen Glass.
(Figure 1)

1.

Enter the CE Diag and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write].

(1)

The DADF Platen Guide protrusion at the Rear is touching the DADF Platen Glass.

2.

Adjust the Lead Edge (A) using the following NVM so that the measured value falls within the specifications.

(2)

The DADF Platen Guide protrusions (x2) at the Front is touching the Platen Glass.

If the measured value is short: Set a smaller value.


If the measured value is long: Set a larger value.
Table 2 NVM List
Chain

Link Name

Min

Initial Max

Increment

711

140

DADF Lead Regi Adjustment (Side 1)


Replace All

129

214

0.485mm

711

141

DADF Lead Regi Adjustment (Side 2)


Replace All

129

214

0.485mm

3.

After adjustment, make a copy using the following setting.


Side 1 (1 Sided or Side 1 of 2 Sided):
Place Test Chart 499T247 (A3) on the DADF with the scan side as Side 1. Make copies using the following
settings.
A3 SEF

Figure 1 Checking the gap between the DADF Platen Guide and Platen Glass (j0st41555)

100%
1>1 Sided
1 sheets
Side 2 (Side 2 of 2 Sided):
Place Test Chart 499T247 (A3) on the DADF with the scan side as Side 2 (set with the Side B as Side 1).
Make copies using the following settings.
A3 SEF
100%
2>2 Sided
1 sheets
4.

Repeat the procedure until the measured value of the Lead Edge (A) falls within the specifications.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-175

15. DADF

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


15. DADF

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-176

Version 2.1

Adjustment

ADJ 15.1.6 DADF Position Adjustment

NOTE: DADF height adjustment is basically carried out using the Left Counter Balance. If adjustment cannot be
carried out with that, the Right Counter Balance is also used.

Purpose

1.

To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the position of the DADF. (DADF Skew, Perpendicularity)

Loosen the nut of the Left/Right Counter Balance and turn the screw to adjust the height and gradient of the
DADF. (Figure 2)

Check

1.

Place the Test Chart 499T247 (A3) properly on the DADF.

2.

Make copies using the following settings in Copy mode.

Turning the screw in direction A will cause the Front of the DADF to rise and the Rear to fall. (Direction
of arrow A)
Turning the screw in direction B will cause the Front of the DADF to fall and the Rear to rise. (Direction
of arrow B)

3.

Paper Tray: "A3 SEF"

Reduce/Enlarge: "100%"

No. of copies: "3"

Check that the difference in the distance (A and B) between the side paper Edge in the 3 copies is within
00.23mm. (Figure 1)

Figure 2 Adjusting the DADF Height (j0st41556)


NOTE: Ensure that the nut is securely tightened after adjustment.
Figure 1 Checking the skew of the original (j0st41550)

Adjustment
1.

Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 15.2.4)

2.

Adjust the position of the DADF by moving the DADF in direction A or B. (Figure 2)
(1)

Loosen the screws (x5).

(2)

Move the DADF in direction A or B.

(3)

Tighten the screws (x5).

Figure 2 DADF Position Adjustment (j0st41558)

The DADF moved in direction A. (Figure 3)

Figure 3 Output copy after adjustment (j0st41559)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-177

15. DADF

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


15. DADF

2007/10/01
4-178

The DADF moved in direction B. (Figure 4)

Figure 4 Output copy after adjustment (j0st41560)


3.

Reinstall the DADF Rear Cover.

4.

After adjustment, perform DADF Side Edge Registration (ADJ 15.1.1) and DADF Lead Edge Registration
(ADJ 15.1.4).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

ADJ 18.1.1 Finisher-C Folding Position Adjustment

NOTE: Carry out the adjustment for the Finisher-C fold position in the following order.

Purpose

1.

Adjustment of fold position accuracy (slant)

2.

Adjustment of bi-fold position

3.

Adjustment of Booklet fold position misalignment

To adjust the bi-fold position, Booklet fold position and staple position to the specified values in Booklet Folder.

Booklet specification (Fold position accuracy (slant), Staple position accuracy) (Figure 1)

4.

Adjustment of Booklet staple and fold position misalignment

5.

Adjustment of Booklet staple position

Adjustment
(1) Adjustment of fold position accuracy (slant)
1.

Select the [Adjustment/Others] tab on the Service Mode screen to select [Finisher - Fold Position
Adjustment].

2.

In the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen, select [Fold Position Printout] and Settings Item List:
folding function [Bi-Fold]. Press the [Start] button.

3.

Check the fold position of the copy sample. (Figure 2)


Check that A=B in the figure.
If A=B, the adjustment is complete.
If A is not equal to B, proceed to step 3 to adjust the fold position accuracy (slant).

Figure 1 j0ku42139

X in Figure 1: The staple position is as follows.


Table 1

Paper Size

LEF dimension

A4 SEF

210

X
39.5

8.5x11 SEF

215.9

42.5

8.5x13 SEF

215.9

42.5

8.5x14 SEF

215.9

42.5

B4SEF

257

63

NOTE: This adjustment corrects the fold position accuracy (slant) by changing the part A indicated in Figure
2.

8K SEF

267

68

NOTE: Moving 1 unit along the guide scale changes the fold position by approx. 1mm (width of 297mm).

A3 SEF

298.7

83

11x17 SEF

279.4

74.2

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Figure 2 j0ku42142
4.

2007/10/01
4-179

Adjust the fold position accuracy (slant) with the following steps. (Figure 2)

18. Finisher-C

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


18. Finisher-C

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-180

Version 2.1

(1)

Pull out the Booklet Assembly.

(2)

Check the lengths of A and B, and adjust the fold position accuracy (slant) with the following steps.
(Figure 3)

NOTE: Carry out this adjustment after adjusting the Booklet fold position accuracy (slant).

When A>B: Loosen the screw indicated in the figure. Move the lever to the Front and tighten the
screw again.

For the adjustment of bi-fold position, the NVM differs according to paper size.

When A<B: Loosen the screw indicated in the figure. Move the lever to the Rear and tighten the
screw again.

(2) Adjustment of bi-fold position

1.

In the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen, select [Fold Position Printout] and Settings Item List:
folding function [Bi-Fold]. Press the [Start] button.

2.

Check the fold position of the copy sample. (Figure 4)


Table 2

Case

NVM value

Case 1

Decrease

100

0 to 200

Moves 0.1mm per 1 count

Case 2

Increase

100

0 to 200

Moves 0.1mm per 1 count

Figure 3 j0ne4kb3
5.

After adjustment, again select [Fold Position Printout] and Settings Item List: folding function [Bi-Fold] in the
"Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Press the [Start] button.
Check the fold position of the copy sample.

6.

Initial Value

Range

Remarks

Figure 4 j0ku42143
3.

Select [Bi-Fold] for fold position adjustment on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.

4.

Change the NVM value of the item "Bi-Fold Position Adjustment (Lager than B4, Smaller than B4)" in the
Current Value (Previous Value) column. (Direction of bi-fold misalignment and increase/decrease of NVM
value)

5.

In the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen, select [Fold Position Printout] and Settings Item List:
folding function [Bi-Fold]. Press the [Start] button.

6.

Check the fold position of the copy sample. Repeat from step 1 until the value is within the specified range or
until the value has met the customer's requirement.

Repeat Steps 4 to 5 until A=B is obtained.

(3) Adjustment of Booklet fold position misalignment

5.

In the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen, select [Fold Position Printout], Settings Item List: folding
function [Booklet], and binding Shift [yes]. Set the number of sheets to be "2" and press the [Start] button.

NOTE: Carry out this adjustment after adjusting the Booklet fold position accuracy (slant).

6.

For the adjustment of Booklet fold position misalignment, the NVM differs according to staple/unstaple, paper size
and number of sheets.

Check the fold position of the copy sample. Repeat from step 1 until the value is within the specified range or
until the value has met the customer's requirement.

7.

Adjust the misalignment of the Staple Fold Position for the number of sheets in each set.

1.

In the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen, select [Fold Position Printout], Settings Item List: folding
function [Booklet], and binding Shift [Yes]. Set the number of sheets to be "2" and press the [Start] button.

(4) Adjustment of Booklet staple and fold position misalignment

2.

Check the fold position of the copy sample. (Figure 5)

NOTE: Carry out this adjustment after adjusting the Booklet fold position accuracy (slant) and the Booklet fold
position misalignment.
For the adjustment of misalignment of Booklet staple position and fold position, the NVM differs according to paper
size and number of sheets.

Table 3
Case

NVM value

Initial Value

Range

Remarks

Case 1

Decrease

100

0 to 200

Moves 0.1mm per 1 count

Case 2

Increase

100

0 to 200

Moves 0.1mm per 1 count

1.

In the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen, select [Fold Position Printout], Settings Item List: folding
function [Booklet], and binding Shift [yes]. Set the number of sheets to be "2" and press the [Start] button.

2.

Check the staple position of the copy sample. (Figure 6)


Table 4

Case

NVM value

Remarks

Case 1

Decrease

Decrease the value by the misalignment amount of the staple.

Case 2

Increase

Increase the value by the misalignment amount of the staple.

Figure 6 j0ku42144

Figure 5 j0ku42140
3.

Select [Booklet/Folding] for fold position adjustment on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.

4.

In the Current Value (Previous Value) column: Change the value of item "Staple Fold Position Misalignment
Adjustment (2 Stapled Sheets, Larger than B4)". (Increase/decrease the shift amount for Booklet and NVM
value)

3.

Select [Booklet/Folding + Stapling] for fold position adjustment on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment"
screen.

4.

In the Current Value (Previous Value) column: Change the value of item "Staple Needle Position and Fold
Position Misalignment Adjustment (2 Stapled Sheets, Larger than B4)". (Increase/decrease the shift amount
for Booklet and NVM value)

Adjust the misalignment of the Staple Fold Position according to the folding size for the number of sheets in
each set.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
4-181

Adjust the misalignment of the staple position and fold position according to the staple position for the
number of sheets in each set of fold position.

18. Finisher-C

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment


18. Finisher-C

2007/10/01
4-182

5.

In the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen, select [Check Print], Settings Item List: folding function
[Booklet], and binding [On]. Set the number of sheets to be "2" and press the [Start] button.

6.

Check the staple position of the copy sample. Repeat from step 1 until the value is within the specified range
or until the value has met the customer's requirement.

7.

Adjust the misalignment of the staple position and fold position for the number of sheets in each set.

(5) Adjustment of Booklet staple position


NOTE: Carry out this adjustment after adjusting the Booklet fold position accuracy (slant).
1.

In the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen, select [Check Print], Settings Item List: folding function
[Booklet], and binding [On]. Set the number of sheets to be "2" and press the [Start] button.

2.

Check the fold position of the copy sample. (Figure 7)

Figure 7 j0ku42141
3.

Select [Booklet/Folding + Stapling] for fold position adjustment on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment"
screen.

4.

In the Current Value (previous value) column: Change the value of "Staple Position Adjustment (Front/Rear
Direction)" that can be found at the bottom of the column.

5.

In the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen, select [Check Print], Settings Item List: folding function
[Booklet], and binding [On]. Set the number of sheets to be "2" and press the [Start] button.

6.

Check the fold position of the copy sample. Repeat from step 1 until the value is within the specified range or
until the value has met the customer's requirement.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Chapter 5 Parts List

5 Parts List
5.1 Introduction
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.3
5.1.4
5.1.5

How to Use the Parts List......................................................................................


Precautions ...........................................................................................................
Plate Composition .................................................................................................
Terminology and Symbols.....................................................................................
Using Parts Navigation..........................................................................................

3
3
4
4
5

1. Drive
7

2. Paper Transport
PL 2.1
PL 2.2
PL 2.3
PL 2.4
PL 2.5
PL 2.6
PL 2.7
PL 2.8

Tray, Feeder 1/2 Assembly.................................................................................


Tray 1/2...............................................................................................................
Feeder 1/2 Assembly ..........................................................................................
Registration.........................................................................................................
Vertical Transport Cover .....................................................................................
Transfer Cover Assembly ...................................................................................
L/H Upper Chute Assembly ................................................................................
L/H Upper Cover Assembly ................................................................................

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

3. ROS
PL 3.1 ROS ....................................................................................................................

16

4. XERO/DEVE
PL 4.1 CRU, Toner Cartridge .........................................................................................
PL 4.2 Toner System......................................................................................................

17
18
19

6. Exit
PL 6.1
PL 6.2
PL 6.3
PL 6.4

Exit ......................................................................................................................
Exit 1 ...................................................................................................................
L/H Upper Chute Assembly (+OCT2) .................................................................
Tray Guide Assembly (+OCT2)...........................................................................

20
21
22
23

PL 7.1 MSI Assembly .....................................................................................................


PL 7.2 Lower Frame Assembly ......................................................................................
PL 7.3 MSI Tray Assembly.............................................................................................

24
25
26

7. MSI

8. Duplex
PL 8.1 Duplex Unit .........................................................................................................
PL 8.2 Inner Chute Assembly.........................................................................................

9. Electrical
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

34
35

11. IIT
PL 11.1
PL 11.2
PL 11.3
PL 11.4
PL 11.5
PL 11.6
PL 11.8

Platen/Cover .....................................................................................................
HB Control Panel ..............................................................................................
Platen Glass......................................................................................................
CCD PWB, Sensor............................................................................................
Carriage Cable/Motor........................................................................................
Full/Half Rate Carriage .....................................................................................
MCW Control Panel ..........................................................................................

36
37
38
39
40
41
42

12. Tray Module - 2T


PL 12.1
PL 12.2
PL 12.3
PL 12.4
PL 12.5
PL 12.6
PL 12.7

Tray, Feeder Assembly-2T ...............................................................................


Tray 3/4 Assembly-2T.......................................................................................
Tray 3/4 Feeder-2T ...........................................................................................
Left Cover-2T ....................................................................................................
Take Away Roll-2T............................................................................................
Electrical-2T ......................................................................................................
Cover-2T ...........................................................................................................

43
44
45
46
47
48
49

13. Tray Module-TT

5. Fuser
PL 5.1 Fuser Unit ...........................................................................................................

29
30
31
32
33

10. Cover
PL 10.1 Cover-Front, Left...............................................................................................
PL 10.2 Cover-Rear, Right .............................................................................................

5.2 Parts List


PL 1.1 Main Drive...........................................................................................................

PL 9.1 Electrical .............................................................................................................


PL 9.2a ESS(DC-II 5010/4000/3000,AP550I/450I/350I,DC550I/450I) ...........................
PL 9.2b ESS (AP-II 5010/4000/3000) ............................................................................
PL 9.3 FAX Unit..............................................................................................................
PL 9.4 Wire Harness ......................................................................................................

27
28

PL 13.1
PL 13.2
PL 13.3
PL 13.4
PL 13.5
PL 13.6
PL 13.7
PL 13.8

TTM Cover ........................................................................................................


TTM Tray 3 .....................................................................................................
TTM Tray 4 .......................................................................................................
TTM Feeder (1/3)..............................................................................................
TTM Feeder (2/3)..............................................................................................
TTM Feeder (3/3)..............................................................................................
TTM Transportation ..........................................................................................
TTM Drive &amp; Electrical ..............................................................................

50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

14. Stand
PL 14.1 Stand.................................................................................................................

58

15. DADF
PL 15.1
PL 15.2
PL 15.3
PL 15.4
PL 15.5
2007/10/01
5-1

DADF Assembly................................................................................................
DADF Component, Cover .................................................................................
DADF Base Cover Component.........................................................................
DADF Feeder Component ................................................................................
Top Cover Component......................................................................................

59
60
61
62
63

Parts List

Parts List
PL 15.6 Take Away Pinch Roll, Nudger Motor, Nudger/Feed Roll .................................
PL 15.7 DADF Feeder-Chute .........................................................................................
PL 15.8 DADF Feeder-Roll.............................................................................................
PL 15.9 Motor Unit..........................................................................................................
PL 15.10 DADF Document Tray.....................................................................................

PL 18.20
PL 18.21
PL 18.22
PL 18.23
PL 18.24
PL 18.25

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82

98. Screws

17. HCF
PL 17.1
PL 17.2
PL 17.3
PL 17.4
PL 17.5
PL 17.6
PL 17.7
PL 17.8

HCF Unit ...........................................................................................................


HCF Tray (1 of 2) ..............................................................................................
HCF Tray (2 of 2) ..............................................................................................
HCF Feeder (1 of 3) ..........................................................................................
HCF Feeder (2 of 3) ..........................................................................................
HCF Feeder (3 of 3) ..........................................................................................
Top Cover Unit ..................................................................................................
Electlical and Rail..............................................................................................

83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90

18. Finisher-C
PL 18.1 H-Transport Assembly ......................................................................................
PL 18.2 H-Transport Component (1/2) ...........................................................................
PL 18.3 H-Transport Component (2/2) ...........................................................................
PL 18.4 Finisher Cover (1/2) ..........................................................................................
PL 18.5 Finisher Cover (2/2) ..........................................................................................
PL 18.6 Finisher Stack ...................................................................................................
PL 18.7 Finisher Punch ..................................................................................................
PL 18.8 Finisher Staple ..................................................................................................
PL 18.9 Finisher Eject (1/3) ............................................................................................
PL 18.10 Finisher Eject (2/3) ..........................................................................................
PL 18.11 Finisher Eject (3/3) ..........................................................................................
PL 18.12 Finisher Transport (1/3)...................................................................................
PL 18.13 Finisher Transport (2/3)...................................................................................
PL 18.14 Finisher Transport (3/3)...................................................................................
PL 18.15 Finisher Electrical............................................................................................
PL 18.16 Finisher Harness .............................................................................................
PL 18.17 Booklet Accessory...........................................................................................
PL 18.18 Booklet Component-1 (Stapler).......................................................................
PL 18.19 Booklet Component-2 (End Guide) .................................................................

Version 2.1

64
65
66
67
68

16. Finisher-B
PL 16.1 Finisher Unit ......................................................................................................
PL 16.2 H-Transport Assembly (1/2) ..............................................................................
PL 16.3 H-Transport Assembly (2/2) ..............................................................................
PL 16.4 Cover.................................................................................................................
PL 16.5 Top Open Cover and Eject Roll ........................................................................
PL 16.6 Paper Transport (1/2)........................................................................................
PL 16.7 Paper Transport (2/2)........................................................................................
PL 16.8 Staple Unit.........................................................................................................
PL 16.9 Compiler Tray Assembly ...................................................................................
PL 16.10 Elevator ...........................................................................................................
PL 16.11 Exit ..................................................................................................................
PL 16.12 Electrical..........................................................................................................
PL 16.13 LVPS ...............................................................................................................
PL 16.14 Rack ................................................................................................................

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-2

91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109

Booklet Component-3 (Knife) .........................................................................


Booklet Component-4 (Tamper) .....................................................................
Booklet Component-5 (Roll) ...........................................................................
Booklet Component-6 (Chute) ........................................................................
Booklet Component-7 (Motor) ........................................................................
Booklet Tray Component ................................................................................

98.1 Screws ...................................................................................................................

110
111
112
113
114
115
116

5.3 Parts Navigation


5.3.1
5.3.2
5.3.3
5.3.4
5.3.5
5.3.6
5.3.7
5.3.8

Navi.1.1 (Full System)...........................................................................................


Navi.2.1 .................................................................................................................
Navi.2.2 .................................................................................................................
Navi.2.3 (IIT) .........................................................................................................
Navi.2.4 (2T Module).............................................................................................
Navi.2.5 (Finisher-C) .............................................................................................
Navi.2.6 (Booklet)..................................................................................................
Navi.2.7 (TTM Module) .........................................................................................

119
119
120
120
121
121
122
122

5.1.1 How to Use the Parts List

5.1.2 Precautions

Chapter 5 Parts List contains information on spare parts.

To make the illustration easy to see, hardware such as screws are shown in alphabets.
Their shapes are not shown.

Read notes in the Description column carefully before ordering and replacing parts.

SCC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Safety Critical
Component. Handling Safety Critical Components shall conform to Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd.stipulated rules and regulations on Safety Critical Components.

ISC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Important


Information Stored Component that stores important customer information. To replace
and discard an ISC, follow the procedure for it described in chapter 4.

The area codes are shown on plates each. The area codes (such as toner and Current
Adjustment values) which cannot be shown as parts on plates are listed on the list of
area codes at the end of this chapter.

The parts list is used to order replacement parts and enter area codes. To use the parts list correctly,
read the description below carefully.
<How to find out parts No needed>
To reduce a time to find out Parts No on E-Doc, FX put Navigation screen. Please refer to 5.3 Using
Parts Navigation.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-3

5.1 Introduction

Parts List

Parts List

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-4

5.1 Introduction

Version 2.1

5.1.4 Terminology and Symbols

5.1.3 Plate Composition

Table 1
Terminology and
Symbols

Description
Informs you that the adjustment procedure for the part is described in Chapter 4
Repair and Adjustment.

Figure 1 5002
Informs you that the removal, installation and replacement procedures for the part
are described in Chapter 4 Repair and Adjustment.

Figure 2 5001
Informs you that the removal, installation, replacement and adjustment procedures
for the part are described in Chapter 4 Repair and Adjustment.

Figure 3 5003
Figure 1 j0mf50001
Table 1
Section Name

3 4-10

This is indicated on the upper left or upper right of the illustration to show the item
represents the assembly including the part. The example shows Item 3 is the
assembly of Item 4 through 10.

(1/4PCS)

Informs you that four identical parts are installed but that only one of them is
shown in the illustration.

--

This symbol in the PART NO. column shows the part is not managed as a spare
part.

(P/O Item 5)

This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part is not managed as a
single piece of spare part, but as a part of the assembly. The example shows the
part is a part of Assembly Item 5.

(New) (Old)

This term in the DESCRIPTION column shows the new part is interchangeable
with the old one. Unless otherwise specified or there are no particular reasons,
order the old part.

(Alternate)

This term in the DESCRIPTION column shows either one of the parts can be
used.

Chapter 5 Section Name

(1)

Sub System Name

the name of the subsystem

(2)

PLATE NO.

Parts List Reference No. shown in each chapter

(3)

PLATE NAME

Title name of the illustration, which shows the mechanism of the sub system

(4)

ITEM

Matches the number in the illustration.

(5)

PART NO.

The number to be used for ordering parts and filling in the service report.

(6)

DESCRIPTION

Provides the part name, V(MOD) Code and notes, etc.

(7)

AREA CODE

The code to be entered in the failure column of the service report.

This symbol shows the whole area of the framed illustration is modified by the
number in the circle. The area has the modified configuration.

Figure 4 5005

5.1.5 Using Parts Navigation

Table 1
Terminology and
Symbols

This section describes how to use the Navigation screen (illustrated)


Description
This symbol shows the whole area of the framed illustration has not been modified
by the number in the circle. The area still has the previous configuration.

The Navigation screen is divided into two layers, under which there is another layer of PLs.

The first (top) layer

The whole processor including DADF and Finisher is illustrated each for good
understanding. Find the module which includes the desired part and click on Navi 2.X or
PL shown at the end of the call out. Navi 2.X shows there is a more detailed illustration of
the module. Otherwise, you will be directly linked to the applicable PL.

Figure 5 5006
The Item pointed to by this symbol in the illustration is modified by the number in
the circle. The item has the modified configuration.

Navi 1.1(Processor+Option)

The second layer

Navi 2.1 to 2.6


The module found in Navi 1.1 is divided into more modules, which link to the related PLs.
The screen here uses PLXX to show all the parts in the detailed module. Click on the
applicable item, and you will see the illustration of the applicable PL. Find the desired
part in the PL illustration to learn the parts item no. After that, obtain the appropriate part
no. from the list.

Figure 6 4001
The Item pointed to by this symbol in the illustration has not been modified by the
number in the circle. The item still has the previous configuration.

On E-DOC, clicking on the item no. makes the List screen displayed. Then the
appropriate part no. can be found.

The third (bottom) layer has PLXXs.


<Returning from the lower layers to the higher layer>

Figure 7 4002
with 5V

This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part is modified by the number. The part has the modified configuration.

(w/o 5V)

This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part has not been modified
by the number. The part still has the previous configuration.

Clicking on Navi 2.X or PLXX on the upper left of the illustration makes you return to Navi
1.1 for Processor parts.

(SCC) Fuser Assem- SCC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Safety
Critical Component. Handling Safety Critical Components shall conform to Fuji
bly

Xerox Co. Ltd.-stipulated rules and regulations on Safety Critical Components.


(ISC) NVM PWB

ISC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Important Information Stored Component that stores important customer information. To replace and discard
an ISC, follow the procedure for it described in chapter 4.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-5

5.1 Introduction

Parts List

Parts List
5.1 Introduction

2007/10/01
5-6

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 1.1 Main Drive


Item

Part

Description

127K 49732

127K 45363

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

807E 08680
007E 79080
423W 13155
007K 88598
007E 79070
013E 26091
005E 17860
807E 08690

(SCC) Take Away Motor Assembly (Item2,11,12)


(REP 1.1.1) (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)30B9
(SCC) Take Away Motor Assembly (Item2,3) (REP
1.1.1) (AP550IG,DC550IG)30B9
Take Away Motor (P/O Item1)30B3
Gear (19T)
30B4
Gear (28T)
30B5
Belt
30B6
(SCC) Main Drive Assembly (REP 1.1.2)3010
Gear (18T)
30BA
Bearing
30B7
Flange
30B8
Gear (29T/19T)
3013
Belt (P/O Item1) (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)30BA
Pulley/Gear (29T/19T) (P/O Item1) (AP-II5010G,DCII5010G)30BC

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-7

5.2 Parts List

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-8

2. Paper Transport

PL 2.1 Tray, Feeder 1/2 Assembly


Item
1
2
3
4

5
6
7
8
9
10

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

Part

Description

003E 58700
014E 44710
050K 53945
110K 11680
110K 12100

054K 24091
059K 26297
059K 26297
054K 27550
893E 16040
893E 16020

892E 98771
110K 11880
014E 56640
055E 46630
054E 24440
038E 26870
032E 22760
019K 07230
019K 07101
054E 25722

Stopper
50B1
Spacer
50B2
(SCC) Tray Assembly (PL 2.2)5010
(SCC) Tray 1/2 Paper Size Switch (Alternate)5023
(SCC) Tray 1/2 Paper Size Switch (Alternate)5023
Bracket
50B3
Feed Out Chute Assembly (Item16-18)50B4
(SCC) Feeder 1 Assembly (PL 2.3) (REP 2.1.1)5030
(SCC) Feeder 2 Assembly (PL 2.3) (REP 2.1.2)5040
Feed Out Chute Assembly (Item19-21)50B5
Label Tray No1
50B5
Label Tray No2
50B5
Label Size
50B6
Label (Instruction)
50B7
(SCC) Size Switch Assembly (Itme4, 5)5023
Slide Lock
50B8
Gasket
50B9
Feed Out Chute
50BA
Paper Guide
50BB
Guide
50BC
Pad
50BD
Pad
50BE
Feed Out Chute
50BF

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 2.2 Tray 1/2


Item
1
2
3

4
5

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Part

Description

003E 48580
802E 92820
035E 62410
035E 75340
893E 09490
019K 94400
019K 07150

010E 93341
019E 39131
038E 26550
849E 06322

120E 22040
120E 22081
809E 41880
007E 78190
038E 26533
809E 47091
120E 22050
012E 11090
007E 78431
007E 78450
007E 78440
015K 60580
006E 78480
038K 87112
003E 59610
809E 41870
826E 06501
809E 41890
893E 77490
893E 77480

Stopper
50C1
Tray Cover
50C2
Seal (Alternate)
50C3
Seal (Alternate)
50C3
Label (Max)
50C4
Bottom Pad (Alternate) 50C5
Bottom Pad (Alternate) 50C5
Front Side Guide (P/O Item25)50C6
Slide Lock
50C7
Tray Pad
50C8
Rear Side Guide
50C9
Bottom Plate
50CB
Tray
50CC
Side Guide Actuator
50CD
Guide Actuator
50CE
Spring
50CF
Pinion Gear
50CG
End Guide
50CH
Spring
50CJ
End Guide Actuator
50CK
Link
50CL
Coupling Gear (13T)
50CM
Gear (13T/60T)
50CN
Sector Gear (60T)
50CP
Bracket
50CQ
Lift Up Shaft
50CR
Front Side Guide Assembly (Item6, 7,26-29)5011
Knob
50CS
Spring
50CT
Pin
50CV
Spring
50CW
Label (End) (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)50CX
Label (Side) (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)50CY

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-9

2. Paper Transport

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-10

2. Paper Transport

PL 2.3 Feeder 1/2 Assembly


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

21

22

23
24
25
26

27
28

29
30
31
32

33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48

Part
801K 05382
127K 38171
015K 60680
014E 44770
807E 00390
809E 50531
005K 83081
005K 07130
007K 85730
007K 89320
807E 00800
013E 26530
006K 23221
054E 23460
120E 22481
930W 00113
930W 00113
962K 18912
007E 79390
007E 78900
809E 51070
022K 56820
022K 56820
005K 05890
005K 07110
005K 06760
005K 07150
006E 78502
054E 23170
809E 42531
005K 07010
005K 81880
849E 05820
022K 56820
022K 56820
014E 45030
007E 79380
849E 05813
022K 56820
022K 56820
807E 00070
001E 63981

807E 00380
011E 14771
013E 92890
028E 94160

001E 64851
019E 56680
809E 51080
801K 04210
006E 78400
006E 78390
930W 00211

Description
A.C.
Upper Frame
50D1
(SCC) Tray 1/2 Feed/Lift Up Motor5091
Bracket
50D2
Spacer
50D3
Gear (31T)
5093
Spring
50D4
Oneway Clutch (Alternate)5092
Oneway Clutch (Alternate)5092
Oneway Gear (Altenate) 50D5
Oneway Gear (Altenate) 50D5
Gear (13T)
50D6
Bearing
50D7
Shaft
50D8
Front Chute
50D9
Actuator
50DB
(SCC) Tray 1/2 Level Sensor5013
(SCC) Tray 1/2 No Paper Sensor50DC
Wire Harness
71B1
Gear (28T/21T)
50DE
Gear (29T)
50DF
Spring
50DG
Feed Roll (Tray1) (REP 2.3.1)5032
Feed Roll (Tray2) (REP 2.3.1)5042
Oneway Clutch (Alternate)50DH
Oneway Clutch (Alternate)50DH
Oneway Gear (22T) (Alternate)50DJ
Oneway Gear (22T) (Alternate)50DJ
Shaft
50DK
Chute
50DL
Spring
50DM
Friction Clutch (Alternate)50DN
Friction Clutch (Alternate)50DN
Support
50DP
Retard Roll (Tray1) (REP 2.3.1)5033
Retard Roll (Tray2) (REP 2.3.1)5043
Spacer
50DQ
Gear (33T)
50DR
Support
50DS
Nudger Roll (Tray1) (REP 2.3.1)5031
Nudger Roll (Tray2) (REP 2.3.1)5041
Gear (25T)
50DT
Rear Frame
50DV
Bearing
50DW
Gear (27T)
50DX
Lever
50DY
Bearing
50E1
Washer
50E2
Screw
50E3
Rail
50E4
Holder
50E5
Spring
50E6
Lower Frame
50E7
Shaft
50EB
Shaft
50EC
Tray 1/2 Pre Feed Sensor50ED
Label
50EE

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 2.4 Registration
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Part

Description

054E 23910
013E 26760
054E 23940
059E 98590
059K 31021
121K 37210
130K 64270
849E 26210
014E 52710
054K 23940
054K 24080
162K 56100
930W 00211
059K 44110
038E 32570
835E 01210
063E 98540

Chute
53B1
Bearing
53B2
Registration Chute
5315
Idler Roll
53B3
Registration Roll
5313
(SCC) Registration Clutch5312
Registration Sensor
5314
Earth Plate
53B4
Block
53B5
Chute Assembly
53B6
Chute Assembly (Item1,12,13)53B7
Wire Harness
53B8
Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor 53B9
Registration Assembly (Item2-8,15-17) 5310
Paper Guide
53BA
Seal
53BB
Tape
53BC

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-11

2. Paper Transport

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-12

2. Paper Transport

PL 2.5 Vertical Transport Cover


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

Part

Description

015K 61010
015K 61021
110E 11580

054E 23930
059K 26840
003E 59841

013E 27760
013E 23970
059E 98370
015K 63290
809E 42470
809E 49920
054E 23920
130E 85851
802E 55601
809E 42480
007E 79270
013E 26990
413W 77559
007E 79300
007E 79280
007E 79290
007E 79310
038E 32180
802K 58284

Gear Assembly (Item2,3,22-25)61B1


Bracket Assembly
61B2
(SCC) L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch61B3
Rivet
61B4
Lower Chute
61B5
Take Away Roll (REP 2.5.1)61B6
Handle
61B7
Bracket (P/O Item12)
61B8
Bearing
61B9
Bearing
61BB
Pinch Roller
61BC
Bracket Assembly (Item8-11,13,14)61BD
Spring
61BE
Spring
61BF
Chute
71B2
Earth Plate
61BH
L/H Lower Cover
61BJ
Spring
61BK
Gear (18T)
61BL
Bearing
61BM
Bearing
61BN
Gear (21T)
61BP
Gear (23T)
61BQ
Gear (22T)
61BR
Gear (31T)
61BS
Guide
61BT
L/H Lower Cover Assembly (Item8-11,12-18)61BU

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 2.6 Transfer Cover Assembly


Item

Part

Description

1
2

012K 94341
802K 81270

802K 56095

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

011E 13281
011E 13291

059K 25191

809E 39681
809E 42441
054K 24053
802K 88890

802K 58262

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

826E 08440
849E 16430
802K 49240
110E 94770

035E 73060

809E 40670

Link Assembly (Item18-20)41B1


BTR Roll Assembly (Item3-9) (AP-II5010G,DCII5010G)4101
BTR Roll Assembly (Item3-9) (AP550IG,DC550IG)
4101
Lever (Rear)
41B2
Lever (Front)
41B3
Bearing (P/O Item2)
41B4
BTR Roll (REP 2.6.1)
4101
Housing (P/O Item2)
41B5
Spring
41B6
Spring
41B7
L/H Upper Chute Assembly (PL 2.7)41B8
L/H Upper Cover Assembly (PL 2.8) (APII5010G,DC-II5010G)41B9
L/H Upper Cover Assembly (PL 2.8)
(AP550IG,DC550IG)41B9
Stud
41BB
Bracket
41BC
Wire Assembly
71B3
(SCC) L/H Cover Interlock Switch41BE
Screw
41BF
Seal
41BG
Rod Housing (P/O Item1)41BH
Spring
41BI
Rod (P/O Item1)
41BJ
Label
41BK

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-13

2. Paper Transport

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-14

2. Paper Transport

PL 2.7 L/H Upper Chute Assembly


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Part

Description

013E 26751
849E 24851
032E 21310
054E 22591
105E 11681
809E 39691
809E 39720
059K 32931
809E 50860
809E 50870
849E 17000
038E 31070
054K 22821

Bearing
53C1
Earth Plate
53C2
Guide
53C3
L/H Chute
53C4
Eliminator
53C5
Spring Contact DTS
53C6
Spring Chute
53C7
Pinch Roll
5015
Spring
53C8
Spring
53C9
Plate
53CB
Guide
53CC
L/H Chute Assembly (Item4-7)53CD
Support
53CE

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 2.8 L/H Upper Cover Assembly


Item

Part

Description

1
2
3
4
5

003E 59833
024E 03250
032E 21670
054E 23950
054K 30770

054K 24060

6
7
8
9
10
11

801K 05653
802K 86921
809E 42460
849E 13981
054E 23970

Handle
53D1
XERO/DEVE Cartridge Shutter53D2
Handle Guide
53D3
L/H Cover Chute
53D4
Chute Assembly (Item10,11) (AP-II5010G,DCII5010G)53D5
Chute Assembly (Item10,11) (AP550IG,DC550IG)
53D5
Frame Assembly
31AA
(SCC) L/H Upper Cover 32B1
Spring
53D7
Support
53D8
Chute
53D9
Guide (P/O Item5)
53DA

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-15

2. Paper Transport

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-16

3. ROS

PL 3.1 ROS
Item
1

Part

Description

062K 13615

(SCC) ROS Unit (REP 3.1.1)1310

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 4.1 CRU, Toner Cartridge


Item
1
2

Part

Description

CT350413
CT200719

Drum Cartridge (REP 4.1.1) 4000


Toner Cartridge (REP 4.1.2) 4011

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-17

4. XERO/DEVE

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-18

4. XERO/DEVE

PL 4.2 Toner System


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Part

Description

014E 44733
826E 11580
032K 96910
110K 11810
130K 87980
815E 05030
962K 13060
003E 59931
006E 79650
032K 96951
094K 04500
807E 01360
849E 23310
127K 38040
160K 95831
054E 23661
127K 37881
802K 73190
927W 00112
160K 95831
054K 27871

032K 96900
032K 96941

Stopper
40B1
Screw
40B2
Guide Assembly
40B3
(SCC) XERO Interlock Switch40B4
HUM and TEMP Sensor 40B5
Plate
40B6
Wire Harness
71B4
Stopper
40B8
Shaft
40B9
Toner Box
40BB
(SCC) Dispense Assembly40BC
Gear (13T)
40BD
Support
40BE
(SCC) Dispense Motor (REP 4.2.1)40BF
Toner CRUM PWB
40BG
Duct
40BH
(SCC) Fuser Fan
40BJ
Housing Assembly
40BK
CRU Fan
40BL
XERO Crum PWB
4012
CRU Fan Assembly (Item19,22)40BM
Duct (P/O Item21)
40BN
Guide Unit (Item2-7,PL 2.6 ITem14)40BP
Toner Box Assembly (Item8-13)40BQ

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 5.1 Fuser Unit


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Part

Description

006E 78620

120E 22122
130E 82740
809E 42201
849E 14691
126K 18230
126K 20290
126K 20350
126K 20360
015K 60901

Shaft
43B1
Insulator (P/O Item8)
43B2
Actuator
43B3
Fuser Exit Sensor
43B4
Spring
43B5
Bracket
43B6
(SCC) Fuser Unit (FX)(REP 5.1.1)43AA
(SCC) Fuser Unit (ENG,FXCL)(REP 5.1.1)43AA
(SCC) Fuser Unit (TFX)(REP 5.1.1)43AA
(SCC) Fuser Unit (FXK)(REP 5.1.1)43AA
Sensor Bracket Assembly (Item1-6)43B7

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-19

5. Fuser

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-20

6. Exit

PL 6.1 Exit
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6

Part

Description

059K 45633
050E 20161
050K 51100
802E 61501
036K 91600

Exit 1 (PL 6.2)


54B1
Exit 2+OCT 2 (PL 6.3, PL 6.4) (REP 6.1.1)54B2
Exit2 Tray
54B6
Face Up Tray
54B4
Tray Cover
54B5
Paper Weight Assembly 54B6

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 6.2 Exit 1
Item

Part

Description

2
3

036K 91600
036K 91730
038E 26724
059K 56490

059K 44581

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

007E 78911
007E 78921
007E 78930
013E 22021
013E 25550
013E 25840
021E 98390
050E 19804
054E 23836
054E 23844
059K 45590
059E 99331
059K 26760
127K 37951
809E 42370
809E 42390
849E 25110
849E 25120
849E 29860
930W 00113
962K 15241

802E 55151
849E 13721
105E 12210
035E 77270
035E 77280
035E 77290
035E 77300
019E 58800
019E 58810
019E 58821
120E 22171
120E 24671
893E 27910
893E 38880

Paper Weight Assembly(FX)54C1


Paper Weight Assembly(IBG)54C1
Exit1 Tray Guide
54C2
Exit1 Assembly (Item4-23,28-31,40,41) (APII5010G,DC-II5010G)54AA
Exit1 Assembly (Item4-23,28-31,40,41)
(AP550IG,DC550IG)54AA
Gear
54C3
Gear (19T)
54C4
Offset Gear
54C5
Bearing
54C6
Bearing
54C7
Bearing
54C8
Cap
54C9
Eixt1 Gate
54CB
Lower Chute
54CC
OCT Chute
54CD
Pinch Roller (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)54CE
Pinch Roller (AP550IG,DC550IG)54CE
Exit1 Roll
5411
(SCC) Offset Motor1
54CF
Spring
54CG
Spring
54CH
Earth Plate
54CJ
Earth Plate
54CK
Bracket
54CL
(SCC) OCT Home Sensor154CM
Wire Harness
54CN
Exit1 Top Cover
Bracket
Eliminator
Seal A
Seal B
Seal C
Seal D
Pad A
Pad B
Pad C
Actuator Shaft
Actuator
Label (Caution)
Label (Caution)
Gasket
Seal E (P/O Item3)
Seal F (P/O Item3)

A.C.

54CQ
54CR
54CS
54CT
54CV
54Z4
54Z5
54Z1
54Z2
54Z3
54Z6
54Z7
54Z8
54Z9
54ZA
54ZB
54ZC

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-21

6. Exit

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-22

6. Exit

PL 6.3 L/H Upper Chute Assembly (+OCT2)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Part

Description

A.C.

054E 24384
003E 60161
050E 20010
809E 50480
054E 24372
003E 60180
802E 56862
807E 00160
007K 89020
849E 26330
802E 57020
849E 26321
105E 12210
059E 97541
809E 54971
013E 25840
013E 25550
807E 00200
059K 31241
059K 31010
015K 63710
015K 63700
012E 11780
809E 37170
893E 29220

L/H Upper Chute


Latch
Exit 2 Gate
Spring
Upper Face Up Chute
Stopper
Gear Cover
Gear (52T)
Gear (19T)
Earth Plate
Face Up Exit Cover
Earth Plate
Eliminator
Pinch Roll
Spring
Bearing
Bearing
Gear (19T)
Roll Assembly
Invert Roll Assembly
Bracket
Bracket
Link
Spring
Label

54D1
54D2
54D3
54D4
54D5
54D6
54D7
54D8
54D9
54DB
54DC
54DD
54DE
54DF
54DG
54DH
54DJ
54DK
54DL
54DM
54DN
54DP
54DQ
54DR
54DS

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 6.4 Tray Guide Assembly (+OCT2)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43

Part

Description

038E 26813
105E 12940
013E 25550
013E 22021
054E 24331
849E 30560
059K 26760
013E 25840
807E 00180
059E 99342
809E 55001
003E 60171
809E 50210
801K 05431
849E 26610
849E 26481
120E 22451
110E 11580
807E 00211
801K 05442
809E 52100
012E 11680
121K 32370
807E 00170
006E 79170
807E 13910
809E 50171
012E 11390
121K 31810
127K 37951
059E 98600
059E 98780
054E 29931
809E 37332
930W 00113
962K 18882
127K 50050

930W 00113
127K 39420
802E 69621
110E 11580
893E 28930

Tray Guide
54E1
Eliminator
54E2
Bearing
54E3
Bearing Roll
54E4
OCT2 Chute
54E5
Earth Plate
54E6
Exit2 Roll
54E7
Bearing
54E8
Gear (19T)
54E9
Exit Pinch Roll
54EB
Spring
54EC
Latch
54ED
Spring
54EE
Front Plate
54DF
Earth Plate
54DG
Earth Plate
54DH
Actuator
54DJ
(SCC) Exit2 Interlock Switch54DK
Offset Gear
54DL
Rear Plate
54DM
Spring
54DN
Link
54DP
Face Up Gate Solenoid 54DQ
Gear (20T)
54DR
Shaft
54DT
Gear (19T/44T)
54DV
Spring
54DW
Exit Gate Link
54DX
Exit2 Gate Solenoid
54DY
(SCC) Offset Motor
54E1
Pinch Roll
54E2
Actuator
54E3
(SCC) Lower Chute
54E4
Spring Actuator
54E5
(SCC) Exit2 Sensor
54E6
Wire Harness
71B6
(SCC) Exit2 Motor
54E8
Screw
54E9
OCT Home Sensor
54EB
(SCC) Exit Fan
54EC
Cover
54ED
(SCC) Face Up Tray Detect Switch54EE
Label
54EF

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-23

6. Exit

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-24

7. MSI

PL 7.1 MSI Assembly


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Part

Description

892E 99561
893E 15821
001E 64531
015K 63211
050K 49742
962K 13120
054E 24230
006E 79010
014E 44790
032E 21072
059E 98540
809E 49941
120E 22230

809E 38160
930W 00113
802E 55200
802E 55211
054K 25281
007E 79680
007E 79690
015K 61371
035E 76540
059K 31460

Label
51B1
Label (MAX)
51B2
Upper Frame
51B3
Bracket Assembly (Item20-22)51B4
MSI Tray Assembly (PL 7.3)5110
Wire Harness
71B8
Chute
51B6
Shaft
51B7
Spacer
51B8
Guide
51B9
Pinch Roll
51BB
Spring
51BC
Actuator
51BD
Lower Frame Assembly (P/O Item24) (PL 7.2)51BE
Spring
51BF
(SCC) MSI No Paper Sensor51BG
MSI Front Cover
51BH
MSI Rear Cover
51BJ
Pinch Roll Assembly (Item7-12)5135
Gear (20T)
51BK
Gear (21T)
51BL
Bracket
51BM
Seal
51BN
MSI Tray Unit (Item3-16,19-23)51BO

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 7.2 Lower Frame Assembly


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

Part

Description

801K 05762
001E 64542
003E 52420
005E 18090
006E 79020
007E 62920
007E 79710
011E 15150
013E 87320

019K 07086
032E 21061
059K 27141
121E 92780
006K 23240
008E 93831
008E 94270
059E 94960
059K 40652
413W 14860
807E 02610
809E 26400
809E 27650
809E 49950
809E 54530
849E 15240
849E 15250
054K 22710
015K 63220
038E 31970
054E 24240
038E 31200
059K 31390

Lower Frame Assembly (Item2-28,30,33,34)5130


Lower Frame
51C1
Stopper Lever
51C2
Collar
51C3
Retard Shaft
51C4
Pick Up Gear
51C5
Gear (18T)
51C6
Gear Lever
51C7
Bearing (8)
51C8
Pad (P/O Item30)
51C9
Bottom Plate (P/O Item30)51CA
MSI Retard Pad (REP 7.2.1)5133
Paper Guide
51CB
Drive Roll
51CC
MSI Feed Solenoid
51CD
Shaft
51CE
Pick Up Cam (Rear)
51CF
Pick Up Cam (Front)
51CG
Core (P/O Item34)
51CH
Feed Roll (REP 7.2.1) 5132
Bearing
51CJ
Cam Gear
51CK
Spring
51CL
Spring
51CP
Spring
51CQ
Spring
51CR
Earth Plate
51CS
Earth Plate
51CT
Lower Chute Assembly (Item31,32)51CV
Bottom Plate Assembly (Item10, 11)51CW
Guide
51CX
Lower Chute
51CT
Guide
51CZ
Feed Roll Assembly (Item16-20)51CI

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-25

7. MSI

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-26

7. MSI

PL 7.3 MSI Tray Assembly


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Part

Description

007E 79700
007E 79722
007E 79730
012E 11760
032E 21120
032E 21131
050E 19972
050E 19981
130K 64311
802E 56300
809E 49930
962K 13920

Pinion Gear
51D1
Front Rack
51D2
Rear Rack
51D3
Link
51D4
Side Guide
51D5
Side Guide
51D6
Tray MSI
51D7
Tray Exit
51D8
(SCC) MSI Paper Size Sensor5141
Cover Tray
51D9
Spring
51DB
Wire Harness
71B8

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 8.1 Duplex Unit


Item

Part

Description

059K 45610

059K 40530

2
3

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

007E 79190
807E 13920
007E 79200
007E 79220
007E 79230
011E 14582
011E 14590
054E 23890
110E 11580
120E 21261
127K 50070

127K 48380

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

960K 01426
802E 55173
809E 37170
809E 37280
849E 13740
849E 16291
930W 00113

962K 13170
962K 13180
962K 19011

054E 26860
127K 50060
127K 39482

(SCC) Duplex Unit (Item2-25)(AP-II5010G,DCII5010G)(Note1)52AA


Duplex Unit (Item2-25)(AP550IG,DC550IG)(Note2)
52AA
Gear (28T)
52B1
Gear (33/74T)(AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)(Note1)52B2
Gear (33/74T)(AP550IG,DC550IG)(Note2)52B2
Gear (33T)
52B3
Gear (42T)
52B4
Latch Lever (Rear)
52B5
Latch Lever (Front)
52B6
(SCC) Lower Chute
52B7
(SCC) Duplex Open Switch52B8
Actuator
52B9
Duplex Motor Assembly (Item23,25)(AP-II5010G,DCII5010G)(Note1) 5234
Duplex Motor Assembly
(Item23,25)(AP550IG,DC550IG)(Note2) 5234
(SCC) Duplex PWB
5261
Cover
52BB
Spring
52BC
Spring
52BD
Bracket
52BE
Latch Plate
52BF
(SCC) Duplex Sensor
5262
Inner Chute Assembly (P/O Item1) (PL 8.2) 52BG
Wire Harness
52BH
Wire Harness
52BJ
Wire Harness
52BK
Fan (P/O Item11)
52BL
Duct
52BM
Duplex Motor (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)(Note1)52BN
Duplex Motor (AP550IG,DC550IG)(Note2)52BN

A.C.

NOTE: Note1:For reducing the noise made when duplex in use, Item 3 and 25
Gear is changed to Scissors Gear.
Note2:For also some of the AP550IG and DC550IG models, the noise
reduction measure (Note 1) is implemented.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-27

8. Duplex

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-28

8. Duplex

PL 8.2 Inner Chute Assembly


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Part

Description

A.C.

003E 59810
003E 59821
013E 22671
029E 32580
054E 23872
054E 23882
059K 36880
059K 36890
059E 99210
809E 37140

Stopper
Lock
Bearing
Pin
Outer Chute
Inner Chute
Duplex Roller
Duplex Roller Assembly
Pinch Roller
Spring
Label

52C1
52C2
52C3
52C4
52C5
52C6
52C7
52C8
52C9
52CB
52CC

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 9.1 Electrical
Item
1
2
3
4
5

Part
105E 11420
101K 51511
849E 06870

960K 35870

960K 16650

6
7
8

127K 45380
105E 16690
105E 13110
105E 13121

105E 13400

105E 13121

105E 13400

10

101K 52171

101K 52680

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

962K 18690

113E 38390
026E 40430
849E 35510

19
20
21
22
23

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

849E 25241
849E 25241
849E 25200

113E 38540
849E 41220
117E 24270
117E 24280
117E 24290
117E 24300
117E 24310
117E 24320
917W 03001

101K 45370
849E 06970
962K 13160
927W 00111
849E 43730
846E 33862

113E 38390

849E 41230

Description
A.C.
(SCC) HVPS-Y2
7320
(SCC) Exit PWB Assembly (Item3,4) 73B1
Bracket
73B2
Exit PWB (P/O Item2)
72B1
(SCC) MCU PWB Assembly (Item24,31)(RPE
9.1.1)(AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)7220
(SCC) MCU PWB Assembly (Item24,31) (REP 9.1.1)
(AP550IG/DC550IG)7220
PWB Support
72B2
LVPS Fan Assembly (Item34-28)72B3
(SCC) LVPS (AP-II5010G)7310
(SCC) LVPS (DC-II5010G/AP550IG,DC550IG)7310
(SCC) AC Driver PWB(110V)(AP-II5010G,DCII5010G)(FXTW)7310
(SCC) AC Driver PWB(220V)(AP-II5010G,DCII5010G)(IBG,FXK,FXCL)7310
(SCC) AC Drive PWB (110V) (AP550IG,DC550IG)
7310
(SCC) AC Drive PWB (220V) (AP550IG,DC550IG)
7310
(SCC) Chassis Assembly AC (Item1116,32,33)(ENG,FXK,FXCL)7310
Chassis Assembly AC (Item11-16,20,21,33) (FXTW)
7310
Screw (P/O Item10)
73B3
Bracket (P/O Item10)
73B4
GFI Breaker (P/O Item10)73B5
Wire Harness
71C1
Wire Harness (P/O Item10)71C2
(SCC) Outlet
73B8
Screw
73B9
Stopper (ENG, FXK, FXCL) (AP-II5010G,DCII5010G)73BB
Stopper (FXTW) (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)73BB
Stopper (AP550IG,DC550IG)73BB
Bracket
73BC
Panel (FXTW)(P/O Item10)73BD
(SCC) Outlet (FXTW)
73BE
Bracket
73BF
Power Cord (FXA, FXNZ)7122
Power Cord (FXS, FXHK, FXM)7122
Power Cord (FXCL)
7122
Power Cord (FXP)
7122
Power Cord (FXICO, AG, THFX)7122
Power Cord (FXK)
7122
Power Cord (FXTW)
7122
EEP ROM (P/O Item5) 73BG
HCF Connector Assembly (Item26,27) 73BH
Bracket
73BI
Wire Harness
73BJ
LVPS Fan
73BR
Bracket
73BL
Plate
73BM
MCU PWB (P/O Item5) 73BN
(SCC) Outlet (ENG,FXK,FXCL)73B6
Core (IBG)
73BP
Bracket
73BQ

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-29

9. Electrical

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-30

9. Electrical

PL 9.2a ESS(DC-II 5010/4000/3000,AP550I/450I/


350I,DC550I/450I)
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10
11
12

13
14
15

16

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Part
101E 17310
101E 17301
101K 51091
021E 98860
826E 06490
101E 17200
101E 16890

133K 24330
133K 24340
849E 41250
121E 89911
160K 99830
960K 08970
133K 24340
160K 94461
540K 08220
540K 08260
540K 08240
540K 02011
540K 02070
540K 02040
540K 08201
540K 08211
540K 08250
540K 08230
540K 08222
540K 08261
540K 08241
540K 02001
540K 02065
540K 02030
540K 01998

101E 16900

101K 47380
809E 50090
960K 05092
101K 47033
101K 51360
960K 15673

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37

160K 99202

015K 59733
849E 41780
960K 07550

849E 41280
849E 41270

Description
A.C.
Panel
76B1
ESS PWB Chassis
76B2
Panel
76B3
Cap
76B4
Screw
76B5
Panel
76B6
Panel
76B7
Support (P/O Item24)
7210
(SCC) DDR DIMM (128MB)7640
(SCC) DDR DIMM (256MB)7640
Bracket
76B8
(SCC) (ISC) HDD (40GB) (ADJ 9.1.2)7810
(SCC) (ISC) FMO PWB (2Byte) (ADJ 9.1.2)72F1
(SCC) (ISC) FMO PWB (1Byte) (ADJ 9.1.2)72F1
(SCC) DDR DIMM (256MB)7640
Thread PWB (Printer Model)7641
PS DIMM (Option) (ENG) (DC Model)72P3
PS DIMM (Option) (FXK) 72P3
PS DIMM (Option) (FXTW,FXCL)72P3
(SCC) PS DIMM (ENG) (Option)72P3
(SCC) PS DIMM (FXK) (Option)72P3
(SCC) PS DIMM (TFX,FXCL) (Option)72P3
MF ROM (DC) (DC-II5010G) (ENG)71E1
MF ROM (CP) (DC-II5010G) (ENG)71E1
MF ROM (CP) (DC-II5010G) (FXK)71E1
MF ROM (CP) (DC-II5010G) (FXTW,FXCL)71E1
MF ROM(DC-II5010G) (ENG) (Option)71E1
MF ROM(DC-II5010G) (FXK) (Option)71E1
MF ROM(DC-II5010G) (FXTW,FXCL) (Option)71E1
MF ROM (CP,CPS)(DC550IG) (ENG)71E1
MF ROM (CF,CPS) (DC550IG) (FXK)71E1
MF ROM (CP,CPS) (DC550IG) (FXTW,FXCL)71E1
MF ROM (DC) (DC550IG) (IBG)71E1
HDD Bracket
7210
Panel
72P7
Flat Cable
72P8
ESS Chassis Assembly (Item21-23)72P9
Spring
72PA
BP PWB
72PB
ESS Chassis (REP 9.2.1)72PC
ESS PWB Chassis Assembly (Item1-8,25-28) 72PD
(SCC) ESS PWB Assembly (Item26-28) (REP 9.2.2)
72PE
(ISC) NVM MF PWB (REP 9.2.3) (ADJ 9.1.2)72PF
ESS PWB (P/O Item25) 72PG
EEP ROM (P/O Item25) 72PH
Screw (CFPS)
72PI
Damper (CFPS)
72PJ
Wire Harness (CFPS)
72PK
USB 2.0 PWB (Option) 72PL
Bracket (Option)
72PM
Riser PWB (Option)
72PN
Rail (Option)
72PO
Support Bracket
72PP
Support Bracket
72PQ

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 9.2b ESS (AP-II 5010/4000/3000)


Item

Part

Description

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

101K 52770

021E 98860
826E 08490
826E 08490
101E 16890

133K 24340
960K 28350

11
12

160K 99202

13
14
15
16
17
18

960K 16750

014E 55890
160K 94461

960K 30340

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33

127K 49520
849E 68160
960K 16030

101K 47030
849E 41270
899E 41280
540K 08281
540K 08271

34
35
36
37
38
39

540K 02590
540K 02610
809E 50090
960K 18190
960K 16200

960K 18150
960K 25770
960K 25750

ESS PWB Chassis Assembly(Item2-24)7401


ESS PWB Chassis (P/O Item2)7402
Panel
7403
Cap
7404
Stud Screw
7405
Stud
7406
Panel
7407
Bracket
7408
SDRAM DIMM (256MB) 7409
(SCC) ESS PWB Assembly (Item11,12) (REP 9.2.2)
740A
ESS PWB (P/O Item10) 740B
(SCC) (ISC) NVM2 MF PWB (REP 9.2.3) (ADJ 9.1.2)
740C
(SCC) MCW I/F PWB (REP 9.2.5)740D
Bracket (P/O Item1)
740E
Stud Screw
740F
Thread PWB
740G
Cover (P/O Item1)
740H
(SCC) (ISC) HDD Assembly (40GB) (Item19-24)
(ADJ 9.1.2)740I
Wire Harness (P/O Item18)740J
HDD (40GB) (P/O Item18)740K
Bracket (P/O Item18)
740L
Screw (P/O Item18)
740M
Damper (P/O Item18)
740N
Flat Cable (P/O Item18) 740O
(SCC) ESS Fan
740P
Bracket
740Q
(SCC) (ISC) BP PWB (Item28,29) (REP 9.2.4)740R
BP PWB (P/O Item27) 740S
EEP ROM (P/O Item27) 740T
ESS Chassis (RPE 9.2.1)740U
Support Bracket
740V
Support Bracket
740W
PS-DIMM(CP) (AP-II5010G)(ENG)(Option)740Z
MF ROM (CP) (AP-II5010G)
(ENG,FXK,FXTW,FXCL)740X
MF ROM (FX)
740X
Emulation DIMM (Option)740Z
Plate Spring
7410
New Riser PWB Assembly (Option)7411
(SCC) Image EXT PWB (Option)7412
Plate (Option)
7413
(SCC) USB2-D PWB (Option)7414
Font ROM (FXK)
7415
Font ROM (FXTW,FXCL)7416

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-31

9. Electrical

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-32

9. Electrical

PL 9.3 FAX Unit


Item
1
2
3
4

5
6
7
8
9
10

11
12
13
14

Part

Description

101E 16770
130K 64230
960K 30961
960K 19235
849E 13400
117K 36720
960K 28311
177K 94030
960K 28320
960K 23393
960K 32040
160K 95271
960K 28330

101K 54251
101K 51856

FAX Box Assembly


72F4
Panel
72F5
(SCC) Speaker
72F5
(SCC) (ISC) FCB PWB (IBG) (ADJ 9.1.2)72F7
(SCC) (ISC) FCB PWB (FX) (ADJ 9.1.2)72F7
Bracket
72F8
USB Cable
71F1
ISDN PWB (FX)
72FF
Data Cable (FX)
72F9
EMB PWB
72FB
G3 PWB (FX)
72FC
(SCC) G3 PWB (IBG)
72FC
EXT PWB (FX)
72FD
MJB PWB (FX)
72FE
Wire Harness (FX)
71F3
FAX Box Unit (IBG)(Item1-5)72FF
FAX Box Unit (FX)(Item1-5)72FF

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 9.4 Wire Harness


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Part

Description

962K 13510
962K 29890
962K 13090
962K 13240
962K 29910
962K 13140
962K 13220
962K 13211
962K 29853
962K 29921
962K 19220
962K 23600
962K 29931
068K 25210
110E 11230
849E 06890
826E 11590
826E 09910

Wire Harness Switch 2 71G1


Wire Harness ROS
71G2
Wire Harness Drive
71G3
Wire Harness Feeder
71G4
Wire Harness PH
71G5
Wire Harness Size
71G6
Wire Harness CRUM
71G7
Wire Harness Exit
71G8
Wire Harness LVPS Power71G9
Wire Harness Fuser AC 71GB
Wire Harness Interlock 71GC
Wire Harness MSI
71GD
Wire Harness Switch 1 71GE
Main Switch Assembly (Item1,13,15,16)71GF
(SCC) Main Switch
71GG
Bracket
71GH
Shoulder Screw
71GI
Shoulder Screw
71GJ

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-33

9. Electrical

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-34

10. Cover

PL 10.1 Cover-Front, Left


Item

Part

Description

1
2

3
4
5
6
7

802E 55222
802E 55392
802K 76690
802E 55401
802E 55431
802E 55441
121E 93360

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

802E 55351
003E 61060
050E 89400
054K 27880
802E 55191
802E 55422
809E 54540

802E 55320
849E 13810

015K 74930
015K 59961
110E 94770
849E 13850
017E 96810

802K 74000
802K 58170
802K 90340

802K 56100

28
29
30
31

Left Front Cover


32C1
Front Left Cover
32C2
Front Left Cover (Option) 32C2
Top Rear Cover
32C3
Exit Cover
32C4
Left Cover
32C5
Magnet
32C6
Front Cover (P/O Item27) (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)
32C7
Front Cover (P/O Item27) (AP550IG,DC550IG)32C7
Strip
32C8
Stopper
32C9
ADD Tray
32CB
Duct
32CC
Top Cover
32CD
Panel Cover
32CE
Spring
32CF
Inner Cover (P/O Item26)32CG
Cap
32CH
Plate
32CJ
Sheete Guide
32CK
Logo Label (AP-II 5010G)32CM
Logo Label (AP550IG,DC550IG))32CM
(SCC) Front Cover Interlock Switch 32CN
Bracket
32CP
Foot
32CQ
E-Star Label
32CR
CRU Label (P/O Item26) 32CS
Top Cover Assembly (Item9-14) (REP 10.1.1) 32CT
Inner Cover Assembly (Item15, 17, 24) 32CV
Front Cover Assembly (Item6-8) (AP-II5010G,DCII5010G)32CW
Front Cover Assembly (Item6-8) (AP550IG,DC550IG)
32CW
ECO Label
32CX
Label (ApeosPort)
32CY
SER Plate
32CZ
Pad (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)32E1

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 10.2 Cover-Rear, Right


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

Part

Description

802E 55230
802E 55241
802E 74821
802E 75231
802E 85491
802E 85760
802E 55292
802E 55301
017E 96810
017E 96831

802K 71810
802E 75241
802E 74812

826E 09850

Right Upper Cover


32D1
Right Lower Cover
32D2
ESS Right Cover
32D3
Rear Middle Cover
32D4
Rear Upper Cover (REP 10.2.1)32D5
Rear Lower Cover (REP 10.2.2)32D6
Cover
32D7
Cover
32D8
Foot
32D9
Foot
32DB
Label
32DC
Label (GFI)
32DD
Label
32DE
ESS Cover Assembly (Item18,19)32DF
ESS Lower Cover
32DG
ESS Side Cover
32DH
Data Plate
32DI
Screw
32DJ
ESS Cover (P/O Item14) 23DK
Label (AP-II5010G)
23DL
Label (ENG) (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)23DM
Label (FXCL) (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)23DN
Label (FXCL) (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)23DH

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-35

10. Cover

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-36

11. IIT

PL 11.1 Platen/Cover
Item

Part

Description

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

10

893E 27001

802E 54880
036K 91511

004E 02370
802E 54561
802E 90180
802E 54552
802E 95270
802E 54542

11

12

13

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

117K 37251
962K 28390
896E 53360
893E 92501
893E 92481
896E 53370
893E 92490

893E 11600
038K 88121
849E 14161
068K 28070
110E 12330
117E 24960
152K 68650
802K 59201

Key Lable
2001
Key Lable (English) (Option)2001
Platen Cover (P/O Item21)20B1
Hinge Cover
20B2
Hinge
20B3
Magnet (P/O Item21)
20B4
Platen Cushion (REP 11.1.1)2003
Top Cover
20B5
Right Cover (AP-II5010G)20B6
Right Cover (DC-II5010G,AP550IG,DC550IG)20B6
Left Cover (AP-II5010G) 20B7
Left Cover (DC-II5010G,AP550IG,DC550IG)20B7
Frame Assembly (PL 11.3,PL 11.4,PL 11.5,PL 11.6)
20B8
MCW Control Panel Assembly (PL 11.8) (REP
11.1.2) (AP-U5010G)7510
HB Control Panel Assembly (PL 11.2) (REP 11.1.2)
(DC-U5010G,AP550IG,DC550IG)7510
UI Cable (MCW)
20BD
UI Cable (HB)
20BD
ApeosPort-II5010 (IBG) 20B
ApeosPort-II4000 (IBG) 20L
ApeosPort II3000 (IBG) 20L
DocuCenter-II5010 (IBG) 20L
DocuCenter-II4000 (IBG) 20L
DocuCentre 350I (FX) 20BB
DocuCentre 450I
20BB
DocuCentre 550I (IBG) 20BB
ApeosPort 350I (FX, ENG)20BB
ApeosPort 450I
20BB
ApeosPort 550I (IBG)
20BB
Label
20BC
Exit Guide
20BD
Bracket
20BE
Holder (Option)
20BF
Handset (Option)
20BG
Curl Cord (Option)
20BH
Wire Harness (Option) 20BI
Platen Cover Assembly (Item2,5)20BJ
Label
20BK

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 11.2 HB Control Panel


Item
1

2
3

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Part

Description

802E 62560
802E 63420
802E 71840
802E 71860
802E 71881
802K 60062
802E 62570
802E 63431
802E 71830
802E 71850
802E 71870

802E 55500
802K 57131

160K 91631
110K 11610
123K 94951

160K 95934

802K 64727
802K 57112

Center Panel (FX)


75B1
Center Panel (ENG)
75B1
Center Panel (FXK)
75B1
Center Panel (TFX)
75B1
Center Panel (FXCL)
75B1
Left Panel (with Item4) -DC75B2
Right Panel (FX)
75B3
Right Panel (ENG)
75B3
Right Panel (FXK)
75B3
Right Panel (TFX)
75B3
Right Panel (FXCL)
75B3
Contrast PWB
75B4
Panel Housing
75B6
Panel Case Assembly (Item13-15)75BR
Control Panel PWB (P/O Item21)75BD
(SCC) HB Inverter PWB 75B8
(SCC) HB Touch Panel 75B9
(SCC) HB Display Assembly75BB
Bracket (P/O Item21)
75BC
(SCC) UI PWB
7522
UI Base Frame (P/O Item6)75BE
UI Top Cover (P/O Item6)75BF
UI Lower Cover (P/O Item6)75BG
Wire Harness
75BH
Wire Harness
75BJ
Wire Harness
75BK
Support
75BM
Wire Harness
75BN
(SCC) HB Control Panel (Item5-20)7510
One Touch Panel (With Item23) (FAX)7520
Fax Control PWB
75BP
Label
75BQ

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-37

11. IIT

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-38

11. IIT

PL 11.3 Platen Glass


Item

Part

Description

1
2
3
4

090K 02331
815E 04811
802E 53950
960K 18311

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

960K 04884
117E 24690
962K 30312
090K 93011
849E 17910
826E 06490

053K 92170
849E 22650
849E 15760
035E 71940
035E 71950
035E 71960
117E 21691
960K 18211
962K 38070

Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1)1021


(SCC) Right Side Plate 11B1
IPS Cover
11B2
IIT/IPS PWB (REP 11.3.2) (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)
1120
IIT/IPS PWB (REP 11.3.2) (AP550IG,DC550IG)1120
CCD Flat Cable
11B3
Wire Harness
11B4
Platen Glass
11B5
Platen Glass Plate
11B6
Lock Screw
11B7
Screw
11B8
Filter
11B9
Support Glass
11BB
Support Glass
11BC
Right Seal (FX)
11BD
Left Seal (FX)
11BE
Center Seal (FX)
11BF
IIT I/F Cable
11BG
HWM PWB (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G) (Option)11BH
Wire Harness (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G) (Option)
11BJ

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 11.4 CCD PWB, Sensor


Item

Part

Description

1
2
3
4
5

062K 15672
802E 54170

130K 67360

130K 67360

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

110K 94900
130E 85970
849E 06010
120E 22030
009E 55450
130E 87280
120K 91970
127K 46210

130K 64600

18
19

604K 26021

Lens Kit Assembly (Item13-15)(REP 11.4.1)1031


PWB Cover
11C1
Bracket (P/O Item5)
11C2
APS Sensor (P/O Item5) 11C9
APS Sensor ( Item3,4) (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)
(IBG)1061
APS Sensor Assembly (Item3, 4)
(AP550IG,DC550IG) (FX)1061
(SCC) Platen Open Switch1063
(SCC) IIT Registration Sensor11C3
Support
11C4
Actuator
11C5
Spring
11C6
(SCC) Platen Angle Sensor11C7
Actuator Assembly (Item8-10)11C8
CCD Fan
11C9
Bracket (P/O Item1)
11CB
Lens Base (P/O Item1) 11CD
APS Sensor (P/O Item17)11CE
APS Sensor Assembly (Item3, 4,16)
(AP550IG,DC550IG) (IBG)1061
Lens Bracket (P/O Item19)11CF
Lens Kit Assembly (Item1,18)11CG

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-39

11. IIT

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-40

11. IIT

PL 11.5 Carriage Cable/Motor


Item

Part

Description

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

020E 36541
006K 24250
012K 94410
012K 94420
020E 37030
809E 41740

013E 23640
023E 22350
020E 41480

127K 45870

15
16

127K 45880
809E 58300

Capstan Pulley
11D1
Capstan Shaft
11D2
Front Carriage Cable (REP 11.5.1)11D3
Rear Carriage Cable (REP 11.5.1)11D4
Pulley
11D5
Spring
11D6
Tape
11D7
Tape
11D8
Frame
11D9
Bearing
11DB
Belt
11DC
Timing Pulley
11DD
Bracket (P/O Item14)
11DF
Carriage Motor Assembly (Item13,15) (REP 11.5.2)
11DE
(SCC) Carriage Moter
11DG
Spring
11DH

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 11.6 Full/Half Rate Carriage


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Part

Description

032E 21150

041K 94800

062E 10800

122K 93780
105E 16210

062E 10780
809E 41680
041K 94441
020E 36510

Harness Guide
11E1
Pad
11EF
Full Rate Carriage
11E2
Lamp Wire Harness (REP 11.6.2)11E3
Guide
11E4
No.1 Mirror
1022
Clip
11E5
Insulator
11E6
Exposure Lamp (REP 11.6.1)1013
Lamp Ballast PWB
11E7
Pad
11E8
Guide
11EG
No.2, No.3 Mirror
11E9
Clip
11EB
Half Rate Carriage
11EC
Pulley
11ED
Pulley
11EE

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-41

11. IIT

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-42

11. IIT

PL 11.8 MCW Control Panel


Item
1
2

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Part

Description

848E 01540
802E 94290
848E 02730
848E 02740
848E 02750
802E 94300
848E 02760
848E 02770
848E 02780
802K 85750
802K 85901

123K 97440

(SCC) Left Panel


11G1
(SCC) Center Panel (ENG)11G2
(SCC) Center Panel (FXTW)11G2
(SCC) Center Panel (FXK)11G2
(SCC) Center Panel (FXCL)11G2
(SCC) Right Panel (ENG)11G3
(SCC) Right Panel (FXTW)11G3
(SCC) Right Panel (FXK) 11G3
(SCC) Right Panel (FXCL)11G3
(SCC) One Touch Panel 11G4
MCW Control Panel Assembly (Item6-24)11G5
Support (P/O Item5)
11G6
Frame (P/O Item5)
11G7
Earth Plate (P/O Item5) 11G8
Touch Panel (P/O Item5) 11G9
MCW LCD Assembly
11GB
Bracket (P/O Item5)
11GC
Flat Cable (P/O Item5) 11GD
Case (P/O Item5)
11GE
Bracket (P/O Item5)
11GF
MCW UI I/F PWB (P/O Item5)11GG
Bracket (P/O Item5)
11GH
Wire Harness (P/O Item5)11GJ
MCW Control Panel PWB (P/O Item5)11GK
Sheet (P/O Item5)
11GM
Wire Harness (P/O Item5)11GN
Plate (P/O Item5)
11GP
Inverter PWB (P/O Item5)11GR
Wire Harness (P/O Item5)11GS
Console (P/O Item5)
11GT
Label
11GU

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 12.1 Tray, Feeder Assembly-2T


Item
1

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Part

Description

050K 49844
050K 49841
892E 98740
892E 98750
110K 11680

014E 51110
003E 61510
059K 26935
059K 26935
054K 27520

892E 98770
014E 45610

054E 22622

Tray 3 Assembly (PL 12.2)5010


Tray 4 Assembly (Option) (PL 12.2)5010
Label (No.3)
50F1
Label (No.4)
50F2
(SCC) Tray 3/4 Paper Size Switch (Alternate) 50F4
(SCC) Tray 3/4 Paper Size Switch (Alternate) 50F4
Tray Spacer
50F5
Tray Stopper
50F6
(SCC) Tray 3 Feeder (PL 12.3) (REP 12.1.1) 5030
(SCC) Tray 4 Feeder (PL 12.3) (REP 12.1.2) 5040
Feed Out Chute (Item15, 16) 50F7
Sensor Cover
50F8
Cover
50F9
Label (Size)
50FB
Label (Instruction)
50FC
Side Lock
50FD
Bracket
50FE
Feed Out Chute
50FF
Paper Guide (P/O Item8) 50FE

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-43

12. Tray Module - 2T

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-44

12. Tray Module - 2T

PL 12.2 Tray 3/4 Assembly-2T


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

25
26
27
28
29

Part

Description

010E 93341
802E 54721
038K 87112
893E 09490
849E 06322
019K 94400
019K 07150

019E 39131
038E 26550
120E 22040
120E 22080
809E 41880
007E 78190
038E 26533
809E 47091
120E 22050
012E 11090
007E 78431
007E 78450
007E 78440
015K 60580
006E 78480
003E 48580
035E 62410
035E 75340

003E 59610
809E 41870
826E 06501
809E 41890

Slide Lock
50GT
(SCC) Tray Cover
50G1
Front Side Guide Assembly (Item1,7,26-29) 50GV
Label (Max)
50G3
Bottom Plate
50G4
Bottom Pad (Alternate) 50G5
Bottom Pad (Alternate) 50G5
Front Side Guide (P/O Item3)50G6
Tray Pad
50G7
Rear Side Guide
50G8
Side Guide Actuator
50G9
Guide Actuator
50GB
Spring
50GC
Pinion Gear
50GD
End Guide
50GE
Spring
50GF
End Guide Actuator
50GG
Link
50GH
Coupling Gear (13T)
50GJ
Gear (13T/60T)
50GK
Sector Gear (60T)
50GM
Bracket
50GN
Lift Up Shaft
50GP
Stopper
50GQ
Seal (Alternate)
50GR
Seal (Alternate)
50GR
Tray
50GS
Knob
50GT
Spring
50GV
Pin
50GW
Spring
50GX

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 12.3 Tray 3/4 Feeder-2T


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

21

22

23
24
25
26

27
28

29
30
31
32

33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46

Part
801K 05382
127K 38170
015K 60680

807E 00390
809E 50531
005K 83081
005K 07130
005K 07140
007K 85730
807E 00800
013E 26530
006K 23221
054E 23460
120E 22481
930W 00113
930W 00113
962K 18912
007E 79390
007E 78900
809E 51070
022K 56820
022K 56820
005K 05890
005K 07110
005K 07120
005K 06760
005K 07150
005K 07160
006E 78501
054E 23170
809E 42530
005K 07010
005K 81880
849E 05820
022K 56820
022K 56820

007E 79380

022K 56820
022K 56820
807E 00070

807E 00380
011E 14771

028E 94160
801K 04210
019E 56680
809E 51080
001E 64850
001E 63981
006E 78400
006E 78390
930W 00211

Description
A.C.
Upper Frame
50H1
(SCC) Tray 3/4 Feed/Lift Up Motor50H2
Bracket
50H3
Spacer
50H4
Gear (31T)
50H5
Spring
50H6
Oneway Clutch (Alternate)50H7
Oneway Clutch (Alternate)50H7
Oneway Clutch (Alternate)50H7
Oneway Gear
50H8
Gear (13T)
50H9
Bearing
50HB
Shaft
50HC
Front Chute
50HD
Actuator
50HE
(SCC) Tray 3/4 Level Sensor50HF
(SCC) Tray 3/4 No Paper Sensor50HG
Wire Harness
50HH
Gear (28T/21T)
50HJ
Gear (29T)
50HK
Spring
50HM
Feed Roll (Tray 3) (REP 12.3.1)50HN
Feed Roll (Tray 4) (REP 12.3.1)50HN
Oneway Clutch (Alternate)50HP
Oneway Clutch (Alternate)50HP
Oneway Clutch (Alternate)50HP
Oneway Gear (22T) (Alternate)50HQ
Oneway Gear (22T) (Alternate)50HQ
Oneway Gear (22T) (Alternate)50HQ
Shaft
50HR
Chute
50HS
Spring
50HT
Friction Clutch (Alternate)50HV
Friction Clutch (Alternate)50HV
Support
50HW
Retard Roll (Tray 3) (REP 12.3.1)50HX
Retard Roll (Tray 4) (REP 12.3.1)50HX
Spacer
50HY
Gear (33T)
50J1
Support Assembly
50J2
Nudger Roll (Tray 3) (REP 12.3.1) 50J3
Nudger Roll (Tray 4) (REP 12.3.1) 50J3
Gear (25T)
50J4
Bearing
50J5
Gear (27T)
50J6
Lever
50J7
Bearing
50J8
Washer
50J9
Lower Frame
50JB
Holder
50JC
Spring
50JD
Rail
50JF
Rear Frame
50JG
Shaft
50JK
Shaft
50JL
Tray 3/4 Pre Feed Sensor50JM

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-45

12. Tray Module - 2T

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-46

12. Tray Module - 2T

PL 12.4 Left Cover-2T


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Part

Description

802K 53502
003E 59630
003E 59640
011E 14480
802E 54661
054E 23420
120E 22060
809E 54500
849E 06330
809E 41830
013E 23660
013E 23650
059E 98190
830E 45710
110E 10620
030K 75510
030K 75490

(SCC) Left Cover Assembly (Item2-13)50K1


Latch
50K2
Hook
50K3
Handle
50K4
Left Cover
50K5
Chute
50K6
Actuator
50K7
Spring
50K8
Bracket
50K9
Spring
50KB
Bearing
50KC
Bearing
50KD
Pinch Roll
50KE
Support
50KF
(SCC) Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch50KG
Bracket Assembly
50KH
Bracket
50KJ
Paper Guide
50KK
Paper Guide
50KL

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 12.5 Take Away Roll-2T


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Part

Description

802E 54670
130K 64120
962K 18170

130K 64470
962K 18900
059K 26250
013E 84520

Chute
50M1
Cover
50M2
(SCC) Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor50M3
Wire Harness
50M4
Chute
50M5
(SCC) Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor50M6
Wire Harness
50M7
Take Away Roll Assembly5035
Bearing
50M8

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-47

12. Tray Module - 2T

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-48

12. Tray Module - 2T

PL 12.6 Drive and Electrical-2T


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Part

Description

960K 16183
121K 31530

007K 89731

007E 78250
007E 78240

962K 30410

013E 84520

(SCC) 2TM PWB (REP 12.6.1)50N1


(SCC) 2TM Take Away Roll Clutch50N2
Bracket
50N3
Shaft
50N4
Bearing
50N5
Gear (38T)
50N6
(SCC) 2TM Take Away Motor50N7
Gear (22T/40T)
50N8
Gear (126T)
50N9
Gear (60T)
50NB
Gear (37T)
50NC
Gear (32T)
50ND
Wire Harness-2TM
50NE
Gasket
50NF
Bearing
50NG

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 12.7 Cover-2T
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Part

Description

A.C.

802E 54730
802E 54740
802E 54750
802E 54760
802E 54771
017K 93130
017K 93120
017K 92991
849E 24810
849E 24800

Top Cover
Foot Cover
Right Cover
Left Lower Cover
Rear Cover
Caster (Stopper)
Caster
Foot
Foot Cover
Tray Cover
Bracket
Screw

32E1
32E2
32E3
32E4
32E5
32E6
32E7
32E8
32E9
32EB
32EC
32ED

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-49

12. Tray Module - 2T

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-50

13. Tray Module-TT

PL 13.1 TTM Cover


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Part

Description

802E 54730
802E 54740
802E 54750
802E 54760
802E 54771
017K 93130
017K 93120
849E 06280
059E 98210
006E 78550

802E 62550
032E 20880
893E 03310

892E 98750

892E 98740

Top Cover
58A0
Foot Cover
58A1
Right Cover
58A2
Left Lower Cover
58A3
Rear Cover
58A4
Caster (Stopper)
58A5
Caster
58A6
Tray 3 Stopper
58A7
Roll
58A8
Shaft
58A9
Bracket
58AA
Cover Joint
58AI
Guide Tray
58AJ
Label
58AB
Tray 4 Stopper
58AC
Label (4)
58AD
Tray 4 Assembly (REP 13.1.2)(PL 13.3)58AE
Label (3)
58AF
Tray 3 Assembly (REP 13.1.1)(PL 13.2 )58AG
Foot Adjuster
58AH

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 13.2 TTM Tray 3


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

Part

Description

A.C.

802E 54780
802E 54790
020E 36820
006K 23011
020E 36560
032E 20890
020E 36830
032E 21250
012E 11100
012E 11120
012E 11110
015K 60650
019K 94400
038K 87170
003E 59730
003K 13170
809E 50670
038K 87180
849E 07230
007E 78370
007E 78190
003E 49861
030K 75540
014E 44870
014E 44630
120E 22070
019E 58260
801K 04420

Tray 3 Cover
Handle Tray
Pulley
Lift Shaft Assembly
Pulley
Cable Guide
Pulley
Cable Guide
Tray Cable
F/R Cable
F/L Cable
Bottom Plate
Pad
Front Side Guide
Knob
Knob Assembly
Spring
Rear Side Guide
Bracket
Rack Gear
Pinion
Stopper
Brake Bracket
Rail Spacer
Spacer
Actuator
Pad
Frame Assembly

58AK
58AL
58AM
58AN
58AO
58AP
58AQ
58AR
58AS
58AT
58AU
58AV
58AW
58AX
58AY
58AZ
58B0
58B1
58B2
58B3
58B4
58B5
58B6
58B7
58B8
58B9
58BA
58BB

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-51

13. Tray Module-TT

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-52

13. Tray Module-TT

PL 13.3 TTM Tray 4


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

Part

Description

802K 53490
059K 26340
801K 04400
006K 23011
020E 36820
020E 36830
032E 21250
012E 11130
012E 11140
015K 60640
019K 94400
038K 87130
003E 59730
003K 13160
809E 50670
030K 75530
007E 78390
007E 78370
007E 78190
849E 07230
059E 98200
006E 78540
003E 49861
120E 22070
019E 58260
801K 04410
038K 87140

Tray 4 Cover
58BC
Tray 4 Transport Assembly (PL 13.4)58BD
Frame Assembly
58BE
Lift Shaft Assembly
58BF
Pulley
58BG
Pulley
58BH
Cable Guide
58BI
Rear Tray Cable (REP 13.3.1)58BJ
Front Tray Cable (REP 13.3.1)58BK
Bottom Plate
58BL
Pad
58BM
Front Side Guide
58BN
Knob
58BO
Knob Assembly
58BP
Spring
58BQ
Brake Bracket
58BR
Gear
58BS
Rack Gear
58BT
Pinion
58BU
Bracket
58BV
Rail Roll
58BW
Shaft
58BX
Stopper
58BY
Actuator
58BZ
Pad
58C0
Frame Assembly
58C1
Rear Side Guide
58C2

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 13.4 TTM Feeder (1/3)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

Part

Description

110K 11820
032E 20360
059K 26340
054E 23510
059K 26350
413W 77559
802E 54710
059E 98860
013E 23660
809E 51330
013E 23650
054K 23730
001E 64060

059K 26935
849E 06540
802E 54690
930W 00202
054E 23500
054E 23490
849E 06550
030K 75570

(SCC) Tray 3/4 Paper Size Switch583M


Guide
58C3
Tray 4 Transport Assembly (Item4-13)58C4
Upper Chute
58C5
Takeaway Roll Assembly58C6
Bearing
58C7
Cover
58C8
Pinch Roll
58C9
Bearing
58CA
Spring
58CB
Bearing
58CC
Lower Chute
58CE
Transport Rail
58CD
Wire Harness
583N
(SCC) Tray 4 Feeder (REP 13.4.1)(PL 13.6)5830
Bracket
583F
Cover
583G
Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor 583H
Upper Chute
583I
F/O Lower Chute
583J
Bracket
583K
Stand Bracket
583L

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-53

13. Tray Module-TT

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-54

13. Tray Module-TT

PL 13.5 TTM Feeder (2/3)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Part

Description

059K 26935
802E 54681
059K 26250
013E 84520
802E 54670
054E 23530
962K 18170
130K 64120
054E 23480
054E 22622

(SCC) Tray 3 Feeder (REP 13.5.1) (PL 13.6)58CO


Cover
58CP
Takeaway Roll Assembly58CQ
Bearing
58CR
Cover
58CS
Chute
58CT
Wire Harness
58CU
Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor 58CV
Lower Chute
58CW
Chute Feed Out
58CY

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 13.6 TTM Feeder (3/3)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14

15
16
17
18
19
20
21

22

23
24
25
26

27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47

Part
019E 56680
127K 38170
015K 60680
014E 44770
807E 00390
809E 50530
005K 83081
005K 07130
005K 07140
007K 85730
807E 00800
013E 26530
006K 23220
054E 23460
120E 22480
930W 00113
930W 00113
930W 00211
962K 18912
007E 79390
007E 78900
809E 51070
022K 56820
005K 05890
005K 07110
005K 07120
005K 06760
005K 07150
005K 07160
006E 78501
054E 23170
809E 42530
005K 07010
005K 81880
006E 78400
849E 05813
014E 45030
007E 79380
006E 78390
809E 51080
807E 00070
801K 04210
413W 11660
807E 00380
011E 14770
013E 92890
028E 94160
801K 05381

113E 37571
113E 37581
113E 37591
019E 54590
001E 64850
849E 05820

Description
A.C.
Holder
58E9
Tray 1/2 Feed Lift Up Motor58D1
Bracket
58D2
Spacer
58D3
Gear (31t)
58D4
Spring
58D5
Oneway Clutch (Alternate)58D6
Oneway Clutch (Alternate)58D6
Oneway Clutch (Alternate)58D6
Oneway Gear
58D7
Gear (13T)
58D8
Bearing
58D9
Shaft
58DA
Front Chute
58DB
Actuator
58DC
Tray3/4 Level Sensor
58DD
Tray3/4 No Paper Sensor58DD
Tray3/4 PreFeed Sensor 58DE
Wire Harness
58DF
Gear (28T/21T)
58DG
Gear (29T)
58DH
Spring
58DI
Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (REP 13.6.1)58DJ
Oneway Clutch (Alternate)58DK
Oneway Clutch (Alternate)58DK
Oneway Clutch (Alternate)58DK
Oneway Gear (22T) (Alternate)58DL
Oneway Gear (22T) (Alternate)58DL
Oneway Gear (22T) (Alternate)58DL
Shaft
58DM
Chute
58DN
Spring
58DO
Friction Clutch (Alternate)58DP
Friction Clutch (Alternate)58DP
Shaft-Retard
58DQ
Support Nudger
58E8
Spacer
58DR
Gear (33T)
58DS
Shaft-Nudger
58DT
Spring
58EA
Gear (25T)
58DU
Lower Frame
58DV
Bearing
58DW
Gear (27T)
58DX
Lever
58DY
Bearing
58DZ
Washer
58E0
Upper Frame
58E1
Label
58EB
Holder Harness CTR
58E2
Holder Harness REAR 58E3
Holder Harness UPPER 58E4
Holder Harness PS1
58E5
Rail
58E6
Support Retard
58E7

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-55

13. Tray Module-TT

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-56

13. Tray Module-TT

PL 13.7 TTM Transportation


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Part

Description

802K 53482
003E 59630
003E 59640
011E 14480
802E 54660
054E 23420
120E 22060
809E 54500
849E 06330
809E 41830
013E 23660
013E 23650
059E 98190
830E 45710
110E 10620
030K 75510
030K 75490

Left Cover Assembly (Item2-13)58FB


Latch
58FC
Hook
58FD
Handle
58FE
Left Cover
58FF
Chute
58FG
Actuator
58FH
Spring
58FI
Bracket
58FJ
Spring
58FK
Bearing
58FL
Bearing
58FM
Pinch Roll
58FN
Support
58FO
Left Cover Interlock Switch58FP
Bracket5
8FQ
Bracket
58FR
Roll Assembly (Item9-13)58FS

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 13.8 TTM Drive and Electrical


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Part

Description

030K 75450
030K 75430
007K 89731
807E 08630
960K 16183
849E 06230
121K 31530
849E 92930
413W 77359
007E 78260
006E 78490
007E 78230
007E 78420
007E 78400
007E 78240
068K 23340
035E 73350
962K 30420
013E 84520
252W 29450

Bracket Gear Assembly-LT (Tray 3)58G0


Bracket Gear Assembly-RT (Tray 4)58G1
(SCC) TTM Take Away Motor 5830
Gear (22/40)
58G2
TTM PWB (REP 13.8.1) 58G3
Bracket-Cover Gear
58G4
(SCC) Take Away Clutch 5842
Bracket-Clutch
58G5
Bearing
58G6
Gear (38T)
58G7
Shaft Clutch
58G8
Gear (37T)
58G9
Gear (32T)
58GA
Gear (60T-2)
58GB
Gear (60T)
58GC
Bracket Assembly Trans 58GD
Gasket-TM
58GE
Wire Harness-TTM
58GF
Bearing
58GG
Plain Washer
58GH

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-57

13. Tray Module-TT

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-58

14. Stand

PL 14.1 Stand
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Part

Description

Front Cover
58P1
Magnet
58P2
Left Cover
58P3
Rear Cover
58P4
Right Cover
58P5
Bracket
58P6
Caster (s)
58P7
Caster
58P8
Upper Hinge
58P9
Lower Hinge
58PB
Foot Cover
58PC
Foot
58PD
Foot Cover (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)58PE

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 15.1 DADF Assembly


Item

Part

Description

1
2
3

003K 91881
004K 02371
059K 54642

059K 53932

059K 44635

059K 45025

059K 45035

059K 45045

893E 09092
893E 11712
893E 29410
893E 29420
893E 29430

Knob Screw
22B1
DADF Platen Cushion (REP 15.1.2)2226
(SCC) DADF (PL 15.2) (REP 15.1.1) (APII5010G,DC-II5010G)22AA
(SCC) DADF (FX) (PL 15.2) (REP 15.1.1)
(AP550IG,DC550IG)22AA
(SCC) DADF (ENG) (PL 15.2) (REP 15.1.1)
(AP550IG,DC550IG)22AA
(SCC) DADF (FXK) (PL 15.2) (REP 15.1.1)
(AP550IG,DC550IG)22AA
(SCC) DADF (FXTW) (PL 15.2) (REP 15.1.1)
(AP550IG,DC550IG)22AA
(SCC) DADF (FXCL) (PL 15.2) (REP 15.1.1)
(AP550IG,DC550IG)22AA
Label (FX)
22B2
Label (ENG)
22B2
Label (FXK)
22B2
Label (FXTW)
22B2
Label (FXCL)
22B2

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-59

15. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-60

15. DADF

PL 15.2 DADF Component, Cover


Item

Part

Description

801K 22541

801K 05636

2
3

050K 56180

050K 49719

4
5
6
7
8
9

003E 60390
021E 98500

802E 57444
802K 65220
802K 65311

10
11

DADF Base Cover (PL 15.3) (AP-II5010G,DCII5010G)22C1


DADF Base Cover (PL 15.3) (AP550IG,DC550IG)
22C1
DADF Feeder Assembly (PL 15.4) (REP 15.2.2)22C2
(SCC) DADF Document Tray (PL 15.10) (REP
15.2.1) (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)2210
(SCC) DADF Document Tray (PL 15.10) (REP
15.2.1) (AP550IG,DC550IG)2210
Tray Holder
22C3
LED Cap
22C4
DADF Front Cover (P/O Item9)22C5
DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4)22C6
Stamp Solenoid Connector Holder (Option) 22C7
DADF Front Cover Assembly (Item5,6)(REP 15.2.3)
22C8
Velcro Fastening
22C9
Velcro Fastening(Option) 22CB

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 15.3 DADF Base Cover Component


Item

Part

Description

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33

019K 99090

962K 19761
962K 19781
962K 19793

121K 35830
121E 90620

059E 98690

809E 50720

059E 98700
059E 98710
809E 50730
059E 98701
059E 98711
809E 50740
019K 99080
802E 57340
028E 94260
011E 14751
021E 98511
036K 91551
036K 91561
117E 21621

960K 32500

960K 02756

34

801K 22541

801K 16482

35
36
37
38
39
40
41

801K 15900
030K 77550
030K 77560
030K 77570
059K 31301

DADF Base Cover


22D1
Gate Pad
22D2
Velcro Fastening
22D3
PWB Bracket
22D4
Wire Harness (Option) 22D5
Earth Wire
22D6
Wire Harness (Feeder Front)22D7
Bush
22D8
Stamp Solenoid (Option) 22D9
Magnet (Interlock)
22DB
Tapping Screw
22DC
Shaft
22DD
Holder
22DE
Pinch Roll (Exit)
22DF
Bearing
22DG
Spring
22DH
Shaft
22DJ
Pinch Roll (Regi:Plastics)22DK
Pinch Roll (Regi:Plastics)22DP
Spring (Length:20mm) 22DQ
Pinch Roll (Out Roll:Rubber)22DR
Pinch Roll (Out Roll:Rubber)22DS
Spring (Length:17mm) 22DT
Pad (Sensor)
22DV
Cover
22DW
KL-Clip
22DX
Lever (Solenoid)
22DY
Cap
22P1
(SCC) Left Counter Balance (REP 15.3.2) 22P2
(SCC) Right Counter Balance (REP 15.3.3) 22P3
IIT-DADF Cable
22P4
Clamp
22P5
(SCC) DADF PWB (Item1-3,10,11,40,41) (REP
15.3.1) (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)2281
(SCC) DADF PWB (REP 15.3.1)
(AP550IG,DC550IG)2281
DADF Base Assembly (Item1-3, 10,11,40,41) (APII5010G,DC-II5010G)22P6
DADF Base Assembly (Item1-3, 10,11,36-38)
(AP550IG,DC550IG)22P6
(SCC) DADF Base Unit (1-3, 10-26,36-38)22P7
Bracket1
22P8
Bracket2
22P9
Bracket3
22PB
Pinch Roll Assembly (Item12-14)22PC
Velcro Fastening
22PD
Velcro Fastening
22PE

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-61

15. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-62

15. DADF

PL 15.4 DADF Feeder Component


Item

Part

Description

1
2
3
4

003E 60410
030K 75910
032E 21280
059K 45216

059K 42518

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

059K 42590
054E 24481
802E 57370
059K 44920
019K 98770
006E 79350
809E 67230
019K 99061
019K 99070
035K 82761
005E 80250
032E 21291
893E 03360
962K 19731
962K 19740
962K 19750

035K 82941
032E 22290
004E 13830

023E 21340
121K 31912
160K 97600
054K 24549

Stud
22E1
Stud Bracket
22E2
Harness Guide
22E3
Top Cover Assembly (REP 15.4.2) (AP-II5010G,DCII5010G) (PL 15.5) 22E4
Top Cover Assembly (REP 15.4.2)
(AP550IG,DC550IG) (PL 15.5) 22E4
DADF Feeder (PL 15.7,PL 15.8) 22E5
Retard Roll Chute
22E6
Retard Roll Holder
22E7
Retard Roll (REP 15.4.1) 2223
22E8
Shaft
22E9
Spring
22EB
Pad
22EC
Pad (Actuator)
22ED
Seal (Rear)
22EE
C-Clip
22EF
Guide
22EG
Label
22EH
Wire Harness (Sensor) 22EJ
Wire Harness (Registration Motor)22EK
Wire Harness (Feed Motor)22EM
Seal (Front) (P/O Item31)22EN
Seal (Retard)
22EP
Guide
22EQ
Disk
22ER
Motor Unit (PL 15.9)
22ES
Guide
22ET
Stud Screw
22EV
Belt
22EW
(SCC) Exit Nip Release Solenoid 22EX
DADF Document Set LED22EY
Retard Roll Chute Assembly (Item6-17,21,22) 22EZ

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 15.5 Top Cover Component


Item

Part

Description

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

802E 57315
011E 14741
120E 22361
849E 17180
849E 17190
059K 31291
127K 38411
930W 00111
962K 19705

032E 23790

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

893E 17320
893E 03330
028E 94260
809E 51050
809E 50720
120E 22352
054E 24452
019K 07030
962K 36720
035K 83280
032E 23781

013E 92890

Top Cover
22F1
Handle Lever
22F2
Actuator (Feed Out)
22F3
Bracket
22F4
Bracket
22F5
Take Away Pinch Roll (PL 15.6) 22F6
(SCC) DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6)22FN
(SCC) DADF Nudger Sensor22F7
Wire Harness
22F8
Harness Guide
22F9
Rear Set Guide
22FB
Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly (PL 15.6) (APII5010G,DC-II5010G) 2220
Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly (PL 15.6)
(AP550IG,DC550IG) 2220
Harness Guide
22FC
Label (Size)
22FD
Label (Jam Clear)
22FE
KL-Clip (AP550IG,DC550IG)22FF
Plate Spring
22FG
Spring
22FH
Actuator (Set)
22FJ
Feed Upper Chute
22FK
Pad
22FM
Earth Wire
22FN
Seal
22FP
Front Set Guide
22FQ
Guide
22FR
Guide
22FS
Braring (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)22FT

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-63

15. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-64

15. DADF

PL 15.6 Take Away Pinch Roll, Nudger Motor,


Nudger/Feed Roll
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Part

127K 38420

059K 31281

20
21
22
23
24

059K 31281

003E 60381

807E 00550
059K 31270

25
26
27
28
29
30

059K 31270

809E 55060
809E 50690
013E 92890
007K 88751
059K 48900

059K 31268

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42

003E 72030
003E 74960

807E 18980

806E 20920
809E 74410

Description
A.C.
Bracket
22G1
Shaft (Take Away Pinch Roll) 22G2
Roll
22G3
Roll
22G4
Aligner Bracket
22G5
Spring
22G6
Gear Bracket
22G7
Gear (18T/19T)
22G8
Gear (36T/19T)
22G9
Gear (36T/16T)
22GB
DADF Nudger Motor
22GJ
Bracket
22GK
Motor Bracket
22GC
Housing
22GD
Sector Gear
22GE
Gear (Idler: 36T)
22GF
Shaft
22GG
Gear (Nudger: 34T)
22GH
Nudger Roll (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)(REP 15.6.1 )
2221
Nudger Roll (AP550IG,DC550IG)(REP 15.6.1)2221
Shaft (Nudger)
22GJ
Set Gate
22GK
Shaft (Feed)
22GM
Gear (Feed: 26T)
22GN
Feed Roll (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)(REP 15.6.1 )
2222
Feed Roll (AP550IG,DC550IG)(REP 15.6.1)2222
C-Clip
22GP
Spring
22GQ
Spring
22GR
Bearing
22GS
Gear
22GT
Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly ( Item15-17,19,2429,31-42)(AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)22GV
Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly ( Item1529)(AP550IG,DC550IG)22GV
Housing
22GW
Gear (Nudger: 34T)
22GX
Nudger Shaft (Front)
22GY
Gate Stopper
22P1
Set Stopper
22P2
Feed Shaft (Rear)
22P3
Gear (Feed: 26T)
22P4
Feed Shaft (Front)
22P5
KL-Clip
22P6
KL-Clip
22P7
Nudger Shaft (Rear)
22P8
Spring
22P9

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 15.7 DADF Feeder-Chute


Item

Part

Description

1
2

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35

054K 30631
054K 24533

101K 11981
801K 05613

930W 00111
930W 00111
930W 00111
930W 00111
930W 00111
930W 00211
054E 24492
120E 22381
120E 22391
120E 22401
120E 22411
120E 22420
809E 50792
030K 75843
030K 75843

038E 26880
962K 19722
032K 96994
054K 24558
054K 30620

054K 24520

36

801K 22531

801K 05580

37
38
39
40

030K 75843
030K 75853
801K 05595
054K 30621

Lower Chute
22H1
Chute (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)22H2
Chute (Scan Position) (AP550IG,DC550IG)22H2
Spring (P/O Item35)
22H3
Seal (P/O Item35)
22H4
Seal (P/O Item35)
22H5
Seal (P/O Item35)
22H6
(SCC) Frame (Front)
22H7
(SCC) DADF Interlock Switch 2283
Frame (Rear)
22H8
Sensor Holder (P/O Item33)22H9
Sensor Bracket (P/O Item33)22HB
DADF APS 1 Sensor
22HC
DADF APS 2 Sensor
22HD
DADF APS 3 Sensor
22HE
DADF Pre Registration Sensor22HF
DADF Invert Sensor
22HG
Registration Sensor
22HH
Feeder Housing
22HJ
Actuator (Pre Registration)22HK
Actuator (APS 1)
22HM
Actuator (APS 2)
22HN
Actuator (APS 3)
22HP
Actuator (Invert)
22HQ
Spring
22HR
Bracket (Front)
22HS
Bracket (Rear)
22HT
Eliminator (P/O Item37, 38)22HV
Eliminator (P/O Item37, 38)22HW
Seal (P/O Item34)
22HX
Seal (P/O Item34)
22HY
Invert Guide
22J1
Wire Harness
22J2
Sensor Guide Assembly (Item10-17,32) 22J3
Feed Chute Assembly (Item18-30) 22J4
Lower Chute Assembly (Item1-3) (AP-II5010G,DCII5010G) 22J5
Lower Chute Assembly (Item1-6)
(AP550IG,DC550IG) 22J5
Lower Chute Unit (Item1-9) (AP-II5010G,DCII5010G)22J6
Lower Chute Unit (Item1-9) (AP550IG,DC550IG)
22J6
Front Bracket Assembly (Item26-28)22J7
Rear Bracket Assembly (Item25,27,28)22J8
(SCC) Frame Assembly (Front)(Item7,8) 22J9
Lower Chute Assembly (Item1-3) 22J13

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-65

15. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-66

15. DADF

PL 15.8 DADF Feeder-Roll


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

14
15

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

Part

Description

059K 31320
059K 31341
059K 31351
059K 31331
013E 24670
013E 24880
013E 24870

807E 00640
020E 37400
423W 08654
423W 08655
020E 37390
423W 09354
423W 09355
030K 75730
059E 98730
809E 50761

023E 25640
930W 00111
028E 94110
028E 94260
068K 28960
809E 60780
013E 25910
013E 24670

Registration Roll (REP 15.8.1)22K1


Out Roll
22K2
Exit Roll
22K3
Take Away Roll
22K4
Ball Bearing
22K5
Bearing (L: 10mm)
22K6
Bearing (L: 6mm)
22K7
Pulley (Registration)
22K8
Pulley (Out)
22K9
Pulley (Exit)
22KB
Gear (Take Away)
22KC
Pulley (Out)
22KD
Belt (Alternate)
22KE
Belt (Alternate)
22KE
Handle Pulley
22KF
Belt (Alternate)
22KG
Belt (Alternate)
22KG
Tension Bracket
22KH
Tension Roll
22KJ
Spring
22KK
Pulley
22KM
Belt
22KN
(SCC) DADF Document Set Sensor22KP
KL-Clip
22KQ
KL-Clip
22KR
Tension Bracket
22KS
Spring
22KT
Bearing (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)22K5
Bearing (AP550IG,DC550IG)22K5

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 15.9 Motor Unit


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

9
10
11

Part

Description

030K 75723

127K 38440
930W 00111
809E 50750
423W 08055
423W 08054
423W 29955
423W 29954
127K 38460
809E 55710
127K 38431

Motor Bracket
22M1
Gear Pulley (20/50) (P/O Item11)22M2
Gear Pulley (14/32/37) (P/O Item11)22M3
(SCC) DADF Feed Motor2291
(SCC) DADF Feed Out Sensor 22M4
Spring
22M5
Take Away Belt (Width: 4mm) (Alternate) 22M6
Take Away Belt (Width: 4mm) (Alternate) 22M6
Feed Belt (Width:6mm) (Alternate)22M7
Feed Belt (Width:6mm) (Alternate)22M7
(SCC) DADF Registration Motor 22M8
Spring
22M9
(SCC) Feed Moter Assembly (Item1-8)22MA

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-67

15. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-68

15. DADF

PL 15.10 DADF Document Tray


Item

Part

Description

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

050E 20052
038E 26841
038E 26850
807E 00600
807E 01500
120E 22370
809E 51860
802E 57320

930W 00111
930W 00111
930W 00111
130E 89950

16

130E 84140
130E 89950

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

130E 84140
105E 06910

893E 03340
893E 03351
962K 19712
802E 57331
032E 22150
030K 75712

(SCC) Hinge Tray


22N1
(SCC) Side Guide (Rear) 22N2
(SCC) Side Guide (Front)22N3
Rack Gear
22N4
Pinion Gear
22N5
Rack Gear And Actuator 22N6
Rack Spring
22N7
(SCC) Tray Upper Cover 22N8
Sensor Bracket (P/O Item24)22N9
Tray Spring (P/O Item24)22NB
Roll (P/O Item24)
22NC
DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 122ND
DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 222NE
DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 322NF
DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)
22NG
DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor (AP550IG,DC550IG)22NG
DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor (AP-II5010G,DC-II5010G)
22NH
DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor (AP550IG,DC550IG)22NH
Eliminator
22NJ
Earth Bracket
22NK
Label (Inst.)
22NM
Label (Max)
22NN
Tray Wire Harness
22NP
Tray Lower Cover
22NQ
Harness Guide
22NR
Sensor Bracket Assembly (Item9-14)22NS

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 16.1 Finisher Unit


Item

Part

Description

1
2

802E 64410
022K 67720

801K 15530

4
5
6
7
8
9
10

003K 91881

802E 30230
050E 19620
026E 93560
849E 31410

Cover
62B1
(SCC) H-Transport Assembly (PL 16.2,PL 16.3)
(REP 16.1.1)6110
B-Finisher Assembly (PL 16.4, PL 16.5, PL 16.6, PL
16.7, PL 16.8, PL 16.9, PL 16.10, PL 16.11, PL
16.12, PL 16.13) (REP 16.1.2)62AA
Screw
62B2
Rack Assembly (PL 16.14)62B3
(SCC) Right Cover
62B4
Stacker Tray
62B5
Screw
62B6
Bracket
62B7
Screw
62B8

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-69

16. Finisher-B

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-70

16. Finisher-B

PL 16.2 H-Transport Assembly (1/2)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Part

Description

802E 64420
003K 13490
003K 13480
849E 31420
809E 55340
022E 27660
809E 55330
054E 26210

054K 26680

(SCC) Top Door


61B1
Hinge Assembly (Left) 61B2
Hinge Assembly (Right) 61B3
Bracket
61B4
Spring
61B5
Pinch Roll
61B6
Spring
61B7
Upper Chute
61B8
Label
61B9
Upper Chute Assembly (Item6-8)61BB

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 16.3 H-Transport Assembly (2/2)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

Part

Description

802E 64440
023E 21480
020E 37420
413W 75959
849E 31430
802E 69250
127K 39900
802E 64430
038E 31190
013E 26590
013E 26560
023E 20020
022E 27660
022K 67730
022K 67740
849E 31440

121E 92720
130E 82540
849E 31450
130K 63280
849E 31460
130K 61250
849E 31470
054E 25850
962K 24360

(SCC) Rear Cover


61C1
Belt
61C2
Pulley
61C3
Bearing
61C4
Bracket
61C5
(SCC) Cover
61C6
(SCC) H-Transport Motor61C7
(SCC) Top Cover
61C8
Paper Guide
61C9
Bearing
61CB
Bearing
61CC
H-Transport Belt (REP 16.3.1)61CD
Roll
61CE
Shaft Assembly (Right) 61CF
Shaft Assembly (Left)
61CG
Bracket
61CH
Cover
61CJ
Magnet
61CK
(SCC) T-Transport Interlock Sensor61CM
Bracket
61CN
(SCC) H-Transport Exit Sensor 61CP
Bracket
61CQ
(SCC) H-Transport Entrance Sensor61CR
Bracket
61CS
Lower Chute
61CT
Wire Harness
61CV

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-71

16. Finisher-B

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-72

16. Finisher-B

PL 16.4 Cover
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Part

Description

802E 28560
802E 64390
802E 64400
802K 65090
802E 28550
802E 64450

121E 88470

(SCC) Front Cover (REP 16.4.1)62C1


(SCC) Rear Cover (REP 16.4.2) 62C2
(SCC) Top Cover
62C3
(SCC) Left Cover
62C4
(SCC) Front Door
62C5
Left Panel
62C6
Hinge
62C7
Magnet
62C8
Label
62C9
Label
62CB

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 16.5 Top Open Cover and Eject Roll


Item

Part

Description

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

802K 28570

830E 81670

022K 61480
054E 19340
130K 61920

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

130E 82530

120E 23990
121K 34190

007K 86910
013E 20240

006K 23710

022K 67800

(SCC) Top Open Cover Assembly62D1


Arm Assembly
62D2
Bearing
62D3
Bracket
62D4
Spring
62D5
Support
62D6
Bracket
62D7
Shaft
62D8
Eject Pinch Roll
62D9
Eject Chute
62DB
(SCC) Stack Height Sensor Assembly (Item12-14)
(REP 16.5.1) 6263
Actuator (P/O Item11)
62DC
Bracket (P/O Item11)
62DD
(SCC) Stack Height Sensor62DE
Shaft
62DF
Link
62DG
Actuator
62DH
Set Clamp Clutch
62DJ
Bearing
62DK
Collar
62DM
Eject Roll (P/O Item25) 62DN
Gear (20T)
62DP
Bearing
62DQ
Eject Shaft (P/O Item25) 62DR
Eject Roll Assembly (Item21,24) (REP 16.5.2) 62DS
Link
62DT
Eject Pinch Roll (Front) 62DV

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-73

16. Finisher-B

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-74

16. Finisher-B

PL 16.6 Paper Transport (1/2)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Part

Description

031E 94030
022K 67450
007E 67740

007E 72090
006E 78240
013E 26580
007E 67730
023E 20160
423W 29655
127K 32840

Arm
62E1
Decurler Roll Assembly (REP 16.6.1)6231
Gear (40/20T)
62E2
Spring
62E3
Gear (18/21T)
62E4
Shaft
62E5
Bearing
62E6
Gear (23/52T)
62E7
Belt
62E8
Belt
62E9
(SCC) Finisher Drive Motor (REP 16.6.2) 6271
Bracket
62EB
Collar
62EC

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 16.7 Paper Transport (2/2)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Part

Description

015K 65440
020E 34970
007E 67780
423W 28054
007E 67810

007E 76940
127K 39930
007E 67800
130E 82540

007E 67770

130E 82540

003E 61420

Cam Bracket Assembly (Item2-12)62F1


Pulley
62F2
Gear (15T)
62F3
Belt (REP 16.7.1)
62F4
Gear (30T)
62F5
Collar (P/O Item1)
62F6
Gear Pulley
62F7
(SCC) Eject Motor
62F8
Cam Gear
62F9
(SCC) Set Clamp Home Sensor 62FB
Stopper (P/O Item1)
62FC
Bracket (P/O Item1)
62FD
Wire Harness
62FE
Gear (42/27T)
62FF
Plate
62FG
(SCC) Eject Clamp Home Sensor62FH
Bracket
62FJ
Bracket
62FK
Spring
62FM

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-75

16. Finisher-B

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-76

16. Finisher-B

PL 16.8 Staple Unit


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Part

Description

041K 94260

127K 32860

130E 82530

130E 82530

001E 59600
029K 91990

050K 48750

962K 27310

Carriage Assembly (Item2-6) 62G1


Bracket Assembly (P/O Item1)62G2
(SCC) Staple Move Motor62G3
Gear (P/O Item1)
62G4
(SCC) Staple Move Sensor62G5
Roll (P/O Item1)
62G6
(SCC) Staple Front Corner Sensor62G7
Plate
62G8
Rail (REP 16.8.1)
62G9
Staple Assembly (Item11,12) (REP 16.8.2) 6200
Staple (P/O Item10)
62GB
Cartridge
62GC
Bracket
62GD
Wire Harness
62GE

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 16.9 Compiler Tray Assembly


Item

Part

Description

050K 50830

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

127K 39920

130E 82530

130E 82540

038E 24410
809E 33600
962K 27320

Compiler Tray Assembly (Item2-16) (REP 16.9.1)


62H1
(SCC) Front/Rear Tamper Motor 62H2
Plate (P/O Item1)
62H3
(SCC) Front/Rear Tamper Home Sensor 62H4
Rack (P/O Item1)
62H5
Actuator (P/O Item1)
62H6
Tamper Assembly (P/O Item1)62H7
Finger (P/O Item1)
62H8
Spring (P/O Item1)
62H9
(SCC) Compiler Paper Sensor 62HB
Actuator (P/O Item1)
62HC
Paper Guide
62HD
Spring
62HE
Wire Harness
62HF
End Guide (P/O Item1) 62HG
Finger (P/O Item1)
62HH

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-77

16. Finisher-B

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-78

16. Finisher-B

PL 16.10 Elevator
Item

Part

Description

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

127K 39910
015K 50680
019E 50340

007E 67830

007E 67840

007E 67820
038E 24640
015K 51640

12
13
14
15
16
17
18

130E 82530

130E 82530

19
20
21
22
23
24

029E 31780

(SCC) Stacker Motor Assembly (REP 16.10.1) 62J1


Elevator Belt Assembly (Front) (REP 16.10.2) 62J2
Clamp
62J3
Bearing
62J4
Gear (Rear)
62J5
Actuator
62J6
Gear (Front)
62J7
Stacker Tray Bracket Assembly 62J8
Rack
62J9
Tray Guide
62JB
(SCC) Stack Paper Sensor Assembly (Item12-16)
62JC
(SCC) Stack Paper Sensor62JD
Actuator (P/O Item11)
62JE
Bracket (P/O Item11)
62JF
Spring (P/O Item11)
62JG
Cover (P/O Item11)
62JH
Bracket
62JJ
(SCC) Stacker Upper Limit/Stack A/Stack B Sensor
62JK
Bracket
62JM
Pin
62JN
Bearing
62JP
Shaft
62JQ
Rivet
62JR
Bracket
62JS

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 16.11 Exit
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Part

Description

007E 72080

006K 23720

007E 72070
013E 26750
006K 23730
013E 20250

105E 12850
022K 65140
022K 67460

130K 94740

Gear (46Z)
62K1
Bearing
62K2
Exit Shaft
62K3
Collar
62K4
Gear (32Z/18T)
62K5
Bearing
62K6
Paddle Gear Shaft (REP 16.11.1)62K7
Paddle Bearing
62K8
Lower Exit Chute
62K9
Eliminator
62KB
Pinch Roll (Exit 1)
62KC
Pinch Roll (Exit R)
62KD
Upper Exit Chute
62KE
(SCC) Compiler Entrance Sensor62KF
Bracket
62KG

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-79

16. Finisher-B

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-80

16. Finisher-B

PL 16.12 Electrical
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Part

Description

960K 15770
540K 01840

110E 97990

962K 27330

(SCC) Finisher PWB (REP 16.12.1)6262


ROM
62M1
PWB Bracket
62M2
Bracket
62M3
(SCC) Top Cover/Front Door Interlock Switch 62M4
Bracket
62M5
I/F Harness
62M6

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 16.13 LVPS
Item
1
2

3
4

Part

Description

A.C.

105K 21000
105K 20990

962K 27340

LVPS Frame
(SCC) LVPS (110V)
(SCC) LVPS (220V)
Cover
(SCC) Power Cord

62N1
6234
6234
62N2
62N3

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-81

16. Finisher-B

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-82

16. Finisher-B

PL 16.14 Rack
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6

Part

Description

849E 29870
017K 93190
802K 65070
802K 65080

Rear Rack (P/O Item6) 62P1


Front Rack (P/O Item5) 62P2
Bottom Plate
62P3
Foot
62P4
(SCC) Front Rack Assembly (Item2, 4)62P5
(SCC) Rear Rack Assembly (Item1, 4)62P6

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 17.1 HCF Unit


Item

Part

Description

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

003K 91881
130K 55590
801K 15700
050K 51970
802E 69440
802E 69450
802E 77080
802E 69460
802E 69470
059K 55670
893E 46180
893E 46190

893E 46200

17
18

014E 52010
059K 41596

Joint Plate
Knob
55B1
HCF In Sensor
55B2
Tray Rail
55B3
HCF Tray (PL 17.2,PL 17.3) 55B4
Left Top Cover (REP 17.1.1) 55B6
Right Cover (REP 17.1.2)55B7
Front Right Cover
55B8
Left Cover (REP 17.1.3) 55B9
Rear Cover (REP 17.1.4)55BB
(SCC) HCF Feeder (PL 17.4) (REP 17.1.5) 55BC
Label (Top)
55BD
Label (Tray Number)
55BE
Label (End) (P/O Item18)55BF
Label (Size)
55BG
Frame Assembly (P/O Item18) (PL 17.7,PL 17.8)
55BH
Spacer
55BJ
(SCC) HCF Unit (Item3-17)55BK

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-83

17. HCF

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-84

17. HCF

PL 17.2 HCF Tray (1 of 2)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Part

Description

003K 03930
003K 03590

011E 16000
121E 92880
802K 67070

068K 25370

032K 97250
815E 09010
849E 31740
826E 11690

815E 9020

Tray Latch Assembly (Item2-4) 55C1


Tray Latch
55C2
Spring (P/O Item1)
55C3
Latch Lever
55C4
Magnet
55C5
Front Cover Assembly (Item7-9) 55C6
Front Cover (P/O Item6) 55C7
Gear Bracket
55C8
Label (Gauge) (P/O Item6)55C9
End Guide Assembly (Item11-15)55CB
Plate
55CC
Bracket
55CD
Pin
55CE
Spring (P/O Item10)
55CF
Top Plate
55CG
Wave Washer
55CH
Frame
55CJ

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 17.3 HCF Tray (2 of 2)


Item

Part

Description

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

806E 05190

020E 37620
807E 04490
015K 65540
815E 09030
019E 58620
032K 97270
032K 97260
604K 19980
032E 22410
020E 37630

826E 11700
015K 65530

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

007K 89850
807E 09090
807E 09100

807E 04500

807E 09110

Lift Shaft
55D1
Bearing
55D2
Bearing
55D3
Pulley-Tray
55D4
Gear
55D5
Bottom Plate Assembly (Item7,8)55D6
Bottom Plate
55D7
Pad
55D8
Front Side Guide
55D9
Rear Side Guide
55DB
Tray Cable (1Set: 4Pcs) (REP 17.3.1)55DC
Wire Guide (L)
55DD
Pulley
55DE
Wire Guide (S)
55DF
Pulley
55DG
Screw
55DH
Gear Bracket Assembly (Item18-23) (REP 17.3.2)
55DJ
Gear Bracket (P/O Item17)55DK
Contact Gear
55DL
Gear
55DM
Gear
55DN
Brake (P/O Item17)
55DP
Spring (P/O Item17)
55DQ
Lift Gear
55DR
Plate
55DS
Gear
55DT

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-85

17. HCF

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-86

17. HCF

PL 17.4 HCF Feeder (1 of 3)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

Part

Description

006K 23110
007E 78760
007E 78770
007E 78780
007E 78790
013E 25530

014E 44700
019E 56470

801K 04704
801K 04744

801K 04750

809E 41250
849E 05590

Shaft
55E1
Gear (19T)
55E2
Gear (25T)
55E3
Gear (25T)
55E4
Gear (40T)
55E5
Bearing
55E6
Block
55E7
Spacer
55E8
Holder
55E9
Upperfeeder Assembly (PL 17.5)55EB
Lower Feeder Assembly (PL 17.6) 55EC
Ball Bearing
55ED
Front Frame
55EE
Rear Frame Assembly (Item15-18)55EF
Link (P/O Item14)
55EG
HCF Nudger Solenoid (P/O Item14)55EH
Rear Frame (P/O Item14)55EJ
Spring (P/O Item14)
55EK
Drive Gear Assembly (Item20-24)55EL
Gear (25T) (P/O Item19) 55EM
Gear (23T/27T) (P/O Item19) 55EN
Gear (31T/36T) (P/O Item19) 55EP
HCF Feed Lift Motor (P/O Item19)55EQ
Motor Frame (P/O Item19)55ER
Spring
55ES
Bracket
55ET

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 17.5 HCF Feeder (2 of 3)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Part

Description

059K 26673

930W 00112
930W 00112
930W 00211

059K 26691
059K 26700
604K23660

Upper Feeder Assembly (Item2-21)55F1


Latch (P/O Item1)
55F2
Shaft Latch (P/O Item1) 55F3
Feed Shaft (P/O Item1) 55F5
Ball Bearing (P/O Item1) 55F6
Gear (20T) (P/O Item1) 55F7
Feed Gear (25T) (P/O Item1) 55F8
Lever (P/O Item1)
55F9
Bearing (P/O Item1)
55FB
Spacer (P/O Item1)
55FC
Pin Drive (P/O Item1)
55FD
Guide (P/O Item1)
55FE
Rear Upper Chute (P/O Item1) 55FF
Upper Chute (P/O Item1) 55FG
Actuator (P/O Item1)
55FH
Upper Frame (P/O Item1)55FJ
Spring (P/O Item1)
55FK
HCF Level Sensor
55FL
HCF No Paper Sensor 55FM
HCF Pre Feed Sensor 55FN
Wire Harness (P/O Item1)55FP
Feed Roll (REP 17.5.1) 55FQ
Nudger Roll (REP 17.5.1) 55FR
Roll Kit (Item22,23,PL 17.6 Item1)55FS

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-87

17. HCF

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-88

17. HCF

PL 17.6 HCF Feeder (3 of 3)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Part

Description

059K 26591
059K 26683

604K23660

Retard Roll (REP 17.5.1) (P/O Item17)55G1


Lower Feeder Assembly (Item3-16) 55G2
Collar (P/O Item2)
55G4
Friction Clutch (P/O Item2)55G5
Shaft (P/O Item2)
55G6
Gear (15T) (P/O Item2) 55G7
Gear (22T) (P/O Item2) 55G8
Bearing (P/O Item2)
55G9
Bearing (P/O Item2)
55GB
Rear Bracket (P/O Item2)55GC
Slide (P/O Item2)
55GD
Lever (P/O Item2)
55GE
Lower Chute (P/O Item2) 55GF
Lower Frame (P/O Item2)55GG
Spring (P/O Item2)
55GH
Spring (P/O Item2)
55GJ
Roll Kit (Item1,PL 17.5 Item22,23)55GK

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 17.7 Top Cover Unit


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

Part

Description

013E 17100
849E 31770
015K 65550
802K 67080
013E 27730

802E 77070
003E 63130
003E 63140
003E 63150
809E 60790
059E 01430
006K 24260
806E 06400
809E 60800
809E 60810

059K 36260
809E 56690
809E 56680
054K 27070
849E 31760
849E 31750
054E 26280
130K 88150
110E 94770
806E 5200

Bearing
55H1
Bracket
55H2
Pivot Bracket
55H3
Transport Cover Assembly (Item5-17)55H4
Bearing
55H5
Upper Chute (P/O Item4) 55H6
Top Cover
55H7
Knob
55H8
Latch
55H9
Latch
55HB
Spring
55HC
Pinch Roller
55HD
Shaft
55HE
Shaft
55HF
Spring
55HG
Spring
55HH
Gasket (P/O Item4)
55HJ
Take Away Roll (REP 17.7.1)55HK
Spring (Left)
55HL
Spring (Right)
55HM
Lower Chute Assembly (Item22-26)55HN
Bracket
55HP
Bracket
55HQ
Lower Chute
55HR
HCF Feed Out Sensor 55HS
Transport Cover Interlock Switch55HT
Pivot Shaft
55HV

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-89

17. HCF

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-90

17. HCF

PL 17.8 Electlical and Rail


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Part

Description

015K 65510
017E 92820
017E 97190
011E 16000

801K 15690
127K 40200
110E 10380
960K 3100
962K 27490
130K 88810
015K 65520
130K 55590
130K 55590
004E 15010

Plate
55J1
Rack Caster
55J2
Foot
55J3
Latch Lever
55J4
Spring
55J5
Rail
55J6
HCF Take Away Motor (Item16,17)55J7
Home Position Switch
55J8
HCF PWB
55J9
Wire Harness
55JB
HCF Size Sensor Assembly (Item12-14) 55JC
Bracket
55JD
HCF Paper Size Sensor (Letter) 55JE
HCF Paper Size Sensor L (A4) 55JF
Damper
55JG
HCF Take Away Motor (P/O Item7)55JH
Motor Bracket (P/O Item7)55JI

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 18.1 H-Transport Assembly


Item

Part

Description

022K 67720

2
3

893E 41630

(SCC) H-Transport Assembly (PL 18.2,PL 18.3)


(REP 18.1.1) 6211
Screw
6212
Label (F)
6213

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-91

18. Finisher-C

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-92

18. Finisher-C

PL 18.2 H-Transport Component (1/2)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Part

Description

A.C.

802E 64420
003K 13490
003K 13480
849E 31420
809E 55340
022E 27660
809E 55330
054E 26210

(SCC) Top Door


Hinge Assembly (Left)
Hinge Assembly (Right)
Bracket
Spring
Pinch Roll
Spring
Upper Chute

61B1
61B2
61B3
61B4
61B5
61B6
61B7
61B8

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 18.3 H-Transport Component (2/2)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

Part

Description

802E 64440
023E 21480
020E 37420
413W 75959
849E 31430
802E 69250
127K 39900
802E 64430
038E 31190
013E 26590
013E 26560
023E 20020
022E 27660
022K 67730
022K 67740
849E 31440

121E 92720
130E 82540
849E 31450
130K 63280
849E 31460
130K 61250
849E 31470
054E 25850
962K 24360

(SCC) Rear Cover


61C1
Belt
61C2
Pulley
61C3
Bearing
61C4
Bracket
61C5
(SCC) Cover
61C6
(SCC) H-Transport Motor61C7
(SCC) Top Cover
61C8
Paper Guide
61C9
Bearing
61CB
Bearing
61CC
H-Transport Belt (REP 18.3.1) 61CD
Roll
61CE
Shaft Assembly (Right) 61CF
Shaft Assembly (Left)
61CG
Bracket
61CH
Cover
61CJ
Magnet
61CK
(SCC) T-Transport Interlock Sensor61CM
Bracket
61CN
(SCC) H-Transport Exit Sensor 61CP
Bracket
61CQ
(SCC) H-Transport Entrance Sensor61CR
Bracket
61CS
Lower Chute
61CT
Wire Harness
61CV

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-93

18. Finisher-C

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-94

18. Finisher-C

PL 18.4 Finisher Cover (1/2)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Part

Description

A.C.

802E 69840
038E 31290
050K 51270
802E 69790
050K 51280
802E 69810
017E 97220
017E 97230
802E 69830
802E 69870
802E 69820
027E 92410

Top Cover
Spring Guide
SCT Tray Assembly
Eject Cover
Stacker Tray Assembly
Bottom Cover
Caster
Caster
Rear Lower Cover
Connector Cover
Rear Upper Cover
Nut (M12)
Data Plate
Tray Stopper (Booklet)

6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 18.5 Finisher Cover (2/2)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Part

Description

802E 69880
110E 97990
802K 67130

802E 69886
802E 69850
815E 09120

815E 09100
009E 94910

Front Top Cover


6323
(SCC) Finisher Front Door Switch 6324
Front Door Assembly (Item4-7) 6325
Bracket (P/O Item3)
6326
Inner Cover (P/O Item3) 6327
Bracket (P/O Item3)
6328
Front Door (P/O Item3) 6329
Left Front Cover
6330
Left Top Cover
6331
IOT Docking Plate
6332
Screw
6333
Docking Plate
6334
Spring
6335
Cover
6336
Label (G)
6337
Label
6338
Spacer Plate
6339
Shield Gasket
633A
Label
633B
Label
633C
Sponge
633D
Label (Booklet)
633E
Plate
633F
Damper
633G

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-95

18. Finisher-C

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-96

18. Finisher-C

PL 18.6 Finisher Stack


Item

Part

Description

1
2

041E 01700
041K 94720

3
4
5
6
7
8

023E 21520
041K 94700
019E 58660
809E 56850
013E 27150
041K 94730

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

023E 21520
019E 58660
041K 94710
120E 24300
802K 67140
806E 05260

020E 37720
130E 82530
020E 37710
807E 04730
809E 56860

015K 65890
146E 01770
015K 65900

25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

423W 27654
127K 40300

802K 67140
130E 82530
130E 82530

Carriage Tray
6411
Carriage Assembly (Front) (Item3-5) (REP 18.6.1)
6412
Stacker Belt
6413
Carriage Assembly (Front) 6414
Clamp
6415
Spring
6416
Bearing
6417
Carriage Assembly (Rear) (Item9-12) (REP 18.6.1)
6418
Stacker Belt
6419
Clamp
6420
Carriage Assembly (Rear)6421
Actuator
6422
Stacker Height Sensor 2 6423
Shaft
6424
Bearing (P/O Item8)
6425
Pulley (18T)
6426
Upper Limit Sensor
6427
Pulley
6428
Gear
6429
Spring Doc.
6430
Washer
6431
Bracket Assembly (with 29) 6432
Encoder
6433
Elevator Motor Assembly (Item25-27) (REP 18.6.2)
6434
Belt
6435
Elevator Motor
6436
Bracket (P/O Item24)
6437
Stacker Height Sensor 1 6438
Stacker Encode Sensor 6439
Stacker No Paper Sensor 6440
Bearing
6441
Tray Guide Assembly
6442

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 18.7 Finisher Punch


Item

Part

Description

801K 16780

2
3
4
5

802E 69780
015K 65880
019K 06930
015K 65830

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

130E 82530

962K 27650
015K 65840

130E 82520
130E 82520
802E 69770
802E 69760
032K 97570
127K 40260
015K 65920

130E 87390
130E 87380
130E 87380
130E 87380

130E 82530

Puncher Frame Assembly (2 Hole) (Item2-26) (REP


18.7.1) 6441
Cover
6442
Puncher Move Motor
6443
Holder-Frame Assembly 6444
Puncher Move Home Sensor Assembly (Item6,7)
6445
Bracket Assembly (P/O Item5)6446
Puncher Move Home Sensor 6447
Guide Box (P/O Item1) 6448
Bracket Assembly (P/O Item1) 6449
Harness Assembly (Punch Unit) 6450
Side Regi Sensor Assembly (Item12-14) 6451
Bracket Assembly (P/O Item11) 6452
Side Regi Sensor 1
6453
Side Regi Sensor 2
6454
Punch Front Cover
6455
Punch Left Cover
6456
Guide Assembly (2HP) 6457
Puncher Motor
6458
Puncher Motor Assembly (Item18, 20, 21) 6459
Bracket Assembly (P/O Item19) 6460
Puncher Motor Sensor 6461
Puncher Front Sensor 6462
Puncher Home Sensor 6463
Punch Hole Select Sensor 6464
Bracket (P/O Item1)
6465
Regi Chute Assembly (P/O Item1)6466
Punch Box Set Sensor 6468
Dust Box
6469
Shield Earth Wire
646B

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-97

18. Finisher-C

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-98

18. Finisher-C

PL 18.8 Finisher Staple


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Part

Description

050K 51250
029K 92070
802K 69750
019E 58670
130E 82530
032E 22450
962K 27660
041K 94740
041K 94750
001E 66640
001E 66650

Staple Cartridge
6470
Stapler Assembly
6471
Stapler Cover
6472
Holder
6473
Stapler Move Home Position Sensor6474
Guide
6475
Harness Assembly (Staple) 6476
Upper Slider
6477
Staple Move Motor
6478
Rail (upper)
6479
Frame
6480
Base Rail (P/O Item14) 6481
Stopper (P/O Item14)
6482
Staple Unit (Item1-13) (REP 18.8.1)6483

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 18.9 Finisher Eject (1/3)


Item

Part

Description

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

054K 27170
121E 92890
121K 34620
849E 32620
809E 56870
033E 92850
006K 24160
809E 56880
006K 23860
015K 65860

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

127K 40290
849E 32630
130E 82540
011K 97710

807E 04700
413W 75959
807E 04750

807E 04740

849E 32640
110E 11590
003K 13600
918W 00202

Eject Chute Assembly (with 2) (REP 18.9.1) 6511


Magnet
6512
Sub Paddle Solenoid
6513
Bracket
6514
Spring
6515
Paddle
6516
Eject Pinch Shaft Assembly (with 6)6517
Spring
6518
Paddle Shaft Assembly 6519
Eject Clamp Motor Assembly (Item11-13) (REP
18.9.2) 6520
Eject Clamp Motor
6521
Bracket
6522
(SCC) Eject Clamp Home Sensor 6523
Lever Assembly
6524
Bearing
6525
Gear (23T)
6526
Bearing
6527
Gear-Cam (70T)
6528
Gear (23T)
6529
Gear (68T/20T)
6530
Clamp
6531
Bracket
6532
Eject Cover Switch
6533
Knob
6534
Edge
6535
Clamp
6536
Link
6537
Label (5)
6538
Label (2c)
6539

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-99

18. Finisher-C

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-100

18. Finisher-C

PL 18.10 Finisher Eject (2/3)


Item

Part

Description

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

130E 82530
130E 82540
120E 24290
130E 82530
127K 40310
127K 40270
962K 27670
006K 23840

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

033E 92840
032E 22440

413W 75959
807E 04760
121K 34630
120E 24310
015K 65850
130E 82540
050K 52150

20

Compiler Tray Assembly (P/O Item19) 6537


Front Tamper Home Sensor 6538
(SCC) Compiler Tray No Paper Sensor 6539
Actuator
6540
Rear Tamper Home Sensor 6541
(SCC) Front Tamper Motor6542
(SCC) Rear Tamper Motor6543
Harness Assembly (Compiler) 6544
Eject Roll Shaft Assembly (with 10) (REP 18.10.2)
6545
Paddle
6546
Guide
6547
Bearing
6548
Bearing
6549
Gear
6550
Set Clamp Clutch
6551
Actuator
6552
Eject Motor (with 18) (REP 18.10.3)6553
Set Clamp Home Sensor 6554
Compiler Tray Assembly (Item1-8) (REP 18.10.1)
6555
Shoulder Screw
6556

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 18.11 Finisher Eject (3/3)


Item

Part

Description

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

015K 56800

962K 27590
130K 88190
054E 26380
105E 13100
054K 27150

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

054K 27100
413W 75959
022K 67870
022K 67880
006K 23850
423W 25554
020E 37730
806E 05280
022K 67840

020E 37690
807E 04770
020E 37660
020E 37670
807E 04780
020E 37740

Compiler Exit Sensor Assembly (Item2-4) 6556


Bracket Assembly (P/O Item1) 6557
Harness Assembly
6558
Compiler Exit Sensor
6559
Exit Chute
6560
Eliminator
6561
Lower Exit Chute Assembly (Item8-13) (REP 18.11.1)
6562
Chute Assembly
6563
Bearing
6564
Pinch Roller Assembly 6565
Pinch Roller Assembly 6566
Paddle Shaft Assembly (REP 18.11.2) 6567
Belt
6568
Pulley (17T)
6569
Shaft
6570
Lower Exit Roller Assembly 6571
Bearing
6572
Pulley (20T)
6573
Gear (23T)
6574
Pulley (20T)
6575
Pulley (44T/20T)
6576
Gear (23T)
6577
Pulley
6578

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-101

18. Finisher-C

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-102

18. Finisher-C

PL 18.12 Finisher Transport (1/3)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

Part

Description

054K 27140

022E 27800
809E 56900
806E 05270
809E 56910
054K 27180

130K 88190
022K 67890
054K 27160

022K 67860
054K 27110

022K 67850
849E 32610
130E 87370
022K 67810
127K 40280
849E 32600
423W 87054
020E 37740
809E 56840
015K 65910

807E 04710
020E 37660
012E 11990
807E 04700
015K 65810
012E 11980
015K 65820
050E 89750
050E 89760
121E 92890
413W 75959
962K 27700

Upper Exit Chute Assembly (Item2-6)6611


Chute Assembly (P/O Item1) 6612
Roller
6613
Spring
6614
Shaft
6615
Torsion Spring
6616
Top Buffer Chute Assembly (Item8-10) 6617
Chute Assembly (P/O Item7) 6618
Bracket (P/O Item7)
6619
Buffer Path Sensor
6620
Buffer Roll Assembly
6621
Bottpm Buffer Chute Assembly (Item13,14,37) 6622
Chute Assembly (P/O Item12) 6623
Pinch Roller Assembly 6624
Upper Entance Chute Assembly (Item16-19,39) 6625
Chute Assembly (P/O Item15) 6626
Pinch Roller Assembly 6627
Bracket
6628
Finisher Entrance Sensor 6629
Roller Assembly
6630
(SCC) Finisher Transport Motor 6631
Bracket
6632
Finisher Transport Motor Belt (REP 18.12.1) 6633
Pulley
6634
Spring
6635
Bracket Assembly
6636
Bearing
6637
Gear (46T)
6638
Pulley (20T)
6639
Link
6640
Gear (23T)
6641
Transport Gate Solenoid 6642
Link
6643
Buffer Gate Solenoid
6644
Gate
6645
Buffer Gate
6646
Magnet
6647
Bearing
6648
Harness Assembly
6649
Knob
664A
Stopper Bracket
664B

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 18.13 Finisher Transport (2/3)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Part

Description

054K 28280
054E 27380

022K 67850
022K 71500
413W 11660

012E 11990
015K 65820
050E 93830
020E 43210
005E 19650
011E 16880
003E 63310
054K 28270
015K 68000
054K 27650
121E 92890
054E 27390
893E 51350

Booklet Chute Assembly (Item2-4, 14,15) 6649


Chute Assembly
6650
Torsion Spring (P/O Item1)6651
Pinch Roller Assembly 6652
Roller Assembly
6653
Bearing
6654
Gear
6655
Link
6656
Booklet Gate Solenoid 6657
Gate
6658
Pulley
6694
Clutch
6695
Joint
6696
Knob
6697
Chute Assembly
6698
Plate
6699
Booklet Upper Chute
669B
Magnet
669C
Lower Entrance Chute 669D
Label (4b)
669E

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-103

18. Finisher-C

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-104

18. Finisher-C

PL 18.14 Finisher Transport (3/3)


Item

Part

Description

054K 27190

2
3
4
5
6
7

130K 88190
022K 67860
054K 27200
022K 67830
015K 65790

8
9
10
11
12

130E 87370
121E 92890
413W 75959
054K 27120

13
14
15
16
17

022E 27800
809E 56890
806E 05270
054K 27130

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

130E 87140
962K 27720
849E 33580

020E 37680

020E 37690
020E 37740
015K 65910
809E 56840
020E 37700
807E 04720
423W 40054
423W 86454
849E 32600
127K 40280
127K 40280
962K 27690

962K 27600

Right Upper Top Exit Chute Assembly (Item24,36,37) 6659


Chute Assembly (O/P Item1) 6660
Top Tray Exit Sensor
6661
Pinch Roller Assembly 6662
Right Lower Top Exit Chute Assembly6663
Top Exit Roll Assembly 6664
Top Tray Full Sensor Bracket Assembly (Item8,9)
6665
Bracket Assembly (P/O Item7) 6666
Top Tray Full Sensor
6667
Magnet
6668
Bearing
6669
Left Lower Top Exit Chute Assembly (Item13-16)
6670
Chute Assembly (P/O Item12) 6671
Roller
6672
Spring
6673
Shaft
6674
Left Lower Top Exit Chute Assembly (Item18-21)
6675
Chute Assembly (P/O Item17) 6676
Transport Gate Sensor 6677
Harness Assembly
6678
Bracket
6679
Roller Assembly
6680
Pulley (53T/23T)
6681
Bearing
6682
Pulley
6683
Pulley
6684
Bracket Assembly
6685
Spring-Tension
6686
Pulley (20T/20T)
6687
Gear
6688
Regi Motor Belt (REP 18.14.2) 6689
Exit Motor Belt (REP 18.14.1) 6690
Bracket
6691
Finisher Exit Motor
6692
Finisher Regi Motor
6693
Harness Assembly
6694
Eliminator (P/O Item1) 6695
Wire Harness
6696
Flange
6697

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 18.15 Finisher Electrical


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Part

Description

849E 32660
849E 33570
960K 03140
962K 27680
960K 09782
849E 32650
815E 09110
962K 27560
105K 21080
918W 00203

918W 00210
918W 00211
120E 91940

962K 27550

962K 27570

Bracket
6711
Bracket
6712
H-Transport PWB
6713
Harness Assembly (H-Tra I/F) 6714
Finisher Main PWB (REP 18.15.1)6715
Bracket
6716
Plate
6717
Harness Assembly (AC Inlet) 6718
Finisher LVPS
6719
Edge Saddle
6720
Clamp
6721
Clamp
6722
Clamp
6723
Edge Saddle
6724
Edge Saddle
6725
Edge Saddle
6726
Clamp
6727
Clamp
6728
Finisher To IOT I/F Cable6729
Connector Plate
672A
AC Filter
672B
Filter Bracket
672C
Earth Wire
672D
Harness Assembly (LVPS) 672E

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-105

18. Finisher-C

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-106

18. Finisher-C

PL 18.16 Finisher Harness


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6

Part

Description

962K 27610
962K 27620
962K 27710
962K 27630
962K 27640
962K 27580

Harness Assembly (Main Sensor) 6811


Harness Assembly (Main Drive) 6812
Harness Assembly (Buffer Psth Sensor) 6815
Harness Assembly (Punch Drive) 6818
Harness Assembly (Punch Sensor)6819
Harness Assembly (Interlock) 6821

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 18.17 Booklet Accessory


Item

Part

Description

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

801K 16560
801K 16580
050K 49300
893E 55750
130K 88770
962K 29130
962K 29140
962K 29150
015K 67240
801K 20060

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

962K 29220

038K88500
015K67990

015K67980

Booklet PWB
6911
Screw (P/O Item20)
6912
Right Rail
6913
Left Rail
6914
Booklet Tray Unit (PL 18.25) 6915
Label
6916
Booklet Drawer Set Sensor 6917
Wire Harness(J8378)
6918
Wire Harness(J8377)
6919
Wire Harness(J8408)
6920
Connector Assembly (Item7,14) 6921
Booklet Drawer Unit (PL 18.18,PL 18.19,PL 18.20,PL
18.21,PL 18.22,PL 18.23,PL 18.24) (REP 18.19.1)
6922
Wire Harness
6923
Connector Assembly (P/O Item11)6924
Label
6925
Label
6926
Tray Guide Assembly
6927
Right Rail Assembly (Item2,3,19) 6928
Right Plate (P/O Item18) 6929
Left Rail Assembly (Item2,4,21) 692B
Left Plate
692C

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-107

18. Finisher-C

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-108

18. Finisher-C

PL 18.18 Booklet Component-1 (Stapler)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

Part

Description

801K 04170

003E 59690

807E 09530
807E 09540
006K 24330

003E 63390
029K 92160
029K 92041
015K 67280

802K 76710
802K 76720

801K 04141
893E 51380
893E 55730
893E 51360

038K 88480
038K 88490

Right Rail
6A11
Screw
6A12
Stopper
6A13
Bearing
6A14
Gear (31T)
6A15
Gear (29T)
6A16
Shaft
6A17
Ball Bearing
6A18
Knob
6A19
Booklet Stapler Assembly (With Item11,13) 6A20
Staple
6A21
Latch
6A22
Stapler Base (P/O Item10)6A23
Front Cover
6A24
Cover
6A25
Left Cover
6A26
Left Rail
6A27
Label
6A28
Label
6A29
Label (4a)
6A2B
Eliminator
6A2C
Paper Guide
6A2D
Paper Guide
6A2E
Paper Guide
6A2F
Spacer
6A2G
Label
6A2H

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 18.19 Booklet Component-2 (End Guide)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

Part

Description

127K 37590
020E 37210
807E 02050

423W 86254
130K 88780

807E 02070

015K 60410
006K 22960

Compile Chute
6B11
Booklet End Guide Motor 6B12
Pulley
6B13
Gear Pulley (40T/20T) 6B14
Washer
6B15
Belt
6B16
Booklet End Guide Home Sensor 6B17
Shaft
6B18
Bracket
6B19
Gear (14T)
6B20
Booklet Paddle Motor (P/O Item16) 6B21
Gear (14T)(P/O Item16) 6B22
Bracket
6B23
Stopper
6B24
Bracket(P/O tem16)
6B25
Booklet Paddle Motor Assembly (Item11,12,15) 6B37
Paddle Shaft Assembly (REP 18.19.1)6B38
End Guide
6B32
Support Bracket
6B33
Adjust Bracket
6B34
Chute (Front)
6B35
Chute (Rear)
6B36

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-109

18. Finisher-C

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-110

18. Finisher-C

PL 18.20 Booklet Component-3 (Knife)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Part

Description

962K 18400
130K 88780
130K 88780

015K 67270

807E 02060
130E 87410

Bracket
6C11
Wire Harness
6C12
Knife Home Sensor
6C13
Knife Folding Sensor
6C14
Shaft
6C15
Actuator
6C16
Bearing
6C17
Joint
6C18
Shaft
6C19
Shaft
6C20
Bearing
6C21
Bracket
6C22
Knife
6C23
Guide
6C24
Shaft
6C25
Shaft
6C26
Gear (42T)
6C27
Booklet Compiler No Paper Sensor6C28
Bracket
6C29
Chute
6C30

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 18.21 Booklet Component-4 (Tamper)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Part

Description

038K 87360

130K 88780
130K 88780
127K 32850
127K 32850

013E 25490

038K 87370

Front Tamper Guide


6D11
Rear Tamper Guide (P/O Item14) 6D12
Spring (P/O Item14)
6D13
Rack (P/O Item14)
6D14
Bearing (P/O Item14)
6D15
Roll (P/O Item14)
6D16
Booklet Rear Tamper Home Sensor6D17
Booklet Front Tamper Home Sensor6D18
Booklet Rear Tamper Motor 6D19
Booklet Front Tamper Motor 6D20
Eliminator
6D21
Roll
6D22
Frame Assembly
6D23
Rear Tamper Assembly (Item2-6)6D24
Bracket
6D25

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-111

18. Finisher-C

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-112

18. Finisher-C

PL 18.22 Booklet Component-5 (Roll)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

Part

Description

022K 71020
022K 71040
022K 66870
022K 66880

013E 25480

809E 59990

809E 59980
022K 70800
020E 37140

807E 02040
423W 46754
007E 89980
007E 89990
007E 89970
807E 09510
007E 77770

Booklet Pre Folding Roll 6E11


Booklet Pre Folding Nip Roll 6E12
Booklet Folding Roll
6E13
Booklet Folding Nip Roll 6E14
Ball Bearing
6E15
Shaft
6E16
Bearing
6E17
Tension Plate1
6E18
Spring
6E19
Tension Plate2
6E20
Spring
6E21
Booklet Eject Roll
6E22
Pulley (16T)
6E23
Plate Spring
6E24
Gear Pulley (20T/25T) 6E25
Belt
6E26
Gear (16T)
6E27
Gear (38T/18T)
6E28
Gear (18T)
6E29
Gear (16T)
6E30
Gear (18T)
6E31
Roll
6E32

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 18.23 Booklet Component-6 (Chute)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

Part

Description

105E 12060

130E 87370
059K 00521
054K 28150
022K 70810

807E 09510

807E 09500

807E 09520
054K 28570
003E 63380
105E 12170

962K 18410
130E 87410

121E 89590

Chute
6F11
Eliminator
6F12
Screw(P/O Item15)
6F13
Bracket
6F14
Booklet In Sensor
6F15
Pinch Roll
6F16
Chute
6F17
Booklet In Roll
6F18
Ball Bearing
6F19
Gear (16T)
6F20
Shaft
6F21
Gear (27T)
6F22
Bearing
6F23
Gear (17T)
6F24
Upper Exit Chute Assembly (Item3,16-18) 6F25
Knob
6F26
Eliminator
6F27
Upper Exit Chute(P/O Item15) 6F28
Bracket
6F29
Wire Harness
6F30
Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor 6F31
Lower Exit Chute
6F32
Magnet
6F33

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-113

18. Finisher-C

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-114

18. Finisher-C

PL 18.24 Booklet Component-7 (Motor)


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Part

Description

127K 46160

127K 46170

007E 77620
007E 77610
007E 77600
121K 31360
807E 01750

809E 41620
962K 18420
962K 18430
962K 18440

809E 41570

807E 02080

015K 69650

Bracket
6G11
Booklet Fold Motor
6G12
Bracket (P/O Item24)
6G13
Booklet Paper Path Motor 6G14
Bracket
6G15
Bracket
6G16
Gear (45T)
6G17
Gear (43T/14T)
6G18
Gear (46T/13T)
6G19
Knife Solenoid
6G20
Gear (27T/34T)
6G21
Ball Bearing
6G22
Spring
6G23
Wire Harness
6G24
Wire Harness
6G25
Wire Harness
6G26
Bracket
6G27
Bracket
6G27
Bracket
6G28
Spring
6G30
Spacer
6G31
Gear (39T/18T)
6G32
Link
6G33
Booklet Fold Motor Assembly (Item2,3) 6G34

A.C.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

PL 18.25 Booklet Tray Component


Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

Part

Description

050E 19900

127K 38050

130K 64300

604K 13840

Tray
6H11
Upper Tray
6H12
Bracket
6H13
Tray Belt Drive Motor
6H14
Bracket
6H15
Spring
6H16
Gear Pulley
6H17
Roll
6H18
Belt
6H19
Pulley
6H20
Bearing
6H21
Roll
6H22
Shaft
6H23
Shaft
6H24
Booklet No Paper Sensor 6H25
Bracket
6H26
Actuator (P/O Item21)
6H27
Spring (P/O Item21)
6H28
Bracket
6H29
Lower Tray
6H30
Actuator Assembly (Item17,18) 6H31

A.C.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-115

18. Finisher-C

Parts List

Parts List

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-116

98. Screws

Version 2.1

98.1 Screws
Item

Part

Description

Item

Part

Description

AF

220W 21278

Nut (M3)

112W 27677

Screw (Red) (M3x6)

AG

271W 21250

Dowel Pin (2.5x12)

112W 27678

Screw (M3x6)

AH

285W 16251

Spring Pin (2x12)

112W 27851

Screw (M3x8)

AJ

285W 28051

Spring Pin (3x10)

112W 27898

Screw (M3x8)

AK

354W 15251

E-Clip (2)

113W 15488

Screw (M2x4)

AL

354W 15278

E-Clip (2)

113W 20678

Screw (M3x6)

AM

354W 21251

E-Clip (3)

113W 20857

Screw (M3x8)

AN

354W 21278

E-Clip (3)

113W 21278

Screw (M3x12)

AP

354W 24251

E-Clip (4)

113W 21778

Screw (M3x18)

AQ

354W 24254

KL-Clip (4)

113W 27688

Screw (M3x6)

AR

354W 24278

E-Clip (4)

113W 36278

Screw (M4x12)

AS

354W 26278

E-Clip (5)

114W 27678

Screw (M3x6)

AT

354W 27251

E-Clip (6)

141W 35651

Setscrew (M4x6)

AU

354W 27254

KL-Clip (6)

153W 17688

Tapping Screw (M3x6)

AV

354W 27278

E-Clip (6)

153W 17888

Tapping Screw (M3x8)

AW

354W 28278

E-Clip (7)

153W 18088

Tapping Screw (M3x10)

AX

354W 29251

E-Clip (8)

153W 27678

Tapping Screw (M3x6)

AY

354W 29278

E-Clip (8)

153W 27878

Tapping Screw (M3x8)

AZ

251W 21278

Washer (3) (t 0.5)

158W 27655

Screw (M3x6)

BA

113W 27651

Screw (M3x6)

158W 27663

Screw (M3x6)

BB

112W 27659

Screw (M3x6)

158W 27677

Screw (Red) (M3x6)

BC

113W 16088

Screw (M2x10)

158W 27678

Screw (M3x6)

BD

113W 20688

Screw (M2.5x6)

158W 27855

Screw (M3x8)

BE

113W 27551

Screw (M3x5)

158W 27863

Screw (M3x8)

BF

141W 27451

Setscrew (M3x4)

AA

158W 27878

Screw (M3x8)

BG

153W 15888

Tapping Screw (M4x12)

AB

158W 28078

Screw (M3x10)

BH

153W 16288

Tapping Screw (M4x12)

AC

158W 28255

Screw (M3x12)

BJ

158W 35878

Screw (M4x8)

AD

158W 28278

Screw (M3x12)

BK

271W 16050

Dowel Pin (2x10)

AE

158W 35678

Screw (M4x6)

BL

285W 16051

Spring Pin (2x10)

Item

Part

Description

BM

153W 17655

Tapping Screw (M3x6)

BN

153W 17855

Tapping Screw (M3x8)

BP

252W 29450

Nylon Washer (8) (t 1)

BQ

158W 36255

Screw (M4x12)

BR

354W 26251

E-Clip (5)

BS

153W 27855

Tapping Screw (M3x8)

BT

113W 20457

Screw (M3x4)

BU

113W 27451

Screw (M3x4)

BV

113W 20657

Screw (M3x6)

BW

112W 35651

Screw (M4x6)

BX

112W 27859

Screw (M3x8)

BY

158W 28678

Screw (M3x16)

BZ

285W 21851

Spring Pin (2.5x20)

CA

252W 26450

Nylon Washer (5) (t 1)

CB

251W 19278

Washer (2.5) (t 0.5)

CC

113W 21478

Screw (M3x14)

CD

180W 16878

Wing Screw

CE

113W 21078

Screw (M3x10)

CF

113W 27851

Screw (M3x8)

CG

113W 35878

Screw (M4x8)

CH

354W 13278

E-Clip(1.5)

CJ

113W 20478

Screw (M3x4)

CK

271W 10850

Dowel Pin (1.6x8)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-117

98. Screws

Parts List

Parts List
98. Screws

2007/10/01
5-118

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

5.3.1 Navi.1.1 (Full System)

5.3.2 Navi.2.1

Figure 1 j0na50011

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Figure 1 j0na50021

2007/10/01
5-119

5.3 Parts Navigation

Parts List

Parts List

2007/10/01
5-120

5.3 Parts Navigation

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

5.3.4 Navi.2.3 (IIT)

5.3.3 Navi.2.2

Figure 1 j0na50022

Figure 1 j0na50023

5.3.5 Navi.2.4 (2T Module)

5.3.6 Navi.2.5 (Finisher-C)

Figure 1 j0na50025

Figure 1 j0na50024

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-121

5.3 Parts Navigation

Parts List

Parts List

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
5-122

5.3 Parts Navigation

Version 2.1

5.3.8 Navi.2.7 (TTM Module)

5.3.7 Navi.2.6 (Booklet)

Figure 1 j0na50026

Figure 1 j0na50027

Chapter 6 General

6 General
6.4.1.2 Chain 740-xxx Recycle(IOT NVM) .....................................................................

6.1 How to Use the Service Mode


6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.3
6.1.4

UI Diagnostic Mode ...............................................................................................


Jam Report............................................................................................................
Failure Report........................................................................................................
Shutdown Report...................................................................................................

5
6
7
7

6.2.1 Preliminary Diagnostics Request (EP) ..................................................................


6.2.2 Used Parts Collection Request (EP) .....................................................................
6.2.3 Jam Counter..........................................................................................................
6.2.4 Failure Counter......................................................................................................
6.2.5 Shutdown History ..................................................................................................
6.2.6 NVM Read/Write ...................................................................................................
6.2.7 Machine ID/Billing Data Setting.............................................................................
6.2.8 Initialize HFSI Counter ..........................................................................................
6.2.9 Analog Monitor ......................................................................................................
6.2.10 Initialize NVM ......................................................................................................

9
9
10
10
11
12
13
14
16
16

6.2.11 Component Control


6.2.11.1 Component Control ...........................................................................................
6.2.11.2 Input Component Control Codes IOT...............................................................
6.2.11.3 Output Component Control Codes IOT ............................................................
6.2.11.4 Input Component Control Codes IIT.................................................................
6.2.11.5 Output Component Control Codes IIT..............................................................
6.2.12 Hard Disk Diag Program .....................................................................................
6.2.13 Size Detection Auto Adjust..................................................................................
6.2.14 Print Test Pattern ................................................................................................
6.2.15 Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment ......................................................................
6.2.16 IIT Calibration ......................................................................................................
6.2.17 Adjust Toner Density ............................................................................................

19
20
24
31
32
35
35
36
38
39
39
41
41
42

Fax Diagnostics......................................................................................................
Setting a New Administrator Password..................................................................
Replacing Billing PWBs..........................................................................................
Printing Reports .....................................................................................................
Special Boot Modes ...............................................................................................

6.4.1.2 Chain 740-xxx Recycle(IOT NVM)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

6.4.1.4 Chain 740-xxx 742-xxx 751-xxx 760-xxx PH(IOT NVM)


53

6.4.1.5 Chain 740-xxx 749-xxx 751-xxx XERO(IOT NVM)


6.4.1.5 Chain 740-xxx 749-xxx 751-xxx XERO(IOT NVM).............................................

57

6.4.1.6 Chain 741-xxx Drive(IOT NVM)


6.4.1.6 Chain 741-xxx Drive(IOT NVM)..........................................................................

59

6.4.1.7 Chain 741-xxx NOHAD(IOT NVM)


6.4.1.7 Chain 741-xxx NOHAD(IOT NVM) .....................................................................

61

6.4.1.8 Chain 742-xxx TRAY(IOT NVM)


6.4.1.8 Chain 742-xxx TRAY(IOT NVM) ........................................................................

63

6.4.1.9 Chain 742-xxx 764-xxx EXIT(IOT NVM)


6.4.1.9 Chain 742-xxx 764-xxx EXIT(IOT NVM) ............................................................

67

6.4.1.10 Chain 744-xxx FUSER(IOT NVM)


6.4.1.10 Chain 744-xxx FUSER(IOT NVM)....................................................................

69

6.4.1.11 Chain 749-xxx ROS(IOT NVM)


6.4.1.11 Chain 749-xxx ROS(IOT NVM) ........................................................................

71

6.4.1.12 Chain 751-xxx CRU(IOT NVM)


6.4.1.12 Chain 751-xxx CRU(IOT NVM) ........................................................................

73

6.4.1.13 Chain 751-xxx 752-xxx 753-xxx Procon(IOT NVM)


75

6.4.1.14 Chain 763-xxx Finisher-C(IOT NVM)


6.4.1.14 Chain 763-xxx Finisher-C(IOT NVM) ...............................................................
6.4.1.15 Chain 764-xxx Finisher-B(IOT NVM)................................................................

43
43
44
44
45

6.4.1.1 Chain 740-xxx ESS IF(IOT NVM)


6.4.1.1 Chain 740-xxx ESS IF(IOT NVM).......................................................................

51

77

6.4.1.15 Chain 764-xxx Finisher-B(IOT NVM)

6.3 General Procedures


GP1
GP2
GP3
GP4
GP5

6.4.1.3 Chain 740-xxx Billing(IOT NVM) ........................................................................

6.4.1.13 Chain 751-xxx 752-xxx 753-xxx Procon(IOT NVM) .........................................

6.2.18 Blank Page Threshold(FAX)


6.2.18.1 Adjustment in UI Diag Mode.............................................................................
6.2.18.2 Direct Adjustment of System Data ...................................................................
6.2.18.3 Adjustment Examples.......................................................................................

6.4.1.3 Chain 740-xxx Billing(IOT NVM)

6.4.1.4 Chain 740-xxx 742-xxx 751-xxx 760-xxx PH(IOT NVM) ....................................

6.2 How To Use the UI Diag

49

47

91

6.4.2.1 Chain 710-xxx DADF(IIT NVM)


6.4.2.1 Chain 710-xxx IISS(IIT NVM) .............................................................................

93

6.4.2.2 Chain 711-xxx CVT DADF NVM LIST(IIT NVM)


6.4.2.2 Chain 711-xxx CVT DADF(IIT NVM)..................................................................

95

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)


6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM) .............................................................................

105

6.4.2.4 Chain 719-xxx Configuration(IIT NVM)


2007/10/01
6-1

General

General
6.4.2.4 Chain 719-xxx Configuration(IIT NVM)...............................................................

127

6.4.3.1 Chain 700~702-xxx Common(ESS NVM)


6.4.3.1 Chain 700~702-xxx Common(ESS NVM) ..........................................................

129

6.4.3.2 Chain 720-xxx Meter Counter(ESS NVM)


6.4.3.2 Chain 720-xxx Meter Counter(ESS NVM) ..........................................................

139

6.4.3.3 Chain 731~734-xxx Stored Data(ESS NVM)


6.4.3.3 Chain 730~734-xxx Stored Data(ESS NVM)......................................................

141

6.4.3.4 Chain 770-xxx I/O Port Protocol(ESS NVM)


6.4.3.4 Chain 770-xxx I/O Port Protocol(ESS NVM) ......................................................

143

6.4.3.5 Chain 840-xxx Scan Service(ESS NVM)


6.4.3.5 840-xxx Scan Service(ESS NVM) ......................................................................

147

6.4.3.6 Chain 780-xxx IOT(ESS NVM)


6.4.3.6 Chain 780-xxx IOT(ESS NVM) ...........................................................................

149

6.4.3.7 Chain 785-xxx IIT(ESS NVM)


6.4.3.7 Chain 785-xxx IIT(ESS NVM).............................................................................

153

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)


6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM) .............................................................................

155

6.4.3.9 Chain 810-xxx Copy Service(ESS NVM)


6.4.3.9 Chain 810-xxx Copy Service(ESS NVM)............................................................

173

6.4.3.10 Chain 800~809-xxx Print Service (ESS NVM)


6.4.3.10 Chain 800~809-xxx Print Service(ESS NVM) ..................................................

181

6.4.3.11 Chain 820~825-xxx FAX Service (ESS NVM)


6.4.3.11 Chain 820~825-xxx FAX Service(ESS NVM)...................................................

185

6.4.3.12 Chain 830-xxx iFAX Service (ESS NVM)


6.4.3.12 Chain 830-xxx iFAX Service(ESS NVM) ..........................................................

197

6.4.3.13 Chain 850-xxx EP-SV(ESS NVM)


6.4.3.13 Chain 850-xxx EP-SV(ESS NVM) ....................................................................

199
201

6.4.3.15 Chain 870~900-xxx Diag(ESS NVM)


6.4.3.15 Chain 870~900-xxx Diag(ESS NVM) ...............................................................

203
205

6.4.3.17 Chain 910-xxx Media Print Service (ESS NVM)


6.4.3.17 Chain 910-xxx Media Print Service(ESS NVM)................................................

207

6.5 Fax Related Information


6.5.1 Activity Report (User Mode) ..................................................................................
6.5.2 Activity Report (CE Mode) .....................................................................................

6.5.3 Protocol Monitor ....................................................................................................


210
6.5.4.1 Protocol Trace....................................................................................................
218
6.5.4.2 FCF/FIF Description...........................................................................................
219
6.5.4.3 Bit 7 Description .................................................................................................
219
6.5.4.4 Bit 6 Description .................................................................................................
220
6.5.4.5 Bit 16 Description ...............................................................................................
220
6.5.4.6 Bit 15 Description ...............................................................................................
221
6.5.4.7 Bit 14~11 Description .........................................................................................
221
6.5.4.8 Bit 10 Description ...............................................................................................
222
6.5.4.9 Bit 9 Description .................................................................................................
222
6.5.4.10 Description for Bit 24.32.40.48, 56, 64, 72, 80, 88, 96, 104, and 112..............
223
6.5.4.11 Bit 21~23 Description .......................................................................................
223
6.5.4.12 Description for Bit 19 and 20............................................................................
224
6.5.4.13 Bit 17, 18 Description .......................................................................................
224
6.5.4.14 Bit 31 Description .............................................................................................
225
6.5.4.15 Bit 28 Description .............................................................................................
225
6.5.4.16 Description of Bit 27 .........................................................................................
226
6.5.4.17 Description of Bit 26 .........................................................................................
226
6.5.4.18 Description of Bit 25 .........................................................................................
227
6.5.4.19 Description for Bit 1, 3, 33~38, 47, 49~51, 53~55, 57, 59, 60, 62, 65~71, 73~75, 81~84, 87, 92~95,
97~99, 101, and 102 .......................................................................................................
227
6.5.4.20 Description for Bit 46........................................................................................
228
6.5.4.21 Description for Bit 45........................................................................................
229
6.5.4.22 Description for Bit 44........................................................................................
229
6.5.4.23 Description for Bit 43........................................................................................
230
6.5.4.24 Description for Bit 42........................................................................................
230
6.5.4.25 Description for Bit 41........................................................................................
231
6.5.4.26 Description for Bit 79........................................................................................
231
6.5.4.27 Description for Bit 78........................................................................................
232
6.5.4.28 Description for Bit 77........................................................................................
232
6.5.4.29 Description for Bit 76........................................................................................
233
6.5.4.30 Description for Bit 105~109..............................................................................
233
6.5.5 Troubleshooting of ISDN Communication (FX only) .............................................
234
6.5.6 Super G3 Fax ........................................................................................................
234

6.6 General
6.6.1.1
6.6.1.2
6.6.1.3
6.6.1.4

English Version ..................................................................................................


FXK Version .......................................................................................................
FXTW Version....................................................................................................
FXCL Version.....................................................................................................

241
242
244
245

6.5.2 Standard Config(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550I/450I)

6.4.3.16 Chain 880-xxx Job Flow Service(ESS NVM)


6.4.3.16 Chain 880-xxx Job Flow Service(ESS NVM)....................................................

Version 2.1

6.5.1 Standard Config(AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000)

6.4.3.14 Chain 860-xxx EP-DX(ESS NVM)


6.4.3.14 Chain 860-xxx EP-DX(ESS NVM) ....................................................................

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-2

6.6.2.1
6.6.2.2
6.6.2.3
6.6.2.4

English Version ..................................................................................................


FXK Version .......................................................................................................
FXTW Version....................................................................................................
FXCL Version.....................................................................................................

247
248
250
251

6.5.3 Major Spec(AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000)


209
210

6.6.3.1 Specifications of Copier .....................................................................................


6.6.3.2 Specifications of Printer .....................................................................................

253
255

6.6.3.3
6.6.3.4
6.6.3.5
6.6.3.6

Specifications of Network Scanner.....................................................................


Specifications of Fax ..........................................................................................
Specifications of Direct Fax................................................................................
Specifications of Internet Fax .............................................................................

256
257
258
258

6.5.4 Major Spec(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550L/450I)


6.6.4.1 Specifications of Copier......................................................................................
6.6.4.2 Specifications of Printer......................................................................................
6.6.4.3 Specifications of Network Scanner.....................................................................
6.6.4.4 Specifications of Fax ..........................................................................................
6.6.4.5 Specifications of Direct Fax................................................................................
6.6.4.6 Specifications of Internet Fax .............................................................................
6.6.5 Specifications of Duplex Automatic Document Feeder .........................................
6.6.6 Specifications of B Finisher ...................................................................................
6.6.7 Specifications of C Finisher...................................................................................
6.6.8 Specifications of C Booklet Finisher with Booklet Maker ......................................
6.6.9 Specifications of High Capacity Feeder (HCF)......................................................
6.6.10 Billing Meter.........................................................................................................
6.6.11 Language ............................................................................................................

259
261
262
263
264
264
265
265
266
266
267
267
268

6.7 General Information


6.7.1 Tool .......................................................................................................................
6.7.2 Service Consumables ...........................................................................................

269
269

6.8 Cocsumables
6.8 Consumables............................................................................................................

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

271

2007/10/01
6-3

General

General

2007/10/01
6-4

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

(7)

6.1.1 UI Diagnostic Mode


UI Diag: Diagnostic routines are executed by issuing instructions from the UI screen.
NOTE: PC-Diag is not available.

Procedure
Access UI Diagnostics by following the procedures below.

(8)

Adjustment/Others

Machine ID/Billing Data

Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment

Initialize HFSI Counter

Preliminary Diagnostics Request (EP)

U Parts Collection Request (EP)

Faults

Entering CE Mode

1.

On the Control Panel, press and hold the 0 key for approx. 5 seconds and press the Start key.

Failure Counter

The CE Mode - Password Entry screen appears.

Shutdown History

2.

Jam Counter

Enter the password "6789" and press the Confirm button.


The customer screen becomes displayed in reverse video, which indicates the CE mode has been
initiated.

Accessing UI-Diag.
1.

Enter the CE mode, following the procedure for entering the CE mode.

2.

Press the Log In/Out button on the Control Panel.

3.

Press the System Settings button.

4.

Press the Common Settings button.

5.

Press the Maintenance/Diagnostics button.

6.

The following Diagnostic routines can be accessed from the UI screen.


To operate each diag, do so following the instructions on the screen.
(1)

NVM Read/Write
If one or more NVM values are changed, the machine will reboot upon exit from UI-Diag.

(2)

(3)

IO Check

Component Control

Analog Monitor

Sub System

Initialize Hard Disk

Software Options

Size Detection Auto Adjust

Blank Page Threshold

Delete All Data

Figure 1 Maintenance/Diagnostics (j0na61010)


Printing Service Reports

CAUTION
Take great care not to start [Delete All Data] by mistake. [Delete All Data] leads to deletion of
all the settings such as network settings and software options settings.

(4)
(5)

Enter the CE mode, following the procedure for entering the CE mode

2.

Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel.


Select the Billing Meter/Print Reports tab on the display.
Press the Print Reports/List button.

Fax Diagnostics

3.

EP-DX Settings

4.

Print Test Pattern

5.

Press the CE button.

MAX Setup

6.

The following reports can be printed.

(6)

1.

IIT Calibration

(1)

Debug Log Report

Adjust Toner Density

(2)

HFSI Counter Report

(3)

Jam Counter Report

Initialize NVM

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-5

6.1 How to Use the Service Mode

General

General

7.

(4)

Shutdown History Report

(5)

Failure Counter Report

(6)

Protocol Monitor Report

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-6

6.1 How to Use the Service Mode

Version 2.1

6.1.2 Jam Report


Purpose

Press a desired kind of report button and press the Start button.
The selected report will be printed.

To check the frequency of jams that have been logged.

Print Contents

Exiting UI Diagnostics

Report Name: Jam Counter Report


CAUTION

Ensure that the machine is not inadvertently left in the UI-Diag mode.

Chain-Link xxx-xxx (6 digits)

There are three ways to exit from UI-Diag.

Counter Value xx (numerical value)

Turn the machine power off then on.

Perform the following:

Press the Close button to exit from a specific service screen that is open.

The System Settings screen appears. Press Exit.

The customer screen appears in reverse video. Press and hold the 0 key and press the Start
button.
NOTE: If any NVM data is changed, the machine may reboot upon exit from UI-Diag.

If the Restart button is displayed on a screen like the [Software Options Settings] screen, pressing
the Restart button will enable you to exit from UI-Diag and restart.

6.1.3 Failure Report

6.1.4 Shutdown Report

Purpose

Purpose

To check the frequency of failures that have been logged.

To check the history of system failures, paper jams and document jams that have been logged.

Print Contents

Print Contents

Report Name: Fail Counter Report

Report Name: Shut Down History Report

Chain-Link xxx-xxx (6 digits)

This displays all system failures, paper jams and document jams that have been logged.

Counter Value xx (numerical value)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Time of occurrence: DD/MM/YY/Time

Chain-Linkxxx-xxx (6 digits)

Copy/Print Quantity

2007/10/01
6-7

6.1 How to Use the Service Mode

General

General
6.1 How to Use the Service Mode

2007/10/01
6-8

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.2.1 Preliminary Diagnostics Request (EP)

6.2.2 Used Parts Collection Request (EP)

Purpose

Purpose

To send a diagnosis (NR data) of machine status to the FX maintenance server through EP-SV.

To request FXDC through EP-SV to collect used parts.

Procedure

NOTE: If EP-SV has any problems, it does the following.

1.

Select the Adjustment/Others tab on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

1.

2.

Select Preliminary Diagnostics Request on the Others screen.

3.

The Preliminary Diagnostics Request screen appears.

2.

NOTE: You cannot select the above if EP-SV is not connected to the machine or to the telephone
line.
4.

Select [Execute].

If the telephone line to EP-SV is busy when EP-SV receives a Used Parts Collection request from
the machine,

3.

To confirm an execution, the Information screen displays "[!] This function may take some minutes. Are you sure that you want to begin?

5.

Select [OK].

6.

The In Progress message appears and Preliminary Diagnostics Request (Chain Link No. 021-209)
is issued to EP-SV. If Preliminary Diagnostics Request is not available, an error message will
appear.
NOTE: If EP-SV is not connected to the machine or to the telephone line, the machine indicates an
error.

7.

EP-SV requests preliminary diagnostics from EP-Front.

8.

Once the preliminary diagnostics is completed, the message Execution completed appears. If the
Preliminary Diagnostics request cannot be accepted, the Information screen then displays "[!]
Unable to request Preliminary Diagnostics.

9.

Once the Preliminary Diagnostics Request is completed, select [Close] and return to the EP screen.

EP-SV returns Fail to the machine when its specified number of attempts to call and connect to
EP-Front fails.

If the telephone line is disconnected While EP-SV is communicating with EP-Front,

4.

EP-SV returns Fail to the machine when having received the Used Parts Collection request.

If EP-SV calls EP-Front but EP-Front does not answer it,

EP-SV returns Fail (telephone line disconnected) to the machine when the line is disconnected.

If EP-SV is retrying or waiting to re-dial or re-dialing when having received a Used Parts Collection
request from the machine,

EP-SV returns Fail to the machine when having received the U Parts Collection request from it.

Procedure
1.

Select the Adjustment/Others tab on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

Select Used Parts Collection Request on the Others screen.


NOTE: You cannot select the above if EP-SV is not connected to the machine or to the telephone
line.

3.

4.

The Used Parts Collection Request (EPSV) screen appears.

The number of used parts for collection is 1 to 255. (Default: 1)

Up to 10 alphabets are available for Person-in-Charge. (Default: blank)

Even if the name of the person in charge of the collection site is not specified, it is possible to
[Execute] this diag.

Enter the number of parts for collection and the name of the person in charge of the collection site
as required.

5.

Select [Execute].

6.

The In Progress message appears and Used Parts Collection Request is issued to EP-SV. If Used
Parts Collection Request is not available, an error message will appear.
NOTE: If EP-SV is not connected to the machine or to the telephone line, the machine indicates an
error.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

7.

EP-SV requests Used Parts Collection from EP-Front.

8.

Once the used parts collection is completed, the message Execution completed appears. If the
Used Parts Collection request cannot be accepted, the Information screen then displays "[!] Unable
to request for collection. Contact the Telephone Center directly.

9.

Once the Used Parts Collection Request is completed, select [Close] and return to the EP screen.

2007/10/01
6-9

6.2 How To Use the UI Diag

General

General
6.2 How To Use the UI Diag

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-10

Version 2.1

6.2.3 Jam Counter

6.2.4 Failure Counter

Purpose

Purpose

To display the number of jams that have occurred since the time of resetting at the end of the last service
until the present.

To display the frequency of each fail from the time of resetting at the last complete exit to the present.

The Jam Counter screen displays the following screens:

The Fail Counter screen displays the following screens. (At default failures are displayed in the
order of frequency.)

A. Paper Jam History

A. Display in the order of frequency

B. Document Jam History

B. Display in the order of Chain Link No.

C. History of Jams that occurred

C. Specify Chain No.

NOTE: No jam detected in the service mode is counted.


NOTE: As this product does not have the Occurrence Interval and Threshold features, they are dimmed.

A. Paper Jam History/B. Document Jam History


Procedure
1.

Select the Fault button on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

Select [Jam Counter] on the Faults screen.

3.

Select [Paper Jam History] or [Document Jam History].

4.

Paper Jam History or Document Jam History appears.

5.

Jam History is displayed on the basis of data obtained from the machine.
Displayed are jams that have occurred since the last complete exit from the service mode
until the present.

NOTE: No failure detected in the service mode is not counted. Interlock Open detected when the
machine is not in operation is not counted either.
NOTE: As this product does not deal with the frequency of events, and problems that occurred, the
events and problems, P1, P2, and P3 are not displayed.

A. Display in the order of frequency (a list starting with a failure having


occurred most frequently)
Procedure
1.

Select the Fault button on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

Select [Fail Counter] on the Faults screen.

3.

Select [Display in the order of frequency].

4.

The target to reset at complete exit is the number of jams that occurred.

Check Paper Jam History or Document Jam History, and then select [Close] and return to the
Counter screen.

C. History of Jams that occurred


Procedure

On the Fail Counter screen, failures are displayed in the order of frequency.

Failures are displayed in the order of frequency on the basis of data obtained from the
machine. If the frequency of multiple failures is the same, they are displayed in the order of
Chain Link No.

Displayed are failures that have occurred since the last complete exit from the service mode
until the present.

The target to reset at complete exit is the frequency of each failure.

1.

Select the Fault button on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

Select [Jam Counter] on the Faults screen.

3.

Select [History of Jams that occurred].

4.

On the Jam Counter screen, History of Jams that occurred appears.

B. Display in the order of Chain Link No. (lists failures in the order of Chain
Link No.)

Jams are displayed in the order of Chain Link No.

Procedure

Displayed are jams that have occurred since the last complete exit from the service mode
until the present.

1.

Select the Fault button on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

Select [Fail Counter] on the Faults screen.

5.

The target to reset at complete exit is the number of jams that occurred.

Check the history of Jams that occurred, and then select [Close] and return to the Counter screen.

5.

Check the failures displayed in the order of frequency, and then select [Close] and return to the
Counter screen.

3.

Select [Display in the order of Chain Link No.].

4.

On the Fail Counter screen, failures are displayed in the order of Chain Link No.

5.

Failures are displayed in the order of Chain Link No. on the basis of data obtained from the
machine.

Displayed are failures that have occurred since the last complete exit from the service mode
until the present.

The target to reset at complete exit is the frequency of each failure.

Check the failures displayed in the order of Chain Link No., and then select [Close] and return to the
Counter screen.

C. Specify Chain No. (displays by specifying Chain No.)

6.2.5 Shutdown History

Procedure

Purpose

1.

Select the Fault button on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

Select [Fail Counter] on the Faults screen.

To display a history under four categories of Document jam, Paper Jam, Last 40 Faults and Other Fails.

3.

Select [Specify Chain No.].

4.

The Enter Chain No.screen appears.

NOTE: No fault detected in the service mode is not counted. Interlock Open detected when the machine
is not in operation is not counted either.

5.

Enter a specific Chain No. using the key pad and select [OK].

6.

On the Fail Counter, failures for display by specifying the chain no. is displayed.

The primary cause is only described when a series of faults occur. The primary cause means the
first one of a series of faults.
Select [Complete Exit] on the Exit Service Mode screen and exit it, and all the data in Shutdown History will be cleared.

7.

Data of applicable failures alone are displayed in the order of Chain Link No. on the basis of
data obtained from the machine.

Displayed are failures that have occurred since the last complete exit from the service mode
until the present.

[Fail History]

The target to reset at complete exit is the frequency of each of the failures.

Procedure
1.

Check the failures displayed in the order of Chain Link No., and then select [Close] and return to the
Counter screen.

Select the Fault button on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

Select [Shutdown History] on the Faults screen.

3.

The Shutdown History screen appears. (Default: Fail screen)

4.

The screen displays a history of failures having caused the machine to shut down, on the basis
of data obtained from the machine.

The screen displays the last 20 fails that have occurred in the customer mode since data was
cleared at the end of the last service until the present.

Items for display are Fail Name, Date & Time of Occurrence, Total Counter, and detailed information of Input Device, Document Size/Orientation, Paper Size/Orientation, Tray in use and
Output Device.

The Detailed Information displays information on a specific fail item that is currently selected.
The fail item selected is displayed in blue. At default the first row is selected.

Check the fails, and then select [Close] and return to the History screen.

[Document Jam History]


Procedure
1.

Select the Fault button on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

Select [Shutdown History] on the Faults screen.

3.

Select [Document Jam] on the Shutdown History screen.

4.

The Document Jam screen appears.

5.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-11

The screen displays a history of document jams having caused the machine to shut down, on
the basis of data obtained from the machine.

The screen displays the last 20 document jams that have occurred in the customer mode since
data was cleared at the end of the last service until the present.

Items for display are Fail Name, Date & Time of Occurrence, Total Counter, and detailed information of Input Device, Document Size/Orientation, Paper Size/Orientation, Tray in use and
Output Device.

The Detailed Information displays information on a specific doc jam item that is currently
selected. The fail item selected is displayed in blue. At default the first row is selected.

Check the document jams, and then select [Close] and return to the History screen.

6.2 How To Use the UI Diag

General

General
6.2 How To Use the UI Diag

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-12

Version 2.1

[Paper Jam History]

6.2.6 NVM Read/Write

Procedure

Purpose

1.

Select the Fault button on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

This allows referring to or setting/changing NVM data.

2.

Select [Shutdown History] on the Faults screen.

3.

Select [Paper Jam] on the Shutdown History screen.

4.

The Paper Jam screen appears.

NOTE: All the NVM data including ones for the Key Operator can be accessed. However, it is not allowed
to rewrite Billing, Auditron and Administrator Password.

The screen displays a history of paper jams having caused the machine to shut down, on the
basis of data obtained from the machine.

[Reading NVM]

The screen displays the last 20 paper jams that have occurred in the customer mode since
data was cleared at the end of the last service until the present.

1.

Select NVM Read/Write on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

Enter a specific Chain-Link No. and press the Change Settings button.

5.

Items for display are Fail Name, Date & Time of Occurrence, Total Counter, and detailed information of Input Device, Document Size/Orientation, Paper Size/Orientation, Tray in use and
Output Device.
The Detailed Information displays information on a specific paper jam item that is currently
selected. The fail item selected is displayed in blue. At default the first row is selected.

Check the paper jams, and then select [Close] and return to the History screen.

Procedure

The current set value appears.


3.

Press the Cancel button, and you will return to the Enter Chain-Link frame.

[Writing NVM]
Procedure
1.

Select NVM Read/Write on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

Enter a specific Chain-Link No. and press the Change Settings button. The current set value
appears.

3.

Enter a new value and press the Save button.


(1)
(2)

When the entered value is valid (in a spec range), the new value is written in the NVM location.
If the entered value is invalid, the screen displays the following message:
"The new value entered is incorrect. Enter a correct value again.

4.

If there are any other NVMs to change their values for, repeat steps 2 and 3.
NOTE: If one or more NVM values are changed, exiting from UI-Diag leads to the machine simultaneous rebooting.
Table 1 Module Selection

Module Item
ESS IF
General
Recycle
Billing
Drive
NOHAD
PH
EXIT
Tray
Fuser
ROS
Process Control
Xero
CRU
C-Finisher
DADF
IISS (DADF)
IISS
IISS-Extension
IISS (Config)
Common
Meter Counter
Stored Data
I/O Port Protocol

IOT/IIT/Controller
IOT
IOT
IOT
IOT
IOT
IOT
IOT
IOT
IOT
IOT
IOT
IOT
IOT
IOT
IOT
IIT
IIT
IIT
IIT
IIT
Controller
Controller
Controller
Controller

Chain Number Allocation


740
740
740
740
741
741
740, 742, 751, 760
742, 764
742
744
749
751, 752, 753
740, 749, 751
751
763
711
710
715
716
719
700
720
731, 732, 733, 734
770

Table 1 Module Selection


Module Item
Scan Service
IOT
IIT
UI
Copy Service
Print Service
Fax Service
iFax Service
EP-SV
EP-DX
Diagnostics

IOT/IIT/Controller
Controller
Controller
Controller
Controller
Controller
Controller
Controller
Controller
Controller
Controller
Controller

Chain Number Allocation


770, 840
780
785
790
790, 809, 810
800, 803, 806
820, 823, 825
830
850
860
870, 900

6.2.7 Machine ID/Billing Data Setting


Function
To set the serial no., product no. and billing count of the new PWB to those of the other PWB that is not
replaced, in order to clear any difference in Serial No., Product No. and Billing Count between MCU PWB
and ESS PWB that is caused by a replacement of either of the PWBs.
When the below-mentioned failures occur, perform [Machine ID/Billing Data Setting].

124-324 (mismatch between the 3 billing counters)

124-325 (One billing counter value is different.)

124-312 (Even one product no. is different.)

124-313 (Even one serial no. is different.)

124-310 (Product No. Fail: not initialized)

124-311 (Serial No. Fail: not initialized)

NOTE: Serial No., Product No. and billing count are stored in three locations in total: one in MCU PWB
and two in ESS PWB.

IOT data displayed refers to data in MCU PWB, and SYS1 and SYS 2 to ESS PWB.

NOTE: This function is available only when a fail occurs.


(This function is supposed to be enabled while a failure is occurring.)

When a specific serial no. is set and then the service mode is exited, the fail will be cleared.)
(During a failure, Print Test Pattern is not available.)

Procedure

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

1.

Select the Adjustment/Others button on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

Select [Machine ID/Billing Data] on the Adjustment/Others screen.

3.

[Machine ID/Billing Data] appears.

4.

Following the instructions on the screen, select the PWBA that is not replaced or the PWBS that has
correct data. Press [Start].

2007/10/01
6-13

6.2 How To Use the UI Diag

General

General

2007/10/01
6-14

6.2 How To Use the UI Diag

6.2.8 Initialize HFSI Counter


Purpose
To initialize HFSI Counter.

Procedure
Resetting HFSI Counter
1.

Select the Adjustment/Others button on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

Select [Initialize HFSI Counter].

3.

Enter a specific Chain-Link No. and press the Reset Current Value button.
The specified HFSI Counter is reset and the screen displays the message below:
[Completed]

As required, output a HFSI Counter report and check it.

IOT HFSI List


Table 1 IOT HFSI List
Chain-LinkHFSI Name
Description
954-800 Tray1 Feed/Retard/Nudger RollTray1 Feed Roll/ Tray1 Retard Roll/
Tray1 Nudger Roll Feed Paper Qty
954-801 Tray2 Feed/Retard/Nudger RollTray2 Feed Roll/Tray2 Retard Roll/Tray2
Nudger Roll Feed Paper Qty
954-802 Tray3 Feed/Retard/Nudger RollTray3 Feed Roll/Tray3 Retard Roll/Tray3
Nudger Roll Feed Paper Qty
954-803 Tray4 Feed/Retard/Nudger RollTray4 Feed Roll/Tray4 Retard Roll/Tray4
Nudger Roll Feed Paper Qty
954-804 HCF Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll HCF Feed Roll/HCF Retard Roll/HCF
Nudger Roll Feed Paper Qty
954-805 MSI Feed Roll
MSI Feed Roll Feed Paper Qty
954-807 Fuser ASSY
Paper Qty through Fuser Assy
954-808 BIAS Transfer Roll
Paper Qty reaching BTR

Life
300,000
300,000
300,000
300,000
300,000
300,000
175,000
300,000

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

IIT HFSI List


Table 2 IIT HFSI
Chain-Link
955-806

Name
Document Feed

Default
0

Range
0-5,000,000

Description
Counts up at Feed Sensor ON .

Remarks
Qty of sheets fed from CVT Tray

955-807

Document Feed Simp

0-5,000,000

Doc Feed Qty after HFSI Counteris cleared


Counts documents that was run in Simplex Mode.

NVM is had by CVT.


NVM is had by CVT.

955-808

Document Feed Dup

0-5,000,000

955-810
955-829

Platen Open/Close Count


Invert Solenoid On Count

0
0

0-1,000,000
0-5,000,000

Counts up at Invert Snr Off during Simplex feed.


*Life value is the same as that for 955-808.
Counts up at #1 Exit Snr Off during Duplex feed and NVM is had by CVT.
at Regi Snr On in Invert.
*Life value is the same as that for 955-807.
Counts up at Invert Snr Off during Duplex feed.
Counts up at Platen Interlock Open.
NVM is had by CVT.
Counts up at Inverter Solenoid ON.
NVM is had by CVT.

0-300,000

Qty of Inverter Solenoid operations after Counter is


cleared.
Counts up at Stamp Solenoid ON.
NVM is had by CVT.

0-300,000

Qty of Stamp Solenoid operations after Counter is


cleared.
Counts up at Stamp Solenoid ON.

0-6,881,175

Qty of Stamp Solenoid operations after HFSI Counter


is cleared.
Scan Qty (including Pre-scan)
NVM Write timing: T.B.D

955-830

DADF Stamp Solenoid On Count

(Solenoid Life)
955-831

DADF Stamp Solenoid On Count

(Ink Life)
956-802

956-803

956-804

958-808

IIT Scan

Lamp On Time

Lamp On Count

Platen Open/Close Count (Platen


Model)

0-7,864,200

0-6,881,175

0-1, 966, 050

NVM is had by CVT.

Counts up every scan.

In increments of 1 scan

Scan qty after HFSI Counter is cleared

Max Count=6000K or more

Lamp On Time

Counts Platen Scan only, not CVT Scan.


Lamp Life: 2000 hrs

Starts timing after Lamp turns ON.

Count Unit=sec

Stops timing when Lamp turns OFF.

Max Count=7,200K sec or more

Writes value in NVM at CRG Initialize.

Counts total duration of lamp On (including AGOC, Lamp


Check, etc.).

Lamp On Time after HFSI Counter is cleared.


Lamp On Qty after HFSI Counter is cleared.

Lamp Life: 6000K ONs

Counts up when Lamp turns ON.

In increments of 1 ON

Max Count=6000K
Counts up at interrupt with Angle Sensor fully open. In increments of 1 interrupt
Max Count=1000K or more

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-15

6.2 How To Use the UI Diag

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-16

6.2 How To Use the UI Diag

Version 2.1

6.2.9 Analog Monitor

6.2.10 Initialize NVM

Purpose

Function

To monitor analog values from A/D converted sensors, while operating individual components (like C.C).
In the case of an output component, a value can temporarily be changed.

To initialize any NVM area.

Purpose
Procedure

This procedure is performed if the machine is unrecoverable due to problems such as blank copy/print
and a series of system faults. The procedure is also needed at the time of software upgrade.

1.

Select the IO Check button on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

Select [Analog Monitor] on the IO Check screen.

3.

The Analog Monitor screen appears.

Initial Action

The table lists Analog Output Component names and Analog Input Component names along
with their respective Chain Link Nos in the order of Chain Link No.

Obtain all the following information:

The status displays of output components are all Disable (when check not in progress). The
display of the Level column is blank. The status displays of input components are all Disable.
The display of the Input Value column is blank.

4.

5.

Factory-set NVM Values report (typically located in the Inner Cover pocket).

Customer-set auditron account

Settings Changes described in machine service log (specifically NVM settings)


Customer Settings in the Tools mode

Perform the Output Component Check Items.

[Output Component Check]

Procedure

(1)

Enter a specific Chain-Link No. for a target output component.

1.

Select the Initialize NVM button on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

(2)

Select [Start] of Output Component Check.

2.

Select a NVM area to initialize and press the Start button.

(3)

The corresponding output component of the machine turns On at an output level based on Output Level Value (value specified for the test only).

After finishing checking Analog Monitor, select [Close] and return to the IO Check screen.

There are five NVM areas available for selection. They can be initialized individually.
Table 1 lists NVM locations to be reset for the NVM areas each.
3.

Table 1 Analog Check Input


Chain-Link Sub
Name
010-200
FUSER FUSER CONTROL SENSOR (FS1)
010-201
FUSER FUSER CONTROL SENSOR (FS2)
010-202
FUSER FUSER CONTROL SENSOR (PR)
071-230
TRAY TRAY 1 SIZE SENSOR

Range
0-1023

0-1023

071-231

TRAY

TRAY 2 SIZE SENSOR

0~1023

071-232

TRAY

TRAY 3 SIZE SENSOR

0-1023

071-233

TRAY

TRAY 4 SIZE SENSOR

0-1023

071-234

TRAY

MSI SIZE SENSOR

0-1023

092-200
092-201
092-202
094-200

Procon
Procon
Procon
XERO

Temp Sensor
Hum Sensor
ATC Sensor
BTR MONITOR VOLTAGE INPUT

140-710
36-400
200-800
0-1023

0-1023
0-1023

Normal Description
"Ready to Copy" FS1
Temp Monitor
"Ready to Copy" FS2
Temp Monitor
"Ready to Copy" PR
Temp Monitor
Current Tray 1 Size
SNR Value Monitor
Current Tray 2 Size
Sensor Value Monitor
Current Tray 3 Size
Sensor Value Monitor
Current Tray 4 Size
Sensor Value Monitor
Current MSI Size Sensor Value Monitor
-

When a confirmation message appears, select [Yes].


The NVM area selected becomes initialized.

4.

When the message Initializing the NVMs successfully completed" appears, press the Confirm button.

5.

After the initialization is complete, restore the machine to the previous settings, sing the data saved
in Initial Action.
Table 1 Initialize NVM

Name
IOT

Chain-Link No. to be initialized


The following NVMs will be initialized.

Chain - Link 740 - 001, 022 to 31, 062, 090

Chain - Link 741 - 001

Chain - Link 742 - 001 to 012, 015, 018, 027 to 030, 075, 083, 084,
086, 098 to 101

Chain - Link 744 - 005, 006, 010, 043, 045, 046, 061, 065, 077, 078,
080, 081, 086, 133 to 135, 180 to 184, 220, 301 to 306

Chain - Link 746 - 500, 502 to 516

Table 1 Initialize NVM


Name
SYS-User

Input Device

Chain-Link No. to be initialized


All NVMs that can be set by the user in the following Chain Links will be initialized.

Chain - Link 700 - 071, 075, 076, 078, 080 to 088, 368, 389, 390
All NVMs related to DADF

527

IISS

SYS-System

Chain - Link 751 - 010, 011, 034 to 037, 511, 560, 631, 699, 701, 703,
710, 718 to 748, 750, 752, 754, 756, 758, 760, 762, 764 to 792, 794,
796, 798, 800, 802, 804, 806, 808 to 836, 838, 840, 842, 844, 846,
848 to 850

Chain - Link 752 - 003, 509, 893 to 895

Chain - Link 753 - 003, 008, 009, 612, 619, 645, 705, 716, 717, 724 to
726, 729, 731

Chain - Link 760 - 001 to 003, 005 to 012, 016 to 029, 031 to 040

Chain - Link 764 - 001, 002, 005, 100 to 104, 112


The following NVMs will be initialized.

Chain - Link 710 - 501, 550, 551, 554 to 568, 600 to 612

Chain - Link 715 - 013, 017, 018, 023 to 027, 050 to 096, 102 to 108,
110 to 113, 201, 241 to 244, 280 to 293, 299 to 311, 344 to 349, 362,
363, 418, 550 to 555, 560, 600 to 622, 630 to 649, 660 to 664, 668,
669, 680 to 691, 702 to 705, 720 to 726, 780 to 791

Chain - Link 716 - 001 to 030, 032, 033, 035, 037 to 047, 050 to 064,
070 to 081, 100 to 102, 110, 112, 113, 120 to 122, 126 to 128

Chain - Link 717 - 001 to 015


The following NVMs will be initialized.

Chain - Link 700 - 071, 075, 076, 078, 080 to 088, 127, 128, 368, 389,
390, 396, 398, 410 to 412

Chain - Link 780 - 072, 073, 141, 145

Chain - Link 790 - 003

Chain - Link 800 - 018

Chain - Link 810 - 130

Chain - Link 820 - 003, 024, 026, 038 to 047, 052 to 054, 060 to 119,
121

Chain - Link 823 - 042 to 047

Chain - Link 830 - 081, 090

Chain - Link 850 - 001 to 004, 007, 009 to 012, 015 to 018

Chain - Link 870 - 010 to 045

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-17

6.2 How To Use the UI Diag

General

General
6.2 How To Use the UI Diag

2007/10/01
6-18

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.2.11.1 Component Control


Purpose
To display the logic status of Input Component Input Signal and operate output components.
NOTE: For lists of Input Components shown in the order of Chain Link No., see 6.2.11.2 and 6.2.11.4.
For lists of Output Components shown in the order of Chain Link No., see 6.2.11.3 and 6.2.11.5.

Procedure
1.

Select the IO Check button on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

Select [Component Control] on the IO Check screen.

3.

Enter a specific Chain-Link No. and press the Start key.


In the case of Input Components, the Status field displays logic status, and every time the level
switches between High and Low, the value in the Counter field will increase by +1.
In the case of Output Components, the component selected operates.
NOTE: If there is any limit on the operation time of an output component, the output component
stays On for a certain limited time and then automatically turns Off.

4.

To cancel an Input Component check or to stop an Output Component operation, press the Stop
key.

Simultaneous Output of Multiple Components


Purpose
NOTE: Some of the components cannot be operated simultaneously with another one. If you start such a
combination of components, the component turned On later will automatically be turned Off.
Procedure
1.

To output another Input Component simultaneously during a check of an input component or an


operation of an output component, press the Enter Number button and enter a new Chain-Link No.
and then press the Start key.
NOTE: The screen displays the status of only the component turned On later.

2.

To check the status of the component turned On earlier, press the Enter Number button and enter
its Chain-Link No. and then press the Current Status button.
The screen displays the status of the component turned On earlier.

3.

To cancel an Input Component check or to stop an Output Component operation, press the Stop
key.
The check or operation of the component displayed on the screen stops.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-19

6.2.11 Component Control

General

General

2007/10/01
6-20

6.2.11 Component Control

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.2.11.2 Input Component Control Codes IOT


Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT
ChainLink
010-100
010-101

Sub
PH
PH

Component Name
EXIT SENSOR
EXIT SENSOR1(EXIT)

Connector Level
L
H

Functional Description
Paper exists.
Paper exists

012-100

C-FIN

Xport Ent. SNR

(Sensor level detected at EXIT MODULE)


0: Paper exists

012-101

C-FIN

Buffer Path SNR

1: No paper
0: Paper exists

012-102

C-FIN

Gate SNR

012-110

Finisher

Regi Clutch ON

B-FIN:H

1: No paper
0: Paper exists

012-111

Finisher

IOT Exit SNR

C-FIN:L
H

1: No paper
0: Paper exists

012-115

C-FIN

Top Tray Exit SNR

1: No paper
0: Paper exists

012-150

Finisher

Compile Exit SNR

1: No paper
0: Paper exists

012-151

Finisher

Compile Tray No Paper SNR

1: No paper
0: Paper exists

012-190

Finisher

H-Xport Ent. SNR

1: No paper
0: Paper exists

012-191

Finisher

H-Xport Exit SNR

1: No paper
0: Paper exists

012-200

C-FIN

Side Regi SNR 1

1: No paper
0: Paper exists

012-201

C-FIN

Side Regi SNR 2

1: No paper
0 : Paper exists

012-215

C-FIN

Top Tray Full SNR

1: No paper
0: Paper exists

012-220

Finisher

Front Tamper Home SNR

1: No paper
0 : Home position

012-221

Finisher

Rear Tamper Home SNR

1: Non-home position
0 : Home position

1: No paper
0: Paper exists

1: Non-home position

Remarks
EXIT

Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT


ChainLink
012-240

Sub
B-FIN

Component Name
Stapler Move Home SNR

Connector Level
H

Functional Description
0 : Home position

012-241

Finisher

Stapler Move Position SNR

1: Non-home position
0 : home position

012-242

Finisher

Low Staple SNR

B-FIN:H

1: Non-home position
0: Pins exist

012-243

Finisher

Self Priming SNR

C-FIN:L
B-FIN:H

1: No pins
0: Ready

012-244

Finisher

Staple Home SNR

C-FIN:L
B-FIN:H

1: Not Ready
0 : Home position

012-250

Finisher

Eject Clamp Home SNR

C-FIN:L
B-FIN:H

1: Non-home position
0 : home position

012-251

Finisher

Set Clamp Home SNR

C-FIN:L
H

1: Non-home position
0 : home position

012-260

Finisher

Upper Limit SNR

1: Non-home position
0: Non-upper limit

012-262

Finisher

Stacker No Paper SNR

B-FIN:H

1: Upper limit
0: Finisher exists

012-263
012-264

C-FIN
C-FIN

Stack Encoder SNR


Stack Hight SNR 1

C-FIN:L
H
H

1: No Finisher
1: Additional slit in encoder pulse
0: Paper exists

012-265

C-FIN

Stack Hight SNR 2

1: No paper
0: Paper exists

012-267
012-268
012-269
012-270

B-FIN
B-FIN
B-FIN
C-FIN

Stacker Height Sensor


Stacker Stock A Sensor
Stacker Stock B Sensor
Puncher Move Home SNR

H
H
H
L

1: No paper
Paper exists.
Position for blocking light
Position for blocking light
0 :Home position

012-271

C-FIN

Puncher Home SNR

1: Non-home position
0 : Home position

012-272

C-FIN

Puncher Front SNR

1: Non-home position
0 : Home position

012-273
012-274
012-275

C-FIN
C-FIN
C-FIN

Punch Hole Select SNR


Puncher Motor SNR
Punch Box Set SNR

H
H
H

1: Non-home position
T.B.D
T.B.D
0 : Dust Box exists

Remarks

1 : No Dust Box
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-21

6.2.11 Component Control

General

General

2007/10/01
6-22

6.2.11 Component Control

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT


ChainLink
012-276

Sub
C-FIN

Component Name
Punch Full SNR

Connector Level
Hi : Full

012-280
012-300

B-FIN
C-FIN

Compiler Cover Safety Switch


Eject Cover SW

Low: Empty
H
H

Compiler Upper Chute open


0: Eject Cover open

012-301

B-FIN

Top Cover SW

1: Eject Cover closed


0 : Eject Cover open

012-302

Finisher

Finisher Front Cover SW

1: Eject Cover closed


0: Finisher Front Door open

012-303

Finisher

H-Xport Interlock SNR

1: Finisher Front Door closed


0: H-Xport open

013-101
013-102
013-103
013-104
013-105
013-106
013-107

C-FIN
C-FIN
C-FIN
C-FIN
C-FIN
C-FIN
C-FIN

013-108

C-FIN

013-134
013-135
013-136
013-137
013-139
013-140
047-200
047-201
047-202
047-203
047-204
047-205
047-206
071-100
071-101
071-102
071-103
071-104
071-105
071-106

C-FIN
C-FIN
C-FIN
C-FIN
C-FIN
C-FIN
PH
PH
PH
PH
PH
PH
PH
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
PH
TRAY

1: H-Xprort closed
Non-Home
Booklet Knife Home SNR Home Detection
No paper
Booklet Compilerpaper detection
No paper
Booklet Folder Roll Exit SNR paper detection
Drawer Close
Booklet Drawer Open/Closed detection
Not Ready
Booklet Stapler Ready signal
Error
Booklet Stapler Error signal
Low Staple or discon- Detection of Booklet StaplerFront Staple Low and of poor
nected Cartridge
Cartridge installation
BOOKLET LOW STAPLE R SW
Low Staple or discon- Detection of Booklet Stapler Rear Staple Low and of poor
nected Cartridge
Cartridge installation
BOOKLET TAMPER HOME SNR F
non-Home
Booklet Tamper Front Home detection
BOOKLET IN SNR
Paper exists
Booklet IN SNR paper detection
BOOKLET TAMPER HOME SNR R
non-Home
Booklet Tamper Rear Home detection
BOOKLET END GUIDE HOME SNR
non-Home
Booklet End Guide Home detection
BOOKLET NO PAPER SNR
Paper exists
Booklet tray No Paper SNR paper detection
BOOKLET KNIFE FOLDING SNR
non-Fold position
Booklet Knife Folding Position detection
FACE UP TRAY DETECTED
L
FACE UP TRAY available
OCT2 DETECTED
L
OCT2 available
FACE DOWN TRAY1 FULL STACK SENSOR L
Paper exists
FACE DOWN TRAY2 FULL STACK SENSOR L
Paper exists
FACE UP TRAY FULL STACK SENSOR
L
Paper exists
OCT1 HOME POSITION SENSOR
L
Home position
OCT2 HOME POSITION SENSOR
L
Home position
FEED OUT#2 SENSOR
L
Paper exists
T/A F/O3 SENSOR
L
Paper exists
T/A F/O4 SENSOR
L
Paper exists
PreFEED SENSOR3
L
Paper exists
PreFEED SENSOR4
L
Paper exists
DUP WAIT SENSOR
L
Paper exists
T/A F/O3 SENSOR
L
Paper exists

071-107
071-108
071-109
071-110
071-200
071-201
071-202
071-203

TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
PH
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY

T/A F/O4 SENSOR


PreFEED SENSOR1
PreFEED SENSOR2
EXIT SENSOR2
TRAY4 SIZE digital SENSOR
TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR
TRAY2 NO PAPER SENSOR
TRAY3 NO PAPER SENSOR

Functional Description

Remarks

BOOKLET KNIFE HOME SNR


BOOKLET COMPILE NO PAPER SNR
BOOKLET FOLDER ROLL EXIT SNR
BOOKLET DRAWER SET SNR
BOOKLET STAPLER READY
BOOKLET STAPLER ERROR
BOOKLET LOW STAPLE F SW

L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L

Hot-Line Control
Paper exists (Hot-Line Control)
Paper exists
Paper exists
Paper exists
Used to assist with size detection.
No paper
No paper
No paper

EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT

DM

EXIT
TTM: No Digital SNR (always 0)

Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT


ChainLink
071-204
071-205
071-206
071-207
071-208
071-209
071-210
071-211
071-212
071-213

Sub
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY

Component Name
TRAY4 NO PAPER SENSOR
SMH/ENV NO PAPER SENSOR
TRAY1 LEVEL SENSOR
TRAY2 LEVEL SENSOR
TRAY3 LEVEL SENSOR
TRAY4 LEVEL SENSOR
TRAY1 SIZE digital SENSOR
TRAY2 SIZE digital SENSOR
TRAY3 SIZE digital SENSOR
FEED READY SIGNAL

Connector Level
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H

Functional Description
No paper
No paper
Lift up (paper feed position)
Lift up (paper feed position)
Lift up (paper feed position)
Lift up (paper feed position)
Used to assist with size detection.
Used to assist with size detection.
Used to assist with size detection.
Level is high.

071-300
071-301
071-302
071-303

PH
TRAY
PH
PH

L/H COVER
TRAY MODULE COVER
L/H Low COVER
FRONT COVER

L
L
H
L

Hot-Line Control
Cover open (Interlock switch off)
Cover open (Interlock switch off)
Cover open (Interlock switch off)
Cover open (Interlock switch off)

071-304
071-305
073-200
078-100
078-101
078-200
078-201
078-202
078-203
078-204
078-205
078-300
078-301
089-100
089-101
089-200
089-201
091-200

PH
TRAY
FUSER
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
PH
PH
PH
PH
XERO

L/H High COVER


DUP INTERLOCK
FUSER FAN FAIL MONITOR SIGNAL
HCF PreFEED SENSOR
HCF F/O SENSOR
HCF NO PAPER SENSOR
HCF NO PAPER SENSOR(Hot Line)
HCF SIZE SENSOR A
HCF SIZE SENSOR B
HCF TRAY IN SENSOR
HCF LEVEL SENSOR
HCF COVER
HCF SIDE OUT SW
REGI SENSOR
REGI SENSOR (DM)
REGI CLUTCH (DM)
REGI CLUTCH(EXIT)
DRUM DETECT

H
H
H
H
H
H
L
H
H
L
H
H
H
L
H
L
L
L

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Cover open (Interlock switch off)


Open
Paper exists.
Paper exists.
No paper
No paper (Hot Line)
The sensor is located at Tray guide.
The sensor is located at Tray guide.
slide out Tray.
Lift up (paper feed position)
Cover open (Interlock switch off)
Cover closed
Paper exists.
Paper exists.(sensor level detected at DM)
ON status (signal detected at DM MODULE)
ON status (signal detected at DM MODULE)
EP Cartridge is installed.

2007/10/01
6-23

Remarks

TTM: No Digital SNR (always 0)

When L/H COVER is open, the status of


Front Cover cannot be detected in terms
of hardware. So whether Front Cover is
open or closed, Front Cover is considered to be closed.
EXIT

DM
DM
EXIT

6.2.11 Component Control

General

General

2007/10/01
6-24

6.2.11 Component Control

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

6.2.11.3 Output Component Control Codes IOT


Table 1 Output Component Control Codes IOT
Chain-Link Sub
012-001
C-FIN

Component Name
Fin Transport Motor 350 ON/OFF

Connector Level
-

012-002

C-FIN

Fin Transport Motor 600 ON/OFF

012-003

C-FIN

Regi Motor 285F ON/OFF

012-004

C-FIN

Regi Motor 350F ON/OFF

012-005

C-FIN

Regi Motor 600F ON/OFF

012-006

C-FIN

Regi Motor 285R ON/OFF

012-007

C-FIN

Exit Motor 285F ON/OFF

012-008

C-FIN

Exit Motor 350F ON/OFF

012-009

C-FIN

Exit Motor 600F ON/OFF

012-010

C-FIN

Exit Motor 285R ON/OFF

012-011
012-012

C-FIN
C-FIN

Transpoort Gate Solenoid TOP


Transpoort Gate Solenoid STACKER

012-013
012-015
012-016
012-020

C-FIN
C-FIN
C-FIN
Finisher

Sub Paddle Solenoid ON/OFF


Buffer Gate SOL STK
Buffer Gate SOL BUF
Front Tamper Mot Low FRONT ON/OFF

012-021

Finisher Front Tamper Mot Middle FRONT ON/OFF

012-022

Finisher Front Tamper Mot High FRONT ON/OFF

012-023

Finisher Front Tamper Mot Low REAR ON/OFF

012-024

Finisher Front Tamper Mot Middle REAR ON/OFF

012-025

Finisher Front Tamper Mot High REAR ON/OFF

Multiple Outputs prohibited for the


Functional Description
items
Timer Off
Finisher Transport MOT Forward 012-002,012-005,012-009
Rotation-Speed 1 350mm/s
Finisher Transport MOT Forward 012-001,012-003,012-004,012Rotation-Speed 2 600mm/s
006,012-007,012-008,012-010
Regi MOT Forward Rotation012-004,012-005,012-006,012285mm/S
002,012-009
Regi MOT Forward Rotation012-003,012-005,012-006,012350mm/S
002,012-009
Regi MOT Forward Rotation012-003,012-004,012-006,012600mm/S
001,012-007,012-008,012-010
Regi MOT Reverse Rotation012-003,012-004,012-005,012285mm/S
002,012-009
Exit MOT Forward Rotation-285mm/012-008,012-009,012-010,012S
002,012-005
Exit MOT Forward Rotation-350mm/012-007,012-009,012-010,012S
002,012-005
Exit MOT Forward Rotation-600mm/012-007,012-008,012-010,012S
001,012-003,012-004,012-006
Exit MOT Reverse Rotation012-007,012-008,012-009,012285mm/S
002,012-005
Transport Gate Top Path switching 012-012
100ms
Transport Gate Stacker Path
012-011
100ms
switching
Sub Paddle rotation
100ms
Buffer Gate Stacker Path switching 012-042,012-044,012-045
100ms
Buffer Gate Buffer Path switching 012-042,012-044,012-045
100ms
Front Tamper moves to Front-low 012-021,012-022,012-023,012- 100pulse
speed
024,012-025,013-048,013049,013-050,013-051,013052,013-053,013-054,013-055
Front Tamper moves to Front012-020,012-022,012-023,012- 100pulse
medium speed
024,012-025,013-048,013049,013-050,013-051,013052,013-053,013-054,013-055
Front Tamper moves to Front-high 012-020,012-021,012-023,012- 100pulse
speed
024,012-025,013-048,013049,013-050,013-051,013052,013-053,013-054,013-055
Front Tamper moves to Rear-low 012-020,012-021,012-022,012- 100pulse
speed
024,012-025,013-048,013049,013-050,013-051,013052,013-053,013-054,013-055
Front Tamper moves to Rear012-020,012-021,012-022,012- 100pulse
medium speed
023,012-025,013-048,013049,013-050,013-051,013052,013-053,013-054,013-055
Front Tamper moves to Rear-high 012-020,012-021,012-022,012- 100pulse
speed
023,012-024,013-048,013049,013-050,013-051,013052,013-053,013-054,013-055

Version 2.1

Table 1 Output Component Control Codes IOT


Multiple Outputs prohibited for the
items
Timer Off
012-027,012-028,012-029,012- 100pulse
030,012-031,013-056,013057,013-058,013-059,013060,013-061,013-062,013-063
Rear Tamper moves to Front012-026,012-028,012-029,012- 100pulse
medium speed
030,012-031,013-056,013057,013-058,013-059,013060,013-061,013-062,013-063
Rear Tamper moves to Front-high 012-026,012-027,012-029,012- 100pulse
speed
030,012-031,013-056,013057,013-058,013-059,013060,013-061,013-062,013-063
Rear Tamper moves to Rear-low 012-026,012-027,012-028,012- 100pulse
speed
030,012-031,013-056,013057,013-058,013-059,013060,013-061,013-062,013-063
Rear Tamper moves to Rear012-026,012-027,012-028,012- 100pulse
medium speed
029,012-031,013-056,013057,013-058,013-059,013060,013-061,013-062,013-063
Rear Tamper moves to Rear-high 012-026,012-027,012-028,012- 100pulse
speed
029,012-030,013-056,013057,013-058,013-059,013060,013-061,013-062,013-063
Stapler Moves to Front-medium
012-042,012-044,012-045
400pulse
speed
Stapler Moves to Front-high speed 012-041,012-044,012-045
400pulse
Stapler Moves to Rear-medium
012-041,012-042,012-045
400pulse
speed
Stapler Moves to Rear-high speed 012-041,012-042,012-044
400pulse
Staple MOT Forward Rotation
012-047
Stops when Staple Home Off>On detected.

Chain-Link Sub
Component Name
012-026
Finisher Rear Tamper Mot Low FRONT ON/OFF

Connector Level
-

012-027

Finisher Rear Tamper Mot Middle FRONT ON/OFF

012-028

Finisher Rear Tamper Mot High FRONT ON/OFF

012-029

Finisher Rear Tamper Mot Low REAR ON/OFF

012-030

Finisher Rear Tamper Mot Middle REAR ON/OFF

012-031

Finisher Rear Tamper Mot High REAR ON/OFF

012-041

C-FIN

012-042
012-044

Finisher Stapler Move Mot High FRONT ON/OFF


C-FIN
Stapler Move Mot Middle REAR ON/OFF

012-045
012-046

Finisher Stapler Move Mot High REAR ON/OFF


Finisher Staple Motor FORWARD ON/OFF

012-047

Finisher Staple Motor REVERSE ON/OFF

Staple MOT Reverse Rotation

012-046

(a little longer when a Fail occurs)


Stops at Staple Home On.

012-050
012-051
012-052

C-FIN
B-FIN
C-FIN

Set Clamp Paddle rotation


Eject Clamp Roll Up operation

012-053

(a little longer when a Fail occurs)


200ms
Stops when Low detected.

Stapler Move Mot Middle FRONT ON/OFF

Set Clamp CLUTCH ON/OFF


Set Clamp Paddle
Eject Clamp Motor UP ON/OFF

Functional Description
Rear Tamper moves to Front-low
speed

(approx.15ms)

012-053

C-FIN

Eject Clamp Motor DOWN ON/OFF

Eject Clamp Roll Down operation

012-052

(320ms when a Fail occurs)


Stops when Hi detected.
(approx.15ms)
(320ms when a Fail occurs)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-25

6.2.11 Component Control

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-26

6.2.11 Component Control

Version 2.1

Table 1 Output Component Control Codes IOT


Chain-Link Sub
012-054
C-FIN

Component Name
Eject Motor Low FORWARD ON/OFF

Connector Level
-

012-055

C-FIN

Eject Motor High FORWARD ON/OFF

012-056

C-FIN

Eject Motor Low REVERSE ON/OFF

012-057

C-FIN

Eject Motor High REVERSE ON/OFF

012-060
012-061
012-070

Finisher Stacker Motor UP ON/OFF


Finisher Stacker Motor DOWN ON/OFF
C-FIN
Puncher Move Motor Low FRONT ON/OFF

H
H
-

012-071

C-FIN

Puncher Move Motor High FRONT ON/OFF

012-072

C-FIN

Puncher Move Motor Low REAR ON/OFF

012-073

C-FIN

Puncher Move Motor High REAR ON/OFF

012-074

C-FIN

Puncher Mot 2Hole Home Move

012-075

C-FIN

Puncher Mot 3Hole Home Move

012-076

C-FIN

Puncher Mot 4Hole Home Move

012-077

C-FIN

012-078

Functional Description
Eject MOT Forward Rotation-low
speed
Eject MOT Forward Rotation-high
speed
Eject MOT Reverse Rotation-low
speed
Eject MOT Reverse Rotation-high
speed
Stacker Tray Up
Stacker Tray Down
Puncher Moves to Front at low
speed.
Puncher Moves to Front at high
speed.
Puncher Moves to Rear at low
speed.
Puncher Moves to Rear at high
speed.
Puncher 2-hole punch positions:
Home operation

Multiple Outputs prohibited for the


items
Timer Off
012-055,012-056,012-057,013- 2000pulse
011,013-013,013-014, 013-016
012-054,012-056,012-057,013- 2000pulse
011,013-013,013-014, 013-016
012-054,012-055,012-057,013- 2000pulse
011,013-013,013-014,013-016
012-054,012-055,012-056,013- 2000pulse
011,013-013,013-014, 013-016
012-061
500ms
012-060
500ms
012-071,012-072,012-073
100pulse
012-070,012-072,012-073

100pulse

012-070,012-071,012-073

100pulse

012-070,012-071,012-072

100pulse

012-075,012-076,012-077,012078,012-079

At non-Home, puncher stops with


its Home operation complete.

Puncher 3-hole punch positions:


Home operation

012-074,012-076,012-077,012078,012-079

(a little longer when a Fail occurs)


At non-Home, puncher stops with
its Home operation complete.

Puncher 4-hole punch positions:


Home operation

012-074,012-075,012-077,012078,012-079

(a little longer when a Fail occurs)


At non-Home, puncher stops with
its Home operation complete.

Punch (2Hole)

2-hole punch operation

012-074,012-075,012-076,012078,012-079

(a little longer when a Fail occurs)


Stops when Home Snr Off->On
detected.

C-FIN

Punch (3Hole)

3-hole punch operation

012-074,012-075,012-076,012077,012-079

(a little longer when a Fail occurs)


Stops when Home Snr Off->On
detected.

012-079

C-FIN

Punch (4Hole)

4-hole punch operation

012-074,012-075,012-076,012077,012-078

(a little longer when a Fail occurs)


Stops when Home Snr Off->On
detected.

012-080
012-081
012-082
012-083
012-084
012-085
012-086
012-090

B-FIN
B-FIN
B-FIN
B-FIN
B-FIN
B-FIN
B-FIN
C-FIN

Main Drive Motor ON/OFF


Eject Motor FORWARD ON/OFF
Eject Motor REVERSE ON/OFF
Eject Clamp Low DOWN
Eject Clamp Middle DOWN
Eject Clamp UP
Set Clamp Paddle Solenoid ON
H XPORT Motor 145 ON/OFF

L
L
-

012-091

C-FIN

H XPORT Motor 242 ON/OFF

(a little longer when a Fail occurs)

H-Tra/IF Mot Forward Rotate-Speed 012-091


1 145mm/s
H-Tra/IF Mot Forward Rotate-Speed 012-090
2 242mm/s

Table 1 Output Component Control Codes IOT


Chain-Link Sub
013-008
C-FIN

Connector Level
H:ON L:OFF

Functional Description
Folder Roll Forward Drive

Multiple Outputs prohibited for the


items
Timer Off
013-009
-

H:ON L:OFF

Folder Roll Reverse Drive

013-008

H:ON L:OFF
Pulse: ON

Booklet Knife Flapper SOL ON/OFFDrives BOOKLET END GUIDE


012-054,012-055,012-056,012downward at 450pps.
057,013-013,013-014,013-016

200msec
200 pulses

Drives BOOKLET END GUIDEdownward at 1002pps.

012-054,012-055,012-056,012057,013-011,013-014,013-016

200 pulses

Drives BOOKLET END GUIDE


upward at 450pps.

012-054,012-055,012-056,012057,013-011,013-013,013-016

200 pulses

Drives BOOKLET END GUIDE


upward at 1002pps.

012-054,012-055,012-056,012057,013-011,013-013,013-014

200 pulses

013-009

C-FIN

013-010
013-011

C-FIN
C-FIN

Component Name
BOOKLET FOLDER ROLL MOT FORWARD
ON/OFF
BOOKLET FOLDER ROLL MOT REVERSE
ON/OFF
BOOKLET KNIFE FLAPPER SOL
BOOKLET END GUIDE MOT LOW DOWN

013-013

C-FIN

BOOKLET END GUIDE MOT HI DOWN

H: OFF
Pulse: ON

013-014

C-FIN

BOOKLET ENDGUIDE MOT

H: OFF
Pulse:ON

013-016

C-FIN

LOW UP
BOOKLET ENDGUIDE MOT

H:OFF
Pulse:ON

013-017

C-FIN

HI UP
BOOKLET STAPLE ON

H:OFF
H:ON L:OFF

013-020
013-021

C-FIN
C-FIN

TRAY BELT DRIVE MOTOR ON/OFF


BOOKLET PADDLE MOT ON/OFF

H:ON L:OFF
L:ON H:OFF

013-048

C-FIN

BOOKLET TAMPER MOT F REAR ON/OFF 1 Pulse:ON


H:OFF

013-049

C-FIN

BOOKLET TAMPER MOT F REAR ON/OFF 2 Pulse:ON


H:OFF

013-050

C-FIN

BOOKLET TAMPER MOT F REAR ON/OFF 3 Pulse:ON


H:OFF

013-051

C-FIN

BOOKLET TAMPER MOT F REAR ON/OFF 4 Pulse:ON


H:OFF

013-052

C-FIN

BOOKLET TAMPER MOT F FRONT ON/OFF 1Pulse:ON


H:OFF

013-053

C-FIN

BOOKLET TAMPER MOT F FRONT ON/OFF 2Pulse:ON


H:OFF

013-054

C-FIN

BOOKLET TAMPER MOT F FRONT ON/OFF 3Pulse:ON


H:OFF

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Performs Booklet Stapler F/R Sta- ple operation


Drives Tray Belt
Drives and rotates BOOKLET PAD- DLE
Drives BOOOKLET TAMPER F to 012-020,012-021,012-022,012Front (Home) at 985pps.
023,012-024,012-025,013049,013-050,013-051,013052,013-053,013-054,013-055
Drives BOOOKLET TAMPER F to 012-020,012-021,012-022,012Front (Home) at 645pps.
023,012-024,012-025,013048,013-050,013-051,013052,013-053,013-054,013-055
Drives BOOOKLET TAMPER F to 012-020,012-021,012-022,012Front (Home) at 465pps.
023,012-024,012-025,013048,013-049,013-051,013052,013-053,013-054,013-055
Drives BOOOKLET TAMPER F to 012-020,012-021,012-022,012Front (Home) at 235pps.
023,012-024,012-025,013048,013-049,013-050,013052,013-053,013-054,013-055
Drives BOOOKLET TAMPER F to 012-020,012-021,012-022,012Rear (Tamping) at 985pps.
023,012-024,012-025,013048,013-049,013-050,013051,013-053,013-054,013-055
Drives BOOOKLET TAMPER F to 012-020,012-021,012-022,012Rear (Tamping) at 645pps.
023,012-024,012-025,013048,013-049,013-050,013051,013-052,013-054,013-055
Drives BOOOKLET TAMPER F to 12-20,12-21,12-22,12-23,12Rear (Tamping) at 465pps.
24,12-25,13-48,13-49,13-50,1351,13-52,13-53,13-55

2007/10/01
6-27

Stops at the end of Staple operation (620ms).


100 pulses

100 pulses

100 pulses

100 pulses

100 pulses

100 pulses

100 pulses

6.2.11 Component Control

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-28

6.2.11 Component Control

Version 2.1

Table 1 Output Component Control Codes IOT

013-064

C-FIN

BOOKLET PAPER PATH MOT 1 ON/OFF

Pulse:ON

Multiple Outputs prohibited for the


Functional Description
items
Timer Off
Drives BOOOKLET TAMPER F to 012-020,012-021,012-022,012- 100 pulses
Rear(Tamping) at 235pps.
023,012-024,012-025,013048,013-049,013-050,013051,013-052,013-053,013-054
Drives BOOOKLET TAMPER R to 012-026,012-027,012-028,012- 100 pulses
Front (Tamping) at 985pps.
029,012-030,012-031,013057,013-058,013-059,013060,013-061,013-062,013-063
Drives BOOOKLET TAMPER R to 012-026,012-027,012-028,012- 100 pulses
Front (Tamping) at 645pps.
029,012-030,012-031,013056,013-058,013-059,013060,013-061,013-062,013-063
Drives BOOOKLET TAMPER R to 012-026,012-027,012-028,012- 100 pulses
Front (Tamping) at 465pps.
029,012-030,012-031,013056,013-057,013-059,013060,013-061,013-062,013-063
Drives BOOOKLET TAMPER R to 012-026,012-027,012-028,012- 100 pulses
Front (Tamping) at 235pps.
029,012-030,012-031,013056,013-057,013-058,013060,013-061,013-062,013-063
Drives BOOOKLET TAMPER R to 012-026,012-027,012-028,012- 100 pulses
Rear(Home) at 985pps.
029,012-030,012-031,013056,013-057,013-058,013059,013-061,013-062,013-063
Drives BOOOKLET TAMPER R to 012-026,012-027,012-028,012- 100 pulses
Rear(Home) at 645pps.
029,012-030,012-031,013056,013-057,013-058,013059,013-060,013-062,013-063
Drives BOOOKLET TAMPER R to 012-026,012-027,012-028,012- 100 pulses
Rear (Home) at 465pps.
029,012-030,012-031,013056,013-057,013-058,013059,013-060,013-061,013-063
Drives BOOOKLET TAMPER R to 012-026,012-027,012-028,012- 100 pulses
Rear(Home) at 235pps.
029,012-030,012-031,013056,013-057,013-058,013059,013-060,013-061,013-062
Drives Booklet IN Roll.
013-065,013-066,013-067
-

013-065

C-FIN

BOOKLET PAPER PATH MOT 2 ON/OFF

H:OFF
Pulse:ON

350mm/s
Dries Booklet IN Roll.

013-064,013-066,013-067

013-066

C-FIN

BOOKLET PAPER PATH MOT 3 ON/OFF

H:OFF
Pulse:ON

T.B.D.(temporary 277) mm/s


Drives Booklet IN Roll at 250mm/s. 013-064,013-065,013-067

013-067

C-FIN

BOOKLET PAPER PATH MOT 4 ON/OFF

H:OFF
Pulse:ON

Drives Booklet IN Roll at 50mm/s.

013-064,013-065,013-066

013-068

C-FIN

BOOKLET GATE SOL STACKER

H:OFF
H:ON L:OFF

Switches Booklet Gate to Stacker


path.

013-069

100msec

Chain-Link Sub
013-055
C-FIN

Component Name
Connector Level
BOOKLET TAMPER MOT F FRONT ON/OFF 4Pulse:ON
H:OFF

013-056

C-FIN

BOOKLET TAMPER MOT R FRONT 1 ON/


OFF

Pulse:ON
H:OFF

013-057

C-FIN

BOOKLET TAMPER MOT R FRONT 2 ON/


OFF

Pulse:ON
H:OFF

013-058

C-FIN

BOOKLET TAMPER MOT R FRONT 3 ON/


OFF

Pulse:ON
H:OFF

013-059

C-FIN

BOOKLET TAMPER MOT R FRONT 4 ON/


OFF

Pulse:ON
H:OFF

013-060

C-FIN

BOOKLET TAMPER MOT R REAR 1 ON/OFF Pulse:ON


H:OFF

013-061

C-FIN

BOOKLET TAMPER MOT R REAR 2 ON/OFF Pulse:ON


H:OFF

013-062

C-FIN

BOOKLET TAMPER MOT R REAR 3 ON/OFF Pulse:ON


H:OFF

013-063

C-FIN

BOOKLET TAMPER MOT R REAR 4 ON/OFF Pulse:ON


H:OFF

Table 1 Output Component Control Codes IOT


Chain-Link Sub
013-069
C-FIN

Component Name
BOOKLET GATE SOL BOOKLET

Connector Level
H:ON L:OFF

042-001
042-002

PH
MAIN MOTOR ON
FUSER FUSER FAN MOTOR (HIGH SPEED)

L
-

042-004
042-005
042-009
047-001
047-002

CRU
PH
NOHAD
PH
FUSER

CRU FAN MOTOR ON


DUP FAN MOTOR ON
LVPS FAN MOTOR ON
OFFSET MOTOR1 FORWARD ROTATION
FUSER FAN MOTOR(HIGH SPEED)

L
L
H
-

047-003
047-004
047-005
047-006
047-022

PH
PH
PH
PH
PH

L
-

047-023

PH

047-024
047-025

PH
PH

OFFSET MOTOR2 FORWARD ROTATION


OFFSET MOTOR2 REVERSE ROTATION
OFFSET MOTOR1 REVERSE ROTATION
MAIN MOTOR
EXIT DRIVE MOTOR FORWARD(Eject Paper
out)
EXIT DRIVE MOTOR REVERSE(send paper
into Dup)
EXIT GATE SOLENOID
FACE UP GATE SOLENOID

H
L

047-026
061-001
071-001

PH
ROS
TRAY

EXIT2 FAN
ROS MOTOR ON
TRAY1 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse)

L
L
-

071-002

TRAY

TRAY2 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse)

071-003

TRAY

TRAY3 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse)

071-004

TRAY

TRAY4 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse)

071-007
071-008
071-012
071-015
071-036
071-037
073-006
073-009
073-010

PH
TRAY
PH
TRAY
PH
PH
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY

TRAY1 FEED MOTOR


TRAY2 FEED MOTOR
SMH FEED CLUTCH
T/A CLUTCH
MAIN MOTOR ON
DRUM MOTOR ON
T/A MOTOR
TRAY3 FEED MOTOR
TRAY4 FEED MOTOR

L
L
L
L
L
-

Functional Description
Switches Booklet Gate to Booklet
path.

Multiple Outputs prohibited for the


items
Timer Off
013-068
100msec

Fuser Fan rotation speed shifts from


low to high.
Starts and stops CRU Fan Motor.
Starts and stops DUP Fan Motor.
Starts and stops LVPS Fan Motor.
Fuser Fan rotation speed shifts from
low to high

Switches Gate to Exit2/FUT.


Switches FUT Gate to Face Up
Tray.
Starts and stops ROS Motor.
When Tray 1 Level Sensor is ''L''
(lift down), turns On Lift Up Motor 2
sec. When Tray 1 Level Sensor
Motorstops rotating.
When Tray 2 Level Sensor is ''L''
(lift down), turns On Lift Up Motor 2
sec. When Tray 2 Level Sensor
Motorstops rotating.
When Tray 3 Level Sensor is ''L''
(lift down), turns On Lift Up Motor 2
sec. When Tray 3 Level Sensor
Motorstops rotating.
When Tray 4 Level Sensor is ''L''
(lift down), turns On Lift Up Motor 2
sec. When Tray 4 Level Sensor
Motorstops rotating.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-29

6.2.11 Component Control

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-30

6.2.11 Component Control

Version 2.1

Table 1 Output Component Control Codes IOT


Chain-Link
073-013
073-016
073-018

Sub
TRAY
PH
TRAY

Component Name
TM T/A CL
DUP MOTOR
HOT-LINE CHECK with alternative signal

Connector Level
L
-

Functional Description

Multiple Outputs prohibited for the


items
Timer Off

Hot-Line Control
MCU switches between FEED and
STOP signals for 400-600ms.

073-019
073-020
073-026

TRAY
TRAY
PH

078-001
078-002
078-003
078-004

TRAY
TRAY
TRAY
TRAY

TRAY3 FEED MOTOR(Hot-Line)


TRAY4 FEED MOTOR(Hot-Line)
DUP MOTOR Rotate for sending paper out to
regi
HCF Nudger Solenoid( High Power)
HCF Nudger Solenoid( Low Power)
HCF FEED MOTOR
HCF LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse)

078-005
078-006
089-002
091-002
091-003
091-004
091-005
091-006
091-007
091-010
093-001
094-001

TRAY
TRAY
PH
XERO
XERO
XERO
XERO
XERO
XERO
XERO
Procon
XERO

HCF T/A MOTOR(242mm/s)


HCF T/A MOTOR(500mm/s)
REGI CLUTCH
BCR AC BIAS
BCR DC BIAS
DTS
DRUM MOTOR ON
MAIN MOTOR ON
Deve DC BIAS
BTR(-) BIAS
Dispence Motor
BTR(+) BIAS

L
L
H
H
H
H

Tray Module switches between


FEED and READY signals for 19002100ms.
Hot-Line Control
Hot-Line Control
-

When Tray 5 Level Sensor is ''L''


(lift down), turns On Lift Up Motor 2
sec. When Tray 5 Level Sensor
Motorstops rotating.

H
H
L
L
L
L
-

6.2.11.4 Input Component Control Codes IIT


Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IIT
Chain-Link
005-102
005-110
005-205
005-206
005-211
005-212
005-213
005-215
005-216
005-217
005-218
005-219
005-220
005-221
005-222
005-224
005-225
062-201
062-212
062-240
062-251

Name
Document Sensor
Regi Sensor
CVT Feed Out Sensor
CVT Pre-Reg. Sensor
CVT Invert Sensor
CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Switch
CVT DADF Interlock Switch
CVT #1 Tray APS Sensor
CVT #2 Tray APS Sensor
CVT #3 Tray APS Sensor
CVT APS No.1 Sensor
CVT APS No.2 Sensor
CVT APS No.3 Sensor
CVT Tray Size Sensor No.1
CVT Tray Size Sensor No.2
Scan Start
Nudger Position Sensor
Sheet Abort
IIT Regi Sensor
ADF Exist
APS Sensor1

Connector Level
H
L
H
H
H
H
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
H
L
L
g
APS SNR1:k

Meaning
No paper
Paper exists.
Paper exists.
Paper exists.
Paper exists.
Feeder Cover open
Platen Interlock open
Actuator does not block light.
Actuator does not block light.
Actuator does not block light.
Paper exists.
Paper exists.
Paper exists.
Paper exists.
Paper exists.
Scan Start Signal On
NUDGER ROLL is up.
Document Regist
Regi Sensor ON to OFF
DADF is not installed.
Paper exists.

062-253

APS Sensor3

APS ON: H
APS SNR3:k

Paper exists

062-272
062-300
062-301

ScanStart
Platen Interlock Switch
Angle Sensor

APS ON:H
L
L
k

Scan available
Platen closed
Platen open

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-31

Remarks

6.2.11 Component Control

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-32

6.2.11 Component Control

Version 2.1

6.2.11.5 Output Component Control Codes IIT


Table 1 Output Component Control Codes IIT
Chain
005-001

Name
CVT Feed Motor(CW37.5mm/sec)

Connector
Level
-

Meaning

Multiple Outputs prohibited for the


items:
005-002 to 005-010
005-013 to 005-014

005-002

CVT Feed Motor(CW50.0mm/sec)

005-074
005-001
005-003 to 005-010
005-013 to 005-014

005-003

CVT Feed Motor(CW75.0mm/sec)

005-074
005-001 to 005-002
005-004 to 005-010
005-013 to 005-014

005-004

CVT Feed Motor(CW100.0mm/sec)

005-074
005-001 to 005-003
005-005 to 005-010
005-013 to 005-014

005-005

CVT Feed Motor(CW150.0mm/sec)

005-074
005-001 to 005-004
005-006 to 005-010
005-013 to 005-014

005-006

CVT Feed Motor(CW200.0mm/sec)

005-074
005-001 to 005-005
005-007 to 005-010
005-013 to 005-014

005-007

CVT Feed Motor(CW300.0mm/sec)

005-074
005-001 to 005-006
005-008 to 005-010
005-013 to 005-014
005-074

Timer Off

Cycle Ope Remarks

Table 1 Output Component Control Codes IIT


Chain
005-008

Name
CVT Feed Motor(CW400.0mm/sec)

Connector
Level
-

Meaning

Multiple Outputs prohibited for the


items:
005-001 to 005-007

Timer Off

Cycle Ope Remarks

005-009 to 005-010
005-013 to 005-014

005-009

CVT Feed Motor(CW 66.7mm/sec)

005-074
005-001 to 005-008
005-010
005-013 to 005-014

005-010

CVT Feed Motor(CW133.3mm/sec)

005-074
005-001 to 005-009
005-013 to 005-014

005-013

CVT Feed Motor(CCW250.0mm/sec)

005-074
005-001 to 005-010
005-014

005-014

CVT Feed Motor(CCW350.0mm/sec)

005-074
005-001 to 005-010
005-013

005-026

CVT Reg.Motor(CCW37.5mm/sec)

005-074
005-027 to 005-036

005-027

CVT Reg.Motor(CCW50.0mm/sec)

005-078 to 005-080
005-026
005-028 to 005-036

005-028

CVT Reg.Motor(CCW75.0mm/sec)

005-078 to 005-080
005-026 to 005-027
005-029 to 005-036

005-029

CVT Reg.Motor(CCW100.0mm/sec)

005-078 to 005-080
005-026 to 005-028
005-030 to 005-036
005-078 to 005-080

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-33

6.2.11 Component Control

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-34

6.2.11 Component Control

Version 2.1

Table 1 Output Component Control Codes IIT


Chain
005-030

Name
CVT Reg.Motor(CCW150.0mm/sec)

Connector
Level
-

Meaning

Multiple Outputs prohibited for the


items:
005-026 to 005-029

Timer Off

Cycle Ope Remarks

005-031 to 005-036

005-031

CVT Reg.Motor(CCW200.0mm/sec)

005-078 to 005-080
005-026 to 005-030

005-032 to 005-036

005-032

CVT Reg.Motor(CCW300.0mm/sec)

005-078 to 005-080
005-026 to 005-031

005-033 to 005-036

005-033

CVT Reg.Motor(CCW66.7mm/sec)

005-078 to 005-080
005-026 to 005-032

005-034 to 005-036

005-034

CVT Reg.Motor(CCW133.3mm/sec)

005-078 to 005-080
005-026 to 005-033

005-035 to 005-036
005-078 to 005-080
005-026 to 005-036

005-036

CVT Reg.Motor(CW300.0mm/sec)

005-072
005-073
005-083

CVT Nip Release Solenoid


CVT Stamp Solenoid
Doc Ready

L
L
L

005-084
005-088
005-090
062-002

Doc Set LED


Image Area ON
Nudger Lift Motor Initialize
IIT Exposure Lamp

L
H
L

062-005

IIT Scan Motor(Scan)

The 4 phases Moves from current posi- 062-006


switches H/L. tion in Scan direction

Turns OFF when receiving Stop


command before Auto OFF.
Stop command is not accepted
before Auto OFF.

062-006

IIT Scan Motor(Retur)

The 4 phases Moves from current posi- 062-005


switches H/L. tion in Return direction

Stop command is not accepted


before Auto OFF.

062-014

IPS Cooling Fan (high speed)

062-086

IIT Image Area

062-091

Exchange To ADF

FAN ON:24V
FAN Slow: L
P727 LVDS
(differential)H
L

3 sec ON

005-078 to 005-080
-

Turns ON Doc Ready signal.


5 sec ON
Initializes Nudger Roll.

Operates IPS Cooling Fan


at high speed.
IMG-AREA signal output
Turn ON the doc exchange
command to DADF.

6.2.12 Hard Disk Diag Program

6.2.13 Size Detection Auto Adjust

Purpose

Purpose

NOTE: HDD Initialization is available for Partition A only.

To automatically adjust a document size detected by DADF to a specific target size.

Procedure

Procedure

1.

Select Sub System on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

1.

Select Sub System then Size Detection Auto Adjust on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

Select Initialize Hard Disk.

2.

As directed to operate, the machine feeds three documents (A4LEF) into DADF. The machine compares a specific detected length in slow scan with the reference value and calculates a document
size correction value and then sets the value in the appropriated NVM.

3.

If this processing is no good, NVM data will not be updated.

4.

The machine reports that the execution is successfully completed or not, and displays the result on
UI.

5.

After the processing, you can check the result by NVM READ.

3.

Select Partition A and press the Start button.

4.

When a confirmation message appears, select [Yes].


The Partition A of the hard disk becomes initialized.

5.

When the message Initializing Hard Disk Partition A is successfully completed, press the Confirm
button.

Table 1
Chain-Link
711-164

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-35

Name
Range
Document Size in Slow Scan: Correc- 0-100
tion Value

Default
80 (0.1mm/step)

6.2.11 Component Control

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-36

6.2.11 Component Control

Version 2.1

6.2.14 Print Test Pattern

Table 2 Parameter Settings available for pattern output

Purpose
To check print image quality and analyze a problem by printing test patterns built in the machine.
1.

Select Print Test Pattern on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

Enter a specific pattern no. and tray no. sequentially and press the Start key.

3.

Enter the quantity of prints to output and press the Start key.

No. Name
002 Solid black

Image Size
A3x17"(*1)

Tray
Tray1
Tray2
Tray3

[Restrictions]
If any IOT Subsystem Fail occurs during printing a test, no IOT and subsequent diagnoses can be performed because such a diagnosis causes an error. In this case, the power must be turned Off then On
because printing the test cannot be cancelled (however, the machine can exit the diag).

Paper Type
Paper Size when when MSI in
use
Simp/Dup
MSI in use
Simp/Dup
Cannot be speci- Plain
fied. (Even when
MSI in use, a specified paper size is
used.)

Tray4

003 Blank

MSI
Tray1

A3x17"(*1)

*If the Not Ready status due to a device fault, a jam and no paper causes an error, diagnoses can be performed and printing the test can be cancelled.

Tray2
Tray3

As it competes with UI that issues instructions, the machine may print a specified test pattern or use a
preferred tray, or may send a message saying a conflict has occurred, without printing.

Cannot be speci- Plain


fied. (Even when
MSI in use, a specified paper size is
used.)

Simp/Dup

Simp

Tray4
UI receives this message from the machine and displays a message saying that an error occurred due to
the conflict in the operation but that printing is allowed.
021 No Paper Run
In the event of a jam, the machine stops processing (does not continue processing or try to process
again). The Clear Jam screen appears with a message on the UI asking the user to clear the jam.

MSI
Tray1

(*1): Displays 294mm x 17 (A3 width x Ledger length) (A3 and Ledger are both supported.)
[Restrictions]

Test Patterns
For details of the locations where test patterns are generated and of the output paths, see the table1-5
below.
Table 1 Pattern Overview
No.
001
002
003
021

Pattern Name
Horizontal stripe
Solid black
Blank
No paper run

Objective/Outline
Check operation of ROS, Xero and surroundings
For problem analysis
For problem analysis
For No Paper Run specified by MF-UI

Built in Image
Subsystem:
IOT
IOT
IOT
IOT

Table 2 Parameter Settings available for pattern output

No. Name
Image Size
001 Horizontal stripe A3x17"(*1)

Tray
Tray1
Tray2
Tray3
Tray4
MSI

Paper Type
Paper Size when when MSI in
use
Simp/Dup
MSI in use
Simp/Dup
Cannot be speci- Plain
fied. (Even when
MSI in use, a specified paper size is
used.)

1.

Paper from a specified tray only is used for print. (ATS and APS unavailable)

2.

If any invalid print specifications are found in item 1, an error occurs.

3.

A specified tray paper size is used for print. (Any print area outside a specified paper size is unavailable for print.)

4.

If Finisher is installed, No Paper Run is available. No Paper Run is controlled by dummy 8.5 x
11LEF timing regardless of paper availability and paper size.

5.

If PG built in IOT is selected, duplex is prohibited when MSI selected.


Table 3 Pattern Overview

Built in Image
No. Pattern Name
Objective/Outline
Subsystem:
051 Paper Feed Alignment Adjustment For IOT regi adjustment
Controller
pattern (Grid pattern)
at intervals of 20mm, 0.2+/-0.025mm
between lines
052 Total Chart
For adjustment and problem analysis Controller
Table 4 Parameter Settings available for pattern output
Image
Size
1

No. Pattern Name


051 Paper Feed Alignment
Adjustment pattern (Grid pattern)
052 Total Chart
1

Tray
(*1)

Paper Size
when MSI in
use
(*3)

Paper Type
when MSI in
use
Simp/Dup
Plain
-

(*2)

(*3)

Plain

(*1): longer than A4 and wider than letter

Table 5 IIT Pattern Overview

(*2): Displays 294mmx17"(A3 width x Ledger length) (A3 and Ledger are both supported.)
No.
109

(*3): See the specifications in [Detection].

Pattern Name
2-dot-wide grid

Table 5 IIT Pattern Overview

No.
101

Pattern Name
IIT, FS Increment, Gradation

Tray
Tray1

Paper Size
when MSI in
use
A3SEF

Tray
Tray1

Paper Size
when MSI in
use
A3SEF

Paper Type
when MSI in
use
Simp/Dup
Plain
Simp/Dup

A3SEF

Plain

Simp/Dup

A3SEF

Plain

Simp/Dup

A3SEF

Plain

Simp/Dup

A3SEF

Plain

Simp/Dup

Tray2
Paper Type
when MSI in
use
Simp/Dup
Plain
Simp/Dup

Tray3
Tray4

Tray2
111

4-dot-wide grid

MSI
Tray1

Tray3
Tray2
Tray4
Tray3
103

IIT, SS Increment, Gradation

MSI
Tray1

A3SEF

Plain

Simp/Dup

Tray4

Tray2
114

Fast Scan 256 Tones

MSI
Tray1

Tray3
Tray2
Tray4
Tray3
105

Shading Data Output

MSI
Tray1

A3SEF

Plain

Simp/Dup

Tray4

Tray2
116

Slow Scan 256 Tones

MSI
Tray1

Tray3
Tray2
Tray4
Tray3
107

1-dot-wide grid

MSI
Tray1

A3SEF

Plain

Simp/Dup

Tray4

Tray2
118

Slow Scan Dotted Line

MSI
Tray1

Tray3
Tray2
Tray4
Tray3
MSI
Tray4
MSI

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-37

6.2.11 Component Control

General

General

Pattern Name
Even Density across page

Tray
Tray1
Tray2
Tray3
Tray4
MSI

Paper Size
when MSI in
use
A3SEF

Version 2.1

6.2.15 Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment

Table 5 IIT Pattern Overview

No.
120

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-38

6.2.11 Component Control


Paper Type
when MSI in
use
Simp/Dup
Plain
Simp/Dup

Purpose
This Guide Adjustment item is provided for the following purposes:

To check that MSI Guide width detection is properly performed.

To set in NVMs sensor output values at the minimum and maximum positions of MSI Guide.

To display a result size from MSI Guide width detection.

Procedure
1.

Select the Adjustment/Others button on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

On the Adjustment/Others screen, select [Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment].

3.

Set the MSI Guide of the machine to the minimum position.

4.

Select [Set to Paper Guide to minimum position] and select [Start].

5.

Click [OK].

6.

[OK] appears in [Judgment & Value] next to [Set to Paper Guide to minimum position] in the screen.
[OK]: The value at the minimum position is set in the NVM.
[NG]: Retry the operation.

7.

Set the MSI Guide to the maximum position.

8.

Select [Set to Paper Guide to maximum position] and select [Start].

9.

Click [OK].

10. [OK] appears in [Judgment & Value] next to [Set to Paper Guide to maximum position] in the screen.
[OK]: The value at the maximum position is set in the NVM.
[NG]: Retry the operation.
11. Make a detected result displayed. (Perform the steps below as required.)
12. Set the MSI Guide to a desired width (any position).
13. In the combo box [Setup Item] in the screen, select [Check Paper Guide Position (mm)] and click
[Start].
14. Click [OK].
15. A specific detected width (mm) becomes displayed in [Judgment & Value] next to [Check Paper
Guide Position (mm)] in the screen.
NOTE: Actually data is displayed in cm.
16. Click [Close] and return to [Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment].

6.2.16 IIT Calibration

6.2.17 Adjust Toner Density

Purpose

Purpose

[White Reference Adjustment] calculates and sets a white reference correction coefficient.

[Optical Axis Fluctuation Correction] reads glass regi positions (Lead/Side) with the platen glass
open at a replacement of the lens unit, and calculates a regi skew amount from a difference with a
certain target value and displays the amount.

To determine whether or not ATC Sensor has failed and the current status of TC (Toner Concentration)
in the developer unit from an ATC Sensor output value, and to perform Tone Up/Down according to a
result.

Procedure

Procedure
1.

Select the MAX Setup button on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2.

On the MAX Setup screen select [IIT Calibration].

3.

The IIT Calibration screen appears.

Select Max Setup then Adjust Toner Density under Maintenance/Diagnostics.

2.

Measure the state of ATC Sensor.


On the [Sensor Status Judgment] screen select the Start button.

3.

The following measurement items can be selected.

1.

White Reference Adjustment


Optical Axis Fluctuation Correction

[White Reference Adjustment]


1.

Select White Reference and execute it.

2.

Follow the instructions on the screen to execute. (Load 10 or more sheets of P paper on the platen
glass.)

3.

ATC Target Value: numeric value

ATC Output Value: numeric value

ATC Judgment: [OK] or [NG] for sensor status.

TC Status: the current status: [Normal], [Low TC] or [High TC]

4.

Perform Toner Density Adjustment.

5.

Perform a procedure appropriate for [TC Status] displayed in step 3.

On the Adjust Toner Density screen, select a tray loaded with A4/Letter and press the [Start] button.

NOTE: The software to make this adjustment is produced for P paper.

[Low TC] (Toner density in the developer unit is low.):

The setup value (3) appears on the White Reference Setup Value screen.

Enter any number (1-20) in the Tone Up/Down box (copy qty for Up) and press the Start button.

NOTE: The machine performs the following:

[High TC] (Toner density in the developer unit is high.):

(1)

Shading to stabilize IIT status.

Enter any number (1-20) in the Tone Up/Down box (copy qty for Down) and press the Start button.

(2)

Obtaining shading data.

[Normal] (Toner density in the developer unit is normal.):

(3)

Sampling blank-paper data to calculate and set a white reference correction coefficient.

(4)

The procedure is complete. Exit Diag and check copy quality.

Shading to reflect a result of the white reference adjustment.

[Optical Axis Fluctuation Correction]


1.

Select Optical Axis Fluctuation Correction.

2.

Open the platen glass and press [Start] with nothing on the glass.

3.

The [Value/Status] field displays the current values of the following:

6.

Select the [Sensor Status Judgment] screen again and press the Start button. Repeat steps 2 to 5
until [TC Status] is [Normal].

7.

Exit Diag and check copy quality.

Click [OK] in response to a confirmation message.


After execution, the following data appear. (Check the data by scrolling down the bar for the Execution Result Value area.)

4.

Judgment: OK/NG

Front NUT Correction Angle: (displayed in numeric value)

Rear NUT Correction Angle: (displayed in numeric value)

In the case of NG, perform necessary adjustments. (See REP

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

11.4.1 in Chapter 4.)

2007/10/01
6-39

6.2.11 Component Control

General

General
6.2.11 Component Control

2007/10/01
6-40

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.2.18.1 Adjustment in UI Diag Mode

6.2.18.2 Direct Adjustment of System Data

Purpose

Purpose

The FAX Blank Page Threshold feature prepares two measures of adjusting the precision of blank page
detection to the environment of an installation site. Adjustment in UI Diag Mode is as follows: By having
the machine at the installation site scan a sample document (A4L) that should be judged as blank, you
can set up the machine in the way it will recognize the sample as the criteria for blank pages.

The FAX Blank Page Threshold feature prepares two measures below of adjusting the precision of blank
page detection to the environment of an installation site. [Direct Adjustment of System Data] makes possible a finer tuning of the precision of blank page detection than an adjustment in UI Diag Mode.

Procedure
An adjustment in UI Diag Mode must be made immediately after the FAX Blank Page Threshold feature
is set to Enabled. (Setting CL=820-123 to 1 allows Blank Page Threshold to be enabled.)

Procedure
Under Maintenance/Diagnostics, press down [Sub System] then [Blank Page Threshold].

2.

A message appears saying Please load an A4L document in the Automatic Document Feeder and
press [Start]. Following the message, load an A4 L document as the criteria for blank pages in the
DADF and press down the Start button.

3.

The DADF scans one side of the document. [Threshold Correction Coefficient] displays a calculated
correction coefficient.

Correction Coefficient for Estimated Blank Page Data (820-127)


The adjustment range is 1000 to 1500. When a larger value is set, a less-blank page is judged as
blank. When a smaller value is set, only an almost blank page is judged as blank.

2.

1.

4.

1.

Correction Coefficient for Blank Page Threshold (820-128)


The adjustment range is 0 to 500 (default: 250). When a larger value is set, a less-blank page is
judged as blank. When a smaller value is set, only an almost blank page is judged as blank.

Press the Close button.

The machine scans the document and compresses its data to obtain Reference Value for
judging document side as blank and Correction Coefficient for Estimated Blank Page Data.

The machine enters in system data the Reference Value for judging document side as blank
and Correction Coefficient for Estimated Blank Page Data and reports them. As a result, the
UI displays the correction coefficient for estimated blank page data.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-41

6.2.18 Blank Page Threshold(FAX)

General

General
6.2.18 Blank Page Threshold(FAX)

6.2.18.3 Adjustment Examples


Purpose
These adjustment examples are based on the assumption that a blank sample has already been
scanned in UI Diag Mode. It is also on the assumption that the parameters below, which are restrictions
on the Blank Page Threshold feature, are set.

Document mode: "text

Density: "Normal

Magnification: 100%

Border Erase (top/bottom/right/left): 2mm (set in System Data 820-045/820-046.)

Procedure
1.

The same doc as the blank sample is scanned but not judged as blank.
(Adj. E.g.)
Have the blank sample rescanned in Diag Mode. If the problem persists, set Correction Coefficient
for Blank Page Threshold (820-128) to a larger value.

2.

An almost blank page is judged as blank.


(Adj. E.g.)
Set Correction Coefficient for Blank Page Threshold (820-128) to a smaller value. If 0 (zero) does
not resolve the problem, set Correction Coefficient for Estimated Blank Page Data (820-127) to a
smaller value.

3.

A large blank page is judged as blank, while a small one not.


(Adj. E.g.)
Set Correction Coefficient for Blank Page Threshold (820-128) to a larger value.Note that too large
a value causes a loose judgment of large blank pages.

4.

Resolution Increase makes blank page judgment available, while resolution decrease makes it
unavailable.
(Adj. E.g.)
Set Correction Coefficient for Blank Page Threshold (820-128) to a larger value. Note that too large
a value causes a loose judgment of blank pages, with a high resolution selected.

5.

The both sides of a 2-sided blank document are judged as blank, while the blank side of a one-sided
blank document not.
(Adj. E.g.)
There is a possibility that when the blank side of the one-sided blank document is scanned, the
other side is shown through. If the shown-through area is a small part of the other side, scanning the
blank side of the one-sided document as a blank sample in Diag Mode allows blank page detection
to some extent. However, this depends on how dark the shown-through area is. Note that as Correction Coefficient for Estimated Blank Page Data (820-127) becomes larger, there is a stronger
possibility of non-blank pages being judged as blank.

6.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-42

Even though Correction Coefficient for Blank Page Threshold (820-128) is set to the max 500, the
page is not judged as blank.
(Adj. E.g.)
Set Correction Coefficient for Estimated Blank Page Data (820-127) to a larger value. However,
there is a possibility that the precision of blank page detection will significantly decline because in
this case the image data of the document that should be judged as blank is thought to be often valid
(non-zero data).

7.

Version 2.1
In Mix Document Mode, a document narrower than the DADF guide width is not judged as blank.
(Adj. E.g.)
It is thought that the document skews, causing its edges to be reflected onto the image. Setting Correction Coefficient for Blank Page Threshold (820-128) to a larger value allows to some extent the
document to be judged as blank. This makes it easier to judge a slightly skew document as blank. It
is recommended that the document be adjusted to the guide width wherever possible.

GP1 Fax Diagnostics

GP2 Setting a New Administrator Password

To explain the procedures for running the Fax diagnostic tests each in UI Diag Mode.

Purpose

Procedure

To allow the CE to recover a specific Administrator Password if a customer loses or forgets it after changing the default password to another one.

To access Fax Diagnostics:

Procedure
1.

Enter UI Diag Mode.

1.

Enter UI Diag Mode.

2.

Press the Log In/Out button on the control panel.

2.

Press the Log In/Out button on the control panel.

3.

On the display, select System Settings, Common Settings and Maintenance/Diagnostics in order.

3.

On the display, select System Settings, Common Settings and Maintenance/Diagnostics in order.

4.

Select Sub System.

5.

Select Fax Diagnostics.

4.

Select NVM Read/Write.

5.

Enter the location 700-171 and press Change Settings. This is the current password. You are
allowed to provide this number to the customer, or to set the location to the default (11111) and get
him/her to enter a new number in the Tools mode.

Fax Diagnostics has two tests: Signal Sending Test and Relay Test.

Signal Sending Test


This test checks the ability of the Fax system to generate and transmit a specific signal.
To run this test:
1.

From the Fax Diagnostics screen, select Signal Sending Test.

2.

Select a specific Line No. to test. (standard line is 1. Lines 3 and 5 are optional additions. Lines 0, 2
and 4 are for FX only.)

3.

Enter a specific Signal No. to test and select Send Signal.

4.

An audio tone or tones corresponding to the selected signal should be heard. This verifies transmissions each from UI to ESS PWB and from ESS to FMO PWB and from FMO to FCB PWB, and
proves that the system has the feature of generating the signal being tested. If an error occurs, an
appropriate Fault Code will be displayed.

5.

To stop the test, select Cancel Sending.

Relay On/Off Test


This test turns on/off the relays for use in NCU.
To run this test:
1.
2.

From the Fax Diagnostics screen, select Relay On/Off Test.


Select a specific Line No. and select Relay On.
If an error occurs, an appropriate Fault Code will be displayed. Listen for the Relay to pick up the
line.

3.

To stop the test, select Relay Off.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-43

6.3 General Procedures

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-44

6.3 General Procedures

Version 2.1

GP3 Replacing Billing PWBs

GP4 Printing Reports

Purpose

Purpose

To maintain the integrity of serial number and billing data when a Billing PWB needs replacing.

To describe the procedures for printing reports that are available. Reports help you troubleshoot and configure the machine.

Procedure
CAUTION
To maintain the integrity of serial number and billing data, never replace the three PWBs at once. If any of
the following Billing Data PWB needs replacing, replace them one at a time, following this procedure.

Printing Settings List (Configuration Report)


NOTE: If an paper size error occurs when attempting to print a report, check that the NVM location 700397 is set to an appropriate size (44=8.5x11", 5=A4).

ESS PWB (PL

9.2a)
MCU NVM PWB (PL 9.1)

Ensure that a correct version of software is installed on the PWBs before and after replacing them. Print a
System Settings list (GP4) and compare the values in ROM with the table in the software installation
instructions on the current software upgrade CD.
1.

Procedure

Enter the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

1.

Press the Machine Status button on the control panel.

2.

On the display, select the [Billing Meter/Print Report] tab.

3.

Press the Print Report/List button.

4.

Select the Copy Mode Settings button.

5.

Select the Settings List button.

6.

Select the Start button.

2.

Select [Adjustment/Others].

3.

Select [Machine ID/Billing Data].

4.

Select the PWB that has not been replaced.

Other Reports

5.

Enter the Serial No. and select Confirm.

The following reports can be printed from UI Diag Mode.

NOTE: If any of the following conditions exists, escalate a call to TSP or TSC.

1.

Debug Log

The displayed serial numbers match each other but do not match the data plate.

2.

HFSI Report

Two or more numbers are different from the data plate and the third number.

3.

Jam Report

The displayed numbers are all different.

4.

Shutdown Report

6.

One serial number or billing counter is different from the others, the field will be highlighted. The Set
Serial No. button becomes active. Click the button. A series of pop-up windows open. Following the
instructions on the screen, synchronize the serial number.
CAUTION
To maintain the integrity of serial number and billing data, never replace the three PWBs at once.
Replacing the three PWBs at once causes unrecoverable NVM corruption. If a PWB need replacing,
replace one at a time. If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the original PWB and (if necessary) reenter the serial number before attempting to replace another PWB.

7.

If a specific PWB does not synchronize, replace it and attempt to synchronize it with the others.

5.

Fail Report

6.

Protocol Monitor report

Hold the buttons down until the progress bar on the boot up screen shows approx. 2/5 of the whole process has been done.

GP5 Special Boot Modes


Purpose
To describe how to recover from faults that cannot be cleared.

ESS NVM Initialization


CAUTION

Procedure
Beside fault codes that cannot be cleared, some boot-up failures may be caused by software corruption
or by structural flaws in a command sent to the machine. In such cases, it is sometimes possible to
bypass or delete the offending code during the start-up process.
CAUTION

This routine sets all the IOT ESS NVMs to their defaults. Do not attempt to perform this procedure unless
there are a usable floppy containing Machine Settings and an accurate Configuration Report and/or other
data that enable you to reload correct NVM values for this machine.
This procedure initializes IOT ESS NVMs (SYS-System and SYS-User) and performs rebooting.
To perform:

There are four special boot modes. Each mode performs its own set of initializations to bypass a specific
set of problems. Each procedure causes some information to be lost; thus, do not use them unless otherwise instructed. The following lists these procedures in the order from least-invasive to most-invasive. If
you are instructed to perform a specific initialization, perform only the procedure. If you are told to perform the entire series, perform the procedure in the order given here, until a certain problem is resolved.

Log Initialization

Turn on the power while simultaneously pressing and holding the 3, Stop, and Power Save buttons on
the control panel.
Hold the buttons down until the progress bar on the boot up screen shows approx. 2/5 of the whole process has been done.

This procedure deletes any print/copy job that in process, and performs rebooting.
To perform:
Turn on the power while simultaneously pressing and holding the 1, Stop, and Power Save buttons on
the control panel.
Hold the buttons down until the progress bar on the boot up screen shows approx. 2/5 of the whole process has been done.

Spool Initialization
This procedure deletes all pending print/copy jobs in the job queue and performs rebooting.
To perform:
Turn on the power while simultaneously pressing and holding the 6, Stop, and Power Save buttons on
the control panel.
Hold the buttons down until the progress bar on the boot up screen shows approx. 2/5 of the whole process has been done.

HDD Initialization
This procedure deletes all pending print/copy jobs in the IOT job queue, initializes IOT HDD, and performs rebooting. Customer data on the HDD will all be deleted.
To perform:
Turn on the power while simultaneously pressing and holding the 4, Stop, and Power Save buttons on
the control panel.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-45

6.3 General Procedures

General

General
6.3 General Procedures

2007/10/01
6-46

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.1.1 Chain 740-xxx ESS IF(IOT NVM)


ESS IF
Chain-Link
740-007
740-008
740-009
740-010
740-011
740-012
740-013
740-082
740-083
740-084
740-085
740-086
740-087
740-088
740-089
740-091
740-092

Name
MCU Version
MCU Release No.
MCU Patch Level
DM ROM Version
DM ROM Release No.
Exit Version
Exit Release No.
Finisher Version major
Finisher Version minor
Finisher Patch Level
HCF Version major
HCF Version minor
HCF Patch Level
TM Version
TM Release No.
Flicker ROM Version
Flicker ROM Release Number

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Default
-

Range
0-1
0-99
0-99
0-99
0-99
0-99
0-99
0-99
0-99
0-99
0-99
0-99
0-99
0-99
0-99
0-99
0-99

Step
-

Description

2007/10/01
6-47

6.4.1.1 Chain 740-xxx ESS IF(IOT NVM)

General

General
6.4.1.1 Chain 740-xxx ESS IF(IOT NVM)

2007/10/01
6-48

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.1.2 Chain 740-xxx Recycle(IOT NVM)


Recycle
Chain-Link
740-563

Name
Tray Feed Capacity Max Over

Default
0

Range
0-1

Step
1

Description
Displays whether a value has been written in the Recycle Tray Feed Capacity NVM more
than 4,000,000 times.
0: Not exceeded

740-564

IOT Starting Number Max Over

0-1

1: Exceeded
Displays whether a value has been written in the IOT Starting Number NVM more than
1,000,000 times.
0: Not exceeded
1: Exceeded

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-49

6.4.1.2 Chain 740-xxx Recycle(IOT NVM)

General

General
6.4.1.2 Chain 740-xxx Recycle(IOT NVM)

2007/10/01
6-50

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.1.3 Chain 740-xxx Billing(IOT NVM)


Billing
Chain-Link Name
740-565
Billing Counter Max Over

Default
0

Range
0-1

Step
1

Description
Displays whether a value has been written in the Billing Counter Number NVM 5,000,000
times.
0: Not exceeded
1: Exceeded

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-51

6.4.1.3 Chain 740-xxx Billing(IOT NVM)

General

General
6.4.1.3 Chain 740-xxx Billing(IOT NVM)

2007/10/01
6-52

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.1.4 Chain 740-xxx 742-xxx 751-xxx 760-xxx PH(IOT NVM)


PH
Chain-Link Name
740-090
Output Tray

Default
0

Range
0-4

Step

Description
0:FACE DOWN TRAY#1
1: FACE DOWN TRAY#2
2: FACE UP TRAY
3: FINISHER Bin1

742-003

Exit SNR1 Short Off Check

742-006

Lead Edge Regi Adjustment: TRAY2 for heavy paper 33


2
Regi Loop Timer: TRAY2 for heavy paper 2
22
TACL OFF TIMER
104
TACL ON TIMER
10
Lead Regi Adjustment: All Trays
33

742-012
742-015
742-018
742-027

01

4: FINISHER Top Tray


0: Enable

0-66

0.363mm

1: Disable
Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.

0-66
44-164
0-43
0-66

0.363mm
1.5ms
1.5ms
0.363mm

Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.


Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
Min (0)=-11.98mm
Max (66)=11.98mm

742-030

Invert Timing: All Trays

33

0-66

0.726mm

Default (33)=0mm
Invert timing is delayed 3 msec when Set Value is increased.
Min (0)=-23.96mm
Max (99)=23.96mm

742-090

Paper Path Sensor (Tray Module)

0-127

Default (33)=0mm
Bit0:
Bit1:
Bit2: PRE FEED#2 SENSOR
Bit3: PRE FEED#1 SENSOR
Bit4: FEED OUT#4 SENSOR
Bit5: FEED OUT#3 SENSOR
Bit6: FEED OUT#2 SENSOR
Bit7:
NOTE: The meaning of bit: 0: No paper, 1: Paper available

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-53

6.4.1.4 Chain 740-xxx 742-xxx 751-xxx 760-xxx PH(IOT NVM)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-54

6.4.1.4 Chain 740-xxx 742-xxx 751-xxx 760-xxx PH(IOT NVM)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

PH
Chain-Link Name
742-091
Paper Path Sensor (HCF/DM/EXIT/IOT)

Default
-

Range
0-127

Step
-

Description
Bit0: HCF PRE FEED SENSOR
Bit1: HCF FEEDOUT SENSOR
Bit2: DM WAIT SENSOR
Bit3: EXIT#2 SENSOR
Bit7: EXIT#1 SENSOR
Bit6: REGI SENSOR

742-093

Paper Path Sensor (FINISHER)

0-63

NOTE: The meaning of bit: 0: No paper, 1: Paper available


Bit0: Fin H-Xport Ent. SENSOR
Bit1: Fin H-Xport EXIT SENSOR
Bit2: Fin Xport Ent.SENSOR
Bit3: Fin Buffer PATH SENSOR
Bit4: COMPILE TRAY EXIT PATH SENSOR
Bit5: Not available
Bit6: Top Tray Exit Sensor

751-034
751-035
751-036
751-037
760-001
760-002
760-003
760-005
760-006
760-007
760-008
760-009
760-010
760-011
760-012
760-016
760-017
760-018
760-019
760-020
760-021

LE (Lead Edge) Regi Adjustment: TRAY1 for heavy


paper 3
LE Regi Adjustment: TRAYs 2-4, HCF for heavy
paper 3
LE Regi Adjustment: MSI for heavy paper 3
LE Regi ADJ: Dup All Sizes for heavy paper 3
LE Regi Adjustment: TRAY1 for plain paper
LE Regi ADJ: TRAYs 2-4, HCF for plain paper
LE Regi Adjustment: MSI for plain paper
LE Regi ADJ: Duplex All Sizes for plain paper
Regi Loop Timer: All Trays
Regi Loop Timer: TRAY1 for plain paper
Regi Loop Timer: TRAYs 2-4, HCF
Regi Loop Timer: MSI for plain paper
Regi Loop Timer: Duplex for plain paper
Regi Clutch Off Timer: All Trays
TOP Signal Offset Value Adjustment
LE Regi Adjustment: TRAY1 for heavy paper 1
LE Regi Adjustment: TRAY1 for heavy paper 2
LE Regi Adjustment: TRAYs 2-4, HCF for heavy
paper 1
LE Regi Adjustment: TRAYs 3-4, HCF for heavy
paper 2
LE Regi Adjustment: MSI for heavy paper 1
LE Regi Adjustment: MSI for heavy paper 2

33

0-66

0.363mm

NOTE: The meaning of bit: 0: No paper, 1: Paper available


Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.

33

0-66

0.363mm

Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.

33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
22
33
33
0
33
33
33

0-66
0-66
0-66
0-66
0-66
0-66
0-66
0-66
0-66
0-66
0-66
0-66
0-99
0-66
0-66
0-66

0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm

Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.


Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.
Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.
Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.
Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.
Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.
Clutch off is delayed by 2 ms when Set Value is increased.

33

0-66

0.363mm

Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.

33
33

0-66
0-66

0.363mm
0.363mm

Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.


Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.

Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.


Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.

Version 2.1

PH
Chain-Link Name
Default
760-022
LE Regi Adjustment: Duplex All Sizes for heavy
33
paper 1
760-023
LE Regi Adjustment: Duplex All Sizes for heavy
33
paper 2
760-024
Regi Loop Timer: TRAYs 2-4, HCF for heavy paper 133
760-025
Regi Loop Timer: TRAYs 3-4, HCF for heavy paper 233
760-026
Regi Loop Timer: MSI for heavy paper 1
22
760-027
Regi Loop Timer: MSI for heavy paper 2
22
760-028
Regi Loop Timer: Duplex for heavy paper 1
33
760-029
Regi Loop Timer: Duplex for heavy paper 2
33
760-031
LE Regi Adjustment: TRAY1 for heavy paper 4
33
760-032
LE Regi Adjustment: TRAYs 2-4, HCF for heavy
33
paper 4
760-033
LE Regi Adjustment: MSI for heavy paper 4
33
760-034
LE Regi Adjustment: Duplex All Sizes for heavy
33
paper 4
760-035
Regi Loop Timer: TRAY1 for heavy paper 1
33
760-036
Regi Loop Timer: TRAY1 TIMER for heavy paper 2 33
760-037
Regi Loop Timer: TRAY1 for heavy paper 4
22
760-038
Regi Loop Timer: TRAYs 2-4, HCF for heavy paper 422
760-039
Regi Loop Timer: MSI for heavy paper 4
11
760-040
Regi Loop Timer: Duplex for heavy paper 4
22

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Range
0-66

Step
0.363mm

Description
Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.

0-66

0.363mm

Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.

0-66
0-66
0-66
0-66
0-66
0-66
0-66
0-66

0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm

Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.


Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.
Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.
Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.
Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.
Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.
Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.

0-66
0-66

0.363mm
0.363mm

Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.


Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.

0-66
0-66
0-66
0-66
0-66
0-66

0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm
0.363mm

Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.


Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.
Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.
Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.
Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.
Loop increases in size when Set Value is increased.

2007/10/01
6-55

6.4.1.4 Chain 740-xxx 742-xxx 751-xxx 760-xxx PH(IOT NVM)

General

General
6.4.1.4 Chain 740-xxx 742-xxx 751-xxx 760-xxx PH(IOT NVM)

2007/10/01
6-56

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.1.5 Chain 740-xxx 749-xxx 751-xxx XERO(IOT NVM)


XERO
Chain-Link Name
740-560
Force Reverse Rotating Drum to Stop PV
749-016
Pre-Exposure Control

Default
0
0

Range
0-10
0-254

Step
50 sheets
-

Description
0: Off (always)
254: On (always)
1-253: On (Drum Cycle changing mode)

751-560

Individual output for component control

0-1

When 1-253 pre-exposure on (Drum Cycle changing mode) is selected, 1 count is equivalent to 1 Kcycle. The recommended value is 122 (Kcycle).
0: Simultaneous Output (Independent Output disabled)
1: Individual Output

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-57

6.4.1.5 Chain 740-xxx 749-xxx 751-xxx XERO(IOT NVM)

General

General
6.4.1.5 Chain 740-xxx 749-xxx 751-xxx XERO(IOT NVM)

2007/10/01
6-58

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.1.6 Chain 741-xxx Drive(IOT NVM)


Drive
Chain-Link
741-001

Name
Fine Tuning of Main and Drum Motor Speed

Default
24

Range
0-53

Step
0.10%

Description
Adjusts Main Motor speed and Drum Motor speed simultaneously.
Min (0)=-2.7%
Max (53)=2.6%
Default (27)=0%

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-59

6.4.1.6 Chain 741-xxx Drive(IOT NVM)

General

General
6.4.1.6 Chain 741-xxx Drive(IOT NVM)

2007/10/01
6-60

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.1.7 Chain 741-xxx NOHAD(IOT NVM)


NOHAD
Chain-Link Name
741-509
Non-condensation mode

Default
-

Range
0-1

Step
1

741-510
741-519
741-520
741-521

Time for shifting to condensation mode


CRU Fan Control Temp (Duplex)
CRU Fan ON Time (Duplex)
CRU Fan Fail Control

0
24
1
0

0-120
10-32
0-12
0-1

1 min
1degrees
15 sec
1

741-522
741-523
741-524
741-525

CRU Fan Off Time (Duplex)


CRU Fan Control Temp (Simplex)
CRU Fan ON Time (Simplex)
CRU Fan OFF Time (Simplex)

1
26
1
1

0-120
10-32
0-12
0-120

15sec
1degrees
15 sec
15 sec

Description
0: Normal mode
1: Condensation mode

0: Disable
1: Enable

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-61

6.4.1.7 Chain 741-xxx NOHAD(IOT NVM)

General

General
6.4.1.7 Chain 741-xxx NOHAD(IOT NVM)

2007/10/01
6-62

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.1.8 Chain 742-xxx TRAY(IOT NVM)


TRAY
Chain-Link Name
742-001
Tray1 Paper Width default

Default
0

Range
0-247

Step
1mm

Description
0= A fixed size detected by the machine
90-247=140mm-297mm

742-002

Tray1 Paper Length: the last 2 digits of default

0-99

1mm

1-89=unavailable
0=A fixed size detected by the machine
98-432=98mm-432mm
1-97 and 433-499=unavailable

742-002
742-004

Tray1 Paper Length: the first 1 digit of default


Tray2 Paper Width default

0
0

0-4
0-247

100mm
1mm

0=A fixed size detected by the machine


90-247=140mm-297mm

742-005

Tray2 Paper Length: the last 2 digits of default

0-99

1mm

1-89=unavailable
0=A fixed size detected by the machine
182-432=182mm-432mm
1-181 and 433-499=unavailable

742-005
742-007

Tray2 Paper Length: the first 1 digit of default


Tray3 Paper Width default

0
0

0-4
0-247

100mm
1mm

0=A fixed sizes detected by the machine


90-247=140mm-297mm

742-008

Tray3 Paper Length: the last 2 digits of default

0-99

1mm

1-89=unavailable
0=A fixed sizes detected by the machine
182-432=182mm-432mm
1-18 and 433-499=unavailable

742-008
742-009

Tray3 Paper Length: the first 1 digit of default


Tray4 Present or Not

0
1

0-4
0-1

100mm
-

0: No Tray 4

742-010

Tray4 Paper Width default

0-247

1mm

1: Tray 4 present
0=A fixed sizes detected by the machine
90-247=140mm-297mm

742-011

Tray4 Paper Length: the last 2 digits of default

0-99

1mm

1-89=unavailable
0=A fixed sizes detected by the machine
182-432=182mm-432mm
1-181 and 433-499=unavailable

742-011

Tray4 Paper Length: the first 1 digit of default

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

0-4

100mm

2007/10/01
6-63

6.4.1.8 Chain 742-xxx TRAY(IOT NVM)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-64

6.4.1.8 Chain 742-xxx TRAY(IOT NVM)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

TRAY
Chain-Link Name
742-013
Tray1 Paper Width

742-014

Tray1 Paper Length: the last 2 digits

Default
-

Range
90-247

0-99

Step
1mm

Description
90-247=140mm-297mm

1mm

This is a temporary value specified by Controller, and cleared when the power is turned off
or IOT is reset.
98-432=98mm-432mm
This is a temporary value specified by Controller, and cleared when the power is turned off
or IOT is reset.

742-014
742-016

742-017

Tray1 Paper Length: the first 1 digit


Tray2 Paper Width

Tray2 Paper Length: the last 2 digits

0-4
90-247

0-99

100mm
1mm

90-247=140mm-297mm

1mm

This is a temporary value specified by Controller, and cleared when the power is turned off
or IOT is reset.
182-432=182mm-432mm
This is a temporary value specified by Controller, and cleared when the power is turned off
or IOT is reset.

742-017
742-019

742-020

Tray2 Paper Length: the first 1 digit


Tray3 Paper Width

Tray3 Paper Length: the last 2 digits

1-4
90-247

0-99

100mm
1mm

90-247=140mm-297mm

1mm

This is a temporary value specified by Controller, and cleared when the power is turned off
or IOT is reset.
182-432=182mm-432mm
This is a temporary value specified by Controller, and cleared when the power is turned off
or IOT is reset.

742-020
742-022

742-023

Tray3 Paper Length: the first 1 digit


Tray4 Paper Width

Tray4 Paper Length: the last 2 digits

1-4
90-247

0-99

100mm
1mm

90-247=140mm-297mm

1mm

This is a temporary value specified by Controller, and cleared when the power is turned off
or IOT is reset.
182-432=182mm-432mm
This is a temporary value specified by Controller, and cleared when the power is turned off
or IOT is reset.

742-023
742-028

Tray4 Paper Length: the first 1 digit


MSI Size Detection Offset Value

15

1-4
0-30

100mm
1mm

Min (0)=0mm
Max (30)=30mm
Default (15)=15mm

742-029
742-075

HCF LIFT UP TIME


Type of Plain Paper

60
0

0-150
0-1

2ms
-

0: heavier than 70 gsm for the multinational market

742-083

Select 7.25*10.5L /(B5L or 16kaiL)

0-1

1: 70 gsm or less for the domestic market


Select a paper size for use.
0: B5LEF or 16kaiLEF
1: 7.25*10.5LEF

Version 2.1

TRAY
Chain-Link Name
742-084
Select A5S/5.5*8.5S

Default
0

Range
0-1

Step
-

Description
Select a paper size for use.
0: A5SEF

742-086

Select 8kai 16kai Size(GCO/TFX)

0-1

1: 5.5*8.5SEF
Select a paper size for use.
0: GCO

742-087

742-102

MSI Paper Width

MSI Paper Length: the last 2 digits

39-247

0-99

1mm

1: TFX
89-247=139mm-297mm

1mm

This is a temporary value specified by Controller, and cleared when the power is turned off
or IOT is reset.
98-432=98mm-432mm
This is a temporary value specified by Controller, and cleared when the power is turned off
or IOT is reset.

742-102

MSI Paper Length: the first 1 digit

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

0-4

100mm

2007/10/01
6-65

6.4.1.8 Chain 742-xxx TRAY(IOT NVM)

General

General
6.4.1.8 Chain 742-xxx TRAY(IOT NVM)

2007/10/01
6-66

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.1.9 Chain 742-xxx 764-xxx EXIT(IOT NVM)


EXIT
Chain-Link Name
742-098
Facedown Tray#2 Present or Not

Default
0

Range
0-1

Step
-

Description
0: No Facedown Tray#2

742-099

Face Up Tray Present or Not

0-1

1: Facedown Tray#2 present


0: No Face Up Tray

742-100

EXIT2 Type

0-1

1: Face Up Tray present


0: Type A (Inverter available, but OCT2 and Face Down Tray#2 unavailable)

764-005

FACE DOWN TRAY#1 and #2 Offset Mode

0-2

1: Type B (Inverter, OCT2, and Face Down Tray#2 available)


0: No offset
1: Front Offset
2: Rear Offset
This applies only when Output Tray is Face down TRAY#1/#2.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-67

6.4.1.9 Chain 742-xxx 764-xxx EXIT(IOT NVM)

General

General
6.4.1.9 Chain 742-xxx 764-xxx EXIT(IOT NVM)

2007/10/01
6-68

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.1.10 Chain 744-xxx FUSER(IOT NVM)


FUSER
Chain-Link Name
744-220 Reset Fuser Over Temp

Default
0

Range
0-99

Step
-

Description
0: Reset
1: FS1 (Center thermistor) detected over temp.
2: FS2 (Rear thermistor) detected over temp.
3: On Time Fail
5: Cold Sagging Fail

744-506
744-520
744-521
744-522
744-523
744-524
744-525
744-577
744-606

Temp Increase for heavy paper 2


Temp Increase for heavy paper 1
Temp Increase for heavy paper 2
Temp Increase for heavy paper 3
Temp Increase for label
Temp Increase for transparency
Temp Increase for light paper
Low Power Temp Reference Value
Stby1 Temp Reference Value: plain paper

5
5
10
12
5
15
45
55
45

0-15
0-15
0-20
2-22
0-15
5-25
35-55
45-65
35-55

1 degree
1 degree
1 degree
1 degree
1 degree
1 degree
1 degree
1 degree
1 degree

7: PR (Pressure Roll thermistor) detected over temp (it is only possible to reset in the diag
mode).
Setting any value out of the range is prohibited.
Setting any value out of the range is prohibited.
Setting any value out of the range is prohibited.
Setting any value out of the range is prohibited.
Setting any value out of the range is prohibited.
Setting any value out of the range is prohibited.
Setting any value out of the range is prohibited.
55=100 degrees; Setting any value out of the range is prohibited.
Min (35)=175 degrees
Max (55)=195 degrees
Initial (45)=185 degrees

744-607

Stby2 Temp Reference Value: plain paper

40

30-50

1 degree

Setting any value out of the range is prohibited.


Min (30)=170 degrees
Max (50)=190 degrees
Initial( 40)=180 degrees
Setting any value out of the range is prohibited.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-69

6.4.1.10 Chain 744-xxx FUSER(IOT NVM)

General

General
6.4.1.10 Chain 744-xxx FUSER(IOT NVM)

2007/10/01
6-70

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.1.11 Chain 749-xxx ROS(IOT NVM)


ROS
Chain-Link Name
749-001 Laser Side Regi Adjustment: All Trays
749-002 Laser Side Regi Adjustment: TRAY1
749-003 Laser Side Regi Adjustment: TRAY2
749-004 Laser Side Regi Adjustment: TRAY3
749-005 Laser Side Regi Adjustment: TRAY4
749-006 Laser Side Regi Adjustment: HCF
749-007 Laser Side Regi Adjustment: MSI
749-009 Laser Side Regi Adjustment: Dup All Trays
749-010 Laser Side Regi Adjustment: Dup TRAY1
749-011 Laser Side Regi Adjustment: Dup TRAY2
749-012 Laser Side Regi Adjustment: Dup TRAY3
749-013 Laser Side Regi Adjustment: Dup TRAY4
749-014 Laser Side Regi Adjustment: Dup HCF
749-015 Laser Side Regi Adjustment: Dup MSI
749-516 Image Area

Default
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
0

Range
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
0-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
0-1

Step
0.254mm
0.254mm
0.254mm
0.254mm
0.254mm
0.254mm
0.254mm
0.254mm
0.254mm
0.254mm
0.254mm
0.254mm
0.254mm
0.254mm
-

749-521
749-522
749-523
749-524
749-527

0
50
8
5
5

0-99
0-99
0-16
0-11
0-11

0.363mm
0.363mm
0.254mm
0.363mm
0.363mm

Description

0: normal image area


1: wide image area

Lead Edge Erase Offset Value Adjustment


Trail Edge Erase Offset Value Adjustment
Side Normal Erase Adjustment
Top Normal Erase Adjustment
End Normal Erase Adjustment

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Nominal=2.032mm
Nominal=1.953mm
Nominal=1.953mm

2007/10/01
6-71

6.4.1.11 Chain 749-xxx ROS(IOT NVM)

General

General
6.4.1.11 Chain 749-xxx ROS(IOT NVM)

2007/10/01
6-72

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.1.12 Chain 751-xxx CRU(IOT NVM)


CRU
Chain-Link Name
Default
751-001 Drum Rotation Time: the last 2 digits (Cycle Count) (8 0
digits)
751-001 Drum Rotation Time: 6 & 7 digits (Cycle Count) (8 dig-0
its)
751-001 Drum Rotation Time: 3 & 4 digits (Cycle Count) (8 dig-0
its)
751-001 Drum Rotation Time: the first 2 digits (Cycle Count) (8 0
digits)
751-003 Return Normal CRU Mode
0
751-010 Drum Life Warning Detection Cycle
22
751-041 Toner Disp Time 0
751-041 Toner Disp Time 1
751-041 Toner Disp Time 2
751-041 Toner Disp Time 3
751-042 Toner Filling 0
751-043 Toner Filling 1
751-044 Toner Capacity
751-045 TradeMark_DRUM 0
751-046 TradeMark_DRUM 1
751-047 TradeMark_DRUM 2
751-048 TradeMark_DRUM 3
751-049 TradeMark_DRUM 4
751-050 TradeMark_DRUM 5
751-051 TradeMark_DRUM 6
751-052 TradeMark_DRUM 7
751-053 TradeMark_DRUM 8
751-054 TradeMark_DRUM 9
751-055 TradeMark_DRUM 10
751-056 TradeMark_DRUM 11
751-057 TradeMark_DRUM 12
751-058 TradeMark_DRUM 13
751-059 TradeMark_DRUM 14
751-060 TradeMark_DRUM 15
751-061 TradeMark_DRUM 16
751-062 TradeMark_DRUM 17
751-063 TradeMark_DRUM 18
751-064 TradeMark_DRUM 19
751-065 TradeMark_TONER 0
751-066 TradeMark_TONER 1
751-067 TradeMark_TONER 2
751-068 TradeMark_TONER 3
751-069 TradeMark_TONER 4
751-070 TradeMark_TONER 5
751-071 TradeMark_TONER 6
751-072 TradeMark_TONER 7
751-073 TradeMark_TONER 8
751-074 TradeMark_TONER 9
751-075 TradeMark_TONER 10
751-076 TradeMark_TONER 11
751-077 TradeMark_TONER 12
751-078 TradeMark_TONER 13
751-079 TradeMark_TONER 14
751-080 TradeMark_TONER 15
751-081 TradeMark_TONER 16
751-082 TradeMark_TONER 17
751-083 TradeMark_TONER 18
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Range
0-255

Step
1

Description

0-255

0-255

0-255

0-1
0-254
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255

10,000 Cycle Initial=220 kcycle


Toner Dispense Motor driving time (the 0th byte)
Toner Dispense Motor driving time (the 1st byte)
Toner Dispense Motor driving time (the 2nd byte)
Toner Dispense Motor driving time (the 3rd byte)
The qty of toner with which to fill up Toner Bottle (the 0th byte)
The qty of toner with which to fill up Toner Bottle (the 1st byte)
Toner Bottle Capacity
DRUM: Registered trademark (the 0th byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the first byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the second byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the third byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the fourth byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the fifth byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the sixth byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the seventh byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the eighth byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the ninth byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the 10th byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the 11th byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the 12th byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the 13th byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the 14th byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the 15th byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the 16th byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the 17th byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the 18th byte)
DRUM: Registered trademark (the 19th byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the 0th byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the first byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the second byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the third byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the fourth byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the fifth byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the sixth byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the seventh byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the eighth byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the ninth byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the 10th byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the 11th byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the 12th byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the 13th byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the 14th byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the 15th byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the 16th byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the 17th byte)
TONER: Registered trademark (the 18th byte)
2007/10/01
6-73

6.4.1.12 Chain 751-xxx CRU(IOT NVM)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-74

6.4.1.12 Chain 751-xxx CRU(IOT NVM)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

CRU
Chain-Link Name
751-084 TradeMark_TONER 19
751-503 Custom Mode

Default
0

Range
0-255
0-2

Step
1

Description
TONER: Registered trademark (the 19th byte)
Set [Precision] of the Drum/Toner Life Faulty Detection Prevention function.
0: Custom Mode Normal
1: Custom Mode B (Disable Drum Life Detection/Enable Toner Replacement)

751-504

3rd Party Mode History

751-849

No CRUM Drum Rotation Time: the last 2 digits (Cycle 0


Count) (6 digits)
No CRUM Drum Rotation Time: 3rd & 4th digits (Cycle 0
Count)(6 digits)
No CRUM Drum Rotation Time: the first 2 digits (Cycle 0
Count) (6 digits)

751-849
751-849

0-1

2: Custom Mode A (Enable Toner Replacement)


History showing how many times 3rd Party Mode was initiated.

0-99

If 3rd Party Mode has been initiated even once, 1 appears.


Used in Radio-Prohibited Country Mode only.

0-99

Used in Radio-Prohibited Country Mode only.

0-99

Used in Radio-Prohibited Country Mode only.

Version 2.1

6.4.1.13 Chain 751-xxx 752-xxx 753-xxx Procon(IOT NVM)


Procon
Chain-Link Name
751-005 Empty Toner Cartridge (for CRUM Read)

Default
0

Range
0-1

Step
-

Description
0: toner available

751-012

Enable or Disable Drum Life Adjustment

0-1

1: no toner
1: Enable Drum Life Threshold CRUM Data (serial number 61) subtraction.

751-709
752-003
752-003
752-006
752-006
752-007

The toner refill history in customer mode A


ATC OUT: last 2 digits
ATC OUT: first 2 digits
ATC Target: last 2 digits
ATC Target: first 2 digits
Result of ATC Check

0
50
3
-

0-99
00-99
00-19
00-99
00-19
0-4

1
1
1
1
1
-

0: Disable Drum Life Threshold CRUM Data (serial number 61) subtraction.

0: Low
1: Normal
2: High
3: False
4: Abnormal end

752-503
752-504
752-509

Humidity Sensor Judgement


Temperature Sensor Judgement
Toner Empty

0-1
0-1
0-1

1
1
1

752-523
752-541
752-725
752-725
752-893
752-893
752-954

Current Humidity [%]


Current Temp [degrees]
LD2: last 2 digits
LD2: first 2 digits
LD manual: last 2 digits
LD manual: first 2 digits
ATC judgement

00
50
0

0-99
0-99
00-99
00-19
00-99
47-52
0-1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

0: Normal
1: Abnormal

ATC Sensor Judge


0: Normal

752-955
752-955
753-001
753-004
753-005
753-006
753-007

delta ATC manual: last 2 digits


delta ATC: first 2 digits
Toner Empty (for CRUM Read)
ATC OUT: last 2 digits (for CRUM Read)
ATC OUT: first 2 digits (for CRUM Read)
ATC judgement (for CRUM Read)
CRU New or Old (for CRUM Read)

0
50
0
50
3
0
0

0-99
49-50
0-1
00-255
00-255
0-1
0-1

1
1
1
1
1
-

1: Abnormal
ATC manual correction: lower digits
ATC manual correction: upper digits

For reading 752-954 data stored in the CRUM.


For reading 753-705 data stored in the CRUM.
0: New
1: Old

753-008
753-008
753-009
753-612
753-619

CRU ATC S: last 2 digits


CRU ATC S: first 2 digits
DRUM Replacement in No CRUM Country
Toner amount for supply [10mg/s]
Toner Empty Status (NVM. 0 to 3)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

60
3
0
22
0

0-99
0-10
0-1
0-254
0-4

1
1
1
1
1
2007/10/01
6-75

6.4.1.13 Chain 751-xxx 752-xxx 753-xxx Procon(IOT NVM)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-76

6.4.1.13 Chain 751-xxx 752-xxx 753-xxx Procon(IOT NVM)


Procon
Chain-Link
753-645
753-673
753-705
753-716
753-725
753-726
753-731
753-737
753-742

Name
PreNear Threshold
Remaining toner [%]
CRU Recovery end (for CRUM Read)
ATC Code
Deve ICDC: last 2 digits (NVM)
Deve ICDC: first 2 digits (NVM)
PR_VL
Toner Empty Status (for CRUM Read)
ATC Code (for CRUM Read)

Default
117
0
55
0
0
87
0
55

Range
0-254
0-200
0-1
0-99
0-99
0-99
30-150
0-255
0-255

Step
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Description

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.1.14 Chain 763-xxx Finisher-C(IOT NVM)


Finisher-C
Chain-Link Name
763-002 IOT Speed supported
763-004 Finisher Major Soft Version
763-005 Finisher Minor Soft Version
763-006 Finisher Local Soft Version
763-008 H-Xport Detect

Default
Range
1
0-1
Appropriate S/W Version 0-65535
Appropriate S/W Version 0-65535
Appropriate S/W Version 0-255
1
0-1

Description
0: 600mm/sec 1: 350mm/sec
Major Version of Finisher software
Minor Version of Finisher Software
Local Version of Finisher Software (used for Test Rom and others)
Indicates whether H-Xport is installed.
0=NOT DETECT

763-009

I/F-Xport Detect

0-1

1=DETECT
Indicates whether I/F Xport is installed.
0=NOT DETECT

763-010

Stapler Detect

0-1

1=DETECT1
Indicates whether Stapler is installed.
0=NOT DETECT

763-011

Puncher Detect

0,1,2,3,5

1=DETECT
Indicates whether Puncher is installed.
0=Not installed
1=JPN 2H
2=3H
3=US2/3H

763-012

Booklet Detect

0-1

5=EU2/4H
Indicates whether Booklet is installed.
0=NOT DETECT

763-013

Mbx Detect

0-1

1=DETECT
Indicates whether Mbx is installed.
0=NOT DETECT

763-015

Punch Full Select

0-1

1=DETECT
To carry out Punch Full Detection, select Count punch scraps or Use Punch Full SNR.
0: Use Punch Full SNR
1: Count punch scraps
Setting to 0 is prohibited.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-77

6.4.1.14 Chain 763-xxx Finisher-C(IOT NVM)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-78

6.4.1.14 Chain 763-xxx Finisher-C(IOT NVM)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Finisher-C
Chain-Link Name
763-020 Total paper qty for feed (lower-order value)

Default
0

Range
0-65535

Description
Total paper qty for feed (lower-order value)

763-021

Total paper qty for feed (upper-order value)

0-65535

Total qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


Total paper qty for feed (upper-order value)

763-022

Paper qty to be output into Top Tray (lower-order 0


value)

0-65535

Total qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


Total paper qty to be output into Top Tray (lower-order value)

763-023

Paper qty to be output into Top Tray (upper-order 0


value)

0-65535

Total qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


Total paper qty to be output into Top Tray (upper-order value)

763-024
763-025

Full Count Value after TopTray Full Snr Detection 0


Full of Punch Scraps detection qty (lower-order 7500
value)

0-150
0-65535

Total qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


Paper qty to be output from detection by TopTray Full Snr to Full reporting
Full of Punch Scraps detection qty
Scraps per punch: 2 holes: 2 Counts, 3 holes: 3 Counts, 4 holes: 4 Counts
Total qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value

763-026

Punch Scrap Qty (lower-order value)

0-65535

763-027

Total Punch Qty (lower-order value)

0-65535

(For upper-order value, see 763-085.)


Record of the qty of punch operations for Punch Full detection (For upper-order value, see
763-086.)
Punch Unit operation qty (lower-order value)

763-028

Total Punch Qty (upper-order value)

0-65535

Total punch qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


Punch Unit operation qty (upper-order value)

763-029

Punch Box Set Snr Off detection time

4000 (ms)

0-60000

Total punch qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


Punch Box Set Snr Off detection time

763-030

Punch Back Regi/Exit MOT stop timing

100

(ms)
88-112

763-031

Punch Side Regi Adjustment

16

0-32

Adjusts time between XPort Ent SNR ON and Regi/Exit MOT Stop during the Punch Back
operation.
* Adjusts the position of Punch holes in the front-rear direction.
* A value of 1 in NVM moves the punch hole by 0.126 mm.
* Decreasing the value moves the hole to the rear; increasing the value moves it to the
front.
Adjustment Range:

default

763-032

Small-sized Booklet Misregi Correction: How far to 60


raise/lower End Guide

30-150

A4L, A4CoverL, A3S: up to 2 mm to the front; up to 1.6mm to the rear

B5L, B4S: up to 2mm to the front. Repositioning to the rear is not allowed.

8 x 10L: 2 mm from the default to the front; up to 1.2mm to the rear


Sets what distance End Guides should be raised/lowered to correct misregi due to excessively raised/lowered End Guides during small-sized Booklet output.
When 763-33=1: Enabled, 1=0.1mm

Version 2.1

Finisher-C
Chain-Link Name
Default
763-033 Small-sized Booklet Misregi Correction: Whether 0
to raise/lower End Guides

Range
0-1

Description
Sets whether to carry out misregi correction by raising/lowering End Guides extra for Staple
Job End Guide Staple repositioning during small-sized Booklet output or for End Guide Fold
repositioning during UnStaple/Bi Fold Job.
0: Disabled

763-035

Ex_1_2SHEET_PUNCH_ADJUST

1-2

1: Enabled
Select when to do the Punch Adjusting operation: every sheet or every 2sheets.
1: every sheet

763-046
763-047
763-048

Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Un-Staple/


5
Small Paper Size
Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Un-Staple/Bigl 25
Paper Size
Paper Qty from Compile for Tamper Motor Ener- 15
gizing Time extension during Eject

2-50

2: every 2 sheets
Changes the qty of sheets per unstapled set of small-sized paper to be ejected.

2-50

Changes the qty of sheets per unstapled set of large-sized paper to be ejected.

0-100

Sets the qty of paper to be output from Compile Tray to extend Tamper Motor energizing
time in order to make Tamper tamp in place, during eject.

763-049
763-050

Number Of Stapled Sets ejected


Sheet Width Of Last Ejected Sheet

0
0

0-255
0-65535

When the qty of paper output from Compile Tray exceeds the preset value, Tamper Motor
energizing time is extended, thus making tamper tamp skewed paper in place during paper
output.
The number of stapled sets ejected onto Stacker Tray
Width of top paper in Stacker Tray

763-051

Sheet Length Of Last Ejected Sheet

0-65535

0x0000-0xFFFF
Length of top paper in Stacker Tray

763-052

Sheet Width Of Maximum Size Sheet

0-65535

0x0000-0xFFFF
Width of the largest paper in Stacker Tray

763-053

Sheet Length Of Maximum Size Sheet

0-65535

0x0000-0xFFFF
Length of the largest paper in Stacker Tray

763-054

Qty of Elevator Motor Up operations (lower-order 0


value)

0-65535

0x0000-0xFFFF
Qty of Elevator Motor Up operations (lower-order value)

763-055

Qty of Elevator Motor Up operations (upper-order 0


value)

0-65535

Total qty of Elevator Motor Up operations=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


Qty of Elevator Motor Up operations (upper-order value)

763-056

Qty of Elevator Motor Down operations (lowerorder value)

0-65535

Total qty of Elevator Motor Up operations=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


Qty of Elevator Motor Down operations (lower-order value)

0-65535

Total qty of Elevator Motor Down operations=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order


value
Qty of Elevator Motor Down operations (upper-order value)

763-057

Qty of Elevator Motor Down operations (upperorder value)

Total qty of Elevator Motor Down operations =upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order
value

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-79

6.4.1.14 Chain 763-xxx Finisher-C(IOT NVM)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-80

6.4.1.14 Chain 763-xxx Finisher-C(IOT NVM)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Finisher-C
Chain-Link Name
763-058 Stacker Tray position

Default
0

763-059
763-060

173
87

Range
Description
0-500 (tempo- Records Stacker Tray positions.
rary)
Highest position: 0
1-193
Small Size Full Stack Position Encoder Limit
1-87
Large/Small Size Full Stack Position Encoder Limit with Booklet installed

93
26
1

1-93
1-28
0-1

763-061
763-062
763-063

Full Stack Position Encoder Limit (small size)


Stacker Tray Full Stack position Encoder Limit
with Booklet installed
Full Stack Position Encoder Limit (large size)
Mix Full Stack Position Encoder Limit
Mix Stack Enable/Disable

Large Size Full Stack Position Encoder Limit


Mix Full Stack Position Encoder Limit
Prohibits Mixed Size Stacking after Mix Stack position is detected.
0: Allow

763-064
763-065

Limited qty of Stapled Sets for Stack (small size) 200


Duplex Stack Full Detection
0

1-255
0-1

1: Prohibit
Limits qty of stapled sets to be stacked on Stacker (For large size, see 763-098.)
Limits the qty of sheets which Stacker is full of, for small size, UnStaple or Duplex
0: Disable

763-066

Stacker Staple Operation Qty (lower-order value) 0

0-65535

1: Enable
When Stacker in use, total qty of staple operations (lower-order value)

763-067

Stacker Staple Operation Qty (upper-order value) 0

0-65535

When Stacker in use, total qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


When Stacker in use, total qty of Staple operations (upper-order value)

763-068

Staple Mode Of Last Set

0-4

When Stacker in use, total qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


Staple position for top paper (bottom paper of finished stapled set) in Stacker Tray

0: UnStaple
1: Rear-S
2: Rear-C
3: Front-C

763-069
763-072

Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Staple


Offset Position

50
0

25-75
0-1

4: Dual
The max number of sheets to be stapled with the staple cartridge for 50 sheets
Last Offset Position
0: REAR

0-1

1: FRONT
0: No Buffer

Buffer Solenoid Operation Qty (lower-order value) 0

0-65535

1:Buffer
Qty of Buffer Sol operations (lower-order value)

Buffer Solenoid Operation Qty (upper-order value)0

0-65535

Total stapling qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


Qty of Buffer Sol operations (upper-order value)

763-073

Buffer Mode

763-074

763-075

Total stapling qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value

Version 2.1

Finisher-C
Chain-Link Name
763-077 Buffer Sheet Stop Position Adjustment

Default
50

Range
0-200

Description
Adjusts the stop position after Buffer Paper SNR ON.
The Buffer paper collate amount changes by 0.157 mm per value of 1 in NVM.

763-080

Set Clamp Operation Qty (lower-order value)

0-65535

Setting a larger value reduces the shift amount between the first and second sheets of
Buffer paper.
Qty of Set Clamp operations (lower-order value)

763-081

Set Clamp Operation Qty (upper-order value

0-65535

Total operation qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


Qty of Set Clamp operations (upper-order value)

763-084
763-085

Finisher Patch Soft Version


0
Full of Punch Scraps detection count (upper-order 0
value)

0-65535
0-65535

Total operation qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


Finisher Software of Patch Version
Full of Punch Scraps detection count
Scraps per punch: 2 holes: 2 Counts, 3 holes: 3 Counts, 4 holes: 4 Counts
Total=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value

763-086

Punch Scrap Count (upper-order value)

0-65535

763-087

Top Path Gate Operation Qty (lower-order value) 0

0-65535

(For lower-order value, see 763-025.)


Records the qty of punching operations for detection of Punch Full. (For lower-order value,
see 763-026.)
Qty of Top Path Gate operations (lower-order value)

763-088

Top Path Gate Operation Qty (upper-order value) 0

0-65535

Total operation qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


Qty of Top Path Gate operations (upper-order value)

763-091

Full Stack Position Encoder Limit with Duplex


Stack Full selected

138

28-173

Total operation qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


With Duplex Stack Full selected, Small Size Full Stack Position Encoder Limit (it is possible
to set an equivalent to 500-3000 sheets.)

763-092

Duplex output or not

0-1

138: 2500-sheet equivalent


Stores in memory whether duplex, small-sized and unstapled paper was output with Duplex
Stack Full selected
0: Not output

763-093

Mix Full Stack Occurrence

0-1

1: Output
Displays whether Mix Stack Full has been detected.
0: No

763-094

Eject Motor Speed Switching during small size


paper stapling

0-2

1: Yes
Select at which speed to eject paper during small-sized paper stapling.
0: 272mm/s
1: 159.5mm/s
2: 120.0mm/s

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-81

6.4.1.14 Chain 763-xxx Finisher-C(IOT NVM)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-82

6.4.1.14 Chain 763-xxx Finisher-C(IOT NVM)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Finisher-C
Chain-Link Name
Default
763-098 Limited qty of Stapled Sets for Stack (large size) 100
763-105 Booklet Tray Belt Auto Send Operation Setting
0

Range
1-255
0-1

Description
Limits the qty of stapled sets to be stacked on Stacker (For small size, see 763-064.)
Booklet Tray Belt Auto Send Operation Setting at Cycle Down
0: Do not auto feed

763-106

Booklet Compile Position to Fold Position Correc- 100


tion (B4and larger)

0-200

1: Auto feed
Corrects folding position shift (Compile Position to Fold position in Fasten OFF Mode)
amount in the paper lead direction. (Fold Position Correction) (B4 and larger)
1=1 Pulse

763-107

Booklet Compile Position to Fold Position Correc- 100


tion (smaller than B4)

0-200

1 Pulse=0.1mm
Corrects folding position shift (Compile Position to Fold position in Fasten OFF Mode)
amount in the paper lead direction. (Fold Position Correction) (smaller than B4)
1=1 Pulse

763-108

2-sheet Booklet Staple Folding Position Adjustment (B4S and larger)

100

0-200

1 Pulse=0.1mm
Adjusts folding position for Booklet Staple Mode 2-sheet folding. (B4S and larger)

If the bottom paper is longer, add the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 to NVM current value
and enter the result.

If the top is longer, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 from NVM current value
and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1 mm=1 Pulse


763-109

2-sheet Booklet Staple Folding Position Adjustment (smaller than B4S)

100

0-200

Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse


Adjusts folding position for Booklet Staple Mode 2-sheet folding. (smaller than B4S)

If the bottom paper is longer, add the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 to NVM current value
and enter the result.

If the top is longer, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 from NVM current value
and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1mm=1 Pulse


763-110

2-sheet Booklet Staple Position Adjustment (B4S 100


and larger)

0-200

Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse


Adjusts staple position for Booklet Staple Mode 2-sheet folding. (B4S and larger)

If staples are above folding position, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* from NVM current value and enter the result.

If staples are below folding position, add the difference (mm) x 10* to NVM current
value and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1mm=1 Pulse


Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse

Version 2.1

Finisher-C
Chain-Link Name
763-111 2-sheet Booklet Staple Position Adjustment
(smaller than B4S)

Default
100

Range
0-200

Description
Adjusts staple position for Booklet Staple Mode 2-sheet folding. (smaller than B4S)

If staples are above folding position, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* from NVM current value and enter the result.

If staples are below folding position, add the difference (mm) x 10* to NVM current
value and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1mm=1 Pulse


763-112

Booklet Tamping Amount Adjustment

20

5-35

Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse


Adjusts tamping amount at rear only, in normally tamping and compiling paper into a booklet.
1=1 Pulse

763-113
763-115

Max Booklet Stapling


Booklet Tamper Shift Adjustment

15
30

2-25
0-50

1 Pulse=0.2618mm
The maximum number of sheets for folding and binding during stapling in Booklet mode.
Adjusts the size position of Booklet Tamper.
If the value is larger than 20, the staple position will be adjusted toward the front.
1=1 Pulse

763-116

Eject Motor Speed Switching with small-sized


paper unstapled

0-1

1 Pulse=0.2618mm
Select an eject speed with small-sized paper unstapled.

763-117
763-118
763-119
763-121

Folding Qty
Max Booklet UnStapling
Max Bi-Folding
Booklet Stapling Operation Qty (lower-order
value)

2
5
1
0

0-3
1-15
1-15
0-65535

0: 159.5mm/s, 1: 120.0mm/s
Qty of Booklet Folder Roll forward/backward rotations during folding
The max qty of sheets for folding in the unstaple operation in Booklet mode.
The max qty of sheets for bi-folding in Booklet output
Qty of Booklet stapling operations (lower-order value)
Total qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value

763-122

Booklet Stapling Operation Qty (upper-order


value)

0-65535

Check the qty of Booklet stapling operations. (One operation drives in 2 staples simultaneously.)
Qty of Booklet stapling operations (upper-order value)
Total qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-83

6.4.1.14 Chain 763-xxx Finisher-C(IOT NVM)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-84

6.4.1.14 Chain 763-xxx Finisher-C(IOT NVM)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Finisher-C
Chain-Link Name
763-123 Booklet Misregi Prevention Operation Setting

Default
1

Range
0-3

Description
Select whether to perform the misregi prevention operation.
(The operation moves Tamper to the front 20 mm after the last tamping and returns it to the
original position.)
(Conditions: Booklet Staple selected; paper length below 356.8 mm)
0: Not implement
1: Perform the prevention in Profile 1 (high speed)
2: Perform the prevention in Profile 2 (medium speed)

763-124

Booklet Qty for output to Stacker (lower-order


value)

0-65535

3: Perform the prevention in Profile 3 (low speed)


The total qty of Booklets to be output onto Stacker (lower-order value)

763-125

Booklet Qty for output to Stacker (upper-order


value)

0-65535

Total qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


The total qty of Booklets to be output onto Stacker (upper-order value)

763-126

Booklet Fold Qty (lower-order value)

0-65535

Total qty=upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


Qty of folding operations in Booklet (lower-order value)

763-127

Booklet Fold Qty (upper-order value)

0-65535

Total qty =upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


Qty of folding operations in Booklet (upper-order value)

763-133

Booklet Compile Position to Fold Position Shift


Adjustment 1 by paper qty

100

0-200

Total qty =upper-order value x 65536 + lower-order value


By paper qty, adjustment value of Compile Position to Fold Position (Fasten OFF mode)
shift amount in the paper lead direction
Adjusts the value for folding 2 sheets.
1=1 Pulse

763-134

Booklet Compile Position to Fold Position Shift


Adjustment 2 by paper qty

100

0-200

1 Pulse=0.1mm
By paper qty, adjustment value of Compile Position to Fold Position (Fasten OFF mode)
shift amount in the paper lead direction
Adjusts the value for folding 3 or more sheets.
1=1 Pulse

763-135

Additional Tamping Operation Qty in Booklet Nor- 2


mal Tamping

0-10

1Pulse=0.1mm
Qty of additional tamping operations in Booklet normal tamping
(Performed when paper is B4SEF or larger and current qty of Booklet sheets >= paper qty
specified for additional tamping [NVM763-140].
NVM value=0: no additional tamping)

Version 2.1

Finisher-C
Chain-Link Name
Default
763-136 Additional Tamping Operation Qty in Booklet Last 0
Tamping

Range
0-10

Description
Qty of additional tamping operations in Booklet last tamping
(Performed when paper is B4SEF or larger and current qty of Booklet sheets >= paper qty
specified for additional tamping [NVM763-140].

763-137

Booklet Full Detection Set Qty: smaller than B4

15

10-100

NVM value=0: no additional tamping)


Qty of sets (shorter than B4S in paper length) for Booklet Full detection

763-138

Booklet Full Detection Set Qty: B4 or larger

15

10-100

(In the case of the standard paper qty of 15 sheets/set)


Qty of sets (as long as or longer than B4S in paper length) for Booklet Full detection

763-139

Additional Tamping Operation Qty in Booklet Sta- 7


ple Hold

0-10

763-140

Paper Qty for Additional Tamping in Booklet

0-25

(In the case of the standard paper qty of 15 sheets/set)


Qty of additional tamping operations in Booklet Staple Hold (Performed when paper is
B4SEF or larger and current qty of Booklet sheets >= paper qty specified for additional
tamping [NVM763-140].
NVM value=0: no additional tamping)
Specified paper qty for additional tamping in Booklet (normal tamping/last tamping/tamping
staple hold)
(B4SEF and larger)
When a specified or larger number of sheets are output to be compiled into a booklet, the
additional tamping operation is performed. (common to all tampings)

763-141

Fold Position Fine Adjustment Value 1_S by paper 100


qty in Booklet Staple

0-200

However, when NVM value is 0, no additional tamping operation is performed. (regardless


of value in 763-135/136/139)
Fine-adjusts folding position adjustment amount for each sheet in Booklet Staple.
Adjustment value for 3 sheets (smaller than B4S)

If the lower sheet is longer, add the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 to current NVM value
and enter the result.

If the upper sheet is longer, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 from current NVM
value and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1mm=1 Pulse


Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-85

6.4.1.14 Chain 763-xxx Finisher-C(IOT NVM)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-86

6.4.1.14 Chain 763-xxx Finisher-C(IOT NVM)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Finisher-C
Chain-Link Name
Default
763-142 Fold Position Fine Adjustment Value 2_S by paper 100
qty in Booklet Staple

Range
0-200

Description
Fine-adjusts folding position adjustment amount for each sheet in Booklet Staple.
Adjustment value for 4 sheets (smaller than B4S)

If the lower sheet is longer, add the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 to current NVM value
and enter the result.

If the upper sheet is longer, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 from current NVM
value and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1mm=1 Pulse


763-143

Fold Position Fine Adjustment Value 3_S by paper 100


qty in Booklet Staple

0-200

Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse


Fine-adjusts folding position adjustment amount for each sheet in Booklet Staple.
Adjustment value for 5 to 7 sheets (smaller than B4S)

If the lower sheet is longer, add the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 to current NVM value
and enter the result.

If the upper sheet is longer, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 from current NVM
value and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1mm=1 Pulse


763-144

Fold Position Fine Adjustment Value 4_S by paper 100


qty in Booklet Staple

0-200

Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse


Fine-adjusts folding position adjustment amount for each sheet in Booklet Staple.
Adjustment value for 8 or more sheets (smaller than B4S)

If the lower sheet is longer, add the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 to current NVM value
and enter the result.

If the upper sheet is longer, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 from current NVM
value and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1mm=1 Pulse


763-145

15-sheet Booklet Staple Position Adjustment


Amount (B4S or larger)

100

0-200

Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse


Auto adjusts staple position every time 15 sheets are compiled,
by entering staple shift amount in 15-sheet folding in Booklet Staple (B4S and larger).

If staples are above the folding position, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* from current NVM value and enter the result.

If staples are below the folding position, add the difference (mm) x 10* to current NVM
value and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1mm=1 Pulse


Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse

Version 2.1

Finisher-C
Chain-Link Name
763-146 15-sheet Booklet Staple Position Adjustment
Amount (smaller than B4S)

Default
100

Range
0-200

Description
Auto adjusts staple position every time 15 sheets are compiled,
by entering staple shift amount in 15-sheet folding in Booklet Staple (smaller than B4S)

If staples are above the folding position, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* from current NVM value and enter the result.

If staples are below the folding position, add the difference (mm) x 10* to current NVM
value and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1mm=1 Pulse


763-147

Staple Position Fine Adjustment 1 by paper qty in 100


Booklet Staple

0-200

Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse


Fine-adjusts auto adjustment amount of staple position for each sheet in Booklet Staple.
Adjustment value for 3 sheets

If staples are above the folding position, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* from current NVM value and enter the result.

If staples are below the folding position, add the difference (mm) x 10* to current NVM
value and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1mm=1 Pulse


763-148

Staple Position Fine Adjustment 2 by paper qty in 100


Booklet Staple

0-200

Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse


Fine-adjusts auto adjustment amount of staple position for each sheet in Booklet Staple.
Adjustment value for 4 sheets

If staples are above the folding position, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* from current NVM value and enter the result.

If staples are below the folding position, add the difference (mm) x 10* to current NVM
value and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1mm=1 Pulse


763-149

Staple Position Fine Adjustment 3 by paper qty in 100


Booklet Staple

0-200

Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse


Fine-adjusts auto adjustment amount of staple position for each sheet in Booklet Staple.
Adjustment value for 5 to 7 sheets

If staples are above the folding position, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* from current NVM value and enter the result.

If staples are below the folding position, add the difference (mm) x 10* to current NVM
value and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1mm=1 Pulse


Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-87

6.4.1.14 Chain 763-xxx Finisher-C(IOT NVM)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-88

6.4.1.14 Chain 763-xxx Finisher-C(IOT NVM)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Finisher-C
Chain-Link Name
Default
763-150 Staple Position Fine Adjustment 4 by paper qty in 100
Booklet Staple

Range
0-200

Description
Fine-adjusts auto adjustment amount of staple position for each sheet in Booklet Staple.
Adjustment value for 8 to 14 sheets

If staples are above the folding position, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* from current NVM value and enter the result.

If staples are below the folding position, add the difference (mm) x 10* to current NVM
value and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1mm=1 Pulse


763-152

Fold Position Fine Adjustment Value 1_L by paper 100


qty in Booklet Staple

0-200

Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse


Fine-adjusts folding position adjustment amount for each sheet in Booklet Staple.
Adjustment value for 3 sheets (B4S or larger)

If the lower sheet is longer, add the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 to current NVM value
and enter the result.

If the upper sheet is longer, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 from current NVM
value and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1mm=1 Pulse


763-153

Fold Position Fine Adjustment Value 2_L by paper 100


qty in Booklet Staple

0-200

Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse


Fine-adjusts folding position adjustment amount for each sheet in Booklet Staple.
Adjustment value for 4 sheets (B4S or larger)

If the lower sheet is longer, add the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 to current NVM value
and enter the result.

If the upper sheet is longer, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 from current NVM
value and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1mm=1 Pulse


763-154

Fold Position Fine Adjustment Value 3_L by paper 100


qty in Booklet Staple

0-200

Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse


Fine-adjusts folding position adjustment amount for each sheet in Booklet Staple.
Adjustment value for 5 to 7 sheets (B4S or larger)

If the lower sheet is longer, add the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 to current NVM value
and enter the result.

If the upper sheet is longer, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 from current NVM
value and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1mm=1 Pulse


Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse

Version 2.1

Finisher-C
Chain-Link Name
Default
763-155 Fold Position Fine Adjustment Value 4_L by paper 100
qty in Booklet Staple

Range
0-200

Description
Fine-adjusts folding position adjustment amount for each sheet in Booklet Staple.
Adjustment value for 8 or more sheets (B4S or larger)

If the lower sheet is longer, add the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 to current NVM value
and enter the result.

If the upper sheet is longer, subtract the difference (mm) x 10* x 0.5 from current NVM
value and enter the result.

NOTE: *: Conversion based on 0.1mm=1 Pulse


763-156
763-157
763-159

Booklet Sub CPU Soft Major Version


Booklet Sub CPU Soft Minor Version
Booklet Drawer Misset Count

0
0
0

255
255
0-255

Adjustment amount 1=1 Pulse


Major Version of Sub CPU Software for Booklet Control
Minor Version of Sub CPU Software for Booklet Control
Saves the consecutive qty of Drawer misset events for Booklet Drawer Broken Fail detection.
0: No missetting
1-255: Consecutive qty of missetting events

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-89

6.4.1.14 Chain 763-xxx Finisher-C(IOT NVM)

General

General
6.4.1.14 Chain 763-xxx Finisher-C(IOT NVM)

2007/10/01
6-90

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.1.15 Chain 764-xxx Finisher-B(IOT NVM)


Finisher-B
Chain-Link Name
764-100 Size Mix Stack Enable/Disable

Default
0

Range
0-1

Step

Description
Enables/Disables Mixed Size Stack after Mix Stack position is detected.
0: Enable

764-101
764-102
764-103
764-104

Maximum Set Qty


Maximum Paper Qty for Compile in Stapling
Max Paper Qty for Compile (unstaple/large)
Max Paper Qty for Compile (unstaple/small)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

50
50
25
50

0-100
0-100
10-100
10-100

1: Disable
The maximum allowable qty of sets on Stacker
The upper limit of the qty of sheets to be compiled in stapling
The upper limit of the qty of large-sized sheets to be compiled in unstapling
The upper limit of the qty of small-sized sheets to be compiled in unstapling

2007/10/01
6-91

6.4.1.15 Chain 764-xxx Finisher-B(IOT NVM)

General

General
6.4.1.15 Chain 764-xxx Finisher-B(IOT NVM)

2007/10/01
6-92

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.2.1 Chain 710-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)


Table 1 DADF
Chain-Link Content

Default

Range

Meaning

710-501

Fax Document Size Detection Method for DADF

0~1

Indicates the switching of detection method when Fax Document Size Detection is specified in DADF
mode.
0: A/B series
1: Inch series

710-551

JAM Bypass

0~1

0: Do not bypass
1: Bypass Applies to CVT mode.

710-556

8.5"x11" LEF Threshold Value

2093

1993~2193 Threshold value for size detection to differentiate between 8.5"x11" LEF and 8"x10" LEF.

710-557

B5SEF / 8"x10" SEF Switching

0~1

0: B5SEF (FX/XE/IBG)
1: 8"x10"SEF (XC)

710-558

11"x15" SEF for AP Market / 8K Switching

0~1

0: 11"x15"SEF
1: 8K

710-559

Fast Scan Direction Max Value

2970

1297~3070 Customized registration for DADF Original Size Detection Table

710-560

Fast Scan Direction Min Value

2970

1297~3070 Customized registration for DADF Original Size Detection Table

710-561

Slow Scan Direction Max Value

2100

1297~4418 Customized registration for DADF Original Size Detection Table

710-562

Slow Scan Direction Min Value

2100

1297~4418 Customized registration for DADF Original Size Detection Table

710-563

Document Size

3~20

Customized registration for DADF Original Size Detection Table

710-564

Specify Document Feed Direction

0~1

Customized registration for DADF Original Size Detection Table

710-565

Specify Customized Registration for DADF Original


Size Detection Table

0~1

Customized registration for DADF Original Size Detection Table

710-566

S-size Document Side2 Lead Regi Correction Value

250

217~283

S-size Document Side2 Lead Regi Correction Value. Unit: Step


Note: S-size in the slow scan direction is 131.7mm~158.0mm.

710-567

M-size Document Side2 Lead Regi Correction Value

250

217~283

M-size Document Side2 Lead Regi Correction Value. Unit: Step


Note: M-size in the slow scan direction is 158.1mm~245.9mm.

710-568

L-size Document Side2 Lead Regi Correction Value

250

217~283

L-size Document Side2 Lead Regi Correction Value. Unit: Step


Note: L-size in the slow scan direction is 246.0mm~460.0mm.

710-600

Size Mismatch Jam Detection Setting (Applicable


only in Simplex mode)

1~2

1: Size Mismatch Jam Detection On


2: Size Mismatch Jam Detection Off

710-603

Alternate Size Set3

0~2

Switches between 11x15S and 11x17S.


No-Mix: mm/Inch13/Inch14, Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14
0: Default
1: 11x17S
2: 11x15S

710-604

Alternate Size Set4

0~2

Switches between 8.5x13S and 8.5x14S.


No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm Initial value: 2
0: Default
1: 8.5x13S
2: 8.5x14S

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-93

6.4.2.1 Chain 710-xxx DADF(IIT NVM)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-94

6.4.2.1 Chain 710-xxx DADF(IIT NVM)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Table 1 DADF
Chain-Link Content

Default

Range

Meaning

710-605

Alternate Size Set5

0~2

Switches between B5S and 16KS.


No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm Initial value: mm
0: Default
1: B5S
2: 16KS

710-606

Alternate Size Set6

0~3

Switches between 8x10S, 8x10.5S and 8.5x11S.


Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14
0: Default
1: 8.5x11S
2: 8x10S
3: 8x10.5S

710-607

Alternate Size Set7

0~3

Switches between 8x10L, 8x10.5L and 8.5x11L.


Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14
0: Default
1: 8.5x11L
2: 8x10L
3: 8x10.5L

710-608

Alternate Size Set8

0~4

Switches between B4S, 8KS and 11x17S.


Size-Mix: mm
0: Default
1: B4S
2: 8KS
3: 11x17S
Setting range is 0~3.

710-609

Alternate Size Set9

0~2

Switches between 8x10S and 8x10.5S.


No-Mix: Inch13/Inch14
0: Default
1: 8x10S
2: 8x10.5S

710-610

Alternate Size Set10

0~2

Switches between B5L, 16KL and 8.5x11L.


Size-Mix: mm
0: Default
1: B5L
2: 16KL
3: 8.5x11L
Setting range is 0~3.

710-612

Size-Mix Mode Size Orientation

0~1

Switches between LEF and SEF.


0: LEF
1: SEF

710-613

Fax Job Mix Size Standard Mode

0~1

Switches the notification size (standard/non-standard) from DADF to IISS in Fax Mix Size mode.
0: Non-standard mode
1: Standard mode

Version 2.1

6.4.2.2 Chain 711-xxx CVT DADF(IIT NVM)


Table 1 CVT DADF NVM LIST
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

1 Count

Meaning

711-001

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1)


(37.5mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-001: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-002

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1)


(50.0mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-002: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-003

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1)


(66.7mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-003: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-004

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1)


(75.0mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-004: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-005

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1)


(100.0mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-005: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-006

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1)


(133.3mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-006: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-007

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1)


(150.0mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-007: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-95

6.4.2.2 Chain 711-xxx CVT DADF NVM LIST(IIT NVM)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-96

6.4.2.2 Chain 711-xxx CVT DADF NVM LIST(IIT NVM)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Table 1 CVT DADF NVM LIST


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

1 Count

Meaning

711-008

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1)


(200.0mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-008: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-009

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1)


(300.0mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-009: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-015

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2)


(37.5mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-015: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-016

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2)


(50.0mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-016: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-017

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2)


(66.7mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-017: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-018

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2)


(75.0mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-018: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-019

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2)


(100.0mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-019: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

Version 2.1

Table 1 CVT DADF NVM LIST


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

1 Count

Meaning

711-020

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2)


(133.3mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-020: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-021

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2)


(150.0mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-021: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-022

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2)


(200.0mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-022: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-023

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2)


(300.0mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-023: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-029

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (37.5mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-030

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (50.0mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-031

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (66.7mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-032

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (75.0mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-033

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (100.0mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-034

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (133.3mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-035

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (150.0mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-036

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (200.0mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-037

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (300.0mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-043

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (37.5mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-97

6.4.2.2 Chain 711-xxx CVT DADF NVM LIST(IIT NVM)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-98

6.4.2.2 Chain 711-xxx CVT DADF NVM LIST(IIT NVM)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Table 1 CVT DADF NVM LIST


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

1 Count

Meaning

711-044

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (50.0mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-045

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (66.7mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-046

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (75.0mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-047

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (100.0mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-048

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (133.3mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-049

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (150.0mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-050

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (200.0mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-051

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (300.0mm/


sec)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-057

Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (37.5mm/sec)

20

0~40

0.001

Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.

711-058

Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (50.0mm/sec)

20

0~40

0.001

Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.

711-059

Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (66.7mm/sec)

20

0~40

0.001

Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.

711-060

Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (75.0mm/sec)

20

0~40

0.001

Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.

711-061

Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (100.0mm/sec)

20

0~40

0.001

Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.

711-062

Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (133.3mm/sec)

20

0~40

0.001

Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.

711-063

Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (150.0mm/sec)

20

0~40

0.001

Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.

711-064

Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (200.0mm/sec)

20

0~40

0.001

Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.

711-065

Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (300.0mm/sec)

20

0~40

0.001

Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.

711-070

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1)


(37.5mm/sec)

15

0~50

0.001

Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-071

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1)


(50.0mm/sec)

15

0~50

0.001

Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-072

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1)


(66.7mm/sec)

15

0~50

0.001

Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-073

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1)


(75.0mm/sec)

15

0~50

0.001

Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-074

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1)


(100.0mm/sec)

15

0~50

0.001

Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

Version 2.1

Table 1 CVT DADF NVM LIST


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

1 Count

Meaning

711-075

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1)


(133.3mm/sec)

15

0~50

0.001

Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-076

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1)


(150.0mm/sec)

15

0~50

0.001

Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-077

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1)


(200.0mm/sec)

15

0~50

0.001

Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-078

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1)


(300.0mm/sec)

15

0~50

0.001

Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-080

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2)


(37.5mm/sec)

0~50

0.001

Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-081

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2)


(50.0mm/sec)

0~50

0.001

Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-082

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2)


(66.7mm/sec)

0~50

0.001

Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-083

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2)


(75.0mm/sec)

0~50

0.001

Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-084

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2)


(100.0mm/sec)

0~50

0.001

Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-085

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2)


(133.3mm/sec)

0~50

0.001

Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-086

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2)


(150.0mm/sec)

0~50

0.001

Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-087

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2)


(200.0mm/sec)

0~50

0.001

Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-088

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2)


(300.0mm/sec)

0~50

0.001

Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-140

DADF Lead Regi Offset NVM (Side1)

120

80~230

0.1mm

Initial value 0mm(120 pulse) +4.0mm (80 pulse) / -11.0mm (230 pulse)

711-141

DADF Lead Regi Offset NVM (Side2)

120

80~230

0.1mm

Initial value 0mm(120 pulse) +4.0mm (80 pulse) / -11.0mm (230 pulse)

711-142

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) Replace All 129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Rewrites
all data of 711-029 to 711-037 with specified data.

711-143

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) Replace All 129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Rewrites
all data of 711-043 to 711-051 with specified data.

711-144

Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment Replace All

20

0~40

0.001

Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor. Rewrites all data of 711-057 to 711-065 with specified data.

711-145

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) Replace 15


All

0~50

0.001

Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Rewrites all data of 711-070 to 711-078 with specified
data.

711-146

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) Replace 0


All

0~50

0.001

Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Rewrites all data of 711-080 to 711-088 with specified
data.

711-150

Loop Amount Adjustment (Side1) (x1 Pulse)

0~9

0.6835mm

Initial value 3.6mm (172 pulse, 130 pulse for High Speed mode) +4.1mm/-2.1mm 10
pulse increments

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-99

6.4.2.2 Chain 711-xxx CVT DADF NVM LIST(IIT NVM)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-100

6.4.2.2 Chain 711-xxx CVT DADF NVM LIST(IIT NVM)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Table 1 CVT DADF NVM LIST


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

1 Count

Meaning

711-151

Loop Amount Adjustment (Side2) (x6 Pulse)

0~14

0.4581mm

Initial value 4.0mm (256 pulse) +4.1mm (346 pulse) / -2.3mm (206 pulse) 10 pulse
increments

711-152

Simplex Speed Mode Switch

0~1

0: High Speed mode Off 1: High Speed mode On

711-158

Position Adjustment for End Position during Invert (x4 10


Pulse)

0~20

0.4581mm

Initial value 31.1mm (450 pulse) +4.6mm (766 pulse) / -4.6mm (566 pulse) 10 pulse
increments

711-164

Slow Scan Original Size Correction Value

0~100

0.1mm

Correction value for [Size Detection Auto-Correction Function] Original Size Correction Value: +/-5mm

711-200

Position Adjustment for Pre Regist End Position (Orig- 8


inal Lead Edge Eject Amount from Regi Roll in x2
Pulse Increments)

0~16

0.6249mm

Initial value 0mm (0 pulse) +5.0mm (80 pulse) / -5.0mm (-80 pulse) 10 pulse increments This value also applies to Scan Position Transport Time.

711-201

Position Adjustment for Feed Motor Off Start Position 8


(x3 Pulse)

1~15

0.6249mm

Initial value 5.0mm (80 pulse) +4.4mm (150 pulse) / -4.4mm (10 pulse) 10 pulse
increments

711-202

Position Adjustment for Position to Start Increasing


Speed in Duplex (x5 Pulse)

0~20

0.4581mm

Initial value 50.4mm (1080 pulse) +4.6mm (1180 pulse) / -4.6mm (980 pulse) 10
pulse increments

711-203

Position Adjustment for First-Out Pre Feed Position in 5


Duplex (x7 Pulse)

0~10

0.6835mm

Initial value 14.6mm (224 pulse) +3.4mm (274 pulse) / -3.4mm (174 pulse) 10 pulse
increments

711-204

Position Adjustment for N.R. Solenoid On Position


during Invert Output (x8 Pulse)

10

0~20

0.4581mm

Initial value 15.0mm (241 pulse) +4.6mm (341 pulse) / -4.6mm (141 pulse) 10 pulse
increments

711-205

Side2 Feed Motor Reverse Start Time Adjustment


Value (T1 ms)

0~20

4msec

Initial value 0ms +80ms/-20ms, 4ms increments

711-207

Next Feed Start Time Adjustment Value (T3 ms)

2~27

4msec

Initial value 0m +88ms/-12ms, 4ms increments

711-208

Simplex Next Pre Regist Start Time Adjustment Value 6


(T4 ms)

6~25

4msec

Initial value 4ms +76ms/0ms, 4ms increments

50

10

711-209

Invert Start Time Adjustment Value (T6 ms)

0~25

4msec

Initial value 0ms +80ms/-20ms, 4ms increments

711-210

N.R. Solenoid On Start Time Adjustment Value during 5


Invert Output (T7 ms)

0~15

4msec

Initial value0ms +40ms/-20ms, 4ms increments

711-211

First-Out Original Feed Start Time Adjustment Value


(T8 ms)

0~25

4msec

Initial value 0ms +80ms/-20ms, 4ms increments

711-212

Duplex Next Pre Regist Start Time Adjustment Value


(T9 ms)

6~25

4msec

Initial value 4ms +76ms/0ms, 4ms increments

711-213

DADF Stamp Solenoid On Time Adjustment

3~20

2msec

Initial value 10ms +30ms/-4ms, 2ms increments

711-214

DADF Stamp Position Adjustment

15

0~30

0.5mm

Initial value 0mm +7.5mm/-7.5mm, approx. 0.5mm increments Initial value is 10mm
from Tail Edge.

711-215

Slow Down Start Time Adjustment Value during


Nudger Lift Down (T11 ms)

10

0~20

4msec

Initial value 0ms +/-40ms, 4ms increments

711-216

Slow Down Start Time Adjustment Value during


Nudger Lift Up (T12 ms)

10

10~20

4msec

Initial value0ms +40ms/-0ms, 4ms increments

711-217

Feed Out Sensor Static Jam Detection Sampling No. 20


Setting

1~40

1 time

Initial value 20 times +20 times/-19 times, 1 time increments

711-218

Feed Out Sensor Act. Correction Coefficient - A9

59

0~255

0.01

Initial value 0.59 0.00~2.55, 0.01 increments

711-219

Feed Out Sensor Act. Correction Coefficient - B9

104

0~255

Initial value 104 0~255, 1 increments

Version 2.1

Table 1 CVT DADF NVM LIST


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

1 Count

Meaning

711-220

DADF Lead Regi Adjustment (Side1) (55mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-220: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-221

DADF Lead Regi Adjustment (Side1) (73.3mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-221: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-222

DADF Lead Regi Adjustment (Side1) (110mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-222: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-223

DADF Lead Regi Adjustment (Side1) (146.7mm/sec) 120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-223: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-224

DADF Lead Regi Adjustment (Side1) (220mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-224: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-225

DADF Lead Regi Adjustment (Side2) (55mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-225: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-226

DADF Lead Regi Adjustment (Side2) (73.3mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-226: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-101

6.4.2.2 Chain 711-xxx CVT DADF NVM LIST(IIT NVM)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-102

6.4.2.2 Chain 711-xxx CVT DADF NVM LIST(IIT NVM)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Table 1 CVT DADF NVM LIST


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

1 Count

Meaning

711-227

DADF Lead Regi Adjustment (Side2) (110mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-227: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-228

DADF Lead Regi Adjustment(Side2) (146.7mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-228: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-229

DADF Lead Regi Adjustment (Side2) (220mm/sec)

120

105~135

0.1mm

1) Default: 0mm
(711-140: default, 711-229: 120)
2) Adjustable Range (711-140: default.)
: +1.5mm(105pulses) / -1.5mm(135pulses)
3) Adjustable Range (711-140: 80-230.)
: +5.5mm(80pulses) / -12.5mm(230pulses)

711-230

(Side1) (55mm/sec)
Side1 55 Tail Edge Adjustment

151

0~255

0.0458mm

Default 0mm(151pulses) +6.9mm(-151pulses)/-4.8mm(+104pulses)


Tail Edge Adj. Value = Lead Reg. Adj. Value + Tail Edge Fine Adj. Value

711-231

(Side1) (73.3mm/sec)
Side1 73.3 Tail Edge Adjustment

151

0~255

0.0458mm

Default 0mm(151pulses) +6.9mm(-151pulses)/-4.8mm(+104pulses)


Tail Edge Adj. Value = Lead Reg. Adj. Value + Tail Edge Fine Adj. Value

711-232

DADF Tail Edge Adjustment (Side1) (110mm/sec)

151

0~255

0.0458mm

Default 0mm(151pulses) +6.9mm(-151pulses)/-4.8mm(+104pulses)


Tail Edge Adj. Value = Lead Reg. Adj. Value + Tail Edge Fine Adj. Value

711-233

(Side1) (146.7mm/sec)
Side1 146.7 Tail Edge Adjustment

151

0~255

0.0458mm

Default 0mm(151pulses) +6.9mm(-151pulses)/-4.8mm(+104pulses)


Tail Edge Adj. Value = Lead Reg. Adj. Value + Tail Edge Fine Adj. Value

711-234

(Side1) (220mm/sec)
Side1 220 Tail Edge Adjustment

151

0~255

0.0458mm

Default 0mm(151pulses) +6.9mm(-151pulses)/-4.8mm(+104pulses)


Tail Edge Adj. Value = Lead Reg. Adj. Value + Tail Edge Fine Adj. Value

711-235

DADF Tail Edge Adjustment (Side2) (55mm/sec)

151

0~255

0.0458mm

Default 0mm(151pulses) +6.9mm(-151pulses)/-4.8mm(+104pulses)


Tail Edge Adj. Value = Lead Reg. Adj. Value + Tail Edge Fine Adj. Value

711-236

DADF Tail Edge Adjustment (Side2) (73.3mm/sec)

151

0~255

0.0458mm

Default 0mm(151pulses) +6.9mm(-151pulses)/-4.8mm(+104pulses)


Tail Edge Adj. Value = Lead Reg. Adj. Value + Tail Edge Fine Adj. Value

711-237

DADF Tail Edge Adjustment (Side2) (110mm/sec)

151

0~255

0.0458mm

Default 0mm(151pulses) +6.9mm(-151pulses)/-4.8mm(+104pulses)


Tail Edge Adj. Value = Lead Reg. Adj. Value + Tail Edge Fine Adj. Value

711-238

DADF Tail Edge Adjustment (Side2) (146.7mm/sec)

151

0~255

0.0458mm

Default 0mm(151pulses) +6.9mm(-151pulses)/-4.8mm(+104pulses)


Tail Edge Adj. Value = Lead Reg. Adj. Value + Tail Edge Fine Adj. Value

711-239

DADF Tail Edge Adjustment (Side2) (220mm/sec)

151

0~255

0.0458mm

Default 0mm(151pulses) +6.9mm(-151pulses)/-4.8mm(+104pulses)


Tail Edge Adj. Value = Lead Reg. Adj. Value + Tail Edge Fine Adj. Value

711-240

Magnification Adjustment (55mm/sec)

20

0~40

0.1%

Default 0%(20) +/-2%(+/-20); in steps of 0.1%;


only Top Speed; Target Motor: Feed/Regi

711-241

Magnification Adjustment (73.3mm/sec)

20

0~40

0.1%

Default 0%(20) +/-2%(+/-20); in steps of 0.1%;


only Top Speed; Target Motor: Feed/Regi

711-242

Magnification Adjustment (110mm/sec)

20

0~40

0.1%

Default 0%(20) +/-2%(+/-20); in steps of 0.1%;


only Top Speed; Target Motor: Feed/Regi

Version 2.1

Table 1 CVT DADF NVM LIST


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

1 Count

Meaning

711-243

Magnification Adjustment (146.7mm/sec)

20

0~40

0.1%

Default 0%(20) +/-2%(+/-20); in steps of 0.1%;


only Top Speed; Target Motor: Feed/Regi

711-244

Magnification Adjustment (220mm/sec)

20

0~40

0.1%

Default 0%(20) +/-2%(+/-20); in steps of 0.1%;


only Top Speed; Target Motor: Feed/Regi

711-245

T/A Roll Adjustment (Side1) (55mm/sec)

15

0~50

0.1%

Default 1.5%(15) Max 5%(50) Min 0%(0); in steps of 0.1%; only Top Speed; Target
Motor: Feed

711-246

T/A Roll Adjustment (Side1) (73.3mm/sec)

15

0~50

0.1%

Default 1.5%(15) Max 5%(50) Min 0%(0); in steps of 0.1%; only Top Speed; Target
Motor: Feed

711-247

T/A Roll Adjustment (Side1) (110mm/sec)

15

0~50

0.1%

Default 1.5%(15) Max 5%(50) Min 0%(0); in steps of 0.1%; only Top Speed; Target
Motor: Feed

711-248

T/A Roll Adjustment (Side1) (146.7mm/sec)

15

0~50

0.1%

Default 1.5%(15) Max 5%(50) Min 0%(0); in steps of 0.1%; only Top Speed; Target
Motor: Feed

711-249

T/A Roll Adjustment (Side1) (220mm/sec)

15

0~50

0.1%

Default 1.5%(15) Max 5%(50) Min 0%(0); in steps of 0.1%; only Top Speed; Target
Motor: Feed

711-250

T/A Roll Adjustment (Side2) (55mm/sec)

0~50

0.1%

Default 0%(0) Max 5%(50) Min 0%(0); in steps of 0.1%; only Top Speed; Target
Motor: Feed

711-251

T/A Roll Adjustment (Side2) (73.3mm/sec)

0~50

0.1%

Default 0%(0) Max 5%(50) Min 0%(0); in steps of 0.1%; only Top Speed; Target
Motor: Feed

711-252

T/A Roll Adjustment (Side2) (110mm/sec)

0~50

0.1%

Default 0%(0) Max 5%(50) Min 0%(0); in steps of 0.1%; only Top Speed; Target
Motor: Feed

711-253

T/A Roll Adjustment (Side2) (146.7mm/sec)

0~50

0.1%

Default 0%(0) Max 5%(50) Min 0%(0); in steps of 0.1%; only Top Speed; Target
Motor: Feed

711-254

T/A Roll Adjustment (Side2) (220mm/sec)

0~50

0.1%

Default 0%(0) Max 5%(50) Min 0%(0); in steps of 0.1%; only Top Speed; Target
Motor: Feed

711-255

Simp Pre Regi Slow down timing T14

10

0~16

1ms

Time from when Pre Regi sensor turns on to Feed Motor starts to speed down.

711-272

ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 3

120

0~240

Adjustment Value Data 3 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.

711-274

ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 5

120

0~240

Adjustment Value Data 5 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.

711-276

ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 7

0~255

Adjustment Value Data 7 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.

711-277

ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 8

0~255

Adjustment Value Data 8 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.

711-278

ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 9

0~255

Adjustment Value Data 9 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.

711-279

ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 10

0~255

Adjustment Value Data 10 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.

711-280

ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 11

0~255

Adjustment Value Data 11 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.

711-281

ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 12

0~255

Adjustment Value Data 12 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.

711-282

ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 13

0~255

Adjustment Value Data 13 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.

711-283

ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 14

0~255

Adjustment Value Data 14 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.

711-284

ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 15

0~255

Adjustment Value Data 15 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.

711-297

Communication Fail Bypass

0~1

0: Disable Communication Fail Bypass 1: Enable Communication Fail Bypass

711-468

DADF Open/Close Life Count (upper digits)

0~65535

260K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in
Chain Link setting.

711-469

DADF Open/Close Life Count (lower digits)

63392

0~65535

ditto

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-103

6.4.2.2 Chain 711-xxx CVT DADF NVM LIST(IIT NVM)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-104

6.4.2.2 Chain 711-xxx CVT DADF NVM LIST(IIT NVM)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Table 1 CVT DADF NVM LIST


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

1 Count

Meaning

711-470

DADF Document Feed Life Count (upper digits)

0~65535

200K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in
Chain Link setting.

711-471

DADF Document Feed Life Count (lower digits)

3392

0~65535

ditto

711-472

DADF Simplex and Duplex Document Feed Life


Count (upper digits)

13

0~65535

912K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in
Chain Link setting.

711-473

DADF Simplex and Duplex Document Feed Life


Count (lower digits)

60032

0~65535

ditto

711-474

Invert Solenoid Life Count (upper digits)

0~65535

500K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in
Chain Link setting.

711-475

Invert Solenoid Life Count (lower digits)

41248

0~65535

ditto

711-476

DADF Stamp Solenoid Life Count (upper digits)

0~65535

100K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in
Chain Link setting.

711-477

DADF Stamp Solenoid Life Count (lower digits)

34464

0~65535

ditto

711-478

DADF Stamp Solenoid Ink Life Count (upper digits)

0~65535

3K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in


Chain Link setting.

711-479

DADF Stamp Solenoid Ink Life Count (lower digits)

3000

0~65535

ditto

Version 2.1

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)


Table 1 NVM 715 List
Settings Range
Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

0: Fail Bypass Off


1: Fail Bypass On

Fan Control Mode

0: Normal mode
1: Multi-store Applicable Model mode

715-020

No. of APS

0: 1 APS
1: 2 APS

715-022

Lamp Fan Fail Bypass

Lamp Fan Fail Detection


0: Detects Lamp Fan Fail.
1: Does not detect Lamp Fan Fail.

715-023

Lamp Fan Low Rotation ON Time

Lamp Fan low rotation ON time (Unit: min)

15

60

715-024

Lamp Fan Stop Time

Lamp Fan stop time (Unit: min)

60

715-025

FL Timer Set

0: Standard FL Timer Setting (30min rest/0.5sec ON)


1: Condensation Mode Setting (Function with the timer settings in Diag
715-026 and 715-027)

715-026

Lamp ON Interval

Interval setting (Unit: min)

30

60

715-027

Lamp ON Time

Lamp ON time setting (Unit: sec)

60

715-028

IPS Fan Fail Bypass

IPS Fan Fail Detection


0: Detects IPS Fan Fail.
1: Does not detect IPS Fan Fail.

715-029

CCD Fan Fail Bypass

CCD Fan Fail Detection


0: Detects CCD Fan Fail.
1: Does not detect CCD Fan Fail.

715-030

IIT Faulty Part Diagnosis

Writing 1 starts the IIT Faulty Part Diagnosis.


After the Faulty Part Diagnosis has completed, reading this NVM
displays the presumed faulty Part No.
When a Fail occurs during the Faulty Part Diagnosis, the Faulty Part
Diagnosis ends after the Fail code is recorded in this NVM.

65535

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

715-017

IIT Fail Bypass

715-018

NOTE: Writing 1 does not actually write 1. If other than 1 has been
written, the written value is invalid.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-105

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-106

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range
Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

Slow Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (0.036mm/step)


"Factory Settings"

100

16

184

Platen SS Reduce / Enlarge Adjustment

Slow Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (0.1% increments)


"Factory Settings"

50

44

56

715-052

Platen Glass Type

0: Platen, 1: Belt DADF, 2: CVT


"Factory Settings"

715-053

Platen FS Registration Adjustment

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (Dot)


VLSS=PROMVLSS+(PRadjF -120)x2
"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-056

CVT FS Offset Side 1-1 (139.7-148)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-057

CVT FS Offset Side 2-1 (139.7~148)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-058

CVT FS Offset Side 1-2 (182-194)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-059

CVT FS Offset Side 2-2 (182.7~194)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-060

CVT FS Offset Side 1-3 (203.2)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-061

CVT FS Offset Side 2-3 (203.2)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-062

CVT FS Offset Side 1-4 (210)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-063

CVT FS Offset Side 2-4 (210)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-064

CVT FS Offset Side 1-5 (214.9-215.9)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-065

CVT FS Offset Side 2-5 (214.9.7~215.9)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-066

CVT FS Offset Side 1-6 (254-257)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

715-050

Platen SS Registration Adjustment

715-051

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range
Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

CVT FS Offset Side 1-7 (266.7-267)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-069

CVT FS Offset Side 2-7 (266.7.7~267)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-070

CVT FS Offset Side 1-8 (279.4)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-071

CVT FS Offset Side 2-8 (279.4)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-072

CVT FS Offset Side 1-9 (297)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-073

CVT FS Offset Side 2-9 (297)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-074

CVT FS Offset Side 3-1 (139.7-148)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-075

CVT FS Offset Side 4-1 (139.7-148)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-076

CVT FS Offset Side 3-2 (182-194)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-077

CVT FS Offset Side 4-2 (182-194)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-078

CVT FS Offset Side 3-3 (203.2)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-079

CVT FS Offset Side 4-3 (203.2)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-080

CVT FS Offset Side 3-4 (210)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-081

CVT FS Offset Side 4-4 (210)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

715-067

CVT FS Offset Side 2-6 (254.7~257)

715-068

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-107

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-108

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range
Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

CVT FS Offset Side 4-5 (214.9-215.9)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-084

CVT FS Offset Side 3-6 (254-257)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-085

CVT FS Offset Side 4-6 (254-257)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-086

CVT FS Offset Side 3-7 (266.7-267)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-087

CVT FS Offset Side 4-7 (266.7-267)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-088

CVT FS Offset Side 3-8 (279.4)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-089

CVT FS Offset Side 4-8 (279.4)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-090

CVT FS Offset Side 3-9 (297)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-091

CVT FS Offset Side 4-9 (297)

Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


"Factory Settings"

120

240

715-092

WREF_ADJ_R

Red W-Ref correction coefficient, "Factory Settings"

140

70

255

715-093

WREF_ADJ_G

Green W-Ref correction coefficient, "Factory Settings"

140

70

255

715-094

WREF_ADJ_B

Blue W-Ref correction coefficient, "Factory Settings"

140

70

255

715-095

WREF_ADJ__BWX

BW-X W-Ref correction coefficient, "Factory Settings"

140

70

255

715-096

WREF_ADJ__BWY

BW-Y W-Ref correction coefficient, "Factory Settings"

140

70

255

715-097

CVT Scan Density Correction Coefficient Red

CVT Scan Density Correction Coefficient Red (in 1/100 scale: 100 = X1)

100

255

715-098

CVT Scan Density Correction Coefficient Green

CVT Scan Density Correction Coefficient Green (in 1/100 scale)

100

255

715-099

CVT Scan Density Correction Coefficient Blue

CVT Scan Density Correction Coefficient Blue (in 1/100 scale)

100

255

715-100

CVT Scan Density Correction Coefficient BW

CVT Scan Density Correction Coefficient K (in 1/100 scale)

100

255

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

715-082

CVT FS Offset Side 3-5 (214.9-215.9)

715-083

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

715-102

WREF_ADJ_R (Individual Paper)

Red W-Ref correction coefficient for each individual paper type.

63

127

715-103

WREF_ADJ_G (Individual Paper)

Green W-Ref correction coefficient for each individual paper type.

63

127

715-104

WREF_ADJ_B (Individual Paper)

Blue W-Ref correction coefficient for each individual paper type.

63

127

715-105

WREF_ADJ_BW (Individual Paper)

BW W-Ref correction coefficient for each individual paper type.

63

127

715-106

IIT Paper Code

0: Use NVM Individual Paper Coefficient


1: J paper
2: P paper
3: C2 paper
4: Green100 paper
5: Digital Color Xpression
6: Color Tech+
7: Xerox4200 paper
8: Xerox Business

715-107

Front Nut Rotation Angle at Optical Axis


Correction

Optical Axis Front Nut rotation angle (990~1980: Right revolution angle,
0~990: Left revolution angle)

990

1980

715-108

Rear Nut Rotation Angle at Optical Axis Correction

Optical Axis Rear Nut rotation angle (990~1980: Right revolution angle,
0~990: Left revolution angle)

990

1980

715-110

CVT FS Offset Side 1 Reference Adjustment


Value

Fast Scan Regi Reference Adjustment Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


Side 1
"Factory Settings"
At Power ON, this will be overwritten by the DADF NVM (711-272)
value.

120

240

715-111

CVT FS Offset Side 2 Reference Adjustment


Value

Fast Scan Regi Reference Adjustment Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


Side 2
"Factory Settings"
At Power ON, this will be overwritten by the DADF NVM (711-274)
value.

120

240

715-112

CVT FS Offset Side 3 Reference Adjustment


Value

Fast Scan Regi Reference Adjustment Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


Side 3
"Factory Settings"
At Power ON, this will be overwritten by the DADF NVM (711-274)
value.

120

240

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-109

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-110

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range
Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

Fast Scan Regi Reference Adjustment Value (0.1mm/step) during CVT


Side 4
"Factory Settings"
At Power ON, this will be overwritten by the DADF NVM (711-274)
value.

120

240

Auto Gradation Adjustment Lamp ON Wait Time

Lamp ON Wait Time before Auto Gradation Adjustment (Unit: sec)

300

715-119

W-Ref Adjustment Lamp ON Wait Time

Lamp ON Wait Time before W-Ref Adjustment (Unit: sec)

300

715-185

No. of Blocks for 0 Judgment

HMW detection no. of Blocks for 0 Judgment (Block)

32767

715-186

No. of Blocks for 1 Judgment

HMW detection no. of Blocks for 1 Judgment (Block)

32767

715-187

CP Document Judgment Block Line

HMW detection no. of Block Lines for CP Judgment

255

715-188

No. of Blocks for WM Judgment

HMW detection no. of Blocks for WM Judgment (Block)

65535

715-189

No. of Block Lines for WM Judgment

HMW detection no. of Block Lines for WM Judgment

255

715-201

Auto Color Detection Level Extension

0: Normal
1: Extend Adjustment Range

715-241

Black Line Correction Level Value


(For color)

Black Line Correction Strength Level Setting in Color scanning.


The larger the value, the stronger the correction strength ("0" means
correction canceled)

15

715-242

Black Line Correction Level Value


(For BW)

0-13: BW correction strength level setting


1 (weak) > 13 (strong), 0: no correction
14: For development tests (use is prohibited)
15: Countermeasure parts for undetected areas, for uninstalled devices
*Initial values are different depending on the product

15

715-243

Black Line Correction Mode

Test Mode Setting for designing Black Line Correction Parameter


"0" means normal operation

715-244

BW Correction Table

BW Correction Table Customized Registration (BWC)


"0" means BW Correction function canceled

715-280

HOSEI_SCAN (for detection)

Correction coefficient no., Factory Settings

715-281

HOSEI_SCAN (for images)

Correction coefficient no., Factory Settings

715-282

CCD Calib Y - Red

Red when scanning CCD Calib Y Patch (Reflective Ratio LSB)


"Factory Settings"

1023

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

715-113

CVT FS Offset Side 4 Reference Adjustment


Value

715-118

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range
Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

Green when scanning CCD Calib Y Patch (Reflective Ratio LSB)


"Factory Settings"

1023

CCD Calib Y - Blue

Blue when scanning CCD Calib Y Patch (Reflective Ratio LSB)


"Factory Settings"

1023

715-285

CCD Calib M - Red

Red when scanning CCD Calib M Patch (Reflective Ratio LSB)


"Factory Settings"

1023

715-286

CCD Calib M - Green

Green when scanning CCD Calib M Patch (Reflective Ratio LSB)


"Factory Settings"

1023

715-287

CCD Calib M - Blue

Blue when scanning CCD Calib M Patch (Reflective Ratio LSB)


"Factory Settings"

1023

715-288

CCD Calib C - Red

Red when scanning CCD Calib C Patch (Reflective Ratio LSB)


"Factory Settings"

1023

715-289

CCD Calib C - Green

Green when scanning CCD Calib C Patch (Reflective Ratio LSB)


"Factory Settings"

1023

715-290

CCD Calib C - Blue

Blue when scanning CCD Calib C Patch (Reflective Ratio LSB)


"Factory Settings"

1023

715-291

CCD Calib PK - Red

Red when scanning CCD Calib PK Patch (Reflective Ratio LSB)


"Factory Settings"

1023

715-292

CCD Calib PK - Green

Green when scanning CCD Calib PK Patch (Reflective Ratio LSB)


"Factory Settings"

1023

715-293

CCD Calib PK - Blue

Blue when scanning CCD Calib PK Patch (Reflective Ratio LSB)


"Factory Settings"

1023

715-300

A6/Postcard Detection

0: Table default
1: A6SEF
2: PostCardSEF (mm series) or PostCardSEF (Inch series)

715-302

A4S/8.5in Detection 2

0: 210mm, 1: 211mm, 2: 212mm, 3: 213mm


4: 214mm, 5: 215mm, 6: 216mm

715-303

B5/8x10 Detection

0: Table default
1: B5LEF or ExecutiveLEF
2: 8x10LEF/8x10.5LEF Mixed
3: For design verification, performance not guaranteed

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

715-283

CCD Calib Y - Green

715-284

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-111

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-112

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range
Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

0: Table default
1: For design verification, performance not guaranteed
2: 13inch
3: 14inch

Original Detection Table for Special Paper

0: Do not use Special Originals


1: APS, OFF: A4LEF, APS ON: A3
2: APS, OFF: Letter LEF, APS ON: 17inch

715-307

Original Size Detection Table Switch

1: Inch13-2
2: mm-2
3: mm
4: Inch13-1
5: Inch14

715-310

A3/11x17 Detection

0: Table default
1: A3SEF
2: For design verification, performance not guaranteed
3: A3SEF, 11x17SEF Mixed

715-311

A4/8.5x11 Detection

0: Table default
1: A4LEF
2: For design verification, performance not guaranteed
3: 8.5x11LEF, A4LEF Mixed

715-312

Undefined/A6S Threshold Setting

Changes the Fast Scan direction threshold value for Undefined and
Post Card SEF, Post Card SEF, and A6S SEF. When other than 50 to
100 has been set, the Fast Scan direction threshold value is 90mm.
50~110 (50mm~110mm) (1step is 1mm increment)

90

50

110

715-344

Original Size Detection, Platen Background


Countermeasure for Dirt

0: Detection by 4 registers
1: 3: Detection by 3 registers (countermeasure for dirt)

715-345

GCO/TFX Size Switch

0: GCO (16K/8K=270x195/270x390)
1: TFX (16K/8K=267x194/267x388)

715-346

B4/8K Fast Scan Threshold Value Setting

0: 256mm, 1: 258mm, 2: 260mm, 3: 262mm


4: 264mm, 5: 266mm, 6: 268mm

715-347

8K/11x17SEF Fast Scan Threshold Value Setting

0: 269mm, 1: 271mm, 2: 273mm, 3: 275mm


4: 277mm, 5: 279mm, 6: 281mm

715-349

B6/5x7 Detection

0: Table default
1: B6 SEF
2: 5x7SEF

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

715-305

8.5x13/8.5x14 Detection

715-306

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

715-362

FL_CHK_NG_Count

Lamp Check NG Count (Reset when lamp is replaced)

65535

715-363

FL_CHK_NG_Data

Data obtained when Lamp Check fails (Blank scan data of G compared
at checking)

1023

715-418

AOCerr

No. of times the AOC flow has ended abnormally

255

715-550

BW Copy during AE
BGR-AE Adjustment Level
(Text & Photo)

Value (0~15)x3 = Erase Amount (8bit conversion)


(x12 for 10bit conversion)
Lower digits 0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed

4095

715-551

Color Copy during AE


BGR-AE Adjustment Level
(Text & Photo)

Value (0~15)x3 = Erase Amount (8bit conversion)


(x12 for 10bit conversion)
Lower digits 0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed

4095

715-552

BW Copy during AE
BGR-AE Adjustment Level
(Text)

Value (0~15)x3 = Erase Amount (8bit conversion)


(x12 for 10bit conversion)
Lower digits 0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed

4095

715-553

Color Copy during AE


BGR-AE Adjustment Level
(Text)

Value (0~15)x3 = Erase Amount (8bit conversion)


(x12 for 10bit conversion)
Lower digits 0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed

4095

715-554

BW Contone Scan during AE


BGR-AE Adjustment Level
(Text & Photo)

Value (0~15)x3 = Erase Amount (8bit conversion)


(x12 for 10bit conversion)
Lower digits 0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed

4095

715-555

Color Contone Scan during AE


BGR-AE Adjustment Level
(Text & Photo)

Value (0~15)x3 = Erase Amount (8bit conversion)


(x12 for 10bit conversion)
Lower digits 0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed

4095

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-113

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-114

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range
Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan Direction Non-detection Area INSTV


At SMPST, SMPED setting

255

65535

Speed Priority Background Suppression/Fast


Scan Non-detection Area 2

Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan Direction Non-detection Area INSTV


At HAEFST, HAEFSE setting

255

65535

715-602

Speed Priority Background Suppression/Fast


Scan Non-detection Area 3

Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan Direction Non-detection Area INSTV


At MAEFST, MAEFSE setting
(* Also used as detection area for PreIPS noise removal)

255

65535

715-603

Speed Priority Background Suppression/Fast


Scan Non-detection Area 4

Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan Direction Non-detection Area INSTV


At NAEFST, NAEFSE setting

255

65535

715-604

Speed Priority Background Suppression/Slow


Scan Variable Fixed Position

Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan Direction variable fixed position/NCON


Slow Scan Lead Edge AE Detection Amount (0.16mm increments)

60

65535

715-605

Speed Priority Background Suppression/Slow


Scan Direction End Position
(HAE)

Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan Direction End Position


Slow Scan Lead Edge AE Detection Amount HAESSE

240

65535

715-606

Speed Priority Background Suppression/Slow


Scan Direction End Position
(MAE)

Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan Direction End Position


Slow Scan Lead Edge AE Detection Amount MAESSE
(* Also used as detection area for PreIPS noise removal)

240

65535

715-607

Speed Priority Background Suppression/Slow


Scan Direction End Position
(NAE)

Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan Direction End Position


Slow Scan Lead Edge AE Detection Amount NAESSE

240

65535

715-608

LIM Control
For BW Copy

LIM Control mode

715-609

LIM Control
For Color Copy

LIM Control mode

715-610

LIM Control
A FAX, Binary Scan

LIM Control mode

715-611

LIM Control
At Multi-value Scan

LIM Control mode

715-612

Background Suppression Threshold Value (HAE)

HAE Histogram threshold value (HAE)


Set in increments of 100/255% HAETH

127

255

715-613

Speed Priority Background Suppression


Threshold Value (NAE1)

NAE Block threshold value (Color Block threshold value)


Set in increments of 100/255% NAEBLKTHC

33

255

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

715-600

Speed Priority Background Suppression/Fast


Scan Non-detection Area 1

715-601

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range
Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

NAE Block threshold value (Specified Color Block threshold value)


Set in increments of 100/255% NAEBLKTHY

204

255

Speed Priority Background Suppression


Threshold Value (NAE3)

NAE Color Line threshold value


Specify the no. of lines NAETHC

65535

715-616

Speed Priority Background Suppression


Threshold Value (NAE4)

NAE Color Line threshold value


Specify the no. of lines NAETHY

65535

715-617

AE Control of FS Length

0: Always use the document size detection result


1: Use the input document size as the detection size
For AES parameter calculation

715-618

Minimum FS Length for AE

Fast Scan Detection Min range (0.1mm increments)


For calculating AES parameter

500

65535

715-619

AE Parameter SS R/E Correction Upper Limit 1

Slow Scan Detection Min range (0.1% increments)


For RAE

4000

4000

715-620

AE Parameter SS R/E Correction Upper Limit 2

Slow Scan Detection Min range (0.1% increments)


For MAE

4000

4000

715-621

AE Parameter SS R/E Correction Upper Limit 3

Slow Scan Detection Min range (0.1% increments)


For HAE

4000

4000

715-622

AE Parameter SS R/E Correction Upper Limit 4

Slow Scan Detection Min range (0.1% increments)


For NAE

4000

4000

715-629

Background Suppression Offset Level for FAX


Binary Scan
Text Mode (Normal, Pencil Text)

0bit~3bit, Platen
0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,
3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,
3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,
3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
12bit: Availability of this register - 1: Available

8191

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

715-614

Speed Priority Background Suppression


Threshold Value (NAE2)

715-615

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-115

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-116

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range
Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
(* Also used by the PreIPS EAER_DAT Removal Level)

4095

Background Suppression Offset Level for BW


Copy, FAX, BinScan
Text & Photo Mode (Print, Photograph, Copy)

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed

273

4095

715-632

Background Suppression Level for BW Copy,


FAX, BinScan
Text Mode (Normal, Pencil Text)

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
(* Also used by the PreIPS EAER_DAT Removal Level)

4095

715-633

Background Suppression Offset Level for BW


Copy, FAX, BinScan
Text Mode (Normal, Pencil Text)

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed

273

4095

715-634

Background Suppression Level for BW Copy,


FAX, BinScan
Text & Photo Mode (Light Document)

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
(* Also used by the PreIPS EAER_DAT Removal Level)

4095

715-635

Background Suppression Offset Level for BW


Copy, FAX, BinScan
Text & Photo Mode (Light Document)

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed

273

4095

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

715-630

Background Suppression Level for BW Copy,


FAX, BinScan
Text & Photo Mode (Print, Photograph, Copy)

715-631

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range
Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
(* Also used by the PreIPS EAER_DAT Removal Level)

4095

Background Suppression Offset Level for BW


Copy, FAX, BinScan
Text Mode (Tracing Paper)

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed

273

4095

715-638

Background Suppression Level for Color Copy


Text & Photo Mode (Print, Photograph, Copy,
Inkjet Originals, Highlighted Originals)

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
TOOLS and coupling
(Determine the Parameter Selection Level by adding the tool value
(level 0 to 4) and the NVM Level (level 0 to 4). When the added value is
at Level 4 or higher, it is set to Level 4)
(* Also used by the PreIPS EAER_DAT Removal Level)

4095

715-639

Background Suppression Offset Level for Color


Copy
Text & Photo Mode (Print, Photograph, Copy,
Inkjet Originals, Highlighted Originals)

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed

4095

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

715-636

Background Suppression Level for BW Copy,


FAX, BinScan
Text Mode (Tracing Paper)

715-637

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-117

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-118

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range
Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
TOOLS and coupling
(Determine the Parameter Selection Level by adding the tool value
(level 0 to 4) and the NVM Level (level 0 to 4). When the added value is
at Level 4 or higher, it is set to Level 4)
(* Also used by the PreIPS EAER_DAT Removal Level)

4095

Background Suppression Offset Level for Color


Copy
Text Mode (Normal)

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed

4095

715-642

Background Suppression Level for BW Multi-value


Scan
(Text & Photo)

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
(* Also used by the PreIPS EAER_DAT Removal Level)

819

4095

715-643

Background Suppression Offset Level for BW


Multi-value Scan
(Text & Photo)

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed

4095

715-644

Background Suppression Level for BW Multi-value


Scan
(Other than Text & Photo)

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
(* Also used by the PreIPS EAER_DAT Removal Level)

819

4095

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

715-640

Background Suppression Level for Color Copy


Text Mode (Normal)

715-641

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range
Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed

4095

Background Suppression Level for Color Multivalue Scan


(Text & Photo)

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
TOOLS and coupling
(Determine the Parameter Selection Level by adding the tool value
(level 0 to 4) and the NVM Level (level 0 to 4). When the added value is
at Level 4 or higher, it is set to Level 4)
(* Also used by the PreIPS EAER_DAT Removal Level)

4095

715-647

Background Suppression Offset Level for Color


Multi-value Scan
(Text & Photo)

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed

4095

715-648

Background Suppression Level for Color Multivalue Scan


(Other than Text & Photo)

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
(* Also used by the PreIPS EAER_DAT Removal Level)

4095

715-649

Background Suppression Offset Level for Color


Multi-value Scan
(Other than Text & Photo)

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2,


3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength
Level 0 (standard)
0bit~3bit, Platen
4bit~7bit, Machines with the CVT or DADF installed
8bit~11bit, 2 Sided Copy on Machines with the CVT or DADF installed

4095

715-660

2 Sided AE Control Parameter


Multiplication Coefficient for Lower Limit Value

Used when calculating the HAE background value.


1/255 units. 255 indicates 1.

255

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

715-645

Background Suppression Offset Level for BW


Multi-value Scan
(Other than Text & Photo)

715-646

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-119

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-120

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range
Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

Used when calculating the HAE background value.


Upper limit multiplication coefficient + Lower limit multiplication
coefficient = 255
Set such that the total of the Multiplication Coefficients for the Upper
and Lower Limit values is 255.
1/255 units. 255 indicates 1.

255

255

2 Sided AE Control Parameter


Compare Margin OFST

The value added (or subtracted) when comparing the RAE background
value and the HAE background value.
When the value is large, Side 2 cannot be selected.

255

715-663

2 Sided AE Control Parameter


Background Level Threshold LEVEL_N

The value used to compare with the HAE background value when
selecting 2 Sided.
2 Sided is not selected if this NVM is not reached for the HAE
background value.

16

255

715-664

2 Sided AE Control Parameter


Force Select

0: 2 Sided AE Control, 1: Force Side 1 (L0) selection


2: Output Side 2 (L1) by force.

715-668

Dual Color Control

Dual Color Reproducibility Control


0: Normal (same as Imari-MF)
1: 1301 Alpha system (Yellow not reproduced)

715-669

Tracing Paper Mode Settings

0: Normal, 1: Tracing Paper mode


(* Used as PreIPS C mode as well)

715-680

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color


Low Density

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color Low Density

715-681

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color


Medium Density

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color Medium Density

715-682

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color


High Density

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color High Density

715-683

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color


Low Density

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color Low Density

715-684

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color


Medium Density

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color Medium Density

715-685

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color


High Density

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color High Density

715-686

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color


Low Density

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color Low Density

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

715-661

2 Sided AE Control Parameter Upper Limit Value


Multiplication Coefficient

715-662

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

715-687

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color


Medium Density

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color Medium Density

715-688

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color


High Density

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color High Density

715-689

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color


Low Density

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Low Density

715-690

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color


Medium Density

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Medium Density

715-691

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color


High Density

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color High Density

715-692

BW Copy Density Settings Fine Adjustment, Photo


Mode, Lighter 3

Density Fine Adjustment. Divide by 64 to obtain the coefficient.


Can be set from 0 to 64. However, 0 indicates 64.

64

715-693

BW Copy Density Settings Fine Adjustment, Photo


Mode, Lighter 2

Density Fine Adjustment. Divide by 64 to obtain the coefficient.


Can be set from 0 to 64. However, 0 indicates 64.

64

715-694

BW Copy Density Settings Fine Adjustment, Photo


Mode, Lighter 1

Density Fine Adjustment. Divide by 64 to obtain the coefficient.


Can be set from 0 to 64. However, 0 indicates 64.

64

715-702

PLTN/Belt FS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment

R/E fine adjustment in Fast Scan Direction. Specify within the range of 0
and 100 in increments of 1. The value indicates the fine adjustment with
0=-5%, 50=0% and 100=5% at 5% (0.1% increments).
(No adjustment in Factory Settings)

50

100

715-703

CVT FS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment

R/E fine adjustment in Fast Scan Direction. Specify within the range of 0
and 100 in increments of 1. The value indicates the fine adjustment with
0=-5%, 50=0% and 100=5% at 5% (0.1% increments).
(No adjustment in Factory Settings)

50

100

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-121

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-122

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range
Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

IPS Through Setting 1.


Force to skip every Image Processing function at memory sample scan.
Change a value at S/W & H/W DEBUG.
Always set "0" in normal use. (Handle with care)
--The usage is as follows:
Whether to execute/force to skip functions is assigned to each bit.
However, you can specify multiple bits at a time.
D'0: AES, D'1: DF39, D'2: SSR, D'3: FSRE, D'4: NSP, D'5: 4DLUT, D'6:
5AER, D'7: 5MUL, D'8: 5MWA, D'9: 4AER, D'10: 4MUL, D'11: TRC,
D'12: ED, D'13: DIRECT, D'14: (spare), D'15: (spare)
The specified bit value is: B'0: Unchanged, B'1: Force to skip.

65535

IPS Through Setting 2

IPS Through Setting 2.


Set the 4DLUT Bypass mode.
This setting is valid only when IPS Bypass Setting1 is set to force skip
4DLUT.
Change a value at S/W & H/W DEBUG.
0: L*a*b* through from Y block
1: L*a*b* through from M block
2: L*a*b* through from C block
3: L*a*b* through from K block
4: L* through from YMCK block
5: a* through from YMCK block
6: b* through from YMCK block
7~65535: 0h output

65535

715-720

B/W COPY Text Normal Density Adjustment

B/W COPY Text Normal Density Adjustment

128

256

715-721

B/W COPY Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment

B/W COPY Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment

128

256

715-722

Scan/FAX Text Normal Density Adjustment

Scan/FAX Text Normal Density Adjustment

128

256

715-723

Scan/FAX Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment

Scan/FAX Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment

128

256

715-724

For Speed Priority Background Suppression/Slow


Scan Non-detection Area Platen Machines

Slow Scan Non-detection Area Setup Value at Real Time AE for Platen
model.
BASE, HAEST, MAESST, NAESS

65535

715-725

DADF-P-Job RAE SS Not Detect Area

Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for DADF
model Platen job.
Or, Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for
CVT job. BASE, HAEST, MAESST, NAESS

65535

715-726

DADF-D-Job RAE SS Not Detect Area

Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for DADF
model DADF job. BASE, HAEST, MAESST, NAESS

65535

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

715-704

IPS Through Setting 1

715-705

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

715-780

B-Hue Start Degree

1 increments. It means End to 360 and 0 to Start when Start > End.

270

360

715-781

B-Hue End Degree

1 increments. It means End to 360 and 0 to Start when Start > End.

320

360

715-782

G-Hue Start Degree

1 increments. It means End to 360 and 0 to Start when Start > End.

110

360

715-783

G-Hue End Degree

1 increments. It means End to 360 and 0 to Start when Start > End.

200

360

715-784

R-Hue Start Degree

1 increments. It means End to 360 and 0 to Start when Start > End.

350

360

715-785

R-Hue End Degree

1 increments. It means End to 360 and 0 to Start when Start > End.

60

360

715-786

Y-Hue Start Degree

1 increments. It means End to 360 and 0 to Start when Start > End.

60

360

715-787

Y-Hue End Degree

1 increments. It means End to 360 and 0 to Start when Start > End.

120

360

715-788

M-Hue Start Degree

1 increments. It means End to 360 and 0 to Start when Start > End.

320

360

715-789

M-Hue End Degree

1 increments. It means End to 360 and 0 to Start when Start > End.

10

360

715-790

C-Hue Start Degree

1 increments. It means End to 360 and 0 to Start when Start > End.

190

360

715-791

C-Hue End Degree

1 increments. It means End to 360 and 0 to Start when Start > End.

280

360

715-792

Side 2 Paper Dust Detection at Power On

Switches to Enable/Disable Paper Dust Detection at Power On


0: Disable paper dust detection
1: Enable paper dust detection

715-800

IISS and DADF Communication Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

715-801

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-802

IISS and Controller Communication Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

715-803

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-804

DADF EEPROM Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

715-805

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-806

IPS Fan Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

715-807

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-808

CRG Position Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-123

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-124

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

715-809

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-810

IISS LOGIC Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

715-811

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-814

Lamp Illumination Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

715-815

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-816

CRG Over Run Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

715-817

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-818

Lamp Fan Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

715-819

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-820

CCD Fan Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

715-821

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-822

AGC Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

715-823

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-824

AOC Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

715-825

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-826

IPS PWB Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

715-827

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-828

IISS and EXT Communication Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

715-829

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-830

Extension EEPROM Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

715-831

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-832

IPS-EXT Connection Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

715-833

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-840

IPS PWB Memory Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

Table 1 NVM 715 List


Settings Range

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

Initial
Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximu
m Value)

Can be
initialized

Can be
written

715-841

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-856

IIT Hot Line Fail

Cumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

65535

715-857

(Same as above)

Cumulative Fail Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)

65535

715-860

Scan Replacement Life Count (upper digits)

Scan Replacement Life Count (upper digits) (Write not permitted):


6,000,000 times
(including Pre Scan)

91

65535

715-861

Scan Replacement Life Count (lower digits)

Scan Replacement Life Count (lower digits) (Write not permitted)

36224

65535

715-875

Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count


(upper digits)

Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count (upper digits)


(Write not permitted)
7,200,000sec (2,000 hr)

109

65535

715-876

Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count


(lower digits)

Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count (lower digits)


(Write not permitted)

56576

65535

715-890

Lamp On Replacement Life Count (upper digits)

Lamp On Replacement Life Count (upper digits) (Write not permitted)


6,000,000 times

91

65535

715-891

Lamp On Replacement Life Count (lower digits)

Lamp On Replacement Life Count (lower digits) (Write not permitted)

36224

65535

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-125

6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

General

General
6.4.2.3 Chain 715-xxx IISS(IIT NVM)

2007/10/01
6-126

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.2.4 Chain 719-xxx Configuration(IIT NVM)


Table 1 Configuration
Chain-Link Name

Default

Range

719-008

Market Information

0~3

Remarks
0: FX, 1: AP, 2: XC, 3: XE

719-009

IISS Major Version

0~65535

IISS Major Version No. (Same as when downloaded)

719-010

IISS Minor Version

0~65535

IISS Minor Version No. (Same as when downloaded)

719-011

IISS Revision Version

0~65535

IISS Revision Version No. (Same as when downloaded)

719-012

IISS Patch Version

0~65535

IISS Patch Version No. (Same as when downloaded)

719-013

ADF Major Version

0~65535

ADF Major Version No. (Same as when downloaded)

719-014

ADF Minor Version

0~65535

ADF Minor Version No. (Same as when downloaded)

719-015

ADF Revision Version

0~65535

ADF Revision Version No. (Same as when downloaded)

719-016

ADF Patch Version

0~65535

ADF Patch Version No. (Same as when downloaded)

719-017

IPL Version

0~65535

IPL Version No.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-127

6.4.2.4 Chain 719-xxx Configuration(IIT NVM)

General

General
6.4.2.4 Chain 719-xxx Configuration(IIT NVM)

2007/10/01
6-128

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.3.1 Chain 700~702-xxx Common(ESS NVM)


Table 1 Common
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

700-061

Fax Card Available

-2~0

0: Normal, -1: Error, -2: Not installed

700-064

Fax Card Available for Ch0

0=None

0~1

0=None, 1=Available

700-071

USB User Buffer Size

64KB

64~1024

[64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-073

Page Memory Size

64~256

bytes (Auto Set)

700-075

ART User Buffer Size

32KB

32~2048

[32KB~2048KB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-076

PostScript Buffer Size

16MB (16x1024)

8~96

[8MB~96MB] (0.25MB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-078

Form Buffer Size

128KB

128~2048

[128KB~2048KB] Unit: Kbyte

700-080

HPGL/Auto Layout Buffer Size

64KB

64~5120

[64KB~5120KB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-081

Parallel Buffer Size

64KB

64~1024

[64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-082

Port9100 Buffer Size

256KB CARRERA: 1MB

64~1024

[64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-083

Lpd Buffer Size

1024KB

1024~2048

[1MB~2MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-084

NetWare Buffer Size

256KB CARRERA: 1MB


(10x1024)

1024~2048

[64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-085

AppleTalk Buffer Size

1024KB

64~1024

[1MB~2MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-086

SMB Buffer Size

256KB

64~1024

[64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-087

IPP Buffer Size

256KB

64~1024

[64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-088

Salutation Buffer Size

256KB

64~1024

[64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-089

HDD Status

- (Auto Detect)

0~-2

[0: Installed, -1: Failed, -2: Not installed] (Auto Detect)

700-100

Forced Warmup Function Enable

0: Impossible to set

0~1

0: Impossible to set, 1: Possible to set

700-109

Forced Warmup Mode

0: Unavailable

0~1

0: Unavailable, 1: Available

700-110

Forced Warmup Time (Hour)

8 (hour)

0~23

0-23 (hour)

700-111

Forced Warmup Time (Min)

0 (minute)

0~59

0-59 (minute)

700-119

Image Log Supported Service

0x000f

0~0x000f

Select (by logical addition) services for which Image Log should be created.
0x0001: Copy
0x0002: Print
0x0004: FAX
0x0008: Scan
0x0000: None

700-120

Time Zone

+540 (FX Default) +600


(AP Default) -300 (XC
Default)

700-124

Auto Clear Timer

1min (MF: 60, P: 1)

0~240

When entering from the menu, MF: 0 (prohibit), 60, 120, 180, 240 (sec) P: 0 (prohibit), 1~30
(min) When entering from a Chain Link, 0 (prohibit)~240 can be entered for MF and P but for
normal operation, they must fall within the above range.

700-125

Job Cancel Timer

10min

0~5940

0, 240~5940: [Prohibit, 4~99min] (1min increments) (The value is different from the MF-UI
SOD value. This value is extracted from the COPY SOD.)

700-126

Operating Timer

10sec

0~240

0: Off 1~240: [1~240sec] (1min increments)

700-127

Job End Timer

6sec

0~240

0: Off 1~240: [1~240sec] (1min increments)

700-128

Scanning Timer

4sec 3sec (Allagash only) 0~20

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Displays time difference (min) from GMT. For example, Japan: 540, Hawaii: -600

2007/10/01
6-129

1~20: [1~20sec (1sec increments)]

6.4.3.1 Chain 700~702-xxx Common(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-130

6.4.3.1 Chain 700~702-xxx Common(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 Common
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

700-129

Low Power Mode Timer

Sheeta: 2min

1~240

1~240: [1~240min (1min increments)] 2~60: [2~60min (Sheeta)] (Ignored if not in Low Power
mode)
1~240: [1~240min (1min increments)] 2~60: [2~60min (Sheeta)] (Ignored if not in Sleep mode)

700-130

Sleep Mode Timer

Sheeta: 2min

1~240

700-131

Sleep Mode Available

1: Enable

0~1

[0: Disable, 1: Enable]

700-132

Panel Select Tone

2: Normal

0~3

[0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]

700-133

Panel Alert Tone

2: Normal

0~3

[0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]

700-134

Job Complete Tone (Copy)

2: Normal

0~3

[0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]

700-135

Job Complete Tone (without Copy)

2: Normal

0~3

[0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]

700-136

Error Alert Tone

0: Off

0~3

[0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] (For P Models, there is no volume adjustment. Any setting
of soft, normal or loud means On.)

700-137

Job Incomplete Tone

2: Normal

0~3

[0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]

700-138

Ready Tone

2: Normal

0~3

[0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]

700-139

Toner Empty Alert Tone

2: Normal

0~3

[0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]

700-140

Bell Tone

2: Normal

0~3

[0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]

700-141

Line Monitor Tone

2: Normal

1~3

[1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]

700-142

Low Power Mode Available

1: Enable

0~1

[0: Disable, 1: Enable]

700-143

Job Memory Entry Tone

2: Normal

0~3

[0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]

700-144

Auto Log Print Flag

0: Off

0~1

0: Off 1: On

700-145

Report Duplex Print

0: Off

0~1

0: Off 1: On

700-146

Mail Box Receive Report

On

0~1

0: Off 1: On

700-147

Protocol Monitor Output Control

When print instruction is


specified (0)

0~2

0=When print instruction is specified 1=When error occurs 2=Always

700-148

Broadcast / Multi-Poll Report Print Control

1=Print

0~1

1=Do not print 1=Print

700-149

Relaid Broadcast Report Output Control

Send to Relay Station

0~3

0=Do not print 1=Send to Relay Station 2=Print on machine 3=Send to Relay Station and print
on machine

700-150

FAX Communication Report Output Control

Print (1)

0~1

1=Do not print 1=Print

700-151

Transmission Report on Error Output Control

On

0~2

[0=Off, 1=On, 2=Always print] Note: Transmission reports can only be printed from the Panel.
However, with Transmission Report=On, when sending fails, undelivered reports will be
printed.

700-152

User Abort Transmission Report Output Control

0 (Do not print)

0~1

0=Do not print 1=Print

700-153

No Paper Alert

2: Normal

0~3

[0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]

700-154

Auto Clear Pre Notification Tone

2: Normal

0~3

[0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]

700-155

Base Tone

2: Normal

0~3

[0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]

700-158

Batch Print Blank Page Control

1: Prin t a blank page

1~2

700-159

Pay for Print Info

0x0: only normal handling 0~1

0x0: only normal handling; 0x1: Job in Mailbox before Job in Private Mailbox (a bit is assigned)
0: Distinguished; 1: Not distinguished

1: Print a blank page. 2: Cut a blank page.

700-160

Ignore Case of User ID

0: Distinguished

0~1

700-161

Use Related User ID

0: Use input ID

0~1

0: Use input ID; 1: Use related ID

700-164

Language

1: Japanese 2: English

1~32

1: Japanese, 2: English, 3: French, 4: German, 5: Italian, 6: Spanish, 7: Portuguese, 8: Russian, 9: Simplified Chinese, 10: Korean, 11: Thai, 12: Vietnamese, 13: Traditional Chinese, 14:
Dutch, 15: Danish, 16: Swedish, 17: Finnish, 18: Norwegian, 19: Brazilian Portuguese, 20:
Bulgarian, 21: Polish, 22: Hungarian, 23: Romanian, 24: Czech, 25: Greek, 26: Turkish, 27:
Arabic, 28: Persian, 29: Hebrew

Table 1 Common
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

700-165

Country Code

0=Not Defined, 840=USA, 124=Canada, 076=Brazil, 826= UK, 276=Germany, 380=Italy,


250=France, 724=Spain, 528=Holland, 756=Swiss, 752=Sweden, 056=Belgium, 040=Austria,
620=Portugal, 246=Finland, 208=Denmark, 578=Norway, 300=Greece, 372=Ireland,
036=Australia, 554=New Zealand, 360=Indonesia, 702=Singapore, 458=Malaysia, 608=Philippines, 764=Thailand, 344=Hong Kong, 704=Vietnam, 392=Japan, 158=Taiwan, 410=Korea,
Mexico=484, Chile=152, Argentina=032, Venezuela=862, Columbia=170, Peru=604,
India=356, Egypt=818, South Africa=710, Turkey=792, Russia=643, Czech Republic=203,
Poland=616, Hungary=348, Romania=642, Bulgaria=100, Morocco=504, 156=China,
703=Slovakia, 048=Bahrain, 072=Botswana, 196=Cyprus, 231=Ethiopia, 238=Falklands,
292=Gibraltar, 364=Iran, 376=Israel, 400=Jordan, 414=Kuwait, 422=Lebanon, 586=Pakistan,
634=Qatar, 682=Saudi Arabia, 512=Oman, 784=UAE, 232=Eritrea, 270=Gambia,
288=Ghana, 404=Kenya, 426=Lesotho, 454=Malawi, 470=Malta, 516=Namibia, 566=Nigeria,
736=Sudan, 694=Sierra Leone, 748=Swaziland, 760=Syria, 834=Tanzania, 800=Uganda,
894=Zambia, 887=Yemen, 716=Zimbabwe, 012=Algeria, 450=Madagascar, 480=Mauritius,
148=Chad, 788=Tunisia, 562=Niger, 108=Burundi, 178=Congo, 266=Gabon, 384=Cote
dlvoire, 024=Angola, 854=Burkina Faso, 120=Cameroon, 132=Cape Verde, 140=CAR,
180=DR Congo, 466=Mali, 508=Mozambique, 686=Senegal, 690=Seychelles, 768=Togo,
218=Ecuador, 780=Trinidad and Tobago

700-171

KO Tools Entry Password

11111

700-172

Forced Warmup Duration

20 (minutes)

1~240

1-240 (minutes)

700-173

Off Hook Alert

2 (XE)

0~3

[0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]

700-174

Transaction Report Log

0~2

0: Recipient Name>Remote Terminal Name>Telephone No.>Remote Terminal ID>CCITT XX


(Local, M/N common) 1: Give priority to Remote Terminal ID. 2: Give priority to telephone no.
0=Display first 40 digits 1=Display last 40 digits

P Models: ASCII 0 ~ 9 4 digits MF Models: ASCII 0 ~ 9 4~12 digits

700-175

Transaction Report Display Point

0=Display first 40 digits

0~1

700-197

Max. Job No.s

600 (O2) 90

90~3000

Set between 90(Min)~300(Max) in increments of 1. (O2) 30~3000

700-198

Job Passing Available

Allow: 1

0~1

Allow: 1, Prohibit: 0

700-207

Detect Error State 2Bite (RFC2790)

MN model:
1: 2-bite operation
(RFC2790)
Domestic/AP model:
0: non-2-bite operation
(RFC1514)

0~1

1: 2-bite operation (RFC2790)


0: Non-2-bite operation (RFC1514)

700-297

Serial# Prifix (1st digit)

700-298

Serial# Prifix (2nd digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCll)

700-299

Serial# Prifix (3rd digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCll)

700-300

Serial# Model Code

700-301

SEEPROM Serial# (1st digit)

700-302

SEEPROM Serial# (2nd digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-303

SEEPROM Serial# (3rd digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-304

SEEPROM Serial# (4th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-305

SEEPROM Serial# (5th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-306

SEEPROM Serial# (6th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-307

SEEPROM Serial# (7th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Alphanumerics (ASCll)

Alphanumerics (ASCll)
Alphanumerics (ASCII)

2007/10/01
6-131

6.4.3.1 Chain 700~702-xxx Common(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-132

6.4.3.1 Chain 700~702-xxx Common(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 Common
Chain-Link

Content

Default

700-308

SEEPROM Serial# (8th digit)

Range

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

Meaning

700-309

SEEPROM Serial# (9th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-310

SEEPROM Serial# (10th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-311

Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (1st digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-312

Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (2nd digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-313

Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (3rd digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-314

Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (4th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-315

Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (5th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-316

Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (6th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-317

Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (7th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-318

Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (8th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-319

Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (9th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-320

Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (10th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-321

SEEPROM Product# (1st digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-322

SEEPROM Product# (2nd digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-323

SEEPROM Product# (3rd digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-324

SEEPROM Product# (4th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-325

Battery Backup SRAM Product# (1st digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-326

Battery Backup SRAM Product# (2nd digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-327

Battery Backup SRAM Product# (3rd digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-328

Battery Backup SRAM Product# (4th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-329

SEEPROM Product Code (1st digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-330

SEEPROM Product Code (2nd digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-331

SEEPROM Product Code (3rd digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-332

SEEPROM Product Code (4th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-333

SEEPROM Product Code (5th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-334

SEEPROM Product Code (6th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-335

SEEPROM Product Code (7th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-336

SEEPROM Product Code (8th digit)

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-337

Configuration (Info. on SEEPROM)

[P, SP, CSP, CFSP (,C)] (C is requested by M/N) Adjusted at Factory Settings P(rinter), F(ax),
C(opy), S(can) are allocated the following bits and are expressed in the following logic. P:
0x01, F: 0x02, C: 0x04, S: 0x08

700-338

Territory (SEEPROM)

1~4

[1=FX, 2=XC, 3=XE, 4=AP]

700-368

Lpd Buffer Size (Memory Spool)

1MB (1x1024)

512~32768

When spooling memory: [512KB~32MB] (256KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-390

Memory Size for E-mail Print

256KB (256)

64~1024

64K~1MB Unit: Kbyte

700-396

Auditron Color Mode for Copy

0: Prohibit

0~2

700-397

Default Input Medium Size

44: Letter

0: Prohibit, 1: BW, 2: BW & Low Price Color


5: A4, 44: Letter

700-398

CE Auditron Mode

Display

0~1

0: Do not display, 1: Display

700-399

Default Unit of Measure (mm/inch)

3: Inch

1~3

1: mm, 3: Inch

700-401

Paper Size Group NVM

Value set in Paper Size


Group

1~5

[1: Japan, 2: NA (North America), 3: EU, 4: AP, 5: SA (South America)]

Table 1 Common
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

700-402

Paper Size Group SEEPROM

Set for each region

1~5

[1: Japan, 2: NA (North America), 3: EU, 4: AP, 5: SA (South America)]

700-410

RAM Disk Size for Print

Standard Memory, 33M


Additional 128M, 50M
Additional 256M, 66M

This setting is valid only when the HDD is not installed while the Printer Kit is installed. Do not
set for other cases. The setting range is 0~[current value + available memory capacity]. Unit is
1M. The current value can be checked using the Settings List report. The available memory
capacity can be checked in the Control Panel or the CWIS Memory Settings menu. Note 1: If a
value above [current value + available memory capacity] is entered, Factory Settings for all
memory settings (including Host IF Receive Buffer, Form Memory etc.) will be restored. Note
2: If the field for Auto Collate printing is also changed, change so that the sum of all increments does not exceed the available memory capacity. Note 3: If set to 0, Auto Collate will be
turned off. When setting to 0, always set both this setting and the field for Auto Collate printing
to 0.

700-411

RAM Disk Size for Copy

Standard Memory, 33M


Additional 128M, 50M
Additional 256M, 66M
Additional 386M, 100M

This setting is valid only when the HDD is not installed. Do not set for other cases. The setting
range is 0~[current value + available memory capacity]. Unit is 1M. The current value can be
checked using the Settings List report. The available memory capacity can be checked in the
Control Panel or the CWIS Memory Settings menu. Note 1: If a value above [current value +
available memory capacity] is entered, Factory Settings for all memory settings will be
restored. Note 2: If the field for Auto Collate printing is also changed, so that the sum of all the
increments does not exceed the available memory capacity.

700-412

RAM Disk Size for Box

7M

700-420

Download Disable Flag

0: Allow

700-421

Product ID(1) of Download File

NULL

ASCII

700-422

Product ID(2) of Download File

NULL

ASCII

700-423

Product ID(3) of Download File

NULL

ASCII

700-424

Product ID(4) of Download File

NULL

ASCII

700-425

Product ID(5) of Download File

NULL

ASCII

700-426

Product ID(6) of Download File

NULL

ASCII

700-427

Product ID(7) of Download File

NULL

ASCII

700-428

Product ID(8) of Download File

NULL

700-430

Security PKI Mode Level

1: Level 1

700-431

Security PKI Certification Type

0: Not registered

0~2

[0: Not registered, 1: Available (Self-generate), 2: Available (Import)]

700-437

Security SSL Enable

0: False Invalid

0~1

[0: False Invalid, 1: True Valid]

700-440

Security S/MIME Mode Enable

0: False Invalid

0~1

[0: False Invalid, 1: True Valid]

700-441

Security S/MIME Certification Index

0~0xFFFFFFF Index No. of Certificate used in S/MIME


F

700-442

Security S/MIME Message Digest Mode

0:SHA1

0~1

700-443

Security S/MIME Content CipherMode

0:3DES

0~3

700-444

Security S/MIME Signature Type

0: Device Certificate fixed 0~2

700-445

Security SSL Enable

443

433~9999

443, 8000~9999

700-446

Security HDD Overwrite Enable

0: Disable

0~1

[0: Disable, 1: Enable]

700-447

Security HDD Overwrite Count Set

1~3

1, 3

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Setting not allowed.


0~1

0: Allow, 1: Prohibit

ASCII
1~3

2007/10/01
6-133

[1: Level 1, 2: Level 2, 3: Level 3]

[0: SHA1, 1:MD5]


[0: 3DES, 1: RC4-40, 2: RC4-64, 3: RC4-128]
0: Device Certificate fixed (default)
1: PC Certificate fixed
2: User Certificate fixed

6.4.3.1 Chain 700~702-xxx Common(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-134

6.4.3.1 Chain 700~702-xxx Common(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 Common
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

700-452

Security SNTP Server Address Valid

0: False

0~1

[0: False, 1: True]

700-453

Security SNTP Server Address

0.0.0.0

00000000~FF 00000000~FFFFFFFF
FFFFFF

700-454

Security SNTP Info Enable

0: Disable

91

700-455

Security SNTP Info Interval Time

168

1~500

1~500hr

700-458

MIO No Signed Reject

0: Not prohibited

0~1

0: Not prohibited; 1: Prohibited

700-459

MIO Cert Auto Store

0: Unavailable

0~1

0: Unavailable; 1: Available

700-460

Security SEC Data Restriction

0: Not restricted

0~1

0: Not restricted; 1: Restricted

700-461

IFAX No Signed Reject

0: Not prohibited

0~1

0: Not prohibited; 1: Prohibited

700-462

Security Scan File Certno

0xFFFFFFFF

0~1

0: Not set; >0: Certificate Index No.

700-463

Security Scan File Signer

0: Device Signature fixed

0~2

0: Device Certificate fixed; 1: PC Certificate fixed; 2: User Certificate fixed

700-464

Security DocuWorks Sign

4: Selected by User

1~4

2: Always sign (visible); 3: Never sign; 4: Selected by user

700-465

Security PDF Sign

4: Selected by User

0~4

1: Always sign (invisible) 2: Always sign (visible); 3: Never sign; 4: Selected by user

700-466

Inhibit Auto Print Valid

0: Not prohibited

0~1

0: Not prohibited; 2: Prohibited

700-467

Inhibit Auto Print Start Hour

21

0~23

0-23

700-468

Inhibit Auto Print Start Minute

0~59

0-59

700-469

Inhibit Auto Print End Hour

0~23

0-23

700-470

Inhibit Auto Print End Minute

0~59

0-59

700-471

CO Report

1: TRUE Allowed

0~1

0: FALSE (prohibited); 2: 1: TRUE (allowed)

700-490

Stored Document LED ON Control

0: All documents

0~1

0: All documents, 1: Received Fax documents

700-500

iFAX to iFAX Via Box Enable

Off

0~1

1: On, 0: Off

700-501

iFAX to E-mail Via Box Enable

Off

0~1

1: On, 0: Off

700-502

Auto Doc Delete From Box

0: Do not auto delete

0~1

1: Auto delete, 0: Do not auto delete

700-503

Pass Days of Auto Doc Delete From Box

1~14

1~14 days

700-504

Hour at Auto Doc Delete From Box

0~23

0~23

700-505

Minute at Auto Doc Delete From Box

0~59

0~59

700-506

Doc Delete From Box After Client Pull

0: Follow Box settings

0~1

0: Follow Box settings, 1: Delete

700-510

Auto Doc Delete For Pay For Print

0: Unavailable

0~1

0: Unavailable; 1: Available

700-511

Auto Doc Delete For Secure Print

0: Unavailable

0~1

0: Unavailable; 1: Available

700-512

Auto Doc Delete For Sample Print

0: Unavailable

0~1

0: Unavailable; 1: Available

700-513

Box Print Deletion Confirm

1: Displayed

0~1

0: Not displayed; 1: Displayed

700-520

SESAMI Manager Port Number

80

80~9999

80, 8000~9999

[0: Disable, 1: Enable]

700-521

SESAMI Manager Max Sessions

1~5

1~5

700-522

SESAMI Manager Connection Timeout

30

1~255

1~255

700-523

SESAMI Job Flow Service Connection Timeout

60

1~900

1~900

700-530

Reboot When Fault Occurs

1: Reboot

0~1

[1: Do not reboot, 0: Reboot]

700-540

Auditron Mode

0: Off

0~2

0: Off, 1: Internal Auditron, 2: Network Accounting

700-541

Auditron Mode Enable for MBOX Print

1: On

0~1

0: Off (Do not limit), 1: On (Limit)

700-542

Auditron Mode Enable for MBOX Output

1: On

0~1

0: Off (Do not limit), 1: On (Limit)

700-543

User Information Memory Location

0: NVM

0~1

0: NVRAM, 1: HDD

Table 1 Common
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

700-544

Auditron Check Info Enable

1: Enable

0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable

700-545

Auditron Password Mode OFF/ON

0: Off

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

700-546

Auditron No Account Action

0: Cancel

0~1

0=Cancel, 1=Store

700-547

Auditron User ID

User ID

700-548

Auditron Account ID

Account ID

700-549

Auditron Condeal User ID

0: False

700-550

Auditron Condeal Account ID

0: False

0~1

0: False, 1: True

700-551

Remote Authentication Mode for Scan

0: Off

0~2

0: Off, 1: On, 2: On with Guest

700-552

Remote Authentication Service

0: Kerberos
(Windows2000)

0~1

0: Kerberos (Windows2000) 1: Kerberos (Solaris)

700-553

Guest Password

guest

4~12 characters (7Bit ASCII)

700-554

KDC IP Address

0.0.0.0

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

1~15 characters (7Bit ASCII)


1~15 characters (7Bit ASCII)
0~1

700-555

KDC Server Port Number

88

700-556

KDC FQDN

Null character

700-557

KDC Realm Name

Null character

700-558

DV Pay for Print Forced Store

0=Off

0~1

700-559

DV Pay for Print XPJL Command Enable

0=Disable

0~1

0=Disable, 1=Enable

700-560

DV Pay for Print Error Account Action

0=Cancel

0~1

0=Cancel, 1=Store

700-561

DV Pay for Print Job Command Enable

0=Disable

0~1

0=Disable, 1=Enable

700-562

No Account User Print Permission

0=Disable

0~1

0=Disable, 1=Enable

700-563

User Auth Error Max Number for Auth Lock

0~10

0~10

700-564

User Auth Error Max Number for Access Log

10

0~600

0~600

700-565

KDC IP Address-2

0.0.0.0

700-566

KDC Server Port Number-2

88

700-567

KDC FQDN-2

Null character

a 255-or-fewer-byte character available as FQDN

700-568

KDC Realm Name-2

Null character

a 64-or-fewer-byte character string

700-569

KDC IP Address-3

0.0.0.0

700-580

KDC Server Port Number-3

88

700-581

KDC FQDN-3

Null character

a 255-or-fewer-byte character available as FQDN

700-582

KDC Realm Name-3

Null character

a 64-or-fewer-byte character string

700-583

KDC IP Address-4

0.0.0.0

700-584

KDC Server Port Number-4

88

700-585

KDC FQDN-4

Null character

a 255-or-fewer-byte character available as FQDN

700-586

KDC Realm Name-4

Null character

a 64-or-fewer-byte character string

700-587

KDC IP Address-5

0.0.0.0

700-588

KDC Server Port Number-5

88

700-589

KDC FQDN-5

Null character

700-590

KDC Realm Name-5

Null character

700-591

Security Direct FAX Restriction

0: Allowed

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

0~65535

0: False, 1: True

Values between 1~65535


Character below 255bytes valid in FQDN
Character string below 64bytes
0=Off, 1=On

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255
1~65535

a value between 1 and 65535

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255
1~65535

a value between 1 and 65535

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255
1~65535

a value between 1 and 65535

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255
1~65535

a value between 1 and 65535


a 255-or-fewer-byte character available as FQDN
a 64-or-fewer-byte character string

0~1
2007/10/01
6-135

0: Allowed; 1 Prohibited

6.4.3.1 Chain 700~702-xxx Common(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-136

6.4.3.1 Chain 700~702-xxx Common(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 Common
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

700-592

Auth Check Info for Net Job

1: Compared

0~1

Meaning
0: Not compared; 1: Compared

700-594

Customize User Prompts

0: Both

0~3

0: Both; 1: Prompt 1 (for User ID) only; 2: Prompt 2 (for Account ID) only; 3: Neither

700-595

Min Password Length

0~12

0~12

700-596

SSMM Accounting Service Info Enabled

0:Disable

0~1

0:Disable
1:Enable

700-600

Group1(IOT)

(Auto Set)

700-601

Group1(SYS1)

(Auto Set)

700-602

Group1(SYS2)

(Auto Set)

700-603

Group2(IOT)

(Auto Set)

700-604

Group2(SYS1)

(Auto Set)

700-605

Group2(SYS2)

(Auto Set)

700-606

Group3(IOT)

(Auto Set)

700-607

Group3(SYS1)

(Auto Set)

700-608

Group3(SYS2)

700-609

Security XPS Sign

4: as directed by User

1~4

700-610

IT Option Enable

0: No connection

0~1

700-611

Netauth KDC Info - server address for backup 1

0.0.0.0

IP address

700-612

Netauth KDC Info - server address for backup 2

0.0.0.0

IP address

700-613

Netauth KDC Info - server address for backup 3

0.0.0.0

IP address

700-614

Netauth KDC Info - server address for backup 4

0.0.0.0

IP address

700-615

Netauth KDC Info - server address for backup 5

0.0.0.0

IP address

700-616

Netauth KDC Info - server name for backup 1

null

character string (ASCII 256 characters)

700-617

Netauth KDC Info - server name for backup 2

null

character string (ASCII 256 characters)

700-618

Netauth KDC Info - server name for backup 3

null

character string (ASCII 256 characters)

700-619

Netauth KDC Info - server name for backup 4

null

character string (ASCII 256 characters)

700-620

Netauth KDC Info - server name for backup 5

null

700-621

Netauth KDC Info - server port number for backup 1

88

1~65535

1-65535

700-622

Netauth KDC Info - server port number for backup 2

88

1~65535

1-65535

700-623

Netauth KDC Info - server port number for backup 3

88

1~65535

1-65535

700-624

Netauth KDC Info - server port number for backup 4

88

1~65535

1-65535

700-625

Netauth KDC Info - server port number for backup 5

88

1~65535

1-65535

700-626

Netauth Authagent Info - timeout

60 (sec)

1~300

1 to 300 (sec)

700-627

Netauth LDAP Info - auth sequence

0:Direct Login

0~1

0:Direct Login
1:Search and Login

700-628

Netauth LDAP Info - login user login attribute

samAccountName

700-629

Netauth LDAP Info - login user search attribute

mail

character string (ASCII 32 characters)

700-630

Netauth LDAP Info - user string added

null

character string (ASCII 64 characters)

(Auto Set)
1: Always sign (invisible); 3: Never sign; 4: As directed by User
[0: No connection; 1: Connected]

character string (ASCII 256 characters)

character string (ASCII 32 characters)

700-631

Netauth LDAP Info - add user string

0: Unavailable

700-632

Netauth SMB Info - domain name 1

null

0~1

0: Unavailable; 1:Available
character string (ASCII 15 characters)

700-633

Netauth SMB Info - domain name 2

null

character string (ASCII 15 characters)

Table 1 Common
Chain-Link

Content

Default

700-634

Netauth SMB Info - domain name 3

null

Range

character string (ASCII 15 characters)

Meaning

700-635

Netauth SMB Info - domain name 4

null

character string (ASCII 15 characters)

700-636

Netauth SMB Info - domain name 5

null

character string (ASCII 15 characters)

700-637

Netauth SMB Info - server address 1

0.0.0.0

IP address

700-638

Netauth SMB Info - server address 2

0.0.0.0

IP address

700-639

Netauth SMB Info - server address 3

0.0.0.0

IP address

700-640

Netauth SMB Info - server address 4

0.0.0.0

IP address

700-641

Netauth SMB Info - server address 5

0.0.0.0

IP address

700-642

Netauth SMB Info - server/SMB name 1

null

character string (ASCII 64 characters)

700-643

Netauth SMB Info - server/SMB name 2

null

character string (ASCII 64 characters)

700-644

Netauth SMB Info - server/SMB name 3

null

character string (ASCII 64 characters)

700-645

Netauth SMB Info - server/SMB name 4

null

character string (ASCII 64 characters)

700-646

Netauth SMB Info - server/SMB name 5

null

700-652

Netauth SMB Config - specified by

0:DOMAIN_NAME

700-653

Search User Login Attribute

samAccountName

700-654

Search User Search Attribute

NULL

700-655

Password Mode for Option

1:ON

0~1

0:OFF
1:ON

700-660

Job Exec Ticket Timeout

0: No limit
(No timeout)

0~255

0 to 255
(unit: minute)

702-932

DFE Scan Config Feature

0: None

0~2

0: None; 1: ExtNetScan; 2:CDIScan

702-934

IDC Report Feature enable

0: No auto output

0~1

0: No auto output; 1: Auto output

702-935

Stored Print Confirmation

1: Displayed

0~1

0: Not displayed; 1: Displayed

character string (ASCII 64 characters)


0~3

0:DOMAIN NAME
1:SERVER NAME
2:SERVER ADDRESS
3:SERVER SMB NAME
character string (ASCII 32 characters)
character string (ASCII 32 characters

702-940

SFMT Size for FAX

2: Non-standard

1~2

1: Standard; 2: Non-standard

702-941

SFMT SS Length Threshold

10mm

0~10

0~10mm

702-942

SFMT A3 Ledger Mixed

1~2
Conforms with
RECEIVE_DOCSIZE_SE
LECT indicated in Fax
Card Functional Specification (A10 Country-byCountry System Data
Default)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-137

1: A3 and Ledger mixed allowed.


2: A3 and Ledger mixed not allowed.

6.4.3.1 Chain 700~702-xxx Common(ESS NVM)

General

General
6.4.3.1 Chain 700~702-xxx Common(ESS NVM)

2007/10/01
6-138

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.3.2 Chain 720-xxx Meter Counter(ESS NVM)


Table 1 Meter Counter
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

720-002

Billing

1~7

Meaning
[Billing1: 1, Billing2: 2, Billing3: 3, Billing4: 4, Billing5: 5, Billing6: 6, Billing7: 7]

720-003

Master Print-Full Color

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-004

Master Print-Color1

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-005

Master Print-Color2

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-006

Master Print-B

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-007

Master Copy-Full Color Counter

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-008

Master Copy-Color2 Counter

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-009

Master Copy-B Counter

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-010

Master FAX-Full Color Counter

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-011

Master FAX-B Counter

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-046

Master Large Size B Counter

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-047

Master Large Size Color Counter

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-052

Billing Type

STANDARD: 0

0~2

[STANDARD: 0, CUSTOM1: 1, CUSTOM2: 2]

720-053

Master Modal Color Counter

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-054

Master Modal B Counter

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-057

Billing Modal Break Point

10

10~100

[10~100]

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-139

6.4.3.2 Chain 720-xxx Meter Counter(ESS NVM)

General

General
6.4.3.2 Chain 720-xxx Meter Counter(ESS NVM)

2007/10/01
6-140

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.3.3 Chain 730~734-xxx Stored Data(ESS NVM)


Table 1 Stored Data
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

730-010

Pay for Print - Correct Account

0: Printed

0~1

0: Printed; 1: Forced to be stored

730-011

Device Total Impressions

0~0xFF 0~
FFFFFF

730-012

Device Impressions Limit

9,999,999: Free to print

0~1

0 : Printing prohibited
1~9,999,998: Upper limit
9,999,999 : Free to print

730-013

Device impressions Limit Warning Rate

80(%)

0~100

a ratio (%) of a total number of prints to an upper print limit

731-001~999 Speed Dial setting for Modem Speed (Link 1-500)

0: Follow system data for


modem speed

732-001~999 Speed Dial setting for Super G3 (Link 1-500=Dial)


A value can be set for each speed dial.
E.G.: To deselect Super G3 for speed dial no. 001, change 732001 from 0 to 1

0: Do not prohibit

[Follow system data for modem speed=0, 2400bps=1, 4800bps=2, 7200bps=3, 9600bps=4,
12000bps=5, 144000bps=6, 16800bps=7, 19200bps=8, 21600bps=9, 24000bps=10,
26400bps=11, 28800bps=12, 31200bps=13, 33600bps=14]
0~1

[0: Do not prohibit, 1: Prohibit]

733-001~999 Speed Dial setting for ECM (Link 1-500=Dial)

0: Do not prohibit

0~1

[0: Do not prohibit, 1: Prohibit]

734-001~999 Speed Dial setting for JBIG (Link 1-500=Dial)

0: Do not prohibit

0~1

[0: Do not prohibit, 1: Prohibit]

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-141

6.4.3.3 Chain 731~734-xxx Stored Data(ESS NVM)

General

General
6.4.3.3 Chain 731~734-xxx Stored Data(ESS NVM)

2007/10/01
6-142

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.3.4 Chain 770-xxx I/O Port Protocol(ESS NVM)


Table 1 I/O Port Protocol
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

770-001

Parallel Port Enable

1: Enable

0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable

770-002

Parallel Print ModeType

1: Auto

1~29

1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 9: 201H, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF
2: PCL, 17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895

770-003

Parallel JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Switch

On

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

770-004

Parallel Adobe Protocol

0: Standard

0~2

0: Standard, 1: Binary, 2: TBCP

770-005

Parallel Auto Feed Time

6 (30sec)

1~255

1~255 (5~1275 sec)

770-006

Parallel Input Prime

On

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

770-007

Parallel COMM Mode

On

0~1

0: On, 1: Off

770-009

Parallel Corresponding Standard

0: IEEE P1284

0~1

0: IEEE P1284, 1: Centronics

770-010

Ethernet Transfer Rate

127: Auto

1~127

127: Auto, 11: 10BASE-T (Half-Duplex), 12: 100BASE-TX (Half-Duplex), 21: 10BASE-T
(Full Duplex), 22: 100BASE-TX (Full Duplex)

770-011

JBA 2004 Extensions

0: Unavailable

0~1

0: Unavailable; 1: Operate in Extension Mode

770-012

Bonjour Port Enable

1: Enabled

0~1

770-020

TokenRing Transfer Rate

Auto

770-021

TokenRing Packet Length

1500

770-030

NetWare Frame Type

255: Auto

0~255

255: Auto 2: Ethernet II 4: Ethernet SNAP 3: Ethernet 802.2 1: Ethernet 802.3 6: Token
SNAP 5: Token 802.5

770-039

LPD max session

1~10

(1-10)

770-040

EtherTalk Port Enable

0: Disable, (CARRERA): 1 0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable

770-041

EtherTalk Print Type

5: PostScript

5: PostScript

0: Disabled; 1: Enabled
Auto: 4, 4MB/s: 1, 16MB/s: 2, 100MB/s: 3
1500, 2088, 4472, 8232

770-042

EtherTalk JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable

On

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

770-050

Netware Port Enable

0: Disable

0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable

770-051

Netware Print Mode Type

1: Auto

1~29

1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895

770-052

Netware JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable

On

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

770-053

NetWare TBCP Valid

0: None

0~1

0: None, 1: TBCP

770-054

NetWare Trans. Protocol

1: IPX/SPX

1~3

770-055

Burst Transfer

used

770-060

Lpd Port Enable

1: Start

0~1

0: Stop, 1: Start

770-061

Lpd Print Mode Type

1: Auto

1~29

1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895

770-062

Lpd JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable

On

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

770-063

TBCP Valid Flag

0: None

0~1

0: None, 1: TBCP

770-064

Lpd Spool Mode

0: Non Spool

0~1

0: Non Spool, 1: Spool

770-065

Lpd Timeout

16sec

2~3600

2~3600sec (Setting range: 2~65,535)

770-068

Lpd Port No.

515

770-070

Lpd Address Limitation

0: Do not limit

0~1

0: Do not limit, 1: Limit

770-071

Lpd Valid IP Address 1

0.0.0.0

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

1: IPX/SPX, 2: TCP/IP, 3: Both


used; not used

515, 8000~9999
00000000~FFFFFFFF
2007/10/01
6-143

6.4.3.4 Chain 770-xxx I/O Port Protocol(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-144

6.4.3.4 Chain 770-xxx I/O Port Protocol(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 I/O Port Protocol


Chain-Link

Content

Default

770-072

Lpd Valid IP Address 2

0.0.0.0

Range

00000000~FFFFFFFF

Meaning

770-073

Lpd Valid IP Address 3

0.0.0.0

00000000~FFFFFFFF

770-074

Lpd Valid IP Address 4

0.0.0.0

00000000~FFFFFFFF

770-075

Lpd Valid IP Address 5

0.0.0.0

770-077

SMTP Port No.

25

1~65535

25, 8000~9999

770-080

SMB Port Enable

1: Enable

0~1

0: Enable, 1: Disable

770-081

SMB Print Mode Type

1: Auto

1~29

1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895

00000000~FFFFFFFF

770-082

SMB JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable

On

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

770-083

SMB TBCP Valid Flag

0: None

0~1

0: None, 1: TBCP

770-084

SMB Spool Mode

0: Non Spool

0~1

0: Non Spool, 1: Spool

770-085

SMB Transport Protocol

6: Both

2~6

2: TCP/IP, 4: NetBeui, 6: Both

770-087

Timeout of BMLinkS Discovery

1~255

1 to 255 sec

770-088

Max TTL of BMLinkS Discovery

1~10

1~10

770-089

Filtering Policy of BMLinkS Discovery

1: Available

0~1

0: Unavailable; 1: Available

770-090

IPP Port Enable

0: Disable

0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable

770-091

IPP Print Mode Type

1: Auto

1~29

1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895

770-092

IPP JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable

On

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

770-093

IPP TBCP Valid Flag

0: None

0~1

0: None, 1: TBCP

770-094

Acl Authorisation

0: Off (none)

0~1

1: On (local), 0: Off (none)

770-095

Use DNS Name

1: On

0~1

1: On, 0: Off

770-097

Port no.

80

0~9999

One of 0, 80, 8000~9999

770-098

IPP Spool Mode

0: Non Spool

0~1

0: Non Spool, 1: Spool

770-099

Timeout of IPP Port

60

0~65535

0~65535[sec]

770-100

DHCP Mode

2: DHCP

1~0x10

0x10: Manual, 4: BOOTP, 2: DHCP, 1: RARP

770-101

IP Address

0.0.0.0

00000000~FF 00000000~FFFFFFFF
FFFFFF

770-102

Subnet Mask

0.0.0.0

00000000~FF 00000000~FFFFFFFF
FFFFFF

770-103

Gateway Address

0.0.0.0

00000000~FF 00000000~FFFFFFFF
FFFFFF

770-110

DNS Auto Config.

DHCP

0~0x10

0x10: Manual setting, 0x02: DHCP

770-112

DNS Domain Name

NULL

770-113

WSD print Starting Setup

1: Start

0~1

0: Stop; 1: Start

770-114

Wsd print Port No.

80

1~65535

1~65535

770-120

WINS Auto Config

DHCP

0x10: Manual setting, 0x02: DHCP

770-121

WINS Server Address 1

0.0.0.0

00000000~FFFFFFFF

770-123

WINS Server Address 2

0.0.0.0

00000000~FF 00000000~FFFFFFFF
FFFFFF

770-130

Agent Port Enable

1: Enable

0~1

DNS Domain Name (Usually 255 characters including the last . that is not displayed.)

0: Disable, 1: Enable

Table 1 I/O Port Protocol


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

770-131

Agent Transport Flag

2: UDP

0~3

Meaning

770-133

Agent Community Name 1 ~ 10

NULL (Replace with


fxSystemMgr on the
PDU)

770-140

EWS Port Enable

1: Enable

0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable

770-150

Salutation Port Enable

0: Disable

0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable

0: Both Off, 1: IPX, 2: UDP, 3: Both On


JISX0201 character code 12 characters

770-160

MFIO Port Enable

0: Disable

0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable

770-166

HTTP Max Session

1~10

1~10

770-190

Mail Service Start/Stop

1: Start

770-191

Address of Mail Sender

NULL

770-202

SMTP Mail Server IP Address

0.0.0.0

770-222

port9100 Starting setup

0~1

0: Disable 1: Enable

770-250

USB Adobe Protocol

Standard

0~2

0: Standard 1: Binary 2: TBCP

770-251

USB JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable

On

0~1

0: Off 1: On

770-252

USB Print Mode Type

Auto

1~29

1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895 Refer to the FF Host I/F of each product for the setting
range.

770-254

USB Port Enable

Enable

0~1

0: Disable 1: Enable

770-255

USB Auto Feed Time

6 (30sec)

1~255

1~255 (5~1275 sec)

770-280

Mail Print Starting Setup

1: Enable

0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable

770-281

Mail Print File Type

10 :TIFF

1~29

1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895

1: Start, 0: Stop
ASCII Max no. of characters 128 (Character type: alphabet, [@] [.] [+] [-] [=] [_] (underscore)
[/] [<] [>]) in the format username@domain.name

00000000~FF 00000000~FFFFFFFF
FFFFFF

770-282

Mail Print JCL Switch

On

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

770-283

Mail Print Filter

None

0~1

0: None, 1: TBCP

770-284

Mail Print Spool Type

0: Non Spool

0~1

0 : Non Spool (Ring Buffer), 1: Spool (RAM Disk)

770-285

Mail Print with Header Print

1: Print all headers and


contents

0~3

0: Print all headers and contents, 1: Print basic headers and contents, 2: Do not print headers or contents, 3: Auto print according to content

770-286

POP Server User Name

NULL

770-287

POP Server Password

NULL

770-290

UPnP Enable

1: Enable

0~1

0: Disable 1: Enable

770-291

UPnP Port No.

80

1~65535

1~65535

770-295

BMLinkS Print Service Enable

1: Enable

0~1

0: Disable 1: Enable

770-296

BMLinkS Discovery Service Port No.

80

1~65535

1~65535

1~65535

770-297

BMLinkS Print Service Port No.

80

770-301

LDAP Server Name Primary

NULL

Within 64bytes. Refer to RFC1034 for the available characters.

770-302

LDAP Server Address Primary

NULL

Within 4bytes. Invalid if FQDN is specified. Invalid if retrieval by DHCP is specified.


1.1.1.1~254.254.254.254

770-303

LDAP Server Port Number Primary

389

770-304

LDAP Server Name Secondary

NULL

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

1~65535

1~65535

1~65535
Within 64bytes. Refer to RFC1034 for the available characters.

2007/10/01
6-145

6.4.3.4 Chain 770-xxx I/O Port Protocol(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-146

6.4.3.4 Chain 770-xxx I/O Port Protocol(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 I/O Port Protocol


Chain-Link

Content

Default

770-305

LDAP Server Address Secondary

NULL

Range

Meaning
Within 4bytes. Invalid if FQDN is specified. Invalid if retrieval by DHCP is specified.
1.1.1.1~254.254.254.254

770-306

LDAP Server Port No. Secondary

389

1~65535

770-307

LDAP Referral Enable

0: Referral unavailable

0~1

1~65535
0: Referral unavailable; 1: Referral available

770-308

LDAP Referral MAX HOPs

1~5

LDAP Referral Max Hop Quantity

770-310

Mail Notify Receivers Request Type 1

0~2

Prefix PFV_MAIL_REQUEST_TYPE omitted.


Null (default)
no specification
STATUS_REPORT
Request for periodical notification of status
IMMEDIATE_STATUS_REPORT
Request for immediate notification of status

770-311

Mail Notify Receivers Request Type 2

0~2

Prefix PFV_MAIL_REQUEST_TYPE omitted.


Null (default)
no specification
STATUS_REPORT
Request for periodical notification of status
IMMEDIATE_STATUS_REPORT
Request for immediate notification of status

770-312

Mail Notify Receivers Request Type 3

0~2

Prefix PFV_MAIL_REQUEST_TYPE omitted.


Null (default)
no specification
STATUS_REPORT
Request for periodical notification of status
IMMEDIATE_STATUS_REPORT
Request for immediate notification of status

770-320

Sesami Port Enable

1: Enable

0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable

770-339

Sys IF entry enable

PFDISABLE(0): Disabled 0~1

770-340

IT Option MAC Address

0x0

770-341

IT Option IP Address

0x0

0x0~0xFF

770-342

IT Option MAC Address 1

0x0

0x0~0xFF

770-343

IT Option MAC Address 2

0x0

0x0~0xFF

IT Option MAC Address 2nd Byte

770-344

IT Option MAC Address 3

0x0

0x0~0xFF

IT Option MAC Address 3rd Byte

770-345

IT Option MAC Address 4

0x0

0x0~0xFF

IT Option MAC Address 4th Byte

770-346

IT Option MAC Address 5

0x0

0x0~0xFF

IT Option MAC Address 5th Byte

770-347

IT Option MAC Address 6

0x0

0x0~0xFF

IT Option MAC Address 6th Byte

770-400

WebDAV Port Enablie

0: Disabled

0~1

0: Disabled; 1: Enabled

770-401

WebDAV Port no.

80

1~65535

Port no.

770-402

Timeout of WebDAV Port no.

30

1~65535

Timeout (sec)

PFENABLE(1): Enabled; PFDISABLE(0): Disabled (Default)

IT Option MAC Address 1st Byte

6.4.3.5 840-xxx Scan Service(ESS NVM)


Table 1 Scan Service
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

840-001

Scan Service Enable

Enable

0~1

[0: Enable, 1: Disable]

840-002

Scan Illegal Opeartion

Enable stored documents 0~1

[0: Discard stored documents, 1: Enable stored documents]

840-003

MAX Store No. in Scan Service

999 sheets

1~999

[1~999 sheets]

840-004

Brightness3 Setting in Scan Service

192: [-92(density)]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-005

Brightness2 Setting in Scan Service

161: [-61(density)]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-006

Brightness1 Setting in Scan Service

131: [-31(density)]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-007

Brightness-1 Setting in Scan Service

99: [1(density)]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-008

Brightness-2 Setting in Scan Service

98: [2(density)]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-009

Brightness-3 Setting in Scan Service

97: [3(density)]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-010

Contrast [Hard] Setting in Scan Service

150: [50]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-011

Contrast [Medium Hard] Setting in Scan Service

125: [25]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-012

Contrast [Medium Soft] Setting in Scan Service

75: [-25]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-013

Contrast [Soft] Setting in Scan Service

50: [-50]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-019

RGB Color Space in Scan Service

[Color Space]: 0

0~1

[Color Space]: 0 [Device]: 1


[0: Do not display, 1: Display]

840-021

Scan ACS Display

1: Display

0~1

840-024

Remove Bleed Through Level in Scan

Standard

0~4

0: Low, 1: Lower, 2: Standard, 3: Higher, 4: High

840-031

Switch System of ServerFax and EnbeddedFax

1: Server Fax preferred

1~2

1: Server Fax preferred; 2: Analog Fax preferred

840-032

ServerFax Confirmation Sheet Control

2: Report output only in


the event of error

1~3

1: Always report output


2: Report output only in the event of error
3: No report output

840-034

ServerFax Transfer Protocol

1:FTP

840-041

SMB Browsing TimeOut Setting

840-046

Use cn for LDAP search filter

840-047

Use sn for LDAP search filter

840-048

1~5

1:FTP, 2:NCP, 3:SMB, 4:SMTP, 5:HTTP

1~300

1 to 300 (sec)

1:ON

1~2

1: ON; 2: OFF

2:OFF

1~2

1: ON; 2: OFF

Use givenname for LDAP search filter

2:OFF

1~2

1: ON; 2: OFF

840-049

Use custom attribute for LDAP search filter

2:OFF

1~2

1: ON; 2: OFF

840-080

ABL LDAP Valid

Allow

0~1

840-081

ABL LDAP CN

cn

1: Allow, 0: Prohibit
Character string within 32bytes.

840-082

ABL LDAP SN

sn

Character string within 32bytes.

840-083

ABL LDAP Given Name

given name

Character string within 32bytes.

840-084

ABL LDAP Mail

mail

Character string within 32bytes.

840-085

ABL LDAP Alt Name1

840-086

ABL LDAP Alt Name1 Type

telephone number

Character string within 32bytes.

Character string within 32bytes.

ou

Character string within 32bytes.

840-087

ABL LDAP Alt Name2

840-088

ABL LDAP Alt Name2 Type

840-089

ABL LDAP Alt Name3

840-090

ABL LDAP Alt Name3 Type

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Character string within 16bytes.


Character string within 16bytes.
Character string within 16bytes.

2007/10/01
6-147

6.4.3.5 Chain 840-xxx Scan Service(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-148

6.4.3.5 Chain 840-xxx Scan Service(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 Scan Service


Chain-Link

Content

Default

840-091

ABL LDAP Max Hit Count

50

Range

5~100

Meaning

840-092

ABL LDAP DN

NULL

Within 256bytes. Do not set if LDAP authentication is not required.

840-093

ABL LDAP Password

NULL

Within 32bytes. Do not set if password is not required in LDAP authentication.

840-094

ABL LDAP Root

NULL

Within 255bytes.

840-095

ABL LDAP Scope

All levels below root entry 1~3

1: Root entry only, 2: One level below root entry only, 3: All levels below root entry

840-096

ABL LDAP Object Class

Within 32bytes.

840-097

ABL LDAP Timeout

30

For 0 or 5~120 detected by the device, set the timeout value to a numerical value other than
0. If 0 is specified, the device will not detect timeout. The timeout setting will follow the setting in the Directory Server Service.

840-098

ABL LDAP Directory Application

NULL

0: None, 1: Microsoft) ActiveDirectory or Microsoft) ExchangeServer5.5, 2: Novel)


NetWare5.* Mapping of properties for retrieval and LDAP properties are done based on this
setting.

840-104

Custom attribute for LDAP Search Filter

NULL

Max 32 bytes including the Null final character string. Case sensitibity. Making character
strings of this system data effective requires Use of Custom attribute for LDAP to be ON.

840-116

Scan To EMail Neto Config Sign

3: Selected by user

1~3

1: Always sign; 2 Never sign; 3: Selected by user

840-117

IFAX Neto Config Sign

3: Selected by user

1~3

1: Always sign; 2 Never sign; 3: Selected by user

840-118

ABL Ldap Config

UserCertificate: binary

840-123

S-FMT Scan To IFAX Binary

1: Speed preferred

1~2

1: Speed preferred; 2: Profile preferred

0~1

Character string indicating the certificate attribute name

840-125

ABL LDAP Info - use SSL

0: OFF

840-126

Default message of scan to email.

Null character

0: OFF; 1: ON

840-127

Authenticated user name in mail body

0~1

0: Disabled; 1: Enabled

840-128

Authenticated user email address in mail body

0~1

0: Disabled; 1: Enabled

840-129

Number of pages in mail body

0~1

0: Disabled; 1: Enabled

840-130

File format in mail body

0~1

0: Disabled; 1: Enabled

840-131

IP address in mail body

0~1

0: Disabled; 1: Enabled

840-132

Serial number in mail body

0~1

0: Disabled; 1: Enabled

840-133

MAC address in mail body

0~1

0: Disabled; 1: Enabled

840-134

Device name in mail body

0~1

0: Disabled; 1: Enabled

840-135

Device location in mail body

0~1

840-136

Default signature message of scan to email.

Null character

840-137

Change From Address Enable for Login User

0~1

840-138

Change From Address Enable for Login Invalid User

0~1

0: Prohibited; 1: Allowed

840-139

Change From Address Enable for Guest User

0~1

0: Prohibited; 1: Allowed

840-140

Change From Address Enable for Not-Login User

0~1

0: Prohibited; 1: Allowed

840-141

Email Enable for Invalid mail address user

0~1

0: Prohibited; 1: Allowed

840-142

NetSend Tranmission Report Control

2: Report output only in


the event of error

1~3

1: Always report output; 2: Report output only in the event of error; 3: No report output

840-144

CWSS Confirmation Sheet Control

2: Report output only in


the event of error

1~3

1: Always report output; 2: Report output only in the event of error; 3: No report output

0: Disabled; 1: Enabled
0: Prohibited; 1: Allowed

6.4.3.6 Chain 780-xxx IOT(ESS NVM)


Table 1 IOT
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

780-013

Tray1 Paper Type

1: Plain

1~61

1:Plain, 2:TRANSPARENCY, 3:ENVELOPE, 4:ENVELOPE_PLAIN,


5:ENVELOPE_WINDOW, 6:LABEL, 7:FORM, 8:COATING1, 9:TRACABLE, 10:THICK1,
11:THICK1_REV, 12:THICK2, 13:THICK2_REV, 14:RECYCLED, 15:CONTINUOUS_LONG,
16:CONTINUOUS_SHORT, 17:TAB_STOCK, 18:MULTI_LAYER, 19:OPAQUE_FILM,
20:TACK_FILM, 21:THIN, 22:FINE, 23:USER1, 24:USER2, 25:USER3, 26:USER4,
27:USER5, 28:OTHER, 29:WRAPPINGPAPER, 30:EXLUSTERPAPER, 31:COATING2,
32:COATING1_REV, 33:COATING2_REV, 34:THICK1_FINISHER,
35:COATING1_FINISHER, 36:THICK1_A, 37:THICK1_B, 38:THICK1_C, 39:THICK1_S,
40:THICK2_A, 41:THICK2_B, 42:THICK2_C, 43:THICK2_D, 44:THICK2_S,
45:THICK1_FINISHER_A, 46:THICK1_FINISHER_B, 47:THICK1_FINISHER_C,
48:THICK1_FINISHER_S, 49:HAGAKI, 50:HAGAKI_REV, 51:STATIONARY_REV,
52:FINE_REV, 53:RECYCLED_REV, 54:SPECIAL, 55:SPECIAL_REV, 56:USED,
57:PREPUNCHED, 58:TAB_THICK1, 59:TAB_THICK2, 60:LABEL1, 61:LABEL2

780-014

Tray2 Paper Type

1: Plain

1~61

Same as above

780-015

Tray3 Paper Type

1: Plain

1~61

Same as above

780-016

Tray4 Paper Type

1: Plain

1~61

Same as above

780-018

MSI Paper Type

1: Plain

1~61

Same as above

780-019

Custom Paper Name 1

NULL

ASCII numerals, symbols Max. 24 characters (M/N)

780-020

Custom Paper Name 2

NULL

Same as above

780-021

Custom Paper Name 3

NULL

Same as above

780-022

Custom Paper Name 4

NULL

Same as above

780-023

Custom Paper Name 5

NULL

780-024

IOT Control SMH Free Size Detect for Print Job

FALSE(0): Disabled

0~1

780-025

Image Quality Control Category : Hight Quarity

1~60

780-026

Image Quality Control Category : Plain Paper

1~60

780-027

Image Quality Control Category : Recycle Paper

1~60

780-028

Image Quality Control Category : User Paper 1

1~60

780-029

Image Quality Control Category : User Paper 2

1~60

780-030

Image Quality Control Category : User Paper 3

1~60

780-031

Image Quality Control Category : User Paper 4

1~60

780-032

Image Quality Control Category : User Paper 5

1~60

780-033

Image Quality Control Category : Thick1 Paper

11

1~60

780-034

Image Quality Control Category : Thick1 Finisher

1~60

780-035

Image Quality Control Category : Thick1 Reverse

1~60

780-036

Image Quality Control Category : Thick2 Paper

13

1~60

780-037

Image Quality Control Category : Thick2 Reverse

1~60

780-038

Image Quality Control Category: Reverse

1~60

780-050

Paper Type Priority: High Quality Paper

1~255

1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the
max. no. of settings for paper type.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Same as above

2007/10/01
6-149

FALSE(0): Disabled; TRUE(1): Enabled

6.4.3.6 Chain 780-xxx IOT(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-150

6.4.3.6 Chain 780-xxx IOT(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 IOT
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

780-051

Paper Type Priority: Plain Paper

1~255

Same as above

780-052

Paper Type Priority: Recycled Paper

1~255

Same as above

780-053

Paper Type Priority: Custom 1

X (Not applicable for ATS) 1~255

Same as above

780-054

Paper Type Priority: Custom 2

X (Not applicable for ATS) 1~255

Same as above

780-055

Paper Type Priority: Custom 3

X (Not applicable for ATS) 1~255

Same as above

780-056

Paper Type Priority: Custom 4

X (Not applicable for ATS) 1~255

Same as above

780-057

Paper Type Priority: Custom 5

X (Not applicable for ATS) 1~255

Same as above

780-060

Tray 1 Priority

1~6

1~6
* Priority is in the order of the numbers with 1 being the highest in priority. Repetition is not
supported.
* Depending on the number of Trays that are installed, 4~6 can be selected.

780-061

Tray 2 Priority

1~6

Same as above

780-062

Tray 3 Priority

1~6

Same as above

780-063

Tray 4 Priority

1~6

Same as above

780-069

Image Enhancement Enable

ON

0~1

0: OFF, 1: ON

780-072

Center Tray Offset Enable

Offset per set

1~3

1: Offset per set, 2: Offset per job, 3: No offset

780-073

Finisher Tray Offset Enable

Offset per set

1~3

1: Offset per set, 2: Offset per job, 3: No offset

780-074

Is Exist Large Waste Toner Box

0: Not installed

0~1

1: Installed; 0: Not installed

780-075

Stop Printing When Drum Life Ends

1: Stop printing

0~1

780-076

Paper Type Priority : Thick1 Finisher Paper

X:0xff (APS/ATS based on 0x01~0xff


priority is unavailable.)

1~n: 1~n
X:0xff (APS/ATS based on priority is unavailable.)
(Repetition OK. n=max qty of paper types to be set)

780-077

Paper Type Priority : Thick1 Finisher(A) Paper

X:0xff (APS/ATS based on 0x01~0xff


priority is unavailable.)

1~n: 1~n
X:0xff (APS/ATS based on priority is unavailable.)
(Repetition OK. n=max qty of paper types to be set)

780-078

Paper Type Priority : Thick1 Finisher(B) Paper

X:0xff (APS/ATS based on 0x01~0xff


priority is unavailable.)

1~n: 1~n
X:0xff (APS/ATS based on priority is unavailable.)
(Repetition OK. n=max qty of paper types to be set)

780-079

Paper Type Priority : Thick1 Finisher(C) Paper

X:0xff (APS/ATS based on 0x01~0xff


priority is unavailable.)

1~n: 1~n
X:0xff (APS/ATS based on priority is unavailable.)
(Repetition OK. n=max qty of paper types to be set)

780-080

Paper Type Priority : Thick1 Finisher(S) Paper

X:0xff (APS/ATS based on 0x01~0xff


priority is unavailable.)

1~n: 1~n
X:0xff (APS/ATS based on priority is unavailable.)
(Repetition OK. n=max qty of paper types to be set)

780-081

Paper Type Priority : Coating1 Finisher Paper

X:0xff (APS/ATS based on 0x01~0xff


priority is unavailable.)

1~n: 1~n
X:0xff (APS/ATS based on priority is unavailable.)
(Repetition OK. n=max qty of paper types to be set)

780-084

Paper Type Priority: Reverse

1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the
max. no. of settings for paper type.

1~255

TRUE (1): Stop printing, FALSE (0): Do not stop printing

Table 1 IOT
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

780-108

Tray6 (HCF) Paper Type

1: Plain

1~61

1:Plain, 2:TRANSPARENCY, 3:ENVELOPE, 4:ENVELOPE_PLAIN,


5:ENVELOPE_WINDOW, 6:LABEL, 7:FORM, 8:COATING1, 9:TRACABLE, 10:THICK1,
11:THICK1_REV, 12:THICK2, 13:THICK2_REV, 14:RECYCLED, 15:CONTINUOUS_LONG,
16:CONTINUOUS_SHORT, 17:TAB_STOCK, 18:MULTI_LAYER, 19:OPAQUE_FILM,
20:TACK_FILM, 21:THIN, 22:FINE, 23:USER1, 24:USER2, 25:USER3, 26:USER4,
27:USER5, 28:OTHER, 29:WRAPPINGPAPER, 30:EXLUSTERPAPER, 31:COATING2,
32:COATING1_REV, 33:COATING2_REV, 34:THICK1_FINISHER,
35:COATING1_FINISHER, 36:THICK1_A, 37:THICK1_B, 38:THICK1_C, 39:THICK1_S,
40:THICK2_A, 41:THICK2_B, 42:THICK2_C, 43:THICK2_D, 44:THICK2_S,
45:THICK1_FINISHER_A, 46:THICK1_FINISHER_B, 47:THICK1_FINISHER_C,
48:THICK1_FINISHER_S, 49:HAGAKI, 50:HAGAKI_REV, 51:STATIONARY_REV,
52:FINE_REV, 53:RECYCLED_REV, 54:SPECIAL, 55:SPECIAL_REV, 56:USED,
57:PREPUNCHED, 58:TAB_THICK1, 59:TAB_THICK2, 60:LABEL1, 61:LABEL2

780-110

Tray6 (HCF) Priority

1~6

1~6
* Priority is in the order of the numbers with 1 being the highest in priority. Repetition is not
supported.
* Depending on the number of Trays that are installed, 4~6 can be selected.

780-141

Center Tray2 Offset Enable

Offset per set

1~3

1: Offset per set, 2: Offset per job, 3: No offset

780-142

Forced Duplex

0~1

0: 1 sided, 1: 2 sided

780-145

IOT Control Offset Mode Staple

Offset per set

1~3

1: Offset per set, 2: Offset per job, 3: No offset

780-146

IOT Control Non Same FS Mix Size Staple

Release

0~1

TRUE (1): Staple, FALSE (0): Release

780-147

Max Staple Capacity

50 sheets

10~150

1 count=1 sheet

780-148

Max Staple Capacity Small Size

100 sheets

2~200

2 to 200 sheets

780-149

Max Staple Capacity Large Size

65 sheets

2~200

2 to 200 sheets

780-150

Max BiFold Capacity

5 sheets

1~15

1 to 15 sheets

780-151

Max Booklet Capacity

15 sheets

2~25

2~25 sheets

780-153

Medium Type APS Ignore Confirm

1: Confirm and await user 0~1


action

TRUE (1): Confirm and await user action, FALSE (0): Ignore and continue

780-161

IOT Control SMH Free Size Detect

Auto Size Detect

0~1

TRUE (1): Detect free size, FALSE (0): Auto Size Detect

780-162

Tray1 Medium Attribute

None

0~2

0: None, 1: Color , 2: BW

780-163

Tray2 Medium Attribute

None

0~2

0: None, 1: Color , 2: BW

780-164

Tray3 Medium Attribute

None

0~2

0: None, 1: Color , 2: BW

780-165

Tray4 Medium Attribute

None

0~2

0: None, 1: Color , 2: BW

780-166

Tray6 (HCF) Medium Attribute

None

0~2

0: None, 1: Color , 2: BW

780-170

Use Tray Paper Attr Color

FALSE(0): Not used

0~1

TRUE(1): Used; FALSE(0): Not used

780-171

Use Tray Paper Attr Pre Punched

FALSE(0): Not used

0~1

TRUE(1): Used; FALSE(0): Not used

780-172

Tray1 Medium Pre Punched

1: Not-punched paper

1~2

1: Not-punched paper; 2: Punched paper (regardless of hole qty and position)

780-173

Tray2 Medium Pre Punched

1: Not-punched paper

1~2

1: Not-punched paper; 2: Punched paper (regardless of hole qty and position)

780-174

Tray3 Medium Pre Punched

1: Not-punched paper

1~2

1: Not-punched paper; 2: Punched paper (regardless of hole qty and position)

780-175

Tray4 Medium Pre Punched

1: Not-punched paper

1~2

1: Not-punched paper; 2: Punched paper (regardless of hole qty and position)

780-176

Tray5 Medium Pre Punched

1: Not-punched paper

1~2

1: Not-punched paper; 2: Punched paper (regardless of hole qty and position)

780-177

Tray6 Medium Pre Punched

1: Not-punched paper

1~2

1: Not-punched paper; 2: Punched paper (regardless of hole qty and position)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-151

6.4.3.6 Chain 780-xxx IOT(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-152

6.4.3.6 Chain 780-xxx IOT(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 IOT
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

780-178

Tray7 Medium Pre Punched

1: Not-punched paper

1~2

1: Not-punched paper; 2: Punched paper (regardless of hole qty and position)

780-192

Image Quality Control Category : Cort

0~60

780-193

Image Quality Control Category : Cort Rev

0~60

780-196

IOT Oottray OCT Enable

0~1

1: Enabled; 0: Disabled (Auto Detect)

780-203

Tray1 Fixed Medium Direction

0: Not selected

0~2

0: Not selected; 1: LEF; 2: SEF

780-204

Tray1 Fixed Medium Size

0: Not selected

0~255

Refer to Chain-Link : 780-013.

780-205

Tray2 Fixed Medium Direction

0: Not selected

0~2

0: Not selected; 1: LEF; 2: SEF

780-206

Tray2 Fixed Medium Size

0: Not selected

0~255

Refer to Chain-Link : 780-013.

780-207

Tray3 Fixed Medium Direction

0: Not selected

0~2

0: Not selected; 1: LEF; 2: SEF

780-208

Tray3 Fixed Medium Size

0: Not selected

0~255

Refer to Chain-Link : 780-013.

780-209

Tray4 Fixed Medium Direction

0: Not selected

0~2

0: Not selected; 1: LEF; 2: SEF

780-210

Tray4 Fixed Medium Size

0: Not selected

0~255

Refer to Chain-Link : 780-013.

780-211

Tray6 (HCF) Fixed Medium Direction

0: Not selected

0~2

0: Not selected; 1: LEF; 2: SEF

780-212

Tray6 (HCF) Fixed Medium Size

0: Not selected

0~255

Refer to Chain-Link : 780-013.

6.4.3.7 Chain 785-xxx IIT(ESS NVM)


Table 1 IIT
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

785-003

Image Processing Method of FAX Photo

Error Diffusion

0~1

Meaning

785-004

Ground Color Remove Method in B & W Mode

1: Speed preferred
0~1
(Imperia--0: IQ preferred)

785-008

DADF Control Type

2: PF2

0~2

[0: None, 1: PF1, PF2]

785-010

FAX Document Size Detect Method in DADF

0~1

0: A/B series, 1: Inch series

785-015

Text / Photo Detect Level

3: Normal

1~5

1: More Text, 2: Text, 3: Normal, 4: Photo, 5: More Photo

785-016

Photo Reproduce Level

3: Normal

1~5

1: More Text, 3: Normal, 5: More Photo

785-024

Adjust 100 Fast Scan

100.0%

980~1020

980: 98.0%~1020: 102.0%, 0.1% increments

785-025

Adjust 100 Slow Scan

100.0%

980~1020

980: 98.0%~1020: 102.0%, 0.1% increments

785-026

DADF Adjust 100

Do not apply

0~1

0: Do not apply, 1: Apply

785-027

Copy Photo Process Errdifusion or Dither

Error Diffusion

0~1

0: Error Diffusion, 1: Dither

785-028

CVT Org Size Required Off/On

1: Required

0~1

0: Not required, 1: Required

0: Error Diffusion (1bit, ED), 1: Dither


0: IQ preferred; 1: Speed preferred

785-030

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[5.5.x8.5(Statement)]

Set for each region

0~1

[0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]

785-031

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[A5]

Set for each region

0~1

[0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]

785-032

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[B5]

Set for each region

0~1

[0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]

785-033

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8.25x10.5(Executive)]

Set for each region

0~1

[0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]

785-034

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8x10]

Set for each region

0~1

[0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]

785-035

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[16K]

Set for each region

0~1

[0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]

785-036

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8.5x11(Letter)]

Set for each region

0~1

[0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]

785-037

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[A4]

Set for each region

0~1

[0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]

785-038

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8.5x13(Foolscap)]

Set for each region

0~1

[0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]

785-039

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8.5x14(Legal)]

Set for each region

0~1

[0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]

785-040

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[B4]

Set for each region

0~1

[0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]


[0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]

785-041

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8K]

Set for each region

0~1

785-042

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[11x17(Ledger)]

Set for each region

0~1

[0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]

785-043

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[A3]

Set for each region

0~1

[0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]

785-050

Original Application Range

0~1

0: Apply only for that original, 1: Apply for all subsequent non-standard sized originals

785-051

DADF Dup Simultaneous in Copy

0~1

0: Dup Simultaneous Scan disabled; 1: Dup Simultaneous Scan enabled

785-052

DADF Dup Simultaneous in FAX

0~1

0: Dup Simultaneous Scan disabled; 1: Dup Simultaneous Scan enabled

785-053

DADF Dup Simultaneous in Scan

0~1

0: Dup Simultaneous Scan disabled; 1: Dup Simultaneous Scan enabled

785-065

Switching between centering and cornering images

1: In the center

0~255

0: In corner; 1: In the center

785-080

Copy Edge Erase Margin

0~10

0~10mm (1mm increments)

785-081

DADF Elevator Tray Active Mode

1~2

1: The earlier timing of (1) and (2) below is a trigger.


(1) When a specified-in-NVM time has passed since Document Set Sensor ON
If Doc Guide is moved (Tray 1/2/3 APS Sensor level changes), set the timer again.
Ignore any level change while Tray is lifting up.
(2) When the Start button is pressed with Document Set Sensor ON.
2: Only when the Start button is pressed with Document Set Sensor ON.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-153

6.4.3.7 Chain 785-xxx IIT(ESS NVM)

General

General
6.4.3.7 Chain 785-xxx IIT(ESS NVM)

2007/10/01
6-154

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)


Table 1 UI
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-001

Start Up Display Setting

Settings List

0~2

0: Settings List, 1: Job Management, 2: Machine Information

790-002

Function Set Display Setting

0~3

0: Menu, 1: Copy, 2: Fax, 3: Scan

790-003

FAX Broadcast / Multi-Poll Display

1: Display

0~1

0: Do not display, 1: Display

790-005

Ad hoc Address Enable

0: Not prohibited

0~1

0: Not prohibited; 1: Prohibited

790-019

Pause Print Job Cancel Timer(by Connected Accessary)

15 sec

1~59

1 to 59 sec

790-050

Preset Tray 1 in Copy

1: Tray 1

0~255

0 : None (not in use) 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: MSI, 6: HCF1, 7: HCF2

790-051

Preset Tray 2 in Copy

2: Tray 2

0~255

Same as above

790-052

Preset Tray 3 in Copy

(HB) 5: MSI
(MCW) 3: Tray3

0~255

Same as above

790-053

Preset Tray 4 in Copy

(HB) 0: None
(MCW) 5: MSI

0~255

Same as above

790-060

Preset Reduce/Enlarge 1 in Copy

(HB) 2: R/E Preset 2


(MCW) 4: R/E Preset 4

0~12

0: None
1~12: R/E Preset 1 ~ R/E Preset 12

790-061

Preset Reduce/Enlarge 2 in Copy

(HB) 7: R/E Preset 7


(MCW) 5: R/E Preset 5

0~12

Same as above

790-062

Preset Reduce/Enlarge 3 in Copy

(HB) 0: None
(MCW) 9: R/E Preset 9

0~12

Same as above

790-070

Default Tray in Copy

Auto

0~5

0: Auto, 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: MSI Refer to the Copy Service Func FF for
the setting range.

790-071

Default Tray on Release ATS in Copy

Tray 1

1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4 Refer to the Copy Service Func FF for the setting
range.

790-072

Default Reduce/Enlarge in Copy

0~255

0:100% 1~12: R/E Preset 1 ~ R/E Preset 12 255: Auto

790-073

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 1 in Copy

HB: 1003(50%)
MCW: 1001(25%)

25~1025

1~24: Not in use, 25~400: %, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003:
50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006:64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009:
81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015:
127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018: 154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020: 173.20%,
1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1023: 220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025: 400.00%

790-074

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 2 in Copy

HB: 1007(70.7%)
MCW: 1003(50%)

1001~1025

1~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005:
61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011:
94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1016: 129.40%,
1017: 141.40%, 1018: 154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020: 173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022:
200.00%, 1023: 220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025: 400.00%

790-075

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 3 in Copy

HB: 1009(81.6%)
MCW: 1005(61.2%)

1001~1025

Same as above

790-076

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 4 in Copy

HB: 1010(86.6%)
MCW: 1007(70.7%)

1001~1025

Same as above

790-077

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 5 in Copy

HB: 1013(115.4%)
MCW: 1009(81.6%)

1001~1025

Same as above

790-078

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 6 in Copy

HB: 1014(122.5%)
MCW: 1010(86.6%)

1001~1025

Same as above

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-155

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-156

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 UI
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-079

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 7 in Copy

HB: 1017(141.4%)
MCW: 1013(115.4%)

1001~1025

Same as above

790-080

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 8 in Copy

MCW: 1014(122.5%)

1001~1025

Same as above

790-081

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 9 in Copy

MCW: 1017(141.4%)

1001~1025

Same as above

790-082

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 10 in Copy

MCW: 1019(163.2%)

1001~1025

Same as above

790-083

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 11 in Copy

MCW: 1022(200%)

1001~1025

Same as above

790-084

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 12 in Copy

MCW: 1025(400%)

1001~1025

Same as above

790-094

Default BW Original Type in Copy

Text

1~4

1: Text, 2: Text & Photo, 3: Photo, 4: Pencil Text

790-097

Default Background Suppression in Copy

On

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

790-098

Default Density Adjustment in Copy

Normal

0~6

0: Lighter 3, 1: Lighter 2, 2: Lighter 1, 3: Normal, 4: Darker 1, 5: Darker 2, 6: Darker 3

790-099

Mixed Size Default

Off

0~1

0 : Off, 1: On

790-122

Default Sharpness in Copy

Normal

0~4

0: Sharper, 1: Sharp, 2: Normal, 3: Soft, 4: Softer

790-124

Default Center / Corner Shift Position (Side1)

None

0~9

0: None, 1: Center, 2: Top Right, 3: Bottom Right, 4: Top Left, 5: Bottom Left, 6: Top Center, 7:
Bottom Center, 8: Left Center, 9: Right Center

790-125

Default Center / Corner Shift Position (Side2)

Opposite to Side 1

0~10

0: None, 1: Center, 2: Top Right, 3: Bottom Right, 4: Top Left, 5: Bottom Left, 6: Top Center, 7:
Bottom Center, 8: Left Center, 9: Right Center, 10: Opposite to Side 1

790-126

FAX Broadcast

0: Prohibited

0~2

0: Prohibited; 1: Allowed (double entries not required); 2: Allowed (double entries required)

790-127

FAX Second Input Method

0: Speed Dial

0~2

0: Speed Dial; 1: Full Dial; 2: No second input

790-128

Center Erase in Copy

0 (mm)

0~50

0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments

790-129

Rotation Enable in Copy

ON only for APS/AMS

0~2

0: Always ON 1: ON only for APS/AMS 2: Always OFF

790-130

Default of Direction of Image

Finisher models: Auto, No


Finisher: Portrait Original Left Edge

0~2

0: Auto, 1: Portrait Original - Left Edge, 2: Portrait Original - Right Edge

790-131

Fixed Original Size 1 in Copy

10(A3SEF)

1~255

1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15: A6LEF, 16:
A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67:
B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF, 87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF,
89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF, 94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF,
102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107:
Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7)
SEF, 111: 5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120: 7.25x10.5SEF, 123:
Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132: 11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF,
136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3
SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146:
A4 Cover LEF, 147: 13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11)
SEF, 151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard LEF,
155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159: 8K SEF (GCO)

790-132

Fixed Original Size 2 in Copy

12(A4 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-133

Fixed Original Size 3 in Copy

11(A4 LEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-134

Fixed Original Size 4 in Copy

HB: 66(B4 SEF)


MCW: 14(A5 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-135

Fixed Original Size 5 in Copy

HB: 68(B5 SEF)


MCW: 16(A6 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

Table 1 UI
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-136

Fixed Original Size 6 in Copy

HB: 67(B5 LEF)


MCW: 66(B4 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-137

Fixed Original Size 7 in Copy

HB: 104(8K SEF)


MCW: 68(B5 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-138

Fixed Original Size 8 in Copy

HB: 101(16K LEF)


MCW: 67(B5 LEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-139

Fixed Original Size 9 in Copy

HB: 92(8.5x14 SEF)


MCW: 70(B6 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-140

Fixed Original Size 10 in Copy

HB: 118(8.5x13 SEF)


MCW: 110(PostCard)

1~255

Same as above

790-141

Fixed Original Size 11 in Copy

HB: 89(8.5x11 LEF)


MCW: 104(8K SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-142

Fixed Original Size 12 in Copy

MCW: 102(16K SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-143

Fixed Original Size 13 in Copy

MCW: 101(16K LEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-144

Fixed Original Size 14 in Copy

MCW: 92(8.5x14SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-145

Fixed Original Size 15 in Copy

MCW: 118(8.5x13 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-146

Fixed Original Size 16 in Copy

MCW: 90(8.5x11 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-147

Fixed Original Size 17 in Copy

MCW: 89(8.5x11 LEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-148

Action type of select list item in JFS.

1: Open the Details/Settings window.

0~1

0: Select List.
1: Open the Details/Settings window.

790-149

Max Copy Volume.

999 (sheet)

1~9999

1 to 9999 (sheet)

790-175

Box Service Print Order

0: Doc Entry date and time 0~3


in ascending order

790-180

Default of Right Image direction

Head to Top

0~1

0: Head to Top, 1: Head to Left

790-181

Default Duplex Setting

None

0~3

0: None (1 -> 1 Sided), 1: 1 -> 2 Sided, 2: 2 -> 1 Sided, 3: 2 -> 2 Sided

0: Doc Entry date and time in ascending order


1: Doc Entry date and time in descending order
2: Doc Name in ascending order
3: Doc Name in descending order

790-182

Default Sort Mode in Copy

Auto

0~2

0: Auto, 1: Collate, 2: Uncollated

790-183

Default Exit Tray in Copy

Center Tray

0~3

0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be selected if
they are not installed

790-184

Sending Display Enable

Off

0~1

0: Off 1: On

790-185

Initial Display of Address

Off

0~1

0: Off 1: On

790-186

Default Communication Mode in FAX

G3 Auto

0~6

1 : G4 Auto, 2: G3 Auto, 3: F4800 (Communication speeds below 4800bps) The following are
additional settings for M/N: 4 : G3 5 : G3 (ECM) 6 : G3 (ECM) ? Forced4800

790-187

Default Scanning Density in FAX

Normal

0~6

0: Lighter 3, 1: Lighter 2, 2: Lighter 1, 3: Normal, 4: Darker 1, 5: Darker 2, 6: Darker 3

790-188

Default Original Type in FAX

Text

0~2

0=Text, 1=Photo, 2=Text & Photo

790-189

Default Scanning Resolution in FAX

Standard

0~3

0: Standard, 1: Fine (200x200), 2: Fine (400x400), 3: Fine (600x600)

790-190

FAX Monitor Print Enable

Off

0~1

0: Off 1: On

790-191

Default subject of internet fax

NULL

790-192

Send Header Enable

On

0~1

0: Off 1: On

790-193

Destination Table in FAX

1~999999

1~999999

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Max 128 bytes. NULL terminal

2007/10/01
6-157

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-158

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 UI
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-194

Mix Size Enable in FAX

Off

0~1

0: Off 1: On

790-195

FAX Receive Mode

Auto Receive

0~1

0 : Auto Receive, 1: Manual Receive

790-196

Delayed Send Time Setting-hour

21

0~23

Hour (0~23)

790-197

Delayed Send Time Setting-minutes

0~59

Minute (0~59)

790-198

FAX Manual Send Receive

Manual Receive

0~1

0 : Manual Receive, 1: Auto Receive

790-200

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 1 in FAX

1003(50%)

25~1025

1~24: Not in use, 25~400:%, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003:
50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009:
81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015:
127.30%, 1025: 400.00%

790-201

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 2 in FAX

HB; 1007(70.7%)
MCW; 1005(61.2%)

25~1025

Same as above

790-202

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 3 in FAX

HB; 1009(81.6%)
MCW; 1007(70.7%)

25~1025

Same as above

790-203

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 4 in FAX

HB; 1010(86.6%)
MCW; 1009(81.6%)

25~1025

Same as above

790-204

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 5 in FAX

HB; 1013(115.4%)
MCW; 1010(86.6%)

25~1025

Same as above

790-205

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 6 in FAX

HB; 1014(122.5%)
MCW; 1012(97.3%)

25~1025

Same as above

790-206

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 7 in FAX

HB; 1017(141.4%)
MCW; 1013(115.4%)

25~1025

Same as above

790-207

Add Sender To Address

0~1

0: Not added; 1: Added

790-208

Add Sender To CC

0~1

0: Not added; 1: Added

790-209

Modify Address

0~1

0: Prohibited; 1: Allowed

790-210

Fixed Original Size 1 in FAX Scan

10(A3 SEF)

1~255

1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15: A6LEF, 16:
A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67:
B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF, 87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF,
89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF, 94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF,
102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107:
Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7)
SEF, 111: 5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120: 7.25x10.5SEF, 123:
Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132: 11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF,
136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3
SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146:
A4 Cover LEF, 147: 13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11)
SEF, 151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard LEF,
155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159: 8K SEF (GCO)

790-211

Fixed Original Size 2 in FAX Scan

12(A4 SEF)

255

Same as above

790-212

Fixed Original Size 3 in FAX Scan

11(A4 LEF)

255

Same as above

790-213

Fixed Original Size 4 in FAX Scan

HB: 66(B4 SEF)


MCW: 14(A5 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-214

Fixed Original Size 5 in FAX Scan

HB: 68(B5 SEF)


MCW: 16(A6 LEF)

1~255

Same as above

Table 1 UI
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-215

Fixed Original Size 6 in FAX Scan

HB: 67(B5 LEF)


MCW: 66(B4 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-216

Fixed Original Size 7 in FAX Scan

HB: 104(8K SEF)


MCW: 68(B5 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-217

Fixed Original Size 8 in FAX Scan

HB: 101(16K LEF)


MCW: 67(B5 LEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-218

Fixed Original Size 9 in FAX Scan

HB: 92(8.5x14 SEF)


MCW: 70(B6 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-219

Fixed Original Size 10 in FAX Scan

HB: 118(8.5x13 SEF)


MCW: 109(PostCard SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-220

Fixed Original Size 11 in FAX Scan

HB: 89(8.5x11 LEF)


MCW: 104(8K SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-221

iFAX Profile

TIFF-S

0~2

[0: TIFF-S, 1: TIFF-F, 2: TIFF-J]

790-222

Mix Size Enable in Scan

Off

0~1

0: Off 1: On

790-223

Default Color Mode in Scan

0~3

0 : Full Color, 1: Grayscale, 2: Dual Color, 3: Auto

790-224

Default Original Type in Scan

Text

0~2

0 : Text, 1: Photo, 2: Text & Photo

790-225

Default Scanning Resolution in Scan

200dpi

0~4

0 : 200dpi, 1: 300dpi, 2: 400dpi, 3: 600dpi, 4: 100dpi Refer to Scan FF (Input Common) for the
setting range.

790-226

Top & Bottom Edge Erase in Scan

2 (mm)

0~50

0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments

790-227

Left & Light Edge Erase in Scan

2 (mm)

0~50

0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments

790-228

Center Erase in Scan

2 (mm)

0~50

0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments

790-229

Density / Brightness Adjust in Scan

Standard

0~6

0 : Brightness (Density) 3, 1 Brightness (Density) 2, 2 Brightness (Density) 1, 3 Standard, 4:


Brightness (Density) -1, 5 Brightness (Density) -2, 6 Brightness (Density) -3

790-230

Contrast Adjust in Scan

Standard

0~4

0 : Higher, 1: High, 2: Standard, 3: Low, 4: Lower

790-231

Fixed Original Size 1 in Scan

10(A3 SEF)

1~255

1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15: A6LEF, 16:
A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67:
B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF, 87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF,
89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF, 94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF,
102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107:
Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7)
SEF, 111: 5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120: 7.25x10.5SEF, 123:
Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132: 11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF,
136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3
SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146:
A4 Cover LEF, 147: 13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11)
SEF, 151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard LEF,
155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159: 8K SEF (GCO)

790-232

Fixed Original Size 2 in Scan

12(A4 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-233

Fixed Original Size 3 in Scan

11(A4 LEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-234

Fixed Original Size 4 in Scan

HB: 66(B4 SEF)


MCW: 14(A5 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-159

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-160

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 UI
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-235

Fixed Original Size 5 in Scan

HB: 68(B5 SEF)


MCW: 16(A6 LEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-236

Fixed Original Size 6 in Scan

HB: 67(B5 LEF)


MCW: 66(B4 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-237

Fixed Original Size 7 in Scan

HB: 104(8K SEF)


MCW: 68(B5 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-238

Fixed Original Size 8 in Scan

HB: 101(8.5x14 SEF)


MCW: 67(B5 LEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-239

Fixed Original Size 9 in Scan

HB: 92(8.5x14 SEF)


MCW: 70(B6 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-240

Fixed Original Size 10 in Scan

HB: 118(8.5x13 SEF)


MCW: 109(PostCard LEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-241

Fixed Original Size 11 in Scan

HB: 89(8.5x11 LEF)


MCW: 104(8K SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-250

Fixed Size 1 Fast Scan

NULL

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-251

Fixed Size 1 Slow Scan

NULL

0~432

15~432mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-252

Fixed Size 2 Fast Scan

NULL

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-253

Fixed Size 2 Slow Scan

NULL

0~432

15~432mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-254

Fixed Size 3 Fast Scan

NULL

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-255

Fixed Size 3 Slow Scan

NULL

0~432

15~432mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-256

Fixed Size 4 Fast Scan

NULL

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-257

Fixed Size 4 Slow Scan

NULL

0~432

15~432mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-258

Fixed Size 5 Fast Scan

NULL

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-259

Fixed Size 5 Slow Scan

NULL

0~432

15~432mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-260

Fixed Size 6 Fast Scan

NULL

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-261

Fixed Size 6 Slow Scan

NULL

0~432

15~432mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-262

Fixed Size 7 Fast Scan

NULL

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-263

Fixed Size 7 Slow Scan

NULL

0~432

15~432mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-264

Fixed Size 8 Fast Scan

NULL

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-265

Fixed Size 8 Slow Scan

NULL

0~432

15~432mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-266

Fixed Size 9 Fast Scan

NULL

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-267

Fixed Size 9 Slow Scan

NULL

0~432

15~432mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-268

Fixed Size 10 Fast Scan

NULL

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-269

Fixed Size 10 Slow Scan

NULL

0~432

15~432mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-270

Fixed Size 11 Fast Scan

NULL

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-271

Fixed Size 11 Slow Scan

NULL

0~432

15~432mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-272

Top Direction Define in Scan

Head to Top : 0

0~1

0 : Head to Top, 1: Head to Left

790-273

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 1 in Scan

HB: 1003(50%)
MCW: 1001(25%)

25~1025

1~24: Not in use, 25~400:%, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003:
50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009:
81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015:
127.30%, 1025: 400.00%

Table 1 UI
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-274

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 2 in Scan

HB: 1007(70.7%)
MCW: 1003(50%)

1025

Same as above

790-275

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 3 in Scan

HB: 1009(81.6%)
MCW: 1005(61.2%)

1025

Same as above

790-276

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 4 in Scan

HB: 1010(86.6%)
MCW: 1007(70.7%)

25~1025

Same as above

790-277

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 5 in Scan

HB: 1013(115.4%)
MCW: 1009(81.6%)

25~1025

Same as above

790-278

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 6 in Scan

HB: 1014(122.5%)
MCW: 1010(86.6%)

25~1025

Same as above

790-279

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 7 in Scan

HB: 1017(141.4%)
MCW: 1013(115.4%)

25~1025

Same as above

790-280

Output Size 1 in Scan

10(A3 SEF)

1~255

1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15: A6LEF, 16:
A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67:
B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF, 87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF,
89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF, 94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF,
102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107:
Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7)
SEF, 111: 5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120: 7.25x10.5SEF, 123:
Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132: 11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF,
136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3
SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146:
A4 Cover LEF, 147: 13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11)
SEF, 151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard LEF,
155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159: 8K SEF (GCO)

790-281

Output Size 2 in Scan

12(A4 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-282

Output Size 3 in Scan

11(A4 LEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-283

Output Size 4 in Scan

HB: 66(B4 SEF)


MCW: 14(A5 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-284

Output Size 5 in Scan

HB: 68(B5 SEF)


MCW: 16(A6 LEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-285

Output Size 6 in Scan

HB: 104(8K SEF)


MCW: 66(B4 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-286

Output Size 7 in Scan

HB: 101(16K LEF)


MCW: 68(B5 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-287

Output Size 8 in Scan

HB: 89(8.5x11 LEF)


MCW: 67(B5 LEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-288

Default Background Suppression in Scan

Off

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

790-290

Preset Reduce/Enlarge 1 in Scan

(HB) 2: R/E Preset 2


(MCW) 4: R/E Preset 4

0~12

0: None
1~12 : R/E Preset 1~12

790-291

Preset Reduce/Enlarge 2 in Scan

(HB) 3: R/E Preset 3


(MCW) 9: R/E Preset 9

0~12

Same as above

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-161

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-162

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 UI
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-292

Preset Reduce/Enlarge 3 in Scan

(HB) 7: R/E Preset 7


(MCW) 0: None

0~12

Same as above

790-297

Default Compression of Scanned Data

0: Auto Selection

0~1

0: Auto Selection; 1: User Selection

790-298

Default Compression of Binary

1: MMR Compression

0~2

0: MH Compression; 1: MMR Compression; 2: JBIG2 Compression

790-299

Default Compression of Contone

0: JPEG Compression

0~1

0: JPEG Compression; 1: WMPhoto Compression

790-300

Special Document Select Switch Enable

Do not display

0~1

0: Do not display, 1: Display

790-301

Top Edge Erase in Copy

2 (mm)

0~50

0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments

790-302

Bottom Edge Erase in Copy

2 (mm)

0~50

0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments

790-303

Left Edge Erase in Copy

2 (mm)

0~50

0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments

790-304

Light Edge Erase in Copy

2 (mm)

0~50

0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments

790-305

Direction Adjust in Scan

0 : Not erect

0~1

0 : Not erect
1 : Erect

790-306

Remove Bleed Through in Scan

Off

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

790-307

Sharpness Adjust in Scan

Standard

0~4

0: More Compression, 1: Compression, 2: Standard, 3: Image Quality, 4: More Image Quality

790-308

Transfer Protocol in Scan

FTP

0~2

0: FTP, 1: SMB, 2: SMB (UNC)

790-309

File Format in Scan

TIFF/JFIF Auto Select

0~6

0: TIFF/JFIF Auto Select, 1: TIFF (1 page per file), 2: TIFF (Multi-page), 3: PDF 4: XDW (Not
applicable for XC/XE) 5: High compression PDF 6: High compression XDW (Not applicable for
XC/XE)

790-310

Delivery Confirm in iFAX

0: Off

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

790-311

Sharpness Adjust in Scan

Standard

0~4

0 : Sharper, 1: Sharp, 2: Standard, 3: Soft, 4: Softer

790-312

Edge Erase in Scan

On

0~1

0 : On, 1: Off

790-317

Display Color Space in Scan

On

0~1

0 : On, 1: Off

790-322

Reverse Edge Erase in Copy

Same as Side1

0~1

0 : Same as Side1, 1: Opposite to Side1

790-350

Fixed Original Size 12 in Scan

MCW: 102(16K SEF)

1~255

1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15: A6LEF, 16:
A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67:
B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF, 87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF,
89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF, 94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF,
102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107:
Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7)
SEF, 111: 5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120: 7.25x10.5SEF, 123:
Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132: 11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF,
136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3
SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146:
A4 Cover LEF, 147: 13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11)
SEF, 151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard LEF,
155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159: 8K SEF (GCO)
Same as above

790-351

Fixed Original Size 13 in Scan

MCW: 101(16K LEF)

1~255

790-352

Fixed Original Size 14 in Scan

MCW: 92(8.5x14 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-353

Fixed Original Size 15 in Scan

MCW: 118(8.5x13 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-354

Fixed Original Size 16 in Scan

MCW: 90(8.5x11 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-355

Fixed Original Size 17 in Scan

MCW: 89(8.5x11 LEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-360

Fixed Size 12 Fast Scan

NULL

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is 0.

Table 1 UI
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-361

Fixed Size 12 Slow Scan

NULL

0~432

15~432mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-362

Fixed Size 13 Fast Scan

NULL

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-363

Fixed Size 13 Slow Scan

NULL

0~432

15~432mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-364

Fixed Size 14 Fast Scan

NULL

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-365

Fixed Size 14 Slow Scan

NULL

0~432

15~432mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-366

Fixed Size 15 Fast Scan

NULL

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-367

Fixed Size 15 Slow Scan

NULL

0~432

15~432mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-368

Fixed Size 16 Fast Scan

NULL

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-369

Fixed Size 16 Slow Scan

NULL

0~432

15~432mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-370

Fixed Size 17 Fast Scan

NULL

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-371

Fixed Size 17 Slow Scan

NULL

0~432

15~432mm. * Initial value is 0.

790-380

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 8 in Scan

MCW: 1014(122.5%)

25~1025

1~24: Not in use, 25~400:%, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003:
50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009:
81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015:
127.30%, 1025: 400.00%

790-381

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 9 in Scan

MCW: 1017(141.4%)

1025

Same as above

790-382

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 10 in Scan

MCW: 1019(163.2%)

1025

Same as above

790-383

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 11 in Scan

MCW: 1022(200%)

1025

Same as above

790-384

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 12 in Scan

MCW: 1025(400%)

1025

Same as above

790-390

Output Size 9 in Scan

MCW: 70(B6 SEF)

1~255

1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15: A6LEF, 16:
A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67:
B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF, 87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF,
89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF, 94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF,
102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107:
Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7)
SEF, 111: 5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120: 7.25x10.5SEF, 123:
Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132: 11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF,
136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3
SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146:
A4 Cover LEF, 147: 13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11)
SEF, 151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard LEF,
155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159: 8K SEF (GCO)

790-391

Output Size 10 in Scan

MCW: 109(PostCard)

1~255

Same as above

790-392

Output Size 11 in Scan

MCW: 104(8K SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-393

Output Size 12 in Scan

MCW: 102(16K SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-394

Output Size 13 in Scan

MCW: 101(16K LEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-395

Output Size 14 in Scan

MCW: 92(8.5x14 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-396

Output Size 15 in Scan

MCW: 118(8.5x13 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-397

Output Size 16 in Scan

MCW: 90(8.5x11 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-398

Output Size 17 in Scan

MCW: 89(8.5x11 LEF)

1~255

Same as above

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-163

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-164

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 UI
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-401

1-Menu Display Customize Service Set

1: Copy

0~255

0: No feature, 1: Copy, 2: Fax/iFax, 3: Scan to E-mail,


4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC,
7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13:
DocuShare,
14: Media Print - Photos,
15: Media Print - Text,
16: CUI_IFAX, 17: BMLinkS, 61: Expansion,
101: Auto Gradation Adjustment,
102: Fax Receiving Mode, 103: Activity Report,
104: Language, 105: Store, 106: Print Mode,
107: Help, 108: Charge Print Box,
109: Secure Print Box, 110: Sample Set Box,
111: Delayed Print Box, 112: Private Charge Print Box

790-402

2-Menu Display Customize Service Set

2: FAX/iFAX

0~255

Same as above

790-403

3-Menu Display Customize Service Set

104: Language

0~255

Same as above

790-404

4-Menu Display Customize Service Set

3: Scan to Email

0~255

Same as above

790-405

5-Menu Display Customize Service Set

4: Scan to MailBox

0~255

Same as above

790-406

6-Menu Display Customize Service Set

105: Store

0~255

Same as above

790-407

7-Menu Display Customize Service Set

5: Scan to Server

0~255

Same as above

790-408

8-Menu Display Customize Service Set

6: Scan to PC

0~255

Same as above

790-409

9-Menu Display Customize Service Set

106: Printer mode

0~255

Same as above

790-410

10-Menu Display Customize Service Set

7: Box

0~255

Same as above

790-411

11-Menu Display Customize Service Set

10: Job Memory

0~255

Same as above

790-412

12-Menu Display Customize Service Set

102: Fax Receive mode

0~255

Same as above

790-413

13-Menu Display Customize Service Set

9: Job Flow Service

0~255

Same as above

790-414

14-Menu Display Customize Service Set

17: BMLinkS

0~255

Same as above

790-415

15-Menu Display Customize Service Set

103: Activity Report

0~255

Same as above

790-416

16-Menu Display Customize Service Set

0: No feature

0~255

Same as above

790-417

1-Menu Display Utility Service Set

MCW: 104(Language)

0~255

0: No feature, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment,


102: Fax Receiving Mode, 103: Activity Report,
104: Language, 105: Store, 106: Print Mode,
107: Help, 108: Charge Print Box,
109: Secure Print Box, 110: Sample Set Box,
111: Delayed Print Box, 112: Private Charge Print Box,
200: Screen Brightness / Contrast

790-418

2-Menu Display Utility Service Set

MCW: 200(Screen Brightness / Contrast)

0~255

Same as above

790-419

3-Menu Display Utility Service Set

MCW: 105(Store)

0~255

Same as above

790-420

4-Menu Display Utility Service Set

MCW: 101(Auto Gradation


Adjustment)

0~255

Same as above

790-421

Copy Custom Func No

1: Customized L1

0~2

0: No customization, 1: Customized L1, 2: Customized L2

Table 1 UI
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-422

Copy Custom Func L1_1

26: Margin Shift

0~255

Refer to the UI Dialogue Specifications for the setting range as the contents of this column varies according to the launch. 0: Not set, 1: Color mode, 2: Image Quality Presets, 3: Original
Type, 4: Lighten/Darken / Contrast (Color), 5: Lighten/Darken, 6: Sharpness/Color Saturation
(Color) 7: Sharpness/Color Saturation (BW), 8: Auto Exposure, 9: Color Balance, 10: Color
Shift, 21: 2 Sided, 22: Bound Originals, 23: 2 Sided Book Copy, 24: Original Size, 25: Border
Erase, 26: Margin Shift, 27: Image Rotation, 28: Mirror Image/Negative Image, 29: Original
Orientation, 30: Mixed Size Originals, 41: Copy Output, 42: Booklet Creation, 43: Covers, 44:
Transparency Separators, 45: Multiple-Up, 46: Poster, 47: Repeat Image, 48: Chapter Division/Inserter/Tab Sheet, 49: Annotation, 50: Set Numbering, 51: Output Side, 52: Folding, 61:
Build Job, 62: Image Overlay, 63: Delete Outside/Delete Inside, 64: Double Copy, 101: 2 Sided
(1 -> 2 Sided (H to H)), 102: 2 Sided (2 -> 2 Sided (H to H)), 103: Mixed Size Originals (Direct
selection of parameter), 104: Margin Shift (Center), 105: Copy Output (Collate), 106: Copy
Output (Staple (One Staple, Top Left), 107: Copy Output (Staple (Two Staples, Left), 108: Multiple-Up (2Up (Right -> Left)), 109: Multiple-Up (2Up (Right -> Left/Top -> Bottom)), 110: Output (Reverse), 111: Folding (Z-fold), 112: Sample Set, 113: Large Volume Document, 114:
Double Copy (Direct selection of parameter), 115: Slight Reduction, 116: Auto Exposure
(Direct selection of parameter), 117: Original Orientation (Head to Left) (Direct selection of
parameter), 118: Folding (Direct selection of parameter), 119: Build Job (Direct selection of
parameter), 120: Image Overlay (Direct selection of parameter)

790-423

Copy Custom Func L1_2

25: Border Erase

0~255

Same as above

790-424

Copy Custom Func L1_3

5: Ligthen/Darken

0~255

Same as above

790-425

Copy Custom Func L2_1

26: Margin Shift

0~255

Same as above

790-426

Copy Custom Func L2_2

3: Original Type

0~255

Same as above

790-427

Copy Custom Func L2_3

5: Ligthen/Darken

0~255

Same as above

790-428

Copy Custom Func L2_4

0: Not set

0~255

Same as above

790-429

Copy Custom Func L2_5

0: Not set

0~255

Same as above

790-430

Copy Custom Func L2_6

0: Not set

0~255

Same as above

790-431

Copy Custom Func L2_7

0: Not set

0~255

Same as above

790-432

Scan Custom Func No

0: No customization

0~1

0: No customization, 1: Customized L1

790-433

Scan Custom Func 1

0: Not set

0~255

0: Not set, 1: 2 Sided, 2: Scan Resolution, 3: Lighten/Darken, 4: Reduce/Enlarge

790-434

Scan Custom Func 2

0: Not set

0~255

0: Not set, 1: 2 Sided, 2: Scan Resolution, 3: Lighten/Darken, 4: Reduce/Enlarge

790-435

Current Display Language

1: Japanese

1~32

1: Japanese, 2: English, 3: French, 4: German, 5: Italian, 6: Spanish, 7: Portuguese, 8: Russian, 9: Simplified Chinese, 10: Korean, 11: Thai, 12: Vietnamese, 13: Traditional Chinese, 14:
Dutch, 15: Danish, 16: Swedish, 17: Finnish, 18: Norwegian, 19: Brazilian Portuguese, 20:
Bulgarian, 21: Polish, 22: Hungarian, 23: Romanian, 24: Czech, 25: Greek, 26: Turkish, 27:
Arabic, 28: Persian, 29: Hebrew

790-436

Service Customize Key1

1: Copy

0~255

0: No features, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server,


6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12:
Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102: FAX Receive
mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105: Create, 106: Printer mode, 107: Help

790-437

Service Customize Key2

0: Not set

0~255

Same as above

790-438

Service Customize Key3

0: Not set

0~255

Same as above

790-439

Keyboard Type Switch

0: Qwerty

0~1

0: Qwerty, 1: ABC

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-165

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-166

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 UI
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-440

Keyboard Limit

1: Display all other than


ASCII

0~1

0: Display only ASCII, 1: Display all other than ASCII

790-441

1-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-442

2-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-443

3-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-444

4-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-445

5-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-446

6-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-447

7-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-448

8-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-449

9-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-450

10-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-451

11-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-452

12-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-453

13-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-454

14-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-455

15-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-456

16-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-457

17-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-458

18-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-459

19-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-460

20-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-461

21-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-462

22-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-463

23-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-464

24-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-465

25-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-466

26-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-467

27-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-468

28-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-469

29-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-470

30-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-471

31-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-472

32-UI Display Language Limit

1 : Display

0~1

0 : Do not display 1 : Display

790-473

Job List Display Filter

0: Display all

0~3

0: Display all, 1: Transfer, 2: Print, 3: Communications

790-478

Panel UI Key Repeat Set

1: On

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

Table 1 UI
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-488

17-Menu Display Customize Service Set

0: No feature

0~255

0: No feature, 1: Copy, 2: Fax/iFax, 3: Scan to E-mail,


4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC,
7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13:
DocuShare,
14: Media Print - Photos,
15: Media Print - Text,
16: CUI_IFAX, 17: BMLinkS, 61: Expansion,
101: Auto Gradation Adjustment,
102: Fax Receiving Mode, 103: Activity Report,
104: Language, 105: Store, 106: Print Mode,
107: Help, 108: Charge Print Box,
109: Secure Print Box, 110: Sample Set Box,
111: Delayed Print Box, 112: Private Charge Print Box

790-489

18-Menu Display Customize Service Set

0: No feature

0~255

Same abore

790-490

5-Menu Display Utility Service Set

MCW: 103(Activity Report)

0~255

0: No feature, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment,


102: Fax Receiving Mode, 103: Activity Report,
104: Language, 105: Store, 106: Print Mode,
107: Help, 108: Charge Print Box,
109: Secure Print Box, 110: Sample Set Box,
111: Delayed Print Box, 112: Private Charge Print Box,
200: Screen Brightness / Contrast

790-491

6-Menu Display Utility Service Set

MCW: 102(Fax Receiving


Mode)

0~255

Same as above

790-492

7-Menu Display Utility Service Set

MCW: 106(Print Mode)

0~255

Same as above

790-531

19-Menu Display Customize Service Set

0: No feature

0~255

0: No feature, 1: Copy, 2: Fax/iFax, 3: Scan to E-mail,


4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC,
7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13:
DocuShare,
14: Media Print - Photos,
15: Media Print - Text,
16: CUI_IFAX, 17: BMLinkS, 61: Expansion,
101: Auto Gradation Adjustment,
102: Fax Receiving Mode, 103: Activity Report,
104: Language, 105: Store, 106: Print Mode,
107: Help, 108: Charge Print Box,
109: Secure Print Box, 110: Sample Set Box,
111: Delayed Print Box, 112: Private Charge Print Box

790-532

20-Menu Display Customize Service Set

0: No feature

0~255

Same abore

790-533

21-Menu Display Customize Service Set

0: No feature

0~255

Same abore

790-534

22-Menu Display Customize Service Set

0: No feature

0~255

Same abore

790-535

23-Menu Display Customize Service Set

0: No feature

0~255

Same abore

790-536

24-Menu Display Customize Service Set

0: No feature

0~255

Same abore

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-167

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-168

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 UI
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-550

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 8 in FAX

1014(122.5%)

25~1025

1~24: Not in use, 25~400:%, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003:
50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009:
81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015:
127.30%, 1025: 400.00%

790-551

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 9 in FAX

MCW; 1017(141.4%)

25~1025

Same as above

790-552

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 10 in FAX

MCW; 1019(163.2%)

25~1025

Same as above

790-553

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 11 in FAX

MCW; 1022(200%)

25~1025

Same as above

790-554

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 12 in FAX

MCW; 1025(400%)

25~1025

Same as above

790-560

Fixed Original Size 12 in FAX Scan

MCW: 102(16K SEF)

1~255

1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15: A6LEF, 16:
A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67:
B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF, 87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF,
89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF, 94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF,
102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107:
Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7)
SEF, 111: 5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120: 7.25x10.5SEF, 123:
Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132: 11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF,
136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3
SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146:
A4 Cover LEF, 147: 13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11)
SEF, 151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard LEF,
155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159: 8K SEF (GCO)

790-561

Fixed Original Size 13 in FAX Scan

MCW: 101(16K LEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-562

Fixed Original Size 14 in FAX Scan

MCW: 92(8.5x14 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-563

Fixed Original Size 15 in FAX Scan

MCW: 118(8.5x13 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-564

Fixed Original Size 16 in FAX Scan

MCW: 90(8.5x11 SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-565

Fixed Original Size 17 in FAX Scan

MCW: 89(8.5x11 LEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-566

FAX Pass Stamp UI Default

0:OFF

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

790-570

PTT Customization

0: Do not allow

0~2

0: Do not allow, 1: Allow for EU country settings, 2: Allow for NA country settings, 3: Allowed to
set EU/NA/DMO country

790-600

Poster Overlap Width

10mm

1~25

1mm~25mm

790-601

Image Shift Index

13mm

0~15

0mm~25mm

790-605

Sample Copy Enable

0: Disable

0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable

790-606

Annotation Page No-Pattern

1~6

1: N, 2: -N-, 3: Page N, 4: N/M, 5: -N/M-, 6: Page N/M

790-607

Annotation Page No-Position

Bottom Center

1~6

1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center
0: Opposite to Side 1, 1: Same as Side 1

790-609

Annotation Page No-Position_Side2

Opposite to Side 1

0~1

790-611

Annotation Date-Position

Bottom Right

1~6

1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center

790-613

Annotation Date-Position_Side2

Opposite to Side 1

0~1

0: Opposite to Side 1, 1: Same as Side 1

790-614

Annotation Stamp-Position

Top Right

1~9

1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center, 7:
Bottom Left Center, 8: Bottom Right Center 9: Center

790-617

Annotation Stamp-Density

0~2

0: 0% 1: 25% 2: 50%

790-618

Annotation Stamp-Position_side2

Same as Side 1

0~1

0: Opposite to Side 1, 1: Same as Side 1

790-619

Annotation Stamp-dirCheck

Set for each sheet

0~1

0: Set for first sheet, 1: Set for each sheet

Table 1 UI
Chain-Link

Content

Default

790-620

Allover Copy Enable

1: Disabled (a little smaller) 1~2

Range

Meaning

790-621

Scan Run Frame

0: Do not display 7sec


Scanning completed and
Transferring data messages

0~2

0: Do not display 7sec Scanning completed and Transferring data messages 1: Display
7sec Scanning completed but do not display Transferring data messages 2: Display both
7sec Scanning completed and Transferring data messages

790-630

Virtual Address Book

Address Book

0~6

0: Address Book 3: 3-digit Virtual Address Book 4: 4-digit Virtual Address Book 5: 5-digit Virtual Address Book 6: 6-digit Virtual Address Book (* Settings 1 and 2 are not allowed)

790-631

Address Book NVM Data Transfer To New HDD

Do not transfer

0~1

0: Do not transfer 1: Transfer

790-632

Added Thumbnail Default Net

1: Added

0~1

0: Not added; 1: Added

790-633

Added Thumbnail Default Mail

0: Not added

0~1

0: Not added; 1: Added

790-634

Counter Area Display

0:Copy Qty+Memory
Resource

0~2

0: Copy Qty+Memory Resource


1: Copy Qty+Doc Counter
2: Copy Qty only

790-635

Box Service Start Display

0 : Extended mailbox

0~1

0 : Extednd mailbox
1 : Copy server box

790-636

Counter Area Display

0: Display remaining time


(total)

0~1

0: Display remaining time (total)


1: Display time required (by jobj

790-640

Paper Change Display

FX/AP--0: Not displayed


XC/XE--1: Displayed

0~255

0: Not displayed
1: Displayed

1: Disabled (a little smaller); 2: Enabled

790-641

Paper Color Display

0: Not displayed

0~255

0: Not displayed; 1: Displayed

790-642

Paper Information Display

1: Available size displayed

0~255

0: Not displayed
1: Available size displayed
2: Punch attribute displayed
3 Color attribute displayed

790-661

Report Store Box ID

1~500

Box No.

790-662

Consumable Auto Display Timing

0: Not displayed

0~2

0: Not displayed
1: Displayed only when M/C is powered and finishes the initialization sequence and then
becomes ready.
2: Displayed every time Auto Clear occurs.

790-664

AddressBook Import Mode

0: Add mode

0~1

0: Add mode; 1: Replace mode

790-665

Default Display Tray Setting

1: Yes

0~1

0: No; 1: Yes

790-666

Display DADF FAX Read Mode

1: Displayed

0~1

0: Not displayed; 1: Displayed

790-667

UI Default FAX Auto Blankpage Detection

0: Disabled

0~1

0: Disabled; 1:Enabled

790-670

UI FAX Auto Blank Page Detection

0: Not displayed

0~1

0: Not displayed; 1: Displayed

790-671

Auto Resume Function

1: Enabled

0~1

0: Disabled; 1; Enabled

790-672

UI Default Auto Clear Time Out

1: According to M/C Config. 0~1

0: The service just before timeout is preserved.


1: According to M/C Config.

790-674

FAX Custom Func

0: No function

0: No function
1: Send duplex document.
2: Monitor Report
3: Communication mode
4: Sender log

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

0~255

2007/10/01
6-169

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-170

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 UI
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-676

UI Default Initial Inserter Tray

5:SMH

1~8

1: Tray 1; 2: Tray 2; 3: Tray 3; 4: Tray 4; 5: SMH; 6: Tray 6 (HCF); 7: Tray 7 (HCF);


8: Interposer

790-677

UI Default Cover Front Tray

5:SMH

1~8

1: Tray 1; 2: Tray 2; 3: Tray 3; 4: Tray 4; 5: SMH; 6: Tray 6 (HCF); 7: Tray 7 (HCF);


8: Interposer

790-678

UI Default Cover Back tray

5:SMH

1~8

1: Tray 1; 2: Tray 2; 3: Tray 3; 4: Tray 4; 5: SMH; 6: Tray 6 (HCF); 7: Tray 7 (HCF);


8: Interposer

790-679

UI Default Signature Cover

5:SMH

1~8

1: Tray 1; 2: Tray 2; 3: Tray 3; 4: Tray 4; 5: SMH; 6: Tray 6 (HCF); 7: Tray 7 (HCF);


8: Interposer

790-680

FAX Description TEL No Input Twice Regulation

0: Double entries prohibited 0~1

0: Double entries prohibited; 1: Double entries required

790-682

Separator Tray

5:SMH

0~8

0: Auto; 1: Tray 1; 2: Tray 2; 3: Tray 3; 4: Tray 4; 5: SMH; 6: Tray 6 (HCF); 7: Tray 7 (HCF);
8: Interposer
For targets, see Copy Service Func. FF.

790-683

Display Brightness and Contrast

-127~127

-127~127
(Upper and lower limits should be controlled on MCW (UI) panels each because the MCW
Panels have their different ranges available.)

790-684

UI Initial Popup

0: Nothing displayed

0~1

0: Nothing displayed; 1: Log In/Out window displayed

790-685

1-Extended Service-Service Type

0: No function

0~255

0: No function; 1: Copy; 2: FAX/iFAX; 3: Scan to Email; 4: Scan to Mailbox; 5: Scan to Server;


6: Scan to PC; 7: Box; 8: Print; 9: Job Flow Service; 10: Job Memory; 11: Multiple Services; 12:
Gemini; 13: DocuShare; 14: Media Print (digital photo print); 15: Media Print (text print); 16:
CUI_IFAX; 17: BM LinkS; 61: Exptension

790-686

2-Extended Service-Service Type

0: No function

0~255

the same as above

790-687

3-Extended Service-Service Type

0: No function

0~255

the same as above

790-688

4-Extended Service-Service Type

0: No function

0~255

the same as above

790-689

5-Extended Service-Service Type

0: No function

0~255

the same as above

790-690

6-Extended Service-Service Type

0: No function

0~255

the same as above

790-691

7-Extended Service-Service Type

0: No function

0~255

the same as above

790-692

8-Extended Service-Service Type

0: No function

0~255

the same as above

790-693

9-Extended Service-Service Type

0: No function

0~255

the same as above

790-694

10-Extended Service-Service Type

0: No function

0~255

the same as above

790-695

1-Extended Service-Info Type

0: None

0~1

0: None; 1: Index

790-696

2-Extended Service-Info Type

0: None

0~1

the same as above

790-697

3-Extended Service-Info Type

0: None

0~1

the same as above

790-698

4-Extended Service-Info Type

0: None

0~1

the same as above

790-699

5-Extended Service-Info Type

0: None

0~1

the same as above

790-700

6-Extended Service-Info Type

0: None

0~1

the same as above

790-701

7-Extended Service-Info Type

0: None

0~1

the same as above

790-702

8-Extended Service-Info Type

0: None

0~1

the same as above

790-703

9-Extended Service-Info Type

0: None

0~1

the same as above

790-704

10-Extended Service-Info Type

0: None

0~1

the same as above

790-705

1-Extended Service-Info

0~0xffffffff

any 4-byte value for a target service and an additional info type

790-706

2-Extended Service-Info

0~0xffffffff

the same as above

790-707

3-Extended Service-Info

0~0xffffffff

the same as above

Table 1 UI
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-708

4-Extended Service-Info

0~0xffffffff

the same as above

790-709

5-Extended Service-Info

0~0xffffffff

the same as above

790-710

6-Extended Service-Info

0~0xffffffff

the same as above

790-711

7-Extended Service-Info

0~0xffffffff

the same as above

790-712

8-Extended Service-Info

0~0xffffffff

the same as above

790-713

9-Extended Service-Info

0~0xffffffff

the same as above

790-714

10-Extended Service-Info

0~0xffffffff

the same as above

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-171

6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

General

General
6.4.3.8 Chain 790-xxx UI(ESS NVM)

2007/10/01
6-172

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.3.9 Chain 810-xxx Copy Service(ESS NVM)


Table 1 NVM 810 Cont-Copy List
Settings Range

Can be initialized

(Minimum
Value)

Sys-User

Sys-System

Can be
written

(Maximum
Value)

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

Initial Value

810-129

Maximum Stored Number of Copy Sheets

1-999: [1~999 pages]

999

810-132

ATS Operation Setting

TRUE (1): Perform only when APS is selected,


FALSE (0): Always perform ATS (inclusive of
Manual Tray selection)

APS only

810-136

APS 2 Sided Chapterize Setting

0: Do not chapterize, 1: Chapterize

Do not chapterize

810-156

Default Text Effect

1: Embossed, 2: Outline, 3: Text

3: Text

810-157

Text Size

24~80 (Points)

48 Points

255

810-158

Background Pattern

1: Wave, 2: Circle, 3: Stripe, 4: Chain, 5: Beam,


6: Rhombic, 7: Sunflower, 8: Fan

Fan

810-159

Background Color (Text Color)

9: Black, 11: Magenta, 12 Cyan

Black

12

810-160

Density

9: Light, 8: Normal, 7: Dark

Normal

810-161

Contrast

Contrast 1: 11, Contrast 2: 10, Contrast 3: 9,


Contrast 4: 8, Contrast 5: 7, Contrast 6: 6, Contrast
7: 5, Contrast 8: 4, Contrast 9: 3

13

810-162

Print Pattern (Date)

1: 20yy/mm/dd (hh:mm)
2: mm/dd/20yy (hh:mm)
3: dd/mm/20yy (hh:mm)
4: 20yy/mm/dd (hh H mm min) (hh H mm min)

FX: 1 (20yy/mm/dd)
XC: 2 (mm/dd/20yy)
XE: 3 (dd/mm/20yy)
IBG: 3 (dd/mm/20yy)

810-163

Forced Copy Analog WaterMark Output


Settings

0: Do not print, 1: Print

Do not print

810-164

Forced Client Print Analog WaterMark


Output Settings

0: Do not print, 1: Print

Do not print

810-165

Analog Watermark Output Settings of


Forced Device Startup Print

0: Do not print, 1: Print

Do not print

810-166

Analog WaterMark Output Settings of


Forced Media Print

0: Do not print, 1: Print

Do not print

810-170

Page Position Fine Adjustment Top Left


(Left/Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-173

6.4.3.9 Chain 810-xxx Copy Service(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-174

6.4.3.9 Chain 810-xxx Copy Service(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 NVM 810 Cont-Copy List


Settings Range

Can be initialized

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

Initial Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximum
Value)

Sys-User

Sys-System

Can be
written

810-171

Page Position Fine Adjustment Top Left


(Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-172

Page Position Fine Adjustment Top Right


(Left/Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-173

Page Position Fine Adjustment Top Right


(Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-174

Page Position Fine Adjustment Top


Center (Left/Right)

0~400: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

200

400

810-175

Page Position Fine Adjustment Top


Center (Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-176

Page Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Left (Left/Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-177

Page Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Left (Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-178

Page Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Right (Left/Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-179

Page Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Right (Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-180

Page Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Center (Left/Right)

0~400: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

200

400

810-181

Page Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Center (Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-182

Date Position Fine Adjustment Top Left


(Left/Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-183

Date Position Fine Adjustment Top Left


(Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-184

Date Position Fine Adjustment Top Right


(Left/Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-185

Date Position Fine Adjustment Top Right


(Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

Table 1 NVM 810 Cont-Copy List


Settings Range

Can be initialized

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

Initial Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximum
Value)

Sys-User

Sys-System

Can be
written

810-186

Date Position Fine Adjustment Top


Center (Left/Right)

0~400: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

200

400

810-187

Date Position Fine Adjustment Top


Center (Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-188

Date Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Left (Left/Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-189

Date Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Left (Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-190

Date Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Right (Left/Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-191

Date Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Right (Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-192

Date Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Center (Left/Right)

0~400: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

200

400

810-193

Date Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Center (Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-194

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Top Left


(Left-Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

28

200

810-195

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Top Left


(Top-Down)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

28

200

810-196

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Top


Right (Left-Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

28

200

810-197

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Top


Right (Top-Down)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

28

200

810-198

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Top


Center (Left-Right)

0~400: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

200

400

810-199

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Top


Center (Top-Down)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

28

200

810-200

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Left (Left-Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

28

200

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-175

6.4.3.9 Chain 810-xxx Copy Service(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-176

6.4.3.9 Chain 810-xxx Copy Service(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 NVM 810 Cont-Copy List


Settings Range

Can be initialized

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

Initial Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximum
Value)

Sys-User

Sys-System

Can be
written

810-201

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Left (Top-Down)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

28

200

810-202

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Right (Left-Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

28

200

810-203

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Right (Top-Down)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

28

200

810-204

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Center (Left-Right)

0~400: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

200

400

810-205

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Bottom


Center (Top-Down)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

28

200

810-206

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Left


Center (Left/Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

28

200

810-207

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Left


Center (Top/Bottom)

0~400: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

200

400

810-208

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Right


Center (Left/Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

28

200

810-209

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Right


Center (Top/Bottom)

0~400: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

200

400

810-210

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Center


(Left/Right)

0~400: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

200

400

810-211

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Center


(Top/Bottom)

0~400: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

200

400

810-212

Side 2 Print Page Position Fine


Adjustment (Left/Right)

0~400: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

200

400

810-213

Side 2 Print Page Position Fine


Adjustment (Top/Bottom)

0~400: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

200

400

810-214

Stamp User Registered Text 1

64+1 Bytes (32 double byte characters, 64 single


byte characters)

NULL

810-215

Stamp User Registered Text 2

64+1 Bytes (32 double byte characters, 64 single


byte characters)

NULL

Table 1 NVM 810 Cont-Copy List


Settings Range

Can be initialized

(Minimum
Value)

Sys-User

Sys-System

Can be
written

(Maximum
Value)

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

Initial Value

810-216

Stamp User Registered Text 3

64+1 Bytes (32 double byte characters, 64 single


byte characters)

NULL

810-217

Stamp User Registered Text 4

64+1 Bytes (32 double byte characters, 64 single


byte characters)

NULL

810-218

Stamp User Registered Text 5

64+1 Bytes (32 double byte characters, 64 single


byte characters)

NULL

810-219

Stamp User Registered Text 6

64+1 Bytes (32 double byte characters, 64 single


byte characters)

NULL

810-220

Stamp User Registered Text 7

64+1 Bytes (32 double byte characters, 64 single


byte characters)

NULL

810-221

Stamp User Registered Text 8

64+1 Bytes (32 double byte characters, 64 single


byte characters)

NULL

810-222

AWM User Registered Text 1

32+1 Bytes (16 double byte characters, 32 single


byte characters)

NULL

810-223

AWM User Registered Text 2

32+1 Bytes (16 double byte characters, 32 single


byte characters)

NULL

810-224

AWM User Registered Text 3

32+1 Bytes (16 double byte characters, 32 single


byte characters)

NULL

810-225

Font Size (Stamp)

6~64 (Points)

48 (Points)

255

810-226

Font Size (Date) Default

6~24 (Points)

10 (Points)

255

810-227

Font Size (Page Number) Default

6~24 (Points)

10 (Points)

255

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-177

6.4.3.9 Chain 810-xxx Copy Service(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-178

6.4.3.9 Chain 810-xxx Copy Service(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 NVM 810 Cont-Copy List


Settings Range

Can be initialized

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

Initial Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximum
Value)

Sys-User

Sys-System

Can be
written

810-228

Text Default (Stamp)

1: CONFIDENTIAL,
2: VOID,
4: Copy Prohibited,
6: IMPORTANT,
7: Circulate,
8: URGENT,
9: Ignore Side 2,
10: DRAFT,
64: Stamp Custom Digital Watermark 1,
65: Stamp Custom Digital Watermark 2,
66: Stamp Custom Digital Watermark 3,
67: Stamp Custom Digital Watermark 4,
68: Stamp Custom Digital Watermark 5,
69: Stamp Custom Digital Watermark 6,
70: Stamp Custom Digital Watermark 7,
71: Stamp Custom Digital Watermark 8

1: CONFIDENTIAL

71

810-229

Text Default (AWM)

3: Duplicate,
4: Copy Prohibited,
5: Copy,
32: AWM Custom Digital Watermark 1,
33: AWM Custom Digital Watermark 2,
34: AWM Custom Digital Watermark 3

4: Copy Prohibited

34

810-253

HWM Code Pattern Gradation K Color

1~144 1 gradation/step

17

144

810-254

HWM Code Pattern Tint Gradation Gap K


Color

0~228 1 gradation/step
(As this value becomes larger, the gap between
the tint and the code pattern widens, which causes
the code pattern to be printed more clearly.
Oppositely, they become harder to differentiate as
the value gets smaller)

140

288

810-255

HWM Latent Text Contrast Number 1


Gradation K Color

1~144 1 gradation/step

144

810-256

HWM Latent Text Between Contrast


Numbers Gradation Gap K Color

1~144 1 gradation/step

144

Table 1 NVM 810 Cont-Copy List


Settings Range

Can be initialized

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

Initial Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximum
Value)

Sys-User

Sys-System

Can be
written

810-257

HWM Latent Text Tint Gradation Gap K


Color

0~228 1 gradation/step
(As this value becomes larger, the gap between
the tint and the code pattern widens, which causes
the code pattern to be printed more clearly.
Oppositely, they become harder to differentiate as
the value gets smaller)

140

288

810-264

Default Digits

0: Not specified, 1~9: 1 to 9 digits

0: Not specified

810-265

Default Print Position

1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center,


4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center

6: Bottom Center

810-266

Default Font Size

6~24 (Points)

10 (Points)

24

810-267

Side 2 Position Specification

0: Opposite to Side 1, 1: Same as Side 1

1: Same as Side 1

810-268

Bates Numbering Position Fine


Adjustment Top Left (Left/Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-269

Bates Numbering Position Fine


Adjustment Top Left (Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-270

Bates Numbering Position Fine


Adjustment Top Right (Left/Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-271

Bates Numbering Position Fine


Adjustment Top Right (Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-272

Bates Numbering Position Fine


Adjustment Top Center (Left/Right)

0~400: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

200

400

810-273

Bates Numbering Position Fine


Adjustment Top Center (Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-274

Bates Numbering Position Fine


Adjustment Bottom Left (Left/Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-275

Bates Numbering Position Fine


Adjustment Bottom Left (Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-276

Bates Numbering Position Fine


Adjustment Bottom Right (Left/Right)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

810-277

Bates Numbering Position Fine


Adjustment Bottom Right (Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-179

6.4.3.9 Chain 810-xxx Copy Service(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-180

6.4.3.9 Chain 810-xxx Copy Service(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 NVM 810 Cont-Copy List


Settings Range

Can be initialized

Chain-Link

Parameter Name

Description

Initial Value

(Minimum
Value)

(Maximum
Value)

Sys-User

Sys-System

Can be
written

810-278

Bates Numbering Position Fine


Adjustment Bottom Center (Left/Right)

0~400: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

200

400

810-279

Bates Numbering Position Fine


Adjustment Bottom Center (Top/Bottom)

0~200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

12

200

6.4.3.10 Chain 800~809-xxx Print Service(ESS NVM)


Table 1 Print Service
Chain-Link

Content

Default

800-001

APS Job Recovery Method

6: Displays add paper.

800-002

Index Print - select

0: Not selected

0~3

800-003

Index Print - shift

130

0~150

1 to 150 (in steps of 0.1 mm)

800-004

Default output tray for E-mail printing

0: Center Tray (w/o C-Fin)


4: Top Tray (with C-Fin)

0~127

0: Center Tray
1: Side Tray
2: Finisher Tray
3: Center Tray 2
4: Top Tray
33-42: Mailbox 1-10
127: Auto (An option cannot be selected if not installed.

800-005

PJL EOJ Filter for RAW I/F

0: @PJL EOJ command is made effective 0~1


to finish the job.

0: @PJL EOJ command is made effective to finish the job.


1: @PJL EOJ command is ignored to continue the job.

800-006

Expand Print Mode

1: Standard

1~2

1: Standard
2: Expand

800-016

ID Print Stamp Position or Enable

5: Disable

1~5

1: Top Left
2: Top Right
3: Bottom Left
4: Bottom Right
5: Disable

800-017

Device Print Permission

1: True: Allow device print

0~1

1: True: Allow device print


0: False: Prohibit device print

800-018

Force Extend Print

1: Do not force extend print

1~2

1: Do not force extend print


2: Force extend print (For Kutani, installed from P/L)

800-019

XPS Print Ticket Mode

2: Standard

1~3

1: Not processed
2: Standard
3: Microsoft Spec compatible

800-037

Error Diffusion Step[M-Dark]

1~20

1~20

800-039

Signature Legacy Mode

0: Some margin (as normal)

0~1

0: Some margin (as normal)


1: No margin (The failure (AR86313) of existing M/Cs is emulated.)

803-505

HPGL Job mem Current

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-506

HPGL Job mem 1

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-507

HPGL Job mem 2

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-508

HPGL Job mem 3

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Range

Meaning
6: Displays add paper (SPS Off)
5: Uses a large paper size (no adjustment)
2: Uses a nearest paper size (with adjustment)
8:Feed from Bypass tray

2007/10/01
6-181

0: Not selected, 1: No operation; 2: Print on only tab; 3: Print on page and tab

6.4.3.10 Chain 800~809-xxx Print Service (ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-182

6.4.3.10 Chain 800~809-xxx Print Service (ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 Print Service


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

803-509

HPGL Job mem 4

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-510

HPGL Job mem 5

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-511

HPGL Job mem 6

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-512

HPGL Job mem 7

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-513

HPGL Job mem 8

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-514

HPGL Job mem 9

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-515

HPGL Job mem 10

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-516

HPGL Job mem 11

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-517

HPGL Job mem 12

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-518

HPGL Job mem 13

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-519

HPGL Job mem 14

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-520

HPGL Job mem 15

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-521

HPGL Job mem 16

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-522

HPGL Job mem 17

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-523

HPGL Job mem 18

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-524

HPGL Job mem 19

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

803-525

HPGL Job mem 20

0~1

0:HP750c
1:FX4036

805-781

TIFF Logical Printer 1 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

805-782

TIFF Logical Printer 2 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

805-783

TIFF Logical Printer 3 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

805-784

TIFF Logical Printer 4 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

805-785

TIFF Logical Printer 5 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

Table 1 Print Service


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

805-786

TIFF Logical Printer 6 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

805-787

TIFF Logical Printer 7 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

805-788

TIFF Logical Printer 8 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

805-789

TIFF Logical Printer 9 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

805-790

TIFF Logical Printer 10 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

805-791

TIFF Logical Printer 11 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

805-792

TIFF Logical Printer 12 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

805-793

TIFF Logical Printer 13 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

805-794

TIFF Logical Printer 14 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

805-795

TIFF Logical Printer 15 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

805-796

TIFF Logical Printer 16 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

805-797

TIFF Logical Printer 17 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred;
1: LEF preferred

805-798

TIFF Logical Printer 18 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

805-799

TIFF Logical Printer 19 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

805-800

TIFF Logical Printer 20 Bypass Tray feed direction

0: SEF preferred

0~1

0: SEF preferred
1: LEF preferred

806-996

PS Font Mismatch Default

0: Use a substitute font

0~1

0: Use a substitute font


1: End the job

806-997

PS ATCX Default

0: On

0~1

0: On
1: Off

806-998

PS Color Default

1: Color

0~1

0: Black and White


1: Color

806-999

PS Deferred Media Selection Enable

1: Enable

0~1

0: Disable
1: Enable

809-257

PC Prjob Mem Current

0~1

0: Not installed
1: Installed

809-258

PC Prjob Mem 1

0~1

0: Not installed
1: Installed

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-183

6.4.3.10 Chain 800~809-xxx Print Service (ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-184

6.4.3.10 Chain 800~809-xxx Print Service (ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 Print Service


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

809-259

PC Prjob Mem 1

0~1

0: Not installed
1: Installed

809-260

PC Prjob Mem 1

0~1

0: Not installed
1: Installed

809-261

PC Prjob Mem 1

0~1

0: Not installed
1: Installed

809-262

PC Prjob Mem 1

0~1

0: Not installed
1: Installed

6.4.3.11 Chain 820~825-xxx FAX Service(ESS NVM)


Table 1 FAX Service
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

820-002

Input tray specification in user declaration mode

0xDE

0~255

bit 0=(not used)


bit 1=Tray 1
bit 2=Tray 2
bit 3=Tray 3
bit 4=Tray 4
bit 5=(not used)
bit 6=HCF1
bit 7=HCF2

820-004

Specify whether to make ATS available for large-sized 1: ATS available for large size
fax pint

0~1

0: ATS unavailable for large size


1: ATS available for large size

820-006

Output Tray of Confidential Box Print

0: Center Tray

0~3

0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be
selected if they are not installed

820-010

Tray Selection for Ch0

0: Center Tray

0~3

0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be
selected if they are not installed

820-011

Tray Selection for Ch1

0: Center Tray

0~3

0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be
selected if they are not installed

820-012

Tray Selection for Ch2

0: Center Tray

0~3

0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be
selected if they are not installed

820-013

Tray Selection for Ch3

0: Center Tray

0~3

0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be
selected if they are not installed

820-014

Tray Selection for Ch4

0: Center Tray

0~3

0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be
selected if they are not installed

820-015

Tray Selection for Ch5

0: Center Tray

0~3

0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be
selected if they are not installed

820-016

2 Sided Print Setting for Print

0: 1 Sided

0~2

0: 1 Sided, 1: 2 Sided

820-019

Forced Polling

0: Off

0~1

0: Off, 1: Forced Polling

820-024

Broadcast / Multi-Poll Enable

0: Allow

0~1

0: Allow, 1: Prohibit 1=Prohibit

820-025

90 Rotation Setting for FAX Scan

1: 90 angle rotation setting On

0~1

0: 90 angle rotation setting Off, 1: 90 angle rotation setting On

820-026

FAX Scan Illegal Operation

1: Enable stored documents (Default 0~1


before PL2 was 0)

0: Discard stored documents, 1: Enable stored documents

820-027

Scan Resolution for G3 Auto or F4800bps

2=Fine (600/400) inch series, others 0~2


in mm series

0=Select mm series resolution 1=Select Inch series resolution 2=Fine (600/400) inch
series, others in mm series

820-028

Scan Reduce for Letter/Legal to A4

0: 100%

820-030

Status of FAX Card

820-031

Status of FAX Ch0

0~255

0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be
used 255=Cannot be used

820-032

Status of FAX Ch1

0~255

0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be
used 255=Cannot be used

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

0~1

0: 100%, 1: Reduce to A4 1=Reduce to A4


0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode.
1=Can be used 255=Cannot be used

2007/10/01
6-185

6.4.3.11 Chain 820~825-xxx FAX Service (ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-186

6.4.3.11 Chain 820~825-xxx FAX Service (ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 FAX Service


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

820-033

Status of FAX Ch2

0~255

0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be
used 255=Cannot be used

820-034

Status of FAX Ch3

0~255

0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be
used 255=Cannot be used

820-035

Status of FAX Ch4

0~255

0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be
used 255=Cannot be used

820-036

Status of FAX Ch5

0~255

0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be
used 255=Cannot be used

820-037

Max. No. of Pages Stored

999 pages

1~999

[1~999 pages]

820-038

FAX Auto Report Tray Selection

0: Center Tray

0~3

0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be
selected if they are not installed

820-039

FAX Auto Report Tray Selection

0: Center Tray

0~3

0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be
selected if they are not installed

820-040

FAX Info Attribute Priority[0] in Mailbox

0: F Code

0~4

0: F Code, 1: Caller.ID, 2: Remote ID, 3: Remote Name, 4: Dial-in No.

820-041

FAX Info Attribute Priority[1] in Mailbox

1: Caller ID (FX default) 2: Remote


ID (M/N, AP default)

0~4

0: F Code, 1: Caller.ID, 2: Remote ID, 3: Remote Name, 4: Dial-in No.

820-042

FAX Info Attribute Priority[2] in Mailbox

2: Remote ID (FX default) 3: Remote 0~4


Name (M/N, AP default)

0: F Code, 1: Caller.ID, 2: Remote ID, 3: Remote Name, 4: Dial-in No.

820-043

FAX Info Attribute Priority[3] in Mailbox

3: Remote Name (FX default) 1:


Caller ID (M/N, AP default)

0~4

0: F Code, 1: Caller.ID, 2: Remote ID, 3: Remote Name, 4: Dial-in No.

820-044

FAX Info Attribute Priority[4] in Mailbox

4: Dial-in No.

0~4

0: F Code, 1: Caller.ID, 2: Remote ID, 3: Remote Name, 4: Dial-in No.

820-045

Fax Scan Org Erase Top and Bottom

0mm

0~20

0~20. Unit: mm

820-046

Fax Scan Org Erase Right and Left

0mm

0~20

0~20. Unit: mm

820-047

Fax Manual Send Display

1: Display

0~1

[0: Do not display, 1: Display]

0~1

820-048

Send Header Log for iFAX Off Ramp

1: Attach

820-052

Fax Immediate Memory Threshold TX

No HDD=20% HDD=0% (Immediate 0~99


Send Off)

0~99% 1% increments

820-053

Fax Immediate Memory Threshold Scan

No HDD=5% HDD=0%

0~100% 1% increments

820-054

Fax Immediate Memory Threshold RX

No HDD=20% HDD=0% (Immediate 0~99


Receive Off)

0~99% 1% increments

820-056

Fax receiving input tray map for tray 1

0: None

0~500

Mailbox No. for Tray 1

820-057

Fax receiving input tray map for tray 2

0: None

0~500

Mailbox No. for Tray 2

820-058

Fax receiving input tray map for tray 3

0: None

0~500

Mailbox No. for Tray 3

820-059

Fax receiving input tray map for tray 4

0: None

0~500

Mailbox No. for Tray 4

820-120

Fax RX Pix Data Threshold

RAM Disk minimum value: 20


(2.0Mbytes)

0~255

0~255, 0=No limit 0.1Mbyte increments

820-122

Control Info Dadf Fax Read Mode

1: Scan non-standard

1~2

1: Scan non-standard; 2: Scan standard

820-123

FAX SCAN Auto Blankpage Detection

0: Unavailable

0~1

0: Unavailable; 1: Available

820-125

FAX Disable Tx Capab Bit

0: Not disabled

0~1

0: Not disabled; 1: Disabled

0~100

0: Do not attach, 1: Attach

Table 1 FAX Service


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

820-126

FAX AutoBlankPage DetectionThreshold

34729

0~65535

34729 to 52094

820-127

FAX AutoBlankPage Estimate Correction

1000

0~65535

1000 to 1500

820-128

FAX AutoBlankPage Correction Threshold

250

0~65535

0 to 500

820-129

FAX Resend Doc Enable

0: Disabled

0~1

0: Disabled; 1: Enabled

820-130

FAX Resend Doc Delete Mode

1: Auto-deleted after 24 or more


hours

0~1

0: Not auto-deleted
1: Auto-deleted after 24 or more hours

820-131

FAX Resend Doc Stop Enable

0: Disabled

0~1

0: Disabled; 1: Enabled

820-132

FAX Protocol XIPS enable

DS3000AS
1: Available
Non-DS3000AS
0: Unavailable

0~1

0: Unavailable
1: Available

823-001

Receive Mode Setting

0: Auto Receive

0~1

0: Auto Receive (Auto Call Response On) 1: Manual Receive (Auto Call Response
Off)

823-002

Direct Mail Guard

0: Off

0~1

0: Off, 1: On 1=On

823-006

G4 Receive Header

0: Do not attach

0~1

0: Do not attach, 1: Attach

823-007

Send Header Log

1: Attach

0~1

0: Do not attach, 1: Attach

823-011

G4 Protocol Packet Size

2048bytes

0x07~0x0b Send packet size 0x07: 128 0x08: 256 0x09: 512 0x0a: 1024 0x0b: 2048

823-012

Mailbox Enable by FAX Service

0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable

823-013

Mailbox Enable by Receiving Line

0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable

823-014

Mailbox Priority by Telephone Number

0~1

0=Dial-in no. at highest priority 1=Caller ID at highest priority

823-015

Line Monitor Setting

On

0~1

0=Off 1=On

823-016

Redial Attempts

5 times (5)

0~9

0~9 (0: Do not redial) 1 time increments

823-017

Redial Interval

1min (1)

0~15

0min (0) ~ 15min (0x0F) 1min increments

823-018

FAX Communication Interval

8sec (8)

3~255

3sec (3) ~ 255sec (0xFF) 1sec increments

823-019

FAX Printing 2 Up Enable

0: 2 Up Off

0~1

0: 2 Up Off, 1: 2 Up On 1=2 Up On

823-020

FAX Printing Page Segmentation Threshold

16mm(0x10)

0x00~0x7F 0mm (0) ~ 127mm (0x7F) 1mm increments

823-021

FAX Print Auto Reduce Mode Enable

1: Auto Reduce

823-022

FAX Batch Send Enable

1: On

0: Off, 1: On

823-023

FAX Local ID Send Enable

1: On

0: Off, 1: On 1: On

823-024

ISDN Tel No. Send Enable for Ch0

0: Do not send

0: Do not send, 1: Send

823-025

ISDN Tel No. Send Enable for Ch1

0: Do not send

0: Do not send, 1: Send

823-026

ISDN Tel No. Send Enable for Ch2

0: Do not send

0: Do not send, 1: Send

823-027

ISDN Tel No. Send Enable for Ch3

0: Do not send

0: Do not send, 1: Send

823-028

ISDN Tel No. Send Enable for Ch4

0: Do not send

0: Do not send, 1: Send

823-029

ISDN Tel No. Send Enable for Ch5

0: Do not send

0: Do not send, 1: Send

823-030

Dial Type for Ch0

0~2

0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS)

823-031

Dial Type for Ch1

0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS)

823-032

Dial Type for Ch2

0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS)

823-033

Dial Type for Ch3

0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS)

823-034

Dial Type for Ch4

0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-187

0: Print at 100%, 1: Auto Reduce

6.4.3.11 Chain 820~825-xxx FAX Service (ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-188

6.4.3.11 Chain 820~825-xxx FAX Service (ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 FAX Service


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

823-035

Dial Type for Ch5

Meaning
0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS)

823-036

Line Type for Ch0

0~1

0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange)

823-037

Line Type for Ch1

0~1

0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange)

823-038

Line Type for Ch2

0~1

0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange)

823-039

Line Type for Ch3

0~1

0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange)

823-040

Line Type for Ch4

0~1

0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange)

823-041

Line Type for Ch5

0~1

0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange)

823-042

FAX Service Setting for Ch0

0=Normal line

Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in
that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1
= Modem Dial-In Service Line

823-043

FAX Service Setting for Ch1

0=Normal line

Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in
that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1
= Modem Dial-In Service Line

823-044

FAX Service Setting for Ch2

0=Normal line

Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in
that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1
= Modem Dial-In Service Line

823-045

FAX Service Setting for Ch3

0=Normal line

Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in
that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1
= Modem Dial-In Service Line

823-046

FAX Service Setting for Ch4

0=Normal line

Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in
that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1
= Modem Dial-In Service Line

823-047

FAX Service Setting for Ch5

0=Normal line

Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in
that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1
= Modem Dial-In Service Line

823-049

ISDN Transmission Capability Setting

0=3.1K Audio

0~1

823-050

Ring Detect Frequency

0 times (0)

0~9

0~9 (times)

823-051

Declaration of Received Paper Size

0: Tray Selection

0~1

0: Tray Selection, 1: User Selection

823-052

Paper Size for User Declare in Fax Protocol

All paper sizes

825-001

1300Hz Receive ON/OFF

1=ON (Receive)

825-002

Boot Registration into Transmission Log

825-009

Pause Time. Waiting Time shown by Pause Mark

60 (3 sec)

825-017

Disconnection Detection for CH0

0~1

0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection 1: Detect disconnection

825-018

Disconnect Detection for Ch1

0~1

0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection

825-019

Disconnect Detection for Ch2

0~1

0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection

825-020

Disconnect Detection for Ch3

0~1

0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection

825-021

Disconnect Detection for Ch4

0~1

0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection

825-022

Disconnect Detection for Ch5

0~1

825-024

G4 to G3 Fallback Redial Enable/Disable

0 = Fallback Redial Off, 1= Fallback Redial On

825-025

ZZF: Continuation Judge When Receiving RTN

Continue (0)

0: Determine the fallback from the TCF check result and continue sending 1: Stop
transmission (The document becomes eligible for resend)

0=3.1K Audio, 1=Speech

1st byte bit1=A3SEF


byte bit1=A4SEF
detected
0~1

bit2=A4SEF
bit3=A5LEF

bit5=B4SEF 2nd byte bit0=LetterSEF 3rd


bit6=B5LEF bit=0: No paper bit=1: Paper

0=OFF (Do not receive), 1=ON (Receive)


0: Do not log, 1: Log
0 sec (0) to 12 sec (240) (in steps of 50msec)

0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection

Table 1 FAX Service


Chain-Link

Content

Default

825-033

Time of Tone Detection before Dial (PBX)

Range

Meaning

825-046

PB Sending Level for Ch0

0~15

0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments

825-047
825-048

PB Sending Level for Ch1

0~15

0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments

PB Sending Level for Ch2

0~15

0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments

825-049

PB Sending Level for Ch3

0~15

0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments

825-050

PB Sending Level for Ch4

0~15

0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments

825-051

PB Sending Level for Ch5

0~15

825-052

PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch0

High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9:
-1.5 10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5

825-053

PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch1

High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9:
-1.5 10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5

825-054

PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch2

High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9:
-1.5 10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5

825-055

PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch3

High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9:
-1.5 10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5

825-056

PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch4

High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9:
-1.5 10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5

825-057

PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch5

High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9:
-1.5 10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5

825-058

Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch0

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect 1: Detect

825-059

Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch1

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

825-060

Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch2

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

825-061

Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch3

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

825-062

Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch4

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

825-063

Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch5

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

825-064

Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch0

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect 1: Detect

825-065

Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch1

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

825-066

Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch2

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

825-067

Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch3

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

825-068

Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch4

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

825-069

Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch5

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

825-070

Dial Tone Detection before Dial for PBX

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

825-071

Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch0

0~255

0~255 (sec)

825-072

Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch1

10

0~255

0~255 (sec)

825-073

Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch2

10

0~255

0~255 (sec)

825-074

Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch3

10

0~255

0~255 (sec)

825-075

Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch4

10

0~255

0~255 (sec)

825-076

Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch5

10

0~255

825-077

Dialing Restriction for Ch0

0: Allow 1: Restrict

825-078

Dialing Restriction for Ch1

0: Allow 1: Restrict

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

0~255 (sec)

2007/10/01
6-189

0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments

0~255 (sec)

6.4.3.11 Chain 820~825-xxx FAX Service (ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-190

6.4.3.11 Chain 820~825-xxx FAX Service (ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 FAX Service


Chain-Link

Content

Default

825-079

Dialing Restriction for Ch2

Range

0: Allow 1: Restrict

Meaning

825-080

Dialing Restriction for Ch3

0: Allow 1: Restrict

825-081

Dialing Restriction for Ch4

0: Allow 1: Restrict

825-082

Dialing Restriction for Ch5

825-103

RX Gain in G3 Transmission Mode

6 (-6dB)

0~15

0~15 (0~-15dB)

825-104

TX Gain in ISDN G3 Transmission Mode

0~15

0~15 (0~-15dB)

825-110

TEI (The method of obtaining TEI is available with


Manually assign selected.)

0 to 63

825-111

Method of obtaining TEI

0: Manually assign

0: Manually assign; 1: Auto-assign

825-115

PB Pause Time. Interdigit Pause Time in PB (DTMF)


dial

102

0 to 255 (ms)

825-127

Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for Ch0

8~15

8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments

825-128

Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for Ch1

8~15

8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments

825-129

Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for Ch2

8~15

8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments

825-130

Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for Ch3

15

8~15

8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments

825-131

Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for Ch4

8~15

8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments

825-132

Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for Ch5

15

8~15

8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments

825-133

Busy Tone Detection Enable

1: Detect

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

825-134

Dial Tone Detection Enable

0: Do not detect

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

825-158

Transmission Completion No. on Transmission Log

825-159

ECM Ability

1: Enable

825-160

CNG Sending Time

60 (3000ms)

825-161

CED Hz

825-162

T1 Timer Value on FAX Receiving

39sec

825-163

Silent Time

75msec (75)

825-164

Enable FSK Detection before Receiving Image (NonECM)

1: Detect

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

825-165

Enable FSK Detection before Receiving Image

0: Do not detect

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

825-166

G3M CSI Send

0: Transmit

0~1

0: Transmit Off=1

825-168

Local Name Send

1: On

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

825-169

Local Name Resend

0: Do not resend

0~1

0: Do not resend, 1: Resend

825-170

ECM Frame Size

256bytes

256bytes=0 64bytes=1

825-171

G3M ECM T5 Time

0: 1(min)

0: 1 (min) 1: 3 (min) 2: No limit

825-173

RTN Command Sending Threshold (Ratio)

0: 5%

0: 5% 1: 10% 2: 15% 3: 20%

825-174

RTN Command Sending Threshold (Line)

0: No limit 1: 3 lines 2: 6 lines 3: 12 lines

825-175

DIS/DTC FIF Sending Byte Number

825-176

EMC Ability

1: Enable

825-177

CCITT Trellis Ability

0: V.27ter and below 1: V.29 and below 2: V.17 and below

825-178

CCITT Trellis Ability (International Communications)

0: V.27ter and below 1: V.29 and below 2: V.17 and below

825-179

ECM Block Synchronize for Ch0

200ms

200ms=00 500ms=1 1sec=2

0: Allow 1: Restrict

0: Total No. of sheets transmitted including those resent 1: Total No. of sheets transmitted for each line connection
0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable
1sec (20) ~ 7sec (140) (1=50msec)
0: 1080Hz 1: 2100Hz

1~90

1~90 (sec)
0: 75msec 1: 1sec

0: No limit 1: 4bytes System


0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable

Table 1 FAX Service


Chain-Link

Content

Default

825-180

ECM Block Synchronize for Ch1

200ms

200ms=00 500ms=1 1sec=2

825-181

ECM Block Synchronize for Ch2

200ms

200ms=00 500ms=1 1sec=2

825-182

ECM Block Synchronize for Ch3

200ms

200ms=00 500ms=1 1sec=2

825-183

ECM Block Synchronize for Ch4

200ms

200ms=00 500ms=1 1sec=2

825-184

ECM Block Synchronize for Ch5

200ms

825-185

ECM CTC Number for Ch0

0~7

0=000 ~ 7=111

825-186

ECM CTC Number for Ch1

0~7

0=000 ~ 7=111

825-187

ECM CTC Number for Ch2

0~7

0=000 ~ 7=111

825-188

ECM CTC Number for Ch3

0~7

0=000 ~ 7=111

825-189

ECM CTC Number for Ch4

0~7

0=000 ~ 7=111

825-190

ECM CTC Number for Ch5

0~7

0=000 ~ 7=111

825-191

ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch0

SHIFT DOWN

NOT=0 SHIFT DOWN=1

825-192

ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch1

SHIFT DOWN

NOT=0 SHIFT DOWN=1

825-193

ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch2

SHIFT DOWN

NOT=0 SHIFT DOWN=1

825-194

ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch3

SHIFT DOWN

NOT=0 SHIFT DOWN=1

825-195

ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch4

SHIFT DOWN

NOT=0 SHIFT DOWN=1

825-196

ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch5

SHIFT DOWN

NOT=0 SHIFT DOWN=1

825-197

G3 DIS Ignore for Ch0

0: Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once

825-198

G3 DIS Ignore for Ch1

0: Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once

825-199

G3 DIS Ignore for Ch2

0: Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once

825-200

G3 DIS Ignore for Ch3

0: Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once

825-201

G3 DIS Ignore for Ch4

0: Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once

825-202

G3 DIS Ignore for Ch5

0: Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once

825-203

G3 ECM EOR_Q Command for Ch0

1 (Domestic)

0: Stop 1: Continue

825-209

G3 Modem Mode for Ch0

AUTO

0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO

825-210

G3 Modem Mode for Ch1

AUTO

0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO

825-211

G3 Modem Mode for Ch2

AUTO

0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO

825-212

G3 Modem Mode for Ch3

AUTO

0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO

825-213

G3 Modem Mode for Ch4

AUTO

0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO

825-214

G3 Modem Mode for Ch5

AUTO

0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO

825-215

G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch0 except V.34

14400bps

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

825-216

G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch1 except V.34

14400bps

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

825-217

G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch2 except V.34

14400bps

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Range

Meaning

200ms=00 500ms=1 1sec=2

2007/10/01
6-191

6.4.3.11 Chain 820~825-xxx FAX Service (ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-192

6.4.3.11 Chain 820~825-xxx FAX Service (ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 FAX Service


Chain-Link

Content

Default

825-218

G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch3 except V.34

14400bps

Range

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

Meaning

825-219

G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch4 except V.34

14400bps

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

825-220

G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch5 except V.34

14400bps

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

825-221

G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch0 on V.34


(Extension Port)

33600bps

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

825-222

G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch1 on V.34


(Standard Port)

33600bps

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

825-223

G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch2 on V.34


(Additional Port)

33600bps

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

825-224

G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch3 on V.34

33600bps

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

825-225

G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch4 on V.34

33600bps

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

825-226

G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch5 on V.34

33600bps

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

825-227

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch0 except V.34

14400bps

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

825-228

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch1 except V.34

14400bps

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

825-229

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch2 except V.34

14400bps

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

825-230

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch3 except V.34

14400bps

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

825-231

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch4 except V.34

14400bps

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

825-232

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch5 except V.34

14400bps

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

Table 1 FAX Service


Chain-Link

Content

825-233

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch0 except V.34 Over- 4800bps


seas

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

825-234

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch1 except V.34 Over- 4800bps


seas

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

825-235

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch2 execpt V.34 Over- 4800bps


seas

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

825-236

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch3 except V.34 Over- 4800bps


seas

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

825-237

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch4 except V.34 Over- 4800bps


seas

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

825-238

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch5 except V.34 Over- 4800bps


seas

1~8 14400bps/V.17=1000 12000bps/V.17=0111 9600bps/V.17=0110 7200bps/


V.17=0101 9600bps/V.29=0100 7200bps/V.29=0011 4800bps/V.27ter=0010 2400bps/
V.27ter=0001

825-239

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch0 on V.34

33600bps

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

825-240

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch1 on V.34

33600bps

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

825-241

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch2 on V.34

33600bps

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

825-242

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch3 on V.34

33600bps

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

825-243

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch4 on V.34

33600bps

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

825-244

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch5 on V.34

33600bps

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

825-245

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch0 on V.34 Overseas

33600bps

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

825-246

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch1 on V.34 Overseas

33600bps

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Default

Range

2007/10/01
6-193

Meaning

6.4.3.11 Chain 820~825-xxx FAX Service (ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-194

6.4.3.11 Chain 820~825-xxx FAX Service (ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 FAX Service


Chain-Link

Content

Default

825-247

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch2 on V.34 Overseas

33600bps

Range

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

Meaning

825-248

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch3 on V.34 Overseas

33600bps

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

825-249

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch4 on V.34 Overseas

33600bps

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

825-250

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch5 on V.34 Overseas

33600bps

1~14 33600bps=1110 31200bps=1101 28800bps=1100 26400bps=1011


24000bps=1010 21600bps=1001 19200bps=1000 16800bps=0111 14400bps=0110
12000bps=0101 9600bps=0100 7200bps=0011 4800bps=0010 2400bps=0001

825-251

G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch0

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-252

G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch1

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-253

G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch2

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-254

G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch3

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-255

G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch4

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-256

G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch5

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-257

G3 TSI / CIG Send TSI for Ch0

AUTO

0~255 AUTO=00 Forced transmission=01 Do not transmit=10

825-263

G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch0

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-264

G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch1

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-265

G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch2

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-266

G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch3

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-267

G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch4

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-268

G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch5

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-274

Error Line Control

0: No limit

0: No limit 1: 128 lines 2: 256 lines 3: 512 lines 4: 1024 lines 5: 2048 lines

825-275

Error Judge Selection on RTN Sending

0: Proportion

0: Proportion 1: No. of lines

825-276

Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch0

1: -43dBm

0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm

825-277

Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch1

1: -43dBm

0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm

825-278

Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch2

1: -43dBm

0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm

825-279

Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch3

1: -43dBm

0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm

825-280

Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch4

1: -43dBm

0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm

825-281

Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch5

1: -43dBm

0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm

825-285

Transmission Declaration Paper Size

0x014c 0726: A3, A4, B4, A4LEF,


A5LEF, B5LEF, Letter, Legal, Ledger,
Letter LEF

0x0000 0002: A3 0x0000 0004: A4 0x0000 0020: B4 0x0000 0100: Letter 0x0000
0200: Legal 0x0000 0400: Ledger 0x0000 0800: 8.5x13 0x0004 0000: A4LEF
0x0008 0000: A5LEF 0x0040 0000: B5LEF 0x0100 0000: Letter LEF 0x0200 0000:
Letter Half LEF

825-322

V34 Modulate Ability Enable

1=On

0~1

0=Off, 1=On

825-417

TEI (The method of obtaining TEI is available with


Machinery asign selected) for option board 2

0~63

0 to 63

825-421

CED Start Time

2=1.0sec

0~3

0=2.0sec 1=0.2sec 2=1.0sec 3=2.3sec

Table 1 FAX Service


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

825-422

Outside Line No. Detect TX Mode Ch0

0: Do not set (Follow machine settings)

0~2

0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is
detected as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If
the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition no.,
transmission will be in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition
no., transmission will be in V.34

825-423

Outside Line Number Detect TX Mode Ch1

0: Do not set (Follow machine settings)

0~2

0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is
detected as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If
the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition no.,
transmission will be in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition
no., transmission will be in V.34

825-424

Outside Line Number Detect TX Mode Ch2

0: Do not set (Follow machine settings)

0~2

0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is
detected as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If
the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition no.,
transmission will be in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition
no., transmission will be in V.34

825-425

Outside Line Number Detect TX Mode Ch3

0: Do not set (Follow machine settings)

0~2

0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is
detected as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If
the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition no.,
transmission will be in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition
no., transmission will be in V.34

825-426

Outside Line Number Detect TX Mode Ch4

0: Do not set (Follow machine settings)

0~2

0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is
detected as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If
the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition no.,
transmission will be in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition
no., transmission will be in V.34

825-427

Outside Line Number Detect TX Mode Ch5

0: Do not set (Follow machine settings)

0~2

0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is
detected as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If
the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition no.,
transmission will be in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition
no., transmission will be in V.34

825-428

Outside Line Detect Number Ch0

0~11

0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *

825-429

Outside Line Detect Number Ch1

0~11

0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *

825-430

Outside Line Detect Number Ch2

0~11

0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *

825-431

Outside Line Detect Number Ch3

0~11

0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *

825-432

Outside Line Detect Number Ch4

0~11

0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *

825-433

Outside Line Detect Number Ch5

0~11

0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *

825-434

Hand Set Control in Sleep Mode

0~1

0: Not connected (no tone), 1: Connected (tone)

825-444

DAA Ringer Threshold CH1

0~1

0: 11~22Vms 1: 17~33Vms This is usually adjusted in the hardware to 11~22Vms.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-195

6.4.3.11 Chain 820~825-xxx FAX Service (ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-196

6.4.3.11 Chain 820~825-xxx FAX Service (ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 FAX Service


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

825-445

DAA Ringer Threshold CH2

0~1

0: 11~22Vms 1: 17~33Vms This is usually adjusted in the hardware to 11~22Vms.

825-446

DAA Ringer Threshold CH4

0~1

0: 11~22Vms 1: 17~33Vms This is usually adjusted in the hardware to 11~22Vms.

825-516

the capability to IFAX header (receive)

0: Not installed

0~1

0: Not installed; 1: Installed

6.4.3.12 Chain 830-xxx iFAX Service(ESS NVM)


Table 1 iFAX Service
Chain-Link

Content

Default

830-007

POP User Name

NULL

Range

Meaning
ASCII 64 characters

830-009

POP User Name 2

NULL

ASCII 64 characters

830-011

POP User Name 3

NULL

ASCII 64 characters

830-013

POP User Name 4

NULL

ASCII 64 characters

830-015

POP User Name 5

NULL

830-022

SMTP / POP3 Receiving Start

1: POP Receive

0~1

0: SMTP Receive, 1: POP Receive

ASCII 64 characters

830-023

POP Receiving Interval

10min

1~120

1~120min

830-024

Delete after POP Receiving

0: Delete

0~1

1: Do not delete, 0: Delete

830-025

Target of Mail Header Printing

1: Print headers and con- 0~3


tents

0: Print all headers and contents, 1: Print basic headers and contents, 2: Do not print headers
or contents, 3: Auto print according to content

830-026

Error Mail Print Enable

1: Always print headers


and contents

0: Do not print, 1: Always print headers and contents

0~1

830-027

Error Mail Send Enable

0: Do not send

0~1

1: Send, 0: Do not send

830-030

Mail Receiving Limit Enable

0: Do not limit

0~2

0: Do not limit, 1: Set domains to allow, 2: Set domains to prohibit

830-081

FAX Forward Limit Enable by Address Note

0: Do not limit

0~1

1: Limit, 0: Do not limit

830-083

SMTP Send Enable

1: Enable

0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable

830-084

Profile of Broadcast

0: TIFF-S

0~2

[0: TIFF-S, 1: TIFF-F, 2: TIFF-J]

830-085

Sending Mode of Broadcast

0: G3 Auto

0~2

[0: G3 Auto, 1: F4800, 2: G4 Auto]

830-086

Mail Send Page Segmentation Threshold-B

10

0~999

[0~999 pages] (0: No limit)

830-087

Delivery Check for Broadcast Transmission

0: Off

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

830-088

Delivery Check System

1: MDN

0~1

0: DNS, 1: MDN

830-090

Fax Relay Limit Size

8192

0~65535

0~65535KB (0: No limit)

830-091

POP Authentication (1)

0~1

0: Panel authentication, 1: APOP authentication

830-092

POP Server Port Number

110

1~65535

110, 8000~9999

830-103

DNS Return Mail Print

0~2

0: Do not print, 1: Always print headers and contents, 2: Print only when fail

830-109

Reply MDN Mail

0~1

0: Never reply, 1: Always reply

830-116

IFAX Neto Config Route

1~2

1: via MTA
2: P2P connected
3: Specified by user (unavailable for the moment)

830-118

IFAX Neto Config Retry Count

0~5

0: No retry;
1-5: Qty of retries

830-119

IFAX Neto Config Retry Interval

0~60

0: Immediate retry
1-60: Intervals of a certain time (min)

830-120

Print mode in iFax receiving

0~1

0: Auto distribution, 1: Print as iFax data (If B4 is output for A4, set to 1.)

830-121

Default message of internet fax

NULL

830-122

Authenticated user name in internet fax body

1: Added

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Max 256 bytes. Null terminal


0~1

0: Not added
1: Added

2007/10/01
6-197

6.4.3.12 Chain 830-xxx iFAX Service (ESS NVM)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-198

6.4.3.12 Chain 830-xxx iFAX Service (ESS NVM)

Table 1 iFAX Service


Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

830-123

Authenticated user email address in internet fax body

1: Added

0~1

0: Not added
1: Added

830-124

Number of pages in internet fax body

1: Added

0~1

0: Not added
1: Added

830-125

File format in internet fax body

1: Added

0~1

0: Not added
1: Added

830-126

IP address in internet fax body

0: Not added

0~1

0: Not added
1: Added

830-127

Serial number in internet fax body

0: Not added

0~1

0: Not added
1: Added

830-128

MAC address in internet fax body

0: Not added

0~1

0: Not added
1: Added

830-129

Device name in internet fax body

1: Added

0~1

0: Not added
1: Added

830-130

Device location in internet fax body

1: Added

0~1

0: Not added
1: Added

830-131

Signature message in internet fax body

NULL

Max 128 bytes. Null terminal

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.3.13 Chain 850-xxx EP-SV(ESS NVM)


Table 1 EP-SV
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

850-001

Availability of EP-SV & EP Goods

0=No

0~1

0=No
1=Yes

850-002

Availability of Telephone Line

0=No

0~1

0=No
1=Yes

850-003

EP Data Dispatch Type

0=Send to the EP-SV

0~2

0=Send to the EP-SV


1=Send to the EP-DX
2=Send to both

850-004

Display Time of Bundle

0=Prohibit

0~1

0=Prohibit
1=Process

850-007

Type of EP Goods

0~7

Refer to Common EP Accessories.

850-009

Print Control Function

0=Do not control

0~1

0=Do not control


1=Control

850-010

Interrupt Operation When Countdown Type is


Connected

1=Interrupt Off

0~1

0=Interrupt On
1=Interrupt Off

850-011

CRU Life Notice Enable in EP-SV

0=Prohibit

0~1

0=Prohibit
1=Allow

850-012

CRU Warning Notice Enable in EP-SV

0=Prohibit

0~1

0=Prohibit
1=Allow

850-015

Accessory Control Enable in Scan & FAX

0=Do not control

0~1

0=Do not control


1=Control

850-016

Disable Control at Countdown Accessory

0=Cancel job (Cancel)

0~1

0=Cancel job (Cancel)


1=Pause job

850-017

Use Card No. In Print Control

1: Use card no.

0~1

0: Do not use card no.


1: Use card no.

850-018

Paper Handling Mode In Dup With Old Dec Accl 1: Single sheet mode

0~1

0: Clear Single sheet mode and speed up


1: Single sheet mode

850-019

Remaining Job Auto Cancel Mode Exit Timer

10~300

10 to 300 (sec)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

15 (sec)

2007/10/01
6-199

6.4.3.13 Chain 850-xxx EP-SV(ESS NVM)

General

General
6.4.3.13 Chain 850-xxx EP-SV(ESS NVM)

2007/10/01
6-200

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.3.14 Chain 860-xxx EP-DX(ESS NVM)


Table 1 EP-DX
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

860-011

Remote Center Call Function Enable

0~1

0: Off
1: On

860-012

Alert Send Function Enable

0~1

0: Off
1: On

860-032

CRU Exchange Frequency

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

0~0xFFFFFFFF

2007/10/01
6-201

6.4.3.14 Chain 860-xxx EP-DX(ESS NVM)

General

General
6.4.3.14 Chain 860-xxx EP-DX(ESS NVM)

2007/10/01
6-202

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.3.15 Chain 870~900-xxx Diag(ESS NVM)


Table 1 Diag
Chain-Link

Content

Default

870-010

XERO:CRU #1 PR Wear previous value

[0~99999999]

870-011

XERO:CRU #2 PR Wear previous value

[0~99999999]

870-012

XERO:CRU #3 PR Wear previous value

[0~99999999]

870-013

XERO:CRU #4 PR Wear previous value

[0~99999999]

870-014

XERO:#1CRU WARNING previous value

[0~99999999]

870-015

XERO:#1DRUM Total CYCLE previous value

[0~99999999]

870-016

XERO:#2DRUM Total CYCLE previous value

[0~99999999]

870-017

XERO:#3DRUM Total CYCLE previous value

[0~99999999]

870-018

XERO:#4DRUM Total CYCLE previous value

[0~99999999]

870-019

XERO:#1DRUM DC CYCLE previous value

[0~99999999]

870-020

XERO:#2DRUM DC CYCLE previous value

[0~99999999]

870-021

XERO:#3DRUM DC CYCLE previous value

[0~99999999]

870-022

XERO:#4DRUM DC CYCLE previous value

[0~99999999]

870-023

XERO:#1DRUM AC CYCLE previous value

[0~99999999]

870-024

XERO:#2DRUM AC CYCLE previous value

[0~99999999]

870-025

XERO:#3DRUM AC CYCLE previous value

[0~99999999]

870-026

XERO:#4DRUM AC CYCLE previous value

[0~99999999]

870-027

Xfer:IBT Belt(IMPS) previous value

[0~99999999]

870-028

Xfer:IBT Belt(CYCLE) previous value

[0~99999999]

870-029

Xfer:1st BTR previous value

[0~99999999]

870-030

Xfer:Back Up Roll previous value

[0~99999999]

870-031

Xfer:2nd BTR Unit previous value

[0~99999999]

870-032

Xfer:Bearing BTR previous value

[0~99999999]

870-033

Xfer:Trim within Transfer Module previous value

[0~99999999]

870-034

Xfer:Belt Cleaner Blade previous value

[0~99999999]

870-035

Xfer:Belt Cleaner Film Seal previous value

[0~99999999]

870-036

PH:1Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value

[0~99999999]

870-037

PH:MSI NMBR of Feeds previous value

[0~99999999]

870-038

PH:3TM 2Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value

[0~99999999]

870-039

PH:3TM 3Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value

[0~99999999]

870-040

PH:3TM 4Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value

[0~99999999]

870-041

PH:1TM 2Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value

[0~99999999]

870-042

PH:TTM 2Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value

[0~99999999]

870-043

PH:TTM 3Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value

[0~99999999]

870-044

PH:TTM 4Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value

[0~99999999]

870-045

PV(CV) Counter for FILTER Life previous value

[0~99999999]

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Range

2007/10/01
6-203

Meaning

6.4.3.15 Chain 870~900-xxx Diag(ESS NVM)

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-204

6.4.3.15 Chain 870~900-xxx Diag(ESS NVM)

Version 2.1

Table 1 Diag
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

870-200

UI Diag Parameters Input Tray

1: Tray 1

0~9

[0: Auto, 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: Tray 5, 6: SMH, 7: HCF1, 8: HCF2, 9:
Interposer

870-202

UI Diag Parameters Total Sets In Job

1: 1 set

1~65535

[1~65535 sets]

870-203

UI Diag Parameters Paper Plex

0: 1 Sided

0~2

[0 : 1 Sided, 1: 2: 2 Sided (H to H), 2: 2: 2 Sided (H to T)]

870-204

UI Diag Parameters Media Type

0: Plain

0~66

[0: Plain, 1: Recycled, 2: Bond, 3: Lightweight, 4: Heavyweight 1, 5: Heavyweight 2, 6: Heavyweight 1 (Side 2), 7: Heavyweight 2 (Side 2), 8: Extra Heavyweight, 9: Extra Heavyweight
(Side 2), 10: Transparency, 11: Adhesive, 12: Labels, 13~31: Plain A~S, 32: Heavyweight 1A,
33: Heavyweight 1B, 34: Heavyweight 1S, 35: Heavyweight 1(S2)A, 36: Heavyweight 1(S2)B,
37: Heavyweight 1(S2)S, 38: Heavyweight 2A, 39: Heavyweight 2B, 40: Heavyweight 2S, 41:
Heavyweight 2(S2)A, 42: Heavyweight 2(S2)B, 43: Heavyweight 2(S2)S, 44: Heavyweight
1C, 45: Heavyweight 1C(2S), 46: Heavyweight 2C, 47: Heavyweight 2C(2S), 48: Heavyweight
2D, 49: Heavyweight 2D(2S), 50: Coated 1, 51: Coated 1(S2), 52: Coated 2, 53: Coated
2(S2), 54: Coated 1 Special (Coated Paper), 55~59: Custom Paper 1~5, 60: Tracing Paper,
61: Copied Paper, 62: Tabbed Paper Heavyweight 1, 63: Tabbed Paper Heavyweight 2, 64:
Labels 1, 65: Labels 2, 66: Hole-Punched]

870-205

UI Diag Parameters Color Mode

0: 4-color mode

0~3

[0: 4-color mode, 1: Tri-color mode, 2: Monochrome, 3: BW]

870-206

UI Diag Parameters Single Color

0: Black

0~6

[0: Black, 1: Yellow, 2: Magenta, 3: Cyan, 4: Red, 5: Green, 6: Blue]

870-207

UI Diag Parameters Screen

0: Text

0~9

[0: Text, 1: Photo, 2: Binary ED, 3: 24ED, 4: 320DACS, 5: 600, 6: 300, 7: 200C, 8: 200R, 9:
150]

870-208

UI Diag Parameters LUT

3: IOT On

0~3

[0: All Off, 1: IOT On, 2: Ctrack On, 3: IOT On]

870-209

UI Diag Parameters Coveragein

0: 0%

0~100

[0~100%]

870-210

UI Diag Parameters Resolution

0: 1200x1200

0~4

[0: 1200x1200, 1: 1200x600, 2: 600x600, 3: 300x300, 4: Not used]

870-211

UI Diag Parameters Media Size

5: A4LEF

0~50

[0: A6SEF, 1: A6LEF, 2: A5SEF, 3: A5LEF, 4: A4SEF, 5: A4LEF, 6: A3SEF, 7: B6SEF, 8:


B6LEF, 9: B5SEF, 10: B5LEF, 11: B4SEF, 12: 5.5x8.5(Statement)SEF, 13: 5.5x8.5(Statement)LEF, 14: 7.25x10.5(Executive)SEF, 15: 7.25x10.5(Executive)LEF, 16: 8x10SEF, 17:
8x10LEF, 18: LetterSEF, 19: LetterLEF, 20: 8.46x12.4(Spanish)SEF, 21: 8.5x13(Legal13)SEF,
22: 8.5x14 (Legal14)SEF, 23: 11x15SEF, 24: 11x17(Ledger)SEF, 25: A4CoverLEF, 26: 9x11
(LetterCover)LEF, 27: 12.0x18.0SEF, 28: 12.6x17.7(SRA3)SEF, 29: 12.6x19.2SEF, 30:
13x18SEF, 31: 13x19SEF, 32: 16K(TFX)SEF, 33: 16K(TFX)LEF, 34: 8K(TFX)SEF, 35:
16K(GCO)SEF, 36: 16K(GCO)LEF, 37: 8K(GCO)SEF, 38: Postcard SEF, 39: Postcard LEF,
40: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 41: Postcard(4x6)SEF, 42: Postcard(4x6)LEF, 43: Postcard(5x7)SEF, 44: Choukei 3SEF, 45: Choukei 3LEF, 46: Commercial 10LEF, 47: Monarch
LEF, 48: DL LEF, 49: Kakukei 20SEF, 50: Kakukei 6LEF]

900001~999

Tag 1V~Tag 999V

0~1

Tag information 1V~999V[0: Off, 1: On]

6.4.3.16 Chain 880-xxx Job Flow Service(ESS NVM)


Table 1 Job Flow Service
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

880-001

ESR Poolserver Config Enable

0: Disabled

0~1

0: Disabled
1: Enabled

880-002

ESR Poolserver Config port No.

80

1~65535

1~65535

880-003

ESR Poolserver Config Schema

1:HTTP

1~2

1:HTTP
2:HTTPS

880-004

ESR Poolserver Config Use Static Auth Info

0: Unavailable

0~1

0: Unavailable
1: Available

880-005

ESR Poolserver Config Timeout

60

1~300

1~300

880-006

Default Job Flow Repository

0: Device

0~1

0: Device
1: Pool Server

880-007

Job Flow Search Keyword 1

NULL

ASCII max 12 characters (M/N)

880-008

Job Flow Search Keyword 2

NULL

ASCII max 12 characters (M/N)

880-009

Job Flow Search Keyword 3

NULL

ASCII max 12 characters (M/N)

880-010

Job Flow Search Keyword 4

NULL

ASCII max 12 characters (M/N)

880-011

Job Flow Search Keyword 5

NULL

ASCII max 12 characters (M/N)

880-012

Job Flow Search Keyword 6

NULL

ASCII max 12 characters (M/N)

880-013

Job Flow Search Keyword 7

NULL

ASCII max 12 characters (M/N)

880-014

Job Flow Search Keyword 8

NULL

ASCII max 12 characters (M/N)

880-015

Job Flow Search Keyword 9

NULL

ASCII max 12 characters (M/N)

880-016

Job Flow Search Keyword 10

NULL

ASCII max 12 characters (M/N)

880-017

Job Flow Search Keyword 11

NULL

ASCII max 12 characters (M/N)

880-018

Job Flow Search Keyword 12

NULL

ASCII max 12 characters (M/N)

880-019

Job Flow Search Keyword 13

NULL

ASCII max 12 characters (M/N)

880-020

Job Flow Search Keyword 14

NULL

ASCII max 12 characters (M/N)

880-021

Job Flow Search Keyword 15

NULL

ASCII max 12 characters (M/N)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-205

6.4.3.16 Chain 880-xxx Job Flow Service(ESS NVM)

General

General
6.4.3.16 Chain 880-xxx Job Flow Service(ESS NVM)

2007/10/01
6-206

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.4.3.17 Chain 910-xxx Media Print Service(ESS NVM)


Table 1 Media Print Service
Chain-Link

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

910-001

Media Print Camera Smoothing

2:OFF

1~2

1: ON
2: OFF

910-002

Media Print Document Smoothing

2:OFF

1~2

1: ON
2: OFF

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-207

6.4.3.17 Chain 910-xxx Media Print Service (ESS NVM)

General

General
6.4.3.17 Chain 910-xxx Media Print Service (ESS NVM)

2007/10/01
6-208

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.5.1 Activity Report (User Mode)

Table 4

**Send**
Table 1
No Document
Start
.
No.
Recipient Time Time used
1
2

xx
xx

xxx
xxx

No. of
Communication
pages Mode Contents

xx: xx x min xx sec x


xx: xx x min xx sec xx

xx
xx

xxx
xxx

Communication
Result
xxxx
xxxx

Communication Result

Contents

Recipient Verification
Required

Error during communication caused by the recipient or the network

Resend Required

Number of resends exceeded the specified value

Repeat Reception
Required

Error during reception

XXX-XXX

Error code occurs (Chain-Link No.)

Cable Verification Required Line is not connected

**Receive**
Table 2
No Document
Start
.
No.
Recipient Time Time used
1
2

xx
xx

xxx
xxx

No. of
Communication Communication
pages Mode Contents
Result

xx: xx x min xx sec x


xx: xx x min xx sec xx

xx
xx

xxx
xxx

xxxx
xxxx

In the following order, one Remote Station is recorded.


Table 3

During Registration Dialing

Outgoing Call Recipient Name>Remote Terminal Name>Remote


ID>Telephone Number >Communication Mode
Incoming Call Remote Station Name>Remote ID>Communication Mode

For Full Dial

Outgoing Call Remote Terminal Name>Remote ID>Telephone Number


>Communication Mode
Incoming Call Remote Station Name>Remote ID>Communication Mode

For Email Address

Recipient Name>Email Address

Only one communication result is recorded in the four types of modes: G3, G4, EMC, and SG3
Table 4
Communication Result

Contents

Good

Print or Store to Mailbox completes without any errors.

Busy

The specified number of redials was exceeded

Auto Resend

Call for resend without exceeding the limit on resending

Disconnect

The operator forced a specific call to stop on the panel

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-209

6.5 Fax Related Information

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-210

6.5 Fax Related Information

Version 2.1

6.5.2 Activity Report (CE Mode)

6.5.3 Protocol Monitor

**Send**

Format Overview
The implication of the symbol which appears in the arrow

Table 1
No Document
Start
.
No.
Recipient Time Time used
1
2

xx
xx

xxx
xxx

No. of
Communication Communication
pages Mode Contents
Result

xx: xx x min xx sec x


xx: xx x min xx sec xx

xx
xx

xxx
xxx

In G3 mode, the command for displaying added information in the arrow is displayed.
< [Added Information] -

xxxx
xxxx

Example)
< @| , < #|
Implication of added information
Table 1

**Receive**
Table 2
No Document
Start
.
No.
Recipient Time
1
2

xx
xx

xxx
xxx

Time used

No. of
Communication Communication
pages Mode Contents
Result

xx: xx x min xx sec x


xx: xx x min xx sec xx

Mode Display Contents


Table 3

xx
xx

xxx
xxx

xxxx
xxxx

Added Information Code

When sending

When receiving

Normal signal

Normal signal

Undefined

Undefined

Undefined

CRC Error Detection

Undefined

Undefined

Undefined

Carrier disconnected for 1sec in image information

Undefined

Intermittent discontinuity in image information

Undefined

Undefined

Undefined

Undefined

Undefined

Undefined

Undefined

Undefined

Undefined

Undefined

Undefined

Undefined

Classification Code

Implication

Undefined

Undefined

External Line 0 (Channel 0)

Undefined

Undefined

Internal Line 0 (Channel 1)

Undefined

Undefined

External Line 1 (Channel 2)

Undefined

Undefined

Internal Line 1 (Channel 3)

External Line 2 (Channel 4)

Internal Line 2 (Channel 5)

Recorded G3 Signal Name and Implication

Table 2
Table 2

Signal Name

Implication

CED

Called Station Identification Signal

CNG

Outgoing Calling Tone

CI

Function Display Signal

ANSam

Varied Answering Tone

CM

Calling Menu Signal

JM

Common Menu Signal

CJ

CM Terminal Signal

NSF

Non-standard Features

CSI

Called Station Identification

DIS

Digital Identification Signal

NSC

Non-Standard Function Command

CIG

Calling Terminal Identification

DTC

Digital Send Command

SEP

Selection Polling

PSA

Polling Sub-Address

PWD

Password

NSS

Non-Standard Function Settings

TSI

Transmission Terminal Identification

DCS

Digital Command Signal

SUB

Sub Address

SID

Sending Station Identification

TCF

Training Check

CFR

Reception Preparation Verification

FTT

Training Failed

CTC

Correction Continuation (ECM)

CTR

Correction Continuation Response (ECM) [Response for CTC]

NSSX

Non-Standard Function Settings

TCFX

Training Check

PIX

Image Information

TRN

Training

CPIX

Image Information (ECM)

EOM

Note

EOP

Message Ends

EOS

Procedure Ends

MCF

Message Confirmation

MPS

Multi-Page Signal

PIN

Procedure Disruption Reject

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Signal Name

Implication

PIP

Procedure Disruption Affirmation

PRI-EOM

Procedure Disruption EOM

PRI-MPS

Procedure Disruption MPS

PRI-EOP

Procedure Disruption EOP

RTN

Retraining Reject

RTP

Retraining Affirmation

EOR. EOM

Resend Ends / Message Ends (ECM)

EOR. EOP

Resend Ends / Procedure Ends (ECM)

EOR. MPS

Resend Ends / Multi-Page Signal (ECM)

EOR.NULL

Resend Ends / Partial Page Boundary (ECM)

EOR.PEOM

Resend Ends / Procedure Disruption EOM (ECM)

EOR.PEOP

Resend Ends / Procedure Disruption EOP (ECM)

EOR.PMPS

Resend Ends / Procedure Disruption MPS (ECM)

ERR

Resend Completion Response (ECM) [Response for EOR]

PPR

Partial Page Request (ECM)

PPS. EOM

Partial Page Signal / Message Ends (ECM)

PPS. EOP

Partial Page Signal / Procedure Ends (ECM)

PPS. MPS

Partial Page Signal / Multi-Page Signal (ECM)

PPS. NULL

Partial Page Signal / Partial Page Boundary (ECM)

PPS. PEOM

Partial Page Signal / Procedure Disruption EOM (ECM)

PPS. PEOP

Partial Page Signal / Procedure Disruption EOP (ECM)

PPS. PMPS

Partial Page Signal / Procedure Disruption MPS (ECM)

RNR

Reception Not Allowed (ECM)

RR

Reception Allowed (ECM)

EOMX

Message Ends (Xerox)

EOR.EOMX

Resend Ends / Message Ends (Xerox, ECM)

EOR.MPSX

Resend Ends / Multi-Page Signal (Xerox, ECM)

EOR.PEOX

Resend Ends / Procedure Disruption EOM (Xerox, ECM)

EOR.PMPX

Resend Ends / Procedure Disruption MPS (Xerox, ECM)

MPSX

Multi-Page Signal (Xerox)

PPS. EOMX

Partial Page Signal / Message Ends (Xerox, ECM)

PPS. MPSX

Partial Page Signal / Multi-Page Signal (Xerox, ECM)

PPS. PEOX

Partial Page Signal / Procedure Disruption EOM (Xerox, ECM)

PPS. PMPX

Partial Page Signal / Procedure Disruption MPS (Xerox, ECM)

PRI-MPSX

Procedure Disruption MPS (Xerox)

PRI-EOMX

Procedure Disruption EOM (Xerox)

CRP

Command Resend

DCN

Disconnection Command

FNV

Invalid Field Signal

2007/10/01
6-211

6.5 Fax Related Information

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-212

6.5 Fax Related Information

Version 2.1
Table 2

Table 2
Signal Name

Implication

Signal Name

Implication

???

Undefined Signal

TnDBRes

Tone Detection B Response

RM.DATA

TnDRes

Tone Detection Response

RM.RRM

TnDtInd

Tone Detection Command

RM.SRM

TnSBCon

Tone Send B Confirmation

TnSBReq

Tone Send B Request

RM.SRR
[Note1]

Supplementary Information 1

TnSConf

Tone Send Confirmation

[Note2]

Supplementary Information 2

TnSReq

Tone Send Request

[Note3]

Supplementary Information 3

TrcCon

Trace Confirmation

[Error]

Error/Emergency Occurence

TrcReq

Trace Request

[event]

Event Information

SlpReq

Sleep Request

[V34Ph2]

Line Probing

SlpCon

Sleep Confirmation

[V34Ph3]

Equalizer Training

ExCaReq

Extended Capability Information Request

[V34Ph4]

Parameter Exchange

ExCaRes

Extended Capability Information Response

[DIAL]

Dial Information

ExCaCon

Extended Capability Information Confirmation

[TELCNT]

Line Connection (Telephone)

ExCaInd

Extended Capability Information Command

[TXCNT]

Line Connection (Auto Calling)

[RXCNT]

Line Connection (Incoming)

[DISCNT]

Line Disconnection

TRCINFO

Trace Information

[G3mCom]

Commands Issued by G3 Module

[ScmCom]

Commands Issued by System

AlmAInd

Call Abort Command

AlmARes

Call Abort Response

AlmSInd

Call Start Command

AlmSRes

Call Start Response

CalEInd

End Incoming Call Command

CallStts

Calling Status

CmlOReq

CML OFF Request

DialCon

Dial Confirmation

DialReq

Dial Request

HkOffDt

Hook Off Detection

HkOnDt

Hook On Detection

LnHAInd

Line Hold Intervention Abort Command

LnHdInd

Line Hold Intervention Command

LnHdRes

Line Hold Intervention Response

MemRCon

Memory Read Confirmation

MemRReq

Memory Read Request

SttsInd

Communication Status Command

SttsReq

Communication Status Request

TnDBInd

Tone Detection B Command

Common Recorded G3/G4 Signal Name and Implication


Table 3
Signal Name

Implication

RstReq

Restart Request

RstCon

Restart Confirmation

WrSysP

System Parameter Notification

WrSCon

System Parameter Receipt

DgWkReq

Self Diagnostic Start Request

DgWkCon

Self Diagnostic Start Confirmation

DiagReq

Self Diagnostic Command

DiagCon

Self Diagnostic Result

DgSIReq

Self Diagnostic Stop Request

DgSICon

Self Diagnostic Stop Confirmation

Alive

Actuation Status Display

Error

Error Notification

CallReq

Line Connection Request

CallCon

Line Connection Confirmation

CallInd

Line Connection Display

CallRes

Line Connection Response

DiscReq

Line Disconnection Request

DiscCon

Line Disconnection Confirmation

DiscInd

Line Disconnection Display

DiscRes

Line Disconnection Response

SeOpReq

Session Open Request

SeOpCon

Session Open Confirmation

SeClReq

Session Close Request

SeClCon

Session Close Confirmation

SeClInd

Session Close Display

SeClRes

Session Close Response

CapaReq

Capability Information Exchange Request

CapaCon

Capability Information Exchange Confirmation

CapaInd

Capability Information Exchange Display

CapaRes

Capability Information Exchange Response

PagSReq

Page Send Start Request

PagSInd

Page Receive Display

PagEReq

Page Send End Request

PagECon

Page Send End Confirmation

PagEInd

Page Receive End Display

PagERes

Page Receive End Response

DocEReq

Document Send End Request

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Table 3
Signal Name

Implication

DocECon

Document Send End Confirmation

DocEInd

Document Receive End Display

DocERes

Document Receive End Response

AbtReq

Session Stop Request

AbtCon

Session Stop Confirmation

AbtInd

Session Stop Display

AbtRes

Session Stop Response

Unknown

Undefined

2007/10/01
6-213

6.5 Fax Related Information

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-214

6.5 Fax Related Information

Version 2.1

Recorded G4 Signal Name and Implication

Table 4
Table 4

Signal Name

Implication

SABME

Extended Asynchronous Balanced Mode (Mod128) Shift

DISC

Disconnect Command

UA

Unnumbered Confirmation Response

DM

Disconnect Mode Response

FRMR

Frame Reject Response

SABM Asynchronous Balanced Mode (Mod8) Shift

Information Command

RR

Reception Permitted Command / Response

RNR

Reception Prohibited Command / Response

REJ

Reject Command/Response

XID

Exchange ID Command / Response

N2TOUT

Maximum Transmission Trials N2 Over

T3TOUT

T3 Timer / Timeout

Dev Dead

No Device Response

Overrun

Number of Overrun Errors

Nonoctet

Number of Non-Octet Alignment Frames Received

Abort Sq

Number of Abort Sequences Received

CRC Err

Number of CRC Error Occurrences

Long Frm

Frame Larger than the Maximum Value Defined

Discard

Discard Frame

Underrun

Number of Underrun Occurences

CR

Calling Request

CN

Signal Name

Implication

IF

Interrupt Confirmation

DIG

Diag

GQ

Registration Request

GF

Registration Confirmation

Unknown

Undefined

COMWTOUT
T20TOUT

Restart Timeout

T21TOUT

Calling Request Timeout

T22TOUT

Reset Request Timeout

T23TOUT

Restoration Request Timeout

T25TOUT
Lin Dead

No response from the lower level

DTErdy

DTE Ready

DCErdy

DCE Ready

DCEnot

DCE Set Ready

Off Hook

Calling Request

Bell

Incoming Indication

DialST

Dial Start

Dial

Dial Number Transmission

ID / CPS

ID / Call Progress Signal Reception

DATArdy

Data Ready

On Hook

Disconnect Request / Response

DiscCon

Disconnect Confirmation

DiscInd

Disconnect Command

Calls

TCR

Transport Connection Request

CA

Call Accept

TCA

Transport Connection Accept

CC

Connection Completed

TCC

Transport Connection Disconnect

CQ

Restoration Request

TBR

Transport Block Reject

CI

Disconnect Command

TDT

Transport Data

CF

Restoration Confirmation

Unknown

Undefined

SQ

Restart Request

T02TOUT

Waiting of TCR Reception

SI

Restart Command

T11TOUT

TCA Waiting for TCR

SF

Restart Confirmation

Net Dead

No response from the lower level

DT

Data

CSS

Session Start Command

RR

Reception Permitted

RSSP

Session Start Affirmation Response

RNR

Reception Prohibited

RSSN

Session Start Reject Response

RQ

Reset Request

CSE

Session End Command

RI

Reset Command

RSEP

Session End Affirmation Response

RF

Reset Confirmation

CSA

Session Stop Command

IT

Interrupt

RSAP

Session Stop Affirmation Response

Table 4

Table 4

Signal Name

Implication

Signal Name

Implication

CSCC

Session Change Control Command

OpenCon

G4 Channel Open Confirmation

RSCCP

Session Change Control Affirmation Response

ClsReq

G4 Channel Close Request

RSUI

Session User Information Response

ClsCon

G4 Channel Close Confirmation

ANYSS

Session Undefined

CallReq

Line Connection Request

CDS

Document Start Command

CallCon

Line Connection Confirmation

CDC

Document Continue Command

CallInd

Line Connection Display

CDE

Document End Command

CallRes

Line Connection Response

RDEP

Document End Affirmation Response

DiscReq

Line Disconnection Request

CDCL

Document Function List Command

DiscCon

Line Disconnection Confirmation


Line Disconnection Display

RDCLP

Document Function List Affirmation Response

DiscInd

CDPB

Document Page Boundary Command

DiscRes

Line Disconnection Response

RDPBP

Document Page Boundary Affirmation Response

LinkOk

For Packet Exchange

RDPBN

Document Page Boundary Reject Response

LinkNg

For Packet Exchange

CDUI

Document User Information Command

SeOpReq

Session Open Request

CDR

Document Resynchronized Command

SeOpCon

Session Open Confirmation

RDRP

Document Resynchronized Affirmation Response

SeOpInd

Session Open Display

CDD

Document Abort Command

SeOpRes

Session Open Response

RDDP

Document Abort Affirmation Response

SeClReq

Session Close Request

RDGR

Document General Application Reject Response

SeClCon

Session Close Confirmation

ANYDD

Document Undefined

SeClInd

Session Close Display

PresD

Presentation Attribute Descriptor

SeClRes

Session Close Response

DocuD

Document

CapaReq

Capability Information Exchange Request

PageD

Page

CapaCon

Capability Information Exchange Confirmation

TextU

Text Unit

CapaInd

Capability Information Exchange Display

RstReq

Restart Request

CapaRes

Capability Information Exchange Response

RstCon

Restart Confirmation

PagSReq

Page Send Start Request

WrSysP

System Parameter Notification

PagSInd

Page Receive Display

WrSCon

Accept System Parameter

PagEReq

Page Send End Request

RdSysP

Read System Parameter

PagECon

Page Send End Confirmation

RdSCon

System Parameter Information

PagEInd

Page Receive End Display

DgWKReq

Self Diagnostic Start Request

PagERes

Page Receive End Response

DgWkCon

Self Diagnostic Start Confirmation

DocEReq

Document Send End Request

DiagReq

Self Diagnostic Command

DocECon

Document Send End Confirmation

DiagCon

Self Diagnostic Result

DocEInd

Document Receive End Display

DgSIReq

Self Diagnostic Stop Request

DocERes

Document Receive End Response

DgSICon

Self Diagnostic Stop Confirmation

ChgCReq

Token Transfer Request

Alive

Actuation Status Display

ChgCCon

Token Transfer Confirmation

Error

Error Notification

ChgCInd

Token TransferDisplay

OpenReq

G4 Channel Open Request

ChgCRes

Token Transfer Response

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-215

6.5 Fax Related Information

General

General
Table 4
Signal Name

Implication

AbtReq

Session Stop Request

AbtCon

Session Stop Confirmation

AbtInd

Session Stop Display

AbtRes

Session Stop Response

FReq

G4F Code Request

Fcon

G4F Code Confirmation

FInd

G4F Code Indication

FRes

G4F Code Response

Unknown

Undefined

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-216

6.5 Fax Related Information

Version 2.1

Recorded ISDN Signal Name and Implication


Table 5
Signal Name

Implication

SABME

Extended Asynchronous Balance Mode Settings

DISC

Disconnect

UA

Unnumbered Confirmation

DM

Disconnect Mode

FRMR

Frame Reject

Information

RR

Reception Permitted

RNR

Reception Prohibited

REJ

Reject

XID

ID Exchange

UI

Unnumbered Information

T200TOUT

T200 Timeout

T201TOUT

T201 Timeout

T202TOUT

T202 Timeout

L1NOTSEN

Layer1 Send Unfinished

L2NOTE

Layer2 Note

INF00

INF00 Signal

INF01

INF01 Signal

INF02

INF02 Signal

INF03

INF03 Signal

INF04

INF04 Signal

INF0X

INF0X Signal

L1Deact

Layer1 Stop

DchColl

Dch Conflict

L1Sync

Layer1 Synchronization

L1Act

Layer1 Activation

L1Lost

Layer1 Non-synchronized

L1NOTE

Supplement

ALERT

Call Message

CALLPROC

Accept Call Setup Message

CONN

Response Message

CONNACK

Response Confirmation Message

PROG

Elapse Display Message

SETUP

Call Setup Message

RESUME

Resume Message

RESACK

Resume Confirmation Message

RESREJ

Resume Reject Message

SUSPACK

Suspend Confirmation Message

Table 5

Table 5
Signal Name

Implication

Signal Name

Implication

SUSPREJ

Suspend Reject Message

DgWkReq

Self Diagnostic Start Request

DISC

Disconnection Message

DgWkCon

Self Diagnostic Start Confirmation

RELEASE

Release Message

DiagReq

Self Diagnostic Request

RELCOMP

Release Completion Message

DiagCon

Self Diagnostic Confirmation

INFO

Added Information Message

DgSIReq

Self Diagnostic Stop Request

NOTIFY

Notification Message

DgSICon

Self Diagnostic Stop Confirmation

REST

Default Settings Message

Alive

Arrive Display

RESTACK

Default Settings Confirmation Message

Error

Error Notification

STATUS

Status Display Message

CallReq

Calling Request

STAENQ

Status Enquiry Message

CallCon

Calling Confirmation

ERROR

Error Notification

CallInd

Incoming Call Indication

NULL

Domestic Stipulated Message Classification Message

CallRes

Incoming Call Response

SETUPACK

Call Setup Confirmation Message

DiscReq

Disconnect Request

USERINFO

User Information Message

DiscCon

Disconnect Confirmation

HOLD

Hold Message

DiscInd

Disconnect Command

SUSPEND

Suspend Message

DiscRes

Disconnect Response

HOLDACK

Hold Confirmation Message

TrcReq

Trace Request

HOLDREJ

Hold Reject Message

TrcCon

Trace Confirmation

RETRIEVE

Cancel Hold Message

SlpReq

Sleep Request

RETACK

Cancel Hold Confirmation Message

SlpCon

Sleep Confirmation

RETREJ

Cancel Hold Reject Message

MRdWrReq

Memory Read/Write Request

DETACH

Channel Released Message

MrdWrCon

Memory Read/Write Confirmation

DETACK

Channel Released Confirmation Message

ToneReq

Tone Service Request

SEGMENT

Segmentation Message

ToneCon

Tone Service Confirmation

FACILITY

Facility Message

SusReq

Suspend Request

REGISTER

Registration Message

SusCon

Suspend Confirmation

CANACK

Cancel Registration Confirmation Message

ResReq

Resume Request

FACACK

Facility Confirmation Message

ResCon

Resume Confirmation

REGACK

Registration Confirmation Message

ModeChg

Communication Mode Change Notification

CANREJ

Cancel Registration Reject Message

OnLine

Online Notification

FACREJ

Reject Facility Message

OffLine

Offline Notification

REGREJ

Reject Registration Message

State

Calling Status

CONGEST

Congestion Control Message

RstReq

Restart Request

RstCon

Restart Confirmation

WrSysP

System Data Write Request

WrSCon

System Data Write Confirmation

RdSysP

System Data Read Request

RdSCon

System Data Read Confirmation

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-217

6.5 Fax Related Information

General

General
6.5 Fax Related Information

2007/10/01
6-218

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.5.4.1 Protocol Trace

T.30 PROTOCOL TRACE DIS/DCS (Year 2000 version)


According to the recommendation in year 2000 ITU-T (previously, CCITT), FIF Bit assignment of
DIS, DCS, DTC signals was modified and reached the maximum of 12 bytes (96 bits). According to
the new recommendation (F Code / Color Fax / I-Fax functions, etc), the assignment of individual
Bits is displayed as follows. (DIS FIF=20EEFAC4801F is used as an example)
Table 1

Hexadecimal number

Binary

0000

0001

0010

0011

0100

0101

0110

0111

1000

1001

1010

1011

1100

1101

1110

1111
Link is provided inside each Bit in the following illustration described in the Electronic Manual. Press
the button of the item to link to its contents description.
NOTE: *The stamp sets the reserved Bit to 0.
NOTE: JBIG: Joint Bi-level Image Coding Experts Group...Binary Image Encoding Method, Reversible (can be restored to original data after compression/expansion), for BW Fax Use
JPEG: Joint Photographic Coding Experts Group...Multi-Value Natural Image Encoding
Method, Non-Reversible (cannot be restored to original data once compressed or expanded),
for Color Fax Use

Figure 1 j0mf2701

6.5.4.2 FCF/FIF Description

6.5.4.3 Bit 7 Description

DIS: 80

64: ECM Frame size (DCS is invalid)

DCS: 82/83

0 : 256 Octet
1 : 64 Octet

DTC: 81

Refer to EFS of Bit 28 (6.5.4.15)

Frame (Signal) List Table sent by Sending Station during F-Code Communication...Frame Name is
printed in protocol
Table 1
Frame Name

FCF

Name/Contents

PWD

C1

Password. Enter password in FIF.


Sending permitted only when Bit 50 of DIS is 1.

SEP

A1

Selective Polling. Enter the Sub Address in FIF.


Displays the specific document number when used with PSA concurrently.
Sending permitted only when Bit 47 of DIS is 1.

PSA

61

Polling Sub Address. Enter the Sub Address in FIF.


Sending permitted only when Bit 35 of DIS is 1.

SUB

C2/C3

Sub Address. Enter the Sub Address of the called party in FIF.
Sending permitted only when Bit 49 of DIS is 1.

SID

A2/A3

Sending Station ID. Enter the identification number (Local Station ID) of the
Sending Station in FIF.
Sending permitted only when Bit 50 of DIS is 1.

The frame (signal) that can be used is decided according to the capability of the Receiving Station
declared by DIS.
Every frame in the table has to be sent prior to DCS.
When sending, Bit 49 and 50 of DCS and Bit 35, 47, and 50 of DTC must be set to "1.
Enter 20 characters for Password in ASCII code (0-9, #, *) and 20 characters for Sub Address in ASCII
code (0-9).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-219

6.5 Fax Related Information

General

General
6.5 Fax Related Information

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-220

Version 2.1

6.5.4.4 Bit 6 Description

6.5.4.5 Bit 16 Description

V8: V.8 Capability (28.8Kbps MODEM Function, SG3)

D2: Two Dimension Coding (Encoding Capability)

0 : Off

0 : MH only

1: On (DCS is invalid)

1 : MH and MR

6.5.4.6 Bit 15 Description

6.5.4.7 Bit 14~11 Description

VR: Vertical Resolution (Slow Scan Linear Density)

DSR: Data Signaling Rate (Electrical Transmission Speed), [ ] corresponds to the past machine only

0 : 3.85l/mm 1 : 3.85l/mm and 7.7l/mm


Also see Bit 44 and 45

Bit 44: Refer to 6.5.4.22

Bit 45: Refer to 6.5.4.21

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Table 1
14

13

12

11

DIS/DTC

DCS

V27ter Fall Back

2400 Bit/s: V27ter

V27ter

4800 Bit/s: V27ter

V29

9600 Bit/s: V29

V27ter and V29

7200 Bit/s: V29

Not in use

Invalid [14400 Bit/s: V33]

Preset

Invalid [12000 Bit/s: V33]

Not in use

Preset

Invalid [V27ter, V29, V33]

Preset

Not in use

14400 Bit/s: V17

Preset

12000 Bit/s: V17

Not in use

9600 Bit/s: V17

V27ter, V29, [V33] V17

7200 Bit/s: V17

Not in use

Preset

Preset

Preset

Not in use

Preset

Preset

Preset

2007/10/01
6-221

6.5 Fax Related Information

General

General
6.5 Fax Related Information

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-222

Version 2.1

6.5.4.8 Bit 10 Description

6.5.4.9 Bit 9 Description

RX: Reception Capability

TX: Preparation of Send Originals or Documents for Public Polling

0 : Off

0 : Send Document Not Available (DCS is fixed at 0)

1 : On

1 : Ready

6.5.4.10 Description for Bit 24.32.40.48, 56, 64, 72, 80, 88, 96, 104,
and 112

6.5.4.11 Bit 21~23 Description


MSL: Minimum Scan Line (Minimum Scan Line Electrical Transmission Time Capability)

EXT: Extend Field (Extended Field)

Table 1

0 : Indicates no data in the subsequent byte


1 : Indicates data in the subsequent byte

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

23

22

21

DIS (Minimum Scan Line Time


Capability)

DCS (Minimum Scan


Line Time)

20ms (3.85l/mm): T7.7=T3.85

20ms

40ms (3.85l/mm): T7.7=T3.85

40ms

10ms (3.85l/mm): T7.7=T3.85

10ms

5ms (3.85l/mm): T7.7=T3.85

5ms

10ms (3.85l/mm): T7.7=1/2 T3.85

Not in use

20ms (3.85l/mm): T7.7=1/2 T3.85

Not in use

40ms (3.85l/mm): T7.7=1/2 T3.85

Not in use

0ms (3.85l/mm): T7.7=T3.85

0ms

Displays the minimum scanning time per scan line for 7.7l/mm (High Quality) and 3.85l/mm (Standard) Slow Scan Linear Density of T7.7 and T3.85 respectively.

T7.7=1/2 T3.85 means that the scanning time in High Quality mode is reduced to half of the scanning time in Standard Mode.

MSL is being ignored at ECM Communication.

2007/10/01
6-223

6.5 Fax Related Information

General

General

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-224

6.5 Fax Related Information

Version 2.1

6.5.4.12 Description for Bit 19 and 20

6.5.4.13 Bit 17, 18 Description

UL: Unlimited (Unlimited length=Roll Paper)

WA3: Width of A3 (A3 Width)

LB4: Length of B4 (B4 length)

WB4: Width of B4 (B4 Width)


Table 1

Table 1
UL

LB4

Maximum Record Length (Slow Scan Length)

WA3

WB4

Maximum Record Width (Fast Scan Width)

A4 length (297mm)

A4 width (215mm)

B4 length (364mm) and A4 length (297mm)

Below B4 width (255mm) (A4 included)

Unlimited length (Roll Paper)

Below A3 width (303mm) (B4 and A4 included)

Invalid (Selection Not Allowed)

Invalid (Selection Not Allowed)

6.5.4.14 Bit 31 Description

6.5.4.15 Bit 28 Description

T6: T.6 Coding (MMR Coding)

EFS: ECM Frame size (ECM Frame Octet Count)

0 : MMR Coding Disabled

0 : 256 Octet (DIS is fixed at 0)

1 : MMR Coding Enabled

1: 64 Octet
NOTE: Among Bit 7 data, when DIS Bit 7 is 1, DCS Bit 28 will be declared as 1, and ECM frame will
become 64 Octet Mode. (For Description of Bit 7, refer to 6.5.4.3)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-225

6.5 Fax Related Information

General

General
6.5 Fax Related Information

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-226

Version 2.1

6.5.4.16 Description of Bit 27

6.5.4.17 Description of Bit 26

ECM: Error Correction Mode

UCM: Uncompressed Mode

0 : ECM Disabled

0 : Off

1 : ECM Enabled

1 : On

6.5.4.18 Description of Bit 25


HSM: 2400BPS Handshaking

6.5.4.19 Description for Bit 1, 3, 33~38, 47, 49~51, 53~55, 57, 59,
60, 62, 65~71, 73~75, 81~84, 87, 92~95, 97~99, 101, and 102

0 : Off

Table 1

1 : On
HSM is pertinent to past models. New recommended machine is set to 0.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Contents [For DIS/DTC -> 1: With capability, 0: No capability;


For DCS -> 1: Send the relevant signal, 0: Do not send]

Division

Bit No.

Item Name

Bit 1

SIM

I FAX Simple Mode Capability

Bit 3

REAL

I FAX Real time Internet Fax

Bit 33

IGN

Invalid Field Signal Capability

Bit 34

SPC

F Code Multiple Selection Polling Capability. DCS is set to 0.


(Refer to the table in 6.5.4.2)

Bit 35

SUB

F-Code Polling Sub Address Capability DCS is set to 0.


(Refer to the table in 6.5.4.2)

Bit 36

T43

Color Fax T.43 Encoding Capability. Select T.43 or JPEG (Bit 68)
as the Encoding Method

Bit 37

INT

Color Fax Plain Interleave Capability. Valid only when Bit 36 is 1.

Bit 34

SPC

F Code Multiple Selection Polling Capability. DCS is set to 0.


(Refer to the table in 6.5.4.2)

Bit 47

SEP

F Code Selection Polling Capability. DCS is set to 0.


(Refer to the table in 6.5.4.2)

Bit 49

SAC

F Code Sub Address Capability


(Refer to the table in 6.5.4.2)

Bit 50

PWC

F Code Password Capability


(Refer to the table in 6.5.4.2)

Bit 51~51 -

Bit 59~65 -

Mixed Mode / Bit 66 and 67

Bit 68

Color Fax JPEG Encoding Capability. Bit 27 (ECM) is set to 1 if


this is set to 1.

Bit 69

FC

Color Fax Full Color Capability. Valid only when Bit 68 is 1.

Bit 70

HUF

Huffman Code Table Command. Valid only when Bit 68 is 1. DIS is


set to 0. (Change the compression rate based on the Code Table)

Bit 71

12

12bit/pixel Capability. For 0, image data is 8bit/pixel. Valid only


when Bit 68 is 1.

Bit 73

SAM

Color Fax Sub Sampling Disabled (L*, a*, b* is 1: 1: 1). 0 is 4: 1: 1.


Valid only when Bit 68 is 1.

Bit 74

ILL

Color Fax Non-Standard Irradiated Light. 0 uses CIE Standard


Irradiated Light D50. Valid only when Bit 68 is 1.

Bit 75

GAR

Color Fax Non-Standard Gamut Range. 0 uses the standard


range. Valid only when Bit 68 is 1.

Bit 81

HKM

HKM key

Bit 82

RSA

RSA key

Bit 83

OVR

Overwrite Mode

2007/10/01
6-227

JPG

File Transfer Capability

6.5 Fax Related Information

General

General
Table 1
Division

Bit No.

Item Name

Contents [For DIS/DTC -> 1: With capability, 0: No capability;


For DCS -> 1: Send the relevant signal, 0: Do not send]

Bit 84

HFX

HFX40 Code

Bit 87

HFI

HFX40-I Hashing Capability

Bit 92~95 T44

Mixed Raster Contents Mode

Bit 97

C34

Color Fax 300x300, or 400x400 pixels/25.4mm Capability

Bit 98

C100

Color Fax 100x100 pixels/25.4mm Capability

Bit 99

BFT

Binary File Transfer Capability

Bit 101

IP

I FAX Selective Polling. DCS is set to 0.

Bit 102

IA

I FAX Routing Address. When used in DCS, other F-Code Bit 49


and 50 may be set to 1.

Division Description
Table 2
Division

Contents

C: Color Fax

Scan color originals with scanning depth of 200dpi or above and convert the 8x8bit
pixel element (or above) image data (CIELAB Data. Expressed in L*, a*, b*) into
JPEG or T.43-encoded (compressed) data for communication.
ECM is required for G3. a*: +RedGreen- (+ value for Red and - value for
Green), b*: +YellowBlue-(same) CIELAB Data Color Component Sampling
L*,a*,b* -> 4: 1: 1 shows that a*,b* components are reduced to 1/4 of L* component (Brightness element data). 1: 1: 1 indicates that Sub Sampling is not performed (not thinned out).
Moreover, if only L* component is being used while a*,b* value is set to 0, 0, it will
become BW Fax.

F: F-Code

(Refer to Table 2 for F-Code) F-Code Communication also supports passwordprotected Mail Box communication with machine of other brands. Registers the
password or sub-address to the receiving station and notifies the setup availability
in DIS.
Add password, sub address, and others in the function frame at the Sending Station and send. The Receiving station will receive only if the settings match. If the
Sending Station does not have the capability, the frame will not be sent.

T: File Transfer

M: Mixed Mode

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-228

6.5 Fax Related Information

Version 2.1

6.5.4.20 Description for Bit 46


HMSL: Super High Quality Mode MSL Time (Valid for DIS only)
0 : T15.4=T7.7
1 : T15.4=1/2 T7.7

If HMSL is 1 and T7.7 is 10, 20, 40ms, the linear scan time for Super High Quality Mode is reduced
to 1/2 of High Quality Mode.

If DIS T7.7 is 0ms or 5ms (Bit 23, 22 and 21 are 111, 001, and 110 respectively), Bit 46 must be set
to 0.

6.5.4.21 Description for Bit 45

6.5.4.22 Description for Bit 44

MBR: Meteric Based Resolution Preferred

IBR: Inch Based Resolution Preferred

(mm series resolution capability DIS only)

(Inch Series Resolution Capability) DIS

DIS

0 : Off
1 : On
0 : Off

DCS

1 : On (DCS is optional)
When Bit 15 is 1*

0 : mm series
1 : Inch series
Table 1

MBR

IBR

Resolution (relationship between Bit 15 and Bit 43, 44, and 45)
Invalid (Selection not allowed)

200x200 pel/inch

8x7.7 l/mm

8x7.7l/mm and 200x200pel/inch

When Bit 43 is 1*
Table 2
MBR

IBR

Resolution (relationship between Bit 15 and Bit 43, 44, and 45)

Invalid (Selection not allowed)

400x400 pel/inch

16x15.4 l/mm

16x15.4 l/mm and 400x400 pel/inch

* When Bit 41~43 is 0, the contents of Bit 15 becomes valid.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-229

6.5 Fax Related Information

General

General
6.5 Fax Related Information

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-230

Version 2.1

6.5.4.23 Description for Bit 43

6.5.4.24 Description for Bit 42

Super High Quality Capability

300x300 pel/inch (TC7033 Super High Quality-equivalent)

0 : Off

0 : Off

1 : On

1 : On

DIS 16x15.4 l/mm and/or 400x400 pel/inch


DCS 16x15.4 l/mm or 400x400 pel/inch

6.5.4.25 Description for Bit 41

6.5.4.26 Description for Bit 79

8x15.4 l/mm (7017/7045 High Quality 2-equivalent)

85O: T.85 JBIG Option Capabilities

0 : Off

0: Off

1 : On

1: On (Bit 78 and 27 are set to 1)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-231

6.5 Fax Related Information

General

General
6.5 Fax Related Information

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-232

Version 2.1

6.5.4.27 Description for Bit 78

6.5.4.28 Description for Bit 77

85B: T.85 JBIG Basic Capacity

LEG: North America Legal Size (215.9x355.6mm)

0: Off

0: Off

1: On (Bit 27: ECM is set to 1)

1: On (when DIS/DTC is 1, the reception capability of A4 size is required)

6.5.4.29 Description for Bit 76

6.5.4.30 Description for Bit 105~109

LET: North America Letter Size (215.9x279.4mm)


Table 1
0: Off
1: On (when DIS/DTC is 1, the reception capability of A4 size is required)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Bit NO

Contents

Remarks

Value

105

600

600x600 pixels/25.4mm

1: On
0: Off

106

1200

1200x1200 pixels/25.4mm

1: On
0: Off

107

3x6

300x600 pixels/25.4mm

1: On
0: Off

108

4x8

400x800 pixels/25.4mm

1: On
0: Off

109

6x12

600x1200 pixels/25.4mm

1: On
0: Off

2007/10/01
6-233

6.5 Fax Related Information

General

General
6.5 Fax Related Information

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-234

Version 2.1

6.5.5 Troubleshooting of ISDN Communication (FX only)

6.5.6 Super G3 Fax

This KIT is for Japan market only.

6.5.6.1 Super G3 Fax


In 1996 ITU-T, [Super G3 Fax] is recommended. [Super G3 Fax] supports 28.8Kbps Fax communication,
has modem capability of V.8 and V.34, and its protocol consists of V.8 and V.34 parts. ...33.6Kbps is also
available as an option. With [Super G3 Fax], 28.8Kbps communication with the other companies Fax is
made possible, and so is the communication with the conventional 14.4K/9600 bps G3 Fax.

When communicating via [Super G3] mode, [SG3] is recorded in the Report Mode column.

[Super G3] Image Information Transmission is performed in ECM (Error Correction Mode).

V.34 is the standard for 28.8K (option: 33.6K) to 2400 bps modem; V.8 is the standard for deciding
on the procedure to select the optimal mode for the preceding line condition to V.34. FIF configuration (Table 1) of CM and JM signals used in V.8 and the details of every bit are as follows.

[Super G3 Fax] can communicate with conventional Fax in standards other than V.34 (28.8K), such as
V.17 (14.4K) and V.29/V.27ter(9600/4800), and has V.8 feature which supports the procedure for selecting the optimal speed for verifying the line condition.

TCF signal (in Phase B) is not used in V.34.

The command (such as NSF/DIS) speed for the conventional procedure is 1200bps in V.34.

ANSam (Response signal):


Stops after the signal with amplitude of 2100Hz modulated by15Hz is being sent continuously
for 4sec, or once CM is detected. Fax without Super G3 capability is detected as CED.
CM (Calling Menu Signal):
300bps signal (*) that declares the modem mode that can be used at outgoing terminal.
JM (Joined Menu Signal):
Stops when 300bps signal, which declares the modem mode that can be used on the outgoing/
incoming terminal, and CJ are detected (For CM or JM FIF, refer to No. 2 "V.8 CM/JM Signal")
CJ (CM terminator):
Continuation of 300bps and 3 octet "0" by signals which indicate the end of CM and verify JM.
NOTE2 Signal Names and Contents
V.34ph2 (Phase 2): Probing
Measures the line attribute using Probing signal.
V.34ph3 (Phase 3): Equalizer Training
Set up the modem equalizer by the TRN signal
V.34ph4 (Phase 4): Final Training
Determines the signal speed
(V.34 Phase 1 is V.8 procedure)
This section (Phase 2 to 4) is automatically performed by the modem at the outgoing and incoming
terminals. Send Level, Equalizer, and Modulator Speed are determined. The value determined here
takes precedence over the NSF/DIS contents.

Figure 1 j0mf2716
NOTE1 Signal Names and Contents
CNG (Calling signal):
The signal for showing the communication function from the outgoing terminal is sent continuously until ANSam arrives.
CNG is not recorded in Trace.
During Manual Send, CI signal is sent as V.8 Calling signal
When Phase B is entered without ANSam being detected and DIS V.8 capability is available
(bit 6=1), send CI from the outgoing side and return to the V.8 procedure in Super G3 mode.
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-235

6.5 Fax Related Information

General

General

2007/10/01
6-236

6.5 Fax Related Information

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.5.6.2 V.8 CM/JM Signal


FIF configuration (Table 1) of CM and JM signals used in V.8 and the details of every bit are as follows.
V.8 is the standard that decides the procedure for modem with multiple capabilities to auto select the optimal mode corresponding to the line condition.

Figure 2 j0mf2717

Figure 3 j0mf2718

6.5.6.3 V.8 Operation / Auto Send

6.5.6.4 V.8 Operation/Manual Send

[Super G3 Fax] can communicate with conventional Fax in standards other than V.34 (28.8K), such as
V.17 (14.4K) and V.29/V.27ter(9600/4800). Communication procedure is selected following the flow
below based on the capability of the remote station/detected signal.

Below is the flow for Manual Send at the Sending Terminal.

Below is the flow when either the incoming or outgoing terminal or both has [Super G3 Fax] capability
and Auto Send takes place at the outgoing terminal.

Figure 5 j0mf2720

Figure 4 j0mf2719

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-237

6.5 Fax Related Information

General

General
6.5 Fax Related Information

2007/10/01
6-238

6.5.6.5 Troubleshooting of Super G3 Fax


As Super G3 Fax belongs to analog communication, its basic troubleshooting is the same as G3 Fax. As
differences exist due to the fast communication speed and the different communication procedure, troubleshooting unique in Super G3 mode will be described.
Super G3 Fax can communicate up to a maximum speed of 28800bit/s with V.34 modem. With option, it
can communicate up to 33600bit/s.
As the conventional communication speed is 14400bit/s (V.17), to achieve high speed communication by
V.34, you have to perform data transmission of 2 times or above the conventional speed at one time.
Therefore, communication is affected by the quality of telephone line now more than before. Even with
telephone lines that can communicate without errors in 14400/9600bit/s, communication errors may
occur in Super G3.
Normal analog public lines have satisfactory frequency characteristics in 300-3400Hz zone. Even if
Super G3 communication sends or receives using the same remote party or telephone line, the communication speed may differ. This is because the speed is decided based on the line quality measured at the
sending side using the Probing feature performed in V.34 procedure, and when sending or receiving is
done in Super G3, the result from Probing is changed. That is, Super G3 mode cannot always communicate at the highest speed (33600bit/s). Domestic Super G3 communication can achieve a speed of
21600bit/s and above in most cases.
The conventional Fax at 14400bit/s or lower uses half-duplex communication which sends the signal
alternately whereas Super G3 Fax is performed using full-duplex communication which has a different
communication procedure. In full-duplex communication, Fax from both sides will send signal concurrently and each side can monitor the signal of the remote party while sending its own signal. Therefore,
until now, the communication status can be verified by monitoring the sound of the line but Super G3
communication is unable to judge by the monitor sound. That is, when communication error occurs, protocol monitor analysis is required now more than ever, and the frequency in which the Traces between
the incoming and outgoing stations are compared increases.

Super G3 Troubleshooting Precautions

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

V.8 procedure uses CNG (or CI: for Manual Send) sent by the outgoing terminal and ANSam tonal
(sound) signal sent by the incoming terminal. If the line is noisy or the signal level is low, these tonal signals cannot be recognized properly by the remote station and resulting in errors. Procure the protocol of
the remote station and determine whether the signals (recorded in ones Trace) sent from here are
recorded.
V.34 procedure is being carried out in order of Phase 2, 3, and 4, and [V34ph2], [V34ph3], and [V34ph4]
is recorded in the Protocol Trace. If Phase 4 has completed successfully, proceed to Phase B, C, D, and
E. Please refer to the procedure in the past for the troubleshooting here.
When the line is noisy or the signal is low, the procedure is not carried out properly. When Phase 2, 3,
and 4 is being carried out repeatedly, [V34ph2], [V34ph3], [V34ph4], [V34ph2], [V34ph3], [V34ph4]...will
be recorded in the Protocol Trace repeatedly. If error occurred in the procedure of Phase 2, [V34ph2] is
recorded but not [V34ph3] and [V34ph4].
It can determine whether there is a problem with the analog characteristics of the telephone line in both
examples described here and determine if the Send level is not appropriate.

Send level: As Super G3 Fax is analog communication, the signal level is very important. Especially
when the noise level ratio (known as S/N ratio) becomes an issue. To detect the signal correctly, the S/N
ratio must be above a certain level. Verify the Protocol Trace, if the remote station indicates "Same signal
is sent repeatedly", "Do not advance to the next procedure", or the likes, it will mean that the remote station cannot recognize the signal from here.
In such cases, you can try changing the Send Level. If the Send Level is increased with the same noise
level, S/N ratio becomes larger. When changing the Send Level, slowly increase or decrease the level (12dB) and test the communication several times with the changed value to find the best value.
However, if digital lines (ISDN/Corporate Digital Leased Line) or digital devices (such as digital PBX/TA)
are used, analog signal with too high a level will cause the wave pattern to become erratic and the communication cannot take place normally (when performing analog-digital modulation, the wave pattern of
high level signals is erratic). In line environment like this, lower the Send Level for satisfactory communication.

ECM: ECM is required in Super G3 communication. Set the ECM feature to OFF and communicate via
V.17/V.29(1400/9600bit/s) instead of V.34, even if Super G3 mode is available.

Communication Procedure: Super G3 communication procedure consists of V.8 and V.34 procedures.
V.8 procedure will determine the verification of Super G3 mode and the communication speed. Once the
V.8 procedure has completed, it will proceed to V.34 procedure and transmit image information via V.34
procedure. V.34 procedure has the same command names as G3 procedure (such as V.17/V.29) and
most of their protocol traces are the same, but as it uses full-duplex communication, its command transmission speed is 1200bit/s.

Speed: The highest speed is 33600bit/s for Super G3 mode; however, most of the PSTN communications in Japan are performed in 31200~21600 bit/s. If the line condition is very bad, the speed may be
reduced to 9600bit/s. Communication speed is determined by the result of Phase 2 procedure for V.34
Send Terminal. Therefore, even if the same line is used, a change in the Send Terminal will affect the
communication speed.

Line Frequency Characteristics (F attribute): Attributes for telephone line frequency is known as [Frequency Characteristic], and ideally, the characteristic is uniform between 300 to 3400Hz used by the telephone. However, for public lines, it is normal for the lower frequency and the higher frequency to
deteriorate (attenuation distortion, delayed signals), and the deterioration extent increases as the ground
distance (accurately speaking, the line distance for the analog section) becomes longer. As compared to
normal telephone calls and G3 Fax communication, the Frequency Characteristics for Super G3 communication is greatly affected. Even for lines that can carry out 14000/9600bps communication normally,
error may occur in Super G3 communication. As audio compression is being performed in most of the
Corporate Leased Lines (digital lines), the Frequency Characteristic is worst than the NTT public line,
resulting in a high level of error occurrences in Super G3 communication.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-239

6.5 Fax Related Information

General

General
6.5 Fax Related Information

2007/10/01
6-240

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.6.1.1 English Version

Item
P- Code
DC-II 4000 DC TL200306
(ENG)

Item
Two Tray Module
Tandem Tray Module
Stand

DC-II 4000 CP TL200308


(ENG)

DC-II 5010 DC TL200307


(ENG)
DC-II 5010 CP TL200309
(ENG)

APEOS-II 3000 TL200322


(ENG)

APEOS-II 4000 TL200323


(ENG)

APEOS-II 5010 TL200324


(ENG)

Notes
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, 128MB Memory, Accessory Interface, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, Printer Kit (Including
Emulation and Netware Features), Accessory Interface, Initial
Toner Cartridge, Drum Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, 128MB Memory, Accessory Interface, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, Printer Kit (Including
Emulation and Netware Features), Accessory Interface, Initial
Toner Cartridge, Drum Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 512MB Memory, HDD, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware Features), Scanner Kit*1, Accessory Interface, Annotation Kit, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum
Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 512MB Memory, HDD, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware Features), Scanner Kit*1, Accessory Interface, Annotation Kit, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum
Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 512MB Memory, HDD, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware Features), Scanner Kit*1, Accessory Interface, Annotation Kit, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum
Cartridge

*1: Scanner Kit enables Scan to Mailbox / FTP / SMB / E-mail / Job Flow Services.

Absolute Requirement

Item
Power Cord (FXA/
FXNZ)

P- Code
EL200490

Power Cord (FXS/FXM/ EL200491


FXHK)
Power Cord (THFX/ICO/EL200492
AG)
Power Cord (FXP)

EL200493

Notes
For Australia and New Zealand; IMPORTANT: This
FX-sourced Power Cord must be purchased with the
machine.
For Singapore, Malaysia and Hong Kong; IMPORTANT: This FX-sourced Power Cord must be purchased with the machine.
For Thailand, Vietnam and Indonesia; IMPORTANT:
This FX-sourced Power Cord must be purchased with
the machine.
For Philippines; IMPORTANT: This FX-sourced Power
Cord must be purchased with the machine.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Tray Option (Must choose either of the followings in order to use as Console Type)
P- Code
EL200604
EL200605
EC100780

Options

Item
HCF Kit
Exit 2 Tray

P- Code
QL200064
EL200589

Side Tray
EL200305
256MB Memory EL200578
HDD
EC100332

B Finisher
(220V)

EL200606

C Finisher with EL200608


Booklet Maker
(Common:220V/
110V)
EL200612
C Finisher
(Common:220V/
110V)
2/3 Hole Punch ED200082
Kit

Stamp Kit
WF34
Fax Kit Apeos EL200809
Fax Kit (ENG) EL200646
Fax Extension EL200313
Board

2007/10/01
6-241

Notes
500sheets (80gsm) x 2 trays
800+1,200sheets (80gsm)
Mobile Stand

Notes
High Capacity Feeder 2,000 sheets (80gsm) x 1 tray
Enables job sorting to separate trays when mounted to Centre
Tray.Enables 2-way job output sorting.Enables 3-way job output sorting when equipped with Side Tray (EL200305).
IMPORTANT: The Exit 2 Tray and Finisher cannot be installed
together.
Output Tray (Face up) attached to the left side of the machine.
Requires additional Memory for certain upgrades and features.
Shared 40GB HDD for Copy/Scan/Print/Fax. Absolute requirement when using Scanner Kit (EL200783), Internet Fax Kit
(EL200784), Data Security Kit (EL200785), Network Accounting Kit (EL200786), Copy Management Expansion Kit
(EL200787) and Secure Watermark Kit (EL200788).
IIMPORTANT: B Finisher can be connected ONLY to 35/45
models; cannot be connected to 55 models. Exit 2 Tray and B
Finisher cannot be installed together.Stores up to 1,000 sheets
and creates 50 sheets stapling at 3 positions (5 variations). B
Finisher comes with initial 5,000 staples.
Stores up to 3,000 sheets.Enables 50 sheets stapling, 2/4 hole
punching, and booklet making with saddle stitch.

Stores up to 3,000 sheets. Enables 50 sheets stapling and 2/4


hole punching.

Enables 2/3 hole punching.


IMPORTANT: Can be connected ONLY to the C Finisher or the
C Finisher with Booklet Maker; but cannot be connected to B
Finisher.
Fax option; used to stamp red marks on the stored fax original.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. Comes with one line.
Option ONLY for the DocuCentre Model. Comes with one line.
Requires 256MB memory.
Requires additional fax lines; Must be ordered with Fax Kit
Apeos (EL200809)/Fax Kit (ENG) (EL200646) and Additional
G3 Port (EL200314).

6.6 General

General

General
6.5.1 Standard Config(AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-242

Version 2.1

6.6.1.2 FXK Version


Item
Additional G3
Port

P- Code
EL200314

Printer Kit
EL200780
(ENG)
PostScript 3 Kit EL200781
Apeos (ENG)
PostScript 3 Kit EL200782
Docu (ENG)
Scanner Kit*1

EL200783

Internet Fax Kit EL200784

Data Security EL200785


Kit
Network
EL200786
Accounting Kit
Copy Manage- EL200787
ment Expansion Kit
Security Water- EL200788
mark Kit
USB 2.0 Kit
EL200569
USB 2.0 Kit
EC100567
(Apeos)
External Access EL200789
Kit
Image Expan- EC100581
sion Kit
Preview Image EL200790
Kit
Server Fax Kit EL200791

Notes
Requires additional fax lines (max. 2 lines can be added, to
operate 3 lines in total)Requires Fax Kit Apeos (EL200809)/Fax
Kit (ENG) (EL200646) and Fax Extension Board (EL200313).
Includes Emulation and Netware features. Requires 256MB
Memory (EL200578).
IOption ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. Includes Emulation
and Netware features.
IOption ONLY for the DocuCentre Model. Includes Emulation
and Netware features.Requires Printer Kit (ENG) (EL200780)
and 384MB memory.
Requires HDD (EC100332), Printer Kit (ENG) (EL200780) and
256MB memory (EL200578).
Requires Fax Kit Apeos (EL200809)/Fax Kit (ENG)(EL200646),
HDD (EC100332), Printer Kit (ENG) (EL200780) and 256MB
memory (EL200578).
Requires HDD (EC100332).
Enables connection with 3rd party accounting servers (e.g.
Equitrac)Requires HDD (EC100332), Printer Kit (ENG)
(EL200780) and 256MB memory (EL200578).
Requires HDD (EC100332) and 256MB Memory (EL200578).

Requires HDD (EC100332) and 256MB Memory (EL200578).


Option ONLY for the DocuCentre Model.Requires Printer Kit
(ENG) (EL200780) and 256MB Memory (EL200578)..
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.

Item
P- Code
DC-II 4000 DC TL200310
(FXK)
DC-II 4000 CP TL200312
(FXK)

DC-II 5010 DC TL200311


(FXK)
DC-II 5010 CP TL200313
(FXK)

APEOS-II 3000 TL200344


(FXK)

APEOS-II 4000 TL200325


(FXK)

APEOS-II 5010 TL200326


(FXK)

Notes
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, 128MB Memory, Accessory Interface, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, Accessory Interface,
Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware features), Power
Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, 128MB Memory, Accessory Interface, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, Accessory Interface,
Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware features), Power
Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 512MB Memory, HDD, Accessory Interface, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware), Scanner
Kit*3, Annotation Kit, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum
Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 512MB Memory, HDD, Accessory Interface, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware), Scanner
Kit*3, Annotation Kit, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum
Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 512MB Memory, HDD, Accessory Interface, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware), Scanner
Kit*3, Annotation Kit, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum
Cartridge

*1: Scanner Kit enables Scan to Mailbox / FTP / SMB / E-mail / Job Flow Services.

Tray Option (Must choose either of the followings in order to use as Console Type)

Item
Two Tray Module
Tandem Tray Module
Stand

P- Code
EL200604
EL200605
EC100780

Notes
500sheets (80gsm) x 2 trays
800+1,200sheets (80gsm)
Mobile Stand

Options

Item
HCF Kit
Exit 2 Tray

P- Code
QL200064
EL200589

Notes
High Capacity Feeder 2,000 sheets (80gsm) x 1 tray
Enables job sorting to separate trays when mounted to Centre
Tray.Enables 2-way job output sorting.Enables 3-way job output sorting when equipped with Side Tray (EL200305).
IMPORTANT: The Exit 2 Tray and Finisher cannot be installed
together.

Item
P- Code
Side Tray
EL200305
256MB Memory EL200578
HDD
EC100332

B Finisher
(220V)

EL200606

C Finisher with EL200608


Booklet Maker
(Common:220V/
110V)
EL200612
C Finisher
(Common:220V/
110V)
2/3 Hole Punch ED200082
Kit

Stamp Kit
WF34
Fax Kit Apeos EL200809
Fax Kit (2Byte) EL200647
Fax Extension EL200313
Board
Additional G3
Port

EL200314

Printer Kit
EL200792
(FXK)
PostScript 3 Kit EL200781
Apeos(ENG)
PostScript 3 Kit EL200794
Docu (FXK)
Scanner Kit*1

EL200783

Internet Fax Kit EL200784

Data Security
Kit

EL200785

Notes
Output Tray (Face up) attached to the left side of the machine.
Requires additional Memory for certain upgrades and features.
Shared 40GB HDD for Copy/Scan/Print/Fax. Absolute requirement when using Scanner Kit (EL200783), Internet Fax Kit
(EL200784), Data Security Kit (EL200785), Network Accounting Kit (EL200786), Copy Management Expansion Kit
(EL200787) and Secure Watermark Kit (EL200788).
IIMPORTANT: B Finisher can be connected ONLY to 35/45
models; cannot be connected to 55 models. Exit 2 Tray and B
Finisher cannot be installed together.Stores up to 1,000 sheets
and creates 50 sheets stapling at 3 positions (5 variations). B
Finisher comes with initial 5,000 staples.
Stores up to 3,000 sheets.Enables 50 sheets stapling, 2/4 hole
punching, and booklet making with saddle stitch.

Stores up to 3,000 sheets. Enables 50 sheets stapling and 2/4


hole punching.

Item
P- Code
Network
EL200786
Accounting Kit
Copy Manage- EL200787
ment Expansion Kit
Security Water- EL200788
mark Kit
USB 2.0 Kit
EL200569
USB 2.0 Kit
EC100567
(Apeos)
External Access EL200789
Kit
Image Expan- EC100581
sion Kit
Preview Image EL200790
Kit
Server Fax Kit EL200791

Notes
Enables connection with 3rd party accounting servers (e.g.
Equitrac)Requires HDD (EC100332), Printer Kit (FXK)
(EL200792) and 256MB memory (EL200578).
Requires HDD (EC100332) and 256MB Memory (EL200578).

Requires HDD (EC100332) and 256MB Memory (EL200578).


Option ONLY for the DocuCentre Model.Requires Printer Kit
(FXK) (EL200792) and 256MB Memory (EL200578)..
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.

Enables 2/3 hole punching.


IMPORTANT: Can be connected ONLY to the C Finisher or the
C Finisher with Booklet Maker; but cannot be connected to B
Finisher.
Fax option; used to stamp red marks on the stored fax original.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. Comes with one line.
Option ONLY for the DocuCentre Model. Comes with one line.
Requires 256MB memory.
Requires additional fax lines; Must be ordered with Fax Kit
Apeos (EL200809)/Fax Kit (2Byte) (EL200647) and Additional
G3 Port (EL200314).
Requires additional fax lines (max. 2 lines can be added, to
operate 3 lines in total)Requires Fax Kit Apeos (EL200809)/Fax
Kit (2Byte) (EL200647) and Fax Extension Board (EL200313).
Includes Emulation and Netware features. Requires 256MB
Memory (EL200578).
IOption ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. Includes Emulation
and Netware features.
IOption ONLY for the DocuCentre Model. Includes Emulation
and Netware features.Requires Printer Kit (FXK) (EL200792)
and 384MB memory.
Requires HDD (EC100332), Printer Kit (FXK) (EL200792) and
256MB memory (EL200578).
Requires Fax Kit Apeos (EL200809)/Fax Kit (2Byte)
(EL200647), HDD (EC100332), Printer Kit (FXK) (EL200792)
and 256MB memory (EL200578).
Requires HDD (EC100332).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-243

6.5.1 Standard Config(AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000)

General

General
6.5.1 Standard Config(AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-244

Version 2.1

6.6.1.3 FXTW Version


Item
P- Code
DC-II 4000 DC TL200314
(FXTW)
DC-II 4000 CP TL200316
(FXTW)

DC-II 5010 DC TL200315


(FXTW)
DC-II 5010 CP TL200317
(FXTW)

APEOS-II 4000 TL200327


(FXTW)

APEOS-II 5010 TL200328


(FXTW)

Notes
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, 128MB Memory, Accessory Interface, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, Accessory Interface,
Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware features), Power
Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, 128MB Memory, Accessory Interface, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, Accessory Interface,
Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware features), Power
Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 512MB Memory, HDD, Accessory Interface, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware), Scanner
Kit*3, Annotation Kit, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum
Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 512MB Memory, HDD, Accessory Interface, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware), Scanner
Kit*3, Annotation Kit, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum
Cartridge

Item
HDD

P- Code
EC100332

B Finisher
(110V)

EL200607

C Finisher with EL200608


Booklet Maker
(Common:220V/
110V)
EL200612
C Finisher
(Common:220V/
110V)
2/3 Hole Punch ED200082
Kit

Stamp Kit
WF34
Fax Kit Apeos EL200809
Fax Kit (2Byte) EL200647

*1: Scanner Kit enables Scan to Mailbox / FTP / SMB / E-mail / Job Flow Services.

Tray Option (Must choose either of the followings in order to use as Console Type)

Item
Two Tray Module
Tandem Tray Module
Stand

P- Code
EL200604
EL200605
EC100780

Notes
500sheets (80gsm) x 2 trays
800+1,200sheets (80gsm)
Mobile Stand

Options

Item
HCF Kit
Exit 2 Tray

P- Code
QL200064
EL200589

Side Tray
EL200305
256MB Memory EL200578

Notes
High Capacity Feeder 2,000 sheets (80gsm) x 1 tray
Enables job sorting to separate trays when mounted to Centre
Tray.Enables 2-way job output sorting.Enables 3-way job output sorting when equipped with Side Tray (EL200305).
IMPORTANT: The Exit 2 Tray and Finisher cannot be installed
together.
Output Tray (Face up) attached to the left side of the machine.
Requires additional Memory for certain upgrades and features.

Fax Extension EL200313


Board
Additional G3
Port

EL200314

Printer Kit
(FXTW&FXCL)
PostScript 3 Kit
Apeos (ENG)
PostScript 3 Kit
Docu
(FXTW&FXCL)
Scanner Kit*1

EL200795
EL200781
EL200797

EL200783

Internet Fax Kit EL200784

Data Security EL200785


Kit
Network
EL200786
Accounting Kit

Notes
Shared 40GB HDD for Copy/Scan/Print/Fax. Absolute requirement when using Scanner Kit (EL200783), Internet Fax Kit
(EL200784), Data Security Kit (EL200785), Network Accounting Kit (EL200786), Copy Management Expansion Kit
(EL200787) and Secure Watermark Kit (EL200788).
IIMPORTANT: B Finisher can be connected ONLY to 35/45
models; cannot be connected to 55 models. Exit 2 Tray and B
Finisher cannot be installed together.Stores up to 1,000 sheets
and creates 50 sheets stapling at 3 positions (5 variations). B
Finisher comes with initial 5,000 staples.
Stores up to 3,000 sheets.Enables 50 sheets stapling, 2/4 hole
punching, and booklet making with saddle stitch.

Stores up to 3,000 sheets. Enables 50 sheets stapling and 2/4


hole punching.

Enables 2/3 hole punching.


IMPORTANT: Can be connected ONLY to the C Finisher or the
C Finisher with Booklet Maker; but cannot be connected to B
Finisher.
Fax option; used to stamp red marks on the stored fax original.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. Comes with one line.
Option ONLY for the DocuCentre Model. Comes with one line.
Requires 256MB memory.
Requires additional fax lines; Must be ordered with Fax Kit
Apeos (EL200809)/Fax Kit (2Byte) (EL200647) and Additional
G3 Port (EL200314).
Requires additional fax lines (max. 2 lines can be added, to
operate 3 lines in total)Requires Fax Kit Apeos (EL200809)/Fax
Kit (2Byte) (EL200647) and Fax Extension Board (EL200313).
Includes Emulation and Netware features. Requires 256MB
Memory (EL200578).
IOption ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. Includes Emulation
and Netware features.
IOption ONLY for the DocuCentre Model. Includes Emulation
and Netware features.Requires Printer Kit (FXTW&FXCL)
(EL200795) and 384MB memory.
Requires HDD (EC100332), Printer Kit (FXTW&FXCL)
(EL200795) and 256MB memory (EL200578).
Requires Fax Kit Apeos (EL200809)/Fax Kit (2Byte)
(EL200647), HDD (EC100332), Printer Kit (FXTW&FXCL)
(EL200795) and 256MB memory (EL200578).
Requires HDD (EC100332).
Enables connection with 3rd party accounting servers (e.g.
Equitrac)Requires HDD (EC100332), Printer Kit
(FXTW&FXCL) (EL200795) and 256MB memory (EL200578).

6.6.1.4 FXCL Version


Item
Copy Management Expansion Kit
Security Watermark Kit
USB 2.0 Kit

P- Code
EL200787

Notes
Requires HDD (EC100332) and 256MB Memory (EL200578).

EL200788

Requires HDD (EC100332) and 256MB Memory (EL200578).

EL200569

Option ONLY for the DocuCentre Model.Requires Printer Kit


(FXTW&FXCL) (EL200795) and 256MB Memory (EL200578)..
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.

USB 2.0 Kit


EC100567
(Apeos)
External Access EL200789
Kit
Image Expan- EC100581
sion Kit
Preview Image EL200790
Kit
Server Fax Kit EL200791

Item
P- Code
DC-II 4000 DC TL200318
(FXCL)
DC-II 4000 CP TL200320
(FXCL)

DC-II 5010 DC TL200319


(FXCL)
DC-II 5010 CP TL200321
(FXCL)

APEOS-II 4000 TL200329


(FXCL)

APEOS-II 5010 TL200330


(FXCL)

Notes
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, 128MB Memory, Accessory Interface, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, Accessory Interface,
Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware features), Power
Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, 128MB Memory, Accessory Interface, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, Accessory Interface,
Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware features), Power
Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 512MB Memory, HDD, Accessory Interface, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware), Scanner
Kit*3, Annotation Kit, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum
Cartridge
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 512MB Memory, HDD, Accessory Interface, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware), Scanner
Kit*3, Annotation Kit, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge, Drum
Cartridge

*1: Scanner Kit enables Scan to Mailbox / FTP / SMB / E-mail / Job Flow Services.

Tray Option (Must choose either of the followings in order to use as Console Type)

Item
Two Tray Module
Tandem Tray Module
Stand

P- Code
EL200604
EL200605
EC100780

Options

Item
HCF Kit
Exit 2 Tray

P- Code
QL200064
EL200589

Side Tray
EL200305
256MB Memory EL200578

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-245

Notes
500sheets (80gsm) x 2 trays
800+1,200sheets (80gsm)
Mobile Stand

Notes
High Capacity Feeder 2,000 sheets (80gsm) x 1 tray
Enables job sorting to separate trays when mounted to Centre
Tray.Enables 2-way job output sorting.Enables 3-way job output sorting when equipped with Side Tray (EL200305).
IMPORTANT: The Exit 2 Tray and Finisher cannot be installed
together.
Output Tray (Face up) attached to the left side of the machine.
Requires additional Memory for certain upgrades and features.

6.5.1 Standard Config(AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000)

General

General
6.5.1 Standard Config(AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000)
Item
HDD

B Finisher
(220V)

P- Code
EC100332

EL200606

C Finisher with EL200608


Booklet Maker
(Common:220V/
110V)
EL200612
C Finisher
(Common:220V/
110V)
2/3 Hole Punch ED200082
Kit

Stamp Kit
WF34
Fax Kit Apeos EL200809
Fax Kit (2Byte) EL200647
Fax Extension EL200313
Board
Additional G3
Port

EL200314

Printer Kit
(FXTW&FXCL)
PostScript 3 Kit
Apeos (ENG)
PostScript 3 Kit
Docu
(FXTW&FXCL)
Scanner Kit*1

EL200795
EL200781
EL200797

EL200783

Internet Fax Kit EL200784

Data Security EL200785


Kit
Network
EL200786
Accounting Kit

Notes
Shared 40GB HDD for Copy/Scan/Print/Fax. Absolute requirement when using Scanner Kit (EL200783), Internet Fax Kit
(EL200784), Data Security Kit (EL200785), Network Accounting Kit (EL200786), Copy Management Expansion Kit
(EL200787) and Secure Watermark Kit (EL200788).
IIMPORTANT: B Finisher can be connected ONLY to 35/45
models; cannot be connected to 55 models. Exit 2 Tray and B
Finisher cannot be installed together.Stores up to 1,000 sheets
and creates 50 sheets stapling at 3 positions (5 variations). B
Finisher comes with initial 5,000 staples.
Stores up to 3,000 sheets.Enables 50 sheets stapling, 2/4 hole
punching, and booklet making with saddle stitch.

Stores up to 3,000 sheets. Enables 50 sheets stapling and 2/4


hole punching.

Enables 2/3 hole punching.


IMPORTANT: Can be connected ONLY to the C Finisher or the
C Finisher with Booklet Maker; but cannot be connected to B
Finisher.
Fax option; used to stamp red marks on the stored fax original.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. Comes with one line.
Option ONLY for the DocuCentre Model. Comes with one line.
Requires 256MB memory.
Requires additional fax lines; Must be ordered with Fax Kit
Apeos (EL200809)/Fax Kit (2Byte) (EL200647) and Additional
G3 Port (EL200314).
Requires additional fax lines (max. 2 lines can be added, to
operate 3 lines in total)Requires Fax Kit Apeos (EL200809)/Fax
Kit (2Byte) (EL200647) and Fax Extension Board (EL200313).
Includes Emulation and Netware features. Requires 256MB
Memory (EL200578).
IOption ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. Includes Emulation
and Netware features.
IOption ONLY for the DocuCentre Model. Includes Emulation
and Netware features.Requires Printer Kit (FXTW&FXCL)
(EL200795) and 384MB memory.
Requires HDD (EC100332), Printer Kit (FXTW&FXCL)
(EL200795) and 256MB memory (EL200578).
Requires Fax Kit Apeos (EL200809)/Fax Kit (2Byte)
(EL200647), HDD (EC100332), Printer Kit (FXTW&FXCL)
(EL200795) and 256MB memory (EL200578).
Requires HDD (EC100332).
Enables connection with 3rd party accounting servers (e.g.
Equitrac)Requires HDD (EC100332), Printer Kit
(FXTW&FXCL) (EL200795) and 256MB memory (EL200578).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-246
Item
Copy Management Expansion Kit
Security Watermark Kit
USB 2.0 Kit

Version 2.1

P- Code
EL200787

Notes
Requires HDD (EC100332) and 256MB Memory (EL200578).

EL200788

Requires HDD (EC100332) and 256MB Memory (EL200578).

EL200569

Option ONLY for the DocuCentre Model.Requires Printer Kit


(FXTW&FXCL) (EL200795) and 256MB Memory (EL200578)..
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.
Option ONLY for the ApeosPort Model. No additional memory
required.

USB 2.0 Kit


EC100567
(Apeos)
External Access EL200789
Kit
Image Expan- EC100581
sion Kit
Preview Image EL200790
Kit
Server Fax Kit EL200791

6.6.2.1 English Version


Item
DC 450 I PL
(ENG)

P- Code
TL200200

DC 450 I DD
(ENG)

TL200201

DC 450 I CP
(ENG)

TL200202

DC 550 I PL
(ENG)

TL200203

DC 550 I DD
(ENG)

TL200204

DC 550 I CP
(ENG)

TL200205

APEOS 350 I
(ENG)

TL200206

APEOS 450 I
(ENG)

TL200207

APEOS 550 I
(ENG)

TL200208

Notes
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Platen, 128MB
Memory, Accessory Interface, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K),
Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, 128MB Memory, Accessory Interface, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, Printer Kit (Including
Emulation and Netware Features), Accessory Interface, Initial
Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Platen, 128MB
Memory, Accessory Interface, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K),
Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, 128MB Memory, Accessory Interface, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, Printer Kit (Including
Emulation and Netware Features), Accessory Interface, Initial
Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, HDD, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware Features), Full Scan Kit*1, Accessory Interface, Annotation Kit, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K),
Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, HDD, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware), Full Scan Kit*1, Accessory Interface, Annotation Kit, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum
Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, HDD, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware), Full Scan Kit*1, Accessory Interface, Annotation Kit, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum
Cartridge (60K)

*1: Full Scan Kit enables Scan to Mailbox / FTP / SMB / E-mail / Job Flow Services.

Item
P- Code
Power Cord (THFX/ICO/EL200492
AG)
Power Cord (FXP)

Tray Option (Must choose either of the followings in order to use as Console Type)

Item
Two Tray Module
Tandem Tray Module
Stand

EL200493

P- Code
EL200604
EL200605
EL200310

P- Code
EL200490

Power Cord (FXS/FXM/ EL200491


FXHK)

Notes
For Australia and New Zealand; IMPORTANT: This
FX-sourced Power Cord must be purchased with the
machine.
For Singapore, Malaysia and Hong Kong; IMPORTANT: This FX-sourced Power Cord must be purchased with the machine.

Version 2.1

Item
DADF 45/55
(ENG)
Duplex Kit

EL200577

HCF Kit
Exit Kit

QL200064
EL200303

Exit 2 Tray

EL200589

Side Tray

EL200305

P- Code
EL200633

256MB Memory EL200578


HDD
EC100332

B Finisher
(220V)

EL200606

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

C Finisher with EL200608


Booklet Maker
(Common:220V/
110V)

2007/10/01
6-247

Notes
500sheets (80gsm) x 2 trays
800+1,200sheets (80gsm)
Mobile Stand

Options

Absolute Requirement

Item
Power Cord (FXA/
FXNZ)

Notes
For Thailand, Vietnam and Indonesia; IMPORTANT:
This FX-sourced Power Cord must be purchased with
the machine.
For Philippines; IMPORTANT: This FX-sourced Power
Cord must be purchased with the machine.

Notes
Option ONLY for the Platen model Duplex Automatic Document
Feeder
Option ONLY for the Platen model Requires Exit Kit
(EL200303).
High Capacity Feeder 2,000 sheets (80gsm) x 1 tray
Absolute requirement when equipped with Duplex Kit
(EL200577) ,the Finisher, Exit 2 Tray and Side Tray.
Enables job sorting to separate trays when mounted to Centre
Tray.Enables 2-way job output sorting when equipped with Exit
Kit (EL200303). Enables 3-way job output sorting when
equipped with Side Tray (EL200305) and Exit Kit (EL200303).
IMPORTANT: The Exit 2 Tray and Finisher cannot be installed
together. Requires Exit Kit (EL200589)
Output Tray (Face up) attached to the left side of the machine.
Requires Exit Kit (EL200303)
Requires additional Memory for certain upgrades and features.
Shared 40GB HDD for Copy/Scan/Print/Fax. Absolute requirement when using Speed Dial Expansion Kit (EL200631), Simple Scan Kit 45/55 (EL200625), Internet Fax Kit (EL200623),
Security Kit (EL200628), Network Accounting Kit 35/45/55
(EL200611), Security Watermark Kit (EL200629) and Annotation Kit (EL200630).
IMPORTANT: B Finisher can be connected ONLY to 35/45
models; cannot be connected to 55 models. Exit 2 Tray and B
Finisher cannot be installed together.Requires Exit Kit
(EL200303). Stores up to 1,000 sheets and creates 50 sheets
stapling at 3 positions (5 variations). B Finisher comes with initial 5,000 staples.
Stores up to 3,000 sheets.Enables 50 sheets stapling, 2/4 hole
punching, and booklet making with saddle stitch. Requires Exit
Kit (EL200303).

6.5.2 Standard Config(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550I/450I)

General

General
6.5.2 Standard Config(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550I/450I)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-248

Version 2.1

6.6.2.2 FXK Version


Item
P- Code
EL200612
C Finisher
(Common:220V/
110V)
2/3 Hole Punch ED200082
Kit
Attention Light EL200311
Copylyzer Table YR84
Stamp Kit
Fax Kit 35/45/
55 (ENG)
Fax Extension
Board
Additional G3
Port

WF34
EL200646

Speed Dial
Expansion Kit

EL200631

EL200313

Enables 2/3 hole punching.IMPORTANT: Can be connected


ONLY to the C Finisher or the C Finisher with Booklet Maker;
but cannot be connected to B Finisher.
Light to inform machine status.
Table that is attached to the right side of the machine. Can be
used to place the Bear Cost Recovery Option.
Fax option; used to stamp red marks on the stored fax original.
Comes with one line; Requires 256MB Memory.

EL200629

Requires additional fax lines; Must be ordered with Fax Kit 35/
45/55 (ENG) (EL200646) and Additional G3 Port (EL200314).
Requires additional fax lines (max. 2 lines can be added, to
operate 3 lines in total)Requires Fax Kit 35/45/55 (ENG)
(EL200646) and Fax Extension Board (EL200313).
Requires HDD (EC100332) + Fax Kit 35/45/55 (ENG)
(EL200646) OR HDD (EC100332) + Simple Scan Kit 45/55
(EL200625).
Includes Emulation and Netware features. Requires 256MB
Memory (EL200578).
Includes Emulation and Netware features.Requires Printer Kit
45/55 (ENG) (EL200617) and 384MB Memory.
Option ONLY for DocuCentre Model.Requires HDD
(EC100332), Printer Kit 45/55 (ENG) (EL200617) and 256MB
Memory (EL200578).
Option ONLY for the Apeos Model.Requires Fax Kit 35/45/55
(ENG)(EL200646).
Requires HDD (EC100332).
Enables connection with 3rd party accounting servers (e.g.
Equitrac)Requires HDD (EC100332) and Printer Kit 45/55
(ENG) (EL200617).
Requires HDD (EC100332) and 256MB Memory.

EL200630

Requires HDD (EC100332) and 256MB Memory (EL200578).

EL200569

Requires Printer Kit 45/55 (ENG) (EL200617) and 256MB


Memory (EL200578).

EL200314

Printer Kit 45/55 EL200617


(ENG)
PostScript 3 Kit EL200621
35/45/55 (ENG)
Simple Scan Kit EL200625
45/55
Internet Fax Kit EL200623
Security Kit
Network
Accounting Kit
35/45/55
Security Watermark Kit 35/45/
55.
Annotation Kit
35/45/55
USB 2.0 Kit

Notes
Stores up to 3,000 sheets. Enables 50 sheets stapling and 2/4
hole punching. Requires Exit Kit (EL200303).

EL200628
EL200611

Item
DC 450 I PL
(FXK)

P- Code
TL200212

DC 450 I DD
(FXK)

TL200213

DC 450 I CP
(FXK)

TL200214

DC 550 I PL
(FXK)

TL200215

DC 550 I DD
(FXK)

TL200216

DC 550 I CP
(FXK)

TL200217

APEOS 450 I
(FXK)

TL200218

APEOS 550 I
(FXK)

TL200219

Notes
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Platen, 128MB
Memory, Accessory Interface, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, 128MB Memory, Accessory Interface, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, Printer Kit (Including
Emulation and Netware Features), Accessory Interface, Power
Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Platen, 128MB
Memory, Accessory Interface, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, 128MB Memory, Accessory Interface, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, Printer Kit (Including
Emulation and Netware Features), Accessory Interface, Power
Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, HDD, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware), Full Scan Kit*1, Accessory Interface, Annotation Kit, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K),
Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, Duplex, DADF,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, HDD, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware), Full Scan Kit*1, Accessory Interface, Annotation Kit, Power Cord, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K),
Drum Cartridge (60K)

*1: Full Scan Kit enables Scan to Mailbox / FTP / SMB / E-mail / Job Flow Services.

Tray Option (Must choose either of the followings in order to use as Console Type)

Item
Two Tray Module
Tandem Tray Module
Stand

P- Code
EL200604
EL200605
EL200310

Notes
500sheets (80gsm) x 2 trays
800+1,200sheets (80gsm)
Mobile Stand

Options

Item
DADF 45/55
(FXK)
Duplex Kit

P- Code
EL200634
EL200577

HCF Kit
Exit Kit

QL200064
EL200303

Notes
Option ONLY for the Platen model Duplex Automatic Document
Feeder
Option ONLY for the Platen model Requires Exit Kit
(EL200303).
High Capacity Feeder 2,000 sheets (80gsm) x 1 tray
Absolute requirement when equipped with Duplex Kit
(EL200577) ,the Finisher, Exit 2 Tray and Side Tray.

Item
Exit 2 Tray

Side Tray

P- Code
EL200589

EL200305

256MB Memory EL200578


HDD
EC100332

B Finisher
(220V)

EL200606

C Finisher with EL200608


Booklet Maker
(Common:220V/
110V)
EL200612
C Finisher
(Common:220V/
110V)
2/3 Hole Punch ED200082
Kit
Attention Light EL200311
Copylyzer Table YR84
Stamp Kit
Fax Kit 35/45/
55 (2Byte)
Fax Extension
Board
Additional G3
Port

WF34
EL200647

Speed Dial
Expansion Kit

EL200631

EL200313
EL200314

Printer Kit 45/55 EL200618


(FXK)
PostScript 3 Kit EL200635
35/45/55 (FXK)

Notes
Enables job sorting to separate trays when mounted to Centre
Tray. Enables 2-way job output sorting when equipped with Exit
Kit (EL200303). Enables 3-way job output sorting when
equipped with Side Tray (EL200305) and Exit Kit (EL200303).
IMPORTANT: The Exit 2 Tray and Finisher cannot be installed
together. Requires Exit Kit (EL200589)
Output Tray (Face up) attached to the left side of the machine.
Requires Exit Kit (EL200303)
Requires additional Memory for certain upgrades and features.
Shared 40GB HDD for Copy/Scan/Print/Fax. Absolute requirement when using Speed Dial Expansion Kit (EL200631), Simple Scan Kit 45/55 (EL200625), Internet Fax Kit (EL200623),
Security Kit (EL200628), Network Accounting Kit 35/45/55
(EL200611), Security Watermark Kit (EL200629) and Annotation Kit (EL200630).
IMPORTANT: B Finisher can be connected ONLY to 35/45
models; cannot be connected to 55 models. Exit 2 Tray and B
Finisher cannot be installed together. Requires Exit Kit
(EL200303).Stores up to 1,000 sheets and creates 50 sheets
stapling at 3 positions (5 variations). B Finisher comes with initial 5,000 staples.
Stores up to 3,000 sheets. Enables 50 sheets stapling, 2/4 hole
punching, and booklet making with saddle stitch. Requires Exit
Kit (EL200303).

Item
P- Code
Simple Scan Kit EL200625
45/55

EL200629

Notes
Option ONLY for DocuCentre Model. Requires HDD
(EC100332), Printer Kit 45/55 (FXK) (EL200618) and 256MB
Memory (EL200578).
Option ONLY for the Apeos Model. Requires Fax Kit 35/45/55
(FXK)(EL200647),
Requires HDD (EC100332).
Enables connection with 3rd party accounting servers (e.g.
Equitrac)Requires HDD (EC100332) and Printer Kit 45/55
(FXK) (EL200618).
Requires HDD (EC100332) and 256MB Memory.

EL200630

Requires HDD (EC100332) and 256MB Memory (EL200578).

EL200569

Requires Printer Kit 45/55 (FXK) (EL200618) and 256MB Memory (EL200578).

Internet Fax Kit EL200623


Security Kit
Network
Accounting Kit
35/45/55
Security Watermark Kit 35/45/
55.
Annotation Kit
35/45/55
USB 2.0 Kit

EL200628
EL200611

Stores up to 3,000 sheets. Enables 50 sheets stapling and 2/4


hole punching. Requires Exit Kit (EL200303).

Enables 2/3 hole punching. IMPORTANT: Can be connected


ONLY to the C Finisher or the C Finisher with Booklet Maker;
but cannot be connected to B Finisher.
Light to inform machine status.
Table that is attached to the right side of the machine. Can be
used to place the Bear Cost Recovery Option.
Fax option; used to stamp red marks on the stored fax original.
Comes with one line; Requires 256MB Memory.
Requires additional fax lines; Must be ordered with Fax Kit 35/
45/55 (2Byte) (EL200647) and Additional G3 Port (EL200314).
Requires additional fax lines (max. 2 lines can be added, to
operate 3 lines in total)Requires Fax Kit 35/45/55 (2Byte)
(EL200647) and Fax Extension Board (EL200313).
Requires HDD (EC100332) + Fax Kit 35/45/55 (2Byte)
(EL200647) OR HDD (EC100332) + Simple Scan Kit 45/55
(EL200625).
Includes Emulation and Netware features. Requires 256MB
Memory (EL200578).
Includes Emulation and Netware features. Requires Printer Kit
45/55 (FXK) (EL200618) and 384MB Memory.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-249

6.5.2 Standard Config(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550I/450I)

General

General
6.5.2 Standard Config(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550I/450I)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-250

Version 2.1

6.6.2.3 FXTW Version


Item
DC 450 I DD
(FXTW)

P- Code
TL200222

DC 450 I CF
(FXTW)

TL200223

DC 550 I DD
(FXTW)

TL200224

DC 550 I CF
(FXTW)

TL200225

APEOS 450 I
(FXTW)

TL200226

APEOS 550 I
(FXTW)

TL200227

Notes
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, DADF, Duplex,
Exit Kit, 128MB memory, Power Cord, Accessory Interface, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, DADF, Duplex,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, Fax Kit, Power Cord,
Accessory Interface, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, DADF, Duplex,
Exit Kit, 128MB memory, Power Cord, Accessory Interface, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, DADF, Duplex,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, Fax Kit, Power Cord,
Accessory Interface, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, DADF, Duplex,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, HDD, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware Features), Full Scan Kit*1, Annotation Kit, Power Cord, Accessory Interface, Initial Toner
Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, DADF, Duplex,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, HDD, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware Features), Full Scan Kit*1, Annotation Kit, Power Cord, Accessory Interface, Initial Toner
Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)

*1: Full Scan Kit enables Scan to Mailbox / FTP / SMB / E-mail / Job Flow Services.

Tray Option (Must choose either of the followings in order to use as Console Type)

Item
Two Tray Module
Tandem Tray Module
Stand

P- Code
EL200604
EL200605
EL200310

Notes
500sheets (80gsm) x 2 trays
800+1,200sheets (80gsm)
Mobile Stand

Options

Item
HCF Kit
Exit 2 Tray

P- Code
QL200064
EL200589

Side Tray
EL200305
256MB Memory EL200578

Notes
High Capacity Feeder 2,000 sheets (80gsm) x 1 tray
Enables job sorting to separate trays when mounted to Centre
Tray. Enables 2-way job output sorting when equipped with Exit
Kit (EL200303). Enables 3-way job output sorting when
equipped with Side Tray (EL200305) and Exit Kit (EL200303).
IMPORTANT: The Exit 2 Tray and Finisher cannot be installed
together.
Output Tray (Face up) attached to the left side of the machine.
Requires additional Memory for certain upgrades and features.

Item
HDD

P- Code
EC100332

B Finisher
(110V)

EL200607

C Finisher with EL200608


Booklet Maker
(Common:220V/
110V)
EL200612
C Finisher
(Common:220V/
110V)
2/3 Hole Punch ED200082
Kit
Attention Light EL200311
Copylyzer Table YR84
Stamp Kit
Fax Kit 35/45/
55 (2Byte)
Fax Extension
Board
Additional G3
Port

WF34
EL200647

Speed Dial
Expansion Kit

EL200631

EL200313
EL200314

Printer Kit 45/55 EL200619


(TC/SC)
PostScript 3 Kit EL200636
35/45/55 (TC/
SC)
Simple Scan Kit EL200625
45/55
Internet Fax Kit EL200623
Security Kit
EL200628
EL200611
Network
Accounting Kit
35/45/55

Notes
Shared 40GB HDD for Copy/Scan/Print/Fax. Absolute requirement when using Speed Dial Expansion Kit (EL200631), Simple Scan Kit 45/55 (EL200625), Internet Fax Kit (EL200623),
Security Kit (EL200628), Network Accounting Kit 35/45/55
(EL200611), Security Watermark Kit (EL200629) and Annotation Kit (EL200630).
IMPORTANT: B Finisher can be connected ONLY to 35/45
models; cannot be connected to 55 models. Exit 2 Tray and B
Finisher cannot be installed together. Requires Exit Kit
(EL200303). Stores up to 1,000 sheets and creates 50 sheets
stapling at 3 positions (5 variations). B Finisher comes with initial 5,000 staples.
Stores up to 3,000 sheets. Enables 50 sheets stapling, 2/4 hole
punching, and booklet making with saddle stitch.

Stores up to 3,000 sheets. Enables 50 sheets stapling and 2/4


hole punching.

Enables 2/3 hole punching. IMPORTANT: Can be connected


ONLY to the C Finisher or the C Finisher with Booklet Maker;
but cannot be connected to B Finisher.
Light to inform machine status.
Table that is attached to the right side of the machine. Can be
used to place the Bear Cost Recovery Option.
Fax option; used to stamp red marks on the stored fax original.
Comes with one line; Requires 256MB Memory.
Requires additional fax lines; Must be ordered with Fax Kit 35/
45/55 (2Byte) (EL200647) and Additional G3 Port (EL200314).
Requires additional fax lines (max. 2 lines can be added, to
operate 3 lines in total)Requires Fax Kit 35/45/55 (2Byte)
(EL200647) and Fax Extension Board (EL200313).
Requires HDD (EC100332) + Fax Kit 35/45/55 (2Byte)
(EL200647) OR HDD (EC100332) + Simple Scan Kit 45/55
(EL200625).
Includes Emulation and Netware features. Requires 256MB
Memory (EL200578).
Includes Emulation and Netware features. Requires Printer Kit
45/55 (TC/SC) (EL200619) and 384MB Memory.
Option ONLY for DocuCentre Model. Requires HDD
(EC100332), Printer Kit 45/55 (TC/SC) (EL200619) and 256MB
Memory (EL200578).
Option ONLY for the Apeos Model. Requires Fax Kit 35/45/55
(2Byte)(EL200647).
Requires HDD (EC100332).
Enables connection with 3rd party accounting servers (e.g.
Equitrac)Requires HDD (EC100332) and Printer Kit 45/55 (TC/
SC) (EL200619).

6.6.2.4 FXCL Version


Item
Security Watermark Kit 35/45/
55.
Annotation Kit
35/45/55
USB 2.0 Kit

P- Code
EL200629

Notes
Requires HDD (EC100332) and 256MB Memory.

EL200630

Requires HDD (EC100332) and 256MB Memory (EL200578).

Item
DC 450 I DD
(FXCL)

P- Code
TL200231

EL200569

Requires Printer Kit 45/55 (TC/SC) (EL200619) and 256MB


Memory (EL200578).

DC 450 I CP
(FXCL)

TL200232

DC 550 I DD
(FXCL)

TL200233

DC 550 I CP
(FXCL)

TL200234

APEOS 450 I
(FXCL)

TL200235

APEOS 550 I
(FXCL)

TL200236

Notes
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, DADF, Duplex,
Exit Kit, 128MB Memory, Power Cord, Accessory Interface, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, DADF, Duplex,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, Printer Kit (Including
Emulation and Netware Features), Power Cord, Accessory
Interface, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, DADF, Duplex,
Exit Kit, 128MB Memory, Power Cord, Accessory Interface, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, DADF, Duplex,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, Printer Kit (Including
Emulation and Netware Features), Power Cord, Accessory
Interface, Initial Toner Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, DADF, Duplex,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, HDD, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware Features), Full Scan Kit*1, Annotation Kit, Power Cord, Accessory Interface, Initial Toner
Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)
2T (500x2), Bypass (Tray), EPC, Centre Tray, DADF, Duplex,
Exit Kit, Exit 2 Tray, 256MB Memory, HDD, Printer Kit (Including Emulation and Netware Features), Full Scan Kit*1, Annotation Kit, Power Cord, Accessory Interface, Initial Toner
Cartridge (25K), Drum Cartridge (60K)

*1: Full Scan Kit enables Scan to Mailbox / FTP / SMB / E-mail / Job Flow Services.

Tray Option (Must choose either of the followings in order to use as Console Type)

Item
Two Tray Module
Tandem Tray Module
Stand

P- Code
EL200604
EL200605
EL200310

Options

Item
HCF Kit
Exit 2 Tray

P- Code
QL200064
EL200589

Side Tray
EL200305
256MB Memory EL200578

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-251

Notes
500sheets (80gsm) x 2 trays
800+1,200sheets (80gsm)
Mobile Stand

Notes
High Capacity Feeder 2,000 sheets (80gsm) x 1 tray
Enables job sorting to separate trays when mounted to Centre
Tray.Enables 2-way job output sorting when equipped with Exit
Kit (EL200303).Enables 3-way job output sorting when
equipped with Side Tray (EL200305) and Exit Kit (EL200303).
IMPORTANT: The Exit 2 Tray and Finisher cannot be installed
together.
Output Tray (Face up) attached to the left side of the machine.
Requires additional Memory for certain upgrades and features.

6.5.2 Standard Config(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550I/450I)

General

General
6.5.2 Standard Config(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550I/450I)
Item
HDD

B Finisher
(220V)

P- Code
EC100332

EL200606

C Finisher with EL200608


Booklet Maker
(Common:220V/
110V)
EL200612
C Finisher
(Common:220V/
110V)
2/3 Hole Punch ED200082
Kit
Attention Light EL200311
Copylyzer Table YR84
Stamp Kit
Fax Kit 35/45/
55 (2Byte)
Fax Extension
Board
Additional G3
Port

WF34
EL200647

Speed Dial
Expansion Kit

EL200631

EL200313
EL200314

Printer Kit 45/55 EL200619


(TC/SC)
PostScript 3 Kit EL200636
35/45/55 (TC/
SC)
Simple Scan Kit EL200625
45/55
Internet Fax Kit EL200623
Security Kit
EL200628
EL200611
Network
Accounting Kit
35/45/55

Notes
Shared 40GB HDD for Copy/Scan/Print/Fax. Absolute requirement when using Speed Dial Expansion Kit (EL200631), Simple Scan Kit 45/55 (EL200625), Internet Fax Kit (EL200623),
Security Kit (EL200628), Network Accounting Kit 35/45/55
(EL200611), Security Watermark Kit (EL200629) and Annotation Kit (EL200630).
IMPORTANT: B Finisher can be connected ONLY to 35/45
models; cannot be connected to 55 models. Exit 2 Tray and B
Finisher cannot be installed together.Requires Exit Kit
(EL200303). Stores up to 1,000 sheets and creates 50 sheets
stapling at 3 positions (5 variations). B Finisher comes with initial 5,000 staples.
Stores up to 3,000 sheets.Enables 50 sheets stapling, 2/4 hole
punching, and booklet making with saddle stitch.

Stores up to 3,000 sheets. Enables 50 sheets stapling and 2/4


hole punching.

Enables 2/3 hole punching. IMPORTANT: Can be connected


ONLY to the C Finisher or the C Finisher with Booklet Maker;
but cannot be connected to B Finisher.
Light to inform machine status.
Table that is attached to the right side of the machine. Can be
used to place the Bear Cost Recovery Option.
Fax option; used to stamp red marks on the stored fax original.
Comes with one line; Requires 256MB Memory.
Requires additional fax lines; Must be ordered with Fax Kit 35/
45/55 (2Byte) (EL200647) and Additional G3 Port (EL200314).
Requires additional fax lines (max. 2 lines can be added, to
operate 3 lines in total)Requires Fax Kit 35/45/55 (ENG)
(EL200646) and Fax Extension Board (EL200313).
Requires HDD (EC100332) + Fax Kit 35/45/55 (2Byte)
(EL200647) OR HDD (EC100332) + Simple Scan Kit 45/55
(EL200625).
Includes Emulation and Netware features. Requires 256MB
Memory (EL200578).
Includes Emulation and Netware features. Requires Printer Kit
45/55 (TC/SC) (EL200619) and 384MB Memory.
Option ONLY for DocuCentre Model. Requires HDD
(EC100332), Printer Kit 45/55 (TC/SC) (EL200619) and 256MB
Memory (EL200578).
Option ONLY for the Apeos Model. Requires Fax Kit 35/45/55
(2Byte)(EL200647).
Requires HDD (EC100332).
Enables connection with 3rd party accounting servers (e.g.
Equitrac)Requires HDD (EC100332) and Printer Kit 45/55 (TC/
SC) (EL200619).

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-252
Item
Security Watermark Kit 35/45/
55.
Annotation Kit
35/45/55
USB 2.0 Kit

Version 2.1

P- Code
EL200629

Notes
Requires HDD (EC100332) and 256MB Memory.

EL200630

Requires HDD (EC100332) and 256MB Memory (EL200578).

EL200569

Requires Printer Kit 45/55 (TC/SC) (EL200619) and 256MB


Memory (EL200578).

6.6.3.1 Specifications of Copier


Item
Magnification
Item
Copier Type
Copying methed
Memory

Notes
Console
Laser Xerography
Standard RAM :
128MB (DC Configuration, Shared Memory)

Preset % ; 1:0.500, 1:0.707, 1:0.816, 1:0.866, 1:1.154, 1:1.225,


1:1.414

Output tray capacity

256MB (CP Configuration, Shared Memory)

Side tray (optional) : Approx. 100 sheets (A4)

Expandable using optional 256MB memory (only one optional


memory can be added : DocuCentre only)
HDD: 40GB (Apeos : standard, DocuCentre : option)
Flat-bed scanning method by CCD image sensor (Fix Method)
IIT: 600 x 600 dpi, IOT: 600 x 600 dpi
Dry development (dual component)
Fixed
OPC
Heat Roller
Platen: 297mm x 420mm (A3), 279.4mm x 431.8mm(11" x 17"),
Non-Standard Size 297mm x431.8mm

Maximum Paper Size


Paper Weight

DADF: 297mm x 420mm (A3), 279.4mm x 431.8mm(11" x 17")


Bypass: 297mm x 431.8mm
Tray 1: 60gsm to 105gsm

Variable % ; 1:0.25-4.00 (1% increments)


Exit 2 tray (optional) : Approx. 250 sheets (A4)
Center output tray -lower : Approx. 500 sheets (A4)*2

512MB (Apeos CPS Configuration, Shared Memory)

Scanning System
Resolution
Development method
Document table type
Photosensitive type
Fusing system
Maximum Original Paper
Size

Notes
Size-for-size ; 1:1 +/- 0.8%

*2: When the Exit2 tray (optional) or a finisher (optional) is


installed, the output tray capacity is 250 sheets. The center output
tray is called center output tray-lower when the Exit 2 tray is
installed.

Tray 2: 60gsm to 216gsm


Tray 3&4 (2TM & TTM): 60gsm to 216gsm
Bypass: 60gsm to 216gsm

Warm-up Time

HCF: 56gsm to 216gsm


30 seconds or less (DC/CP configuration with 256MB, without
HDD)*1
*1; Conditions: the device should be connected to a network, and
the IP address is to be set at the device.
When HDD is added, warm-up time might be extended.

FCOT

Warm-up Time of CPS configuration (with 512MB, HDD) is 30


seconds or less.
3.2 seconds or less
Conditions: platen copy, power ON, Fuser ready, ROS ready,
A4LEF from Tray1, 80gsm premier or business paper

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-253

6.5.3 Major Spec(AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000)

General

General
6.5.3 Major Spec(AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000)
Item
Continuous Copy Speed
(Simplex Copying)*3

Notes
[ApeosPort-II 5010, DocuCentre-II 5010]

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-254
Item
Paper Source

Continuous 1-sided copy/size-for-size


*3:The Speed may be
A4 LEF/B5 LEF/A5: 55 sheets/minutes
reduced due to image quality adjustment.
A4 SEF/B5 SEF: 33 sheets/minutes

Version 2.1

Notes
Front Loading Trays: Tray 1,2, 2TM and TTM
Tray 1, 2: 500 sheets each (80gsm)
Two Tray Module (Tray 3 & 4): 500 sheets each (80gsm)
Tandem Tray Module: 800 sheets + 1,200 sheets (80gsm)

B4: 33 sheets/minutes, A3: 28 sheets/minutes


High Capacity Feeder: 2,000 sheets (80gsm)

Continuous 2-sided copy/size-for-size


Bypass Tray: 95 sheets (80gsm)

A4 LEF/B5 LEF/A5: 50 sheets/minutes


A4 SEF/B5 SEF: 33 sheets/minutes
B4: 20 sheets/minutes, A3: 18 sheets/minutes
[ApeosPort-II 4000, DocuCentre-II 4000]

Bypass Tray: 100 sheets (64gsm)


Maximum Quantity Selector 999 sheets
Power Source & Maximum Maximum power consumption:
Power Consumption
: 1,500VA (at 110VAC), 1,440VA (at 120VAC)1,760VA (at
220VAC) 1,920VA (at 240VAC)

Continuous 1-sided copy/size-for-size

Sleep mode*3:

A4 LEF/B5 LEF/A5: 45 sheets/minutes


DocuCentre-II 5010/4000 (CP model)
A4 SEF/B5 SEF: 32 sheets/minutes
: 3.8W (at 110VAC), 4.4W (220VAC)
B4: 29 sheets/minutes, A3: 24 sheets/minutes
ApeosPort-II 5010/4000/3000

Continuous 2-sided copy/size-for-size

A4 LEF/B5 LEF/A5: 45 sheets/minutes

: 5.6W (at 110VAC), 6.4W (220VAC)

A4 SEF/B5 SEF: 32 sheets/minutes

*3 : The values (Standard configurations at shipment) comply with


Energy Start Compliance.

ApeosPort

B4: 18 sheets/minutes, A3: 16 sheets/minutes

Machine Size & Machine


Weight

IOT with Bypass Tray +DADF: 640 +/- 5(W) x 678 +/- 5(D) x
838 +/- 5(H) mm(Bypass Tray is closed, without Side Tray)

[ApeosPort-II 3000]

Continuous 1-sided copy/size-for-size

A4 LEF/B5 LEF/A5: 35 sheets/minutes


A4 SEF/B5 SEF: 27 sheets/minutes
B4: 22 sheets/minutes, A3: 19 sheets/minutes

DocuCentre
IOT with Bypass Tray +DADF: 640 +/- 5(W) x 649 +/- 5(D) x
838 +/- 5(H) mm(Bypass Tray is closed, without Side Tray)

Two Tray Module: 540 +/- 5(W) x 520 +/- 5(D) x 280 +/- 5(H)mm,
20Kg
Tandem Tray Module: 540 +/- 5(W) x 520 +/- 5(D) x 280 +/5(H)mm (Foot not included), 34Kg

Continuous 2-sided copy/size-for-size

A4 LEF/B5 LEF/A5: 35 sheets/minutes

B Finisher: 570 +/- 5(W) x 585 +/- 5(D) x 940 +/- 5(H)mm , 30Kg

A4 SEF/B5 SEF: 27 sheets/minutes

C Finisher: 675 +/- 5(W) x 650 +/- 5(D) x 1010 +/- 5(H)mm , 50Kg

B4: 14 sheets/minutes, A3: 13 sheets/minutes

C Finisher with Booklet Maker: 824 +/- 5(W) x 650 +/- 5(D) x 1010
+/- 5(H)mm , 81Kg

6.6.3.2 Specifications of Printer


Item
Space requirements

Notes

ApeosPort

Option for DC configurations

976mm (W) x 678mm (D) (without Finisher)


1,537mm (W) x 678mm (D) (with B Finisher)
1,747mm (W) x 678mm (D) (with C Finisher)
1,805mm (W) x 678mm (D) (with C Finisher with Booklet
Maker)

DocuCentre

item
CPU

Notes
Power PC-350MHz (DocuCenter)

Printing Method
Continuous print speed
Warm up Time

Power PC 750CX-600MHz (ApeosPort)


Laser Xerography
Same as the main unit.
CP : 30 seconds or less ( with 256MB, without HDD*1)

976mm (W) x 650mm (D) (without Finisher)


*1 : When HDD is added, warm-up time might be extended.

1,537mm (W) x 667mm (D) (with B Finisher)


1,747mm (W) x 677mm (D) (with C Finisher)

Installation Space

1,805mm (W) x 677mm (D) (with C Finisher with Booklet


Maker)
1,340mm (W) x 1,185mm (D) (without Finisher)

Memory

Expandable using optional 256MB memory (DocuCentre)

2,140mm (W) x 1,185mm (D) (with B Finisher)


2,240mm (W) x 1,185mm (D) (with C Finisher)

Power

2,300mm (W) x 1,185mm (D) (with C Finisher with Booklet Maker)


110-120VAC & 220-240VAC

CPS : 30seconds or less (with 512MB and HDD)


Standard: 256MB (DocuCentre)/512MB (ApeosPort)

Resolution (real)

40GB HDD: ApeosPort (standard)/DocuCentre (option)


PostScript : 600 x 600dpi, 1,200 x 1,200dpi

Smoothing Function
Page description language

PCL6/5e : 600 x 600dpi, 1,200 x 1,200dpi


1,200dpi
Standard : PCL6, PCL5e

Option : Adobe PostScript Level 3


Standard : TIFF, FX PDF, HPGL, HPGL2, KS/KSSM, KS5895,
ESCP, ESC/P-K, RTL
Printer Driver Supported OS PCL6 :
Emulation

Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows


Vista
PostScript :
Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows
Vista, Mac OS*2

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Connectivity

*2 : Supported for Mac OS [PPD: 8.6-9.2.2, Plugin: 10.3.910.4.x]


100Base-TX/10Base-T, Parallel Port (IEEE1284), USB2.0
(option)

Network Protocol

Token Ring NOT supported


TCP/IP, IPX, SPX, Ether Talk, SMB, IPP, NetBEUI, RFC1876,
Port9100

2007/10/01
6-255

6.5.3 Major Spec(AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000)

General

General
6.5.3 Major Spec(AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-256

Version 2.1

6.6.3.3 Specifications of Network Scanner


item
Notes
Relation with Host Interface <Relation between PDL/Emulation and Interface>
1.

PostScript3
Centro, SMB, NetWare, AppleTalk, TCP/IP, IPP, Port9100

3.
Fonts

Centre Ware Internet Services (EWS)

Network Scanner is standard for the Apeos model. DocuCentre model requires Printer Kit, HDD and
Simple Scan Kit.

PCL6/PCL5e
Centro, SMB, NetWare, TCP/IP, IPP, Port9100

2.

Item
Notes
Maximum Original Paper Size Platen: 297mm x 420mm (A3), 279.4mm x 431.8mm(11" x 17"),
Non-Standard Size 297mm x431.8mm

Emulation

Centro, SMB, NetWare, TCP/IP, IPP, Port9100


Standard :PCL fonts: 81 roman fonts
Option : PostScript fonts: 136 roman fonts
Embedded

Scanning Method
Scan resolution
Scanning gradation
Scanning Speed*1

DADF: 297mm x 420mm (A3), 279.4mm x 431.8mm(11" x 17")


Flat-bed scanning method by CCD image sensor (Fix Method)
600 x 600dpi, 400 x 400dpi, 300 x 300dpi, 200 x 200dpi (23.6 x
23.6, 15.7 x 15.7, 11.8 x 11.8, 7.9 x 7.9 dot/mm)
8 bits input, 1 bits output
52dpm (35/45ppm)/55dpm (55ppm)
(A4LEF, ITUT-T No.1 Chart, 200/300/400/600dpi, Scan to Mailbox)

Scan Features

Scan Format
Scan to Mailbox

*1: Scanning speed varies depending on originals and resolution.

Scan to Mailbox

Scan to FTP

Scan to e-mail

Scan to SMB

Box Job flow

Scan to IFAX
TIFF (MH, MMR), PDF, XDW
Sppported protocol : TCP/IP(HTTP)
Output format : Monochrome binary : TIFF
Driver : TWAIN
Compliant OS :

Scan to PC

Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server TM 2003, Windows Vista


Sppported protocol : TCP/IP(SMB, FTP)
Output format : Monochrome binary : TIFF (comression method
: MH, MMR), DocuWorks, PDF
Compliant OS :
Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server TM 2003,
MacOS*2*3, NetWare 5.11/5.12*2, Windows Vista
*2 : The supported protocol is FTP only.
*3 : Supported for Mac OS X[10.1.5/10.2.x/10.3.8/10.3.9/10.4.2/
10.4.4]

6.6.3.4 Specifications of Fax


Item
Scan to e-Mail

Notes
Sppported protocol : TCP/IP(SMTP)
Output format :
Monochrome binary : TIFF (comression method : MH, MMR),
DocuWorks, PDF

Option for DC/CP configurations

Item
Notes
Capability
G3
Transmission Speed G3 modem: 33,600 / 31,200 / 28,800 / 26,400 / 21,600 / 19,200 / 16,800 /
14,400 / 12,000 / 9,600 / 7,200 / 4,800 / 2,400bps

Compression System
Sending Document
Size
Number of Mailboxes (Fax receive)
Transmission Resolution

Less then 3 Seconds (G3: 28.8kbps, JBIG)


MH, MR, MMR, JBIG
A3,B4,A4
Up to 200 /password-protected mailboxes
Standard : 200 x 100dpi
Fine : 200 x 200dpi
Super Fine : (400dpi) : 400 x 400dpi

Applicable Lines
Group Dial
Speed Dial
Additional Line
Memory

Super Fine : (600dpi) : 600 x 600dpi


PSTN, PBX
50 (20/groups)
500 (Standard) / Max 999 (Option)
Max. 2 lines can be added (total 3 lines).
Standard : 8MB
HDD (Option) : 40GB (Shared)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-257

6.5.3 Major Spec(AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000)

General

General
6.5.3 Major Spec(AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-258

Version 2.1

6.6.3.5 Specifications of Direct Fax

6.6.3.6 Specifications of Internet Fax

Standard for CFP configurations

Item
Capability
Transmission Speed

Notes
G3
G3 modem: 33,600 / 31,200 / 28,800 / 26,400 / 21,600 / 19,200 /
16,800 / 14,400 / 12,000 / 9,600 / 7,200 / 4,800 / 2,400bps

Internet Fax requires Printer Kit, Fax Kit, HDD and Internet Fax Kit.

Item
Capability

Less than 3 seconds (G3: 28.8kbps, JBIG)


Sending Document Size A3, B4, A4
Transmission Resolution Standard : 200 x 100dpi
Fine : 200 x 200dpi
Super Fine : (400dpi) : 400 x 400dpi

Supported OS

Super Fine : (600dpi) : 600 x 600dpi


Windows 2000/XP, Windows Server TM 2003, Windows Vista

Notes
1. Scan to iFAX (e-Mail): Direct document transmission to
remote Internet Fax machines or e-Mail clients (SMTP).
Reception and automatic printout of documents sent via email from remote Internet Fax machines or e-Mail clients
2.

iFax Receive

3.

iiFax (e-Mail) to Fax: send the image received by e-Mail to Fax


machine

4.

Fax to iFax (e-Mail): transmit the Fax- received image to eMail

File Format
Compression Method
Network Protocol

5. Direct iFax (Intranet only)


A3SEF, B4SEF, A4SEF (scanned data shall be changed to these
sizes.)
TIFF-FX: Profile (TIFF-S, TIFF-F, TIFF-J)
MH, MMR, JBIG
Send Protocol: SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)

Resolution

Receive Protocols: SMTP, POP3 (Post Office Protocol 3)


Standard : 200 x 100 dpi

Original Paper Size

Fine : 200 x 200 dpi


Super Fine : 400 x 400 dpi
Super Fine : 600 x 600 dpi

6.6.4.1 Specifications of Copier


Item
Output tray capacity
Item
Copier Type
Copying methed
Memory

Notes
Console
Laser Xerography
Standard RAM : 128MB (DC Configuration, Shared Memory),
256MB (CP/CF/CPS Configuration, Shared Memory)

Center output tray -lower : Approx. 500 sheets (A4)*2


Side tray (optional) : Approx. 100 sheets (A4)
*2: When the Exit2 tray (optional) or a finisher (optional) is
installed, the output tray capacity is 250 sheets. The center output
tray is called center output tray-lower when the Exit 2 tray is
installed.

Expandable using optional 256MB memory (only one optional


memory can be added)

Scanning System
Resolution
Development method
Document table type
Photosensitive type
Fusing system
Maximum Original Paper
Size

HDD: 40GB (Optional, shared)


Flat-bed scanning method by CCD image sensor (Fix Method)
IIT: 600 x 600 dpi, IOT: 600 x 600 dpi
Dry development (dual component)
Fixed
OPC
Heat Roller
Platen: 297mm x 420mm (A3), 279.4mm x 431.8mm(11" x 17"),
Non-Standard Size 297mm x431.8mm

Maximum Paper Size


Paper Weight

DADF: 297mm x 420mm (A3), 279.4mm x 431.8mm(11" x 17")


Bypass: 297mm x 431.8mm
Tray 1: 60gsm to 105gsm

Notes
Exit 2 tray (optional) : Approx. 250 sheets (A4)

Tray 2: 60gsm to 216gsm


Tray 3&4 (2TM & TTM): 60gsm to 216gsm
Bypass: 60gsm to 216gsm

Warm-up Time

HCF: 56gsm to 216gsm


30 seconds or less (DC/CF/CP configuration with 256MB, without
HDD)*1
*1; Conditions: the device should be connected to a network, and
the IP address is to be set at the device.

FCOT

Warm-up Time of CPS configuration (with 256MB, HDD) is 35


seconds or less.When HDD is added, warm-up time might be
extended.
3.2 seconds or less

Magnification

Conditions: platen copy, power ON, Fuser ready, ROS ready,


A4LEF from Tray1, 80gsm premier or business paper
Size-for-size ; 1:1 +/- 0.8%
Preset % ; 1:0.500, 1:0.707, 1:0.816, 1:0.866, 1:1.154, 1:1.225,
1:1.414
Variable % ; 1:0.25-4.00 (1% increments)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-259

6.5.4 Major Spec(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550L/450I)

General

General
6.5.4 Major Spec(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550L/450I)
Item
Continuous Copy Speed
(Simplex Copying)*3

Notes
[ApeosPort 550 I, DocuCentre 550 I]

Continuous 1-sided copy/size-for-size


*3:The Speed may be
A4 LEF/B5 LEF/A5: 55 sheets/minutes
reduced due to image quality adjustment.
A4 SEF/B5 SEF: 33 sheets/minutes

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-260
Item
Paper Source

Version 2.1

Notes
Front Loading Trays: Tray 1,2, 2TM and TTM
Tray 1, 2: 500 sheets each (80gsm)
Two Tray Module (Tray 3 & 4): 500 sheets each (80gsm)
Tandem Tray Module: 800 sheets + 1,200 sheets (80gsm)

B4: 33 sheets/minutes, A3: 28 sheets/minutes


High Capacity Feeder: 2,000 sheets (80gsm)

Continuous 2-sided copy/size-for-size

A4 LEF/B5 LEF/A5: 50 sheets/minutes


A4 SEF/B5 SEF: 33 sheets/minutes
B4: 20 sheets/minutes, A3: 18 sheets/minutes
[ApeosPort 450 I, DocuCentre 450 I]

Continuous 1-sided copy/size-for-size

Bypass Tray: 95 sheets (80gsm)


Bypass Tray: 100 sheets (64gsm)
Maximum Quantity Selector 999 sheets
Power Source & Maximum Maximum power consumption
Power Consumption
: 1,500VA (at 110VAC), 1,440VA (at 120VAC)1,760VA (at
220VAC) 1,920VA (at 240VAC)
Low Power mode*3

A4 LEF/B5 LEF/A5: 45 sheets/minutes


: 95W (at 110VAC), 105W (220VAC)
A4 SEF/B5 SEF: 32 sheets/minutes
Sleep mode
B4: 29 sheets/minutes, A3: 24 sheets/minutes
DocuCentre 550 I/450I (copier-only model)

Continuous 2-sided copy/size-for-size

A4 LEF/B5 LEF/A5: 45 sheets/minutes

: 1.3W (at 110VAC), 1.8W (220VAC)

A4 SEF/B5 SEF: 32 sheets/minutes

ApeosPort 550 I/450I /350I

B4: 18 sheets/minutes, A3: 16 sheets/minutes

: 3.8W (at 110VAC), 4.4W (220VAC)

[ApeosPort 350 I]

*3; The values for the Low Power mode and Sleep mode are
based on the measurements by the international Energy Star Program.

Continuous 1-sided copy/size-for-size

A4 LEF/B5 LEF/A5: 35 sheets/minutes


A4 SEF/B5 SEF: 27 sheets/minutes
B4: 22 sheets/minutes, A3: 19 sheets/minutes

Continuous 2-sided copy/size-for-size

A4 LEF/B5 LEF/A5: 35 sheets/minutes


A4 SEF/B5 SEF: 27 sheets/minutes
B4: 14 sheets/minutes, A3: 13 sheets/minutes

6.6.4.2 Specifications of Printer


Item
Machine Size & Machine
Weight

Notes
IOT with Bypass Tray +DADF: 640 +/- 5(W) x 649 +/- 5(D) x 838
+/- 5(H) mm(Bypass Tray is closed, without Side Tray)
IOT with Bypass Tray +Platen: 640 +/- 5 (W) x 649 +/- 5 (D) x 754
+/- 5(H) mm(Bypass Tray is closed, without Side Tray)

Option for DC/CF configurations

item
Type
Continuous print speed
Resolution

Two Tray Module: 540 +/- 5(W) x 520 +/- 5(D) x 280 +/- 5(H)mm,
20Kg

: 1,200 x 1,200dpi (47.2 x 47.2 dots/mm)


Data processing resolution : 600 x 600dpi (23.6 x 23.6 dots/mm)

Tandem Tray Module: 540 +/- 5(W) x 520 +/- 5(D) x 280 +/5(H)mm (Foot not included), 34Kg
B Finisher: 570 +/- 5(W) x 585 +/- 5(D) x 940 +/- 5(H)mm , 30Kg
C Finisher: 675 +/- 5(W) x 650 +/- 5(D) x 1010 +/- 5(H)mm , 50Kg

Space requirements

Notes
Built-in
Same as the main unit.
Output resolution : 600 x 600dpi (23.6 x 23.6 dots/mm)

Page description language

: 1,200 x 1,200dpi (47.2 x 47.2 dots/mm)


Standard : PCL6, PCL5e

Supported protocol

Option : PostScript 3
Parallel : Compatible, Nibble, ECP

C Finisher with Booklet Maker: 824 +/- 5(W) x 650 +/- 5(D) x 1010
+/- 5(H)mm , 81Kg
976mm (W) x 650mm (D) (without Finisher)

Ethernet : TCP/IP (lpd, Port9100, IPP, SMB), NetWare (IPX/


SPX), EtherTalk*1

1,537mm (W) x 667mm (D) (with B Finisher)

*1 ; EtherTalk is for Mac OS 7.5.3-Mac OS 9.2.2, Mac OS X


10.2.x/10.3.3-10.3.9)
PCL6 :

Supported OS
1,747mm (W) x 677mm (D) (with C Finisher)

Installation Space

Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000, Windows NT4.0, Windows XP, Windows Server TM 2003

1,805mm (W) x 677mm (D) (with C Finisher with Booklet Maker)


1,340mm (W) x 1,185mm (D) (without Finisher)

PostScript :

2,140mm (W) x 1,185mm (D) (with B Finisher)


2,240mm (W) x 1,185mm (D) (with C Finisher)

Power

2,300mm (W) x 1,185mm (D) (with C Finisher with Booklet Maker)


110-120VAC & 220-240VAC

Built-in fonts

Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000, Windows NT4.0, Windows XP, Windows Server TM 2003, Mac OS
7.5.3-Mac OS 9.2.2, Mac OS X 10.2.x/10.3.3-10.3.9
PCL : European 81 type faces, symbol 35 sets
PostScript (optional)

Emulation

: European 136 type faces


ESC/P (VP-1000), HP-GL(HP7586B), HP-GL2/RTL(HP Design
Jet 750C Plus), PCL5c/PCLXL (HP Color Laser Jet 5500),
ESCP/K*2, KS/KSSM*3
*2 : Only for Traditional Chinese model

Memory capacity

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-261

*3 : Only for Korean model


256 MB (Maximum : 512MB)

6.5.4 Major Spec(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550L/450I)

General

General
6.5.4 Major Spec(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550L/450I)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-262

Version 2.1

6.6.4.3 Specifications of Network Scanner


item
Interface

Notes
Standard : Bi-directional Parallel interface (IEEE1284 compliant),
Ethernet(100BASE-TX/10BASE-T), USB2.0*4 (optional)
* 4 ; USB2.0 is for Windows 98SE/Me/2000/XP, Windows Server
TM 2003, Mac OS 8.6-Mac OS 9.2.2, Mac OS X 10.1.5/10.2.x/
110.3.3-10.3.9)

Network Scanner is standard for the Apeos model. DocuCentre model requires Printer Kit, HDD and
Simple Scan Kit.

Item
Type
Scan resolution
Scanning gradation
Scanning Speed

Notes
Monochrome scanner
600 x 600dpi, 400 x 400dpi, 300 x 300dpi, 200 x 200dpi (23.6 x
23.6, 15.7 x 15.7, 11.8 x 11.8, 7.9 x 7.9 dot/mm)
8 bits input, 1 bits output
[ApeosPort 550 I, DocuCentre 550 I]
55 sheets/minute (FX standard document: A4 SEF, to Mail box)
[ApeosPort 450 I/350 I/, DocuCentre 450 I]
52 sheets/minute (FX standard document: A4 SEF, to Mail box)

Interface
Scan to Mailbox

NOTE: The scanning speed varies depending on documents.


Ethernet 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T
Sppported protocol : TCP/IP(Salutation, HTTP)
Output format : Monochrome binary : TIFF (comression method
: MH, MMR)
Driver : TWAIN (Salutation)
Driver-Compatible OS :

Scan to FTP/SMB

Windows 95, Windows 98 , Windows Me , Windows 2000, Windows NT4.0, Windows XP, Windows Server TM 2003
Sppported protocol : TCP/IP(Salutation, HTTP)
Compatible OS :
Windows 95*1, Windows 98*1, Windows Me, Windows 2000,
Windows NT4.0, Windows XP, Windows Server TM 2003, Mac
OS X 10.1.5/10.2.x/10.3.9*2
NetWare5.11J/5.12J*2
*1 : The supported protocol is SMB only.
*2 : The supported protocol is FTP only.
Output format :
Monochrome binary : TIFF (comression method : MH, MMR),
DocuWorks, PDF

6.6.4.4 Specifications of Fax


Item
E-Mail*

Notes
Sppported protocol : TCP/IP(SMTP)
Output format :
Monochrome binary : TIFF (comression method : MH, MMR),
DocuWorks, PDF

Option for DC/CP configurations

Item
Notes
Capability
G3
Transmission Speed G3 modem: 33,600 / 31,200 / 28,800 / 26,400 / 21,600 / 19,200 / 16,800 /
14,400 / 12,000 / 9,600 / 7,200 / 4,800 / 2,400bps

* : The e-mail feature is only supported by 550 I/450 I/350 I.


Compression System
Sending Document
Size
Number of Mailboxes (Fax receive)
Transmission Resolution

Less then 3 Seconds (G3: 28.8kbps, JBIG)


MH, MR, MMR, JBIG
A3,B4,A4
Up to 200 /password-protected mailboxes
Standard : 200 x 100dpi
Fine : 200 x 200dpi
Super Fine : (400dpi) : 400 x 400dpi

Applicable Lines
Group Dial
Speed Dial
Additional Line
Memory

Super Fine : (600dpi) : 600 x 600dpi


PSTN, PBX
50 (20/groups)
500 (Standard) / Max 999 (Option)
Max. 2 lines can be added (total 3 lines).
Standard : 8MB
HDD (Option) : 40GB (Shared)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-263

6.5.4 Major Spec(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550L/450I)

General

General
6.5.4 Major Spec(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550L/450I)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-264

Version 2.1

6.6.4.5 Specifications of Direct Fax

6.6.4.6 Specifications of Internet Fax

Internet Fax requires Printer Kit, Fax Kit, HDD and Internet Fax Kit.

Available only for ApeosPort.

Standard for CFP configurations

Item
Capability
Transmission Speed

Notes
G3
G3 modem: 33,600 / 31,200 / 28,800 / 26,400 / 21,600 / 19,200 /
16,800 / 14,400 / 12,000 / 9,600 / 7,200 / 4,800 / 2,400bps

Item
Capability

Less than 3 seconds (G3: 28.8kbps, JBIG)


Sending Document Size A3, B4, A4
Transmission Resolution Standard : 200 x 100dpi
Fine : 200 x 200dpi

Super Fine : (600dpi) : 600 x 600dpi


Windows 95/98/Me, Windows 2000/XP and Windows NT 4.0, Windows Server TM 2003

2.

iFax Receive

3.

iiFax (e-Mail) to Fax: send the image received by e-Mail to Fax


machine

4.

File Format
Compression Method
Network Protocol

iFax to iFax (e-Mail): transmit the Fax- received image to eMail


A3SEF, B4SEF, A4SEF (scanned data shall be changed to these
sizes.)
TIFF-FX: Profile (TIFF-S, TIFF-F, TIFF-J)
MH, MMR, JBIG
Send Protocol: SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)

Resolution

Receive Protocols: SMTP, POP3 (Post Office Protocol 3)


Standard : 200 x 100 dpi

Super Fine : (400dpi) : 400 x 400dpi

Supported OS

Notes
1. Scan to iFAX (e-Mail): Direct document transmission to
remote Internet Fax machines or e-Mail clients (SMTP).
Reception and automatic printout of documents sent via email from remote Internet Fax machines or e-Mail clients

Original Paper Size

Fine : 200 x 200 dpi


Super Fine : 400 x 400 dpi
Super Fine : 600 x 600 dpi

6.6.5 Specifications of Duplex Automatic Document Feeder

6.6.6 Specifications of B Finisher

Item
Capacity
Original Paper Size

Item
Machine Size / Machine
Weight
Capacity of Stacker

Notes
75 sheets (80gsm)
Max . : 297mm(W) x 600mm*1

Notes
570mm(W) x 585mm(D) x 940mm(H) / 30kg
Non-staple: 1,000 sheets (size of Letter / A4 and smaller)

Min. : 139.7mm(W) x 210mm

Scanning Speed

Size Detection

*1 : When the length of the original paper exceeds 432mm, it is


recommended to manually lift the paper end from the bottom to
enable straight feeding. In this case the paper weight shall be
between 60 to 90gsm, but the performance is not guaranteed.
52dpm (35/45ppm MC, A4LEF, simplex mode)

Staple: 50 sets
Paper Weight
64 to 105gsm (Non stapled), 64 to 90gsm (stapled)
Capacity for Stapling
50 sheets (80gsm)
Applicable Paper Size for Max. : A3, 11" x 17"
Stapling
Min. : B5
Positions to Staple
3 Positions (5 variations) ;

56dpm (55ppm MC, A4LEF, simplex mode)


A5 SEF, A5LEF, B5 SEF, B5 LEF, A4 SEF, A4 LEF, B4 SEF, A3
SEF

Front corner (single)


rear straight (single)

8.5" x 11" (Letter) SEF, 8.5" x 11" (Letter) LEF, 11" x 17" SEF

Original Paper Weight

16-Kai LEF, 8-Kai SEF


Simplex mode: 38gsm to 128gsm

Mixed Size Originals

Duplex mode: 50gsm to 128gsm


Available when selected on the user interface

Machine Size
Machine Weight

A5 SEF & B5 SEF cannot run together using Mixed Size mode.
560(W) x 510(D) x 120(H) mm
9.0Kg

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Capacity of Staples
Power Source
Power Consumption

2007/10/01
6-265

dual
5,000 (initially packed with the finisher)
100-240V AC supplied from the connected IOT
70VA or less

6.5.4 Major Spec(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550L/450I)

General

General
6.5.4 Major Spec(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550L/450I)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-266

Version 2.1

6.6.7 Specifications of C Finisher

6.6.8 Specifications of C Booklet Finisher with Booklet Maker

Item
Machine Size / Machine
Weight
Capacity of Stacker

Item
Machine Size / Machine
Weight
Capacity of Stacker

Notes
675mm(W) x 650mm(D) x 1,010mm(H)/50kg
Non-staple: 3,000 sheets

Staple: 200 sets with single stapling, 100 sets with dual stapling
Capacity for Stapling
50 sheets (60gsm to 90gsm)
Applicable Paper Weight 60gsm to 90gsm
for Stapling
Applicable Paper Size for Max. : A3, 11" x 17"
Stapling
Min. : B5
Positions to Staple
4 Positions ;

Capacity of Booklet Tray


Capacity for Stapling
Applicable Paper Weight
for Stapling
Applicable Paper Size for
Stapling
Positions to Staple

Notes
824mm(W) x 650mm(D) x 1,010mm(H) / 81kg
Non-staple: 1,500 sheets
Staple: 200 sets with single stapling, 100 sets with dual stapling
15 sets or less
50 sheets (60gsm to 90gsm)
60gsm to 90gsm
Max. : A3, 11" x 17"
Min. : B5
4 Positions ;

Front corner (single)


Front corner (single)
Rear corner (single)
Rear corner (single)
Rear straight (single)
Rear straight (single)
Capacity of Staples
Available Paper Size for
Punching

Dual
5,000 (initially packed with the finisher)
Max. : A3, 11" x 17"

Hole Punch

Min. : B5
2/4 hole

Power Source
Power Consumption

NOTE: 2/3 hole is available with optional 2/3 Hole Punch Kit
100-240V AC
100VA or less

Dual
Capacity of Staples
5,000 (initially packed with the finisher)
Capacity for Booklet Mak- Staple: 2 to 15 sheets
ing
Un-staple: 5 sheets or less
Applicable Paper Weight 60 to 90gsm
for Booklet Making
Applicable Paper Size for Max. : A3, 11" x 17"
Stapling
Min. : B5
Capacity of Booklet Sta- 5,000 x 2 (initially packed with the finisher)
ples
Available Paper Size for Max. : A3, 11" x 17"
Punching
Min. : B5
Hole Punch
2/4 hole

Power Source
Power Consumption

NOTE: 2/3 hole is available with optional 2/3 Hole Punch Kit
100-240V AC
100VA or less

6.6.9 Specifications of High Capacity Feeder (HCF)

6.6.10 Billing Meter

Item
Paper size/type

Notes
Max. : AE LEF, 11" x 17"

Paper feed capacity

Min. : B5 LEF, 56-216 g/m2


2,000 sheets x 1 tray

NOTE: 80 g/m2 paper


Dimensions / Machine
389mm(W) x 610mm(D) x 377mm(H) / 29kg
Weight
Space requirements (when 976mm(W) x 649mm(D)
connected to the main unit)
(main unit (when the bypass tray is extended completely) + high
capacity feeder)

The following Meter1 through 4 is provided on all models.

Item
Meter 1
Meter 2
Meter 3
Meter 4

Notes
Total Count : 000000~999999 (6digit)
Copy Count : 000000~999999 (6digit)
Print Count : 000000~999999 (6digit)
Fax Count : 000000~999999 (6digit)

Billing Count Up Rule

Print Mode
Simplex

Paper Destination
Face Down Tray
Face Up Tray
Finisher

Count Up Timing
Fuser Exit Sensor : on->off
Face Up Exit Sensor : on->off
Finisher Tray Exit Sensor : on->off

Duplex

-Side1 : Fuser Exit Sensor


-Side2 : Fuser Exit Sensor

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-267

Qty of Count Up
1. Simplex Copy : 1 Count
2. Duplex Copy : Side1/Side2 each 1 Count
3. Test Print : 1 Count
4. No Paper Run : 0 Count
5. Transparency Interleaf(blank sheet) : 0 Count

6.5.4 Major Spec(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550L/450I)

General

General

2007/10/01
6-268

6.5.4 Major Spec(AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550L/450I)

6.6.11 Language

Report Language

Config.
English
FXK
FXTW
FXCL

Copy
English
Hangul
Traditional Chinese
Simplified Chinese

Print
English
Hangul
Traditional Chinese
Simplified Chinese

Scan
English
Hangul
Traditional Chinese
Simplified Chinese

Fax
English
Hangul
Traditional Chinese
Simplified Chinese

Control Panel Language


TC: Traditional Chinese, SC: Simplified Chinese
*: The languages will be available after 2Byte version launch.

Config.
English

Default
English

Option
Hangul*, TC*, SC*

FXK

Hangul

English, TC, SC

FXTW

TC

English, Hangul, SC

FXCL

SC

English, Hangul, TC

Renarks
Language is user
selectable
Language is user
selectable
Language is user
selectable
Language is user
selectable

Others
TC: Traditional Chinese, SC: Simplified Chinese

Config.
English

FXK

FXTW

FXCL

EWS
English,
Hangul, TC,
SC
English,
Hangul, TC,
SC
English,
Hangul, TC,
SC
English,
Hangul, TC,
SC

Print Driver
English,
Hangul, TC,
SC
English,
Hangul, TC,
SC
English,
Hangul, TC,
SC
English,
Hangul, TC,
SC

Post script
Driver
English,
Hangul, TC,
SC
English,
Hangul, TC,
SC
English,
Hangul, TC,
SC
English,
Hangul, TC,
SC

Scan Driver
English,
Hangul, TC,
SC
English,
Hangul, TC,
SC
English,
Hangul, TC,
SC
English,
Hangul, TC,
SC

Contents
Bridge
English

English

English

English

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.7.1 Tool

6.7.2 Service Consumables


No special service consumables are required to service YUPA/Nausicca products.

No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

TOOL No.
499T 247
499T 301
499T 355
499T 1423
499T 1901
499T 2004
499T 2320
499T 2601
499T 8104
499T 8902
499T 9507
499T 9508

TOOL NAME
Test Pattern (A3)
Mini Driver (-) 3x50
Screw Driver (+) 100mm
Box Driver with Magnet (5.5mm)
Side Cutting Nipper
Round Nose Plier
Digital Multi-Meter Set
Silver Scale 150mm
Flash Light (U-3)
Brush
Test Lead wire Hook (Red)
Test Lead wire Hook (Black)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-269

6.7 General Information

General

General
6.7 General Information

2007/10/01
6-270

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

6.8 Consumables

*2 : The life of toner cartridge consumption shall differ according to print paper size, image
type, as well as density.
Table 1

Consumables

Product
code

Drum Cartridge

Toner Cartridge

Life(kPV)

Remarks

CT350413

240kcycle*1
(Ref 60KCV, Continuous run)
B(5)

CT200719

30KCV*2

Machine initially comes with


one Drum Cartridge.
Reference:
- 35ppm : 50.7kpv (@R/L:2.51
& O/L : 3.62)
- 45ppm : 62.7kpv (@R/L:2.61
& O/L : 3.77)
- 55ppm : 74.5kpv (@R/L:2.75
& O/L : 3.97)
Declared yield value in
accordance with ISO/IEC
19752.

Staple Cartridge CWAA0455


(B Finisher)

Machine initially comes with


one Toner Cartridge.
5,000 staples x 3 pieces per
BOX

Staple Cartridge CWAA0540


(C Finisher)

IInitial 5,000 staples come with


B Finisher
5,000 staples x 3 pieces per
BOX

Staple Cartridge CWAA0501


(C Finisher with
Booklet Maker)

Stamp Replace
Kit

F451

IInitial 5,000 staples come with


C Finisher
5,000 booklet staples x 4
pieces per BOX
IInitial 10,000 booklet staples
come with C Finisher with
Booklet Maker
Replacement ink for Stamp Kit
(WF34)

*1 : Drum cartridge has a function to detect hardware life according to the number of rotations
of the drum. The machine gives alarm signal "Replacement to be made shortly" when the
number of rotation of the drum reaches around 220Kcycle (Ref 55kcv) as default (adjustable
by NVM), and stops copy operation at the end of life (Hard stop: 240Kcycle (Ref60kcv)).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
6-271

6.8 Cocsumables

General

General
6.8 Cocsumables

2007/10/01
6-272

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Chapter 7 Wiring Data & BSD

7 Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List
7.1.1 Plug/Jack Location List..........................................................................................
7.1.2 Plug/Jack Positions ...............................................................................................

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

3
11

2007/10/01
7-1

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

2007/10/01
7-2

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

7.1.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Plug/Jack Location List

How to Use the Plug/Jack Location List

To find which position to install specific connectors to, refer to the table "7.1.1 Plug/Jack Location
List " for Figure No. and Item No., and then to the figure in 7.1.2 Plug/Jack Positions.

P/J No. on 7.1.1 Plug/Jack Location List is expressed in the five ways below:

J250 represents Jack 250.

P250 represents Plug 250.

No. without P or J represents both Jack and Plug.

CN1 represents Connector 1.

FS1 represents Faston Terminal 1.

Figure 1 7001

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Table 1 Plug/Jack List

P/J No.
P/J1
P/J1
P/J1
P/J1
P/J1
P/J2
P/J2
P/J2
P/J2
P/J2
P/J2
P/J3
P/J3
P/J4
P/J4
P/J5
P/J5
P/J6
P/J6
P/J7
P8
P/J11
P/J12
P/J20
P/J21
P/J22
P/J50
P/J56
P/J57
P/J68
P/J69
P/J100
P/J101
P/J101A

2007/10/01
7-3

FigureNo.
1
12
27
39
39
12
27
35
39
39
40
39
40
12
39
15
39
12
39
12
12
12
12
6
6
6
14
15
15
15
15
9
9
16

Item No.
8
14
10
9
11
13
12
10
12
14
21
3
17
17
4
13
13
20
1
18
19
12
11
5
7
6
9
4
1
3
2
2
3
2

Remarks (where to connect)


UI PWB (HB)
AC DRIVE PWB
AC Filter
MCW Control Panel
MCW UI I/F PWB
AC DRIVE PWB
C-Finisher LVPS
B-Finisher LVPS
MCW UI I/F PWB
MCW Fax Control Panel
ESS Unit (AP-II 5010/4000/3000)
MCW UI I/F PWB
ESS Unit (AP-II 5010/4000/3000)
AC Drive PWB
MCW UI I/F PWB
LVPS
MCW UI I/F PWB
AC Drive PWB
MCW UI I/F PWB

Tray1 Feeder
Tray4 Feeder (2TM)

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
7-4

Version 2.1

Table 1 Plug/Jack List

P/J No.
P/J101A
P/J101B
P/J101B
P/J102
P/J102A
P/J102A
P/J102B
P/J102B
P/J103
P/J103A
P/J103A
P/J103B
P/J103B
P/J104
P/J105
P/J106
P/J107
P/J108
P/J109
P/J110
P/J111
P/J112
P/J115
P/J116
P/J117
P/J120
P/J121
P/J123
P/J124
P/J125
P/J126
P/J127
P/J130
P/J131
P/J132
P/J133
P/J133

FigureNo.
37
16
37
9
16
37
16
37
9
16
37
16
37
8
9
9
7
7
12
12
5
5
5
5
6
12
15
7
7
3
4
3
4
6
6
6
9

Item No.
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
9
4
9
3
4
7
9
10
16
15
8
6
11
2
1
5
13
2
1
1
2
4
1
3
2
4
4

Remarks (where to connect)


Tray4 Feeder (TTM)
Tray3 Feeder (2TM)
Tray3 Feeder (TTM)
Tray2 Feeder
Tray4 Feeder(2TM)
Tray4 Feeder(TTM)
Tray3 Feeder(2TM)
Tray3 Feeder(TTM)
Tray2 Feeder
Tray4 Feeder(2TM)
Tray4 Feeder(TTM)
Tray3 Feeder(2TM)
Tray3 Feeder(TTM)

Rear Thermistor
Tray1 Pre Feed Sensor

Table 1 Plug/Jack List

P/J No.
P/J134
P/J140
P/J150
P/J160
P/J170
P/J201
P/J201
P/J202
P/J205
P/J206
P/J207
P/J208
P/J209
P/J210
P/J212
P/J214
P/J215
P/J216
P/J219
P/J220
P/J220A
P/J220A
P/J220B
P/J220B
P/J221
P/J300
P/J300
P/J302
P/J303
P/J303
P/J304
P/J304
P/J305
P/J305
P/J306
P307
P307

FigureNo.
9
4
8
4
4
4
9
9
7
12
5
5
5
5
7
12
8
3
3
5
16
37
16
37
15
10
40
40
10
40
10
40
10
40
10
10
40

Item No.
4
6
2
3
4
7
1
1
7
2
4
5
7
3
6
8
1
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
11
5
6
7
11
12
10
11
9
10
7
12
13

Remarks (where to connect)

LD PWB
Tray1 Feed / Lift up Motor

Tray4 Feeder (2TM)


Tray4 Feeder (TTM)
Tray3 Feeder (2TM)
Tray3 Feeder (TTM)
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000

Table 1 Plug/Jack List

P/J No.
P/J308
P/J308
P/J310
P/J310
P/J330
P/J330
P/J331
P/J331
P/J332
P/J332
P/J333
P/J334
P/J334
P/J335
P/J335
P/J336
P/J336
P/J336
P338
P/J340
P/J340
P/J341
P341
P/J341
J342
P/J342
P/J345
P/J345
P/J347
P348
P/J348
P/J349
P351
J351
P/J352
P/J361

FigureNo.
10
40
10
40
10
40
10
40
10
40
40
10
40
10
40
10
10
40
40
10
40
10
10
40
10
40
10
40
10
40
40
40
10
40
40
10

Item No.
8
9
15
18
16
16
1
8
17
19
20
24
1
6
14
13
18
22
5
20
27
22
25
23
23
26
21
24
3
2
3
4
19
25
28
4

Remarks (where to connect)


DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
BP PWB (DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG)
ESS PWB (DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG)
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
AP-II 5010/4000/3000
Riser PWB (DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Table 1 Plug/Jack List

P/J No.
P/J361
P/J361
P/J363
J380
P/J400
P/J401
P/J402
P/J403
P/J404
P/J405
P/J406
P/J407
P/J408
P/J409
P/J410
P/J411
P/J412
P/J413
P/J414
P/J415
P416
J416
P/J417
P/J418
P/J419
P/J420
P/J421
P/J422
P/J425
P/J430
P/J431
P/J432
P/J433
P/J434
P/J500
P/J502
2007/10/01
7-5

FigureNo.
10
40
10
11
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
35
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
4
4
4
4
4
3
27

Item No.
14
15
2
6
21
22
5
8
6
10
3
2
9
14
11
15
23
19
17
16
20
8
18
1
4
25
24
12
7
13
12
9
11
10
5
14

Remarks (where to connect)


ESS PWB (DC-II 5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG)
AP-II 5010/4000/3000

C-Finisher LVPS

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
7-6

Version 2.1

Table 1 Plug/Jack List

P/J No.
P/J502
P/J505
P/J505
P/J521
P/J522
P/J523
P/J524
P/J525
P/J526
P/J527
P/J529
P/J540
P/J541
P/J541
P/J541
P/J542
P/J548
P/J548
P/J549
P/J549
P/J552
P/J552
P/J554
P/J554
P600
J600
P/J601
P/J602
P/J605
P606
J606A
J606B
P/J607
P/J608
P/J609
P/J610
P/J613

FigureNo.
35
27
35
15
15
15
15
15
12
15
12
7
7
17
38
7
17
38
17
38
17
38
17
38
6
12
9
9
12
5
12
12
12
9
7
3
12

Item No.
11
13
12
8
6
5
7
9
1
10
21
3
4
2
1
5
1
11
7
10
8
9
3
2
8
6
9
7
9
10
4
4
10
6
8
6
3

Remarks (where to connect)


B-Finisher LVPS
C-Finisher LVPS
B-Finisher LVPS

Duplex PWB
2TM PWB
TTM PWB
2TM PWB
TTM PWB
2TM PWB
TTM PWB
2TM PWB
TTM PWB
2TM PWB
TTM PWB

Table 1 Plug/Jack List

P/J No.
P/J620
P/J661A
P/J661A
P/J661B
P/J661B
P/J700
P/J702
P/J703
P/J708
P/J709
P713
P719
J719
P/J720
P/J721
P/J722
P/J725
P/J727
P/J728
P/J729
J750
P750
P/J751
P/J752
P/J753
P/J754
P/J755
P/J756
P/J757
P/J758
P/J759
P/J760
P/J761
P/J764
P/J765
P/J766
P/J767

FigureNo.
4
16
38
16
37
2
2
2
2
2
2
19
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
18
18

Item No.
5
9
4
10
7
14
9
7
16
15
8
15
4
6
2
1
3
18
10
13
5
16
17
14
13
12
11
5
4
3
2
1
18
9
10
3
18

Remarks (where to connect)


Tray4 Feeder(2TM)
Tray4 Feeder(TTM)
Tray3 Feeder(2TM)
Tray3 Feeder(TTM)

Table 1 Plug/Jack List

P/J No.
P/J769
P/J770
P/J771
P/J772
P/J774
P/J775
P/J776
P/J777
P/J778
P/J779
P/J780
P/J781
P/J782
P/J785
P/J786
P/J787
P/J788
P/J791
P/J800
P/J800A
P/J800B
P/J820
P/J820
P/J821
P/J821
P/J822
P/J822
P/J824
P/J824
P/J825
P/J825
P/J826
P/J826
P/J841
P/J841
P/J842

FigureNo.
19
19
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
18
18
18
13
13
13
16
37
16
37
17
38
16
37
16
38
17
38
17
38
16

Item No.
8
7
14
15
13
16
17
7
6
5
12
11
10
19
6
9
8
4
13
13
13
5
5
8
6
5
7
6
4
7
3
6
8
4
5
11

Remarks (where to connect)

Tray3 Paper Size Switch (2TM)


Tray3 Paper Size Switch (TTM)
Tray3 Feed Out Sensor (2TM)
Tray3 Feed Out Sensor (TTM)
2TM
TTM
Tray4 Paper Size Switch (2TM)
Tray4 Paper Size Switch (TTM)
Tray4 Feed Out Sensor (2TM)
Tray4 Feed Out Sensor (TTM)
2TM TakeAway Motor
TTM TakeAway Motor
2TM
TTM
2TM

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Table 1 Plug/Jack List

P/J No.
P/J842
P/J869
P/J871
J903
P/J2011
J3480
J3481
P/J7102
J7131
P/J7232
P/J7261
P/J8175
P/J8176
P/J8177
P/J8178
P/J8179
P/J8180
P/J8181A
P/J8181B
P/J8182
P/J8183
P/J8185
P/J8186
P/J8187
P/J8188
P/J8189
P/J8190A
P/J8190B
P/J8191A
P/J8191B
P/J8196A
P/J8196B
P/J8197A
P/J8197B
P8201
J8201
2007/10/01
7-7

FigureNo.
38
35
34
14
4
40
40
2
2
2
2
31
30
30
30
30
30
31
31
31
31
30
30
30
30
31
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
31
31

Item No.
6
13
16
2
8
5
2
17
8
11
12
5
5
2
4
12
11
4
4
1
2
6
10
7
13
6
3
3
1
1
9
9
8
8
3
9

Remarks (where to connect)


TTM

AP-II 5010/4000/3000
AP-II 5010/4000/3000

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List
P/J No.
P8202
J8202
P8203
J8203
P/J8300
P8301
P/J8302
P/J8303A
P/J8303B
P/J8304
P/J8305
P/J8306
P/J8307
P/J8308
P/J8309
P/J8310
P8311
P/J8312A
P/J8312B
P/J8313
P/J8314
P/J8315
P/J8316
P/J8317
P/J8318A
P/J8318B
P/J8319
P/J8320
P/J8321
P/J8322
P/J8324
P/J8325
P/J8326
P/J8327
P/J8328
P/J8330
P/J8331

FigureNo.
31
29
31
29
28
28
28
26
26
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
26
26
28
28
28
28
28
26
26
21
22
21
21
26
26
27
27
26
27
27

Table 1 Plug/Jack List


Item No. Remarks (where to connect)
7
6
8
7
6
7
15
9
9
1
17
4
5
2
18
8
14
7
7
11
10
12
9
13
13
13
5
1
2
3
22
20
4
3
18
1
2

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
7-8

P/J No.
P/J8332
P/J8333
P/J8334
P/J8335
P/J8336
P/J8338A
P/J8338B
P/J8339
P/J8340
P/J8341
P/J8342
P/J8344
P/J8345
P/J8346
P/J8347
P/J8348
P/J8349
P/J8350
P/J8351
P/J8352
P/J8353
P/J8354
P/J8355
P/J8356
P/J8357
P/J8358
P/J8359
P/J8360
P/J8361
P/J8362A
P/J8362B
P/J8363A
P/J8363B
P/J8364
P/J8365
P/J8371
P/J8372

Version 2.1

FigureNo.
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
22
26
26
25
26
25
25
25
26
25
25
25
25
23
26
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
22
21
27
27

Table 1 Plug/Jack List


Item No. Remarks (where to connect)
14
10
4
5
21
19
19
2
2
17
11
3
8
10
9
1
7
5
4
2
6
3
12
1
2
4
2
3
1
5
5
4
4
3
4
6
7

Table 1 Plug/Jack List

P/J No.
P8373
P/J8376
P/J8377
P/J8378
P/J8379A
P/J8379B
P/J8380
P/J8381
P/J8382
P/J8389
P/J8390
P/J8391A
P/J8391B
P/J8392
P/J8393A
P/J8393B
P/J8394
P/J8405
P/J8406
P/J8407
P/J8408
P/J8409
P/J8411A
P/J8411B
P/J8429
P/J8432
P/J8434A
P/J8434B
P/J8440A
P/J8440B
P/J8441A
P/J8441B
P/J8444
P/J8460
P/J8461A
P/J8461B

FigureNo.
27
28
29
29
20
20
20
20
20
28
36
26
26
22
26
26
26
29
29
29
29
26
29
29
29
21
26
26
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
27

Item No. Remarks (where to connect)


6
16
3
1
2
2
1
3
4
3
4
23
23
4
1
1
5
4
10
9
8
8
11
11
5
1
6
6
15
15
16
16
9
11
5
5

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Table 1 Plug/Jack List

P/J No.
P/J8800
P/J8801
P/J8802
P/J8803
P/J8805
P/J8806
P/J8807
P/J8808
P/J8809
P/J8810
P/J8811
P/J8812
P/J8813
P/J8814
P/J8815
P/J8817
P/J8818
P/J8819
P/J8820
P/J8822
P/J8823
P/J8824
P/J8825
P/J8827
P/J8843
P/J8844
P/J8846
P/J8847
P/J8848
P/J8849
P/J8850
P/J8851
P/J8852
CN1
CN1
CN1
2007/10/01
7-9

FigureNo.
35
35
35
35
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
35
35
34
34
34
34
35
34
34
34
35
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
1
29
39

Item No.
7
6
4
3
1
4
5
6
17
7
11
12
14
2
1
10
8
9
15
5
3
2
13
9
7
6
3
5
1
2
10
8
9
5
2
2

Remarks (where to connect)

UI PWB (HB)
Booklet PWB
MCW LCD Assembly

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
7-10

Version 2.1

Table 1 Plug/Jack List

P/J No.
CN1
CN2
CN2
CN2
CN3
CM3
CN3
CN4
CN5
CN102
CNP352
CNP/CNJ353
CNP/CNJ355
CNP/CNJ356
CNP/CNJ361
CNP/CNJ366
CNP/CNJ383
CNP/CNJ384
CNP/CNJ385
CNJ359
CNJ360
CNJ367
CON CN3
CP CN1
F1
F2
FAX CN3
FS001
FS002
FS003
FS004
FS72
FS73
FS74
FS75
FS76
FS77

FigureNo.
39
1
39
39
1
39
39
1
1
12
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
1
1
18
18
1
32
32
32
32
14
14
14
14
14
14

Item No.
7
9
5
6
4
8
10
6
3
7
6
7
5
8
11
1
4
3
2
9
10
12
11
7
2
1
12
14
14
12
12
6
5
8
7
4
3

Remarks (where to connect)


Inverter PWB(MCW)
UI PWB (HB)
Back Light(MCW)
Inverter PWB(MCW)
UI PWB (HB)
Inverter PWB(MCW)
Back Light(MCW)

Table 1 Plug/Jack List

P/J No.
FS78
FS812
FS812
FS813
FS813
INV CN1
INV CN2
LCD CN1
PF/JF01
PF/JF02
PF/JF03
PF/JF04
PF/JF05
PF/JF06
PF/JF08
PF/JF51
PF/JF52
PF/JF53
PF/JF54
PF/JF56
PF/JF56A
PF/JF56B
PF/JF57
PF/JF58
PF/JF59
PF/JF60
PF/JF61
PF/JF62
PF/JF67
SJ1

FigureNo.
14
16
37
16
37
1
1
1
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
33
33
33
32
33
33
33
33
33
33
5

Item No.
1
12
8
12
8
10
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
3
1
2
10
13
7
7
7
11
1
2
6
4
5
3
9

Remarks (where to connect)


2TM
TTM
2TM
TTM

7.1.2 Plug/Jack Positions

Figure 1 HB Control Panel (DC-II 5010/4000, AP 550I/450I/350I, DC 550I/450I) (j0na71001)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
7-11

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

2007/10/01
7-12

Figure 2 IIT (j0na71002)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 3 Dispens Motor, HVPS, Fuser Exit Sensor (j0na71003)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
7-13

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

2007/10/01
7-14

Figure 4 ROS Unit, Exit PWB (j0na71004)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 5 Exit 2 Assembly (j0na71005)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
7-15

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

2007/10/01
7-16

Figure 6 No.1 OCT Unit, Fuser Assembly (j0na71006)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 7 Duplex Unit, MSI Unit (j0na71007)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
7-17

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

2007/10/01
7-18

Figure 8 Regi. Sensor, Regi. Clutch (j0na71008)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 9 Tray1/2 Feeder Assembly (j0na71009)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
7-19

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

2007/10/01
7-20

Figure 10 ESS Unit (DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG, DC 550IG) (j0na71010)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 11 Fax Box Assembly (j0na71011)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
7-21

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

2007/10/01
7-22

Figure 12 AC Drive PWB, Main Motor (j0na71012)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 13 MCU PWB (j0na71013)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
7-23

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

2007/10/01
7-24

Figure 14 Power Unit (j0na71014)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 15 LVPS, Main Switch (j0na71015)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
7-25

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

2007/10/01
7-26

Figure 16 Tray 3/4 Feeder Assembly (j0na71016)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 17 Tray Module PWB (j0na71017)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
7-27

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

2007/10/01
7-28

Figure 18 DADF 1 of 2 (j0na71018)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 19 DADF 2 of 2 (j0na71019)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
7-29

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

2007/10/01
7-30

Figure 20 H-Transport Assembly (j0na71020)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 21 Gate Sensor, Top Tray Full Sensor (j0na71021)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Figure 22 Buffer Path Sensor, Compiler Exit Sensor (j0na71022)

2007/10/01
7-31

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Figure 23 Stapler Unit (j0na71023)

2007/10/01
7-32

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 24 Tamper Unit (j0na71024)

Figure 25 Puncher Assembly (j0na71025)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Figure 26 C-Finisher Rear Location (j0na71026)

2007/10/01
7-33

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Figure 27 C-Finisher LVPS, H-Transport PWB (j0na71027)

2007/10/01
7-34

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 28 C-Finisher PWB (j0na71028)

Figure 29 Booklet PWB (j0na71029)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Figure 30 Booklet Front Location (j0na71030)

2007/10/01
7-35

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Figure 31 Booklet Rear Location (j0na71031)

2007/10/01
7-36

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 32 HCF 1/2 (j0na71032)

Figure 33 HCF 2/2 (j0na71033)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Figure 34 B-Finisher 1/3 (j0na71034)

2007/10/01
7-37

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Figure 35 B-Finisher 2/3 (j0na71035)

2007/10/01
7-38

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 36 B-Finisher 3/3 (j0na71036)

Figure 37 Tray 3/4 Feeder (TTM) (j0na71037)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Figure 38 TTM Rear Location (j0na71038)

2007/10/01
7-39

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

Wiring Data & BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Figure 39 MCW Control Panel (AP-II 5010/4000/3000) (j0na71039)

2007/10/01
7-40

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 40 ESS Unit (AP-II 5010/4000/3000) (j0na71040)

7.2 Wire Network

Contents
7.2 Wire Network
7.2.1 WIRE NET AC POWER(HOT)
7.2.2 WIRE NET AC POWER(NUT)
7.2.3 WIRE NET +3.3VDC
7.2.4 WIRE NET DC COM(+3.3VRTN)
7.2.5 WIRE NET +5VDC-1
7.2.6 WIRE NET +5VDC-2
7.2.7 WIRE NET +5VDC-3
7.2.8 WIRE NET +5VDC-4
7.2.9 WIRE NET +5VDC-5
7.2.10 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-1
7.2.11 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-2
7.2.12 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-3
7.2.13 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-4
7.2.14 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-5
7.2.15 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-6
7.2.16 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-7
7.2.17 WIRE NET +24VDC-1
7.2.18 WIRE NET +24VDC-2
7.2.19 WIRE NET +24VDC-3
7.2.20 WIRE NET +24VDC-4
7.2.21 WIRE NET DC COM(+24VRTN)
7.2.22 C-FINISHER WIRE NET AC POWER(LINE)
7.2.23 C-FINISHER WIRE NET AC POWER(NEUTRAL)
7.2.24 C-FINISHER WIRE NET +5VDC-1
7.2.25 C-FINISHER WIRE NET +5VDC-2
7.2.26 C-FINISHER WIRE NET +5VDC-3
7.2.27 C-FINISHER WIRE NET +5VDC-4
7.2.28 C-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-1
7.2.29 C-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-2
7.2.30 C-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-3

7-1
7-2
7-3
7-4
7-5
7-6
7-7
7-8
7-9
7-10
7-11
7-12
7-13
7-14
7-15
7-16
7-17
7-18
7-19
7-20
7-21
7-22
7-23
7-24
7-25
7-26
7-27
7-28
7-29
7-30

7.2.31
7.2.32
7.2.33
7.2.34
7.2.35
7.2.36
7.2.37
7.2.38
7.2.39
7.2.40
7.2.41
7.2.42

C-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-4


C-FINISHER WIRE NET +24VDC-1
C-FINISHER WIRE NET +24VDC-2
C-FINISHER WIRE NET +24VDC-3
C-FINISHER WIRE NET +24VDC-4
C-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM(+24VRTN)
B-FINISHER WIRE NET AC POWER(LINE)
B-FINISHER WIRE NET AC POWER(NEUTRAL)
B-FINISHER WIRE NET +5VDC
B-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)
B-FINISHER WIRE NET +24VDC
B-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM(+24VRTN)

7-31
7-32
7-33
7-34
7-35
7-36
7-37
7-38
7-39
7-40
7-41
7-42

Contents

7.2 Wire Network

7.2.1 WIRE NET AC POWER(HOT)

J68

MAIN
SWITCH
1

A
GFI BREAKER
INLET

AC DRIVE PWB
J50
1
BLK

J11

B
A

NOISE
FILTER

J56

J1
1
BLK

FUSER ASSY

B
J1
3
BLK

J6
2
BLK
3

J600

J4
BLK

J5

J7
BLK

FS73

2
2

BLK

WHT
J22

BLK

J20

J21

BLK

FUSER
RELAY

P600
WHT

WHT

1 MAIN HEATER ROD

1 SUB HEATER ROD1

1 SYB HEATER ROD2

10.1

10.1

10.1

1.1

4 LVPS

FINISHER OUTLET

1.5

(TO ACCESSORY)

J2
BLK

FS76

1.5

PSW OUTLET

OPTION
1

CE2
J8
J90 FS90
3
BLK

P91
BLK

P92
BLK

THERMOSTAT

1 IIT HEATER

1 TRAY HEATER

FS91

DRUM HEATER

9.1

6.1

7.11

j0na72001-K2

7-1

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-2
7.2.2 WIRE NET AC POWER(NUT)
AC DRIVE PWB

GFI BREAKER
INLET

J50
WHT

J12

NOISE
FILTER

J2
WHT
J4

J7
WHT

FS77

J5

PSW OUTLET

1.1

3 LVPS

FS74

1.5

FINISHER OUTLET

1.5

(TO ACCESSORY)

WHT

FUSER ASSY
1

J6
WHT

J600

12

FS10
BLK

THERMOSTAT
MAIN HEATER ROD

SUB HEATER ROD1

10.1

10.1

FUSER
RELAY
SUB HEATER ROD2

10.1

OPTION
J8
4
WHT

CE3

J90

P91
WHT
5

P92
WHT

DRUM HEATER

2 IIT HEATER

2 TRAY HEATER

9.1

6.1

7.11

j0na72002-K2

7.2.3 WIRE NET +3.3VDC


LVPS

IIT/IPS PWB

1.2

LOW
VOLTAGE
GENERATION
J522
GRY

+3.3VDC

J720

6,5

J7102

J700

CCD PWB

6.2

45,46

43

TRAY MODULE PWB


(FROM WIRE NET
+5VDC-3)
+3.3VDC

14

J548
GRY

J820

TRAY3 PAPER SIZE


1 SWITCH

7.3

7.5

J824

TRAY4 PAPER SIZE


1 SWITCH

7.4

7.6

GRY

DC-II5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG


ESS PWB
(FROM WIRE NET
+5VDC-1)
B1

J300
GRY

J380

BP PWB

UI PWB

J336

1.1

3 FCB PWB

B2

J306

J1

22

FLAT
CABLE
1

CN1

CP CN1

CN5

LCD CN1

CONTROL PANEL
3 PWB

6 LCD ASSEMBLY

2.5

2.6

AP-II5010G
ESS PWB
(FROM WIRE NET
+5VDC-1)
B1

J300
GRY

J380

MCW I/F PWB


17

J349

1.1

3 FCB PWB
MCW UI I/F PWB

F2

28

P352

J3

28

23

J1
WHT

J1

MCW CONTROL
23 PANEL PWB

2.8

FLAT
CABLE
j0na72003-K2

7-3

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-4
7.2.4 WIRE NET DC COM(+3.3VRTN)
LVPS
LOW VOLTAGE
GENERATION

+3.3VDC

IIT/IPS PWB

J522
6
VIO

J720

1,4,7,
10,13, J7102
17,21,
29,32,
41,50

FLAT
CABLE

6.2

1,10,19,
J700 22,30,
34,38,
41,44,
47,50

J7232

P702

TRAY MODULE PWB


(FROM WIRE NET
DC COM(+5VRTN)-4)
DC COM
(+3.3VRTN)

CCD PWB

1.2

4
5

6.3
LAMP BALLAST
PWB

FLAT
CABLE

12

J548
VIO

J820

TRAY3 PAPER SIZE


3 SWITCH

7.3

7.5

J824

TRAY4 PAPER SIZE


3 SWITCH

7.4

7.6

VIO

ESS PWB
A1

J300
VIO

J380

1.1

4 FCB PWB

AP-II5010G
ESS PWB

MCW I/F PWB


16

J349

MCW UI I/F PWB


3

P352

J3

20,21

28

20,21

18

J1

J1

MCW CONTROL
28 PANEL PWB

2.8

J2

MCW FAX CONTORL


18 PANEL PWB

2.12

WHT

J2

FLAT
CABLE

FLAT
CABLE
1

J6

CN1

MCW LCD ASSY

2.9

1
4

10

10

13

13
FLAT
CABLE
j0na72004-K2

7.2.5 WIRE NET +5VDC-1


AP-II5010G
LVPS
LOW
VOLTAGE
GENERATION

+5VDC
(STBY)

ESS PWB
1

J528

J300

GRY

B6

J521
1
GRY

B2

B3

GRY

1.1
MCW I/F PWB
9-11

+5VDC
TO
+3.3VDC

J522
GRY

49,50

J3

49,50

FLAT
CABLE

+5VDC
TO
+3.3VDC

15

J6

CN1

2.9

15
MCW LCD ASSY

16

16

B5

GRY

A1

MCW UI I/F PWB


P352

(SEE
WIRE NET +3.3VDC)

IIT/IPS PWB

+5VDC
(MAIN)

J349

J720

A12

J722
GRY

J728

IIT REGISTRATION
3 SENSOR

6.3

J725

PLATEN ANGLE
3 SENSOR

6.1

GRY

18,35. P750
36

J752

B10,A4,A5 (SEE WIRE NET +5VDC-5)

FLAT
CABLE
3

J7102

J700

6.2

48
CCD PWB

11,12

39,40
FLAT
CABLE

J523
GRY

(SEE WIRE NET +5VDC-2)


EXIT PWB

J430
GRY

F3 1A

J432
YEL

J434
YEL

J524
GRY

J380

1 FCB PWB

YEL

P613

J606

B16 B1

B14 B3

J613
YEL

J117

P606
YEL

J111

J112
YEL

OCT HOME
3 SENSOR1

10.6

OCT HOME
SENSOR2

10.7

3 EXIT2 SENSOR

10.3

1.1

j0na72005-K2

7-5

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-6
7.2.6 WIRE NET +5VDC-2
MCU PWB
B11

B12

(FROM WIRE NET +5VDC-1)

J400

B13

B15

J403
BLU

B10

B15

14

8.9

HUM AND TEMP


1 SENSOR

9.4

MAIN DRIVE
ASSEMBLY

4.1

TRAY1 LEVEL
SENSOR

7.8

J101

3 TRAY1 NO PAPER
SENSOR

7.8

J133

1 TRAY1 PRE FEED


SENSOR

8.1

J102

3 TRAY2 LEVEL
SENSOR

7.9

J103

3 TRAY2 NO PAPER
SENSOR

7.9

J134

TRAY2 PRE FEED


1 SENSOR

8.1

J125

FUSER EXIT
3 SENSOR

10.2

J150

J214

P601

P602

YEL

J601
VIO

6 10

1 15

VIO
J602
VIO

VIO

VIO

J410
GRY
P608
BLU
J411
BLU

BLU

P605

J100

VIO

1 15

YEL

BLU

6 10

BLU

BLU

J608
BLU

J605
BLU

J105

P609

J609
BLU

J107

J108
BLU

XERO
INTERLOCK
SWITCH

MCU
PWB
B1

1.3

J404

9.3

REGISTRATION
1 SENSOR

YEL

J409
BLU

J403

ATC SENSOR

YEL

A7

B7

J104

J408
BLU

A15

YEL

10

A10

XERO/DEVELOPER CARTRIDGE
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
P610
J610
J610
P610
5
3
7
1
BLU
BLU

J404

TRAY2 FEED OUT


1 SENSOR

MCU
PWB
3

ROS UNIT
J406
2
BLU

J140

8 LD PWB

6.4

8.5

MSI PAPER SIZE


SENSOR

7.14

MSI NO PAPER
SENOR

7.14

(SEE WIRE NET +5VDC-3)


j0na72006-K2

7.2.7 WIRE NET +5VDC-3

(FROM WIRE NET +5VDC-2)

MCU
PWB
J417
A1
GRY

MCU
PWB
4

A5

J412
BLU

J109

1 TRAY1 PAPER SIZE


SWITCH

7.1

J110

TRAY2 PAPER SIZE


1 SWITCH

7.2

BLU

J413
GRY

J541

TRAY
MODULE
PWB
5

10

15

22

25

30

J842
GRY

J825

TRAY4 FEED OUT


3 SENSOR

8.7

8.9

J841
GRY

J821

TRAY3 FEED OUT


3 SENSOR

8.7

8.9

J549 P661A
9
GRY

J661A
VIO

J101A

TRAY4 LEVEL
SENSOR

7.11

7.13

J102A

3 TRAY4 NO PAPER
SENSOR

7.11

7.13

J103A

1 TRAY4 PRE FEED


SENSOR

8.2

8.3

J101B

3 TRAY3 LEVEL
SENSOR

7.10

7.12

J102B

3 TRAY3 NO PAPER
SENSOR

7.10

7.12

J103B

TRAY3 PRE FEED


1 SENSOR

8.2

8.3

TM TAKE AWAY
4 MOTOR

8.8

8.10

J548
GRY

P842

P841
GRY

6 10

GRY

1 15

GRY
P661B
GRY

GRY

GRY

6 10

1 15

VIO

VIO
J661B
VIO

VIO

VIO

J419
BLU

J540

DUPLEX
PWB
1
P126

P127
BLU

J541
BLU

J126

J127

J123

10.5

3 DUPLEX SENSOR

9.1

XERO CRUM PWB

TONER CRUM PWB

9.1

A
4
+5VDC
TO
+3.3VDC

J552
GRY

J826

(SEE WIRE NET


+3.3VDC)

j0na72007

7-7

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-8
7.2.8 WIRE NET +5VDC-4
HCF
HCF PWB
(FROM WIRE NET
+24VDC-3)
+5VDC

12

JF01
GRY

PF54

PF53
GRY
PF52
GRY
PF51
GRY
PF02
GRY

PF56B

GRY
PF56A
GRY

JF54

PF67
1 HCF FEED OUT
SENSOR
GRY

JF53
RED
JF52

JF56A

7.7

HCF SIZE SENSOR


1 A4

7.7

RED

HCF SIZE SENSOR


1 LETTER

7.7

RED

JF51

JF56B

1 HCF IN SENSOR

8.11

PF62
1 HCF LEVEL SENSOR
GRY

7.15

PF61
HCF PRE FEED
1 SENSOR
GRY

8.4

PF60
HCF NO PAPER
1
SENSOR
GRY

7.15

j0na72008

7.2.9 WIRE NET +5VDC-5


DADF PWB
P750
(FROM WIRE NET +5VDC-1) 18,35,
36

J752 B10,A4,
A5
FLAT
CABLE

F5
3

12

12

15

J758
GRY

J769

DADF FEED OUT


1 SENSOR

5.4

J770

DADF DOCUMENT
1 SET SENSOR

5.2

J771

DADF TRAY SIZE1


1 SENSOR

5.1

J772

DADF TRAY SIZE2


1 SENSOR

5.1

J774

DADF TRAY SET


1 GUIDE SENSOR1

5.1

J775

DADF TRAY SET


1 GUIDE SENSOR2

5.1

J776

DADF TRAY SET


1 GUIDE SENSOR3

5.1

J778

DADF APS2
1 SENSOR

5.4

J777

DADF APS1
1 SENSOR

5.4

J780

DADF INVERT
1 SENSOR

5.4

J781

DADF PRE
1 REGISTRATION
SENSOR

5.4

J782

DADF
1 REGISTRATION
SENSOR

5.4

GRY
J759
GRY

GRY
J760
GRY

GRY

GRY
J761
GRY

GRY

GRY

GRY

GRY

J785
GRY

J779

DADF APS3
1 SENSOR

5.4

J786
GRY

J788

DADF NUDGER
1 SENSOR

5.2

j0na72009

7-9

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-10
7.2.10 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-1
AP-II5010G

LVPS
LOW
VOLTAGE
GENERATION

ESS PWB

J528
1
VIO
2

+5VRET
(STBY)

6
7

+5VRET
(MAIN)

J300

J521
VIO

2.9

24,25

1.1
A5

VIO
J524
VIO

J380

J522
VIO

J720

J523
VIO

(SEE WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-2)

1.1

2 FCW PWB
IIT/IPS PWB
1

3,
6-18,
28,31, P336
34-38,
40,
42-44,
46-49

ESS PWB
3,
6-18,
P719 28,31,
34-38,
40,
FLAT
42-44,
CABLE
46-49

3.2

(SEE WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-6)

A4
AC DRIVE PWB

A6
J526
YEL

24,25

J3
FLAT
CABLE

A2

MCW UI I/F PWB


P352

A3

VIO

VIO

6-8

J349

A2

A6

MCW I/F PWB

J401

3 MCU PWB

J722
VIO

J728

J727
VIO

IIT REGISTRATION
2 SENSOR

6.3

PLATEN OPEN
SWITCH

6.1

P727

J7261
VIO

3 APS SENSOR1

6.1

1.1
A13

B14

31
30,32,
33

J725
VIO
J729
VIO
P750

PLATEN ANGLE
2 SENSOR

P729
BLK
J751

CCD FAN

J752 A1,A2,
A3

6.1

6.2

(SEE WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-7)

j0na72010-K2

7.2.11 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-2


MUB PWB
8

1
2

A7

(FROM WIRE NET DC COM (+5VRTN)-1)

J400

B2

B3

B4

J401

J526

YEL
J402
BLU

J304

BP PWB

3.1

11
10

BLU
J500

J403
BLU

YEL

1.5

4 LVPS

9.2

9 HVPS

XERO/DEVELOPER CARTRIDGE
CONNECTOR
P610
J610
3
5

ATC SENSOR

J104

REGISTRATION
3 SENSOR

8.9

J150

HUM AND TEMP


3 SENSOR

9.4

YEL

YEL

9.3

9.4

9.3

ROS UNIT
J406
3
BLU

A8

A11

A13

B8

B11

B13

J409
BLU

J140

P601

5 11

BLU

3 13

YEL
P602
BLU

BLU

YEL

5 11

3 13

6.4

7 LD PWB

J601
VIO

J100

J101
VIO
J133
VIO
J602
VIO

7.8

TRAY1 NO PAPER
SENSOR

7.8

TRAY1 PRE FEED


SENSOR

8.1

J102

2 TRAY2 LEVEL
SENSOR

7.9

J103

2 TRAY2 NO PAPER
SENSOR

7.9

J134

3 TRAY2 PRE FEED


SENSOR

8.1

VIO

VIO

TRAY1 LEVEL
2 SENSOR

(SEE WIRE NET DC COM (+5VRTN)-3)


j0na72011

7-11

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-12
7.2.12 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-3
(FROM WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-2)

MCU PWB
FUSER ASSY
J410
1
YEL
3

10

12

P607

BLU

BLU

J607
1
YEL

J600

YEL

YEL

J411
BLU

P605

BLU
J412
BLU

BLU

P133

P132
BLK
P131
BLK

J133

REAR THERMISTOR
(FS2)

10.1

J132

PRESSURE ROLL
THERMISTOR (PR)

10.1

J131

CENTER
THERMISTOR (FS1)

10.1

FUSER EXIT
2 SENSOR

10.2

J106

2 L/H LOWER COVER


INTERLOCK SWITCH

1.4

3 TRAY2 FEED OUT


SENSOR

8.4

BLU
P608

P600
BLK

J125
VIO

BLU

J608
BLU

J105

J605
BLU

P609

J609

J107

2 MSI PAPER SIZE


SENSOR

J108

2 MSI NO PAPER
SENSOR

7.14

J109

TRAY1 PAPER SIZE


3 SWITCH

7.1

J110

TRAY2 PAPER SIZE


3 SWITCH

7.2

BLU

7.14

(SEE WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRNT)-4)

j0na72012

7.2.13 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-4


(FROM WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRNT)-3)

MCU
PWB

A6

J413
VIO

J541

TRAY
MODULE
PWB
6

J544
VIO

J548
VIO

11

13

23

26

28

FS813

P842

P841
VIO
J549
VIO

P661A

P661B
VIO

VIO

VIO
J552
VIO

J842
VIO

J825

2 TRAY4 FEED OUT


SENSOR

8.7

8.9

J841
VIO

J821

TRAY3 FEED OUT


2 SENSOR

8.7

8.9

J661A
YEL

J101A

TRAY4 LEVEL
2 SENSOR

7.11

7.13

J102A

TRAY4 NO PAPER
2 SENSOR

7.11

7.13

J103A

TARY4 PRE FEED


3 SENSOR

8.2

8.3

TRAY3 LEVEL
SENSOR

7.10

7.12

J102B

2 TRAY3 NO PAPER
SENSOR

7.10

7.12

J103B

3 TRAY3 PRE FEED


SENSOR

8.2

8.3

5 TM TAKE AWAY
MOTOR

8.8

8.10

3 13

VIO

1.4

5 11

VIO

TRAY MODULE
INTERLOCK SWITCH

5 11

3 13

YEL

VIO
J661B
YEL

J101B

YEL

VIO
J826

(SEE
WIRE NET
DC COM
(+3.3VRTN))

(SEE WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRNT)-5)

j0na72013

7-13

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-14
7.2.14 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-5
(FROM WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRNT)-4)

HCF

MCU PWB

HCF PWB
2

J800

J414
VIO
FINISHER

J416
11
VIO

J8300

P800

JF04
2
VIO

4
1 FINISHER MAIN PWB

3.4
7

DUPLEX
PWB
J417
A2
VIO

J540

J419
BLU

P126

P127
BLU

J123

2 DUPLEX SENSOR

10.5

10

PF54

PF53
VIO
PF52
VIO
PF51
VIO

JF54

PF67
HCF FEED OUT
3 SENSOR
VIO

JF53
BLK
JF52
BLK
JF51
BLK

3 HCF IN SENSOR

8.11

7.7

HCF SIZE SENSOR


A4

7.7

3 HCF SIZE SENSOR


LETTER

7.7

3
4

J541
BLU

JF01
VIO

J124
YEL
J126

J127

2 DUPLEX OPEN
SWITCH

XERO CRUM PWB

TONER CRUM PWB

1.4

9.1

9.1

PF02
VIO

PF56B

VIO
PF56A
VIO
JF08
VIO

JF56B

JF56A

PF62
3 HCF LEVEL SENSOR
GRY

7.15

PF61
3 HCF PRE FEED
SENSOR
GRY

8.4

PF60
HCF NO PAPER
3 SENSOR
GRY

7.15

FS003

HCF HOME
POSITION SWITCH

1.4

j0na72014

7.2.15 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-6


MCU PWB

EXIT PWB
(FROM WIRE NET
J523
DC COM(+5VRTN)-1) 2

J430
VIO

1
4

J431
BLU

J421

8
5

BLU
J432
YEL

3.4

P613

J613
YEL

J117

P606
YEL

SJ1

2 OCT HOME
SENSOR1

10.6

EXIT2
8

J434
YEL

J606

B9 B8

SJ1

J112
YEL

15

BLU

B2 B15

P220
YEL

J111

J220

OCT HOME 2
SENSOR

2 EXIT2 SENSOR

10.7

10.3

J115

2 FACE UP DETECT
SWITCH

1.4

J116

2 EXIT2 INTERLOCK
SWITCH

1.4

EXIT FAN

10.4

j0na72015

7-15

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-16
7.2.16 WIRE NET DC COM (+5VRTN)-7
DADF PWB
31
(FROM WIRE NET DC
COM(+5VRTN)-1)
30,32,
33

P750

J751

J752 A1,A2,
A3

J756
VIO

J791

J758
VIO

10

10

13

DADF DOCUMENT
2 SET LED

5.2

J769

DADF FEED OUT


3 SENSOR

5.4

J770

DADF DOCUMENT
3 SET SENSOR

5.2

J771

DADF TRAY SIZE1


3 SENSOR

5.1

J772

DADF TRAY SIZE2


3 SENSOR

5.1

J774

DADF TRAY SET


3 GUIDE SENSOR1

5.1

J775

DADF TRAY SET


3 GUIDE SENSOR2

5.1

J776

DADF TRAY SET


3 GUIDE SENSOR3

5.1

J778

DADF APS2
3 SENSOR

5.4

J777

DADF APS1
3 SENSOR

5.4

J780

DADF INVERT
3 SENSOR

5.4

J781

DADF PRE
3 REGISTRATION
SENSOR

5.4

J782

DADF
3 REGISTRATION
SENSOR

5.4

VIO
J759
VIO

VIO
J760
VIO

VIO

VIO
J761
VIO

VIO

VIO

VIO

VIO

J785
VIO

J779

DADF APS3
3 SENSOR

5.4

J786
VIO

J788

DADF NUDGER
3 SENSOR

5.2

j0na72016

7.2.17 WIRE NET +24VDC-1


AP-II5010G
J521
4
ORN

ESS PWB
J300

MCW I/F PWB

A8

14,15

MCW UI I/F PWB

J349

26

P352

J3

26

J4

INV CV1

WHT

2.10

1 INVERTER PWB

DC-II5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG


LVPS

ESS PWB
J521
4
ORN

J300

BP PWB

A8

1,51

IIT/IPS PWB

1-9

LOW
VOLTAGE
GENERATION

+24VDC

2
J522
1
ORN

J720

UI PWB

J336

B20

P750

J306

J1

40

CN2

INV CN1

2.6

1 INVERTER PWB

J752 B1-B4
(SEE WIRE NET +24VDC-4)
A14-A10

J721
6.3

ORN

CARRIAGE MOTOR

ORN
J7232

P702

6.3

LAMP BALLAST
PWB

5
FLAT
CABLE

J524
ORN

J523
ORN

J380

1.1

5 FCB PWB

LH COVER
INTERLOCK
SWITCH

(SEE WIRE NET +24VDC-3)


MCU PWB

4
5

J400
ORN
ORN

J405
ORN

J120

A1

MCU
PWB

1.3

B1

J120
ORN

J405

FRONT
COVER
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
3

J405
ORN

J121

A1

B1

MCU PWB

1.3

A1
J121
ORN

J405

A2

J403
BLU

J500

BLU

15

9.2

14 HVPS

9.3
9.4

1
F2

A3
A4

F3

B3
B4

F4

P601

J409
BLU

12 4

BLU
P602
BLU

J403
YEL

J411
BLU

P215

P605

J201

J601
ORN

J605
BLU

ORN
J202

4
3

ORN
J215

P205

4
3

J602
13 3
ORN
12 4

BLU

B9

13 3

J205

TRAY1 FEED/
LIFT UP MOTOR

7.8
13
14

TRAY2 FEED/
LIFT UP MOTOR

7.9

F7

2
5

REGISTRATION
CLUTCH

8.12

MSI FEED
SOLENOID

8.4

J408
BLU
BLU
J422
BLK

J214

2
1

MAIN DRIVE
UNIT

TAKEAWAY
MOTOR

4.1

8.6

WHT

(SEE WIRE NET +24VDC-2)


j0na72017-K2

7-17

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-18
7.2.18 WIRE NET +24VDC-2

(FROM WIRE NET +24VDC-1)

MCU PWB
TRAY MODULE
PWB
F5

B2

J413 J541
8
ORN

F1

A3
A4
B3
B4
7

J661A
J549 P661A
13 3
ORN
BLU
12 4

ORN
P661B
ORN

13 3

J661B
BLU

J202B

J826

P822
ORN

7.11

7.13

7.10

7.12

1 TM TAKE AWAY
MOTOR

8.8

8.10

TM TAKE AWAY
ROLL CLUTCH

8.7

8.9

4
3

BLU

J552
ORN

4
3

BLU

12 4

ORN

J202A

J822
ORN

TRAY4 FEED/
LIFT UP MOTOR

TRAY3 FEED/
LIFT UP MOTOR

DUPLEX
PWB
B1

J417
ORN

J414
ORN

J540

F1

J542
BLU

P212

J212

DUPLEX MOTOR

10.5

(SEE WIRE NET +24VDC-3)


ROS UNIT

F6

F7

P620

10

J406
BLU

J420
BLU

J216

J422

J500

2
5

J620

J130

14

TAKEAWAY
MOTOR

6.5

9.3

1 DISPENSE MOTOR
15

5 ROS MOTOR

8.6

j0na72018

7.2.19 WIRE NET +24VDC-3


HCF
J414
(FROM WIRE NET
1
+24VDC-2)
ORN

J800

P800

JF04
1
ORN

HCF TOP INTERLOCK


SWITCH

HCF PWB
F1
1

JF05
ORN

FS001

FS002
ORN

+24VDC
TO
+5VDC
HCF PWB

(SEE WIRE NET


+5VDC-4)

K1

JF05
ORN

JF06 PF56
JF56
2
WHT
ORN

F2
4

ORN

F3
9
DC COM

10

F4
13

PF57

ORN

2
5

WHT

ORN

PF56A
6
ORN

PF58

JF56A
GRY

JF58
WHT

7.15

BLK

JF57
WHT

HCF
TAKEAWAY
MOTOR

BLK
PF59

HCF FEED/
LIFT MOTOR

JF59
ORN

8.11

HCF NUDGER
SOLENOID

7.15

EXIT PWB
J526 J430
(FROM WIRE NET
1
3
+24VDC-1)
ORN

F1

J432
BLU

J433
BLU

11

13
F2

BLU

BLU

BLU

P206

J606

J206

A14 A1

A4 A11

A2 A13

A9 A6

P606
BLK

OFFSET MOTOR1

P207

P209
BLK
P210
BLK
P208
BLK

J207

10.6

OFFSET MOTOR2

10.7

J209

EXIT GATE
SOLENOID

10.4

J210

FACE UP GATE
SOLENOID

10.4

J208

EXIT2 MOTOR

10.4

j0na72019

7-19

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-20
7.2.20 WIRE NET +24VDC-4

DADF
INTERLOCK
SWITCH

DADF PWB
(FROM WIRE NET +24VDC-1)

J752 B1-B4
A14-A10

F1 1A
1

J753

1.3
DADF PWB

F1

F2

ORN

ORN

J753

F2

1
7

F3

1
6

F4

J756
ORN

P766

J757
1
ORN

P767

P766

EXIT NIP RELEASE


SOLENOID

J754
ORN

J764

DADF FEED MOTOR


2

ORN
J755
ORN

J765

ORN
J786
ORN

5.5

P787

P787

2 DADF
REGISTRATION
5 MOTOR

DADF NUDGER
MOTOR

5.5

5.2

5.6

OPTION
2

P767

STAMP SOLENOID

5.6

j0na72020

7.2.21 WIRE NET DC COM(+24VRTN)


ESS PWB

LVPS
LOW VOLTAGE
GENERATION
J521
8
VIO

J300

B8

BP PWB
2,3,6,7,20
23,24,29,
30,35,36,
41,42,47,
48,49,52, J336
53,55,56,
69,70,73,
74,79,80,
85,86,91,
92,97,98,
99

B5,B6

J306

J1

UI PWB
25,26

B11

31

B13

33

B15

35

B17

37

B18

38

B19

39

CN1

CP CN1

CN2

INV CN1

3,5 CN5
10,13

IIT/IPS PWB
+24VRTN

J522
VIO

J720

J523
8
VIO

J430

9
10

DADF PWB
19-27

P750
FLAT
CABLE

2 EXIT PWB

J526

A3

J403
BLU

J500

J380

6 FCB PWB

1.1

9.2

13

J407
BLU

J221

11

J408
BLU

B1

9.4

8.8

8.10

12

BLU

P620

12

9.3

HVPS

J406
11
BLU

VIO

1.1

4 AC DRIVE PWB

ROS UNIT

J400

J524
4
VIO

J401
YEL

A4

1.2

VIO

2.6

1.2

J752 A9-A6
B5-B10

2.6

1 INVERTER PWB

LCD CN1 3,5


LCD ASSEMBLY
10,13

MCU PWB

FLAT
CABLE

2.5

CONTROL PANEL
1 PWB

J620

J130

P221

6.5

4 ROS MOTOR

9.2

CRU FAN
J214

4.1

4
MAIN DRIVE UNIT

10.2

BLU

J413 J541
7
VIO

TRAY
MODULE
PWB
6

J552
VIO

J826

TM TAKE AWAY
MOTOR

HCF
J414 J800
P800
3
4
VIO

B2

J417
VIO

J418
BLU

JF04

J540

P221

3 HCF PWB

4 DUPLEX PWB

LVPS FAN

1.2

1.2

1.5

j0na72021

7-21

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-22
7.2.22 C-FINISHER WIRE NET AC POWER (LINE)

AC INLET

INLET L
BRN

J1

AC FILTER
4

T0009 J2

4 FINISHER LVPS

12.1

HARNESS
ASSEMBLY AC INLET

j0na72022

7.2.23 C-FINISHER WIRE NET AC POWER (NEUTRAL)

AC INLET

INLET N

J1

BLU

AC FILTER
3

T0008 J2
BLU

3 FINISHER LVPS

12.1

HARNESS
ASSEMBLY AC INLET

j0na72023

7-23

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-24
7.2.24 C-FINISHER WIRE NET +5VDC-1
FINISHER MAIN PWB
(FROM C-FINISHER
WIRE NET +24VDC-1)

+5VDC

J8302
GRY

J8391A
GRY

F7
(CHIP FUSE)
9

12

15

18

23

28

31

34

37

40

J8303A

J8312A
GRY
J8393A
GRY
J8318A
GRY
J8440A
GRY

J8303B

J8319
FINISHER
1 ENTRANCE SENSOR
GRY

12.8

J8391B

J8320
COMPILER EXIT
1 SENSOR
GRY

12.14

J8312B

J8321
TOP TRAY EXIT
1 SENSOR
GRY

12.13

J8393B

J8322
TOP TRAY FULL
1 SENSOR
GRY

12.13

J8318B

J8392
BUFFER PATH
1 SENSOR
GRY

12.14

J8440B

J8330
STACKER HEIGHT
3 SENSOR 2
GRY

12.21

J8331

STACKER HEIGHT
3 SENSOR 1

12.21

J8324

EJECT CLAMP
1 HOME SENSOR

12.19

J8325

SET CLAMP HOME


1 SENSOR

12.20

J8328

STACKER ENCODE
1 SENSOR

12.22

GRY

GRY

GRY

GRY
J8441A
GRY

GRY

J8441B

J8326
UPPER LIMIT
1 SENSOR
GRY

12.22

J8327
STACKER NO
1 PAPER SENSOR
GRY

12.22

(SEE C-FINISHER WIRE NET +5VDC-2)

j0na72024

7.2.25 C-FINISHER WIRE NET +5VDC-2


(FROM C-FINISHER WIRE NET +5VDC-1)
FINISHER
MAIN PWB
1

10

13

18

21

24

11

18

J8307
GRY

J8355

P8355

J8353
PUNCH BOX SET
1 SENSOR
GRY

12.11

J8352

12.9

GRY
J8333
GRY

GRY

GRY

GRY

GRY

GRY

J8351
1 SIDE REGI SENSOR2
GRY

12.11

15

J8350
1 SIDE REGI SENSOR1
GRY

12.11

12

J8349
PUNCHER MOTOR
1 SENSOR
GRY

12.10

J8348
PUNCHER HOME
3 SENSOR
GRY

12.10

J8347
PUNCHER FRONT
3 SENSOR
GRY

12.10

J8346
PUNCH HOLE
3 SELECT SENSOR
GRY

12.10

J8356

STAPLER
5 ASSEMBLY

12.18

J8354

STAPLER MOVE
1 HOME POSITION
SENSOR

12.17

18

P8333

J8308
GRY

GRY
J8309
GRY

GRY

GRY

J8461B

PUNCHER MOVE
1 HOME SENSOR

J8359
COMPILER TRAY NO
1 PAPER SENSOR
GRY

12.16

14 6

J8360
FRONT TAMPER
1 HOME SENSOR
GRY

12.16

11 9

J8361
REAR TAMPER
1 HOME SENSOR
GRY

12.16

17 3

J8461A

(SEE C-FINISHER WIRE NET +5VDC-3)


j0na72025

7-25

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-26
7.2.26 C-FINISHER WIRE NET +5VDC-3
(FROM C-FINISHER WIRE NET +5VDC-2)

FINISHER
MAIN PWB

H-TRANSPORT PWB
14

J8310
YEL

J8371

17

J8372
GRY

GRY

GRY

J8390

12 12

J8390
GRY

J8382

H-TRANSPORT
1 INTERLOCK
SENSOR

12.3

J8381

H-TRANSPORT
1 ENTRANCE SENSOR

12.6

J8380

H-TRANSPORT EXIT
1 SEMSOR

12.6

GRY

GRY

BOOKLET M/C ONLY


J8316
1
BLU

J8377

J8376
GRY

J8434A

15 BOOKLET PWB

J8434B

12.2

J8432
TRANSPORT GATE
1 SENSOR
GRY

12.12

j0na72026

7.2.27 C-FINISHER WIRE NET +5VDC-4


BOOKLET M/C ONLY
BOOKLET PWB
(FROM C-FINISHER WIRE NET
+24VDC-1)
BOOK
+5VDC

J8405
GRY

J8202

GRY

BOOKLET FRONT
J8176
1 TAMPER
GRY
HOME SENSOR

12.25

A9 A6

BOOKLET REAR
J8177
1 TAMPER
GRY
HOME SENSOR

12.25

A6 A9

BOOKLET
J8178
1 COMPILER NO
GRY
PAPER SENSOR

12.25

A12 A3

P8202

BOOK F7
(CHIP FUSE)
9

11

GRY

J8196A
4
GRY

A4 A11

GRY

J8196B

19

22

28

25

J8182
BOOKLET IN
1 SENSOR
GRY

B10 B5

GRY

J8197A
1
GRY

B7 B8

GRY

J8429
GRY

BOOKLET DRAWER
1 SET SENSOR

12.28

J8180
KNIFE HOME
1 SENSOR
GRY

12.28

J8183
BOOKLET FOLD
1 ROLL EXIT SENSOR
GRY

12.29

12.23

J8197B

BOOKLET END
J8185
1 GUIDE HOME
GRY
SENSOR

B1 B14

GRY

J8179
KNIFE FOLDING
1 SENSOR
GRY

12.26

12.3

BOOKLET TRAY UNIT


J8408
9
GRY

J8411A

J8411B

J8460
6
GRN

BOOKLET NO
PAPER SENSOR

12.30

j0na72027

7-27

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-28
7.2.28 C-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM (+5VRTN)-1
FINISHER MAIN PWB
(FROM C-FINISHER WIRE NET
DC COM +24VRTN)
1

7
DC COM
(+5VRTN)

10

13

16

21

26

29

32

35

38

J8302
VIO

J8303A

J8391A
VIO
J8312A
VIO
J8393A
VIO
J8318A
VIO
J8440A
VIO

J8303B

J8319
FINISHER
3 ENTRANCE SENSOR
VIO

12.8

J8391B

J8320
COMPILER EXIT
3 SENSOR
VIO

12.14

J8312B

J8321
TOP TRAY EXIT
3 SENSOR
VIO

12.13

J8393B

J8322
TOP TRAY FULL
3 SENSOR
VIO

12.13

J8318B

J8392
BUFFER PATH
3 SENSOR
VIO

12.14

J8440B

J8330
STACKER HEIGHT
5 SENSOR 2
VIO

12.21

J8331

STACKER HEIGHT
5 SENSOR 1

12.21

J8324

EJECT CLAMP
3 HOME SENSOR

12.19

J8325

SET CLAMP HOME


3 SENSOR

12.20

J8328

STACKER ENCODE
3 SENSOR

12.22

VIO

VIO

VIO

VIO
J8441A
VIO

VIO

J8441B

J8326
STACKER NO
3 PAPER SENSOR
VIO

12.22

J8327
UPPER LIMIT
3 SENSOR
VIO

12.22

(SEE C-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-2)

j0na72028

7.2.29 C-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM (+5VRTN)-2


(FROM C-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM (+5VRTN)-1)
FINISHER
MAIN PWB
3

12

15

17

20

23

15

16

J8307
VIO

J8355

P8355

J8353
PUNCH BOX SET
3 SENSOR
VIO

12.11

J8352

12.9

VIO
J8333
VIO

VIO

VIO

VIO

VIO

VIO

J8351
3 SIDE REGI SENSOR2
VIO

12.11

13

J8350
3 SIDE REGI SENSOR1
VIO

12.11

10

J8349
PUNCHER MOTOR
3 SENSOR
VIO

12.10

J8348
PUNCHER HOME
2 SENSOR
VIO

12.10

J8347
PUNCHER FRONT
2 SENSOR
VIO

12.10

J8346
PUNCH HOLE
2 SELECT SENSOR
VIO

12.10

J8356

STAPLER
1 ASSEMBLY

12.18

J8354

STAPLER MOVE
3 HOME POSITION
SENSOR

12.17

16

P8333

J8308
VIO

VIO
J8309
GRY

GRY

GRY

J8461B

PUNCHER MOVE
3 HOME SENSOR

J8359
COMPILER TRAY NO
3 PAPER SENSOR
GRY

12.16

16 4

J8360
FRONT TAMPER
3 HOME SENSOR
GRY

12.16

13 7

J8361
REAR TAMPER
3 HOME SENSOR
GRY

12.16

19 1

J8461A

(SEE C-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM (+5VRTN)-3)


j0na72029

7-29

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-30
7.2.30 C-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM (+5VRTN)-3

(FROM C-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM (+5VRTN)-2)


H-TRANSPORT PWB
FINISHER
MAIN PWB
13

J8310
YEL

J8371

18

J8314

J8365

YEL
J8316
BLU

J8377

FINISHER FRONT
2A DOOR SWITCH

J8372
VIO

J8390

16 16

15 15

VIO

VIO

P8390
VIO

J8382

H-TRANSPORT
3 INTERLOCK
SENSOR

12.3

J8381

H-TRANSPORT
3 ENTRANCE SENSOR

12.6

J8380

H-TRANSPORT EXIT
3 SENSOR

12.6

VIO

VIO

12.3

14
(SEE C-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM (+5VRTN)-4)

15

BLU
J8376
VIO

J8434A

J8434B

J8432
TRANSPORT GATE
3 SENSOR
VIO

12.12

j0na72030

7.2.31 C-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-4


BOOKLET M/C ONLY
BOOKLET PWB
2
(FROM C-FINISHER WIRE NET
DC COM (+5VRTN)-3)
15

J8316

J8377
14
BLU

BLU

12

J8405
VIO

J8202

VIO

VIO

BOOKLET FRONT
J8176
3 TAMPER
VIO
HOME SENSOR

12.25

A11 A4

BOOKLET REAR
J8177
3 TAMPER
VIO
HOME SENSOR

12.25

A8 A7

BOOKLET
J8178
3 COMPILER NO
VIO
PAPER SENSOR

12.25

P8202

A14 A1

J8196A
3
VIO

A3 A12

VIO

J8196B

17

20

26

23

25

27

J8197A
3
VIO

B9 B6

VIO

J8429
VIO

J8203

BOOKLET DRAWER
3 SET SENSOR

20 20

21 21

YEL

P8203
YEL

12.28

J8180
KNIFE HOME
3 SENSOR
VIO

12.28

J8183
BOOKLET FOLD
3 ROLL EXIT SENSOR
VIO

12.29

J8201
6
YEL

12.27

12.23

J8197B

BOOKLET END
J8185
3 GUIDE HOME
VIO
SENSOR

B3 B12

VIO

J8406
YEL

J8182
BOOKLET IN
3 SENSOR
VIO

B12 B3

VIO

J8179
KNIFE FOLDING
3 SENSOR
VIO

12.26

12.3

J8189

P8189

YEL

YEL

BOOKLET STAPLER
ASSEMBLY

BOOKLET TRAY UNIT


J8408
11
VIO

J8411A

J8411B
8
BRN

J8460

BOOKLET NO
PAPER SENSOR

12.30

j0na72031

7-31

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-32
7.2.32 C-FINISHER WIRE NET +24VDC-1
BOOKLET M/C ONLY
FINISHER MAIN PWB

BOOKLET PWB

FINISHER LVPS
PS+24VDC
+24VDC
POWER
GENERATION
1

J502
ORN

J8315

PS
+24VDC
TO
+5VDC

+5VDC

K1
2

ORN

+24VDC

(SEE C-FINISHER
WIRE NET +5VDC-1)

J8317
ORN

ORN

J8378

PS
+24VDC
TO
BOOK
+5VDC

12.2
BOOK
+5VDC

+24VDC

(SEE C-FINISHER
WIRE NET +5VDC-4)
(SEE C-FINISHER
WIRE NET +24VDC-4)

K2
+24VDC

(SEE C-FINISHER
WIRE NET +24VDC-2)

INTLK ON
+24VDC

J8313

ORN

ORN

EJECT COVER
SWITCH

J8364
1
ORN

FINISHER
FRONT DOOR
SWITCH

12.3

J8364
ORN

J8365

1B

12.3

1A

J8365
ORN

j0na72032

7.2.33 C-FINISHER WIRE NET +24VDC-2


FINISHER MAIN PWB
(FROM C-FINISHER WIRE NET
+24VDC-1)

+24VDC

J8304
ORN

10

12

12.7

2
FINISHER EXIT
MOTOR
5

ORN

F6
8

J8334

J8335
ORN

12.7

2
FINISHER REGI
MOTOR
5

ORN
J8336
ORN

12.20

2
EJECT MOTOR

14

16

18
F1
(CHIP FUSE)
22

26

28

34

ORN
J8342
ORN

12.7
FINISHER
TRANSPORT
MOTOR

ORN
J8338B
ORN

J8338A

SET CLAMP
CLUTCH

J8340

SUB PADDLE
1 SOLENOID

12.19

J8341

TRANSPORT GATE
2 SOLENOID

12.12

J8394

BUFFER GATE
2 SOLENOID

12.14

ORN

ORN

ORN

12.20

(SEE C-FINISHER WIRE NET +24VDC-3)

j0na72033

7-33

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-34
7.2.34 C-FINISHER WIRE NET +24VDC-3
(FROM C-FINISHER WIRE NET +24VDC-2)
FINISHER
MAIN PWB
2

6
F2
(CHIP FUSE)
11

16

J8306
ORN

J8344

PUNCHER MOVE
MOTOR
2

ORN
J8308
ORN

J8358

GRY

12.17

5
STAPLER MOVE
MOTOR
2

ORN
J8309
GRY

12.9

J8461B

9 11

4 16

J8461A

J8363B
5
GRY

J8362B
5
GRY

J8363A

FRONT TAMPER
MOTOR

12.15

J8362A

REAR TAMPER
MOTOR

12.15

H-TRANSPORT PWB
J8310
1
YEL
2

30

YEL

YEL

J8329

H-TRA F1
(CHIP FUSE)
30

29

14

15

J8372
ORN

ORN

J8390

10

P8390
ORN

ORN

J8379B

J8379A
12.5
H-TRANSPORT
MOTOR

j0na72034

7.2.35 C-FINISHER WIRE NET +24VDC-4

BOOKLET PWB
(FROM C-FINISHER WIRE NET
+24VDC-1)

15

J8405
ORN

J8202

J8408
ORN

J8409

J8406
ORN

J8203

B14 B1

P8202

J8181B
2
ORN

J8181A

KNIFE SOLENOID

12.28

+24VDC
BOOK F4
(CHIP FUSE)

RT3 t

11
RT4 t

RT2 t

15

21

23

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

BOOKLET GATE
2 SOLENOID

11 11

24 24

27 27

18 18

P8203

12.8

J8187
3
ORN

ORN

BOOKLET END
GUIDE MOTOR

J8188
3
ORN

ORN

12.26

12.23
BOOKLET PAPER
PATH MOTOR

J8186
BOOKLET PADDLE
2 MOTOR
ORN

13 13

J8190B
5
ORN

29 29

J8191B
5
ORN

12.26

J8190A

BOOKLET FRONT
TAMPER MOTOR

12.24

J8191A

BOOKLET REAR
TAMPER MOTOR

12.24

j0na72035

7-35

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-36
7.2.36 C-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM(+24VRTN)

FINISHER MAIN PWB


DC COM
(+5VRTN)
FINISHER LVPS

(SEE C-FINISHER WIRE NET


DC COM (+5VRTN)-1)

+24VRTN
5

J502
BLU

J8315

4
6

BLU

J8310
YEL

J8371

H-TRANSPORT PWB

12.2

28

27

YEL

5
29

YEL

BOOKLET M/C ONLY


BOOKLET PWB
J8317
2
BLU
4

BLU

J8378

BOOKLET TRAY UNIT


J8408
4
VIO
5

VIO

VIO

J8411A

J8411B

J8460
1
WHT/
ORN
ORN

WHT/
BLU

12.30
TRAY BELT DRIVE
MOTOR

j0na72036

7.2.37 B-FINISHER WIRE NET AC POWER (LINE)

AC INLET

CON3
BLK

J2

4 LVPS

12.31

j0na72037

7-37

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-38
7.2.38 B-FINISHER WIRE NET AC POWER (NEUTRAL)

AC INLET

CON3
WHT

J2

3 LVPS

12.31

j0na72038

7.2.39 B-FINISHER WIRE NET +5VDC


FINISHER PWB

A
6

+24VDC
TO
+5VDC

12

A3

A6

A9

P8390
GRY

A3

A6

A9

A12

H-TRANSPORT EXIT
1 SENSOR

12.32

J8382

H-TRANSPORT
1 INTERLOCK
SENSOR

12.32

H-TRANSPORT
1 ENTRANCE SENSOR

12.32

FRONT TAMPER
1 HOME SENSOR

12.34

COMPILE PAPER
1 SENSOR

12.34

GRY
J8380
GRY
J8848
GRY

J8807

J8806
GRY

B6

B9

12.34

J8803

EJECT CLAMP
1
HOME SENSOR

12.37

J8802

1 SET CLAMP HOME


SENSOR

12.37

J8813

1 STAPLE FRONT
CORNER SENSOR

12.35

J8812

1 STACKER STACK B
SENSOR

12.39

J8811

1 STACKER STACK A
SENSOR

12.39

J8810

STACKER UPPER
1 LIMIT SENSOR

12.39

GRY

GRY

GRY

B3

REAR TAMPER
1 HOME SENSOR

GRY
J8850
GRY

FINISHER PWB

J8805
GRY

J8849
6
GRY
9

J8381

J8850
GRY

J871B

J8825B
GRY

GRY

J871A
GRY

J869

1 STACKER NO
PAPER SENSOR

12.38

J8825A
GRY

J8815

1 STACK HEIGHT
SENSOR

12.38

J8814

1 COMPILE
ENTRANCE SENSOR

12.33

GRY

STAPLE ASSEMBLY
J8852
1
GRY

J8818

STAPLE HEAD
HOME SENSOR

12.36

STAPLE READY
SENSOR

12.36

LOW STAPLE
SENSOR

12.36

J8817
GRY

STAPLE MOVE
1 SENSOR

12.35

j0na72039

7-39

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-40
7.2.40 B-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)
FINISHER PWB

A
5

P8390
VIO

J8380

H-TRANSPORT
3 ENTRANCE SENSOR

12.32

J8381

H-TRANSPORT EXIT
3 SENSOR

12.32

FINISHER PWB
+5VRTN

15

VIO

B1
16

J8382
VIO

H-TRANSPORT
3 INTERLOCK
SENSOR

A4

J8848
VIO

J8807

J8806
VIO

3 FRONT TAMPER
HOME SENSOR

12.34

3 COMPILE PAPER
SENSOR

12.34

B7

2
A7

J8805
VIO

J8849
4
VIO
7

A1

A4

A7

A10

12.37

J8802

SET CLAMP HOME


3 SENSOR

12.37

STAPLE FRONT
3 CORNER SENSOR

12.35

J8812
VIO
J8811
VIO
J8810
VIO

4
EJECT CLAMP
3 HOME SENSOR

J8813

J871A
VIO

J869

3 STACKER NO
PAPER SENSOR

12.38

J8825B
VIO

J8825A
VIO

J8815

STACK HEIGHT
3 SENSOR

12.38

VIO

J8851
YEL

J8814

COMPILE
ENTRANCE SENSOR

12.33

J8808

TOP COVER
4 INTERLOCK SWITCH

12.31

J8809

FRONT DOOR
4 INTERLOCK
SWITCH

12.31

VIO

12.34

J8803

VIO
J8850
VIO

REAR TAMPER
3 HOHE SENSOR

J871B

12.32
B4

A1

J8850
VIO

YEL
STAPLE ASSEMBLY

STACKER STACK B
SENSOR

12.39

STACKER STACK A
SENSOR

12.39

3 STACKER UPPER
LIMIT SENSOR

12.39

J8852
5
VIO

J8818

STAPLE HEAD
HOME SENSOR

12.36

STAPLE READY
SENSOR

12.36

LOW STAPLE
SENSOR

12.36

J8817
VIO

STAPLE MOVE
3 SENSOR

12.35

j0na72040

7.2.41 B-FINISHER WIRE NET +24VDC


LVPS
LOW
VOLTAGE
GENERATION

+24VDC

FINISHER
PWB
J502
1
ORN

J8844

TOP COVER
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
J8844 J8808
1
1
ORN

FINISHER
PWB

FRONT DOOR
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
J8808
2
ORN

J8809

9
J8809
2
ORN

J8844

10
5
7
6
12
3
4

A10
B2
B5
B8
B11

P8390
ORN

J8379

J8800

J8801
ORN

J8820

12.37

5
2

J8822B
J8824B

ORN
ORN
J8823B

ORN

12.33

ORN

ORN

FINISHER DRIVE
MOTOR

12.32

EJECT MOTOR

ORN

J8848
ORN

2
3

ORN

J8847
ORN

H-TRANSPORT
MOTOR

5 2

ORN
J8846
ORN

2 5

STAPLE MOVE
MOTOR

J8822A

12.35

12.37

SET CLAMP
CLUTCH

J8824A
REAR TAMPER
MOTOR

12.34

J8823A
FRONT TAMPER
MOTOR

12.34

j0na72041

7-41

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network

7-42
7.2.42 B-FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM(+24VRTN)
LVPS
LOW
VOLTAGE
GENERATION
+24VRTN

FINISHER
PWB
5

J502
VIO

J8844

J8846 J8800
4 FINISHER DRIVE
VIO
11
5 MOTOR
VIO
9

12.33

j0na72042

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


7.3.1 Preface
7.3.1.1
7.3.1.2
7.3.1.3
7.3.1.4
7.3.1.5

How to Use the BSDs


Explanation of Symbols
Signal Name
DC Voltage
Other Descriptions

7-43
7-43
7-44
7-44
7-44

7.3.2 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


Chain 1 Standby Power
CH1.1 MAIN POWER ON
CH1.2 DC POWER DISTRIBUTION
CH1.3 POWER INTERLOCK SWITCHING
CH1.4 INTERLOCK SWITCHING
CH1.5 AC POWER DISTRIBUTION

7-45
7-46
7-47
7-48
7-49

Chain 2 Mode Selection


CH2.1 HB CONTROL PANEL (LEFT) (DC-CONFIGURED MC)
CH2.2 HB CONTROL PANEL (LEFT) (MC WITH FAX: 1 OF 2)
CH2.3 HB CONTROL PANEL (LEFT) (MC WITH FAX: 2 OF 2)
CH2.4 HB CONTROL PANEL SWITCHES (RIGHT)
CH2.5 HB CONTROL PANEL (LEDS)
CH2.6 HB LCD CONTROL
CH2.7 MCW CONTROL PANEL SWITCHES
CH2.8 MCW CONTROL PANEL SWITCH AND LED
CH2.9 MCW LCD CONTROL
CH2.10 MCW TOUCH PANEL AND BACK LIGHT CONTROL
CH2.11 MCW FAX CONTROL PANEL SWITCHES (1 OF 2)
CH2.12 MCW FAX CONTROL PANEL SWITCHES (2 OF 2)

7-50
7-51
7-52
7-53
7-54
7-55
7-56
7-57
7-58
7-59
7-60
7-61

Chain 3 Machine Run Control


CH3.1 PWBS COMMUNICATION (ESS-IOT , ESS-UI)
CH3.2 PWBS COMMUNICATION (ESS-IIT/IPS )
CH3.3 PWBS COMMUNICATION
(IOT-TRAY MODULE , OPTION : IOT-DUPLEX , IOT-EXIT)
CH3.4 PWBS COMMUNICATION
(OPTION : IOT-FINISHER)

7-62
7-63
7-64
7-65

CH3.5 PWBS COMMUNICATION (OPTION IOT-HCF)


CH3.6 PWBS COMMUNICATION (IIT/IPS-DADF)
CH3.7 OPTION DEVICE DETECTION (AP-II5010G, DC-II5010G)
CH3.8A ELECTRIC BILLING (DC-II5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG)
CH3.8B ELECTRIC BILLING (AP-II5010G)
CH3.9 ACCESSORY (1 OF 2)
CH3.10 ACCESSORY (2 OF 2)

7-66
7-67
7-68
7-69
7-70
7-71
7-72

Chain 4 Start Power


CH4.1 MAIN DRIVE CONTROL

7-73

Chain5 DADF
CH5.1 DOCUMENT SIZE SENSING
CH5.2 DOCUMENT SETTING
CH5.3 DOCUMENT FEED AND TRANSPORTATION (1 OF 2)
CH5.4 DOCUMENT FEED AND TRANSPORTATION (2 OF 2)
CH5.5 DOCUMENT FEED AND TRANSPORT MECHANISM
CH5.6 DOCUMENT EXIT TRANSPORTATION

7-74
7-75
7-76
7-77
7-78
7-79

Chain 6 Imaging
CH6.1 PLATEN DOCUMENT SETTING
CH6.2 IMAGE INPUT
CH6.3 CARRIAGE SCAN
CH6.4 LASER CONTROL AND SCANNING
CH6.5 ROS MOTOR CONTROL
CH6.6 COPY IMAGE FLOW
CH6.7 SCAN IMAGE FLOW
CH6.8 PRINT IMAGE FLOW
CH6.9 FAX IMAGE FLOW

7-80
7-81
7-82
7-83
7-83
7-85
7-86
7-87
7-88

Chain 7 Paper Supplying


CH7.1 TRAY1 PAPER SIZE SENSING
CH7.2 TRAY2 PAPER SIZE SENSING
CH7.3 TRAY3 PAPER SIZE SENSING (OPTION : 2 TRAY MODULE)
CH7.4 TRAY4 PAPER SIZE SENSING (OPTION : 2 TRAY MODULE)
CH7.5 TRAY3 PAPER SIZE SENSING (OPTION: TANDEM TRAY MODULE)
CH7.6 TRAY4 PAPER SIZE SENSING (OPTION: TANDEM TRAY MODULE)
CH7.7 HCF PAPER SIZE SENSING AND TRAY SET (OPTION : HCF)

7-89
7-90
7-91
7-92
7-93
7-94
7-95

Contents

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)


Contents
CH7.8 TRAY1 PAPER STACKING
CH7.9 TRAY2 PAPER STACKING
CH7.10 TRAY3 PAPER STACKING (OPTION : 2 TRAY MODULE)
CH7.11 TRAY4 PAPER STACKING AND TRAY HEATER
(OPTION : 2 TRAY MODULE)
CH7.12 TRAY3 PAPER STACKING (OPTION: TANDEM TRAY MODULE)
CH7.13 TRAY4 PAPER STACKING (OPTION: TANDEM TRAY MODULE)
CH7.14 MSI PAPER STACKING
CH7.15 HCF PAPER STACKING (OPTION : HCF)
Chain 8 Paper Transportation
CH8.1 TRAY1,2 PAPER FEEDING
CH8.2 TRAY3,4 PAPER FEEDING (OPTION : 2 TRAY MODULE)
CH8.3 TRAY3,4 PAPER FEEDING (OPTION: TANDEM TRAY MODULE)
CH8.4 MSI AND HCF PAPER FEEDING
CH8.5 TRAY2 PAPER TRANSPORTATION
CH8.6 TRAY2 PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE CONTROL
CH8.7 TRAY3,4 PAPER TRANSPORTATION (OPTION : 2 TRAY MODULE)
CH8.8 TRAY3,4 PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE CONTROL
(OPTION : 2 TRAY MODULE)
CH8.9 TRAY3,4 PAPER TRANSPORTATION
(OPTION: TANDEM TRAY MODULE)
CH8.10 TRAY3,4 PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE CONTROL
(OPTION: TANDEM TRAY MODULE)
CH8.11 HCF PAPER TRANSPORTATION (OPTION : HCF)
CH8.12 REGISTRATION

7-96
7-97
7-98
7-99
7-100
7-101
7-102
7-103

7-104
7-105
7-106
7-107
7-108
7-109
7-110
7-111
7-112
7-113
7-114
7-115

Chain 9 Xerographics
CH9.1 CRU LIFE CONTROL
CH9.2 CHARGING AND EXPOSURE
CH9.3 DEVELOPMENT AND TONER DISPENSE CONTROL
CH9.4 TRANSFER AND STRIPPING AND CLEANING

7-116
7-117
7-118
7-119

Chain 10 Fusing and Copy Transportation


CH10.1 FUSING HEAT CONTROL
CH10.2 FUSING
CH10.3 EXIT TRANSPORTATION
CH10.4 EXIT TRANSPORTATION MECHANISM
CH10.5 DUPLEX (OPTION : DUPLEX )

7-120
7-121
7-122
7-123
7-124

CH10.6 OFFSET DRIVE CONTROL (EXIT1)


CH10.7 OFFSET DRIVE CONTROL (OPTION : EXIT2)
Chain12 C-Finisher
CH12.1 C-FINISHER DC POWER GENERATION
CH12.2 C-FINISHER DC POWER DISTRIBUTION
CH12.3 C-FINISHER INTERLOCK SWITCHING AND DRAWER SET
CH12.4 C-FINISHER PWBS COMMUNICATION
(FINISHER-BOOKLET) (BOOKLET M/C ONLY)
CH12.5 C-FINISHER HORIZONTAL DRIVE CONTROL
CH12.6 C-FINISHER HORIZONTAL TRANSPORTATION
CH12.7 C-FINISHER DRIVE CONTROL
CH12.8 C-FINISHER XPORT ENTRANCE CONTROL AND
BOOKLET GATE CONTROL
CH12.9 C-FINISHER PUNCHER POSITIONING
CH12.10 C-FINISHER PUNCH HOLE CONTROL
CH12.11 C-FINISHER PUNCHING AND PUNCH BOX CONTROL
CH12.12 C-FINISHER TRANSPORT GATE CONTROL
CH12.13 C-FINISHER TOP TRAY STACKING
CH12.14 C-FINISHER BUFFER PASS CONTROL
CH12.15 C-FINISHER TAMPING CONTROL (1 OF 2)
CH12.16 C-FINISHER TAMPING CONTROL (2 OF 2)
CH12.17 C-FINISHER STAPLE POSITIONING
CH12.18 C-FINISHER STAPLE CONTROL
CH12.19 C-FINISHER SET EJECT CONTROL (1 OF 2)
CH12.20 C-FINISHER SET EJECT CONTROL (2 OF 2)
CH12.21 C-FINISHER STACKER TRAY CONTROL (1 OF 2)
CH12.22 C-FINISHER STACKER TRAY CONTROL (2 OF 2)
CH12.23 C-FINISHER BOOKLET TRANSPORTATION
(BOOKLET M/C ONLY)
CH12.24 C-FINISHER BOOKLET TAMPER CONTROL (1 OF 2)
(BOOKLET M/C ONLY)
CH12.25 C-FINISHER BOOKLET TAMPER CONTROL (2 OF 2)
(BOOKLET M/C ONLY)
CH12.26 C-FINISHER BOOKLET END GUIDE CONTROL
(BOOKLET M/C ONLY)
CH12.27 C-FINISHER BOOKLET STAPLE CONTROL
(BOOKLET M/C ONLY)

7-125
7-126

7-127
7-128
7-129
7-130
7-131
7-132
7-133
7-134
7-135
7-136
7-137
7-138
7-139
7-140
7-141
7-142
7-143
7-144
7-145
7-146
7-147
7-148
7-149
7-150
7-151
7-152
7-153

CH12.28 C-FINISHER BOOKLET KNIFE CONTROL


(BOOKLET M/C ONLY)
7-154
CH12.29 C-FINISHER BOOKLET FOLD AND EXIT (BOOKLET M/C ONLY) 7-155
CH12.30 C-FINISHER BOOKLET TRAY CONTROL (BOOKLET M/C ONLY)7-156
Chain12 B-Finisher
CH12.31 B-FINISHER DC POWER AND INTERLOCK SWITCHING
CH12.32 B-FINISHER HORIZONTAL TRANSPORTATION
CH12.33 B-FINISHER TRANSPORTATION
CH12.34 B-FINISHER TAMPING AND OFFSET
CH12.35 B-FINISHER STAPLE POSITIONING
CH12.36 B-FINISHER STAPLE CONTROL
CH12.37 B-FINISHER SET EJECT
CH12.38 B-FINISHER STACKER TRAY CONTROL (1 OF 2)
CH12.39 B-FINISHER STACKER TRAY CONTROL (2 OF 2)

7-157
7-158
7-159
7-160
7-161
7-162
7-163
7-164
7-165

Chain16 ESS
CH16.1A ESS (DC-II5010G, AP550IG, DC550G)
CH16.1B ESS (AP-II5010G)

7-166
7-167

Chain34 FAX
CH34.1 FAX

7-168

Contents

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3.1 Preface
7.3.1.1 How to Use the BSDs

1.3

Indicates where the input to a function originates.


The example indicates that the input originates from
group function 3 of Chain 1

Indicates that the signal goes from right to left, in the


opposite direction to the normal direction.

Indicates where the output from a function goes. The


example indicates that the output goes to group
function 1 of chain 6.

Indicates a feedback signal.

6.1

Enter the Chain specified in the Troubleshooting chapter.


Or enter the appropriate Chain, referring to the Contents.
Perform failure analysis in the Chain, using test data and the
general procedures in the General chapter.
Once you have located the failure, go to the Parts List No.
and/or Adjustment No. indicated for reference on the BSD.

Indicates a mechanical connection to a part.


B

Warning

Indicates that a mechanical drive signal goes in the


direction indicated.

Before installing or removing parts, switch off


the main power switch and disconnect the
power cord from the outlet to avoid possible
electric shocks or injuries.

Indicates that the signal line continues horizontally.

ZN
E3

7.3.1.2 Explanation of Symbols

Indicates that the signal line goes back to another


zone in the same function. The example refers to
zone A4.

ZN
A4

Refers to test data that is usually on the same page


when the voltage value shown on the BSD is different
from the measured value.

PL7.7

Refers to the Parts List No. PL stands for Parts List.


7.7 refers to the Plate No. PL No. indicates that the
part is listed on the specified plate.
PL No. is shown for all the replaceable parts on the
BSDs.

7.7.1

Refers to the adjustment item(s) in the Disassembly,


Assembly, and Adjustment chapter. 7.7.1 indicates
that the adjustment procedure is described under the
7.7.1 section in the Disassembly, Assembly, and
Adjustment chapter.

VR3

Indicates a variable register that is adjustable in the


field.

Indicates that the signal line goes to another zone in


the same function. The example refers to zone E3.

This symbol represents a document.or paper as well


as its direction.

This symbol represents a heat, light or air signal as


well as its direction.

Refers to the note that is usually on the same page.

Indicates that the signal line continues vertically.

Indicates Control Logic.

Indicates that the signal line goes to a zone in

CH8.5
ZN A2 another sheet. The example refers to zone A2,

CH8.5.

CH8.5
ZN H4

Indicates that the signal line goes back to a zone in


another sheet. The example refers to zone H4,
CH8.5.
Indicates a power line output from Chain 1.

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

Indicates frame ground.

Indicates that the fasten is used for connection.

Indicates that an electrically conductive material such


as a leaf spring and a plate is used for connection.

Indicates switch and is also used as Interlock Switch.

Indicates the Cheater type of Interlock Switch.

Indicates a twisted pair of wires.


TP1

Indicates a signal test point.

7.3.1 Preface

7-43

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-44

7.3.1 Preface
1

Indicates that the symbol-pointed-to section has


been modified to code 1V.

Indicates the symbol-pointed-to section has not been


modified to code 1V.

7.3.1.3 Signal Name

7.3.1.5 Other Descriptions

Signal name structure

DC330 Input Component Voltage Level

Input component
REGI SENSOR PAPER SENSED (L)
Parts name
Operation state Logical
value

+5VDC
Voltage
with signal (H)

Indicates that the whole figure or the framed


illustration has information with 1V installed.

The example indicates that when paper is sensed, this signal level
is (L) and that otherwise, the signal level is (H) with the voltage
+5VDC.

Indicates that the whole figure or the framed


illustration has information without 1V installed.

Outout components
MAIN MOTOR ON
Parts name
Operation state

(L)
Logical
value

+24VDC
Voltage
with signal (H)

The example indicates that when the part is ON, the signal level
is (L) and that when it is OFF, the signal level is (H) with the
voltage +24VDC.

7.3.1.4 DC Voltage
A measurement of DC voltage is made between the particular
test point and the frame unless otherwise specified by note
and test data. The measured DC voltage is in the range
below:
Voltage
+3.3VDC
+5VDC
+24VDC

Level
(H)
(H)
(H)

Range
+3.24 +3.56VDC
+4.91 +5.39VDC
+23.37 +25.63VDC

The voltage levels (H/L) shown on the BSDs are the levels
that are measured by the tester. Some of them are
therefore different from H/L displayed on the PSW.
Wiring Color
Wires are distinguished by color in part of the BSDs for
this model. The colors of wires are shown below the signal
lines in their respective abbreviations listed below:
Abbreviation
BRN
RED
ORN
YEL
GRN
BLU
VIO
GRY
WHT
BLK
GN/YL
PNK
SKY

Color
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Violet
Gray
White
Black
Green/Yellow
Pink
Sky

1.1 MAIN POWER ON


MAIN SWITCH
PL9.4

LVPS
PL9.1
1

J527

J69
YEL

LVPS
PL9.1
1

J57

J527

YEL

YEL

DC COM

ESS senses by
the Main Switch
On (L) +3.3VDC
signal that the
Main Switch has
been turned off.
After a specified
2 time, ESS
outputs the
Relay Off (L)
+3.3VDC signal
to turn off the
power unit.

BLK

J56

J1
BLK

BLK

ESS PWB
PL9.2a/PL9.2b

1.5

ACH

LOW VOLTAGE
GENERATION

GFI BREAKER
PL9.1
1
FS72

J50

J11
BLK

BLK

J12
WHT

WHT

ACN

POWER
SAVE
BUTTON
SIGNAL
(FROM
CH2.5
CH2.8)

BP
MCU
PWB
PWB
PL9.2a
PL9.1
J335 PL9.2b
J304 J402
68
9
3
BLU BLU

RELAY OFF
J401 (L) +3.3VDC J526
YEL

YEL

DC COM
(CH1.2)
19

J5

BLK

+5VDC
(STBY)

YEL

YEL

2
3

WHT

GN/YL

RETURN

10

J528

DC COM

VIO

VIO
DC COM

VIO

VIO
DC COM

VIO

1.2
3

VIO

DC
COM

RETURN

10.1

+5VDC MAIN

DC COM

RETURN

YEL

VIO

ORN

VIO

VIO

5VSTBY
11-16A

5VMAIN short
3.4V short

24V short
Overvoltage
detecting value
3.3VSTBY

Normal
output
Normal
output
6-8V

3.3VMAIN
5V
24V

Normal
output

5VMAIN
5.6-11A

3.4V
3.5-7.5A

+5VDC
STBY

A2
ALL
A3

A1

B5

A5

B
+5VDC
MAIN

A8

B8

1.2
RETURN

FCB PWB
PL9.3

24V
18-20A

Cut off
After the short circuit is repaired,
power off, wait 10 sec and power on.
This makes each output restored.
6-8V
4-5V
26.7-32V
Cut off
After the overvoltage protection
operates, power off, wait 10 sec and
power on. This makes each output
restored.

VIO

DC COM

Output Status
Overcurrent
detecting value
5VSTBY short

ALL

+3.3VDC

Short protection (Overcurrent protection) and Overvolatge protection


Each output has the short protection function and the overvoltage
protection function as shown on the table below.

+24VDC

DC COM

1.2

GRY

ALL

+24VDC
ORN

1.2

MAIN POWER ON(H) +3.3VDC

GRY

VIO

1.2
+24VDC

A6

+5VDC +3.3VDC
TO
+3.3VDC

J300

ALL

GRY

1.2

DC COM

J303

J528 +5VDC STBY J300


B6
GRY
GRY
J521 +5VDC STBY
1
B2
GRY
GRY
+5VDC STBY
5
B3
GRY
GRY

AP-II5010G

5VDC
(MAIN)

3
+3.3VDC

J4

10.1
1.5

FG

AP-II5010G

10.1
1.5

ALL
B1

ACH
SWITCHED
NOISE
FILTER

ZN
J1

YEL

GN/YL

ESS PWB
PL9.2a/PL9.2b

AC DRIVE PWB
PL9.1
J68

T1

BP PWB ESS PWB


PL9.2a/ PL9.2a/PL9.2b
MAIN SWITCH
J335 ZN
ON(L) +3.3VDC J303 PL9.2b
2
79
A3
YEL

J525

+3.3VDC
J525
YEL

ON/
OFF

J380
GRY

DC COM
VIO
1
2
3
4

J524

+5VDC MAIN

GRY

GRY
DC COM

VIO

VIO
+24VDC

ORN

ORN
DC COM

VIO

VIO

CNP352
3
4
1
2
5
6

j0na730101-K2

Chain 1 Standby Power

7-45

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-46

Chain 1 Standby Power


A

1.2 DC POWER DISTRIBUTION


IIT/IPS PWB
PL11.3

LVPS
PL9.1

3
+5VDC MAIN
(CH1.1)
DC COM
(+5V MAIN RTN)
(CH1.1)
+24VDC
(CH1.1)

DC COM (+24V RTN)


(CH1.1)
+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)
DC COM
(+3.3V RTN)
(CH1.1)

7
9
10

J522
GRY

+5VDC MAIN J720


2
GRY
DC COM

VIO
+24VDC

ORN
DC COM

VIO

18,35,36

P750

F1 FUSE1
2A +24VDC

ALL
1-9

VIO

GRY

19-27

DC COM

A9-A6,
B5-B10

VIO

VIO

MCU PWB
PL9.1
J400

+5VDC MAIN

GRY

ALL

A5

VIO

DC COM

VIO

VIO

DC COM

VIO

VIO

VIO
+24VDC

ORN

ORN
+24VDC

ORN

ORN

A6

VIO

B1
F5 FUSE5
6.3A +24VDC

ORN

ORN

FUSE3
+5VDC

10.4

F1
2A

FUSE1
+24VDC

VIO

+5VDC MAIN

GRY

J541
GRY

ALL

DC COM
VIO

ALL
5

VIO

F6 FUSE6 1.5 6.5


2.5A +24VDC 9.2 9.3
F4
2A

FUSE4
+24VDC

CH8
10.2

A1

B1
FUSE3
+24VDC

7.9

FUSE2
+24VDC

7.8

A2

+24VDC

B2

DC COM
VIO

VIO

F1

+24VDC
ORN
J417

ORN

FUSE1
+24VDC

ALL

DUPLEX
DUPLEX PWB
PL8.1
J540

+5VDC MAIN

GRY

GRY
+24VDC
ORN

ORN
DC COM

VIO
VIO

VIO
DC COM

VIO

ALL
1

F1 FUSE1
2.5A +24VDC

10.5

3
ALL
4

1.3
HCF
J414

+24VDC

ORN

J800
ORN

P800

JF04
ORN

HCF PWB
PL17.8
F1
FUSE1
2.5A +24VDC

1.3

+24VDC
TO
+5VDC

ALL

ALL

DC COM

B2

1
ALL

+24VDC

VIO

F3
1A

+5VDC MAIN J430


3
GRY
DC COM

J413

EXIT PWB
PL9.1

7.3 7.4
TM+3.3VDC 7.5 7.6

ALL

DC COM

VIO

TRAY MODULE PWB


PL12.6

+5VDC
TO
+3.3VDC

F2
2A

CH5
ALL

GRY

GRY

5.6

FLAT
CABLE

F3
2A

F1 FUSE1
1A +24VDC

1.3
B1-B4,
A14-A10

ALL

DC COM

CH5
ALL

B10,A4,A5

+24VDC

ALL

+3.3VDC
GRY

J752

+5VDC

VIO

ORN

J523

DADF PWB
PL15.3
ALL

+5VDC

DC COM
VIO

VIO

VIO

2
ALL

DC COM
VIO

ALL

VIO

VIO

j0na730102-K2

1.3 POWER INTERLOCK SWITCHING


MCU PWB
PL9.1

LH COVER
INTERLOCK SWITCH
PL2.6
1

J405

J120

ORN

ORN

A1

B1

J120

DC330

071-300

LH COVER
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
CLOSED(H)+24VDC

ORN

MCU PWB
PL9.1
J405
ORN

J405

J121

ORN

ORN

A1

B1

071-303

DC330

FRONT COVER
INTERLOCK SWITCH
PL10.1

FRONT COVER
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
CLOSED(H)+24VDC

J121
ORN

J405
ORN

MCU PWB
PL9.1
INTLK
+24VDC

ALL
+5VDC

FRONT COVER
INTERLOCK SWITCH
CLOSE SIGNAL

+24VDC
(CH1.2)

077-300

DC COM
+5VDC

XERO INTERLOCK
SWITCH
PL4.2
1

J404

LD+5VDC
(CH9.3)

DADF PWB
PL15.3

3
1

DADF INTERLOCK
SWITCH
PL15.7
1

J753

F1

ORN

ORN

DC330
2

077-301

DC COM

J404

DADF PWB
PL15.3

LH COVER
INTERLOCK SWITCH
CLOSE SIGNAL

F2

005-212

DADF INTERLOCK SWITCH


CLOSED(H)+24VDC

ORN

J753
ORN

LD INTLK
+5VDC

6.4
+5VDC

XERO
INTERLOCK SWITCH
CLOSE SIGNAL

F2
4A

DADF INTLK
FUSE2
+24VDC

5.5

F3
4A

DADF INTLK
FUSE3
+24VDC

5.5

F4
1A

DADF INTLK
FUSE4
+24VDC

5.2

DADF
INTERLOCK SWITCH
CLOSE SIGNAL

+24VDC
(CH1.2)

091-912

DC COM

+5VDC

005-305

DC COM
HCF PWB
PL17.8

+5VDC

HCF
HCF PWB
PL17.8

JF05

FS001

ORN

ORN

HCF TRANSPORT
COVER INTERLOCK
SWITCH
PL17.7

078-300
DC330
FS002

078-300

HCF TRANSPORT COVER


INTERLOCK SWITCH
CLOSED(H)+24VDC

ORN

DC COM
JF05
ORN

K1
2
F2
4A

HCF FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

F3
2.5A

Diag display (High/Low) is


the opposite of voltage level.

077-300

IOT Front Cover Open

005-305

CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Open (running)

077-301

IOT L/H Cover Open

078-300

HCF Top Cover Open

091-912

Xero/Developer Cartridge Set Fail

DC COM
(CH1.2)

F4
1A

HCF
INTLK
+24VDC
HCF
FUSE2
INTLK
+24VDC
HCF
FUSE3
INTLK
+24VDC
HCF
FUSE4
INTLK
+24VDC

ALL

7.11

8.8

7.11

j0na730103

Chain 1 Standby Power

7-47

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-48

Chain 1 Standby Power


A

1.4 INTERLOCK SWITCHING


1

10

J410

J106

BLU

BLU

MCU PWB
PL9.1

L/H LOWER COVER


INTERLOCK SWITCH
PL2.5

MCU PWB
PL9.1

DC330

071-302

L/H LOWER COVER


INTERLOCK SWITCH
CLOSED(L)+5VDC

J106
BLU

+5VDC
J410
BLU

077-309

11

DC COM
(CH1.2)
2 TRAY MODULE / TANDEM TRAY MODULE

TRAY
MODULE
PWB
PL12.6/13.8

TRAY MODULE
INTERLOCK SWITCH
PL12.4/13.7
1

DC330

J554

FS813

FS812

VIO

VIO

YEL

TRAY MODULE PWB


PL12.6/13.8

071-301

TRAY MODULE
INTERLOCK SWITCH
CLOSED(L)+5VDC

1
J554
YEL

077-309

L/H-L Cover Open

077-305

Tray Module Cover Open

077-307

Dup Cover Open

077-308

L/H-H Cover Open

024-919

Face Up Tray Close

078-301

HCF Home Position S/W Open

077-305

DC COM
(CH1.2)
DUPLEX

DUPLEX PWB
PL8.1

DUPLEX OPEN SWITCH


PL8.1

DUPLEX PWB
PL8.1
4

J541

J124

YEL

YEL

DC330
1

071-305

DUPLEX OPEN SWITCH


CLOSED(L)+5VDC

J124
YEL

+5VDC
J541
YEL

077-307

DC COM
(CH1.2)

EXIT2

EXIT PWB
PL9.1

SHORTING
PLUG

DRAWER
8

J434

J606

YEL

YEL

B9

B8

P606 SJ1
YEL YEL

EXIT PWB
PL9.1

EXIT2 INTERLOCK
SWITCH
PL6.4
SJ1 J116

DC330
DRAWER
1

J116

P606

YEL

YEL

B13

B4

J606

071-304

EXIT2 INTERLOCK SWITCH


CLOSED(L)+5VDC

YEL

+5VDC
J434
YEL

077-308

13

DC COM
(CH1.2)
FACE UP DETECT
SWITCH
PL6.4

J115

DC330
1

J115
YEL

YEL

B11

B6

047-200

+5VDC

FACE UP DETECT SWITCH


CLOSED(L)+5VDC
YEL

YEL

11

HCF
HCF PWB
PL17.8
1

JF08

FS003

VIO

VIO

HCF HOME POSITION


SWITCH
PL17.8

DC330
FS004
YEL

078-301

HCF INTERLOCK SWITCH


JF08
CLOSED(L)+5VDC
2
YEL

024-919

HCF PWB
PL17.8
+5VDC
1

078-301

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730104

1.5 AC POWER DISTRIBUTION


AC DRIVE PWB
PL9.1

1
ACH
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)

J7

FS73

BLK

BLK
GN/YL

WHT

TO FINISHER

FS75
FS74

WHT
ACH
TO ACCESSORY

3.10

ACN
TO ACCESSORY

3.10

GND
TO ACCESSORY

3.10

ACH
TO IIT HEATER

6.1

ACH
TO DRUM HEATER

9.1

ACH
TO TRAY HEATER

7.11

ACN
TO IIT HEATER

6.1

ACN
TO DRUM HEATER

9.1

ACN
TO TRAY HEATER

7.11

BLK

WHT
CE1
GN/YL

J2

A
1

MCU PWB
PL9.1

+24VDC
9

J401

J526

HEATER RELAY ON (H) +24VDC

YEL

YEL

FS78
GN/YL

WHT

TO PSW

BLK
CE1

ACH
(CH1.1)

FS76

BLK

FS77

WHT

T70

BLK

J8

CE2

BLK

BLK

3
WHT

10.1
8

YEL

YEL

DC COM
(CH1.2)

4
4
DC COM
5

CE3
WHT

WHT

ACN
(CH1.1)

MCU PWB
PL9.1
1

FUSE6
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

DC330
1

J418
BLU

042-005

LVPS FAN
ON(H) +24VDC

LVPS FAN
PL3.1

DOUBLE
PLUG
P221
BLU

DOUBLE
PLUG
P221

P221

+5VDC
P221
BLU

LVPS FAN
FAIL(H) +5VDC

J418
BLU

042-398

LVPS FAN Fail

042-398

MOT

BLU

BLU

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730105-K2

Chain 1 Standby Power

7-49

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-50

Chain 2 Mode Selection


A

2.1 HB CONTROL PANEL (LEFT) (DC-CONFIGURED MC)


1
CONTRAST PWB
PL11.2

UI PWB
PL11.2
CON CN3

CN3

10

10
DC COM

2
VR1

CONTRAST

On l i n e
J ob in
Me mo ry

Job S tatus

Co py

Revi ew

Machi ne S tatus

Log i n/Out

Power S aver

Cl e ar Al l

3
In te rru pt

Cu sto m 2

Sto p
Cu sto m 3

Start

0
Al l Se rvi c e s

C
Di al Pau se

Spe e d Di al

j0na730201-K2

2.2 HB CONTROL PANEL (LEFT) (MC WITH FAX: 1 OF 2)


1

FAX CONTROL PANEL PWB


PL11.2
FAX
CN3
4

ONE TOUCH PANEL


SWITCH 1
ON (L) +3.3VDC
ONE TOUCH PANEL
SWITCH 2
ON (L) +3.3VDC

ONE TOUCH PANEL


SWITCH 3
ON (L) +3.3VDC

2
8

ONE TOUCH PANEL


SWITCH 4
ON (L) +3.3VDC

10

UI PWB
PL11.2
+3.3VDC
CN3
4
+3.3VDC
6
+3.3VDC
8
+3.3VDC
10
+3.3VDC

DC COM
11

FAX DETECT (L) +3.3VDC

DC COM

9,12

11

9,12

DC COM

DC COM
7

7
DC COM

VR1

CONTRAST

001

002

003

016

017

0 18

004

005

006

019

020

0 21

007

008

009

022

023

0 24

010

011

012

025

026

0 27

013

014

015

028

029

0 30

On l i n e
J ob in
Me mo ry

Job S tatus

Co py

Revi ew

Machi ne S tatus

Log i n/Out

Power S aver

Cl e ar Al l

In te rru pt

Cu sto m 2

Sto p
Cu sto m 3

Start

0
Al l Se rvi c e s

C
Di al Pau se

Spe e d Di al

j0na730202-K2

Chain 2 Mode Selection

7-51

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-52

Chain 2 Mode Selection


A

2.3 HB CONTROL PANEL (LEFT) (MC WITH FAX: 2 OF 2)


1

UI PWB
PL11.2
CN3
15

13

2
1

SWITCH ENABLE PULSE

SWITCH ENABLE PULSE

SWITCH ENABLE PULSE

SWITCH ENABLE PULSE

FAX CONTROL PANEL PWB


PL11.2

FAX
CN3

15

008

007

006

005

004

003

002

001

016

015

014

013

012

011

010

009

024

023

022

021

020

019

018

017

13

UI PWB
PL11.2

2
+3.3VDC
030

029

028

027

026

025

17

FAX SWITCH
CN3 ON (H) +3.3VDC CN3

17
+3.3VDC

19

SWITCH
ON (H) +3.3VDC

19
+3.3VDC

21

SWITCH
ON (H) +3.3VDC

21
+3.3VDC

22

SWITCH
ON (H) +3.3VDC

22
+3.3VDC

20

SWITCH
ON (H) +3.3VDC

20
+3.3VDC

18

SWITCH
ON (H) +3.3VDC

18
+3.3VDC

16

SWITCH
ON (H) +3.3VDC

16
+3.3VDC

14

SWITCH
ON (H) +3.3VDC

14

j0na730203-K2

2.4 HB CONTROL PANEL SWITCHES (RIGHT)


1

UI PWB
PL11.2
10

21

2
23

13

SWITCH
ENABLE
CN1 PULSE

SWITCH
ENABLE
PULSE

SWITCH
ENABLE
PULSE

SWITCH
ENABLE
PULSE

CONTROL PANEL PWB


PL11.2
CP CN1
10

DIAL PAUSE

STOP

START

SPEED DIAL

INTERRUPT

JOB STATUS

ALL SERVICES

REVIEW

CLEAR ALL

23

MACHINE STATUS

UI PWB
PL11.2
+3.3VDC

13

COPY

LOG IN/OUT

21

CUSTOM 2

CUSTOM 3

16

SWITCH
CP CN1 ON(L) +3.3VDC

CN1
16
+3.3VDC

12

SWITCH
ON(L) +3.3VDC

12
+3.3VDC

14

SWITCH
ON(L) +3.3VDC

14
+3.3VDC

18

SWITCH
ON(L) +3.3VDC

18
+3.3VDC

25

SWITCH
ON(L) +3.3VDC

25
+3.3VDC

11

SWITCH
ON(L) +3.3VDC

11
+3.3VDC

15

SWITCH
ON(L) +3.3VDC

15
+3.3VDC

19

SWITCH
ON(L) +3.3VDC

19

j0na730204-K2

Chain 2 Mode Selection

7-53

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-54

Chain 2 Mode Selection


A

2.5 HB CONTROL PANEL (LEDS)


ESS PWB
PL9.2a

BP PWB
+3.3VDC PL9.2a

UI PWB
PL11.2

J336

J1

J306

CONTROL PANEL PWB


PL11.2

B12

32

B14

34

B10

30

<ONLINE> LED
CN1 ON(L) +3.3VDC CP CN1

ONLINE
1

DC COM +3.3VDC
58

<JOB IN MEMORY> LED


ON(L) +3.3VDC

JOB IN MEMORY
2

DC COM +3.3VDC

57

<POWER SAVER> LED


ON(L) +3.3VDC

POWER SAVER
UI
PWB
PL11.2

7
POWER SAVER

DC COM
5

B2

+3.3VDC

CP CN1 CN1
22

+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)
20

3
22

3
<ALL SERVICES> LED
ON(L) +3.3VDC

<CUSTOM 3> LED


ON(L) +3.3VDC

5
+3.3VDC

POWER SAVE
BUTTON
ON(H) +3.3VDC

J1
5

28

ALL SERVICES

20

22
CUSTOM 3

BP PWB
PL9.2a

DC COM

J336

J306

24

4
26

<CUSTOM 2> LED


ON(L) +3.3VDC

<COPY> LED
ON(L) +3.3VDC

+3.3VDC
4,54

B1,B3

21,23

17

+3.3VDC

B5,B6

51

B20

+24VDC
(CH1.1)

B18
DC COM
(CH2.6)

DC COM

CUSTOM 2

+3.3VDC

+24VDC
DC COM

25.26
40
38

9
DC COM

+3.3VDC

+3.3VDC

8
INTERRUPT
17
+3.3VDC

DC COM

1.1

26

+3.3VDC

+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)

+3.3VDC

POWER
SAVE
BUTTON
SIGNEL

24

COPY

<INTERRUPT> LED
ON(L) +3.3VDC

B8

+3.3VDC

ESS PWB
PL9.2a

DC COM

9
DC COM

+24VDC
DC COM

j0na730205-K2

2.6 HB LCD CONTROL


ESS PWB
PL9.2a

BP PWB
PL9.2a
J336
15

UI PWB
PL11.2
J306

14

A8

11

A6

10

61

DATA 1 DATA 2 +
DATA 2 -

A4

63

A2

64

A1

DATA 3 +
DATA 3 LATCH +

A14

17

LATCH -

A13

12

SYNC +

A11

13

A12

59

A10

60

A9

2,3,6,7,20,
23,24,29,
30,35,36,
41,42,47,
48,49,52,
53,55,56,
69,70,73,
74,79,80,
85,86,91,
92,97,98,99
DC COM
(CH1.1)

DATA 1 +

A3

16

DATA 0 -

A5

62

DATA 0 +

A7

SYNC CLOCK +
CLOCK -

DC COM

B11

DC COM

B13

3.1

DC COM

B15

DC COM

B17

DC COM

B19

B7

N.C.

B9

N.C.

LCD ASSEMBLY
PL11.2

J1
7

CN5

+3.3VDC
3,5
10,13

12

12

+3.3VDC

11

11

DATA 3

12

13

DATA 2

11

14

LCD
640x240dots

DATA 1

DATA 0

15

CLOCK

LCD DRIVE POWER

15

LCD
CONTROL

LATCH

14

SYNC

LCD CN1

LCD ON

14

DC COM

3,5
10,13

DC COM

10
9

TOUCH PANEL
PL11.2
CN4

31
33
35
37
39

DC COM
INVERTER PWB
PL11.2

DC COM
CN2

INV CN1

1
+24VDC
2

1
BACK LIGHT
ON

BACK LIGHT

AC OUT
PNK

DC COM

INV CN2
1

GND
WHT

HIGH
VOLTAGE

DC COM

j0na730206-K2

Chain 2 Mode Selection

7-55

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-56

Chain 2 Mode Selection


A

2.7 MCW CONTROL PANEL SWITCHES


1

MCW UI I/F PWB


PL11.8
13

J1

SWITCH ENABLE
PULSE

MCW CONTROL PANEL PWB


PL11.8
J1

13

2.11
SWITCH ENABLE
PULSE

12

COPY

CUSTOM 2

CUSTOM 3

ALL SERVICES

REVIEW

CLEAR ALL

12

2.11
SWITCH ENABLE
PULSE

2
11

MACHINE STATUS

JOB STATUS

INTERRUPT

11

2.11
SWITCH ENABLE
PULSE

10

SPEED DIAL

MCW UI I/F PWB


PL11.8

10
+3.3VDC

2.11
DIAL PAUSE

LOG IN/OUT

STOP

START

J1

SWITCH
ON (L) +3.3VDC

J1

2
+3.3VDC

Online
Job in
Memory

3
Job Status

Review Machine Status Log in/Out

+3.3VDC

Interrupt
Custom 2

9
Start

SWITCH
ON (L) +3.3VDC

4
+3.3VDC

Stop
Custom 3

Power Saver

Clear All

Copy

SWITCH
ON (L) +3.3VDC

SWITCH
ON (L) +3.3VDC

5
+3.3VDC

All Services

C
Dial Pause

Speed Dial

SWITCH
ON (L) +3.3VDC

6
+3.3VDC

SWITCH
ON (L) +3.3VDC

7
+3.3VDC

SWITCH
ON (L) +3.3VDC

8
+3.3VDC

SWITCH
ON (L) +3.3VDC

j0na730207

2.8 MCW CONTROL PANEL SWITCH AND LED


MCW UI I/F PWB
PL11.8

<INTERRUPT> LED

J1 ON(L) +3.3VDC
15 WHT
DC COM

16
DC COM

17
DC COM

18
DC COM

MCW CONTROL PANEL


PWB
PL11.8
J1

<INTERRUPT> LED
ON(L) +3.3VDC
WHT
<COPY> LED
ON(L) +3.3VDC
WHT
<CUSTOM 2> LED
ON(L) +3.3VDC
WHT
<CUSTOM 3> LED
ON(L) +3.3VDC

19 WHT
DC COM

<ALL SERVICES> LED


ON(L) +3.3VDC

20 WHT

15

MCW CONTROL PANEL


PWB

LED1

16

MCW UI I/F PWB

LED2

17

LED3

LED13

18

LED4
LED14

19

LED5
LED15

20

LED6

DC COM
LED16

21 WHT
DC COM

ESS PWB
PL9.2b

MCW I/F PWB


PL9.2b

22 WHT

NOT USED
NOT USED

21
22

DC COM

P/J349
17

4
+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)

F2

28

P352

J3

POWER SAVER

28

23 WHT

25 WHT

+3.3VDC

MCW UI I/F
PWB
PL11.8

+3.3VDC
(1.)

J1

J1
24 WHT

23

<JOB IN MEMORY> LED


ON(L) +3.3VDC

24

30

POWER SAVE
BUTTON
ON(H)+3.3VDC

J3

25

19

29

<ONLINE> LED
ON(L) +3.3VDC

29

26

26 WHT

LED10

DC COM+3.3VDC

20

16

DC COM

DC COM

2427
+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)

MCW I/F PWB


PL9.2b

LED11

DC COM +3.3VDC

LED8

+3.3VDC

18

LED7

<POWER SAVER> LED


ON(L) +3.3VDC

DC COM

27 WHT

28 WHT

1
SLEEP

45,46

+3.3VDC

45,46

DC COM

+3.3VDC

P/J349
21

POWER
SAVE
BUTTON
SIGNAL

1.1

DC COM
LED9

28

NOTE:
1

14 WHT

30

27

DC COM

F1

P352

ESS PWB
PL9.2b

When the machine goes into Sleep Mode, the +3.3V output stops.

14
+3.3VDC

j0na730208

Chain 2 Mode Selection

7-57

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-58

Chain 2 Mode Selection


A

LCD_R+

J3

2.9 MCW LCD CONTROL


ESS PWB
PL9.2b

MCW I/F PWB


PL9.2b
11
12
37
38

P/J349

14

PCI

15
34
35
40

41
P/J349
24-27

LCD_R-

MCW UI I/F PWB


PL11.8
11

1
DC COM

12

LCD_G+

37

LCD_G-

38

LCD_B+

15

LCD_CNT+

40

CLOCK-

45,46
20,21

+3.3VDC

41

DC COM

45,46

F3

9-11

DC COM

49,50

+5VDC
(CH1.1)

24,25
F4

DC COM

14,15

26

+24VDC
(CH1.1)

DC COM

+24VDC
DC COM

DC COM

49,50

14
17

+5VDC

24,25

18

DC COM

19

26

20

+24VDC

1
DC COM

+5VDC
TO
+3.3VDC

15
16

MCW LCD ASSY


PL11.8

MCW LCD
ASSY

1
2
3
4

DATA 5
DATA 4

5
6
7

DATA 3
DATA 2

8
9

800x3(RGB)
x600 dots

10
DATA 1
DATA 0

13

20,21
DC COM

+5VDC

11
12

DC COM

DATA 6

10

+3.3VDC
2

8
9

DC COM

DATA 7

7
DC COM

35

CLOCK+

5
6

34

LCD_CNT-

CN1

J6

4
DC COM

14

LCD_B-

2
3

F1
SLEEP

+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)

P352

11
12
13

CP
LOAD
DISPLAY ON
VCON
FRM
VDD
VDD

14
17
18
19
20
15
16

+5VDC

NOTE:
1

When the machine goes into Sleep Mode, the +3.3V output stops.

j0na730209

2.10 MCW TOUCH PANEL AND BACK LIGHT CONTROL


1

MCW UI I/F PWB


PL11.8

INVERTER PWB
PL11.8

J4

+24VDC

WHT

CN1

BACK LIGHT
PL11.8
1

+24VDC

BACK LIGHT ON (H)


WHT

HIGH
VOLTAGE

DC COM

DC COM
WHT

CN2

GND

PNK

HIGH
WHT

CN3

GND

Coldcathode
Tube

PNK

HIGH
WHT

DC COM

TOUCH PANEL
PL11.8

1
2
3
4

J5

Y2
X1
Y1
X2

Y2
X1

2
3

X2
Y1

TOUCH PANEL

INVERTER PWB

BACK LIGHT

j0na730210

Chain 2 Mode Selection

7-59

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-60

Chain 2 Mode Selection


A

2.11 MCW FAX CONTROL PANEL SWITCHES (1 OF 2)


1

MCW UI I/F
PWB
PL11.8
SWITCH ENABLE
2.7
J2 PULSE
13 WHT
2.7
12 WHT

2.7
11 WHT
2.7
10 WHT

SWITCH ENABLE
PULSE

SWITCH ENABLE
PULSE

SWITCH ENABLE
PULSE

MCW FAX CONTROL PANEL PWB


PL11.8
J2

13
027

026

028

025

022

019

016

024

023

015

012

009

006

003

021

020

014

011

008

005

002

12

11
030

MCW UI I/F PWB


PL11.8

10

+3.3VDC

029

018

017

013

010

007

004

001

001

002

003

016

017

018

004

005

006

019

020

021

007

008

009

022

023

024

010

011

012

025

026

027

013

014

015

028

029

030

J2

J2

WHT

+3.3VDC

SWITCH
ON (H) +3.3VDC
WHT

3
+3.3VDC

SWITCH
ON (H) +3.3VDC
WHT

4
+3.3VDC

SWITCH
ON (H) +3.3VDC
WHT

5
+3.3VDC

SWITCH
ON (H) +3.3VDC
WHT

6
+3.3VDC

SWITCH
ON (H) +3.3VDC
WHT

7
+3.3VDC

SWITCH
ON (H) +3.3VDC
WHT

8
+3.3VDC

SWITCH
ON (H) +3.3VDC
WHT

j0na730211

2.12 MCW FAX CONTROL PANEL SWITCHES (2 OF 2)


1

MCW FAX CONTROL


PANEL PWB
PL11.8

MCW UI I/F PWB


PL11.8

14

SW43

SW42

15

2
17

SW40

SW41

16

ONE TOUCH PANEL


SWITCH 2
ON (L) +3.3VDC
ONE TOUCH PANEL
SWITCH 3
ON (L) +3.3VDC
ONE TOUCH PANEL
SWITCH 4
ON (L) +3.3VDC

+3.3VDC

J2

SW43

14
+3.3VDC

SW42

15
+3.3VDC

17
+3.3VDC

SW40
16
+3.3VDC

3
18
DC COM

J2

ONE TOUCH PANEL


SWITCH 1
ON (L) +3.3VDC

FAX DETECT
(L) +3.3VDC
DC COM

SW41

18
DC COM

j0na730212

Chain 2 Mode Selection

7-61

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-62

Chain 3 Machine Run Control


A

3.1 PWBS COMMUNICATION (ESS-IOT , ESS-UI)


ESS PWB
PL9.2a/PL9.2b

BP PWB
PL9.2a/
PL9.2b
82

BP PWB
PL9.2a/
PL9.2b

MCU PWB
PL9.1

J335

10

18

J304

ESS TO MCU (COMMAND)


COMMUNICATION LINE

BLU

J402
BLU

STATUS READY
BLU

BLU

041-340

J402

MCU TO ESS (STATUS)


COMMUNICATION LINE

BLU

J304
BLU

COMMAND READY
BLU

BLU

041-362
POWER READY
BLU

BLU

11

041-363

2
11
DC COM
(CH2.6)
10

BLU

BLU

041-364

1
DC COM

BLU

BLU

DC COM
(CH2.6)

DC COM

041-366

J335

ESS PWB
PL9.2a/PL9.2b

22

70

12

13

077-310

POWER VALID
BLU

BLU
PAGE SYNC

BLU

BLU
LINE SYNC

BLU

BLU

024-3XX
124-372

TP4
10

124-373

31

30

124-374
124-701
124-702

077-329
3

UI PWB
PL11.2
65

J336

A15

66

A16

67

A19

68

A20

J306

ESS TO UI
COMMUNICATION LINE
ESS TO UI
COMMUNICATION LINE
ESS TO UI (RESET)
COMMUNICATION LINE
ESS TO UI (RESET)
COMMUNICATION LINE

J1

15

16

17

18

J1

UI TO ESS
COMMUNICATION LINE

102-XXX
J306

A17

J336

19

123-XXX

UI TO ESS
COMMUNICATION LINE

A18

18

202-399
19

20

5
1

041-340

MCU RAM Read/Write Fail

077-310

Controller Failed to send image

024-3XX

IOT-ESS Communication Fail

102-XXX

UI-related Fail

041-362

IOT NVM R/W Fail

077-329

Main Motor can't Stop

124-372

IOT sc Soft Fail

123-XXX

UI-related Fail

041-363

MCU NVM Broken Fail

124-373

IOT Manager SW Fail

202-399

Timer Internal Fail

041-364

MCU CPU Power to access NVM


is not enough
MCU Asic circuit to control Crum
is defect

124-374

IOT IM DeviceDriver SW Fail

124-701

Side Tray to Center Tray

124-702

Finisher Tray to Center Tray

041-366

j0na730301-K2

3.2 PWBS COMMUNICATION (ESS-IIT/IPS )


ESS PWB
PL9.2a/PL9.2b

24

P336

ESS PWB
PL9.2a/PL9.2b

IIT/IPS PWB
PL11.3

ESS TO IIT/IPS
COMMUNICATION LINE

P719

24

22

P719

IIT/IPS TO ESS
COMMUNICATION LINE

P336

1
22

062-210
23

20

23
DOWNLOAD CLOCK

062-211

005-940
39

062-311

19

062-345
41

45

50

DOWNLOAD START

41

SCAN START

25

DOWNLOAD ACKNOWLEDGE

POWER STATUS

39

005-941

25

062-362
062-389

45

LVSQ/IIT RESET

21

062-310

20

19

003-3XX
21

062-392

50

062-393

DC COM
(CH1.1)

3,
6-18,
28,31,
34-38,
40,
42-44,
46-49

3,
6-18,
28,31,
34-38,
40,
42-44,
46-49

062-790
063-210

RAM
EEPROM

DC COM

062-210

IISS Hot Line Fail

062-392

IISS PWBA Memory Fail-1

003-3XX

IISS-ESS Communication Fail

062-211

IISS EEPROM LOCAL Fail

062-393

IISS PWBA Fail-2

005-940

DADF No Original

062-310

IISS-Controller Communication Fail

062-790

Possible Prohibited Originals

005-941

Doc number of sheets is insufficient

062-311

IISS Soft Ware Logic Fail

063-210

IISS Extension EEPROM Local Fail

062-345

IISS EEPROM sub system Fail

062-362

X Hard Fail

062-389

Carriage Over Run Fail(Scan End Side)

j0na730302-K2

Chain 3 Machine Run Control

7-63

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-64

Chain 3 Machine Run Control


A

3.3 PWBS COMMUNICATION (IOT-TRAY MODULE, OPTION: IOT-DUPLEX, IOT-EXIT)


MCU PWB
PL9.1

2 TARY MODULE / TANDEM TRAY MODULE

1
A1

A3

J413
YEL

IOT TO TRAY MODULE


COMMUNICATION LINE

DC330

YEL

YEL

YEL

10

073-018

FEED STOP
YEL

YEL

ON
OFF

11
1 2 3 4

ON
OFF

2TM

8.12

REGISTRATION
CLUTCH
ON SIGNAL
DC COM

B4

YEL

089-101

YEL

DC330

1 2 3 4

YEL

1 DC330 071-107
TRAY4 FEED OUT SENSOR
PAPER SENSED(L) +5VDC

YEL

B3

047-218
+5VDC

077-211
YEL

YEL

B4
+5VDC

047-218
MCU-TM Communication error

077-211
2

B5

041-211
NVM Read/Write Fail Tray Module

Detected different Type Tray Module

047-214

MCU-DM Communication error

TTM

077-213

DUPLEX PWB
PL8.1
5

6
+5VDC

J540

DUPLEX TO IOT
COMMUNICATION LINE

YEL

J417
YEL

047-215
047-214

B3

MCU-EXIT Communication Error

077-213
YEL

089-200

7
+5VDC
1

REGISTRATION CLUTCH
ON(L) +5VDC
YEL

YEL

Diag display (High/Low) is


the opposite of voltage level.

3.4

2
10.2

DC330

J540

REGISTRATION SENSOR
PAPER SENSED(H) +5VDC

8.12
A4

IOT TO DUPLEX
COMMUNICATION LINE

YEL

+5VDC

041-211

1 DC330 071-106
TRAY3 FEED OUT SENSOR
PAPER SENSED(L) +5VDC

041-210
MCU NVM is out of order Tray Module

Duplex type mismatch

DUPLEX

YEL

YEL

041-210

A2

071-213

YEL

8.7
8.9

12

J413

FEED READY

8.7
8.9

DC COM

A3

TRAY MODULE TO IOT


COMMUNICATION LINE

YEL

073-020

TRAY4 FEED/LIFT MOTOR


ON(H) +5VDC

J417

J541

DC330

YEL

DC330
B6

YEL

073-019

TRAY3 FEED/LIFT MOTOR


ON(H) +5VDC

DC330
A4

J541

MCU PWB
PL9.1

TRAY MODULE PWB


PL12.6/13.8

FUSER EXIT SENSOR


PAPER SENSED SIGNAL
4

J421
BLU

EXIT PWB
PL9.1

IOT TO EXIT
COMMUNICATION LINE

DC330

J431
BLU

089-201

REGISTRATION CLUTCH
ON(L) +5VDC
BLU

BLU
FUSER EXIT SENSOR
PAPER SENSED(H) +5VDC

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

3
+5VDC

J431

EXIT TO IOT
COMMUNICATION LINE

BLU

J421
BLU

047-215

Dip Switch is used to distinguish


between 2 Tray Module and
Tandem Tray Module.

7
+5VDC
5

3.4
8

6
DC COM
(CH1.2)

N.C.

J432

+5VDC
(FULL STACK SENSOR
SENSED SIGNAL)

DC COM
6

BLU

BLU

j0na730303

3.4 PWBS COMMUNICATION (OPTION : IOT-FINISHER)


1

MCU PWB
PL9.1

C-FINISHER

MCU PWB
PL9.1

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15
9
3.3

REGISTRATION
CLUTCH
ON SIGNAL

N.C

N.C

5
4

J416
YEL

3.3

FUSER EXIT SENSOR


PAPER SENSED
SIGNAL

DC330

012-110

J8300
YEL

YEL

YEL
CLOCK SPARE

YEL

YEL
START SPARE

YEL

YEL
FINISHER
LVPS ENABLED

YEL

DC330

012-111

2
+5VDC

FINISHER TO IOT
COMMUNICATION LINE

YEL

Finisher NVM R/W Error


J416
YEL

012-210

10

11

ACK SPARE
YEL

YEL
FINISHER DETECT

YEL

YEL

N.C

N.C

YEL

YEL

024-975

047-216

124-705

+5VDC

124-706

10

124-709
11

VIO

VIO

133-700

DC COM
(CH1.2)

DC COM

047-213
Finisher Type Error

024-969

047-213

DC COM
12.1

FUSER EXIT SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(H) +5VDC
YEL

J8300

024-967

REGISTRATION CLUTCH
ON(L) +5VDC

+5VDC
3

IOT TO FINISHER
COMMUNICATION LINE

012-210

047-216
MUC-Finisher Comm Error

024-967
Different width Mix Paper
detect (Stapler job)

024-969
Different width Mix Punch

024-975
Booklet sheets counts over
(Not field attachment)

124-705
Punching Cancelled

124-706

B-FINISHER
FINISHER MAIN PWB
PL18.15

4
9

J416
YEL

IOT TO FINISHER
COMMUNICATION LINE

DC330

012-110

J8843
YEL

REGISTRATION CLUTCH
ON(L) +5VDC
YEL

YEL

Folding Cancelled

2
+5VDC

J8300

FINISHER TO IOT
COMMUNICATION LINE

YEL

J416
YEL

10

124-709
Stapler sheets counts
over warning

133-700
Staple/Punch Cancelled

11

FINISHER
LVPS ENABLED
YEL

DC330

012-111

12.31
YEL

FUSER EXIT SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(H) +5VDC
YEL

YEL

VIO

VIO

FINISHER DETECT
YEL

YEL

DC COM

5
+5VDC
6

1
DC COM

j0na730304

Chain 3 Machine Run Control

7-65

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-66

Chain 3 Machine Run Control


A

3.5 PWBS COMMUNICATION (OPTION IOT-HCF)


MCU PWB
PL9.1

HCF PWB
PL17.8

1
6

J415

IOT TO HCF
COMMUNICATION LINE

DOUBLE
PLUG
J800B
BLU

BLU

DOUBLE
PLUG
P800B

JF03

YEL

YEL

078-212

10
+5VDC

HOT FEED OUT

N.C

N.C

BLU

BLU

MCU PWB
PL9.1

YEL

YEL

JF03

P800B

YEL

YEL

J800B

HCF TO IOT
COMMUNICATION LINE

BLU

DC330

1
7

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

J415
BLU

+5VDC

078-201

HCF NO PAPER SENSOR


SENSED(L) +5VDC

N.C

N.C

BLU

047-217

BLU

DC COM
12

2
YEL

YEL

14
11

YEL

YEL

13

DOUBLE
PLUG

3
2

HOT FEED STOP


BLU

J800A
BLU

+5VDC
P800A
YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

DC COM
+5VDC
1

SYS RESET
BLU

BLU

3
+5VDC

N.C

N.C

YEL

YEL

VIO

VIO

1
DC COM

047-217
MCU-HCF Communication Error

078-212
HCF NVM R/W Error

j0na730305

3.6 PWBS COMMUNICATION (IIT/IPS-DADF)


IIT/IPS PWB
PL11.3

DADF PWB
PL15.3
11

29

P750

IIT/IPS TO DADF
COMMUNICATION LINE

J751

IIT/IPS TO DADF
COMMUNICATION LINE

IIT/IPS PWB
PL11.3

DADF TO IIT/IPS
COMMUNICATION LINE

J751

DADF TO IIT/IPS
COMMUNICATION LINE

P750

10

062-277
28
1

13

DADF CLOSE

DOC READY

2
31
DC COM
(CH1.2)

12

J752

DADF RESET

30

DC COM
B12

B14

A3

DC COM
(CH1.2)

DC COM
(CH1.2)

DADF START

005-280

A2
FLAT
CABLE

DC COM
(CH1.2)

17

B13

33

SPARE

14

005-275

A1
DC COM

15

DADF PAGE SYNC

34

FLAT
CABLE

DC COM
32

J752

B11
1

DADF EXIST

16

DC COM

RAM
EEPROM

005-275

DADF RAM TEST Fail

005-280

DADF EEPROM Fail

062-277

IISS-DADF Communication Fail

j0na730306

Chain 3 Machine Run Control

7-67

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-68

Chain 3 Machine Run Control


A

J
FAIL CODE

3.7 OPTION DEVICE DETECTION (AP-II5010G, DC-II5010G)

062-330
IIT/IPS PWB
PL11.3

P713

HWM PWB
PL11.3
8

IIT/IPS PWB
PL11.3

J7131
J7131

52

P713

10
DC COM

55
56

062-330

53

58
+3.3VDC
(CH1.2)

IIT/IPS PWB
PL11.3
2

HWM HARD FAIL

+5VDC
(CH1.2)
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

YEL

J708

2
+5VDC

YEL

3
+24VDC

1
4

DC COM

J709

+3.3VDC

YEL

YEL

1
4
DC COM

j0na730307

3.8A ELECTRIC BILLING (DC-II5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG)


MCU PWB
PL9.1

BILLING
DATA
(MASTER)

2
BILLING
DATA
(BACKUP 1)

NOTE:

FAIL CODE
124-310

DC132 11

124-322

DC132 05

124-311

DC132 09

124-323

DC132 06

IC SOCKET

124-312

DC132 12

124-324

All Billing Mismatch

124-313

DC132 10

124-325

Billing Restoration Fail

SEEP ROM

124-314

DC132 01

124-315

DC132 02

124-316

DC132 03

124-317

DC132 04

124-318

DC132 07

124-319

DC132 08

ESS PWB
PL9.2a

BILLING
DATA
(BACKUP 2)

124-310

124-316

124-324

124-311

124-317

124-325

+3.3VDC

+3.3VDC

124-312

124-318

124-313

124-319

124-314

124-322

124-315

124-323

+3.3VDC

When replacing ESS PWB, remove the SEEP ROM from the old ESS PWB and install it on the new ESS PWB.
The SEEP ROM stores MAC Address, Billing, M/C Serial Number, etc.

j0na730308a

Chain 3 Machine Run Control

7-69

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-70

Chain 3 Machine Run Control


A

3.8B ELECTRIC BILLING (AP-II5010G)


MCU PWB
PL9.1

2
BILLING
DATA
(BACKUP 1)

NOTE:

124-310

DC132 11

124-322

DC132 05

124-311

DC132 09

124-323

DC132 06

IC SOCKET

124-312

DC132 12

124-324

All Billing Mismatch

124-313

DC132 10

124-325

Billing Restoration Fail

SEEP ROM

124-314

DC132 01

124-315

DC132 02

124-316

DC132 03

124-317

DC132 04

124-318

DC132 07

124-319

DC132 08

BP PWB
PL9.2b

124-310
BILLING
DATA
(MASTER)

FAIL CODE

ESS PWB
PL9.2b

BILLING
DATA
(BACKUP 2)

124-311

124-316
124-317

124-324

+3.3VDC

P/J335
A9

124-325
+3.3VDC

124-312

124-318

124-313

124-319

124-314

124-322

124-315

124-323

B9
+3.3VDC

When replacing BP PWB, remove the SEEP ROM from the old BP PWB and install it on the new BP PWB.
The SEEP ROM stores MAC Address, Billing, M/C Serial Number, etc.

j0na730308b

3.9 ACCESSORY (1 OF 2)
EPSV EX/
LT

LT 709
ESS PWB
PL9.2

610N/650N

707 EX(FULL)

333

DOCULYZER/
DOCULYZER
NW

335

708 EX(SMALL)
4

J351

COMMUNICATION
J905 LINE

J1
8
BRN

COMM.
J905 LINE
BLU

RETURN
YEL

YEL

J1

COMM.
J905 LINE
BLU

RETURN
YEL

J1

1
3

10

10

COMMUNICATION
LINE
BLU

26

10

COMM.
LINE
BRN

10

COMM.
LINE

BLU

021-XXX
121-XXX

YEL

+3.3VDC

RETURN
YEL
610N/650N
EXIST(L)+3.3VDC

EP
EXIST(L) +3.3VDC
VIO

VIO

DC COM

3
+24VDC
(CH1.1) F1
+5VDC
(CH1.1)

DC COM
(CH1.1)

DC COM
(CH1.1)

+24VDC
ORN
+5VDC
GRY
DC COM
VIO
DC COM
VIO
GND
GN/YL

RETURN
YEL
DOCULYZER/
DOCULYZER NW
EXIST(L)+3.3VDC
VIO

12
DC COM

DC COM

22

23

+24VDC
ORN

+5VDC
GRY

DC COM
VIO

DC COM
VIO

10

GND
GN/YL

+24VDC
ORN
+5VDC

GRY
DC COM
VIO
DC COM
VIO
GND
GRN

GRN
GRN

10

1
2

SERIAL M/C
INSTALLED(L)+5VDC
27
YEL

28
DC COM

For connection of the EP-SV and each accessory, see the EP-SV EX/LT Service Manual.

For connection of DocuLyzer/DocuLyzer NW and each accessory, see the DocuLyzer/DocuLyzer NW Service Manual.

021-XXX EP-SV-related Fail


121-XXX

EP-SV-related Fail
j0na730309

Chain 3 Machine Run Control

7-71

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-72

Chain 3 Machine Run Control


A

3.10 ACCESSORY (2 OF 2)
COIN KIT V

300

ESS PWB
PL9.2
4

J351

COMMUNICATION
J905 LINE

RETURN

COMMUNICATION
LINE

10

10

COIN KIT V
EXIST(L)
+3.3VDC

+24VDC

N.C

J50

J2
4
GRY

10

10

RED

BLK

J905
BLU

YEL

COMMUNICATION
LINE

J1

RETURN

YEL
COMMUNICATION
LINE

BRN

RETURN
+3.3VDC

COPY
DISPENSER 2

334

RETURN

YEL
COPY DISPENSER 2
EXIST(L)+3.3VDC

10

WHT

YEL

DC COM

3
+24VDC
(CH1.1) F1

+5VDC

GRN

PNK

DC COM

+24VDC

ORN

+5VDC

GRY

+5VDC
(CH1.1)

DC COM
(CH1.1)

DC COM

DC COM

BRN

VIO

DC COM

VIO
DC COM

10

VIO

GND
P903
J903
1
BLK

DC COM
(CH1.1)

ACH
TO ACCESSORY
(CH1.5)

2
WHT
ACN
TO ACCESSORY
(CH1.5)
3
GN/YL
GND
TO ACCESSORY
(CH1.5)

P903
J903
J2
1
1
BLK
BLK

BLK
ACH
TO ACCESSORY
(CH1.5)
WHT

GN/YL

2
WHT
ACN
TO ACCESSORY
(CH1.5)
3
GN/YL
GND
TO ACCESSORY
(CH1.5)

WHT

GN/YL

j0na730310

4.1 MAIN DRIVE CONTROL

DC330

DC330
DC330
DC330

MCU PWB
PL9.1
3

J408

042-323

042-001
047-006
071-036
091-006

MAIN MOTOR
ON(L)+5VDC

BLU

+5VDC
J214
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

DRUM MOTOR
CW/CCW
BLU

DC COM
6

10

7
ENCODER

+5VDC

BLU

BLU
DRUM MOTOR
REF CLOCK

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

ZN
E5

Main Motor Rotation Error

+5VDC
M/C CLOCK

BLU

J408
BLU

+5VDC
8

+5VDC

042-325

DRUM
MOTOR

10

11

J214

DRUM MOTOR FAIL(H) +5VDC


BLU

BLU

042-323

EXIT1 ROLL
DRIVE

MOT

10.3

10.2

FUSER DRIVE

9.1
DRUM DRIVE

+5VDC
(CH1.2)
13

14
INTLK
+24VDC
(CH1.3)

042-325

MCU PWB
PL9.1

12

091-005
071-037

DRUM MOTOR
ON(L)+5VDC

DC COM

MAIN MOTOR

MOT
MAIN MOTOR PWM

DC330
DC330

Drum Motor Rotation Error

MAIN DRIVE UNIT


PL1.1

DC COM
8

11

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

2
MAGNET ROLL
DRIVE

9.3

9.4

BTR DRIVE
4

ZN
E2

5
12

REGISTRATION
ROLL DRIVE

8.12

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730401

Chain 4 Start Power

7-73

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-74

Chain5 DADF
A

5.1 DOCUMENT SIZE SENSING


C

B
DADF PWB
PL15.3

3
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

J759

J771

GRY

GRY

DADF TRAY SIZE1


SENSOR
PL15.10

1
2

VIO

VIO

2
6

J772
GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

DC330

J771
YEL

DADF TRAY SIZE2


SENSOR
PL15.10

1
B

Document Size

DADF TRAY SET


GUIDE SENSOR

YEL

A5 S/5.5"8.5"S
B5 S/16K S/
8"x10"(10.5")S
A5 L
A4 S

OFF OFF ON

OFF ON OFF

OFF ON

ON

A4 L
A3 S

ON OFF

DC COM
(CH1.2)

ON

12

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

ON

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

ON OFF

ON

10

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

YEL

DC330

D
2

J775
YEL

DADF TRAY SET


GUIDE SENSOR3
PL15.10

3
J775
GRY

VIO

VIO

+5VDC

005-216

DC330
2

J776

005-217

+5VDC

DADF TRAY SET GUIDE SENSOR3


BLOCKED (H) +5VDC

YEL

005-194
+5VDC

DADF TRAY SET GUIDE SENSOR2


BLOCKED (H) +5VDC
YEL
1
2

GRY

005-215

DADF TRAY SET GUIDE SENSOR1


J760
BLOCKED (H) +5VDC
2
YEL
1
2

YEL

11

E
J776

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

DC COM
(CH1.2)

ON OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF

8K S
11"x15"(17")L

DC COM
(CH1.2)

OFF OFF

ON OFF ON OFF OFF

8.5"x10.5"L

8.5"x11"L

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

ON OFF

B4 S

ON OFF

ON

8"x10"L

16K L/ExecutiveL

OFF OFF

8.5"x13"(14")S
B5 L

OFF OFF OFF ON OFF

5.5"x8.5"L
8.5"x11"S

J774

DC330

DADF TRAY SET


GUIDE SENSOR2
PL15.10
J760

+5VDC

YEL

J774

DADF PWB
PL15.3

DADF
TRAY SIZE
SENSOR

005-196

DADF TRAY SET


GUIDE SENSOR1
PL15.10

The following shows the relations between


document sizes and combinations of the ON and
OFF operations of the sensors.

005-222

DADF TRAY SIZE2 SENSOR


DOCUMENT SENSED (L) +5VDC

J772

+5VDC

DC330

DC COM
(CH1.2)

005-221

DADF TRAY SIZE1 SENSOR


DOCUMENT SENSED (L) +5VDC J759
2
YEL

005-197

2
4

DADF PWB
PL15.3

DC COM
(CH1.2)

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

ON
ON

ON OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON OFF
ON

ON

ON OFF
ON

ON

SENSOR ON (Light received) - Diag display: High


SENSOR OFF (Light blocked) - Diag display: Low
2

Diag display (High/Low) is the opposite of voltage level.

005-196

CVT size mismatch Jam (No Mix)

005-197

Prohibit Combine Size Jam

005-194

SS Size mismatch Jam on FF Mix-size

j0na730501

5.2 DOCUMENT SETTING


DADF PWB
PL15.3

1
DADF
DOCUMENT SET
SENSOR
PL15.8

YEL

DADF PWB
PL15.3
7

2
+5VDC
(CH1.2)
DC COM
(CH1.2)

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

J770

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

VIO

VIO

BLU

005-283

P787

DADF NUDGER MOTOR


CLOCK AB
BLU

BLU
DADF NUDGER MOTOR
CLOCK B

BLU

BLU
DADF NUDGER MOTOR
CLOCK BB

BLU

BLU

ORN

ORN

Test Point:
DADF PWB J756-4(+) to GND(-)
With Diag 005-084 ON
approx. +2.1VDC
3

005-283
DADF Level Sensor Logic Fail

005-285
DADF Nudger Lift Up Fail

DADF NUDGER
MOTOR
PL15.6

DOUBLE
PLUG
BLU

DC COM
2

005-090

DADF NUDGER MOTOR


CLOCK A

DC COM

B
J788

DC COM

J786
YEL

GRY

J786

YEL

+5VDC

005-225

DADF NUDGER SENSOR


NUDGER ROLL DOWN (L) +5VDC

J788

TD
1

005-285

GRY

DC330

J786

DC COM
(CH1.2)

J758
YEL

DC330

Diag display (High/Low) is


the opposite of voltage level.

+5VDC

005-102

DADF DOCUMENT SET SENSOR


DOCUMENT SENSED (L) +5VDC

J770

DADF NUDGER
SENSOR
PL15.5
J758

DC330

P787

DADF STACKED
DOCUMENT

5.3

MOT

DC COM
1

DADF
INTLK ON
FUSE4 +24VDC
(CH1.3)

TD
1

+5VDC
4

6
OPERATOR
LOADED
DOCUMENT

J756

DC330

DADF
DOCUMENT SET
LED
PL15.2

005-084

DADF DOCUMENT SET LED


ON (H) +5VDC

J791

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730502

Chain5 DADF

7-75

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-76

Chain5 DADF
A

5.3 DOCUMENT FEED AND TRANSPORTATION (1 OF 2)


1
5.2

DADF STACKED
DOCUMENT

2
5.5

FEED ROLL DRIVE


DADF PRE REGISTRATION SENSOR
DADF APS SENSOR 1 - 3

5.5

TAKE AWAY
ROLL DRIVE

DADF REGISTRATION SENSOR

5.5

5.5

5.5

DADF FEED OUT SENSOR

REGISTRATION
ROLL DRIVE

DADF INVERT SENSOR


DOCUMENT
TO EXIT
TRANSPORTATION

5.6

OUT ROLL DRIVE

EXIT ROLL DRIVE

j0na730503

5.4 DOCUMENT FEED AND TRANSPORTATION (2 OF 2)


DADF PWB
PL15.3

DADF REGISTRATION
SENSOR
PL15.7

DADF PWB
PL15.3
15
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

J761

J782

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO
DADF PRE
REGISTRATION
SENSOR
PL15.7

DC COM
(CH1.2)

12

10

J781
GRY

VIO

GRY

VIO

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

6
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

YEL

DC330
2

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

005-125

005-136

005-908

005-145

005-122

005-135

005-146

005-147

005-907

005-131

005-132

005-134

005-139

005-913

CVT Invert on Jam 2

CVT Reg.Sensor Off Jam

005-135

005-136

CVT Side2 Pre-Reg. On Jam

CVT Side2 Reg. On Jam

005-146

005-145

CVT Pre Regi Sensor Off Jam

CVT Regi Sensor Off Jam


(Invert)

005-147
CVT Pre Regi Sensor Off Jam
(Invert)

005-908
CVT RegSensor Static Jam

005-907
CVT PreReg Sensor Static Jam

J780
GRY

DADF APS1
SENSOR
PL15.7

GRY

VIO

VIO

DADF PWB
PL15.3
+5VDC

GRY

VIO

YEL

GRY

VIO

CVT Invert Sensor Static Jam

005-906

CVT Feed Sensor Static Jam

DC330

005-219

+5VDC

DADF APS2 SENSOR


DOCUMENT SENSED (L) +5VDC

J778
YEL

YEL

DADF APS3
SENSOR
PL15.7

GRY

VIO

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

DC COM
(CH1.2)
3

005-913

DADF PWB
PL15.3

005-139

005-915

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

005-916
005-917

005-198

VIO

CVT Invert Sensor off Jam

GRY

CVT Invert Sensor off Jam (Inv)

2
YEL

DADF APS2
SENSOR
PL15.7

J778

005-134

005-218

DADF APS1 SENSOR


DOCUMENT SENSED (L) +5VDC

J777

3
J777

CVT Invert On Jam

DC330

Diag display (High/Low) is the opposite of voltage level.

005-131

+5VDC

YEL

005-211

YEL

DC COM
(CH1.2)

+5VDC

DADF INVERT SENSOR


DOCUMENT SENSED (H) +5VDC

J780

DC COM
(CH1.2)
3

005-206

DADF PRE REGISTRATION SENSOR


DOCUMENT SENSED (H) +5VDC
11
YEL

J781

DC COM
(CH1.2)

YEL

005-132

005-125

DC COM
(CH1.2)
9

+5VDC

DADF REGISTRATION SENSOR


DOCUMENT SENSED (L) +5VDC J761
14
YEL

J782

DC330
2

005-110

CVT Simplex/Side1 Pre-Reg.


On Jam

CVT Simplex/Side1 Reg. Jam

DADF INVERT
SENSOR
PL15.7

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

DC330

005-122

005-123
005-123

2
13

DC330

005-220

DADF APS3 SENSOR


DOCUMENT SENSED (L) +5VDC J785
2
YEL

J779
YEL

DADF FEED OUT


SENSOR
PL15.9

3
J779

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

DC330
2

J769
YEL

005-199
005-284

J785

005-121

005-205

+5VDC

005-286

DADF FEED OUT SENSOR


DOCUMENT SENSED (H) +5VDC J758
2
YEL

005-906

J758

J769

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

DC COM
(CH1.2)

005-917
CVT APS No3 Sensor Static Jam

005-198
Too Short Size Jam

005-199
2

+5VDC

005-915
CVT APS No1 Sensor Static Jam

005-916

Too long Size Jam

005-284
DADF APS Sensor Logic Fail

005-121
CVT Feed Sensor On Jam

005-286
DADF Feed Out Snr Fail

CVT APS No2 Sensor Static Jam


j0na730504

Chain5 DADF

7-77

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-78

Chain5 DADF
A

5.5 DOCUMENT FEED AND TRANSPORT MECHANISM


DC330 DADF FEED MOTOR

DADF PWB
PL15.3
6

J754
BLU

DC COM
5

BLU

BLU
DADF FEED MOTOR
ON +24V CLOCK

BLU

DC COM
2

J764
BLU

DADF FEED MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK

DC COM

DADF FEED MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK

BLU

005-001
005-002
005-003
005-004
005-005
005-006

DADF FEED
MOTOR
PL15.9
1

(37.5mm/sec)
(50mm/sec)
(75mm/sec)
(100mm/sec)
(150mm/sec)
(200mm/sec)

005-007
005-008
005-009
005-010
005-013
005-014

(300mm/sec)
(400mm/sec)
(66.7mm/sec)
(133.3mm/sec)

These diagnostics automatically


turn off after keeping the motors on
for 50 sec.

(REVERSE 250.0mm/sec)
(REVERSE 350.0mm/sec)

4
MOT

DADF FEED MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK
BLU

BLU

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

DC COM
1

DADF
INTLK
FUSE2
+24VDC
(CH1.3)

5.3
FEED ROLL DRIVE

J755
BLU

DC COM
4

DADF REGISTRATION MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK

DADF REGISTRATION MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK
BLU

6
DADF
INTLK
FUSE3
+24VDC
(CH1.3)

ORN

ORN

5.3

OUT ROLL DRIVE

5.3

MOT

DADF REGISTRATION MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK
BLU

EXIT ROLL DRIVE

BLU

DC COM
1

BLU

BLU

DC COM
2

J765
BLU

BLU

DC COM
3

DADF REGISTRATION MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK

DADF
REGISTRATION
MOTOR
PL15.9

ORN

ORN

DC330 DADF REGISTRATION MOTOR

005-026
005-027
005-028
005-029
005-030
005-031
005-032
005-033
005-034
005-036

(37.5mm/sec)
(50mm/sec)

TAKE AWAY
ROLL DRIVE

5.3

REGISTRATION
ROLL DRIVE

5.3

(75mm/sec)
(100mm/sec)
(150mm/sec)
(200mm/sec)
(300mm/sec)
(66.7mm/sec)
(133.3mm/sec)
(REVERSE)
j0na730505

5.6 DOCUMENT EXIT TRANSPORTATION


1
5.3

DOCUMENT
TO EXIT
TRANSPORTATION

OPTION

DADF PWB
PL15.3

DC330
2

J757

STAMP SOLENOID
ON (L) +24VDC

DOUBLE
PLUG
P767

BLU

BLU

ORN

ORN

P767

STAMP
SOLENOID
PL15.3

DC COM
1
DADF
FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

DC330
2

005-073

J756

005-072

EXIT NIP RELEASE SOLENOID


ON (L) +24VDC

DOCUMENT TO
EXIT TRAY
DOUBLE
PLUG

P766

BLU

BLU

ORN

ORN

P766

EXIT NIP
RELEASE
SOLENOID
PL15.7

DC COM
1
DADF
FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

j0na730506

Chain5 DADF

7-79

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-80

Chain 6 Imaging
A

6.1 PLATEN DOCUMENT SETTING


IIT/IPS PWB
PL11.3

APS SENSOR1
PL11.4

+5VDC
8

J722

J7261

APS SENSOR1 ON

GRY

GRY

1
2

VIO

VIO

YEL
2

J7262

APS SENSOR2 ON
GRY

GRY

1
2

VIO

VIO

DC COM
(CH1.2)

P727
VIO

VIO

DC COM
(CH1.2)

PLATEN ANGLE
SENSOR
PL11.4

J727

J7262

DC330

DC330

005-213
062-300

+5VDC

YEL

DC330

062-301

+5VDC

YEL

005-304

YEL

PLATEN ANGLE SEMSOR


PLATEN CLOSED (L) +5VDC

J725

10

PLATEN OPEN SWITCH


PLATEN CLOSED (L) +5VDC

P727

+5VDC

YEL

DOUBLE
PLUG
J727

062-253

YEL

MAGNET

DOUBLE
PLUG

DC330

APS SENSOR2
DOCUMENT SENSED (L) +5VDC

PLATEN OPEN SWITCH


PL11.4

YEL

APS SENSOR2
PL11.4

J722

+5VDC
11

IIT/IPS PWB
PL11.3
+5VDC

062-251

APS SENSOR1
DOCUMENT SENSED (L) +5VDC

J7261

DC COM
(CH1.2)

DC330

A14

005-307
062-300

A12
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

A13

J725
GRY

VIO

GRY

VIO

3
3

005-304
2

IIT HEATER

DC COM
(CH1.2)

CVT Platen Interlock Open

P91
BLK

005-307

ACH
TO IIT HEATER
(CH1.5)

CVT Platen Interlock Open on Running

062-300
WHT

Platen Interlock Open

ACN
TO IIT HEATER
(CH1.5)

C
1

Diag display (High/Low) is the opposite of voltage level.

AP550IG, DC550IG Model

A
j0st730601-K2

6.2 IMAGE INPUT


OPERATOR SET
DOCUMENT

1
6.3

IIT/IPS PWB
PL11.3
B11

ILLUMINATION

J722

CCD FAN ON

GRY

J729
GRY

IIT/IPS PWB
PL11.3

J729

DOUBLE
PLUG

+3.3VDC

MOT
LAMP

6.3

CCD FAN
PL11.4

DOUBLE
PLUG

CARRIAGE
DRIVE

LENS

CCD

EXPOSED
IMAGE

B14

VIO

VIO

J729

J729
YEL

CCD FAN FAIL J722


B13
YEL

062-357

DC COM
(CH1.2)

IIT/IPS PWB
PL11.3

CCD PWB
PL11.4
31

J7102

AFESCLK

30

AFECS0

28

CLP1

25

CLP2

24

SHD

23

SYSTEM CLOCK

22

CCD SH

20

CCD CLOCK1

19

CCD CLOCK2

18

CCD RS

16

CCD CP

15

PING

9
12,11
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

+3.3VDC
(CH1.2)
+3.3VDC
(CH1.2)

AFESD1

J700

20
21
23
26
27
28

11,12,
13,14,
15,16,
17,18

VINOM

IIT/IPS PWB
PL11.3
J7102 49,48,
47,46,
45,44,
43,42
40,39,
38,37,
36,35,
34,33

VINOS

29
31
32
33
35
36

24
25

42

37

39,40

49

RLS1

27

RCLK

ESS PWB
PL9.2a/PL9.2b
2

P719

P336

IMAGE DATA B

062-371

27

062-380

26

062-386

30

1
IMAGE DATA B

27

26
IMAGE DATA C

30

26

CCD SENSOR

29

14

PONG

33

29
IMAGE DATA D

33

FLAT
CABLE
8

43

6,5

50,41,
32,29,
21,17,
13,10
DC COM7,4,1
(CH1.2)

32

32

45,46

48

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

2,3,4,
5,6,7,
8,9

J700

FLAT
CABLE

1,10,19,
22,30,
34,38,
41,44,
47,50

062-371

IISS Lamp Fail

062-380

Platen AGC CH1 Fail

062-386

Platen AOC CH1 Fail

062-357

CCD Fan Fail

j0na730602-K2

Chain 6 Imaging

7-81

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-82

Chain 6 Imaging
A

6.3 CARRIAGE SCAN


1

IIT/IPS PWB
PL11.3

DC330
3

J7232

LAMP
BALLAST
PWB
PL11.6

062-002

EXPOSURE LAMP
ON(L)+3.7VDC

P702

DC COM

DC330
DC330
6

J721

ILLUMINATION

J703

N.C.

N.C.

CARRIAGE
MOTOR
PL11.5

BLU
CARRIAGE MOTOR
ON +24V CLOCK
CARRIAGE
DRIVE

BLU

DC COM
3

CARRIAGE MOTOR
ON +24V CLOCK

(SCAN)
(RETURN)

CARRIAGE MOTOR
ON +24V CLOCK

DC COM
4

062-005
062-006

BLU

DC COM

6.2
1

DC COM
(CH1.2)

IIT/IPS
FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

EXPOSURE
LAMP
PL11.6

CARRIAGE MOTOR
ON +24V CLOCK
BLU

DC COM

IIT/IPS PWB
PL11.3
2

6.2

MOT

ORN

IIT
REGISTRATION
SENSOR
PL11.4

ORN

DC330
1

J728

062-212

IIT REGISTRATION SENSOR


BLOCKED(H) +5VDC

YEL

062-360

+5VDC
J722
YEL

IIT/IPS
FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

Carriage Position Fail


A3

062-360
1

A
A1
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

A2

J722

J728

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730603

6.4 LASER CONTROL AND SCANNING


1

ESS PWB
PL9.2a/PL9.2b

BP
PWB
PL9.2a
PL9.2b
J305
J335
63
1
VIO

64

61

ROS UNIT
PL3.1
LD PWB
VIDEO DATA1

J160

SOS PWB

LD PWB

MCU PWB
PL9.1

1
+5VDC
2

BLU
VIDEO DATA2

J170

VIO

J201
GRY

J2011

SOS SENSOR
1

J2011 J201
GRY

J140

SOS SENSED
SIGNAL

J406
BLU

BLU

MCU PWB
PL9.1
1

J406

ROS VALID

J140

061-315

LD INTLK
+5VDC
GRY

3
+5VDC

DC COM
62

J140

ROS MONITOR
BLU

LASER DIODE
9

LD2
+5VDC

LASER DIODE
ENABLE ON(L)+5VDC
BLU

DC COM
5

2
LD INTLK
+5VDC
(CH1.3)

+5VDC
POWER CONTROL1
ON(L)+5VDC

BLU

BLU
ROS VREF
OUT SIGNAL

BLU

LD1

MODULATED
LASER BEAM

1
+5VDC

POWER CONTROL2
ON(L)+5VDC

BLU

PD
1

COM

061-315
Laser Power Defect

8
LD INTLK
+5VDC

BLU

DC COM
(CH1.2)

6.5

POLYGON MIRROR
DRIVE

6
LASER SCAN
IMAGE

9.2

j0na730604-K2

Chain 6 Imaging

7-83

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-84

Chain 6 Imaging
A

6.5 ROS MOTOR CONTROL


1

MCU PWB
PL9.1

ROS UNIT
PL3.1

DC330
12
1

J406
BLU

DC COM

061-321

13

10
FUSE6
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

11

061-001

ROS MOTOR
ON(L) +5VDC

ROS MOTOR

DOUBLE
PLUG
P620
BLU

J620

J130

3
POLYGON MIRROR
DRIVE

ROS MOTOR
CLOCK
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

6.4

MOT

DC COM
(CH1.2)

061-321

ROS Motor Fail

j0na730605

6.6 COPY IMAGE FLOW


1

IMAGE EXT PWB


(TORINO)
(OPTION)

IIT/IPS PWB

CCD
J700

FPC

J7102

P7102

P742

Image Log
(FX Only)

COPY IMAGE
P348

HWM PWB
(OPTION)
P713
J7131

NEW
RISER
PWB
ESS PWB

COPY IMAGE

J3480

J3481
P348

J348

Paper Security
Selected

P310
1

Image Log
(FX Only)

COPY IMAGE
(FX Only)

COPY IMAGE (FX Only)

Paper Security
Selected
Image Log
(FX Only)

HDD

P719

P336

COPY IMAGE

BP PWB
P335 J335
Create Image Log
Selected (FX Only)

J160, J170

ROS

COPY IMAGE (FX Only)


COPY IMAGE

COPY IMAGE
Normal Copy

FCB
PWB

NOTE:
1

J305

Paper Security Kit extracts only code info from image data
and sends it to ESS via IIT/IPS.
The image itself never gets out of the kit.

Image Log
(FX Only)

BP
PWB
CNJ353 J308

P335

USB
CABLE

j0na730606

Chain 6 Imaging

7-85

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-86

Chain 6 Imaging
A

6.7 SCAN IMAGE FLOW


1

IMAGE EXT PWB


(TORINO)
(OPTION)

IIT/IPS PWB

CCD
J700
SCAN IMAGE

FPC

J7102

P7102

P742

Image Log
(FX Only)

PDF
/TIF
/XDW

P348
HWM PWB
(OPTION)
P713
J7131

NEW
RISER
PWB
ESS PWB

SCAN IMAGE

J3480

J3481
P348

J348
P310

Paper Security
Selected

HDD

Image Log
(FX Only)

SPOOL
Paper Security
Selected
Image Log
(FX Only)

P719

P336

PDF/TIF/XDW

SCAN IMAGE
BP PWB
P335 J335

J305

J160, J170

ROS

5
Image Log
(FX Only)
FCB
PWB

NOTE:
1

Paper Security Kit extracts only code info from image data
and sends it to ESS via IIT/IPS.
The image itself never gets out of the kit.

BP
PWB
CNJ353 J308

P335

SCAN IMAGE

USB
CABLE

j0na730607

6.8 PRINT IMAGE FLOW


1

IMAGE EXT PWB


(TORINO)
(OPTION)

IIT/IPS PWB

CCD
J700

FPC

J7102

P7102

P742

Image Log
(FX Only)

P348

HWM PWB
(OPTION)
P713
J7131

NEW
RISER
PWB

PRINT IMAGE

ESS PWB

J3480

P348
J3481
P348

J348
P310

HDD

PRINT IMAGE
(FX Only)

Image Log
(FX Only)

PRINT IMAGE
(FX Only)
Image Log
(FX Only)
P719

P336

BP PWB
P335 J335

J305

J160, J170

ROS

PRINT IMAGE (FX Only)


PRINT IMAGE

5
Image Log
(FX Only)
FCB
PWB

BP
PWB
CNJ353 J308

USB
CABLE

P335

Create Image Log


Selected (FX Only)

Normal
Print
PRINT IMAGE

j0na730608

Chain 6 Imaging

7-87

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-88

Chain 6 Imaging
A

6.9 FAX IMAGE FLOW


1

IMAGE EXT PWB


(TORINO)
(OPTION)

IIT/IPS PWB

CCD
J700

FPC

J7102

P7102

P742

Fax Send

Fax Send

Image Log
(FX Only)

P348

HWM PWB
(OPTION)
P713
J7131

NEW
RISER
PWB

Paper Security
Selected

J3480

ESS PWB

J3481
P348

J348

P310

HDD
Image Log
(FX Only)

Fax Receive

Fax Send
SPOOL
Paper Security
Selected

Fax Receive
P719

P336

SPOOL

Image Log
(FX Only)

Fax Send
BP PWB
P335 J335

J305

J160, J170

ROS

Fax Receive

FCB PWB

NOTE:
1

Paper Security Kit extracts only code info from image data
and sends it to ESS via IIT/IPS.
The image itself never gets out of the kit.

CNJ353

J308

Fax Send

BP
PWB

Image Log
(FX Only)
P335
Fax Send

Fax Receive

Fax Receive
USB
CABLE
j0na730609

7.1 TRAY1 PAPER SIZE SENSING


3
MCU PWB
PL9.1

TRAY1 PAPER SIZE SWITCH


PL2.1
4

J412

J109

BLU

BLU

MCU PWB
PL9.1

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

DC140
1
S1

J109

024-910

071-230

TRAY1 PAPER
SIZE SWITCH
SENSED SIGNAL

BLU

Tray1 size mismatch


+5VDC
J412
BLU

024-959

024-910

024-959
S2

024-946

024-966

S3

071-211
S4

BLU

1
BLU

024-966
ATS/APS
No Destination Error

+5VDC

BLU

Tray1 size sensor broken

DC COM
(CH1.2)

BLU

S5

DC330

TRAY1 PAPER
SIZE SWITCH
S5 ON(L) +5VDC

024-946
Tray1 Out Of Place

071-211

071-210

Tray1 size mismatch

Paper Size Switch senses paper size based on voltage corresponding to combined resistance. ON/OFF combination patterns
and voltage values corresponding to paper sizes each are as follows:
Paper Size

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

Voltage (V)
J412-3

NO TRAY

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

4.660.05

A5 S/5.5" x 8.5"S

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

4.010.05

B5 S

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

3.690.05

8.5" x 13"S

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

8.5" x 14"S

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON

S2

A4 S

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

8.5" x 11"S

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

ON

A4 L

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

1.520.05

A3

ON

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

1.210.05

B5 L/Executive L

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

0.910.05

8K S (GCO) (TFX)

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

B4

ON

ON

OFF

ON

ON

8.5" x 11"L

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

16K S (GCO) (TFX)

ON

ON

ON

OFF

ON

11" x 17"

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

S1

3.070.05
S3

2.750.05

S4

0.600.05

S5

0.300.05
0.000.05

Diag display (High/Low) is the opposite of voltage level.

j0na730701

Chain 7 Paper Supplying

7-89

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-90

Chain 7 Paper Supplying


A

7.2 TRAY2 PAPER SIZE SENSING


3
MCU PWB
PL9.1

TRAY2 PAPER SIZE SWITCH


PL2.1
9

J412

J110

BLU

BLU

MCU PWB
PL9.1

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

DC140
1
S1

J110

024-911

071-231

TRAY2 PAPER
SIZE SWITCH
SENSED SIGNAL

BLU

Tray2 size mismatch


+5VDC
J412
BLU

024-960

024-911

024-960
S2

024-947

024-966

S3

072-211
S4

BLU

S5

TRAY2 PAPER
SIZE SWITCH
S5 ON(L) +5VDC

BLU

024-966
ATS/APS
No Destination Error

Tray2 size sensor broken

+5VDC

BLU

DC COM
(CH1.2)

BLU

DC330

024-947
Tray2 Out Of Place

072-211

071-211

Tray2 size mismatch

Paper Size Switch senses paper size based on voltage corresponding to combined resistance. ON/OFF combination patterns
and voltage values corresponding to paper sizes each are as follows:
Paper Size

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

Voltage (V)
J412-3

NO TRAY

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

4.660.05

A5 S/5.5" x 8.5"S

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

4.010.05

B5 S

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

3.690.05

8.5" x 13"S

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

8.5" x 14"S

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON

S2

A4 S

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

8.5" x 11"S

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

ON

A4 L

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

1.520.05

A3

ON

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

1.210.05

B5 L/Executive L

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

0.910.05

8K S (GCO) (TFX)

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

B4

ON

ON

OFF

ON

ON

8.5" x 11"L

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

16K S (GCO) (TFX)

ON

ON

ON

OFF

ON

11" x 17"

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

S1

3.070.05
S3

2.750.05

S4

0.600.05

S5

0.300.05
0.000.05

Diag display (High/Low) is the opposite of voltage level.

j0na730702

7.3 TRAY3 PAPER SIZE SENSING (OPTION : 2 TRAY MODULE)


3
TRAY MODULE
PWB
PL12.6

TRAY3 PAPER SIZE SWITCH


PL12.1
14

J548

J820

GRY

GRY

TRAY MODULE PWB


PL12.6

TM +3.3VDC
(CH1.2)

DC140
1
S1

J820

024-912

071-232

TRAY3 PAPER
SIZE SWITCH
SENSED SIGNAL

YEL

Tray3 size mismatch


+3.3VDC
J548
YEL

024-961

024-912

13

024-961
S2

024-948

024-966

S3

073-211
S4

DC330
1

12

VIO

S5

024-966
ATS/APS
No Destination Error

073-211

071-212

Tray3 size sensor broken

+5VDC

TRAY3 PAPER
SIZE SWITCH
S5 ON(L) +5VDC

YEL

024-948
Tray3 Out Of Place

YEL

11

DC COM
(CH1.2)

VIO

Tray3 size mismatch

Paper Size Switch senses paper size based on voltage corresponding to combined resistance. ON/OFF combination patterns
and voltage values corresponding to paper sizes each are as follows:
Paper Size

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

Voltage (V)
J548-13

NO TRAY

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

3.060.03

A5 S/5.5" x 8.5"S

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

2.650.03

B5 S

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

2.450.03

8.5" x 13"S

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

8.5" x 14"S

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON

S2

A4 S

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

8.5" x 11"S

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

ON

A4 L

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

1.070.03

A3

ON

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

0.870.03

B5 L/Executive L

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

0.680.03

8K S (GCO) (TFX)

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

B4

ON

ON

OFF

ON

ON

8.5" x 11"L

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

16K S (GCO) (TFX)

ON

ON

ON

OFF

ON

11" x 17"

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

S1

2.050.03
S3

1.850.03

0.490.03

S4

S5

0.290.03
0.10.03

j0na730703

Chain 7 Paper Supplying

7-91

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-92

Chain 7 Paper Supplying


A

7.4 TRAY4 PAPER SIZE SENSING (OPTION : 2 TRAY MODULE)


3
TRAY MODULE
PWB
PL12.6

TRAY4 PAPER SIZE SWITCH


PL12.1
7

J548

J824

GRY

GRY

TRAY MODULE PWB


PL12.6

DC140

TM +3.3VDC
(CH1.2)

1
S1

J824

024-913

071-233

TRAY4 PAPER
SIZE SWITCH
SENSED SIGNAL

YEL

Tray4 size mismatch


+3.3VDC
J548
YEL

024-962

024-913

024-962
S2

024-949

024-966

S3

074-211
S4

DC330
1

VIO

S5

024-966
ATS/APS
No Destination Error

074-211

071-200

Tray4 size sensor broken

+5VDC

TRAY4 PAPER
SIZE SWITCH
S5 ON(L) +5VDC

YEL

024-949
Tray4 Out Of Place

YEL

DC COM
(CH1.2)

VIO

Tray4 size mismatch

Paper Size Switch senses paper size based on voltage corresponding to combined resistance. ON/OFF combination patterns
and voltage values corresponding to paper sizes each are as follows:
Paper Size

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

Voltage (V)
J548-6

NO TRAY

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

3.060.03

A5 S/5.5" x 8.5"S

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

2.650.03

B5 S

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

2.450.03

8.5" x 13"S

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

8.5" x 14"S

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON

S2

A4 S

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

8.5" x 11"S

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

ON

A4 L

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

1.070.03

A3

ON

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

0.870.03

B5 L/Executive L

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

0.680.03

8K S (GCO) (TFX)

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

B4

ON

ON

OFF

ON

ON

8.5" x 11"L

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

16K S (GCO) (TFX)

ON

ON

ON

OFF

ON

11" x 17"

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

S1

2.050.03
S3

1.850.03

0.490.03

S4

S5

0.290.03
0.10.03

j0na730704

7.5 TRAY3 PAPER SIZE SENSING (OPTION : TANDEM TRAY MODULE)


3
TRAY MODULE
PWB
PL13.8

TRAY3 PAPER SIZE SWITCH


PL13.4
14

J548

J820

GRY

GRY

TRAY MODULE PWB


PL13.8

TM +3.3VDC
(CH1.2)

DC140
S1

J820

071-232

TRAY3 PAPER
SIZE SWITCH
SENSED SIGNAL

YEL

024-912
Tray3 size mismatch

+3.3VDC
J548
YEL

024-912

13

024-961
024-948

024-966

S3

073-211

024-961
Tray3 size mismatch

024-948
Tray3 Out Of Place

024-966
ATS/APS
No Destination Error

073-211
+5VDC
12

VIO

N.C.

11

DC COM
(CH1.2)

VIO

Tray3 size sensor broken

Paper Size Switch senses paper size based on voltage corresponding to combined resistance.
ON/OFF combination patterns, voltage values corresponding to paper sizes each are as follows.
Paper size

S1

S3

Voltage value(V)
J548-13

NO TRAY

OFF

OFF

3.060.03

B5 L/Executive L

OFF

ON

2.610.03

8.5"11"L

ON

OFF

1.410.03

A4 L

ON

ON

1.000.03

j0na730705

Chain 7 Paper Supplying

7-93

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-94

Chain 7 Paper Supplying


A

7.6 TRAY4 PAPER SIZE SENSING (OPTION : TANDEM TRAY MODULE)


3
TRAY MODULE
PWB
PL13.8

TRAY4 PAPER SIZE SWITCH


PL13.4
7

J548

J824

GRY

GRY

TRAY MODULE PWB


PL13.8

DC140

TM +3.3VDC
(CH1.2)

1
S1

J824

071-233

TRAY4 PAPER
SIZE SWITCH
SENSED SIGNAL

YEL

024-913
Tray4 size mismatch

+3.3VDC
J548
YEL

024-913

024-962
024-949

024-966

S3

074-211

024-962
Tray4 size mismatch

024-949
Tray4 Out Of Place

024-966
ATS/APS
No Destination Error

074-211
+5VDC
6

VIO

N.C.

DC COM
(CH1.2)

VIO

Tray4 size sensor broken

Paper Size Switch senses paper size based on voltage corresponding to combined resistance.
ON/OFF combination patterns, voltage values corresponding to paper sizes each are as follows.
Paper size

S1

S3

Voltage value(V)
J548-6

NO TRAY

OFF

OFF

3.060.03

B5 L/Executive L

OFF

ON

2.610.03

8.5"11"L

ON

OFF

1.410.03

A4 L

ON

ON

1.000.03

j0na730706

7.7 HCF PAPER SIZE SENSING AND TRAY SET (OPTION : HCF)
HCF PWB
PL17.8

HCF PAPER SIZE


SENSOR LETTER
PL17.8
2

12
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

10

JF01

PF51

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

PF52
GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

DC330

078-202

HCF SIZE SENSOR LETTER


SENSED(H)+5VDC

PF51
YEL

+5VDC
JF01
YEL

024-914

11

JF51
RED

RED

BLK

BLK

HCF PAPER SIZE


SENSOR A4
PL17.8

DOUBLE
PLUG

B
2

JF52
BLU

BLU

1
PF52

DC330

078-203

+5VDC

HCF SIZE SENSOR A4


SENSED(H)+5VDC

YEL

YEL

024-966

HCF IN SENSOR
PL17.1
JF52
RED

RED

BLK

BLK

DC330

DOUBLE
PLUG

C
JF53
BLU

BLU

PF53

078-204

+5VDC

HCF IN SENSOR TRAY SET


SENSED(L)+5VDC

YEL

YEL

024-970

DOUBLE
PLUG
6

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

DC COM
(CH1.2)

PF53
GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

JF53
RED

RED

BLK

BLK

DC COM
(CH1.2)

HCF paper sizes are sensed based on combinations of the ON and OFF
operations of HCF Paper Size Sensor A4 and HCF Paper Size Sensor Letter.
ON/OFF combination patterns corresponding to paper sizes each are as follows:

024-914
Paper Size
5
7.25" x 10.5"L

BLU

DOUBLE
PLUG
9

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

DC COM
(CH1.2)

BLU

DOUBLE
PLUG

JF51

024-972

HCF PWB
PL17.8

DOUBLE
PLUG

HCF PAPER SIZE


SENSOR A4

HCF PAPER SIZE


SENSOR LETTER

OFF

OFF

8.5" x 11"L

OFF

ON

A4 L

ON

OFF

Non-standard

OFF

OFF

Tray6 size mismatch

024-972
Tray6 size mismatch

024-966
ATS/APS No Destination Error

024-970
Tray6 Out Of Place

j0na730707

Chain 7 Paper Supplying

7-95

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-96

Chain 7 Paper Supplying


A

7.8 TRAY1 PAPER STACKING


1

MCU PWB
PL9.1

DC330
DC330
A6

TRAY1 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK

A2

TRAY1 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK
BLU

BLU

DC COM
A1

BLU

BLU

TRAY1 FEED/
LIFT UP
MOTOR
PL2.3

DOUBLE
PLUG

TRAY1 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


P601
ON +24V CLOCK
10
BLU
BLU

DC COM

(FEED)
(LIFT UP)

J409

DC COM
A5

071-007
071-001

11

14

J601

CLOCK A

ORN

J201
ORN

CLOCK B
ORN

ORN
CLOCK /A

ORN

ORN

TRAY1 FEED
DRIVE

8.1

TRAY1 STACKED
PAPER

8.1

5
MOT

TRAY1 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

15

12

13

CLOCK /B
ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

DC COM
A4

3
A3

4
OPERATOR
LOADED PAPER

FUSE2
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

MCU PWB
PL9.1

TRAY1 LEVEL
SENSOR
PL2.3

DC330

DOUBLE
PLUG

A
J100

J601

VIO

VIO

P601

071-206

TRAY1 LEVEL SENSOR


LEVEL UP(H)+5VDC

BLU

+5VDC
J409
BLU

1
1

071-210

A9

071-210
Tray1 Lift Up Fail

024-950
DOUBLE
PLUG

A7
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

A8

P601
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

J601

J100

VIO

VIO

VIO

VIO

TRAY1 NO
PAPER SENSOR
PL2.3

J101
VIO

VIO

12

071-201

+5VDC

024-965

TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC
BLU

BLU

A12

024-950

ATS/APS No Paper
(IOTsc detect)

024-965
B

A10
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

DC COM
(CH1.2)

DC330

Tray1 Empty

A11

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

10

11

J101
VIO

VIO

VIO

VIO

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730708

7.9 TRAY2 PAPER STACKING


1

MCU PWB
PL9.1

DC330
DC330
B6

TRAY2 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK

B2

TRAY2 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK
BLU

BLU

DC COM
B1

BLU

BLU

TRAY2 FEED/
LIFT UP
MOTOR
PL2.3

DOUBLE
PLUG

TRAY2 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


P602
ON +24V CLOCK
10
BLU
BLU

DC COM

(FEED)
(LIFT UP)

J409

DC COM
B5

071-008
071-002

11

14

J602

CLOCK A

ORN

J202
ORN

CLOCK B
ORN

ORN
CLOCK /A

ORN

ORN

TRAY2 FEED
DRIVE

8.1

TRAY2 STACKED
PAPER

8.1

5
MOT

TRAY2 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

15

12

13

CLOCK /B
ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

DC COM
B4

3
B3

4
OPERATOR
LOADED PAPER

FUSE3
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

MCU PWB
PL9.1

TRAY2 LEVEL
SENSOR
PL2.3

DC330

DOUBLE
PLUG

A
J102

J602

VIO

VIO

P602

071-207

TRAY2 LEVEL SENSOR


LEVEL UP(H)+5VDC

BLU

+5VDC
J409
BLU

072-210

B9

072-210
Tray2 Lift Up Fail

024-951
DOUBLE
PLUG

B7
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

B8

P602
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

J602

J102

VIO

VIO

VIO

VIO

TRAY2 NO
PAPER SENSOR
PL2.3

J103
VIO

VIO

12

071-202

+5VDC

024-965

TRAY2 NO PAPER SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC
BLU

BLU

B12

024-951

ATS/APS No Paper
(IOTsc detect)

024-965
B

B10
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

DC COM
(CH1.2)

DC330

Tray2 Empty

B11

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

10

11

J103
VIO

VIO

VIO

VIO

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730709

Chain 7 Paper Supplying

7-97

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-98

Chain 7 Paper Supplying


A

7.10 TRAY3 PAPER STACKING (OPTION : 2 TRAY MODULE)


1

TRAY MODULE
PWB
PL12.6

DC330
DC330
21

17

TRAY3 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK
BLU

BLU
TRAY3 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR
ON +24V CLOCK

BLU

DC COM
16

DOUBLE
PLUG

TRAY3 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


P661B
ON +24V CLOCK
10
BLU
BLU

DC COM

(FEED)
(LIFT UP)

J549

DC COM
20

073-009
071-003

BLU

11

14

J661B CLOCK A J220B


1
BLU
BLU
CLOCK B
BLU

BLU
CLOCK /A

BLU

BLU

TRAY3 FEED/
LIFT UP
MOTOR
PL12.3

TRAY3 FEED
DRIVE

8.2

TRAY3 STACKED
PAPER

8.2

A
B

5
MOT

TRAY3 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK
BLU

BLU

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

15

12

13

CLOCK /B
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

DC COM
19

3
18

4
OPERATOR
LOADED PAPER

FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

TRAY MODULE PWB


PL12.6

TRAY3 LEVEL
SENSOR
PL12.3

DC330

DOUBLE
PLUG

A
J101B

J661B

GRY

GRY

P661B

071-208

TRAY3 LEVEL SENSOR


LEVEL UP(H)+5VDC

YEL

+5VDC
J549
YEL

073-210

24

073-210
Tray3 Lift Up Fail

024-952
DOUBLE
PLUG

22
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

23

P661B
GRY

VIO

GRY

VIO

J661B J101B
VIO

YEL

VIO

YEL

TRAY3 NO
PAPER SENSOR
PL12.3

J102B
GRY

GRY

12

071-203

+5VDC

024-965

TRAY3 NO PAPER SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC
YEL

YEL

27

024-952

ATS/APS No Paper
(IOTsc detect)

024-965
B

25
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

DC COM
(CH1.2)

DC330

Tray3 Empty

26

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

10

11

J102B
VIO

VIO

YEL

YEL

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730710

7.11 TRAY4 PAPER STACKING AND TRAY HEATER (OPTION : 2 TRAY MODULE)
1

TRAY MODULE
PWB
PL12.6

DC330
DC330
6

TRAY4 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK
BLU

BLU
TRAY4 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR
ON +24V CLOCK

BLU

DC COM
1

DOUBLE
PLUG

TRAY4 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


P661A
ON +24V CLOCK
10
BLU
BLU

DC COM

(FEED)
(LIFT UP)

J549

DC COM
5

073-010
071-004

BLU

11

14

J661A CLOCK A J220A


1
BLU
BLU
CLOCK B
BLU

BLU
CLOCK /A

BLU

BLU

TRAY4 FEED/
LIFT UP
MOTOR
PL12.3

TRAY4 FEED
DRIVE

8.2

TRAY4 STACKED
PAPER

8.2

A
B

5
MOT

TRAY4 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK
BLU

BLU

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

15

12

13

CLOCK /B
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

DC COM
4

3
3

4
OPERATOR
LOADED PAPER

FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

TRAY MODULE PWB


PL12.6
TRAY4 LEVEL
SENSOR
PL12.3

DOUBLE
PLUG

A
1

J101A

J661A

GRY

GRY

071-209

DC330
P661A

TRAY4 LEVEL SENSOR


LEVEL UP(H)+5VDC

YEL

+5VDC
J549
YEL

074-210

074-210
Tray4 Lift Up Fail
DOUBLE
PLUG
7

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

P661A
GRY

VIO

GRY

VIO

J661A J101A
VIO

YEL

VIO

YEL

TRAY4 NO
PAPER SENSOR
PL12.3

071-204

DC330
1

J102A
GRY

GRY

12

YEL

024-953

+5VDC

Tray4 Empty

TRAY4 NO PAPER SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC
YEL

12

024-953
024-965

2
B

DC COM
(CH1.2)

OPTION

024-965
ATS/APS No Paper
(IOTsc detect)

TRAY HEATER
10
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

DC COM
(CH1.2)

11

GRY

VIO

GRY

VIO

10

11

J102A
VIO

YEL

VIO

YEL

P92
BLK

ACH
TO TRAY HEATER
(CH1.5)
WHT

ACN
TO TRAY HEATER
(CH1.5)
j0na730711-K2

Chain 7 Paper Supplying

7-99

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-100

Chain 7 Paper Supplying


A

7.12 TRAY3 PAPER STACKING (OPTION : TANDEM TRAY MODULE)


1

TRAY MODULE
PWB
PL13.8

DC330
DC330
B6

DC COM
B5
DC COM

B2

073-009
071-003

(FEED)
(LIFT UP)

DOUBLE
PLUG

TRAY3 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


J549 ON +24V CLOCK
P661B
10
BLU
BLU
TRAY3 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR
ON +24V CLOCK
BLU

BLU

TRAY3 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK
BLU

BLU

11

14

J661B CLOCK A J220B


1
BLU
BLU
CLOCK B
BLU

BLU
CLOCK /A

BLU

BLU

TRAY3 FEED/
LIFT UP
MOTOR
PL13.6

B4

8.3

TRAY3 STACKED
PAPER

8.3

A
B

DC COM

TRAY3 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK
B1
BLU
DC COM

TRAY3 FEED
DRIVE

MOT
BLU

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

15

12

13

CLOCK /B
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

3
B3

FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)
OPERATOR
LOADED PAPER
TRAY MODULE PWB
PL13.8

TRAY3 LEVEL
SENSOR
PL13.6

DC330

DOUBLE
PLUG

A
J101B

J661B

GRY

GRY

P661B

071-208

TRAY3 LEVEL SENSOR


LEVEL UP(H)+5VDC

YEL

+5VDC
J549
YEL

073-210

B9

073-210
Tray3 Lift Up Fail

024-952
DOUBLE
PLUG

B7
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

B8

P661B
GRY

VIO

GRY

VIO

J661B J101B
VIO

YEL

VIO

YEL

TRAY3 NO
PAPER SENSOR
PL13.6

J102B
GRY

GRY

12

071-203

+5VDC

024-965

TRAY3 NO PAPER SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC
YEL

YEL

B12

024-952

ATS/APS No Paper
(IOTsc detect)

024-965
B

B10
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

DC COM
(CH1.2)

DC330

Tray3 Empty

B11

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

10

11

J102B
VIO

VIO

YEL

YEL

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730712

7.13 TRAY4 PAPER STACKING (OPTION : TANDEM TRAY MODULE)


1

TRAY MODULE
PWB
PL13.8

DC330
DC330
A6

DC COM
A5
DC COM

A2

073-010
071-004

(FEED)
(LIFT UP)

DOUBLE
PLUG

TRAY4 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


J549 ON +24V CLOCK
P661A
10
BLU
BLU
TRAY4 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR
ON +24V CLOCK
BLU

BLU

TRAY4 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK
BLU

BLU

11

14

J661A CLOCK A J220A


1
BLU
BLU
CLOCK B
BLU

BLU
CLOCK /A

BLU

BLU

TRAY4 FEED/
LIFT UP
MOTOR
PL13.6

A4

8.3

TRAY4 STACKED
PAPER

8.3

A
B

DC COM

TRAY4 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK
A1
BLU
DC COM

TRAY4 FEED
DRIVE

MOT
BLU

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

15

12

13

CLOCK /B
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

3
A3

4
OPERATOR
LOADED PAPER

FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

TRAY MODULE PWB


PL13.8

TRAY4 LEVEL
SENSOR
PL13.6

DOUBLE
PLUG

A
1

J101A

J661A

GRY

GRY

DC330
P661A

071-209

TRAY4 LEVEL SENSOR


LEVEL UP(H)+5VDC

YEL

+5VDC
J549
YEL

074-210

A9

074-210
Tray4 Lift Up Fail

024-953
DOUBLE
PLUG

A7
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

A8

P661A
GRY

VIO

GRY

VIO

J661A J101A
VIO

YEL

VIO

YEL

TRAY4 NO
PAPER SENSOR
PL13.6

J102A
GRY

GRY

12

071-204

+5VDC

024-965

TRAY4 NO PAPER SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC
YEL

YEL

A12

024-953

ATS/APS No Paper
(IOTsc detect)

024-965
B

A10
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

DC COM
(CH1.2)

DC330

Tray4 Empty

A11

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

10

11

J102A
VIO

VIO

YEL

YEL

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730713

Chain 7 Paper Supplying

7-101

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-102

Chain 7 Paper Supplying


A

7.14 MSI PAPER STACKING


MCU PWB
PL9.1

DOUBLE
PLUG

1
1

J411

P605

BLU

BLU

J605

P609

BLU

BLU

J609

J107

BLU

BLU

3
2

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

DC COM
(CH1.2)

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

J108
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

J609

BLU

BLU

P609

J605

BLU

BLU

P605

024-958

071-234

MSI PAPER SIZE


SENSOR
SENSED SIGNAL

+5VDC
1

BLU

J411
BLU

024-958

MSI NO PAPER
SENSOR
PL7.1

J107

DC140

DOUBLE
PLUG

DOUBLE
PLUG

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

MCU PWB
PL9.1

MSI PAPER SIZE


SENSOR
PL7.3

DOUBLE
PLUG

024-985
DC330
1

J108
BLU

BLU

BLU

071-205

MSI NO PAPER SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC
8
BLU

MSI Size Failure

024-985
MSI Stop check

024-954

+5VDC

MSI Empty

024-954

3
MSI STACKED
PAPER

DC COM
(CH1.2)

8.4

OPERATOR
LOADED PAPER

4
1

MSI Paper Size Sensor senses paper width (in fast scan direction) based on voltage corresponding to resistance.
Voltage values corresponding to paper widths are as follows:

Guide Stopper (MIN)

84

Voltage (V)
J411-3
4.72

3.5" x 8.5"S

88.9

4.71

Post Card S

101.6

4.48

C5 L/C4 S
Standard No.3 L
(Envelope)
COM10 L

5.5" x 8.5"S

139.7

3.79

B5 L/B4 S

257

Postcard L/A6 L/A5 S

148

3.64

Executive L

266.7

1.50

Post Card L

152.4

3.56

16K L/8K S (TFX)

267(270)

1.49(1.44)

B6 L/B5 S

182

3.03

8.5" x 11"L/11" x 17"S

279.4

1.27

Monarch L

190.5

2.87

A4 L/A3 S

297

0.95

A5 L/A4 S

210

2.52

Guide Stopper (MAX)

303

0.84

215.9

2.41

220

2.34

Paper Size

5.5" x 8.5"L/5.5" x 11"S


5.5" x 13"S/5.5" x 14"S
DL L

Width (mm)

Paper Size

Width (mm)
229

Voltage (V)
J411-3
2.18

235

2.07

241.3

1.95
1.67

Ref.

Paper length (in slow scan direction) is sensed based on a period of time
from when Registration Clutch turns on until paper finishes passing
Registration Sensor.

j0na730714

7.15 HCF PAPER STACKING (OPTION : HCF)


1

DC330
DC330

HCF PWB
PL17.8

078-003
078-004

(FEED)
(LIFT UP)

HCF FEED MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK
1

JF06

PF56

CLOCK A

BLU

BLU

HCF FEED
DRIVE

8.4

HCF STACKED
PAPER

8.4

HCF FEED/
LIFT MOTOR
PL17.4

JF56

PF58

WHT

WHT

JF58
ORN

DC COM

C
6

CLOCK B
BLU

BLU

WHT

WHT

WHT

WHT

B
RED

DC COM
2

CLOCK /A
BLU

BLU

BLU

DC COM

MOT
5

CLOCK /B
BLU

BLU

ORN

ORN

WHT

WHT

WHT

WHT

WHT

WHT

YEL

DC COM
3

4
HCF INTLK
FUSE2
+24VDC
(CH1.3)

DC330
DC330

078-001
078-002

ORN
(HIGH POWER)

(LOW POWER) DOUBLE


PLUG
HCF NUDGER SOLENOID
JF56A
PF56A
ON POWER
14
5
2
BLU
BLU
GRY
13

ORN

ORN

ORN

WHT

BLK
DOUBLE
PLUG
PF59
GRY

GRY

GRY

HCF INTLK
FUSE4
+24VDC
(CH1.3)

HCF NO PAPER
SENSOR
PL17.5

JF59

HCF NUDGER
SOLENOID
PL17.4

OPERATOR
LOADED PAPER

BLU

ORN

HCF PWB
PL17.8
DOUBLE
PLUG

B
2

PF60

JF56A

GRY

GRY

DC330
PF56A

078-200

HCF NO PAPER SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC

YEL

+5VDC
JF02
YEL

024-955

024-955
Tray 6 Empty

078-210
5
9
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

PF02
GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

3
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

GRY

GRY

C
2

DC330

DOUBLE
PLUG

PF62

JF56B

GRY

GRY

PF56B
YEL

078-205

HCF Lift Up Fail

+5VDC

HCF LEVEL SENSOR


LEVEL UP(H)+5VDC
YEL

078-210

DOUBLE
PLUG

DC COM
(CH1.2)

PF60

HCF LEVEL
SENSOR
PL17.5

PF56B
GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

JF56B

PF62

GRY

GRY

GRY

GRY

DC COM
(CH1.2)
j0na730715

Chain 7 Paper Supplying

7-103

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-104

Chain 8 Paper Transportation


A

8.1 TRAY1,2 PAPER FEEDING


1

7.8

TRAY1 FEED
DRIVE

7.8

TRAY1 STACKED
PAPER

TRAY1 FEED
PAPER

8.12

MCU PWB
PL9.1
A15
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

J409

P601

YEL

YEL

15

J601

J133

VIO

VIO

DC330
A

1
2

A13

YEL

YEL

13

VIO

VIO

J133

J601

VIO

VIO

14

071-108

TRAY1 PRE FEED SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC

DOUBLE
PLUG

MCU PWB
PL9.1

TRAY1 PRE FEED


SENSOR
PL2.3

DOUBLE
PLUG

071-100

+5VDC

P601

J409

YEL

YEL

Tray1 Prefeed Sensor On Jam

071-100

A14

3
1

DC COM
(CH1.2)

072-100
Tray2 Prefeed Sensor On Jam
2

Diag display (High/Low) is


the opposite of voltage level.
7.9

TRAY2 FEED
DRIVE

7.9

TRAY2 STACKED
PAPER

4
TRAY2 FEED
PAPER

8.5

5
MCU PWB
PL9.1
B15
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

J409

P602

YEL

YEL

15

J602

J134

VIO

VIO

DC330
B

1
2

B13

YEL

YEL

13

VIO

VIO

MCU PWB
PL9.1

TRAY2 PRE FEED


SENSOR
PL2.3

DOUBLE
PLUG

TRAY2 PRE FEED SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC

DOUBLE
PLUG

J134

J602

VIO

VIO

14

071-109

+5VDC

P602

J409

YEL

YEL

B14

072-100
1

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730801

8.2 TRAY3,4 PAPER FEEDING (OPTION : 2 TRAY MODULE)


1

7.10

TRAY3 FEED
DRIVE

7.10

TRAY3 STACKED
PAPER

TRAY3 FEED
PAPER

8.7

TRAY MODULE
PWB
PL12.6
30
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

TRAY3 PRE FEED


SENSOR
PL12.3

DOUBLE
PLUG
J549

P661B

GRY

GRY

15

J661B

J103B

VIO

VIO

1
2
A

1
2

28

VIO

VIO

13

VIO

VIO

TRAY MODULE PWB


PL12.6
+5VDC

J103B

DOUBLE
PLUG

J661B

VIO

VIO

14

DC330
P661B

071-103

TRAY3 PRE FEED SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC

YEL

J549
YEL

29

073-100
Tray3 Prefeed Sensor On Jam

073-100

074-100
Tray4 Prefeed Sensor On Jam

DC COM
(CH1.2)

Diag display (High/Low) is


the opposite of voltage level.

7.11

TRAY4 FEED
DRIVE

7.11

TRAY4 STACKED
PAPER

TRAY4 FEED
PAPER

8.7

TRAY MODULE
PWB
PL12.6

DOUBLE
PLUG
15

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

TRAY4 PRE FEED


SENSOR
PL12.3

J549

P661A

GRY

GRY

15

J661A

J103A

VIO

VIO

1
2

13

VIO

VIO

13

VIO

VIO

TRAY MODULE PWB


PL12.6
+5VDC

2
B

DOUBLE
PLUG

J103A

J661A

VIO

VIO

14

DC330
P661A
YEL

071-104

TRAY4 PRE FEED SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC

J549
YEL

14

074-100
1

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730802

Chain 8 Paper Transportation

7-105

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-106

Chain 8 Paper Transportation


A

8.3 TRAY3,4 PAPER FEEDING (OPTION : TANDEM TRAY MODULE)


1

7.12

TRAY3 FEED
DRIVE

7.12

TRAY3 STACKED
PAPER

TRAY3 FEED
PAPER

8.9

TRAY MODULE
PWB
PL13.8
30
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

TRAY3 PRE FEED


SENSOR
PL13.6

DOUBLE
PLUG
J549

P661B

GRY

GRY

15

J661B

J103B

VIO

VIO

1
2
A

1
2

28

VIO

VIO

13

VIO

VIO

TRAY MODULE PWB


PL13.8
+5VDC

J103B

DOUBLE
PLUG

J661B

VIO

VIO

14

DC330
P661B

071-103

TRAY3 PRE FEED SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC

YEL

J549
YEL

29

073-100

3
1

DC COM
(CH1.2)

073-100
Tray3 Prefeed Sensor On Jam

074-100
Tray4 Prefeed Sensor On Jam
2

Diag display (High/Low) is


the opposite of voltage level.

7.13

TRAY4 FEED
DRIVE

7.13

TRAY4 STACKED
PAPER

TRAY4 FEED
PAPER

8.9

TRAY MODULE
PWB
PL13.8

DOUBLE
PLUG
15

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

TRAY4 PRE FEED


SENSOR
PL13.6

J549

P661A

GRY

GRY

15

J661A

J103A

VIO

VIO

1
2

13

VIO

VIO

13

VIO

VIO

TRAY MODULE PWB


PL13.8
+5VDC

2
B

DOUBLE
PLUG

J103A

J661A

VIO

VIO

14

DC330
P661A
YEL

071-104

TRAY4 PRE FEED SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC

J549
YEL

14

074-100
1

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730803

8.4 MSI AND HCF PAPER FEEDING


8.6
MSI FEED DRIVE

1
7.14

MSI STACKED
PAPER

MCU PWB
PL9.1

071-012

DC330

2
4

J411

MSI FEED
SOLENOID
ON(L)+24VDC

BLU

P605
BLU

DOUBLE
PLUG
5

P205

BLU

BLU

8.12

HCF PRE FEED


PAPER

8.11

MSI FEED
SOLENOID
PL7.2

DOUBLE
PLUG
J605

MSI FEED
PAPER

J205
A

DC COM
5

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

FUSE4
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

7.15

HCF FEED
DRIVE

7.15

HCF STACKED
PAPER

4
B
HCF
HCF PRE FEED SENSOR
PL17.5

HCF PWB
PL17.8

6
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

PF02

PF56B

GRY

GRY

JF56B

PF61

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

VIO

GRY

DC330

DOUBLE
PLUG

1
2

HCF PWB
PL17.8

DOUBLE
PLUG

PF61

JF56B

GRY

GRY

PF56B
YEL

078-100

HCF PRE FEED SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(H) +5VDC

+5VDC
PF02
YEL

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730804

Chain 8 Paper Transportation

7-107

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-108

Chain 8 Paper Transportation


A

8.5 TRAY2 PAPER TRANSPORTATION


1

072-101

Tray2 Miss Feed Jam

MCU PWB
PL9.1

DOUBLE
PLUG
14

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

TRAY2 FEED OUT


SENSOR
PL2.4

J410

P608

BLU

BLU

J608 J105
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

MCU PWB
PL9.1

2
DOUBLE
PLUG

1
2

12

073-102

J105
BLU

J608

DC330
P608

+5VDC

071-100

TRAY2 FEED OUT SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC

BLU

J410
BLU

13

Tray2 Feed Out Sensor On Jam


(Tray3 Feed)
1

072-101
073-102

DC COM
(CH1.2)

074-102
077-904

074-102
Tray2 Feed Out Sensor On Jam
(Tray4 Feed)

077-904
Tray2 Feed Out Sensor Static Jam

078-101
Tray2 Feed Out Sensor On Jam
(HCF Feed)

078-101
TRAY2
TRAY3
TRAY4
HCF
FEED PAPER

8.6

8.12

TAKE AWAY
ROLL DRIVE

Diag display (High/Low) is


the opposite of voltage level.

4
A

8.11

HCF FEED
PAPER

8.1

TRAY2 FEED
PAPER

8.7
8.9

TRAY3,4 FEED
PAPER
(2TM)
(TTM)

j0na730805

8.6 TRAY2 PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE CONTROL


1

MCU PWB
PL9.1

DC330
DC330
1

J422

TAKEAWAY
MOTOR
PL1.1

TAKEAWAY MOTOR
ON +24V CLOCK
8.4
MSI FEEDDRIVE

ORN
TAKEAWAY MOTOR
ON +24V CLOCK
RED

DC COM
6

(242, 2phase)

TAKEAWAY MOTOR
ON +24V CLOCK

DC COM

(364, 2phase)

BRN

DC COM
3

071-015
071-016

TAKEAWAY MOTOR
ON +24V CLOCK

MOT

YEL

DC COM
2

BLK

TAKE AWAY
ROLL DRIVE

8.5

FUSE7
5

WHT

INTLK
+24VDC
(CH1.3)

j0na730806

Chain 8 Paper Transportation

7-109

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-110

Chain 8 Paper Transportation


A

8.7 TRAY3,4 PAPER TRANSPORTATION (OPTION : 2 TRAY MODULE)


TRAY MODULE PWB
PL12.6
+5VDC

1
TRAY3 FEED OUT
SENSOR
PL12.5

DC330

DOUBLE
PLUG
1

J821

J841
YEL

YEL

071-101

YEL

073-101
TRAY3
FEED OUT
SENSOR
SENSED
SIGNAL

A
1

TRAY MODULE PWB


PL12.6

DOUBLE
PLUG
8

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

J548

P841

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

J841

J821

GRY

GRY

VIO

DC COM
(CH1.2)

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

DOUBLE
PLUG
1

J825

J842

YEL

YEL

P842
GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

DC COM
(CH1.2)

DC330
9

J552

073-013

TM TAKE AWAY
ROLL CLUTCH
ON(L)+24VDC

DC330

J825

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

P822
BLU

ORN

ORN

YEL

074-101

4
8.8

TRAY3,4
TAKE AWAY
ROLL DRIVE
(2TM)

077-906
3.3

TM TAKE
AWAY ROLL
CLUTCH
PL12.6

J822
ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

DC COM
8

077-905

DOUBLE
PLUG

BLU

074-103
3.3

+5VDC

TRAY4
FEED OUT
SENSOR
SENSED
SIGNAL

B
J842

071-102

TRAY4 FEED OUT SENSOR


P842 PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC
YEL

DOUBLE
PLUG
1

VIO

TRAY4 FEED OUT


SENSOR
PL12.5

TRAY3 FEED OUT SENSOR


J548
PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC
10
YEL

P841

TRAY3,4 FEED
PAPER (2TM)

FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

8.5

Diag display (High/Low) is


the opposite of voltage level.

2
A

073-101
Tray3 Miss Feed Jam

074-101
8.2

TRAY3 FEED
PAPER

Tray4 Miss Feed Jam

074-103
B

Tray3 Feed Out Sensor On Jam


(Tray4 Feed)

077-905
Tray3 Feed Out Sensor Static Jam

077-906
8.2

TRAY4 FEED
PAPER

Tray4 Feed Out Sensor Static Jam

j0na730807

8.8 TRAY3,4 PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE CONTROL (OPTION : 2 TRAY MODULE)


1

TRAY MODULE
PWB
PL12.6

DC330
5

J552

TM TAKE AWAY MOTOR


PL12.6

073-006

TM TAKE AWAY MOTOR


ON(L)+5VDC

YEL

J826
YEL

TM TAKE AWAY MOTOR


CLOCK
YEL

YEL

GRY

GRY

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

MOT
3

VIO

VIO

ORN

ORN

VIO

VIO

TRAY3,4 TAKE AWAY


ROLL DRIVE (2TM)

8.7

DC COM
(CH1.2)
7

FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730808

Chain 8 Paper Transportation

7-111

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-112

Chain 8 Paper Transportation


A

8.9 TRAY3,4 PAPER TRANSPORTATION (OPTION : TANDEM TRAY MODULE)


TRAY MODULE PWB
PL13.8
+5VDC

1
TRAY3 FEED OUT
SENSOR
PL13.5

DC330

DOUBLE
PLUG
1

J821

J841

071-101

YEL

073-101
TRAY3
FEED OUT
SENSOR
SENSED
SIGNAL

A
1

TRAY MODULE PWB


PL13.8

DOUBLE
PLUG
8

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

J548

P841

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

J841

DOUBLE
PLUG
1

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

P842
GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

DC COM
(CH1.2)

DC330
9

J552

DOUBLE
PLUG
1

J825

J842

DC330

071-102

TRAY4 FEED OUT SENSOR


P842 PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC
YEL
YEL

073-013

TTM TAKE AWAY


ROLL CLUTCH
ON(L)+24VDC

J825

P822
BLU

ORN

ORN

074-101
077-906
3.3

2
DOUBLE
PLUG

BLU

J822

TTM TAKE
AWAY ROLL
CLUTCH
PL13.8
TRAY3,4 FEED
PAPER (TTM)

DC COM
8

4
8.10

TTM
TAKE AWAY
ROLL DRIVE

077-905

3
TRAY4
FEED OUT
SENSOR
SENSED
SIGNAL

B
J842

074-103
3.3

+5VDC

DC COM
(CH1.2)

J821

TRAY4 FEED OUT


SENSOR
PL13.4

TRAY3 FEED OUT SENSOR


J548
PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC
10
YEL

P841

FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

8.5

Diag display (High/Low) is


the opposite of voltage level.
A

073-101
Tray3 Miss Feed Jam

074-101
Tray4 Miss Feed Jam

074-103
8.3

TRAY3 FEED
PAPER

Tray3 Feed Out Sensor On Jam


(Tray4 Feed)

077-905
Tray3 Feed Out Sensor Static Jam

8.3

TRAY4 FEED
PAPER

077-906
Tray4 Feed Out Sensor Static Jam
j0na730809

8.10 TRAY3,4 PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE CONTROL (OPTION : TANDEM TRAY MODULE)
1

TRAY MODULE
PWB
PL13.8

DC330
5

J552

TTM TAKE AWAY MOTOR


PL13.8

073-006

TTM TAKE AWAY MOTOR


ON(L)+5VDC

YEL

J826
YEL

TTM TAKE AWAY MOTOR


CLOCK
YEL

YEL

GRY

GRY

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

MOT
3

VIO

VIO

ORN

ORN

VIO

VIO

TTM TAKE AWAY


ROLL DRIVE

DC COM
(CH1.2)
7

FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

8.9

TRAY MODULE
PWB
PL13.8

J826
YEL

M/C CLOCK

J552
YEL

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730810

Chain 8 Paper Transportation

7-113

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-114

Chain 8 Paper Transportation


A

8.11 HCF PAPER TRANSPORTATION (OPTION : HCF)


1

8.4

HCF PRE FEED


PAPER

HCF FEED
PAPER

8.5

HCF PWB
PL17.8

DC330
DC330

078-005
078-006

(242mm/s)
(500mm/s)

HCF T/A MOTOR


ON +24V CLOCK
7

JF06

HCF TAKEAWAY
MOTOR
PL17.8

DOUBLE
PLUG
PF57

CLOCK A

BLU

BLU

JF57
ORN

DC COM
12

CLOCK B
BLU

BLU

RED

DC COM
8

CLOCK /A
BLU

BLU

BLU

DC COM

MOT
11

CLOCK /B
BLU

BLU

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

YEL

DC COM
9

10

WHT

BLK
HCF PWB
PL17.8

HCF INTLK
FUSE3
+24VDC
(CH1.3)

HCF FEED OUT


SENSOR
PL17.7

DC330

DOUBLE
PLUG

A
PF67

JF54

YEL

YEL

PF54
YEL

078-101

HCF FEED OUT SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC

+5VDC
PF01
YEL

078-104
078-900

078-104
HCF Feed Out Sensor On Jam

078-900
DOUBLE
PLUG
3

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

JF01

PF54

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

HCF Feed Out Sensor Static Jam


JF54

PF67

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730811

8.12 REGISTRATION

MCU PWB
PL9.1
1

REGISTRATION
SENSOR
PL2.4

DC330
2

J104
YEL

REGISTRATION
SENSOR
SENSED SIGNAL

+5VDC

089-100

REGISTRATION SENSOR
PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC

J403
YEL

3.3

071-105

B8

072-105
073-105

MCU PWB
PL9.1

B13

J104

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

075-135

1
2

077-101

+5VDC
(CH1.2)
DC COM
(CH1.2)

074-105

A
J403

B3

REGISTRATION
CLUTCH
ON SIGNAL

3.3

077-129

089-002
DOUBLE
PLUG
REGISTRATION CLUTCH
P215
J215
ON(L)+24VDC
B10
1
2
YEL
YEL
DC330

REGISTRATION
CLUTCH
PL2.4

077-130
077-900
078-102

DC COM
B9

YEL

YEL

9.4

REGISTRATED
PAPER

FUSE4 +24VDC
(CH1.2)
4.1

REGISTRATION
ROLL DRIVE

Diag display (High/Low) is


the opposite of voltage level.

4
2
10.5

8.4

DUPLEX OUT
PRINT

MSI FEED
PAPER

5
8.1

8.5

TRAY1 FEED
PAPER

TRAY2
TRAY3
TRAY4
HCF
FEED PAPER

071-105

Tray1 Registration Sensor On Jam

072-105

Tray2 Registration Sensor On Jam

073-105

Tray3 Registration Sensor On Jam

074-105

Tray4 Registration Sensor On Jam

075-135

MSI Registration Sensor On Jam

077-101

Registration Sensor Off Jam

077-129

Registration Sensor On Jam1


(stop at Dup wait position)

077-130

Registration Sensor On Jam2


(non stop at Dup wait position)

077-900

Registration Sensor Static Jam

078-102

HCF Registration Sensor On Jam


j0na730812

Chain 8 Paper Transportation

7-115

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-116

Chain 9 Xerographics
A

9.1 CRU LIFE CONTROL


MCU PWB
PL9.1

DOUBLE
PLUG

1
3

J419

TX DATA

BLU

P126
BLU

MUTE
BLU

BLU

MCU PWB
PL9.1
+3.3VDC

XERO CRUM PWB


PL4.2

DC330

DOUBLE
PLUG

J126

J126

P126

091-200

XERO/DEVELOPER CARTRIDGE
DETECT SIGNAL

BLU

J419
BLU

091-914

XERO CRUM TAG


1

BLU

BLU

091-915

091-916

+5VDC
(CH1.2)
2

BLU

BLU

091-401

2
B

DC COM
(CH1.2)

TX DATA
BLU

P127
BLU

MUTE
BLU

BLU

DOUBLE
PLUG

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

J127

091-914
Xero/Developer Cartridge
CRUM Transmission Failure

091-916
BLU

10

093-924
093-925

TONER CARTRIDGE
PL4.1

093-926

Xero/Developer Cartridge
CRUM Data Mismatch

093-924
Toner Cartridge CRUM
Transmission Failure

093-925

Toner Cartridge CRUM


Data Broken

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

091-913
Xero/Developer Cartridge
End of Life

+3.3VDC

TONER CARTRIDGE
P127 DETECT SIGNAL
2
BLU

TONER CRUM
TAG
6

091-401
Drum Life was near to End

Xero/Developer Cartridge
CRUM Data Write Faiure

TONER CRUM PWB


PL4.2
J127

041-366
MCU CRUM ASIC is Defect

091-915

DC COM

DOUBLE
PLUG

091-913

XERO/DEVELOPER CARTRIDGE
PL4.1

041-366

093-926

DC COM
(CH1.2)

Toner Cartridge CRUM


Data Mismatch

DC COM

A
2
4.1

Diag display
XERO/DEVELOPER CARTRIDGE
Installed: High
Not installed: Low

DRUM DRIVE

OPTION
THERMOSTAT

BLK

J90

FS90

DRUM HEATER
FS91

ACH
TO DRUM HEATER
(CH1.5)
WHT
ACN
TO DRUM HEATER
(CH1.5)

1
B

j0na730901

9.2 CHARGING AND EXPOSURE


EXPOSURE

6.4

LASER SCAN
IMAGE

EXPOSED
DRUM

9.3

COOLING
AIR

9.3

DRUM

MCU PWB
PL9.1

HVPS
PL9.1

A10

J403
BLU

BLU

DC330
A11

A13

A1

A2

BCR POWER
SUPPLY

A4

CHARGED
DRUM

BCR
BIAS

BCR

BCR AC BIAS ON
BLU

5
DRUM

091-003

BCR DC REMOTE
BLU

BLU
BCR AC REMOTE

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

15

14

INTLK +24VDC
(CH1.3)
A3

091-002

BLU

DC330
A12

J500

BCR AC CLOCK

CHARGING

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

HIGH
VOLTAGE

13

12

DC COM
(CH1.2)
A7

DC COM
(CH1.2)
FUSE6
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

DC330
1

J407
BLU

042-004

CRU FAN
ON(H) +24VDC

P219
BLU

CRU FAN
PL4.2

DOUBLE
PLUG
4

DOUBLE
PLUG

MOT

BLU

BLU

MCU PWB
PL9.1
+5VDC

P219

P219

P219
BLU

CRU FAN
FAIL(H) +5VDC

1
1

J407
BLU

091-314

091-314
CRU Fan Defect

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na730902

Chain 9 Xerographics

7-117

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-118

Chain 9 Xerographics
A
9.2

EXPOSED
DRUM

9.3 DEVELOPMENT AND TONER DISPENSE CONTROL


DEVELOPED
IMAGE

DEVELOPMENT

9.4

DRUM
MCU PWB
PL9.1

1
HVPS
PL9.1
A14

J403

DEVELOPER DC BIAS REMOTE

BLU

BLU

DC330
A15

2
A1

A2
INTLK
+24VDC
(CH1.3)

A3

J500

092-660
DEVE BIAS
SUPPLY

DEVELOPER
BIAS

ATC Sensor Fail

MAGNET
ROLL

092-910

091-007

DEVELOPER DC BIAS ON
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

ATC Sensor Defects

DISPENSED
TONER

Toner Dispense Motor


Rotation Error

1
ATC
SENSOR
15

093-312

14

13

3
A4
DC COM
(CH1.2)

4.1

A7

12

DC COM
(CH1.2)

MAGNET ROLL
DRIVE

COOLING
AIR

MCU PWB
PL9.1

DC330
1

J420

093-001

DISPENSE MOTOR
PL4.2

DISPENSE MOTOR
ON(L)+24VDC

J216

BLU

BLU

DC COM

MOT
2

9.2

COOLING
AIR

ZN
H4

ZN
B5

BLU

FUSE6
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

BLU

XERO/DEVELOPER CARTRIDGE
PL4.1
CONNECTOR
B11

J403
BLU

P610

J610

MCU PWB
PL9.1

CONNECTOR
J610

P610

J403
BLU

B1

YEL

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

DC140
B2

DC COM
(CH1.2)

YEL

092-660
092-910

ATC SENSOR
B12

LD+5VDC

1
1.3

093-406
Toner Cartridge was
Pre Near Empty

093-912
Toner Empty

093-312

092-202

ATC SENSOR SIGNAL


YEL

B5

093-406
093-912

j0na730903

A
9.3

9.4 TRANSFER AND STRIPPING AND CLEANING


10.2

UNFUSED
PRINT
4.1

8.12

DEVELOPED
IMAGE

BTR DRIVE

REGISTRATED
PAPER

MCU PWB
PL9.1

DC330
DC330
A9

A8

J403

094-001
091-010

A6

BLU
BTR SEL
BLU

A1

J500
BLU

BLU

BTR BIAS
SUPPLY
D

BTR

DTS

094-200

BTR MONITOR
BLU

BLU

DC330
A5

BTR(-)BIAS ON

BTR REMOTE

DC140

HVPS
PL9.1

BTR(+)BIAS ON

10

BTR
MONITOR

11

DTS POWER
SUPPLY

091-004

DTS ON
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

15

4
A2

A3

A4

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

13

12

DC COM
(CH1.2)

MCU PWB
PL9.1
A7

BLU

DC COM
(CH1.2)

B15

14
HIGH
VOLTAGE

INTLK
+24VDC
(CH1.3)

J150
YEL

YEL

HUM AND TEMP


SENSOR
PL4.2
1

A
4

J150

DC140

TEMP SIGNAL

YEL

B4

YEL

YEL

J403
YEL

DC140

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

092-200

092-661

B7

092-662

092-201

092-661
Temperature Sensor Fail

092-662

HUMIDITY SIGNAL
YEL

B6

YEL

Humidity Sensor Fail

DC COM
(CH1.2)
j0na730904

Chain 9 Xerographics

7-119

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-120

Chain 10 Fusing and Copy Transportation


A

10.1 FUSING HEAT CONTROL


MCU PWB
PL9.1

+5VDC
FUSER MAIN
J401 ON(H)+5VDC J526
7
5
YEL
YEL

FUSER ASSY
PL5.1

AC DRIVE PWB
PL9.1
2

J6

J600

BLK BLK

MAIN HEATER ROD

MAIN FUSER LAMP


P600 ON ACH
J20
61
1
WHT
SUB HEATER ROD1

+5VDC
6

FUSER SUB1
ON(H)+5VDC
YEL

SUB1 FUSER LAMP


J21
ON ACH

DC COM (CH1.1)
YEL

BLK BLK

WHT

SUB HEATER ROD2


5

YEL

SUB2 FUSER LAMP


J22
ON ACH

DC COM (CH1.1)
YEL

BLK BLK

WHT

010-313

FS1 Thermistor Defect

010-314

FS2 Thermistor Defect

010-315

PR Thermistor Defect

010-317

Fuser Cold-Sagging Error

010-320

Over Heat Temp Fail

010-327

Fuser On Time Fail

010-310

Zero Cross Fail

010-325

MCU-FLK Comm Error

+5VDC
FUSER SUB2
ON(H)+5VDC

AP-II5010G, DC-II5010G

010-319
DC COM (CH1.1)

+24VDC
10

FUSER RELAY
OFF(L)+24VDC
YEL

YEL

ACH
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)

010-310

+5VDC

010-325

010-319

12

1
2

J425

YEL

FS10

FUSING
HEAT

SIGNAL
MONITOR

J529

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

DOUBLE
PLUG

DC COM
1
2

YEL

P132
BLK

DC COM

J410

P607

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

YEL

YEL

MCU PWB
PL9.1

PRESSURE ROLL
THERMISTOR
(PR)

DOUBLE
PLUG
J132

DC140

DOUBLE
PLUG
P132
BLK

J600 J607
YEL YEL

010-202

PRESSURE ROLL
THERMISTOR
P607 SENSED SIGNAL J410
3
4
BLU
BLU

+5VDC

J607
YEL

YEL

P131
BLK

J131

010-314
CENTER
THERMISTOR
(FS1)

DC140

DOUBLE
PLUG
J131

P131
BLK

YEL YEL

010-200
+5VDC

CENTER
THERMISTOR
SENSED SIGNAL
BLU

BLU

DOUBLE
PLUG

YEL

YEL

DC COM
(CH1.2)
T12

GRN

10

P133
BLK

GRN

J133

010-315
010-317

010-318

C
YEL

010-313

DC COM
(CH1.2)
1

J132

DOUBLE
PLUG

DC COM
(CH1.2)
5

10.2

ACN
(CH1.1)

DOUBLE
PLUG

DC COM

BLK

AP-II 4000/3000,
DC-II 4000/3000

+5VDC

WHT WHT

THERMOSTAT

DC COM
(CH1.5)

ZERO CROSS
SIGNAL
YEL

Fuser Input-Voltage Error


C

THERMOSTAT
1

REAR
THERMISTOR
(FS2)

DC140

DOUBLE
PLUG
J133

P133
BLK

YEL YEL

YEL

010-320

010-201

REAR
THERMISTOR
SENSED SIGNAL

+5VDC

010-327
YEL

T11

j0na731001-K2

10.2 FUSING
FUSER EXIT
SENSOR
PL5.1

DC330

MCU PWB
PL9.1
+5VDC

010-100

FUSER EXIT SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC

J125

J410

YEL

YEL

FUSER EXIT SENSOR


SENSED SIGNAL

3.3

077-103
077-104

MCU PWB
PL9.1

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

DC COM
(CH1.2)
FUSE4
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

J125

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

J410

J408
BLU

077-106
077-901

DC330 042-002
MAIN DRIVE
UNIT
PL1.1

DC330 047-002
FUSER FAN
HI SPEED(H)+24VDC

J214
BLU

13

FUSER FAN
PL4.2
3

CN102

CN102

RED

YEL

FUSE4
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

MAIN DRIVE
UNIT
PL1.1
1

DC330
14

J214
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

010-398

Diag display (High/Low) is


the opposite of voltage level.

BLK

DC COM
(CH1.2)

2
12

J408
BLU

MOT

11

DC COM
(CH1.2)

+5VDC

073-200

FUSER FAN
FAIL(H) +5VDC

Fuser Fan always rotates at low speed


in the diag mode.
Running Diag 042-002 or 047-002
makes it rotate at high speed.

3
DC COM

J214-13(+) to GND(-) Voltage:


During low speed rotation: approx. 11.3V
During high speed rotation: approx. 24V
EXHAUST AIR

4.1

FUSER DRIVE

10.3
FUSED PRINT

5
3
9.4

10.1

UNFUSED
PRINT

010-398

Fuser Fan Defect

077-103

Fuser Exit Sensor Off Jam

077-104

Fuser Exit Sensor Off


(too short)Jam

077-106

Fuser Exit Sensor On Jam

077-901

Fuser Exit Sensor Static Jam

FUSING HEAT

j0na731002

Chain 10 Fusing and Copy Transportation

7-121

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-122

Chain 10 Fusing and Copy Transportation


A

10.3 EXIT TRANSPORTATION


10.5

PRINT TO
DUPLEX

PRINT TO
FACE UP TRAY
10.4

EXIT2 ROLL
DRIVE

10.4

FACE UP ROLL
DRIVE

PRINT TO
EXIT2
FACE DOWN TRAY

2
A
10.4

INVERT ROLL
DRIVE

4.1

EXIT1 ROLL
DRIVE

PRINT TO
EXIT1
FACE DOWN TRAY
PRINT TO
FINISHER

EXIT PWB
PL9.1

10.2

DC330

EXIT2 SENSOR
PL6.4

FUSED PRINT

DRAWER
1

J112

P606

YEL

YEL

B4

B13

J606
YEL

12.6
12.32

071-110

+5VDC

EXIT2 SENSOR
PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC J434
4
YEL

077-109
077-113
077-114

EXIT PWB
PL9.1

DRAWER
3

J434

J606

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

B14

B3

YEL

+5VDC
(CH1.2)
8

B9

B8

J112

P606

SJ1
YEL

DC COM
(CH1.2)

YEL

SHORTING
PLUG

Diag display (High/Low) is the opposite of voltage level.

SJ1

YEL

077-902

077-109

Exit 2 Sensor On Jam

077-113

Exit 2 Sensor Off Jam

077-114

Exit 2 Sensor Static Jam

077-902

Exit 2 Sensor Static Jam standby

j0na731003

10.4 EXIT TRANSPORTATION MECHANISM


1

EXIT PWB
PL9.1

DC330

MCU PWB
PL9.1

047-024

+5VDC
1

EXIT GATE
SOLENOID
ON (H) +5VDC
J431
J421
BLU

BLU

DC330
DC330

047-022
047-023

EXIT MOTOR
ON +24V
J433 CLOCK
7
BLU
EXIT MOTOR
DC COM
ON +24V
CLOCK
8
BLU
EXIT MOTOR
DC COM
ON +24V
CLOCK
9
BLU
EXIT MOTOR
DC COM
ON +24V
CLOCK
10
BLU
EXIT MOTOR
DC COM
ON +24V
CLOCK
6
BLU
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

12

(FORWARD)
DOUBLE
PLUG

DRAWER
J606
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

EXIT2 MOTOR
PL6.4

(REVERSE)

A8

A7

A7

A8

A6

A9

A5

A10

A9

A6

P606 P208
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

ZN
G6

J208

MOT

A
DOUBLE
PLUG

EXIT GATE
SOLENOID
ON (L) +24VDC
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

A3

A12

A4

A11

P209
BLU

J209

EXIT GATE
SOLENOID
PL6.4

J210

FACE UP GATE
SOLENOID
PL6.4

EXIT2 ROLL
DRIVE

10.3

FACE UP
ROLL DRIVE

10.3

INVERT ROLL
DRIVE

10.3

DC COM
11

EXIT FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

14

DC330

BLU

047-025

FACE UP GATE
SOLENOID
ON (L) +24VDC
BLU

BLU

DOUBLE
PLUG
A1

A14

A2

A13

P210
BLU

DC COM

A
13

BLU

BLU

BLU

EXIT FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)
FUSE3
+5VDC
(CH1.2)

DC330
14

J434
BLU

047-026

EXIT FAN
ON (H) +5VDC
BLU

DOUBLE
PLUG
B3

B14

P220
YEL

EXIT FAN
PL6.4
J220
MOT

15

BLU

BLU

B2

B15

YEL

ZN
F1

DC COM
(CH1.2)

j0na731004

Chain 10 Fusing and Copy Transportation

7-123

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-124

Chain 10 Fusing and Copy Transportation


A

10.5 DUPLEX (OPTION : DUPLEX )


10.3

PRINT TO
DUPLEX

DUPLEX PWB
PL8.1

DC330
DC330
2

J542

BLU
DUPLEX MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK

BLU

BLU
DUPLEX MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK

BLU

DC COM
1

P212
BLU

DUPLEX MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK

DC COM
5

DUPLEX MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK

BLU

DC COM

DUPLEX
MOTOR
PL8.1

DOUBLE
PLUG

BLU

DC COM
3

073-016
073-026

BLU
DUPLEX MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK

BLU

BLU

J212

MOT

DUPLEX OUT
PRINT

DUP
FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

8.9

DUPLEX PWB
PL8.1

DC330

DUPLEX SENSOR
PL8.1

071-105

+5VDC

DUPLEX SENSOR
PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC

J123

J541

YEL

YEL

077-131
077-907

+5VDC
(CH1.2)
DC COM
(CH1.2)

J541

J123

YEL

YEL

3
A

YEL

YEL

2
1

077-131

Duplex Sensor On Jam

077-907

Duplex Sensor Static Jam


j0na731005

10.6 OFFSET DRIVE CONTROL (EXIT1)


1
EXIT PWB
PL9.1

047-001
047-005

DC330
DC330
8

J432

(FORWARD)
(REVERSE)

OFFSET1 MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK

P206

BLU

BLU

OFFSET
MOTOR1
PL6.2

DOUBLE
PLUG
J206

DC COM
9

OFFSET1 MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK
BLU

DC COM
10

OFFSET1 MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK
BLU

DC COM
11

BLU

BLU
OFFSET1 MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

MOT

DC COM

7
EXIT
FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)

EXIT PWB
PL9.1

1
OCT HOME
SENSOR1
PL6.2

DC330

DOUBLE
PLUG
1

J117

J613

YEL

YEL

P613
YEL

047-205

OCT HOME1 SENSOR


BLOCKED(L)+5VDC

+5VDC
J432
YEL

047-211

DOUBLE
PLUG
1

+5VDC
(CH1.2)

J432
YEL

P613

J613

J117
YEL

3
A

YEL

YEL

DC COM
(CH1.2)

Diag display (High/Low) is the opposite of voltage level.

047-211

OCT1 Failure

j0na731006

Chain 10 Fusing and Copy Transportation

7-125

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-126

Chain 10 Fusing and Copy Transportation


A

10.7 OFFSET DRIVE CONTROL (OPTION : EXIT2)


1
DC330
DC330

EXIT PWB
PL9.1

J433

J606

BLU

BLU

BLU
OFFSET2 MOTOR
ON +24VDC
CLOCK

BLU

BLU
OFFSET2 MOTOR
ON +24VDC
CLOCK

BLU

BLU

A13

A2

A12

A3

A11

A4

A10

A5

A14

A1

OFFSET
MOTOR2
PL6.4

DOUBLE
PLUG

DRAWER

OFFSET2 MOTOR
ON +24VDC
CLOCK

DC COM

(REVERSE)

BLU

BLU

DC COM
5

(FORWARD)

OFFSET2 MOTOR
ON +24VDC
CLOCK

DC COM
4

OFFSET2 MOTOR
ON +24VDC
CLOCK

BLU

DC COM

047-003
047-004

P606 P207
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

J207

MOT

EXIT
FUSE1
+24VDC
(CH1.2)
EXIT PWB
PL9.1

1
OCT HOME
SENSOR2
PL6.4

DC330
DRAWER
1

J111 P606
YEL YEL

B2

B15

J606

047-206

OCT HOME2 SENSOR


BLOCKED(L) +5VDC

YEL

+5VDC
J434
YEL

047-212

DRAWER
1

J434

J606

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

B16

B1

P606

+5VDC
(CH1.2)
8
DC COM
(CH1.2)

B9

B8

J111

YEL
SJ1
YEL

SHOTING
PLUG
1

SJ1

DC330

B12

B5

+5VDC

047-201

EXIT2 DETECTED(L) +5VDC


YEL

YEL

12

6
1

Diag display (High/Low) is the opposite of voltage level.

047-212

OCT2 Failure
j0na731007

12.1 C-FINISHER DC POWER GENERATION

PS
+24VDC
TO
+5VDC

FINISHER LVPS
PL18.15
AC FILTER
PL18.15
BRN

J1
BRN

T0009 J2
BRN

F801
FUSE

+24VDC
POWER
GENERATION

J502

1 ORN

PS+24VDC

J8315
ORN

INLET L

INLET N

BRN

ACN

BLU

BLU

K1

T0008
BLU

2 ORN

PS+24VDC
ORN

+5VDC

PS+24VDC

FROM IOT

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

ACH

K2
+24VDC

12.2

12.2
12.3

12.2

INLET FG
T0001 T0002

GND
GN/YL

GN/YL

1
INTLK ON
+24VDC
(CH12.3)

HARNESS
ASSY AC INLET
PL18.15

RETURN

5 VIO

6 VIO

DC COM
VIO

DC COM
VIO

DC COM

12.2

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

3.4

FINISHER LVPS
ENABLED

J8315
3 YEL

6 YEL

FINISHER LVPS
ENABLED(H)+3.3VDC

J505
YEL

FINISHER LVPS
ENABLED(H)+3.3VDC
YEL

+24VDC
ON/OFF
CONTROL
3

j0na731201

Chain12 C-Finisher

7-127

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-128

Chain12 C-Finisher
A

12.2 C-FINISHER DC POWER DISTRIBUTION


1

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15
F7
(CHIP FUSE)

+5VDC

H-TRANSPORT PWB
PL18.15

CH12
ALL
14

CR4
(GRN)

+5VDC
(CH12.1)

DC COM

CH12
ALL
13

F1
(CHIP FUSE)

F1
+24VDC

CH12
ALL

F2
(CHIP FUSE)

F2
+24VDC

CH12
ALL

F3
(CHIP FUSE)

F3
+24VDC

12.10

3
F6

1
2
15

F4
(CHIP FUSE)

F4
+24VDC

12.18

F5
(CHIP FUSE)

F5
+24VDC

12.22

F6
+24VDC

CH12
ALL

+24VDC
(CH12.1)

DC COM

CH12
ALL

30
3

DC COM
(CH12.1)

J8371

+5VDC

YEL

DC COM

18

YEL

J8316

17

+5VDC

CH12
ALL

DC COM

CH12
ALL

BOOKLET M/C ONLY


BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17

J8377

+5VDC

BLU

DC COM

15
14

BLU

DC COM

4
29

3
PS
+24VDC
(CH12.1)

CH12
ALL

DC COM

CH12
ALL

BLU

J8310

F6
+24VDC

YEL

F6
+24VDC
YEL

F6
+24VDC
YEL

DC COM
YEL

DC COM
YEL

DC COM
YEL

J8371

H-TRA F1
(CHIP FUSE)
30

H-TRA
+24VDC

CH12
ALL

29
1
28

DC COM

CH12
ALL

J8317

+24VDC

ORN

PS
+24VDC
ORN

DC COM
BLU

RT2 t

BOOK RT2 12.24


+24VDC

RT3 t

BOOK RT3 CH12


ALL
+24VDC

RT4 t

BOOK RT4 CH12


ALL
+24VDC

RT5 t

BOOK RT5 12.27


+24VDC

27
2

5
+24VDC

+5VDC

H-TRANSPORT PWB
PL18.15

J8310

J8378

BOOK F8
BOOK F8
(CHIP FUSE) +24VDC

12.29

BOOK F4
+24VDC

CH12
ALL

BOOK
+5VDC

CH12
ALL

BOOK F4
(CHIP FUSE)
1

3
2

PS
+24VDC
TO
BOOK
+5VDC

BOOK F7
(CHIP FUSE)

CR4
(GRN)

6
4

DC COM
BLU

DC COM

CH12
ALL

j0na731202

12.3 C-FINISHER INTERLOCK SWITCHING AND DRAWER SET


1

J8313

J8364

1 ORN

ORN

PS
+24VDC
(CH12.1)

J8364

J8365

ORN

ORN

INTLK ON
+24VDC

J8365
1A ORN

1B

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

J8313
ORN

INTLK ON
+24VDC

DC330 012-302

YEL

J8314
3 YEL

FINISHER
FRONT DOOR
SWITCH
PL18.5

EJECT COVER
SWITCH
PL18.9

FINISHER MAIN
PWB
PL18.15

YEL

2A

INTERLOCK SWITCH
CLOSED(L)+5VDC

2B YEL

+5VDC

J8314
YEL

DC COM
(CH12.2)

12.1

012-302

DC330 012-300
+5VDC

EJECT COVER
SWITCH
CLOSED(L)+24VDC
YEL

YEL

012-300

1
DC COM

H-TRANSPORT
PWB
PL18.15

J8372 J8390
P8390
3 GRY
7 GRY
GRY

J8382

J8382

1
GRY

2 YEL

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

1 VIO

VIO

16 VIO

DC COM
(CH12.2)

VIO

P8390
YEL

J8390

8 YEL

11 YEL

H-TRANSPORT
INTERLOCK SENSOR
CLOSED(L)+5VDC

+5VDC

J8310
YEL

012-303

20

BOOK
+5VDC
(CH21.2)

DC COM
(CH21.2)

012-300

Finisher Eject Cover Open

012-264

Booklet Drawer Broken Fail

012-302

Finisher Front Cover Open

012-307

Booklet Drawer Interlock Open

012-303

Finisher H-Transport Cover Open

BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17

DC330 013-104
25

YEL

J8371

BOOKLET M/C ONLY


BOOKLET
PWB
PL18.17

J8372

3
H-TRANSPORT
INTERLOCK SENSOR
PL18.3

DC330 012-303

H-TRANSPORT
PWB
PL18.15

23

J8405 J8429
GRY

VIO

BOOKLET DRAWER
SET SENSOR
J8429 CLOSED(H)+5VDC

BOOK
+5VDC

J8405

24
YEL

012-264
012-307

3
BOOKLET DRAWER
SET SENSOR
PL18.17

j0na731203

Chain12 C-Finisher

7-129

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-130

Chain12 C-Finisher
A

12.4 C-FINISHER PWBS COMMUNICATION (FINISHER-BOOKLET) (BOOKLET M/C ONLY)


1

FINISHER MAIN
PWB
PL18.15

BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17
5

J8316

FINISHER TO BOOKLET
COMMUNICATION LINE

BLU

J8377

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

11

12

J8377

BOOKLET TO FINISHER
COMMUNICATION LINE

BOOKLET RESET
BLU

J8316
BLU

+5VDC

13
1

DC COM

SUB CPU IN CONTROL


BLU

11 BLU

12 BLU

13 BLU

14 BLU

BOOKLET PAPER PATH


MOTOR CLOCK
BOOKLET REAR TAMPER
MOTOR CLOCK
BOOKLET FRONT TAMPER
MOTOR CLOCK
BOOKLET END GUIDE
MOTOR CLOCK

10

SUB CPU OUT CONTROL


BLU

012-269

12.23
5
12.24

12.25

BOOKLET REAR
TAMPER
HOME SENSOR
SENSED SIGNAL

+5VDC

BLU

DC COM

12.24
3
12.26

BOOKLET REAR
TAMPER
HOME SENSOR
SENSED SIGNAL

12.25

BOOKLET FRONT
TAMPER
HOME SENSOR
SENSED SIGNAL

BOOKLET FRONT
TAMPER
HOME SENSOR
SENSED SIGNAL

+5VDC

BLU

DC COM

12.26

BOOKLET END
GUIDE HOME
SENSOR
SENSED SIGNAL

BOOKLET END
GUIDE HOME
SENSOR
SENSED SIGNAL

+5VDC

BLU

10

DC COM

012-269

Booklet Sub CPU Comm Fail

j0na731204

12.5 C-FINISHER HORIZONTAL DRIVE CONTROL


1

FINISHER MAIN
PWB
PL18.15

H-TRANSPORT PWB
PL18.15

DC330

H-TRANSPORT MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK
J8310
7 YEL

MOTOR CLOCK

J8371
YEL

J8372
10 BLU

24

H-TRANSPORT
MOTOR
PL18.3

012-090 to 091

CLOCK A

DOUBLE
PLUG
J8390
BLU

P8390
4 BLU

J8379B

BLU

3 BLU

BLU

BLU

2 BLU

BLU

BLU

J8379A

DC COM

8 YEL

MOTOR RESET
YEL

23

11 BLU

CLOCK /A

DC COM

9 YEL

MOTOR CRU
YEL

22

12 BLU

CLOCK B

MOT

DC COM

22 YEL

MOTOR ENABLE
YEL

13 BLU

CLOCK /B
BLU

1 BLU

BLU

14 ORN

ORN

10 ORN

ORN

15 ORN

ORN

9 ORN

ORN

DC COM

H-TRA
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

H-TRANSPORT
ROLL DRIVE

12.6

5
1 With the diag codes on,
the motor rotates as follows:
012-090 Forward at low speed.

012-091

Forward at high speed.

j0na731205

Chain12 C-Finisher

7-131

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-132

Chain12 C-Finisher
A

12.6 C-FINISHER HORIZONTAL TRANSPORTATION


1

H-TRANSPORT
PWB
PL18.15

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

H-TRANSPORT
PWB
PL18.15
J8372
9 GRY

J8390

P8390
12 GRY
GRY

J8380

J8380

1
GRY

2 YEL

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

7 VIO

VIO

5 VIO

DC COM
(CH12.2)

VIO

YEL

J8390

13 YEL

J8372
YEL

DC330 012-190
J8371

13 YEL

H-TRANSPORT
ENTRANCE SENSOR
PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC

+5VDC

J8310
YEL

012-112

18

012-901

3
H-TRANSPORT
ENTRANCE SENSOR
PL18.3

P8390

012-923
A

DC330 012-191
6 GRY

GRY

6 GRY

4 VIO

VIO

15 VIO

J8381
GRY

J8381
2 YEL YEL 14 YEL

+5VDC
(CH12.2)
VIO

DC COM
(CH12.2)

YEL

12 YEL

+5VDC

H-TRANSPORT
EXIT SENSOR
PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC
YEL

19

012-127
012-162

3
H-TRANSPORT EXIT
SENSOR
PL18.3

012-902
B
B
PAPER TO
BOOKLET GATE

12.8

10.3

PRINT TO
FINISHER

12.5

H-TRANSPORT
ROLL DRIVE

012-112

H-Transport Entrance Sensor ON Jam : Finisher

012-127

H-Transport Exit Sensor ON Jam B : Finisher

012-901

H-Transport Entrance Sensor Static Jam A : Finisher

012-162

H-Transport Exit Sensor ON Jam A : Finisher

012-923

H-Transport Entrance Sensor Static Jam B : Finisher

012-902

H-Transport Exit Sensor Static Jam A : Finisher

j0na731206

12.7 C-FINISHER DRIVE CONTROL


1

FINISHER MAIN
PWB
PL18.15

012-003 to 006

DC330

FINISHER REGI
MOTOR
PL18.14

REGI MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK
J8304
7 BLU

CLOCK A

E
FINISHER MAIN
PWB
PL18.15

2 BLU
J8335

CLOCK /A
BLU

3 BLU
CLOCK B

CLOCK /B

ORN

ORN

CLOCK /A
BLU

CLOCK B
BLU

CLOCK /B

ORN

6 ORN

ORN

Forward at medium speed.


Forward at high speed.
Reverse at low speed.

2 With the diag codes on,


the motor rotates as follows:
Forward at low speed.

012-007
012-008
012-009
012-010

Reverse at low speed.

6
BLU

4 ORN

Forward at low speed.

Forward at high speed.

With the diag codes on,


the motor rotates as follows:

012-001
012-002

Forward at medium speed.

Forward at low speed.


Forward at high speed.

3
10 ORN

DC COM

6
BLU

DC COM

8 ORN

012-003
012-004
012-005
012-006

MOT
5 BLU

MOT
13 BLU

BLU

DC COM

4
BLU

DC COM

FINISHER EXIT
MOTOR
PL18.14

DC COM

DC COM

11 BLU

CLOCK A

J
1 With the diag codes on,
the motor rotates as follows:

012-007 to 010

J8334

DC COM

1
BLU

1 BLU
9 BLU

DC330

EXIT MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK
J8304

DC COM

F6
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

F6
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

PUNCH ENTRANCE
ROLL DRIVE

12.8

BOOKLET ENTRANCE
ROLL DRIVE

12.8

TOP TRAY TRANSPORT


ROLL DRIVE

12.12

TOP TRAY EXIT


ROLL DRIVE

12.13

BUFFER
ROLL DRIVE

12.14

COMPILE PADDLE
DRIVE

12.16

SUB PADDLE
DRIVE

12.19

A
3

DC330

FINISHER
TRANSPORT
MOTOR
PL18.12

012-001 to 002

TRANSPORT MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK
23 BLU

CLOCK A

J8342
BLU

BOOKLET M/C ONLY

B
1

DC COM

25 BLU

CLOCK /A
BLU

DC COM

D
27 BLU

CLOCK B
BLU

4
MOT

DC COM

29 BLU

CLOCK /B
BLU

A
E

DC COM

E
16 ORN

18 ORN

ORN

ORN

2
B
5

F6
+24VDC
(CH12.2)
j0na731207

Chain12 C-Finisher

7-133

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-134

Chain12 C-Finisher
A

12.8 C-FINISHER XPORT ENTRANCE CONTROL AND BOOKLET GATE CONTROL


BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17

DC330 013-068
3

PAPER TO PUNCH
ON(L)+24VDC

J8408

BOOKLET GATE
SOLENOID
PL18.13

(STACKER)
J8409

BLU

DC COM

2
BOOK RT3
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

ORN

DC330 013-069

2
(BOOKLET)

PAPER TO BOOKLET
ON(L)+24VDC

BLU

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

DC COM

FINISHER MAIN
PWB
PL18.15

DOUBLE
PLUG
J8302
3 GRY

J8303A

1
GRY

J8303B
3 GRY

1
GRY

J8319

1 VIO

VIO

1 VIO

DC COM
(CH12.2)

12.7

J8303B

2 YEL

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

DOUBLE
PLUG

J8319

VIO

YEL

DC330 012-100
J8303A

2 YEL

+5VDC

FINISHER ENTRANCE SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC

J8302
YEL

012-132
012-935

3
FINISHER ENTRANCE
SENSOR
PL18.12

PUNCH ENTRANCE
ROLL DRIVE

012-132
Finisher Entrance Sensor On Jam : Finisher
A

012-935
Finisher Entrance Sensor Static Jam A
: Finisher

5
12.6

PAPER TO
BOOKLET GATE

BOOKLET M/C ONLY

12.7

BOOKLET M/C
ONLY

BOOKLET ENTRANCE
ROLL DRIVE

PAPER TO
PUNCH

12.11

PAPER TO
BOOKLET

12.23

j0na731208

12.9 C-FINISHER PUNCHER POSITIONING


1

FINISHER MAIN
PWB
PL18.15

DC330

PUNCHER MOVE
MOTOR
PL18.7

012-070 to 073

BRACKET ASSY-MOTOR,PUNCH
ON +24VDC CLOCK
J8306
7 BLU

CLOCK A

J8344
BLU

DC COM

6 BLU

CLOCK /A
BLU

PUNCHER
POSITIONING
DRIVE

DC COM

5 BLU

CLOCK B
BLU

12.11

4
MOT

DC COM

1 BLU

CLOCK /B
BLU

3 ORN

ORN

2 ORN

ORN

DC COM

F6
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

4
DC330 012-270
J8307

4 GRY

J8352
GRY

J8352
2 YEL

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

6 VIO

DC COM
(CH12.2)

Moves Puncher to the front at low speed.


Moves Puncher to the front at high speed.

+5VDC

J8307
YEL

012-233
012-234

3
PUNCHER MOVE
HOME SENSOR
PL18.7

Operations with the Diag Codes On:

012-070
012-071
012-072
012-073

VIO

PUNCHER MOVE
HOME SENSOR
BLOCKED(H)+5VDC

012-233

Puncher Move Home Sensor On Fail

012-234

Puncher Move Home Sensor Off Fail

Moves Puncher to the rear at low speed.


Moves Puncher to the rear at high speed.

j0na731209

Chain12 C-Finisher

7-135

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-136

Chain12 C-Finisher
A

12.10 C-FINISHER PUNCH HOLE CONTROL


1

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15
F3
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

1
J8306

4 ORN

DC330

PUNCHER
MOTOR
PL18.7

012-074 to 079

PUNCHER MOTOR
FRONT(H)+24VDC

J8332

P8332

1 ORN
ORN

PUNCH HOLE
DRIVE

J8345

12.11

1
ORN

DC COM

MOT

2
8 BLU

PUNCHER MOTOR
REAR(H)+24VDC
BLU

2 BLU

BLU

2
D

DC COM

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

DC330 012-273
J8307
24 GRY

J8333
GRY

P8333 J8346
1 GRY
3
GRY

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

23 VIO

2 VIO
VIO

J8346

3 YEL
YEL

YEL

J8347

4 GRY
GRY

Moves home in 4-hole punching.

3
GRY

J8347
YEL

6 YEL

+5VDC

PUNCHER FRONT
SENSOR
BLOCKED(H)+5VDC

012-077
The 2-hole punching operation

YEL

19

012-078
The 3-hole punching operation

20 VIO

VIO

5 VIO

VIO

012-079
The 4-hole punching operation

PUNCHER FRONT
SENSOR
PL18.7
18 GRY

7 GRY
GRY

17 VIO

VIO

J8348

3
GRY

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

8 VIO

DC COM
(CH12.2)

VIO

YEL

GRY

12 GRY

15 VIO

VIO

10 VIO

YEL

9 YEL

+5VDC

PUNCHER HOME
SENSOR
BLOCKED(H)+5VDC
YEL

012-231

16

012-232

012-231
Puncher Home Sensor On Fail

012-232
PUNCHER HOME
SENSOR
PL18.7

13 GRY

DC330 012-271

J8348

J8349
GRY

VIO

Puncher Home Sensor Off Fail

DC330 012-274

C
1

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

DC COM
(CH12.2)

012-075

DC330 012-272

DC COM
(CH12.2)

012-074
Moves home in 2-hole punching.

22
YEL

012-076

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

1 Operations with the Diag Codes On:

Moves home in 3-hole punching.


PUNCH HOLE SELECT
SENSOR
PL18.7

21 GRY

P8333

2
VIO

DC COM
(CH12.2)

+5VDC

PUNCH HOLE
SELECT SENSOR
J8333 BLOCKED(H)+5VDC J8307

J8349
YEL

11 YEL

+5VDC

PUNCHER MOTOR
SENSOR
BLOCKED(H)+5VDC
YEL

14

3
PUNCHER MOTOR
SENSOR
PL18.7

j0na731210

12.11 C-FINISHER PUNCHING AND PUNCH BOX CONTROL


FINISHER MAIN
PWB
PL18.15
J8307
10 GRY

J8333

P8333
15 GRY
GRY

J8350

P8333

2 YEL

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

12 VIO

13 VIO
VIO

DC COM
(CH12.2)

3
VIO

YEL

SIDE REGI SENSOR1


PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC

J8333

14 YEL

GRY

18 GRY

9 VIO

VIO

16 VIO

3
1 GRY

J8355

P8355

GRY

1 GRY

J8351
GRY

3 VIO

VIO

3 VIO

012-247

DC330 012-201
1

J8351
2 YEL

VIO

Punch Dust Box Miss Set

YEL

+5VDC

SIDE REGI SENSOR2


PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC

17 YEL

Punch Dust Near Full

YEL

3
SIDE REGI SENSOR2
PL18.7

J8353
GRY

VIO

DC330 012-275

J8353
2 YEL

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

DC COM
(CH12.2)

012-949
11

112-700
SIDE REGI SENSOR1
PL18.7

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

DC COM
(CH12.2)

Side Regi Sensor Off Fail

+5VDC

J8307
YEL

2
7 GRY

012-247

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

DC330 012-200

J8350

1
GRY

J
1

PUNCH BOX SET


SENSOR
PL18.7

P8355
YEL

+5VDC

PUNCH BOX
SET SENSOR
BLOCKED(H)+5VDC

J8355
2 YEL

024-926

YEL

4
B
A

5
12.9

PUNCHER
POSITIONING
DRIVE

12.10

PUNCH HOLE
DRIVE

PUNCHED
/NON PUNCHED
PAPER

12.12

6
12.8

PAPER TO
PUNCH

j0na731211

Chain12 C-Finisher

7-137

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-138

Chain12 C-Finisher
A

J
1

12.12 C-FINISHER TRANSPORT GATE CONTROL

012-125
1

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

TRANSPORT
GATE SOLENOID
PL18.12

DC330 012-012
J8304

30 BLU

Transport Gate Sensor On Jam :


Finisher

012-920

PAPER TO BUFFER
ON(L)+24VDC

J8341
BLU

Transport Gate Sensor Static Jam


(to Top Tray)A : Finisher

DC COM

28 ORN

F1
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

32 BLU

ORN

DC330 012-011
PAPER TO TOP TRAY
ON(L)+24VDC

BLU

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

012-125

DC COM

DOUBLE
PLUG
J8376
3 GRY

J8434A
GRY

J8434B
3 GRY

J8432
GRY

DOUBLE
PLUG

J8432

J8434B

2 YEL

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

1 VIO

VIO

1 VIO

VIO

DC COM
(CH12.2)

YEL

012-920

DC330 012-102
TRANSPORT
GATE SENSOR
J8434A PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC J8376

2 YEL

YEL

+5VDC

012-930
012-931
012-932

3
TRANSPORT GATE
SENSOR
PL18.14

012-933

012-934

12.7

012-930
Transport Gate Sensor Static Jam
(to Top Tray)B : Finisher

012-931
Transport Gate Sensor Static Jam
(to Top Tray)C : Finisher

012-932
Transport Gate Sensor Static Jam
(to Stacker Tray)A : Finisher

012-933
Transport Gate Sensor Static Jam
(to Stacker Tray)B : Finisher

012-934
Transport Gate Sensor Static Jam
(to Stacker Tray)C : Finisher

TOP TRAY TRANSPORT


ROLL DRIVE
PAPER TO
TOP TRAY

12.13

PAPER TO
BUFFER

12.14

12.11

PUNCHED
/NON PUNCHED
PAPER

j0na731212

12.13 C-FINISHER TOP TRAY STACKING


FINISHER MAIN
PWB
PL18.15

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

DOUBLE
PLUG
J8302
12 GRY

J8393A

1
GRY

J8393B
3 GRY

DOUBLE
PLUG

J8322

1
GRY

J8322
2 YEL

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

10 VIO

VIO

1 VIO

VIO

J8393B

2
YEL

J8312B
3 GRY

7 VIO

VIO

1 VIO

J8321
GRY

VIO

024-981

11
YEL

1
DOUBLE
PLUG

J8321
2 YEL

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

DC COM
(CH12.2)

012-171

J8302

DOUBLE
PLUG
GRY

+5VDC

Top Tray Exit Sensor


On Jam A : Finisher

J8312B
YEL

J8312A
2 YEL

+5VDC

TOP TRAY EXIT SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC
YEL

Top Tray Exit Sensor


Off Jam B : Finisher

012-169
012-171

012-172

TOP TRAY EXIT


SENSOR
PL18.14

012-173

012-907
012-928
A

4
TOP TRAY EXIT
ROLL DRIVE

Top Tray Exit Sensor


Off Jam A : Finisher

012-173

DC330 012-115

012-174

12.7

012-169
Top Tray Exit Sensor
On Jam C : Finisher

012-172
TOP TRAY FULL
SENSOR
PL18.14

J8312A

J8393A
2 YEL

DC330 012-215
TOP TRAY FULL SENSOR
FULL(H)+5VDC

DC COM
(CH12.2)

9 GRY

J
1

012-929

012-174
Top Tray Exit Sensor
OFF Jam C : Finisher

012-907
Top Tray Exit Sensor
Static Jam A : Finisher

012-928
Top Tray Exit Sensor
Static Jam B : Finisher

012-929
Top Tray Exit Sensor
Static Jam C : Finisher

024-981
Finisher TopTray Full

5
12.12

PAPER TO
TOP TRAY

j0na731213

Chain12 C-Finisher

7-139

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-140

Chain12 C-Finisher
A

12.14 C-FINISHER BUFFER PASS CONTROL


1

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

012-142

BUFFER GATE
SOLENOID
PL18.12

DC330 012-015
J8304
35 BLU

PAPER TO STACKER
J8394
ON(L)+24VDC

Buffer Path Sensor


On Jam A : Finisher
FINISHER MAIN PWB
PL18.15

BLU

34 ORN

36 BLU

DC330 012-016

012-143
3

BLU

012-900

DOUBLE
PLUG
J8302
15 GRY

J8318A
GRY

J8318B
3 GRY

J8392
GRY

DOUBLE
PLUG
J8392
2 YEL

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

13 VIO

VIO

1 VIO

VIO

DC COM
(CH12.2)

6 GRY

J8391A
GRY

J8391B
3 GRY

YEL

J8318A
2 YEL

+5VDC

BUFFER PATH SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC J8302
YEL

012-926

J8320
GRY

J8320
2 YEL

J8391B
YEL

J8391A
2 YEL

DC330 012-150

Compiler Exit Sensor


On Jam C : Finisher

+5VDC

COMPILER EXIT SENSOR


PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC
YEL

012-151

3
VIO

1 VIO

012-900

3
VIO
C

COMPILER EXIT
SENSOR
PL18.11

012-154

Buffer Path Sensor


Static Jam A : Finisher

012-903

Compiler Exit Sensor


Static Jam : Finisher

012-903

A
PAPER TO
BUFFER

012-926
C

5
12.7

012-154

012-152
4 VIO

12.12

012-152
Compiler Exit Sensor
On Jam A : Finisher

012-927

14

B
DOUBLE
PLUG

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

DC COM
(CH12.2)

J8318B

DC330 012-101

012-151
Compiler Exit Sensor
Off Jam A : Finisher

3
BUFFER PATH
SENSOR
PL18.12

DOUBLE
PLUG

012-142

ORN

PAPER TO BUFFER
ON(L)+24VDC

DC COM

012-143
Buffer Path Sensor
On Jam B : Finisher

DC COM

F1
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

J
1

Buffer Path Sensor


Static Jam B : Finisher

012-927

BUFFER
ROLL DRIVE

Buffer Path Sensor


Static Jam C : Finisher
PAPER TO
COMPILER

12.16

6
B

j0na731214

12.15 C-FINISHER TAMPING CONTROL (1 OF 2)


1

FINISHER MAIN
PWB
PL18.15

DC330

012-020 to 025

FRONT TAMPER MOTOR


ON +24VDC CLOCK
J8309
10 GRY

DOUBLE
PLUG
J8461B

CLOCK A

GRY

10

J8461A
10 GRY

12 GRY

FRONT
TAMPER
MOTOR
PL18.10

DOUBLE
PLUG
J8363B
GRY

J8363A

DC COM

CLOCK /A

12 GRY

GRY

GRY

DC COM

CLOCK B

13 GRY

7
GRY

13 GRY

3
GRY

14 GRY

GRY

11 GRY

GRY

FRONT TAMPER
DRIVE

12.16

REAR TAMPER
DRIVE

12.16

MOT

DC COM

CLOCK /B

14 GRY

GRY

DC COM

11 GRY
F2
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

GRY

DC330

012-026 to 031

REAR TAMPER MOTOR


ON +24VDC CLOCK
15 GRY

REAR
TAMPER
MOTOR
PL18.10

DOUBLE
PLUG

CLOCK A
GRY

15 GRY

17 GRY

J8362B
GRY

J8362A

DC COM

17 GRY

CLOCK /A
GRY

GRY

DC COM

18 GRY

CLOCK B

2
GRY

18 GRY

3
GRY

19 GRY

GRY

16 GRY

GRY

MOT

DC COM

19 GRY

CLOCK /B
GRY

DC COM

16 GRY

GRY

F2
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

Operations with the Diag Codes On:

012-020
012-021
012-022
012-023
012-024
012-025

Moves Front Tamper to the front at low speed.


Moves Front Tamper to the front at medium speed.
Moves Front Tamper to the front at high speed.
Moves Front Tamper to the rear at low speed.
Moves Front Tamper to the rear at medium speed.
Moves Front Tamper to the rear at high speed.

Operations with the Diag Codes On:

012-026
012-027
012-028
012-029
012-030
012-031

Moves Rear Tamper to the front at low speed.


Moves Rear Tamper to the front at medium speed.
Moves Rear Tamper to the front at high speed.
Moves Rear Tamper to the rear at low speed.
Moves Rear Tamper to the rear at medium speed.
Moves Rear Tamper to the rear at high speed.
j0na731215

Chain12 C-Finisher

7-141

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-142

Chain12 C-Finisher
A

12.16 C-FINISHER TAMPING CONTROL (2 OF 2)


1

FINISHER
MAIN PWB
PL18.15

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

DOUBLE
PLUG
J8309
3 GRY

J8461B
GRY

17

J8461A
3 GRY

J8359
GRY

DOUBLE
PLUG
J8359
2 GRY

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

1 GRY

GRY

19

1 GRY

DC COM
(CH12.2)

2
6 GRY

GRY

14

6 GRY

GRY

4 GRY

GRY

16

4 GRY

3
9 GRY

GRY

11

9 GRY

J8461A
GRY

DC COM
(CH12.2)

4
12.19

SUB PADDLE
ROLL DRIVE

12.15

REAR TAMPER
DRIVE

GRY

13

7 GRY

COMPILER TRAY NO
PAPER SENSOR
J8461B PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC

18 GRY

+5VDC

J8309
GRY

012-161
012-161

Set Eject Jam : Finisher

012-905
COMPILER TRAY NO
PAPER SENSOR
PL18.10

J8360
GRY

GRY

DC330 012-220
J8360
2 GRY

012-221
Front Tamper Home Sensor
On Fail

5
GRY

15 GRY

012-223
+5VDC

FRONT TAMPER
HOME SENSOR
BLOCKED(H)+5VDC

Front Tamper Home Sensor


Off Fail

012-221

5
GRY

012-224

012-223

3
FRONT TAMPER
HOME SENSOR
PL18.10

J8361
GRY

GRY

Rear Tamper Home Sensor


Off Fail

012-263

DC330 012-221
J8361
2 GRY

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

7 GRY

DC330 012-151

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

DC COM
(CH12.2)

GRY

12 GRY

Rear Tamper Home Sensor


On Fail

+5VDC

REAR TAMPER
HOME SENSOR
BLOCKED(H)+5VDC
GRY

012-905

012-224

Compiler Paper Sensor


Static Jam : Finisher

012-263

3
REAR TAMPER HOME
SENSOR
PL18.10

C
A

12.15

FRONT TAMPER
DRIVE

12.14

PAPER TO
COMPILER

12.7

COMPILE PADDLE
DRIVE

B
COMPILED SET
PAPER

12.18

j0na731216

12.17 C-FINISHER STAPLE POSITIONING


FINISHER MAIN
PWB
PL18.15

DC330

012-040 to 045

STAPLER MOVE
MOTOR
PL18.8

STAPLER MOVE MOTOR


ON +24VDC CLOCK
J8308
5 BLU

CLOCK A

J8358

BLU

DC COM

3 BLU

CLOCK /A

BLU

DC COM

1 BLU

CLOCK B

BLU

MOT

DC COM

2 BLU

CLOCK /B
BLU

6 ORN

ORN

4 ORN

ORN

DC COM

F6
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

DC330 012-241

4
18 GRY

J8354

J8354

1
GRY

2 YEL

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

16 VIO

Operations with the Diag Codes On:

012-040
012-041
012-042
012-044
012-045
012-044

Moves Stapler to the front at low speed.


Moves Stapler to the front at medium speed.
Moves Stapler to the front at high speed.

+5VDC

J8308
YEL

17

012-295
012-296

3
STAPLER MOVE
HOME POSITION
SENSOR
PL18.8

DC COM
(CH12.2)

VIO

STAPLER MOVE HOME


POSITION SENSOR
BLOCKED(H)+5VDC

012-295

Stapler Move Sensor On Fail

012-296

Stapler Move Sensor Off Fail

Moves Stapler to the rear at low speed.


Moves Stapler to the rear at medium speed.
Moves Stapler to the rear at high speed.
j0na731217

Chain12 C-Finisher

7-143

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-144

Chain12 C-Finisher
A

12.18 C-FINISHER STAPLE CONTROL


DC330 012-046
1

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

DC330 012-047
STAPLE MOTOR CCW (HEAD OPEN)

F4
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

J8308
10 ORN
DC COM

9 ORN

8 BLU
DC COM

7 BLU

STAPLE MOTOR
CW(H)+24VDC
CCW(L)+24VDC

J8357
ORN

STAPLE MOTOR
CW(H)+24VDC
CCW(L)+24VDC
ORN

STAPLE MOTOR
CW(L)+24VDC
CCW(H)+24VDC

STAPLE
MOTOR
1

STAPLED SET
PAPER

BLU

STAPLE MOTOR
CW(L)+24VDC
CCW(H)+24VDC
BLU

J8356
GRY

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

+5VDC

15 VIO
DC COM
(CH12.2)

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

1
VIO

DC330 012-242

DC COM

T0004

T0003

GRN

J8356
2 YEL

GRN
+5VDC

LOW STAPLE SENSOR


LOW STAPLE(H)+5VDC

+5VDC

J8308
YEL

024-979

14

012-291
Stapler Fail

024-976
Finisher Staple Status NG

DC COM

LOW STAPLE SENSOR

DC330 012-243
3 YEL

+5VDC

024-977

+5VDC

STAPLE READY SENSOR


READY(L)+5VDC

Stapler Feed Ready Fail


YEL

024-977

13

024-979
Stapler Near Empty

1
DC COM

STAPLE READY
SENSOR

12.16

COMPILED SET
PAPER

DC330 012-244
4 YEL

+5VDC

12.19

MOT

11 GRY

ZONE
C6

STAPLER ASSY
PL18.8

STAPLE MOTOR CW (HEAD CLOSE)

+5VDC

STAPLE HOME SENSOR


HOME SENSED(L)+5VDC
YEL

12

012-291
024-976

ZONE
F1

DC COM

STAPLE HOME
SENSOR

j0na731218

12.19 C-FINISHER SET EJECT CONTROL (1 OF 2)


FINISHER MAIN PWB
PL18.15

F2
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

EJECT
CLAMP
MOTOR
PL18.9

DC330 012-052 CLAMP UP


DC330 012-053 CLAMP DOWN
J8304
33 ORN

EJECT CLAMP MOTOR


CLAMP UP/DOWN(H)+24VDC

J8339
ORN

DC COM

MOT

31 BLU

2
DC COM

EJECT CLAMP MOTOR


REVERSE(H)+24VDC
BLU

A
SUB
PADDLE
SOLENOID
PL18.9

DC330 012-013
24 BLU

SUB PADDLE SOLENOID


ON(L)+24VDC

J8340
BLU

2
B

DC COM

26 ORN

1
ORN

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

F1
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

DC330 012-250
J8302

28 GRY

J8324
GRY

J8324
2 YEL

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

26 VIO
DC COM
(CH12.2)

12.7

J8302
YEL

27

012-260
012-282

3
VIO
EJECT CLAMP HOME
SENSOR
PL18.9

012-260
Eject Clamp Home Sensor
On Fail

012-282
Eject Clamp Home Sensor
Off Fail

SUB PADDLE
DRIVE

12.18

+5VDC

EJECT CLAMP
HOME SENSOR
BLOCKED(L)+5VDC

STAPLED SET
PAPER

C
SUB PADDLE
ROLL DRIVE

12.16

EJECTED SET
PAPER

12.21

j0na731219

Chain12 C-Finisher

7-145

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-146

Chain12 C-Finisher
A

12.20 C-FINISHER SET EJECT CONTROL (2 OF 2)

DC330

EJECT MOTOR
PL18.10

012-054 to 057

BRACKET ASSY-EJECT
ON +24VDC CLOCK
J8304
15 BLU

CLOCK A

J8336
BLU

CLOCK /A
BLU

012-284

Set Clamp Home Sensor Off Fail

CLOCK B
BLU

CLOCK /B

6
BLU

DC COM

12 ORN

ORN

14 ORN

ORN

5
B

F6
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

SET
CLAMP
CLUTCH
PL18.10

4
DC330 012-050
20 BLU

SET CLAMP CLUTCH


ON(L)+24VDC

DOUBLE
PLUG
J8338B

2
ORN

BLU

J8338A

DC COM

A
22 ORN

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

F1
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

DC330 012-251
J8302

31 GRY

J8325

29 VIO
DC COM
(CH12.2)

VIO

SET CLAMP
HOME SENSOR
BLOCKED(L)+5VDC

J8325

1
GRY

2 YEL

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

Reverse at high speed.

MOT
21 BLU

Reverse at low speed.

Set Clamp Home Sensor On Fail

DC COM

Forward at high speed.

012-283

DC COM

19 BLU

Forward at low speed.

DC COM

17 BLU

With the Diag Codes On


the motor rotates as follows:

012-054
012-055
012-056
012-057

1
FINISHER MAIN
PWB
PL18.15

J
1

+5VDC

J8302
YEL

30

012-283
012-284

3
SET CLAMP HOME
SENSOR
PL18.10

j0na731220

12.21 C-FINISHER STACKER TRAY CONTROL (1 OF 2)


STACKER HEIGHT
SENSOR 1
PL18.6

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

J8302

J8331

23 GRY

GRY

DC330 012-264
4 YEL

5
VIO

YEL

DC COM
(CH12.2)

YEL

DOUBLE
PLUG
18 GRY

J8440A

3
GRY

J8440B
3 GRY

J8330

J8440B

1 YEL

3
GRY

4
YEL

J8440A
2 YEL

5
YEL

1 YEL

3
16 VIO
DC COM
(CH12.2)

VIO

1 VIO

VIO

5
STACKER HEIGHT
SENSOR 2
PL18.6

YEL

YEL

4 YEL

012-211
Stacker Tray Fail

024-980
Finisher Stacker Tray Full

YEL

J8330
2 YEL

024-980

22

24
YEL

STACKER HEIGHT
SENSOR 2 CLOCK
DOUBLE
PLUG

024-982

STACKER HEIGHT
SENSOR 1 CLOCK

2 YEL

+5VDC

STACKER HEIGHT SENSOR 1


STACK PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC J8302

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

21 VIO

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

A
J8331

024-982

25

Stacker Lower Safety


warning
1

STACKER HEIGHT
SENSOR 2 CLOCK

19
YEL

STACKER HEIGHT
SENSOR 1 CLOCK
YEL

DC330 012-265
STACKER HEIGHT SENSOR 2
STACK PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC

YEL

20
+5VDC

17

012-211

4
12.19

EJECTED SET
PAPER

j0na731221

Chain12 C-Finisher

7-147

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-148

Chain12 C-Finisher
A

12.22 C-FINISHER STACKER TRAY CONTROL (2 OF 2)


1

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

DC330 012-060 STACKER TRAY UP

F5
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

J8305
2 ORN

ELEVATOR
MOTOR
PL18.6

ELEVATOR MOTOR
STACKER TRAY UP(H)+24VDC
STACKER TRAY DOWN(L)+24VDC

A
ORN

DC COM

DC330 012-061 STACKER TRAY DOWN

1 BLU

MOT

ELEVATOR MOTOR
STACKER TRAY UP(L)+24VDC
STACKER TRAY DOWN(H)+24VDC
BLU

DC COM

FINISHER MAIN PWB


PL18.15

DC330 012-263
J8302

J8328

34 GRY

GRY

2 YEL

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

32 VIO

VIO

DC COM
(CH12.2)

40 GRY

J8441A
GRY

J8441B

6 GRY

J8327
GRY

3
VIO

4 VIO

DC COM
(CH12.2)

012-212
Stacker Upper Limit Fail

012-213
B

Stacker Lower Limit Fail


DOUBLE
PLUG
J8327
2 YEL

J8441B
YEL

DC330 012-260

2 YEL

024-930

+5VDC

UPPER LIMIT
SENSOR
J8441A BLOCKED(H)+5VDC
YEL

012-212

39

3
VIO

Stacker Tray Full


(SmallSize Full)

Mix Full Stack


UPPER LIMIT SENSOR
PL18.6

37 GRY

GRY

35 VIO

VIO

3 GRY

J8326
GRY

1 VIO

VIO

024-917

DC330 012-262
J8326
2 YEL YEL 2

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

DC COM
(CH12.2)

024-916
38 VIO

012-213

33
YEL

+5VDC
(CH12.2)

+5VDC

J8302

024-930
STACKER ENCODER
SENSOR
PL18.6

DOUBLE
PLUG

STACKER ENCODE
SENSOR
BLOCKED(H)+5VDC

J8328

5 YEL

STACKER NO PAPER
SENSOR
PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC
YEL

Stacker Tray Staple Set


Over Count

+5VDC

36

024-916
024-917

3
STACKER NO PAPER
SENSOR
PL18.6

j0na731222

J
1 With the Diag Codes On,
the motor rotates as follows:
013-064 Forward at
ultra high speed.

12.23 C-FINISHER BOOKLET TRANSPORTATION (BOOKLET M/C ONLY)


1

013-065 Forward at high speed


1

BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17

BOOKLET PAPER
PATH MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK
12

2
12.4

BOOKLET
PAPER
PATH
MOTOR
CLOCK

013-064 to 067

DC330

J8406

DRAWER
J8203

CLOCK A

BLU

22

22

23

23

25

25

013-066 Forward at medium speed.

BOOKLET
PAPER PATH
MOTOR
PL18.24
P8203

J8188
BLU

013-067 Forward at low speed.


ZONE
C6

Virtual Line

DC COM

10

CLOCK /A
BLU

BLU

DC COM

CLOCK B
BLU

BLU

4
MOT

DC COM

CLOCK /B
BLU

26

26

BLU

2
A

DC COM

ORN

24

24

ORN

11

ORN

27

27

ORN

PAPER TO
BOOKLET
TAMPER

BOOK F4
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

12.25

012-113

19

BOOK
+5VDC
(CH12.2)
DC COM
(CH12.2)

J8405 J8202
GRY

B10

B5

P8202 J8182
GRY

DRAWER
1
2

17

VIO

B12

B3

T0006

BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17

DC330 013-135

DRAWER

VIO

T0007

J8182 P8202
YEL

B4

B11

BOOKLET IN SENSOR
PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC
J8202
J8405
YEL

BOOK
+5VDC

18

012-113

BOOKLET IN SENSOR
PL18.23

012-134
012-936

012-937
12.8

PAPER TO
BOOKLET

012-114
Booklet In Sensor OFF Jam 1

012-134
Booklet In Sensor OFF Jam B

012-114

Booklet In Sensor ON Jam

012-936
Paper Remain at
Booklet In Sensor

012-937
Paper Remain at
Booklet In Sensor B

ZONE
F2
j0na731223

Chain12 C-Finisher

7-149

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-150

Chain12 C-Finisher
A

12.24 C-FINISHER BOOKLET TAMPER CONTROL (1 OF 2) (BOOKLET M/C ONLY)


1

BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17
28

12.4

BOOKLET
REAR
TAMPER
MOTOR
CLOCK

J8406
BLU

DC330

013-056 to 063

BOOKLET
REAR TAMPER MOTOR
DOUBLE
DRAWER
PLUG
ON +24VDC CLOCK
J8203
P8203 J8191B
J8191A
CLOCK A
28 28
6
1
BLU

BOOKLET
REAR
TAMPER
MOTOR
PL18.21

J
BOOKLET REAR
TAMPER
HOME SENSOR

12.25

BOOKLET
TAMPER DRIVE

12.25

BOOKLET FRONT
TAMPER
HOME SENSOR

12.25

DC COM

CLOCK /A

26

BLU

30

30

31

31

BLU

DC COM

CLOCK B

24

BLU

BLU

MOT

DC COM

CLOCK /B

22

BLU

32

32

29

29

BLU

DC COM

23

ORN

BOOK RT2
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

DC330

ORN

013-048 to 055

BOOKLET FRONT
TAMPER MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK

4
12.4

BOOKLET
FRONT
TAMPER
MOTOR
CLOCK

CLOCK A

20

BLU

18

BLU

BOOKLET
FRONT
TAMPER
MOTOR
PL18.21

DOUBLE
PLUG
12

12

14

14

15

15

16

16

13

13

J8190B
BLU

BLU

J8190A

DC COM

CLOCK /A

DC COM

CLOCK B

16

BLU

BLU

MOT

DC COM

CLOCK /B

14

BLU

BLU

DC COM

21

ORN

ORN

BOOK RT2 +24VDC


(CH12.2)

With the Diag Codes On, the motor runs to move:

013-056
013-057
013-058
013-059

Rear Tamper to the front at ultra high speed.


Rear Tamper to the front at high speed.
Rear Tamper to the front at medium speed.
Rear Tamper to the front at low speed.

013-060 Rear Tamper to the rear at ultra high speed.


013-061 Rear Tamper to the rear at high speed.
013-062 Rear Tamper to the rear at medium speed.
013-063 Rear Tamper to the rear at low speed.

With the Diag Codes On, the motor runs to move:

013-048
013-049
013-050
013-051

Front Tamper to the front at ultra high speed.


Front Tamper to the front at high speed.
Front Tamper to the front at medium speed.
Front Tamper to the front at low speed.

013-052
013-053
013-054
013-055

Front Tamper to the rear at ultra high speed.


Front Tamper to the rear at high speed.
Front Tamper to the rear at medium speed.
Front Tamper to the rear at low speed.

j0na731224

12.25 C-FINISHER BOOKLET TAMPER CONTROL (2 OF 2) (BOOKLET M/C ONLY)


BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17

BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17

9
BOOK
+5VDC
(CH12.2)

DC330 013-102

DRAWER
J8405
GRY

J8202

A6

A9

P8202

J8178
GRY

1
2

VIO

A8

A7

GRY

VIO

A9

A11

J8177

A6

GRY

A4

VIO

GRY

VIO

A12

A14

J8176

A3

GRY

A1

VIO

DC COM
(CH12.2)

12.23

PAPER TO
BOOKLET TAMPER

12.24

BOOKLET REAR
TAMPER
HOME SENSOR

BOOKLET FRONT
TAMPER
HOME SENSOR

12.24

A7

YEL

A5

A10

012-266

BOOK
+5VDC

YEL

DC330 013-136
BOOKLET REAR
TAMPER
HOME SENSOR
BLOCKED(L)+5VDC

012-266

BOOK
+5VDC

BOOKLET
REAR
TAMPER
HOME
SENSOR
SENSED
SIGNAL

013-902

012-229

DC330 013-134

BOOKLET FRONT
TAMPER
HOME SENSOR
BLOCKED(L)+5VDC

J8176
YEL

A2

A13

BOOK
+5VDC

YEL

BOOKLET
FRONT
TAMPER
HOME
SENSOR
SENSED
SIGNAL

012-230
Booklet Rear Tamper
Home Sensor OFF Fail

012-225
Booklet Front Tamper
Home Sensor ON Fail

012-226

12.4

012-225

013-902
Paper Remain at Booklet
Compile No Paper Sensor

012-229

012-230
BOOKLET REAR
TAMPER
HOME SENSOR
PL18.21

Booklet Compiler
No Paper Sensor Fail

Booklet Rear Tamper


Home Sensor ON Fail

12.4

BOOK
+5VDC
(CH12.2)

A8

J8177
2 YEL

DC COM
(CH12.2)

YEL

BOOKLET COMPILER
NO PAPER SENSOR
PL18.20

2
6

J8178 P8202

BOOKLET COMPILER
NO PAPER SENSOR
J8202 PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC J8405

VIO

DC COM
(CH12.2)

BOOK
+5VDC
(CH12.2)

DRAWER

Booklet Front Tamper


Home Sensor OFF Fail

012-226

3
BOOKLET FRONT
TAMPER
HOME SENSOR
PL18.21

12.24

BOOKLET
TAMPER DRIVE

PAPER TO
END GUIDE

12.26

j0na731225

Chain12 C-Finisher

7-151

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-152

Chain12 C-Finisher
A

12.26 C-FINISHER BOOKLET END GUIDE CONTROL (BOOKLET M/C ONLY)


DC330 013-011
1
013-013

013-014
013-016

BOOKLET END
GUIDE MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK

BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17
J8406

4 BLU

CLOCK A

BOOKLET
END GUIDE
MOTOR
PL18.19

DRAWER
J8203

BOOKLET SET
PAPER

ZONE
C6

10

10

5 ORN

7 ORN

11

11

P8203 J8187
BLU

12.27

DC COM

12.4

BOOKLET END
GUIDE MOTOR
CLOCK

2 BLU

CLOCK /A

BLU

DC COM

1 BLU

CLOCK B

BLU

MOT

DC COM

19.1.1

3 BLU

CLOCK /B

BLU

DC COM

BOOK F4
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

ORN

ORN

BOOKLET
PADDLE
MOTOR
PL18.19

DC330 013-021

13 BLU

BOOKLET PADDLE
MOTOR
ON(L)+24VDC

J8186
BLU

1
2

MOT

DC COM

15 ORN

18

18

ORN

BOOK RT4
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

DC330 013-137
DRAWER

5
BOOK
+5VDC
(CH12.2)

J8405 J8202
28 GRY
B1

B14

26 VIO

B12

B3

DC COM
(CH12.2)

12.25

PAPER TO
END GUIDE

P8202 J8185
GRY

VIO

DRAWER
1

J8185 P8202
YEL

B13

J8202

J8405
YEL

012-227
Booklet End Guide Home
Sensor OFF Fail
12.4

+5VDC

27

012-228
Booklet End Guide Home
Sensor ON Fail

012-227
012-228

3
BOOKLET END GUIDE
HOME SENSOR
PL18.19

2
A
1

ZONE
F1

B2

BOOKLET END GUIDE


HOME SENSOR
BLOCKED(L)+5VDC

BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17
BOOKLET END
GUIDE HOME
SENSOR
BOOK SENSED SIGNAL

Operations with the Diag Codes On:

013-011 Lowers End Guide at low speed.


013-013 Lowers End Guide at high speed.

013-014 Raises End Guide at low speed.


013-016 Raises End Guide at high speed.
j0na731226

12.27 C-FINISHER BOOKLET STAPLE CONTROL (BOOKLET M/C ONLY)


BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17

BOOKLET STAPLER ASSEMBLY


PL18.18

ZONE
D4

DC330 013-017

BOOK RT5
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

J8407
BLU

STAPLER HEAD
DRAWER
MOTOR
J8203
P8203
ON(L)+24VDC
19 19

J8189
BLU

P8189

J
BOOKLET
STAPLED SET
PAPER

12.28

STAPLER HEAD
MOTOR

J8201

BLU

DC COM

STAPLER HEAD
MOTOR
ON(H)+24VDC
ORN

MOT
3

ORN

ORN

DC COM

BOOKLET LOW
STAPLE FRONT
SWITCH 1
25

J8406
YEL

20

20

YEL

YEL

J8201

P8189

YEL

J8189
YEL

DC COM
(CH12.2)

BOOKLET LOW
STAPLE REAR
SWITCH 2

3
27

YEL

21

21

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

DC COM
(CH12.2)

ZONE
H1

024-943

1
YEL

Booklet Low Staple


YEL

BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17

DC330 013-107
DRAWER
C

P8203
YEL

BOOKLET LOW STAPLE


FRONT SWITCH
J8203 LOW STAPLE(H)+5VDC J8406
YEL

BOOK
+5VDC

YEL

12.26

BOOKLET SET
PAPER

BOOK
+5VDC

BOOKLET LOW STAPLE


REAR SWITCH
LOW STAPLE(H)+5VDC

024-984

29

DC330 013-108

024-984
Booklet Low Staple
Front

024-943

024-989
Booklet Low Staple
Rear

012-246
Booklet Stapler FAIL

YEL

30

DC330 013-106
BOOKLET STAPLE
ERROR SIGNAL

024-989

024-978
Booklet Stapler NG

012-246

DC330 013-105
BOOKLET STAPLE
READY SIGNAL

024-978

j0na731227

Chain12 C-Finisher

7-153

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-154

Chain12 C-Finisher
A

12.28 C-FINISHER BOOKLET KNIFE CONTROL (BOOKLET M/C ONLY)


1

BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17

DC330 013-010
KNIFE SOLENOID
J8202
ON(L)+24VDC

J8405

16 BLU

DOUBLE
PLUG

DRAWER
B13

B2

B14

B1

P8202

J8181B

2
ORN

BLU

PAPER TO
FOLD ROLL

KNIFE
SOLENOID
PL18.24
J8181A
A

DC COM

15 ORN

SHORTING
PLUG

BOOK RT3
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

BOOK
+5VDC
(CH12.2)

12.29

ZONE
C3

11 GRY

A4

12 VIO

A3

J8196A

A11 GRY

A12 VIO

J8196B

J8180
GRY

VIO

DC COM
(CH12.2)

DOUBLE
PLUG
J8180
2 YEL

J8179

ZONE
H1

GRY

VIO

J8196A
YEL

J8179
YEL

YEL

3
KNIFE FOLDING
SENSOR
PL18.20

3
KNIFE HOME SENSOR
PL18.20

J8196B

YEL

YEL

1
BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17

DRAWER
P8202

5
12.29

YEL

BOOKLET
KNIFE DRIVE

A13

A2

J8202

KNIFE HOME SENSOR


J8405
BLOCKED(L)+5VDC
YEL

012-265
C

12.27

BOOKLET
STAPLED SET
PAPER

Booklet Knife Home


Sensor ON Fail

012-243

13

012-243

BOOK
+5VDC

DC330 013-101

A10

A5

012-261
Booklet Knife Folding
Sensor Fail

BOOK
+5VDC

DC330 013-140
YEL

012-265
Booklet Knife Home
Sensor OFF Fail

KNIFE FOLDING SENSOR


BLOCKED(L)+5VDC
YEL

10

012-261

j0na731228

12.29 C-FINISHER BOOKLET FOLD AND EXIT (BOOKLET M/C ONLY)


BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17

BOOK F8
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

DC330 013-008 CW
DC330 013-009 CCW
J8407

3 BLU

BOOKLET FOLD MOTOR


CW(L)+24VDC
CCW(H)+24VDC

BOOKLET
FOLD MOTOR
PL18.24

DRAWER
J8203

P8203

J8175
BLU

BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17

DC330 013-103
BOOKLET FOLD
ROLL EXIT SENSOR
PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC

DC COM

4 ORN

MOT

BOOKLET FOLD MOTOR


CW(H)+24VDC
CCW(L)+24VDC

17

17

ORN

BOOK
+5VDC

J8405
YEL

012-115
21

012-180
013-903

DC COM
YEL

DRAWER
J8405 J8202
22 GRY
B7
BOOK
+5VDC
(CH12.2)

DOUBLE
PLUG

P8202 J8197A
B8 GRY
1

J8197B

J8183
GRY

2
20 VIO

B9

B6 VIO

J8183

J8197B

YEL

012-180
Booklet Folder Roll Exit
Sensor OFF Jam

013-903

DOUBLE
PLUG

012-115
Booklet Folder Roll Exit
Sensor ON Jam

Paper Remain at Booklet


Folder Roll Exit Sensor

DRAWER
J8197A

2 YEL

P8202

B7

B8

J8202
YEL

VIO

DC COM
(CH12.2)

BOOKLET FOLD ROLL


EXIT SENSOR
PL18.23

BOOKLET
KNIFE DRIVE

12.28

PAPER TO
BOOKLET
TRAY

12.30

4
A

5
12.28

PAPER TO
FOLD ROLL

j0na731229

Chain12 C-Finisher

7-155

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-156

Chain12 C-Finisher
A

12.30 C-FINISHER BOOKLET TRAY CONTROL (BOOKLET M/C ONLY)


1

BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17

BOOKLET TRAY UNIT


PL18.25

TRAY BELT DRIVE MOTOR


J8408 ON(H)+24VDC
ORN

DC COM

TRAY BELT DRIVE MOTOR


ON(H)+24VDC
ORN

TRAY BELT
DRIVE MOTOR
PL18.25

DOUBLE
PLUG

DC330 013-020

BOOK RT4
+24VDC
(CH12.2)

J8411A

J8411B

J8460
WHT/GRN

BLU

4
MOT

2
4

VIO

VIO

1
WHT/ORN

ORN

DC COM
(CH12.2)

VIO

WHT/BLU

DC COM
(CH12.2)

9
BOOK
+5VDC
(CH12.2)

11

GRY

VIO

GRN

BRN

J8460
7 WHT/BRN

8
BOOKLET NO PAPER
SENSOR
PL18.25

DC COM
(CH12.2)

B
12.29

PAPER TO
BOOKLET
TRAY

WHT/BRN

BOOKLET PWB
PL18.17

5
A

DC330 013-139

DOUBLE
PLUG
J8411B
WHT/BRN

J8411A

BOOKLET NO
PAPER SENSOR
PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC

BOOK
+5VDC

J8408
YEL

10
BOOKLET
COUNT

024-983

024-983

Booklet Tray Full


j0na731230

12.31 B-FINISHER DC POWER AND INTERLOCK SWITCHING


1
FINISHER PWB
PL16.12

TOP COVER
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
PL16.12

J8851 J8808
YEL

YEL

2B

2A

FINISHER PWB
PL16.12
A

DC330

J8808
YEL

DC COM
1

LVPS
PL16.13
FROM IOT
3
CON3

GN/YL

CON3

J2
BLK

J8844
ORN

ORN

1A

1B

FRONT
DOOR
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
PL16.12

ORN
A

J8851

012-301

TOP COVER
INTERLOCK SWITCH
CLOSED(L) +5VDC J8851
1
YEL

YEL

DC COM

LOW VOLTAGE
GENERATION

J8809
YEL

ORN

2B

1A

2A

1B

+5VDC

012-301

DC330
3

J8809
YEL

012-302

+5VDC

FRONT DOOR
INTERLOCK SWITCH
CLOSED(L) +5VDC
YEL

012-302

ORN
CH12
(B) ALL

+24VDC

1
2

WHT

GN/YL

RETURN

J502

J8844

ORN

ORN

VIO

VIO

CH12
(B) ALL

+24VDC
TO
+5VDC

J8844
ORN

4
INTLK ON
+24VDC

+5VDC

CH12
(B) ALL

FINISHER PWB
PL16.12
3

J8844

J505

YEL

YEL

3.4
6

LVPS SQ
YEL

YEL

ON/
OFF

DC COM

012-301
Finisher Top Cover open

012-302
Finisher Front Cover open

j0na731231

Chain12 B-Finisher

7-157

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-158

Chain12 B-Finisher
A

12.32 B-FINISHER HORIZONTAL TRANSPORTATION


H-TRANSPORT
INTERLOCK
SENSOR
PL16.3

J8382
YEL

+5VDC
(CH12.31)
DC COM
(CH12.31)
+5VDC
(CH12.31)

DC COM
(CH12.31)
+5VDC
(CH12.31)
DC COM
(CH12.31)

16

15

12

J8390

J8382

GRY

GRY

VIO

DC330

H-TRANSPORT
ENTRANCE
SENSOR
PL16.3

GRY

VIO

VIO

YEL

14

13

GRY

VIO

VIO

DC COM
3

H-TRANSPORT MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK
BLU

DC COM
4

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

ORN

ORN

012-902

012-111

H-Transport Exit Sensor


static JAM :Finisher

012-111
H-Transport Entrance
Sensor OFF JAM A:
Finisher

012-901

012-923

012-112
H-Transport Entrance
Sensor ON JAM:
Finisher

012-126
H-Transport Entrance
Sensor OFF JAM B :
Finisher

ZN
E5

012-901
H-Transport Entrance
Sensor static JAM A :
Finisher
MOT

H-TRANSPORT MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK

012-162
H-Transport Exit Sensor
ON JAM :Finisher

012-126

3
J8380

BLU

012-162

012-112

GRY

H-TRANSPORT MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK

H-Transport Exit Sensor


OFF JAM :Finisher

+5VDC

YEL

H-TRANSPORT
DOUBLE
MOTOR
PLUG
PL16.3
H-TRANSPORT MOTOR
J8379
J8379
ON +24VDC CLOCK
1
1
6
BLU
BLU

012-121

012-902

012-190

C
5

Finisher H-Transport
Cover Open

012-121

H-TRANSPORT
ENTRANCE SENSOR
PAPER SENSED(H) +5VDC

J8380

012-303

012-303

+5VDC

YEL

DC330

012-191

YEL

GRY

J8390

H-TRANSPORT
EXIT SENSOR
PAPER SENSED(H) +5VDC

J8381

J8381

DC COM

VIO

+5VDC

YEL
H-TRANSPORT
EXIT SENSOR
PL16.3

FINISHER PWB
PL16.12

012-303

H-TRANSPORT
INTERLOCK SENSOR
COVER CLOSED(L) +5VDC

FINISHER PWB
PL16.12

DC330

012-923

ZN
G4

H-Transport Entrance
Sensor static JAM B :
Finisher

DC COM
10
INTLK ON
+24VDC
(CH12.31)

6
10.3

PRINT TO
FINISHER

B
A

ORN

ORN

H-TRANSPORT
TRANSPORT
PAPER

12.33

INTLK ON
+24VDC
(CH12.31)

j0na731232

12.33 B-FINISHER TRANSPORTATION


COMPILE
ENTRANCE
SENSOR
PL16.11

DC330
DOUBLE
PLUG
2

J8814
YEL

J8825A
YEL

J8825B
YEL

012-150

FINISHER PWB
PL16.12
+5VDC

COMPILE
ENTRANCE SENSOR
PAPER SENSED (H) +5VDC J8850
B8
YEL

012-151
012-152

DOUBLE
PLUG

FINISHER PWB
PL16.12
B9

2
+5VDC
(CH12.31)

B7

J8850

J8825

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

B1

A6

B3

A4

J8825

J8814

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

012-903
1

J8846
YEL

DC COM
13

J8800
YEL

012-152
Compile Exit Sensor ON JAM
:Finisher

Compile Exit Sensor static JAM


:Finisher

FINISHER DRIVE
MOTOR
PL16.6

012-080

TRANSPORT MOTOR
ON(L) +5VDC

012-151
Compile Exit Sensor OFF JAM
:Finisher

012-903

DC COM
(CH12.31)

DC330

1
A

TRANSPORT MOTOR
BRAKE
YEL

YEL

ORN

ORN

DC COM
5
INTLK ON
+24VDC
(CH12.31)

INTLK ON
+24VDC
(CH12.31)

2
MOT

ORN

ORN

VIO

VIO

VIO

VIO

COMPILE
PADDLE
DRIVE

12.34

PRINT TO
COMPILE TRAY

12.34

DC COM
(CH12.31)
11

DC COM
(CH12.31)

12.32

H-TRANSPORT
TRANSPORT
PAPER

j0na731233

Chain12 B-Finisher

7-159

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-160

Chain12 B-Finisher
A

12.34 B-FINISHER TAMPING AND OFFSET


1

FINISHER PWB
PL16.12
B12

J8848
RED

DC COM
B10

RED

DC COM
B9

RED

DC COM
B7

RED

DC COM
B11
INTLK ON
+24VDC
(CH12.31)

B8

ORN

ORN

INTLK ON
+24VDC
(CH12.31)

B6

BLU

DC COM

B4

BLU

DC COM
B3

BLU

DC COM
B1

BLU

FRONT TAMPER
MOTOR ON
+24VDC
J8823B
CLOCK
RED
FRONT TAMPER
MOTOR ON
+24VDC CLOCK
RED
FRONT TAMPER
MOTOR ON
+24VDC CLOCK
RED
FRONT TAMPER
MOTOR ON
+24VDC CLOCK
RED
FRONT TAMPER
MOTOR ON
+24VDC CLOCK
ORN

ORN

REAR TAMPER
MOTOR ON
+24VDC
J8824B
CLOCK
BLU
REAR TAMPER
MOTOR ON
+24VDC CLOCK
BLU
REAR TAMPER
MOTOR ON
+24VDC CLOCK
BLU
REAR TAMPER
MOTOR ON
+24VDC CLOCK
BLU

J8823A

FRONT
TAMPER
MOTOR
PL16.9

012-020
012-021
012-022
012-023
012-024
012-025

(MIDDLE : REAR)

B2
INTLK ON
+24VDC
(CH12.31)

B5

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

A
2

FINISHER
PWB
PL16.12

A9

DC COM
(CH12.31)

J8824A

REAR
TAMPER
MOTOR
PL16.9

+5VDC
(CH12.31)
DC COM
(CH12.31)
+5VDC
(CH12.31)

A7

A6

A4

A3

DC330

A1

ZN
G6

J8848

J8805

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

B
2

YEL
FRONT
TAMPER HOME
SENSOR
PL16.9

3
J8806

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

+5VDC

YEL

DC330

012-224

012-151

COMPILE PAPER
SENSOR PAPER
SENSED(H) +5VDC

J8806

012-263

012-161
012-905

A5

012-220

+5VDC
FRONT TAMPER
HOME SENSOR
J8807 HOME SENSED(H) +5VDC
2
A2
YEL
YEL

012-221
012-223

C
1
J8807

GRY

GRY

012-263

Rear Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail

REAR TAMPER
HOME SENSOR
HOME SENSED(H) +5VDC J8848
A8
YEL

YEL

COMPILE PAPER
SENSOR
PL16.9

012-221
+5VDC

J8805

ZN
F6

DC COM

DC330

(HIGH : REAR)

MOT
6

FINISHER PWB
PL16.12

(LOW : REAR)

DC COM
(CH12.31)
4

(HIGH : FRONT)

REAR TAMPER
HOME SENSOR
PL16.9

DOUBLE
PLUG
1

(MIDDLE : FRONT)

+5VDC
(CH12.31)
5

(LOW : FRONT)

MOT
6

DC330 FRONT TAMPER MOTOR

DOUBLE
PLUG
1

VIO

VIO

DC330 REAR TAMPER MOTOR

012-026
012-027
012-028
012-029
012-030
012-031

012-224
Rear Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail

(LOW : FRONT)

012-161

(MIDDLE : FRONT)

Set Eject JAM :Finisher

(HIGH : FRONT)
(LOW : REAR)

012-905

Compile paper Sensor static


JAM :Finisher

(MIDDLE : REAR)
(HIGH : REAR)

012-221
2

12.33

COMPILE
PADDLE
DRIVE

Front Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail

012-223

INTLK ON
+24VDC
(CH12.31)

Front Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail


COMPILED SET
PAPER

6
12.33

PRINT TO
COMPILE TRAY

ZN
D2

12.36

ZN
D4
j0na731234

12.35 B-FINISHER STAPLE POSITIONING


FINISHER PWB
PL16.12

012-295
STAPLE MOVE
SENSOR
PL16.8

+5VDC
(CH12.31)
DC COM
(CH12.31)
+5VDC
(CH12.31)

A3

A1

J8817

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

STAPLE MOVE SENSOR


BLOCKED (H) +5VDC

YEL

VIO

VIO

J8813
YEL

+5VDC
J8850
YEL

012-293
Staple Front Corner Sensor ON fail

A2

012-293

012-294
Staple Front Corner Sensor OFF fail

(HIGH : FRONT)
(LOW : REAR)
STAPLE MOVE
MOTOR
PL16.8

(HIGH : REAR)

STAPLE MOVE MOTOR


CLOCK /A

J8820
YEL

STAPLE MOVE MOTOR


CLOCK A
YEL

YEL
STAPLE MOVE MOTOR
CLOCK B

YEL

DC COM

012-296

012-240

STAPLE FRONT
CORNER SENSOR
CORNER SENSED (H) +5VDC

012-296
Stapler Move Sensor OFF fail

(LOW : FRONT)

YEL

DC COM

DC330

012-295

GRY

DC COM

J8852

Stapler Move Sensor ON fail

012-294

J8813

J8847

+5VDC

GRY

012-040
012-042
012-043
012-045

012-241

YEL

J8850

DC COM
(CH12.31)

FINISHER PWB
PL16.12
8

A
J8817

STAPLE FRONT
CORNER
SENSOR
PL16.8
J8852

DC330

YEL

4
MOT

STAPLE MOVE MOTOR


CLOCK /B
YEL

YEL

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

DC COM
4
INTLK ON
+24VDC
(CH12.31)

INTLK ON
+24VDC
(CH12.31)

A
B

j0na731235

Chain12 B-Finisher

7-161

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-162

Chain12 B-Finisher
A

12.36 B-FINISHER STAPLE CONTROL


1

12.34

024-976

COMPILED SET
PAPER

Finisher Staple Status NG

024-977
FINISHER PWB
PL16.12

DC330
DC330

INTLK ON
+24VDC
7

J8847

10

STAPLE MOTOR
CLOSE (H) +24VDC
OPEN (L) +24VDC

012-291

Stapler fail
ORN

2
MOT

STAPLE MOTOR
CLOSE (L) +24VDC
OPEN (H) +24VDC
BLU

BLU

Stapler Near Empty

STAPLE MOTOR
J8819
ORN

ORN

STAPLE MOTOR
CLOSE (L) +24VDC
OPEN (H) +24VDC
BLU

024-979

(REVERSE)

STAPLE MOTOR
CLOSE (H) +24VDC
OPEN (L) +24VDC

DC COM

STAPLE ASSEMBLY
PL16.8

(FORWARD)

ORN

DC COM

INTLK ON
+24VDC

012-046
012-047

Stapler Feed Ready Fail

BLU

STAPLED SET
PAPER

12.37

4
FINISHER PWB
PL16.12

DC330

STAPLE HEAD
HOME SENSOR
4

J8818
YEL

+5VDC

+5VDC

J8852

J8818

GRY

GRY

+5VDC
5

6
DC COM
(CH12.31)

VIO

VIO

012-242

+5VDC

LOW STAPLE SENSOR


SENSED (H) +5VDC
YEL

024-977

YEL

024-979

012-291

DC COM

+5VDC
(CH12.31)

DC330
2

+5VDC

YEL

YEL

024-976

012-243

STAPLE READY SENSOR


READY (L) +5VDC

LOW STAPLE
SENSOR

DC COM

+5VDC
J8852
YEL

DC330

STAPLE READY
SENSOR
3

012-244

STAPLE HEAD HOME SENSOR


HOME SENSED (L) +5VDC

+5VDC

1
DC COM

DC COM

j0na731236

12.37 B-FINISHER SET EJECT


12.36

STAPLED SET
PAPER

SET CLAMP
HOME SENSOR
PL16.7

ZN
D3

YEL

EJECT CLAMP
HOME SENSOR
PL16.7
9

+5VDC
(CH12.31)

DC COM
(CH12.31)

J8802

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

GRY

012-284

012-284

Set Clamp Home Sensor OFF fail

012-260

Eject Clamp Home Sensor ON fail

+5VDC

012-260
YEL

012-282
Eject Clamp Home Sensor OFF fail

2
J8803

VIO

VIO

DC COM
(CH12.31)
4

J8846

10

EJECT MOTOR
PL16.7
J8801
BLU

EJECT MOTOR ON
+24VDC CLOCK
BLU

BLU
EJECT MOTOR ON
+24VDC CLOCK

BLU

DC COM
14

EJECT MOTOR ON
+24VDC CLOCK

BLU

DC COM

BLU

STAPLED SET
PAPER

4
MOT

EJECT MOTOR ON
+24VDC CLOCK
BLU

BLU

INTLK ON
+24VDC
(CH12.31)

12

ORN

INTLK ON
+24VDC
(CH12.31)
A11

ORN

ORN

ORN
1

J8848
BLU

DC330
DC330

ZN
D3

DC330 EJECT MOTOR

012-081
012-082
012-083
012-084
012-085

DC COM
2

012-051
012-086

SET CLAMP CLUTCH


ON (L) +24VDC

DOUBLE
PLUG
J8822B
BLU

J8822A

(FORWARD)
(REVERSE)
(EJECT CLAMP LOW DOWN)
(EJECT CLAMP MIDDLE DOWN)
(EJECT CLAMP UP)

EJECTED SET
PAPER

A10
INTLK ON +24VDC
(CH12.31)

ORN

ORN

12.38

SET CLAMP
CLUTCH
PL16.5
1
B

DC COM

012-250

EJECT CLAMP HOME SENSOR


J8803 EJECT CLAMP UP (L) +5VDC
2
YEL

012-283

012-282

GRY

DC COM

DC330

012-283
Set Clamp Home Sensor ON fail

+5VDC
(CH12.31)

J8849

J8849
YEL

FINISHER PWB
PL16.12

FINISHER PWB
PL16.12
+5VDC

012-251

SET CLAMP HOME SENSOR


HOME SENSED (L) +5VDC

J8802

DC330

Diag 012-051 simultaneously


turns on Set Clamp Clutch and
Eject Motor to drive the paddles.
Diag 012-086 turns on
Set Clamp Clutch only.

j0na731237

Chain12 B-Finisher

7-163

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-164

Chain12 B-Finisher
A

12.38 B-FINISHER STACKER TRAY CONTROL (1 OF 2)


STACK HEIGHT
SENSOR
PL16.5

A
2

DC330

DOUBLE
PLUG

J8815

J8825A
YEL

YEL

J8825B

FINISHER PWB
PL16.12
+5VDC

012-267

STACK HEIGHT SENSOR


BLOCKED (H) +5VDC

YEL

J8850
YEL

012-211
012-211

B5

024-982
DOUBLE
PLUG

FINISHER PWB
PL16.12
B6

+5VDC
(CH12.31)

B4

J8850

J8825B

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

J8825A

VIO

B1

J871B
GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

DC330

DOUBLE
PLUG
2

J869

J871A

YEL

YEL

J871B

012-262

+5VDC

STACKER NO PAPER SENSOR


PAPER SENSED (H) +5VDC

YEL

YEL

Stacker tray fail

024-982
Finisher Stacker Tray
Lower Safety

B2

3
B

DOUBLE
PLUG
B3

GRY

VIO

DC COM
(CH12.31)

+5VDC
(CH12.31)

J8815

GRY

STACKER NO
PAPER SENSOR
PL16.10

J871A

J869

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

A
1

DC COM
(CH12.31)

DC330

INTLK ON
+24VDC
12

J8847

012-060

STACKER MOTOR
UP (H) +24VDC

ORN

DOUBLE
PLUG
J8827
ORN

P8827

STACKER
MOTOR
PL16.10
PAPER TO
STACKER TRAY

DC COM

DC330

INTLK ON
+24VDC
11

012-061

MOT

STACKER MOTOR
DOWN (H) +24VDC
BLU

BLU

ZN
H4

ZN
E4

DC COM

12.37

EJECTED SET
PAPER

j0na731238

12.39 B-FINISHER STACKER TRAY CONTROL (2 OF 2)

DC330
STACKER UPPER
LIMIT SENSOR
PL16.10

FINISHER
PWB
PL16.12

A12

DC COM
(CH12.31)
+5VDC
(CH12.31)
DC COM
(CH12.31)
+5VDC
(CH12.31)

A9

A7

A6

A4

J8850

J8810

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

FINISHER PWB
PL16.12

012-260

STACKER UPPER
LIMIT SENSOR
LIMIT SENSED (H) +5VDC

J8810
YEL

DC330

B
2

+5VDC
J8850

012-268

YEL

024-916
012-212

A11

+5VDC

STACKER STACK A SENSOR


BLOCKED (H) +5VDC

J8811

YEL

A8

STACKER STACK
B SENSOR
PL16.10
J8811

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

DC330
2

J8812

012-269

+5VDC

STACKER STACK B SENSOR


BLOCKED (H) +5VDC

YEL

YEL

A5

Mix Full Stack

024-917
Stacker Tray Staple Set
Over Count

024-916

012-212
Stacker Upper Limit Fail

YEL

STACKER STACK
A SENSOR
PL16.10

+5VDC
(CH12.31)
A10

A
2

024-917

024-980
Finisher Stacker Tray Full Stack
(*LargeSize Full)

024-980

C
J8812

GRY

GRY

VIO

VIO

DC COM
(CH12.31)

5
B
C

j0na731239

Chain12 B-Finisher

7-165

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-166

Chain16 ESS
A

16.1A ESS (DC-II5010G, AP550IG, DC550IG)


BP PWB
PL9.2a
P336 J336

ESS PWB
PL9.2a

J306 UI CONTROL
PANEL
SEE CH2
(TO HB)

J300
POWER

SEE CH1

P351

J351
FMO
PWB
PL9.2a

EPSV

SEE CH3

ETHERNET
(10BASE-T)
(100BASE-TX)

J340

P363

ESS
PWB
PL9.2a

BP
PWB
PL9.2a

P363

J335

J308

FAX DATA
(USB)

FAX DATA

34.1

USB CABLE
PL9.3
1

3
P345

THREAD
PWB
PL9.2a
J341

VIDEO
DATA

P335

BP PWB
PL9.2a
VIDEO
DATA

SEE CH6

P341

PARALLEL

RISER PWB
PL9.2a
P347

J347

P342

J332

USB1.1
FW V-UP

PRG ROM
OPTION

J332
FONT ROM

HDD KIT
J2

J3

5
NOTE:
1
2

6
3

HDD
PL9.2a

VIO
GRY

For Controller Fail Codes,


see Controller FIP in Chapter2.
Power for HDD:
In modes other than Sleep mode,
+5VDC is supplied.
When installing the HDD
on the machine
with the Fax feature,
remove the FMO PWB.

NVM RAM

+3VDC

1
J330
Std. RAM
(M1)

2
2 _+5VDC

VIO

USB 2.0 PWB


PL9.2a
P338

PAGE MEMORY
(ON BOARD)

J361
GRY

J334

P310

IDE

J361

(CH1.1)
DC COM

J331
Ext. RAM
(M2)

6.2.12 DC355 HDD DIAG

j0na731601a-K2

16.1B ESS (AP-II5010G)


MCW I/F PWB
PL9.2b

ESS PWB
PL9.2b

P349

J300

P352 UI CONTROL
PANEL
SEE CH2
(TO MCW)

POWER

SEE CH1

P351

J351

EPSV

SEE CH3

ETHERNET
(10BASE-T)
(100BASE-TX)

J349

P/J335

J340

BP PWB
PL9.2b

J308

FAX DATA
(USB)

FAX DATA

34.1

USB CABLE
PL9.3

3
P345

THREAD
PWB
PL9.2b
J341

VIDEO
DATA

VIDEO
DATA

P341

SEE CH6

OPTION
NEW RISER PWB
IMAGE EXT PWB
PL9.2b
PL9.2b
J348 P348
J3481
P348

PARALLEL

J332

PRG ROM

OPTION

FONT ROM

USB 2.0 D PWB


PL9.2b
J3480
P338

J333
HDD KIT
J2

J3

5
HDD
PL9.2b

NOTE:

For Controller Fail Codes,


see Controller FIP in Chapter2.

Power for HDD:


In modes other than Sleep mode,
+5VDC is supplied.

VIO
GRY

NVM RAM

PAGE MEMORY
(ON BOARD)

Std. RAM
(M1)

2
3

(CH1.1)
DC COM

6.2.12 DC355 HDD DIAG

BP PWB
PL9.2b

J330
2 +5VDC

VIO

+3VDC

P/J335 +5V-SLP
A7

J361
GRY

J334

P310

IDE

B7

ESS FAN
FAIL

ESS FAN
PL9.2b

J302
GRY

ESS FAN
FAIL(H)+3.3VDC
2

YEL

MOT

J331
Ext. RAM
(M2)

VIO

DC COM

j0na731601b-K2

Chain16 ESS

7-167

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-168

Chain34 FAX
A

34.1 FAX
FAX PWB
PL9.3

OPTION

16.1B

OPTION

EMB PWB
PL9.3

16.1A
CNJ353 CNP353

CNP355

FAX DATA

CNJ355 CNJ363

G3 PWB
PL9.3
CNP363

USB CABLE
PL9.3

SEE CH1

J352
POWER

CNP352

CNJ364
1
CNP356

SPEAKER
PL9.3

LINE

CNJ361

TEL

NOTE:
1

For the details of Fax Fail Codes, see Chapter2 Troubleshooting.

j0na733401-K2

Chapter 8 Accessories

8 Accessories
8.1 Duplex Unit [AP 550IG/DC 550IG] ...........................................................................
8.2 Exit Kit [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]...................................................................................
8.3 Side Tray ..................................................................................................................
8.4 Exit 2 Tray ................................................................................................................
8.5 Attention Light [AP 550IG/DC 550IG].......................................................................
8.6 256MB Memory [DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG/DC 550IG] ..............................................
8.7 HDD [DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG/DC 550IG]................................................................
8.8 Fax Kit ......................................................................................................................
8.9 Additional G3 Port ....................................................................................................
8.10 Printer Kit................................................................................................................
8.11 [SW Key] Speed Dial Extension Kit [AP 550IG/DC 550IG] ....................................
8.12 [SW Key] Annotation Kit [AP 550IG/DC 550IG] .....................................................
8.13 [SW Key] Scanner Kit/Simple Scan Kit 45/55 ........................................................
8.14 [SW Key] Data Security Kit/Security Kit .................................................................
8.15 DADF [AP 550IG/DC 550IG] ..................................................................................
8.16 Stored Stamp Kit ....................................................................................................
8.17 C-Finisher/C-Finisher with Booklet Maker.............................................................
8.18 HCF Kit...................................................................................................................
8.19 USB 2.0 Kit [DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG/DC 550IG] ...................................................
8.20 [SW Key] Copy Management Expansion Kit/Security Watermark Kit ....................
8.21 Accessory Installation Kit A/B.................................................................................

3
5
7
9
10
15
16
18
24
29
31
32
32
39
39
42
45
52
55
58
58

8.22 CopyLyzer/DocuLyzer/IC Card Gate


8.22.1 Product Code/Connection Kit ..............................................................................
8.22.2 Copylyzer 610N/650N .........................................................................................
8.22.3 DocuLyzer Installation .........................................................................................
8.22.4 IC Card Gate Settings .........................................................................................
8.23 B-Finisher ...............................................................................................................
8.24 Two Tray Module Kit ..............................................................................................
8.25 Tandem Tray Module Kit ........................................................................................
8.26 Mobile Stand ..........................................................................................................
8.27 2/3 Hole Punch Kit.................................................................................................
8.28 [SW Key] Internet Fax Kit .......................................................................................
8.29 PostScript 3 Kit........................................................................................................
8.30 [SW Key] Network Accounting Kit ..........................................................................
8.31 USB 2.0 Kit(Apeos) (AP-II 5010G) .........................................................................
8.32 Secure Watermark Kit (AP-II 5010G, DC-II 5010G)...............................................
8.33 [SW Key] External Access Kit (AP-II 5010G) .........................................................
8.34 Server Fax Kit (AP-II 5010G) .................................................................................
8.35 Image Expansion Kit (AP-II 5010G) .......................................................................
8.36 Preview Image Kit (AP-II 5010G) ...........................................................................

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

61
62
64
66
67
73
76
78
81
82
83
85
85
88
90
91
91
94

2007/10/01
8-1

Accessories

Accessories

2007/10/01
8-2

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

2.

8.1 Duplex Unit [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]


8.1.1 Product Code
EL200577

Secure the Duplex Unit. (Figure 2)


(1)

Open the Duplex Unit.

(2)

Turn the knobs (x2) 90 clockwise.

Bundled Items
1.

Duplex Unit: 1

2.

Install Guide: 1

8.1.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]

Figure 2 Securing the Duplex Unit (j0st82111)

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.


CAUTION

3.

Remove the cover. (Figure 3)


(1)

Static electricity may damage some parts.

Remove the cover.

Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts
before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
1.

Install the Duplex Unit. (Figure 1)


(1)

Install the Duplex Unit.

Figure 3 Removal of cover (j0st82112)

Figure 1 Installation of Duplex Unit (j0st82110)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-3

8.1 Duplex Unit [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]

Accessories

Accessories
8.1 Duplex Unit [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]
4.

Version 2.1

Connect the connector. (Figure 4)

6.

Plug the machine in and turn the power ON.

(1)

Connect the connector.

7.

Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)

(2)

Insert the clamp.

Duplex Output Unit: 91V

Figure 4 Connecting the connector (j0st82113)


5.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-4

Restore the machine to its original state. Restore the IIT-IOT connectors to their original positions as
illustrated below. (Figure 5)

Figure 5 Connecting the IIT-IOT connectors (j0na80001)

8.2 Exit Kit [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]


8.2.1 Product Code
EL200303
Before Installation

This kit must be installed when expanding Finisher-B/C.

Bundled Items
1.

Exit2+OCT2: 1

2.

Install Guide: 1

8.2.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.

Figure 1 Removal of Exit1 Top Cover (j0na80002)

CAUTION
3.

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

Install Exit2+OCT2. (Figure 2)


(1)

[FAX Models]

Install Exit2+OCT2.

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts
before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
1.

Open the L/H Upper Chute Assembly.

2.

Remove the Exit1 Top Cover. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the Exit1 Top Cover.

Figure 2 Installation of Exit2+OCT2 (j0na80003)


4.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-5

Restore the machine to its original state. Restore the IIT-IOT connectors to their original positions as
illustrated below. (Figure 3)

8.2 Exit Kit [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]

Accessories

Accessories
8.2 Exit Kit [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]

Figure 3 Connecting the IIT-IOT connectors (j0na80001)

2007/10/01
8-6

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

5.

Plug the machine in and turn the power ON.

8.3 Side Tray

6.

Enter the CE Diag, select [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write] to change the
following Chain-Link from "0" to "1".

8.3.1 Product Code

Chain-Link: 742-100
7.

Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)


Inner Offset Output Unit: 94V

EL200305
Before Installation

This kit can be installed on machines that are installed with Exit+OCT2.

Installation of this kit enables Face Up output.

Bundled Items
1.

Face Up Tray: 1

2.

Tray Cover: 1

3.

Install Guide: 1

8.3.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts
before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
1.
2.

Open the L/H Upper Chute Assembly.


Remove the Face Up Exit Cover. (Figure 1)
(1)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-7

Remove the Face Up Exit Cover.

8.3 Side Tray

Accessories

Accessories

2007/10/01
8-8

8.3 Side Tray

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 1 Removal of Face Up Exit Cover (j0na80005)


3.
4.

Close the L/H Upper Chute Assembly.


Install the Face Up Tray. (Figure 2)
(1)

Attach the Face Up Tray.

Figure 2 Installation of Face Up Tray (j0na80006)


5.

Install the Tray Cover. (Figure 3)


(1)

Install the Tray Cover.

Figure 3 Installation of Tray Cover (j0na80007)

6.

Restore the machine to its original state. Restore the IIT-IOT connectors to their original positions as
illustrated below. (Figure 4)

8.4 Exit 2 Tray


8.4.1 Product Code
EL200589
Before Installation

This kit can be installed on machines that are installed with Exit+OCT2.

Installation of this kit enables bi-directional Face Down output.

This kit cannot be installed together with the 8.17 Finisher-C and 8.23 Finisher-B.

Bundled Items
1.

Exit2 Tray: 1

2.

Install Guide: 1

3.

Paper Weight: 1

8.4.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.
Figure 4 Connecting the IIT-IOT connectors (j0na80001)

[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

7.

Plug the machine in and turn the power ON.

8.

Enter the CE Diag, select [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write] to change the
following Chain-Link from "0" to "1".
Chain-Link: 742-099

9.

CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts
before servicing to discharge the static electricity.

Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)


Side Output Tray: 96V

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-9

8.4 Exit 2 Tray

Accessories

Accessories
8.5 Attention Light [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]
1.

Install the Exit2 Tray. (Figure 1)


(1)

Install the Exit2 Tray.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-10

Version 2.1

8.5 Attention Light [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]


8.5.1 Product Code
EL200311
Bundled Items (Figure 1)
1.

Attention Light: 1

2.

Relay Kit: 1

3.

Clamps: 4

4.

Plate: 1

5.

Fasteners (47x21): 1

6.

Fasteners (30x25.4): 4

7.

Label: 1

8.

Wire Harness: 1

9.

Installation Manual: 1

Figure 1 Installation of Exit2 Tray (j0na80008)


2.

Install the Paper Weight. (Figure 2)


(1)

Install the Paper Weight.

Figure 1 Bundled Items (j0st82035)

Figure 2 Installation of Paper Weight (j0na80009)


3.

Plug the machine in and turn the power ON.

4.

Enter the CE Diag, select [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write] to change the
following Chain-Link from "0" to "1".
Chain-Link: 742-098

5.

Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)


Inner Output Tray: 95V

8.5.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts
before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
1.

Remove the cover of the Relay Kit. (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Remove the cover.

Figure 2 Removal of cover (j0st82036)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-11

8.5 Attention Light [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]

Accessories

Accessories
8.5 Attention Light [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]
2.

Switch according to the switch settings of the Relay Kit. (Figure 3)


(1)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-12
5.

Switch the setting.

Version 2.1
When attaching the Attention Light to a wall, change the installation of the base. (Figure 5)
(1)

Remove the Base.

(2)

Install the Base.

Figure 3 Switching the setting (j0st82047)


Figure 5 Modifying the Attention Light (j0st82039)
3.
4.

Restore the cover removed in Step 1 to its original position.


Attach the fasteners (30x25.4) (x4) to the Relay Kit. (Figure 4)
(1)

Attach the fasteners (x4).

Figure 4 Attaching the fasteners (j0st82038)

6.

When installing the Attention Light using fasteners, attach the fastener (47x21) to the plate. (Figure 6)
(1)

Attach the fastener.

Figure 6 Attaching the fastener (j0st82040)

7.

Remove the plate. (Figure 7)

If there are other accessories (Figure 9)

(1)

Remove the screw.

(1)

Disconnect the wire harness of the accessory from P351.

(2)

Remove the plate.

(2)

Connect the wire harness of the accessory to the Relay Kit.

(3)

Connect the wire harness in the kit.

Figure 7 Removal of plate (j0na80010)


Figure 9 Connecting the wire harness (j0na80012)
8.

Connect the Relay Kit and P351 using the wire harness.
If there are no other accessories (Figure 8)
(1)

9.

Connect the wire harness.

Figure 8 Connecting the wire harness (j0na80011)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Connect the wire harness of the Attention Light to the Relay Kit. (Figure 10)
(1)

Connect the wire harness.

Figure 10 Connecting the wire harness (j0st82045)

2007/10/01
8-13

8.5 Attention Light [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]

Accessories

Accessories
8.5 Attention Light [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]
10. Attach the Relay Kit.
Attaching to the Rear Middle Cover (Figure 11)
NOTE: To prevent contamination from foreign substances and staples, install with the connector
facing downwards.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-14

Version 2.1

13. Secure the wire harness of the Attention Light and the wire harness connecting P351 to the Relay
Kit using the clamps (x4) in the kit where necessary.
14. Plug the machine in and turn the power ON.
15. Set the individual features according to the needs of the customer. (Figure 13)
(1)

(1)

Attach the Relay Kit to the Rear Middle Cover.

Turn the lamp and chimes OFF temporarily.

(2)

Use the dial to adjust the chime volume.

(3)

Set the conditions for the Green Lamp to light up/go off.

(4)

Set the Light ON time for the Green Lamp. (15, 30, 60, 180sec)

NOTE: When the Green Lamp is set to "OFF" or "Copying/Printing", this setting will become invalid.
5.

Set whether to turn the Orange Lamp ON.

NOTE: If set to "ON", the lamp will turn ON when any of the following events occur during scanning:
add paper, auto paper supply selection failed, paper jam, document jam and cover open.
6.

Set the Light ON time for the Orange Lamp. (15, 30, 60, 180sec)

Figure 11 Attaching the Relay Kit (j0na80013)


Attaching on the table (YR84) (Figure 12)
(1)

Attach the Relay Kit to the table.

Figure 13 Setting the individual features (j0st82046)


16. Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)
Attention Light: 103V

Figure 12 Attaching the Relay Kit (j0st82071)


11. When attaching the Attention Light using fasteners, attach the plate in Step 6 at the installation
location of the Attention Light.
12. Attach the Attention Light using a magnet.

2.

8.6 256MB Memory [DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG/DC 550IG]

Insert the DDR DIMM into J331. (Figure 2)


(1)

8.6.1 Product Code

Insert the DDR DIMM.

EL200578(256M)
Bundled Items
1.

DDR DIMM: 1

2.

Install Guide: 1

8.6.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]

Figure 2 Insertion of DDR DIMM (j0na80015)


3.

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

Restore the machine to its original state. Restore the IIT-IOT connectors to their original positions as
illustrated below. (Figure 3)

CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts
before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
1.

Remove the ESS Cover Assembly. (Figure 1)


(1)

Loosen the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the ESS Cover Assembly.

Figure 3 Connecting the IIT-IOT connectors (j0na80001)


Figure 1 Removal of ESS Cover Assembly (j0na80014)
4.
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-15

Plug the machine in and turn the power ON.

8.6 256MB Memory [DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG/DC 550IG]

Accessories

Accessories
8.7 HDD [DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG/DC 550IG]
5.

Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)


Add-on Memory (256MB): 101V

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-16

Version 2.1

8.7 HDD [DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG/DC 550IG]


8.7.1 Product Code
EC100332
Before Installation

When installing this kit on the machine with the Fax feature, remove the FMO PWB because it is not
required.

Bundled Items
1.

HDD: 1

2.

Install Guide: 1

8.7.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts
before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
1.

Disconnect all cables that are connected to the ESS.

2.

Pull out the ESS PWB Chassis Assembly. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Pull out the ESS PWB Chassis Assembly.

Figure 1 Removal of ESS PWB Chassis Assembly (j0na80016)


3.

Remove the screws (x3). (Figure 2)


(1)

Figure 3 Installation of HDD (j0na80018)


5.

Remove the screws (x3).

Restore the machine to its original state. Restore the IIT-IOT connectors to their original positions as
illustrated below. (Figure 4)

Figure 2 Removal of screw (j0na80017)


4.

Install the HDD with the screws (x3) that were removed in Step 3. (Figure 3)
(1)

Install the HDD.

(2)

Tighten the screws (x3).

(3)

Connect the connector.

(4)

Connect the connector.

Figure 4 Connecting the IIT-IOT connectors (j0na80001)


6.

Plug the machine in and turn the power ON.

7.

Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)


Functional Expansion Kit (HDD): 97V

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-17

8.7 HDD [DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG/DC 550IG]

Accessories

Accessories
8.8 Fax Kit

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-18

Version 2.1

8.8 Fax Kit


8.8.1 Product Code
[AP-II 5010G]
Fax Kit Apeos : EL200809 [AP-II 5010G]
Fax Kit (ENG) : EL200646 [DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG, DC 550IG]
Fax Kit (2Byte) : EL200647 [DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG, DC 550IG]
Before Installation
[DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG, DC 550IG]

When installing this kit on DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG, DC 550IG, the FMO PWB packed together does
not require installing.

When installing this kit on the machine with HDD, the FMO PWB packed together does not require
installing.

Bundled Items (Figure 1)


1.

Figure 1 Bundled Items (j0na80019)

8.8.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING

Fax Box Assembly: 1

2.

FMO PWB: 1 (AP-II 5010G: None)

3.

Screws (FMO PWB): 2

4.

Screws (Fax Box): 4

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.
CAUTION

5.

USB Cable: 1

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

6.

Line Cable: 1 (FX Only)

[FAX Models]

7.

Clamp: 3 (FX Only)

8.

One Touch Panel: 1

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.

9.

Label: 1

10. JATE Label: 1 (FX Only)

[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts
before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
1.

Disconnect all cables that are connected to the ESS.

2.

Disconnect all cables connected to the rear of the IOT. (Figure 2)


(1)

Disconnect the IIT I/F Cable.

(2)

Disconnect the IIT-DADF Cable. (DADF Models)

Figure 2 Disconnecting the cables (j0na80020)


3.

Remove the ESS Cover Assembly. (Figure 3)

Figure 4 Removal of ESS Side Cover (j0na80021)


5.

Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (Figure 5)

(1)

Loosen the screws (x2).

(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Remove the ESS Cover Assembly.

(2)

Remove the Rear Upper Cover.

Figure 3 Removal of ESS Cover Assembly (j0na80014)


4.

Remove the ESS Side Cover. (Figure 4)


(1)

Figure 5 Removal of Rear Upper Cover (j0na80022)


6.

Remove the ESS Side Cover.

Perform the procedure appropriate for the model you work on.
[AP-II 5010G]

Go to step 9.

[DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG/DC 550IG]

7.

(1)
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-19

Go to step 7.

Pull out the ESS PWB Chassis Assembly. (Figure 6)


Remove the screws (x4).

8.8 Fax Kit

Accessories

Accessories
(2)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-20

8.8 Fax Kit

Version 2.1

Pull out the ESS PWB Chassis Assembly.

Figure 8 Installation of Fax Box (j0na80024)


Figure 6 Removal of ESS PWB Chassis Assembly (j0na80016)
10. Remove the Blind Cover of the Rear Upper Cover. (Figure 9)
8.

Install the FMO PWB. (Figure 7)


(1)

Install the FMO PWB.

(2)

Tighten the screws.

(1)

Remove the Blind Cover.

Figure 9 Removal of Blind Cover (j0na80025)


Figure 7 Installation of FMO PWB (j0na80023)
9.

Install the Fax Box. (Figure 8)


(1)

Install the Fax Box Assembly.

(2)

Tighten the screws (x4).

11. Connect the USB Cable to the BP PWB. (Figure 10)


(1)

Connect the USB Cable.

(2)

Pass the USB Cable through the clamp.

(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the screws (x2).

(3)

Hold the HB Control Panel Assembly and slide it slowly to the front.

(4)

Disconnect the connector.

(5)

Release the cable from the folded part of the bracket.

(6)

Remove the HB Control Panel Assembly.

Figure 10 Connecting the USB Cable (j0na80026)


12. Connect the USB Cable and the wire harness. (Figure 11)
(1)

Connect the USB Cable.

(2)

Connect the wire harness.

Figure 12 Removal of HB Control Panel Assembly (j0st82006)


16. Remove the HB Control Panel. (Figure 13)
(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Remove the HB Control Panel.

Figure 11 Connecting the USB Cable (j0na80027)


13. Open DADF or the Platen Cover.
14. Perform the procedure appropriate for the Control Panel you work on.
[HB Control Panel]

Perform steps 15 and 16 and then go to step 19.

[MCW Control Panel]

Figure 13 Removal of Control Panel (j0na80028)

Go to step 17.

15. Remove the HB Control Panel Assembly. (Figure 12)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

17. Remove the MCW Control Panel Assembly. (Figure 14)


2007/10/01
8-21

8.8 Fax Kit

Accessories

Accessories

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-22

8.8 Fax Kit


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the screws (x2) while supporting the MCW Control Panel Assembly by your hand.

(3)

Shift the MCW Control Assembly slightly to the front.

(4)

Release the cable from the bracket tab.

(5)

Disconnect the connector.

(6)

Remove the MCW Control Panel Assembly.

Version 2.1

Figure 15 Removal of MCW Control Panel (j0na80131)


19. Remove the Left Panel. (Figure 14)
(1)

Release the Left Panel from the hooks (x4).

(2)

Disconnect the Flat Cable.

Figure 14 Removal of MCW Control Panel Assembly (j0na41143)


18. Remove the MCW Control Panel. (Figure 15)
(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Remove the screws (x2).

(3)

Remove the MCW Control Panel.


Figure 16 Removal of Left Panel (j0na80029)
20. Install the One Touch Panel. (Figure 15)
(1)

Connect the Flat Cable.

(2)

Install the One Touch Panel.

Figure 17 Installation of One Touch Panel (j0na80030)


21. Restore the machine to its original state.

Figure 19 Pasting the JATE Label (j0na80031)


24. Connect the Line Cable. (Figure 18)

22. Paste on the Label. (Figure 16)


(1)

(1)

Connect the Line Cable.

Paste the Label.

Figure 20 Connecting the Line Cable (j0na80032)


Figure 18 Pasting the Label (j0st82027)
25. Plug the machine in and turn the power ON.
23. [FX Only] Paste the JATE Label on the right side of the Data Plate. (Figure 17)
(1)

26. Carry out FAX installation.

Paste the JATE Label.

Check the installation by performing transmission tests according to step 6 of item 9.1 Installation
9.1.2.3 (AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000) Installation (3 of 3) in Chapter 9.
27. Explain to the customer how to operate the machine where necessary.
28. Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)
Fax Kit: 98V

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-23

8.8 Fax Kit

Accessories

Accessories

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-24

8.9 Additional G3 Port

8.9 Additional G3 Port

6.

Version 2.1
Label: 1 (FX Only)

8.9.1 Product Code


Additional G3 Port (IBG) : EL200314
Additional G3 Port (FX) : EC100345
Fax Extension Board (IBG) : EL200313
Fax Extension Board (FX) : EC100344
Before Installation

When installing the first Additional G3 Port, prepare the Fax Extension Board (Product Code:
EC100344/EL200313) and perform the installation in a series of operations. (Up to 2 pieces of
Additional G3 Port can be added on.)

Bundled Items
Additional G3 Port (Figure 1)
1.

G3 PWB: 1

2.

Screws: 3

3.

Data Cable: 1 (FX Only)

Figure 2 Bundled Items (j0st82146)

8.9.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts
before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
1.
2.
Figure 1 Bundled Items (j0st82145)

Fax Extension Board (Figure 2)


1.

EMB PWB: 1

2.

MJB PWB: 1 (FX Only)

3.

Wire Harness: 1 (FX Only)

4.

Clamps: 1 (FX Only)

5.

Screws: (FX: 3, IBG: 2)

Disconnect all connections of the wire harness to the Rear Upper Cover.
Remove the ESS Cover Assembly. (Figure 3)
(1)

Loosen the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the ESS Cover Assembly.

Figure 3 Removal of ESS Cover Assembly (j0na80014)


3.

Remove the ESS Side Cover. (Figure 4)


(1)

Figure 5 Removal of Rear Upper Cover (j0na80022)


5.

Remove the ESS Side Cover.

Remove the Panel. (Figure 6)


(1)

Loosen the screws (x8).

(2)

Remove the Panel.

Figure 4 Removal of ESS Side Cover (j0na80021)


Figure 6 Removal of Panel (j0na80034)
4.

Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (Figure 5)


(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Remove the Rear Upper Cover.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

6.

2007/10/01
8-25

Pull out the FCB PWB. (Figure 7)


(1)

Disconnect the USB Cable.

(2)

Disconnect the connector.

(3)

Disconnect the connector.

(4)

Pull out the FCB PWB.

8.9 Additional G3 Port

Accessories

Accessories
8.9 Additional G3 Port

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-26

Version 2.1

Figure 7 Pulling out the FCB PWB (j0na80035)


7.

Install the EMB PWB. (Figure 8)

Figure 8 Installation of EMB PWB (j0na80036)


8.

[FX]

(1)

Connect the connector.

After performing step 9 to step 10,go to step 11.

(2)

Insert the EMB PWB.

[IBG]

(3)

Insert the FCB PWB using the rail as a guide.

(4)

Tighten the screws (x2).

Go to step 11.
9.

Connect the wire harness to the EMB PWB. (Figure 9)


(1)

Install the clamp.

(2)

Connect the wire harness.

Figure 9 Connecting the wire harness (j0na80037)


10. Connect the wire harness to the MJB PWB and install it. (Figure 10)
(1)

Connect the wire harness.

(2)

Insert the MJB PWB using the rail as a guide.

Figure 11 Installation of G3 PWB (j0na80039)


12. Restore the panel removed in Step 5 to its original position.
13. [FX] Secure the MJB PWB and G3 PWB. (Figure 12)
(1)

Tighten the screws (x3).

(2)

Tighten the screws.

[IBG] Secure the G3 PWB.


(1)

Tighten the screws (x3).

Figure 10 Installation of MJB PWB (j0na80038)


11. Insert the G3 PWB into CNJ383 (bottom) using the rail as a guide. (Figure 11)
NOTE: When installing a second G3 PWB, insert into CNJ384 (top) using the rail as a guide.
(1)

Figure 12 Securing the PWB (j0na80040)

Insert the G3 PWB using the rail as a guide.

14. [FX] Paste on the Label. (Figure 13)


(1)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-27

Paste the Label.

8.9 Additional G3 Port

Accessories

Accessories

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-28

8.9 Additional G3 Port

Version 2.1

Figure 13 Pasting the Label (j0na80041)


15. [FX] Remove the Blind Cover of "HANDSET" and "LINE2/ISDN1" from the Rear Upper Cover.
(Figure 14)
(1)

Remove the Blind Cover.

[IBG] Remove the Blind Cover of "LINE2/ISDN1" from the Rear Upper Cover.
(1)

Remove the Blind Cover.

Figure 15 Connecting the IIT-IOT connectors (j0na80001)

NOTE: When installing a second G3 PWB, remove the Blind Cover of "LINE3/ISDN2".
17. Connect the Data Cable to "LINE2/ISDN1" of the Rear Upper Cover.
NOTE: When installing a second G3 PWB, connect to "LINE3/ISDN2".
NOTE: For machines with a handset, disconnect the curl cord from "TEL" and connect it to
"HANDSET".
18. Plug the machine in and turn the power ON.
19. Check the line status and peform calling control as required.
Table 1
Ch No.

Details

Calling Control CL

Ch 0

Extension Port

825-077

Ch 1

Outside Line (Standard G3 Port)

825-078

Ch 2

G4 Port out of G4/G3 that was mounted on Slot 1 (bottom)

825-079

Expansion G3 Port out of G4/G3 that was mounted on Slot 1 (bottom)


Ch 3

G3 Port out of G4/G3 that was mounted on Slot 1 (bottom)

825-080

Figure 14 Removal of Blind Cover (j0st82134)

Ch 4

G4 Port out of G4/G3 that was mounted on Slot 2 (top)

825-081

16. Restore the machine to its original state. Restore the IIT-IOT connectors to their original positions as
illustrated below. (Figure 15)

Ch 5

Expansion G3 Port out of G4/G3 that was mounted on Slot 2 (top)


G3 Port out of G4/G3 that was mounted on Slot 2 (top)

825-082

20. Explain to the customer how to operate the machine where necessary.
21. Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)

Additional G3 Port: 107V


Fax Extension Board: 106V

8.10 Printer Kit


8.10.1 Product Code
[DC-II 5010G]

Printer Kit (ENG) : EL200780

Printer Kit (FXK) : EL200792

Printer Kit (TFX, FXCL) : EL200795

[DC-II 5010G]

Printer Kit (ENG) : EL200617

Printer Kit (FXK) : EL200618

Printer Kit (TFX, FXCL) : EL200619

Before Installation

When installing this kit into the DC models, an Expansion Memory (256MB) (Product Code:
EL200578) is required.

Bundled Items
1.

CentreWare Utilities Pack : 1

2.

Thread PWB: 1

3.

Screw: 2

4.

MF ROM: 1

5.

Key Switch : 1

8.10.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts
before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
1.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-29

Reposition the Panel. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the Panel.

(3)

Install the Panel.

(4)

Loosen the screws (x2).

8.10 Printer Kit

Accessories

Accessories

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-30

8.10 Printer Kit

Version 2.1

Figure 1 Repositioning the Panel (j0na80047)


2.

Remove the ESS Cover Assembly. (Figure 2)


(1)

Loosen the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the ESS Cover Assembly.

Figure 3 Installation of the Thread PWB. (j0na80048)


4.

Replace the MF ROM with the MF ROM in the Kit. (Figure 4)


(1)

Replace the MF ROM.

Figure 4 Replacing the MF ROM (j0na80049)


Figure 2 Removal of ESS Cover Assembly (j0na80014)
3.

Install the Thread PWB. (Figure 3)

5.

Restore the ESS Cover Assembly to its original state.

6.

Enter CE mode and enter the software key.

(1)

Install the Thread PWB.

(1)

Hold on to the [0] key for 5sec or more and press the [Start] key.

(2)

Tighten the screws (x2).

(2)

Enter the CE password "6, 7, 8, 9".

(3)

Press the [System Settings] key.

(4)

Press the [System Settings] button.

(5)

Press the [Common Settings] button.

(6)

Press the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] button.

(7)

Press the [Sub System] button.

(8)

Select [Software Option Settings].

(9)

Enter the software key (12 characters) using the Keyboard and press the [Reboot] button.

8.11 [SW Key] Speed Dial Extension Kit [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]
8.11.1 Product Code

7.

Exit from CE Mode and check that [Printer Mode] is displayed the menu.

8.

After installation, refer to "Network Administrator Guide" to perform servicing appropriate to the
environment of the customer.

9.

Explain to the customer how to operate the machine where necessary.

10. Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)

Speed Dial Extension Kit (IBG) : EL200631


Speed Dial Extension Kit (FX) : EL200564
Before Installation

Printer Kit: 105V


[IBG]

Installing this kit on ApeosPort 550 I/450 I/350I requires the Fax Kit (Product Code: EL200646
(ENG: 1 byte) or EL200647 (ENG: 2 bytes)).

Installing this kit on DocuCentre 550 I/450 I requires the Fax Kit (Product Code: EL200646 (ENG) or
EL200647 (2 bytes)), HDD (Product Code: EC100332) and S-Scan Kit (Product Code: EL200625).

[FX]

This kit can be installed on ApeosPort 450I/350I.

This kit can be installed on a machine with HDD (Product Code: EC100332) for DocuCentre 450I/
350I.

Bundled Items
1.

Install Guide: 1

8.11.2 Installation Procedure


1.

Enter CE mode and enter the software key.


(1)

Hold on to the [0] key for 5sec or more and press the [Start] key.

(2)

Enter the CE password "6, 7, 8, 9".

(3)

Press the [System Settings] key.

(4)

Press the [System Settings] button.

(5)

Press the [Common Settings] button.

(6)

Press the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] button.

(7)

Press the [Sub System] button.

(8)

Select [Software Option Settings].

(9)

Enter the software key (12 characters) using the Keyboard and press the [Reboot] button.

2.

Set Chain-Link [790-631] from "0" to "1".

3.

Exit CE Mode and press the [Menu] key.

4.

Press the [Fax] button and select "Address Book".

5.

Check that the number of entries in the address book has increased from 500 to 999.

6.

Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)


Address Book Extension Kit: 86V

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-31

8.11 [SW Key] Speed Dial Extension Kit [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]

Accessories

Accessories
8.12 [SW Key] Annotation Kit [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-32

Version 2.1

8.12 [SW Key] Annotation Kit [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]

8.13 [SW Key] Scanner Kit/Simple Scan Kit 45/55

8.12.1 Product Code

8.13.1 Product Code

Annotation Kit (IBG) : EL200630

[DC-II 5010G]

Annotation Kit (FX) : EL200572

Scanner Kit : EL200783

Before Installation
[DC 550IG]
[IBG]

Simple Scan Kit : EL200625

This kit can be installed on DocuCentre 550 I/450 I.

Before Installation

Installing this kit requires the HDD (Product Code: EC100332) and 256MB Memory (Product Code:
EL200578).

[DC-II 5010G]

[FX]

When installing this kit into DC-II 5010G, HDD ( EC100332), Printer Kit ( ENG:EL200780,
FXK:EL200792, FXTW&FXCL:EL200795) and 256MB Memory (EL200578) is required.

When installing this kit into the DC models of DocuCentre 450I/350I, both HDD (Product Code:
EC100332) and 256MB Memory (Product Code: EL200578) are required.

[DC 550IG]

When installing this kit into the CF or CFP models of DocuCentre 450I/350I, HDD (Product Code:
EC100332) is required.

Bundled Items

When installing this kit into DC 550IG, HDD ( EC100332), Printer Kit ( ENG:EL200617,
FXK:EL200618, FXTW&FXCL:EL200619) and 256MB Memory (EL200578) is required.

Bundled Items
1.

Install Guide: 1

8.12.2 Installation Procedure

1.

1.

Install Guide: 1

Enter CE mode and enter the software key.

8.13.2 Installation Procedure

(1)

Hold on to the [0] key for 5sec or more and press the [Start] key.

1.

(2)

Enter the CE password "6, 7, 8, 9".

(1)

Hold on to the [0] key for 5sec and press the [Start] key

(3)

Press the [System Settings] key.

(2)

Enter the CE password "6, 7, 8, 9".

(4)

Press the [System Settings] button.

(3)

Press the [System Settings] key.

Press the [Common Settings] button.

(4)

Press the [System Settings] button.

(6)

Press the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] button.

(5)

Press the [Common Settings] button.

(7)

Press the [Sub System] button.

(6)

Press the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] button.

(8)

Select [Software Option Settings].

(7)

Press the [Sub System] button.

(9)

Enter the software key (12 characters) using the Keyboard and press the [Reboot] button.

(8)

Select [Software Option Settings].

(9)

Enter the software key (12 characters) using the Keyboard and press the [Reboot] button.

(5)

Enter CE mode and enter the software key.

2.

Exit CE Mode and press the [Menu] key.

3.

Select the [Output Format] tab. The [Annotation] button will be displayed. Check the operation of the
feature.

2.

Exit CE Mode and press the [Menu] key.

3.

Check that the scanner related icons are displayed on the Menu screen.

Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)

8.13.3 Scan Feature Settings

Annotation Kit: 85V

8.13.3.1 E-mail Overview

4.

Scan to E-mail

Scan to Mailbox

Scans documents into digitized data and sends them by E-mail.

Uses the scan function like a Mailbox when the machine is connected on a TCP/IP protocol network
environment. It scans the document on the machine and stores it in the Mailbox on the machine as
data. The stored document can be retrieved from the computer connected on the network. Besides
scanned documents, new transmissions and received fax documents can also be retrieved from
mailboxes.

This procedure is not necessary if the IP address has already been set. Set only the access method
in the DHCP and BOOTP environment. Check the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address
settings when the IP address cannot be obtained automatically or when setting manually.
(2)

Select "TCP/IP - Get IP Address" and press [Change Settings].

Scan to Job Template

(3)

Select one from "DHCP", "BOOTP", "RARP", "DHCP/Autonet" or "Manual".

(1)

The file that stores the scan conditions is called a Job Template. Specify the Job Template and scan
the desired document on the machine as data. While the scanned document is stored in the hard
disk, it is also sent automatically to the computer (server) connected on the network. The optional
CentreWare Scan Services is required for settings such as creating the Job Template and
specifying the send destination.

NOTE: If DHCP server is used, the WINS (Windows Internet Name Service) server will be
used at the same time.
(4)

If "Manual" is selected, select "TCP/IP - IP Address" and press [Change Settings].


NOTE: This setting item is not required if "DHCP", "BOOTP", "RARP" or "DHCP/Autonet" is
selected.

Scan to Network
Enables scan data to be stored in a computer on the network when the machine is connected to an
FTP or SMB protocol network environment. It scans the document on the machine and stores it to
the computer connected on the network as data.

Select [Protocol Settings].

(5)

Select "TCP/IP - IP Address" and press [Change Settings].

(6)

Enter the IP address using the Numeric Keypad.

Scan to Job Flow


NOTE:

Enables scanning using job flows for scanning created by external editors.

Enter the address in the format of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
However, 224 to 225.xxx.xxx.xxx and 127.xxx.xxx.xxx cannot be set.

8.13.3.2 E-mail Settings


8.13.3.2.1 Preparations
Perform the following settings before using the Scan to E-mail feature.

E-mail Account Registration


It is necessary to register the E-mail account in the mail server used by the machine.

If a mistake is made, press the [C (Clear)] button and re-enter.

To move to the next bit for entries with less than 3 digits, select "Next".

(7)

Select "Save".

(8)

Set the "TCP/IP - Subnet Mask" and "TCP/IP - Gateway Address" in the same way.
NOTE:

NOTE: Check with the System Administrator on how to register an E-mail account on the mail
server.

This setting item is not required if "DHCP", "BOOTP", "RARP" or "DHCP/Autonet" is


selected.

8.13.3.2.2 Enabling Ports and TCP/IP Settings

Enter the address in the format of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
However, 224 to 225.xxx.xxx.xxx and 127.xxx.xxx.xxx cannot be set.

1.

For subnet mask, select combinations of values 0, 128, 192, 224, 248, 252 and 255.
However, do not set the middle values to 0.

If a gateway address is not required, enter 0.0.0.0.

Display the "System Administrator Menu" screen.


(1)

Press the [Login (System Settings)] key.

(2)

Enter the User ID using Numeric Keypad and press [Confirm].

(3)
2.

3.

NOTE: The default UserID is "11111". A password may be required when using the Login
Setup feature. The default password is "x-admin".

4.
5.

Select [Exit].

Select [System Settings].

6.

Reboot the machine and print the system settings list. Check the Send E-mail port and TCP/IP
settings.

Enable the port for Scan to E-mail.


(1)

Select [System Settings].

(2)

Select [Network Settings].

(3)

Select [Port Settings].

(4)

Select "Send E-mail" and press [Change Settings].

(5)

Select "Send E-mail - Port" and press [Change Settings].

(6)

Select "Enable" and press [Save].

(7)

Select [Close] until the "Network Settings" screen appears.

8.13.3.2.3 E-mail Environment Settings


1.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Display the "System Administrator Menu" screen.


(1)

Press the [Login (System Settings)] key.

(2)

Enter the User ID using Numeric Keypad and press [Confirm].


NOTE: The default UserID is "11111". A password may be required when using the Login
Setup feature. The default password is "x-admin".

(3)

Set the IP address.

Version 2.1

Select [Close] until the "System Settings" screen appears.

2007/10/01
8-33

Select [System Settings].

8.13 [SW Key] Scanner Kit/Simple Scan Kit 45/55

Accessories

Accessories
8.13 [SW Key] Scanner Kit/Simple Scan Kit 45/55
2.

3.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-34

Version 2.1

Set the E-mail address, Hostname and Domain Name.


(1)

Select [System Settings].

(2)

Select [Network Settings].

NOTE:
Enter the address in the format of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
However, 224 to 225.xxx.xxx.xxx and 127.xxx.xxx.xxx cannot be set.

(3)

Select [Machine E-mail Address/Hostname].

If a mistake is made, press the [C (Clear)] button and re-enter.

(4)

Select "E-mail Address" and press [Change Settings].

To move to the next bit for entries with less than 3 digits, select "Next".

(5)

Enter the E-mail address using the keyboard that is displayed.

(6)

Select [Save].

(7)

Set the "Hostname" and "Domain Name" in the same way.

(8)

Select [Close].
Select [Other Settings].

(2)

Select "Receive E-mail Protocol" and press [Change Settings].

(3)

Select "SMTP" or "POP3" according to the environment.

(4)

Select [Save] and [Close].

"SMTP" is selected for "Receive E-mail Protocol"

"POP3 Server Name"

"POP3 Server Port Number"

"POP3 Server Check Interval"

"POP3 Server Login Name"

"POP3 Password"

Enter if "By Server Name" is selected in "POP3 Server Setup".


Enter a value from 1 to 65535.

Set the Receive protocol.


(1)

Set the interval to check for E-mail on the POP3 server.


Enter the name for login to the POP3 server.
Enter the same password in "New password" and "Re-enter password". If you do not want
to set a password, leave the field empty and press [Save].

Select [SMTP Server Settings] and set the following items.

Select "By IP Address" or "By Server Name" for "SMTP Server Setup".

"SMTP Server IP Address"

Select "On (APOP)" for password encryption.

Enter if "By IP Address" is selected in "SMTP Server Setup".


NOTE: Enter the address in the format of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
However, 224 to 225.xxx.xxx.xxx and 127.xxx.xxx.xxx cannot be set. If a mistake is made,
press the [C (Clear)] button and re-enter. To move to the next bit for entries with less than
3 digits, select "Next".

Select [Save] and [Close].


4.

Set the Domain Filter.


Select [Domain Filter] and set the following items.

A maximum number of 50 permitted domains can be set.

Enter if "By Server Name" is selected in "SMTP Server Setup".


"SMTP Server Port Number"

"E-mail Send Authentication"

"SMTP AUTH Login Name"


Set when "SMTP AUTH" is selected in "E-mail Send Authentication".

"SMTP AUTH Password"


Set when "SMTP AUTH" is selected in "E-mail Send Authentication". Enter the same
password in "New password" and "Re-enter password". If you do not want to set a
password, leave the field empty and press [Save].

5.

Select [Close] until the "System Settings" screen appears.

6.

Select [Exit].

7.

Reboot the machine and print the system settings list. Check the settings of the individual items.

8.13.3.3 Scan to Mailbox Settings


8.13.3.3.1 Enabling Ports and IP Address Settings
1.

"POP3" is selected for "Receive E-mail Protocol"

Display the "System Administrator Menu" screen.


(1)

Press the [Login (System Settings)] key.

(2)

Enter the User ID using Numeric Keypad and press [Confirm].

Select [POP3 Server Settings] and set the following items.

"POP3 Server Setup"

"POP3 Server IP Address"

NOTE: The default UserID is "11111". A password may be required when using the Login
Setup feature. The default password is "x-admin".

Select "By IP Address" or "By Server Name".


Enter if "By IP Address" is selected in "POP3 Server Setup".

"Domain 1" to "Domain 50"


A maximum of 50 domains can be set if "Enter Permitted Domain Names" or "Enter Rejected
Domain Names" is selected in "Domain Filtering".

Enter a value from 1 to 65535.


Select one from "Off", "POP before SMTP" or "SMTP AUTH".

Domain Filtering
Select one from "Off", "Enter Permitted Domain Names" or "Enter Rejected Domain Names".

"SMTP Server Name"

"POP3 Password Encryption"

(3)
2.

Select [System Settings].

Enable the Salutation port.


(1)

Select [System Settings].

(2)

Select [Network Settings].

(3)

Select [Port Settings].

3.
4.

(4)

Select "Salutation" and press [Change Settings].

(5)

Select "Salutation - Port" and press [Change Settings].

(6)

Select "Enable" and press [Save].

Up to 200 mailboxes can be registered. The following are the settings and items that can be changed.

Mailbox Name

Password

Set the mailbox name. Up to 10 characters can be set.

Select [Close] until the "Network Settings" screen appears.


Set the IP address.
This procedure is not necessary if the IP address has already been set. Set only the access method
in the DHCP and BOOTP environment. Check the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address
settings when the IP address cannot be obtained automatically or when setting manually.
(1)

Select [Protocol Settings].

(2)

Select "TCP/IP - Get IP Address" and press [Change Settings].

(3)

Select one from "DHCP", "BOOTP", "RARP", "DHCP/Autonet" or "Manual".

Up to a 20-digits password can be set for the mailbox. The mailbox can be set without a password.
This password is effective only if the password for the System Administrator has been set.

Restricted Access
When the password is set, restricted mailbox read and write access according to the password can
be performed.

Auto Delete Documents


You can set whether to auto delete the documents in the mailbox.

(4)

NOTE: If DHCP server is used, the WINS (Windows Internet Name Service) server will be
used at the same time.

Registration Procedure

If "Manual" is selected, select "TCP/IP - IP Address" and press [Change Settings].

1.

NOTE: This setting item is not required if "DHCP", "BOOTP", "RARP" or "DHCP/Autonet" is
selected.
(5)

Select "TCP/IP - IP Address" and press [Change Settings].

(6)

Enter the IP address using the Numeric Keypad.

If a mistake is made, press the [C (Clear)] button and re-enter.


To move to the next bit for entries with less than 3 digits, select "Next".

(7)

Select "Save".

(8)

Set the "TCP/IP - Subnet Mask" and "TCP/IP - Gateway Address" in the same way.

Press the [Login (System Settings)] key.

(2)

Enter the User ID using Numeric Keypad and press [Confirm].

(3)

Enter the address in the format of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
However, 224 to 225.xxx.xxx.xxx and 127.xxx.xxx.xxx cannot be set.

(1)

NOTE: The default UserID is "11111". A password may be required when using the Login
Setup feature. The default password is "x-admin".

NOTE:

Display the "System Administrator Menu" screen.

2.

Select [System Settings].

Select [Create/Delete].

3.

Select [Mailbox].

4.

Select the mailbox to register and select [Create/Delete].


NOTE: Unregistered mailboxes are displayed as "Not in use".

5.

Set the password.

NOTE:
This setting item is not required if "DHCP", "BOOTP", "RARP" or "DHCP/Autonet" is
selected.

Enter the address in the format of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
However, 224 to 225.xxx.xxx.xxx and 127.xxx.xxx.xxx cannot be set.

For subnet mask, select combinations of values 0, 128, 192, 224, 248, 252 and 255.
However, do not set the middle values to 0.

If a gateway address is not required, enter 0.0.0.0.

Setting the password

1. Select "On".

2. Use the Numeric Keypad to enter up to 20 digits and select [Save].


The "Mailbox XXX - Create/Delete" screen appears. XXX is the Mailbox Number
registered.
NOTE: The password entered will be displayed as " * ". If a mistake is made, press the [C
(Clear)] button and re-enter.

Not setting the password

5.

Select [Close] until the "System Settings" screen appears.

6.

Select [Exit].

7.

Start up the machine and print the system settings list. Check the Salutation port and IP address
settings.

1. Select "Off" and press [Save].


The "Mailbox XXX - Create/Delete" screen appears. XXX is the Mailbox Number
registered.

6.

8.13.3.3.2 Mailbox Registration

Set the mailbox name, access rights and document auto deletion where necessary. Select the item
and select [Change Settings]. When the setting completes, select [Save].

Mailbox Name

Restricted Access

Set the mailbox name. You can enter up to 10 characters.


Document stored in mailboxes are accessed by applications on the computer using the scanner driver.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-35

8.13 [SW Key] Scanner Kit/Simple Scan Kit 45/55

Accessories

Accessories
8.13 [SW Key] Scanner Kit/Simple Scan Kit 45/55

When the password is set, restricted mailbox read and write access according to the password
can be performed.

Version 2.1
(6)

Select "Enable" and press [Save].

(7)

Select [Close].

Save (Write)

3.

Enable the FTP client port and internet service (HTTP) port in the same way.

Password entry is required when the mailbox is selected.

4.

Select [Close].

Print/Delete (Read)

5.

Set the IP address.

Password entry is required when a document in the mailbox is selected for printing or
deletion.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-36

Always

This procedure is not necessary if the IP address has already been set. Set only the access method
in the DHCP and BOOTP environment. Check the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address
settings when the IP address cannot be obtained automatically or when setting manually.

Password entry is required for the above two operations.

(1)

Select [Protocol Settings].

Delete Document After Retrieval

(2)

Select "TCP/IP - Get IP Address" and press [Change Settings].

Sets documents to be deleted after the document has been retrieved, printed or transferred to
a job flow.

(3)

Select one from "DHCP", "BOOTP", "RARP", "DHCP/Autonet" or "Manual".

Save

Delete

NOTE: If DHCP server is used, the WINS (Windows Internet Name Service) server will be
used at the same time.

Saves the document.


(4)

Deletes the document.

NOTE: This setting item is not required if "DHCP", "BOOTP", "RARP" or "DHCP/Autonet" is
selected.

Delete Documents with Expiry Date


Deletes documents at the specified time after the expiry date, if "Document Expiry Date" is set
in "Mailbox" of "System Settings".

(5)

Select "TCP/IP - IP Address" and press [Change Settings].

(6)

Enter the IP address using the Numeric Keypad.

Link Job Flow Sheet to Mailbox


NOTE:

Sets/changes the link of Job Flow Sheet to Mailbox, and selects and executes Job Flow Sheet.
7.

Check the settings in the "Setup Menu" screen and select [Close].

8.

Select [Close] until the "System Settings" screen appears.

9.

Select [Exit].

Enter the address in the format of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
However, 224 to 225.xxx.xxx.xxx and 127.xxx.xxx.xxx cannot be set.

8.13.3.4 Job Template Settings


8.13.3.4.1 Preparations

If a mistake is made, press the [C (Clear)] button and re-enter.

To move to the next bit for entries with less than 3 digits, select "Next".

(7)

Select "Save".

(8)

Set the "TCP/IP - Subnet Mask" and "TCP/IP - Gateway Address" in the same way.

Prepare the following option software before using the Scan to Job Template feature.

If "Manual" is selected, select "TCP/IP - IP Address" and press [Change Settings].

NOTE:
This setting item is not required if "DHCP", "BOOTP", "RARP" or "DHCP/Autonet" is
selected.

CentreWare Scan Services

8.13.3.4.2 Enabling Ports and IP Address Settings


1.

(1)

Press the [Login (System Settings)] key.

(2)

Enter the User ID using Numeric Keypad and press [Confirm].


NOTE: The default UserID is "11111". A password may be required when using the Login
Setup feature. The default password is "x-admin".

(3)
2.

Enter the address in the format of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
However, 224 to 225.xxx.xxx.xxx and 127.xxx.xxx.xxx cannot be set.

For subnet mask, select combinations of values 0, 128, 192, 224, 248, 252 and 255.
However, do not set the middle values to 0.

If a gateway address is not required, enter 0.0.0.0.

Display the "System Administrator Menu" screen.

Select [System Settings].

Enable the SNMP port.

6.

Select [Close] until the "System Settings" screen appears.

7.

Select [Exit].

8.

Reboot the machine and print the system settings list. Check the port and TCP/IP settings.

8.13.3.4.3 SNMP Port Settings

(1)

Select [System Settings].

(2)

Select [Network Settings].

1.

Start up the web browser.

(3)

Select [Port Settings].

2.

(4)

Select "SNMP" and press [Change Settings].

Enter the machine IP address or Internet address in the browser address box and press the [Enter]
key.

(5)

Select "SNMP - Port" and press [Change Settings].

Entering IP address

http://111.222.333.444

NOTE: If a password is set, the "Login" screen will be displayed.

Example of Internet Address Entry


http://xxx.yyyy.zz.vvv (TBD)

(2)

If a password is set, enter the password using the Numeric Keypad and select [Confirm]. If
password is not set, go to step 3).

NOTE: If specifying the port number, specify ":" and "80" (port number at factory settings) after
the address.

NOTE: The factory setting is "11111".


(3)

3.

Click [Properties].

4.

Click [Enable Port].

5.

Check [UDP] of "SNMP".

6.

This reflects the set value as a machine setting value.

2.

Select [System Settings].

Enable the SMB port if using the SMB protocol.


(1)

Select [System Settings].

(2)

Select [Network Settings].

(3)

Select [Port Settings].

(1)

Click the [Apply new settings] button.The User Name and password entry screen appears.

(4)

Select "SMB" and press [Change Settings].

(2)

Enter the CentreWare Internet Services System Administrator User Name and password. Click
[OK].

(5)

Select "SMB - Port" and press [Change Settings].

(6)

Select "Enable" and press [Save].

NOTE: At factory settings, the User Name is "11111" and the password is "x-admin".

(7)

Select [Close].

(3)

The left frame of the web browser will change after reboot.

(4)

Click [Reboot]. The settings will be reflected after the machine reboots.

3.

Enable the FTP client port if using the FTP protocol.


(1)

Select "FTP Client" and press [Change Settings].

8.13.3.5 Scan to Network Settings

(2)

Select "FTP Client - Port" and press [Change Settings].

8.13.3.5.1 Preparations

(3)

Select "Enable" and press [Save].

(4)

Select [Close] until the "Network Settings" screen appears.

Perform the following settings before using the Scan to Network feature.

4.

Set the IP address.

The following FTP servers are available for FTP transfer.

This procedure is not necessary if the IP address has already been set. Set only the access method
in the DHCP and BOOTP environment. Check the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address
settings when the IP address cannot be obtained automatically or when setting manually.

For Microsoft Windows NT Server 4.0, Microsoft Windows 2000 Server

(1)

FTP service for Microsoft Internet Information Server 3.0.

(2)

Select "TCP/IP - Get IP Address" and press [Change Settings].

For Microsoft Windows NT Workstation 4.0, Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional

(3)

Select one from "DHCP", "BOOTP", "RARP", "DHCP/Autonet" or "Manual".

For Novell NetWare

For FTP

FTP service for Microsoft Internet Information Server 3.0 or Microsoft Peer Web Services 3.0.

Select [Protocol Settings].

NOTE: If DHCP server is used, the WINS (Windows Internet Name Service) server will be
used at the same time.

FTP service for NetWare 5.0.


(4)

Refer to the bundled software manual for individual FTP service settings.

For SMB

NOTE: This setting item is not required if "DHCP", "BOOTP", "RARP" or "DHCP/Autonet" is
selected.

The following OS that support shared folders are available for SMB transfer.

Microsoft Windows 98

(5)

Select "TCP/IP - IP Address" and press [Change Settings].

Microsoft Windows Me

(6)

Enter the IP address using the Numeric Keypad.

Microsoft Windows NT 4.0

Microsoft Windows 2000

Microsoft Windows XP

NOTE:
Enter the address in the format of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
However, 224 to 225.xxx.xxx.xxx and 127.xxx.xxx.xxx cannot be set.

8.13.3.5.2 Enabling Ports and IP Address Settings


1.

If "Manual" is selected, select "TCP/IP - IP Address" and press [Change Settings].

Display the "System Administrator Menu" screen.


(1)

Press the [Login (System Settings)] key.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-37

If a mistake is made, press the [C (Clear)] button and re-enter.

To move to the next bit for entries with less than 3 digits, select "Next".

(7)

Select "Save".

(8)

Set the "TCP/IP - Subnet Mask" and "TCP/IP - Gateway Address" in the same way.

8.13 [SW Key] Scanner Kit/Simple Scan Kit 45/55

Accessories

Accessories
8.13 [SW Key] Scanner Kit/Simple Scan Kit 45/55

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-38

Version 2.1

NOTE:

NOTE: This setting item is not required if "DHCP", "BOOTP", "RARP" or "DHCP/Autonet" is
selected.

This setting item is not required if "DHCP", "BOOTP", "RARP" or "DHCP/Autonet" is


selected.

Enter the address in the format of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
However, 224 to 225.xxx.xxx.xxx and 127.xxx.xxx.xxx cannot be set.

For subnet mask, select combinations of values 0, 128, 192, 224, 248, 252 and 255.
However, do not set the middle values to 0.

If a gateway address is not required, enter 0.0.0.0.

5.

Select [Close] until the "System Settings" screen appears.

6.

Select [Exit].

7.

Start up the machine and print the system settings list. Check the SMB port, FTP client port and IP
address settings.

(5)

Select "TCP/IP - IP Address" and press [Change Settings].

(6)

Enter the IP address using the Numeric Keypad.


NOTE:
Enter the address in the format of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
However, 224 to 225.xxx.xxx.xxx and 127.xxx.xxx.xxx cannot be set.

8.13.3.6 Job Flow Settings

If a mistake is made, press the [C (Clear)] button and re-enter.

To move to the next bit for entries with less than 3 digits, select "Next".

(7)

Select "Save".

(8)

Set the "TCP/IP - Subnet Mask" and "TCP/IP - Gateway Address" in the same way.
NOTE:

8.13.3.6.1 Preparations

This setting item is not required if "DHCP", "BOOTP", "RARP" or "DHCP/Autonet" is


selected.

Prepare the following software before using the Scan to Job Flow feature.

CentreWare Easy Admin is in the CentreWare CD-ROM bundled with the machine.
8.13.3.6.2 Enabling Ports and IP Address Settings
1.

For subnet mask, select combinations of values 0, 128, 192, 224, 248, 252 and 255.
However, do not set the middle values to 0.

If a gateway address is not required, enter 0.0.0.0.

4.

(1)

Press the [Login (System Settings)] key.

5.

Select [Exit].

(2)

Enter the User ID using Numeric Keypad and press [Confirm].

6.

NOTE: The default UserID is "11111". A password may be required when using the Login
Setup feature. The default password is "x-admin".

Start up the machine and print the system settings list. Check the Job Flow port and IP address
settings.

7.

Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)

Select [System Settings].

Enable the Job Flow port.


(1)

3.

Enter the address in the format of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. xxx is a number from 0 to 255.
However, 224 to 225.xxx.xxx.xxx and 127.xxx.xxx.xxx cannot be set.

Display the "System Administrator Menu" screen.

(3)
2.

CentreWare EasyAdmin

Select [System Settings].

(2)

Select [Job Flow Sheet Settings].

(3)

Select "Job Flow - Port" and press [Change Settings].

(4)

Select "Enable" and press [Save].

(5)

Select [Close] until the "Network Settings" screen appears.

Set the IP address.


This procedure is not necessary if the IP address has already been set. Set only the access method
in the DHCP and BOOTP environment. Check the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address
settings when the IP address cannot be obtained automatically or when setting manually.
(1)

Select [Protocol Settings].

(2)

Select "TCP/IP - Get IP Address" and press [Change Settings].

(3)

Select one from "DHCP", "BOOTP", "RARP", "DHCP/Autonet" or "Manual".


NOTE: If DHCP server is used, the WINS (Windows Internet Name Service) server will be
used at the same time.

(4)

If "Manual" is selected, select "TCP/IP - IP Address" and press [Change Settings].

Select [Close] until the "System Settings" screen appears.

Scanner Kit a: 110V

8.14 [SW Key] Data Security Kit/Security Kit

8.15 DADF [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]

8.14.1 Product Code

8.15.1 Product Code

[AP-II 5010G, DC-II 5010G]

DADF 45/55 Kit (ENG) : EL200633

DADF 45/55 Kit (FXK) : EL200634

Data Security Kit : EL200785

DADF 45/55 Kit (TC/SC) : EL200632


[AP 550IG, DC 550IG]
DADF Kit (FX) : EL200575

Security Kit : EL200628


Bundled Items (Figure 1)

Before Installation

1.

When installing this kit, HDD ( EC100332) is required.

Bundled Items
1.

Install Guide: 1

DADF Assembly: 1

2.

Platen Cushion: 1

3.

Knob: 2

4.

Label: 1

8.14.2 Installation Procedure


1.

Enter CE mode and enter the software key.


(1)

2.

Hold on to the [0] key for 5sec or more and press the [Start] key.

(2)

Enter the CE password "6, 7, 8, 9".

(3)

Press the [System Settings] key.

(4)

Press the [System Settings] button.

(5)

Press the [Common Settings] button.

(6)

Press the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] button.

(7)

Press the [Sub System] button.

(8)

Select [Software Option Settings].

(9)

Enter the software key (12 characters) using the Keyboard and press the [Reboot] button.

Exit CE Mode.

3.

Press the [Machine Status] button.

4.

Select the [Check/Print Reports] tab, followed by the [Copy Mode Settings] button and print the
features settings list.

5.

Check that the data encryption (On, Off) and number of HDD overwrites items are in the features
settings list.

6.

Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)

Figure 1 Bundled Items (j0na80055)

Data Security Kit: 84V

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-39

8.14 [SW Key] Data Security Kit/Security Kit

Accessories

Accessories

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-40

8.15 DADF [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]

Version 2.1

8.15.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
The DADF is heavy. Take care when lifting the DADF.
1.

Remove the covers. (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the covers (x2).

Figure 3 Installation of DADF (j0st82104)


3.

Paste on the Platen Cushion. (Figure 4)


(1)

Push the Platen Cushion to the end in the direction of the arrow, and leave a gap of approx.
0.5mm between the guide and the Platen Cushion at the Rear and the Left.

(2)

Close the DADF slowly to paste the Platen Cushion on to the DADF.

Figure 2 Removal of covers (j0st82103)


2.

Install the DADF on the IIT. (Figure 3)


(1)

Push the DADF to the front and secure the Left/Right Counter Balance using the knob.
Figure 4 Installation of Platen Cushion (j0na80056)
4.

Check the gap between the DADF Platen Guide protrusions (x3) and the Platen Glass or DADF
Platen Glass. Adjust where necessary. (Figure 5)
(1)

The DADF Platen Guide protrusion at the Rear is touching the DADF Platen Glass.

(2)

The DADF Platen Guide protrusions (x2) at the Front is touching the Platen Glass.

5.

Connect the DADF-IIT cable. (Figure 7)

Figure 5 Checking the gap between the DADF Platen Guide and Platen Glass (j0st41555)
Figure 7 Connecting the DADF-IIT cable (j0na80057)
Adjustment
6.

NOTE: DADF height adjustment is basically carried out using the Left Counter Balance.
If adjustment cannot be carried out with that, the Right Counter Balance is also used.

Paste on the Label. (Figure 8)


(1)

(1)

Loosen the nut of the Left/Right Counter Balance and turn the screw to adjust the height and
gradient of the DADF. (Figure 6)

Turning the screw in direction A will cause the Front of the DADF to rise and the Rear to fall.
(Direction of arrow A)

Turning the screw in direction B will cause the Front of the DADF to fall and the Rear to rise.
(Direction of arrow B)

Paste on the Label.

Figure 8 Pasting the Label (j0na80058)


7.

Plug the machine in and turn the power ON.

8.

Check overall operation of the DADF.

9.

Explain to the customer how to operate the machine where necessary.

10. Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)
Duplex Auto-Document Feeder (DADF): 90V

Figure 6 Adjusting the DADF Height (j0st41556)


NOTE: Ensure that the nut is securely tightened after adjustment.
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-41

8.15 DADF [AP 550IG/DC 550IG]

Accessories

Accessories

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-42

8.16 Stored Stamp Kit

Version 2.1

8.16 Stored Stamp Kit


8.16.1 Product Code
WF34
Before Installation

This kit can be installed on Fax models.

Bundled Items
1.
2.

3.

Stamp Solenoid: 1
Stamp Replacement Kit (Consumable)

Extra Stamps: 3

Pin: 1

Wire Harness: 1

4.

Stamp Solenoid Connector Holder: 1

5.

Velcro Fastening: 2

Figure 1 Removal of DADF Platen Cushion (j0st82159)

8.16.2 Installation Procedure

3.

Remove the Velcro Fastenings (2). (Figure 2)

WARNING

(1)

Remove the Velcro Fastening along with the Cover.

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or
adjustments.

(2)

Remove the Velcro Fastening.

CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there
are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available,
touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
1.

Open the DADF.

2.

Remove the DADF Platen Cushion. (Figure 1)


Figure 2 Removing the Velcro Fastenings (j0pz80012)

NOTE: The DADF Platen Cushion is installed using fasteners.


(1)

Remove the DADF Platen Cushion.

4.

Install the wire harness connector in the Stamp Solenoid Connector Holder included in the kit.
(Figure 3)
(1)

Remove the paper from the tape (2).

(2)

Install the connector.

7.

Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (Figure 5)


(1)

Remove the Tapping Screw (3x8: Silver).

(2)

Remove the screws (M3x10: Silver: 2).

(3)

Release the hooks (x2).

(4)

Remove the tab (x4) from the Tab Slot and then remove the DADF Rear Cover.

Figure 3 Installing the Connector (j0pz80013)


5.

Install the Stamp Solenoid Connector Holder, in which the connector was installed in step 4, on the
DADF and route the Wire Harness. (Figure 4)
(1)

Place the Stamp Solenoid Connector Holder, push it to the left and attach it.

(2)

Put the wire harness connector into the hole of the DADF.

Figure 5 Removal of DADF Rear Cover (j0na41503)


8.

Pull out the wire harness you put in the hole in step 5, and put it through the hooks (2). (Figure 6)
(1)

Put the wire harness through the hooks (2).

Figure 6 Putting the Wire Harness through the Hooks (j0pz80015)


9.
Figure 4 Routing the Wire Harness (j0pz80014)
6.

Connect the wire harness connector to P757. (Figure 7)


(1)

Connect the connector.

(2)

Clamp the Wire Harness.

Close the DADF.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-43

8.16 Stored Stamp Kit

Accessories

Accessories
8.16 Stored Stamp Kit

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-44

Version 2.1

Figure 7 Connecting the Wire Harness (j0pz80016)

Figure 9 Installation of Stamp Solenoid (j0st82160)

10. Open the DADF.

13. Reinstall the DADF Rear Cover removed in step 7.

11. Attach the Velcro Fastenings (2). (Figure 8)

14. Install the DADF Platen Cushion removed in Step 2. (Figure 10)

(1)

Attach the Velcro Fastenings (2).

(1)

Place the DADF Platen Cushion on the Platen Glass.

(2)

Set up the gap between the Registration Guide and Platen Glass.

(3)

Slowly lower the DADF and press it onto the DADF Platen Cushion.

Figure 8 Attaching the Velcro Fastenings (j0pz80017)


12. Install the Stamp Solenoid. (Figure 9)
(1)

Install the Stamp Solenoid.

(2)

Connect the connector.

Figure 10 Installation of DADF Platen Cushion (j0st82161)

15. Open the DADF Top Cover and Retard Roll Chute. (Figure 11)
(1)

Open the DADF Top Cover.

(2)

Open the Retard Roll Chute.

8.17 C-Finisher/C-Finisher with Booklet Maker


8.17.1 Product Code
C-Finisher with Booklet Maker (Common:110V/220V) : EL2000608
C-Finisher (Common:110V/220V) : EL2000612
C-Finisher with Booklet Maker (FX) : QL200065
C- Finisher-C (FX) : QL200063
CAUTION
To install this kit to an existing machine, MCU PWB must be replaced with a new one. Refer to the
instructions from Technical Information for more information on how to get the new MCU PWB and cut-in
machines. (FX Only)
Before Installation

To replace the MCU PWB with a new one, refer to the procedure REP 9.1.1 (SCC) MCU PWB in
Chapter 4. (FX Only)

[AP 550IG/DC 550IG]


To install this kit, the Exit2+OCT2 function is required. For machines without this function installed,
prepare 8.2 Exit Kit (Product Code: EL200303) and perform the installation in one continuous
operation.

Figure 11 Opening the DADF Top Cover and Retard Roll Chute (j0st82162)
16. Insert the stamp (plunger) into the Stamp Solenoid.
17. Close the DADF Top Cover and Retard Roll Chute.

18. Plug the machine in and turn the power ON.

1.

19. Enter the CE Diag and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write] to check the
connection of Bypass Stamp.
Chain-Link: [785-006] Bypass Stamp Yes/No

This kit cannot be installed together Exit 2 Tray.


Bundled Items (Figure 1)
(1)

IOT Docking Plate: 1

(2)

Plate: 1

(3)

Stacker Tray: 1

0: No

(4)

H-Transport: 1

1: Yes

(5)

Booklet Tray: 1 (with Booklet)

20. Check the operation and position of the stamp.

(6)

Staple Cartridge: 1

(1)

Load a document into the DADF.

(7)

Screws: 6

(2)

Select the following on the touch display in sequence.

(8)

Spacer: 1 (with Booklet)

Fax -> Scan Options -> Document Stamp

(9)

Screw (M4x8): 1 (with Booklet)

(3)

Process the document. Check that there is a red stamp on the Lead Edge of the document.

(10) NVM List: 1 (with Booklet)

(4)

Adjust the stamp position of the document from the Tail Edge where necessary.

(11) Installation Procedure of Clamp: 1

Enter CE Diag and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write].

(12) Clamp: 1

Change the data of Chain-Link: [711-214] (DADF stamp position)

(13) Installation Manual: 1

Default "15" (0.5mm/increment)

* There are no illustrations for Item 9 to Item 13.

Setting Range 107.5mm

(5)

Repeat steps 3. to 4. until the desired stamp position is achieved.

21. Keep the Stamp Replacement Kit (consumables).


22. Explain how to use the stamp and how to replace the stamp to the main operator.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-45

8.17 C-Finisher/C-Finisher with Booklet Maker

Accessories

Accessories
8.17 C-Finisher/C-Finisher with Booklet Maker

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-46

Version 2.1

Figure 1 Bundled Items (j0na80116)

Figure 2 Removing the Exit 2 Tray (j0st41002)


2.

8.17.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.

Remove Actuator and relocate Paper Weight to Exit 2. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the Actuator.

(2)

Remove the Paper Weight.

(3)

Install the Paper Weight.

CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts
before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
1.

Remove the Exit 2 Tray from the machine with it. (Figure 2)
(1)

Remove the Exit 2 Tray.


Figure 3 Relocating the Paper Weight and removal of Actuator (j0na80080)
3.

Fix the H-Transport to the IOT. (Figure 4)


(1)

Set the H-Transport.

(2)

Tighten using screws (x2).

Figure 4 Installation of H-Transport (j0na80081)


4.

Install the IOT Docking Plate to the IOT. (Figure 5)

Figure 6 Installation of Stacker Tray (j0ku65078)


7.

Install the Spacer to the Stacker Tray. (Figure 7)

(1)

Install the IOT Docking Plate.

(1)

Pull out the Extension Tray.

(2)

Tighten the screws (x2).

(2)

Insert the Spacer.

Figure 5 Installation of IOT Docking Plate (j0na80082)


5.

(Without Booklet)

Figure 7 Installation of Spacer (j0tz90205)


8.

After performing step 6, go to step 13.

Install the Stacker Tray to the Finisher-C. (Figure 8)


(1)

Align the notch of the Stacker Tray with the Frame and install it.

(With Booklet)
After performing step 7 to step 12, go to step 13.
6.

Install the Stacker Tray to the C-Finisher. (Figure 6)


(1)

Align the notch of the Stacker Tray with the Frame and install it.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-47

8.17 C-Finisher/C-Finisher with Booklet Maker

Accessories

Accessories
8.17 C-Finisher/C-Finisher with Booklet Maker

Figure 8 Installation of Stacker Tray (j0na80117)


9.

Install the Booklet Tray. (Figure 9)

Figure 9 Installation of Booklet Tray (j0na80118)


10. Secure the Booklet Tray with the screw (M4x8). (Figure 10)

2007/10/01
8-48

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 10 Securing the Booklet Tray (j0tz90207)


11. Connect the connector to the Booklet Tray. (Figure 11)

Figure 11 Connecting the connector (j0tz90208)


12. Check that the Booklet Tray Actuator is as shown in the figure below. (Figure 12)

Figure 12 Connecting the connector (j0tz90209)

Figure 14 j0ku65082

13. Open the Front Door.

16. Peel off the tapes that secure each Chute and check the status of each set of Chute.

14. Remove the twist tie that secures the Puncher. (Figure 13)

17. (With Booklet)


Remove the bracket that secures the Booklet. (Figure 15)

Figure 13 j0ku65081
Figure 15 Removal of bracket (j0tz90203)
15. Remove the twist tie that secures the Stapler. (Figure 14)
18. Set the Staple Cartridge. (Figure 16)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-49

8.17 C-Finisher/C-Finisher with Booklet Maker

Accessories

Accessories
8.17 C-Finisher/C-Finisher with Booklet Maker

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-50

Version 2.1

Figure 16 j0ku65084
19. Close the Front Door.
20. Install the Plate. (Figure 17)
(1)

Install the Plate.

(2)

Tighten the screws (x2).

Figure 18 Docking the Finisher (j0na80084)


22. Check that the gaps between the C-Finisher and the IOT are the same at the top and the bottom.
(Figure 19)
NOTE: If the gaps at the top and bottom are clearly different, adjust it with the casters (x2).

Figure 17 Installation of Plate (j0na80119)


21. Dock the Finisher with the IOT. (Figure 18)
(1)

Engage the C-Finisher with the Latch Lever on the IOT Docking Plate and push it.

Figure 19 Levelness of Finisher (j0na80086)


23. Connect the cable from the H-Transport to the Finisher. (Figure 20)
(1)

Remove the cover.

(2)

Connect the cable.

(3)

Insert the snap hook.

(4)

Install the cover.

(5)

Connect the Power Cord.

Figure 22 Connecting the cable and Power Cord (j0na80088)


Figure 20 Connecting the cable (j0na80087)

26. Restore the cover removed in Step 24 to its original position.


27. Turn the power ON and check the operation of the C-Finisher.

24. Remove the cover. (Figure 21)


(1)

28. Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)

Remove the cover.

C-Finisher (without Booklet): 120V

C-Finisher (with Booklet): 120V

Figure 21 Removal of cover (j0st82092)


25. Connect the cable and Power Cord from the Finisher to the IOT. (Figure 22)
(1)

Connect the cable.

(2)

Insert the snap hook.

(3)

Attach the Clamp.

(4)

Fix the Cable with Clamp.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-51

8.17 C-Finisher/C-Finisher with Booklet Maker

Accessories

Accessories

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-52

8.18 HCF Kit

1.

8.18 HCF Kit

Version 2.1
Remove the packaging tape and visually check the overall appearance. (Figure 2)

8.18.1 Product Code


QL200064
Bundled Items
1.

Docking Plate: 1

2.

Screws: 2

NOTE: The following Wing Screw that secures the HCF must not be removed until instructed in the
procedures. (Figure 1)

Figure 2 Unpacking (j0tz90223)


2.

Pull out the HCF Tray.

3.

Remove the packaging materials within the HCF. (Figure 3)

Figure 1 Wing Screw (j0tz90403)

8.18.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]

Figure 3 Unpacking (j0tz90224)

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts
before servicing to discharge the static electricity.

4.

Turn the power switch of the Main Processor OFF and disconnect the power plug.

5.

Remove the Foot on the Left side of the machine. (Figure 4)


(1)

Loosen the screw.

(2)

Remove the Foot Cover.

(3)

Remove the screw.

(4)

Remove the Foot Support.

7.

Dock the HCF to the machine. (Figure 6)

Figure 6 Docking the HCF (j0na80076)


8.

Connect the HCF cable to the machine. (Figure 7)

Figure 4 Removal of Foot (j0na80074)


6.

Install the Docking Plate. (Figure 5)


NOTE: Do not install the Docking Plate on its wrong side. (F: Front, R: Rear)
(1)

Install the Docking Plate.

(2)

Tighten the screws (x2).

Figure 7 Connecting the cable (j0na80077)

Figure 5 Installation of Docking Plate (j0na80075)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-53

8.18 HCF Kit

Accessories

Accessories
9.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-54

8.18 HCF Kit


Remove the Wing Screw on the left side of the HCF. (Figure 8)

Version 2.1

12. Check the operation of the HCF.


NOTE: The HCF is automatically recognized.
Check the HCF Side Registration.
(1)

Use the HCF to make a copy in DUP mode.

(2)

Check that the Side Registration is within 0.5mm of the reference value.

(3)

If it is not within the reference value, enter the CE Diag, select [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and
then [NVM Read/Write] to change Chain-Link: (749-375/376).

13. To undock the HCF, shift the HCF to the left with the bracket pushed in as in the following figure,
and then move the whole HCF to the left. (Figure 10)

Figure 8 j0tz90228
10. Load paper into the HCF.
NOTE: Adjust the positions of Front/Rear Guide pins and End Guide pins to fit the paper size to be
loaded. (Figure 9)

Figure 10 Undocking (j0na80078)


14. When docking the HCF, place your hands on the dotted area shown in the figure and push it in.
(Also be careful when holding it) (Figure 11)

Figure 9 j0tz90229
11. Connect the power plug of the machine and turn the power switch ON.

NOTE: To prevent your fingers from getting pinched, do not touch the sliding part at the bottom of
the HCF.

8.19 USB 2.0 Kit [DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG/DC 550IG]


8.19.1 Product Code
EL200569
Before Installation

This kit can be installed on the machines with the Printer function installed.

Bundled Items
1.

USB 2.0 PWB: 1

2.

Bracket Assembly: 1

3.

Screws: 2

8.19.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.
Figure 11 Docking (j0tz90404)

CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

15. Explain to the customer how to operate the HCF.

[FAX Models]

16. Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.

HCF-PF2 : 115V

[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts
before servicing to discharge the static electricity.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-55

8.19 USB 2.0 Kit [DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG/DC 550IG]

Accessories

Accessories
8.19 USB 2.0 Kit [DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG/DC 550IG]
1.

Disconnect all cables that are connected to the ESS.

2.

Pull out the ESS PWB Assembly. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Pull out the ESS PWB Assembly.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-56
4.

Version 2.1
Remove the screws (x2). (Figure 3)
(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

Figure 3 Removal of screw (j0na80066)


Figure 1 Removal of ESS PWB Assembly (j0na80016)
3.

5.

Install the Bracket Assembly with screws (x2) that was removed in step 4 and the screws (x2) from
the kit. (Figure 4)

Remove the plate. (Figure 2)

(1)

Install the Bracket Assembly.

(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Tighten the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the plate.

(3)

Tighten the screws (x2).

Figure 2 Removal of plate (j0na80065)

Figure 4 Installation of Bracket Assembly (j0na80067)

6.

Install the USB 2.0 PWB. (Figure 5)

8.

Plug the machine in and turn the power ON.

(1)

Insert the USB 2.0 PWB.

9.

Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)

(2)

Tighten the screws (x2).

USB 2.0 Extension Kit: 112V

Figure 5 Installation of USB 2.0 PWB (j0na80068)


7.

Restore the machine to its original state. Restore the IIT-IOT connectors to their original positions as
illustrated below. (Figure 6)

Figure 6 Connecting the IIT-IOT connectors (j0na80001)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-57

8.19 USB 2.0 Kit [DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG/DC 550IG]

Accessories

Accessories
8.20 [SW Key] Copy Management Expansion Kit/Security Watermark Kit

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-58

Version 2.1

8.20 [SW Key] Copy Management Expansion Kit/Security


Watermark Kit

8.21 Accessory Installation Kit A/B

8.20.1 Product Code

Accessory Installation Kit A (Large): YR84

[AP-II 5010G, DC-II 5010G]

Copy Management Expansion Kit : EL200787

8.21.1 Product Code


Accessory Installation Kit B (Small): YR85
Before Installation

[AP 550IG, DC 550IG]

Security Watermark Kit : EL200629

Before Installation

Install either one of Accessory Installation Kits A or B according to the purpose.

Bundled Items
1.

Table: 1

2.

Screws: (A: 3/ B: 2)

8.30.2 Installation Procedure

This kit can be installed on AP-II 5010G or AP 550 IG.

When installing this kit into DC-II 5010G or DC 550IG, HDD (Product Code: EC100332) and 256MB
Memory (Product Code: EL200578) is required.

WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.

Bundled Items
1.

Install Guide: 1

8.20.2 Installation Procedure


1.

2.
3.

CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]

Enter CE mode and enter the software key.

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.

(1)

Hold on to the [0] key for 5sec or more and press the [Start] key.

[Printer Models]

(2)

Enter the CE password "6, 7, 8, 9".

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

(3)

Press the [System Settings] key.

(4)

Press the [System Settings] button.

(5)

Press the [Common Settings] button.

(6)

Press the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] button.

(7)

Press the [Sub System] button.

(8)

Select [Software Option Settings].

(9)

Enter the software key (12 characters) using the Keyboard and press the [Reboot] button.

Exit CE Mode and press the [Menu] key.


Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)
Sakuragami Kit: 116V

CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts
before servicing to discharge the static electricity.

1.

Installation Kit A/B


Installation Kit A
Install the table (large). (Figure 1)
(1)

Install the screws (x3) to act as studs.

(2)

Attach the table (large).

(3)

Tighten the screws (x3).

Figure 1 Installation of table (large) (j0na80059)


Installation Kit B
Install the table (small). (Figure 2)
(1)

Attach the table (small).

(2)

Secure with screws (x2).

Figure 2 Installation of table (small) (j0na80060)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-59

8.21 Accessory Installation Kit A/B

Accessories

Accessories
8.21 Accessory Installation Kit A/B

2007/10/01
8-60

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

8.22.1 Product Code/Connection Kit

Table 1

Accessory Name

Accessory
Product
Code

CopyLyzer 610N

ZB11

CopyLyzer 610N2 T9100011

CopyLyzer 650N

ZB12

Installation
Installation Kit
Kit for
for Connection
Direct
Connection via EPSV

Accessory Name

Accessory
Product
Code

Key Switch

TY77

EC100376
Not
YR85 (Small) available

Connection via
EC100378
EPSV available
WZ21
WZ18/WF83 (*1) Direct
connection
available

WZ20
EC100378
WZ18
WF83 (*1)

Only connection
via EP-SV
available

CopyLyzer 5

Discontinued EC100376
Not
in market
YB84 (Large) available

EC100378
WZ20
WG90

Only connection
via EP-SV
available

EC100376
Not
YR85 (Small) available

Connection via
WZ21
EPSV available
EC100378
WZ18/WF83 (*1)

*1: WZ18/WF83 may be required depending on the EPSV model. Refer to the EPSV Service Manual.

EC100376
ZB16
YR85 (Small)

Connection via
WZ21
EPSV available
EC100378
WZ18/WF83 (*1) Direct
connection
available

Table 1

Installation
Table (*2)

Installation
Installation Kit
Kit for
for Connection
Direct
Connection via EPSV

EC100376
ZB16
YR85 (Small)

Remarks

DocuLyzer

T9100014

EC100376
T9100017
YR84 (Large)

T9100050
EC100378
WZ18

Connection via
EPSV available
Direct
connection
available

DocuLyzer NW

T9100013

EC100376
T9100017
YR84 (Large)

T9100050
EC100378
WZ18

Connection via
EPSV available
Direct
connection
available

Dispenser 2

WU63

EC100376
ZB16
YR84 (Large)

Connection via
WZ21
EPSV available
EC100378
WZ18/WF83 (*1) Direct
connection
available

Coin Kit 5

QH52

Not required

YV71

Connection via
YV69
EPSV available
EC100378
WZ18/WF83 (*1) Direct
connection
available

Foot Switch

TE39

Not required

Not
available

WZ20, T9100040 EC100378


WZ18/WF83 (*1)

Combined
Installation Kit

WU64

Not required

Not
available

WU65
Varies according
to connected
product *3

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

Installation
Table (*2)

Remarks

*2: YR84 (Large) is recommended when installing for connection via EPSV.
*3: Refer to the Accessory Combined Installation Kit Service Manual.

2007/10/01
8-61

8.22.1 Product Code/Connection Kit

Accessories

Accessories
8.22.2 Copylyzer 610N/650N

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-62

8.22.2 Copylyzer 610N/650N

7.

8.22.2.1 [Items to Note]

Version 2.1
Connect the EP-SV P2 (25P connector) and CopyLyzer CN1 (10P connector) using the EP-SV
CopyLyzer Harness (Product Code: WZ21). (Figure 2)

NOTE:

When installing both the EP-SV and CopyLyzer 610N/650N, install the EP-SV first.

If the CopyLyzer 610N/650N is installed to the EP-SV EX, do not install an AC adaptor to the
CopyLyzer. (Turning the Main Processor OFF then ON resets the EP Accessory.)

8.22.2.2 Installing together with the EP-SV


NOTE: Perform the procedures in 8.21 "Accessory Installation Kits A/B" before performing this
procedure.
Installation Procedure
1.

Install the EP-SV. (Refer to 8.31.4 EP-SV EX/LT, Accessory Adaptor Kit (EP-SV UG) Installation
Procedure)
NOTE: At this point, do not secure it to the machine.

2.

Turn ON the Memory Backup switch at the rear of the CopyLyzer 610N (or 650N). (Figure 1)
NOTE:

If the switch is not turned ON, memory backup cannot be performed and the internal memory
will change when the machine is turned OFF.

If the Memory Backup switch is OFF, "Diag NG SW" appears.

Figure 2 Connecting the harness (j0st82175)


8.

Perform CopyLyzer initialization as follows.


(1)

(For EPSV-LT) Set the Rotary SW to "0" and turn the M/C ON.
(For EPSV-EX) Set the Rotary SW to "0" and turn the power of the EPSV ON.
"Memory Initialization Mode" appears.

(2)
9.

Set the Rotary SW to "1" and press the Total SW. "Memory Initialization Completed" appears.

Paste the accompanying seal on the opening of CN1 at the rear of CopyLyzer.

10. Set the connected I/F type using the Rotary SW-3.
11. Turn the power of the CopyLyzer and machine OFF then ON. (For EX Type, turn the EPSV OFF
then ON.)
12. Set up each function of the CopyLyzer. (For information on the settings of each function of the
CopyLyzer, refer to pages 2-2 to 2-5 of "CopyLyzer 610N/650N Service Manual") (For the setup
method by H/T, refer to pages 6-13 to 6-16 of "EPSV-EX/EPSV UG service Manual".)
13. Enter CE Diag [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write].
Change the value of NVM (850-007: EP Accessory) from 0 to 1 and change the accessory to
"CopyLyzer".
Figure 1 Turning the switch ON (j0st82174)
3.

Turn the EP-SV unit and the machine main processor OFF, and unplug from the power source. (If
the EP-SV is provided with an AC Adaptor, turn it OFF.)

4.

Refer to 8.32.1 Product Code/Connection Kit and install the necessary Accessory Connection Kits.

5.

Use the Fastener Kit to install the EP-SV on the Table.

6.

Use the accompanying Fastener Kit to install the CopyLyzer on the EP-SV.

14. When installing the EP-M (EP Operator Management), always send the CopyLyzer setting data
using the Handy Terminal. (Refer to EP Installation Tools and EP-M Service Manual.)
15. Check the operation of the CopyLyzer.
16. Explain to the customer how to operate the machine where necessary.

17. Issue the CopyLyzer Installation Report.

2.

Refer to 8.22.1 Product Code/Connection Kit and install the necessary Accessory Connection Kits.

3.

Remove the plate. (Figure 4)

Table 1
Model

FWSS Model Code

Product Code

CopyLyzer 610N

CL610N

ZB11

CopyLyzer 650N

CL650N

ZB12

(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the plate.

18. Create a report using "333V" as the machine MOD for CopyLyzer installation.
19. Create a report using the following codes at the time of EP contract.
EP-SV EX (Full): 707V
EP-SV EX (Small): 708V

8.22.2.3 Direct Connection


NOTE: Perform the procedures in "8.21 Accessory Installation Kits A/B" before performing this
procedure.
Installation Procedure
1.

Turn ON the Memory Backup switch at the rear of the CopyLyzer 610N (or 650N). (Figure 3)
NOTE:

Figure 4 Removal of plate (j0na80061)

If the switch is not turned ON, memory backup cannot be performed and the internal memory
will change when the machine is turned OFF.

If the Memory Backup switch is OFF, "Diag NG SW" appears.

4.

Connect the CopyLyzer J905 connector to the M/C P351. (Figure 5)

Figure 5 Connecting the connectors (j0na80062)


Figure 3 Turning the switch ON (j0st82174)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-63

8.22.2 Copylyzer 610N/650N

Accessories

Accessories
5.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-64

8.22.3 DocuLyzer Installation


Turn the power ON, enter CE Diag [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write].
Change the value of NVM (850-007) from "0" to "1".

Version 2.1

8.22.3 DocuLyzer Installation


Kits Required for Installation (Other than the DocuLyzer)

6.

Set up each function of the CopyLyzer. (For information on the settings of each function of the
CopyLyzer, refer to pages 2-2 to 2-5 of "CopyLyzer 610N/650N Service Manual".)

7.

Check the operation of the CopyLyzer.

8.

Explain to the customer how to operate the machine where necessary.

9.

Issue the CopyLyzer Installation Report.


Table 2

Model

FWSS Model Code

Product Code

CopyLyzer 610N

CL610N

ZB11

CopyLyzer 650N

CL650N

ZB12

Table 1
Product Name

Product Code

Accessory Installation Kit A

YR84

Accessory Installation Kit Adaptor

EC100194

Serial 10 Pin Cable

T9100017

NOTE: When DocuLyzer is installed, M/C Output Color restrictions on individual cards cannot be used.
To perform Output Color restriction on individual cards, use the function to set the upper limit of sheets for
each output color of DocuLyzer.

WARNING

10. Create a report using "333V" as the machine MOD for CopyLyzer installation.

After the "Communicating" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are
no jobs in progress. Turn the power OFF and unplug the machine.
NOTE: Perform the procedures in "8.21 Accessory Installation Kits A/B" before performing this
procedure.
Installation Procedures
1.

Paste the fasteners (masking tape) in the DocuLyzer kit at the four corners of the bracket seat.

2.

Peel off the protection seal and install the DocuLyzer on the seat.

3.

Remove the plate. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the plate.

Figure 1 Removal of plate (j0na80061)

4.

Connect the Serial 10 Pin Cable P905 to P351 on the M/C. (Figure 2)

Figure 2 Connecting the connectors (j0na80062)


5.

Connect the Serial 10 Pin Cable J1 to P1 on the DocuLyzer. (Figure 3)

Figure 3 Connecting the cable (j0st82180)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-65

8.22.3 DocuLyzer Installation

Accessories

Accessories
8.22.4 IC Card Gate Settings
6.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-66

Install the cable clamp at the Rear of the DocuLyzer and secure the Serial 10 Pin Cable. (Figure 4)

Version 2.1

8.22.4 IC Card Gate Settings


Kits Required for Installation (Other than the DocuLyzer)
Table 1
Product Name

Product Code

Accessory Installation Kit A

YR84

Accessory Installation Kit Adaptor

EC100017

Serial 10 Pin Cable

T9100064

WARNING
After the "Communicating" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are
no jobs in progress. Turn the power OFF and unplug the machine.
NOTE: Perform the procedures in "8.21 Accessory Installation Kits A/B" before performing this
procedure.
Figure 4 Installing the cable clamp (j0st82181)
7.

Turn the power ON and change the following NVM.


(1)

Enter CE Diag [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write].

(2)

Select the value of NVM (850-007) from the following and change accordingly. (Default is 0)

(3)

1: Use in count-up mode.

2: Count down or count up/down mixed mode. New count down mode.

Exit CE Diag mode.

8.

Refer to the DocuLyzer Service Manual when setting the functions of the DocuLyzer.

9.

Explain to the customer how to operate the machine where necessary.

Installation Procedures
Connection cable: Serial 10 Pin Cable (T9100064)
1.

Paste the fasteners (masking tape) in the IC Card Gate kit at the four corners of the bracket seat.

2.

Peel off the protection seal and install the IC Card Gate on the seat.

3.

Remove the plate. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the plate.

10. Record the MOD (335V) in the Service Log and the report.

Figure 1 Removal of plate (j0na80061)

4.

Connect the Serial 10 Pin Cable P905 to P351 on the M/C. (Figure 2)

8.23 B-Finisher
8.23.1 Product Code
B-Finisher (220V) : EL200606
B-Finisher (110V) : EL200607
Before Installation
[AP-II 5010G, DC-II 5010G]

This kit can be installed on ApeosPort-II 4000/3000 and DocuCentre-II 4000.

This kit cannot be installed along with Exit 2 Tray.

Installing this kit on ApeosPort-II 4000/3000 does not require Exit 2 Tray.

[AP 550IG, AP 550IG]

5.

This kit can be installed on ApeosPort 450 I/350 I and DocuCentre 450 I.

Figure 2 Connecting the connectors (j0na80062)

Installing this kit requires Exit2+OCT2. For the machine without 8.2 Exit Kit (Product Code:
EL200303), install the 8.2 Exit Kit at the same time.

Connect the Serial 10 Pin Cable J1 to P1 on the IC Card Gate. (Figure 3)

This kit cannot be installed along with Exit 2 Tray.

Installing this kit on ApeosPort 450 I/350 I does not require Exit 2 Tray.

1.

Bundled Items (Figure 1)


(1)

Finisher Assembly: 1

(2)

H-Transport Assembly: 1

(3)

Front Rack Assembly: 1

(4)

Rear Rack Assembly: 1

(5)

Bottom Plate: 1

(6)

Exit Tray: 1

(7)

Cover: 1

(8)

Right Cover: 1

(9)

Knob Screws (White): 4

(10) Screws (Silver): 3


(11) Cartridge: 1
Figure 3 Connecting the cable (j0ku82601)
6.

Turn the power ON and change the following NVM.


(1)

Enter CE Diag [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write].

(2)

Change the value of NVM (850-007) to "1". (Default is 0)

(3)

Exit CE Diag mode.

7.

Refer to the IC Card Gate Service Manual when setting the functions of the IC Card Gate.

8.

Explain to the customer how to operate the machine where necessary.

9.

Record the MOD (340V) in the Service Log and the report.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-67

8.23 B-Finisher

Accessories

Accessories

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-68

8.23 B-Finisher

1.

Version 2.1
For machines installed with Exit2 Tray, remove the Exit2 Tray. (Figure 2)
(1)

Remove the Exit2 Tray.

Figure 1 Bundled Items (j0st82050)


Figure 2 Removing the Exit2 Tray (j0st41002)

8.23.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.
CAUTION

2.

Remove Actuator and relocate Paper Weight to Exit 2. (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the Actuator.

(2)

Remove the Paper Weight.

(3)

Install the Paper Weight.

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

Figure 3 Relocating the Paper Weight and Removing the Actuator (j0na80080)

3.

Install the Front Rack Assembly. (Figure 4)


(1)

Install the Front Rack Assembly.

(2)

Secure with the Knob Screw (silver).

5.

Install the Bottom Plate. (Figure 6)


(1)

Install the Bottom Plate.

Figure 6 Installation of Bottom Plate (j0st82053)


Figure 4 Installation of Front Rack Assembly (j0st82051)
6.
4.

Lower the Foot of the Front/Rear Rack Assembly until they touch the floor. (Figure 7)

Install the Rear Rack Assembly. (Figure 5)


(1)

Install the Rear Rack Assembly.

(2)

Secure with the Knob Screw (silver).

Figure 7 Lowering the Foot (j0st82054)

Figure 5 Installation of Rear Rack Assembly (j0st82052)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-69

8.23 B-Finisher

Accessories

Accessories
7.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-70

8.23 B-Finisher

Version 2.1

Install the H-Transport Assembly. (Figure 8)


(1)

Install the H-Transport Assembly.

(2)

Tighten the screws (x2).

Figure 8 Installation of H-Transport Assembly (j0st82055)


8.

Place the B-Finisher Assembly on the Front/Rear Rack Assembly. (Figure 9)


Figure 9 Installation of B-Finisher (j0st82056)

NOTE: Refer to the illustration below for the location to hold the Finisher-B.
(1)

Place the Finisher Assembly on the Rack according to the illustration below.

9.

Secure the B-Finisher to the Rack. (Figure 10)


(1)

Move the Finisher Assembly to the Right.

(2)

Loosen the Knob Screws (x2).

(3)

Secure with the Knob Screw (white).

Figure 10 Securing the B-Finisher (j0st82057)


10. Install the Right Cover. (Figure 11)

(1)

Install the Right Cover.

Figure 11 Installation of Right Cover (j0st82058)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-71

8.23 B-Finisher

Accessories

Accessories

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-72

8.23 B-Finisher
11. Install the cover. (Figure 12)
(1)

Hook on the upper and lower hooks of the cover.

(2)

Install the cover.

Version 2.1

17. Remove the cover. (Figure 14)


(1)

Remove the cover.

Figure 14 Removal of cover (j0st82061)


Figure 12 Installation of cover (j0st82059)
18. Remove the Left Panel. (Figure 15)
12. Lock the IOT Caster.

(1)

Remove the Left Panel.

13. Install the Exit Tray. (Figure 13)


(1)

Install the Exit Tray.

(2)

Secure with a screw.

Figure 15 Removal of Left Panel (j0st82062)

Figure 13 Installation of Exit Tray (j0st82060)


14. Open the Front Door and remove the Twist Tie securing the staple.
15. Load the cartridge in the staple.
16. Close the Front Door.

19. Connect the cable and connectors. (Figure 16)


(1)

Connect the connectors (x2).

(2)

Connect the cable.

8.24 Two Tray Module Kit


8.24.1 Product Code
EL200604
Bundled Items (Figure 1)
1.

Tray Module: 1

2.

Bracket: 1

3.

Screws (Silver): 2

4.

Screw (Black): 1

5.

Sheet Label: 1

Figure 16 Connecting the cable (j0st82063)


20. Turn the power ON. (The machine will automatically detect the B-Finisher.)
21. Change the paper output mode.
NOTE: Though the standard setting of the output destination is above the IOT, there is insufficient
space between the IIT and IOT to collect paper. Therefore, the Output Destination setting should be
changed to the Finisher Tray. Change the setting according to customer's request.
1.

Press the [Login] key on the Control Panel.

2.

Select "System Settings".

3.

Select "Copy Mode Settings".

4.

Select "Copy Defaults".

5.

Select Finisher Tray for "Output Destination".

6.

Select [Close] to return to the normal screen.

Figure 1 Bundled Items (j0st82075)

22. Check the Staple functions in Finisher mode.


23. Explain to the customer how to remove jammed paper and operate the machine.
24. Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)
B-Finisher: 121V

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-73

8.24 Two Tray Module Kit

Accessories

Accessories

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-74

8.24 Two Tray Module Kit

Version 2.1

8.24.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or
adjustments.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there
are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.

WARNING
When installing the 2Tray Module, as the IOT is very heavy, be sure to carry out installation with 3
or more people.
1.

Place the IOT on the Tray Module according to the positioning Stud. (Figure 2)
1.

Place the IOT on the Tray Module.

Figure 3 Removing the cover (j0st82077)


3.

Remove the Tray Module Rear Cover. (Figure 4)


1.

Loosen the screw.

2.

Slide the Foot Cover.

3.

Remove the screws (x4).

4.

Remove the Rear Cover.

Figure 4 Removing the Rear Cover (j0na90005)


Figure 2 Installing the IOT (j0na90014)
2.

Remove the cover. (Figure 3)


1.

Remove the cover.

4.

Connect the connector. (Figure 5)


1.

Connect the connector.

Figure 5 Connecting the connector (j0st82078)


5.

Install the bracket. (Figure 6)


1.

Install the bracket.

2.

Secure with a screw.

Figure 7 Securing with screws (j0st82080)


8.

Lower the foots. (Figure 8)

Figure 8 Securing the foots (j0na90009)


Figure 6 Installing the bracket (j0st82079)

9.

Lock the Tray Caster.

10. Install the parts that were removed.


6.

Remove Tray 2.

7.

Secure the Tray Module with screws. (Figure 7)


1.

Secure with screws (silverx2).

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-75

8.24 Two Tray Module Kit

Accessories

Accessories
8.25 Tandem Tray Module Kit

8.25 Tandem Tray Module Kit

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-76

Version 2.1

8.25.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING

8.25.1 Product Code

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or
adjustments.

EL200605
Before Installation

CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.

This kit cannot be installed on machines for GCO region.

Bundled Items (Figure 1)


1.

Tray Module: 1

2.

Bracket: 1

3.

Screws (Silver): 2

4.

Screw (Black): 1

5.

[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there
are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.

WARNING
When installing the Tandem Tray, as the IOT is very heavy, be sure to carry out installation with 3
or more people.

Sheet Label: 1

1.

Place the IOT on the Tray Module according to the positioning Stud. (Figure 2)
1.

Place the IOT on the Tray Module.

Figure 1 Bundled Items (j0st82090)

Figure 2 Installing the IOT (j0na90012)


2.

Remove the cover. (Figure 3)


1.

Remove the cover.

Figure 3 Removing the cover (j0st82092)


3.

Remove the Tray Module Rear Cover. (Figure 4)

Figure 5 Connecting the connector (j0st82093)


5.

Install the bracket. (Figure 6)

1.

Loosen the screw.

1.

Install the bracket.

2.

Slide the Foot Cover.

2.

Secure with a screw.

3.

Remove the screw.

4.

Remove the Rear Cover.

Figure 6 Installing the bracket (j0st82094)


Figure 4 Removing the Rear Cover (j0na90005)
4.

6.

Remove Tray 2.

7.

Secure the Tray Module with screws. (Figure 7)

Connect the connector. (Figure 5)


1.

1.

Secure with screws (silverx2).

Connect the connector.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-77

8.25 Tandem Tray Module Kit

Accessories

Accessories

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-78

8.26 Mobile Stand

Version 2.1

8.26 Mobile Stand


8.26.1 Product Code
[AP-II 5010G, DC-II 5010G]

Mobile Stand : EC100780

[AP 550IG, DC 550IG]

Mobile Stand : EL200310

Bundled Items (Figure 1)


1.

Figure 7 Securing with screws 1 (j0st82095)


8.

Mobile Stand: 1

2.

Bracket: 1

3.

Screws (Silver): 2

4.

Screw (Black): 1

Lower the foots. (Figure 8)

Figure 1 Bundled Items (j0st82082)


Figure 8 Securing the foots 1 (j0na90009)
9.

Lock the Tray Caster.

10. Installed the parts that were removed.

8.26.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or
adjustments.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there
are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.

WARNING
When installing the Tandem Tray, as the IOT is very heavy, be sure to carry out installation with 3
or more people.
1.

Place the IOT on the Mobile Stand according to the positioning Stud. (Figure 2)
1.

Place the IOT on the Tray Module.

Figure 3 Removing the cover (j0st82092)


3.

Remove the Mobile Stand Rear Cover. (Figure 4)


1.

Loosen the screw.

2.

Loosen the screw.

3.

Slide the Foot Covers (x2).

4.

Remove the screws (x4).

5.

Remove the Rear Cover.

Figure 4 Removing the Rear Cover (j0na90005)

Figure 2 Installing the IOT (j0na90013)


2.

Remove the cover. (Figure 3)


1.

4.

Remove the cover.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-79

Install the bracket. (Figure 5)


1.

Install the bracket.

2.

Secure with a screw.

8.26 Mobile Stand

Accessories

Accessories

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-80

8.26 Mobile Stand

Version 2.1

Figure 5 Installing the bracket (j0st82085)


5.

Remove Tray 2.

6.

Secure the Mobile Stand with screws. (Figure 6)


1.

Figure 7 Securing the foots 1 (j0na90009)


[AP 550IG, DC 550IG] (Figure 8)

Secure with screws (silverx2).

Figure 8 Securing the foots 1 (j0st82087)


Figure 6 Securing with screws 1 (j0st82086)
7.

Lower the foots.


[AP-II 5010G, DC-II 5010G] (Figure 7)

8.

Lock the Tray Caster.

9.

Installed the parts that were removed.

8.27 2/3 Hole Punch Kit


8.27.1 Product Code
ED200082
Bundled Items
1.

3-hole Punch Unit: 1

8.37.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.
1.

Remove the packaging tape and check the exterior appearance.

2.

Remove the Rear Upper Cover of the Finisher-C.

3.

Remove the Front Cover of the Finisher-C.

4.

Remove the screws (x2) at the front of the Punch Unit. (Figure 1)

Figure 2 j0tz90220
6.

Disconnect the connectors (x2). (Figure 3)


(1)

Disconnect the sensor connector.

(2)

Release the clamp of the wire harness from the bracket.

(3)

Disconnect the motor connector.

(4)

Release the wire harness from the clamps (x2).

Figure 1 j0tz90216
5.

Remove the cover. (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the cover.

Figure 3 j0tz90217
7.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-81

Disconnect the connectors (x2). (Figure 4)


(1)

Disconnect the connector.

(2)

Disconnect the connector.

(3)

Release the wire harness from the clamps (x2).

(4)

Release the clamp of the wire harness from the bracket.

8.27 2/3 Hole Punch Kit

Accessories

Accessories

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-82

8.28 [SW Key] Internet Fax Kit

Version 2.1

8.28 [SW Key] Internet Fax Kit


8.28.1 Product Code
[AP-II 5010G, DC-II 5010G]

Internet Fax Kit : EL200784

[AP 550IG, DC 550IG]

Internet Fax Kit : EL200623

Before Installation

This kit can be installed on ApeosPort 550I/.450I/350I with fax function.

Bundled Items
Figure 4 j0tz90218
8.

1.
1.

Remove the Punch Unit. (Figure 5)


NOTE: When removing the Punch Unit, be careful not to let it be caught by the belt.

Enter CE mode and enter the software key.


(1)

Hold on to the [0] key for 5sec or more and press the [Start] key.

(2)

Enter the CE password "6, 7, 8, 9".


Press the [System Settings] key.

(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(3)

(2)

Remove the Punch Unit.

(4)

Press the [System Settings] button.

(5)

Press the [Common Settings] button.

Figure 5 j0tz90219
9.

Install Guide: 1

8.38.2 Installation Procedure

Reverse the steps for removing the Punch Unit to install the 3-hole Punch Unit, then return the
machine to its original position.

10. Connect the power plug of the machine and turn ON the power switch.
11. Enter Diag. mode and change the set value for [Puncher Detect] to "2".
"Chain Link: 763-011"
12. Check the Finisher-C operation.

(6)

Press the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] button.

(7)

Press the [Sub System] button.

(8)

Select [Software Option Settings].

(9)

Enter the software key (12 characters) using the Keyboard and press the [Reboot] button.

2.

Exit CE Mode and press the [Menu] key.

3.

The [Fax/Internet Fax] button will be displayed. Check the operation of the feature.

8.29 PostScript 3 Kit

8.29.1.2 Installation Procedure

WARNING

8.29.1 PS3 Kit Hardware Settings

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.

8.29.1.1 Product Code


[AP-II 5010G, DC-II 5010G]

CAUTION

Post Script Kit 3 Apeos : EL200781

To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

Post Script Kit 3 Docu (ENG): EL200782

[FAX Models]

Post Script Kit 3 Docu (FXK): EL200794

Post Script Kit 3 Docu (TC/SC): EL200797

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

[AP 550IG, DC 550IG]

CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.

Post Script Kit 3 (ENG): EL200621

Post Script Kit 3 (FXK): EL200635

Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts
before servicing to discharge the static electricity.

Post Script Kit 3 (TC/SC): EL200636

1.

Before Installation

This kit can be installed on machines installed with Printer Kit ( ENG:EL200617, FXK:EL200618,
FXTW&FXCL:EL200619) and 256MB Memory (EL200578).

Remove the ESS Cover Assembly. (Figure 1)


(1)

Loosen the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the ESS Cover Assembly.

Bundled Items
1.

PS DIMM: 1

2.

Adobe Label: 1

3.

CD-ROM Packing: 1

4.

End User License Agreement For Adobe Printer Driver: 1

5.

Software Licensing Agreement: 1

6.

PS Kit Installation Guide: 1

Figure 1 Removal of ESS Cover Assembly (j0na80014)


2.

Replace the MF ROM with PS DIMM.


(1)

[DC-II 5010G, AP 550IG, DC550IG]


Replace the MF ROM with PS DIMM. (Figure 2)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-83

8.29 PostScript 3 Kit

Accessories

Accessories
8.29 PostScript 3 Kit

Figure 2 Replacement with PS DIMM (j0na80050)


(1)

4.

Figure 4 Pasting the Adobe Label (j0na80051)


5.

Restore the machine to its original state.

Replace the MF ROM on slot R1 with PS DIMM. (Figure 3)

6.

Plug the machine in and turn the power ON.

Restore the ESS Cover Assembly removed in Step 1 to its original position.
Paste on the Adobe Label. (Figure 4)
(1)

Version 2.1

[AP-II 5010G]

Figure 3 Replacement with PS DIMM (j0na800128)


3.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-84

Paste the Adobe Label.

8.30 [SW Key] Network Accounting Kit

8.31 USB 2.0 Kit(Apeos) (AP-II 5010G)

8.30.1 Product Code

8.19.1 Product Code

[AP-II 5010G, DC-II 5010G]

USB2.0 Kit(Apeos): EC100567

Bundled Items

Network Accounting Kit : EL200786

[AP 550IG, DC 550IG]

Network Accounting Kit : EL200611

Before Installation

This kit can be installed on Printer models, HDD (Product Code: EC100332) are required.

1.

USB 2-D PWB: 1

2.

Riser PWB: 1

3.

Screws (Round): 2

8.19.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING
Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.

Bundled Items
1.

Install Guide: 1

CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.

8.30.2 Installation Procedure

[FAX Models]

1.

Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.

2.

Enter CE mode and enter the software key.


(1)

Hold on to the [0] key for 5sec or more and press the [Start] key.

(2)

Enter the CE password "6, 7, 8, 9".

(3)

Press the [System Settings] key.

(4)

Press the [System Settings] button.

(5)

Press the [Common Settings] button.

(6)

Press the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] button.

(7)

Press the [Sub System] button.

(8)

Select [Software Option Settings].

(9)

Enter the software key (12 characters) using the Keyboard and press the [Reboot] button.

[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts
before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
1.
2.

Exit CE Mode and press the [Menu] key.

Disconnect all cables that are connected to the ESS.


Pull out the ESS PWB Assembly. (Figure 1)
(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(2)

Hold the Knurling Screws (x2) and pull out the ESS PWB Unit.

Figure 1 Removal of ESS PWB Assembly (j0na80016)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-85

8.30 [SW Key] Network Accounting Kit

Accessories

Accessories
8.31 USB 2.0 Kit(Apeos) (AP-II 5010G)
3.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-86

Version 2.1

Remove the cover. (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the cover.

Figure 4 Removal of Bracket (j0na80136)


6.
Figure 2 Removal of cover (j0na80135)
4.

(1)

Install the Riser PWB.

Secure the PWB by reusing one of the screws (x3) that were removed in Step 3. (Figure 3)

(2)

Tighten the screws (x2).

(1)

(3)

Tighten the screw (round).

Tighten the screw.

Figure 3 Tighten the screw (j0sr80027)


5.

Install the bracket that was removed in Step 5 to the Riser PWB, with the screws (x2) that were
removed in Step 3, and one screw (round) from the kit. (Figure 5)

Remove the bracket. (Figure 4)


(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the bracket.

Figure 5 Assembly of New Riser PWB (j0sr80029)

7.

Install the USB2-D PWB to the bracket-attached Riser PWB from Step 6, using one screw (round)
from the kit. (Figure 6)
(1)

Install the USB2-D PWB.

(2)

Tighten the screw (round).

Figure 6 USB2-D PWB (j0sr80030)


8.

Install the USB2-D PWB Assembly created in Step 7 by reusing the screws (x2) that were removed
in Step 5. (Figure 7)

Figure 8 Connecting the IIT-IOT connectors (j0na800124)

(1)

Install the USB2-D PWB Assembly.

11. Plug the machine in and turn the power ON.

(2)

Tighten the screws (x2).

12. Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)
USB 2.0 Extension Kit: 112V

Figure 7 Installation of USB2-D PWB (j0na80137)


9.

Restore the ESS PWB Unit removed in Step 2 to its original position.

10. Restore the machine to its original state. Restore the IIT-IOT connectors to their original positions as
illustrated below. (Figure 8)
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-87

8.31 USB 2.0 Kit(Apeos) (AP-II 5010G)

Accessories

Accessories
8.32 Secure Watermark Kit (AP-II 5010G, DC-II 5010G)

8.32 Secure Watermark Kit (AP-II 5010G, DC-II 5010G)

5.

8.32.1 Product Code

Secure Watermark Kit: EL200788

8.32.2 Installation Procedure


1.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-88

Version 2.1
Remove the Platen Glass. (Figure 1)
(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the Right Side Plate.

(3)

Remove the Platen Glass.

Before Installation
When installing this kit into the DocuCentre-II, both Item 8.7 HDD Extension Kit (Product Code:
EC100332) and Item 8.6 256MB Memory (Product Code: EL200578) are required. Prepare the kits
and perform the installation in one continuous operation.

2.

3.

Check the packaged accessories.


(1)

HWM PWB: 1

(2)

Wire Harness: 1

(3)

Spacer: 1 (No use)

(4)

Nut: 1 (No use)

(5)

Key Switch (Password): 1

Turn OFF the power and unplug the machine.

WARNING
After the "Communicating" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there
are no jobs in progress. Turn OFF the power and unplug the machine.
Figure 1 j0na41104

CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.

6.

Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not
available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
4.

Open the Platen Cover or the DADF.

Remove the IPS Cover. (Figure 2)


(1)

Remove the screws (x7).

(2)

Remove the IPS Cover.

Figure 2 j0na41106
7.

Remove the screws (x3). (Figure 3)


(1)

Remove the screws (x3).

Figure 3 j0na80138
8.

Figure 5 j0na80139

Connect the Wire Harness to the HWM PWB. (Figure 4)

10. Restore all the parts removed in Steps 5 to 6 to their original positions.

(1)

11. Refer to section 8.7 HDD Extension Kit and section 8.6 256MB Memory, and install the required
options.

Connect the Wire Harness.

12. Turn the power ON.


The UI screen displays Fault "16-313".
13. Press the [Log In / Out] button. Input "1, 1, 1, 1, 1" and enter the System Administrator Mode.
14. Select "System Settings" -> "System Settings" -> "Common Settings" -> "Maintenance" -> "Software
Options" to input the Software Key on the "Software Options" screen. Select "Save" and "Reboot".
15. Select "Copy" on the "All Services" screen.
16. Select "Secure Watermark" on the "Output Format" tab and verify that the "Secure Watermark"
screen is displayed.
17. Set the following items in the Secure Watermark Defaults screen.

"On"

Protection Code: "Prevent Duplication"

18. Load a sheet of A4 L blank paper on the Platen and press [Start].
A print sample (watermark) is printed.
19. Copy the print sample using DADF Mode and Platen Mode.

Figure 4 j0sr80080
9.

Install the HWM PWB, then secure it by reusing the screws (x3) that were removed in Step 7.
(Figure 6)
(1)

20. Verify that the message "Your original may be a prohibited item for copying. Please check your
original." is displayed on the UI screen.

Install the HWM PWB.

(2)

Tighten the screws (x3).

(3)

Connect the Wire Harness.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

If the message is displayed, proceed to Step 22.

If the message is not displayed, proceed to Step 21.

21. When the copy prohibition message is not displayed, set the following items.

2007/10/01
8-89

(1)

Press the [Log In / Out] button. Input "1, 1, 1, 1, 1" and enter the System Administrator Mode.

(2)

Select "System Settings" -> "System Settings" -> "Common Settings" -> "Secure Watermark" > "Secure Watermark Control".

(3)

On the "Secure Watermark Control" screen, set "Secure Watermark Detection" to "On".

(4)

Exit System Administrator Mode.

8.32 Secure Watermark Kit (AP-II 5010G, DC-II 5010G)

Accessories

Accessories
8.33 [SW Key] External Access Kit (AP-II 5010G)
(5)

Perform Steps 15 to 20.

If the "Your original may be a prohibited ..." message is still not displayed after performing the
procedure above, execute MAXSETUP in Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment, and
perform Steps 15 to 20 again after the Image Quality Adjustment.
22. Set the color (magenta) of Text Effect for the sample print.

8.33.1 Product Code

Press the [Log In / Out] button, input "1, 1, 1, 1, 1" and enter the System Administrator Mode.

1.

Select "System Settings" -> "System Settings" -> "Common Settings" -> "Secure Watermark" > "Text Effects".

2.

(4)

Exit System Administrator Mode.

External Access Kit: EL200789

8.33.2 Installation Procedure

(2)

On the "Text Effects" screen, set "Color: Magenta".

Version 2.1

8.33 [SW Key] External Access Kit (AP-II 5010G)

(1)

(3)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-90

Before Installation
This kit can be installed on ApeosPort-II models.
Check the packaged accessories.
(1)

3.

23. Perform Steps 15 to 20.

(1)

Press the [Log In / Out] button. Enter the System Administrator ID "1, 1, 1, 1, 1" and select
[Confirm].

(2)

Select "System Settings".

(3)

Select "System Settings".

24. Set the color of Text Effect as per customer request.

4.

Key Switch (Password): 1

Enter System Administrator Mode and input the software key.

(4)

Select "Common Settings".

(5)

Select "Maintenance".

(6)

Select "Software Options".

(7)

Enter the software key (12 characters) using the Keyboard and select "Save".

(8)

Select "Reboot".

(9)

The power turns OFF and then automatically restarts.

Check that the "Web Applications" icon is displayed on the "All Services" screen.

8.34 Server Fax Kit (AP-II 5010G)

8.35 Image Expansion Kit (AP-II 5010G)

8.34.1 Product Code

8.35.1 Product Code

EL200791

Image Expansion Kit: EC100581

Bundled Items
Before Installation

1.

IMAGE EXT PWB: 1


Screws: 1
Screws (Round): 2

This kit can be installed on the machine without the Fax function.

2.

To install this kit, you need to install the HDD Extension Kit (Product Code: EC100332) (Item 8.7)
and the Printer Kit (Product Code: EL200780 (ENG)/EL200792 (FXK)/EL200795 (FXTW/FXCL))
(Item 8.10).

3.

Bundled Items
1.
2.

Plate: 1

5.

New Riser PWB: 1

8.35.2 Installation Procedure


WARNING

Install Guide: 1
Request Code: 1

8.34.2 Installation Procedure


1.

4.

Enter CE mode and enter the software key.


(1)

Hold on to the 0 key for 5 sec and press the Start key.

(2)

Enter the CE password 6, 7, 8, 9.

(3)

Press the System Settings key.

(4)

Press the [System Settings] button.

(5)

Press the [Common Settings] button.

(6)

Press the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] button.

(7)

Press the [Sub System] button.

(8)

Select Software Options.

(9)

Enter the software key (12 characters) using the keyboard and press the [Reboot] button.

Do not perform disassembly or adjustment with the machine turned ON to avoid injury and
electrical shock.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned OFF, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the "Job in Memory" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are
no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage some parts.
Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts
before servicing to discharge the static electricity.

2.

Exit CE Mode and press the Menu key.

1.

3.

[Requirements for starting]

2.

(1)
(2)
4.

Disconnect all cables that are connected to the ESS.


Pull out the ESS PWB Assembly. (Figure 1)

When Fax Kit is installed, "Switching between Analog Fax and Server Fax"

(1)

Remove the screws (x4).

(C-L : 840-031) is set to "Server Fax preferred" (value 1).

(2)

Hold the Knurling Screws (x2) and pull out the ESS PWB Unit.

One of the "mail send", "FTP client" and "SMB client" ports is active.

[Checking the operation]


(1)

Machine without Fax Kit:

(2)

Machine with Fax Kit:

- The FAX icon appears.


- When an attempt to fax is made, the call is not made through PSTN.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-91

8.34 Server Fax Kit (AP-II 5010G)

Accessories

Accessories
8.35 Image Expansion Kit (AP-II 5010G)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-92

Version 2.1

Figure 1 Removal of ESS PWB Assembly (j0na80016)


3.

Remove the cover. (Figure 2)

Figure 3 Tighten the screw (j0sr80027)


5.

Remove the bracket. (Figure 4)

(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(1)

Remove the screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the cover.

(2)

Remove the bracket.

Figure 2 Removal of cover (j0na80135)


4.

Secure the PWB by reusing one of the screws (x3) that were removed in Step 3. (Figure 3)
(1)

Tighten the screw.

Figure 4 Removal of Bracket (j0na80136)


6.

Install the bracket that was removed in Step 5 to the Riser PWB, with the screws (x2) that were
removed in Step 3, and one screw (round) from the kit. (Figure 5)
(1)

Install the New Riser PWB.

(2)

Tighten the screws (x2).

(3)

Tighten the screw (round).

Figure 5 Assembly of New Riser PWB (j0sr80029)


7.

Figure 7 Installation of IMAGE EXT PWB (j0sr80064)

Install the Plate to the bracket-attached New Riser PWB from Step 6, using one screw (round) from
the kit. (Figure 6)

9.

(1)

Install the Plate.

(1)

Install the USB2-D PWB Assembly.

(2)

Tighten the screw (round).

(2)

Tighten the screws (x2).

Figure 6 Assembly of Plate (j0sr80063)


8.

Install the IMAGE EXT PWB Assembly created in Step 8 by reusing the screws (x2) that were
removed in Step 6. (Figure 8)

Figure 8 Installation of IMAGE EXT PWB (j0na80137)

Install the IMAGE EXT PWB PWB to the bracket-attached Riser PWB from Step 7, using one screw
(round) from the kit. (Figure 7)
(1)

Install the IMAGE EXT PWB.

(2)

Tighten the screw.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

10. Restore the ESS PWB Unit removed in Step 2 to its original position.
11. Restore the machine to its original state. Restore the IIT-IOT connectors to their original positions as
illustrated below. (Figure 9)

2007/10/01
8-93

8.35 Image Expansion Kit (AP-II 5010G)

Accessories

Accessories
8.36 Preview Image Kit (AP-II 5010G)

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
8-94

Version 2.1

8.36 Preview Image Kit (AP-II 5010G)


8.36.1 Product Code

Preview Image Kit: EL200790

8.36.2 Installation Procedure


1.

Before Installation
Refer to 8.35 and install the Image Extension Kit (Product Code: EC100581).

2.
3.

4.
Figure 9 Connecting the IIT-IOT connectors (j0na800124)

Turn the power ON.


Enter System Administrator Mode and input the software key.
(1)

Press the [Log In / Out] button. Enter the System Administrator ID "1, 1, 1, 1, 1" and select
[Confirm].

(2)

Select "System Settings".

(3)

Select "System Settings".

(4)

Select "Common Settings".

(5)

Select "Maintenance".

(6)

Select "Software Options".

(7)

Enter the software key (12 characters) using the Keyboard and select "Save".

(8)

Select "Reboot".

(9)

The power turns OFF and then automatically restarts.

Create a Mailbox.
(1)

Enter the System Administrator Mode.

(2)

Press the [Log In / Out] button. Enter the System Administrator ID "1, 1, 1, 1, 1" and select
[Confirm].

12. Plug the machine in and turn the power ON.


13. Create a report with the following Mod No. (FX Only)
USB 2.0 Extension Kit: 127V

5.

(3)

Select "System Settings".

(4)

Select "Setup Menu".

(5)

Select "Mailbox".

(6)

Select the mailbox to register and select "Create / Delete".

(7)

Set a Passcode and select "Save".

(8)

Exit System Administrator Mode.

Check the Preview Image feature.


(1)

Select "Scan to Mailbox" on the "All Services" screen.

(2)

Select the Mailbox that was created in Step 4 and enter the Passcode.

(3)

Load a document on the Platen and press [Start].

(4)

Select "Document List".

(5)

Select "Thumbnail" to display the files in the Mailbox as thumbnails.

6.

Delete the Mailbox.

7.

Explain to the customer how to operate the machine.

Chapter 9 Installation

9 Installation
9.1 Installation
9.1.1 AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000 Installation
9.1.1.1 AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000 Installation (1 of 3) .............................
9.1.1.2 AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000 (2 of 3)................................................
9.1.1.3 AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000 (3 of 3)................................................

3
5
8

9.1.2 AP 550 I/450 I/350 I, DC 550 I/450 I Installation


9.1.2.1 AP 550 I/450 I/350 I, DC 550 I/450 I Installation (1 of 3)....................................
9.1.2.2 AP 550 I/450 I/350 I, DC 550 I/450 I Installation (2 of 3)....................................
9.1.2.3 AP 550 I/450 I/350 I, DC 550 I/450 I Installation (3 of 3)....................................

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

11
12
15

2007/10/01
9-1

Installation

Installation

2007/10/01
9-2

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

9.1.1.1 AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000 Installation (1 of 3)


NOTE: This installation procedure is for the following configuration.
Skip the installation procedures for the kits that are not applicable and proceed accordingly.
Configuration Applicable for this Installation Procedure

IOT (Duplex, MSI, Exit2 + OCT2+ Exit2 Tray) + 2TM

IIT with DADF

FAX

When installing other options at the same time, refer to Chapter 8 Accessories to perform the operation
efficiently.
Example : ApeosPort-II 5010G
1.

Check the packaged accessories.

2.

IOT Unit

Exit2 Tray

Drum Cartridge

Toner Cartridge

Power Cord Bracket Installation Guide

Power Cord (except ENG)

ApeosPort Function Guide (ENG)

User Guide (ENG)

Network Administrator Guide (ENG)

Manual-ROHS (FXCL)

Driver CD Package (ENG)

Holder

Thumb Screw

Size Label

Key Label

Figure 1 Removing the packaging tape (j0na90001)


3.

Open the DADF Top Cover. Remove the packaging material. (Figure 2)
(1)

Remove the packaging material.

Remove the packaging tape and visually check the overall appearance. (Figure 1)

Figure 2 Removing the packaging material (j0na90002)


4.

[DC-II 5010/4000]
Connect the IIT-I/F Cable to the ESS. (Figure 3)
(1)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
9-3

Connect the IIT-I/F Cable.

9.1 Installation

Installation

Installation
9.1.1 AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000 Installation

2007/10/01
9-4

Figure 3 Connecting the IIT-I/F Cable (j0na90011)


5.

[AP-II 5010/4000/3000]
Connect the IIT-I/F Cable and UI Cable(MCW) to the ESS. (Figure 4)
(1)

Connect the IIT-I/F Cable.

(2)

Connect the UI Cable(MCW).

Figure 4 Connecting the IIT-I/F Cable (j0na90016)


6.

Choose one of the followings in order to use as Console Type.

Two Tray Module : 8.24 Two Tray Module Kit


Two Tray Module : 8.25 Tandem Tray Module Kit
Stand : 8.26 Mobile Stand

7.

Install the Exit2 Tray. (Figure 5)


(1)

Install the Exit2 Tray.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

Figure 5 Installing the Exit2 Tray (j0na80008)


8.

9.1.1.2 Go to AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000 Installation (2 of 3).

9.1.1.2 AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000 (2 of 3)


1.

Remove the packaging material from the Toner Cartridge and shake it horizontally several times.

2.

Open the Front Door. (Figure 1)


(1)

Open the Front Door.

Figure 3 Opening the L/H Upper Cover (j0st81004)


5.

Take out the XERO/DEVE Cartridge from the package and remove the black paper.(Figure 4)
(1)

Remove the black paper.

Figure 1 Opening the Front Door(j0st81010)


3.

Load the Toner Cartridge. (Figure 2)


(1)

Load the Toner Cartridge.

Figure 4 Removing the black paper (j0st81014)


6.

Load the XERO/DEVE Cartridge. (Figure 5)


(1)

Push in the XERO/DEVE Cartridge fully.

Figure 2 Loading the Toner Cartridge (j0st81003)


4.

Open the Left Upper Chute. (Figure 3)


(1)

Open the Left Upper Chute.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
9-5

9.1.1 AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000 Installation

Installation

Installation
9.1.1 AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000 Installation

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
9-6

Version 2.1
(2)

Hold the lever and move the Side Paper Guide.

Figure 5 Loading the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (j0st81005)


Figure 7 Changing Standard Sizes (j0st81006)

7.
8.

NOTE: Forcibly closing the L/H Upper Cover with the XERO/DEVE Cartridge Handle not latched will
damage the L/H Upper Cover or XERO/DEVE Cartridge Drum Cover.

[Non-Standard Sizes] (Figure 8)

Close the L/H Upper Cover.

(1)

Remove the XERO/DEVE Cartridge seal. (Figure 6)

(2)

Move the Spacer.

(1)

(3)

Reinstall the Stopper.

(4)

Hold the lever and move the Side Paper Guide.

(5)

Hold the lever and move the End Paper Guide.

Remove the seal.

Figure 6 Removing the seal (j0st81012)


9.

Close the Front Door.

10. Pull out Tray1/2 and remove the packaging tape.


11. Load paper in Tray1/2.
Changing the paper size to suit the needs of the customer:
[Standard Sizes] (Figure 7)
(1)

Hold the Lever and move the End Paper Guide.

Remove the Stopper.

(1)

Attach the Holder.

(2)

Secure with the Thumb Screw.


NOTE: In the case of TFX, CE secures it with the screw (M4x8mm).

Figure 10 Securing the Holder (j0na80122)


Figure 8 Changing Non-Standard Sizes (j0st81007)

15. Go to 9.1.1.3 AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000 Installation (3 of 3).

12. Attach the Paper Size Labels. (Figure 9)


(1)

Attach the Paper Size Labels.

Figure 9 Attaching the Paper Size Lavels (j0st81008)


13. Connect the power cord to the IOT.
14. Secure the power cord with the holder. (Figure 10)
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
9-7

9.1.1 AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000 Installation

Installation

Installation
9.1.1 AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000 Installation

9.1.1.3 AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000 (3 of 3)


1.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
9-8
4.

[Only the machine with FAX]

Version 2.1
Check the breaker. (Figure 3)
NOTE: The breaker must normally be kept on. Check the following before performing a test on the
breaker to check it operates.

Connect the one end of the line cable to the "LINE 1" of the main unit and the other end to the
rosette for the line cable. (Figure 1)

The "Job in Memory and "Online lamps on the control panel are both off.

Select a feature to use appears on the touch panel display.

After checking the above two items, perform a test on the breaker as follows to check it operates.
How to test:
Turn off the power switch. Press the <TEST> button of the breaker with the tip of a ballpoint
pen or the like. Check the <RESET> button pops out.
After checking it, press the <RESET> button and turn on the power switch.

Figure 1 Connecting the line cable (j0na90007)


2.

Connect the power supply.

3.

A dedicated power supply of AC220/110 is required.

Turn on the power switch. (Figure 2)

Turn on the power switch. [Please wait] appears. After then, Select a feature to use appears
on the touch panel.

Touch All Services then Copy. Ready to copy appears. The machine is now ready to copy/
print.

Figure 3 Checking the breaker (j0na80121)


5.

Check paper feed/copy quality and serial number.


Checking the copy meter:
(1)

On the control panel, press the "Machine Status button. Select "Billing Meter/Print Report
then "Billing Meter. Write down the meter reading and the serial number on the installation
manual.

(2)

Load a A3 document. Make 3 copies of it from each tray.

(3)

Check no paper jam, bent paper, creased paper or multifeed has occurred.

(4)

Check the Auto Paper Selection/Auto Magnification feature.

Checking copy quality:


Figure 2 Turning on the power switch (j0na90010)

(1)

Copy density is normal.

(2)

Text is clear enough to be legible and has no deletion or distortion.

6.

No
1

(3)

No background is exhibited.

(4)

No undesired marks such as black spots and streaks are exhibited.

Connect the Printer.


8.

During its operation, the machine exhibits no abnormal sound, smell or other problem.

Printer settings depend on the customer environment. Ask the customer about their environment
before setting up their printer.

The meter is counting up normally.

The work the CE should do at the time of the installation:

(FX Case) [Only the machine with FAX] Enter information on the local terminal.

To set up the main unit in such a way that suits the customer environment.

<How to set>

To install Printer Driver on a customer PC in order to set up the environment that allows printing.

To perform Scan to Mailbox to check the feature.

(1)

Press the [Log In/Out] button on the control panel.

(2)

Enter the User ID (factory setting: 11111). Press [Confirm]. (For newly installed machines, the
password does not appear.)

(3)

Press the [System Settings] key.

(4)

Press the [System Settings] button.

(5)

Press the [Fax Mode Settings] button.

(6)

Press the [Local Terminal Information] button.

(7)

Enter the following items to set and press the [Change Settings] button.

Local Terminal Info


Local Name

Regarding any work other than the above, the CE should separately talk with the sales division
before doing it.
9.

NOTE: For the way to set up the main unit, refer to the Network Administrator Guide bundled with
the machine.
Settings for the main unit depend on the environment in which the customer tries to use the printer.
Confirm the environment and do the work.

Description
Register the local machine name.
The local machine name appears on the remote machine display and in activity reports. However, it may not appear
depending the remote machine.

Sender Name

Receive Password

Line 1 G3 ID (Fax No.)

Line 1 G3 Dial Type

Line 1 G3 Line Type


(8)

7.

Up to 20 characters (single-byte katakana/alpha numeric/symbol) are available for local name.


Register the name of the sender.
The sender name is the local machine name to be output onto
the header of a received document and a cover letter.

Set up the main unit.

Up to 30 characters are available for sender name.


Receive Password is set to limit incoming fax transmissions. If
a specific receive password is set, the machine can only
receive requests for polling or receiving from the senders that
send the correct receive password in F code. The machine can
not receive fax notes from senders that do not have the F
Code feature.
G3 ID is reported to the remote machine by the G3 Transmission signal and displayed in activity report. Normally the local
Fax No. is set as G3 ID.

When using the printer as a local printer:

Parallel connection: Connect it using a parallel interface cable.

USB connection: Connect it using an USB cable.

When using the printer as a network printer:

LPD: Uses the TCP/IP protocol, enables direct transmission with the printer.

NetWare: Uses the NetWare server, shares the printer.

SMB: Prints through Microsoft Networks.

IPP: Prints via the Internet.

Port9100: Uses Port 9100.

EtherTalk: Printing from Macintosh. PostScript3 Kit (option) is required.

10. Install Printer Driver on the user PC and check prints.


NOTE: Install Printer Driver, following the procedure on the CD-ROM from the CentreWare Utilities
package.
11. Check the overall operation.
12. Explain to the customer how to use the printer, as required.
13. Open the Front Cover and keep the NVM List, Service Log and copy samples behind the Inner
Cover. (Figure 5)
(1)

Remove the Cap.

(2)

Keep.

(3)

Reinstall the Cap.

Up to 20 digits (0 to 9, +, and space) are available.


Select a dial type from PB (push line), 10pps (dial line) and
20pps (pulse line).
Select a line type from NTT (normal telephone line) and PBX
(Private Branch Exchange).

After finishing the settings, exit the Settings screen.

[Printer Model]

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
9-9

9.1.1 AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000 Installation

Installation

Installation
9.1.1 AP-II 5010/4000/3000, DC-II 5010/4000 Installation

Figure 4 Keeping (j0st81019)

2007/10/01
9-10

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

9.1.2.1 AP 550 I/450 I/350 I, DC 550 I/450 I Installation (1 of 3)


NOTE: This installation procedure is for the following configuration.
Skip the installation procedures for the kits that are not applicable and proceed accordingly.
Configuration Applicable for this Installation Procedure

IOT (Duplex, MSI, Exit2 + OCT2+ Exit2 Tray) + 2TM

IIT with DADF

FAX

When installing other options at the same time, refer to Chapter 8 Accessories to perform the operation
efficiently.
1.

Check the packaged accessories.

2.

IOT Unit

Exit2 Tray

Drum Cartridge

Toner Cartridge

Power Cord Install Guide

Power Cord (except ENG)

Quick Reference Guide

User Guide (FXCL)

Administrator Guide (FXCL)

Disk Manual (User Guide, Administrator Guide, etc)

Centre Ware Utilities Package

CD-ROM

Auxiliary explanation

Holder

Thumb Screw

Size Label

Key Label

Figure 1 Removing the packaging tape (j0na90001)


3.

Open the DADF Top Cover. Remove the packaging material. (Figure 2)
(1)

Remove the packaging material.

Remove the packaging tape and visually check the overall appearance. (Figure 1)

Figure 2 Removing the packaging material (j0na90002)


4.

Connect the IIT-I/F Cable to the ESS. (Figure 3)


(1)

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
9-11

Connect the IIT-I/F Cable.

9.1.2 AP 550 I/450 I/350 I, DC 550 I/450 I Installation

Installation

Installation
9.1.2 AP 550 I/450 I/350 I, DC 550 I/450 I Installation

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
9-12

Version 2.1

9.1.2.2 AP 550 I/450 I/350 I, DC 550 I/450 I Installation (2 of 3)


1.
2.

Remove the packaging material from the Toner Cartridge and shake it horizontally several times.
Open the Front Door. (Figure 1)
(1)

Open the Front Door.

Figure 3 Connecting the IIT-I/F Cable (j0na90011)


5.

Choose one of the followings in order to use as Console Type.

Two Tray Module : 8.24 2 Tray Module Kit


Two Tray Module : 8.25 Tandem Tray Module Kit

Figure 1 Opening the Front Door(j0st81010)

Stand : 8.26 Mobile Stand


6.

Install the Exit2 Tray. (Figure 4)


(1)

3.

Install the Exit2 Tray.

Load the Toner Cartridge. (Figure 2)


(1)

Figure 4 Installing the Exit2 Tray (j0na80008)


7.

9.1.2.2 Go to AP 550 I/450 I/350 I, DC 550 I/450 I Installation (2 of 3).

Load the Toner Cartridge.

Figure 2 Loading the Toner Cartridge (j0st81003)


4.

Open the Left Upper Chute. (Figure 3)


(1)

Open the Left Upper Chute.

Figure 3 Opening the L/H Upper Cover (j0st81004)


5.

Figure 5 Loading the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (j0st81005)

Take out the XERO/DEVE Cartridge from the package and remove the black paper.(Figure 4)
(1)

NOTE: Forcibly closing the L/H Upper Cover with the XERO/DEVE Cartridge Handle not latched will
damage the L/H Upper Cover or XERO/DEVE Cartridge Drum Cover.

Remove the black paper.


7.

Close the L/H Upper Cover.

8.

Remove the XERO/DEVE Cartridge seal. (Figure 6)


(1)

Remove the seal.

Figure 4 Removing the black paper (j0st81014)


6.

Load the XERO/DEVE Cartridge. (Figure 5)


(1)

Push in the XERO/DEVE Cartridge fully.

Figure 6 Removing the seal (j0st81012)


9.

Close the Front Door.

10. Pull out Tray1/2 and remove the packaging tape.


11. Load paper in Tray1/2.
Changing the paper size to suit the needs of the customer:
[Standard Sizes] (Figure 7)
Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
9-13

9.1.2 AP 550 I/450 I/350 I, DC 550 I/450 I Installation

Installation

Installation
9.1.2 AP 550 I/450 I/350 I, DC 550 I/450 I Installation
(1)

Hold the Lever and move the End Paper Guide.

(2)

Hold the lever and move the Side Paper Guide.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
9-14

Version 2.1

Figure 7 Changing Standard Sizes (j0st81006)


[Non-Standard Sizes] (Figure 8)
(1)

Remove the Stopper.

(2)

Move the Spacer.

(3)

Reinstall the Stopper.

(4)

Hold the lever and move the Side Paper Guide.

(5)

Hold the lever and move the End Paper Guide.

Figure 8 Changing Non-Standard Sizes (j0st81007)


12. Attach the Paper Size Labels. (Figure 9)
(1)

Attach the Paper Size Labels.

Figure 9 Attaching the Paper Size Lavels (j0st81008)


13. Connect the power cord to the IOT.
14. Secure the power cord with the holder. (Figure 10)
(1)

Attach the Holder.

(2)

Secure with the Thumb Screw.

9.1.2.3 AP 550 I/450 I/350 I, DC 550 I/450 I Installation (3 of 3)

NOTE: In the case of TFX, CE secures it with the screw (M4x8mm).

1.

[Only the machine with FAX]


Connect the one end of the line cable to the "LINE 1" of the main unit and the other end to the
rosette for the line cable. (Figure 1)

Figure 10 Securing the Holder (j0na80122)


Figure 1 Connecting the line cable (j0na90007)

15. Go to 9.1.2.3 AP 550 I/450 I/350 I, DC 550 I/450 I Installation (3 of 3).


2.

Connect the power supply.

3.

Turn on the power switch. (Figure 2)

A dedicated power supply of AC220/110 is required.

Turn on the power switch. [Please wait] appears. After then, Select a feature to use appears
on the touch panel.

Touch All Services then Copy. Ready to copy appears. The machine is now ready to copy/
print.

Figure 2 Turning on the power switch (j0na90010)


Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
9-15

9.1.2 AP 550 I/450 I/350 I, DC 550 I/450 I Installation

Installation

Installation
9.1.2 AP 550 I/450 I/350 I, DC 550 I/450 I Installation
4.

Check the breaker. (Figure 3)

The "Job in Memory and "Online lamps on the control panel are both off.

Select a feature to use appears on the touch panel display.

Version 2.1
(3)
(4)

NOTE: The breaker must normally be kept on. Check the following before performing a test on the
breaker to check it operates.

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
9-16

6.

No background is exhibited.
No undesired marks such as black spots and streaks are exhibited.

During its operation, the machine exhibits no abnormal sound, smell or other problem.

The meter is counting up normally.

(FX Case) [Only the machine with FAX] Enter information on the local terminal.
<How to set>

After checking the above two items, perform a test on the breaker as follows to check it operates.
How to test:
Turn off the power switch. Press the <TEST> button of the breaker with the tip of a ballpoint
pen or the like. Check the <RESET> button pops out.
After checking it, press the <RESET> button and turn on the power switch.

No
1

(1)

Press the [Log In/Out] button on the control panel.

(2)

Enter the User ID (factory setting: 11111). Press [Confirm]. (For newly installed machines, the
password does not appear.)

(3)

Press the [System Settings] key.

(4)

Press the [System Settings] button.

(5)

Press the [Fax Mode Settings] button.

(6)

Press the [Local Terminal Information] button.

(7)

Enter the following items to set and press the [Change Settings] button.

Local Terminal Info


Local Name

Description
Register the local machine name.
The local machine name appears on the remote machine display and in activity reports. However, it may not appear
depending the remote machine.

Sender Name

Up to 20 characters (single-byte katakana/alpha numeric/symbol) are available for local name.


Register the name of the sender.
The sender name is the local machine name to be output onto
the header of a received document and a cover letter.

Receive Password

Line 1 G3 ID (Fax No.)

Line 1 G3 Dial Type

Line 1 G3 Line Type

7.

[Printer Model]

Figure 3 Checking the breaker (j0na80121)


5.

Check paper feed/copy quality and serial number.


Checking the copy meter:
(1)

On the control panel, press the "Machine Status button. Select "Billing Meter/Print Report
then "Billing Meter. Write down the meter reading and the serial number on the installation
manual.

(2)

Load a A3 document. Make 3 copies of it from each tray.

(3)

Check no paper jam, bent paper, creased paper or multifeed has occurred.

(4)

Check the Auto Paper Selection/Auto Magnification feature.


(8)

Checking copy quality:


(1)

Copy density is normal.

(2)

Text is clear enough to be legible and has no deletion or distortion.

Up to 30 characters are available for sender name.


Receive Password is set to limit incoming fax transmissions. If
a specific receive password is set, the machine can only
receive requests for polling or receiving from the senders that
send the correct receive password in F code. The machine can
not receive fax notes from senders that do not have the F
Code feature.
G3 ID is reported to the remote machine by the G3 Transmission signal and displayed in activity report. Normally the local
Fax No. is set as G3 ID.
Up to 20 digits (0 to 9, +, and space) are available.
Select a dial type from PB (push line), 10pps (dial line) and
20pps (pulse line).
Select a line type from NTT (normal telephone line) and PBX
(Private Branch Exchange).

After finishing the settings, exit the Settings screen.

Connect the Printer.

8.

Printer settings depend on the customer environment. Ask the customer about their environment
before setting up their printer.
The work the CE should do at the time of the installation:

To set up the main unit in such a way that suits the customer environment.

To install Printer Driver on a customer PC in order to set up the environment that allows printing.

To perform Scan to Mailbox to check the feature.

Regarding any work other than the above, the CE should separately talk with the sales division
before doing it.
9.

Set up the main unit.


NOTE: For the way to set up the main unit, refer to the Network Administrator Guide bundled with
the machine.
Settings for the main unit depend on the environment in which the customer tries to use the printer.
Confirm the environment and do the work.

When using the printer as a local printer:

Parallel connection: Connect it using a parallel interface cable.

USB connection: Connect it using an USB cable.

Figure 4 Keeping (j0st81019)

When using the printer as a network printer:

LPD: Uses the TCP/IP protocol, enables direct transmission with the printer.

NetWare: Uses the NetWare server, shares the printer.

SMB: Prints through Microsoft Networks.

IPP: Prints via the Internet.

Port9100: Uses Port 9100.

EtherTalk: Printing from Macintosh. PostScript3 Kit (option) is required.

10. Install Printer Driver on the user PC and check prints.


NOTE: Install Printer Driver, following the procedure on the CD-ROM from the CentreWare Utilities
package.
11. Check the overall operation.
12. Explain to the customer how to use the printer, as required.
13. Open the Front Cover and keep the NVM List, Service Log and copy samples behind the Inner
Cover. (Figure 5)
(1)

Remove the Cap.

(2)

Keep.

(3)

Reinstall the Cap.

Version 2.1

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG

2007/10/01
9-17

9.1.2 AP 550 I/450 I/350 I, DC 550 I/450 I Installation

Installation

Installation
9.1.2 AP 550 I/450 I/350 I, DC 550 I/450 I Installation

2007/10/01
9-18

AP-II 5010G/DC-II 5010G, AP 550 IG/DC 550 IG


Version 2.1

You might also like